Past fulfilled Prophecies Page 20 2021 on

 

 

 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 10--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: Combat Faith

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-912017/548/ 

:: 10-17-21 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

17 Christian missionaries kidnapped by armed gang in Haiti

By Anugrah Kumar, Christian Post Contributor

An armed gang in Haiti abducted 17 Christian missionaries and their family members, including children, as they were leaving an orphanage, according to a former field director for the group, Christian Aid Ministries.

An audio alert seeking prayers, sent by the Ohio-based Christian Aid Ministries, says “men, women and children” connected with the group are being held by an armed gang near Port-au-Prince, The Washington Post reported.

“The mission field director and the American embassy are working to see what can be done,” the voice on the recording states. “Pray that the gang members will come to repentance and faith in Jesus Christ.”

The Christians were abducted Saturday from their vehicle as they were traveling to Titanyen after visiting an orphanage in the Croix des Bouquets area, said CNN, which said three minors are among those abducted, according to Haiti's security forces.

“The welfare and safety of U.S. citizens abroad is one of the highest priorities of the Department of State,” a U.S. State Department spokesperson was quoted as saying. “We are aware of these reports and have nothing additional to offer at this time.”

The incident occurred the day after the U.N. Security Council extended its mission in the Caribbean nation by nine months in a unanimous vote, The New York Times noted.

In April, police in Haiti reportedly fired tear gas at dozens who were participating in a “Mass for the freedom of Haiti” at the Church of St. Peter in Pétion-Ville, a suburb of the capital, Port -au-Prince, led by Catholic bishops as part of a national protest against the kidnapping of five Catholic priests, two nuns and three laypeople in the previous months.

The impoverished nation is struggling in the social and political aftermath of the assassination of President Jouvenal Moïse in July, and Haitians have been urging the United States to send troops to stabilize the situation.

The Biden administration declined the request of Haiti’s Interim Prime Minister Claude Joseph for troops, saying the U.S. would only send security officials to assess the situation, The Wall Street Journal reported at the time. The interim leadership of Joseph, who was an ally of the late president, was being challenged by some Haitian politicians. He took charge after the killing of Moïse, which occurred the day after the president appointed a new prime minister, neurosurgeon Ariel Henry. President Moïse was also accused of corruption, having ties to criminal gangs, and overstaying his tenure.

Haiti has seen an increase in crime since last year.

The U.N.'s Integrated Office in Haiti stated in a February report that there were 234 kidnappings in the previous 12 months, an increase of 200% from the previous year.

Authorities in Haiti reported 1,380 killings in 2020.

According to the watchdog group Fondasyon Je Klere, over 150 gangs operate in Haiti.

At least 628 kidnappings have been reported in Haiti since January, of which 29 are foreigners, CNN said, citing data released this month by the Center for Analysis and Research in Human Rights, a nonprofit based in Port-au-Prince.

An earthquake in August killed over 2,000 people in Haiti.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/17-american-missionaries-kidnapped-by-gang-in-haiti.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-17-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF official: Israel expects Hezbollah to fire 2,000 rockets a day in wartime

Home Front Command chief Uri Gordin says the 2006 war with Lebanon was a ‘wake-up call’ for the civil defense division

By AFP and TOI staff 17 October 2021, 11:54 pm

Israel does not want war with Hezbollah, but is prepared to face about 2,000 rockets a day from the terror group if conflict breaks out, a senior Israeli military official told AFP.

During the 11-day May conflict between Israel and Hamas in the Gaza Strip, Palestinian terror groups fired around 4,400 projectiles towards the Jewish state. The Iron Dome air defense system intercepted around 90 percent of the rockets headed for populated areas, while just under 300 hit inhabited districts.

Cities like Tel Aviv and Ashdod experienced the “highest number of fire towards them in the history of Israel,” said Uri Gordin, chief of the army’s Home Front Command. “We saw a pace of more than 400 rockets fired towards Israel on a daily basis.” Gordin said that in the case of a future “conflict or a war with Hezbollah, we expect more than five times the number of rockets fired every day from Lebanon to Israel.”

“Basically, we are looking at between 1,500 and 2,500 rockets fired daily towards Israel,” he told AFP.

The IDF’s Home Front Command is in charge of civil defense, meaning it is responsible for readying the country in case of threat, conflict, or disaster. The unit was criticized for its response to the 2006 war with Hezbollah, which killed more than 1,200 Lebanese and 160 Israelis.

That war was a “wake-up call” for the Home Front Command, Gordin said, adding that it had since beefed up its liaison units, which are now active across 250 Israeli municipalities to provide assistance in case of any attack. The Home Front Command uses computer projections to predict a rocket’s trajectory after it has been launched, and advises the public, within a specific range, to head to bomb shelters.

During the Gaza conflict in May, this allowed emergency services to “go to every incident within less than five minutes,” Gordin said in an interview from the control room of the unit’s headquarters in Ramle. He said preparations had been made for any incidents on the border with Lebanon.

An Israeli security source told AFP that the IDF is hoping for “stability” with its northern neighbor, which is mired in a crippling economic crisis, and on Thursday saw deadly sectarian clashes in the capital Beirut that left seven dead, including Hezbollah members.

The Iranian-backed Hezbollah is “the source of instability in Lebanon,” the security source said, adding that the group “exploits the state’s resources for Iranian interests.”

Iran is “closer to creating fissile material for nuclear weapons than they ever were in the past” but would still need two years to obtain a bomb, the source said, echoing a timeframe cited by other Israeli officials.

“We are preparing for all options and scenarios, including military capabilities,” the security source said.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/idf-official-israel-expects-hezbollah-to-fire-2000-rockets-a-day-in-wartime/ 

:: 10-17-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alleged assassination of Syrian officer could reshape Iranian-Israeli rivalry

If true, the death of Madhat al-Saleh through an unprecedented sniper attack sends a powerful message to Iran and Syria about Israel's activities near the border.

By AP and ILH Staff Published on 10-17-2021 17:07 Last modified: 10-17-2021 19:46

The death of a Syrian intelligence official – allegedly by Israeli sniper fire – could mark a new phase in Israel's war against Iranian entrenchment in neighboring Syria. Syria's state-run SANA news agency said that Madhat al-Saleh – senior adviser to President Bashar Assad – was fatally shot on Saturday in Ein el-Tinneh, a village along the Israeli border in the Golan Heights where he ran a government office. According to Al-Jazeera, he was shot dead by an Israeli sniper.

Israeli media said Al-Saleh had been working with Iran to establish a front against Israel on the Golan border.

The Israel Defense Forces did not comment on the matter, but . The alleged assassination might be part of Jerusalem's ongoing efforts to prevenif the Syrian claim is true, it would mark the first time Israeli snipers have been known to kill an Iranian-linked target across the bordert permanent Iranian military presence on the Golan border for attacks against Israel.

Al-Saleh had previously spent 12 years in an Israeli prison for security-related crimes. A year after his release in 1997, he moved to Syria, was elected to the parliament, and served as an adviser to the government, focusing on the country's efforts to regain the Golan Heights, which have been under Israeli control since 1967.

Yoel Guzansky – a senior fellow and expert on Iran at the Institute for National Security Studies – said it was not a sure thing that Israel had even been involved and that Al-Saleh was not an especially valuable target and also had tense relations with Iranian proxy Hezbollah and objected to the group's activities in the Golan.

But he said that if Israel had indeed killed Al-Saleh through an unprecedented sniper attack, it sent a powerful message to Iran and Syria about their activities near the Israeli border.

"It says that we have many ways and many techniques," he said. "We're watching you."

https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/10/17/alleged-assassination-of-syrian-officer-could-reshape-iranian-israeli-rivalry/ 

:: 10-15-21 C N J :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Would Happen if We Turned to Scripture Like We Turn to Social Media?

October 15, 2021 10:40 am

Facebook’s recent massive outage was a wake-up call for many on just how dependent society has become on social media. Barna reports that just over one-third of United States adults, 34%, reads the Bible once a week or more, but two-thirds use social media. Pew Research reveals that 31% of adults in the U.S. say they are online almost constantly. Another study details that the average adult spends three hours per day on social media. The amount of time dedicated to Facebook and Instagram is nearly sickening as most of us mindlessly engage, not even aware we are doing so.

We, as a society, have a dependency on social media apps. Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Snapchat, TikTok – the list goes on and is ever-growing. A Pew Research survey reported that seven in ten Facebook users say they visit the platform daily, including 49% who say they use the site multiple times a day.

Our collective addiction and reliance on these apps rang true during Monday’s 6-hour interruption. The pause in scrolling resulted in a variety of responses as some panicked and crafted conspiracy theories, while others felt free from the chains that social media binds them to and took this as a much-needed break.

It’s not just our entertainment that is tied to Facebook and other apps but even our economy – an intimidating thought. Small-business owners felt the ripple when communication with customers was cut off, live stream events were canceled and sales were lost – reiterating how our livelihood revolves around social media. Among the platforms that were inaccessible was WhatsApp, typically used for international correspondence. Business professionals were unable to connect with partners and clients worldwide, hearing the silence and not being able to do anything about it.

The irony of the interruption following a “60 Minutes” segment where a whistleblower exposed Facebook leadership did not go unnoticed. We are all too aware that Facebook chooses the most reactionary content to put in front of its members. However, the dangers and consequences of this method is that content that is hateful, polarizing or even misinforming is what is being shared and most optimized. Wanting to be as profitable as possible, Facebook continues to value harmful content over emphasizing user safety because they know it will gain more traction.

“It is easier to inspire people to anger than it is to other emotions,” said Facebook Director of Policy Communications Lena Pietsch.

We must challenge ourselves to consider why we spend our precious time scrolling through conversations and images that are degrading, negative and leave us feeling less than. Imagine if we filled our minds with life-giving and positive content that had the ability to transform our lives. Instead of feeding the already rampant comparison and crippling anxiety that plagues our nation through platforms that make all of this worse, we would find a space that facilitates encouraging content.

I have a radical thought –  Can you imagine spending three hours every day engaged what if we, as a nation of believers, were as dependent on God’s Word as we are our social media feeds?in Scripture, filling your mind with the truth?

Our world is hurting, especially young adults and teens who are looking for connection, approval and worth. Social media is still in its infancy but studies are already showing that much harm can be traced back to social media and its impact on our mental health. There are positive ways for social media to be used but the creators behind the platforms and content need to be held accountable and place the wellbeing of the users above profit. It’s why we created Tome, the world’s first video-based devotional app. We wanted to bring users encouragement from guides ranging from celebrities, athletes and everyday people among more that is relatable and honest, pointing people to Christ through Scripture and sharing personal experiences.

In fact, “The State of the Bible 2020” report from Pew Research, reveals that 67.8% of American adults are “Bible curious,” meaning they want to know more about Scripture. The desire is there, people want to learn about the Bible but we are distracted and have formed the habit of turning to social media instead of the Word of God.

No matter how you choose to engage with Scripture, my challenge to you is this: Rather than focusing on things that inspire you to hatred, rage, jealousy and coveting, why not shift your focus to biblically-based content that can revolutionize our culture with a roar for God? Imagine how this simple shift could change not only your own life but the world.

Chris Heaslip is the co-founder of Tome, the world’s first video-based devotional that provides new content every day. Tome is a resource that helps users navigate the Bible and apply it to their lives through specific categories and videos led by guides ranging from celebrities, faith leaders, athletes, theologians and everyday people of faith who share real and honest stories of their personal experiences. To learn more visit https://tomeapp.com/ .

https://christiannewsjournal.com/what-would-happen-if-we-turned-to-scripture-like-we-turn-to-social-media/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 10-17-21 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China surprises U.S. with nuclear-capable hypersonic missile test, FT reports

Reuters Published Sun, Oct 17 20214:57 PM EDT

Points

The Financial Times reports that China tested a nuclear-capable hypersonic missile in August.

The rocket flew through low-orbit space but missed its target by about two dozen miles.

The United States and Russia are also developing hypersonic missiles.

China tested a nuclear-capable hypersonic missile in August, showing a capability that caught U.S. intelligence by surprise, the Financial Times reported, citing five unnamed sources.

The report late on Saturday said the Chinese military launched a rocket carrying a hypersonic glide vehicle that flew through low-orbit space, circling the globe before cruising towards its target, which it missed by about two dozen miles.

“The test showed that China had made astounding progress on hypersonic weapons and was far more advanced than US officials realized,” the report said, citing people briefed on the intelligence.

China’s ministry of defense did not immediately respond to a faxed request for comment from Reuters on Sunday.

The United States and Russia are also developing hypersonic missiles, and last month North Korea said it had test-fired a newly-developed hypersonic missile.

At a 2019 parade, China showcased advancing weaponry including its hypersonic missile, known as the DF-17.

Ballistic missiles fly into outer space before returning on steep trajectories at higher speeds. Hypersonic weapons are difficult to defend against because they fly towards targets at lower altitudes but can achieve more than five times the speed of sound — or about 6,200 km per hour (3,850 mph).

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/10/17/china-surprises-us-with-nuclear-capable-hypersonic-missile-test-ft-reports.html 

:: 10--21 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuelan President Maduro's close aide extradited to US

Published 1 day ago

One of President Nicolás Maduro's closest aides has been extradited from Cape Verde to the United States, where he's been charged with money laundering.

The US Treasury says Alex Saab worked as a front man for Mr Maduro's regime.

The Venezuelan government suspended talks soon afterwards with the US-backed opposition.

The talks were to resolve a political crisis that has led to violence and the collapse of the economy.

The discussions had been due to resume this weekend in Mexico.

The US Treasury accuses Mr Saab - a Colombian-born businessman and Venezuelan envoy - of using his accounts in American banks to launder the proceeds of corruption.

He was detained in June last year as his plane made a stopover to refuel in Cape Verde.

Mr Saab said he was travelling on an official mission to obtain medical supplies to deal with the Covid-19 pandemic. He denies all the charges and says they are politically motivated.

The Venezuelan government has accused the US of kidnapping diplomatic personnel and announced the suspension in negotiations with the opposition that were set to resume this weekend.

Mr Saab was due to be a member of the government's negotiating team in talks with the opposition in Mexico.

The suspension of talks was announced by ruling Socialist party legislator Jorge Rodriguez, who heads the government's negotiating team.

Mr Rodriguez called the decision "an expression of our deepest protest against the brutal aggression" against Mr Saab.

Venezuela: What you need to know

Mr Saab is accused of making large amounts of money from overvalued contracts, as well as from Venezuela's government-set exchange rate and centralised system of import and distribution of basic foods.

Venezuela has faced chronic shortages of food and medicine as a result of years of political and economic crisis.

Venezuela's opposition has described Mr Saab as a front man doing shady deals for the populist socialist regime of Mr Maduro.

Colombian President Ivan Duque tweeted that Mr Saab's extradition was "a triumph in the fight against drug trafficking, money laundering and corruption by the dictatorship of Nicolas Maduro".

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-latin-america-58943249 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 10-16-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bali earthquake kills 3 in Indonesia – People run outdoors in panic – Collapsed homes and deadly landslides

Oct 16, 2021

Three people were killed and another seven were injured when a moderately strong earthquake and an aftershock hit Indonesia’s resort island of Bali early Saturday.

The quake hit just before dawn, causing people to run outdoors in a panic. It struck just as the island is beginning to reopen to tourism as the pandemic wanes.

The U.S. Geological Survey said the M4.8 quake was centered 62 kilometers (38.5 miles) northeast of Singaraja, a Bali port town. Its shallow depth of 10 kilometers (6.2 miles) may have amplified the amount of damage.

A M4.3 aftershock followed. That quake was relatively deep, at 282 kilometers (174 miles).

Gede Darmada, head of the island’s Search and Rescue Agency, said the agency was still collecting updates on damage and casualties.

He said the injuries included broken bones and head wounds.

The earthquake triggered landslides in a hilly district, killing at least two people and cutting off access to at least three villages, Darmada said.

It toppled homes and temples in Karangasem, the area closest to the epicenter, killing a 3-year-old girl who was hit by falling debris, he said.

Houses and government facilities were damaged in Trunyan and in Kintamani villages, a popular sightseeing destination with a stunning lake.

Known as the “island of the gods,” Bali is home to more than 4 million mostly Hindu people in the mainly Muslim nation. It is famed for its temples, scenic volcanos and beautiful white-sand beaches.

On Thursday the island reopened to international travelers for the first time in more than a year after Indonesia’s COVID-19 caseload declined considerably.

The country has had around 1,000 cases a day in the past week after peaking at around 56,000 daily new cases in July.

Indonesia, a vast archipelago of 270 million people, is frequently struck by earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and tsunamis because of its location on the “Ring of Fire,” an arc of volcanoes and fault lines that arcs the Pacific.

The last major earthquake was in January when a M6.2 earthquake killed at least 105 people and injured nearly 6,500. More than 92,000 people were displaced after it struck Mamuju and Majene districts in West Sulawesi province. [AP]

https://strangesounds.org/2021/10/bali-earthquake-kills-3-indonesia-landslides-video-pictures.html 

:: 10-16-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UPDATED 11:21 PM - SEE BOTTOM: DANGER SIGNAL: SMALL LANDSLIDES BEGIN ON LA PALMA - -Partial Cone Collapse!

World News Desk 16 October 2021 Hits: 66053

As of 2:30 PM eastern US time, we were sent video of small landslides that have begun on the island of LaPalma, in the Canary Islands, Atlantic Ocean, off the northwest coast of Africa. These slides are happening in EXACTLY the spot we DON'T WANT! Video below:

Given the concern about the presence of alleged gas emissions in various areas of the Tamanca ravine, an INVOLCAN team traveled to them and verified that they are small landslides due to the significant accumulation of ash.

The Tamanca Ravine is nearby the location shown on the scalable Google map below:

The Tamanca ravine is almost dead center of the area on LaPalma which IS the unstable land mass that scientists fear will slide off into the Atlantic, sending 500 Billion Tons of rock and dirt into the ocean, and generating a mega-tsunami. Here is video from the micro landslides:

The fact that these small landslides are happening, on their own, in the center of the unstable land mass indicates that the rest of the landmass is also capable of beginning to slide on ITS own, from what is taking place with the ongoing volcanic eruption.

Moreover, the INVOLCAN team, which is the official government volcano team on the Canary Islands, mentioned they responded to that area because of "reported gas emissions."

Translating from Spanish to English, "gas" could also mean steam.

Whether it is gas or steam matters little because clearly SOMETHING is emanating from the ground.

If it is gas from the volcano, then that would mean lava is headed there too. If it is STEAM coming out, then lava has already made it there and has begun superheating the groundwater, causing steam.

It is THIS PRECISE MECHANISM that could result in steam actually "lifting" the unstable land mass, and allowing it to glide on a cushion of steam and ground water, right into the Atlantic Ocean.

Either way, the development is VERY BAD and people along the east coast of the USA must now keep watchful eye on events taking place there.

Scientists who personally traveled to LaPalma in the 1990's found a fracture, almost 9 miles long, at the top of the 6,000 foot tall ridge, where this unstable land mass SLID 13 feet down toward the ocean during a previous eruption, then stopped.

The fact that there are now micro landslides on that same landmass is a huge danger signal.

If that same land mass slides again, and goes into the ocean, it will generate a mega-tsunami that will travel across the ocean, and slam into the east coast of North America.

Scientific models show the tsunami would be thirty to fifty METERS upon landfall. That would mean waves from about 100 - 164 FEET tall, coming ashore, and wiping out east coast cities. Here is a brief, four minute explanation from the scientists:

Any tsunami that is generated on LaPalma would arrive at the US east coast from 7 to 8 hours after the landslide. But trying to evacuate literally millions of people from Boston, New York City, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Washington DC, Norfolk, Savannah, Jacksonville, Miami, and ALL the people on ALL the Florida Keys (which would be completely over-washed), is not physically possible even in 7 hours.

There would be immediate traffic jams and people would find themselves stuck in cars on highways as the tsunami hits.

FEMA estimates the US death toll from such a mega-tsunami, would be sixty-five million (65,000,000) Americans.

If you hear that the massive landslide has taken place, YOU need to get away from the coast IMMEDIATELY. Don't wait. Because if YOU wait, and then authorities issue the Emergency Alert System telling millions to flee for their lives, YOU will be stuck as the masses panic. People might become so panicked they might go "Mad Max." It would likely be utter chaos.

Have a plan as to where you will evacuate to. Know which route you will take to get there. Plan an alternate route if your original goes bad. Have a go-bag for each member of your family with some clothes, some snacks, whatever medicines you might need and so forth.

Have the vehicles gassed-up and ready; you don't want to be sitting in gas lines when millions of people who made no plans and are panicking, are also trying to get fuel.

IF YOU HEAR THE LANDSLIDE HAS TAKEN PLACE, GET OUT. DON'T WAIT.

UPDATE 3:27 PM EDT --

My observations are that the mountain is showing clear signs of escalation. EARTHQUAKE uptick in strength and frequency. At least one new Vent, maybe a couple. This may go downhill even more… fast today.

UPDATE 4:20 PM EDT --

Additional video has come in from LaPalma showing STEAM venting from the ground between Las Manchas and Jedey, shown by arrows on the map below.

This means STEAM is now coming from under the northern part of the unstable land mass. This is VERY bad. Look:

UPDATE 11:21 PM EDT --

There has been a tertiary cone collapse on the erupting volcano!

A very large section of the vertical cone, which helped form the "mouth" at the top of the volcano, tore apart tonight in a very visible collapse.

As the sidewall fell into the volcano, a burst of smoke, and then a gorge of lava unlike anything I've ever seen before!

Here is a one minute video:

This situation just keeps getting worse!

If CNN was covering this at all, they'd probably tell you something like this:

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/danger-signal-small-landslides-begin-on-la-palma 

:: 10-16-21 Canarian Weekly :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

La Palma registers the most intense earthquake so far of 4.6 degrees this morning

2021/10/16 10:47:37 Written by Canarian Weekly Tenerife

A total of 36 earthquakes have been registered on the island of La Palma since midnight last night, the strongest one of 4.6 degrees in Mazo, the highest magnitude felt so far since the eruption of the volcano began almost 4 weeks ago.

According to information from the National Geographic Institute (IGN), this 4.6 magnitude earthquake was registered at a depth of 37 kilometres at 4:41am this morning, and was followed up by a 4.5-degree quake at 6.07am in the same area and at the same depth, both felt by the population of the island.

The rest of last night’s seismicity oscillated between 2.3and 3.1 degrees of magnitude. 22 movements were registered in Fuencaliente, while in Mazo there have been 14 movements recorded by the IGN.

There have also been two small earthquakes recorded in Tenerife during the night, one of 1 degree in Santiago del Teide at a depth of 5 kilometres; and another in Guía de Isora of 1.7 at a depth of 4 kilometres.

https://www.canarianweekly.com/posts/la-palma-most-intense-earthquake 

:: 10-16-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Uh Oh! China Just Got Deadly Serious About Taiwan - Loading Armor on Ferries

World NewsDesk 16 October 2021 Hits: 29589

China just got very serious about Taiwan. They are loading tanks and other armor onto Ferries.

From the outside:

Same deck as shown immediately above, but looking the other way:

No word yet on US reaction.

Scribe note: Click on link below to view pictures

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/uh-oh-china-just-got-deadly-serious-about-taiwan-loading-armor-on-ferries 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 10--21 AMSNBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supply chain woes hit school cafeterias, leaving administrators scrambling to make meals

WASHINGTON — Turkey for tacos, chicken products, orange juice and meal trays are just a few of the items that Shonia Hall, director of school nutrition services for the Oklahoma City Public Schools, said she can’t find.

The latest victim of the supply chain slowdown is the school cafeteria, leaving nutrition administrators scrambling to get proper meals on the table for students as they return to the classroom.

A few weeks ago, Hall’s distributor couldn’t get sporks, spoons or forks and she had to run to her local Sam’s Club to buy 60,000 of each “to get us through for a few days in hopes the truck would show up,” Hall said in an interview.

“We can’t just hope. We have to be proactive,” she said. I can’t feed kids without utensils, right?

Such shortages and being forced to turn to retail stores to fill the void when distributors don’t come are becoming more prevalent at schools across the country.

“It’s an additional cost to your budget, to your program,” said Hall, who adds that she is grateful for the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s National School Lunch Program, which has increased its reimbursement to schools trying to meet meal demands.

And the crunch is coming at an unprecedented time for school lunches.

The meal service waivers known as the “Seamless Summer Option” has been extended through June 2022. The waivers allow for schools to offer meals free of charge to students. Republicans in Congress have been critical of the proposal made by Democrats to make universal free meals permanent because of the potential high price tag.

Just this week President Joe Biden announced three of the largest U.S. goods carriers, Walmart, FedEx and UPS, will up their efforts to address supply chain issues after retailers have already begun warning that some products may not make it to the shelves before the holidays.

Never again should our country and our economy be unable to make critical products we need because we don’t have access to materials to make that product,” Biden said in a speech Wednesday.

Logistical backups at shipping ports, driven in part by worker shortages and Covid outbreaks, have doubled the time it takes for some products to make their way from Asia to the U.S.

“Well, we’re struggling, you know, we can get food, but we’re having a lot of outages and shortages,” said Stephanie Dillard, child nutrition director at Enterprise City Schools in Alabama.

The school district has dealt with inconsistent deliveries of food and supplies, like trays and utensils, which is an added layer of stress on school staff who are coming back from a year of mostly remote learning due to the Covid pandemic.

Every week everybody is holding their breath, not knowing whether we’re going to get a truck or not because we don’t know if there’s going to be truck drivers or there’s going to be employees in the distributors’ warehouses,” Dillard said in an interview.

Schools served almost 500 million lunches on average per month from September 2018 to May 2019. The number dropped during the pandemic-scarred 2020-21 school year to about 330 million lunches per month, according to the USDA.

Besides allowing higher reimbursement rates, the USDA is also giving schools more leeway when it comes to meeting meal guidelines and extending the nationwide waiver through the 2021-22 school year to make all meals free of charge.

Brenton Lexvold, a food service director for Red Wing Public Schools in Minnesota, said he’s seeing 62 percent participation in the school lunch program and has seen an increase in breakfast participation.

But if schools can’t consistently deliver the food they have told students and parents is on the menu, he worries families won’t trust them to provide the meal.

“Sometimes the customers are kind of taking a gamble of saying, ‘Well, do I eat school lunch today or am I packing something from home?'” Lexvold said in an interview.

The food service distribution industry has an estimated 17,500 warehouse positions and 15,000 driver positions currently open, according to the International Foodservice Distributors Association. In a recent survey of trade associations members, 100 percent of respondents indicated it was difficult or extremely difficult to find both warehouses and drivers.

The industry has been experiencing what experts call the bullwhip effect, where companies that have pulled back their operations seek to rapidly scale up when demand surges, leaving suppliers scrambling to keep up, said Meghan Cieslak, the association’s communications director.

“In terms of school delivery delays, our members are working as hard as possible to get schools the supplies they need,” Cieslak said. “The product shortages having the biggest impact should get better in the short term. The labor shortage is impacting both schools and the foodservice supply chain, so that will remain a concern.”

While these shortages are affecting the entire country, the hit on school meals is particularly important “because at the end of the day, we are expected not only to give our children a good education, there’s also the expectation of providing a nutritious meal,” Lexvold said.

“And when you’re having these supply issues, it’s going to impact your ability to be able to provide that, or at least you’re going to spend a lot more time trying to source foods or items that can hit that nutritious box.”

https://amsnbc.com/supply-chain-woes-hit-school-cafeterias-leaving-administrators-scrambling-to-make-meals/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 10-12-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There Will Be NO Unity In America Until Tyrannical Liberalism Is No Longer Tolerated - #DoNotComply Movement Explodes Into Action As Walkouts Hit Airlines, Trains, And Hospitals Over Vax Mandate

Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine October 12, 2021

The Twitter hashtag #DoNotComply was trending on October 11, 2021, after employees of multiple large corporations decided to protest with a "sick out," causing Amtrak delays, thousands of canceled flights, hospital workers walking out and state leaders bringing in the National Guard to staff said hospitals.

The MSM, in an attempt to protect Joe Biden and his regime from his mandates that are forcing people to stand up for their freedom and rights, causing parts of the economy to shut down, calls these massive delays and cancelations weather-related, or blame technical issues, but Americans see what is happening and the #DoNotComply movement is exploding in action.

Another term being used by the MSM, which actual uses the truth without explaining the reasons why, is their claim that much of this calamity we are witnessing is due to being understaffed.

True. But why? Because people are walking off the job, willing to give up their jobs to fight for their freedom to choose whether or not to allow themselves to be "mandated" into putting an experimental vaccine into their body.

I think my favorite terminology being used is the cancelations are do to "unforeseen crew issues."

You think?

BIDEN THE DICTATOR FACING BACKLASH

Not only is Joe Biden approval rating continuing to tank, with MSM writers complaining that Americans are still blaming Biden rather than those nasty unvaccinated, and protesters, but a look at some of the tyrannical, and disturbing actions on the part of the Biden regime, offers a very persuasive argument that Americans collectively (including a significant amount of Democrats) are placing the blame right where it belongs.

The Biden regime has actively stepped in to fight against the Texas heartbeat law, where once a heartbeat is detected in a woman's pregnancy, they can no longer abort the baby.

Think about that for a second, not only is the regime "supportive" of abortions, but they are actively bringing lawsuits in order to nullify the TX heartbeat law.

The Biden administration on Thursday filed a lawsuit against Texas over the Lone Star state’s new law that prohibits abortion after a fetal heartbeat can be detected.

The Department of Justice is arguing that the Texas law is unconstitutional.

It is settled constitutional law that ‘a state may not prohibit any woman from making the ultimate decision to terminate her pregnancy before viability,’” the lawsuit said. “But Texas has done just that.”

The department adds that Texas implemented its law “in open defiance of the Constitution.”

The move comes just days after Attorney General Merrick Garland said the department was weighing options to take action after the Supreme Court issued a 5-4 decision rejecting a challenge to the law last week.

That is not the only actions taken by the Biden regime in attacking law abiding Americans, as seen in their targeting of parents expressing their concern over what schools are teaching their children with Critical Race Theory, or stepping on parental rights by mandating children be forced to wear masks at school.

The Biden regime responded to the school board association whining about they feel "threatened" when the parents stand up and speak out, by directing federal authorities to address the parental protests in an attempt to intimidate the parents into sitting down and shutting up.

That is dictator-like behavior. Tyranny in its most predictable form.

Tyranny via Merriam Webster Dictionary: " 1: oppressive power, especially : oppressive power exerted by government - the tyranny of a police state

Going after parents because they dared speak out against what they consider harmful to their children, "exerting" that type of "oppressive power" using the Department of Justice to intimidate the parents, is literally the very definition of tyranny.

Just imagine what the same people cheering on the Biden regime would be screaming if President Trump had used the DOJ to target liberal parents.

Let us also look at the January 6 sham commission, supported by the Biden regime, as nothing more than an attempt to intimidate protesters on the right, while completely ignoring the tens of millions of damages, law enforcement injuries, rioting, looting and arson from leftists protest for four-plus years.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

The pattern of Biden's polling numbers, which continues to spiral downward, along with economic chaos caused by the walk-outs in protest over his vaccine mandates and threats against those choosing to refuse the vaccine, and the parents criticizing the indoctrination attempts by schools, and let us not forget his regime's blatant support for killing babies with a heartbeat, is why Biden is suffering such backlash.

First, the numbers: Quinnipiac University is a major polling outlet not known for a bias. In their latest poll, Biden’s overall job approval has plummeted down to 38% from highs in the mid-50s earlier in his presidency. Things look even worse for Biden when you look at the complete collapse of his support from political independents, who now disapprove of him by a 60%-to-32% margin.

You do not run on a platform of "unity," claiming the ability to unite the nation, then do everything in your "oppressive" power to divide them.

Americans from one end of the nation to the other, are telling Biden and liberals exactly what they think, and they aren't being shy about it as audiences of sports events and concerts, are all telling him the same thing.

Language alert in the compilation of the massive "F-Joe Biden chants that have become their own movement.

Let me make this very clear..... there will be no unity until tyrannical liberalism is no longer tolerated in America.

Also, the chants, the walk-outs, the parents standing up against student indoctrination, Americans refusing to be intimidated into compliance, are all proof that liberal tyranny is being rejected by the masses

As an interesting side note, they claim that approximately 70 percent of Americans are vaccinated with at least one dose, and that nearly 60 percent are fully vaccinated, yet look around at the protests, the #DoNotComply movement, the walkouts forcing delayed travel of Americans, and the inability to keep hospitals staffed, all because one man, Joe Biden, thought he could dictate to Americans and they would simply obey.

Either the actual vaccinated numbers are way off, or those refusing to be forced to take the vaccines are the the majority of workers in the U.S., or even those in favor of vaccines think forced "mandates" are a step too far into tyranny.

BOTTOM LINE

It is not just the Biden regime and Democrat politicians that are turning Americans, especially Independents, away from the liberal tyranny, but seeing video proof of liberals across the country harassing and wishing death on people not wearing masks, or the unvaccinated, is also exposing their dictator-like mentality to "normal" Americans.

Those normal Americans appear to be unimpressed.

https://allnewspipeline.com/There_Will_Be_NO_Unity_In_America.php 

:: 10-12-21 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Desperate for tires.' Components shortage roils U.S. harvest

By P.j. Huffstutter and Mark Weinraub

CHICAGO, Oct 12 (Reuters) - Dale Hadden cannot find any spare tires for his combine harvester. So the Illinois farmer told his harvest crew to avoid driving on the sides of roads this autumn to avoid metal scraps that could shred tires.

New Ag Supply in Kansas is pleading with customers to order parts now for spring planting. And in Iowa, farmer Cordt Holub is locking up his machinery inside his barn each night, after thieves stole hard-to-find tractor parts from a local Deere & Co (DE.N) dealership.

"You try to baby your equipment, but we're all at the mercy of luck right now," said Holub, a fourth-generation corn and soybean farmer in Buckingham, Iowa.

Manufacturing meltdowns are hitting the U.S. heartland, as the semiconductor shortages that have plagued equipment makers for months expand into other components. Supply chain woes now pose a threat to the U.S. food supply and farmers' ability to get crops out of fields.

Farmers say they are scrambling to find workarounds when their machinery breaks, tracking down local welders and mechanics. Growers looking to buy tractors and combines online are asking for close-up photos of the machine's tires, because replacements are expensive and difficult to find, said Greg Peterson, founder of the Machinery Pete website which hosts farm equipment auctions.

"As harvest ends, we will see farmers at equipment auctions not for the machinery - but for parts," Peterson said. "We're already hearing from guys talking about buying a second planter or sprayer, just for parts."

For some farmers, the shortages are forcing them to reuse - or repair - old parts.

At their small welding shop in western Washington, Rami and Bob Warburton can barely keep up with all the orders from farmers needing something repaired from fittings for irrigation systems to a cracked bulldozer bucket.

"We were in the middle of a drought up here," Rami Warburton said. "At that time, they couldn't wait to water their fields for a month. The crops will be dead by then."

'TYLENOL MOMENTS'

Kinks in the supply chain due to COVID-19 shutdowns in manufacturing hubs in the United States and Asia, a container shortage snarling major ports, and a dearth of workers prevent equipment manufacturers from fully cashing in on a lucrative moment, when grain prices have soared to the highest in nearly a decade.

The Purdue University/CME Group Ag Economy Barometer, a monthly measure of farmer economic sentiment, fell 10% to its lowest level since July 2020 in early October. Supply concerns are weighing heavily on growers, with 55% of farmers surveyed saying that low inventories have affected their plans to buy machinery.

Access to steel, plastic, rubber and other raw materials has been scarce during the pandemic, and manufacturers are preparing for even more shocks after power shortages forced several Chinese smelters to cut production in recent weeks.

When executives from farm machinery maker AGCO Corp (AGCO.N) visited Midwest suppliers this summer, they found some companies were operating at only 60% staffing levels, said Greg Toornman, who oversees AGCO’s global supply chain management.

Toornman said staff levels are dropping at some suppliers in the Dakotas, Nebraska and Texas, as workers object to President Joe Biden's vaccine mandate, drop out of the workforce for fear of getting COVID-19 or move to other jobs.

"It's the perfect storm of Tylenol moments," Toornman said. "It's one headache after another."

The supply squeeze has put particular pressure on equipment dealerships, who typically see their service business boom during the traditional September through November harvest season.

This year, some have resorted to sifting through decade-old inventory for solutions. One pain point for dealerships is an industry-wide shortage of GPS receivers, which are used to run tractor guidance and data systems.

At Ag-Pro, the largest privately-owned Deere & Co dealership in North America, staff in Ohio have been digging out GPS units that date back to 2004. Until now, they were essentially worthless.

But producers can still use them to record a digital harvest map of their farms – something many need when talking to their bankers, landlords and crop insurance agents.

COMPONENTS TRIAGE

Equipment manufacturers are faced with a painful choice this harvest season: Send parts to factories to build new tractors and combines to sell to farmers or redirect those parts into the field to repair broken equipment for existing customers?

For AGCO and rival manufacturer CNH Industrial N.V. (CNHI.MI), the answer is the latter.

"You can't afford not to support those customers in the field," AGCO's Toornman said. "When you're harvesting, timing is everything."

CNH estimates that supply chain constraints ranging from increases in freight to higher raw materials prices have cost the company $1 billion.

That lag has forced the company to turn some factory parking lots into storage lots. At CNH's combine plant in Grand Island, Nebraska, hundreds of unfinished combines sit outside, waiting for parts.

Meanwhile, CNH is redirecting components that can be used on its Case IH and New Holland equipment to customers in the field, a company representative said.

CNH has been signaling to dealers that supply chain problems and parts shortages for Case IH farm equipment are ongoing, according to Reuters interviews with six dealers. The manufacturer said in a statement it is meeting customer needs "the best we can given these unprecedented challenges."

Deere said it is reorganizing shipping containers to make more room for goods, leasing extra cranes to expedite unloading ships at ports, and expanding its trucking fleet.

But component shortages are "particularly challenging for farmers facing what is already a short window of time to harvest," said Luke Gakstatter, senior vice president of Deere's aftermarket and customer support.

In some cases, the company has delivered unfinished machinery to customers. Missouri farmer Andy Kapp's brand new combine rolled off the assembly line missing some of the high-tech cameras that help provide the very efficiency he paid hundreds of thousands of dollars for.

But he is using it anyway, and even has stocked up on some extra parts, in case the combine breaks down.

"As you get toward the end of harvest, machinery and people get more tired," Kapp said. "It's a new machine. It won't surprise us if there are a few loose bolts."

Reporting By P.J. Huffstutter and Mark Weinraub in Chicago; additional reporting by Dane Rhys in Monroeville, Ohio; Editing by Caroline Stauffer and Marguerita Choy

https://www.reuters.com/world/the-great-reboot/desperate-tires-components-shortage-roils-us-harvest-2021-10-12/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 10-11-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Beware The Coming 'Round Up' As The Demonization Of Free Thinkers Is Launched Into Full Swing After More Than 100 Million Americans Fell For One Of 'The Most Fatal Delusions Of All Time'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die October 11, 2021

The September story over at The Mirror said it all for those who have politely and with great wisdom declined to take the mRNA injection the globalists have for months now been pushing in our faces.

While Mahatma Gandhi, once revered by the left, once said "Vaccination is a barbarous practice and one of the most fatal of all the delusions current in our time. Conscientious objectors to vaccination should stand alone, if need be, against the whole world, in defense of their conviction", the 'new left' in 2021 says of those who refuse the still-experimental injection.:

'Anti-vaxxers want to kill your babies, stage a coup and cause another lockdown.'

These people are terrorists who'd happily kill us all for a false ideology, says Fleet Street Fox.

Anyone who objects to vaccines, folic acid in bread, or democracy should be jailed and deradicalized.

With that story at The Mirror immediately comparing those who trust the human immune system over the 'big pharma mafia' to 'terrorists from the Taliban' who 'want to target the NHS for destruction', it insanely claimed 'anti-vaxxers' want to 'kill your babies' at a time when liberals are murdering babies across America, with full government approval, by the hundreds of thousands each year. Talk about lunacy.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we are running an emergency fundraising drive. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

With Dr. Anthony Fauci recently claiming 'it's way too early to ditch masks' for people indoors while even babbling on recently about the fully vaccinated needing to wear masks outdoors, too, when was the last time that you wore a mask outdoors, vaccinated or not? Yeah, we don't either but the looks that we'll sometimes get from the fully masked, both indoors and outdoors, while not wearing masks help to explain to us what we're now reading in the media.

So before we continue, let's take a look at this story over at The Mirror to see what they really think about 'anti-vaxxers'. Claiming that anti-vaxxers are a threat to their right to vote, their unborn children and we 'threaten to drag them back to the 14th century', how can anyone believe a word they say when they're writing utter BS like this?

Imagine if the Taliban was targeting the NHS for destruction. Picture someone determined to live in the 14th century and drag you, your family, and your democracy back there too. What wonders that'll do for infectious disease, maternal mortality rates, and your right to vote. It's what you'd expect from the Taliban, isn't it?

And it is reasonable to say promoting those ideas, forcing them on others, or joining such a group of fatally-thick knuckledraggers is so likely to kill people that it should be a crime.

Only this isn't the Taliban. It's your mate on Facebook, or Nicki Minaj. Or Piers Corbyn, whose unrestrained Messiah Complex is all the proof we need that Britain's mental health services are seriously under-resourced.

Over the past year, these people have somehow convinced 5 million reasonably-educated British adults, including 40,000 whose actual job it is to care for the vulnerable, not to protect each other from a super-infectious strain of a deadly new disease.

They have promoted the collapse of the NHS more effectively than the most-rabid, table-chewing backbench Tory.

If ISIS was using Facebook to spread lies that killed people as surely as that, they'd not only massively increase their body count but Zuckerberg would have been forced to boot them off.

They have called for a US Capitol-style insurrection, and the brother of the ex-Labour leader has suggested they need to "take down the vaccination centres, take down the town halls". If the IRA was marching around London shouting that through a megaphone, there'd be troops back in the Bogside by teatime.

And today the same sort of idiot has greeted the news that folic acid will be added to flour to protect against baby abnormalities by saying the nation was being "dosed" with "poison".

Someone calling themselves a "kind, decent family man" wrote about "medication of the masses" and "jabbing poison in the body" and "poison in the bread".

A "naturopathic doctor" claimed "folic acid is poison". And many repeated conspiracy theories about how man-made folic acid is toxic to 50% of people with a particular gene, when the evidence is that it makes just about everyone healthier.

If these people were wearing swastikas and throwing Nazi salutes, the head of MI5 would be giving interviews about how the biggest threat to British lives was baby-killing fascists. Instead, well, it's just nutters innit. And no-one stops to think about how the Taliban, the IRA, Al Qaeda, neo-Nazis and ISIS were all just nutters, once, and mostly still are.

So in the globalists eyes, those who have decided they'd rather wait to find out what the real long term effects of 'the shot' before taking it should be considered equal with the Taliban, the Irish Republican Army, Al Qaeda, ISIS and 'neo-Nazis'. Meanwhile, Joe Biden and the left have heavily armed that same 'Taliban' with American taxpayer funded weapons in Afghanistan to the tune of billions. Talk about insanity. With that Mirror story also claiming that 'anti-vaxxers' are far more dangerous than the previously mentioned 'terrorists' because 'the Lockerbie bomb (only) killed 270, while 7/7 (only) claimed 50 lives', while 'telling lies about jabs could kill thousands among the unvaccinated, and thousands more as a side-effect of lockdown', what about the numbers over at VAERS that the msm never reports on?

As The Defender, Children's Health Defense News & Views, reports in this new story, VAERS data released Friday by the CDC included a total of 778,685 reports of adverse events from all age groups following COVID vaccines, including 16,310 deaths and 111,921 serious injuries between Dec. 14, 2020 and Oct. 1, 2021.

Data released Friday by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) showed that between Dec. 14, 2020 and Oct. 1, 2021, a total of 778,685 adverse events following COVID vaccines were reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). The data included a total of 16,310 reports of deaths — an increase of 373 over the previous week.

There were 111,921 reports of serious injuries, including deaths, during the same time period — up 6,163 compared with the previous week.

Excludingforeign reports filed in VAERS, 593.728 adverse events, including 7,437 deaths and 47,455 serious injuries, were reported in the U.S. between Dec. 14, 2020 and Oct. 1, 2021.

Of the 7,437 U.S. deaths reported as of Oct. 1, 11% occurred within 24 hours of vaccination, 16% occurred within 48 hours of vaccination and 29% occurred in people who experienced an onset of symptoms within 48 hours of being vaccinated.

So what we're seeing is perfectly healthy people going to take the vax due to work vax 'mandates' imposed by Joe Biden and some of those people then dying within 24 hours after getting the vax or being injured by it, with the drug companies holding no liability whatsoever for those deaths or injuries.

And while the left screams that those are relatively small numbers compared to how many people have been 'vaccinated', it still gives us absolute proof that thousands of people are dying from 'the vax' itself, the lives of those tens of thousands of people 'snuffed out' by a 'big pharma mafia concoction' that they thought was safe, those deaths effecting how many tens of thousands more people?

With thousands of deaths reported to VAERS along with hundreds of thousands of injuries from 'the vax', it wouldn't be difficult to argue that those pushing such shots upon the masses are the 'real terrorists', with more vaccine deaths in 2021 reported to VAERS than deaths from any other 'vaccine' while those 778,685 'adverse events' dwarfs the numbers of injuries/deaths caused by terrorists.

So while it's the vax that's been killing people and injuring people in un-acceptable numbers according to the VAERS data, with the media now trying to take things to another level, completely demonizing the 'anti-vaxxers', what we're really witnessing is nothing less than the globalists 'inciting violence' against the unvaxxed and those who believe in 'medical freedom of choice'.

Claiming we're 'killing babies' while they've been slaughtering babies in huge numbers for decades, all of this gives them the excuse they need in their own deranged minds to 'round us all up' in the name of 'science' and 'protecting the innocent' that they've been callously slaughtering. So without a doubt, watch out, America.

https://allnewspipeline.com/One_Of_The_Most_Fatal_Of_All_Delusions_In_Time.php 

:: 10--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The People Are Unaware of the War Being Conducted Against Them

Guest Post by Paul Craig Roberts

As my long-time readers know, I have experienced much in my life at high levels of government, journalism, academia, and business. Yet I am stunned by the depth and breadth of the organized conspiracy working in behalf of the orchestrated “Covid pandemic.” Washington, shielded by a whore media, has long lied to us about everything -— 9/11, weapons of mass destruction, Assad’s use of chemical weapons, Iranian nukes, Russian invasions, Osama bin Laden, Muammar Gaddafi, Russiagate, Trump insurrection. Currently lies are being used to damage Americans with a “vaccine” that is more dangerous than the virus.

The extent of the propaganda in behalf of a “vaccine” that is known not to protect but to cause death and serious health impairments, and against known proven cures increasingly used world wide, is astounding. Even in the red state of Georgia, the Georgia Department of Public Health has pharmacies delivering prescriptions in bags with a smiling young woman saying in 2 inch high letters: COVID VACCINE. I SAID YES! SO I CAN STAY IN MY CLASSROOM.

Before we proceed, think about the message. In order to go to school she had to take the mRNA “vaccine” known to be especially dangerous to young people. In “free democratic America” school children are being coerced into accepting what has in our previous history been unacceptable risks. Never in history has a “vaccine” associated with even a tiny fraction of deaths as the mRNA vaccine been permitted to remain in use. Despite the known and proven danger of the mRNA vaccine to the young, the criminal organization known as Pfizer is putting pressure on its servants at FDA to approve the injection of 5-year olds with the deadly substance. The chances are high that every five-year old injected will be infertile.

https://www.theepochtimes.com/mkt_morningbrief/pfizer-formally-asks-drug-regulators-to-let-kids-as-young-as-5-get-its-covid-19-vaccine_4036989.html?utm_source=Morningbrief&utm_medium=

email&utm_campaign=mb-2021-10-08&mktids=1a69496352d8ee2e4c76e4ae0487ee3c&est=gpFTDxYhp3%2BC7FGnEG0b5DK14zxk4vTLB8e7T%2F4ToGyYcdv8owjRFA%3D%3D 

What is the agenda that can reach down so far as to plant and control the message on prescription bags from pharmacies?

Obviously profit for Big Pharma. Obviously control over people and ability to dictate their decisions by government. Obviously from what we are learning about the impact of the mRNA vaccine on human fertility, population control. To succeed in reducing the population, you have to kill off the young or make them infertile. Thus the drive to vaccinate 5-year old children.

There are no other explanations for the determined censoring of renowned experts and Nobel laureates who keep blowing the whistle and issuing warnings. There are no other explanations for hospitals refusing to report adverse reactions to the vaccine and refusing to save Covid patients lives by treating them with HCQ or Ivermectin. There are no other explanations for the medical establishment to pretend that variants are not the products of the vaccine itself.

Considering the fact that the mRNA “vaccine” was rushed into use without the necessary trials under an “emergency use authorization,” where is the credibility of the medical establishments’ claim that although HCQ and Ivermectin have a perfect safety record after 60 years of human use, no doctor should prescribe them because there are no trials determining their effectiveness on Covid?

In other words the position of the American Medical Establishment is that we can give you a life-threatening injection on an emergency basis without trials, but not a known cure increasingly used world wide safely and effectively to prevent and to cure Covid. https://ippocrateorg.org/en/ 

Over the course of my lifetime in the United States I have watched all moral values be replaced by the greed for, and pursuit of, money. Nevertheless, it is difficult to believe that Big Pharma, media, Biden, the American Medical Association, hospitals, pharmacists, school boards, governors, private employers would so willingly coerce Americans into accepting dangerous injections in order to keep their jobs, go to school, go out for an evening, and travel only for the purpose of enriching Pfizer, Moderna, and the rest.

There are now tens of thousands of doctors, nurses, medical professionals, and scientists who dissent from the Covid protocol being imposed on Western countries. Their voices are suppressed. Their jobs and medical licenses are threatened. Despite having all the facts on their side, they are denounced for “Covid disinformation.”

On October 8, 2021, I heard on NPR in behalf of vaccination, which the pharmaceutical companies themselves admit does not protect beyond 6 months (the protection declines daily), propaganda so blatant that it would have astonished Stalin, Mao, and Hitler. NPR intentionally withheld from the listening audience the proven established facts that the mRNA “vaccine” (1) is associated with a historic high rate of health injuries and deaths, (2) produces variants immune to the vaccine, thereby requiring endless boosters, and (3) shuts down and destroys your natural immunity leaving you dependent for life on Big Pharma.

Why did National Public radio withhold this known information and engage in purposefully deceiving its gullible audience? Possibly the weak minded NPR crowd are afraid to offend those who control the Covid narrative by being real journalists. NPR is accustomed to being mouthpieces for donors, and I suspect you can safely bet your life that Big Pharma, indirectly if not directly, has bought NPR’s reporting. Unfortunately, America has no investigative media to look into this question.

America is a place where lies are verified as truth by CNN, MSNBC, NPR, New York Times, Washington Post, Associated Press, and multitudes of Internet sites financed by the Establishment that controls our opinions and renders us impotent by programming us with lies.

Many books, articles, and movies over the years predicted the triumph of secret agendas over gullible insouciant peoples to be humanity’s fate.

I watch this happen every day. Are people, especially those in the West, too stupid and trusting to survive?

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/10/12/the-people-are-unaware-of-the-war-being-conducted-against-them/ 

:: 10-11-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Pentagon's first software chief RESIGNS in protest because the US has 'already lost' the AI war with China and is '20 years behind its technology'

The Pentagon's first ever chief software officer Nicolas Chaillan said he resigned over U.S. inaction on technological developments in the military

He says China has already won the Artificial Intelligence battle

'Right now, it's already a done deal – it is already over in my opinion,' he said in an interview published Sunday. 'Whether it takes a war or not is kind of anecdotal'

Comments come as China threatened Taiwan with military action as it plans to 'reunify' with the island

By Katelyn Caralle, U.S. Political Reporter For Dailymail.com and Reuters

Published: 02:41 EDT, 11 October 2021 | Updated: 14:29 EDT, 11 October 2021

The Pentagon's first ever chief software officer resigned last month in protest at the slow pace of technological transformation in the U.S. military, claiming the failure to respond to China winning the Artificial Intelligence battle is putting the U.S. at risk.

Nicolas Chaillan, 37, told the Financial Times after resigning: 'We have no competing fighting chance against China in 15 to 20 years.'

'Right now, it's already a done deal – it is already over in my opinion,' he added. 'Whether it takes a war or not is kind of anecdotal.'

Chaillan worked for three years on a Pentagon project aimed at boosting cyber security. He was the first chief software officer for the Air Force.

He said in his interview published Sunday that China has won over the U.S. and is on track towards global dominance due to its technological advances.

In the coming weeks, Chaillan said he will testify before Congress about the Chinese cyber threat to U.S. supremacy, including in classified briefings.

China, the world's second largest economy, is likely to dominate many of the key emerging technologies, particularly artificial intelligence, synthetic biology and genetics within a decade or so, according to Western intelligence assessments.

The communist nation is set to dominate the future of the world, controlling everything from media narratives to geopolitics, Chaillan said.

He blamed sluggish innovation, the reluctance of U.S. companies such as Google to work with the government on AI and extensive ethical debates over the technology.

Google was not immediately available for comment outside business hours when Reuters reached out.

Chinese companies, Chaillan said, were obliged to work with their government and were making 'massive investment' in AI without regard to ethics.

He said U.S. cyber defenses in some government departments were at 'kindergarten level'.

Chaillan announced his resignation at the beginning of September, saying military officials were repeatedly put in charge of cyber initiatives for which they lacked experience.

A spokesperson for the Department of the Air Force said Frank Kendall, secretary of the U.S. Air Force, had discussed with Chaillan his recommendations for the department's future software development following his resignation and thanked him for his contributions, the FT said.

Tensions in Asia are high right now as the Chinese Communist Party detailed its intentions to reunify with Taiwan.

Chinese state media The Global Times threatened on Sunday that the CCP 'will have little choice but to take Taiwan to the battlefield' after the island's president, Tsai Ing-wen, vowed to resist 'threats' from Beijing.

Quoting from 'experts' within China , the paper accused 'secessionist' Tsai of stirring up tensions while warning that 'resisting reunification by force will only bring doom more quickly.'

China, the US and the race to develop artificial intelligence while tensions build between Beijing and D.C.

Nicholas Chaillan resigned from his post as the Pentagon's first software chief during the race to develop the most cutting-edge artificial intelligence technology.

Congress has upped the US investment into artificial intelligence and President Biden has consistently stressed the need to compete with Beijing while touting his multi-trillion dollar spending plans.

But the reality is the U.S. is far behind their Chinese counterparts. Beijing has one of the most comprehensive facial recognition software systems in the world and is able to keep track of huge portions of their population.

China also has the largest population in the world at more than 1.4billion people, meaning they have a huge dataset to gather information from.

China files more AI patents than any other country, has 1,189 firms specifically focused on AI production, and they publish more research than any other country in the world, according to the Harvard Business Review.

The U.S. has more than 2,000 artificial intelligence companies , but progress is stifled by ethics and privacy concerns depending on how invasive the technology is.

In March, a report by the National Security Commission on Artificial Intelligence found that the U.S. was 'unprepared' for AI competition with China and urged the Pentagon to get up to speed by and be 'AI-ready' by 2025.

Commission Vice Chair Robert Work, former deputy secretary of defense, said: 'The bottom line … is we don't feel this is the time for incremental toggles to federal research budgets or adding a few new positions in the Pentagon for Silicon Valley technologists.

'Those just won't cut it. This will be expensive and requires significant change in mindset at the national, and agency, and Cabinet levels. America needs White House leadership, Cabinet member action, and bipartisan congressional support to win the AI competition and the broader technology competition.

Former Google executive Eric Schmidt warned that China is making huge investments in AI and there is 'every reason to think their competition will increase'.

In June, the U.S. Senate approved a $250billion cash injection into semiconductor production and artificial intelligence in the United States Innovation and Competition Act.

In July, U.S. Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin said the Pentagon 'urgently needs' to prioritize AI development over the next five years and a $1.5billion investment would help 600 projects already under way.

However, advancements have been stifled by ethics and safety concerns, and Austin has said he would not 'cut corners' while advancing the technology.

Progressive Democratic Senators including Elizabeth Warren and Ed Markey have urged the government not to use facial recognition software, while the Department of Homeland Security wants to install a biometric system for all non-citizens passing through the U.S.

Robert Spalding, a retired Air Force brigadier and former defense attache in Beijing told the Financial Times that Chaillan 'rightfully' complained in his resignation.

He also stepped down to create his own encrypted defence technology because he was frustrated by the 'archaic' systems in B-2 stealth bombers.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-10079319/China-won-AI-battle-U-S-Pentagons-ex-software-chief-says.html 

:: 10--21 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Most Monstrous Comet Ever Known Is Headed Straight for Us

David Axe 3 days ago

Katie Couric Slammed for ‘Toxic’ Choice to Omit RBG Quote on Anthem…

5 dead, 2 injured in random bow and arrow attack

Seven years ago, a pair of scientists scouring high-resolution images of space caught fleeting glimpses of a bright round object peeking from a vast cloud of icy objects more than two billion miles from Earth.

As if that whole scene wasn’t exciting enough, the object appeared to be a huge comet. Thought to be between 60 and 100 miles wide, it was the biggest comet a human being had ever witnessed. And it seemed to be heading toward us, very loosely speaking.

Last month the discoverers of the giant object—University of Pennsylvania astronomers Gary Bernstein and Pedro Bernardinelli—combined their earlier data with fresh sightings of the distant object this summer and confirmed their suspicions.

Yep, it’s a megacomet. “The nearly spherical cow of comets,” they quipped in the title of their paper, which they submitted for publication in The Astrophysical Journal Letters on Sept. 23. And the pair have also learned the comet’s trajectory has it swinging between Uranus and Saturn in 2031.

Besides setting up an astronomically great joke, the Bernardinelli-Bernstein comet is a very rare and unique prize for any scientist trying to piece together the history of the solar system. “In essence, it’s a time machine,” Amy Mainzer, an astronomer and comet expert at the University of Arizona, told The Daily Beast. The comet’s journey is the opportunity of a lifetime for scientists anxious to learn about the conditions and building blocks of the solar system that one day led to Earth and all its life.

A comet is a return visitor from the collisions of space rocks that created Earth and almost everything else in our corner of space a very long time ago. “The story told by the comet would tell us of what existed in the solar system billions of years ago, and we can use that to understand the things we see today elsewhere in the solar system,” Bernardinelli told The Daily Beast.

But every comet we’ve been lucky enough to closely study so far has changed a lot over time—either because they were too small to avoid fragmentation, or because they passed so close to the Sun that they were in the star’s intense heat, altering their chemistry. That means the story it tells about the early solar system has been, to say the least, edited by outside forces.

Bernardinelli-Bernstein has escaped both fates. “It's pristine,” Bernardinelli said. “Not a lot has happened to this object since its formation in the early days of the solar system, and so we can think of it as a window into the past.”

Because it’s so much bigger than other known comets—the famous Hale-Bopp comet, which itself is on the larger side, measures just 37 miles across—Bernardinelli-Bernstein possesses enough gravity to hold itself together as it lazily loops through space. It’s harder to break apart..

The comet’s extreme distance from the Sun also helped preserve it. “It spends most of its time in the deep freeze of the outer solar system,” Mainzer explained. Models of the megacomet’s orbit indicate it last entered our part of the solar system around five million years ago and got no closer than Uranus. From that distance, the Sun’s heat hardly touched it.

Mainzer says that as a result, the comet she affectionately calls “BB” probably resembles the original chemical state of the nebula of gas and dust that formed our solar system about 4.5 billion years ago.

The trajectory of Bernardinelli-Bernstein as it makes its close approach in 2031. The comet will zip through between the orbits of Uranus of Saturn. NASA © Provided by The Daily Beast The trajectory of Bernardinelli-Bernstein as it makes its close approach in 2031. The comet will zip through between the orbits of Uranus of Saturn. NASA

Its close approach in 2031 will be a monumental time to study the comet’s chemistry and reveal what our neck of the woods was like before there were planets zipping around. “One of the best things about this comet is that we’ve got a while until it makes its closest approach to the Sun, so we’ve got years to study how it brightens up as its surface gets exposed to the Sun’s warmth,” Mainzer said.

That warm up act is critical, since it causes a comet to shed huge amounts of dust particles and produce that distinctive comet tail. “By watching the show as the comet creeps closer, we’ll be able to tell more about which chemicals act like the propellant in the spray can, so to speak, pushing rocky particles and dust off its surface,” Mainzer explained.

What doesn’t come off the megacomet’s surface is as important as what does. Are the reactions carbon dioxide-based or nitrogen-based? Current observations suggest Bernardinelli-Bernstein contains a lot of the former but comparatively little of the latter, Bernstein said.

That mix matters. Nitrogen is really common on Pluto, the tiny planet (or “planetoid,” if you side with the critics) that's farther from the Sun than any other main planet. It’s possible Pluto still has its nitrogen because it’s too far from the Sun for that chemical to evaporate.

If Bernardinelli-Bernstein really is low on nitrogen, “maybe that means that this comet was living closer to the Sun than Pluto when it was young,” Bernstein said. That could make Bernardinelli-Bernstein a nearer relative to our own planet than Pluto is, chemically speaking.

Mainzer emphasized that the the comet's older, colder inner layers that don't heat up easily could be even more interesting, since they may help reveal what exactly comprised the gas and dust cloud from which our solar system was born.

We can, in other words, fill in some of the vast gaps in the chemical blueprints of our own evolution—and inch closer to understanding where life, and the planets that support it, come from.

Bernardinelli-Bernstein as seen by the Las Cumbres Observatory 1-meter telescope at Sutherland, South Africa. LOOK/LCO © Provided by The Daily Beast Bernardinelli-Bernstein as seen by the Las Cumbres Observatory 1-meter telescope at Sutherland, South Africa. LOOK/LCO

For all its promise, there’s also a downside to Bernardinelli-Bernstein’s recent discovery. A decade or more might seem like a long time to study a single object in space. But considering how long it takes to conceptualize, fund, organize and execute a new space mission, it’s actually not very long at all. The only tools we can count on for examining the megacomet are the ones we already have—or which are near completion.

Big telescopes are our best bet now,” Bernardinelli said. Those include the same telescopes astronomers have already used to inspect Bernardinelli-Bernstein plus the optics at the Vera Rubin Observatory that’s scheduled to open in 2023. Bernstein said it’s possible NASA’s new James Webb Space Telescope, which should launch later this year, might also spend some time pointed at the megacomet.

It’s highly unlikely NASA or some other space agency building a probe to intercept and collect samples from Bernardinelli-Bernstein (which is ironically what NASA is currently doing with the asteroids surrounding Jupiter).

But it’s not impossible, and Mainzer for one isn’t giving up hope that some space agency might see the value in retrieving an actual hunk of ice from Bernardinelli-Bernstein—and do what it takes to slap together a probe. “I think BB would be a great target for an up-close-and-personal visit,” she said.

Read more at The Daily Beast.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/technology/the-most-monstrous-comet-ever-known-is-headed-straight-for-us/ar-AAPm6ZF 

:: 10-11-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bob Griswold and Dave Hodges- Connecting the Dots Regarding the Deliberate Apocalypse Befalling the United States

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, October 11, 2021 - 14:42.

I recently interviewed Bob Griswold of Readymaderesources.com and found that our independent analysis of the crises facing America, all which potentially represent a “nation-extinction-level” of events, are simultaneously in place could very well kills tens if not hundreds of millions of Americans. Remember, the Deagel Report predicted over 250 million American deaths, from various causes, by 2025.

It is becoming clear to many experts who have worked in this arena, for decades, and include people ranging from Steve Quayle to Mike Adams to Bob Griswold, that we do not have much time. Please take this dot-connecting article, based, in part, on a recent TV interview (available at thecommonsenseshow.TV) that I did with Bob Griswold, which parallels parts of interviews I have done with Steve Quayle and Mike Adams, all are saying the same thing: Millions of people who can read these words will not survive what is arriving in America unless you are able to take extreme action, IMMEDIATELY!!!

This article will briefly connect the dots, related to some, but certainly not all, of the threats that are nation and citizen killing. Further, a short-list of proactive steps will be offered to stimulate immediate action. There is no guarantee of survival in the physical realm, however, all who are reading these words can get on bended knee and surrender to Jesus Christ and be assured an eternal place in the Kingdom of God!

The following presentation is meant to substantive but is much more filled with examples designed to get the unconvinced to act in their own self-preservation. The following will also read more like a summary from a White Paper than an article.

Three Major Areas Under Attack

Bob Griswold and myself discussed 3 major areas of concern that people can and should address immediately.

Food is in the process of being weaponized against the American people in much the same manner that Stalin did to Ukraine in the Holodomor in which 23 million were starved to death. After the collusion between the Chinese government, Democratic Party operatives and the Deep State, America’s food supply is under attack. Necessary exports from China are not being delivered, including medication, but most certainly food from other countries that we are now forced to import. Further, the meat packing plants, inappropriately closed as nonessential during the plandemic, are still closed. In this time of developing food shortages, farmer are being paid and coerced not grow food, thus adding to the problem. One does not have to be a conspiracy theorists to see through the motivation behind the Biden Administration’s actions. Independent farmers, such as the Amish, are under attack from the Federal government. Mask and Vaccine Passport mandates have created an estimated trucker shortage of 60,000 drivers. Soon, your just in time deliverables, will be nowhere in time. This will be the precursor to mass death (malnutrition related) and mass violence to obtain this needed resource. Bob and believe that some of the shortages that I wrote about in yesterday’s article related to the closing storable food delivery companies is the direct result of government purchases. In a couple of instances, the reasons give for the cessation of delivery does not appear to have been developed or written by a businessman trying to get customers to come back. The reason why Bob and I suspect this is obvious. Water is becoming a problem because of HAARP-induced weather control which resulted in a massive drought and the destruction of farmland, with an obvious reduction in crop yield. Do you have storable water?

We are entering an energy crisis of epic proportions. Biden’s actions in Afghanistan led to Chinese takeover and placed CHICOM forces adjacent to Iran. The two combined armies could easily threaten Middle East oil supplies since Biden, acting as a de facto agent of the CHICOM government, killed American energy independence. Without energy independence our entire transportation system, food distribution system, the delivery of medical supplies, etc., are now in extreme danger thank to the traitor who stole the 2020 election, his Fauci subordinate allied with China, to create this crisis. As the reader can see, there is and will be an overlap of the threats to American survival from the various Biden administration led assault on America

Through vaccine and passport mandates, artificial shortages are being created in medicine, every dimension of the military (most important and this makes us vulnerable to Russian and Chinese invasion), transportation employees, and generally employees from all parts of American business and industry. Take the jab or starve is becoming the mantra. This is setting the stage for FEMA Camp incarcerations under the guise of isolation camps under the false heading of Covid 19 quarantine. By the way, Johns Hopkins research reveals that many more people are dying from the jab than they are from Covid. One would almost think that this administration is setting up for a mass depopulation event. Shortages, criminality, health hazards from infectons are being perpetrated by the completely engineered collapse of the border by the Biden Administration. This is intentional and will significantly add to the national pain when the collapse is realized.

In the abbreviated problem presentation, I could go much more into depth. However, the purpose of this article is to connect a few dots and hopefully motivate Americans to act on an individual and local level.

General Steps That the Average Person Can Take Before It’s Too Late

This is not to be a comprehensive list, but rather a partial list of steps one can take increase the odds of individual survival.

Obtain 2 years of storable food and seeds. This is getting hard to do given the condition of major suppliers of storable food.

Water filtration for water that you store inside in 55 gallon drums. Filtration can also be used when one hunts any source of ground water.

Turn off the media, we feel that it destroys hope and is a disincentive to proper preparation.

War is being waged against you, therefore you must strike back. Do not use their transportation systems, entertainment systems, news outlets, etc. Don’t shop at the box stores. Take most of your money in the bank and place it in gold, silver, bitcoin. Make sure these acquired assets are delivered to your door. If you do not hold it, you do not own it says Steve Quayle. Keep only a maintenance amount in the bank. Do so now, but do it covertly, as the bank technically owns your money after you deposit it. In other words, don’t make any independent pronouncements. Do it now! Time is very short.

For the average person, too late for me, stay off of social media. Don’t put a bigger target on your back than needs to be.

Arm yourself to the teeth and get immediate training if need be.

Acquire natural medicine and know what you doing. Start now!!! Prescription medication coming out of China is in short supply.

Please note that the Biden administration is making their move now. In recently discovered DOJ documents, they admit the reason to go after the school board parent protestors is because they are endangering the Democrats chances for success in the mid-term elections.

Conclusion

The Deep State is scared to death of an ever increasing numbers of Americans that are waking up! Most Americans do not know what to do, but they know the end of America is near.

My hope is that all who read these words will take action and convince those in the immediate social circles to do the same. Don't forget your Bible!

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/bob-griswold-and-dave-hodges-connecting-dots-regarding-deliberate-apocalypse-befalling-united 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 10-11-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Global food prices hit their highest level in a DECADE, with US seeing prices of meat, poultry, fish and eggs rocketing by 15.7% in two years as experts warn soaring energy costs could drive them even higher

The United Nation's Food and Agriculture Organization food price index reached a 10-year high last month, reflecting skyrocketing worldwide food prices

Globally, the price of vegetable oil increased by 60percent during the past year

US shoppers are also experiencing sticker shock, with the price of bacon up 17percent, and beef costing meat-eating consumers an extra 12.2percent

Experts are attributing the rising costs on rising energy costs and other factors

By Michelle Thompson For Dailymail.Com

Published: 14:12 EDT, 11 October 2021 | Updated: 15:59 EDT, 11 October 2021

Worldwide food prices have reached the highest levels in a decade – and experts are warning that price spikes of up to 16 per cent in the US could worsen, partly because of soaring energy costs.

The United Nation's Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)'s September food price index – a measure of monthly changes in global food prices – reached 130 points, a level not seen since 2011.

It represents a 32.8percent increase from September 2020.

Prices are also skyrocketing in the US, where beef prices have jumped 12.2 percent during the past year, and the cost of bacon increased 17 percent, according to the US labor department.

Meat, poultry, fish, and eggs sold at an eight percent premium this year, with prices up 15.7 percent since August 2019.

The cost of fresh fish and seafood jumped 10.7 percent, and eggs are setting shoppers back an extra 10 percent.

The dairy group was the only area that observed a decline, after falling 0.5percent year-over-year.

David Ortega, associate professor and food economist at Michigan State University, said food prices will continue to be affected by a multitude of factors in the short-term.

The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, climate change, and the law of supply and demand among the reasons he cited for the price spikes, he said.

'Consumer behavior is changing and demand is increasing as consumers are starting to re-re-emerge from this latest surge of covid cases,' Ortega told DailyMail.com. 'There are some serious supply chain logistic issues which are affecting shipping and transportation times that are adding to rising costs. Labor shortages and rising wages are also partly to blame.'

Climate change is also playing a role, he added.

'Hot and dry weather in North America, frost and severe drought in Brazil (major supplier of sugar, coffee, and animal feed worldwide, among other food related products),' he said. 'An energy crisis is also threatening this year's fall harvest in China which is already underway and could add to rising costs worldwide.

'So it's really a wide range of factors coming together and compounding each other.'

He said food prices will continue to rise for the next few months, and that the long-term severity depends on the extent of harvest setbacks in some countries, and how fast the supply chain can catch up from previous disruptions.

Climbing energy costs are exacerbating the challenge, Bloomberg reported last month.

'It's this combination of things that's beginning to get very worrying,' FAO economist Abdolreza Abbassian told the outlet. 'It's not just the isolated food-price numbers, but all of them together. I don't think anyone two or three months ago was expecting the energy prices to get this strong.

Rising food prices worldwide are being caused by tightening supplies and a growing demand for pantry staples such as wheat and palm, the FAO said.

Its index, which tracks monthly changes in commonly traded world food commodities, showed an up to 41 percent year-over-year jump in wheat prices.

'Among major cereals, wheat will be the focus in the coming weeks as demand needs to be tested against fast rising prices,' senior FAO economist Abdolreza Abbassian said in a press release.

The FAO's vegetable oil price index ticked up 1.7percent last month, representing a 60 percent year-over-year increase caused by growing palm oil prices that reached a 10-year high because of growing demand and labor shortages, the organization said.

The global price of sugar rose 53.5 percent year-over-year, a jump attributed to bad weather and bolstered ethanol prices in Brazil, the world's biggest sugar exporter.

Worldwide dairy prices were up about 15 percent year-over-year, an upswing driven by 'solid global import demand' and seasonal factors in Europe and Oceania, the FAO said.

Demand for butter was especially high.

The cost of meat remained unchanged month-over-month, but rose 26.3percent from the previous year.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-10080721/Global-food-prices-hit-highest-level-DECADE-experts-warn-worse.html 

:: 10-10-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Now A Shortage Of Survival Foods Hit America - Augason Farms First Company To Announce Suspension Of New Orders Until At Least January 2022 Due To Supply Shortages

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine October 10, 2021

A quick reminder that in 2020 when the lockdowns first started causing shortages, survival food companies, those that make freeze dried foods and powders, all started offering notifications on their websites explaining that due to high volume of orders there would be massive delays in arrival of any orders made.

Those were the ones that continued to accept orders rather than just stop taking orders at all.

Jump forward to 2021, as we have been observing and documenting (thanks to our readers images) the depletion of foods and selections at the stores, we now note, as some have been talking about, the first of the survival food companies, Augason Farms, has suspended taking website orders.

A letter was sent out, shown below:

The letter states they are "suspending business" for the next 90 days, but their websites changes that wording slightly:

Due to an extremely high order volume through all sales channels we are currently not able to receive any orders through our web site. All orders previously placed will still be shipped.

Augason Farms Products are still available through other national sales channels both on line and in-store and also through other reputable on-line vendors. We expect to turn this site back on just as soon as possible.

As a manufacturer we are intent on making sure our vendors inventory is top priority.

Thank-you for choosing Augason Farms.

On one hand the website appears to be right, as we can still find the Augason Farms brand at Amazon for delivery, although some items are "temporarily out of stock," but we have seen conflicting testimonials as to the brand being sold at Walmart, another "vendor," with some stating they are no longer able to find the Augason products they use to stock up with, at Walmart.

Since the letter is dated October 7, 2021, this leads us to believe that, as happened in 2020, even the vendors will start showing the Augason brand out of stock, or showing months delays in delivery, while claiming "in stock."

Again, using 2020 as an example, even though the situation is worse now because the supply chain issues have not recovered and are getting worse, we also expect to see the same type of issues start to affect other survival food companies.

What this means is those that have put off stocking up, or restocking, or topping of their supplies, now have less time to do so before the emergency survival food chain starts drying up again.

For those that prefer Augason Farms brand, there are some still at Amazon as stated earlier, but the delivery dates state that they "usually ship within 1 to 3 weeks."

Others appear to be available until you click the actual product and then we seen the notice below:

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

We will list the few we found of Augason Farms buckets, those that do not later say "out of stock," and please be clear, we have no idea how long these specific items will be available now that the news of Augason's suspension of orders is becoming more known.

Please note, I am not listing those that estimate delivery as 1 to 2 months, rather than weeks.

Augason Farms Lunch and Dinner Variety Pail Emergency Food Supply 4-Gallon Pail

Augason Farms Breakfast Emergency Food Supply 4 Gallon Pail

Augason Farms 72-Hour 1-Person Emergency Food Supply Kit 4 lbs 1 oz - (Note - This one ships within 9 days)

Augason Farms 2-Week 1-Person Emergency Food Supply Kit 14 lbs 5 oz - 15 left in stock

OTHER BRANDS STILL AVAILABLE.....FOR NOW

While many become accustomed or simply favor a specific brand like Augason Farms, when it comes down to the choice of whether to have a stock of survival foods or not have, brands are not the overriding determination.

Once again, the only ones listed below are those "in stock" and with reasonable delivery dates.

ReadyWise Emergency Food Supply, Freeze-Dried Survival-Food Disaster Kit for Hurricane Preparedness, Camping Food, Prepper Supplies, Emergency Supplies Variety Pack, 25-Year Shelf Life, 104 Servings

ReadyWise Emergency Food Supply, Freeze-Dried Survival-Food Disaster Kit, Camping Food, Prepper Supplies, Emergency Supplies, Freeze-Dried Fruit Bucket, 20-Year Shelf Life, 120 Servings

ReadyWise Emergency Food Supply, Freeze-Dried Meat, Survival-Food Disaster Kit for Hurricane Preparedness, Camping Food, Prepper Supplies, Emergency Supplies, Entrée Variety-Pack Bucket, 60 Servings

30-Day Emergency Food Supply | 2 Buckets | 1,800 Calories Per Day | 50G Protein Per Day

Wise Company ReadyWise, Emergency Food Supply, 124 Servings

Wise Company Long Term Emergency Food Supply, Breakfast and Entree Variety, Twelve-120 Serving Buckets (1440 Total Servings)

ReadyWise 124 Serving Ultimate Preparedness Pack, 25 Year Shelf Life

ReadyWise Emergency Food Supply, Freeze Dried Vegetables, 120 Servings

ReadyWise Long Term Emergency Food Supply, Breakfast and Entree Variety (3 Buckets- Total of 360 Servings)

OTHER SHORTAGES

We have been getting emails and tips regarding some serious "grain" issues, breakfast foods, and things like dried beans, peas, lentils, garbanzo/chickpeas, pearled barley, malting barley [what makes beer!], soft white wheat [cakes etc] and potatoes.

Via ZeroHedge:

What this means for consumers is that dwindling supplies and record-high prices will soon affect foods like cereals, oatmeal, and granola bars, all popular breakfast items.

Randy Strychar, president of Ag Commodity Research and Oatinformation.com, said Cheerios, the US' most popular cereal, is made entirely of oats. He said there's no substitute for the ingredient: "You can't make a Cheerio out of barley."

General Mills, the maker of Cheerios and Nature Valley granola bars, nor Quaker Oats Company, the maker of oatmeal, among others, have yet to announce price increase of their oat products, but that could be imminent or at least create an illusion of stable prices through shrinkflation.

As for Oatly Group AB, the world's largest oat milk company, they're able to source in the Baltics and other countries in addition to Canada to mitigate soaring prices. As for smaller North-American oat-milk producers, they could be forced to raise prices.

Another popular breakfast food facing higher prices is sugary donuts, according to Krispy Kreme, Inc., who recently warned ingredients, such as flour, butter, milk, oil, and sugar, are forcing the company to raise prices.

Along with the ZeroHedge that was emailed to ANP, was another message explaining things from a commodity trader's perspective.

• In all my years [40+] in trading Agricultural Special Crops, I have NEVER seen a year like this one with so many shortages across multiple crops. Generally this year's harvests were poor to awful around the world. There is a shortage of a lot of food stuff that normally comes from overseas as well. Example: Tapioca whey. Only one country in the world is now exporting it to USA. All others have quit due to shortages or because it is just pain in the *** to export/import anymore AND expensive.

A look at the 2021 USDA Annual Grains summary (PDF), the grain deficits are massive.

In another email we were informed "Hey, I was just writing to let you know, that the burger chain, 'Sonic', has been posting an announcement of nation wide shortages, since this past summer, on their computerized menu/ordering screen."

We have seen chatter online about Sonic in certain areas this month, and I am more likely to take this tip to heart because Sonic was one of the fast food joints that had "meat supply issues" back in 2020.

Another message from a reader in Florida stated "Went shopping today, found most shelves only one or two items deep. All the items are pulled to the front of each shelf with nothing behind. Scary."

BOTTOM LINE

The Augason Farms letter and note on their website should act as a red alert warning to folks that have been in denial about how much worse things are now than what was originally thought.

It should also definitely be a wake up call to those that continue to believe there is nothing wrong and scream "fear porn" at those warning of what is coming.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Now_A_Shortage_Of_Survival_Foods.php 

:: 10--21 Leo Hohmann :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Beast system demanding ‘your digital papers’ sweeping the Western world: Media blacks out coverage of warnings from those living the ‘Great Reset’ nightmare in growing list of countries including Israel, Australia, Lithuania, Greece, Italy

It’s time for an update on where things are heading in the formerly free Western world as a result of public compliance with a criminal cabal of global predators who are using Covid as a jackhammer to ram into place a new permanent transformation of society that is nothing short of totalitarian.

Things are moving along at a frenetic pace in the direction desired by some of the world’s most powerful people.

The little-known façade under which the rising beast system hides is called the global “Great Reset,” a transformation of society being supported and promoted by the World Economic Forum, the U.N., the Vatican, the Islamic world, the Jewish world, the corporate world, and much of the church world. And while some nations like the U.S. and U.K. are moving somewhat slower toward fulfilling the goals of the global reset, they are diligently working to collapse what remains of the old system.

Others, however, have been released to move more quickly [see video above for evidence].

Just in the last few weeks, the beast system has arrived in many nations of the world. Don’t let the lack of media coverage here in America fool you: The system that demands the submission of every human being has arrived, and we have some brave souls who are starting to send warnings out to we who live in America and other places where this same system has not yet been fully unveiled.

If you depend on the corporate-owned media for your “news,” you likely have no clue what is going on right now in Israel, Australia, Germany, Italy, Greece, Lithuania, or even Canada. There’s a total news blackout of the impending darkness looming over those countries even as the same darkness starts to descend on America.

Why doesn’t the media want you to know what’s going on in other nations? Because the horrific reality of a two-tiered apartheid society taking shape in Europe and Australia foretell what is planned for the United States. We are just a few months behind these other nations in implementing the Great Reset.

That’s why Biden warns of a coming “dark winter” and continues to demonize those who reject the Trump/Biden death serum, which disrupts the DNA of every human who accepts it. This demonization will intensify so they can blame the coming misery on we, the uninjected, as more people die and fall ill from the shots. Expect blackouts, brownouts and supply-chain breakdowns on a scale never before seen in post-World War II America, as the regime tries to make life as miserable as possible for as many Americans as possible.

This is not a pandemic of the unvaccinated. This is an infection of globalist authoritarianism that has infiltrated not just the U.S. but all nations of the formerly free Western world.

Why now? Because it is time. The elites believe they have reached a pinnacle of technological knowledge in which automation, AI, algorithms and gene editing can transform the world into their idea of utopia. They no longer need billions of worker bees to man factories and do other unskilled jobs. They’ve got AI-powered robots so it’s time to replace the “useless eaters” who they can’t fully control and who they believe are using up the earth’s scarce resources. That’s the reason for the forced shots.

The forced masking and forced injections also serve as a test run for tyranny. They have learned how many will refuse to comply, refuse to submit to an illegitimate authority telling them where they can travel, what they can eat [meat is now taboo], where they can and can’t work, what kind of healthcare must be submitted to, and what kind of religious or political beliefs will be allowed.

Australia and Israel took the lead. If you don’t have a digital health passport showing you are up to date on the cabal’s endless schedule of “boosters,” you don’t get to enter any public facility or travel more than a certain distance from your home. Germany and Italy are moving toward this same system.

The U.K. has taken a step back from trying to implement full-blown health passports after Brits flooded into the streets to protest, but PM Boris Johnson is chomping at the bit to join the ranks of Western nations who are saying ‘bye bye’ to longstanding traditions of freedom. As long as a good chunk of a nation’s population recognizes what’s coming as brute slavery, the full tide of tyranny will be held back.

The Biden regime knows there is no way a majority of Americans will opt into this new slave system, and so the regime is doing what all communist regimes do. They are turning up the heat, causing as much economic and social pain as they can, hoping that at some point they will be able to step in, declare martial law and blame everything on a small segment of Americans who remain uninjected. But before the regime can do that, they need to get that number down as small as possible. It’s impossible to round up 25 to 30 percent of the population and throw them in camps, and there’s at least that many right now who remain staunchly resistant, unwilling to follow the sheep to their slaughter.

The cancelation of 1,800 flights over the weekend is part of the Biden deconstruction plan. By mandating the injection, he ensured that at least 25 percent of pilots and air-traffic controllers would walk off the job. Yet, the criminal media refuses to report what is actually causing the cancellations. Laughably, they say it’s bad weather!

Most Americans are still not aware that Biden is calling our bluff. There is no law in place to mandate this experimental mRNA injection on anyone. Congress hasn’t passed any law and the federal bureaucracy doesn’t have the authority to force any company to fire the uninjected. To my knowledge, not a single company has been fined for disobeying Biden’s order.

The Biden regime is counting on large corporations to simply volunteer to do the government’s dirty work of firing the unvaxxed and collapsing the economy. So far, most large companies are happy to oblige. That’s why this winter is going to be rough. Who will blink first? The government and its corporate partners, or the unvaxxed workers?

What’s at stake in this game of chicken? For the answer to that question, read the first-hand account of what life is like right now in the small Eastern European country of Lithuania, which has already implemented the beast system demanded by the global predators pushing the Great Reset.

By Gluboco Lietuva

With no Covid Pass, my wife and I are banished from society.

We have no income. Banned from most shopping. Can barely exist.

But we will not accept authoritarianism.

Here’s how life looks after one month in Lithuania, under Europe’s first strict, society-wide Covid Pass regime:

1/

My wife and I have been suspended without pay for four weeks.

We can’t return to our jobs.

Not sure our employers would let us back.

Even if they did, our colleagues despise us, wish on social media for our death. Nothing we can do will ever erase that. We can’t work there.

2/

We can’t find new jobs in our professions.

My wife and I have very different jobs in very different fields. But all jobs in both our fields now require the Covid Pass.

No Pass, no job.

3/

We’re not allowed to buy food in the local supermarket.

We may only shop in small stores with street-facing entrances which mainly sell food,pharma,glasses/contacts, or farming/pet supplies.

In our area, that effectively limits us to one small, expensive convenience store.

4/

The Pass has wreaked havoc with the free market.

Supermarkets which require the Pass report shopper traffic is down 25% in the month since the Pass was imposed.

But in the small stores where the Pass isn’t required, it’s up only 0.7%.

So where have the shoppers gone?

5/

We now buy food in old Soviet-style markets: outdoors, in parking lots, products sold on street, tiny tables, or from back of cars. Produce, eggs, cheese, meat, fish. Cash only. No Pass required.

Not as convenient as a supermarket. But it works for now. Life finds a way.

I need to make some home repairs. But without a Pass, I can’t enter the hardware store to buy supplies.

I can’t call for a repair worker because repairs are banned for non-Pass holders. And I have no income now to pay for outside help anyway.

So our home stays unrepaired.

7/

We went to the dentist we’ve attended for years for an appointment for one of my children, but had to leave because I don’t have a Covid Pass.

No other dentist in our area will see us. We’ve heard of dentists who treat people with no Pass, but they’re far. So no dental care.

8/

We tried to buy art supplies for our kids from a craft store. No purchase allowed without a Pass.

We tried to buy educational toys in a toy store. We were barred from entering.

Can’t buy kitchen supplies. Banal, but frustrating.

9/

We tried to print some papers in a copy shop. The staff refused us service without a Pass.

We can’t enter the library to browse books with our kids. That used to be one of our family’s greatest pleasures. But we’re not allowed any more because we don’t have a Covid Pass.

10/

Our two kids outgrew/destroyed last winter’s clothes.

We tried to buy new ones. But with no Pass, many stores rejected us.

Finally, my pregnant wife begging, tears in her eyes; a manager at a second-hand store relented: “Just this once, ok? Can’t let you people in here again.”

11/

This pressure to submit is everywhere.

And it’s overwhelming. Our ability to survive has been destroyed.

But no matter the suffering imposed and the hardships we must endure, we will never accept the descent into the authoritarianism which the Covid Pass represents.

12/

QR code to enter stores?

Covid Pass needed to work?

Government approval needed to buy food, toys, clothes?

No. No. No.

The Covid Pass regime of government segregation and control — punishing undesired behavior with banishment from society — is the path to authoritarianism.

13/

When Covid vaccinations were released, the original policy was education, trust, and informed consent to vaccinate targeted groups.

But policy changed in 2021: choice and trust was replaced by coercion and punishment.

You’ve shredded trust in public health for generations.

Government approval to exist in society. Banishment based on arbitrary rules. Recording of all people’s movements.

That’s not health; it’s control and power.

This new authoritarian control will only grow to ban ever more behavior as bureaucrats push to expand their power.

Like many cases in history, our slide towards authoritarian control in 2021 – in Europe and throughout the world – has fueled, and been fueled by, hatred and othering which is encouraged by government and stoked by the media.

And it’s ripping our society apart.

16/

Segregation. Blame for disease. Accusation of wartime betrayal. Incitement. Persecution.

This is not a history textbook. This is the reality of life for my family in 2021.

Our humanity has been erased.

This is wrong.

So deeply, deeply wrong.

Our winter is long, cold, dark. My wife and I don’t have savings to last till spring.

But despite hardship, we decided resistance is our moral path. We want our kids some day to feel pride towards us, not disgust.

Freedom is fragile, and we must defend it. If not us, then who?

18/

You have inflicted so much suffering on us already. You plan to hurt us even more this winter.

But know this:

We will never accept your Covid Pass regime.

We will never accept the control, segregation, and hate.

We will never accept this descent into authoritarianism.

19/

We do not stop you earning a living, though you stop us.

We do not ban you from buying food and clothing, though you ban us.

We do not hate you, though you hate us.

We do not banish you, though you banish us.

We do not wish death upon you, though you wish death upon us.

20/

And when the time comes, as it inevitably will, when you too are banished by the ever-increasing, arbitrary rules of the new authoritarianism, we will fight for your rights just as we fight now for ours.

Because we are all equal.

And we all have equal right to exist in society.

SOURCE: Threadreader

HELP SUPPORT HONEST INDEPENDENT JOURNALISM: LeoHohmann.com is 100 percent reader supported. Donations of any size are greatly appreciated. You may send c/o Leo Hohmann, PO Box 291, Newnan, GA, 30264, or via credit card below.

https://leohohmann.com/2021/10/11/beast-system-demanding-your-digital-papers-sweeping-the-western-world-media-blacks-out-coverage-of-warnings-from-those-living-the-great-reset-nightmare

-in-growing-list-of-countries-including-israel-au/

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 10-11-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China's Military Conducts Beach Landing Assault Drills Just Across From Taiwan

by Tyler Durden Monday, Oct 11, 2021 - 06:40 PM

China's military announced Monday that it carried out beach landing and assault drills just across from Taiwan at a moment the rhetoric coming out of Beijing, Taipei and Taiwan's powerful backer Washington is growing increasingly bellicose.

The assault drills were held "in recent days" according to the People's Liberation Army (PLA) statement, located in the southern part of Fujian province, which is directly across the sea from the self-ruled island.

Reuters describes details of the drills as summarized in Chinese state media as follows:

The action had involved "shock" troops, sappers and boat specialists, the Chinese military newspaper added. The troops were "divided into multiple waves to grab the beach and perform combat tasks at different stages", it added, without providing further details.

It showed a video of soldiers in small boats storming a beach, throwing smoke grenades, breaking through barbed wire defenses and digging trenches in the sand.

But it was also noted that a small number of troops appeared in the footage, suggesting elite units were involved - and not large-scale marine or infantry forces.

Though taking place firmly within Chinese mainland territory, the geography is important, considering as Reuters notes that "Fujian would be a key launching site for any Chinese invasion of Taiwan due to its geographical proximity."

The PLA video release of the Fujian drills...

Within the past two months top Taiwan officials have openly described their strategic defense doctrine of wanting to transform the island into a "sea fortress" and "porcupine" which is able to withstand a direct Chinese assault - or at least long enough for help from more powerful allies to arrive.

But meanwhile one recent regional media report emphasized that "Washington will also make clear that Taipei must avoid any provocative action that would compel Beijing to respond, even as it pressures Taiwan to increase its military spending, invest in more mobile coastal cruise missile systems and strengthen its military reserves."

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/chinas-military-conducts-beach-landing-assault-drills-just-across-taiwan 

 

:: 10-11-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Apocalyptic weather outbreak leaves path of destruction across the southern Plains: Giant hail, Damaging tornadoes, More than 400,000 lightnings, Widespread power outages, and NFL game delayed

Oct 11, 2021

Severe weather leaves path of destruction across the southern Plains. Tornadoes spun up and destructive hail came down across the southern Plains on Sunday night into the early hours of Monday morning. And late Sunday night, an NFL game was delayed by the onset of severe weather.

Communities across the southern Plains were recovering Monday after multiple tornadoes tore through the region, leaving a path of destruction amid a weather pattern that threatened even more severe storms.

The severe weather swept through the region on Sunday night into Monday morning, particularly affecting Oklahoma, Arkansas, Kansas, Missouri and Texas.

11 total tornadoes were reported across Oklahoma and Missouri on Sunday. The storms that produced the potential tornadoes were also responsible for large hail and damaging winds.

“The seasons have officially changed from summer to fall, but Mother Nature is still transitioning from the warm to cold seasons in many places,” Curtis explained. “The clashing of warm and cold air masses often results in severe thunderstorms, which is what happened Sunday night from northern Texas to southwestern Missouri.”

More than 11 tornadoes on Sunday

A tornado watch from the National Weather Service (NWS) was in effect for southeastern Oklahoma and central and north-central Texas, beginning at 6:10 p.m. on Sunday night and ending at 2 a.m. on Monday morning, local time.

The National Weather Service’s Storm Prediction Center issued a rare “moderate” risk for severe storms in central Oklahoma on Sunday, which has not happened in the month of October since Oct. 13, 2014. Since 2003, which is as far back as the Storm Prediction Center keeps yearly records online, there have only been eight days in October with a “moderate” risk for severe storms.

https://strangesounds.org/2021/10/apocalyptic-weather-outbreak-leaves-path-of-destruction-across-the-southern-plains-giant-hail-damaging-tornadoes-more-than-400000-lightnings-widespread-power-

outages-and-nfl-game-delayed.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 10-12-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Magnitude 6.4 Earthquake Strikes Crete; Tsunami Warning Issued

World NewsDesk 12 October 2021 Hits: 8719

A large 6.4 magnitude earthquake has hit the Greek holiday island of Crete and a tsunami warning has been issued.

The quake struck the east coast of the island at a depth of 10km under the village of Palekastro, according to the US Geological Survey.

The village is 84km (52 miles) from Agios Nikolaos, which is a popular destination for British tourists.

It comes three weeks after another tremor killed a man on the island and damaged hundreds of buildings.

There were no immediate reports of serious damage or injury after Tuesday's earthquake, which, according to the Geodynamic Institute in Athens, was followed by aftershocks measuring 4.1 and 4.6 in magnitude.

Authorities said police and fire crews were checking buildings in eastern Crete for damage.

The quake was also felt on Greek islands to the east of Crete, including Karpathos, Kassos and Rhodes.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/magnitude-6-4-earthquake-strikes-crete-tsunami-warning-issued 

:: 10-11-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Aftershock to America's biggest earthquake in fifty years hits Alaska Peninsula more than two months later: 6.9 magnitude strikes in same region as mega 8.2 quake that struck in July

The 6.5 magnitude earthquake struck about 71 miles east of the city of Chignik

The depth was reported at 29 miles deep and there was no tsunami threat

It comes just two months after a 8.2 magnitude earthquake - the largest to hit the US in 50 years - hit 56 miles southeast of Perryville

By Rachael Bunyan For Mailonline

Published: 05:32 EDT, 11 October 2021 | Updated: 07:17 EDT, 11 October 2021

An earthquake with a preliminary magnitude of 6.9 struck early Monday off the coast of Alaska, two months after America's biggest earthquake in 50 years struck the same region.

The epicenter was about 71 miles (114 kilometers) east of the city of Chinik, the U.S. Geological Survey reported. The depth was reported at 29 miles (46.3 km) deep.

The tremor was confirmed by the Alaska Earthquake Center as an aftershock of the 8.2 earthquake, which struck on July 28 and was the strongest felt in the US since an 8.7 quake ripped through the western Aleutian Islands in 1965.

Aftershocks can continue over a period of weeks, months, or years, according to the US Geological Survey's Earthquake Hazards Program.

Monday's earthquake was felt by residents along the Alaska Peninsula and Kodiak Island but there was no tsunami threat, according to the U.S. Tsunami Warning Center

While Monday's tremor hit 71 miles east of Chignik, the July earthquake hit 56 miles southeast of the town of Perryville, meaning the quakes were around 38 miles apart.

The earthquake comes just a day another with a magnitude of 6.2 struck south of the island of Hawaii on Sunday, but there was no tsunami warning afterward and no immediate reports of damage.

ALASKA TREMOR IS AN AFTERSHOCK FROM BIGGEST QUAKE IN 50 YEARS - BUT WHY NO TSUNAMI?

By Sam Tonkin for MailOnline

Why hasn't a tsunami warning been issued?

An earthquake with a preliminary magnitude of 6.9 struck early Monday off the coast of Alaska.

However, the US Tsunami Warning Center has said there is no threat of a tsunami.

The main factors determining whether one is likely are the location, magnitude and depth of an earthquake.

Most tsunamis are generated by earthquakes with magnitudes over 7.0, which this one was not, and that occur under or very near the ocean.

Again, that does not apply to this particular earthquake because its epicenter was about 71 miles (114km) east of the village of Chignik, according to the US Geological Survey.

Finally, if the earthquake occurs less than 62 miles (100km) beneath the Earth's surface then a tsunami is more likely.

That was the case with the Alaskan Peninsula earthquake, because it had a reported depth of 29 miles (46.3km).

Generally, an earthquake must exceed a magnitude of 8.0 to generate a dangerous distant tsunami.

Is it an aftershock from July's largest quake to hit the US in 50 years?

This 6.5 magnitude tremor comes less than three months after the most powerful US earthquake in half a century also rocked Alaska.

The magnitude-8.2 Chignik earthquake, which struck on July 28, was the strongest felt in the US since an 8.7 quake ripped through the western Aleutian Islands in 1965.

It has been confirmed by the Alaska Earthquake Center that Monday's 6.9 tremor is an aftershock of the 8.2 Chignik earthquake.

Aftershocks can continue over a period of weeks, months, or years, according to the US Geological Survey's Earthquake Hazards Program.

Is this earthquake linked to the one in Hawaii on Sunday?

An earthquake of magnitude 6.2 also struck south of the island of Hawaii on Sunday, but that is unlikely to be related to the 6.9 quake in Alaska.

However, it is possible for earthquakes, particularly large ones, to trigger other earthquakes in more distant locations though a process known as dynamic stress transfer/triggering.

An earthquake in Alaska can even lead to a tsunami warning in Hawaii, which is what happened when the 8.2 Chignik earthquake struck in July.

In July, Alaska was hit by a 8.2 magnitude earthquake. The US government's National Tsunami Warning Center immediately issued an alert for south Alaska and the Alaskan peninsula but canceled all warnings about three hours later.

The maximum wave height detected by the center was eight inches above tide level with small tsunamis hitting at least six points off Alaska's coastline.

Tsunami warning sirens had been broadcast across Kodiak, an island with a population of about 6,000 people, along Alaska's coastline. Locals living close to sea level were told to evacuate to higher ground.

Patrick Mayer, the superintendent of schools for the Aleutians East Borough in Sand Point, told the Anchorage Daily News in July that he was sitting in his kitchen when it started to shake uncontrollably and causes the doors of his pantry and fridge to swing open and empty their contents.

'It started to go and just didn't stop,' he said. 'It went on for a long time and there were several aftershocks, too. The pantry is empty all over the floor, the fridge is empty all over the floor.'

King Cove School Principal Paul Barker lives about a half-mile from the school and told the Anchorage Daily News that he immediately started taking pictures off the walls and moving belongings away from the edges of counter and tables.

'Everything in my house was shaking,' he said. 'It wasn't that violent. I expected it to get harder and shake more, but it was just kind of a steady shaking for about a minute or so.'

The King Cove School gymnasium is on higher ground and was used as a community evacuation point while the area was on tsunami warning. Within 30 minutes, the school took in 300 to 400 workers from the nearby fish cannery, according to the Anchorage Daily News.

We’re used to this,’ Barker said. ‘This is pretty normal for this area to get these kind of quakes, and when the tsunami sirens go off, it’s just something we do. It’s not something you ever get used to, but it’s part of the job living here and being part of the community.”

Small waves hit the coast of Kodiak, according to a broadcaster on local radio station KMXT. She said authorities lifted evacuation orders, with no reports of any damage.

'This is the largest earthquake to happen in the Alaska region since 1965,' Michael West, state seismologist with the Alaska Earthquake Center, told Alaska Public Media.

Alaska was hit by a 9.2-magnitude earthquake in March 1964, the strongest ever recorded in North America, leading to the deaths of 250 people.

EUSGS said the quake, which struck at 10:15 p.m. local time, was at a depth of 29 miles. Eight aftershocks were recorded within 90 minutes of the earthquake, the largest with a magnitude of 6.2, according to the body.

Videos posted on social media by journalists and residents in Kodiak showed people evacuating their homes, driving away from the coast or walking in groups to higher ground as warning sirens could be heard.

Alaska is part of the seismically active Pacific Ring of Fire, which is a geological disaster zone that is a hot bed for tectonic and volcanic activity.

Roughly 90 per cent of the world's earthquakes occur in the belt, which is also home to more than 450 volcanoes.

The region is susceptible to disasters because it is home to a vast number of 'subduction zones', areas where tectonic plates overlap.

Earthquakes are triggered when these plates scrape or slide underneath one another, and when that happens at sea it can spawn tsunamis.

This is a breaking news story, more to follow...

WHAT IS EARTH'S 'RING OF FIRE'?

Earth's so-called 'Ring of Fire' is a horseshoe-shaped geological disaster zone that is a hot bed for tectonic and volcanic activity.

Roughly 90 per cent of the world's earthquakes occur in the belt, which is also home to more than 450 volcanoes.

The seismic region stretches along the Pacific Ocean coastlines, where the Pacific Plate grinds against other plates that form the Earth's crust.

It loops from New Zealand to Chile, passing through the coasts of Asia and the Americas on the way.

In total, the loop makes up a 25,000-mile (40,000-kilometre) -long zone prone to frequent earthquakes and eruptions.

The region is susceptible to disasters because it is home to a vast number of 'subduction zones', areas where tectonic plates overlap.

Earthquakes are triggered when these plates scrape or slide underneath one another, and when that happens at sea it can spawn tsunamis.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-10079729/Earthquake-magnitude-6-5-strikes-Alaska-Peninsula.html 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 10-13-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds more residents are ordered to evacuate on La Palma as video shows homes being devoured by river of lava and exploding into flames

A river of molten magma descended from the Cumbre Vieja towards homes

Authorities ordered families in La Laguna to evacuate with belongings and pets

There were 64 seismic movements on Tuesday, the strongest measuring 4.1

By Jack Newman For Mailonline

Published: 11:37 EDT, 12 October 2021 | Updated: 10:38 EDT, 13 October 2021

More than 700 residents were today ordered to abandon their homes on La Palma as lava advanced towards their neighbourhood.

Footage shows homes on the Spanish island bursting into flames as a river of molten magma descended from the Cumbre Vieja volcano and struck houses.

Authorities ordered families in La Laguna to leave home with their belongings and pets, according to the Canary Islands Volcanic Emergency Plan (Pevolca).

'We have been obliged to evacuate a new area. The lava is advancing slowly. People should have time to take their documents, their personal items and anything of value,' said Miguel Angel Morcuende, technical director of Pevolca.

There were 64 seismic movements on Tuesday, the strongest measuring 4.1, the Spanish National Geological Institute said.

La Palma airport remained open but 11 flights were cancelled on Tuesday and others were delayed, airport operator AENA said.

Earlier on Tuesday, officials lifted a lockdown ordered because of a cloud of smoke over two villages caused by the eruption, allowing more than 3,000 residents to go outside.

Lava gushing from the volcano engulfed a cement plant on Monday, raising clouds of smoke and prompting authorities to instruct people in the area stay at home.

Emergency services had told residents in the towns of El Paso and Los Llanos de Aridane to stay indoors, shut their windows and turn off air conditioning units to avoid inhaling toxic fumes from the burning cement plant as it was gradually swallowed by the lava.

Lava from the eruption that began on September 19 has laid waste to nearly 600 hectares in total, authorities said.

After the volcano's cone partially collapsed on Saturday, a new river of lava streamed towards the sea, devouring banana and avocado plantations and most of the remaining houses in the town of Todoque.

Torrents of molten rock have destroyed 1,186 buildings in the three weeks since the eruption, the Canary Islands Volcanic Institute said.

About 6,700 people have been evacuated from their homes on La Palma, which has about 83,000 inhabitants.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-10084307/Hundreds-ordered-evacuate-La-Palma-homes-devoured-river-lava-explode.html 

:: 10-11-21 Volcano Discovery :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

La Palma volcano update: Earthquake activity and volcanic tremor remain intense

Mon, 11 Oct 2021, 09:50 09:50 AM | BY: T

The seismic activity under the island remains intense, but the quakes remain clustered in the same areas as before with no clear trend visible.

During the past 24 hours, there were 3 quakes of magnitude 4.0 or above, the largest being a widely felt magnitude 4.3 event last nigh at 10.46 p.m. In addition, there were 34 quakes between 3.0 and 4.0, and 88 quakes between 2.0 and 3.0. Most quakes occurred at depths around 10-15 km beneath the center of Cumbre Vieja, the same area affected early on in the earthquake swarm preceding the eruption, while a few, including the stronger ones above magnitude 4 occurred at depths of 35-40 km beneath the island.

The currently preferred interpretation remains that new batches of magma intrude into the deeper reservoirs currently feeding the eruption, but the absence of significant shallower quakes, along with the stagnant trend of ground deformation, suggests that the conduits towards the surface are open and able to cope with the supposed supply of magma at the moment. In other words, it is unlikely - at least right now - that the eruption opens new fissures in other areas.

Volcanic tremor remains similar, high levels as during the past days. This indicates that the magma effusion rate, likely in the order of 50-100 cubic meters per second, remains high.

All news about: La Palma volcano

Information about: La Palma volcano

Previous news

Mon, 11 Oct 2021, 09:15

La Palma Volcano Volcanic Ash Advisory: ERUPTION AT 20210919/1410Z ONGOING EMISSION OBS VA DTG: 11/0900Z to 10000 ft (3000 m)

https://www.volcanodiscovery.com/la-palma/news/144004/La-Palma-volcano-update-Earthquake-activity-and-volcanic-tremor-remain-intense.html 

:: 10-11-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two strong M6.1 and M6.2 earthquakes strike south of Hawaii’s Big Island – 2,000 people reporting shaking up to Maui – No tsunami threat – USGS only reports one!

Oct 11, 2021

Two strong earthquakes struck south of Hawaii’s Big Island on Sunday. Weirdly, the USGS homepage only lists and shows one!

The first earthquake, with a magnitude of 6.1, shook the island around noon, landing about 17 miles south of the southern tip of the Big Island, the U.S. Geological Survey said.

A second earthquake, which had a magnitude of 6.2, struck about 20 minutes later in the same area.

Almost 2,000 residents reported feeling the earthquake to the USGS. Honolulu’s National Weather Service said there is no tsunami threat from the quakes.

Not the biggest I have been through; intense shaking in the middle of it.. no sound of breaking glass. .it just m reminds us how small we really are…ultimately humbling.

The whole house rumbled it scared the dog LOL.

Enough to move me horizontal in my chair, physically noticed objects move. Lasted about 5 seconds then could feel light aftershocks for 5 to 10 seconds more.

I was outside when I heard the rumbles and got shaken enough to lose my balance momentarily. My geese honked and ran. The cat is gone. Items fell down in the house, pictures became crooked.

Strong sudden shake in ţall post home second floor. My vision followed the distinct house movement. Posts and house creaked. Trees shuddered. Water sloshing out of catchment tank. Back and forth motion at least 6 times. Biggest eq I’ve ever felt.

Historical earthquakes in the area

Within the past century, there have been 15 other earthquakes with a magnitude of six or above within 62 miles of the Oct. 10 quake.

No injuries have been reported, but the quakes were strong enough to cause items to fall off shelves.

Any link to Kilauea volcanic eruption?

The earthquakes come after Hawaii’s Kilauea volcano, one of the most active on Earth, erupted again last month, forming lava fountains and sending smoke billowing from the crater at its summit.

The eruption at the Halemaumau crater appeared to be contained within Hawaii Volcanoes National Park and posed no threat to homes in the area, USGS officials said.

Ken Hon, a scientist-in-charge at the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory, explained that the earthquake is not linked to the Kilauea volcano eruption. [USA Today]

https://strangesounds.org/2021/10/two-strong-earthquakes-hawaii-big-island-m6-1-m6-2-no-tsunami-threat.html 

[ :: 5-13-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Pray about the earthquakes, the tornadoes, the hurricanes, pray about the hail, the snowstorms, the blizzards, pray concerning these things.  For the enemy is moving mightily in different areas to cause the price in your grocery stores to skyrocket and if you don’t pray this will affect you. etc.

:: 10-12-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Snow To Blanket UK As Rare Polar Vortex Collapse Could Spell Trouble For Power Grid

by Tyler Durden  Tuesday, Oct 12, 2021 - 02:45 AM

A sensation headline from UK's tabloid newspaper, Daily Star, sums up a possible rare weather event that could throw the UK into a more profound energy crisis. The headline states: "As gas supply chaos sends price sky-high a -10c polar vortex is heading our way..."

Meteorologists warn a stratospheric warming event could generate a polar vortex split that pours freezing weather into the country later this month or early November.

"There are signs of the stratosphere experiencing an unusual warming in the next few days, causing the polar vortex above the Arctic Circle to become less strong than normal later in October," a former BBC weatherman and meteorologist for Weathertrending John Hammond told The Sun.

"These high-altitude winds normally intensify as we head towards winter. So an unusual weakening of the polar vortex may well impact our weather later through autumn and into early winter.

"'Sudden stratospheric warming' events can sometimes lead the polar vortex to go into reverse, which can have dramatic impacts on winter weather and increase the chances of severe cold.

"However, there are no indications yet that such a reversal will occur.

"The last time that lowland southern Britain saw significant snowfall as early as October was in 2008 - a measure of how rare it is."

UK's Met Office forecaster Marco Petagna said the polar vortex weakening could "have implications for our weather going into the winter."

The forecast for an early winter event is disastrous, considering we've noted the "winter of discontent" could be imminent for the county as natural gas shortages have pushed prices to record highs in recent weeks. Natgas remains in  as renewable energy (wind power) becoma shortage due to low Russia-European flows and increased gas usage by UK power plantses unreliable with some of the calmest winds in half a century. All of this caused multiple issues, first gas prices for chemical companies made it uneconomical to produce carbon dioxide, which triggered a food supply chain crisis for supermarkets. The second issue was soaring gas prices increased power prices for consumers. But the good news is Vladimir Putin soothed energy markets last week and said Russia is ready to help stabilize energy markets which pushed prices lower but still remain at elevated levels.

The transition to cleaner energy has been an utter disaster for the UK as wind power generation has collapsed, forcing power suppliers to fire up natural gas turbines and even coal plants to meet demand and avoid a total grid collapse. The UK's electricity system operator (ESO) spent more than $117 million last week in payments to coal-fired power plants to increase power supplies. Britain has been winding down coal power in recent years. Still, the transition to renewables has become so unreliable that fossil fuel is making a comeback, massively ahead of winter.

To sum this all up, the UK is not ready for a polar vortex collapse due to instabilities in its grid related to unreliable renewable energy sources. It may have to increasingly lean on fossil fuel generation that is becoming more expensive and in short supply. The green transition touted by liberals might jeopardize the grid during a winter storm or cold weather, forcing grid operators to initiate rolling blackouts to thwart a collapse.

https://www.zerohedge.com/weather/snow-blanket-uk-weeks-rare-polar-vortex-collapse-could-spell-trouble-power-grid 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 10-11-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alaska Snow Crab Harvest Cut By 88% After Population Crash In Bering Sea

by Tyler Durden Monday, Oct 11, 2021 - 09:20 PM

Higher temperatures in the Bering Sea, a marginal sea of the Northern Pacific Ocean, could be responsible for one of the lowest levels set in snow crab harvest in more than four decades, according to the Seattle Times.

The Alaska Department of Fish and Game has set the 2021-22 catch limit of snow crab to 5.6 million pounds - down 88% from last season.

Scientists who study snow crabs attempt to understand what happened to the crabs, native to shelf depths in the North Pacific Ocean.

They discovered that sea bottom warmed, pushing the crabs farther to the northwest and deeper waters. But scientists, in testimony to the North Pacific Fishery Management Council last week, noted there has also been a massive downturn in the population - not just migration out of survey zones.

"We really do think that … some sort of mortality event did occur," said Katie Palof, an Alaska Department of Fish and Game biologist who advises the council.

This may suggest that supply woes could develop and push snow crab prices higher, adding to already rapid food inflation.

We've already detailed in length of an international crabmeat shortage already underway, especially with blue crabs.

https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/alaska-snow-crab-harvest-cut-88-after-population-crash-bering-sea 

:: 10-10-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Greatest Harvesting Of Souls Is Happening Now

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-9292017/552/ 

:: 10-12-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mike Pompeo: Israel might need to attack Iran due to US 'appeasement'

The former US secretary of state also spoke on a Palestinian consulate in Jerusalem, a Saudi addition to the Abraham Accords and the "lie of occupation."

By TAL SPUNGIN OCTOBER 12, 2021 20:47

An Israeli last-resort military action against Iran is a risk of American appeasement and emboldens the Islamic Republic, former US secretary of state Mike Pompeo said Tuesday at the Jerusalem Post Conference.

Military action is “not in the best interests of anyone,” he told Jerusalem Post editor-in-chief Yaakov Katz.

Pompeo defended the Trump administration’s decision to leave the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA), known as the Iranian nuclear deal, in 2018, saying the policies it adopted had made the world safer from the Iranian regime.

We denied them resources, and we denied them the ability to build out a Gulf-threatening culpability,” he said. “The strike on [former Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps Quds Force commander] Qasem Soleimani demonstrated our willingness to defend American interests around the world. The work we were engaged in would have prevented Iran from getting a nuclear weapon.”

In a speech to the UN General Assembly in September, US President Joe Biden said the US was seeking a return to the JCPOA.

The current administration wants to re-enter the deal, longer, better, stronger? Well, I want it longer, I want it better, and I want it much, much stronger,” Pompeo said.

Had the Trump administration stayed in office for another year or two, the cooperation between it and Israel would have been able to prevent Iranian nuclear advancements, he said.

We were never going to let Iran get a nuclear weapon on our watch,” he added.

Pompeo criticized the Biden administration for complying and returning to a “false principle that Israel is an illegal occupier” and called on Israel to confront that narrative, which he said is the beating heart of modern antisemitism and dubbed the “lie of occupation.”

“Occupation is a legal term whose definition does not apply to the State of Israel under the law,” Pompeo said, adding that US support of Israel is an expression of American patriotism.

We want a legitimate discourse on policy, not a bunch of name-calling rhetoric that antisemitic squads like to throw around,” he said, referring to progressive Democrats who led efforts to defund the Iron Dome missile-defense system.

Pompeo said opening a US consulate for Palestinians in Jerusalem is “a terrible idea for the United States, Israel and the Palestinian people.”

A Jerusalem consulate would be illegal under US law, he said, adding that a US-recognized nation such as Israel should not host a consulate in the same city where a US Embassy is located.

It is in the best interest of the Palestinians to engage in conversation with Israel, Pompeo said, but Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas is not a partner for peace.

The only way you get to a resolution in this conflict is through dialogue,” he said. “There are complex issues, but you cannot resolve them by urging your people to threaten intifada when things do not go your way.”

Asked how close Israel was to achieving normalization with Saudi Arabia, Pompeo said he is convinced there are multiple nations that will come to recognize Israel as a “partner in peace and prosperity.”

“The Abraham Accords are a demonstrable path forward that every people in this region can choose,” he said. “Israel is a nation of peace, and Palestinians can have better lives.”

https://www.jpost.com/israel-news/mike-pompeo-israel-might-attack-iran-because-of-american-appeasement-681777 

:: 10-12-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fast-growing California wildfire shuts major highway and triggers evacuations

Rebecca Falconer Tue, October 12, 2021, 2:48 AM·1 min read

A wildfire north of Santa Barbara exploded in size on Monday, triggering evacuation orders and forcing the closure of a major Central California highway.

The big picture: The uncontained Alisal Fire ignited near the Alisal Reservoir on Monday afternoon and grew to 2,000 acres by nighttime. 30–35 mph winds with gusts up to 70 mph propelled the blaze across 2,000 acres, crossing Highway 101 to Tajiguas Beach, officials said.

Get market news worthy of your time with Axios Markets. Subscribe for free.

The highway was shut near Santa Barbara and evacuation orders that were initially issued for nearby communities were expanded to include El Capitan State Park and the El Capitan Campground in the evening, per Inciweb, an inter-agency incident information site.

125 firefighters were working to protect properties as aircraft were "unable to take off due to the wind," the site noted.

Threat level: Los Padres National Forest spokesperson Andrew Madsen told the Los Angeles Times that in addition to the winds, firefighters were concerned about fuel in the region as it's believed the last time the area was burned by fire was in 1955.

Driving the news: Dry northerly winds from what's known as an "inside slider" low-pressure system are to blame for the conditions, per Axios' Andrew Freedman.

Studies show that the U.S. West is seeing more frequent and larger wildfires as climate change alters precipitation patterns, temperatures and the timing of the wet and dry seasons, Freedman notes.

Editor's note: This article has been updated with new details on the fire and further context.

https://news.yahoo.com/fast-growing-california-wildfire-shuts-062645502.html 

:: 10-11-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran hacked US and Israeli defense tech companies - Microsoft

The hacking "likely supports the national interests of the Islamic Republic of Iran," Microsoft said.

By JERUSALEM POST STAFF OCTOBER 11, 2021 21:40

The Microsoft Threat Intelligence Center (MSTIC) announced on Monday that Iranian hackers successfully targeted US and Israeli defense technology companies.

More than 250 Microsft Office 365 accounts linked to the US, EU and the Israeli government were hacked into through extensive password spraying.

In addition, Persian Gulf ports of entry and global maritime transportation companies with business presence in the Middle East were also targeted.

The hacking "likely supports the national interests of the Islamic Republic of Iran," Microsoft said.

The companies hacked included defense companies that support US, EU, and Israeli government partners producing military-grade radars, drone technology, satellite systems, and emergency response communication systems.

Microsoft assessed that Iran's targeting of these defense tech companies "supports Iranian government tracking of adversary security services and maritime shipping in the Middle East."

This is a developing story.

https://www.jpost.com/breaking-news/iran-hacked-us-and-israeli-defense-tech-companies-says-microsoft-681693 

:: 10-11-21 Ligonier :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Freed by the Blood

Anthony Carter

Frankly speaking, sin not only contaminates, it also subjugates. It enslaves. Like a great snake — a python or anaconda — sin wraps itself around us and slowly entangles and strangles us. Like the hunter’s net, the more we struggle against it in our strength, the more we find ourselves entangled in it. It beats us into submission and causes our servitude to be hard and inextricable. It is an enslaver of the worst kind. It is no respecter of persons. The young and old, the rich and poor alike are all under its sway.

Sin has a power unparalleled on earth. It is more destructive than an atomic bomb; more menacing than a terrorist plot; more ruinous than a plague of locusts; more devastating than ten tsunamis; and more horrible and scary than a thousand bogeymen. Those who have been caught in its grips can testify to this truth. Many have been the cries of those caught in the darkness of sexual perversion and addiction with seemingly no way out. Even more have seen the perpetual night of drugs and alcoholism with seemingly no light or even the promise of day. Listen to the men or women who can’t seem to resist the latest bit of gossip. They want to stop, they want to resist, but the temptation to hear and pass on scintillating news is too much to resist. They are held captive by sin, and with apparent futility often struggle to escape.

Is there an exit? Can those trapped in the grip of sin escape? Is it possible to be set free from the power of sin? As we conclude our trek through the New Testament looking at the glories of the blood of Christ for the redeemed, we read in Revelation 1:5: “Jesus Christ the faithful witness, the firstborn of the dead, and the ruler of kings on earth. To him who loves us and has freed us from our sins by his blood.”

As powerful as sin is, the blood of Christ is more powerful still. In Christ the chains of our captivity have been broken, and the light of His grace has shone forth the way of freedom. But how has He freed us? Christ has secured our freedom, because in the shedding of His blood, He was operating in the divinely ordained munus triplex, the threefold office of prophet, priest, and king. He is called “the faithful witness” (as prophet); “the firstborn of the dead” (as priest); and “the ruler of kings on earth” (as king).

In the threefold office of Christ, we are granted our freedom from sin. As prophet, He pronounced an end to all our sin. As priest, He offered Himself as the sacrifice for all our sin. And as king, He rules in such a way as not to allow sin to reign over us any longer. All of this is rooted in the fact that our Savior loves us. At the heart of everything Christ does for us is His love for u s . Thi s includes securing our freedom. Our prophet, priest, and king loved us enough to set us free.

We are set free by the blood of our prophet, priest, and king so that we, in turn, are like prophets, priests, and kings. Because we have been set free, we are like prophets who speak the truth in Christ; we do not lie (Rom. 9:1). Because we have been set free, we are a kingdom of priests (Ex. 19:6), ready to offer our lives in service to God and each other, even as we intercede on behalf of earthly rulers and authorities (1 Tim. 2:1–2). Because we have been set free, we are a royal priesthood (1 Peter 2:9).

We are no longer servants of sin but servants of Christ (Rom. 6:22). The Bible reminds us that we cannot serve two masters (Matt. 6:24). Sin and Christ are absolute masters. Sin does not want to share us with Christ, and Christ is not going to share us with sin. Sin wants total control of our days and nights. So does Jesus Christ.

In Christ we are freed from sin, and now grace reigns in righteousness (Rom. 5:21). Consequently, we are now a royal priesthood, and we live like peasants when we wallow in the sin of this world. The blood of Christ has freed us from the mire and murkiness of our sin. We are free: free from the tyranny of the world’s standards; free from the black hole that is the ungodly expectations of others; free from the guilt of all our past transgressions and infidelities; free from the world’s sinful standard of what a successful woman or man is; free to be men and women of God; free to serve Christ with our whole hearts; free to be different; free to live for Jesus at every turn and at whatever cost; free to die for Jesus; and free to live again in Jesus.

Because of the blood of Christ, we can sing, “I’m free. Praise the Lord I’m free. No longer bound. No more chains holding me. My soul is resting and it’s such a blessing. Praise the Lord, Hallelujah I’m free.”

https://www.ligonier.org/learn/articles/freed-by-the-blood 

:: 10-11-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fashionably late? Solar storm is SLOWER than first thought as 'moderate' event could impact power grids and make Northern Lights visible in New York and the north of England

The UK's Met Office and the US NOAA warn of a solar storm due today

It will be caused by a coronal mass ejection, an expulsion of plasma from the Sun

Effects could be power grid fluctuations and aurora - a light display in Earth's sky

By Jonathan Chadwick For Mailonline

Published: 08:49 EDT, 11 October 2021 | Updated: 16:31 EDT, 11 October 2021

A moderately powerful solar storm that was due to hit Earth today may be slower than anticipated, experts believe.

Dr Tamitha Skov says that the solar storm, which was forecasted by both the UK's Met Office and the US's National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), has not hit Earth yet.

'The speed of the solar wind here is too slow for an eruption launched on October 9 to arrive now,' Skov tweeted.

'Likely our [solar storm] is slower than anticipated and plans to be fashionably late.'

Meteorologist Bob Conzemius noted that there was the possibility for a 'super stealthy [coronal mass ejection], that 'perfectly matched the ambient solar wind conditions,' citing low energy proton flux levels.

If that were the case, there would be no G2 - or moderate - solar storm.

The UK's Met Office and the US's National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) have forecasted a coronal mass ejection (CME) – a massive expulsion of plasma from the Sun's corona (its outermost layer) – from around 12pm EST (5pm BST) today.

Possible effects of the solar storm, caused by the CME, are power grid fluctuations and orientation irregularities for spacecraft in the form of 'increased drag' on low-Earth orbiters.

The aurora – a natural light display in Earth's sky, also known as the Northern Lights – may also be visible as low as New York in the US and the north of England in the UK.

The storm comes as the National Grid warned the gap between energy supply and demand this year is likely to be at its lowest level for six years. The organisation said it was confident blackouts can be avoided, but warned it was possible if 'we have a very cold winter'.

A solar or geomagnetic storm is a major disturbance of Earth's magnetosphere – the area around Earth controlled by the planet's magnetic field – caused by CMEs.

Today's solar storm is forecasted at around 12pm ET, or about 5pm BST.

'Event analysis and model output suggest CME arrival around midday on 11 Oct, with lingering effects persisting into 12 Oct,' NOAA says on its website.

Today's solar storm is rated 'G2' (on a scale of one to five), so it's considered to be a 'moderate' storm.

In the UK, the Met Office puts the event anything between G1 and G3, and anywhere between the hours of 10am on Monday and 10am on Tuesday.

The CME will likely cause 'minor to moderate geomagnetic storms', the Met Office says, resulting in 'enhanced auroral activity'.

'Minor storms may continue into 12 October, before a fast wind from a coronal hole may arrive, perhaps continuing the rather active period of geomagnetic activity.

'Aurora is possible through 11th across much of Scotland, although cloud amounts are increasing, meaning sightings are unlikely.

'There is a slight chance of aurora reaching the far north of England and Northern Ireland tonight, but cloud breaks and therefore sightings are more likely in Northern Ireland.'

In the Southern Hemisphere, the Aurora is more likely to be seen at high latitudeslocations nearer the South Pole – although there's a slight chance of aurora reaching the mid latitudes.

Although our Sun gives us life, it also frequently 'sneezes', ejecting billions of tonnes of hot plasma into space in colossal blobs of matter threaded with magnetic fields – in other words, CMEs.

It emits gigantic flares, bursts of powerful electromagnetic radiation – x-rays, gamma rays and radio bursts – accompanied by streams of highly energetic particles.

These violent solar sneezes sometimes spin outward from the Sun in our direction, delivering radiation, energy and charged particles that distort and disrupt Earth's protective magnetic field (the magnetosphere) and upper atmosphere.

Disruption to our magnetic field creates solar storms that can affect satellites in orbit, navigation systems, terrestrial power grids and data and communication networks.

'Harmful space weather has affected Earth before, but as we become increasingly reliant on systems and technologies vulnerable to the Sun's outbursts, future solar impacts could be even more disruptive,' says the European Space Agency (ESA).

When a solar storm heads our way, some of the energy and small particles can travel down the magnetic field lines at the north and south poles into Earth's atmosphere.

There, the particles interact with gases in our atmosphere resulting in beautiful displays of light in the sky – the aurora, or Northern Lights. Oxygen gives off green and red light, while nitrogen glows blue and purple.

The aurora can be seen near the poles of both the northern and southern hemispheres. In the north the display is known as the aurora borealis, and in the south it is called the aurora australis.

Solar storms aren't dangerous to humans on Earth's surface, but they can cause interference with power grids and GPS signals.

In 1859, a massive geomagnetic super-storm known as the Carrington event sent powerful CMEs toward Earth, disrupting communications on the ground.

If such an event were to happen in today's world, the effects would be catastrophic.

A study published earlier this year by a University of California Irvine scientist found the internet could be crippled for weeks in the wake of a severe solar storm, due to vulnerabilities in world's massive network of submarine communications cables.

The electromagnetic fluctuations caused by intense solar storms cannot directly harm the fibre optic cables that make up the backbone of the internet.

However, they do have the potential to take out the signal boosters dotted along undersea cables that are necessary to maintain connections over large distances.

According to astrophysicists, the likelihood of solar storm capable of causing catastrophic disruption occurring in the next 10 years is between 1.6–12 per cent.

SOLAR STORMS PRESENT A CLEAR DANGER TO ASTRONAUTS AND CAN DAMAGE SATELLITES

Solar storms, or solar activity, can be divided into four main components that can have impacts on Earth:

Solar flares: A large explosion in the sun's atmosphere. These flares are made of photons that travel out directly from the flare site. Solar flares impact Earth only when they occur on the side of the sun facing Earth.

Coronal Mass Ejections (CME's): Large clouds of plasma and magnetic field that erupt from the sun. These clouds can erupt in any direction, and then continue on in that direction, plowing through solar wind. These clouds only cause impacts to Earth when they're aimed at Earth.

High-speed solar wind streams: These come from coronal holes on the sun, which form anywhere on the sun and usually only when they are closer to the solar equator do the winds impact Earth.

Solar energetic particles: High-energy charged particles thought to be released primarily by shocks formed at the front of coronal mass ejections and solar flares. When a CME cloud plows through solar wind, solar energetic particles can be produced and because they are charged, they follow the magnetic field lines between the Sun and Earth. Only charged particles that follow magnetic field lines that intersect Earth will have an impact.

While these may seem dangerous, astronauts are not in immediate danger of these phenomena because of the relatively low orbit of manned missions.

However, they do have to be concerned about cumulative exposure during space walks.

The damage caused by solar storms

Solar flares can damage satellites and have an enormous financial cost.

The charged particles can also threaten airlines by disturbing Earth's magnetic field.

Very large flares can even create currents within electricity grids and knock out energy supplies.

When Coronal Mass Ejections strike Earth they cause geomagnetic storms and enhanced aurora.

They can disrupt radio waves, GPS coordinates and overload electrical systems.

A large influx of energy could flow into high voltage power grids and permanently damage transformers.

This could shut off businesses and homes around the world.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-10079919/Solar-storm-hit-Earth-TODAY-cause-havoc-power-grids.html 

:: 10-11-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Seattle PD May Lose 40% Of Officers Over Covid-19 Vaccine Mandate

by Tyler Durden Monday, Oct 11, 2021 - 06:00 PM

It was inevitable - as vaccine mandates across the country approach their deadlines, vast swaths of American workers, service members and atheletes face termination or disciplinary action for refusing to take the Covid-19 jab.

In Los Angeles, nearly 1,000 firefighters are about to sue the city over the mandate. Southwest Airlines' pilot union sued the company last week, before staffing shortages led to the cancellation of more than 2,000 flights over the weekend (and more on Monday). Meanwhile, doctors and nurses across the country have begun suing their employers.

Interestingly, after a group of officers from the Los Angeles Police Department sued over the mandate, Sheriff Alex Villanueva announced that he would not 'force anyone' to take the jab.

But not Seattle - which stands to lose 40% of its 1,000 person force for failing to get vaccinated as an Oct. 18 deadline approaches.

"The environment has been pretty toxic and negative," one officer anonymously told Fox 13. "Not just from this whole mandate, but prior to that as well. I’m not sure this would be a good place for me to work long-term for my mental health. It has been very stressful."

Recall that this is on the heels of the city losing around 300 officers amid Black Lives Matter riots and the "defund the police" movement.

By the numbers, as of Oct. 6, 292 sworn personnel had yet to provide proof of a COVID-19 vaccination per the report, down from 354 on Tuesday. An additional 111 officers are awaiting the results of exemption requests, meaning the total number of potentially fired Seattle cops is as high as 403.

Seattle Mayor Jenny Durkan pushed back, telling officers in a Monday email: "We value each of you, and do not want to lose you as employees," adding "But the people that count on you the most are the ones that need you to get vaccinated."

As she enters the final months of her term, Durkan is faced with a dilemma: go back on her vaccine mandate or thrust the city into a public safety emergency.

Neither scenario is politically palatable.

In anticipation of the Oct. 18 deadline, Interim Seattle Police Chief Adrian Diaz advised his department to transition into a "Phase 3 Mobilization," effective Oct. 13.

According to an internal memo obtained by FOX 13 News, the change in posture will require all sworn personnel to be on standby to respond to 911 calls. That includes detectives assigned to specialty units.

Gov. Jay Inslee told FOX 13 News that agencies across the state have contingency plans to help ensure basic levels of staffing. -Fox13

Another anonymous patrol officer told Fox13 that "Losing even 50 to 75 officers in one day, the response times for the city will go up drastically," adding that if they don't approve their religious exemption, "I will continue working until the day that they fire me and that’s about all that I can do."

https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/seattle-pd-may-lose-40-officers-over-covid-19-vaccine-mandate 

:: 10-2-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Says "War With Israel Has Already Begun" Amid Fresh Covert Attacks

by Tyler Durden Saturday, Oct 02, 2021 - 04:00 PM

Amid a recent spate of covert espionage attacks on Iranian infrastructure - some publicly known and more that are possibly unknown - Iran's foreign ministry has declared that "war with Israel has already begun".

A foreign ministry spokesmen told the major Israeli national Hebrew-language daily newspaper Maariv that "Israel has carried out attacks that were intended to destroy our nuclear program for peaceful purposes." Saeed Khatibzadeh declared "the war with Israel has already begun" - in an ominous message intended as a warning to the Israeli public and leadership.

The spokesman added that Israel "has murdered nuclear scientists and harmed the Iranian people. Iran is blamed for terrorism, but there is no good or bad terrorist. The entire crisis in the region is the fault of Israel."

Rare or unlikely as it is for a top Iranian official to speak to Israeli publication, it's the closest Tehran has come in years to direct communication with Israeli entities. It's a sign that the two countries are truly on the brink of direct conflict.

"Israel severely harmed our civilian and research system," he described. "They speak about the Iranian nuclear threat, but Israel has hundreds of bombs, and it never signed the non-proliferation treaty for nuclear weapons."

He's no doubt referencing the prior Natanz nuclear facility sabotage attack - now widely believed an act of covert espionage by Israel (likely via cyberattack) - as well as the brazen assassination outside of Tehran of top nuclear scientist Mohsen Fakhrizade by a "remote controlled gun". There's also the near weekly Israeli attacks on Syria, which Tel Aviv says is part of campaign to disrupt Iranian and Hezbollah operations there.

In the interview Khatibzadeh also alleged that the United States too is still waging a campaign of "soft terror" through far-reaching sanctions. He said that the Iranian people are even prevented from obtaining crucial life-saving medicines through Washington sanctions. By design the US-led sanctions also pressure and punish any nation wishing to transfer goods into Iran, including European Union countries which have long taken are more sympathetic stance to the Iranians' plight.

Just in the past week there's been more possible attacks on Iranian military sites...

The official also charged that Israel is actively seeking to subvert high level nuclear talks in Vienna, which have been stalled since last June, though US and Israeli officials have blamed the Iranian side for the stall.

"The region is tired of wars," Khatibzadeh added, while arguing Iran is honestly seeking a diplomatic and peaceful breakthrough with Western powers in Vienna. "We must find a new approach to solve the problems according to United Nations decisions. All of the sides must display a political desire to reach agreements."

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/iran-says-war-israel-has-already-begun-amid-spate-covert-attacks 

:: 10-3-21 ABC au news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taiwanese Foreign Minister warns his country is preparing for war with China, asks Australia for help

Exclusive by defence correspondent Andrew Greene and Stan Grant

Posted Sun 3 Oct 2021 at 2:52pm Sunday 3 Oct 2021 at 2:52pm, updated Mon 4 Oct 2021 at 1:15am

Taiwan's Foreign Minister warns his nation is preparing for war with China and urges Australia to increase intelligence sharing and security cooperation as Beijing intensifies a campaign of military intimidation.

Dozens of aircraft from the People's Liberation Army (PLA) have flown sorties into Taiwan's Air Defence Identification Zone (ADIZ) since Friday, prompting the self-ruled island to scramble its own military jets.

Speaking to the ABC's China Tonight program, Taiwan's Foreign Minister Joseph Wu declared that if the PLA were to launch an actual strike, his democratic state would be ready to repel it.

"The defence of Taiwan is in our own hands, and we are absolutely committed to that," Mr Wu has told the ABC's Stan Grant in an interview to be broadcast on Monday evening.

"If China is going to launch a war against Taiwan we will fight to the end, and that is our commitment.

"I'm sure that if China is going to launch an attack against Taiwan, I think they are going to suffer tremendously as well."

The minister from Taiwan's ruling Democratic Progressive Party believes other like-minded countries such as Australia should now come to the aid of his besieged nation by developing closer ties.

"We would like to engage in security or intelligence exchanges with other like-minded partners, Australia included, so Taiwan is better prepared to deal with the war situation.

"And so far, our relations with Australia [are] very good and that is what we appreciate", Mr Wu added.

Australia does not formally recognise Taiwan diplomatically, but the federal government regularly calls for a "peaceful resolution" of differences between China and the small independent nation through dialogue and without the threat or use of force or coercion.

A communique issued after last month's AUSMIN meetings between Australia and the United States declared that "both sides stated their intent to strengthen ties with Taiwan, which is a leading democracy and a critical partner for both countries".

As well as closer security ties, the Taiwanese Foreign Minister thanked Australia for supporting its bid to join the Trans-Pacific Partnership trade pact, now known as the CPTPP, which China also wants to enter.

"As far as I know, Australia has been one of those most vocal members in supporting Taiwan's participation in CPTPP.

"We have been discussing with each other privately for quite some time and we understand the Australian support and we appreciate the Australian support."

Earlier this year, America's most senior diplomat in Canberra also confirmed Australia and the United States were discussing contingency plans in case a military conflict erupts over Taiwan.

Last year, Frances Adamson, the then-head of the Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade, warned she was more concerned about a "crisis" in the Taiwan strait than at any other point in her diplomatic career.

Taiwan endorses new AUKUS pact, won't seek its own nuclear submarines

Taiwan has also welcomed the recent establishment of the AUKUS strategic partnership between Australia, the United Kingdom, and the United States, as well as the growing activity between the Quad allies, the US, India, Australia and Japan.

"We are pleased to see that the like-minded partners of Taiwan — the United States and the UK and Australia — are working closer with each other to acquire more advanced defence articles so that we can defend Indo-Pacific.

"Australia is a great country, and I'm very glad to see that Australia is going to shoulder more responsibility to maintain peace and stability in the Indo-Pacific," Mr Wu said.

The Taiwanese Foreign Minister said that unlike Australia, his nation would not be trying to acquire nuclear-powered submarines, because it has a "different war strategy".

"We need to go asymmetric, and we need to have a different type of philosophy in defeating China if there's going to be a war — so nuclear-powered submarines is not something that we are seeking".

Defence analyst Professor Clinton Fernandes from the University of New South Wales warns it would be difficult for the US and allies to prevent any invasion attempt by China.

"The military centre of gravity is China's air defence system in the south, it has the ability to deny the United States control of the air — if the United States cannot control the air, it cannot win either at land or at sea."

Professor Fernandes doesn't believe China will launch any military strike on Taiwan before next year's Beijing Winter Olympics but warns something more coercive is likely ahead of the US presidential elections in 2024.

"The defence of Taiwan is predicated on a Chinese invasion – but if China's main effort is not an invasion but a blockade, then what? Taiwan doesn't have a Plan B – that's the big problem."

https://www.abc.net.au/news/2021-10-04/taiwan-preparing-for-war-with-china/100511294 

:: 10-4-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Swedish Artist Killed in Mysterious Car Crash after Drawing Prophet Mohammed

The special prosecutor's office is now investigating the crash

By: Jack Murphy |@NeonNettle on 4th October 2021 @ 2.00pm

75-year-old Lars Vilks was killed on Sunday when the police car he was traveling in swerved to the wrong side of the road before crashing into a truck.

The driver was taken to hospital with serious injuries.

Both police officers who were looking after Vilks also died, Expressen reported.

The special prosecutor's office is now investigating the crash.

The crash happened around 3 pm in Markaryd, in the province of Kronoberg, Sweden.

Mr. Vilks received multiple threats for drawing the Prophet Muhammad with a dog's body in 2007.

Years later, in 2015, gunman Omar El-Hussein fired shots in front of the Krudttonden cafe where Mr. Vilks was discussing free speech.

In 2011, Colleen LaRose, 51, pleaded guilty to conspiring to kill Mr. Vilks before being eventually convicted in 2014.

National Police Chief Anders Thornberg said:

"It is with dismay and great sadness that I received the news that our two colleagues and our security person died this afternoon.

"My thoughts go out to their relatives, families, friends, and co-workers.

"I am also in contact with the police in the region to make sure that they get the support they need."

Head of the special prosecutor's office Anders Jakobsson said:

"With the information, I have now; it indicates that it is an accident."

"But the investigation is at a very early stage."

The car which was carrying Vilks traveling at high speeds before colliding with the truck, reports say.

Police spokesman Rickard Lundqvist said:

"I can not say at the moment if there are any criminal suspicions."

Expressen reported that the police said it would take a lot for a vehicle to be able to pass into the other lane because a wire fence separates it.

https://neonnettle.com/news/16895-swedish-artist-killed-in-mysterious-car-crash-after-drawing-prophet-mohammed 

:: 10-4-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"YOU WILL OWN NOTHING AND LOVE IT!!!" Blackrock, Janet Yellen & Biden Are Conspiring to Steal Your Private Property

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, October 4, 2021 - 10:48.

The Fabian Socialist plan to eliminate all inheritance in the middle class is underway inside of the Biden administration. The purpose is to create a system of neofeudalism.

The plan, as presented in segments by Senator Kennedy (LA-R), Secretary of Treasure and former Federal Reserve Chair, Janet Yellen, and Fox News host, Tucker Carlson. When one considers the combination and net effect derived from the statements of these three individuals, the message is clear. America isn't just entering a system of Godless Maxist-Communist rule, America is entering the realm of abject feudalism and all of its human rights violations and abuses. Truer words were never spoken when World Economic Forum leader, Klaus Schwab stated that "You will own nothing and love it."

The Biden administration, through hidden language in the upcoming two major budget bills, plan on eliminating all inheritance for everyone except for the elite. The plan also plans to eliminate all private property ownership. First, let's take a look at the elimination of inheritance for the average family.

The Attack On In the Generational Transmission of Wealth

Early last week on Fox News, Senator Kennedy exposed the plot to eliminate all inherited real estate property.

Senator Kennedy said in an interview with Fox News:

“...And I guess the moral of the story is, this is what happens – this is what happens when you have a president and a treasury secretary who are on a mission from God to please pink-haired wokers who carry around ziplock bags of kale. This is what happens when you have a president and a secretary who want to tax, spend and regulate America into neo-socialism...young widow with three children… [who] goes and buys a $150,000 home to raise her kids... that the house is the woman’s only asset and by the time of her death the home is worth $1.75 million due to inflation. She leaves her home to her kids. Under current law, her kids would not have to pay any income tax on that home if they didn’t sell the property. They wouldn’t have to pay any inheritance tax either. And this … the United States has never done this, never...the policy is going to affect millions and millions of middle class Americans” and “maul the real estate market.”

As if this were not bad enough in that Yellen/Biden want to make it impossible for your children to inherit anything of value.

Of course, the devil is in the details. Take Senator Kennedy's example, listed above. The normal mind would think that this tax would be based on only the appreciated income, the difference between $150,000 and the appreciated value. No, that is not how it works. Your heirs, will pay tax on the final appreciated amount, in total. In this instance, that would be be $1.75 million.

Eliminating the Private Ownership of Homes, Businesses Or Investment Properties

Part two of this plan is so outrageous that it almost defies description. Yellen/Biden and their Deep-State Fabian Socialists want it all. They not only are preparing to tax you into oblivion, they want everything you own. Again, the World Economic Forum has told us that the Great Reset means that we, the people will own nothing.

Yellen presented a plan that is so outrageous that you think the powers-that-be would try and camoflauge their intentions. On the contrary, Yellen boasts about the virtue of stealing your home from you and your family.

Again, From Fox News:

Tucker Carlson laid out Biden/Yellen's proposed tax plan in the upcoming budget bill, by stating "...if you own something that has become more valuable over time, including your house, Jenny Yellen believes you should be taxed on the rise in value. She said that again, this week on Capitol Hill, when she proposed taxing the unrealized gains of inherited assets, again, that would include real estate. What would that mean? That would be millions of Americans would owe taxes. They'd be forced to pay money they don't have."

Yellen justified the tax on appreciated real estate income because, "...a very large share of the income of wealthy individuals is simply never taxed. Individuals hold onto these assets during their lifetime, that income is never taxed. And we know that for some of the wealthiest individuals in the country, they pay very low taxes overall because most of their income takes the form of unrealized capital gains."

Although Tucker Carlson exposed Yellen's statements on wanting to tax Americans on the appreciated value of their homes, he very badly needed to emphasize and emphasize again that this is the end game for the Biden administration that seeks to eliminate all private property. This is Yellen's mission. She failed miserably as the Chair of the Federal Reserve, this is here last chance and she is going for broke, or rather, she is trying to make all middle class Americans broke.

A closer look at this travesty reveals the biggest scam, outside of direct confiscation, that a government can do to its citizens.

Let's say that you bought a home in 2001 for $200,000. In 2021, that house is appraised for $800,000. Yellen wants to tax you for the $600,000 in appreciated value. The Treasury Secretary did not specify a tax rate. However, if we apply Biden's 43% capital gains tax rate, which is reasonable to assume that will be the tax rate, you would owe a whopping $258,000!

An additional look at this problem reveals that this will become a financial burden on a year-to-year basis. In today's market, an appreciation rate of 10% is common and in many markets, the 10% rate is a modest estimate. Using this example, your property has inflated to a value of $880,000! You now owe 43% of the $80,000, the appreciated value. On April 15, you owe the government an additional $34,000!!! The average American does not have $400 in their savings. Many Americans are living month-to-month. How are they going to afford this? The short answer is that they are not.

No problem involving the Satanic globalists would be complete without a conspiracy. Last winter, we kept reading about Blackrock. Well I did research the entity. They have deep ties to the Federal Reserve, where they, themselves, have been engaged in wholesale collections of mortgages. It is typical for Blackrock to enter a zip code and offer 20-50% over the asking price, thus dramatically driving up the value of everyone's home in the area. Why would any corporation offer as much as 50% over the asking price?

Being a quasi-related Fed entity, they are carrying out their mission which is to dramatically cause properties across America to dramatically appreciated. The media joyfully refers to the real estate market as "red hot." However, the media, if they had a rare moment of honesty, would label the real estate market as fattening up the American middle class for the final kill. It is clear that Blackrock is secretly supporting Yellen's plan to seize American homes abased on unrealized income potential and place the additional tax burden, based on greatly increased and artificially produced home Conclusion

There is another aspect to consider as well. Do any of you ever deliberately engage in an action which will have a dramatic increase in the appreciated value of your home? Other than home improvements, which don't move the needle of appreciation very much, you cannot control your appreciation rate. In fact, when your home appreciates, you lose money due to the increased property tax assessment on your home. Your primary residence cannot be considered to be an asset, much less an appreciated asset. However, this will not stop the Yellen-led globalists from stealing your home for non payment of the unrealized income tax-related debt. The same rules apply to your business and rental properties as well.

Your home appreciates most years because of the inflationary effects from the usury fee the Fed charges to enter dollars into circulation. Property taxes also increase because of speculative buyers like Blackrock. Regardless of the cause, feudalism is at our doorstep. How are you going to respond? Are you just going to lay down and take your building. America is sitting on their hands. The Biden administration has done more to wake up the country than I could have done with etc

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-health/you-will-own-nothing-and-love-it-blackrock-janet-yellen-biden-are-conspiring-steal-your-private 

:: 10--21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ALBERT Einstein was given a guided tour of a flying saucer after it crashed at Roswell, it has been claimed.

The iconic physicist - famed for his E = mc2 formula on mass and energy - also got to see an alien autopsy, according to his former assistant.

Dr Shirley Wright said she accompanied him on the top-secret trip to the desert in New Mexico, US.

She detailed what they saw in a series of tape recordings made shortly before her death in 2015, and only made public now.

Dr Wright said the alien craft - which reportedly crashed in July 1947 - appeared damaged on one side.

She added: "It was disc shaped, sort of concave. Its size stood up to one fourth of the hangar floor.

"The body of the ship was what I would call today a rather reflective material but when you got up close to it, it was rather dull.

"They were very curious about what the materials were."

The spaceship was surrounded by guards, photographers and specialists who were studying it, she claimed.

Einstein studied the UFO's "propulsion system", Dr Wright claimed.

She said: "He was not disturbed at all by seeing the actual evidence.

"I didn't record in my notes his initial comments but he said something to the effect that he was not surprised that they had come to Earth.

"It gave him hope that we could learn more about the universe. Contact, he said, should be a benefit for both of our worlds."

She said she and Einstein were also shown the corpses of five extraterrestrials.

Dr Wright added: "Some of the specialists were allowed closer looks, including my boss.

"To me they all looked alike all five of them. They were about five feet tall, without hair, with big heads and enormous dark eyes, and their skin was grey with a slight greenish tinge.

"For the most part their bodies were not exposed, being dressed in tight-fitting suits. But I heard they had no navels or genitalia."

ALIEN ODYSSEY

Einstein wrote up a report and Dr Wright, who obtained PhDs in physical chemistry and physical science, was ordered to keep her mouth shut.

She told how she had been chosen from a number of gifted students to work for Einstein at Princeton University during the summer of 1947.

She kept their secret to herself for nearly seven decades but refused to go to the grave with it.

Shortly before her death in 2015, at the age of 85, she agreed to be interviewed by top UFO hunter Sheila Franklin.

The tapes have now been made public for the first time.

German scientist Einstein, renowned for his theory of relativity, had long been a believer in alien life.

In an interview in 1920 he said: "There is every reason to believe that Mars and other planets are inhabited.

"Why should the Earth be the only planet supporting human life? It is not singular in any other respect."

Brit UFO expert Philip Mantle, 63, said: "Next year will be the 75th anniversary of Roswell and all of those that were involved are now deceased.

"I have long been saying that what UFO researchers now should be looking for are items stored in old cupboards, attics, garages etc, items that have been long since forgotten."

The so-called Roswell incident has fascinated UFO watchers for more than 70 years.

In May, a negative from a 16mm film claimed to show an alien autopsy sold for £71,000.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/16323308/albert-einstein-ufo-roswell-crash-aliens/ 

:: 10--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Western Governments Have Proven Their Complicity in the Destruction of their Own Peoples

Guest Post by Paul Craig Roberts

Dear Readers, I cannot protect you if you don’t read the information. If you decide you prefer to live and do read the information below, ask yourselves this question:

Why do people with no legislative poweremployers such as the Nazis at Ochsner Health System in Louisiana, school boards, university administrators, restaurant managers and owners, airlines, any employer, governors, mayors, hospitals—think they have the power to violate the Nuremberg laws and coerce patients, students, employees and their spouses, and everyone else to accept injections with a substance that has by far the worst record in vaccine history of association with death and serious lifelong health injury? Indeed, the record of the Covid “vaccine” is worse than all previous vaccines added together.

Every person issuing a mandate is an incipient Nazi or many times worse. They have no such authority; yet the murderous fools expect not to suffer the fate of Nazi officials, doctors, and judges who did far less.

Where did they get such an unrealistic expectation?

They got it from the presstitute scum media, everyone of which is an accomplice to mass murder and crimes against humanity.

They got it from the moron installed by the corrupt and criminal American establishment who stole an election and installed the moron in the Oval Office.

They got it from Fauci, Walensky, and other “public health” officials who are in league with Big Pharma and benefit from its profits.

They got it from the total failure of the Trump and Biden regimes to investigate NIH and Fauci for violating the Bioweapons Convention signed by the US government and financing “gain of function” bioweapon research which is where the Covid virus came from. Covid-19 came from NIH research grants, not from a bat.

In other words, clearly, the US government is an active accomplice in the mass murder and injury inflicted on people worldwide by the Covid “vaccine.” Everyone of these criminals must be held accountable.

In India’s large Uttar Pradesh province, administering Ivermectin to the population reduced Covid cases by 97.1 percent.

This information has been suppressed by the Western whore media and “public health” authorities . https://www.globalresearch.ca/india-ivermectin-blackout-2/5757553 

Ochsner Health System in Louisiana requires spouses and partners of employees to get vaccinated or your pay check is reduced

I told you the control would be total. It will get worse.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/forced-vaccinations-get-worse-louisiana-health-system-now-requires-spouses-employees-get-vaccinated-pay-non-compliance-penalty-vaxx-violations-every-pay-

period/5757512 

CDC Hides Vaccine Deaths by Requiring Them to be Classified as Unvaccinated Covid Deaths This deception is where the “pandemic of the unvaccinated” comes from.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/cdc-allows-hospitals-classify-dead-vaxxed-people-unvaccinated/5757502 

UK Vaccine Fatality Rate Higher than Virus Fatality Rate

https://www.globalresearch.ca/uk-vaccine-fatality-rate-higher-than-virus-official-lies-money-corrupts-medicine-german-vaccinated-deaths/5752979?utm_campaign=magnet&utm_source=article_

page&utm_medium=related_articles 

A Citizen Pleads for the Legislature to Protect US Citizens from Vaccine Mandates

https://www.globalresearch.ca/open-letter-senator-ron-johnson-covid-19-vaccines-pandemic/5757508 

The CDC released more data today into VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System) which shows that there are now 1,969 fetal deaths among pregnant women who received a COVID-19 shot

Yet doctors and CDC recommend pregnant women be vaccinated! Under the Nuremberg laws, these doctors and “health officials” are committing felonies punishable by execution.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/1969-fetal-deaths-recorded-following-covid-19-shots-criminal-cdc-recommends-pregnant-women-get-shot15757505 

Millions of People Are Having their Health and Lives Devastated by the “Covid Vaccine.” The facts are everywhere. Yet the Pharmaceutical Industry and Medical Establishment Deny the Facts and Support Coerced Mandated Injection with a Deadly Substance.

Clearly this is not in the interest of “public health.”

https://www.globalresearch.ca/woman-injured-covid-vaccine-pleads-health-agencies-help-local-news-agency-kills-story-after-pressure-from-pfizer/5757500 

Remdesivir and the “Covid Vaccines” Are instruments of Death Being Intentionally Administered to the World’s Peoples for the Purpose of Reducing the Population

The horrendous evidence supports no other conclusion. At this point with so many facts on the table we cannot pretend that the inflicted disaster is merely a mistake due to NIH, CDC, and FDA incompetence.

During Attorney Thomas Renz’s speech at Clay Clark’s ReAwaken America Tour in Colorado Springs, Renz talked about two Whistleblower nurses that revealed to him that they have seen a two-tier system of health care depending on the patients “vaccination status.” “The nurses revealed that patients that are vaccinated are getting Ivermectin, which is proven to heal people. But if you are unvaccinated, they put you on Remdesivir in the hopes that you will die” said Attorney Thomas Renz.

Deaths attributed to Covid are good for profits and the other agendas as it stampedes the fearful to injections.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/attorney-thomas-renz-releases-stunning-data-never-before-see

n-vaccine-injury-death-tracking-system/5757493 

https://www.globalresearch.ca/nearly-50000-medicare-patients-died-soon-after-getting-covid

-shot-whistleblower/5757410?utm_campaign=magnet&utm_source=article_page&utm_

medium=related_articles 

England’s Public Health Authority announces that the “vaccine” does not protect you from hospitalization and death. Fully vaccinated people account for 63.5% of Covid deaths:

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/10/05/western-governments-have-proven-their-complicity-in-the-destruction-of-their-own-peoples/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10-4-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over 115 earthquakes recorded in the south of La Palma – Something really scary is brewing! Its the location where a landslide could trigger a devastating tsunami

Oct 4, 2021

Seismic activity is slowly moving towards the southern part of La Palma. This is where a giant landslide could trigger a devastating tsunami.

Within the last 2 days, more than 115 earthquakes have been located in the southern area of ​​the island of La Palma. Twelve of them were felt by the population and even four reaching an intensity III-IV in the epicentral zones. The largest earthquake, a M3.7, occurred at 19:14 UTC yesterday evening.

Something big is brewing! This guy even suggests a new volcano could soon start erupting on the southern part of the island… Terrifying, no?

As in previous days, the depths of the hypocenters are between 10-15 km with the exception of 6 earthquakes that hit at greater depths (30-36 km). This new swarm rattles the same area as the seismic series in 2017, 2018 and 2020.

The mean amplitude of the volcanic tremor has presented has presented different pulses in the last two days, coinciding with the moments in which the activity on the surface intensified.

The column height measured at 5:30 UTC is 4,500 m, a similar value on the previous days.

The Cumbre Vieja volcano on the Spanish island of La Palma is now erupting even more aggressively after weeks of gushing lava, Spain’s Instituto Geográfico Nacional (IGN) said Sunday.

Lava from the La Palma volcano has reportedly increased the size of the island on the western shore by 30 hectares. Streams of lava have been spilling into the Atlantic Ocean following the eruption.

The volcano’s activity “continues to be intense” and a new crater was discovered Saturday, the Canary Islands government and IGN said in a joint statement.

The Canary Islands Institute of Volcanology (Involcan) has shared this video of the damage caused by what it refers to as “volcanic bombs” being released by the erupting Cumbre Vieja, amid significant explosive activity in the volcano.

“It doesn’t look like it’s close to ending yet, because of the millions of cubic meters of lava that the volcano is throwing out,” said Canary Islands President Ángel Víctor Torres at a press conference Sunday.

More than 1,000 homes have been destroyed since the volcano first erupted, according to the IGN. The volcano’s earlier emissions also sent clouds of steam, smoke and toxic gases into the sky, forcing local residents into lockdown.

So do you think this latest seismicity in the south of the island means another crater is about to open up and that this new erupting spot could trigger a landslide so huge it will produce a cataclysmic tsunami that will destroy parts of Africa, Europe and America? I do!

https://strangesounds.org/2021/10/115-earthquakes-recorded-in-the-south-of-la-palma-devastating-tsunami-ahead.html 

:: 10-4-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The lava-falls of La Palma: River of molten rock grows LARGER after volcanic crater collapses and causes spectacular explosions

Part of the Cumbre Vieja volcano collapsed last night, spurting streams of lava into the sky above La Palma

Further earthquakes are continuing more than two weeks after the volcano first erupted on the Spanish island

The volcano has so far destroyed 1,000 buildings and forced 6,000 people to evacuate their homes

By Jack Newman For Mailonline Published: 06:55 EDT, 4 October 2021 | Updated: 13:32 EDT, 4 October 2021

Astonishing footage has revealed a huge formation of black rock, created by lava hitting the sea off La Palma following the collapse of a volcanic crater.

The river of red-hot lava gushing from the Cumbre Vieja volcano on the Spanish island is growing after the crater collapsed last night causing spectacular explosions.

The north side of the volcano caved in on Sunday, prompting a faster flow of lava to surge through the island.

However, the molten rock has followed a similar path to the previous lava flows and avoided causing further destruction.

The volcano emitted a loud booming noise and lava exploded with force from its crater as it spurted high above the island.

More earthquakes are continuing to rattle the island more than two weeks after the volcano first erupted.

Spain's National Geographical Institute said it had recorded two quakes early Monday that measured more than 3.0 magnitude.

The statement came just hours after Spanish Prime Minister Pedro Sanchez said he would help rebuild the island, adding that it was safe for tourists to visit.

Making his third visit to La Palma, one of the Atlantic Canary Islands, since the eruption began on September 19, Sanchez said the federal government would approve 206million euros (£175million) of aid funding this week.

The eruption at Cumbre Vieja volcano has destroyed around 1,000 buildings. About 6,000 people have been evacuated from homes on the island out of a population of some 83,000.

Canary Islands' regional president Angel Victor Torres said today: 'We had to order a few lockdowns because of the air quality, but we are not planning to evacuate more people.'

Torres said the volcano had emitted roughly three times the material expelled during the island's last major eruption in 1971, in a quarter of the time.

He added that his administration planned to buy around 300 houses to accommodate those who lost their homes and said it was too early to tell how great the total damage would be.

'We're still in the middle of this...if the lava keeps springing up in the same quantities we saw last night, the damage is going to be greater,' Torres said.

Cadena Ser radio said the collapse had formed a new lava flow that was threatening several nearby towns.

'A clear increase in effusive activity has been observed in the last few minutes,' the Volcanology Institute of the Canary Islands, Involcan, said earlier on Twitter.

Sanchez said: 'Next Tuesday, the cabinet will approve a package of very powerful measures [to assist in] areas such as infrastructure reconstruction, water supply, employment, agriculture, tourism and benefits.

'We are facing a test of resistance ... because we do not know when the eruption of the volcano will end.

'What residents should know is that when it does end, the government of Spain will be there to tackle the enormous task of rebuilding La Palma.'

The financial package is the second stage of a plan approved last week. The first stage saw the government announce aid of 10.5 million euros ($12.3 million) for the immediate assistance of those who had lost their homes.

Sanchez also encouraged tourists who were considering visiting La Palma not to be put off. Tourism is the Canary Islands' major industry.

'I would like to let tourists know that this is a safe place, they can come and enjoy the island,' he said.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-10056573/River-lava-La-Palma-grows-LARGER-volcanic-crater-collapses-causing-spectacular-explosions.html 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 10-4-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US warns China to 'cease its coercion' after sending record 52 aircraft into Taiwan's airspace in largest mission ever: Beijing hits back and tells Washington to stop supporting 'separatist forces'

Washington and Beijing stepped up verbal attacks on Monday over Taiwan

The U.S. accused China of 'provocative military activity' near the island

China shot back, saying the U.S. was backing 'separatist forces'

It came after 36 fighter jets - including 34 J-16s - flew into Taiwan's airspace

They were accompanied by 12 H-6 nuclear-capable bombers, two Y-8 anti-submarine warfare aircraft, and two KJ-500 early warning and control planes

Marks the single-largest incursion by the Chinese air force since at least last year

Came as state media asked 'whether Australia is willing to accompany Taiwan… to become cannon fodder' after Taipei reached out for military assistance

By Rob Crilly, Senior U.S. Political Reporter and Chris Pleasance For Dailymail.com

Published: 11:27 EDT, 4 October 2021 | Updated: 11:32 EDT, 4 October 2021

The U.S. called on China to end its aggressive tactics against Taiwan on Monday after Beijing flew 52 aircraft into the island's airspace, triggering a diplomatic war of words.

The sortie of 34 J-16 fighters and 12 H-6 nuclear-capable bombers was the biggest yet as tensions increase in the South China Sea.

'The United States is very concerned by the People's Republic of China's provocative military activity near Taiwan, which is destabilizing, risks miscalculations, and undermines regional peace and stability,' said State Department spokesman Ned Price.

'We urge Beijing to cease its military, diplomatic, and economic pressure and coercion against Taiwan.'

China claims the self-ruled island as its own territory and has made increasingly aggressive moves in the region.

It refuses to recognize the Taiwan government and has tried to isolate the administration of President Tsai Ing-wen.

In response to the State Department, Beijing angrily accused the U.S. of supporting 'separatist forces' backing an independent Taiwan, according to Reuters.

Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson Hua Chunying said China's determination and will to defend its national sovereignty and territorial integrity were unwavering.

It comes after a weekend in which China flew a total of 93 aircraft close to the island in five separate missions - the largest of which comprised 25 planes.

The air activity has increased at a time when Washington and Beijing have traded barbs over a range of issues, from clampdowns on the Hong Kong democracy movement to cyber security and trade.

'The U.S. commitment to Taiwan is rock solid and contributes to the maintenance of peace and stability across the Taiwan Strait and within the region,' said Price.

'We will continue to stand with friends and allies to advance our shared prosperity, security, and values and deepen our ties with democratic Taiwan.'

The sorties have rattled Taiwan's leaders,

'We are very concerned that China is going to launch a war against Taiwan at some point, even though the threat may not be imminent at this point,' said Foreign Minister Joseph Wu in an interview with the Australian Broadcasting Corp.

Chinese state media fanned the flames with chilling new threats, asking whether 'Australia is willing to accompany Taiwan… to become cannon fodder' after the island's foreign minister reached out for help preparing its defences.

China's Global Times newspaper, a mouthpiece for the state, tweeted the threat on Monday, responding to Wu who had asked Australia and other 'like-minded' nations to share military intelligence and security information.

Separately, Global Times editor Hu Xijin tweeted that it is 'only a matter of time before Taiwan's separatist authorities fall' - describing the weekend's show-of-force as a 'military parade' to mark China's national day.

But, unlike the traditional 'guard of honour' used at military parades, the forces which flew at the weekend 'are fighting forces aimed at actual combat', an editorial in the same newspaper added.

'The increase in the number of aircraft showed the PLA Air Force's operational capabilities,' the newspaper said, adding: 'It is a clear and unmistakable declaration of China's sovereignty over the island.'

The operations are designed to familiarise pilots with 'battlefield conditions' so that 'once the order to attack is given' they will be able to fight like 'experienced veterans', the editorial concluded.

China has flown near-daily missions into Taiwan's airspace since the start of the year, the island's government has said, though most comprise only one aircraft.

But that changed dramatically at the weekend, with 38 planes flown into the 'air defence identification zone' on Friday.

The planes flew in two separate sorties, the first of which comprised 25 aircraft and flew during the day followed by 19 aircraft which flew at night.

On Saturday, another 39 aircraft flew in two separate sorties - one of 20 aircraft during the day and another of 19 aircraft at night.

Sunday saw an additional 16 planes fly close to the island in a single incursion

Flight tracking data published by Taiwan shows the latest mission involved a total of 36 fighter jets - 34 J-16s and two Russian-made Su-30s

They were accompanying 12 H-6 nuclear capable bombers, two Y-8 anti-submarine warfare aircraft, and two KJ-500 early warning and control planes.

All flew a short distance into the ADIZ between Taiwan's mainland and the Taiwan-controlled Pratas Island.

Taiwan's ADIZ is a zone in which it requires all foreign aircraft to identify themselves and state their intentions. It is different to the island's sovereign airspace, which extends over a smaller area 12 nautical miles from its coast.

Taipei said it scrambled fighters, broadcast radio warnings and activated missile defences in response. A short time later, the Chinese aircraft turned back.

Self-governing Taiwan, which is home to the Republic of China which fought against the Communist Party when it first emerged, views itself as an independent state but Beijing views it as a breakaway province.

The Republic of China has long-standing ties with the US, which historically recognised it as the legitimate government of the whole of China.

Tensions around the island are long-standing but increased significantly in 2019 when President Xi Jinping committed himself to 'reunifying' the islands - reserving the right to use force if necessary.

In response, the US has forged new alliances in the region to counter-balance Beijing's growing power - including The Quad alliance between America, India, Japan and Australia.

Another significant new alliance is the AUKUS pact, which will see the US and UK provide Australia with its first nuclear submarines.

While the trio insist the deal is not designed to target any country, few observers doubt it was aimed at countering China and Beijing reacted angrily to the deal.

Since AUKUS was announced, Chinese flights near Taiwan have increased significantly and taken on new significance - with the UK and Australia potentially dragged into any future fighting.

Fighting around the island could also drag in the US, which has long maintained a policy of 'strategic ambiguity' to Taiwan - refusing to say what it would do if the island was attacked.

President Biden suggested in a recent interview that he would be willing to go to war if China invades, though aides later insisted he had misspoke.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-10057709/US-warns-China-cease-coercion-sending-record-52-aircraft-Taiwans-airspace.html 

:: 10-4-21 Volcano Discovery :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

La Palma volcano eruption update: voluminous lava flows invade the cone's flanks as crater area partially collapses

Mon, 4 Oct 2021, 11:58 11:58 AM | BY: T

Strong lava fountaining and effusion of lava flows continue at similarly high levels as during the past days, along with the generation of an ash plume that rises approx. 2 km and drifts southeast.

Yesterday afternoon, a portion of the southwestern crater area collapsed, effectively creating an elongated depression where the summit vents are aligned. A flood of lava poured onto the western flank as a result, and for some time, the lower vent (the one that formed 10 days ago on the SW flank) produced violent dome-shaped liquid lava fountains.

Later on, this vent decreased the fountaining activity, while one of the adjacent higher summit vents began to produce pulsating, very tall lava fountains reaching approx. 500-600 m:

The effusive vent beyond the NW foot of the cone seemed to have decreased its activity a lot, perhaps due to crusting over and tunneling of the lava flow.

Volcanic tremor remains stable at high levels. Earthquakes have increased in number and average size. During the past 24 hours, there were 22 quakes of magnitudes 3.0-3.7, many of them felt in the area. Additionally, 44 quakes between 2.0 and 3.0. occurred, while there are probably hundreds of smaller quakes as well that cannot be detected within the signal dominated by the tremor.

All in all, the situation remains tense, and it's impossible to predict what will happen next.

https://www.volcanodiscovery.com/la-palma/news/143306/La-Palma-volcano-eruption-update-voluminous-lava-flows-invade-the-cone-s-flanks-as-crater-area-parti.html 

:: 10-7-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Major Explosion of Stromboli volcano in Italy sends coarse pyroclastic material rolling down the slopes

Oct 7, 2021

Stromboli volcano had a major eruption on October 6, 14:17 UTC, that produced large amount of coarse pyroclastic material at ​​Pizzo Sopra la Fossa and Sciara del Fuoco, which rolled down the slope, reaching the coastline.

The explosion generated an ash cloud which quickly dispersed in the NE direction. In addition, during the event, a small lava overflow from the northern crater area was also observed, the front of which remained confined to the upper part of the Sciara del Fuoco at an altitude estimated at around 750 m above sea level.

The powerful explosion was accompanied by an earthquake significantly larger than the current average amplitude.

The mean amplitude of the tremor rapidly increased at 14:17:40 UTC and moved towards high values. Subsequently, this parameter returned to medium-low values. The soil deformation networks do not show significant variations.

Stromboli returned to normal explosive strombolian-type activity around 18:33 UTC. Presently, the volcano explosion frequency is medium to medium-high with about 12-18 events/h.

Officials say, the Stromboli could erupt at any time soon! So be prepared! [iNGV]

https://strangesounds.org/2021/10/major-explosion-of-stromboli-volcano-italy.html 

:: 10-2-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden's Pact With The Devil Exposed On Live TV...Again! Did You Catch It!?

80,348 views

Oct 2, 2021

Lisa Haven

488K subscribers

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xU72AoHnFyU 

:: 10-2-21 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Red October – End of World as We Knew It – Clif High

By Greg Hunter On October 2, 2021 In Political Analysis 486 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com (Saturday Evening Post)

Clif High is an Internet data mining expert who has many well-documented correct forecasts. He predicted that Bitcoin would rise to $64,000 (it did) when it was less than $10 per unit. High uses something he calls “Predictive Linguistics” and computer programs to sort through billions of bits of information on the Internet to predict future trends and events. High’s recent data shows everything is in the process of breaking down. Food production, trucking, health services, millions will get very sick and many of them will die, the military breaks down, political system breaks down and the financial system will suffer a horrible unfixable crash. High says the breakdowns are getting so bad that he is calling this month “Red October.” In short, the breakdowns will wake up the masses to all the evil that has been hidden. High says, “We can follow these things on up to find out where the real evil is, and I hope we don’t destroy our ability to do that in the process of cleaning this out. We are, at this point, where the ‘normies’ are going to wake up. But what are they going to wake up to? Are they going to wake up to Biden cheated? Are they going to wake up to Biden the traitor at the request of the CCP? That he assisted the CCP in cheating? Or are they going to wake up to Biden the Globalist working with the CCP stooges? There are so many layers it’s going to take a long time for people to come to some understanding. I think, basically, they will get to a point that they say that’s good enough, I don’t need to know anymore.”

One very big wakeup call is going to come from our crashing financial system. High explains, “This hyperinflation is showing up everywhere. . . . We will have the real markets, cost of potatoes, gold, silver and Bitcoin and those things that are outside the dollar system . . . this month, October, I think we will start a bull run in commodity prices that is similar to what happened in Venezuela. That will be our financial system . . . last gasping breaths. It will be shuttering and shaking through October, November, and I don’t know if it will be through much of December. This will be a very . . . crushing time, a very burdensome time. People need to know we will get through this. It’s not going to be the end of the world, but it will be the end of the world as we knew it, but the end of the world as we knew it was oppressive. It was from the people that kept us enslaved. This is a very terrible time indeed, but it liberates us.”

High also sees in the data people will wake up to being purposely poisoned and murdered, and this is actually “asymmetrical warfare.” The Deep State players such as government bureaucrats, drug company executives and doctors who pushed this will face an outraged grieving public. High says, “. . . This will turn very, very ugly. . . . I don’t even like to talk about it because there is nothing you can do about it. . . . They will come to understand that this was deliberate . . . the data says individuals will take revenge on the people who actually injected them.

High goes into detail of what he is seeing in the data for years into the future, and it’s not pretty for the evil people who perpetrated this crime against humanity. High explains, “I am also of the opinion that will carry up the chain, and you will see people take revenge on, basically, world leaders, you know, the politicians and the Bill Gates of the world.”

High says the data is telling him that “cash will be king” even though the Federal Reserve may go completely away. High also sees gold at “$20,000 per ounce” and silver vaulting higher day after day. High contends when it comes to silver in the low $20 per ounce range, “they are actually paying you to take it.” High also says, “The price of the white metal should be at least $600 per ounce . . . . They are suppressing it by about $580 per ounce, and that means it’s very cheap to buy at the suppressed price.”

High says Bitcoin will go to “at least $100,000 per unit” and maybe much higher by the end of 2021.

High’s data also says, “At least 30% of the normies will be awake by the end of October with many more to follow in November and December.”

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with data mining expert Clif High, and he goes on a deep data dive as to what is likely to happen from now to the end of 2021.

(What is written here is a fraction of what is in this 1 hour and 34 min. interview. Because of the length, I will not be posting on Tuesday or Wednesday.)

https://usawatchdog.com/red-october-end-of-world-as-we-knew-it-clif-high/ 

:: 10-3-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Who Controls the Food Supply Controls the People” This is to serve warning that what ‘the authorities’ are planning for us in the very near future is a ‘Great Reset’ of what we are accustomed to eating at our daily meals.

Jack Metir Uncategorized October 3, 2021 6 Minutes

“Who Controls the Food Supply Controls the People”

This is to serve warning that what ‘the authorities’ are planning for us in the very near future is a ‘Great Reset’ of what we are accustomed to eating at our daily meals.

Under plans laid out by Klaus Schwab, executive director of the World Economic Forum, what food ‘is’ and how it is produced are to take a dramatic turn for the worse. From something broadly natural to something essentially synthetic.

Under the cold technocrat agenda know as ‘The Fourth Industrial Revolution’ and ‘Green New Deal’ agriculture will have less and less to do with farmers cultivating the land and more and more to do with the laboratory production of synthetic foods by robots.

The great majority of mankind already carry traces of dozens of toxic synthetic chemicals in their bodies, with significant amounts of the carcinogenic herbicide glyphosate (Round Up) having been detected in more than 90% of the tens of thousands tested in Europe and the USA during recent years.

Right now in Holland, Israel and California entirely fake laboratory meat (‘cultured meat’) is commencing manufacture – using animal based cellular tissue; while nanoparticles are increasingly being adopted in the processing of many of the mass produced factory foods found on supermarket shelves today.

Most Americans think our medical system is the same as other 1st world countries… That’s what I used to think… But in fact, our medical system is a “ticking bomb” waiting to “explode”!

The #1 Killer In Any Crisis Is Disease And Infection

And it doesn’t matter if it’s an earthquake, terrorist attack or the collapse of the dollar. One of the first things to kill most people in a crisis is an illness or disease…

The GMO threat is also once again part of the plan, going under a new name: ‘gene editing’. These are foods that have been molecularly re-engineered to suit the profit motivated ambitions of the pesticide and pharmaceutical industries. Consuming them on a regular basis will irrevocably alter our own DNA to the point where ‘human’ will no longer fit the description of our species.

Most people are completely unaware of these so called ‘developments’. One of the excuses used for moving humanity onto a space-age laboratory engineered diet is that scientists in the pay of the global warming lobby say that dairy cows and beef cattle are causing climate change due to their natural flatulence negatively effecting the atmospheric methane balance.

This is at the extreme end of plausible, but only in the case of large scale factory farms on which cattle are fed entirely inappropriate diets.

This is the same bunch of ‘scientists’ who are warning that earthworms need controlling due to their supposed negative influence on the upper atmosphere.

Well, frankly, I would have thought that even the most dim members of the scientific community would have thought up something a little more credible for closing down conventional farming systems. But such is the insanity at large today that almost any theory backed by enough mass propaganda indoctrination seems capable of achieving its desired ends.

So let us be reminded of the words of Dr Henry KissingerWho controls the food supply controls the people.” Food production coming under the jurisdiction of a centralised global cabal, is a very dangerous move. Already just six vast seed corporations own and control 80% of the world’s seed production and distribution.

Using Codex Alimentarius clauses of the World Trade Organisation governments have already been influenced to pass laws severely restricting the use of native seeds and a wide variety of fruit and vegetables once on sale in traditional grocery stores.

The population as a whole is now confronted by the despotic Green New Deal programme forcing its fake ‘zero carbon’ policy on humanity and weaponising it to be the vector for the digitalisation and re-engineering of the food chain, as described earlier.

The largely synthetic diet that emerges out of this sterilisation programme will free-up the land for what is termed ‘re-wilding’, the leisure pursuits of the wealthy and large scale US style robotic factory farming units.

What to do?

Here follows a list of immediate actions to take to ensure you don’t get caught-out and find yourself on a corporate/state controlled artificial GMO diet with no way out.

*Immediately cease relying on the supermarket/hypermarket for your main food purchases. They are global killers of small, diverse and animal friendly farms and of real food. They will be the first to comply with the cabal government controls.

*If you are not already living in the countryside or small town/village with direct links to the surrounding land, plan your move to such a location straight away. Big cities are saturated with electro magnetic microwaves, CCTV monitors, traffic polluted air and a great excess of sterile concrete. They can no longer support the health and welfare of sentient humans.

*Once in your countryside location, establish contact with a small or medium sized (SME) pro-ecological and/or traditional farmer and start making your food purchases ‘direct from the farm’ or via a food cooperative/independent small shop selling good quality fresh foods from local farms.

*Rent, share or buy a piece of land to start your own cultivation on. Make a plan to grow a percentage of your basic dietary needs on this land. Seek help from those who have experience, to get you started.

*Spend as much time as possible in/with nature. This is the antidote to the materialistic, mechanistic mind controlled world of urban dependency – the main target for the WEF’s fake Green New Deal programme of oppression and control.

*Learn the skills of gardening, medicinal herb growing and building natural good health. Particularly build-up your immune system to resist various diseases, minor sicknesses like a flu called Covid and major sicknesses like cancer and build into your daily routine a spiritual practice which puts you in touch with your deeper self and divine origins. This is going to be particularly important in protecting against dark entities and in opening your life to the vital pathway of full conscious awareness.

*Barter and share wherever possible. The cabal’s aim is to phase out bank notes and coinage by 2030 at the latest, making people fully dependent on plastic cards and digital nano-chips inserted under the skin. In both cases total 24/7 surveillance of all activities and direct access to your bank account will be the order of the day.

*Get involved with your local community. Help it become self governing. Share information (like this) with neighbours and leaders of local authorities. Build initiatives to get your community linked-up with neighbourhood farms and woodlands so that these resources can be used to support the needs of the local community.

*Make sure to retain a wood or coal burning stove/boiler and ‘human scale’ agricultural tools for cultivating the land. Learn the skills needed to work the land with horses. Petroleum and gas are likely to become ever harder to acquire for all but the 1%, who will retain access to supplies for heating cooking and transportation purposes. This is not because of a supply shortage – there is none – but because The Fourth Industrial Revolution/Green Deal is founded on ‘Green Fascism’, a ‘zero carbon’ policy that will starve the population of access to fossil fuels and force people into a slavish dependency on the state (cabal) and conformity with long planned global depopulation goals.

Lastly, let the Changes recommended here be seen as a positive. A welcome challenge for all concerned. A chance for ‘real life’ to replace the digitalised virtual reality existence of today. You will be bringing about a world in which nature and man can finally start to heal and return to a state of equilibrium.

Envision and meditate on this healed world now. Make your move the number one priority of your life and join those already building their arks. Arks destined to become the foundation stones of a simple, creative and just New Society.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/10/03/who-controls-the-food-supply/ 

:: 10-2-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'This Is Beyond Crazy, We've Never Seen Shelves This Empty': Store Manager Warns ANP 'We've Been Told It's Only Going To Get Worse' As Biden Pushes 'Paper's Please' For Interstate Travel

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die October 2, 2021

While we've been reporting upon the massive shortages hitting America over the past year+ as the globalists drive to transform America into a full-scale socialist nation hits overdrive, my trip to the grocery store on Thursday brought more confirmation the shortages we're witnessing are not only 'the new normal' but 'things are about to get much worse' if the meat section manager of that store is correct.

Looking over the meat section to see if there were any deals going on in this day and age of rising meat prices, that manager came out from the back just in time for me to pelt him with a couple of questions.

Asking him first "have you been having any difficulties in getting in your meat supplies?", he immediately responded to me with "I ordered 150 pounds of lunch meat this week, only to get 20 of them!" Then warning me "and I've been told it's going to get a lot worse", WTOP News in Washington DC reported September 30th "Prince George’s County Public Schools says it will stop handing out free suppers to some students starting next week, citing supply chain issues and national shortages."

With that WTOP story echoing this story out of 9News in Jefferson County, Colorado which reported one of that state's largest school districts is starting to cut back on serving hot meals in the cafeteria, though their excuse was "due to staffing shortages", we'll be taking a look within this story at all the latest signs of 'danger ahead' as a Venezuela-style full-scale collapse is imposed upon America.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive until we catch up on expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

The excerpt below from this story over at the Epoch Times titled "Workers Who Maintain Supply Chains Warn of Worldwide ‘System Collapse’" tells a story that the mainstream media will never tell, except while they're trying to sugar-coat everything now happening.

While this local story at WLWT5 in Cincinnati reported "Cincinnati favorites such as Graeter's, Skyline (are) experiencing food, product shortages" and "the global supply chain crisis is hitting home in many ways", the Washington Post attempted to blame 'Brexit' for the panic buying and long fuel lines happening now in the UK (with the US to follow), claiming "anyone could have predicted it", (especially if 'collapse' has been the goal all along!) From this Epoch Times story before we continue.:

Several industry groups have warned world leaders of a worldwide supply-chain “system collapse” due to pandemic restrictions, coming as Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell suggested that the current period of higher inflation will last until 2022.

The International Chamber of Shipping, a coalition of truck drivers, seafarers, and airline workers, has warned in a letter to heads of state attending the United Nations General Assembly that governments need to restore freedom of movement to transportation workers amid persistent COVID-19 restrictions and quarantines. (ANP: See also this especially alarming development: "Now There are Whispers in D.C. That Biden is About to Issue Vaccine Passport Mandate for Interstate Travel".)

If nothing is done, they warned of a “global transport system collapse” and suggested that “global supply chains are beginning to buckle as two years’ worth of strain on transport workers take their toll,” according to the letter. It was signed by the International Air Transport Association (IATA), the International Road Transport Union (IRU), and the International Transport Workers’ Federation (ITF), which represent some 65 million transport workers around the world.

All transport sectors are also seeing a shortage of workers, and expect more to leave as a result of the poor treatment millions have faced during the pandemic, putting the supply chain under greater threat,” the letter said. “We also ask that WHO and the ILO raise this at the U.N. General Assembly and call on heads of government to take meaningful and swift action to resolve this crisis now,” they wrote.

With it most likely that the 'swift action' government will resort to will be bringing in more National Guard soldiers to do the jobs that that others won't do, like they're now doing in Massachusetts for school bus drivers, that Epoch Times story also quoted quoted FED Chairman Powell about how long all of this might last, at least well into 2022, though we expect much longer.

In remarks on Sept. 29, Powell said that the current spike in inflation is a “consequence of supply constraints meeting very strong demand,” saying it’s “associated with the reopening of the economy, which is a process that will have a beginning, middle and an end.”

“It’s very difficult to say how big the effects will be in the meantime or how long they last,” Powell said during a forum hosted by the European Central Bank. The current price surge, he said, is due to bottlenecks in the supply chain, although he believes prices will eventually come down on their own. The surge will continue into 2022 before dropping, Powell said.

So while shortages of many different goods are survivable, what none of us can go without for too long a period of time and still survive are food and water.

With the BBC reporting just days ago in this story titled "The everyday foods that could become luxuries" that "everyday foods such as coffee, meat and spices could become luxury items due to global climate impacts and changing tastes", we see once again that almost everything that the globalists are pushing is tied to a future of mass 'global warming', with the left blaming 'cow flatulence' as one of the major reasons we need to do away with meats.

Think the skyrocketing meat prices we've seen in stores recently were JUST because of COVID? Not a chance. This has all been planned by the left for years! With the Wall Street Journal reporting dollar stores are raising their prices while bacon prices are hitting record highs, with no signs they'll be going down any time soon, Americans better be prepared for this going on a very long time; 'forever' if the globalists get their way.

And with ANP recently emailed the photograph seen above by Remie with the following note, "Here in the South Bay Area in California we are seeing shortages. Today, the Instacart shopper told us “Worst I’ve seen for milk supply.” Speaking generally he said, “This is beyond crazy. Really never seen shelves this empty on a Tuesday”, we continue to serve our families and loved ones best by preparing for absolutely anything and everything in the days ahead. Some food products still available now and as close by as a delivery include.:

Meats:

Fully Cooked Bacon, Ready to Eat, 80 Slices Per Pack / Case, 10 Year Shelf Life, Superior to Canned, Real Thick Cut, 2+ Pounds, No Refrigeration Needed, Grocery, Long Term Storage, Camp, Hunt, Lunch

Chicago Steak Meal Set Includes Savory Ribeye, Top Sirloin Steak, Angus Steak Burgers, & Lemon Herb Chicken Breasts

Maine Lobster Now - 2 Pounds Fresh Maine Lobster Meat

Aged Angus Filet Mignon Top Sirloin NY Strip Ribeye and Premium Ground Beef by Nebraska Star Beef - All Natural Hand Cut and Trimmed - Steak Gift Packages Delivered to Your Door

Bison Burgers & Steaks Combo Pack: 100% All-Natural, Grass-Fed and Grain Finished North American Bison Meat with no Growth Hormones or Antibiotics - USDA Tested - 14 Piece of Tender, Flavorful Meat

H.F.'s Outstanding All Natural Skinless Boneless Chicken Breast, 40 Ounce

Porter & York, Prime Beef Bone In Ribeye Steaks 20oz 4-pack

Porter & York Brand Meats - Prime Beef Boneless Ribeye Steak 16oz 4-pack

T-Bone Steaks, 6 count 16 oz each from Kansas City Steaks

Angus Wagyu Ground Beef Patties By Nebraska Star Beef - The Ultra Premium Package for Family Grilling Events

Freeze Dried Foods:

Wise Company Long Term Emergency Freeze-Dried Food Supply, Breakfast and Entree Variety

MRE Meals - 124-Serving Freeze Dried Emergency Food Supply

Wise Company ReadyWise, Emergency Food Supply, Emergency Freeze Dried Fruit Bucket, 120 Servings

Wise Company Emergency Food Supply, Freeze Dried Meat Variety, 15-Year Shelf Life, 60 Servings

Wise Company Emergency Food Supply, Variety Pack, 25-Year Shelf Life, 104 Servings

Wise Company ReadyWise, Emergency Food Supply, Freeze Dried Vegetables, 120 Servings

Mountain House Classic Bucket | Freeze Dried Backpacking & Camping Food | 24 Servings

Mountain House Diced Beef #10 Can Freeze Dried Food - 6 Cans Per Case

Mountain House Cooked Diced Chicken #10 Can

Augason Farms Lunch and Dinner Variety Pail Emergency Food Supply 4-Gallon Pail

Fruit pails or buckets shipping now for 2 to 3 weeks, so might want to pick individual cans/packets HERE.

Other:

Augason Farms Vegetable Stew Blend 2 lbs 0.5 oz No. 10 Can

Augason Farms 5-90158 Scrambled Egg Mix, 2 lbs, 4 oz. No. 10 Can

Augason Farms Dried Whole Egg Product 2 lbs 1 oz No. 10 Can

Hoosier Hill Farm All American Dairy Whole Milk Powder 1 lb

Hoosier Hill Farm Heavy Cream Powder Jar, 1 Pound

Augason Farms Dehydrated Chopped Onions 1 lb 7 oz No. 10 Can

Nutristore Freeze Dried Mozzarella Cheese Shredded Premium Quality

Amazon Search 'Flour'

Canned/Packaged Goods:

Wellsley Farms White Premium Chunk Chicken Breast in Water, 12.5 Ounce, 6 Count

Swanson Chicken á la King Made with White and Dark Meat Chicken, 10.5 Ounce Can (Pack of 12)

Dinty Moore Beef Stew with Fresh Potatoes & Carrots 20 oz (Pack of 12)

Armour Star Classic Homestyle Beef Stew, 20 oz. (Pack of 12)

Keystone Meats All Natural Canned Beef, 28 Ounce

SAMPCO Shredded Beef 3lb.

Kirkland Signature Chicken Breast (Chicken Breast -6 Count)

Keystone Meats All Natural Canned Pork, 28 Ounce

Armour Star Roast Beef With Gravy, 12 oz.

Armour Star Banner Sausage, Easy Open Can, 10.5 oz. (Pack of 12)

Wild Planet Skipjack Wild Tuna, Sea Salt, Keto and Paleo, 3rd Party Mercury Tested, 5 Ounce (Pack of 12)

Armour Star Luncheon Meat, 12 oz. (Pack of 12)

Canned Vegetables Variety Of Options

Canned Fruits Variety Of Options

Rice

Beans

Pasta

So with the Biden admin now insanely pushing 'papers please' for interstate travel another sign of just how bad things could get in the months ahead as winter approaches, Americans revolt against 'vaccine mandate madness' and store employees sharing with us their own first hand knowledge of what is to come, with the words 'it's only going to get worse' being freely tossed around, Americans also should see what's coming if we continue along the same path that we're being herded down; just look at what happened, and is still happening right now, to Venezuela!

https://allnewspipeline.com/Store_Manager_Warns_ANP_Its_Only_Going_To_Get_Worse.php 

:: 10-3-21 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China sends 77 warplanes into Taiwan defense zone over two days, Taipei says

CNN Expansion 05/11/21 Eric Cheung By Eric Cheung and Brad Lendon, CNN

Updated 6:57 AM ET, Sun October 3, 2021

Taipei, Taiwan (CNN)Taiwan has reported a record number of incursions by Chinese warplanes into its air defense identification zone (ADIZ) for the second day in a row, Taiwan's Ministry of National Defense said on Saturday night.

The self-governing island said a total of 39 Chinese military aircraft entered the ADIZ on Saturday, one more than the 38 planes it spotted on Friday.

The 38 and 39 planes respectively are the highest number of incursions Taiwan has reported in a day since it began publicly reporting such activities last year.

The incursions on Saturday came in two batches -- 20 planes during daytime hours and 19 planes at night, the ministry said in two statements. They were made by 26 J-16 fighter jets, 10 Su-30 fighter jets, two Y-8 anti-submarine warning aircraft and one KJ-500 airborne early warning and control plane, the Defense Ministry said.

In response to the incursions, the Taiwanese air force scrambled aircraft, issued radio warnings, and deployed air defense missiles systems, the ministry added.

Maps provided by the Taiwan Defense Ministry showed all of the Chinese flights on Saturday were in the extreme southwestern part of the island's ADIZ.

The incursions did not violate Taiwan's airspace, which extends 12 nautical miles from its coast. The US Federal Aviation Administration defines an ADIZ as "a designated area of airspace over land or water within which a country requires the immediate and positive identification, location and air traffic control of aircraft in the interest of the country's national security."

Before the past two days, the previous single-day record for People's Liberation Army (PLA) flights into Taiwan's ADIZ was in June, when 28 Chinese military planes entered.

The Taiwan Ministry of Defense released this undated file photo of a Chinese J-16 fighter jet when they announced that PLA aircrafts entered their air defense identification zone.

The incursions on Friday came as Beijing celebrated 72 years since the founding of the People's Republic of China in 1949.

Taiwan and mainland China have been governed separately since the end of a civil war more than seven decades ago, in which the defeated Nationalists fled to Taipei.

However, Beijing views Taiwan as an inseparable part of its territory -- even though the Chinese Communist Party has never governed the democratic island of about 24 million people.

Chinese President Xi Jinping has refused to rule out military force to capture Taiwan if necessary.

In the past, analysts have said the PLA's flights likely serve several purposes for China, both demonstrating the strength of the PLA to a domestic audience and giving the Chinese military intelligence and skills it would need in any potential conflict involving Taiwan.

"Xi Jinping has instructed the PLA to heighten its readiness and prepare for warfighting under 'realistic fighting conditions.' Hence, it is relatively unsurprising that the PLA continues to fly into Taiwan's ADIZ as part of realistic training and preparation for armed conflict," Derek Grossman, a senior defense analyst at the RAND Corporation policy think tank, told CNN on Saturday.

Despite the increase in PLA flights and the harsh rhetoric, Grossman doesn't think combat is imminent.

"I don't think there is a high or even medium probability of a Chinese attack or invasion of Taiwan," he told CNN.

"The PLA still has many vulnerabilities, especially when faced with the near-certain intervention of the United States with possibly -- probably? -- Japanese and Australian support," he added. "China understands the severe downsides of a failed attack or invasion of Taiwan and will probably continue to bide its time."

But any intended message from Beijing may not be about the main island of Taiwan, other analysts say.

The maps provided by Taiwan's Defense Ministry show the PLA Air Force flights are coming in the vicinity of Pratas Island, which sits at the top of the South China Sea and is actually closer to Hong Kong than Taiwan.

This island has no permanent residents but is home to a small Taiwanese military contingent and has an airstrip. Analysts note it is flat and would be difficult to defend.

"China could take control of the Pratas Islands whenever Chinese President Xi Jinping decides," Yoshiyuki Ogasawara, a professor at Tokyo University of Foreign Studies wrote on The Diplomat in December.

"The islands are a potential flashpoint that now need to come to the attention of the US, Japan and other democratic countries," Ogasawara wrote.

https://www.cnn.com/2021/10/02/asia/china-warplanes-taiwan-air-defense-intl-hnk/index.html 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 10--21 AP News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dwindling Alaska salmon leave Yukon River tribes in crisis

STEVENS VILLAGE, Alaska (AP) — In a normal year, the smokehouses and drying racks that Alaska Natives use to prepare salmon to tide them through the winter would be heavy with fish meat, the fruits of a summer spent fishing on the Yukon River like generations before them.

This year, there are no fish. For the first time in memory, both king and chum salmon have dwindled to almost nothing and the state has banned salmon fishing on the Yukon, even the subsistence harvests that Alaska Natives rely on to fill their freezers and pantries for winter. The remote communities that dot the river and live off its bounty — far from road systems and easy, affordable shopping — are desperate and doubling down on moose and caribou hunts in the waning days of fall.

Nobody has fish in their freezer right now. Nobody,” said Giovanna Stevens, 38, a member of the Stevens Village tribe who grew up harvesting salmon at her family’s fish camp. “We have to fill that void quickly before winter gets here.”

Opinions on what led to the catastrophe vary, but those studying it generally agree human-caused climate change is playing a role as the river and the Bering Sea warm, altering the food chain in ways that aren’t yet fully understood. Many believe commercial trawling operations that scoop up wild salmon along with their intended catch, as well as competition from hatchery-raised salmon in the ocean, have compounded global warming’s effects on one of North America’s longest rivers.

The assumption that salmon that aren’t fished make it back to their native river to lay eggs may no longer hold up because of changes in both the ocean and river environments, said Stephanie Quinn-Davidson, who has worked on Yukon River salmon issues for a decade and is the Alaska Venture Fund’s program director for fisheries and communities.

King, or chinook, salmon have been in decline for more than a decade, but chum salmon were more plentiful until last year. This year, summer chum numbers plummeted and numbers of fall chum — which travel farther upriver — are dangerously low.

“Everyone wants to know, ‘What is the one smoking gun? What is the one thing we can point to and stop?’” she said of the collapse. “People are reluctant to point to climate change because there isn’t a clear solution ... but it’s probably the biggest factor here.”

Many Alaska Native communities are outraged they are paying the price for generations of practices beyond their control that have caused climate change — and many feel state and federal authorities aren’t doing enough to bring Indigenous voices to the table. The scarcity has made raw strong emotions about who should have the right to fish in a state that supplies the world with salmon, and underscores the powerlessness many Alaska Natives feel as traditional resources dwindle.

The nearly 2,000-mile-long (3,200-kilometer) Yukon River starts in British Columbia and drains an area larger than Texas in both Canada and Alaska as it cuts through the lands of Athabascan, Yup’ik and other tribes.

The crisis is affecting both subsistence fishing in far-flung outposts and fish processing operations that employ tribal members in communities along the lower Yukon and its tributaries.

“In the tribal villages, our people are livid. They’re extremely angry that we are getting penalized for what others are doing,” said P.J. Simon, chairman and chief of the Tanana Chiefs Conference, a consortium of 42 tribal villages in the Alaska interior. “As Alaska Natives, we have a right to this resource. We have a right to have a say in how things are drawn up and divvied up.”

More than a half-dozen Alaska Native groups have petitioned for federal aid, and they want the state’s federal delegation to hold a hearing in Alaska on the salmon crisis. The groups also seek federal funding for more collaborative research on effects that ocean changes are having on returning salmon.

Citing the warming ocean, Republican Gov. Mike Dunleavy requested a federal disaster declaration for the salmon fishery this month and has helped coordinate airlifts of about 90,000 pounds (41,000 kilograms) of fish to needy villages. The salmon crisis is one of the governor’s top priorities, said Rex Rock Jr., Dunleavy’s advisor for rural affairs and Alaska Native economic development.

That’s done little to appease remote villages that are dependent on salmon to get through winter, when snow paralyzes the landscape and temperatures can dip to minus 20 degrees Fahrenheit (minus 29 C) or lower.

Families traditionally spend the summer at fish camps using nets and fish wheels to snag adult salmon as they migrate inland from the ocean to the place where they hatched so they can spawn. The salmon is prepared for storage a variety of ways: dried for jerky, cut into fillets that are frozen, canned in half-pint jars or preserved in wooden barrels with salt.

Without those options, communities are under intense pressure to find other protein sources. In the Alaska interior, the nearest road system is often dozens of miles away, and it can take hours by boat, snow machine or even airplane to reach a grocery store.

Store-bought food is prohibitively expensive for many: A gallon (3.8 liters) of milk can cost nearly $10, and a pound of steak was recently $34 in Kaltag, an interior village about 328 air miles (528 kilometers) from Fairbanks. A surge in COVID-19 cases that has disproportionately hit Alaska Natives has also made many hesitant to venture far from home.

Instead, villages sent out extra hunting parties during the fall moose season and are looking to the upcoming caribou season to meet their needs. Those who can’t hunt themselves rely on others to share their meat.

“We have to watch our people because there will be some who will have no food about midyear,” said Christina Semaken, a 63-year-old grandmother who lives in Kaltag, an Alaska interior town of fewer than 100 people. “We can’t afford to buy that beef or chicken.”

Semaken hopes to fish next year, but whether the salmon will come back remains unknown.

Tribal advocates want more genetic testing on salmon harvested from fishing grounds in Alaska waters to make sure that commercial fisheries aren’t intercepting wild Yukon River salmon. They also want more fish-tracking sonar on the river to ensure an accurate count of the salmon that escape harvest and make it back to the river’s Canadian headwaters.

Yet changes in the ocean itself might ultimately determine the salmon’s fate.

The Bering Sea, where the river meets the ocean, had unprecedented ice loss in recent years, and its water temperatures are rising. Those shifts are throwing off the timing of the plankton bloom and the distribution of small invertebrates that the fish eat, creating potential chaos in the food chain that’s still being studied, said Kate Howard, a fisheries scientist with the Alaska Department of Fish and Game. Researchers have also documented warming temperatures in the river that are unhealthy for salmon, she said.

Because salmon spend time in both rivers and the ocean during their unique life cycle, it’s hard to pin down exactly where these rapid environmental changes are most affecting them — but it’s increasingly clear that overfishing is not the only culprit, Howard said.

“When you dig into all the available data for Yukon River salmon,” she said, “it’s hard to explain it all unless you consider climate change.”

Alaska Natives, meanwhile, are left scrambling to fill a hole in their diet — and in centuries of tradition built around salmon.

On a recent fall day, a small hunting party zoomed along the Yukon River by motorboat, scanning the shoreline for signs of moose. After three days, the group had killed two moose, enough to provide meat for seven families, or about 50 people, for roughly a month in their small community of Stevens Village.

Bernard Ishnook cleans the head of a two-year-old bull moose under the Northern Lights on Wednesday, Sept. 15, 2021, near Stevens Village, Alaska. For the first time in memory, both king and chum salmon have dwindled to almost nothing and the state has banned salmon fishing on the Yukon. The remote communities that dot the river and live off its bounty are desperate and doubling down on moose and caribou hunts in the waning days of fall. (AP Photo/Nathan Howard)

At the end of a long day, they butchered the animals as the Northern Lights blazed a vibrant green across the sky, their headlamps piercing the inky darkness.

The makeshift camp, miles from any road, would normally host several dozen families harvesting salmon, sharing meals and teaching children how to fish. On this day, it was eerily quiet.

“I don’t really think that there is any kind of bell out there that you can ring loud enough to try to explain that type of connection,” said Ben Stevens, whose ancestors founded Stevens Village. “Salmon, to us, is life. Where can you go beyond that?”

https://apnews.com/article/climate-change-science-lifestyle-business-environment-and-nature-cb0c966f43e52fd9559857969f1203a0 

:: 10-4-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Archaeologists claim to have found true location of Noah's Ark

The discovery was made using advanced 3D scans of an area in eastern Turkey, believed to be the location of Mount Ararat – the mythical resting place of Noah's Ark, as described in the Book of Genesis. "Such angles below the surface is something you would not expect to see in a natural, geologic formation," researcher says.

By News Agencies and ILH Staff Published on 10-04-2021 12:08 Last modified: 10-04-2021 12:38

Has the true location of Noah's Ark finally been ascertained? Archaeologists claim to have found a giant shape in the Turkish mountains that matches the shape and dimensions of the iconic biblical craft, but geologists insist that this mountainous formation is simply that – a rock.

Noah's Ark is the vessel in the Genesis flood narrative through which God spares Noah, his family, and examples of all the world's animals from a world-engulfing flood. The story is repeated in various forms in dozens of ancient cultures depicting massive floods, but for the most part, geologists and historians find the Genesis flood myth irreconcilable with the modern understanding of fossil records of the planet's age.

Historical records show that the hunt for the ark dates back to the time of Eusebius of Caesarea (275–339 CE), but no physical proof of the Ark has ever been found.

Now, archaeologists with the Noah's Ark Scans project said that using advanced 3D scans, they have located a giant shape in the Turkish mountains the proportions of which match the biblical descriptions of Noah's Ark.

The discovery was made in the Durupinar site on Mount Tendurek in eastern Turkey, the area believed to be the location of Mount Ararat – the mythical resting place of Noah's Ark, as described in the Book of Genesis.

Researcher Andrew Jones and lead scientist Dr. Fethi Ahmet Yüksel of the Department of Geophysical Engineering, Applied Geophysics Department of Istanbul University told British media that 3D scans of the area discovered a formation of the exact length of the ark, detailed in the bible as being around 150 meters, or 300 cubits in Biblical terms.

"Such parallel line and right angles below the surface is something you would not expect to see in a natural, geologic formation, ... but these results are what you would expect to see if this is a man-made boat matching the Biblical requirements of Noah's Ark," Jones was cited as saying by several media outlets.

Still, geologists say that formation, first unearthed around 50 years ago, is just a simple rock formation.

https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/10/04/archaeologists-claim-to-have-found-true-location-of-noahs-ark/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-4-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran assassinating Israeli businessmen: What is the game plan? - analysis

This would not be the first time that Iran, or its proxy Hezbollah, would have tried to attack or surveil Israelis in Cyprus.

By YONAH JEREMY BOB OCTOBER 4, 2021 19:54

If Iran was behind it, the attempted assassination of Israelis in Cyprus would be part of a long and open account Iran has for Israel.

In the last 15 months, Iran has accused Israel of assassinating its chief nuclear scientist, Mohsen Fakhrizadeh, assisting the US to assassinate Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps Quds Force commander Qasem Soleimani and sabotaging at least three nuclear facilities, among other possible attacks.

Tehran has responded by trying to use proxies on Israel’s borders to attack Israel, by using proxies to try to attack Israeli diplomatic officials in India in January and with numerous attacks on Israeli-owned vessels at sea.

If Iran was behind it, the attempted assassination of Israelis in Cyprus would be part of a long and open account Iran has for Israel.

In the last 15 months, Iran has accused Israel of assassinating its chief nuclear scientist, Mohsen Fakhrizadeh, assisting the US to assassinate Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps Quds Force commander Qasem Soleimani and sabotaging at least three nuclear facilities, among other possible attacks.

Tehran has responded by trying to use proxies on Israel’s borders to attack Israel, by using proxies to try to attack Israeli diplomatic officials in India in January and with numerous attacks on Israeli-owned vessels at sea.

Of course, there is some difference between going after private Israeli citizens overseas and official representatives of the state.

On the flip side, there has been some speculation that certain private Israelis who were targeted, like Teddy Sagi, may also be part of Israeli clandestine contacts with Gulf countries such as Saudi Arabia.

This also would not be the first time that Iran, or its proxy Hezbollah, would have tried to attack or surveil Israelis in Cyprus.

In 2012, Hossam Yaakoub, a Lebanese-born Swedish citizen, was caught tracking Israelis in Cyprus. He was convicted after confessing he was an agent of Hezbollah.

All of this happened around the same time that Iranian plots to target Israelis were uncovered in Thailand, India, Georgia, Azerbaijan and Kenya.

Shortly after Yaakoub was arrested, Iran and Hezbollah succeeded in killing five Israeli tourists in Bulgaria.

There have been plenty of earlier rounds of Iranian-Hezbollah attacks on Jews overseas going back decades.

Iran picks these targets because it is too weak to take on the Jewish state directly.

Even in the cybersphere, when Iran initiated a cyberattack against Israel’s water infrastructure in the spring of 2020, Jerusalem responded with a far-more devastating cyberattack on a key Iranian port.

So, more isolated targeting of Israelis overseas in weaker countries that Iran is not worried about alienating diplomatically or isolated targeting of Israeli ships at sea are its best option to try to use asymmetric warfare against Israel’s vulnerable underbelly.

Sending an Azerbaijani citizen with a Russia passport, which apparently succeeded at first in throwing Cypriot officials off Iran’s scent and into suspecting a Russian business dispute, would be another level of clandestine planning for plausible deniability.

Besides retaliation, the big games are about how the nuclear standoff of the US and Israel versus Iran will be resolved and to what extent the ayatollahs will be able to continue destabilizing multiple states throughout the Middle East.

No doubt, Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi, who is much more closely aligned with the IRGC than his slightly more moderate predecessor, Hassan Rouhani, would like to establish his bona fides as a force to be reckoned with.

The more pain Iran can deal out to any of its adversaries, the more both that targeted adversary, as well as the West in general, may be averse to a broader conflict and more ready to make concessions on the wide nuclear and regional issues – just to secure quiet and stability.

This time, it appears that either the Iranian proxy, who was caught by Cypriot border officials with a gun and silencer in his car, got careless.

Alternatively, some mix of Sagi’s security team being former Israeli intelligence agents and the Mossad and IDF Intelligence vigilantly following Iran and its proxies throughout the region succeeded in a heroic campaign to save Israeli lives.

But the key takeaway from this incident is that Iran is still very much hunting Israelis overseas, and it is unlikely to stop anytime soon.

https://www.jpost.com/middle-east/iran-news/iran-assassinating-israeli-businessmen-what-is-the-game-plan-analysis-681024 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding.  Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there.  You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are.  For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them.  Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

:: 10-4-21 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia test-fires new hypersonic missile from submarine

A prospective Russian hypersonic missile has been successfully test-fired from a nuclear submarine for the first time

By The Associated Press October 4, 2021, 7:31 AM • 1 min read

MOSCOW -- A prospective Russian hypersonic missile has been successfully test-fired from a nuclear submarine for the first time, the military said Monday.

The Russian Defense Ministry said that the Severodvinsk submarine performed two launches of the Zircon cruise missile at mock targets in the Barents Sea.

Recent Stories from ABC News

It first test-fired Zircon from the surface, and then launched another missile from a submerged position in the White Sea.

The launch marked Zircon's first launch from a submarine. It previously has been repeatedly test-fired from a navy frigate, most recently in July.

Russian President Vladimir Putin has said Zircon would be capable of flying at nine times the speed of sound and have a range of 1,000 kilometers (620 miles). Putin has emphasized that its deployment will significantly boost Russian military capability.

Officials said Zircon's tests are to be completed later this year and it will be commissioned by the Russian navy in 2022.

Zircon is intended to arm Russian cruisers, frigates and submarines. It is one of several hypersonic missiles under development in Russia.

The Kremlin has made modernizing the country’s arsenals a top priority amid the tensions with the West that followed Russia’s 2014 annexation of Ukraine’s Crimean Peninsula.

https://abcnews.go.com/International/wireStory/russia-test-fires-hypersonic-missile-submarine-80391019 

:: 10-3-21 Y Net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel enlists IDF, Shin Bet to halt Arab crime wave

Special ministerial committee says security forces would be used to help confiscate illegal weapons, with Justice Ministry to promote laws to provide law enforcement with greater tools to crackdown on phenomenon; 100 Israeli Arabs killed since start of the year

Moran Azulay, AP | Updated: 10.03.21, 18:45

Israel's government on Sunday said it was enlisting the military and the Shin Bet internal security agency as it tries to rein in a wave of violence in the country's Arab sector.

The Arab minority, which makes up around 20% of Israel’s population, has been convulsed by violent crime in recent years, with a murder rate that far exceeds its share of the population. The wave is driven by criminal gangs and family disputes.

Addressing the first meeting of a special ministerial committee on Sunday, Prime Minister Naftali Bennett said the violence has reached a red line and said his government was taking the issue seriously.

“The state is now mobilizing to protect Arab citizens from the blight of crime and illegal weapons, and from murder and protection rackets,” he said. “This will take considerable time, effort and resources. And while the state is mobilizing, the Arab public must understand that the security forces are not the enemy – they are the solution.”

The committee placed Deputy Public Security Minister Yoav Segalovitz, a former senior police official, in charge of the new effort.

Taliban takeover exposes largest Afghan ethnic group's surprisin…Ynet News

It was also decided that the Justice Ministry will promote a series of laws to provide law enforcement with greater tools to crack down on illegal weapons, including minimum sentences for infractions.

Our government is taking the issue very seriously,” Bennett said, adding that it was providing Segalovitz “the tools and the backing to succeed in the mission.”

The police, the National Security Council, the State Attorney's Office, the Tax Authority, the Anti-Money Laundering Authority and more will also collaborate to fight the phenomenon.

The meeting took place a day after it was confirmed that 100 Israeli Arabs were killed since the start of the year.

Israeli officials have touted a number of initiatives in recent years, including larger budgets for law enforcement in Arab communities.

The Arab sector has traditionally suffered from poverty, neglect and discrimination, and residents have shown little trust in the national Jewish-majority government. But Arab residents recently have called on the government to do more for their communities.

Israel's new coalition government is the first to include an Arab party as a member. Under the coalition deal, the government promised to devote considerable attention and resources to the Arab sector.

First published: 18:32, 10.03.21

https://www.ynetnews.com/article/bjeqondvy 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 10-3-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Running Out Of Space" - UK Farmers To Cull 120,000 Pigs Amid Labor Shortages At Slaughterhouses

by Tyler Durden Sunday, Oct 03, 2021 - 08:45 AM

Britain may be entering a prolonged period of crisis now, one that may be on par or even exceeds the emergencies of the late 1970s. Brits face a gasoline shortage because of the lack of truck drivers, dwindling natural gas supplies, and soaring power bills. There's also been food shortages and panic buying of essential goods that have driven up prices and made the situation much worse.

A more extended crisis is occurring within the country's food supply chain. The latest figures from the National Pig Association (NPA) warn 120,000 pigs will be culled because of labor shortage.

Chair of NPA told BBC Radio 4's:

"We are within a couple of weeks of having to consider a mass cull of animals in this country. We think our backlog is in the region of 100,000 to 120,000 as we stand today. And it is growing by around 12,000 a week. This is happening on pig farms all over the country; they are backed up and running out of space to keep animals."

A labor shortage at slaughterhouses driven by Brexit, and the virus pandemic, which reduced slaughter rates by as much as 25%, is the culprit to the glut of pigs.

"The only option for some will be to cull pigs on-farm, which is something that we have tried our utmost to avoid," Mutimer said. "Not only would this be an incredible waste of healthy pigs and good pork, but it would also be financially ruinous and incredibly damaging for your supply chains."

"The problem in the industry has got considerably worse over the last three weeks," he added.

Last month, slaughterhouses were disrupted by a shortage of carbon dioxide to stun animals created a severe backlog. CO2 is a byproduct of fertilizer, and two major factories that produced the nutrients were shut down due to skyrocketing wholesale natural gas production. The government has since intervened and restarted at least one plant.

The food industry is just one of the many industries experiencing severe disruptions and chaos that could trigger a "winter of discontent" for many Brits.

https://www.zerohedge.com/commodities/running-out-space-uk-farmers-cull-120000-pigs-amid-labor-shortages-slaughterhouses 

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 10-2-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Biggest Tragedy Ahead Of Us" - New Lava Blast Detected At Canary Islands Volcano

by Tyler Durden Saturday, Oct 02, 2021 - 11:00 AM

The Canary Islands' Cumbre Vieja volcano increased its eruptive force on Friday as a new fissure opened up.

Spanish Geological and Mining Institute (IGME) said two new lava flows had emerged from a third fissure approximately 400 meters from the main crater.

At least three vents have opened since the volcano erupted on Sept. 19, but the latest one is being closely 'monitored.'

More than 6,000 people have been evacuated. Lava flows have destroyed 1,000 building structures, and Spain has approved a $12.2 million aid package to help the island.

Satellite imagery captured by the European Space Agency shows the trail of destruction:

On Friday, the regional leader of the Canary Islands, Ángel Victor Torres, told reporters during a scheduled press conference that Cumbre Vieja has released an astonishing 80 million cubic meters of lava, or more than double the amount than the last eruption in 1971.

"We have the biggest tragedy ahead of us, more people we have to help," Mariano Hernández Zapata, the president of the island council of La Palma, told El País. "We are worried about the course this new flow of lava could follow, although we hope that it will join the other."

Minister Felix Bolanos visited the island on Friday to reassure locals the Spanish government would support them in this time of need:

"We are all clear about what is the priority: helping the citizens of La Palma. Residents must be calm and proud of their institutions," Bolaños.

A new fissure emerging is not a positive sign that the eruption is abating anytime soon. Earlier this week, the volcano entered a 'new explosive phase.' There's also the threat of toxic gases poisoning the air as the lava meets the ocean. Even in Europe, there have been reports of acid rain.

https://www.zerohedge.com/weather/biggest-tragedy-ahead-us-new-lava-blast-detected-canary-islands-volcano 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 9-26-21 The War Zone :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Pentagon Envisions a Horrible and Dystopian Metropolis of the Future

A Special Operations Command video outlines a nihilistic and bleak future for big cities around the globe – and describes why fighting in them may be a non-starter.

By Tyler Rogoway October 26, 2016

After spending nearly a decade fighting in urban terrain in Iraq and clandestine counter-terror operations around the globe under the auspices of the Global War on Terror, the Pentagon seems to view our urban combat of the future as very ominous indeed. The details of these challenges–and this gloomy vision of the future–are featured in a downright depressing video named “Megacities: Urban Future, the Emerging Complexity” that has been shown at the Joint Special Operations University.

The video was obtained via a FOIA request by The Intercept. In it, visuals of crowded urban sprawl, riots, poverty and military operations are splashed across the screen as a narrator somberly describes a hugely complex and tactically bankrupt combat environment of the future.

The Intercepts describes the video and its intended use:

The video was used as part of an “Advanced Special Operations Combating Terrorism” course offered at JSOU earlier this year, for a lesson on “The Emerging Terrorism Threat.” JSOU is operated by U.S. Special Operations Command, the umbrella organization for America’s most elite troops. JSOU describes itself as geared toward preparing special operations forces “to shape the future strategic environment by providing specialized joint professional military education, developing SOF specific undergraduate and graduate level academic programs and by fostering special operations research.”

Megacities are, by definition, urban areas with a population of 10 million or more, and they have been a recent source of worry and research for the U.S. military. A 2014 Army report, titled “Megacities and the United States Army,” warned that “the Army is currently unprepared. Although the Army has a long history of urban fighting, it has never dealt with an environment so complex and beyond the scope of its resources.” A separate Army study published this year bemoans the fact that the “U.S. Army is incapable of operating within the megacity.”

Here is the video in its entirety:

The piece goes on to describe megacities in great detail, including the unique and complex social structures that will propagate from high-rise penthouse dwellers all the way down to “subterranean labyrinths” governed by their own laws and social norms. Above all else, the video makes it clear that future cities will be breeding grounds for organized crime, cyber crime and terrorism. And apparently Special Operations Command doesn’t think it's ready to do battle in the megacities of the future, with the narrator stating:

Even our counterinsurgency doctrine, honed in the cities of Iraq and the mountains of Afghanistan, is inadequate to address the sheer scale of population in the future urban reality… We are facing environments that the masters of war never foresaw… We are facing a threat that requires us to redefine doctrine and the force in radically new and different ways.”

The whole affair is reminiscent of the opening sequence of the latest Judge Dredd movie, where the main character narrates over sweeping views of the concrete jungle of dystopic Megacity One–with flashes of social unrest and extreme urban decay woven in:

So what’s the deal here? Is this just the military industrial complex looking for another paper threat to cash in on, or is fighting in “megacities” something the Pentagon needs to start preparing for in a big way? I think the real answer is a mix of both.

As population increases and urban areas become both more dense and sprawling, certain tactical problems will become more pronounced than they already are during current MOUT (military operations in urban terrain). But this is not a whole new medium of combat operations as the video implies.

There's nothing wrong with getting our best military minds thinking about how to negate tactical deficiencies of the future, the video seems to call for more than just that.

The US military spends billions a year on training its forces for MOUT. Countless fake villages and mock cities have been constructed at US military and allied bases around the globe, just for this purpose. Many of these installations even have role playing actors trained to fill out the civilian population. Some special operations units even get their very own elaborate MOUT training complexes tailored to specific mission sets. Not just that, but Special Operations Command regularly conducts elaborate drills in real metropolises around the US, often drawing fascination and ire of the local populous in the process.

Should America’s special operations forces do more of this type of near-real world training? It would make some sense, but some may argue that the US military should build its own metropolis for extreme MOUT training–high-rises and underground labyrinths included.

This is where the line between fantasy and necessity blurs. Building such a training complex would require a massive investment, and there are only so many resources to go around. The same training needs hold true for the missions and combat environments our soldiers are facing on the battlefields of today, not just those that may exist tomorrow.

As an alternative, the Pentagon could probably find some city blocks that are all but abandoned and adapt them for its training requirements. And besides, by the time there are megacities that really represent the threat the video plays them out to be, (if that ever truly occurs) virtual training will probably be up to the task of preparing our soldiers to do battle there successfully.

What are your thoughts on the video? Let us know in the conversation below.

Contact the author Tyler@thedrive.com 

https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/5714/the-pentagon-envisions-a-horrible-and-dystopian-metropolis-of-the-future 

:: 9-26-21 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Plastic Surgeons Sound Alarm Against New GREAT DELUSION “Alienized Look”

September 26, 2021 by SkyWatch Editor

Dr. Steven Harris has had it. The owner of the Harris Clinic in London, who employs a “less is more” approach in his use of Botox and fillers, has taken to social media to sound the alarm bells. On Instagram, the aesthetic doctor — whose Hollywood clients regularly fly across the pond to see for his revered correction work — posted a picture of a stick of dynamite with a ticking clock next to it, writing, “Our industry is fast becoming a breeding ground for mental health illness. … What sort of twisted standard of beauty are we creating for the younger generations and how does it affect those with mental health disorders such as Body Dysmorphic Disorder?” Speaking with THR, he says, “Things have gone really wrong in the field of aesthetics.” As Harris sees it, there’s a normalization of extreme procedures that’s threatening to take over the industry, from the controversial Russian Lip technique (“using an overabundance of filler to crudely project lips vertically, creating a tented look with severe, crisp borders,” according to Harris) to protruding cheek bones to an abnormally high-winged eyebrows. The latter three looks are part of a trend that goes beyond Instagram Face — a highly “Facetuned” wrinkle- and pore-free mug — and has morphed into what some doctors are calling a grossly altered, “alienized look.” Think something not too far from Angelina Jolie’s paranormally contoured facial transformation for the role of Maleficent, faces whose features have been distorted with dermal fillers and botulinum toxin to the point where they look like extra-terrestrials… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2021/09/26/surgeons/ 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 9-26-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

APOCALYPSE NOW Humanity on brink of nuclear annihilation with threat highest for 40 YEARS, UN chief warns in chilling message

Olivia Burke Aliki Kraterou  18:48, 26 Sep 2021Updated: 19:38, 26 Sep 2021

HUMANITY is on the brink of "nuclear annihilation" with the threat reaching its highest boiling point in forty years, a top UN chief has warned.

The nuclear arms race has the globe teetering "unacceptably close" to mass atomic destruction, UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said.

He urged nations that have "stockpiled nearly 14,000 nuclear weapons" to sign the Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty to avoid an international crisis.

It comes as wealthy countries continue to show off a string of advanced destructive arms that could result in catastrophic conflict.

He addressed the issue in a powerful tweet pleading with global powers.

"Now is the time to lift the cloud of nuclear conflict for good, eliminate nuclear weapons from our world, and usher in a new era of trust and peace," he wrote.

The recent alliance formed between the US, UK and Australia has only heightened fears World War Three could erupt.

The United Nations boss previously raised concerns about the likes of China, North Korea and the US, among a string of other countries, not yet endorsing the Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty.

The pact was signed by 185 countries in 1996 but has yet to come into action.

"We have remained in this state of limbo for too long", he said earlier.

Guterres put pressure on nations to take heed of the US and Russia's decision to extend the New Strategic Arms Reduction (START) Treaty.

Both states agreed to extend the agreement for five more years back in January, without renegotiating its terms.

It is the only arms control arrangement between two countries that remains in force.

UN Under-Secretary-General of Disarmament Affairs Izumi Nakamitsu echoed Guterres' fears, suggesting all nuclear powers will soon have to sit down and discuss the control of weapons.

"At some point, if you are really serious about eliminating nuclear weapons, then, of course, all the other nuclear weapon possessing countries will have to come to the table and think about how to go about it", he told Sputnik.

CHINA RECONSIDER

The global appeal for peace comes as a top Chinese diplomat warned his country to re-examine their promise to only use nukes in retaliation, in response to the new alliances forming in the region.

Beijing's former ambassador to the UN, Sha Zukang said China must make the first nuclear strike against the US if Joe Biden continues to defend Taiwan.

He said: "The unconditional no first use is not suitable . . . unless China-US negotiations agree that neither side would use [nuclear weapons] first, or the US will no longer take any passive measures to undermine the effectiveness of China’s strategic forces.

"The strategic pressure on China is intensifying as (the US) has built new military alliances and as it increases its military presence in our neighborhood."

The threat came ahead of a meeting between the US, India, Japan and Australia - dubbed the Quad, in Washington, host by Joe Biden.

During a meeting of the China Arms Control and Disarmament Association in Beijing last week he said: "The policy not to be the first to use nuclear weapons unconditionally has given China the moral high ground internationally.

"But for some time in the future, the US will see China as its main competitor and even its enemy. Can this policy be re- examined and fine-tuned?"

"A WORLD DIVIDED"

China became a nuclear power in 1964 and adopted the policy four years later.

The country is constructing nearly 300 new nuclear missile silos, while it is thought to possess around 320 nuclear warheads, report the Times.

Additionally, the comments follow the announcement of the Aukus alliance, which has angered China despite the countries leaders did not mention the country's imposing power - but hinted at their intentions behind the move by discussing "democracy, freedom of navigation, and security."

Biden said: "We’ll stand up for our allies and our friends and oppose attempts by stronger countries to dominate weaker ones, whether through changes to territory by force, economic coercion, technical exploitation or disinformation.

"But we’re not seeking — I’ll say it again — we are not seeking a new Cold War or a world divided into rigid blocs."

Meanwhile, tensions have been mounting with China sending fighter jets to Taiwan after the self-governing island announced its intention to join an 11-nation Pacific trade group that Beijing has also applied to join.

Yesterday China sent 19 war planes into Taiwan airspace before sending five more in a second surge later the same day, prompting fears of World War 3.

Taiwan staged chilling biowarfare defence drills amid fears China is creating weaponised coronaviruses.

WW3 FEARS

"The Chinese Communists have continued to invest heavily in national defence budgets, its military strength has grown rapidly, and it has frequently dispatched aircraft and ships to invade and harass our seas and airspace," Taiwan's Defence Ministry said.

"In the face of severe threats from the enemy, the nation's military is actively engaged in military building and preparation work, and it is urgent to obtain mature and rapid mass production weapons and equipment in a short period of time."

Deputy Defence Minister Wang Shin-lung said the new arms would all be made domestically - although the United States will probably remain important parts and technology provider.

Taiwan has been keen to demonstrate it can defend itself, especially amid questions about whether the United States would come to its aid if China attacked.

The weapons Taiwan aims to buy include cruise missiles and warships, the ministry said.

Taiwan has already unveiled a class of highly agile stealth warships, which it refers to as an "aircraft carrier killer", and it's also developing its own submarines.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/16249178/human-annihilation-threat-highest-un-chief-warns/ 

:: 9-26-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Are Educating Our Students to Become the World's Next Marxists! Nobody Is Safe!

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, September 26, 2021 - 13:24.

Attention Parents: If you send your kid off to a liberal state-run university and you will not recognize your child when they graduate.

A Maoist cultural revolution is well underway in America as there is a war being waged for control over the culture of America. The first step in waging this Leftist-inspired war is to gain control of the language. this article will demonstrate that great lengths that several universities are exerting to control the language, and therefore, the thoughts of their students. To a large extent, that war on language has been won by the Marxist Left. The next phase of this cultural takeover centers on the encouragement of "reverse racism" against White college students,

This article is not "centered" on racism, or more accurately, reverse racism. Racism should be confronted at every turn. However, there is a point, covered in this article in which common sense has clearly left the building and learned hate and University formally engrained prejudice is encouraged and promoted by most of the nation's public universities. Unfortunately, some young people are being trained by their Universities to hate white people, but this is only an intermediate step to completely changing American culture and preventing all people from uniting to fight off the communist interests which have seized nearly all the American centers of power.

Indoctrination Over Education

The time-honored philosophies of practices of Dr. Martin Luther King are being turned on their ear. As common as reverse racism is in America's post-secondary public institutions, the real purpose must be recognized so that all Americans, from every race, can indeed unite against the Bolshevik communists who have taken over country, through a plandemic combined with a stolen election, the under-the-table-CHICOM-bribing of public officials which will result in handing off the country to new World's policeman, China, and it should be mentioned these universities are placing the development of young marxists as their primary educational mission as opposed to education. This article will clearly demonstrate that these educational institutions are much more about indoctrination as opposed to education.

For those of you who have not set foot on a public, post-secondary educational facility in decades, you have no idea the pressures that loyal American and especially Christian young adults face when they spend four years in an indoctrinal institution. Let's begin our analysis of student language "guidelines" at Colorado State University.

Unpatriotic Marxist Philosophy Invades Colorado State University

At Colorado State University, they have published a rehash of their student guidelines. Originally, this material was eligible to be legally and administratively applied to students. Colorado State is now trying obscure from resulting public scrutiny that these "guidelines" were being arbitrarily applied. The clear intent is to control the students and their beliefs and this is going on all across college campuses in "America".

Here is an excerpt from this Colorado State University's nonsensical and globalist-orientated language guide in which the term America is no longer an appropriate term for young Americans on the campus of Colorado State University to refer to themselves:

"The Americas encompass a lot more than the United States. There is South America, Central America, Mexico, Canada, and the Caribbean just to name a few of 42 countries in total. That's why the word "americano" in Spanish can refer to anything on the American continent. Yet, when we talk about "Americans" in the United States, we're usually just referring to people from the United States. This erases other cultures and depicts the United States as the dominant American country."

The above quote is about promoting an open borders policy which presently is destroying America under the Biden administration. This is also thinly veiled globalism designed to brainwash our young adults into accepting globalism, the loss of patriotism and acceptance and obedience to the New World Order. I AM AN AMERICAN AND MY GOVERNMENT IS THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. And I and everyone else will say this wherever and whenever we choose!

This moronic language guide forgets to mention that all the "other Americas" are desperately trying to come to my AMERICA and spend my tax dollars. This goes along with I heard back in 2004 when I was invited to attend a conference at the Maricopa County Community College District in which Arizona State University was announcing their roll-out of their undergraduate and graduate Sustainability programs in which the central theme was "mankind is responsible for all negative climate change" and that "American professors would have to STOP teaching American exemplerance to their undergraduate students". Same message only a different era. By the way, Arizona State, under new Colorado State University guidelines would have to remove the term "mankind" from its founding documents. Gender-based terms are no long allowed. It is presumably a punishable offense, under student conduct rules for a student on the campus of Colorado State University to utter the name of "America" on their liberal and radicalized campus! Students are also barred from using terms such as man, woman, policeman, his, hers, husband, father, wife, mother.......

From the grammar police at Colorado State University:

...Use people-first language (i.e. person with a disability vs. disabled or person of color vs. colored) unless the person indicates another preference. · Never assume a person’s gender identity based on their name or their appearanceif you don’t know, use gender inclusive pronouns or ask for their pronouns · Use gender inclusive language when speaking in generalities or about groups of people that you do not know the individual pronouns of (i.e. everyone vs. ladies and gentlemen and they/them/theirs vs. he/him/his and she/her/hers).

Partial list of other banned terms:

Birth Defect

The Blind / The Deaf / Eye for an Eye

Cake Walk/Takes the cake

Crazy / Nuts / Maniac / Lunatic / Insane / Deranged / Psycho / Demented

Depressed

OCD

Dumb / MuteHe or She

Ladies and Gentlemen

Epileptic

Eskimo

Freshman

Ghetto / Barrio

Handicapped / Disabled / Crippled / Suffers from, Afflicted with, Victim of / Invalid / Lame / Deformed

Handicap parking

He or She

Ladies and Gentlemen

Hip hip hooray!

Hispanic

Illegal immigrant / alien (Implies that they are criminal)

Man the Booth / Mankind/ Manmade You Guys Policeman / Fireman / Chairman

Male / Female

Mr./ Mrs./ Ms.

Normal Person

Paraplegic / Quadriplegic

Starving / I’m Starving / I’m Broke

Thug

War / Go to War / At War / War Zone / Battle

HOW DO THEY TEACH HISTORY AT COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY?

Arizona State University Producing 21st Century Marxist Leaders

Beginning with critical race theory, our children and young adult students are taught to hate one another because of the color of their skin. Yes, MLK is rolling over in his grave. This article will briefly look at a racially charged incident, which took place at Arizona State University. As a sidenote, for the purposes of understanding the hostile atmosphere which exists at Arizona State University, one has to consider who is the President of Arizona State University. His name is Michael Crow. Crow is former CIA (strike one). He is a friend of Obama and has had him deliver racially charged Commencement speeches at ASU's graduations (strike two). It is not an overstatement to note that the Obama administration was not about promoting racial equality. It was about promoting equity, which is divisive and transfers the direction of prejudice in another direction, usually towards Asians (jealousy of achievement) and White people. Obama roundly criticized American law enforcement as being overtly prejudiced twoard Black people which results in police brutality against Blacks, something that the FBI crime statistics does not support. Apparent, Michael Crow's allegiance to Obama is alignment with the former President's overtly prejudicial views toward two groups, police and White people (strike 3).

Two students were sitting at a table studying, and one of them had a “police lives matter” sticker on his laptop when two other students, both women, walked over to tell them that their presence was offensive.

The girls who filmed the encounter and targeted the students, identified themselves in a different video as student activists Mostadi and Zara. The ASU students began berating the two young men and in the course of their verbal assault, they made the following statements:

You are White! This is a multicultural center...(implying that White people do not belong).

White is not a culture.

Foul, inappropriate and vulgar language was directed at the young men.

You must leave ( the command was uttered by one of the young coeds which clearly was motivated by the fact that she was triggered because of a "Police Lives Matter" sticker on a laptop of one of the victims.

There many other offensive statements that were hurled at the young male college students including a threat to have the young men forcibly and physically removed.

This is clearly harassment of the highest order, but it is encouraged by the University who named the study area a "multicultural" center. Why can't the area be named for what it is, a study area. But this is the result of critical race theory being taught to students in high schools all across America. Educational institutions, in large part are guilty of promoting racial division and certain, these students have mastered the language and philosophies of future Marxists!

Lebron James Joins Obama In Promoting Racial Conflict

The tone for this abuse is also set outside of education. NBA star player, Lebron James believes that white cops are literally hunting black men when they leave the house in the morning. Are you have trouble believing this statement. Consider the first line from a Lebron James tweet"

We’re literally hunted EVERYDAY/EVERYTIME we step foot outside the comfort of our homes!”...

Lebron seems to forget that he is on the record as being opposed to the Hong Kong freedom activists involving persecution from the most brutal government on the face of the earth, namely China! Of course everyone knows that China persecutes, imprisons and executes Muslims. They jail members of the Fallon Gong who do not nothing but meditate. Members of this practice are imprisoned and frequently their organs are extracted while the victims are fully conscious before their death. Lebron and Obama, and the Biden Crime Family seem to be willing to overlook the genocidal qualities of the Chinese government while encouraging the harassment of people based on race and for the promotion of appreciation for law enforcement personnel that risk their lives to make our communities a safer place in which to live!

IF WE EXPECT OUR CHILDREN WILL SURVIVE THE GLOBALIST BEAST SYSTEM, THEN WHY DO WE LET THE SAME GLOBALIST SYSTEM EDUCATE THEM?

Dumb and Dumber

Just how dumb are we? Consider a report from the Intercollegiate Studies Institute about civic literacy concludes that the average American is too dumb to vote intelligently. Over 70% of the test takes, including college students and elected officials flunked the 33 multiple choice question test which covered basic civics. How bad were the results? Consider the fact that 27% of the elected officials surveyed could not name even one right contained in the first amendment. How will we know when the country is placed under martial law? The answer: We won’t! But neither will the majority of our leaders. Rick Shenkman, author of the book Just How Dumb Are We, found that 87% of American college students could not find Iraq on a map. In fact, Shenkman also found that:

Only 1 in 5 know that we have 100 United States senators. -Only 2 out of 5 citizens can name the three branches of the federal government. -Only 20% of young Americans between the ages 18-34 read a newspaper daily. An amazingly low 11% report surfing Internet news sites. Among 18- to 24-year-old Americans given maps: -83 percent cannot find Afghanistan on a map -76 percent cannot find Saudi Arabia -70 percent cannot find New Jersey -11 percent cannot find the United States _________________________________________

Only 17% of college graduates understood the contrast between a free market economy and centralized planning. Perhaps this explains why America was not rioting in the streets following the passage of the bail outs. I am left wondering what percentage of Americans actually believe that the Federal Reserve is both Federal and has reserves? Soon, nearly 100% of Americans will not be able to find their wallets and if they do there won't be anything left in them because the wealth redistribution schemes of the Marxists will be completed.

If your child is attending a public school, with some exceptions (some Charter schools and some private Christian schools), they are being exposed to values and hedonistic beliefs as if they are normal. American schools across the country could best be categorized as conformity factories which are largely devoid of independent thinking and replacing that attribute with marxist domination of the human being with all the zeal of a Satanist. We are educating today's students to become the Satanic Marxists of tomorrow!

America is clearly witnessing the ravages of globalist marxism and its devastating effect on America's students at all levels. Whether it is Critical Race Theory, Social Emotional Learning, or the simple encouragement of Marxist ideals we are losing our children and condemning them to the dark future of becoming the next generation of Hitlers, Stalinists and Maoists. The America of the future will be as dangerous as the streets of Somalia where people will be afraid to utter the most innocent of opinions.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/we-are-educating-our-students-become-worlds-next-marxists-nobody-safe 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 6-17-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Megatsunami Scenario - La Palma Landslide

2,389,502 views  Jun 21, 2017

Naked Science  1.12M subscribers

Subscribe to Naked Science – http://goo.gl/wpc2Q1 

A slide from this mountain could kill millions of people in Europe and along Northern America’s eastern seaboard. Some eminent scientists warn that it’s purely a matter of time until it happens.

This is the volcanic island of La Palma, 700 miles off the northwest coast of Africa. It’s a new-born baby island barely past its 4 millionth Birthday, created in the last stage of what geologists call the rock cycle.

Clip taken from the Naked Science documentary “Landslides”.

Watch it here – http://youtu.be/ugxt_dq0FOg 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6utAunBKXV4 

:: 9-27-21 Fortune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unlit streets, no AC, and higher bills: China’s energy crisis is finally hitting households where it hurts

Beijing's push to decarbonize its economy by 2060 could increase energy costs for consumers. And that's good.

BY Eamon Barrett  September 27, 2021 7:40 AM EDT

Chinese households are beginning to feel the pinch of Beijing’s push to decarbonize the economy as a summer of high energy prices and low electricity supply force local authorities to ration electricity usage.

Blackouts across several of China’s northern provinces switched traffic and street lights off last weekend, causing miles-long traffic jams in several cities. Residents of high-rise apartment buildings were forced to take the stairs in some cities where building management suspended elevator services to conserve electricity. On Sunday, the provincial energy administration in China’s southern Guangdong province called for residents to stop using air conditioning and rely on natural light instead of electric bulbs.

Ordinarily, Chinese authorities spare household consumers from the shock of power outages, preferring to force industrial users to scale back their energy usage first—which they have. On Sunday, several Apple and Tesla suppliers announced days-long factory closures to comply with orders from local authorities to ration electricity.

But targeting industry alone hasn’t been enough. With Beijing lumbering towards its 2060 deadline of achieving a net-zero carbon economy, ordinary citizens have discovered rather suddenly that they will have to adjust, too.

The South

The primary reasons for power shortages in the south of China are different from what’s causing them in the north. The south is running low on hydropower; the north is suffering from surging coal prices.

China’s southern provinces—like the manufacturing hub of Guangdong—have suffered power shortages since June, when local officials ordered manufacturers to ration power, forcing factories to cut output.

Guangdong obtains some 30% of its electricity from hydropower, which is generated in nearby Yunnan province. But a warmer-than-average summer drained reservoirs and evaporated energy supply in Yunnan. At the same time, surging export volumes caused a spike in industrial energy demand in Guangdong, leading to a power shortage.

Yunnan’s local demand for hydropower has spiked, too. Beijing’s push to decarbonize its industrial sector prompted power-hungry aluminum smelters to relocate to the hydro-rich province. The increased presence of metalworks heightened competition for local green energy. (One loser in the energy grab? Crypto-miners, who were forced out of the province.)

The North

China’s northern provinces—the nation’s coal country—are more reliant on fossil fuels for energy than their southern counterparts. The arid and frigid north relies heavily on coal-fired power plants to generate electricity, which has made it difficult for provincial authorities to meet Beijing’s low quota for provincial carbon emissions, which the government introduced in 2019.

A number of provinces were fingered for exceeding their emission reduction targets [in August] and so their immediate action was to start rationing power,” says David Fishman, a consultant at energy consultancy Lantau Group. Authorities rationed energy-hungry industries, like Bitcoin mining and aluminum smelting, first.

But China’s policy of emission reduction is a secondary cause of the power shortages, Fishman says. The primary culprit, he argues, is coal and gas prices which have more than doubled in China this year due to a resurgence in “post-pandemic” global demand. The problem extends beyond China. The U.K. is suffering an energy crisis so severe that it’s threatening the food supply.

But in China, the government’s tight regulation of its energy markets has forced electricity producers to swallow the rising costs of feedstock, like coal, rather than pass them on to consumers. For many of those power producers, the cost has gotten too high.

“Because of the way China’s pricing mechanisms work, energy producers have had to accept thinner and thinner margins on electricity generation until, with coal prices spiking, they just can’t justify operating anymore,” Fishman says.

Consumer Costs

With production costs ballooning, China’s energy producers are lobbying the government to permit the unthinkable: let consumers bear the cost.

Until two years ago, the government permitted energy producers to raise electricity rates a mere 10% to account for a sudden spike in operating costs. But, in October 2019, China’s state planner, the National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC), ordered a freeze on rate hikes and set no end date for the policy.

Last month, 11 power producers in north China petitioned the government to permit grid operators to increase prices for end-users. If rocketing costs can’t be passed on to users, the power producers warned, those 11 companies faced bankruptcy. Early this month, the Beijing Electric Power Industry Association sounded a similar alarm.

In Guangdong on Monday—where temperatures reached 91 degrees Fahrenheit (33 degrees Celsius) and households were asked to turn off the AC—the provincial government announced it would permit generators to pass costs on to consumers. Fishman says this is a good thing.

“We’re about to find out for the first time ever just how much more Chinese consumers are willing to pay for fossil fuels,” Fishman says, adding that “if you want to have a market-driven approach to decarbonization you got to expose end-users to the true cost of their power.”

While China continues towards decarbonization, making consumers pay more for pollution will help spur that transition. The challenge for Beijing will be minimizing the disruption of forcing its people to fund the change.

https://fortune.com/2021/09/27/china-energy-crisis-blackouts-power-outage-households-pay/amp/ 

:: 9-27-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Army Doctor & Aerospace Medicine Specialist LTC. Theresa Long Calls On Pentagon To Ground ALL Pilots That Have Taken COVID Shots

Tim Brown / September 27, 2021

Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, who is an Army Doctor and Aerospace Medicine Specialist, provided an affidavit in which she recommends the Secretary of Defense to ground all pilots that have received the COVID shots.

Keep in mind we are being heavily censored, please follow us on our social media pages: Telegram USA.Life, Gab, Parler, Minds, Spreely, MeWe, Twitter, Facebook

US Military Has Set Date For Unlawful Mandatory COVID “Vaccination” – Soldiers Must Resist The Tyranny

Former Military Doctor Lee Merritt: “The COVID Vaccine Program Killed More Young Active Duty People Than COVID” (Video)

Recipe For A False Flag: Military Mass Casualty Drills Happening Now (Video)

Their Narrative Fell Apart Long Ago: Not Only Are The CDC, The Who, The Military, The Frontline Health Workers Refusing The Jab, But So Are NIH Employees! (Video)

The affidavits reads in full below. Do a search of this article for the word “pilot” and you will notice the petition of LTC. Long in point 39 below.

I, Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS being duly sworn, depose and state as follows:

1. I make this affidavit, as a whistle blower under the Military Whistleblower Protection Act, Title 10 U.S.C. § 1034, in support of the above referenced MOTION as expert testimony in support thereof.

2. The expert opinions expressed here are my own and arrived at from my persons, professional and educational experiences taken in context, where appropriate, by scientific data, publications, treatises, opinions, documents, reports and other information relevant to the subject matter and are not necessarily those of the Army or Department of Defense.

Experience & Credentials

3. I am competent to testify to the facts and matters set forth herein. A true and accurate copy of my curriculum vitae is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

4. After receiving a bachelor’s degree from the University of Texas Austin, completed my medical degree from the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston Medical School in 2008. I served as a Field Surgeon for ten years and went on to complete a residency in Aerospace and Occupational Medicine at the United States Army School of Aviation Medicine, Fort Rucker, AL. I hold a Master’s in Public Health, and I have been trained by the Combat Readiness Center at Ft. Rucker as an Aviation Safety Officer. Additionally, I have trained in the Medical Management of Chemical and Biological Causalities at Fort Detrick and USAMIIRD.

5. I am board certified in flight Aerospace Medicine and board eligible in Occupational Medicine.

6. I am currently serving as the Brigade Surgeon for the 1st Aviation Brigade Ft. Rucker, Alabama and am responsible for certifying the health, mental and physical ability, and readiness for all nearly 4,000 individuals on flight status on this post.

7. My appended curriculum vitae further demonstrates my academic and scientific achievements by me over the past thirteen years.

8. Prior to the outset of the pandemic, I received specialized military training from Infectious Disease doctors from the Army, Navy and Air Force on emerging infectious disease threats, FEMA training, Emergency preparedness training, Medical effects of Ionizing Radiation, OSHA, Aerospace Toxicology, Epidemiology, Biostatistics, medical research and disaster planning. More recently I have functioned as a medical and scientific advisor to an Aviation training Brigade seeking to identify risk mitigation strategies, and bio statistical analysis of SARS- Cov-2 (“Covid 19”) infections in both vaccinated and unvaccinated Soldiers. In so doing, I have identified, diagnosed and treated Covid 19 pathogenic infections. I have observed vaccine adverse events following the administration of EUA vaccines, and followed the success of Soldiers who obtained various Covid 19 therapies outside the military. The majority of the service members within the DOD population are young and in good physical condition. Military aviators are a subset of the military population that has to meet the most stringent medical standards to be on flight status. The population of student pilots I take care of are primarily in their 20s-30s, males and in excellent physical condition. The risk of serious illness or death in this population from SARs-CoV-2 is minimal, with a survival rate of 99.997%.

9. In observing, studying and analyzing all the available data, information, samples, experiences, histories and results of these treatments and inoculations provided, I have formulated a professional opinion, which requires me to report those findings to superiors in the chain of command and colleagues in the military. I have done so with mixed results in terms of acceptance, rejection and threats of punishment for so sharing.

10. The application of risk management is critical to the safety and success in both medicine and aviation. Aerospace Medicine is a specialty devoted to safety of flight by the aeromedical dispositioning and treatment of flight crew members, as accomplished by the consistent and careful application of risk mitigation and management strategies. ATP 5-19, 1-3. Risk Management (RM)1 outlines a disciplined approach to express a risk level in terms readily understood at all echelons.

1 adminpubs.tradoc.army.mil/regulations/TR385-2withChange1.docx 4

Case 1:21-cv-02228-RM-STV Document 17 Filed 09/24/21 USDC Colorado Page 7 of 269

11. 1-6. States, “A risk decision is a commander, leader, or individual’s determination to accept or not accept. The risk(s) associated with an action he or she will take or will direct others to take. RM is only effective when specific information about hazards and risks is passed to the appropriate level of command for a risk decision. Subordinates must pass specific risk information up the chain of command.”

12. “When the specific information about hazards and risks is passed to the appropriate level of command for a risk decision. Subordinates must pass specific risk information up the chain of command. Conversely, the higher command must provide subordinates making risk decisions or implementing controls with the established risk tolerance—the level of risk the responsible commander is willing to accept. RM application must be inclusive; those executing an operation and those directing it participate in an integrated process”.

13. 1-7. States, “In the context of RM, a control is an action taken to eliminate a hazard or to reduce its risk. Commanders establish local policies and regulations if appropriate”.

14. The five steps of Risk management include; 1. Identify the hazards, 2. Assess the hazards, 3. Develop controls and make risk decisions, 4. Implement controls, 5. Supervise and evaluate.

15. It is therefore my responsibility and that of every leaders to apply the steps of risk management to the current pandemic and countermeasures used. The CDC and the FDA are civilian agencies that do not have the mission of National Defense that the DOD has. Guidance and recommendations made by these civilian agencies must be filtered through strategic perspective of national defense and the potential risks recommendations may have on the health of the entire fighting force. Ensuring that the health of the fighting force is not compromised is a strategic imperative, for which every military physician is responsible to of the entire fighting force. Ensuring that the health of the fighting force is not compromised is a strategic imperative, for which every military physician is responsible to ensure.

16. Step 1: Identify the hazards: As defined by FM 1-02.1 Operational Terms, pg. 1- 48, hazard is a condition with the potential to cause injury, illness, or death of personnel; damage to or loss of equipment or property; or mission degradation.

17. Step 2: Assess the Hazards: There are numerous therapeutic agents that have been proven to significantly reduce infection and therefore provide protection from the harmful effects of SARs-CoV-2.

18. Literature has demonstrated that natural immunity is durable, completed, and superior to vaccination immunity to SARs-CoV-2. mRNA vaccines produced by Pfizer and Moderna both have been linked to myocarditis, especially in young males between 16-24 years old,2 The majority of young new Army aviators are in their early twenties. We know there is a risk of myocarditis with each mRNA vaccination. We additionally now know that vaccination does not necessarily prevent infection or transmission of SARs-CoV-2Therefore individuals fully vaccinated with mRNA vaccines have at least two independent risk factors for myocarditis after vaccination. Additional boaster shots add more risk. It is impossible to perform a risk/benefit analysis on the use of mRNA as counter measures to SARs-CoV-2 without further data… Use of mRNA vaccines in our fighting force, presents a risk of undetermined magnitude, in a population in which less than 20 active-duty personnel out of 1.4 million, died of the underlying SARs- CoV-2.

19. Aircrew Training Program (ATP) 5-19, 1-8. Accept No Unnecessary Risk, states, “An unnecessary risk is any risk that, if taken, will not contribute meaningfully to mission accomplishment or will needlessly endanger lives or resources. Army leaders accept only a level of risk in which the potential benefit outweighs the potential loss.

20. Research shows that most individuals with myocarditis do not have any symptoms. Complications of myocarditis include dilated cardiomyopathy, arrhythmias, sudden cardiac death and carries a mortality rate of 20% at one year and 50% at 5 years. According to the National Center for Biotechnology Information, U.S. National Library of Medicine, “despite optimal medical management, overall mortality has not changed in the last 30 years”.

21. Step 3: Develop controls and make risk decisions: Because vaccination with mRNA increase the risk of myocarditis, a comprehensive screening program should be implemented immediately to identify individuals who have been affected and attempt to mitigate immediate risks and long-term disability.

22. Step 4: Implement Controls: Send out clear guidance to all DOD healthcare professionals on risks of-vaccination myocarditis. Compulsory SARs-CoV-2 mRNA vaccination program should be immediately suspended until research can be done to determine the true magnitude of risk of myocarditis in individuals who have been vaccinated. We must evaluate and immediately implement alternatives to mRNA vaccines, to include Ivermectin (FDA approved 1996), Remdesivir (FDA approved 2020), Hydroxychloroquine (FDA approved 1955), Regeneron (FDA EU approved 2020). Review VAERS data for deaths from COVID for age-matched data and data from active duty COVID deaths within the DOD to perform a risk/benefit analysis.

23. Step 5: Supervise and evaluate: We must establish a screening program to identify those at increased risk of myocarditis, i.e. those that have, received mRNA vaccinations with Comirnaty, BioNTech or Moderna, or have any of the following symptoms chest pain, shortness of breath or palpitations They should have screening tested performed in accordance with the CDC recommendations prior to return to flight duties. Per the CDC guidelines the initial evaluation of individuals identified according to the above criteria include; ECG, troponion level, inflammatory markers such as the C-reactive protein and erythrocyte sedimentation rate. It should be noted that the gold standard for diagnosis of myocarditis is end myocardial biopsy (EMB).

24. Given that the labels for Comirnaty and BioNtech clearly state that the vaccination should not be given to individuals that are allergic to ingredients. I have noted that one of the primary ingredients of the Lipid Nanoparticle delivery system is “ALC 1035” (two attachments, parts highlighted) in the Pfizer shots. The forth attachment is the toxicity report on ALC-1035, which comprises between 30-50% of the total ingredients.3 The Safety Data Sheet, (attached as Exhibit B) for this primary ingredient states that it is Category 2 under the OSHA HCS regulations (21 CFR 1910) and includes several concerning warnings, including but not limited to:

Seek medical attention if it comes into contact with your skin;

If inhaled and If breathing is difficult, give cardiopulmonary resuscitation

Evacuate if there is an environmental spill

the chemical, physical, and toxicological properties have not been completely investigated

Caution: Product has not been fully validated for medical applications. For research use only

25. Other journals and scientific papers also denote that this particular ingredient has never been used in humans before. 4 To be abundantly clear, one of the listed primary ingredients of these injectables is Polyethylene glycol (“PEG”) which is a derivative of ethylene oxide. Polyethylene Glycol is the active ingredient in antifreeze. While it is hard to believe this is a key ingredient in these vaccines, it would explain the increased cardiovascular risk to users of the BioNTech or Comirnaty shots. I cannot discern what form of alchemy Pfizer and the FDA have discovered that would make antifreeze into a healthful cure to the human body. Others seem to agree my point per recent scientific studies that caused a group of 57 doctors and scientists to call for an immediate halt to the vaccination program. 5 In short, this antifreeze ingredient is being studied for the first time in human injectables. According to the VAERS data, which admittedly underreports by as much as 100 times the actual SAE’s, there are well more than 600,000 documented Serious Adverse Events (ones requiring medical attention) alone and more than 13,000 fatalities directly linked to this particular vaccine. I cannot understand how this vaccine remains on the list of available options to treat Covid, when there are so many other non-deadly or injurious options available.

26. As such, I believe it is reasonable to conclude that many humans are allergic to these dangerous and deadly toxins and therefore should not take vaccinations with either Comirnaty or BioNtech. Again, I have identified an agent that possess a significant hazard to Soldiers, which would fall under DA Pam 385-61 Toxic Safety Standards cited in 2-11.

27. My assessment is that ALC 0315 is a known toxin with little study, specifically restricted to “research only“ and effectively has no prior use history, with the SDS designation of (GHS02), listed as H315 and H319, in other words, hazardous if inhaled, ingested or in contact with skin and a health hazard with the designation (P313). A review of the SDS outlines that it is not for human or veterinary use,

28. I have not taken significant time to delineate the risks of other Covid 19 Vaccines other than the Safety Data Sheet of Moderna’s key ingredient, SM-102 (attached as Exhibit C). Suffice it to say that SM-102 is significantly more dangerous than the Pfizer ALC 3015 and it appears that the DOD is not actively acquiring or distributing this IND/EUA. If the DOD were to undertake use of the Moderna vaccine, one can expect a much higher Serious Adverse Event and fatality rate given that SM-102 carries an express warning “Skull and Crossbones” characterized under the GHS06 and GHS08. In other words, this Moderna ingredient is deadly.

29. Given that these Covid 19 Vaccines were both Investigational New Drugs and Emergency Use Authorization vaccines, I have taken considerable time to understand potential risks, hazards and dangers these and any new drug or Investigational New Drug will may have on the health, safety and operational readiness or ability of pilots under my care and at this post. I have sought to research military records and track systems for recording events and Serious Adverse Events and fatalities associated with vaccines, new vaccines and Emergency Use, investigational vaccines in computer data systems recommended by the General Accounting Office in 2002 and ordered to be developed and implemented by the Secretary of Defense in 2003.

30. A weekly MEDSITREP report fails to report the CDC data from VAERS or internal data regarding vaccine adverse events. Despite recommendation made by the Government Accountability Office in the GAO’s survey of Guard and Reserve Pilots and Aircrew GAO-02-445, published Sep 20,2002, in which it was recommended that the Secretary of Defense should direct the establishment of an active surveillance program (unlike the passive VAERS) to identify and monitor adverse events, was not implemented. I have been unable to locate, access or asses any data, data base or internal system to track, store, evaluate or research the effects of vaccines on our military members or pilots.

31. I have also reviewed scientific data and peer reviewed studies that discuss, analyze results and conclude that natural immunity is at least as good if not far superior to any Covid Vaccine available at this time. I have also reviewed Dr. Peter McCullough’s sworn affidavit in support of and in relation to the Complaint filed in this case and have reviewed its supporting data. An additional peer-reviewed study not referenced in Dr. McCullough’s materials also supports the same conclusions drawn and reports that natural immunity provides a 13 fold better protection against Covid 19 infections than any currently available Covid 19 Vaccine6. More recently, in a meeting of the FDA Advisory Committee on September 17 of this year, fourteen of seventeen members voted against the authorization of any Covid booster vaccines in the juvenile age group having noted that the vaccine program has breached the defining test under the EUA statute as to whether the experimental treatment benefits outweigh the risks; in fact, they found the shots are far more dangerous than helpful in this age group and some voiced concerns that this would apply generally to all age groups.7

32. I am also aware of the Secretary of Defense Austin’s order in relation to Covid Vaccine mandates made this week. In an information paper, it was stated that, “Unit personnel should use only as much force as necessary to assist medical personnel with immunizations.” The use of force to administer a medical treatment or therapy against the will of a mentally competent individual constitutes medical battery and universally violates medical ethics. Currently, I am not aware of the Comirnaty available within the DOD. Emergency Use Authorized vaccines, despite the attempt to characterize some of them as approved despite such approved versions not being available and regardless of a military member’s prior immunity to Covid 19; even where it may be demonstrated with a recent antibody test.

33. Finally, I have reviewed a recent study entitled “US COVID-19 Vaccines Proven to Cause More Harm than Good Based on Pivotal Clinical Trial Data Analyzed Using the Proper Scientific Endpoint, All Cause Severe Morbidity,” by J. Bart Classen, MD and published in Trends in Internal Medicine; August 25, 2021. Attached as Exhibit D.

34. I have also seen policies, memoranda and guidance as it relates to exemptions for vaccinations as fully detailed in Army Regulation 40-562, which purport to eliminate any exemption for prior immunity by our military personnel.

Opinion

35. I have reviewed the Motion for a Preliminary Injunction which discusses the issue

of prior immunity benefits outweighing the risks of using experimental Covid 19

Vaccines, together with proposed exhibits and materials cited therein. In opinion on this subject matter, I am also drawing my own conclusions that will be put into practice in my current role as an Army flight surgeon knowing full well the horrific repercussions this decision may befall me in terms of my career, my relationships and life as an Army doctor.

36. I personally observed the most physically fit female Soldier I have seen in over 20 years in the Army, go from Colligate level athlete training for Ranger School, to being physically debilitated with cardiac problems, newly diagnosed pituitary brain tumor, thyroid dysfunction within weeks of getting vaccinated. Several military physicians have shared with me their firsthand experience with a significant increase in the number of young Soldiers with migraines, menstrual irregularities, cancer, suspected myocarditis and reporting cardiac symptoms after vaccination. Numerous Soldiers and DOD civilians have told me of how they were sick, bed-ridden, debilitated, and unable to work for days to weeks after vaccination. I have also recently reviewed three flight crew members’ medical records, all of which presented with both significant and aggressive systemic health issues. Today I received word of one fatality and two ICU cases on Fort Hood; the deceased was an Army pilot who could have been flying at the time. All three pulmonary embolism events happened within 48 hours of their vaccination. I cannot attribute this result to anything other than the Covid 19 vaccines as the source of these events. Each person was in top physical condition before the inoculation and each suffered the event within 2 days post vaccination. Correlation by itself does not equal causation, however, significant causal patterns do exist that raise correlation into a probable cause; and the burden to prove otherwise falls on the authorities such as the CDC, FDA, and pharmaceutical manufacturers. I find the illnesses, injuries and fatalities observed to be the proximate and causal effect of the Covid 19 vaccinations.

38. I can report of knowing over fifteen military physicians and healthcare providers who have shared experiences of having their safety concerns ignored and being ostracized for expressing or reporting safety concerns as they relate to COVID vaccinations. The politicization of SARs-CoV-2, treatments and vaccination strategies have completely compromised long-standing safety mechanisms, open and honest dialogue, and the trust of our service members in their health system and healthcare providers.

Here We Go: Biden Considers Mandatory COVID Injections For Military (Video)

39. The subject matter of this Motion for a Preliminary Injunction and its devastating effects on members of the military compel me to conclude and conduct accordingly as follows:

a) None of the ordered Emergency Use Covid 19 vaccines can or will provide better immunity than an infection-recovered person;

b) All three of the EUA Covid 19 vaccines (Comirnaty is not available), in the age group and fitness level of my patients, are more risky, harmful and dangerous than having no vaccine at all, whether a person is Covid recovered or facing a Covid 19 infection;

c) Direct evidence exists and suggests that all persons who have received a Covid 19 Vaccine are damaged in their cardiovascular system in an irreparable and irrevocable manner;

d) Due to the Spike protein production that is engineered into the user’s genome, each such recipient of the Covid 19 Vaccines already has micro clots in their cardiovascular system that present a danger to their health and safety;

e) That such micro clots over time will become bigger clots by the very nature of the shape and composition of the Spike proteins being produced and said proteins are found throughout the user’s body, including the brain;

f) That at the initial stage of this damage the micro clots can only be discovered by a biopsy or Magnetic Resonance Image (“MRI”) scan;

g) That due to the fact that there is no functional myocardial screening currently being conducted, it is my professional opinion that substantial foreseen risks currently exist, which require proper screening of all flight crews.

h) That, by virtue of their occupations, said flight crews present extraordinary risks to themselves and others given the equipment they operate, munitions carried thereon and areas of operation in close proximity to populated areas.

i) That, without any current screening procedures in place, including any Aero Message (flight surgeon notice) relating to this demonstrable and identifiable risk, I must and will therefore ground all active flight personnel who received the vaccinations until such time as the causation of these serious systemic health risks can be more fully and adequately assessed.

j) That, based on the DOD’s own protocols and studies, the only two valuable methodologies to adequately assess this risk are through MRI imaging or cardio biopsy which must be carried-out.

k) That, in accordance with the foregoing, I hereby recommend to the Secretary of Defense that all pilots, crew and flight personnel in the military service who required hospitalization from injection or received any Covid 19 vaccination be grounded similarly for further dispositive assessment.

l) That this Court should grant an immediate injunction to stop the further harm to all military personnel to protect the health and safety of our active duty, reservists and National Guard troops.

40. I am competent to opine on the medical and flight readiness aspects of these allegations based upon my above-referenced education and professional medical, aviation and military experience and the basis of my opinions are formed as a result of my education, practice, training and experience.

41 As an Aerospace Medicine Specialist, and flight surgeon responsible for the lives of our Army pilots, I confirm and attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of my foregoing statements, analysis and attachments or references hereto:

_______________/S/__________________ LTC Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS

I, Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS, declare under the penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States of America, and state upon personal knowledge that:

THERESA MARIE LONG, MD, MPH, FS LTC, MEDICAL CORPS, U.S. Army

Medical Education

United States Army School of Aviation Medicine Aerospace/Occupational Medicine Residency University of West Florida

Graduate Student -MPH

06/2019-6/2021

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Fort Hood, Texas Family Medicine Internship

06/2008-11/2010

Unrestricted Medical License, IN

09/2003 – 06/2008

University of Texas Medical School at Houston, Houston, Texas 06/2008 M.D.

08/2001 – 08/2004

Undergraduate – University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 05/2004 B.S. Neurobiology

Research Experience

08/2018 – 5/2020

School of Aviation Medicine

University of West Florida MPH program

https://tml526.wixsite.com/website

Performed a cross-sectional study on Intervertebral Disc Disease Among Army Aviators and Air Crew

08/2002 – 05/2003

University of Texas at Austin, Texas

Research Assistant, Dr. Dee Silverthorn

Performed academic research in effort to update medical facts and the latest research information for the publication of the fourth edition of Human Physiology

09/2000 – 11/2000

Neuropharmacology Research, Texas

Lab Tech, Dr. Silverthorn

Acquisition of rat cerebellums for research in gene sequencing. The focus of the project was to determine the DNA sequence of the receptor in the developing fetal brain that binds to ethanol and induces apoptosis leading to fetal alcohol syndrome.

Publications/Presentations/Poster Sessions Presentations/Posters

Poster: Intervertebral Disc Disease Among Army Aviators and Air Crew, presented during the 2021 American Occupational Healthcare Conference.

Long, Theresa M., Sorensen, Christian, Victoria Zumberge. (2003, May). Sodium dependent transport of Chlorophenol red uptake by Malpighian tubules of acheta domesticus. Poster presented at: University of Texas at Houston; Austin, TX.

Volunteer Experience

08/ 2005 – 09/2005

University of Texas – Houston, Health Science Ctr, Texas

Medical Student -Provided medical aid and support for Acute Care and triage of Hurricane Katrina evacuees.

Work Experience

06/2021- Present

1st Aviation Brigade TOMS Surgeon

Serve as the Medical Advisor to the 1st Aviation Brigade Commander regarding health and fitness of over 3600 officers, warrant officers and Soldiers. The Brigade is comprised of three aviation training battalions, responsible for initial entry rotary wing/ fixed wing flight training, advanced aircraft training. as well as Specific duties include ensuring safety of flight in Army Aviation operations by functioning as Flight Surgeon, while ensuring the health and fitness of military police, firefighters and military working dogs that support Ft. Rucker. Tasked with conducting epidemiological and biostatistical analysis of injuries and illnesses (SARs CoV-2) and medical trends that occur during training and identify and implement strategies to mitigate delays or lost training time.

05/2018-06/2021

Aerospace and Occupational Medicine Resident

Graduate Medical Education training in Aerospace and Occupational Medicine while obtaining a Master’s in Public Health. Specialty training included the Flight surgeon course, The Instructor/Trainer course, Space Cadre Course, Medical Effects of Ionizing Radiation, Medical Management of Chemical and Biological Casualties course at USAMIIRD, Ft. Detrick, NASA, 7th Special Forces, Aviation Safety Officer Course, Global Medicine Symposium, OSHA, Dept of Transportation, Textron Bell Helicopters, Brigade Healthcare Course, Preventative Medicine Senior Leaders Course, Joint Enroute Critical Care Course, Army Aeromedical Activity, research on Intervertebral Disc Disease.

05/2015-05/2018

Department of Rehabilitation Services

General Medical Officer

Assigned to Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center Physical Medicine clinic with special duties Function as General Medical Officer, to mitigate the number of high risk patients get referred off-post to Pain management and PM&R clinics. Functioned as the Performance Improvement officer for PM&R, the Chiropractic Clinic OIC, and the MEB/IDES Subject Matter Expert to IPMC multi-disciplinary team. Significantly increased access to care to the Physical Medicine clinic. Was instrumental in leading the hospital transition for the Chiropractic clinic, contributing to the subsequent successful Joint Commission inspection. Increased access to care in the Chiropractic clinic by 500%.

9/2013- 5/2015

Department of Pediatrics/ Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine

General Medical Officer

Assigned to the Carl R. Darnall Army Medical center Pediatric Clinic with special duties within the Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine. Provided acute and routine medical care for newborn to age 18 and collaborated with Lactation Team Leader to develop research matrix to ensure effective use of resources to meet Perinatal Core Measures PC-05 for Joint Commission Accreditation. Demonstrated initiative by providing emergency medical care to one of the victims of the April 2, 2014 FT Hood shooting.

10/2012-9/2013

Department of Deployment Medicine/ Emergency Medicine

General Medical Officer

Assigned to the Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine at Carl R Darnall Army Medical Center (CRDAMC) with specific duties directed by the CRDAMC DCCS. Supported soldier deployment/redeployment from combat, while also performing clinical rotations within the Emergency and Internal Medicine Departments to increase access to care for acutely ill patients. Improved productivity of the SMRC by conducting ETS, Chapter, Special Forces, Airborne, Ranger, SERE, and OCS/WOCS physicals. Ensured DODM success with 90% CRDAMC staff compliance of their annual PHA’s. Selected to become an ACLS instructor.

06/2012-10/01/2012

Department of the Army Inspector General Agency

Disability Medicine Subject Matter Expert (SME) – Temporary Dept of the Army Inspector General

Assistant Inspector General on Medical Disability (Subject Matter Expert)

Selected above my peers, from across the Army AMEDD as one of three medical NARSUM Subject Matter Experts to function as a temporary assistant Inspector General, in a SECARMY directed inspection of the MEB/IDES system. Planed, coordinated, and conducted inspections of agencies/commands and to gather required data and perspectives relevant to the inspection topic. Developed inspection concepts, objectives, methodologies while coordinating inspection site requirements with major Army Commands ASCC, DRUs, Installations and Components. Identified trends, analyzed root causes to systemic problems and proposed solutions to the IG, Army Chief of Staff and Secretary of the Army for service-wide implementation.

06/2011-06/2012

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center

Integrated Disability Evaluation System

Increased patient access to care by conducting 203 acute care appointments in four months. Increased productivity by 25% by completing 202 NARSUMs, 12 TDRLs, 42 Psychiatric addendums in nine months with only a single case returned from the PEB. Performed duties of MEB chief and QA physician in their absence by performing QA on seven NARSUMS, and reviewing 13 cases for initial intake. Functioned as IDES Physician Training officer, applying PDA training to develop a comprehensive training program for new MEB/IDES NARSUM physicians.

11/2010-05/2011

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Hospital Operations, Clinical Plans and Medical Operations Officer

Served as Clinical Plans and Medical Operations Officer for Hospital Operation (HOD), responsible for the synchronization of external and internal MEDCEN operations supporting over 3,000 MEDCEN employee as well as the DoD’s largest military installation and surrounding civilian population; assisted in development and execution of medical plans supporting Installation, Garrison, MEDCEN and Civilian AT/FP and MASCAL events

06/2005 – 07/2005

United States Army, Texas, Officer Basic Course – Class 1st Sergeant

Supervised 306 medical, dental, and veterinarian HPSP scholarship recipients for Officer Basic training. 10/2002 – 08/2003

United States Army – Texas National Guard, Texas Flight Medic –EMT/BCLS Instructor Training

10/2001 – 10/2002

United States Army Reserve, Texas, Instructor/Trainer

Tim Brown

Tim Brown is an author and Editor at FreedomOutpost.com, SonsOfLibertyMedia.com, GunsInTheNews.com and TheWashingtonStandard.com. He is husband to his "more precious than rubies" wife, father of 10 "mighty arrows", jack of all trades, Christian and lover of liberty. He resides in the U.S. occupied Great State of South Carolina. . Follow Tim on Twitter. Also check him out on Gab, Minds, MeWe, Spreely, Mumbl It and Steemit

View all posts

https://thewashingtonstandard.com/army-doctor-aerospace-medicine-specialist-ltc-theresa-long-calls-on-pentagon-to-ground-all-pilots-that-have-taken-covid-shots/ 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 9--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why are the FDA and CDC advisory panel members so afraid to debate COVID Vaccine Safety?

Recently, both the FDA and CDC advisory panels have voted to approve COVID vaccine booster shots for certain groups of people.

I believe that that vote was a mistake. They should have voted to stop the vaccines entirely and replace it with early treatment protocols since such protocols are safer and more effective than the vaccines. Instead, they completely avoided talking about the issue in their meetings and they refused all reasonable attempts to be challenged on what the science actually shows.

How we got here

Let’s recap a quick history of how I came to this conclusion.

In early May, my friends reported death and disability after being vaccinated. I started looking at the data and the more I looked, the more troubled I became. I arranged to tell the world what I learned on Bret Weinstein’s Darkhorse Podcast with my friend Robert Malone. That video went viral with almost 1M views before YouTube censored it. Here is the one hour version.

Fast forward to September 17, 2021. I spoke out about the vaccines in the public input section of the FDA advisory meeting. I said that everyone was avoiding the elephant in the room: that the vaccines kill more people than they save. Nobody on the panel was paying attention to my talk. This is pretty typical. I wasn’t offended. But the public was listening and I got millions of impressions on my talk. No one in the mainstream media contacted me to challenge my statement.

New results show two stopping conditions were triggered

After the meeting, I did some additional research (summarized here) and I discovered that two stopping conditions have been triggered:

The vaccines have killed over 150,000 Americans. I verified this 7 different ways.

The vaccines kill more people than they save for all age groups

The most troubling thing to the panel members is that both stopping conditions are now validated in the peer reviewed scientific literature. I have attempted to point this out to the panel in multiple emails which I’ve posted to my Gab account.

I offered to share the original research. No interest.

I offered to share the studies published in peer-reviewed medical journals backing up what I found. No interest.

Next, I offered to donate to their research if they would debate a team of scientists on the two stopping conditions. They could name any donation amount they wanted to make it worth their time. No interest.

I pointed out that 100% of the hundreds of people I surveyed wanted to see an open debate on this as soon as possible (and not see the debate happen in slow motion in the scientific literature). No interest. America wants a debate ASAP. The CDC and FDA committee members refuse to discuss this. They won’t debate my team under any conditions.

And I even named the team:

Jessica Rose

Mathew Crawford

Chris Martenson

Bret Weinstein

Byram Bridle

Myself

Let’s be very clear: no researcher would refuse a $1M academic research grant for a two hour debate unless they were hiding something very serious.

At this point, I must conclude that this is a tacit admission that we are right about our two stopping conditions being triggered and that the vaccines should be immediately halted.

The message that the committee is sending to America could not be more clear:

Summary

One of our team members sent me this message after my final message to the committee members asking them to debate the key issues.

We really need to call out these people and make it as public as possible that they refuse to talk based on the science. The public does not need a deep understanding of the science. If they see that we have our team of gladiators in the arena and no other team in the entire world is willing to step in, that will speak volumes. Even those who are firmly entrenched on the other side will have to start asking why their champions are showing such cowardice.

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/09/27/why-are-the-fda-and-cdc-advisory-panel-members-so-afraid-to-debate-covid-vaccine-safety/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 9-26-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STAY AT HOME! THE PANIC BUYING IS STARTING - GROCERY STORE WARNING - PREPARE FOR SHORTAGES

69,318 views  Sep 26, 2021

Full Spectrum Survival  208K subscribers

Grocers are being warned that panic buying is set to begin across the USA as shortages start to show up across the nation. Walmart, Costco, Walgreens, Publix and other outlets have been stockpiling for months to put off shortages. You and your family need to take their cue. Stock up your pantry so you don't have to panic buy.

#BREAKING #ECONOMY #NEWS

The news is here because of members like you! ? PLEASE HELP TO SUPPORT WHAT WE DO ? https://www.patreon.com/fullspectrums ... --- Join us on there! You Will Get : * Waterproof Physical Survival Cards sent to you in the mail every single month! *At the $10 level * Exclusive Content

As always, we appreciate your views and comments, please subscribe and send us mail if you have any questions!

Information: Brad/Full Spectrum Survival is not a doctor, medical professional, investor, or lawyer. Each of the statements made by Brad, Kelley, their guests and/or this channel are opinions of events only and not instructions or advice. NO information on this site should be used to diagnose, treat, prevent or cure any disease or condition or give legal or investment advice. Brad, Kelley, and Full Spectrum Survival thanks each one of our Patreon members for making our outreach possible. We often work with outreaches and organizations to share information, both positive and negative, about items that fit within the genre of our community. Videos and information, text and website driven, may include the sponsorship of our Patreon members who request reviews of specific items and the discussion of topics or outreaches and organizations. At no time do we ever sway our judgement for an item or topic based on these requests. Integrity and our community are the first and utmost priority for our entire team and family. We thank you for being here with us and being a part of this amazing community.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m_-NZPMCm88 

:: 9--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food Shortage Has Started

16050 views  channel image

The Prisoner  Published Sunday |

The news is starting to broadcast the food shortage...problem is if they are reporting on it... It is already too late.

Mirrored - Max Malone

https://www.brighteon.com/a2b70ca0-8b78-4835-b74c-10b550c066a5 

:: 9--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I am Spartacus

Hello,

My name is Spartacus, and I’ve had enough.

We have been forced to watch America and the Free World spin into inexorable decline due to a biowarfare attack. We, along with countless others, have been victimized and gaslit by propaganda and psychological warfare operations being conducted by an unelected, unaccountable Elite against the American people and our allies.

Our mental and physical health have suffered immensely over the course of the past year and a half. We have felt the sting of isolation, lockdown, masking, quarantines, and other completely nonsensical acts of healthcare theater that have done absolutely nothing to protect the health or wellbeing of the public from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Now, we are watching the medical establishment inject literal poison into millions of our fellow Americans without so much as a fight.

We have been told that we will be fired and denied our livelihoods if we refuse to vaccinate. This was the last straw.

We have spent thousands of hours analyzing leaked footage from Wuhan, scientific papers from primary sources, as well as the paper trails left by the medical establishment.

What we have discovered would shock anyone to their core.

First, we will summarize our findings, and then, we will explain them in detail. References will be placed at the end.

Summary:

COVID-19 is a blood and blood vessel disease. SARS-CoV-2 infects the lining of human blood vessels, causing them to leak into the lungs.

Current treatment protocols (e.g. invasive ventilation) are actively harmful to patients, accelerating oxidative stress and causing severe VILI (ventilator-induced lung injuries). The continued use of ventilators in the absence of any proven medical benefit constitutes mass murder.

Existing countermeasures are inadequate to slow the spread of what is an aerosolized and potentially wastewater-borne virus, and constitute a form of medical theater.

Various non-vaccine interventions have been suppressed by both the media and the medical establishment in favor of vaccines and expensive patented drugs.

• The authorities have denied the usefulness of natural immunity against COVID-19, despite the fact that natural immunity confers protection against all of the virus’s proteins, and not just one.

Vaccines will do more harm than good. The antigen that these vaccines are based on, SARS-CoV- 2 Spike, is a toxic protein. SARS-CoV-2 may have ADE, or antibody-dependent enhancement; current antibodies may not neutralize future strains, but instead help them infect immune cells. Also, vaccinating during a pandemic with a leaky vaccine removes the evolutionary pressure for a virus to become less lethal.

• There is a vast and appalling criminal conspiracy that directly links both Anthony Fauci and Moderna to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

COVID-19 vaccine researchers are directly linked to scientists involved in brain-computer interface (“neural lace”) tech, one of whom was indicted for taking grant money from China.

Independent researchers have discovered mysterious nanoparticles inside the vaccines that are not supposed to be present.

The entire pandemic is being used as an excuse for a vast political and economic transformation of Western society that will enrich the already rich and turn the rest of us into serfs and untouchables.

COVID-19 Pathophysiology and Treatments:

COVID-19 is not a viral pneumonia. It is a viral vascular endotheliitis and attacks the lining of blood vessels, particularly the small pulmonary alveolar capillaries, leading to endothelial cell activation and sloughing, coagulopathy, sepsis, pulmonary edema, and ARDS-like symptoms. This is a disease of the blood and blood vessels. The circulatory system. Any pneumonia that it causes is secondary to that. In severe cases, this leads to sepsis, blood clots, and multiple organ failure, including hypoxic and inflammatory damage to various vital organs, such as the brain, heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and intestines.

Some of the most common laboratory findings in COVID-19 are elevated D-dimer, elevated prothrombin time, elevated C-reactive protein, neutrophilia, lymphopenia, hypocalcemia, and hyperferritinemia, essentially matching a profile of coagulopathy and immune system hyperactivation/immune cell exhaustion.

COVID-19 can present as almost anything, due to the wide tropism of SARS-CoV-2 for various tissues in the body’s vital organs. While its most common initial presentation is respiratory illness and flu-like symptoms, it can present as brain inflammation, gastrointestinal disease, or even heart attack or pulmonary embolism.

COVID-19 is more severe in those with specific comorbidities, such as obesity, diabetes, and hypertension. This is because these conditions involve endothelial dysfunction, which renders the circulatory system more susceptible to infection and injury by this particular virus.

The vast majority of COVID-19 cases are mild and do not cause significant disease. In known cases, there is something known as the 80/20 rule, where 80% of cases are mild and 20% are severe or critical. However this ratio is only correct for known cases, not all infections. The number of actual infections is much, much higher. Consequently, the mortality and morbidity rate is lower. However, COVID-19 spreads very quickly, meaning that there are a significant number of severely-ill and critically-ill patients appearing in a short time frame.

In those who have critical COVID-19-induced sepsis, hypoxia, coagulopathy, and ARDS, the most common treatments are intubation, injected corticosteroids, and blood thinners. This is not the correct treatment for COVID-19. In severe hypoxia, cellular metabolic shifts cause ATP to break down into hypoxanthine, which, upon the reintroduction of oxygen, causes xanthine oxidase to produce tons of highly damagiing radicals that attack tissue. This is called ischemia-reperfusion injury, and it’s why the majority of people who go on a ventilator are dying. In the mitochondria, succinate buildup due to sepsis does the same exact thing; when oxygen is reintroduced, it makes superoxide radicals. Make no mistake, intubation will kill people who have COVID-19.

The end-stage of COVID-19 is severe lipid peroxidation, where fats in the body start to “rust” due to damage by oxidative stress. This drives autoimmunity. Oxidized lipids appear as foreign objects to the immune system, which recognizes and forms antibodies against OSEs, or oxidation-specific epitopes. Also, oxidized lipids feed directly into pattern recognition receptors, triggering even more inflammation and summoning even more cells of the innate immune system that release even more destructive enzymes. This is similar to the pathophysiology of Lupus.

COVID-19’s pathology is dominated by extreme oxidative stress and neutrophil respiratory burst, to the point where hemoglobin becomes incapable of carrying oxygen due to heme iron being stripped out of heme by hypochlorous acid. No amount of supplemental oxygen can oxygenate blood that chemically refuses to bind O2.

The breakdown of the pathology is as follows: SARS-CoV-2 Spike binds to ACE2. Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 is an enzyme that is part of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, or RAAS. The RAAS is a hormone control system that moderates fluid volume in the body and in the bloodstream (i.e. osmolarity) by controlling salt retention and excretion. This protein, ACE2, is ubiquitous in every part of the body that interfaces with the circulatory system, particularly in vascular endothelial cells and pericytes, brain astrocytes, renal tubules and podocytes, pancreatic islet cells, bile duct and intestinal epithelial cells, and the seminiferous ducts of the testis, all of which SARS-CoV-2 can infect, not just the lungs. SARS-CoV-2 infects a cell as follows: SARS-CoV-2 Spike undergoes a conformational change where the S1 trimers flip up and extend, locking onto ACE2 bound to the surface of a cell. TMPRSS2, or transmembrane protease serine 2, comes along and cuts off the heads of the Spike, exposing the S2 stalk-shaped subunit inside. The remainder of the Spike undergoes a conformational change that causes it to unfold like an extension ladder, embedding itself in the cell membrane. Then, it folds back upon itself, pulling the viral membrane and the cell membrane together. The two membranes fuse, with the virus’s proteins migrating out onto the surface of the cell. The SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid enters the cell, disgorging its genetic material and beginning the viral replication process, hijacking the cell’s own structures to produce more virus. RTACUS

I Am Spartacus"

Hello,

My name is Spartacus, and I’ve had enough.

We have been forced to watch America and the Free World spin into inexorable decline due to a biowarfare attack. We, along with countless others, have been victimized and gaslit by propaganda and psychological warfare operations being conducted by an unelected, unaccountable Elite against the American people and our allies.

Our mental and physical health have suffered immensely over the course of the past year and a half. We have felt the sting of isolation, lockdown, masking, quarantines, and other completely nonsensical acts of healthcare theater that have done absolutely nothing to protect the health or wellbeing of the public from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Now, we are watching the medical establishment inject literal poison into millions of our fellow Americans without so much as a fight.

We have been told that we will be fired and denied our livelihoods if we refuse to vaccinate. This was the last straw.

We have spent thousands of hours analyzing leaked footage from Wuhan, scientific papers from primary sources, as well as the paper trails left by the medical establishment.

What we have discovered would shock anyone to their core.

First, we will summarize our findings, and then, we will explain them in detail. References will be placed at the end.

Summary:

COVID-19 is a blood and blood vessel disease. SARS-CoV-2 infects the lining of human blood vessels, causing them to leak into the lungs.

Current treatment protocols (e.g. invasive ventilation) are actively harmful to patients, accelerating oxidative stress and causing severe VILI (ventilator-induced lung injuries). The continued use of ventilators in the absence of any proven medical benefit constitutes mass murder.

Existing countermeasures are inadequate to slow the spread of what is an aerosolized and potentially wastewater-borne virus, and constitute a form of medical theater.

Various non-vaccine interventions have been suppressed by both the media and the medical establishment in favor of vaccines and expensive patented drugs.

• The authorities have denied the usefulness of natural immunity against COVID-19, despite the fact that natural immunity confers protection against all of the virus’s proteins, and not just one.

Vaccines will do more harm than good. The antigen that these vaccines are based on, SARS-CoV- 2 Spike, is a toxic protein. SARS-CoV-2 may have ADE, or antibody-dependent enhancement; current antibodies may not neutralize future strains, but instead help them infect immune cells. Also, vaccinating during a pandemic with a leaky vaccine removes the evolutionary pressure for a virus to become less lethal.

There is a vast and appalling criminal conspiracy that directly links both Anthony Fauci and Moderna to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

COVID-19 vaccine researchers are directly linked to scientists involved in brain-computer interface (“neural lace”) tech, one of whom was indicted for taking grant money from China.

Independent researchers have discovered mysterious nanoparticles inside the vaccines that are not supposed to be present.

• The entire pandemic is being used as an excuse for a vast political and economic transformation of Western society that will enrich the already rich and turn the rest of us into serfs and untouchables.

COVID-19 Pathophysiology and Treatments:

COVID-19 is not a viral pneumonia. It is a viral vascular endotheliitis and attacks the lining of blood vessels, particularly the small pulmonary alveolar capillaries, leading to endothelial cell activation and sloughing, coagulopathy, sepsis, pulmonary edema, and ARDS-like symptoms. This is a disease of the blood and blood vessels. The circulatory system. Any pneumonia that it causes is secondary to that.

re cases, this leads to sepsis, blood clots, and multiple organ failure, including hypoxic and inflammatory damage to various vital organs, such as the brain, heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and intestines.

Some of the most common laboratory findings in COVID-19 are elevated D-dimer, elevated prothrombin time, elevated C-reactive protein, neutrophilia, lymphopenia, hypocalcemia, and hyperferritinemia, essentially matching a profile of coagulopathy and immune system hyperactivation/immune cell exhaustion.

COVID-19 can present as almost anything, due to the wide tropism of SARS-CoV-2 for various tissues in the body’s vital organs. While its most common initial presentation is respiratory illness and flu-like symptoms, it can present as brain inflammation, gastrointestinal disease, or even heart attack or pulmonary embolism.

COVID-19 is more severe in those with specific comorbidities, such as obesity, diabetes, and hypertension. This is because these conditions involve endothelial dysfunction, which renders the circulatory system more susceptible to infection and injury by this particular virus.

The vast majority of COVID-19 cases are mild and do not cause significant disease. In known cases, there is something known as the 80/20 rule, where 80% of cases are mild and 20% are severe or critical. However, this ratio is only correct for known cases, not all infections. The number of actual infections is much, much higher. Consequently, the mortality and morbidity rate is lower. However, COVID-19 spreads very quickly, meaning that there are a significant number of severely-ill and critically-ill patients appearing in a short time frame.

In those who have critical COVID-19-induced sepsis, hypoxia, coagulopathy, and ARDS, the most common treatments are intubation, injected corticosteroids, and blood thinners. This is not the correct treatment for COVID-19. In severe hypoxia, cellular metabolic shifts cause ATP to break down into hypoxanthine, which, upon the reintroduction of oxygen, causes xanthine oxidase to produce tons of highly damaging radicals that attack tissue. This is called ischemia-reperfusion injury, and it’s why the majority of people who go on a ventilator are dying. In the mitochondria, succinate buildup due to sepsis does the same exact thing; when oxygen is reintroduced, it makes superoxide radicals. Make no mistake, intubation will kill people who have COVID-19.

The end-stage of COVID-19 is severe lipid peroxidation, where fats in the body start to “rust” due to damage by oxidative stress. This drives autoimmunity. Oxidized lipids appear as foreign objects to the immune system, which recognizes and forms antibodies against OSEs, or oxidation-specific epitopes. Also, oxidized lipids feed directly into pattern recognition receptors, triggering even more inflammation and summoning even more cells of the innate immune system that release even more destructive enzymes. This is similar to the pathophysiology of Lupus.

COVID-19’s pathology is dominated by extreme oxidative stress and neutrophil respiratory burst, to the point where hemoglobin becomes incapable of carrying oxygen due to heme iron being stripped out of heme by hypochlorous acid. No amount of supplemental oxygen can oxygenate blood that chemically refuses to bind O2.

The breakdown of the pathology is as follows:

SARS-CoV-2 Spike binds to ACE2. Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 is an enzyme that is part of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, or RAAS. The RAAS is a hormone control system that moderates fluid volume in the body and in the bloodstream (i.e. osmolarity) by controlling salt retention and excretion. This protein, ACE2, is ubiquitous in every part of the body that interfaces with the circulatory system, particularly in vascular endothelial cells and pericytes, brain astrocytes, renal tubules and podocytes, pancreatic islet cells, bile duct and intestinal epithelial cells, and the seminiferous ducts of the testis, all of which SARS-CoV-2 can infect, not just the lungs.

SARS-CoV-2 infects a cell as follows: SARS-CoV-2 Spike undergoes a conformational change where the S1 trimers flip up and extend, locking onto ACE2 bound to the surface of a cell. TMPRSS2, or transmembrane protease serine 2, comes along and cuts off the heads of the Spike, exposing the S2 stalk-shaped subunit inside. The remainder of the Spike undergoes a conformational change that causes it to unfold like an extension ladder, embedding itself in the cell membrane. Then, it folds back upon itself, pulling the viral membrane and the cell membrane together. The two membranes fuse, with the virus’s proteins migrating out onto the surface of the cell. The SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid enters the cell, disgorging its genetic material and beginning the viral replication process, hijacking the cell’s own structures to produce more virus.

SARS-CoV-2 Spike proteins embedded in a cell can actually cause human cells to fuse together, forming syncytia/MGCs (multinuclear giant cells). They also have other pathogenic, harmful effects. SARS-CoV- 2’s viroporins, such as its Envelope protein, act as calcium ion channels, introducing calcium into infected cells. The virus suppresses the natural interferon response, resulting in delayed inflammation. SARS-CoV-2 N protein can also directly activate the NLRP3 inflammasome. Also, it suppresses the Nrf2 antioxidant pathway. The suppression of ACE2 by binding with Spike causes a buildup of bradykinin that would otherwise be broken down by ACE2.

This constant calcium influx into the cells results in (or is accompanied by) noticeable hypocalcemia, or low blood calcium, especially in people with Vitamin D deficiencies and pre-existing endothelial dysfunction. Bradykinin upregulates cAMP, cGMP, COX, and Phospholipase C activity. This results in prostaglandin release and vastly increased intracellular calcium signaling, which promotes highly aggressive ROS release and ATP depletion. NADPH oxidase releases superoxide into the extracellular space. Superoxide radicals react with nitric oxide to form peroxynitrite. Peroxynitrite reacts with the tetrahydrobiopterin cofactor needed by endothelial nitric oxide synthase, destroying it and “uncoupling” the enzymes, causing nitric oxide synthase to synthesize more superoxide instead. This proceeds in a positive feedback loop until nitric oxide bioavailability in the circulatory system is depleted.

Dissolved nitric oxide gas produced constantly by eNOS serves many important functions, but it is also antiviral against SARS-like coronaviruses, preventing the palmitoylation of the viral Spike protein and making it harder for it to bind to host receptors. The loss of NO allows the virus to begin replicating with impunity in the body. Those with endothelial dysfunction (i.e. hypertension, diabetes, obesity, old age, African-American race) have redox equilibrium issues to begin with, giving the virus an advantage.

Due to the extreme cytokine release triggered by these processes, the body summons a great deal of neutrophils and monocyte-derived alveolar macrophages to the lungs. Cells of the innate immune system are the first-line defenders against pathogens. They work by engulfing invaders and trying to attack them with enzymes that produce powerful oxidants, like SOD and MPO. Superoxide dismutase takes superoxide and makes hydrogen peroxide, and myeloperoxidase takes hydrogen peroxide and chlorine ions and makes hypochlorous acid, which is many, many times more reactive than sodium hypochlorite bleach. Neutrophils have a nasty trick. They can also eject these enzymes into the extracellular space, where they will continuously spit out peroxide and bleach into the bloodstream. This is called neutrophil extracellular trap formation, or, when it becomes pathogenic and counterproductive, NETosis. In severe and critical COVID-19, there is actually rather severe NETosis.

Hypochlorous acid building up in the bloodstream begins to bleach the iron out of heme and compete for O2 binding sites. Red blood cells lose the ability to transport oxygen, causing the sufferer to turn blue in the face. Unliganded iron, hydrogen peroxide, and superoxide in the bloodstream undergo the Haber- Weiss and Fenton reactions, producing extremely reactive hydroxyl radicals that violently strip electrons from surrounding fats and DNA, oxidizing them severely.

This condition is not unknown to medical science. The actual name for all of this is acute sepsis.

We know this is happening in COVID-19 because people who have died of the disease have noticeable ferroptosis signatures in their tissues, as well as various other oxidative stress markers such as nitrotyrosine, 4-HNE, and malondialdehyde.

When you intubate someone with this condition, you are setting off a free radical bomb by supplying the cells with O2. It’s a catch-22, because we need oxygen to make Adenosine Triphosphate (that is, to live), but O2 is also the precursor of all these damaging radicals that lead to lipid peroxidation. The correct treatment for severe COVID-19 related sepsis is non-invasive ventilation, steroids, and antioxidant infusions. Most of the drugs repurposed for COVID-19 that show any benefit whatsoever in rescuing critically-ill COVID-19 patients are antioxidants. N-acetylcysteine, melatonin, fluvoxamine, budesonide, famotidine, cimetidine, and ranitidine are all antioxidants. Indomethacin prevents iron- driven oxidation of arachidonic acid to isoprostanes. There are powerful antioxidants such as apocynin that have not even been tested on COVID-19 patients yet which could defang neutrophils, prevent lipid peroxidation, restore endothelial health, and restore oxygenation to the tissues.

Scientists who know anything about pulmonary neutrophilia, ARDS, and redox biology have known or surmised much of this since March 2020. In April 2020, Swiss scientists confirmed that COVID-19 was a vascular endotheliitis. By late 2020, experts had already concluded that COVID-19 causes a form of viral sepsis. They also know that sepsis can be effectively treated with antioxidants. None of this information is particularly new, and yet, for the most part, it has not been acted upon. Doctors continue to use damaging intubation techniques with high PEEP settings despite high lung compliance and poor oxygenation, killing an untold number of critically ill patients with medical malpractice.

Because of the way they are constructed, Randomized Control Trials will never show any benefit for any antiviral against COVID-19. Not Remdesivir, not Kaletra, not HCQ, and not Ivermectin. The reason for this is simple; for the patients that they have recruited for these studies, such as Oxford’s ludicrous RECOVERY study, the intervention is too late to have any positive effect.

The clinical course of COVID-19 is such that by the time most people seek medical attention for hypoxia, their viral load has already tapered off to almost nothing. If someone is about 10 days post-exposure and has already been symptomatic for five days, there is hardly any virus left in their bodies, only cellular damage and derangement that has initiated a hyperinflammatory response. It is from this group that the clinical trials for antivirals have recruited, pretty much exclusively.

In these trials, they give antivirals to severely ill patients who have no virus in their bodies, only a delayed hyperinflammatory response, and then absurdly claim that antivirals have no utility in treating or preventing COVID-19. These clinical trials do not recruit people who are pre-symptomatic. They do not test pre-exposure or post-exposure prophylaxis. This is like using a defibrillator to shock only flatline, and then absurdly claiming that defibrillators have no medical utility whatsoever when the patients refuse to rise from the dead. The intervention is too late. These trials for antivirals show systematic, egregious selection bias. They are providing a treatment that is futile to the specific cohort they are enrolling.

India went against the instructions of the WHO and mandated the prophylactic usage of Ivermectin. They have almost completely eradicated COVID-19. The Indian Bar Association of Mumbai has brought criminal charges against WHO Chief Scientist Dr. Soumya Swaminathan for recommending against the use of Ivermectin.

Ivermectin is not “horse dewormer”. Yes, it is sold in veterinary paste form as a dewormer for animals. It has also been available in pill form for humans for decades, as an antiparasitic drug.

The media have disingenuously claimed that because Ivermectin is an antiparasitic drug, it has no utility as an antivirus. This is incorrect. Ivermectin has utility as an antiviral. It blocks importin, preventing nuclear import, effectively inhibiting viral access to cell nuclei. Many drugs currently on the market have multiple modes of action. Ivermectin is one such drug. It is both antiparasitic and antiviral.

In Bangladesh, Ivermectin costs $1.80 for an entire 5-day course. Remdesivir, which is toxic to the liver, costs $3,120 for a 5-day course of the drug. Billions of dollars of utterly useless Remdesivir were sold to our governments on the taxpayer’s dime, and it ended up being totally useless for treating hyperinflammatory COVID-19. The media has hardly even covered this at all.

The opposition to the use of generic Ivermectin is not based in science. It is purely financially and politically-motivated. An effective non-vaccine intervention would jeopardize the rushed FDA approval of patented vaccines and medicines for which the pharmaceutical industry stands to rake in billions upon billions of dollars in sales on an ongoing basis.

The majority of the public are scientifically illiterate and cannot grasp what any of this even means, thanks to a pathetic educational system that has miseducated them. You would be lucky to find 1 in 100 people who have even the faintest clue what any of this actually means.

COVID-19 Transmission:

I Am Spartacus"

Hello,

My name is Spartacus, and I’ve had enough.

We have been forced to watch America and the Free World spin into inexorable decline due to a biowarfare attack. We, along with countless others, have been victimized and gaslit by propaganda and psychological warfare operations being conducted by an unelected, unaccountable Elite against the American people and our allies.

Our mental and physical health have suffered immensely over the course of the past year and a half. We have felt the sting of isolation, lockdown, masking, quarantines, and other completely nonsensical acts of healthcare theater that have done absolutely nothing to protect the health or wellbeing of the public from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Now, we are watching the medical establishment inject literal poison into millions of our fellow Americans without so much as a fight.

We have been told that we will be fired and denied our livelihoods if we refuse to vaccinate. This was the last straw.

We have spent thousands of hours analyzing leaked footage from Wuhan, scientific papers from primary sources, as well as the paper trails left by the medical establishment.

What we have discovered would shock anyone to their core.

First, we will summarize our findings, and then, we will explain them in detail. References will be placed at the end.

Summary:

COVID-19 is a blood and blood vessel disease. SARS-CoV-2 infects the lining of human blood vessels, causing them to leak into the lungs.

Current treatment protocols (e.g. invasive ventilation) are actively harmful to patients, accelerating oxidative stress and causing severe VILI (ventilator-induced lung injuries). The continued use of ventilators in the absence of any proven medical benefit constitutes mass murder.

Existing countermeasures are inadequate to slow the spread of what is an aerosolized and potentially wastewater-borne virus, and constitute a form of medical theater.

Various non-vaccine interventions have been suppressed by both the media and the medical establishment in favor of vaccines and expensive patented drugs.

• The authorities have denied the usefulness of natural immunity against COVID-19, despite the fact that natural immunity confers protection against all of the virus’s proteins, and not just one.

Vaccines will do more harm than good. The antigen that these vaccines are based on, SARS-CoV- 2 Spike, is a toxic protein. SARS-CoV-2 may have ADE, or antibody-dependent enhancement; current antibodies may not neutralize future strains, but instead help them infect immune cells. Also, vaccinating during a pandemic with a leaky vaccine removes the evolutionary pressure for a virus to become less lethal.

There is a vast and appalling criminal conspiracy that directly links both Anthony Fauci and Moderna to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

COVID-19 vaccine researchers are directly linked to scientists involved in brain-computer interface (“neural lace”) tech, one of whom was indicted for taking grant money from China.

Independent researchers have discovered mysterious nanoparticles inside the vaccines that are not supposed to be present.

• The entire pandemic is being used as an excuse for a vast political and economic transformation of Western society that will enrich the already rich and turn the rest of us into serfs and untouchables.

COVID-19 Pathophysiology and Treatments:

COVID-19 is not a viral pneumonia. It is a viral vascular endotheliitis and attacks the lining of blood vessels, particularly the small pulmonary alveolar capillaries, leading to endothelial cell activation and sloughing, coagulopathy, sepsis, pulmonary edema, and ARDS-like symptoms. This is a disease of the blood and blood vessels. The circulatory system. Any pneumonia that it causes is secondary to that.

In severe cases, this leads to sepsis, blood clots, and multiple organ failure, including hypoxic and inflammatory damage to various vital organs, such as the brain, heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and intestines.

Some of the most common laboratory findings in COVID-19 are elevated D-dimer, elevated prothrombin time, elevated C-reactive protein, neutrophilia, lymphopenia, hypocalcemia, and hyperferritinemia, essentially matching a profile of coagulopathy and immune system hyperactivation/immune cell exhaustion.

COVID-19 can present as almost anything, due to the wide tropism of SARS-CoV-2 for various tissues in the body’s vital organs. While its most common initial presentation is respiratory illness and flu-like symptoms, it can present as brain inflammation, gastrointestinal disease, or even heart attack or pulmonary embolism.

COVID-19 is more severe in those with specific comorbidities, such as obesity, diabetes, and hypertension. This is because these conditions involve endothelial dysfunction, which renders the circulatory system more susceptible to infection and injury by this particular virus.

The vast majority of COVID-19 cases are mild and do not cause significant disease. In known cases, there is something known as the 80/20 rule, where 80% of cases are mild and 20% are severe or critical. However, this ratio is only correct for known cases, not all infections. The number of actual infections is much, much higher. Consequently, the mortality and morbidity rate is lower. However, COVID-19 spreads very quickly, meaning that there are a significant number of severely-ill and critically-ill patients appearing in a short time frame.

In those who have critical COVID-19-induced sepsis, hypoxia, coagulopathy, and ARDS, the most common treatments are intubation, injected corticosteroids, and blood thinners. This is not the correct treatment for COVID-19. In severe hypoxia, cellular metabolic shifts cause ATP to break down into hypoxanthine, which, upon the reintroduction of oxygen, causes xanthine oxidase to produce tons of highly damaging radicals that attack tissue. This is called ischemia-reperfusion injury, and it’s why the majority of people who go on a ventilator are dying. In the mitochondria, succinate buildup due to sepsis does the same exact thing; when oxygen is reintroduced, it makes superoxide radicals. Make no mistake, intubation will kill people who have COVID-19.

The end-stage of COVID-19 is severe lipid peroxidation, where fats in the body start to “rust” due to damage by oxidative stress. This drives autoimmunity. Oxidized lipids appear as foreign objects to the immune system, which recognizes and forms antibodies against OSEs, or oxidation-specific epitopes. Also, oxidized lipids feed directly into pattern recognition receptors, triggering even more inflammation and summoning even more cells of the innate immune system that release even more destructive enzymes. This is similar to the pathophysiology of Lupus.

COVID-19’s pathology is dominated by extreme oxidative stress and neutrophil respiratory burst, to the point where hemoglobin becomes incapable of carrying oxygen due to heme iron being stripped out of heme by hypochlorous acid. No amount of supplemental oxygen can oxygenate blood that chemically refuses to bind O2.

The breakdown of the pathology is as follows:

SARS-CoV-2 Spike binds to ACE2. Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 is an enzyme that is part of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, or RAAS. The RAAS is a hormone control system that moderates fluid volume in the body and in the bloodstream (i.e. osmolarity) by controlling salt retention and excretion. This protein, ACE2, is ubiquitous in every part of the body that interfaces with the circulatory system, particularly in vascular endothelial cells and pericytes, brain astrocytes, renal tubules and podocytes, pancreatic islet cells, bile duct and intestinal epithelial cells, and the seminiferous ducts of the testis, all of which SARS-CoV-2 can infect, not just the lungs.

SARS-CoV-2 infects a cell as follows: SARS-CoV-2 Spike undergoes a conformational change where the S1 trimers flip up and extend, locking onto ACE2 bound to the surface of a cell. TMPRSS2, or transmembrane protease serine 2, comes along and cuts off the heads of the Spike, exposing the S2 stalk-shaped subunit inside. The remainder of the Spike undergoes a conformational change that causes it to unfold like an extension ladder, embedding itself in the cell membrane. Then, it folds back upon itself, pulling the viral membrane and the cell membrane together. The two membranes fuse, with the virus’s proteins migrating out onto the surface of the cell. The SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid enters the cell, disgorging its genetic material and beginning the viral replication process, hijacking the cell’s own structures to produce more virus.

SARS-CoV-2 Spike proteins embedded in a cell can actually cause human cells to fuse together, forming syncytia/MGCs (multinuclear giant cells). They also have other pathogenic, harmful effects. SARS-CoV- 2’s viroporins, such as its Envelope protein, act as calcium ion channels, introducing calcium into infected cells. The virus suppresses the natural interferon response, resulting in delayed inflammation. SARS-CoV-2 N protein can also directly activate the NLRP3 inflammasome. Also, it suppresses the Nrf2 antioxidant pathway. The suppression of ACE2 by binding with Spike causes a buildup of bradykinin that would otherwise be broken down by ACE2.

This constant calcium influx into the cells results in (or is accompanied by) noticeable hypocalcemia, or low blood calcium, especially in people with Vitamin D deficiencies and pre-existing endothelial dysfunction. Bradykinin upregulates cAMP, cGMP, COX, and Phospholipase C activity. This results in prostaglandin release and vastly increased intracellular calcium signaling, which promotes highly aggressive ROS release and ATP depletion. NADPH oxidase releases superoxide into the extracellular space. Superoxide radicals react with nitric oxide to form peroxynitrite. Peroxynitrite reacts with the tetrahydrobiopterin cofactor needed by endothelial nitric oxide synthase, destroying it and “uncoupling” the enzymes, causing nitric oxide synthase to synthesize more superoxide instead. This proceeds in a positive feedback loop until nitric oxide bioavailability in the circulatory system is depleted.

Dissolved nitric oxide gas produced constantly by eNOS serves many important functions, but it is also antiviral against SARS-like coronaviruses, preventing the palmitoylation of the viral Spike protein and making it harder for it to bind to host receptors. The loss of NO allows the virus to begin replicating with impunity in the body. Those with endothelial dysfunction (i.e. hypertension, diabetes, obesity, old age, African-American race) have redox equilibrium issues to begin with, giving the virus an advantage.

Due to the extreme cytokine release triggered by these processes, the body summons a great deal of neutrophils and monocyte-derived alveolar macrophages to the lungs. Cells of the innate immune system are the first-line defenders against pathogens. They work by engulfing invaders and trying to attack them with enzymes that produce powerful oxidants, like SOD and MPO. Superoxide dismutase takes superoxide and makes hydrogen peroxide, and myeloperoxidase takes hydrogen peroxide and chlorine ions and makes hypochlorous acid, which is many, many times more reactive than sodium hypochlorite bleach.

Neutrophils have a nasty trick. They can also eject these enzymes into the extracellular space, where they will continuously spit out peroxide and bleach into the bloodstream. This is called neutrophil extracellular trap formation, or, when it becomes pathogenic and counterproductive, NETosis. In severe and critical COVID-19, there is actually rather severe NETosis.

Hypochlorous acid building up in the bloodstream begins to bleach the iron out of heme and compete for O2 binding sites. Red blood cells lose the ability to transport oxygen, causing the sufferer to turn blue in the face. Unliganded iron, hydrogen peroxide, and superoxide in the bloodstream undergo the Haber- Weiss and Fenton reactions, producing extremely reactive hydroxyl radicals that violently strip electrons from surrounding fats and DNA, oxidizing them severely.

This condition is not unknown to medical science. The actual name for all of this is acute sepsis.

We know this is happening in COVID-19 because people who have died of the disease have noticeable ferroptosis signatures in their tissues, as well as various other oxidative stress markers such as nitrotyrosine, 4-HNE, and malondialdehyde.

When you intubate someone with this condition, you are setting off a free radical bomb by supplying the cells with O2. It’s a catch-22, because we need oxygen to make Adenosine Triphosphate (that is, to live), but O2 is also the precursor of all these damaging radicals that lead to lipid peroxidation.

The correct treatment for severe COVID-19 related sepsis is non-invasive ventilation, steroids, and antioxidant infusions. Most of the drugs repurposed for COVID-19 that show any benefit whatsoever in rescuing critically-ill COVID-19 patients are antioxidants. N-acetylcysteine, melatonin, fluvoxamine, budesonide, famotidine, cimetidine, and ranitidine are all antioxidants. Indomethacin prevents iron- driven oxidation of arachidonic acid to isoprostanes. There are powerful antioxidants such as apocynin that have not even been tested on COVID-19 patients yet which could defang neutrophils, prevent lipid peroxidation, restore endothelial health, and restore oxygenation to the tissues.

Scientists who know anything about pulmonary neutrophilia, ARDS, and redox biology have known or surmised much of this since March 2020. In April 2020, Swiss scientists confirmed that COVID-19 was a vascular endotheliitis. By late 2020, experts had already concluded that COVID-19 causes a form of viral sepsis. They also know that sepsis can be effectively treated with antioxidants. None of this information is particularly new, and yet, for the most part, it has not been acted upon. Doctors continue to use damaging intubation techniques with high PEEP settings despite high lung compliance and poor oxygenation, killing an untold number of critically ill patients with medical malpractice.

Because of the way they are constructed, Randomized Control Trials will never show any benefit for any antiviral against COVID-19. Not Remdesivir, not Kaletra, not HCQ, and not Ivermectin. The reason for this is simple; for the patients that they have recruited for these studies, such as Oxford’s ludicrous RECOVERY study, the intervention is too late to have any positive effect.

The clinical course of COVID-19 is such that by the time most people seek medical attention for hypoxia, their viral load has already tapered off to almost nothing. If someone is about 10 days post-exposure and has already been symptomatic for five days, there is hardly any virus left in their bodies, only cellular damage and derangement that has initiated a hyperinflammatory response. It is from this group that the clinical trials for antivirals have recruited, pretty much exclusively.

In these trials, they give antivirals to severely ill patients who have no virus in their bodies, only a delayed hyperinflammatory response, and then absurdly claim that antivirals have no utility in treating or preventing COVID-19. These clinical trials do not recruit people who are pre-symptomatic. They do not test pre-exposure or post-exposure prophylaxis.

This is like using a defibrillator to shock only flatline, and then absurdly claiming that defibrillators have no medical utility whatsoever when the patients refuse to rise from the dead. The intervention is too late. These trials for antivirals show systematic, egregious selection bias. They are providing a treatment that is futile to the specific cohort they are enrolling.

India went against the instructions of the WHO and mandated the prophylactic usage of Ivermectin. They have almost completely eradicated COVID-19. The Indian Bar Association of Mumbai has brought criminal charges against WHO Chief Scientist Dr. Soumya Swaminathan for recommending against the use of Ivermectin.

Ivermectin is not “horse dewormer”. Yes, it is sold in veterinary paste form as a dewormer for animals. It has also been available in pill form for humans for decades, as an antiparasitic drug.

The media have disingenuously claimed that because Ivermectin is an antiparasitic drug, it has no utility as an antivirus. This is incorrect. Ivermectin has utility as an antiviral. It blocks importin, preventing nuclear import, effectively inhibiting viral access to cell nuclei. Many drugs currently on the market have multiple modes of action. Ivermectin is one such drug. It is both antiparasitic and antiviral.

In Bangladesh, Ivermectin costs $1.80 for an entire 5-day course. Remdesivir, which is toxic to the liver, costs $3,120 for a 5-day course of the drug. Billions of dollars of utterly useless Remdesivir were sold to our governments on the taxpayer’s dime, and it ended up being totally useless for treating hyperinflammatory COVID-19. The media has hardly even covered this at all.

The opposition to the use of generic Ivermectin is not based in science. It is purely financially and politically-motivated. An effective non-vaccine intervention would jeopardize the rushed FDA approval of patented vaccines and medicines for which the pharmaceutical industry stands to rake in billions upon billions of dollars in sales on an ongoing basis.

The majority of the public are scientifically illiterate and cannot grasp what any of this even means, thanks to a pathetic educational system that has miseducated them. You would be lucky to find 1 in 100 people who have even the faintest clue what any of this actually means.

COVID-19 Transmission:

COVID-19 is airborne. The WHO carried water for China by claiming that the virus was only droplet- borne. Our own CDC absurdly claimed that it was mostly transmitted by fomite-to-face contact, which, given its rapid spread from Wuhan to the rest of the world, would have been physically impossible.

The ridiculous belief in fomite-to-face being a primary mode of transmission led to the use of surface disinfection protocols that wasted time, energy, productivity, and disinfectant.

The 6-foot guidelines are absolutely useless. The minimum safe distance to protect oneself from an aerosolized virus is to be 15+ feet away from an infected person, no closer. Realistically, no public transit is safe.

Surgical masks do not protect you from aerosols. The virus is too small and the filter media has too large of gaps to filter it out. They may catch respiratory droplets and keep the virus from being expelled by someone who is sick, but they do not filter a cloud of infectious aerosols if someone were to walk into said cloud.

The minimum level of protection against this virus is quite literally a P100 respirator, a PAPR/CAPR, or a 40mm NATO CBRN respirator, ideally paired with a full-body tyvek or tychem suit, gloves, and booties, with all the holes and gaps taped Live SARS-CoV-2 may potentially be detected in sewage outflows, and there may be oral-fecal transmission. During the SARS outbreak in 2003, in the Amoy Gardens incident, hundreds of people were infected by aerosolized fecal matter rising from floor drains in their apartments.

COVID-19 Vaccine Dangers:

The vaccines for COVID-19 are not sterilizing and do not prevent infection or transmission. They are “leaky” vaccines. This means they remove the evolutionary pressure on the virus to become less lethal. It also means that the vaccinated are perfect carriers. In other words, those who are vaccinated are a threat to the unvaccinated, not the other way around.

All of the COVID-19 vaccines currently in use have undergone minimal testing, with highly accelerated clinical trials. Though they appear to limit severe illness, the long-term safety profile of these vaccines remains unknown.

Some of these so-called “vaccines” utilize an untested new technology that has never been used in vaccines before. Traditional vaccines use weakened or killed virus to stimulate an immune response. The Moderna and Pfizer-BioNTech vaccines do not. They are purported to consist of an intramuscular shot containing a suspension of lipid nanoparticles filled with messenger RNA. The way they generate an immune response is by fusing with cells in a vaccine recipient’s shoulder, undergoing endocytosis, releasing their mRNA cargo into those cells, and then utilizing the ribosomes in those cells to synthesize modified SARS-CoV-2 Spike proteins in-situ.

etc etc etc and the news article continues

In ADE, antibodies from a previous infection become non-neutralizing due to mutations in the virus’s proteins. These non-neutralizing antibodies then act as trojan horses, allowing live, active virus to be pulled into macrophages through their Fc receptor pathways, allowing the virus to infect immune cells that it would not have been able to infect before. This has been known to happen with Dengue Fever; when someone gets sick with Dengue, recovers, and then contracts a different strain, they can get very, very ill. If someone is vaccinated with mRNA based on the Spike from the initial Wuhan strain of SARS-CoV-2, and then they become infected with a future, mutated strain of the virus, they may become severely ill. In other words, it is possible for vaccines to sensitize someone to disease.

There is a precedent for this in recent history. Sanofi’s Dengvaxia vaccine for Dengue failed because it caused immune sensitization in people whose immune systems were Dengue-naive.

In mice immunized against SARS-CoV and challenged with the virus, a close relative of SARS-CoV-2, they developed immune sensitization, Th2 immunopathology, and eosinophil infiltration in their lungs.

We have been told that SARS-CoV-2 mRNA vaccines cannot be integrated into the human genome, because messenger RNA cannot be turned back into DNA. This is false. There are elements in human cells called LINE-1 retrotransposons, which can indeed integrate mRNA into a human genome by endogenous reverse transcription. Because the mRNA used in the vaccines is stabilized, it hangs around in cells longer, increasing the chances for this to happen. If the gene for SARS-CoV-2 Spike is integrated into a portion of the genome that is not silent and actually expresses a protein, it is possible that people who take this vaccine may continuously express SARS-CoV-2 Spike from their somatic cells for the rest of their lives.

By inoculating people with a vaccine that causes their bodies to produce Spike in-situ, they are being inoculated with a pathogenic protein. A toxin that may cause long-term inflammation, heart problems, and a raised risk of cancers. In the long-term, it may also potentially lead to premature neurodegenerative disease.

Absolutely nobody should be compelled to take this vaccine under any circumstances, and in actual fact, the vaccination campaign must be stopped immediately. COVID-19 Criminal Conspiracy:

The vaccine and the virus were made by the same people.

In 2014, there was a moratorium on SARS gain-of-function research that lasted until 2017. This research was not halted. Instead, it was outsourced, with the federal grants being laundered through NGOs.

Ralph Baric is a virologist and SARS expert at UNC Chapel Hill in North Carolina. This is who Anthony Fauci was referring to when he insisted, before Congress, that if any gain-of-function research was being conducted, it was being conducted in North Carolina.

This was a lie. Anthony Fauci lied before Congress. A felony.

Ralph Baric and Shi Zhengli are colleagues and have co-written papers together. Ralph Baric mentored Shi Zhengli in his gain-of-function manipulation techniques, particularly serial passage, which results in a virus that appears as if it originated naturally. In other words, deniable bioweapons. Serial passage in humanized hACE2 mice may have produced something like SARS-CoV-2.

The funding for the gain-of-function research being conducted at the Wuhan Institute of Virology came from Peter Daszak. Peter Daszak runs an NGO called EcoHealth Alliance. EcoHealth Alliance received millions of dollars in grant money from the National Institutes of Health/National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (that is, Anthony Fauci), the Defense Threat Reduction Agency (part of the US Department of Defense), and the United States Agency for International Development. NIH/NIAID contributed a few million dollars, and DTRA and USAID each contributed tens of millions of dollars towards this research. Altogether, it was over a hundred million dollars.

EcoHealth Alliance subcontracted these grants to the Wuhan Institute of Virology, a lab in China with a very questionable safety record and poorly trained staff, so that they could conduct gain-of-function research, not in their fancy P4 lab, but in a level-2 lab where technicians wore nothing more sophisticated than perhaps a hairnet, latex gloves, and a surgical mask, instead of the bubble suits used when working with dangerous viruses. Chinese scientists in Wuhan reported being routinely bitten and urinated on by laboratory animals. Why anyone would outsource this dangerous and delicate work to the People’s Republic of China, a country infamous for industrial accidents and massive explosions that have claimed hundreds of lives, is completely beyond me, unless the aim was to start a pandemic on purpose.

In November of 2019, three technicians at the Wuhan Institute of Virology developed symptoms consistent with a flu-like illness. Anthony Fauci, Peter Daszak, and Ralph Baric knew at once what had happened, because back channels exist between this laboratory and our scientists and officials. December 12th, 2019, Ralph Baric signed a Material Transfer Agreement (essentially, an NDA) to receive Coronavirus mRNA vaccine-related materials co-owned by Moderna and NIH. It wasn’t until a whole month later, on January 11th, 2020, that China allegedly sent us the sequence to what would become known as SARS-CoV-2. Moderna claims, rather absurdly, that they developed a working vaccine from this sequence in under 48 hours.

Stephane Bancel, the current CEO of Moderna, was formerly the CEO of bioMerieux, a French multinational corporation specializing in medical diagnostic tech, founded by one Alain Merieux. Alain Merieux was one of the individuals who was instrumental in the construction of the Wuhan Institute of Virology’s P4 lab. The FDA banned ranitidine (Zantac) due to supposed NDMA (N-nitrosodimethylamine) contamination. Ranitidine is not only an H2 blocker used as antacid, but also has a powerful antioxidant effect, scavenging hydroxyl radicals. This gives it utility in treating COVID-19.

The FDA also attempted to take N-acetylcysteine, a harmless amino acid supplement and antioxidant, off the shelves, compelling Amazon to remove it from their online storefront.

This leaves us with a chilling question: did the FDA knowingly suppress antioxidants useful for treating COVID-19 sepsis as part of a criminal conspiracy against the American public?

The establishment is cooperating with, and facilitating, the worst criminals in human history, and are actively suppressing non-vaccine treatments and therapies in order to compel us to inject these criminals’ products into our bodies. This is absolutely unacceptable.

COVID-19 Vaccine Development and Links to Transhumanism:

This section deals with some more speculative aspects of the pandemic and the medical and scientific establishment’s reaction to it, as well as the disturbing links between scientists involved in vaccine research and scientists whose work involved merging nanotechnology with living cells.

On June 9th, 2020, Charles Lieber, a Harvard nanotechnology researcher with decades of experience, was indicted by the DOJ for fraud. Charles Lieber received millions of dollars in grant money from the US Department of Defense, specifically the military think tanks DARPA, AFOSR, and ONR, as well as NIH and MITRE. His specialty is the use of silicon nanowires in lieu of patch clamp electrodes to monitor and modulate intracellular activity, something he has been working on at Harvard for the past twenty years. He was claimed to have been working on silicon nanowire batteries in China, but none of his colleagues can recall him ever having worked on battery technology in his life; all of his research deals with bionanotechnology, or the blending of nanotech with living cells.

The indictment was over his collaboration with the Wuhan University of Technology. He had double- dipped, against the terms of his DOD grants, and taken money from the PRC’s Thousand Talents plan, a program which the Chinese government uses to bribe Western scientists into sharing proprietary R&D information that can be exploited by the PLA for strategic advantage.

Charles Lieber’s own papers describe the use of silicon nanowires for brain-computer interfaces, or “neural lace” technology. His papers describe how neurons can endocytose whole silicon nanowires or parts of them, monitoring and even modulating neuronal activity.

Charles Lieber was a colleague of Robert Langer. Together, along with Daniel S. Kohane, they worked on a paper describing artificial tissue scaffolds that could be implanted in a human heart to monitor its activity remotely.

Robert Langer, an MIT alumnus and expert in nanotech drug delivery, is one of the co-founders of Moderna. His net worth is now $5.1 billion USD thanks to Moderna’s mRNA-1273 vaccine sales.

Both Charles Lieber and Robert Langer’s bibliographies describe, essentially, techniques for human enhancement, i.e. transhumanism. Klaus Schwab, the founder of the World Economic Forum and the architect behind the so-called “Great Reset”, has long spoken of the “blending of biology and machinery” in his books.

Since these revelations, it has come to the attention of independent researchers that the COVID-19 vaccines may contain reduced graphene oxide nanoparticles. Japanese researchers have also found unexplained contaminants in COVID-19 vaccines.

Graphene oxide is an anxiolytic. It has been shown to reduce the anxiety of laboratory mice when injected into their brains. Indeed, given SARS-CoV-2 Spike’s propensity to compromise the blood-brain barrier and increase its permeability, it is the perfect protein for preparing brain tissue for extravasation of nanoparticles from the bloodstream and into the brain. Graphene is also highly conductive and, in some circumstances, paramagnetic.

In 2013, under the Obama administration, DARPA launched the BRAIN Initiative; BRAIN is an acronym for Brain Research Through Advancing Innovative Neurotechnologies®. This program involves the development of brain-computer interface technologies for the military, particularly non-invasive, injectable systems that cause minimal damage to brain tissue when removed. Supposedly, this technology would be used for healing wounded soldiers with traumatic brain injuries, the direct brain control of prosthetic limbs, and even new abilities such as controlling drones with one’s mind.

Various methods have been proposed for achieving this, including optogenetics, magnetogenetics, ultrasound, implanted electrodes, and transcranial electromagnetic stimulation. In all instances, the goal is to obtain read or read-write capability over neurons, either by stimulating and probing them, or by rendering them especially sensitive to stimulation and probing.

However, the notion of the widespread use of BCI technology, such as Elon Musk’s Neuralink device, raises many concerns over privacy and personal autonomy. Reading from neurons is problematic enough on its own. Wireless brain-computer interfaces may interact with current or future wireless GSM infrastructure, creating neurological data security concerns. A hacker or other malicious actor may compromise such networks to obtain people’s brain data, and then exploit it for nefarious purposes.

However, a device capable of writing to human neurons, not just reading from them, presents another, even more serious set of ethical concerns. A BCI that is capable of altering the contents of one’s mind for innocuous purposes, such as projecting a heads-up display onto their brain’s visual center or sending audio into one’s auditory cortex, would also theoretically be capable of altering mood and personality, or perhaps even subjugating someone’s very will, rendering them utterly obedient to authority. This technology would be a tyrant’s wet dream. Imagine soldiers who would shoot their own countrymen without hesitation, or helpless serfs who are satisfied to live in literal dog kennels.

BCIs could be used to unscrupulously alter perceptions of basic things such as emotions and values, changing people’s thresholds of satiety, happiness, anger, disgust, and so forth. This is not inconsequential. Someone’s entire regime of behaviors could be altered by a BCI, including such things as suppressing their appetite or desire for virtually anything on Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs.

Anything is possible when you have direct access to someone’s brain and its contents. Someone who is obese could be made to feel disgust at the sight of food. Someone who is involuntarily celibate could have their libido disabled so they don’t even desire sex to begin with. Someone who is racist could be forced to feel delight over cohabiting with people of other races. Someone who is violent could be forced to be meek and submissive. These things might sound good to you if you are a tyrant, but to normal people, the idea of personal autonomy being overridden to such a degree is appalling.

For the wealthy, neural laces would be an unequaled boon, giving them the opportunity to enhance their intelligence with neuroprosthetics (i.e. an “exocortex”), and to deliver irresistible commands directly into the minds of their BCI-augmented servants, even physically or sexually abusive commands that they would normally refuse.

If the vaccine is a method to surreptitiously introduce an injectable BCI into millions of people without their knowledge or consent, then what we are witnessing is the rise of a tyrannical regime unlike anything ever seen before on the face of this planet, one that fully intends to strip every man, woman, and child of our free will.

Our flaws are what make us human. A utopia arrived at by removing people’s free will is not a utopia at all. It is a monomaniacal nightmare. Furthermore, the people who rule over us are Dark Triad types who cannot be trusted with such power. Imagine being beaten and sexually assaulted by a wealthy and powerful psychopath and being forced to smile and laugh over it because your neural lace gives you no choice but to obey your master.

The Elites are forging ahead with this technology without giving people any room to question the social or ethical ramifications, or to establish regulatory frameworks that ensure that our personal agency and autonomy will not be overridden by these devices. They do this because they secretly dream of a future where they can treat you worse than an animal and you cannot even fight back. If this evil plan is allowed to continue, it will spell the end of humanity as we know it.

Conclusions:

The current pandemic was produced and perpetuated by the establishment, through the use of a virus engineered in a PLA-connected Chinese biowarfare laboratory, with the aid of American taxpayer dollars and French expertise.

This research was conducted under the absolutely ridiculous euphemism of “gain-of-function” research, which is supposedly carried out in order to determine which viruses have the highest potential for zoonotic spillover and preemptively vaccinate or guard against them.

Gain-of-function/gain-of-threat research, a.k.a. “Dual-Use Research of Concern”, or DURC, is bioweapon research by another, friendlier-sounding name, simply to avoid the taboo of calling it what it actually is. It has always been bioweapon research. The people who are conducting this research fully understand that they are taking wild pathogens that are not infectious in humans and making them more infectious, often taking grants from military think tanks encouraging them to do so.

These virologists conducting this type of research are enemies of their fellow man, like pyromaniac firefighters. GOF research has never protected anyone from any pandemic. In fact, it has now started one, meaning its utility for preventing pandemics is actually negative. It should have been banned globally, and the lunatics performing it should have been put in straitjackets long ago.

Either through a leak or an intentional release from the Wuhan Institute of Virology, a deadly SARS strain is now endemic across the globe, after the WHO and CDC and public officials first downplayed the risks, and then intentionally incited a panic and lockdowns that jeopardized people’s health and their livelihoods.

This was then used by the utterly depraved and psychopathic aristocratic class who rule over us as an excuse to coerce people into accepting an injected poison which may be a depopulation agent, a mind control/pacification agent in the form of injectable “smart dust”, or both in one. They believe they can get away with this by weaponizing the social stigma of vaccine refusal. They are incorrect.

Their motives are clear and obvious to anyone who has been paying attention. These megalomaniacs have raided the pension funds of the free world. Wall Street is insolvent and has had an ongoing liquidity crisis since the end of 2019. The aim now is to exert total, full-spectrum physical, mental, and financial control over humanity before we realize just how badly we’ve been extorted by these maniacs.

The pandemic and its response served multiple purposes for the Elite:

Concealing a depression brought on by the usurious plunder of our economies conducted by rentier-capitalists and absentee owners who produce absolutely nothing of any value to society whatsoever. Instead of us having a very predictable Occupy Wall Street Part II, the Elites and their stooges got to stand up on television and paint themselves as wise and all-powerful saviors instead of the marauding cabal of despicable land pirates that they are.

Destroying small businesses and eroding the middle class.

• Transferring trillions of dollars of wealth from the American public and into the pockets of billionaires and special interests.

• Engaging in insider trading, buying stock in biotech companies and shorting brick-and-mortar businesses and travel companies, with the aim of collapsing face-to-face commerce and tourism and replacing it with e-commerce and servitization.

• Creating a casus belli for war with China, encouraging us to attack them, wasting American lives and treasure and driving us to the brink of nuclear armageddon.

Establishing technological and biosecurity frameworks for population control and technocratic- socialist “smart cities” where everyone’s movements are despotically tracked, all in anticipation of widespread automation, joblessness, and food shortages, by using the false guise of a vaccine to compel cooperation.

Any one of these things would constitute a vicious rape of Western society. Taken together, they beggar belief; they are a complete inversion of our most treasured values.

What is the purpose of all of this? One can only speculate as to the perpetrators’ motives, however, we have some theories.

The Elites are trying to pull up the ladder, erase upward mobility for large segments of the population, cull political opponents and other “undesirables”, and put the remainder of humanity on a tight leash, rationing our access to certain goods and services that they have deemed “high-impact”, such as automobile use, tourism, meat consumption, and so on. Naturally, they will continue to have their own luxuries, as part of a strict caste system akin to feudalism.

Why are they doing this? Simple. The Elites are Neo-Malthusians and believe that we are overpopulated and that resource depletion will collapse civilization in a matter of a few short decades. They are not necessarily incorrect in this belief. We are overpopulated, and we are consuming too many resources. However, orchestrating such a gruesome and murderous power grab in response to a looming crisis demonstrates that they have nothing but the utmost contempt for their fellow man.

To those who are participating in this disgusting farce without any understanding of what they are doing, we have one word for you. Stop. You are causing irreparable harm to your country and to your fellow citizens.

To those who may be reading this warning and have full knowledge and understanding of what they are doing and how it will unjustly harm millions of innocent people, we have a few more words.

Damn you to hell. You will not destroy America and the Free World, and you will not have your New World Order. We will make certain of that.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/09/27/i-am-spartacus/ 

:: 9-26-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Even The MSM Is Now Warning 'Thousands More People Are Dying Than Usual, But It's Not From COVID', As Deagel's 2025 Forecast For Massive Depopulation Is Unfolding Before Our Eyes

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die September 26, 2021

Just over two months ago, back on July 13th, the Australian website AAP published a story titled "Depopulation projections a dystopian fantasy", a story within which they 'analyzed' the 2025 forecast for Australia, America and the world which had been made for years by the website Deagel.com.

While as we had reported back on April 22nd of this year, Deagel finally ended the publishing of that 2025 forecast, ghosting their predictions of a greatly 'culled' Western world, (with their forecast of America's population dropping from 327 million to less than 100 million by 2025 one of the most concerning), a story published Friday over at Yahoo News brings their forecast back to the forefront, with Yahoo's story concerningly titled "Thousands more people than usual are dying...but it’s not from Covid".

And that Yahoo story confirms much of what the independent media has been reporting upon since the rollout of the mRNA injection, though they never blamed these 'excess deaths' on 'the vax' still being pushed as the 'answer to' COVID by the globalists, but look at what they did report!

While focus remains firmly fixed on Covid-19, a second health crisis is quietly emerging in Britain. Since the beginning of July, there have been thousands of excess deaths that were not caused by coronavirus. According to health experts, this is highly unusual for the summer.

Although excess deaths are expected during the winter months, when cold weather and seasonal infections combine to place pressure on the NHS, summer generally sees a lull. This year is a worrying outlier.

According to the Office for National Statistics (ONS), since July 2 there have been 9,619 excess deaths in England and Wales, of which 48 per cent (4,635) were not caused by Covid-19. So if all these extra people are not dying from coronavirus, what is killing them?

Data from Public Health England (PHE) shows that during that period there were 2,103 extra death registrations with ischemic heart disease, 1,552 with heart failure, as well as an extra 760 deaths with cerebrovascular diseases such as stroke and aneurysm and 3,915 with other circulatory diseases.

Acute and chronic respiratory infections were also up with 3,416 more mentions on death certificates than expected since the start of July, while there have been 1,234 extra urinary system disease deaths, 324 with cirrhosis and liver disease and 1,905 with diabetes. Alarmingly, many of these conditions saw the biggest drops in diagnosis in 2020, as the NHS struggled to cope with the pandemic.

A report released last week by the Government detailing the direct and indirect health impacts of the pandemic reported that there were an estimated 23 million fewer GP consultations – both in-person and online, in 2020 compared with 2019. Diagnosis of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) fell by 51 per cent, atrial fibrillation 26 per cent, heart failure 20 per cent, diabetes 19 per cent, coronary heart disease, 17 per cent and stroke and transient ischemic attack by 16 per cent.

So while the 'pandemic' was allegedly raging at full speed ahead in 2020, and the common cold and 'the flu' seemingly dropped off the charts while 'many of the conditions' mentioned above saw 'the biggest drops in diagnosis in 2020', the clot-shot is rolled out and suddenly, voila, people are dropping dead like flies?! No doubt they've known all along what they're doing, with Joe Biden himself playing a leading role in the 'Operation Dark Winter Exercises' he's continued to reference, over and over and over again, without the key words 'Operation' or 'Exercises' mentioned by him.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

As Natural News had reported just days ago, the COVID-19 vaccines will have devastating, long-term effects according to French Nobel Prize winner Luc Montagnier, including massive instances of heart diseases and deaths now being reported in teenagers who've gotten 'the shot'. And as we'd warned just days ago on ANP, according to the CDC's VAERS website data, more people have died from 'vaccines' according to their own numbers in 2021 than in the previous several decades combined! From the Natural News story.:

French Nobel Prize winner Luc Montagnier has recently warned that those who get Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccines could experience devastating long-term consequences.

Montagnier, an expert virologist, was awarded the Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine in 2008 with a colleague for their discovery of the human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV.

Now, Montagnier has trained his expertise on the coronavirus and on the experimental and deadly vaccines developed to supposedly counteract it. He has spoken on multiple occasions regarding how the COVID-19 vaccines spur on the development of even deadlier vaccine-borne variants.

“It’s very simple, they [coronavirus variants] arise from vaccination,” said Montagnier in an interview. The virologist noted that the coronavirus already has a great ability to mutate, like influenza, and many of its later mutations such as the delta variant are empowered by the vaccines.

“It is vaccination that spurs the creation of new strains of the virus,” said Montagnier. “The Chinese virus collides with the antibodies created by the vaccine, and it has two paths: Either to die or to look for a way to bypass the vaccine. The new strains are the virus’s response to vaccination.”

So does anyone really believe all of these 'excess deaths' being reported on now in the UK and elsewhere around the world are just 'coincidences'? The eagerness with which they keep pushing these shots hint at something much more sinister at play, and all we need to do is take a look at what's happening now in 'the land down under' to see what that 'sinister' is. So while all evidence indicates that Australia is falling to full-scale medical tyranny, let's take a look back at this July of 2021 story over at AAP, the 'Australian Associated Press' about Deagel's 2025 forecast and the globalists depopulation agenda. Anyone think we'll get any truth from them?

A social media post claims that a “major military industrial corporation” projected Western populations would be cut in half by 2025 “inexplicably”, with the post linking the dire prediction to “future biological warfare” following the COVID-19 pandemic.

The text claims the projections were “discovered in 2014”, pointing to the post’s comments for “photo evidence”. In the comments, screenshots from the Deagel.com website show forecasts that the populations of the United States and Australia will drop to 65 million and 8.9 million respectively by 2025. (ANP: Though that forecast number for the US was raised to 99 million soon after.) The Facebook post, by a page administered from Australia, had generated more than 550 interactions at the time of writing.

THE ANALYSIS:

The source of the post’s projected population figures is not a “major military industrial corporation” as claimed but an obscure website, which itself admits made the predictions based on pure speculation. Deagel.com has described itself as a “non-profit, built on spare time” that is “not linked to any government”. Nevertheless, it has previously been falsely identified as a secret US intelligence agency and a United Nations-linked group in posts and articles sharing misinformation based on the site’s groundless projections.

Yet as we have reported numerous times on ANP, the sources for the extremely detailed military information published by Deagel are groups such as the CIA, the US Department of State, the United States Department of Defense, the World Bank and the European Union, as well as other groups heavily linked to the 'globalists'.

With that AAP story also bringing up 'The Great Reset' now being pushed by the globalists in the wake of COVID, the total collapse of Western Civilization, with the financial system collapse going along with it, along with 'depopulation', their so-called 'verdict' as a 'fact-checking website' completely avoids Australia's present reality, a reality which shows the utter brutality of the 'new world order' that absolutely must be opposed here in the United States at all costs for the future of the entire human race. There should never be a 'safe space' for tyranny to flourish in a free country. As Gerald Celente recently warned Greg Hunter as reported in this USA Watchdog story, if Americans don't 'fight for freedom, it'll be hell on Earth.'

Both of videos below take a look at the globalists ongoing war upon humanity, with us being told in the 2nd video that Dr. Anthony Fauci and the globalists will continue to 'attack our planet' with more bioweapons as we move into the future.

https://allnewspipeline.com/MSM_Warns_Thousands_More_People_Are_Dying_Than_Usual.php 

:: 9-24-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WAYNE ROOT: Police, Fire, Military Being Gutted by Vaccine Mandate. Is This China’s Plan to Destroy USA?

By Assistant Editor  Published September 24, 2021 at 2:40pm

438 Comments  Share   By Wayne Allyn Root

I have bad news and good news.

I’ll save good news for the end- because you need to know there is hope.

The bad news is, the country is on fire, thanks to the brain- dead, feeble, old man with dementia (aka President Joe Biden). If you don’t believe me just see the 14,000 Haitian illegal aliens hiding under a bridge in Texas, and now released into America by Biden. That should help the Covid pandemic.

TRENDING: HUGE DEVELOPMENT! They Got Caught! 24 Criminal Operatives Caught on Video Stuffing Dropbox with 1,900 Ballots in 3 Days (VIDEO)

But the worst is yet to come. I’m referring to Biden’s vaccine mandate. This is the most dangerous threat to our national security in history.

As a nationally syndicated radio host I get thousands of emails a week. The ones I’m getting right now are downright tragic. I’m getting heartfelt letters of anguish from policemen, firemen, paramedics, nurses, corrections officers, active duty military, military fighter jet pilots, even Navy Seals.

They’re all getting ready to quit, or be fired, because of vaccine mandates. They do not want the vaccine. Even if they have to give up their pensions. Even if they are one year away from retirement and a six-figure pension.

They’ve studied the vaccine. They know the dangers. They know it’s crippling, killing and weakening the immune systems of millions of Americans. They’ve seen the Project Veritas undercover videos of US government healthcare workers admitting the Covid vaccine is killing and injuring Americans. And admitting our government is covering it up.

As First Responders, many have seen the carnage up close and personal. They see the vaccine-injured every day in the ER or ICU.

The mainstream media is blacking out this story like it’s on Hunter Biden’s laptop. But the numbers of First Responders who quit, retire, or get fired will be shocking. The damage to our country will be devastating.

Think about it. These are the frontline defenders of America. What if one third of cops resign? One third of the firemen? One third of the nurses? One third of prison guards? Good luck.

You think I’m exaggerating? I’ve only seen one poll made public on this topic. In San Diego 65% of the cops say they’ll quit rather than take the vaccine.

It turns out my educated guess is low.

What happens when one third of the military quits? How about one third of fighter jet pilots? How about one third of Navy Seals? Who is going to defend America? This is the greatest national security threat in history.

Our national defense will be in shambles. China can just sit back and watch us self-destruct. Did you ever think maybe that’s the plan? Just this week a whistleblower reported China purposely released Covid at the Wuhan Military Games in October of 2019.

So, maybe, just maybe this whole vaccine mandate disaster is “made in China.” Dividing America, weakening our economy, gutting our military, creating a shortage of frontline First Responders, is a dream-come-true for China.

This is how China wins WWIII without firing a shot.

So, what’s the good news? I have a solution. You can read about it in my brand new #1 bestselling book, “The Great Patriot Protest & Boycott Book.” It’s the conservative version of

Rules for Radicals.” It teaches conservatives how to use protest, boycotts, intimidation and civil disobedience- just like liberals have done to us for decades. Two can play at that game. It teaches conservatives how to become the LOUD MAJORITY.

This book even includes the actual phone numbers and emails to contact the top liberal and woke CEOs in America.

And I have proof it works. A book buyer contacted me yesterday. He was giddy. He emailed three CEO’s of the biggest companies in America- with the contact information provided in my book. Within hours all three CEOs personally responded. He sent me their emails. All three big shots were clearly scared to death by threats of a boycott by this conservative. But that was from only one person contacting them.

Can you imagine what we can achieve when 100,000 conservatives, or 1 million conservatives contact corporations and politicians to threaten a boycott. This is the game-changer.

This battle isn’t over yet. Not by a longshot. I believe we can keep the wolves at bay with the strategy found in my book. And then in 2024…

The latest Rasmussen poll shows Donald J. Trump beating Biden by a 10-point landslide, and beating Kamala Harris by 13 points.

As Winston Churchill said, Never, never, never, ever give up, or give in.” Keep the faith. The cavalry is coming!

Wayne Allyn Root is known as “the Conservative Warrior.” Wayne’s new book, “The Great Patriot Protest & Boycott Book” is out September 16 th. Wayne is host of the nationally- syndicated “Wayne Allyn Root: Raw & Unfiltered” on USA Radio Network, daily from 6 PM to 9 PM EST and the “WAR RAW” podcast. Visit ROOTforAmerica.com, or listen live at http://usaradio.com/wayne-allyn-root/ or “on demand” 24/7 at iHeartRadio.com.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/09/wayne-root-police-fire-military-gutted-vaccine-mandate-chinas-plan-destroy-usa/ 

:: 9-24-21 Deep Capture :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AFFIDAVIT OF LTC. THERESA LONG M.D. IN SUPPORT OF A MOTION FOR A PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION ORDER

by Patrick Byrne  September 24, 2021

9K shares

AFFIDAVIT OF LTC. THERESA LONG M.D. IN SUPPORT OF A MOTION FOR A PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION ORDER

I, Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS being duly sworn, depose and state as follows:

1. I make this affidavit, as a whistle blower under the Military Whistleblower Protection Act, Title 10 U.S.C. § 1034, in support of the above referenced MOTION as expert testimony in support thereof.

2. The expert opinions expressed here are my own and arrived at from my persons, professional and educational experiences taken in context, where appropriate, by scientific data, publications, treatises, opinions, documents, reports and other information relevant to the subject matter and are not necessarily those of the Army or Department of Defense.

Experience & Credentials

3. I am competent to testify to the facts and matters set forth herein. A true and accurate copy of my curriculum vitae is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

4. After receiving a bachelor’s degree from the University of Texas Austin, completed my medical degree from the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston Medical School in 2008. I served as a Field Surgeon for ten years and went on to complete a residency in Aerospace and Occupational Medicine at the United States Army School of Aviation Medicine, Fort Rucker, AL. I hold a Master’s in Public Health, and I have been trained by the Combat Readiness Center at Ft. Rucker as an Aviation Safety Officer. Additionally, I have trained in the Medical Management of Chemical and Biological Causalities at Fort Detrick and USAMIIRD.

5. I am board-certified in flight Aerospace Medicine and board eligible in Occupational Medicine.

6. I am currently serving as the Brigade Surgeon for the 1st Aviation Brigade Ft. Rucker, Alabama and am responsible for certifying the health, mental and physical ability, and readiness for all nearly 4,000 individuals on flight status on this post.

7. My appended curriculum vitae further demonstrates my academic and scientific achievements by me over the past thirteen years.

8. Prior to the outset of the pandemic, I received specialized military training from Infectious Disease doctors from the Army, Navy and Air Force on emerging infectious disease threats, FEMA training, Emergency preparedness training, Medical effects of Ionizing Radiation, OSHA, Aerospace Toxicology, Epidemiology, Biostatistics, medical research and disaster planning. More recently I have functioned as a medical and scientific advisor to an Aviation training Brigade seeking to identify risk mitigation strategies, and bio statistical analysis of SARS- Cov-2 (“Covid 19”) infections in both vaccinated and unvaccinated Soldiers. In so doing, I have identified, diagnosed and treated Covid 19 pathogenic infections. I have observed vaccine adverse events following the administration of EUA vaccines and followed the success of Soldiers who obtained various Covid 19 therapies outside the military. The majority of service members within the DOD population are young and in good physical condition. Military aviators are a subset of the military population that must meet the most stringent medical standards to be on flight status. The population of student pilots I take care of are primarily in their 20s-30s, males and in excellent physical condition. The risk of serious illness or death in this population from SARs-CoV-2 is minimal, with a survival rate of 99.997%.

9. In observing, studying and analyzing all the available data, information, samples, experiences, histories and results of these treatments and inoculations provided, I have formulated a professional opinion, which requires me to report those findings to superiors in the chain of command and colleagues in the military. I have done so with mixed results in terms of acceptance, rejection and threats of punishment for so sharing.

10. The application of risk management is critical to the safety and success in both medicine and aviation. Aerospace Medicine is a specialty devoted to safety of flight by the aeromedical dispositioning and treatment of flight crew members, as accomplished by the consistent and careful application of risk mitigation and management strategies. ATP 5-19, 1-3. Risk Management (RM)1 outlines a disciplined approach to express a risk level in terms readily understood at all echelons.

11. 1-6. States, “A risk decision is a commander, leader, or individual’s determination to accept or not accept. The risk(s) associated with an action he or she will take or will direct others to take. RM is only effective when specific information about hazards and risks is passed to the appropriate level of command for a risk decision. Subordinates must pass specific risk information up the chain of command.”

12. “When the specific information about hazards and risks is passed to the appropriate level of command for a risk decision. Subordinates must pass specific risk information up the chain of command. Conversely, the higher command must provide subordinates making risk decisions or implementing controls with the established risk tolerance—the level of risk the responsible commander is willing to accept. RM application must be inclusive; those executing an operation and those directing it participate in an integrated process”.

13. 1-7. States, “In the context of RM, a control is an action taken to eliminate a hazard or to reduce its risk. Commanders establish local policies and regulations if appropriate”.

14. The five steps of Risk management include 1. Identify the hazards, 2. Assess the hazards, 3. Develop controls and make risk decisions, 4. Implement controls, 5. Supervise and evaluate.

15. It is therefore my responsibility and that of every leader to apply the steps of risk management to the current pandemic and countermeasures used. The CDC and the FDA are civilian agencies that do not have the mission of National Defense that the DOD has. Guidance and recommendations made by these civilian agencies must be filtered through strategic perspective of national defense and the potential risks recommendations may have on the health of the entire fighting force. Ensuring that the health of the fighting force is not compromised is a strategic imperative, for which every military physician is responsible to of the entire fighting force. Ensuring that the health of the fighting force is not compromised is a strategic imperative, for which every military physician is responsible to ensure.

16. Step 1: Identify the hazards: As defined by FM 1-02.1 Operational Terms, pg. 1- 48, hazard is a condition with the potential to cause injury, illness, or death of personnel; damage to or loss of equipment or property; or mission degradation.

17. Step 2: Assess the Hazards: There are numerous therapeutic agents that have been proven to significantly reduce infection and therefore provide protection from the harmful effects of SARs-CoV-2.

18. Literature has demonstrated that natural immunity is durable, completed, and superior to vaccination immunity to SARs-CoV-2. mRNA vaccines produced by Pfizer and Moderna both have been linked to myocarditis, especially in young males between 16-24 years old,2 The majority of young new Army aviators are in their early twenties. We know there is a risk of myocarditis with each mRNA vaccination. We additionally now know that vaccination does not necessarily prevent infection or transmission of SARs-CoV-2Therefore individuals fully vaccinated with mRNA vaccines have at least two independent risk factors for myocarditis after vaccination. Additional boaster shots add more risk. It is impossible to perform a risk/benefit analysis on the use of mRNA as counter measures to SARs-CoV-2 without further data… Use of mRNA vaccines in our fighting force, presents a risk of undetermined magnitude, in a population in which less than 20 active-duty personnel out of 1.4 million, died of the underlying SARs- CoV-2.

19. Aircrew Training Program (ATP) 5-19, 1-8. Accept No Unnecessary Risk, states, “An unnecessary risk is any risk that, if taken, will not contribute meaningfully to mission accomplishment or will needlessly endanger lives or resources. Army leaders accept only a level of risk in which the potential benefit outweighs the potential loss.

20. Research shows that most individuals with myocarditis do not have any symptoms. Complications of myocarditis include dilated cardiomyopathy, arrhythmias, sudden cardiac death and carries a mortality rate of 20% at one year and 50% at 5 years. According to the National Center for Biotechnology Information, U.S. National Library of Medicine, “despite optimal medical management, overall mortality has not changed in the last 30 years”.

21. Step 3: Develop controls and make risk decisions: Because vaccination with mRNA increase the risk of myocarditis, a comprehensive screening program should be implemented immediately to identify individuals who have been affected and attempt to mitigate immediate risks and long-term disability.

22. Step 4: Implement Controls: Send out clear guidance to all DOD healthcare professionals on risks of-vaccination myocarditis. Compulsory SARs-CoV-2 mRNA vaccination program should be immediately suspended until research can be done to determine the true magnitude of risk of myocarditis in individuals who have been vaccinated. We must evaluate and immediately implement alternatives to mRNA vaccines, to include Ivermectin (FDA approved 1996), Remdesivir (FDA approved 2020), Hydroxychloroquine (FDA approved 1955), Regeneron (FDA EU approved 2020). Review VAERS data for deaths from COVID for age-matched data and data from active duty COVID deaths within the DOD to perform a risk/benefit analysis.

23. Step 5: Supervise and evaluate: We must establish a screening program to identify those at increased risk of myocarditis, i.e. those that have, received mRNA vaccinations with Comirnaty, BioNTech or Moderna, or have any of the following symptoms chest pain, shortness of breath or palpitations They should have screening tested performed in accordance with the CDC recommendations prior to return to flight duties. Per the CDC guidelines the initial evaluation of individuals identified according to the above criteria include ECG, troponin level, inflammatory markers such as the C-reactive protein and erythrocyte sedimentation rate. It should be noted that the gold standard for diagnosis of myocarditis is end myocardial biopsy (EMB).

24. The shots carry mRNA that causes the recipient to create trillions of spike proteins. This is a problem for five reasons. First, it turns out that the spike proteins are not remaining locally in the (shoulder) injection site but have been found circulating in the blood and in virtually all organs of the body. Second, the spike proteins themselves have been shown to be pathogenic (disease causing) attaching to endothelial, pulmonary and other cells, forming clots and attacking heart cells. Third, the spike proteins and their lipid nanoparticles cross the blood brain barrier, with unknown long-term effects on the brain and high concern for chronic neurodegenerative disorders. Fourth, these spike proteins interact in many signaling pathways which may trigger tumor formation, cancer, and other serious diseases. Fifth, according to Pfizer’s Japanese distribution study of LNP accumulation, unexpected sequestering in reproductive organs and spleen raise very serious long-term concerns. As aircrew Training Program (ATP) 5-19, 1-8 states we shall: Accept No Unnecessary Risk. “An unnecessary risk is any risk that, if taken, will not contribute meaningfully to mission accomplishment or will needlessly endanger lives or resources. Army leaders accept only a level of risk in which the potential benefit outweighs the potential loss. From a risk management assessment perspective, with no long-term safety data regarding these five issues, this is an unacceptable risk management risk.

25. The labels for Comirnaty and BioNtech clearly state that the vaccination should not be given to individuals that are allergic to ingredients. One of the listed primary ingredients of these injectables is Polyethylene glycol (“PEG”) which is close in molecular makeup and in the same family of synthetic polymers as Propylene Glycol, a common ingredient in antifreeze. Others seem to agree my point per recent scientific studies that caused a group of 57 doctors and scientists to call for an immediate halt to the vaccination program. The concern with this ingredient, is that Polyethylene glycol (PEG) is that it is an adjuvant which causes an immune response without carrying any vaccine at all. We believe 72% of the population already has PEG antibodies. That bodily response to PEG, ranges from severe anaphylactic response requiring hospitalization or death, to life-long allergies and anti-drug antibodies (ADAs) which could stop other medications from working in your body. Another primary ingredient of the Lipid Nanoparticle delivery system is “ALC 0315” (two attachments, parts highlighted) in the Pfizer shots. The fourth attachment is the toxicity report on ALC-0315, which comprises between 30-50% of the total ingredients. The Safety Data Sheet, (attached as Exhibit B) for this primary ingredient states that it is Category 2 under the OSHA HCS regulations (21 CFR 1910) and includes several concerning warnings, including but not limited to:

Seek medical attention if it comes into contact with your skin

If inhaled and If breathing is difficult, give cardiopulmonary resuscitation

Evacuate if there is an environmental spill

the chemical, physical, and toxicological properties have not been completely investigated

Caution: Product has not been fully validated for medical applications. For research use only

26. As such, due to the risk associated with the spike proteins themselves, due to the risks associated with the lipid nanoparticles (ALC 0315) and adjuvants such as PEG, I believe it is reasonable to conclude that these shots pose a serious risk to many humans due to direct adverse effect or allergic reaction, and therefore should not take vaccinations with either Comirnaty or BioNtech. Again, I have identified an agent that possess a significant hazard to Soldiers, which would fall under DA Pam 385-61 Toxic Safety Standards cited in 2-11.

27. My assessment is that ALC 0315 is a known toxin with little study, specifically it is still lacking toxicity, carcinogenic, and teratogenic studies and is specifically restricted to “research only” and effectively has no prior use history, with the SDS designation of (GHS02), listed as H315 and H319, in other words, hazardous if inhaled, ingested or in contact with skin and a health hazard with the designation (P313). A review of the SDS outlines that it is not for human or veterinary use.

28. I have not taken significant time to delineate the risks of other Covid 19 Vaccines other than the Safety Data Sheet of Moderna’s key ingredient, SM-102 (attached as Exhibit C). Suffice it to say that SM-102 is significantly more dangerous than the Pfizer ALC 0315 and it appears that the DOD is not actively acquiring or distributing this IND/EUA. If the DOD were to undertake use of the Moderna vaccine, one can expect a much higher Serious Adverse Event and fatality rate given that SM-102 carries an express warning “Skull and Crossbones” characterized under the GHS06 and GHS08. In other words, this Moderna ingredient is deadly.

29. Given that these Covid 19 Vaccines were both Investigational New Drugs and Emergency Use Authorization vaccines, I have taken considerable time to understand potential risks, hazards and dangers these and any new drug or Investigational New Drug will may have on the health, safety and operational readiness or ability of pilots under my care and at this post. I have sought to research military records and track systems for recording events and Serious Adverse Events and fatalities associated with vaccines, new vaccines and Emergency Use, investigational vaccines in computer data systems recommended by the General Accounting Office in 2002 and ordered to be developed and implemented by the Secretary of Defense in 2003.

30. A weekly MEDSITREP report fails to report the CDC data from VAERS or internal data regarding vaccine adverse events. Despite recommendation made by the Government Accountability Office in the GAO’s survey of Guard and Reserve Pilots and Aircrew GAO-02-445, published Sep 20,2002, in which it was recommended that the Secretary of Defense should direct the establishment of an active surveillance program (unlike the passive VAERS) to identify and monitor adverse events, was not implemented. I have been unable to locate, access or asses any data, data base or internal system to track, store, evaluate or research the effects of vaccines on our military members or pilots.

31. I have also reviewed scientific data and peer reviewed studies that discuss, analyze results and conclude that natural immunity is at least as good if not far superior to any Covid Vaccine available at this time. I have also reviewed Dr. Peter McCullough’s affidavit in support of and in relation to the Complaint filed in this case and have reviewed its supporting data. An additional peer-reviewed study not referenced in Dr. McCullough’s materials also supports the same conclusions drawn and reports that natural immunity provides a 13-fold better protection against Covid 19 infections than any currently available Covid 19 Vaccine6. More recently, in a meeting of the FDA Advisory Committee on September 17 of this year, fourteen of seventeen members voted against the authorization of any Covid booster vaccines in the juvenile age group having noted that the vaccine program has breached the defining test under the EUA statute as to whether the experimental treatment benefits outweigh the risks; in fact, they found the shots are far more dangerous than helpful in this age group and some voiced concerns that this would apply generally to all age groups.7

32. I am also aware of the Secretary of Defense Austin’s order in relation to Covid Vaccine mandates made this week. In an information paper, it was stated that, “Unit personnel should use only as much force as necessary to assist medical personnel with immunizations.” The use of force to administer a medical treatment or therapy against the will of a mentally competent individual constitutes medical battery and universally violates medical ethics. Currently, I am not aware of the Comirnaty available within the DOD. Emergency Use Authorized vaccines, despite the attempt to characterize some of them as approved despite such approved versions not being available and regardless of a military member’s prior immunity to Covid 19; even where it may be demonstrated with a recent antibody test.

33. Finally, I have reviewed a recent study entitled “US COVID-19 Vaccines Proven to Cause More Harm than Good Based on Pivotal Clinical Trial Data Analyzed Using the Proper Scientific Endpoint, All Cause Severe Morbidity,” by J. Bart Classen, MD and published in Trends in Internal Medicine; August 25, 2021. Attached as Exhibit D.

34. I have also seen policies, memoranda and guidance as it relates to exemptions for vaccinations as fully detailed in Army Regulation 40-562, which purport to eliminate any exemption for prior immunity by our military personnel.

Opinion

35. I have reviewed the Motion for a Preliminary Injunction which discusses the issue of prior immunity benefits outweighing the risks of using experimental Covid 19 Vaccines, together with proposed exhibits and materials cited therein. In opinion on this subject matter, I am also drawing my own conclusions that will be put into practice in my current role as an Army flight surgeon knowing full well the horrific repercussions this decision may befall me in terms of my career, my relationships and life as an Army doctor.

36. I personally observed the most physically fit female Soldier I have seen in over 20 years in the Army, go from Collegiate level athlete training for Ranger School, to being physically debilitated with cardiac problems, newly diagnosed pituitary brain tumor, thyroid dysfunction within weeks of getting vaccinated. Several military physicians have shared with me their firsthand experience with a significant increase in the number of young Soldiers with migraines, menstrual irregularities, cancer, suspected myocarditis and reporting cardiac symptoms after vaccination. Numerous Soldiers and DOD civilians have told me of how they were sick, bed-ridden, debilitated, and unable to work for days to weeks after vaccination. I have also recently reviewed three flight crew members’ medical records, all of which presented with both significant and aggressive systemic health issues. Today I received word of one fatality and two ICU cases on Fort Hood; the deceased was an Army pilot who could have been flying at the time. All three pulmonary embolism events happened within 48 hours of their vaccination. I cannot attribute this result to anything other than the Covid 19 vaccines as the source of these events. Each person was in top physical condition before the inoculation, and each suffered the event within 2 days post vaccination. Correlation by itself does not equal causation, however, significant causal patterns do exist that raise correlation into a probable cause; and the burden to prove otherwise falls on the authorities such as the CDC, FDA, and pharmaceutical manufacturers. I find the illnesses, injuries and fatalities observed to be the proximate and causal effect of the Covid 19 vaccinations.

38. I can report of knowing over fifteen military physicians and healthcare providers who have shared experiences of having their safety concerns ignored and being ostracized for expressing or reporting safety concerns as they relate to COVID vaccinations. The politicization of SARs-CoV-2, treatments and vaccination strategies have completely compromised long-standing safety mechanisms, open and honest dialogue, and the trust of our service members in their health system and healthcare providers.

39. The subject matter of this Motion for a Preliminary Injunction and its devastating effects on members of the military compel me to conclude and conduct accordingly as follows:

a) None of the ordered Emergency Use Covid 19 vaccines can or will provide better immunity than an infection-recovered person;

b) All three of the EUA Covid 19 vaccines (Comirnaty is not available), in the age group and fitness level of my patients, are more risky, harmful and dangerous than having no vaccine at all, whether a person is Covid recovered or facing a Covid 19 infection;

c) Direct evidence exists and suggests that all persons who have received a Covid 19 Vaccine are damaged in their cardiovascular system in an irreparable and irrevocable manner;

d) Due to the Spike protein production that is engineered into the user’s genome, each such recipient of the Covid 19 Vaccines already has micro clots in their cardiovascular system that present a danger to their health and safety;

e) That such micro clots over time will become bigger clots by the very nature of the shape and composition of the Spike proteins being produced and said proteins are found throughout the user’s body, including the brain;

f) That at the initial stage this damage can only be discovered by a biopsy or Magnetic Resonance Image (“MRI”) scan;

g) That due to the fact that there is no functional myocardial screening currently being conducted, it is my professional opinion that substantial foreseen risks currently exist, which require proper screening of all flight crews.

h) That, by virtue of their occupations, said flight crews present extraordinary risks to themselves and others given the equipment they operate, munitions carried thereon and areas of operation in close proximity to populated areas.

i) That, without any current screening procedures in place, including any Aero Message (flight surgeon notice) relating to this demonstrable and identifiable risk, I must and will therefore ground all active flight personnel who received the vaccinations until such time as the causation of these serious systemic health risks can be more fully and adequately assessed.

j) That, based on the DOD’s own protocols and studies, the only two valuable methodologies to adequately assess this risk are through MRI imaging or cardio biopsy which must be performed.

k) That, in accordance with the foregoing, I hereby recommend to the Secretary of Defense that all pilots, crew and flight personnel in the military service who required hospitalization from injection or received any Covid 19 vaccination be grounded similarly for further dispositive assessment.

l) That this Court should grant an immediate injunction to stop the further harm to all military personnel to protect the health and safety of our active duty, reservists and National Guard troops.

40. I am competent to opine on the medical and flight readiness aspects of these allegations based upon my above-referenced education and professional medical, aviation and military experience and the basis of my opinions are formed as a result of my education, practice, training and experience.

41 As an Aerospace Medicine Specialist, and flight surgeon responsible for the lives of our Army pilots, I confirm and attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of my foregoing statements, analysis and attachments or references hereto:

_______________/S/__________________ LTC Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS

I, Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS, declare under the penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States of America, and state upon personal knowledge that:

THERESA MARIE LONG, MD, MPH, FS LTC, MEDICAL CORPS, U.S. Army

Medical Education

United States Army School of Aviation Medicine Aerospace/Occupational Medicine Residency University of West Florida

Graduate Student -MPH

06/2019-6/2021

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Fort Hood, Texas Family Medicine Internship

06/2008-11/2010

Unrestricted Medical License, IN

09/2003 – 06/2008

University of Texas Medical School at Houston, Houston, Texas 06/2008 M.D.

08/2001 – 08/2004

Undergraduate – University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 05/2004 B.S. Neurobiology

Research Experience

08/2018 – 5/2020

School of Aviation Medicine

University of West Florida MPH program

https://tml526.wixsite.com/website

Performed a cross-sectional study on Intervertebral Disc Disease Among Army Aviators and Air Crew

08/2002 – 05/2003

University of Texas at Austin, Texas

Research Assistant, Dr. Dee Silverthorn

Performed academic research in effort to update medical facts and the latest research information for the publication of the fourth edition of Human Physiology

09/2000 – 11/2000

Neuropharmacology Research, Texas

Lab Tech, Dr. Silverthorn

Acquisition of rat cerebellums for research in gene sequencing. The focus of the project was to determine the DNA sequence of the receptor in the developing fetal brain that binds to ethanol and induces apoptosis leading to fetal alcohol syndrome.

Publications/Presentations/Poster Sessions Presentations/Posters

Poster: Intervertebral Disc Disease Among Army Aviators and Air Crew, presented during the 2021 American Occupational Healthcare Conference.

Long, Theresa M., Sorensen, Christian, Victoria Zumberge. (2003, May). Sodium dependent transport of Chlorophenol red uptake by Malpighian tubules of acheta domesticus. Poster presented at: University of Texas at Houston; Austin, TX.

Volunteer Experience

08/ 2005 – 09/2005

University of Texas – Houston, Health Science Ctr, Texas

Medical Student -Provided medical aid and support for Acute Care and triage of Hurricane Katrina evacuees.

Work Experience

06/2021- Present

1st Aviation Brigade TOMS Surgeon

Serve as the Medical Advisor to the 1st Aviation Brigade Commander regarding health and fitness of over 3600 officers, warrant officers and Soldiers. The Brigade is comprised of three aviation training battalions, responsible for initial entry rotary wing/ fixed wing flight training, advanced aircraft training. as well as Specific duties include ensuring safety of flight in Army Aviation operations by functioning as Flight Surgeon, while ensuring the health and fitness of military police, firefighters and military working dogs that support Ft. Rucker. Tasked with conducting epidemiological and biostatistical analysis of injuries and illnesses (SARs CoV-2) and medical trends that occur during training and identify and implement strategies to mitigate delays or lost training time.

05/2018-06/2021

Aerospace and Occupational Medicine Resident

Graduate Medical Education training in Aerospace and Occupational Medicine while obtaining a Master’s in Public Health. Specialty training included the Flight surgeon course, The Instructor/Trainer course, Space Cadre Course, Medical Effects of Ionizing Radiation, Medical Management of Chemical and Biological Casualties course at USAMIIRD, Ft. Detrick, NASA, 7th Special Forces, Aviation Safety Officer Course, Global Medicine Symposium, OSHA, Dept of Transportation, Textron Bell Helicopters, Brigade Healthcare Course, Preventative Medicine Senior Leaders Course, Joint Enroute Critical Care Course, Army Aeromedical Activity, research on Intervertebral Disc Disease.

05/2015-05/2018

Department of Rehabilitation Services

General Medical Officer

Assigned to Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center Physical Medicine clinic with special duties Function as General Medical Officer, to mitigate the number of high risk patients get referred off-post to Pain management and PM&R clinics. Functioned as the Performance Improvement officer for PM&R, the Chiropractic Clinic OIC, and the MEB/IDES Subject Matter Expert to IPMC multi-disciplinary team. Significantly increased access to care to the Physical Medicine clinic. Was instrumental in leading the hospital transition for the Chiropractic clinic, contributing to the subsequent successful Joint Commission inspection. Increased access to care in the Chiropractic clinic by 500%.

9/2013- 5/2015

Department of Pediatrics/ Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine

General Medical Officer

Assigned to the Carl R. Darnall Army Medical center Pediatric Clinic with special duties within the Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine. Provided acute and routine medical care for newborn to age 18 and collaborated with Lactation Team Leader to develop research matrix to ensure effective use of resources to meet Perinatal Core Measures PC-05 for Joint Commission Accreditation. Demonstrated initiative by providing emergency medical care to one of the victims of the April 2, 2014 FT Hood shooting.

10/2012-9/2013

Department of Deployment Medicine/ Emergency Medicine

General Medical Officer

Assigned to the Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine at Carl R Darnall Army Medical Center (CRDAMC) with specific duties directed by the CRDAMC DCCS. Supported soldier deployment/redeployment from combat, while also performing clinical rotations within the Emergency and Internal Medicine Departments to increase access to care for acutely ill patients. Improved productivity of the SMRC by conducting ETS, Chapter, Special Forces, Airborne, Ranger, SERE, and OCS/WOCS physicals. Ensured DODM success with 90% CRDAMC staff compliance of their annual PHA’s. Selected to become an ACLS instructor.

06/2012-10/01/2012

Department of the Army Inspector General Agency

Disability Medicine Subject Matter Expert (SME) – Temporary Dept of the Army Inspector General

Assistant Inspector General on Medical Disability (Subject Matter Expert)

Selected above my peers, from across the Army AMEDD as one of three medical NARSUM Subject Matter Experts to function as a temporary assistant Inspector General, in a SECARMY directed inspection of the MEB/IDES system. Planed, coordinated, and conducted inspections of agencies/commands and to gather required data and perspectives relevant to the inspection topic. Developed inspection concepts, objectives, methodologies while coordinating inspection site requirements with major Army Commands ASCC, DRUs, Installations and Components. Identified trends, analyzed root causes to systemic problems and proposed solutions to the IG, Army Chief of Staff and Secretary of the Army for service-wide implementation.

06/2011-06/2012

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center

Integrated Disability Evaluation System

Increased patient access to care by conducting 203 acute care appointments in four months. Increased productivity by 25% by completing 202 NARSUMs, 12 TDRLs, 42 Psychiatric addendums in nine months with only a single case returned from the PEB. Performed duties of MEB chief and QA physician in their absence by performing QA on seven NARSUMS, and reviewing 13 cases for initial intake. Functioned as IDES Physician Training officer, applying PDA training to develop a comprehensive training program for new MEB/IDES NARSUM physicians.

11/2010-05/2011

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Hospital Operations, Clinical Plans and Medical Operations Officer

Served as Clinical Plans and Medical Operations Officer for Hospital Operation (HOD), responsible for the synchronization of external and internal MEDCEN operations supporting over 3,000 MEDCEN employee as well as the DoD’s largest military installation and surrounding civilian population; assisted in development and execution of medical plans supporting Installation, Garrison, MEDCEN and Civilian AT/FP and MASCAL events

06/2005 – 07/2005

United States Army, Texas, Officer Basic Course – Class 1st Sergeant

Supervised 306 medical, dental, and veterinarian HPSP scholarship recipients for Officer Basic training. 10/2002 – 08/2003

United States Army – Texas National Guard, Texas Flight Medic –EMT/BCLS Instructor Training

10/2001 – 10/2002

United States Army Reserve, Texas, Instructor/Trainer

https://www.deepcapture.com/2021/09/affidavit-of-ltc-theresa-long-m-d-in-support-of-a-motion-for-a-preliminary-injunction-order/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 9-26-21 The War Zone :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Pentagon Envisions a Horrible and Dystopian Metropolis of the Future

A Special Operations Command video outlines a nihilistic and bleak future for big cities around the globe – and describes why fighting in them may be a non-starter.

By Tyler Rogoway October 26, 2016

After spending nearly a decade fighting in urban terrain in Iraq and clandestine counter-terror operations around the globe under the auspices of the Global War on Terror, the Pentagon seems to view our urban combat of the future as very ominous indeed. The details of these challenges–and this gloomy vision of the future–are featured in a downright depressing video named “Megacities: Urban Future, the Emerging Complexity” that has been shown at the Joint Special Operations University.

The video was obtained via a FOIA request by The Intercept. In it, visuals of crowded urban sprawl, riots, poverty and military operations are splashed across the screen as a narrator somberly describes a hugely complex and tactically bankrupt combat environment of the future.

The Intercepts describes the video and its intended use:

The video was used as part of an “Advanced Special Operations Combating Terrorism” course offered at JSOU earlier this year, for a lesson on “The Emerging Terrorism Threat.” JSOU is operated by U.S. Special Operations Command, the umbrella organization for America’s most elite troops. JSOU describes itself as geared toward preparing special operations forces “to shape the future strategic environment by providing specialized joint professional military education, developing SOF specific undergraduate and graduate level academic programs and by fostering special operations research.”

Megacities are, by definition, urban areas with a population of 10 million or more, and they have been a recent source of worry and research for the U.S. military. A 2014 Army report, titled “Megacities and the United States Army,” warned that “the Army is currently unprepared. Although the Army has a long history of urban fighting, it has never dealt with an environment so complex and beyond the scope of its resources.” A separate Army study published this year bemoans the fact that the “U.S. Army is incapable of operating within the megacity.”

Here is the video in its entirety:

The piece goes on to describe megacities in great detail, including the unique and complex social structures that will propagate from high-rise penthouse dwellers all the way down to “subterranean labyrinths” governed by their own laws and social norms. Above all else, the video makes it clear that future cities will be breeding grounds for organized crime, cyber crime and terrorism. And apparently Special Operations Command doesn’t think it's ready to do battle in the megacities of the future, with the narrator stating:

Even our counterinsurgency doctrine, honed in the cities of Iraq and the mountains of Afghanistan, is inadequate to address the sheer scale of population in the future urban reality… We are facing environments that the masters of war never foresaw… We are facing a threat that requires us to redefine doctrine and the force in radically new and different ways.”

The whole affair is reminiscent of the opening sequence of the latest Judge Dredd movie, where the main character narrates over sweeping views of the concrete jungle of dystopic Megacity One–with flashes of social unrest and extreme urban decay woven in:

So what’s the deal here? Is this just the military industrial complex looking for another paper threat to cash in on, or is fighting in “megacities” something the Pentagon needs to start preparing for in a big way? I think the real answer is a mix of both.

As population increases and urban areas become both more dense and sprawling, certain tactical problems will become more pronounced than they already are during current MOUT (military operations in urban terrain). But this is not a whole new medium of combat operations as the video implies.

There's nothing wrong with getting our best military minds thinking about how to negate tactical deficiencies of the future, the video seems to call for more than just that.

The US military spends billions a year on training its forces for MOUT. Countless fake villages and mock cities have been constructed at US military and allied bases around the globe, just for this purpose. Many of these installations even have role playing actors trained to fill out the civilian population. Some special operations units even get their very own elaborate MOUT training complexes tailored to specific mission sets. Not just that, but Special Operations Command regularly conducts elaborate drills in real metropolises around the US, often drawing fascination and ire of the local populous in the process.

Should America’s special operations forces do more of this type of near-real world training? It would make some sense, but some may argue that the US military should build its own metropolis for extreme MOUT training–high-rises and underground labyrinths included.

This is where the line between fantasy and necessity blurs. Building such a training complex would require a massive investment, and there are only so many resources to go around. The same training needs hold true for the missions and combat environments our soldiers are facing on the battlefields of today, not just those that may exist tomorrow.

As an alternative, the Pentagon could probably find some city blocks that are all but abandoned and adapt them for its training requirements. And besides, by the time there are megacities that really represent the threat the video plays them out to be, (if that ever truly occurs) virtual training will probably be up to the task of preparing our soldiers to do battle there successfully.

What are your thoughts on the video? Let us know in the conversation below.

Contact the author Tyler@thedrive.com 

https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/5714/the-pentagon-envisions-a-horrible-and-dystopian-metropolis-of-the-future 

:: 9-26-21 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Plastic Surgeons Sound Alarm Against New GREAT DELUSION “Alienized Look”

September 26, 2021 by SkyWatch Editor

Dr. Steven Harris has had it. The owner of the Harris Clinic in London, who employs a “less is more” approach in his use of Botox and fillers, has taken to social media to sound the alarm bells. On Instagram, the aesthetic doctor — whose Hollywood clients regularly fly across the pond to see for his revered correction work — posted a picture of a stick of dynamite with a ticking clock next to it, writing, “Our industry is fast becoming a breeding ground for mental health illness. … What sort of twisted standard of beauty are we creating for the younger generations and how does it affect those with mental health disorders such as Body Dysmorphic Disorder?” Speaking with THR, he says, “Things have gone really wrong in the field of aesthetics.” As Harris sees it, there’s a normalization of extreme procedures that’s threatening to take over the industry, from the controversial Russian Lip technique (“using an overabundance of filler to crudely project lips vertically, creating a tented look with severe, crisp borders,” according to Harris) to protruding cheek bones to an abnormally high-winged eyebrows. The latter three looks are part of a trend that goes beyond Instagram Face — a highly “Facetuned” wrinkle- and pore-free mug — and has morphed into what some doctors are calling a grossly altered, “alienized look.” Think something not too far from Angelina Jolie’s paranormally contoured facial transformation for the role of Maleficent, faces whose features have been distorted with dermal fillers and botulinum toxin to the point where they look like extra-terrestrials… (READ MORE)

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2021/09/26/surgeons/ 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 9-26-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

APOCALYPSE NOW Humanity on brink of nuclear annihilation with threat highest for 40 YEARS, UN chief warns in chilling message

Olivia Burke Aliki Kraterou  18:48, 26 Sep 2021Updated: 19:38, 26 Sep 2021

HUMANITY is on the brink of "nuclear annihilation" with the threat reaching its highest boiling point in forty years, a top UN chief has warned.

The nuclear arms race has the globe teetering "unacceptably close" to mass atomic destruction, UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said.

He urged nations that have "stockpiled nearly 14,000 nuclear weapons" to sign the Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty to avoid an international crisis.

It comes as wealthy countries continue to show off a string of advanced destructive arms that could result in catastrophic conflict.

He addressed the issue in a powerful tweet pleading with global powers.

"Now is the time to lift the cloud of nuclear conflict for good, eliminate nuclear weapons from our world, and usher in a new era of trust and peace," he wrote.

The recent alliance formed between the US, UK and Australia has only heightened fears World War Three could erupt.

The United Nations boss previously raised concerns about the likes of China, North Korea and the US, among a string of other countries, not yet endorsing the Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty.

The pact was signed by 185 countries in 1996 but has yet to come into action.

"We have remained in this state of limbo for too long", he said earlier.

Guterres put pressure on nations to take heed of the US and Russia's decision to extend the New Strategic Arms Reduction (START) Treaty.

Both states agreed to extend the agreement for five more years back in January, without renegotiating its terms.

It is the only arms control arrangement between two countries that remains in force.

UN Under-Secretary-General of Disarmament Affairs Izumi Nakamitsu echoed Guterres' fears, suggesting all nuclear powers will soon have to sit down and discuss the control of weapons.

"At some point, if you are really serious about eliminating nuclear weapons, then, of course, all the other nuclear weapon possessing countries will have to come to the table and think about how to go about it", he told Sputnik.

CHINA RECONSIDER

The global appeal for peace comes as a top Chinese diplomat warned his country to re-examine their promise to only use nukes in retaliation, in response to the new alliances forming in the region.

Beijing's former ambassador to the UN, Sha Zukang said China must make the first nuclear strike against the US if Joe Biden continues to defend Taiwan.

He said: "The unconditional no first use is not suitable . . . unless China-US negotiations agree that neither side would use [nuclear weapons] first, or the US will no longer take any passive measures to undermine the effectiveness of China’s strategic forces.

"The strategic pressure on China is intensifying as (the US) has built new military alliances and as it increases its military presence in our neighborhood."

The threat came ahead of a meeting between the US, India, Japan and Australia - dubbed the Quad, in Washington, host by Joe Biden.

During a meeting of the China Arms Control and Disarmament Association in Beijing last week he said: "The policy not to be the first to use nuclear weapons unconditionally has given China the moral high ground internationally.

"But for some time in the future, the US will see China as its main competitor and even its enemy. Can this policy be re- examined and fine-tuned?"

"A WORLD DIVIDED"

China became a nuclear power in 1964 and adopted the policy four years later.

The country is constructing nearly 300 new nuclear missile silos, while it is thought to possess around 320 nuclear warheads, report the Times.

Additionally, the comments follow the announcement of the Aukus alliance, which has angered China despite the countries leaders did not mention the country's imposing power - but hinted at their intentions behind the move by discussing "democracy, freedom of navigation, and security."

Biden said: "We’ll stand up for our allies and our friends and oppose attempts by stronger countries to dominate weaker ones, whether through changes to territory by force, economic coercion, technical exploitation or disinformation.

"But we’re not seeking — I’ll say it again — we are not seeking a new Cold War or a world divided into rigid blocs."

Meanwhile, tensions have been mounting with China sending fighter jets to Taiwan after the self-governing island announced its intention to join an 11-nation Pacific trade group that Beijing has also applied to join.

Yesterday China sent 19 war planes into Taiwan airspace before sending five more in a second surge later the same day, prompting fears of World War 3.

Taiwan staged chilling biowarfare defence drills amid fears China is creating weaponised coronaviruses.

WW3 FEARS

"The Chinese Communists have continued to invest heavily in national defence budgets, its military strength has grown rapidly, and it has frequently dispatched aircraft and ships to invade and harass our seas and airspace," Taiwan's Defence Ministry said.

"In the face of severe threats from the enemy, the nation's military is actively engaged in military building and preparation work, and it is urgent to obtain mature and rapid mass production weapons and equipment in a short period of time."

Deputy Defence Minister Wang Shin-lung said the new arms would all be made domestically - although the United States will probably remain important parts and technology provider.

Taiwan has been keen to demonstrate it can defend itself, especially amid questions about whether the United States would come to its aid if China attacked.

The weapons Taiwan aims to buy include cruise missiles and warships, the ministry said.

Taiwan has already unveiled a class of highly agile stealth warships, which it refers to as an "aircraft carrier killer", and it's also developing its own submarines.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/16249178/human-annihilation-threat-highest-un-chief-warns/ 

:: 9-26-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Are Educating Our Students to Become the World's Next Marxists! Nobody Is Safe!

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, September 26, 2021 - 13:24.

Attention Parents: If you send your kid off to a liberal state-run university and you will not recognize your child when they graduate.

A Maoist cultural revolution is well underway in America as there is a war being waged for control over the culture of America. The first step in waging this Leftist-inspired war is to gain control of the language. this article will demonstrate that great lengths that several universities are exerting to control the language, and therefore, the thoughts of their students. To a large extent, that war on language has been won by the Marxist Left. The next phase of this cultural takeover centers on the encouragement of "reverse racism" against White college students,

This article is not "centered" on racism, or more accurately, reverse racism. Racism should be confronted at every turn. However, there is a point, covered in this article in which common sense has clearly left the building and learned hate and University formally engrained prejudice is encouraged and promoted by most of the nation's public universities. Unfortunately, some young people are being trained by their Universities to hate white people, but this is only an intermediate step to completely changing American culture and preventing all people from uniting to fight off the communist interests which have seized nearly all the American centers of power.

Indoctrination Over Education

The time-honored philosophies of practices of Dr. Martin Luther King are being turned on their ear. As common as reverse racism is in America's post-secondary public institutions, the real purpose must be recognized so that all Americans, from every race, can indeed unite against the Bolshevik communists who have taken over country, through a plandemic combined with a stolen election, the under-the-table-CHICOM-bribing of public officials which will result in handing off the country to new World's policeman, China, and it should be mentioned these universities are placing the development of young marxists as their primary educational mission as opposed to education. This article will clearly demonstrate that these educational institutions are much more about indoctrination as opposed to education.

For those of you who have not set foot on a public, post-secondary educational facility in decades, you have no idea the pressures that loyal American and especially Christian young adults face when they spend four years in an indoctrinal institution. Let's begin our analysis of student language "guidelines" at Colorado State University.

Unpatriotic Marxist Philosophy Invades Colorado State University

At Colorado State University, they have published a rehash of their student guidelines. Originally, this material was eligible to be legally and administratively applied to students. Colorado State is now trying obscure from resulting public scrutiny that these "guidelines" were being arbitrarily applied. The clear intent is to control the students and their beliefs and this is going on all across college campuses in "America".

Here is an excerpt from this Colorado State University's nonsensical and globalist-orientated language guide in which the term America is no longer an appropriate term for young Americans on the campus of Colorado State University to refer to themselves:

"The Americas encompass a lot more than the United States. There is South America, Central America, Mexico, Canada, and the Caribbean just to name a few of 42 countries in total. That's why the word "americano" in Spanish can refer to anything on the American continent. Yet, when we talk about "Americans" in the United States, we're usually just referring to people from the United States. This erases other cultures and depicts the United States as the dominant American country."

The above quote is about promoting an open borders policy which presently is destroying America under the Biden administration. This is also thinly veiled globalism designed to brainwash our young adults into accepting globalism, the loss of patriotism and acceptance and obedience to the New World Order. I AM AN AMERICAN AND MY GOVERNMENT IS THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. And I and everyone else will say this wherever and whenever we choose!

This moronic language guide forgets to mention that all the "other Americas" are desperately trying to come to my AMERICA and spend my tax dollars. This goes along with I heard back in 2004 when I was invited to attend a conference at the Maricopa County Community College District in which Arizona State University was announcing their roll-out of their undergraduate and graduate Sustainability programs in which the central theme was "mankind is responsible for all negative climate change" and that "American professors would have to STOP teaching American exemplerance to their undergraduate students". Same message only a different era. By the way, Arizona State, under new Colorado State University guidelines would have to remove the term "mankind" from its founding documents. Gender-based terms are no long allowed. It is presumably a punishable offense, under student conduct rules for a student on the campus of Colorado State University to utter the name of "America" on their liberal and radicalized campus! Students are also barred from using terms such as man, woman, policeman, his, hers, husband, father, wife, mother.......

From the grammar police at Colorado State University:

...Use people-first language (i.e. person with a disability vs. disabled or person of color vs. colored) unless the person indicates another preference. · Never assume a person’s gender identity based on their name or their appearanceif you don’t know, use gender inclusive pronouns or ask for their pronouns · Use gender inclusive language when speaking in generalities or about groups of people that you do not know the individual pronouns of (i.e. everyone vs. ladies and gentlemen and they/them/theirs vs. he/him/his and she/her/hers).

Partial list of other banned terms:

Birth Defect

The Blind / The Deaf / Eye for an Eye

Cake Walk/Takes the cake

Crazy / Nuts / Maniac / Lunatic / Insane / Deranged / Psycho / Demented

Depressed

OCD

Dumb / MuteHe or She

Ladies and Gentlemen

Epileptic

Eskimo

Freshman

Ghetto / Barrio

Handicapped / Disabled / Crippled / Suffers from, Afflicted with, Victim of / Invalid / Lame / Deformed

Handicap parking

He or She

Ladies and Gentlemen

Hip hip hooray!

Hispanic

Illegal immigrant / alien (Implies that they are criminal)

Man the Booth / Mankind/ Manmade You Guys Policeman / Fireman / Chairman

Male / Female

Mr./ Mrs./ Ms.

Normal Person

Paraplegic / Quadriplegic

Starving / I’m Starving / I’m Broke

Thug

War / Go to War / At War / War Zone / Battle

HOW DO THEY TEACH HISTORY AT COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY?

Arizona State University Producing 21st Century Marxist Leaders

Beginning with critical race theory, our children and young adult students are taught to hate one another because of the color of their skin. Yes, MLK is rolling over in his grave. This article will briefly look at a racially charged incident, which took place at Arizona State University. As a sidenote, for the purposes of understanding the hostile atmosphere which exists at Arizona State University, one has to consider who is the President of Arizona State University. His name is Michael Crow. Crow is former CIA (strike one). He is a friend of Obama and has had him deliver racially charged Commencement speeches at ASU's graduations (strike two). It is not an overstatement to note that the Obama administration was not about promoting racial equality. It was about promoting equity, which is divisive and transfers the direction of prejudice in another direction, usually towards Asians (jealousy of achievement) and White people. Obama roundly criticized American law enforcement as being overtly prejudiced twoard Black people which results in police brutality against Blacks, something that the FBI crime statistics does not support. Apparent, Michael Crow's allegiance to Obama is alignment with the former President's overtly prejudicial views toward two groups, police and White people (strike 3).

Two students were sitting at a table studying, and one of them had a “police lives matter” sticker on his laptop when two other students, both women, walked over to tell them that their presence was offensive.

The girls who filmed the encounter and targeted the students, identified themselves in a different video as student activists Mostadi and Zara. The ASU students began berating the two young men and in the course of their verbal assault, they made the following statements:

You are White! This is a multicultural center...(implying that White people do not belong).

White is not a culture.

Foul, inappropriate and vulgar language was directed at the young men.

You must leave ( the command was uttered by one of the young coeds which clearly was motivated by the fact that she was triggered because of a "Police Lives Matter" sticker on a laptop of one of the victims.

There many other offensive statements that were hurled at the young male college students including a threat to have the young men forcibly and physically removed.

This is clearly harassment of the highest order, but it is encouraged by the University who named the study area a "multicultural" center. Why can't the area be named for what it is, a study area. But this is the result of critical race theory being taught to students in high schools all across America. Educational institutions, in large part are guilty of promoting racial division and certain, these students have mastered the language and philosophies of future Marxists!

Lebron James Joins Obama In Promoting Racial Conflict

The tone for this abuse is also set outside of education. NBA star player, Lebron James believes that white cops are literally hunting black men when they leave the house in the morning. Are you have trouble believing this statement. Consider the first line from a Lebron James tweet"

We’re literally hunted EVERYDAY/EVERYTIME we step foot outside the comfort of our homes!”...

Lebron seems to forget that he is on the record as being opposed to the Hong Kong freedom activists involving persecution from the most brutal government on the face of the earth, namely China! Of course everyone knows that China persecutes, imprisons and executes Muslims. They jail members of the Fallon Gong who do not nothing but meditate. Members of this practice are imprisoned and frequently their organs are extracted while the victims are fully conscious before their death. Lebron and Obama, and the Biden Crime Family seem to be willing to overlook the genocidal qualities of the Chinese government while encouraging the harassment of people based on race and for the promotion of appreciation for law enforcement personnel that risk their lives to make our communities a safer place in which to live!

IF WE EXPECT OUR CHILDREN WILL SURVIVE THE GLOBALIST BEAST SYSTEM, THEN WHY DO WE LET THE SAME GLOBALIST SYSTEM EDUCATE THEM?

Dumb and Dumber

Just how dumb are we? Consider a report from the Intercollegiate Studies Institute about civic literacy concludes that the average American is too dumb to vote intelligently. Over 70% of the test takes, including college students and elected officials flunked the 33 multiple choice question test which covered basic civics. How bad were the results? Consider the fact that 27% of the elected officials surveyed could not name even one right contained in the first amendment. How will we know when the country is placed under martial law? The answer: We won’t! But neither will the majority of our leaders. Rick Shenkman, author of the book Just How Dumb Are We, found that 87% of American college students could not find Iraq on a map. In fact, Shenkman also found that:

Only 1 in 5 know that we have 100 United States senators. -Only 2 out of 5 citizens can name the three branches of the federal government. -Only 20% of young Americans between the ages 18-34 read a newspaper daily. An amazingly low 11% report surfing Internet news sites. Among 18- to 24-year-old Americans given maps: -83 percent cannot find Afghanistan on a map -76 percent cannot find Saudi Arabia -70 percent cannot find New Jersey -11 percent cannot find the United States _________________________________________

Only 17% of college graduates understood the contrast between a free market economy and centralized planning. Perhaps this explains why America was not rioting in the streets following the passage of the bail outs. I am left wondering what percentage of Americans actually believe that the Federal Reserve is both Federal and has reserves? Soon, nearly 100% of Americans will not be able to find their wallets and if they do there won't be anything left in them because the wealth redistribution schemes of the Marxists will be completed.

If your child is attending a public school, with some exceptions (some Charter schools and some private Christian schools), they are being exposed to values and hedonistic beliefs as if they are normal. American schools across the country could best be categorized as conformity factories which are largely devoid of independent thinking and replacing that attribute with marxist domination of the human being with all the zeal of a Satanist. We are educating today's students to become the Satanic Marxists of tomorrow!

America is clearly witnessing the ravages of globalist marxism and its devastating effect on America's students at all levels. Whether it is Critical Race Theory, Social Emotional Learning, or the simple encouragement of Marxist ideals we are losing our children and condemning them to the dark future of becoming the next generation of Hitlers, Stalinists and Maoists. The America of the future will be as dangerous as the streets of Somalia where people will be afraid to utter the most innocent of opinions.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/we-are-educating-our-students-become-worlds-next-marxists-nobody-safe 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 6-17-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Megatsunami Scenario - La Palma Landslide

2,389,502 views  Jun 21, 2017

Naked Science  1.12M subscribers

Subscribe to Naked Science – http://goo.gl/wpc2Q1 

A slide from this mountain could kill millions of people in Europe and along Northern America’s eastern seaboard. Some eminent scientists warn that it’s purely a matter of time until it happens.

This is the volcanic island of La Palma, 700 miles off the northwest coast of Africa. It’s a new-born baby island barely past its 4 millionth Birthday, created in the last stage of what geologists call the rock cycle.

Clip taken from the Naked Science documentary “Landslides”.

Watch it here – http://youtu.be/ugxt_dq0FOg 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6utAunBKXV4 

:: 9-27-21 Fortune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unlit streets, no AC, and higher bills: China’s energy crisis is finally hitting households where it hurts

Beijing's push to decarbonize its economy by 2060 could increase energy costs for consumers. And that's good.

BY Eamon Barrett  September 27, 2021 7:40 AM EDT

Chinese households are beginning to feel the pinch of Beijing’s push to decarbonize the economy as a summer of high energy prices and low electricity supply force local authorities to ration electricity usage.

Blackouts across several of China’s northern provinces switched traffic and street lights off last weekend, causing miles-long traffic jams in several cities. Residents of high-rise apartment buildings were forced to take the stairs in some cities where building management suspended elevator services to conserve electricity. On Sunday, the provincial energy administration in China’s southern Guangdong province called for residents to stop using air conditioning and rely on natural light instead of electric bulbs.

Ordinarily, Chinese authorities spare household consumers from the shock of power outages, preferring to force industrial users to scale back their energy usage first—which they have. On Sunday, several Apple and Tesla suppliers announced days-long factory closures to comply with orders from local authorities to ration electricity.

But targeting industry alone hasn’t been enough. With Beijing lumbering towards its 2060 deadline of achieving a net-zero carbon economy, ordinary citizens have discovered rather suddenly that they will have to adjust, too.

The South

The primary reasons for power shortages in the south of China are different from what’s causing them in the north. The south is running low on hydropower; the north is suffering from surging coal prices.

China’s southern provinces—like the manufacturing hub of Guangdong—have suffered power shortages since June, when local officials ordered manufacturers to ration power, forcing factories to cut output.

Guangdong obtains some 30% of its electricity from hydropower, which is generated in nearby Yunnan province. But a warmer-than-average summer drained reservoirs and evaporated energy supply in Yunnan. At the same time, surging export volumes caused a spike in industrial energy demand in Guangdong, leading to a power shortage.

Yunnan’s local demand for hydropower has spiked, too. Beijing’s push to decarbonize its industrial sector prompted power-hungry aluminum smelters to relocate to the hydro-rich province. The increased presence of metalworks heightened competition for local green energy. (One loser in the energy grab? Crypto-miners, who were forced out of the province.)

The North

China’s northern provinces—the nation’s coal country—are more reliant on fossil fuels for energy than their southern counterparts. The arid and frigid north relies heavily on coal-fired power plants to generate electricity, which has made it difficult for provincial authorities to meet Beijing’s low quota for provincial carbon emissions, which the government introduced in 2019.

A number of provinces were fingered for exceeding their emission reduction targets [in August] and so their immediate action was to start rationing power,” says David Fishman, a consultant at energy consultancy Lantau Group. Authorities rationed energy-hungry industries, like Bitcoin mining and aluminum smelting, first.

But China’s policy of emission reduction is a secondary cause of the power shortages, Fishman says. The primary culprit, he argues, is coal and gas prices which have more than doubled in China this year due to a resurgence in “post-pandemic” global demand. The problem extends beyond China. The U.K. is suffering an energy crisis so severe that it’s threatening the food supply.

But in China, the government’s tight regulation of its energy markets has forced electricity producers to swallow the rising costs of feedstock, like coal, rather than pass them on to consumers. For many of those power producers, the cost has gotten too high.

“Because of the way China’s pricing mechanisms work, energy producers have had to accept thinner and thinner margins on electricity generation until, with coal prices spiking, they just can’t justify operating anymore,” Fishman says.

Consumer Costs

With production costs ballooning, China’s energy producers are lobbying the government to permit the unthinkable: let consumers bear the cost.

Until two years ago, the government permitted energy producers to raise electricity rates a mere 10% to account for a sudden spike in operating costs. But, in October 2019, China’s state planner, the National Development and Reform Commission (NDRC), ordered a freeze on rate hikes and set no end date for the policy.

Last month, 11 power producers in north China petitioned the government to permit grid operators to increase prices for end-users. If rocketing costs can’t be passed on to users, the power producers warned, those 11 companies faced bankruptcy. Early this month, the Beijing Electric Power Industry Association sounded a similar alarm.

In Guangdong on Monday—where temperatures reached 91 degrees Fahrenheit (33 degrees Celsius) and households were asked to turn off the AC—the provincial government announced it would permit generators to pass costs on to consumers. Fishman says this is a good thing.

“We’re about to find out for the first time ever just how much more Chinese consumers are willing to pay for fossil fuels,” Fishman says, adding that “if you want to have a market-driven approach to decarbonization you got to expose end-users to the true cost of their power.”

While China continues towards decarbonization, making consumers pay more for pollution will help spur that transition. The challenge for Beijing will be minimizing the disruption of forcing its people to fund the change.

https://fortune.com/2021/09/27/china-energy-crisis-blackouts-power-outage-households-pay/amp/ 

:: 9-27-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Army Doctor & Aerospace Medicine Specialist LTC. Theresa Long Calls On Pentagon To Ground ALL Pilots That Have Taken COVID Shots

Tim Brown / September 27, 2021

Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, who is an Army Doctor and Aerospace Medicine Specialist, provided an affidavit in which she recommends the Secretary of Defense to ground all pilots that have received the COVID shots.

Keep in mind we are being heavily censored, please follow us on our social media pages: Telegram USA.Life, Gab, Parler, Minds, Spreely, MeWe, Twitter, Facebook

US Military Has Set Date For Unlawful Mandatory COVID “Vaccination” – Soldiers Must Resist The Tyranny

Former Military Doctor Lee Merritt: “The COVID Vaccine Program Killed More Young Active Duty People Than COVID” (Video)

Recipe For A False Flag: Military Mass Casualty Drills Happening Now (Video)

Their Narrative Fell Apart Long Ago: Not Only Are The CDC, The Who, The Military, The Frontline Health Workers Refusing The Jab, But So Are NIH Employees! (Video)

The affidavits reads in full below. Do a search of this article for the word “pilot” and you will notice the petition of LTC. Long in point 39 below.

I, Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS being duly sworn, depose and state as follows:

1. I make this affidavit, as a whistle blower under the Military Whistleblower Protection Act, Title 10 U.S.C. § 1034, in support of the above referenced MOTION as expert testimony in support thereof.

2. The expert opinions expressed here are my own and arrived at from my persons, professional and educational experiences taken in context, where appropriate, by scientific data, publications, treatises, opinions, documents, reports and other information relevant to the subject matter and are not necessarily those of the Army or Department of Defense.

Experience & Credentials

3. I am competent to testify to the facts and matters set forth herein. A true and accurate copy of my curriculum vitae is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

4. After receiving a bachelor’s degree from the University of Texas Austin, completed my medical degree from the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston Medical School in 2008. I served as a Field Surgeon for ten years and went on to complete a residency in Aerospace and Occupational Medicine at the United States Army School of Aviation Medicine, Fort Rucker, AL. I hold a Master’s in Public Health, and I have been trained by the Combat Readiness Center at Ft. Rucker as an Aviation Safety Officer. Additionally, I have trained in the Medical Management of Chemical and Biological Causalities at Fort Detrick and USAMIIRD.

5. I am board certified in flight Aerospace Medicine and board eligible in Occupational Medicine.

6. I am currently serving as the Brigade Surgeon for the 1st Aviation Brigade Ft. Rucker, Alabama and am responsible for certifying the health, mental and physical ability, and readiness for all nearly 4,000 individuals on flight status on this post.

7. My appended curriculum vitae further demonstrates my academic and scientific achievements by me over the past thirteen years.

8. Prior to the outset of the pandemic, I received specialized military training from Infectious Disease doctors from the Army, Navy and Air Force on emerging infectious disease threats, FEMA training, Emergency preparedness training, Medical effects of Ionizing Radiation, OSHA, Aerospace Toxicology, Epidemiology, Biostatistics, medical research and disaster planning. More recently I have functioned as a medical and scientific advisor to an Aviation training Brigade seeking to identify risk mitigation strategies, and bio statistical analysis of SARS- Cov-2 (“Covid 19”) infections in both vaccinated and unvaccinated Soldiers. In so doing, I have identified, diagnosed and treated Covid 19 pathogenic infections. I have observed vaccine adverse events following the administration of EUA vaccines, and followed the success of Soldiers who obtained various Covid 19 therapies outside the military. The majority of the service members within the DOD population are young and in good physical condition. Military aviators are a subset of the military population that has to meet the most stringent medical standards to be on flight status. The population of student pilots I take care of are primarily in their 20s-30s, males and in excellent physical condition. The risk of serious illness or death in this population from SARs-CoV-2 is minimal, with a survival rate of 99.997%.

9. In observing, studying and analyzing all the available data, information, samples, experiences, histories and results of these treatments and inoculations provided, I have formulated a professional opinion, which requires me to report those findings to superiors in the chain of command and colleagues in the military. I have done so with mixed results in terms of acceptance, rejection and threats of punishment for so sharing.

10. The application of risk management is critical to the safety and success in both medicine and aviation. Aerospace Medicine is a specialty devoted to safety of flight by the aeromedical dispositioning and treatment of flight crew members, as accomplished by the consistent and careful application of risk mitigation and management strategies. ATP 5-19, 1-3. Risk Management (RM)1 outlines a disciplined approach to express a risk level in terms readily understood at all echelons.

1 adminpubs.tradoc.army.mil/regulations/TR385-2withChange1.docx 4

Case 1:21-cv-02228-RM-STV Document 17 Filed 09/24/21 USDC Colorado Page 7 of 269

11. 1-6. States, “A risk decision is a commander, leader, or individual’s determination to accept or not accept. The risk(s) associated with an action he or she will take or will direct others to take. RM is only effective when specific information about hazards and risks is passed to the appropriate level of command for a risk decision. Subordinates must pass specific risk information up the chain of command.”

12. “When the specific information about hazards and risks is passed to the appropriate level of command for a risk decision. Subordinates must pass specific risk information up the chain of command. Conversely, the higher command must provide subordinates making risk decisions or implementing controls with the established risk tolerance—the level of risk the responsible commander is willing to accept. RM application must be inclusive; those executing an operation and those directing it participate in an integrated process”.

13. 1-7. States, “In the context of RM, a control is an action taken to eliminate a hazard or to reduce its risk. Commanders establish local policies and regulations if appropriate”.

14. The five steps of Risk management include; 1. Identify the hazards, 2. Assess the hazards, 3. Develop controls and make risk decisions, 4. Implement controls, 5. Supervise and evaluate.

15. It is therefore my responsibility and that of every leaders to apply the steps of risk management to the current pandemic and countermeasures used. The CDC and the FDA are civilian agencies that do not have the mission of National Defense that the DOD has. Guidance and recommendations made by these civilian agencies must be filtered through strategic perspective of national defense and the potential risks recommendations may have on the health of the entire fighting force. Ensuring that the health of the fighting force is not compromised is a strategic imperative, for which every military physician is responsible to of the entire fighting force. Ensuring that the health of the fighting force is not compromised is a strategic imperative, for which every military physician is responsible to ensure.

16. Step 1: Identify the hazards: As defined by FM 1-02.1 Operational Terms, pg. 1- 48, hazard is a condition with the potential to cause injury, illness, or death of personnel; damage to or loss of equipment or property; or mission degradation.

17. Step 2: Assess the Hazards: There are numerous therapeutic agents that have been proven to significantly reduce infection and therefore provide protection from the harmful effects of SARs-CoV-2.

18. Literature has demonstrated that natural immunity is durable, completed, and superior to vaccination immunity to SARs-CoV-2. mRNA vaccines produced by Pfizer and Moderna both have been linked to myocarditis, especially in young males between 16-24 years old,2 The majority of young new Army aviators are in their early twenties. We know there is a risk of myocarditis with each mRNA vaccination. We additionally now know that vaccination does not necessarily prevent infection or transmission of SARs-CoV-2Therefore individuals fully vaccinated with mRNA vaccines have at least two independent risk factors for myocarditis after vaccination. Additional boaster shots add more risk. It is impossible to perform a risk/benefit analysis on the use of mRNA as counter measures to SARs-CoV-2 without further data… Use of mRNA vaccines in our fighting force, presents a risk of undetermined magnitude, in a population in which less than 20 active-duty personnel out of 1.4 million, died of the underlying SARs- CoV-2.

19. Aircrew Training Program (ATP) 5-19, 1-8. Accept No Unnecessary Risk, states, “An unnecessary risk is any risk that, if taken, will not contribute meaningfully to mission accomplishment or will needlessly endanger lives or resources. Army leaders accept only a level of risk in which the potential benefit outweighs the potential loss.

20. Research shows that most individuals with myocarditis do not have any symptoms. Complications of myocarditis include dilated cardiomyopathy, arrhythmias, sudden cardiac death and carries a mortality rate of 20% at one year and 50% at 5 years. According to the National Center for Biotechnology Information, U.S. National Library of Medicine, “despite optimal medical management, overall mortality has not changed in the last 30 years”.

21. Step 3: Develop controls and make risk decisions: Because vaccination with mRNA increase the risk of myocarditis, a comprehensive screening program should be implemented immediately to identify individuals who have been affected and attempt to mitigate immediate risks and long-term disability.

22. Step 4: Implement Controls: Send out clear guidance to all DOD healthcare professionals on risks of-vaccination myocarditis. Compulsory SARs-CoV-2 mRNA vaccination program should be immediately suspended until research can be done to determine the true magnitude of risk of myocarditis in individuals who have been vaccinated. We must evaluate and immediately implement alternatives to mRNA vaccines, to include Ivermectin (FDA approved 1996), Remdesivir (FDA approved 2020), Hydroxychloroquine (FDA approved 1955), Regeneron (FDA EU approved 2020). Review VAERS data for deaths from COVID for age-matched data and data from active duty COVID deaths within the DOD to perform a risk/benefit analysis.

23. Step 5: Supervise and evaluate: We must establish a screening program to identify those at increased risk of myocarditis, i.e. those that have, received mRNA vaccinations with Comirnaty, BioNTech or Moderna, or have any of the following symptoms chest pain, shortness of breath or palpitations They should have screening tested performed in accordance with the CDC recommendations prior to return to flight duties. Per the CDC guidelines the initial evaluation of individuals identified according to the above criteria include; ECG, troponion level, inflammatory markers such as the C-reactive protein and erythrocyte sedimentation rate. It should be noted that the gold standard for diagnosis of myocarditis is end myocardial biopsy (EMB).

24. Given that the labels for Comirnaty and BioNtech clearly state that the vaccination should not be given to individuals that are allergic to ingredients. I have noted that one of the primary ingredients of the Lipid Nanoparticle delivery system is “ALC 1035” (two attachments, parts highlighted) in the Pfizer shots. The forth attachment is the toxicity report on ALC-1035, which comprises between 30-50% of the total ingredients.3 The Safety Data Sheet, (attached as Exhibit B) for this primary ingredient states that it is Category 2 under the OSHA HCS regulations (21 CFR 1910) and includes several concerning warnings, including but not limited to:

Seek medical attention if it comes into contact with your skin;

If inhaled and If breathing is difficult, give cardiopulmonary resuscitation

Evacuate if there is an environmental spill

the chemical, physical, and toxicological properties have not been completely investigated

Caution: Product has not been fully validated for medical applications. For research use only

25. Other journals and scientific papers also denote that this particular ingredient has never been used in humans before. 4 To be abundantly clear, one of the listed primary ingredients of these injectables is Polyethylene glycol (“PEG”) which is a derivative of ethylene oxide. Polyethylene Glycol is the active ingredient in antifreeze. While it is hard to believe this is a key ingredient in these vaccines, it would explain the increased cardiovascular risk to users of the BioNTech or Comirnaty shots. I cannot discern what form of alchemy Pfizer and the FDA have discovered that would make antifreeze into a healthful cure to the human body. Others seem to agree my point per recent scientific studies that caused a group of 57 doctors and scientists to call for an immediate halt to the vaccination program. 5 In short, this antifreeze ingredient is being studied for the first time in human injectables. According to the VAERS data, which admittedly underreports by as much as 100 times the actual SAE’s, there are well more than 600,000 documented Serious Adverse Events (ones requiring medical attention) alone and more than 13,000 fatalities directly linked to this particular vaccine. I cannot understand how this vaccine remains on the list of available options to treat Covid, when there are so many other non-deadly or injurious options available.

26. As such, I believe it is reasonable to conclude that many humans are allergic to these dangerous and deadly toxins and therefore should not take vaccinations with either Comirnaty or BioNtech. Again, I have identified an agent that possess a significant hazard to Soldiers, which would fall under DA Pam 385-61 Toxic Safety Standards cited in 2-11.

27. My assessment is that ALC 0315 is a known toxin with little study, specifically restricted to “research only“ and effectively has no prior use history, with the SDS designation of (GHS02), listed as H315 and H319, in other words, hazardous if inhaled, ingested or in contact with skin and a health hazard with the designation (P313). A review of the SDS outlines that it is not for human or veterinary use,

28. I have not taken significant time to delineate the risks of other Covid 19 Vaccines other than the Safety Data Sheet of Moderna’s key ingredient, SM-102 (attached as Exhibit C). Suffice it to say that SM-102 is significantly more dangerous than the Pfizer ALC 3015 and it appears that the DOD is not actively acquiring or distributing this IND/EUA. If the DOD were to undertake use of the Moderna vaccine, one can expect a much higher Serious Adverse Event and fatality rate given that SM-102 carries an express warning “Skull and Crossbones” characterized under the GHS06 and GHS08. In other words, this Moderna ingredient is deadly.

29. Given that these Covid 19 Vaccines were both Investigational New Drugs and Emergency Use Authorization vaccines, I have taken considerable time to understand potential risks, hazards and dangers these and any new drug or Investigational New Drug will may have on the health, safety and operational readiness or ability of pilots under my care and at this post. I have sought to research military records and track systems for recording events and Serious Adverse Events and fatalities associated with vaccines, new vaccines and Emergency Use, investigational vaccines in computer data systems recommended by the General Accounting Office in 2002 and ordered to be developed and implemented by the Secretary of Defense in 2003.

30. A weekly MEDSITREP report fails to report the CDC data from VAERS or internal data regarding vaccine adverse events. Despite recommendation made by the Government Accountability Office in the GAO’s survey of Guard and Reserve Pilots and Aircrew GAO-02-445, published Sep 20,2002, in which it was recommended that the Secretary of Defense should direct the establishment of an active surveillance program (unlike the passive VAERS) to identify and monitor adverse events, was not implemented. I have been unable to locate, access or asses any data, data base or internal system to track, store, evaluate or research the effects of vaccines on our military members or pilots.

31. I have also reviewed scientific data and peer reviewed studies that discuss, analyze results and conclude that natural immunity is at least as good if not far superior to any Covid Vaccine available at this time. I have also reviewed Dr. Peter McCullough’s sworn affidavit in support of and in relation to the Complaint filed in this case and have reviewed its supporting data. An additional peer-reviewed study not referenced in Dr. McCullough’s materials also supports the same conclusions drawn and reports that natural immunity provides a 13 fold better protection against Covid 19 infections than any currently available Covid 19 Vaccine6. More recently, in a meeting of the FDA Advisory Committee on September 17 of this year, fourteen of seventeen members voted against the authorization of any Covid booster vaccines in the juvenile age group having noted that the vaccine program has breached the defining test under the EUA statute as to whether the experimental treatment benefits outweigh the risks; in fact, they found the shots are far more dangerous than helpful in this age group and some voiced concerns that this would apply generally to all age groups.7

32. I am also aware of the Secretary of Defense Austin’s order in relation to Covid Vaccine mandates made this week. In an information paper, it was stated that, “Unit personnel should use only as much force as necessary to assist medical personnel with immunizations.” The use of force to administer a medical treatment or therapy against the will of a mentally competent individual constitutes medical battery and universally violates medical ethics. Currently, I am not aware of the Comirnaty available within the DOD. Emergency Use Authorized vaccines, despite the attempt to characterize some of them as approved despite such approved versions not being available and regardless of a military member’s prior immunity to Covid 19; even where it may be demonstrated with a recent antibody test.

33. Finally, I have reviewed a recent study entitled “US COVID-19 Vaccines Proven to Cause More Harm than Good Based on Pivotal Clinical Trial Data Analyzed Using the Proper Scientific Endpoint, All Cause Severe Morbidity,” by J. Bart Classen, MD and published in Trends in Internal Medicine; August 25, 2021. Attached as Exhibit D.

34. I have also seen policies, memoranda and guidance as it relates to exemptions for vaccinations as fully detailed in Army Regulation 40-562, which purport to eliminate any exemption for prior immunity by our military personnel.

Opinion

35. I have reviewed the Motion for a Preliminary Injunction which discusses the issue

of prior immunity benefits outweighing the risks of using experimental Covid 19

Vaccines, together with proposed exhibits and materials cited therein. In opinion on this subject matter, I am also drawing my own conclusions that will be put into practice in my current role as an Army flight surgeon knowing full well the horrific repercussions this decision may befall me in terms of my career, my relationships and life as an Army doctor.

36. I personally observed the most physically fit female Soldier I have seen in over 20 years in the Army, go from Colligate level athlete training for Ranger School, to being physically debilitated with cardiac problems, newly diagnosed pituitary brain tumor, thyroid dysfunction within weeks of getting vaccinated. Several military physicians have shared with me their firsthand experience with a significant increase in the number of young Soldiers with migraines, menstrual irregularities, cancer, suspected myocarditis and reporting cardiac symptoms after vaccination. Numerous Soldiers and DOD civilians have told me of how they were sick, bed-ridden, debilitated, and unable to work for days to weeks after vaccination. I have also recently reviewed three flight crew members’ medical records, all of which presented with both significant and aggressive systemic health issues. Today I received word of one fatality and two ICU cases on Fort Hood; the deceased was an Army pilot who could have been flying at the time. All three pulmonary embolism events happened within 48 hours of their vaccination. I cannot attribute this result to anything other than the Covid 19 vaccines as the source of these events. Each person was in top physical condition before the inoculation and each suffered the event within 2 days post vaccination. Correlation by itself does not equal causation, however, significant causal patterns do exist that raise correlation into a probable cause; and the burden to prove otherwise falls on the authorities such as the CDC, FDA, and pharmaceutical manufacturers. I find the illnesses, injuries and fatalities observed to be the proximate and causal effect of the Covid 19 vaccinations.

38. I can report of knowing over fifteen military physicians and healthcare providers who have shared experiences of having their safety concerns ignored and being ostracized for expressing or reporting safety concerns as they relate to COVID vaccinations. The politicization of SARs-CoV-2, treatments and vaccination strategies have completely compromised long-standing safety mechanisms, open and honest dialogue, and the trust of our service members in their health system and healthcare providers.

Here We Go: Biden Considers Mandatory COVID Injections For Military (Video)

39. The subject matter of this Motion for a Preliminary Injunction and its devastating effects on members of the military compel me to conclude and conduct accordingly as follows:

a) None of the ordered Emergency Use Covid 19 vaccines can or will provide better immunity than an infection-recovered person;

b) All three of the EUA Covid 19 vaccines (Comirnaty is not available), in the age group and fitness level of my patients, are more risky, harmful and dangerous than having no vaccine at all, whether a person is Covid recovered or facing a Covid 19 infection;

c) Direct evidence exists and suggests that all persons who have received a Covid 19 Vaccine are damaged in their cardiovascular system in an irreparable and irrevocable manner;

d) Due to the Spike protein production that is engineered into the user’s genome, each such recipient of the Covid 19 Vaccines already has micro clots in their cardiovascular system that present a danger to their health and safety;

e) That such micro clots over time will become bigger clots by the very nature of the shape and composition of the Spike proteins being produced and said proteins are found throughout the user’s body, including the brain;

f) That at the initial stage of this damage the micro clots can only be discovered by a biopsy or Magnetic Resonance Image (“MRI”) scan;

g) That due to the fact that there is no functional myocardial screening currently being conducted, it is my professional opinion that substantial foreseen risks currently exist, which require proper screening of all flight crews.

h) That, by virtue of their occupations, said flight crews present extraordinary risks to themselves and others given the equipment they operate, munitions carried thereon and areas of operation in close proximity to populated areas.

i) That, without any current screening procedures in place, including any Aero Message (flight surgeon notice) relating to this demonstrable and identifiable risk, I must and will therefore ground all active flight personnel who received the vaccinations until such time as the causation of these serious systemic health risks can be more fully and adequately assessed.

j) That, based on the DOD’s own protocols and studies, the only two valuable methodologies to adequately assess this risk are through MRI imaging or cardio biopsy which must be carried-out.

k) That, in accordance with the foregoing, I hereby recommend to the Secretary of Defense that all pilots, crew and flight personnel in the military service who required hospitalization from injection or received any Covid 19 vaccination be grounded similarly for further dispositive assessment.

l) That this Court should grant an immediate injunction to stop the further harm to all military personnel to protect the health and safety of our active duty, reservists and National Guard troops.

40. I am competent to opine on the medical and flight readiness aspects of these allegations based upon my above-referenced education and professional medical, aviation and military experience and the basis of my opinions are formed as a result of my education, practice, training and experience.

41 As an Aerospace Medicine Specialist, and flight surgeon responsible for the lives of our Army pilots, I confirm and attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of my foregoing statements, analysis and attachments or references hereto:

_______________/S/__________________ LTC Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS

I, Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS, declare under the penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States of America, and state upon personal knowledge that:

THERESA MARIE LONG, MD, MPH, FS LTC, MEDICAL CORPS, U.S. Army

Medical Education

United States Army School of Aviation Medicine Aerospace/Occupational Medicine Residency University of West Florida

Graduate Student -MPH

06/2019-6/2021

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Fort Hood, Texas Family Medicine Internship

06/2008-11/2010

Unrestricted Medical License, IN

09/2003 – 06/2008

University of Texas Medical School at Houston, Houston, Texas 06/2008 M.D.

08/2001 – 08/2004

Undergraduate – University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 05/2004 B.S. Neurobiology

Research Experience

08/2018 – 5/2020

School of Aviation Medicine

University of West Florida MPH program

https://tml526.wixsite.com/website

Performed a cross-sectional study on Intervertebral Disc Disease Among Army Aviators and Air Crew

08/2002 – 05/2003

University of Texas at Austin, Texas

Research Assistant, Dr. Dee Silverthorn

Performed academic research in effort to update medical facts and the latest research information for the publication of the fourth edition of Human Physiology

09/2000 – 11/2000

Neuropharmacology Research, Texas

Lab Tech, Dr. Silverthorn

Acquisition of rat cerebellums for research in gene sequencing. The focus of the project was to determine the DNA sequence of the receptor in the developing fetal brain that binds to ethanol and induces apoptosis leading to fetal alcohol syndrome.

Publications/Presentations/Poster Sessions Presentations/Posters

Poster: Intervertebral Disc Disease Among Army Aviators and Air Crew, presented during the 2021 American Occupational Healthcare Conference.

Long, Theresa M., Sorensen, Christian, Victoria Zumberge. (2003, May). Sodium dependent transport of Chlorophenol red uptake by Malpighian tubules of acheta domesticus. Poster presented at: University of Texas at Houston; Austin, TX.

Volunteer Experience

08/ 2005 – 09/2005

University of Texas – Houston, Health Science Ctr, Texas

Medical Student -Provided medical aid and support for Acute Care and triage of Hurricane Katrina evacuees.

Work Experience

06/2021- Present

1st Aviation Brigade TOMS Surgeon

Serve as the Medical Advisor to the 1st Aviation Brigade Commander regarding health and fitness of over 3600 officers, warrant officers and Soldiers. The Brigade is comprised of three aviation training battalions, responsible for initial entry rotary wing/ fixed wing flight training, advanced aircraft training. as well as Specific duties include ensuring safety of flight in Army Aviation operations by functioning as Flight Surgeon, while ensuring the health and fitness of military police, firefighters and military working dogs that support Ft. Rucker. Tasked with conducting epidemiological and biostatistical analysis of injuries and illnesses (SARs CoV-2) and medical trends that occur during training and identify and implement strategies to mitigate delays or lost training time.

05/2018-06/2021

Aerospace and Occupational Medicine Resident

Graduate Medical Education training in Aerospace and Occupational Medicine while obtaining a Master’s in Public Health. Specialty training included the Flight surgeon course, The Instructor/Trainer course, Space Cadre Course, Medical Effects of Ionizing Radiation, Medical Management of Chemical and Biological Casualties course at USAMIIRD, Ft. Detrick, NASA, 7th Special Forces, Aviation Safety Officer Course, Global Medicine Symposium, OSHA, Dept of Transportation, Textron Bell Helicopters, Brigade Healthcare Course, Preventative Medicine Senior Leaders Course, Joint Enroute Critical Care Course, Army Aeromedical Activity, research on Intervertebral Disc Disease.

05/2015-05/2018

Department of Rehabilitation Services

General Medical Officer

Assigned to Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center Physical Medicine clinic with special duties Function as General Medical Officer, to mitigate the number of high risk patients get referred off-post to Pain management and PM&R clinics. Functioned as the Performance Improvement officer for PM&R, the Chiropractic Clinic OIC, and the MEB/IDES Subject Matter Expert to IPMC multi-disciplinary team. Significantly increased access to care to the Physical Medicine clinic. Was instrumental in leading the hospital transition for the Chiropractic clinic, contributing to the subsequent successful Joint Commission inspection. Increased access to care in the Chiropractic clinic by 500%.

9/2013- 5/2015

Department of Pediatrics/ Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine

General Medical Officer

Assigned to the Carl R. Darnall Army Medical center Pediatric Clinic with special duties within the Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine. Provided acute and routine medical care for newborn to age 18 and collaborated with Lactation Team Leader to develop research matrix to ensure effective use of resources to meet Perinatal Core Measures PC-05 for Joint Commission Accreditation. Demonstrated initiative by providing emergency medical care to one of the victims of the April 2, 2014 FT Hood shooting.

10/2012-9/2013

Department of Deployment Medicine/ Emergency Medicine

General Medical Officer

Assigned to the Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine at Carl R Darnall Army Medical Center (CRDAMC) with specific duties directed by the CRDAMC DCCS. Supported soldier deployment/redeployment from combat, while also performing clinical rotations within the Emergency and Internal Medicine Departments to increase access to care for acutely ill patients. Improved productivity of the SMRC by conducting ETS, Chapter, Special Forces, Airborne, Ranger, SERE, and OCS/WOCS physicals. Ensured DODM success with 90% CRDAMC staff compliance of their annual PHA’s. Selected to become an ACLS instructor.

06/2012-10/01/2012

Department of the Army Inspector General Agency

Disability Medicine Subject Matter Expert (SME) – Temporary Dept of the Army Inspector General

Assistant Inspector General on Medical Disability (Subject Matter Expert)

Selected above my peers, from across the Army AMEDD as one of three medical NARSUM Subject Matter Experts to function as a temporary assistant Inspector General, in a SECARMY directed inspection of the MEB/IDES system. Planed, coordinated, and conducted inspections of agencies/commands and to gather required data and perspectives relevant to the inspection topic. Developed inspection concepts, objectives, methodologies while coordinating inspection site requirements with major Army Commands ASCC, DRUs, Installations and Components. Identified trends, analyzed root causes to systemic problems and proposed solutions to the IG, Army Chief of Staff and Secretary of the Army for service-wide implementation.

06/2011-06/2012

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center

Integrated Disability Evaluation System

Increased patient access to care by conducting 203 acute care appointments in four months. Increased productivity by 25% by completing 202 NARSUMs, 12 TDRLs, 42 Psychiatric addendums in nine months with only a single case returned from the PEB. Performed duties of MEB chief and QA physician in their absence by performing QA on seven NARSUMS, and reviewing 13 cases for initial intake. Functioned as IDES Physician Training officer, applying PDA training to develop a comprehensive training program for new MEB/IDES NARSUM physicians.

11/2010-05/2011

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Hospital Operations, Clinical Plans and Medical Operations Officer

Served as Clinical Plans and Medical Operations Officer for Hospital Operation (HOD), responsible for the synchronization of external and internal MEDCEN operations supporting over 3,000 MEDCEN employee as well as the DoD’s largest military installation and surrounding civilian population; assisted in development and execution of medical plans supporting Installation, Garrison, MEDCEN and Civilian AT/FP and MASCAL events

06/2005 – 07/2005

United States Army, Texas, Officer Basic Course – Class 1st Sergeant

Supervised 306 medical, dental, and veterinarian HPSP scholarship recipients for Officer Basic training. 10/2002 – 08/2003

United States Army – Texas National Guard, Texas Flight Medic –EMT/BCLS Instructor Training

10/2001 – 10/2002

United States Army Reserve, Texas, Instructor/Trainer

Tim Brown

Tim Brown is an author and Editor at FreedomOutpost.com, SonsOfLibertyMedia.com, GunsInTheNews.com and TheWashingtonStandard.com. He is husband to his "more precious than rubies" wife, father of 10 "mighty arrows", jack of all trades, Christian and lover of liberty. He resides in the U.S. occupied Great State of South Carolina. . Follow Tim on Twitter. Also check him out on Gab, Minds, MeWe, Spreely, Mumbl It and Steemit

View all posts

https://thewashingtonstandard.com/army-doctor-aerospace-medicine-specialist-ltc-theresa-long-calls-on-pentagon-to-ground-all-pilots-that-have-taken-covid-shots/ 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 9--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why are the FDA and CDC advisory panel members so afraid to debate COVID Vaccine Safety?

Recently, both the FDA and CDC advisory panels have voted to approve COVID vaccine booster shots for certain groups of people.

I believe that that vote was a mistake. They should have voted to stop the vaccines entirely and replace it with early treatment protocols since such protocols are safer and more effective than the vaccines. Instead, they completely avoided talking about the issue in their meetings and they refused all reasonable attempts to be challenged on what the science actually shows.

How we got here

Let’s recap a quick history of how I came to this conclusion.

In early May, my friends reported death and disability after being vaccinated. I started looking at the data and the more I looked, the more troubled I became. I arranged to tell the world what I learned on Bret Weinstein’s Darkhorse Podcast with my friend Robert Malone. That video went viral with almost 1M views before YouTube censored it. Here is the one hour version.

Fast forward to September 17, 2021. I spoke out about the vaccines in the public input section of the FDA advisory meeting. I said that everyone was avoiding the elephant in the room: that the vaccines kill more people than they save. Nobody on the panel was paying attention to my talk. This is pretty typical. I wasn’t offended. But the public was listening and I got millions of impressions on my talk. No one in the mainstream media contacted me to challenge my statement.

New results show two stopping conditions were triggered

After the meeting, I did some additional research (summarized here) and I discovered that two stopping conditions have been triggered:

The vaccines have killed over 150,000 Americans. I verified this 7 different ways.

The vaccines kill more people than they save for all age groups

The most troubling thing to the panel members is that both stopping conditions are now validated in the peer reviewed scientific literature. I have attempted to point this out to the panel in multiple emails which I’ve posted to my Gab account.

I offered to share the original research. No interest.

I offered to share the studies published in peer-reviewed medical journals backing up what I found. No interest.

Next, I offered to donate to their research if they would debate a team of scientists on the two stopping conditions. They could name any donation amount they wanted to make it worth their time. No interest.

I pointed out that 100% of the hundreds of people I surveyed wanted to see an open debate on this as soon as possible (and not see the debate happen in slow motion in the scientific literature). No interest. America wants a debate ASAP. The CDC and FDA committee members refuse to discuss this. They won’t debate my team under any conditions.

And I even named the team:

Jessica Rose

Mathew Crawford

Chris Martenson

Bret Weinstein

Byram Bridle

Myself

Let’s be very clear: no researcher would refuse a $1M academic research grant for a two hour debate unless they were hiding something very serious.

At this point, I must conclude that this is a tacit admission that we are right about our two stopping conditions being triggered and that the vaccines should be immediately halted.

The message that the committee is sending to America could not be more clear:

Summary

One of our team members sent me this message after my final message to the committee members asking them to debate the key issues.

We really need to call out these people and make it as public as possible that they refuse to talk based on the science. The public does not need a deep understanding of the science. If they see that we have our team of gladiators in the arena and no other team in the entire world is willing to step in, that will speak volumes. Even those who are firmly entrenched on the other side will have to start asking why their champions are showing such cowardice.

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/09/27/why-are-the-fda-and-cdc-advisory-panel-members-so-afraid-to-debate-covid-vaccine-safety/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 9-26-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STAY AT HOME! THE PANIC BUYING IS STARTING - GROCERY STORE WARNING - PREPARE FOR SHORTAGES

69,318 views  Sep 26, 2021

Full Spectrum Survival  208K subscribers

Grocers are being warned that panic buying is set to begin across the USA as shortages start to show up across the nation. Walmart, Costco, Walgreens, Publix and other outlets have been stockpiling for months to put off shortages. You and your family need to take their cue. Stock up your pantry so you don't have to panic buy.

#BREAKING #ECONOMY #NEWS

The news is here because of members like you! ? PLEASE HELP TO SUPPORT WHAT WE DO ? https://www.patreon.com/fullspectrums ... --- Join us on there! You Will Get : * Waterproof Physical Survival Cards sent to you in the mail every single month! *At the $10 level * Exclusive Content

As always, we appreciate your views and comments, please subscribe and send us mail if you have any questions!

Information: Brad/Full Spectrum Survival is not a doctor, medical professional, investor, or lawyer. Each of the statements made by Brad, Kelley, their guests and/or this channel are opinions of events only and not instructions or advice. NO information on this site should be used to diagnose, treat, prevent or cure any disease or condition or give legal or investment advice. Brad, Kelley, and Full Spectrum Survival thanks each one of our Patreon members for making our outreach possible. We often work with outreaches and organizations to share information, both positive and negative, about items that fit within the genre of our community. Videos and information, text and website driven, may include the sponsorship of our Patreon members who request reviews of specific items and the discussion of topics or outreaches and organizations. At no time do we ever sway our judgement for an item or topic based on these requests. Integrity and our community are the first and utmost priority for our entire team and family. We thank you for being here with us and being a part of this amazing community.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m_-NZPMCm88 

:: 9--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food Shortage Has Started

16050 views  channel image

The Prisoner  Published Sunday |

The news is starting to broadcast the food shortage...problem is if they are reporting on it... It is already too late.

Mirrored - Max Malone

https://www.brighteon.com/a2b70ca0-8b78-4835-b74c-10b550c066a5 

:: 9--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I am Spartacus

Hello,

My name is Spartacus, and I’ve had enough.

We have been forced to watch America and the Free World spin into inexorable decline due to a biowarfare attack. We, along with countless others, have been victimized and gaslit by propaganda and psychological warfare operations being conducted by an unelected, unaccountable Elite against the American people and our allies.

Our mental and physical health have suffered immensely over the course of the past year and a half. We have felt the sting of isolation, lockdown, masking, quarantines, and other completely nonsensical acts of healthcare theater that have done absolutely nothing to protect the health or wellbeing of the public from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Now, we are watching the medical establishment inject literal poison into millions of our fellow Americans without so much as a fight.

We have been told that we will be fired and denied our livelihoods if we refuse to vaccinate. This was the last straw.

We have spent thousands of hours analyzing leaked footage from Wuhan, scientific papers from primary sources, as well as the paper trails left by the medical establishment.

What we have discovered would shock anyone to their core.

First, we will summarize our findings, and then, we will explain them in detail. References will be placed at the end.

Summary:

COVID-19 is a blood and blood vessel disease. SARS-CoV-2 infects the lining of human blood vessels, causing them to leak into the lungs.

Current treatment protocols (e.g. invasive ventilation) are actively harmful to patients, accelerating oxidative stress and causing severe VILI (ventilator-induced lung injuries). The continued use of ventilators in the absence of any proven medical benefit constitutes mass murder.

Existing countermeasures are inadequate to slow the spread of what is an aerosolized and potentially wastewater-borne virus, and constitute a form of medical theater.

Various non-vaccine interventions have been suppressed by both the media and the medical establishment in favor of vaccines and expensive patented drugs.

• The authorities have denied the usefulness of natural immunity against COVID-19, despite the fact that natural immunity confers protection against all of the virus’s proteins, and not just one.

Vaccines will do more harm than good. The antigen that these vaccines are based on, SARS-CoV- 2 Spike, is a toxic protein. SARS-CoV-2 may have ADE, or antibody-dependent enhancement; current antibodies may not neutralize future strains, but instead help them infect immune cells. Also, vaccinating during a pandemic with a leaky vaccine removes the evolutionary pressure for a virus to become less lethal.

• There is a vast and appalling criminal conspiracy that directly links both Anthony Fauci and Moderna to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

COVID-19 vaccine researchers are directly linked to scientists involved in brain-computer interface (“neural lace”) tech, one of whom was indicted for taking grant money from China.

Independent researchers have discovered mysterious nanoparticles inside the vaccines that are not supposed to be present.

The entire pandemic is being used as an excuse for a vast political and economic transformation of Western society that will enrich the already rich and turn the rest of us into serfs and untouchables.

COVID-19 Pathophysiology and Treatments:

COVID-19 is not a viral pneumonia. It is a viral vascular endotheliitis and attacks the lining of blood vessels, particularly the small pulmonary alveolar capillaries, leading to endothelial cell activation and sloughing, coagulopathy, sepsis, pulmonary edema, and ARDS-like symptoms. This is a disease of the blood and blood vessels. The circulatory system. Any pneumonia that it causes is secondary to that. In severe cases, this leads to sepsis, blood clots, and multiple organ failure, including hypoxic and inflammatory damage to various vital organs, such as the brain, heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and intestines.

Some of the most common laboratory findings in COVID-19 are elevated D-dimer, elevated prothrombin time, elevated C-reactive protein, neutrophilia, lymphopenia, hypocalcemia, and hyperferritinemia, essentially matching a profile of coagulopathy and immune system hyperactivation/immune cell exhaustion.

COVID-19 can present as almost anything, due to the wide tropism of SARS-CoV-2 for various tissues in the body’s vital organs. While its most common initial presentation is respiratory illness and flu-like symptoms, it can present as brain inflammation, gastrointestinal disease, or even heart attack or pulmonary embolism.

COVID-19 is more severe in those with specific comorbidities, such as obesity, diabetes, and hypertension. This is because these conditions involve endothelial dysfunction, which renders the circulatory system more susceptible to infection and injury by this particular virus.

The vast majority of COVID-19 cases are mild and do not cause significant disease. In known cases, there is something known as the 80/20 rule, where 80% of cases are mild and 20% are severe or critical. However this ratio is only correct for known cases, not all infections. The number of actual infections is much, much higher. Consequently, the mortality and morbidity rate is lower. However, COVID-19 spreads very quickly, meaning that there are a significant number of severely-ill and critically-ill patients appearing in a short time frame.

In those who have critical COVID-19-induced sepsis, hypoxia, coagulopathy, and ARDS, the most common treatments are intubation, injected corticosteroids, and blood thinners. This is not the correct treatment for COVID-19. In severe hypoxia, cellular metabolic shifts cause ATP to break down into hypoxanthine, which, upon the reintroduction of oxygen, causes xanthine oxidase to produce tons of highly damagiing radicals that attack tissue. This is called ischemia-reperfusion injury, and it’s why the majority of people who go on a ventilator are dying. In the mitochondria, succinate buildup due to sepsis does the same exact thing; when oxygen is reintroduced, it makes superoxide radicals. Make no mistake, intubation will kill people who have COVID-19.

The end-stage of COVID-19 is severe lipid peroxidation, where fats in the body start to “rust” due to damage by oxidative stress. This drives autoimmunity. Oxidized lipids appear as foreign objects to the immune system, which recognizes and forms antibodies against OSEs, or oxidation-specific epitopes. Also, oxidized lipids feed directly into pattern recognition receptors, triggering even more inflammation and summoning even more cells of the innate immune system that release even more destructive enzymes. This is similar to the pathophysiology of Lupus.

COVID-19’s pathology is dominated by extreme oxidative stress and neutrophil respiratory burst, to the point where hemoglobin becomes incapable of carrying oxygen due to heme iron being stripped out of heme by hypochlorous acid. No amount of supplemental oxygen can oxygenate blood that chemically refuses to bind O2.

The breakdown of the pathology is as follows: SARS-CoV-2 Spike binds to ACE2. Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 is an enzyme that is part of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, or RAAS. The RAAS is a hormone control system that moderates fluid volume in the body and in the bloodstream (i.e. osmolarity) by controlling salt retention and excretion. This protein, ACE2, is ubiquitous in every part of the body that interfaces with the circulatory system, particularly in vascular endothelial cells and pericytes, brain astrocytes, renal tubules and podocytes, pancreatic islet cells, bile duct and intestinal epithelial cells, and the seminiferous ducts of the testis, all of which SARS-CoV-2 can infect, not just the lungs. SARS-CoV-2 infects a cell as follows: SARS-CoV-2 Spike undergoes a conformational change where the S1 trimers flip up and extend, locking onto ACE2 bound to the surface of a cell. TMPRSS2, or transmembrane protease serine 2, comes along and cuts off the heads of the Spike, exposing the S2 stalk-shaped subunit inside. The remainder of the Spike undergoes a conformational change that causes it to unfold like an extension ladder, embedding itself in the cell membrane. Then, it folds back upon itself, pulling the viral membrane and the cell membrane together. The two membranes fuse, with the virus’s proteins migrating out onto the surface of the cell. The SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid enters the cell, disgorging its genetic material and beginning the viral replication process, hijacking the cell’s own structures to produce more virus. RTACUS

I Am Spartacus"

Hello,

My name is Spartacus, and I’ve had enough.

We have been forced to watch America and the Free World spin into inexorable decline due to a biowarfare attack. We, along with countless others, have been victimized and gaslit by propaganda and psychological warfare operations being conducted by an unelected, unaccountable Elite against the American people and our allies.

Our mental and physical health have suffered immensely over the course of the past year and a half. We have felt the sting of isolation, lockdown, masking, quarantines, and other completely nonsensical acts of healthcare theater that have done absolutely nothing to protect the health or wellbeing of the public from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Now, we are watching the medical establishment inject literal poison into millions of our fellow Americans without so much as a fight.

We have been told that we will be fired and denied our livelihoods if we refuse to vaccinate. This was the last straw.

We have spent thousands of hours analyzing leaked footage from Wuhan, scientific papers from primary sources, as well as the paper trails left by the medical establishment.

What we have discovered would shock anyone to their core.

First, we will summarize our findings, and then, we will explain them in detail. References will be placed at the end.

Summary:

COVID-19 is a blood and blood vessel disease. SARS-CoV-2 infects the lining of human blood vessels, causing them to leak into the lungs.

Current treatment protocols (e.g. invasive ventilation) are actively harmful to patients, accelerating oxidative stress and causing severe VILI (ventilator-induced lung injuries). The continued use of ventilators in the absence of any proven medical benefit constitutes mass murder.

Existing countermeasures are inadequate to slow the spread of what is an aerosolized and potentially wastewater-borne virus, and constitute a form of medical theater.

Various non-vaccine interventions have been suppressed by both the media and the medical establishment in favor of vaccines and expensive patented drugs.

• The authorities have denied the usefulness of natural immunity against COVID-19, despite the fact that natural immunity confers protection against all of the virus’s proteins, and not just one.

Vaccines will do more harm than good. The antigen that these vaccines are based on, SARS-CoV- 2 Spike, is a toxic protein. SARS-CoV-2 may have ADE, or antibody-dependent enhancement; current antibodies may not neutralize future strains, but instead help them infect immune cells. Also, vaccinating during a pandemic with a leaky vaccine removes the evolutionary pressure for a virus to become less lethal.

There is a vast and appalling criminal conspiracy that directly links both Anthony Fauci and Moderna to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

COVID-19 vaccine researchers are directly linked to scientists involved in brain-computer interface (“neural lace”) tech, one of whom was indicted for taking grant money from China.

Independent researchers have discovered mysterious nanoparticles inside the vaccines that are not supposed to be present.

• The entire pandemic is being used as an excuse for a vast political and economic transformation of Western society that will enrich the already rich and turn the rest of us into serfs and untouchables.

COVID-19 Pathophysiology and Treatments:

COVID-19 is not a viral pneumonia. It is a viral vascular endotheliitis and attacks the lining of blood vessels, particularly the small pulmonary alveolar capillaries, leading to endothelial cell activation and sloughing, coagulopathy, sepsis, pulmonary edema, and ARDS-like symptoms. This is a disease of the blood and blood vessels. The circulatory system. Any pneumonia that it causes is secondary to that.

re cases, this leads to sepsis, blood clots, and multiple organ failure, including hypoxic and inflammatory damage to various vital organs, such as the brain, heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and intestines.

Some of the most common laboratory findings in COVID-19 are elevated D-dimer, elevated prothrombin time, elevated C-reactive protein, neutrophilia, lymphopenia, hypocalcemia, and hyperferritinemia, essentially matching a profile of coagulopathy and immune system hyperactivation/immune cell exhaustion.

COVID-19 can present as almost anything, due to the wide tropism of SARS-CoV-2 for various tissues in the body’s vital organs. While its most common initial presentation is respiratory illness and flu-like symptoms, it can present as brain inflammation, gastrointestinal disease, or even heart attack or pulmonary embolism.

COVID-19 is more severe in those with specific comorbidities, such as obesity, diabetes, and hypertension. This is because these conditions involve endothelial dysfunction, which renders the circulatory system more susceptible to infection and injury by this particular virus.

The vast majority of COVID-19 cases are mild and do not cause significant disease. In known cases, there is something known as the 80/20 rule, where 80% of cases are mild and 20% are severe or critical. However, this ratio is only correct for known cases, not all infections. The number of actual infections is much, much higher. Consequently, the mortality and morbidity rate is lower. However, COVID-19 spreads very quickly, meaning that there are a significant number of severely-ill and critically-ill patients appearing in a short time frame.

In those who have critical COVID-19-induced sepsis, hypoxia, coagulopathy, and ARDS, the most common treatments are intubation, injected corticosteroids, and blood thinners. This is not the correct treatment for COVID-19. In severe hypoxia, cellular metabolic shifts cause ATP to break down into hypoxanthine, which, upon the reintroduction of oxygen, causes xanthine oxidase to produce tons of highly damaging radicals that attack tissue. This is called ischemia-reperfusion injury, and it’s why the majority of people who go on a ventilator are dying. In the mitochondria, succinate buildup due to sepsis does the same exact thing; when oxygen is reintroduced, it makes superoxide radicals. Make no mistake, intubation will kill people who have COVID-19.

The end-stage of COVID-19 is severe lipid peroxidation, where fats in the body start to “rust” due to damage by oxidative stress. This drives autoimmunity. Oxidized lipids appear as foreign objects to the immune system, which recognizes and forms antibodies against OSEs, or oxidation-specific epitopes. Also, oxidized lipids feed directly into pattern recognition receptors, triggering even more inflammation and summoning even more cells of the innate immune system that release even more destructive enzymes. This is similar to the pathophysiology of Lupus.

COVID-19’s pathology is dominated by extreme oxidative stress and neutrophil respiratory burst, to the point where hemoglobin becomes incapable of carrying oxygen due to heme iron being stripped out of heme by hypochlorous acid. No amount of supplemental oxygen can oxygenate blood that chemically refuses to bind O2.

The breakdown of the pathology is as follows:

SARS-CoV-2 Spike binds to ACE2. Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 is an enzyme that is part of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, or RAAS. The RAAS is a hormone control system that moderates fluid volume in the body and in the bloodstream (i.e. osmolarity) by controlling salt retention and excretion. This protein, ACE2, is ubiquitous in every part of the body that interfaces with the circulatory system, particularly in vascular endothelial cells and pericytes, brain astrocytes, renal tubules and podocytes, pancreatic islet cells, bile duct and intestinal epithelial cells, and the seminiferous ducts of the testis, all of which SARS-CoV-2 can infect, not just the lungs.

SARS-CoV-2 infects a cell as follows: SARS-CoV-2 Spike undergoes a conformational change where the S1 trimers flip up and extend, locking onto ACE2 bound to the surface of a cell. TMPRSS2, or transmembrane protease serine 2, comes along and cuts off the heads of the Spike, exposing the S2 stalk-shaped subunit inside. The remainder of the Spike undergoes a conformational change that causes it to unfold like an extension ladder, embedding itself in the cell membrane. Then, it folds back upon itself, pulling the viral membrane and the cell membrane together. The two membranes fuse, with the virus’s proteins migrating out onto the surface of the cell. The SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid enters the cell, disgorging its genetic material and beginning the viral replication process, hijacking the cell’s own structures to produce more virus.

SARS-CoV-2 Spike proteins embedded in a cell can actually cause human cells to fuse together, forming syncytia/MGCs (multinuclear giant cells). They also have other pathogenic, harmful effects. SARS-CoV- 2’s viroporins, such as its Envelope protein, act as calcium ion channels, introducing calcium into infected cells. The virus suppresses the natural interferon response, resulting in delayed inflammation. SARS-CoV-2 N protein can also directly activate the NLRP3 inflammasome. Also, it suppresses the Nrf2 antioxidant pathway. The suppression of ACE2 by binding with Spike causes a buildup of bradykinin that would otherwise be broken down by ACE2.

This constant calcium influx into the cells results in (or is accompanied by) noticeable hypocalcemia, or low blood calcium, especially in people with Vitamin D deficiencies and pre-existing endothelial dysfunction. Bradykinin upregulates cAMP, cGMP, COX, and Phospholipase C activity. This results in prostaglandin release and vastly increased intracellular calcium signaling, which promotes highly aggressive ROS release and ATP depletion. NADPH oxidase releases superoxide into the extracellular space. Superoxide radicals react with nitric oxide to form peroxynitrite. Peroxynitrite reacts with the tetrahydrobiopterin cofactor needed by endothelial nitric oxide synthase, destroying it and “uncoupling” the enzymes, causing nitric oxide synthase to synthesize more superoxide instead. This proceeds in a positive feedback loop until nitric oxide bioavailability in the circulatory system is depleted.

Dissolved nitric oxide gas produced constantly by eNOS serves many important functions, but it is also antiviral against SARS-like coronaviruses, preventing the palmitoylation of the viral Spike protein and making it harder for it to bind to host receptors. The loss of NO allows the virus to begin replicating with impunity in the body. Those with endothelial dysfunction (i.e. hypertension, diabetes, obesity, old age, African-American race) have redox equilibrium issues to begin with, giving the virus an advantage.

Due to the extreme cytokine release triggered by these processes, the body summons a great deal of neutrophils and monocyte-derived alveolar macrophages to the lungs. Cells of the innate immune system are the first-line defenders against pathogens. They work by engulfing invaders and trying to attack them with enzymes that produce powerful oxidants, like SOD and MPO. Superoxide dismutase takes superoxide and makes hydrogen peroxide, and myeloperoxidase takes hydrogen peroxide and chlorine ions and makes hypochlorous acid, which is many, many times more reactive than sodium hypochlorite bleach. Neutrophils have a nasty trick. They can also eject these enzymes into the extracellular space, where they will continuously spit out peroxide and bleach into the bloodstream. This is called neutrophil extracellular trap formation, or, when it becomes pathogenic and counterproductive, NETosis. In severe and critical COVID-19, there is actually rather severe NETosis.

Hypochlorous acid building up in the bloodstream begins to bleach the iron out of heme and compete for O2 binding sites. Red blood cells lose the ability to transport oxygen, causing the sufferer to turn blue in the face. Unliganded iron, hydrogen peroxide, and superoxide in the bloodstream undergo the Haber- Weiss and Fenton reactions, producing extremely reactive hydroxyl radicals that violently strip electrons from surrounding fats and DNA, oxidizing them severely.

This condition is not unknown to medical science. The actual name for all of this is acute sepsis.

We know this is happening in COVID-19 because people who have died of the disease have noticeable ferroptosis signatures in their tissues, as well as various other oxidative stress markers such as nitrotyrosine, 4-HNE, and malondialdehyde.

When you intubate someone with this condition, you are setting off a free radical bomb by supplying the cells with O2. It’s a catch-22, because we need oxygen to make Adenosine Triphosphate (that is, to live), but O2 is also the precursor of all these damaging radicals that lead to lipid peroxidation. The correct treatment for severe COVID-19 related sepsis is non-invasive ventilation, steroids, and antioxidant infusions. Most of the drugs repurposed for COVID-19 that show any benefit whatsoever in rescuing critically-ill COVID-19 patients are antioxidants. N-acetylcysteine, melatonin, fluvoxamine, budesonide, famotidine, cimetidine, and ranitidine are all antioxidants. Indomethacin prevents iron- driven oxidation of arachidonic acid to isoprostanes. There are powerful antioxidants such as apocynin that have not even been tested on COVID-19 patients yet which could defang neutrophils, prevent lipid peroxidation, restore endothelial health, and restore oxygenation to the tissues.

Scientists who know anything about pulmonary neutrophilia, ARDS, and redox biology have known or surmised much of this since March 2020. In April 2020, Swiss scientists confirmed that COVID-19 was a vascular endotheliitis. By late 2020, experts had already concluded that COVID-19 causes a form of viral sepsis. They also know that sepsis can be effectively treated with antioxidants. None of this information is particularly new, and yet, for the most part, it has not been acted upon. Doctors continue to use damaging intubation techniques with high PEEP settings despite high lung compliance and poor oxygenation, killing an untold number of critically ill patients with medical malpractice.

Because of the way they are constructed, Randomized Control Trials will never show any benefit for any antiviral against COVID-19. Not Remdesivir, not Kaletra, not HCQ, and not Ivermectin. The reason for this is simple; for the patients that they have recruited for these studies, such as Oxford’s ludicrous RECOVERY study, the intervention is too late to have any positive effect.

The clinical course of COVID-19 is such that by the time most people seek medical attention for hypoxia, their viral load has already tapered off to almost nothing. If someone is about 10 days post-exposure and has already been symptomatic for five days, there is hardly any virus left in their bodies, only cellular damage and derangement that has initiated a hyperinflammatory response. It is from this group that the clinical trials for antivirals have recruited, pretty much exclusively.

In these trials, they give antivirals to severely ill patients who have no virus in their bodies, only a delayed hyperinflammatory response, and then absurdly claim that antivirals have no utility in treating or preventing COVID-19. These clinical trials do not recruit people who are pre-symptomatic. They do not test pre-exposure or post-exposure prophylaxis. This is like using a defibrillator to shock only flatline, and then absurdly claiming that defibrillators have no medical utility whatsoever when the patients refuse to rise from the dead. The intervention is too late. These trials for antivirals show systematic, egregious selection bias. They are providing a treatment that is futile to the specific cohort they are enrolling.

India went against the instructions of the WHO and mandated the prophylactic usage of Ivermectin. They have almost completely eradicated COVID-19. The Indian Bar Association of Mumbai has brought criminal charges against WHO Chief Scientist Dr. Soumya Swaminathan for recommending against the use of Ivermectin.

Ivermectin is not “horse dewormer”. Yes, it is sold in veterinary paste form as a dewormer for animals. It has also been available in pill form for humans for decades, as an antiparasitic drug.

The media have disingenuously claimed that because Ivermectin is an antiparasitic drug, it has no utility as an antivirus. This is incorrect. Ivermectin has utility as an antiviral. It blocks importin, preventing nuclear import, effectively inhibiting viral access to cell nuclei. Many drugs currently on the market have multiple modes of action. Ivermectin is one such drug. It is both antiparasitic and antiviral.

In Bangladesh, Ivermectin costs $1.80 for an entire 5-day course. Remdesivir, which is toxic to the liver, costs $3,120 for a 5-day course of the drug. Billions of dollars of utterly useless Remdesivir were sold to our governments on the taxpayer’s dime, and it ended up being totally useless for treating hyperinflammatory COVID-19. The media has hardly even covered this at all.

The opposition to the use of generic Ivermectin is not based in science. It is purely financially and politically-motivated. An effective non-vaccine intervention would jeopardize the rushed FDA approval of patented vaccines and medicines for which the pharmaceutical industry stands to rake in billions upon billions of dollars in sales on an ongoing basis.

The majority of the public are scientifically illiterate and cannot grasp what any of this even means, thanks to a pathetic educational system that has miseducated them. You would be lucky to find 1 in 100 people who have even the faintest clue what any of this actually means.

COVID-19 Transmission:

I Am Spartacus"

Hello,

My name is Spartacus, and I’ve had enough.

We have been forced to watch America and the Free World spin into inexorable decline due to a biowarfare attack. We, along with countless others, have been victimized and gaslit by propaganda and psychological warfare operations being conducted by an unelected, unaccountable Elite against the American people and our allies.

Our mental and physical health have suffered immensely over the course of the past year and a half. We have felt the sting of isolation, lockdown, masking, quarantines, and other completely nonsensical acts of healthcare theater that have done absolutely nothing to protect the health or wellbeing of the public from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Now, we are watching the medical establishment inject literal poison into millions of our fellow Americans without so much as a fight.

We have been told that we will be fired and denied our livelihoods if we refuse to vaccinate. This was the last straw.

We have spent thousands of hours analyzing leaked footage from Wuhan, scientific papers from primary sources, as well as the paper trails left by the medical establishment.

What we have discovered would shock anyone to their core.

First, we will summarize our findings, and then, we will explain them in detail. References will be placed at the end.

Summary:

COVID-19 is a blood and blood vessel disease. SARS-CoV-2 infects the lining of human blood vessels, causing them to leak into the lungs.

Current treatment protocols (e.g. invasive ventilation) are actively harmful to patients, accelerating oxidative stress and causing severe VILI (ventilator-induced lung injuries). The continued use of ventilators in the absence of any proven medical benefit constitutes mass murder.

Existing countermeasures are inadequate to slow the spread of what is an aerosolized and potentially wastewater-borne virus, and constitute a form of medical theater.

Various non-vaccine interventions have been suppressed by both the media and the medical establishment in favor of vaccines and expensive patented drugs.

• The authorities have denied the usefulness of natural immunity against COVID-19, despite the fact that natural immunity confers protection against all of the virus’s proteins, and not just one.

Vaccines will do more harm than good. The antigen that these vaccines are based on, SARS-CoV- 2 Spike, is a toxic protein. SARS-CoV-2 may have ADE, or antibody-dependent enhancement; current antibodies may not neutralize future strains, but instead help them infect immune cells. Also, vaccinating during a pandemic with a leaky vaccine removes the evolutionary pressure for a virus to become less lethal.

There is a vast and appalling criminal conspiracy that directly links both Anthony Fauci and Moderna to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

COVID-19 vaccine researchers are directly linked to scientists involved in brain-computer interface (“neural lace”) tech, one of whom was indicted for taking grant money from China.

Independent researchers have discovered mysterious nanoparticles inside the vaccines that are not supposed to be present.

• The entire pandemic is being used as an excuse for a vast political and economic transformation of Western society that will enrich the already rich and turn the rest of us into serfs and untouchables.

COVID-19 Pathophysiology and Treatments:

COVID-19 is not a viral pneumonia. It is a viral vascular endotheliitis and attacks the lining of blood vessels, particularly the small pulmonary alveolar capillaries, leading to endothelial cell activation and sloughing, coagulopathy, sepsis, pulmonary edema, and ARDS-like symptoms. This is a disease of the blood and blood vessels. The circulatory system. Any pneumonia that it causes is secondary to that.

In severe cases, this leads to sepsis, blood clots, and multiple organ failure, including hypoxic and inflammatory damage to various vital organs, such as the brain, heart, liver, pancreas, kidneys, and intestines.

Some of the most common laboratory findings in COVID-19 are elevated D-dimer, elevated prothrombin time, elevated C-reactive protein, neutrophilia, lymphopenia, hypocalcemia, and hyperferritinemia, essentially matching a profile of coagulopathy and immune system hyperactivation/immune cell exhaustion.

COVID-19 can present as almost anything, due to the wide tropism of SARS-CoV-2 for various tissues in the body’s vital organs. While its most common initial presentation is respiratory illness and flu-like symptoms, it can present as brain inflammation, gastrointestinal disease, or even heart attack or pulmonary embolism.

COVID-19 is more severe in those with specific comorbidities, such as obesity, diabetes, and hypertension. This is because these conditions involve endothelial dysfunction, which renders the circulatory system more susceptible to infection and injury by this particular virus.

The vast majority of COVID-19 cases are mild and do not cause significant disease. In known cases, there is something known as the 80/20 rule, where 80% of cases are mild and 20% are severe or critical. However, this ratio is only correct for known cases, not all infections. The number of actual infections is much, much higher. Consequently, the mortality and morbidity rate is lower. However, COVID-19 spreads very quickly, meaning that there are a significant number of severely-ill and critically-ill patients appearing in a short time frame.

In those who have critical COVID-19-induced sepsis, hypoxia, coagulopathy, and ARDS, the most common treatments are intubation, injected corticosteroids, and blood thinners. This is not the correct treatment for COVID-19. In severe hypoxia, cellular metabolic shifts cause ATP to break down into hypoxanthine, which, upon the reintroduction of oxygen, causes xanthine oxidase to produce tons of highly damaging radicals that attack tissue. This is called ischemia-reperfusion injury, and it’s why the majority of people who go on a ventilator are dying. In the mitochondria, succinate buildup due to sepsis does the same exact thing; when oxygen is reintroduced, it makes superoxide radicals. Make no mistake, intubation will kill people who have COVID-19.

The end-stage of COVID-19 is severe lipid peroxidation, where fats in the body start to “rust” due to damage by oxidative stress. This drives autoimmunity. Oxidized lipids appear as foreign objects to the immune system, which recognizes and forms antibodies against OSEs, or oxidation-specific epitopes. Also, oxidized lipids feed directly into pattern recognition receptors, triggering even more inflammation and summoning even more cells of the innate immune system that release even more destructive enzymes. This is similar to the pathophysiology of Lupus.

COVID-19’s pathology is dominated by extreme oxidative stress and neutrophil respiratory burst, to the point where hemoglobin becomes incapable of carrying oxygen due to heme iron being stripped out of heme by hypochlorous acid. No amount of supplemental oxygen can oxygenate blood that chemically refuses to bind O2.

The breakdown of the pathology is as follows:

SARS-CoV-2 Spike binds to ACE2. Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 is an enzyme that is part of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, or RAAS. The RAAS is a hormone control system that moderates fluid volume in the body and in the bloodstream (i.e. osmolarity) by controlling salt retention and excretion. This protein, ACE2, is ubiquitous in every part of the body that interfaces with the circulatory system, particularly in vascular endothelial cells and pericytes, brain astrocytes, renal tubules and podocytes, pancreatic islet cells, bile duct and intestinal epithelial cells, and the seminiferous ducts of the testis, all of which SARS-CoV-2 can infect, not just the lungs.

SARS-CoV-2 infects a cell as follows: SARS-CoV-2 Spike undergoes a conformational change where the S1 trimers flip up and extend, locking onto ACE2 bound to the surface of a cell. TMPRSS2, or transmembrane protease serine 2, comes along and cuts off the heads of the Spike, exposing the S2 stalk-shaped subunit inside. The remainder of the Spike undergoes a conformational change that causes it to unfold like an extension ladder, embedding itself in the cell membrane. Then, it folds back upon itself, pulling the viral membrane and the cell membrane together. The two membranes fuse, with the virus’s proteins migrating out onto the surface of the cell. The SARS-CoV-2 nucleocapsid enters the cell, disgorging its genetic material and beginning the viral replication process, hijacking the cell’s own structures to produce more virus.

SARS-CoV-2 Spike proteins embedded in a cell can actually cause human cells to fuse together, forming syncytia/MGCs (multinuclear giant cells). They also have other pathogenic, harmful effects. SARS-CoV- 2’s viroporins, such as its Envelope protein, act as calcium ion channels, introducing calcium into infected cells. The virus suppresses the natural interferon response, resulting in delayed inflammation. SARS-CoV-2 N protein can also directly activate the NLRP3 inflammasome. Also, it suppresses the Nrf2 antioxidant pathway. The suppression of ACE2 by binding with Spike causes a buildup of bradykinin that would otherwise be broken down by ACE2.

This constant calcium influx into the cells results in (or is accompanied by) noticeable hypocalcemia, or low blood calcium, especially in people with Vitamin D deficiencies and pre-existing endothelial dysfunction. Bradykinin upregulates cAMP, cGMP, COX, and Phospholipase C activity. This results in prostaglandin release and vastly increased intracellular calcium signaling, which promotes highly aggressive ROS release and ATP depletion. NADPH oxidase releases superoxide into the extracellular space. Superoxide radicals react with nitric oxide to form peroxynitrite. Peroxynitrite reacts with the tetrahydrobiopterin cofactor needed by endothelial nitric oxide synthase, destroying it and “uncoupling” the enzymes, causing nitric oxide synthase to synthesize more superoxide instead. This proceeds in a positive feedback loop until nitric oxide bioavailability in the circulatory system is depleted.

Dissolved nitric oxide gas produced constantly by eNOS serves many important functions, but it is also antiviral against SARS-like coronaviruses, preventing the palmitoylation of the viral Spike protein and making it harder for it to bind to host receptors. The loss of NO allows the virus to begin replicating with impunity in the body. Those with endothelial dysfunction (i.e. hypertension, diabetes, obesity, old age, African-American race) have redox equilibrium issues to begin with, giving the virus an advantage.

Due to the extreme cytokine release triggered by these processes, the body summons a great deal of neutrophils and monocyte-derived alveolar macrophages to the lungs. Cells of the innate immune system are the first-line defenders against pathogens. They work by engulfing invaders and trying to attack them with enzymes that produce powerful oxidants, like SOD and MPO. Superoxide dismutase takes superoxide and makes hydrogen peroxide, and myeloperoxidase takes hydrogen peroxide and chlorine ions and makes hypochlorous acid, which is many, many times more reactive than sodium hypochlorite bleach.

Neutrophils have a nasty trick. They can also eject these enzymes into the extracellular space, where they will continuously spit out peroxide and bleach into the bloodstream. This is called neutrophil extracellular trap formation, or, when it becomes pathogenic and counterproductive, NETosis. In severe and critical COVID-19, there is actually rather severe NETosis.

Hypochlorous acid building up in the bloodstream begins to bleach the iron out of heme and compete for O2 binding sites. Red blood cells lose the ability to transport oxygen, causing the sufferer to turn blue in the face. Unliganded iron, hydrogen peroxide, and superoxide in the bloodstream undergo the Haber- Weiss and Fenton reactions, producing extremely reactive hydroxyl radicals that violently strip electrons from surrounding fats and DNA, oxidizing them severely.

This condition is not unknown to medical science. The actual name for all of this is acute sepsis.

We know this is happening in COVID-19 because people who have died of the disease have noticeable ferroptosis signatures in their tissues, as well as various other oxidative stress markers such as nitrotyrosine, 4-HNE, and malondialdehyde.

When you intubate someone with this condition, you are setting off a free radical bomb by supplying the cells with O2. It’s a catch-22, because we need oxygen to make Adenosine Triphosphate (that is, to live), but O2 is also the precursor of all these damaging radicals that lead to lipid peroxidation.

The correct treatment for severe COVID-19 related sepsis is non-invasive ventilation, steroids, and antioxidant infusions. Most of the drugs repurposed for COVID-19 that show any benefit whatsoever in rescuing critically-ill COVID-19 patients are antioxidants. N-acetylcysteine, melatonin, fluvoxamine, budesonide, famotidine, cimetidine, and ranitidine are all antioxidants. Indomethacin prevents iron- driven oxidation of arachidonic acid to isoprostanes. There are powerful antioxidants such as apocynin that have not even been tested on COVID-19 patients yet which could defang neutrophils, prevent lipid peroxidation, restore endothelial health, and restore oxygenation to the tissues.

Scientists who know anything about pulmonary neutrophilia, ARDS, and redox biology have known or surmised much of this since March 2020. In April 2020, Swiss scientists confirmed that COVID-19 was a vascular endotheliitis. By late 2020, experts had already concluded that COVID-19 causes a form of viral sepsis. They also know that sepsis can be effectively treated with antioxidants. None of this information is particularly new, and yet, for the most part, it has not been acted upon. Doctors continue to use damaging intubation techniques with high PEEP settings despite high lung compliance and poor oxygenation, killing an untold number of critically ill patients with medical malpractice.

Because of the way they are constructed, Randomized Control Trials will never show any benefit for any antiviral against COVID-19. Not Remdesivir, not Kaletra, not HCQ, and not Ivermectin. The reason for this is simple; for the patients that they have recruited for these studies, such as Oxford’s ludicrous RECOVERY study, the intervention is too late to have any positive effect.

The clinical course of COVID-19 is such that by the time most people seek medical attention for hypoxia, their viral load has already tapered off to almost nothing. If someone is about 10 days post-exposure and has already been symptomatic for five days, there is hardly any virus left in their bodies, only cellular damage and derangement that has initiated a hyperinflammatory response. It is from this group that the clinical trials for antivirals have recruited, pretty much exclusively.

In these trials, they give antivirals to severely ill patients who have no virus in their bodies, only a delayed hyperinflammatory response, and then absurdly claim that antivirals have no utility in treating or preventing COVID-19. These clinical trials do not recruit people who are pre-symptomatic. They do not test pre-exposure or post-exposure prophylaxis.

This is like using a defibrillator to shock only flatline, and then absurdly claiming that defibrillators have no medical utility whatsoever when the patients refuse to rise from the dead. The intervention is too late. These trials for antivirals show systematic, egregious selection bias. They are providing a treatment that is futile to the specific cohort they are enrolling.

India went against the instructions of the WHO and mandated the prophylactic usage of Ivermectin. They have almost completely eradicated COVID-19. The Indian Bar Association of Mumbai has brought criminal charges against WHO Chief Scientist Dr. Soumya Swaminathan for recommending against the use of Ivermectin.

Ivermectin is not “horse dewormer”. Yes, it is sold in veterinary paste form as a dewormer for animals. It has also been available in pill form for humans for decades, as an antiparasitic drug.

The media have disingenuously claimed that because Ivermectin is an antiparasitic drug, it has no utility as an antivirus. This is incorrect. Ivermectin has utility as an antiviral. It blocks importin, preventing nuclear import, effectively inhibiting viral access to cell nuclei. Many drugs currently on the market have multiple modes of action. Ivermectin is one such drug. It is both antiparasitic and antiviral.

In Bangladesh, Ivermectin costs $1.80 for an entire 5-day course. Remdesivir, which is toxic to the liver, costs $3,120 for a 5-day course of the drug. Billions of dollars of utterly useless Remdesivir were sold to our governments on the taxpayer’s dime, and it ended up being totally useless for treating hyperinflammatory COVID-19. The media has hardly even covered this at all.

The opposition to the use of generic Ivermectin is not based in science. It is purely financially and politically-motivated. An effective non-vaccine intervention would jeopardize the rushed FDA approval of patented vaccines and medicines for which the pharmaceutical industry stands to rake in billions upon billions of dollars in sales on an ongoing basis.

The majority of the public are scientifically illiterate and cannot grasp what any of this even means, thanks to a pathetic educational system that has miseducated them. You would be lucky to find 1 in 100 people who have even the faintest clue what any of this actually means.

COVID-19 Transmission:

COVID-19 is airborne. The WHO carried water for China by claiming that the virus was only droplet- borne. Our own CDC absurdly claimed that it was mostly transmitted by fomite-to-face contact, which, given its rapid spread from Wuhan to the rest of the world, would have been physically impossible.

The ridiculous belief in fomite-to-face being a primary mode of transmission led to the use of surface disinfection protocols that wasted time, energy, productivity, and disinfectant.

The 6-foot guidelines are absolutely useless. The minimum safe distance to protect oneself from an aerosolized virus is to be 15+ feet away from an infected person, no closer. Realistically, no public transit is safe.

Surgical masks do not protect you from aerosols. The virus is too small and the filter media has too large of gaps to filter it out. They may catch respiratory droplets and keep the virus from being expelled by someone who is sick, but they do not filter a cloud of infectious aerosols if someone were to walk into said cloud.

The minimum level of protection against this virus is quite literally a P100 respirator, a PAPR/CAPR, or a 40mm NATO CBRN respirator, ideally paired with a full-body tyvek or tychem suit, gloves, and booties, with all the holes and gaps taped Live SARS-CoV-2 may potentially be detected in sewage outflows, and there may be oral-fecal transmission. During the SARS outbreak in 2003, in the Amoy Gardens incident, hundreds of people were infected by aerosolized fecal matter rising from floor drains in their apartments.

COVID-19 Vaccine Dangers:

The vaccines for COVID-19 are not sterilizing and do not prevent infection or transmission. They are “leaky” vaccines. This means they remove the evolutionary pressure on the virus to become less lethal. It also means that the vaccinated are perfect carriers. In other words, those who are vaccinated are a threat to the unvaccinated, not the other way around.

All of the COVID-19 vaccines currently in use have undergone minimal testing, with highly accelerated clinical trials. Though they appear to limit severe illness, the long-term safety profile of these vaccines remains unknown.

Some of these so-called “vaccines” utilize an untested new technology that has never been used in vaccines before. Traditional vaccines use weakened or killed virus to stimulate an immune response. The Moderna and Pfizer-BioNTech vaccines do not. They are purported to consist of an intramuscular shot containing a suspension of lipid nanoparticles filled with messenger RNA. The way they generate an immune response is by fusing with cells in a vaccine recipient’s shoulder, undergoing endocytosis, releasing their mRNA cargo into those cells, and then utilizing the ribosomes in those cells to synthesize modified SARS-CoV-2 Spike proteins in-situ.

etc etc etc and the news article continues

In ADE, antibodies from a previous infection become non-neutralizing due to mutations in the virus’s proteins. These non-neutralizing antibodies then act as trojan horses, allowing live, active virus to be pulled into macrophages through their Fc receptor pathways, allowing the virus to infect immune cells that it would not have been able to infect before. This has been known to happen with Dengue Fever; when someone gets sick with Dengue, recovers, and then contracts a different strain, they can get very, very ill. If someone is vaccinated with mRNA based on the Spike from the initial Wuhan strain of SARS-CoV-2, and then they become infected with a future, mutated strain of the virus, they may become severely ill. In other words, it is possible for vaccines to sensitize someone to disease.

There is a precedent for this in recent history. Sanofi’s Dengvaxia vaccine for Dengue failed because it caused immune sensitization in people whose immune systems were Dengue-naive.

In mice immunized against SARS-CoV and challenged with the virus, a close relative of SARS-CoV-2, they developed immune sensitization, Th2 immunopathology, and eosinophil infiltration in their lungs.

We have been told that SARS-CoV-2 mRNA vaccines cannot be integrated into the human genome, because messenger RNA cannot be turned back into DNA. This is false. There are elements in human cells called LINE-1 retrotransposons, which can indeed integrate mRNA into a human genome by endogenous reverse transcription. Because the mRNA used in the vaccines is stabilized, it hangs around in cells longer, increasing the chances for this to happen. If the gene for SARS-CoV-2 Spike is integrated into a portion of the genome that is not silent and actually expresses a protein, it is possible that people who take this vaccine may continuously express SARS-CoV-2 Spike from their somatic cells for the rest of their lives.

By inoculating people with a vaccine that causes their bodies to produce Spike in-situ, they are being inoculated with a pathogenic protein. A toxin that may cause long-term inflammation, heart problems, and a raised risk of cancers. In the long-term, it may also potentially lead to premature neurodegenerative disease.

Absolutely nobody should be compelled to take this vaccine under any circumstances, and in actual fact, the vaccination campaign must be stopped immediately. COVID-19 Criminal Conspiracy:

The vaccine and the virus were made by the same people.

In 2014, there was a moratorium on SARS gain-of-function research that lasted until 2017. This research was not halted. Instead, it was outsourced, with the federal grants being laundered through NGOs.

Ralph Baric is a virologist and SARS expert at UNC Chapel Hill in North Carolina. This is who Anthony Fauci was referring to when he insisted, before Congress, that if any gain-of-function research was being conducted, it was being conducted in North Carolina.

This was a lie. Anthony Fauci lied before Congress. A felony.

Ralph Baric and Shi Zhengli are colleagues and have co-written papers together. Ralph Baric mentored Shi Zhengli in his gain-of-function manipulation techniques, particularly serial passage, which results in a virus that appears as if it originated naturally. In other words, deniable bioweapons. Serial passage in humanized hACE2 mice may have produced something like SARS-CoV-2.

The funding for the gain-of-function research being conducted at the Wuhan Institute of Virology came from Peter Daszak. Peter Daszak runs an NGO called EcoHealth Alliance. EcoHealth Alliance received millions of dollars in grant money from the National Institutes of Health/National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (that is, Anthony Fauci), the Defense Threat Reduction Agency (part of the US Department of Defense), and the United States Agency for International Development. NIH/NIAID contributed a few million dollars, and DTRA and USAID each contributed tens of millions of dollars towards this research. Altogether, it was over a hundred million dollars.

EcoHealth Alliance subcontracted these grants to the Wuhan Institute of Virology, a lab in China with a very questionable safety record and poorly trained staff, so that they could conduct gain-of-function research, not in their fancy P4 lab, but in a level-2 lab where technicians wore nothing more sophisticated than perhaps a hairnet, latex gloves, and a surgical mask, instead of the bubble suits used when working with dangerous viruses. Chinese scientists in Wuhan reported being routinely bitten and urinated on by laboratory animals. Why anyone would outsource this dangerous and delicate work to the People’s Republic of China, a country infamous for industrial accidents and massive explosions that have claimed hundreds of lives, is completely beyond me, unless the aim was to start a pandemic on purpose.

In November of 2019, three technicians at the Wuhan Institute of Virology developed symptoms consistent with a flu-like illness. Anthony Fauci, Peter Daszak, and Ralph Baric knew at once what had happened, because back channels exist between this laboratory and our scientists and officials. December 12th, 2019, Ralph Baric signed a Material Transfer Agreement (essentially, an NDA) to receive Coronavirus mRNA vaccine-related materials co-owned by Moderna and NIH. It wasn’t until a whole month later, on January 11th, 2020, that China allegedly sent us the sequence to what would become known as SARS-CoV-2. Moderna claims, rather absurdly, that they developed a working vaccine from this sequence in under 48 hours.

Stephane Bancel, the current CEO of Moderna, was formerly the CEO of bioMerieux, a French multinational corporation specializing in medical diagnostic tech, founded by one Alain Merieux. Alain Merieux was one of the individuals who was instrumental in the construction of the Wuhan Institute of Virology’s P4 lab. The FDA banned ranitidine (Zantac) due to supposed NDMA (N-nitrosodimethylamine) contamination. Ranitidine is not only an H2 blocker used as antacid, but also has a powerful antioxidant effect, scavenging hydroxyl radicals. This gives it utility in treating COVID-19.

The FDA also attempted to take N-acetylcysteine, a harmless amino acid supplement and antioxidant, off the shelves, compelling Amazon to remove it from their online storefront.

This leaves us with a chilling question: did the FDA knowingly suppress antioxidants useful for treating COVID-19 sepsis as part of a criminal conspiracy against the American public?

The establishment is cooperating with, and facilitating, the worst criminals in human history, and are actively suppressing non-vaccine treatments and therapies in order to compel us to inject these criminals’ products into our bodies. This is absolutely unacceptable.

COVID-19 Vaccine Development and Links to Transhumanism:

This section deals with some more speculative aspects of the pandemic and the medical and scientific establishment’s reaction to it, as well as the disturbing links between scientists involved in vaccine research and scientists whose work involved merging nanotechnology with living cells.

On June 9th, 2020, Charles Lieber, a Harvard nanotechnology researcher with decades of experience, was indicted by the DOJ for fraud. Charles Lieber received millions of dollars in grant money from the US Department of Defense, specifically the military think tanks DARPA, AFOSR, and ONR, as well as NIH and MITRE. His specialty is the use of silicon nanowires in lieu of patch clamp electrodes to monitor and modulate intracellular activity, something he has been working on at Harvard for the past twenty years. He was claimed to have been working on silicon nanowire batteries in China, but none of his colleagues can recall him ever having worked on battery technology in his life; all of his research deals with bionanotechnology, or the blending of nanotech with living cells.

The indictment was over his collaboration with the Wuhan University of Technology. He had double- dipped, against the terms of his DOD grants, and taken money from the PRC’s Thousand Talents plan, a program which the Chinese government uses to bribe Western scientists into sharing proprietary R&D information that can be exploited by the PLA for strategic advantage.

Charles Lieber’s own papers describe the use of silicon nanowires for brain-computer interfaces, or “neural lace” technology. His papers describe how neurons can endocytose whole silicon nanowires or parts of them, monitoring and even modulating neuronal activity.

Charles Lieber was a colleague of Robert Langer. Together, along with Daniel S. Kohane, they worked on a paper describing artificial tissue scaffolds that could be implanted in a human heart to monitor its activity remotely.

Robert Langer, an MIT alumnus and expert in nanotech drug delivery, is one of the co-founders of Moderna. His net worth is now $5.1 billion USD thanks to Moderna’s mRNA-1273 vaccine sales.

Both Charles Lieber and Robert Langer’s bibliographies describe, essentially, techniques for human enhancement, i.e. transhumanism. Klaus Schwab, the founder of the World Economic Forum and the architect behind the so-called “Great Reset”, has long spoken of the “blending of biology and machinery” in his books.

Since these revelations, it has come to the attention of independent researchers that the COVID-19 vaccines may contain reduced graphene oxide nanoparticles. Japanese researchers have also found unexplained contaminants in COVID-19 vaccines.

Graphene oxide is an anxiolytic. It has been shown to reduce the anxiety of laboratory mice when injected into their brains. Indeed, given SARS-CoV-2 Spike’s propensity to compromise the blood-brain barrier and increase its permeability, it is the perfect protein for preparing brain tissue for extravasation of nanoparticles from the bloodstream and into the brain. Graphene is also highly conductive and, in some circumstances, paramagnetic.

In 2013, under the Obama administration, DARPA launched the BRAIN Initiative; BRAIN is an acronym for Brain Research Through Advancing Innovative Neurotechnologies®. This program involves the development of brain-computer interface technologies for the military, particularly non-invasive, injectable systems that cause minimal damage to brain tissue when removed. Supposedly, this technology would be used for healing wounded soldiers with traumatic brain injuries, the direct brain control of prosthetic limbs, and even new abilities such as controlling drones with one’s mind.

Various methods have been proposed for achieving this, including optogenetics, magnetogenetics, ultrasound, implanted electrodes, and transcranial electromagnetic stimulation. In all instances, the goal is to obtain read or read-write capability over neurons, either by stimulating and probing them, or by rendering them especially sensitive to stimulation and probing.

However, the notion of the widespread use of BCI technology, such as Elon Musk’s Neuralink device, raises many concerns over privacy and personal autonomy. Reading from neurons is problematic enough on its own. Wireless brain-computer interfaces may interact with current or future wireless GSM infrastructure, creating neurological data security concerns. A hacker or other malicious actor may compromise such networks to obtain people’s brain data, and then exploit it for nefarious purposes.

However, a device capable of writing to human neurons, not just reading from them, presents another, even more serious set of ethical concerns. A BCI that is capable of altering the contents of one’s mind for innocuous purposes, such as projecting a heads-up display onto their brain’s visual center or sending audio into one’s auditory cortex, would also theoretically be capable of altering mood and personality, or perhaps even subjugating someone’s very will, rendering them utterly obedient to authority. This technology would be a tyrant’s wet dream. Imagine soldiers who would shoot their own countrymen without hesitation, or helpless serfs who are satisfied to live in literal dog kennels.

BCIs could be used to unscrupulously alter perceptions of basic things such as emotions and values, changing people’s thresholds of satiety, happiness, anger, disgust, and so forth. This is not inconsequential. Someone’s entire regime of behaviors could be altered by a BCI, including such things as suppressing their appetite or desire for virtually anything on Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs.

Anything is possible when you have direct access to someone’s brain and its contents. Someone who is obese could be made to feel disgust at the sight of food. Someone who is involuntarily celibate could have their libido disabled so they don’t even desire sex to begin with. Someone who is racist could be forced to feel delight over cohabiting with people of other races. Someone who is violent could be forced to be meek and submissive. These things might sound good to you if you are a tyrant, but to normal people, the idea of personal autonomy being overridden to such a degree is appalling.

For the wealthy, neural laces would be an unequaled boon, giving them the opportunity to enhance their intelligence with neuroprosthetics (i.e. an “exocortex”), and to deliver irresistible commands directly into the minds of their BCI-augmented servants, even physically or sexually abusive commands that they would normally refuse.

If the vaccine is a method to surreptitiously introduce an injectable BCI into millions of people without their knowledge or consent, then what we are witnessing is the rise of a tyrannical regime unlike anything ever seen before on the face of this planet, one that fully intends to strip every man, woman, and child of our free will.

Our flaws are what make us human. A utopia arrived at by removing people’s free will is not a utopia at all. It is a monomaniacal nightmare. Furthermore, the people who rule over us are Dark Triad types who cannot be trusted with such power. Imagine being beaten and sexually assaulted by a wealthy and powerful psychopath and being forced to smile and laugh over it because your neural lace gives you no choice but to obey your master.

The Elites are forging ahead with this technology without giving people any room to question the social or ethical ramifications, or to establish regulatory frameworks that ensure that our personal agency and autonomy will not be overridden by these devices. They do this because they secretly dream of a future where they can treat you worse than an animal and you cannot even fight back. If this evil plan is allowed to continue, it will spell the end of humanity as we know it.

Conclusions:

The current pandemic was produced and perpetuated by the establishment, through the use of a virus engineered in a PLA-connected Chinese biowarfare laboratory, with the aid of American taxpayer dollars and French expertise.

This research was conducted under the absolutely ridiculous euphemism of “gain-of-function” research, which is supposedly carried out in order to determine which viruses have the highest potential for zoonotic spillover and preemptively vaccinate or guard against them.

Gain-of-function/gain-of-threat research, a.k.a. “Dual-Use Research of Concern”, or DURC, is bioweapon research by another, friendlier-sounding name, simply to avoid the taboo of calling it what it actually is. It has always been bioweapon research. The people who are conducting this research fully understand that they are taking wild pathogens that are not infectious in humans and making them more infectious, often taking grants from military think tanks encouraging them to do so.

These virologists conducting this type of research are enemies of their fellow man, like pyromaniac firefighters. GOF research has never protected anyone from any pandemic. In fact, it has now started one, meaning its utility for preventing pandemics is actually negative. It should have been banned globally, and the lunatics performing it should have been put in straitjackets long ago.

Either through a leak or an intentional release from the Wuhan Institute of Virology, a deadly SARS strain is now endemic across the globe, after the WHO and CDC and public officials first downplayed the risks, and then intentionally incited a panic and lockdowns that jeopardized people’s health and their livelihoods.

This was then used by the utterly depraved and psychopathic aristocratic class who rule over us as an excuse to coerce people into accepting an injected poison which may be a depopulation agent, a mind control/pacification agent in the form of injectable “smart dust”, or both in one. They believe they can get away with this by weaponizing the social stigma of vaccine refusal. They are incorrect.

Their motives are clear and obvious to anyone who has been paying attention. These megalomaniacs have raided the pension funds of the free world. Wall Street is insolvent and has had an ongoing liquidity crisis since the end of 2019. The aim now is to exert total, full-spectrum physical, mental, and financial control over humanity before we realize just how badly we’ve been extorted by these maniacs.

The pandemic and its response served multiple purposes for the Elite:

Concealing a depression brought on by the usurious plunder of our economies conducted by rentier-capitalists and absentee owners who produce absolutely nothing of any value to society whatsoever. Instead of us having a very predictable Occupy Wall Street Part II, the Elites and their stooges got to stand up on television and paint themselves as wise and all-powerful saviors instead of the marauding cabal of despicable land pirates that they are.

Destroying small businesses and eroding the middle class.

• Transferring trillions of dollars of wealth from the American public and into the pockets of billionaires and special interests.

• Engaging in insider trading, buying stock in biotech companies and shorting brick-and-mortar businesses and travel companies, with the aim of collapsing face-to-face commerce and tourism and replacing it with e-commerce and servitization.

• Creating a casus belli for war with China, encouraging us to attack them, wasting American lives and treasure and driving us to the brink of nuclear armageddon.

Establishing technological and biosecurity frameworks for population control and technocratic- socialist “smart cities” where everyone’s movements are despotically tracked, all in anticipation of widespread automation, joblessness, and food shortages, by using the false guise of a vaccine to compel cooperation.

Any one of these things would constitute a vicious rape of Western society. Taken together, they beggar belief; they are a complete inversion of our most treasured values.

What is the purpose of all of this? One can only speculate as to the perpetrators’ motives, however, we have some theories.

The Elites are trying to pull up the ladder, erase upward mobility for large segments of the population, cull political opponents and other “undesirables”, and put the remainder of humanity on a tight leash, rationing our access to certain goods and services that they have deemed “high-impact”, such as automobile use, tourism, meat consumption, and so on. Naturally, they will continue to have their own luxuries, as part of a strict caste system akin to feudalism.

Why are they doing this? Simple. The Elites are Neo-Malthusians and believe that we are overpopulated and that resource depletion will collapse civilization in a matter of a few short decades. They are not necessarily incorrect in this belief. We are overpopulated, and we are consuming too many resources. However, orchestrating such a gruesome and murderous power grab in response to a looming crisis demonstrates that they have nothing but the utmost contempt for their fellow man.

To those who are participating in this disgusting farce without any understanding of what they are doing, we have one word for you. Stop. You are causing irreparable harm to your country and to your fellow citizens.

To those who may be reading this warning and have full knowledge and understanding of what they are doing and how it will unjustly harm millions of innocent people, we have a few more words.

Damn you to hell. You will not destroy America and the Free World, and you will not have your New World Order. We will make certain of that.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/09/27/i-am-spartacus/ 

:: 9-26-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Even The MSM Is Now Warning 'Thousands More People Are Dying Than Usual, But It's Not From COVID', As Deagel's 2025 Forecast For Massive Depopulation Is Unfolding Before Our Eyes

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die September 26, 2021

Just over two months ago, back on July 13th, the Australian website AAP published a story titled "Depopulation projections a dystopian fantasy", a story within which they 'analyzed' the 2025 forecast for Australia, America and the world which had been made for years by the website Deagel.com.

While as we had reported back on April 22nd of this year, Deagel finally ended the publishing of that 2025 forecast, ghosting their predictions of a greatly 'culled' Western world, (with their forecast of America's population dropping from 327 million to less than 100 million by 2025 one of the most concerning), a story published Friday over at Yahoo News brings their forecast back to the forefront, with Yahoo's story concerningly titled "Thousands more people than usual are dying...but it’s not from Covid".

And that Yahoo story confirms much of what the independent media has been reporting upon since the rollout of the mRNA injection, though they never blamed these 'excess deaths' on 'the vax' still being pushed as the 'answer to' COVID by the globalists, but look at what they did report!

While focus remains firmly fixed on Covid-19, a second health crisis is quietly emerging in Britain. Since the beginning of July, there have been thousands of excess deaths that were not caused by coronavirus. According to health experts, this is highly unusual for the summer.

Although excess deaths are expected during the winter months, when cold weather and seasonal infections combine to place pressure on the NHS, summer generally sees a lull. This year is a worrying outlier.

According to the Office for National Statistics (ONS), since July 2 there have been 9,619 excess deaths in England and Wales, of which 48 per cent (4,635) were not caused by Covid-19. So if all these extra people are not dying from coronavirus, what is killing them?

Data from Public Health England (PHE) shows that during that period there were 2,103 extra death registrations with ischemic heart disease, 1,552 with heart failure, as well as an extra 760 deaths with cerebrovascular diseases such as stroke and aneurysm and 3,915 with other circulatory diseases.

Acute and chronic respiratory infections were also up with 3,416 more mentions on death certificates than expected since the start of July, while there have been 1,234 extra urinary system disease deaths, 324 with cirrhosis and liver disease and 1,905 with diabetes. Alarmingly, many of these conditions saw the biggest drops in diagnosis in 2020, as the NHS struggled to cope with the pandemic.

A report released last week by the Government detailing the direct and indirect health impacts of the pandemic reported that there were an estimated 23 million fewer GP consultations – both in-person and online, in 2020 compared with 2019. Diagnosis of Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) fell by 51 per cent, atrial fibrillation 26 per cent, heart failure 20 per cent, diabetes 19 per cent, coronary heart disease, 17 per cent and stroke and transient ischemic attack by 16 per cent.

So while the 'pandemic' was allegedly raging at full speed ahead in 2020, and the common cold and 'the flu' seemingly dropped off the charts while 'many of the conditions' mentioned above saw 'the biggest drops in diagnosis in 2020', the clot-shot is rolled out and suddenly, voila, people are dropping dead like flies?! No doubt they've known all along what they're doing, with Joe Biden himself playing a leading role in the 'Operation Dark Winter Exercises' he's continued to reference, over and over and over again, without the key words 'Operation' or 'Exercises' mentioned by him.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

As Natural News had reported just days ago, the COVID-19 vaccines will have devastating, long-term effects according to French Nobel Prize winner Luc Montagnier, including massive instances of heart diseases and deaths now being reported in teenagers who've gotten 'the shot'. And as we'd warned just days ago on ANP, according to the CDC's VAERS website data, more people have died from 'vaccines' according to their own numbers in 2021 than in the previous several decades combined! From the Natural News story.:

French Nobel Prize winner Luc Montagnier has recently warned that those who get Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccines could experience devastating long-term consequences.

Montagnier, an expert virologist, was awarded the Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine in 2008 with a colleague for their discovery of the human immunodeficiency virus, or HIV.

Now, Montagnier has trained his expertise on the coronavirus and on the experimental and deadly vaccines developed to supposedly counteract it. He has spoken on multiple occasions regarding how the COVID-19 vaccines spur on the development of even deadlier vaccine-borne variants.

“It’s very simple, they [coronavirus variants] arise from vaccination,” said Montagnier in an interview. The virologist noted that the coronavirus already has a great ability to mutate, like influenza, and many of its later mutations such as the delta variant are empowered by the vaccines.

“It is vaccination that spurs the creation of new strains of the virus,” said Montagnier. “The Chinese virus collides with the antibodies created by the vaccine, and it has two paths: Either to die or to look for a way to bypass the vaccine. The new strains are the virus’s response to vaccination.”

So does anyone really believe all of these 'excess deaths' being reported on now in the UK and elsewhere around the world are just 'coincidences'? The eagerness with which they keep pushing these shots hint at something much more sinister at play, and all we need to do is take a look at what's happening now in 'the land down under' to see what that 'sinister' is. So while all evidence indicates that Australia is falling to full-scale medical tyranny, let's take a look back at this July of 2021 story over at AAP, the 'Australian Associated Press' about Deagel's 2025 forecast and the globalists depopulation agenda. Anyone think we'll get any truth from them?

A social media post claims that a “major military industrial corporation” projected Western populations would be cut in half by 2025 “inexplicably”, with the post linking the dire prediction to “future biological warfare” following the COVID-19 pandemic.

The text claims the projections were “discovered in 2014”, pointing to the post’s comments for “photo evidence”. In the comments, screenshots from the Deagel.com website show forecasts that the populations of the United States and Australia will drop to 65 million and 8.9 million respectively by 2025. (ANP: Though that forecast number for the US was raised to 99 million soon after.) The Facebook post, by a page administered from Australia, had generated more than 550 interactions at the time of writing.

THE ANALYSIS:

The source of the post’s projected population figures is not a “major military industrial corporation” as claimed but an obscure website, which itself admits made the predictions based on pure speculation. Deagel.com has described itself as a “non-profit, built on spare time” that is “not linked to any government”. Nevertheless, it has previously been falsely identified as a secret US intelligence agency and a United Nations-linked group in posts and articles sharing misinformation based on the site’s groundless projections.

Yet as we have reported numerous times on ANP, the sources for the extremely detailed military information published by Deagel are groups such as the CIA, the US Department of State, the United States Department of Defense, the World Bank and the European Union, as well as other groups heavily linked to the 'globalists'.

With that AAP story also bringing up 'The Great Reset' now being pushed by the globalists in the wake of COVID, the total collapse of Western Civilization, with the financial system collapse going along with it, along with 'depopulation', their so-called 'verdict' as a 'fact-checking website' completely avoids Australia's present reality, a reality which shows the utter brutality of the 'new world order' that absolutely must be opposed here in the United States at all costs for the future of the entire human race. There should never be a 'safe space' for tyranny to flourish in a free country. As Gerald Celente recently warned Greg Hunter as reported in this USA Watchdog story, if Americans don't 'fight for freedom, it'll be hell on Earth.'

Both of videos below take a look at the globalists ongoing war upon humanity, with us being told in the 2nd video that Dr. Anthony Fauci and the globalists will continue to 'attack our planet' with more bioweapons as we move into the future.

https://allnewspipeline.com/MSM_Warns_Thousands_More_People_Are_Dying_Than_Usual.php 

:: 9-24-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WAYNE ROOT: Police, Fire, Military Being Gutted by Vaccine Mandate. Is This China’s Plan to Destroy USA?

By Assistant Editor  Published September 24, 2021 at 2:40pm

438 Comments  Share   By Wayne Allyn Root

I have bad news and good news.

I’ll save good news for the end- because you need to know there is hope.

The bad news is, the country is on fire, thanks to the brain- dead, feeble, old man with dementia (aka President Joe Biden). If you don’t believe me just see the 14,000 Haitian illegal aliens hiding under a bridge in Texas, and now released into America by Biden. That should help the Covid pandemic.

TRENDING: HUGE DEVELOPMENT! They Got Caught! 24 Criminal Operatives Caught on Video Stuffing Dropbox with 1,900 Ballots in 3 Days (VIDEO)

But the worst is yet to come. I’m referring to Biden’s vaccine mandate. This is the most dangerous threat to our national security in history.

As a nationally syndicated radio host I get thousands of emails a week. The ones I’m getting right now are downright tragic. I’m getting heartfelt letters of anguish from policemen, firemen, paramedics, nurses, corrections officers, active duty military, military fighter jet pilots, even Navy Seals.

They’re all getting ready to quit, or be fired, because of vaccine mandates. They do not want the vaccine. Even if they have to give up their pensions. Even if they are one year away from retirement and a six-figure pension.

They’ve studied the vaccine. They know the dangers. They know it’s crippling, killing and weakening the immune systems of millions of Americans. They’ve seen the Project Veritas undercover videos of US government healthcare workers admitting the Covid vaccine is killing and injuring Americans. And admitting our government is covering it up.

As First Responders, many have seen the carnage up close and personal. They see the vaccine-injured every day in the ER or ICU.

The mainstream media is blacking out this story like it’s on Hunter Biden’s laptop. But the numbers of First Responders who quit, retire, or get fired will be shocking. The damage to our country will be devastating.

Think about it. These are the frontline defenders of America. What if one third of cops resign? One third of the firemen? One third of the nurses? One third of prison guards? Good luck.

You think I’m exaggerating? I’ve only seen one poll made public on this topic. In San Diego 65% of the cops say they’ll quit rather than take the vaccine.

It turns out my educated guess is low.

What happens when one third of the military quits? How about one third of fighter jet pilots? How about one third of Navy Seals? Who is going to defend America? This is the greatest national security threat in history.

Our national defense will be in shambles. China can just sit back and watch us self-destruct. Did you ever think maybe that’s the plan? Just this week a whistleblower reported China purposely released Covid at the Wuhan Military Games in October of 2019.

So, maybe, just maybe this whole vaccine mandate disaster is “made in China.” Dividing America, weakening our economy, gutting our military, creating a shortage of frontline First Responders, is a dream-come-true for China.

This is how China wins WWIII without firing a shot.

So, what’s the good news? I have a solution. You can read about it in my brand new #1 bestselling book, “The Great Patriot Protest & Boycott Book.” It’s the conservative version of

Rules for Radicals.” It teaches conservatives how to use protest, boycotts, intimidation and civil disobedience- just like liberals have done to us for decades. Two can play at that game. It teaches conservatives how to become the LOUD MAJORITY.

This book even includes the actual phone numbers and emails to contact the top liberal and woke CEOs in America.

And I have proof it works. A book buyer contacted me yesterday. He was giddy. He emailed three CEO’s of the biggest companies in America- with the contact information provided in my book. Within hours all three CEOs personally responded. He sent me their emails. All three big shots were clearly scared to death by threats of a boycott by this conservative. But that was from only one person contacting them.

Can you imagine what we can achieve when 100,000 conservatives, or 1 million conservatives contact corporations and politicians to threaten a boycott. This is the game-changer.

This battle isn’t over yet. Not by a longshot. I believe we can keep the wolves at bay with the strategy found in my book. And then in 2024…

The latest Rasmussen poll shows Donald J. Trump beating Biden by a 10-point landslide, and beating Kamala Harris by 13 points.

As Winston Churchill said, Never, never, never, ever give up, or give in.” Keep the faith. The cavalry is coming!

Wayne Allyn Root is known as “the Conservative Warrior.” Wayne’s new book, “The Great Patriot Protest & Boycott Book” is out September 16 th. Wayne is host of the nationally- syndicated “Wayne Allyn Root: Raw & Unfiltered” on USA Radio Network, daily from 6 PM to 9 PM EST and the “WAR RAW” podcast. Visit ROOTforAmerica.com, or listen live at http://usaradio.com/wayne-allyn-root/ or “on demand” 24/7 at iHeartRadio.com.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/09/wayne-root-police-fire-military-gutted-vaccine-mandate-chinas-plan-destroy-usa/ 

:: 9-24-21 Deep Capture :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AFFIDAVIT OF LTC. THERESA LONG M.D. IN SUPPORT OF A MOTION FOR A PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION ORDER

by Patrick Byrne  September 24, 2021

9K shares

AFFIDAVIT OF LTC. THERESA LONG M.D. IN SUPPORT OF A MOTION FOR A PRELIMINARY INJUNCTION ORDER

I, Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS being duly sworn, depose and state as follows:

1. I make this affidavit, as a whistle blower under the Military Whistleblower Protection Act, Title 10 U.S.C. § 1034, in support of the above referenced MOTION as expert testimony in support thereof.

2. The expert opinions expressed here are my own and arrived at from my persons, professional and educational experiences taken in context, where appropriate, by scientific data, publications, treatises, opinions, documents, reports and other information relevant to the subject matter and are not necessarily those of the Army or Department of Defense.

Experience & Credentials

3. I am competent to testify to the facts and matters set forth herein. A true and accurate copy of my curriculum vitae is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

4. After receiving a bachelor’s degree from the University of Texas Austin, completed my medical degree from the University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston Medical School in 2008. I served as a Field Surgeon for ten years and went on to complete a residency in Aerospace and Occupational Medicine at the United States Army School of Aviation Medicine, Fort Rucker, AL. I hold a Master’s in Public Health, and I have been trained by the Combat Readiness Center at Ft. Rucker as an Aviation Safety Officer. Additionally, I have trained in the Medical Management of Chemical and Biological Causalities at Fort Detrick and USAMIIRD.

5. I am board-certified in flight Aerospace Medicine and board eligible in Occupational Medicine.

6. I am currently serving as the Brigade Surgeon for the 1st Aviation Brigade Ft. Rucker, Alabama and am responsible for certifying the health, mental and physical ability, and readiness for all nearly 4,000 individuals on flight status on this post.

7. My appended curriculum vitae further demonstrates my academic and scientific achievements by me over the past thirteen years.

8. Prior to the outset of the pandemic, I received specialized military training from Infectious Disease doctors from the Army, Navy and Air Force on emerging infectious disease threats, FEMA training, Emergency preparedness training, Medical effects of Ionizing Radiation, OSHA, Aerospace Toxicology, Epidemiology, Biostatistics, medical research and disaster planning. More recently I have functioned as a medical and scientific advisor to an Aviation training Brigade seeking to identify risk mitigation strategies, and bio statistical analysis of SARS- Cov-2 (“Covid 19”) infections in both vaccinated and unvaccinated Soldiers. In so doing, I have identified, diagnosed and treated Covid 19 pathogenic infections. I have observed vaccine adverse events following the administration of EUA vaccines and followed the success of Soldiers who obtained various Covid 19 therapies outside the military. The majority of service members within the DOD population are young and in good physical condition. Military aviators are a subset of the military population that must meet the most stringent medical standards to be on flight status. The population of student pilots I take care of are primarily in their 20s-30s, males and in excellent physical condition. The risk of serious illness or death in this population from SARs-CoV-2 is minimal, with a survival rate of 99.997%.

9. In observing, studying and analyzing all the available data, information, samples, experiences, histories and results of these treatments and inoculations provided, I have formulated a professional opinion, which requires me to report those findings to superiors in the chain of command and colleagues in the military. I have done so with mixed results in terms of acceptance, rejection and threats of punishment for so sharing.

10. The application of risk management is critical to the safety and success in both medicine and aviation. Aerospace Medicine is a specialty devoted to safety of flight by the aeromedical dispositioning and treatment of flight crew members, as accomplished by the consistent and careful application of risk mitigation and management strategies. ATP 5-19, 1-3. Risk Management (RM)1 outlines a disciplined approach to express a risk level in terms readily understood at all echelons.

11. 1-6. States, “A risk decision is a commander, leader, or individual’s determination to accept or not accept. The risk(s) associated with an action he or she will take or will direct others to take. RM is only effective when specific information about hazards and risks is passed to the appropriate level of command for a risk decision. Subordinates must pass specific risk information up the chain of command.”

12. “When the specific information about hazards and risks is passed to the appropriate level of command for a risk decision. Subordinates must pass specific risk information up the chain of command. Conversely, the higher command must provide subordinates making risk decisions or implementing controls with the established risk tolerance—the level of risk the responsible commander is willing to accept. RM application must be inclusive; those executing an operation and those directing it participate in an integrated process”.

13. 1-7. States, “In the context of RM, a control is an action taken to eliminate a hazard or to reduce its risk. Commanders establish local policies and regulations if appropriate”.

14. The five steps of Risk management include 1. Identify the hazards, 2. Assess the hazards, 3. Develop controls and make risk decisions, 4. Implement controls, 5. Supervise and evaluate.

15. It is therefore my responsibility and that of every leader to apply the steps of risk management to the current pandemic and countermeasures used. The CDC and the FDA are civilian agencies that do not have the mission of National Defense that the DOD has. Guidance and recommendations made by these civilian agencies must be filtered through strategic perspective of national defense and the potential risks recommendations may have on the health of the entire fighting force. Ensuring that the health of the fighting force is not compromised is a strategic imperative, for which every military physician is responsible to of the entire fighting force. Ensuring that the health of the fighting force is not compromised is a strategic imperative, for which every military physician is responsible to ensure.

16. Step 1: Identify the hazards: As defined by FM 1-02.1 Operational Terms, pg. 1- 48, hazard is a condition with the potential to cause injury, illness, or death of personnel; damage to or loss of equipment or property; or mission degradation.

17. Step 2: Assess the Hazards: There are numerous therapeutic agents that have been proven to significantly reduce infection and therefore provide protection from the harmful effects of SARs-CoV-2.

18. Literature has demonstrated that natural immunity is durable, completed, and superior to vaccination immunity to SARs-CoV-2. mRNA vaccines produced by Pfizer and Moderna both have been linked to myocarditis, especially in young males between 16-24 years old,2 The majority of young new Army aviators are in their early twenties. We know there is a risk of myocarditis with each mRNA vaccination. We additionally now know that vaccination does not necessarily prevent infection or transmission of SARs-CoV-2Therefore individuals fully vaccinated with mRNA vaccines have at least two independent risk factors for myocarditis after vaccination. Additional boaster shots add more risk. It is impossible to perform a risk/benefit analysis on the use of mRNA as counter measures to SARs-CoV-2 without further data… Use of mRNA vaccines in our fighting force, presents a risk of undetermined magnitude, in a population in which less than 20 active-duty personnel out of 1.4 million, died of the underlying SARs- CoV-2.

19. Aircrew Training Program (ATP) 5-19, 1-8. Accept No Unnecessary Risk, states, “An unnecessary risk is any risk that, if taken, will not contribute meaningfully to mission accomplishment or will needlessly endanger lives or resources. Army leaders accept only a level of risk in which the potential benefit outweighs the potential loss.

20. Research shows that most individuals with myocarditis do not have any symptoms. Complications of myocarditis include dilated cardiomyopathy, arrhythmias, sudden cardiac death and carries a mortality rate of 20% at one year and 50% at 5 years. According to the National Center for Biotechnology Information, U.S. National Library of Medicine, “despite optimal medical management, overall mortality has not changed in the last 30 years”.

21. Step 3: Develop controls and make risk decisions: Because vaccination with mRNA increase the risk of myocarditis, a comprehensive screening program should be implemented immediately to identify individuals who have been affected and attempt to mitigate immediate risks and long-term disability.

22. Step 4: Implement Controls: Send out clear guidance to all DOD healthcare professionals on risks of-vaccination myocarditis. Compulsory SARs-CoV-2 mRNA vaccination program should be immediately suspended until research can be done to determine the true magnitude of risk of myocarditis in individuals who have been vaccinated. We must evaluate and immediately implement alternatives to mRNA vaccines, to include Ivermectin (FDA approved 1996), Remdesivir (FDA approved 2020), Hydroxychloroquine (FDA approved 1955), Regeneron (FDA EU approved 2020). Review VAERS data for deaths from COVID for age-matched data and data from active duty COVID deaths within the DOD to perform a risk/benefit analysis.

23. Step 5: Supervise and evaluate: We must establish a screening program to identify those at increased risk of myocarditis, i.e. those that have, received mRNA vaccinations with Comirnaty, BioNTech or Moderna, or have any of the following symptoms chest pain, shortness of breath or palpitations They should have screening tested performed in accordance with the CDC recommendations prior to return to flight duties. Per the CDC guidelines the initial evaluation of individuals identified according to the above criteria include ECG, troponin level, inflammatory markers such as the C-reactive protein and erythrocyte sedimentation rate. It should be noted that the gold standard for diagnosis of myocarditis is end myocardial biopsy (EMB).

24. The shots carry mRNA that causes the recipient to create trillions of spike proteins. This is a problem for five reasons. First, it turns out that the spike proteins are not remaining locally in the (shoulder) injection site but have been found circulating in the blood and in virtually all organs of the body. Second, the spike proteins themselves have been shown to be pathogenic (disease causing) attaching to endothelial, pulmonary and other cells, forming clots and attacking heart cells. Third, the spike proteins and their lipid nanoparticles cross the blood brain barrier, with unknown long-term effects on the brain and high concern for chronic neurodegenerative disorders. Fourth, these spike proteins interact in many signaling pathways which may trigger tumor formation, cancer, and other serious diseases. Fifth, according to Pfizer’s Japanese distribution study of LNP accumulation, unexpected sequestering in reproductive organs and spleen raise very serious long-term concerns. As aircrew Training Program (ATP) 5-19, 1-8 states we shall: Accept No Unnecessary Risk. “An unnecessary risk is any risk that, if taken, will not contribute meaningfully to mission accomplishment or will needlessly endanger lives or resources. Army leaders accept only a level of risk in which the potential benefit outweighs the potential loss. From a risk management assessment perspective, with no long-term safety data regarding these five issues, this is an unacceptable risk management risk.

25. The labels for Comirnaty and BioNtech clearly state that the vaccination should not be given to individuals that are allergic to ingredients. One of the listed primary ingredients of these injectables is Polyethylene glycol (“PEG”) which is close in molecular makeup and in the same family of synthetic polymers as Propylene Glycol, a common ingredient in antifreeze. Others seem to agree my point per recent scientific studies that caused a group of 57 doctors and scientists to call for an immediate halt to the vaccination program. The concern with this ingredient, is that Polyethylene glycol (PEG) is that it is an adjuvant which causes an immune response without carrying any vaccine at all. We believe 72% of the population already has PEG antibodies. That bodily response to PEG, ranges from severe anaphylactic response requiring hospitalization or death, to life-long allergies and anti-drug antibodies (ADAs) which could stop other medications from working in your body. Another primary ingredient of the Lipid Nanoparticle delivery system is “ALC 0315” (two attachments, parts highlighted) in the Pfizer shots. The fourth attachment is the toxicity report on ALC-0315, which comprises between 30-50% of the total ingredients. The Safety Data Sheet, (attached as Exhibit B) for this primary ingredient states that it is Category 2 under the OSHA HCS regulations (21 CFR 1910) and includes several concerning warnings, including but not limited to:

Seek medical attention if it comes into contact with your skin

If inhaled and If breathing is difficult, give cardiopulmonary resuscitation

Evacuate if there is an environmental spill

the chemical, physical, and toxicological properties have not been completely investigated

Caution: Product has not been fully validated for medical applications. For research use only

26. As such, due to the risk associated with the spike proteins themselves, due to the risks associated with the lipid nanoparticles (ALC 0315) and adjuvants such as PEG, I believe it is reasonable to conclude that these shots pose a serious risk to many humans due to direct adverse effect or allergic reaction, and therefore should not take vaccinations with either Comirnaty or BioNtech. Again, I have identified an agent that possess a significant hazard to Soldiers, which would fall under DA Pam 385-61 Toxic Safety Standards cited in 2-11.

27. My assessment is that ALC 0315 is a known toxin with little study, specifically it is still lacking toxicity, carcinogenic, and teratogenic studies and is specifically restricted to “research only” and effectively has no prior use history, with the SDS designation of (GHS02), listed as H315 and H319, in other words, hazardous if inhaled, ingested or in contact with skin and a health hazard with the designation (P313). A review of the SDS outlines that it is not for human or veterinary use.

28. I have not taken significant time to delineate the risks of other Covid 19 Vaccines other than the Safety Data Sheet of Moderna’s key ingredient, SM-102 (attached as Exhibit C). Suffice it to say that SM-102 is significantly more dangerous than the Pfizer ALC 0315 and it appears that the DOD is not actively acquiring or distributing this IND/EUA. If the DOD were to undertake use of the Moderna vaccine, one can expect a much higher Serious Adverse Event and fatality rate given that SM-102 carries an express warning “Skull and Crossbones” characterized under the GHS06 and GHS08. In other words, this Moderna ingredient is deadly.

29. Given that these Covid 19 Vaccines were both Investigational New Drugs and Emergency Use Authorization vaccines, I have taken considerable time to understand potential risks, hazards and dangers these and any new drug or Investigational New Drug will may have on the health, safety and operational readiness or ability of pilots under my care and at this post. I have sought to research military records and track systems for recording events and Serious Adverse Events and fatalities associated with vaccines, new vaccines and Emergency Use, investigational vaccines in computer data systems recommended by the General Accounting Office in 2002 and ordered to be developed and implemented by the Secretary of Defense in 2003.

30. A weekly MEDSITREP report fails to report the CDC data from VAERS or internal data regarding vaccine adverse events. Despite recommendation made by the Government Accountability Office in the GAO’s survey of Guard and Reserve Pilots and Aircrew GAO-02-445, published Sep 20,2002, in which it was recommended that the Secretary of Defense should direct the establishment of an active surveillance program (unlike the passive VAERS) to identify and monitor adverse events, was not implemented. I have been unable to locate, access or asses any data, data base or internal system to track, store, evaluate or research the effects of vaccines on our military members or pilots.

31. I have also reviewed scientific data and peer reviewed studies that discuss, analyze results and conclude that natural immunity is at least as good if not far superior to any Covid Vaccine available at this time. I have also reviewed Dr. Peter McCullough’s affidavit in support of and in relation to the Complaint filed in this case and have reviewed its supporting data. An additional peer-reviewed study not referenced in Dr. McCullough’s materials also supports the same conclusions drawn and reports that natural immunity provides a 13-fold better protection against Covid 19 infections than any currently available Covid 19 Vaccine6. More recently, in a meeting of the FDA Advisory Committee on September 17 of this year, fourteen of seventeen members voted against the authorization of any Covid booster vaccines in the juvenile age group having noted that the vaccine program has breached the defining test under the EUA statute as to whether the experimental treatment benefits outweigh the risks; in fact, they found the shots are far more dangerous than helpful in this age group and some voiced concerns that this would apply generally to all age groups.7

32. I am also aware of the Secretary of Defense Austin’s order in relation to Covid Vaccine mandates made this week. In an information paper, it was stated that, “Unit personnel should use only as much force as necessary to assist medical personnel with immunizations.” The use of force to administer a medical treatment or therapy against the will of a mentally competent individual constitutes medical battery and universally violates medical ethics. Currently, I am not aware of the Comirnaty available within the DOD. Emergency Use Authorized vaccines, despite the attempt to characterize some of them as approved despite such approved versions not being available and regardless of a military member’s prior immunity to Covid 19; even where it may be demonstrated with a recent antibody test.

33. Finally, I have reviewed a recent study entitled “US COVID-19 Vaccines Proven to Cause More Harm than Good Based on Pivotal Clinical Trial Data Analyzed Using the Proper Scientific Endpoint, All Cause Severe Morbidity,” by J. Bart Classen, MD and published in Trends in Internal Medicine; August 25, 2021. Attached as Exhibit D.

34. I have also seen policies, memoranda and guidance as it relates to exemptions for vaccinations as fully detailed in Army Regulation 40-562, which purport to eliminate any exemption for prior immunity by our military personnel.

Opinion

35. I have reviewed the Motion for a Preliminary Injunction which discusses the issue of prior immunity benefits outweighing the risks of using experimental Covid 19 Vaccines, together with proposed exhibits and materials cited therein. In opinion on this subject matter, I am also drawing my own conclusions that will be put into practice in my current role as an Army flight surgeon knowing full well the horrific repercussions this decision may befall me in terms of my career, my relationships and life as an Army doctor.

36. I personally observed the most physically fit female Soldier I have seen in over 20 years in the Army, go from Collegiate level athlete training for Ranger School, to being physically debilitated with cardiac problems, newly diagnosed pituitary brain tumor, thyroid dysfunction within weeks of getting vaccinated. Several military physicians have shared with me their firsthand experience with a significant increase in the number of young Soldiers with migraines, menstrual irregularities, cancer, suspected myocarditis and reporting cardiac symptoms after vaccination. Numerous Soldiers and DOD civilians have told me of how they were sick, bed-ridden, debilitated, and unable to work for days to weeks after vaccination. I have also recently reviewed three flight crew members’ medical records, all of which presented with both significant and aggressive systemic health issues. Today I received word of one fatality and two ICU cases on Fort Hood; the deceased was an Army pilot who could have been flying at the time. All three pulmonary embolism events happened within 48 hours of their vaccination. I cannot attribute this result to anything other than the Covid 19 vaccines as the source of these events. Each person was in top physical condition before the inoculation, and each suffered the event within 2 days post vaccination. Correlation by itself does not equal causation, however, significant causal patterns do exist that raise correlation into a probable cause; and the burden to prove otherwise falls on the authorities such as the CDC, FDA, and pharmaceutical manufacturers. I find the illnesses, injuries and fatalities observed to be the proximate and causal effect of the Covid 19 vaccinations.

38. I can report of knowing over fifteen military physicians and healthcare providers who have shared experiences of having their safety concerns ignored and being ostracized for expressing or reporting safety concerns as they relate to COVID vaccinations. The politicization of SARs-CoV-2, treatments and vaccination strategies have completely compromised long-standing safety mechanisms, open and honest dialogue, and the trust of our service members in their health system and healthcare providers.

39. The subject matter of this Motion for a Preliminary Injunction and its devastating effects on members of the military compel me to conclude and conduct accordingly as follows:

a) None of the ordered Emergency Use Covid 19 vaccines can or will provide better immunity than an infection-recovered person;

b) All three of the EUA Covid 19 vaccines (Comirnaty is not available), in the age group and fitness level of my patients, are more risky, harmful and dangerous than having no vaccine at all, whether a person is Covid recovered or facing a Covid 19 infection;

c) Direct evidence exists and suggests that all persons who have received a Covid 19 Vaccine are damaged in their cardiovascular system in an irreparable and irrevocable manner;

d) Due to the Spike protein production that is engineered into the user’s genome, each such recipient of the Covid 19 Vaccines already has micro clots in their cardiovascular system that present a danger to their health and safety;

e) That such micro clots over time will become bigger clots by the very nature of the shape and composition of the Spike proteins being produced and said proteins are found throughout the user’s body, including the brain;

f) That at the initial stage this damage can only be discovered by a biopsy or Magnetic Resonance Image (“MRI”) scan;

g) That due to the fact that there is no functional myocardial screening currently being conducted, it is my professional opinion that substantial foreseen risks currently exist, which require proper screening of all flight crews.

h) That, by virtue of their occupations, said flight crews present extraordinary risks to themselves and others given the equipment they operate, munitions carried thereon and areas of operation in close proximity to populated areas.

i) That, without any current screening procedures in place, including any Aero Message (flight surgeon notice) relating to this demonstrable and identifiable risk, I must and will therefore ground all active flight personnel who received the vaccinations until such time as the causation of these serious systemic health risks can be more fully and adequately assessed.

j) That, based on the DOD’s own protocols and studies, the only two valuable methodologies to adequately assess this risk are through MRI imaging or cardio biopsy which must be performed.

k) That, in accordance with the foregoing, I hereby recommend to the Secretary of Defense that all pilots, crew and flight personnel in the military service who required hospitalization from injection or received any Covid 19 vaccination be grounded similarly for further dispositive assessment.

l) That this Court should grant an immediate injunction to stop the further harm to all military personnel to protect the health and safety of our active duty, reservists and National Guard troops.

40. I am competent to opine on the medical and flight readiness aspects of these allegations based upon my above-referenced education and professional medical, aviation and military experience and the basis of my opinions are formed as a result of my education, practice, training and experience.

41 As an Aerospace Medicine Specialist, and flight surgeon responsible for the lives of our Army pilots, I confirm and attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of my foregoing statements, analysis and attachments or references hereto:

_______________/S/__________________ LTC Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS

I, Lieutenant Colonel Theresa Long, MD, MPH, FS, declare under the penalty of perjury of the laws of the United States of America, and state upon personal knowledge that:

THERESA MARIE LONG, MD, MPH, FS LTC, MEDICAL CORPS, U.S. Army

Medical Education

United States Army School of Aviation Medicine Aerospace/Occupational Medicine Residency University of West Florida

Graduate Student -MPH

06/2019-6/2021

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Fort Hood, Texas Family Medicine Internship

06/2008-11/2010

Unrestricted Medical License, IN

09/2003 – 06/2008

University of Texas Medical School at Houston, Houston, Texas 06/2008 M.D.

08/2001 – 08/2004

Undergraduate – University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 05/2004 B.S. Neurobiology

Research Experience

08/2018 – 5/2020

School of Aviation Medicine

University of West Florida MPH program

https://tml526.wixsite.com/website 

Performed a cross-sectional study on Intervertebral Disc Disease Among Army Aviators and Air Crew

08/2002 – 05/2003

University of Texas at Austin, Texas

Research Assistant, Dr. Dee Silverthorn

Performed academic research in effort to update medical facts and the latest research information for the publication of the fourth edition of Human Physiology

09/2000 – 11/2000

Neuropharmacology Research, Texas

Lab Tech, Dr. Silverthorn

Acquisition of rat cerebellums for research in gene sequencing. The focus of the project was to determine the DNA sequence of the receptor in the developing fetal brain that binds to ethanol and induces apoptosis leading to fetal alcohol syndrome.

Publications/Presentations/Poster Sessions Presentations/Posters

Poster: Intervertebral Disc Disease Among Army Aviators and Air Crew, presented during the 2021 American Occupational Healthcare Conference.

Long, Theresa M., Sorensen, Christian, Victoria Zumberge. (2003, May). Sodium dependent transport of Chlorophenol red uptake by Malpighian tubules of acheta domesticus. Poster presented at: University of Texas at Houston; Austin, TX.

Volunteer Experience

08/ 2005 – 09/2005

University of Texas – Houston, Health Science Ctr, Texas

Medical Student -Provided medical aid and support for Acute Care and triage of Hurricane Katrina evacuees.

Work Experience

06/2021- Present

1st Aviation Brigade TOMS Surgeon

Serve as the Medical Advisor to the 1st Aviation Brigade Commander regarding health and fitness of over 3600 officers, warrant officers and Soldiers. The Brigade is comprised of three aviation training battalions, responsible for initial entry rotary wing/ fixed wing flight training, advanced aircraft training. as well as Specific duties include ensuring safety of flight in Army Aviation operations by functioning as Flight Surgeon, while ensuring the health and fitness of military police, firefighters and military working dogs that support Ft. Rucker. Tasked with conducting epidemiological and biostatistical analysis of injuries and illnesses (SARs CoV-2) and medical trends that occur during training and identify and implement strategies to mitigate delays or lost training time.

05/2018-06/2021

Aerospace and Occupational Medicine Resident

Graduate Medical Education training in Aerospace and Occupational Medicine while obtaining a Master’s in Public Health. Specialty training included the Flight surgeon course, The Instructor/Trainer course, Space Cadre Course, Medical Effects of Ionizing Radiation, Medical Management of Chemical and Biological Casualties course at USAMIIRD, Ft. Detrick, NASA, 7th Special Forces, Aviation Safety Officer Course, Global Medicine Symposium, OSHA, Dept of Transportation, Textron Bell Helicopters, Brigade Healthcare Course, Preventative Medicine Senior Leaders Course, Joint Enroute Critical Care Course, Army Aeromedical Activity, research on Intervertebral Disc Disease.

05/2015-05/2018

Department of Rehabilitation Services

General Medical Officer

Assigned to Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center Physical Medicine clinic with special duties Function as General Medical Officer, to mitigate the number of high risk patients get referred off-post to Pain management and PM&R clinics. Functioned as the Performance Improvement officer for PM&R, the Chiropractic Clinic OIC, and the MEB/IDES Subject Matter Expert to IPMC multi-disciplinary team. Significantly increased access to care to the Physical Medicine clinic. Was instrumental in leading the hospital transition for the Chiropractic clinic, contributing to the subsequent successful Joint Commission inspection. Increased access to care in the Chiropractic clinic by 500%.

9/2013- 5/2015

Department of Pediatrics/ Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine

General Medical Officer

Assigned to the Carl R. Darnall Army Medical center Pediatric Clinic with special duties within the Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine. Provided acute and routine medical care for newborn to age 18 and collaborated with Lactation Team Leader to develop research matrix to ensure effective use of resources to meet Perinatal Core Measures PC-05 for Joint Commission Accreditation. Demonstrated initiative by providing emergency medical care to one of the victims of the April 2, 2014 FT Hood shooting.

10/2012-9/2013

Department of Deployment Medicine/ Emergency Medicine

General Medical Officer

Assigned to the Department of Deployment & Operational Medicine at Carl R Darnall Army Medical Center (CRDAMC) with specific duties directed by the CRDAMC DCCS. Supported soldier deployment/redeployment from combat, while also performing clinical rotations within the Emergency and Internal Medicine Departments to increase access to care for acutely ill patients. Improved productivity of the SMRC by conducting ETS, Chapter, Special Forces, Airborne, Ranger, SERE, and OCS/WOCS physicals. Ensured DODM success with 90% CRDAMC staff compliance of their annual PHA’s. Selected to become an ACLS instructor.

06/2012-10/01/2012

Department of the Army Inspector General Agency

Disability Medicine Subject Matter Expert (SME) – Temporary Dept of the Army Inspector General

Assistant Inspector General on Medical Disability (Subject Matter Expert)

Selected above my peers, from across the Army AMEDD as one of three medical NARSUM Subject Matter Experts to function as a temporary assistant Inspector General, in a SECARMY directed inspection of the MEB/IDES system. Planed, coordinated, and conducted inspections of agencies/commands and to gather required data and perspectives relevant to the inspection topic. Developed inspection concepts, objectives, methodologies while coordinating inspection site requirements with major Army Commands ASCC, DRUs, Installations and Components. Identified trends, analyzed root causes to systemic problems and proposed solutions to the IG, Army Chief of Staff and Secretary of the Army for service-wide implementation.

06/2011-06/2012

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center

Integrated Disability Evaluation System

Increased patient access to care by conducting 203 acute care appointments in four months. Increased productivity by 25% by completing 202 NARSUMs, 12 TDRLs, 42 Psychiatric addendums in nine months with only a single case returned from the PEB. Performed duties of MEB chief and QA physician in their absence by performing QA on seven NARSUMS, and reviewing 13 cases for initial intake. Functioned as IDES Physician Training officer, applying PDA training to develop a comprehensive training program for new MEB/IDES NARSUM physicians.

11/2010-05/2011

Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Hospital Operations, Clinical Plans and Medical Operations Officer

Served as Clinical Plans and Medical Operations Officer for Hospital Operation (HOD), responsible for the synchronization of external and internal MEDCEN operations supporting over 3,000 MEDCEN employee as well as the DoD’s largest military installation and surrounding civilian population; assisted in development and execution of medical plans supporting Installation, Garrison, MEDCEN and Civilian AT/FP and MASCAL events

06/2005 – 07/2005

United States Army, Texas, Officer Basic Course – Class 1st Sergeant

Supervised 306 medical, dental, and veterinarian HPSP scholarship recipients for Officer Basic training. 10/2002 – 08/2003

United States Army – Texas National Guard, Texas Flight Medic –EMT/BCLS Instructor Training

10/2001 – 10/2002

United States Army Reserve, Texas, Instructor/Trainer

https://www.deepcapture.com/2021/09/affidavit-of-ltc-theresa-long-m-d-in-support-of-a-motion-for-a-preliminary-injunction-order/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-26-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel bracing for Hamas rocket attack from Gaza after deadly West Bank raids

Two IDF soldiers injured, five Palestinians killed after armed clashes broke out during a wave of anti-Hamas operations.

By ANNA AHRONHEIM SEPTEMBER 26, 2021 15:46

The IDF is bracing for a possible barrage of rocket fire from the Gaza Strip later on Sunday in response to the deaths of at least five Palestinians in a wave of Israeli arrest operations across the West Bank.

Two IDF soldiers were injured and five Palestinians were killed during clashes in a series of anti-Hamas operations across the West Bank. The wave of arrests in five different locations in the West Bank targeted a Hamas cell that Israeli security forces had been tracking for several days and was planning an attack. The raids were led by the Duvdevan counter-terrorism unit as well as the Israel Police and Border Police YAMAM and YAMAS counter-terrorism units and the Shin Bet security services.

IDF sources said that it was possible that Hamas would decide to fire rockets from Gaza in response to the operation.

This was a Hamas cell, one that we have been following for a long time with intelligence from the Shin Bet. There’s always a chance that there can be rockets, especially since this was a Hamas cell and the group is always trying to connect Gaza to the West Bank,” IDF Spokesman Brig.-Gen. Ran Kochav said Sunday afternoon.

https://www.jpost.com/israel-news/israel-bracing-for-hamas-rocket-attack-from-gaza-after-deadly-west-bank-raids-680345 

:: 9-26-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Abbott says Texas will hire Border Patrol agents punished by Biden

By Mark Moore  September 26, 2021 4:15pm Updated

Texas Gov. Greg Abbott said the Lone Star State will hire any Border Patrol agents who fear being fired after President Biden said they “will pay” for their treatment of Haitians at the border, amid false claims they used their horses’ reins as whips.

​”You have a job in the state of Texas. I will hire you to help Texas secure our border​,” Abbott, a Republican, said on “Fox News Sunday.”​

He said the Biden administration put the Border Patrol agents in a difficult situation because it failed to enforce the country’s immigration laws and secure the border.

“The person who took those pictures said that the characterization that the Democrats have made about the Border Patrol using them as whips, whipping people who were coming across the border is false. They were simply maneuvering horses,” Abbott continued.

He said if the agents are at risk of losing their jobs because of a “president who is abandoning his duty to secure the border, you have a job in Texas.”

Images released last week showed mounted Border Patrol agents guiding their horses to prevent Haitian migrants from crossing the Rio Grande River near Del Rio, Texas, and Democrats seized on the photos to accuse the agents of using the reins like whips.

The photographer, Paul Ratije, acknowledged that the agents were “swinging” the reins, but said “it can be misconstrued when you’re looking at the picture.”

“I didn’t ever see them whip anybody with the thing,” he said.

Biden called their use of the reins an “embarrassment” and said an investigation was underway.

It was horrible what you see, what you saw — to see people treated like they did, with horses nearly running them over and people being strapped. It’s outrageous. I promise you, those people will pay,” he said​ last Friday. ​

Abbott said the administration’s inability to ​control the border leaves him with no option.

“I am going to step up and do whatever I have to do to make sure that I protect the people of Del Rio, as well as all these other communities in the state of Texas that the Biden administration is ignoring​,” he said on Fox News. ​​

“The Biden administration cares far more about people who are not in this country than he does ​for the people​ — American citizens who live in this country. And I’m going to step up and support the citizens of the United States of America​,” Abbott said.

https://nypost.com/2021/09/26/abbott-says-texas-will-hire-border-patrol-agents-punished-by-biden/ 

:: 9-26-21 henrymakow.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alberta Adopts Draconian Measures to Combat Hoax Pandemic

September 26, 2021

Last week, Alberta introduced 20 pages of regulations covering how many feet Albertans must stand apart, how many house guests they can have (none), and forbidding them from congregating in groups indoors. Winter is coming.

"This pandemic has nothing to do with health and everything to do with controlling the population." -- Letter from an Alberta Nurse

"Do not believe the hype," she continues. "There is no crisis other than a staffing crisis that has been brewing for decades. Despite this, I expect to be terminated in the next three weeks for refusing to get the jab. I am a loyal, reliable employee that has not had a sick day in 2 years, yet I will be terminated."

Hello,

I am a RN working in a Northern Alberta County with approximately 10,000 citizens. We have had 3 COVID deaths in 2 years. I am personally familiar with 2 of these deaths and both patients had life threatening pre-existing conditions. One of the patients that died was fully vaccinated. The itital PCR test on this patient was positive and the second "rapid antigen" test was negative. These tests are not reliable and even the CDC said they should not be used. This is why there are so many people testing positive yet have no symptoms of illness.

I have also been watching acute care/ICU beds in the region and I agree that there is not a bed crisis.

shandro.png What we do have is a staffing crisis. This crisis is due to an aging population of both patients and staff. We started the year out with 10 doctors in my town. 3 doctors have moved away. 2 doctors are over 70 and are not covering our emergency department anymore. So, we are down to five doctors to work in their private practice AND to cover the emergency department 24/7. To make matters worse, (Health Minister, Tyler) Shandro (left) capped the amount of patients the doctors can bill for on a daily basis. Sorry, but you can't expect these doctors to work for free.

Additionally, our county has a second small hospital that was staffed with 2 doctors and locums. One of those doctors has moved away so the doctors in our area will be forced to increase the patient load from this doctor leaving. The emergency department in this hospital has been closed at different times due to no doctor available to work.

I know of three nurses in our hospital that are over 70. In addition, our hospital administrator is retiring this month and one of the regional managers is retiring Oct 1st.

Do we have a crisis? Yes, we do but it has nothing to do with COVID. The crisis is from aging staff that have not been replaced with younger people. It is a problem of an aging demographic and poor planning by health authorities. During the "Klein cuts" of the 90's, 3 schools of nursing were closed in Edmonton alone. These were never reopened and we have lost 300 nurses a year because of this.

I do not work in emergency but I do work on a unit beside emergency so I can see the coming and going of patients. We are not overwhelmed with COVID patients. The other weekend I worked and went to the ER to speak with the on call doctor. He was not there and the ER was empty. No patients.

I worked the acute unit this week and we had one covid positive patient, double vaccinated. Half of the patients on the unit were double vaccinated.

Do not believe the hype. There is no crisis other than a staffing crisis that has been brewing for decades. Despite this, I expect to be terminated in the next three weeks for refusing to get the jab. I am a loyal, reliable employee that has not had a sick day in 2 years, yet I will be terminated.

In conclusion, let me say that I have purposely infected myself with a COVID positive family member and I did not become ill. This pandemic has nothing to do with health and everything to do with controlling the population.

---------

Thanks to John B and Kat for sending this information.

Dr. Deena Hinshaw, Alberta's chief medical officer of health, said she is has heard some "disappointing" reports of Alberta Health Services (AHS) public health inspectors being "criticized" or "verbally abused" while doing their jobs.

Twenty Pages of Brand New Covid Regulations from Deena Hinshaw Include

* Everyone must be masked in idoor public places with a dozen exceptions ...see pp 8

* Albertans must remain 2 or 3 meters apart with the exception of their immediate household and ... see p. 10

* Everyone must work remotely. No house guests are allowed. p. 11

* No indoor dining at restaurants. Outdoors, only three people allowed at a table. People at different tables may not interact. p. 14

* Indoor group activities like gyms and theatre are banned unless all participants are intimately related. p. 15

Notwithstanding anything in this Order, the Chief Medical Officer of Health may exempt a person or a class of persons from the application of this Order. p. 20

https://www.henrymakow.com/2021/09/alberta-adopts-draconian-measures.html?_ga=2.30136824.613169715.1632358583-346964864.1627224119 

[ :: 12-31-04/1-1-05 New Years Eve Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

earthquakes, in the shifting, in the shifting of the earth, earth has turned on its axis and it has drawn closer to the sun, for it moved out of orbit and it moved into a new circling orbit

[ :: 12-31-06/1-1-07 New Years Eve service (sixth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc shifting of the plates underneath the ocean causing more tidal waves, tsunami’s, flooding, earthquakes, volcanoes, etc

:: 9-27-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Deadly M6.0 earthquake hits Crete in Greece: 1 killed, several injured and large structural damage in what was described as a terrifying jolt

Sep 27, 2021

A “terrifying” 6.0-magnitude earthquake struck the Greek island of Crete this morning, killing one person and injuring several others, amid reports of structural damage to homes and churches.

The European Mediterranean Seismological Centre (EMSC) reported that a M6.0 quake struck at 9.17 am with an epicentre 16 miles south south east of the city of Heraklion and a depth of 6.2 miles. At least nine aftershocks have also struck the area, with the strongest one registering at M4.6.

Greece’s Climate Crisis and Civil Protection Ministry confirmed that one person had been killed and a further nine people suffered injuries. Local authorities reported that a man was crushed when a church dome in the town of Arkalochori collapsed; they said that he had been renovating the church when the earthquake struck.

The details of the circumstances of the injuries were not immediately available.

Vassilis Lambrinos, the mayor of Heraklion, told Greek Skai television that all schools had been evacuated to check for structural damage.

Local media in Crete have reported that some old buildings had experienced structural damage, with walls collapsing in villages near the epicenter.

Holidaymakers were also evacuated from their hotels in Crete. Sarah Williams-Long, a doctor at King’s Hospital in London who was staying at the Creta Maris beach resort with her partner and three-year-old son told The Independent that the experience was harrowing.

“We’ll hopefully be allowed back in to hotel if nothing happens in the next 40 minutes. It was terrifying. Initially there was just a very slight rumble, like waiting for a train underground, but it quickly increased causing the building to shake.

“Everyone instinctively got under the tables until we were asked to leave the building. Some people were visibly shaken – one of the chefs collapsed. It was very dramatic.”

Another Briton in Crete told the EMSC: “Coming from England I have never experienced an earthquake like this. I was rather scared. The building doesn’t seem to have suffered any damage,” adding that there were cracks in the paving.

Twitter user Yorgos Saslis said: “we REALLY FELT this one,” noting that everything was okay where he was, save for a “few shattered picture frames.”

Pete Goodwin, who was preparing to fly back to Britain, said on Twitter: “Just experienced a very strong earth tremor/earthquake in Crete!”

Others on Twitter reported having felt tremors in Analipsi (11 miles away) and as far away as Santorini (92 miles away).

The EMSC had originally reported that the quake had a magnitude of 6.5 before adjusting it to M6.0 shortly thereafter. The Athens Geodynamic Institute also reported that an earthquake had struck the island of Crete, but reported a preliminary M5.8.

The quake comes just two weeks after a M4.2 magnitude earthquake struck nearby holiday island Kos at a depth of 6.2 miles, on 11 September.

Meanwhile, the volcanic eruption continues on the island of La Palma… [Independent]

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

https://strangesounds.org/2021/09/deadly-m6-0-earthquake-hits-crete-in-greece-1-killed-several-injured-and-large-structural-damage-in-what-was-described-as-a-terrifying-jolt.html 

:: 9-27-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Triple Scourges Of Famine, War And Pestilence Have Taken Down Empires Before And Joe Biden And Democrats, Not Learning From History, Are Doomed To Repeat Their Failures

- Short Of A Miracle, The Horses Of The Apocalypse Will Gallop Through The Streets Of America

By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline September 27, 2021

My critics will declare my title wrong since America is a democracy (more accurately, a republic) and not an Empire. An Empire isa major political unit having a territory of great extent or a number of territories or peoples under a single sovereign authority.” I suggest America qualifies as an Empire with Biden acting like our “single sovereign authority.”

America can’t be a democracy since I did not vote (nor did my representatives) vote to pull out of Afghanistan or to open our southern border to decent, hard-working people looking for a better life and for sure, not for terrorists, deadbeats, child molesters, thieves, muggers, and other lowlifes. I did not vote to pretend two men or two women living together can make up a family; nor that children have a right to decide their gender; nor that a man can pretend to be a woman by changing his plumbing; nor to permit males to compete with females in athletic events; nor to permit boys to declare themselves female and gain rightful entrance into female restrooms and locker rooms.

Nor did I vote to permit our Empire to be run by egotistical health officials who have never treated anyone for anything at any time. Nor did I vote to force toddlers to wear a face mask; nor for businesses to be closed and church services to be shut down. No, the American Empire, like Rome, is crumbling as I write.

I’ve even heard that some big-city mayors, all Democrats, will give a guaranteed weekly wage, but that can’t be true. Even Democrats can’t be that stupid.

The world has been fighting the Communist Chinese coronavirus for many months, and with “new variants” appearing, we may be losing the battle. Businesses are closing, hospitals are full, people are angry, experts are vacillating, politicians are lying as they take control, the innocent are dying, and vaccine makers are crying all the way to the bank carrying buckets full of money.

However, it has happened before with more tragic results.

Bubonic Plague lashed the face of Europe in the Middle Ages, killing half the population in some cities, more in others. Now the World Health Organization (WHO) has reported that bubonic plague (Black Death) is spreading in many parts of Madagascar (island nation just east of southern Africa), and a “weak health care system means it may spread farther.” WHO reported that there have been 40 deaths from the plague, with 119 people infected. Plague is spread by fleas carried by rats.

WHO also ominously reported, “There is now a risk of a rapid spread of the disease due to the city’s high population density and the weakness of the healthcare system.”

Well, add one more threat to life from all the exotic diseases (pestilences) from Africa and China—earthquakes, famines, wars, and rumors of war to warn world citizens of the end of the world as we know it. No, I’m not a pessimist; that thought was Matthew, chapter 24. We have experienced all this before, but not with such frequency and intensity. Nations could be destroyed as in the past.

American physician, bacteriologist, and prolific author Hans Zinsser, among others, believe that the Plague of Justinian was partly responsible for the demise of the Roman Empire. He declared the plague was “perhaps the most potent single influence” which gave the coup de grâce to the ancient Empire. Bugs, not bullets, knocked off an empire!

This pandemic lasted about seventy years and caused havoc in the Roman Empire, already bruised, broken, and bleeding. Justinian was desperately trying to restore the ancient Empire to its former glory–like trying to breathe life into a corpse.

Seventy years of pandemic!

During Emperor Justinian’s reign, the worldwide plague began in A.D. 541 at Pelusium, Egypt (at the mouth of the Nile). He was known as “the emperor that never sleeps.” In sixty years, the plague spread to all parts of the known world. The dead lay unburied in the streets, and ten thousand persons died each day at Constantinople. The people of Constantinople became desperate with all the deaths as they placed bodies anywhere they could. Some bodies were left in houses to rot. It got worse as the black horse of famine galloped through the city because mills stopped grinding corn due to workers’ deaths.

They experienced a major food shortage because of many business failures. And those who don’t learn from history are doomed to repeat it.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive until we catch up on past due expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

V. Seibel tells us that the plague was preceded by many earthquakes, volcanic eruptions—Vesuvius, in 513, was one—and famines that dropped a blanket of terror and death over Europe, the Near East, and Asia. The worst natural occurrence was the earthquake and fire that destroyed Antioch in A.D. 526, killing almost 300,000 people.

The Roman Empire was in a state of confusion because of the added pressure, problems, and panic produced by the plague. Gibbon wrote, “No facts have been preserved to sustain an account or even a conjecture of the numbers that perished in this extraordinary mortality. I only find that, during three months, five and at length ten thousand persons died each day at Constantinople; and many cities of the East were left vacant, and that in several districts of Italy the harvest and the vintage withered on the ground.”

When the plague snuck into Constantinople in A.D. 542, it stayed for four months, killing so many people that it was impossible for the living to bury the dead. By A.D. 565, half of the citizens of the Byzantine Empire had died! Gibbon suggested that perhaps 100 million people in Europe alone died of this plague!

Well, we aren’t there yet.

Justinian’s armies were fighting with Persia, Africa, and the Goths in Italy, but those crude, unsophisticated barbarians had learned the art of making war from former warlords. Barbarians had learned how to organize, analyze, and cooperate. It was ever more difficult for the emperor to sustain armies on far-flung battlefields, especially when there were threats at home and treachery and thievery in his palace. Justinian needed, least of all, a major epidemic to compound his problems.

This Plague of Justinian emptied the cities, turned the country into a desert, and made the habitations of men the haunts of wild beasts. The snakes slithered and hissed, the hyenas crouched and laughed, and wild beasts pawed and growled where proud, pompous, and productive men once walked.

However, when men face the inscrutable, they tend to lose their arrogance, sinking into a hapless and helpless, and hopeless life.

Gibbon recorded: “The triple scourges of war, pestilence, and famine afflicted the subjects of Justinian, and his reign is disgraced by a visible decrease of the human species which has never been regained in some of the fairest countries of the globe.”

Can anyone read that statement and doubt that disease has changed our world far more than wars? Furthermore, will irresponsible Muslim terrorists or the Communist Chinese coronavirus change our present world forever? Or maybe it will be the bubonic plague.

The plague of Justinian ended about 590, but most of Italy was controlled by the Lombards by that time. The barbarians were no longer at the gates of Rome but inside the gates. The mighty Empire had crumbled, and when the Muslim zealots swarmed out of Arabia in 634, the Roman and Persian forces gave only token resistance.

As uncultured, uncivilized, uneducated, and uncontrolled Muslim zealots swarm into America carrying hostile plans and harmful pestilences, will the once-great American Empire fall like Rome?

Even Emperor Justinian contracted the plague but survived; however, his Empire did not. The question: how will ancient plagues and other pestilences impact and change America?

Some of us will live long enough to see that answer.

(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 20 books, the most recent, Reflections of a Lifetime Fundamentalist: No Reserves, No Retreats, No Regrets! The eBook is available at Amazon.com for $4.99. Other titles at www.cstnews.com. Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D., and visit his blog. Send a request to DBoysphd@aol.com for a free subscription to his articles and click here to support his work with a donation.)

https://allnewspipeline.com/Will_American_Empire_Fall_Like_Rome_Because_Of_A_Virus.php 

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 9-26-21 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An Industry Insider Just Revealed The Truth About What Is Really Behind The Shortages At Our Local Supermarkets

September 26, 2021 by Michael Snyder

The supply chain crisis that our supermarkets are facing is far worse than the mainstream media has been telling us. The mainstream media keeps trying to put a happy face on the “temporary” shortages, but an industry insider has let me know what is really going on behind the scenes. This particular insider runs a grocery store in Maine, and he says that things are as bad as he has ever seen. In fact, he says that he has “never seen anything close to what is happening now”. The email that he sent me the other day greatly alarmed me, and I asked him if I could share it with all of you. He gave me permission to do so, as long as I didn’t use his name. I haven’t received an email this startling in a long time. As you read this email, I think that you will quickly understand why I am saying that…

I’m self employed for 25 years, now, independent IGA affiliated grocery store in coastal Maine.

Supply issues are real! My supplier has limited us on orders for about a month now (limited the physical number of cases we can order)

Their issue is/was mainly the help crisis in their warehouse … order pickers and truck drivers. Same story everywhere, I know. Many of the items your reader commented about in this article are the same here … very limited gatorade, and gallon water is sketchy at best. Sometimes we get it, sometimes we don’t. I’ve not seen many supply issues in produce, rather poor quality issues there. Much more than normal. Deli / bakery … yes, lots of out of stocks and “long term unavailable” as my supplier likes to word it on the invoice.

In the center store – dry grocery … like others are saying, tons of out of stocks.

Meat supply is “fair” but pricing is extremely high. Shockingly high to me. The middle class is slowly being destroyed with these prices hikes … death by 1000 cuts of sorts, I guess.

My Frito Lay delivery person tells me that he is getting 55-60% of what he’s ordering. My last Nabisco order had 30% out of stocks. Over the years, we always get 99-100% of what was ordered. Pepperidge Farm Cookies … he tells me some weeks he’s only getting HALF of what he orders. These folks all work on commission …. if they don’t (or can’t) sell it to me … they don’t get paid. Or get paid less. When we place our liquor order (twice a week) out of stocks there are running 30% most orders. This commodity was ALWAYS 99.5 to 100% fill rate over the years …. always.

It’s frustrating. As I said … self employed 25 years, and worked for Kroger for 25 years before that … so 50-51 years in this business.

Never seen anything close to what is happening now. Add to that — a far left governor, and both houses here in Maine democrat controlled …. I just know we are on the verge of another mask mandate, and a lock down of sorts would not surprise me again as we move into the colder months. As you’ve seen I’m sure, Maine is in the news with COVID case surges (so they say)

I come to work every day just holding my breath for what is next … for our business and the 35 people I employ here in Maine.

This industry insider is trying to order normal quantities, but his suppliers are often unable to completely fulfill them.

As you can see from the email, the shortages are widespread, and this is the worst that they have been during the entire pandemic so far.

If there is something that you need to stock up on, I would grab it if it is still on the shelves, because pretty soon it may be completely gone.

On Friday I went to the grocery store and they were out of several things that I wanted to purchase. Unfortunately, we continue to get more confirmations that this is going to become the “new normal”.

For example, according to Bloomberg meat reserves in this country have plunged to dangerously low levels…

A U.S. report Wednesday showed beef reserves down 7.7% from a year ago in August. Poultry supplies slumped 20% and pork bellies, which are sliced into bacon, dropped 44% to the lowest levels since 2017.

In most cases supermarkets still have meat on the shelves, but it is definitely a lot more expensive than it used to be, and we are being told to brace ourselves for more price hikes in the months ahead.

Of course other types of retailers are facing severe supply shocks as well. A few days ago, another reader sent me an email in which he described what he is seeing at his local pharmacy

The big issue, however, is at the local drug store; Rite Aid. The place is thin at best and stripped in some areas (last week there was no Zinc available). The beer cases are notably sparse. The main issue, however, is at the pharmacy. Six or eight months ago you could walk in and have your prescription filled inside of 20 minutes. If you called in the prescription the day before it was waiting for you. Not so any more. Yesterday I went to pick up an RX for my wife that had been called in last week. Not only was it not ready but I had to wait an hour before it was filled. There were nine cars in the drive up queue. I opted to walk in and it was nearly as bad. The young woman that helped me was clearly not local with bicolor hair and a large, glaringly obvious, in your face, Baphomet symbol around her neck.

I had a chat with the manager on the way out and asked him what was up with the Pharmacy staffing. I hadn’t seen the regular pharmacist for a few months. He blamed it all on the city for not having any affordable housing (lame) and mentioned that Albertson’s pharmacy, Albertson’s and Ridley’s were all very short on help (true).

Right now, dozens and dozens of drugs are in short supply.

In fact, the official FDA drug shortage list has 149 entries on it right now.

That is the most that I have ever seen.

As shortages persist, retailers are going to start implementing more limits. Last week, we learned that Costco has already started to pull the trigger…

Costco on Thursday said it was reinstating limits on purchases of toilet paper, paper towels and bottled water.

They don’t call it “rationing”, but that is essentially what it is.

And we are also being told to expect significant price increases, because supply chain issues are causing costs to go through the roof…

Costco this week joined the long list of retailers sounding the alarm about escalating shipping prices and the accompanying supply chain issues. The warehouse retailer, which had a similar cautionary tone in May, was joined by athletic wear giant Nike and economic bellwethers FedEx and General Mills in discussing similar concerns.

The cost to ship containers overseas has soared in recent months. Getting a 40-foot container from Shanghai to New York cost about $2,000 a year and a half ago, just before the Covid pandemic. Now, it runs some $16,000, according to Bank of America.

I have been warning that rampant inflation and shortages were coming for a long time, but a lot of people didn’t want to believe me at first.

If you were one of those doubters, do you believe me now?

During the first half of this year, many economic optimists assured us that the U.S. economy would be “booming” by this point.

But instead our economic infrastructure is being shaken on a very basic level, and we are facing enormous price hikes and very painful shortages throughout the rest of this year and into next year.

Events have begun to slide out of control, and it certainly wouldn’t take too much to push us into a full-blown avalanche.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/an-industry-insider-just-revealed-the-truth-about-what-is-really-behind-the-shortages-at-our-local-supermarkets/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 9--21 The Organac Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Countries Have an INTERNET KILL SWITCH (and They Admit It)

by Aden Tate

What do you suppose would happen if the President of the United States deemed it necessary, for “national security,” to flip the Internet Kill Switch? In these digital times, there should be great concern over something like this. However, normalcy bias seems to have a firm hold on a majority of the citizens of the US, and many are clinging to the “it can’t happen here” theory.

The United States has yet to employ this particular tool. However, according to data gathered to examine the financial impact of internet shutdowns, since 2019, there have been 237 major internet shutdowns in 45 countries. [source]

What is an internet kill switch?

An internet kill switch is a device/software/configuration that allows one to shut down all internet access within a region or country indefinitely. If activated, the kill switch would prevent everyone from checking social media, shopping online, using online messenger services, sending emails, or anything else involving an internet connection.

In many cases, this may also include any form of phone contact (it varies).

Which countries have already used the internet kill switch?

Hackers have the ability to down the entire internet system, as we have seen with op article and op article. However, governments around the globe have also resorted to shutdowns, claiming it to be necessary for public safety. For example, India (a democratic nation) was the global leader in shutdowns in 2019, with over 150 in 3 years. [source]

See if you spot the recurring theme among the following shutdowns:

Cuba

On July 11, Cuban citizens rallied in the streets to protest food and medicine shortages and electricity outages. Within two days, the Cuban government began restricting internet access.

China

Back in 2009, riots broke out in Xinjiang. The communists responded by shutting down the internet to the region for an entire year. [source]

Egypt

Amid protests, Egypt’s President Hosni Mubarak cut off nearly all internet access and shut down all cell phone services. The shutdown lasted for five days. [source]

Iran

November 16, 2019, Iran authorities flipped the switch, plunging citizens into digital darkness for nearly 11 days. According to an Amnesty International press release, the deliberate shutdown was an attempt to hide the horrendous killings across the country.

Zimbabwe

In 2019, President Mnangagwa announced a fuel price increase. Protests against the increase caused Mnangagwa to shut down the internet. Critics called the shutdown “an attempt to hide growing reports of a violent crackdown on protests.” [source]

South Sudan

Protests? We can fix that with an internet shutdown. [source]

Zambia

Election day, 2021, warranted shutting down many social media platforms and some messaging apps. Although the Zambian government denied the reports Secretary, Amos Malupenga mentioned there would be no hesitation to take appropriate measures. [source]

Colombia

Colombia’s government used this innovative means of stopping protests here in May 2021 – an internet shut down. [source]

The Republic of the Congo

Another election day shutdown in 2021. This time in The Republic of the Congo. [source]

Armenia

Political unrest led to an internet shutdown here. [source]

Russia

I think mentioning the word ‘elections’ regarding Russia is enough to make anybody laugh. Have a pesky election-tracking app you need shut down? A partial internet shutdown can do the trick. [source]

Myanmar

Coup underway? Better shut off the internet. [source]

Ethiopia

Ethiopia’s government shut down the internet 12 times before blacking out the country for nearly 16 days in 2020. Reports said this was an attempt to muzzle activists demanding justice for the killing of a beloved musician. [source]

Does the United States have an internet kill switch?  Technically, yes.

Under an entirely unconstitutional 1930s law on the books: 47 USC 606: War Powers of President; Chapter 5, Subchapter VI, the President has the authority to wield that mighty weapon.

The 1930s law reads:

(c) Suspension or amendment of rules and regulations applicable to certain emission stations or devices

Upon proclamation by the President that there exists war or a threat of war, or a state of public peril or disaster or other national emergency, or in order to preserve the neutrality of the United States, the President, if he deems it necessary in the interest of national security or defense, may suspend or amend, for such time as he may see fit, the rules and regulations applicable to any or all stations or devices capable of emitting electromagnetic radiations within the jurisdiction of the United States as prescribed by the Commission, and may cause the closing of any station for radio communication, or any device capable of emitting electromagnetic radiations between 10 kilocycles and 100,000 megacycles, which is suitable for use as a navigational aid beyond five miles, and the removal therefrom of its apparatus and equipment, or he may authorize the use or control of any such station or device and/or its apparatus and equipment, by any department of the Government under such regulations as he may prescribe upon just compensation to the owners.

Perhaps you think this only applies to radios. It couldn’t possibly apply to your laptop or phone, right?

Don’t forget your devices use radio waves to receive their internet access. In addition, your devices can access Google Maps, which would qualify your computer as a navigational aid.

What’s stopping the US Government from labeling EVERYTHING a national emergency?

“The natural progress of things is for liberty to yield and government to gain ground.” – Thomas Jefferson

If you consider that America now believes racism is a “public health emergency,” government authorities could very likely deem a public health crisis as “public peril, disaster or other national emergency.” Oh no! The government must shut down the internet! [source]

Emergencies’ have always been the pretext on which the safeguards of individual liberty have been eroded — and once they are suspended it is not difficult for anyone who has assumed such emergency powers to see to it that the emergency persists.” – FA Hayek [source]

This bill also gives armed men the notion they can take your equipment. And should you say no? Well, you can read the penalties section HERE. And also, before deciding you’re going down in a blaze of glory, check out Selco’s prediction of how that will work out for you.

What do you think would happen in the US if the switch got flipped?

While the first thing that comes to mind is communications, there are many more ramifications, particularly if it went on for a longer period of time.

Many people use “paperless billing” and pay for everything online. We use online banking for all sorts of purposes. ATMs are connected to the internet. Many businesses rely on an internet connection for daily operations. Daisy said on the topic, “When I worked for a car dealership, we had to have internet access to program all those computer modules controlling your vehicle, to look up malfunction codes, and to determine whether or not a repair was covered by warranty.” And that’s just one example of a business that uses the internet constantly. There are many, many more.

A whole lot more than social media and email would immediately grind to a halt.

Unplug the Internet Kill Switch Act of 2020

Last year in 2020, Rep. Tulsi Gabbard introduced the Unplug the Internet Kill Switch Act of 2020 to Congress. H.R.8336 would have directly attacked 47 USC 606, making it not pertain to internet usage. While Congress did not refuse the bill, they left it to sit with no further actions. [source]

In 2016, we experienced something similar when the Supreme Court denied hearing a petition to release information on the ‘secret’ DHS internet kill switch protocol. [source] Because we need an internet kill switch, of course. THAT is an issue of national security.

“Necessity is the plea for every infringement of human freedom. It is the argument of tyrants; it is the creed of slaves.” – William Pitt

Yes, internet kill switches exist – prepare accordingly

This website published an article about the possibility of a comms blackout and how to prepare for it back in January. Check it out for some useful and viable communications options. Also, don’t forget the importance of ham radio, although you should know that it’s not completely immune to governmental interference.

What are your thoughts on the internet kill switch? Do you think the US would use it? Do you think there are countries not listed here that have a kill switch they don’t admit to? Would you be prepared to handle full-on digital darkness? Do you have a backup communications plan? Let’s talk in the comments section.

About Aden

Aden Tate has a master’s in public health and is a regular contributor to TheOrganicPrepper.com, TheFrugalite.com, PewPewTactical.com, SurvivalBlog.com, SHTFBlog.com, ApartmentPrepper.com, HomesteadAndPrepper.com, and PrepperPress.com. Along with being a freelance writer, he also works part-time as a locksmith. Aden has an LLC for his micro-farm where he raises dairy goats, a pig, honeybees, meat chickens, laying chickens, tomatoes, mushrooms, and greens. Aden has two published books, The Faithful Prepper and Zombie Choices. You can find his podcast The Last American on Preppers’ Broadcasting Network.

How to Support The Organic Prepper website

As you may know, The Organic Prepper website has been defunded for being a “disinformation website.”

We refuse to put up a paywall and are committed to keeping our information free and available to everyone.

Help us to keep bringing you the information you come here for by helping to sponsor this website.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/internet-kill-switch/ 

:: 9-20-21 SkyWatchTV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COUNTDOWN TO 2025 AND THE SECRET DESTINY OF AMERICA—PART 33: Zeitgeist 2025 and the Coming Day of Judgment

September 20, 2021 by SkyWatch Editor

Islamic eschatology is centered on Yawm ad-Dīn (“the Day of Judgment”) or Yawm al-Qiyāmah (“the Day of Resurrection”), or found in Surah 75 of the Quran that borrowed from the ultimate divine judgment of the dead from Daniel 12:2 and Revelation 20:12 in the Old and New Testaments, respectively. Thus, it is accepted in all three alleged “Abrahamic” religions: Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. The seventy-fifth Sura of the Quran, al-Qiyama, has as its main subject the resurrection.

Nay, I swear by the Day of Resurrection; Nay, I swear by the accusing soul (that this Scripture is true). Thinketh man that We shall not assemble his bones? Yea, verily. We are Able to restore his very fingers! But man would fain deny what is before him. He asketh: When will be this Day of Resurrection? But when sight is confounded, And the moon is eclipsed. And sun and moon are united, On that day man will cry: Whither to flee! Alas! No refuge! Unto thy Lord is the recourse that day. (Sura 75:1–12).[i]

Reflecting its dependence on the Christian and Jewish “Day of the Lord” Scriptures, Islam also teaches a final tribulation, resurrection of the dead, and eternal division of the righteous and wicked. Islamic apocalyptic literature describes a final battle, like Armageddon, known as fitnah, malāḥim (“bloody fights,” “massacres”), or ghaybah in Shī‘a Islam. [ii]

For Muslims, it is a singular, final assessment of humanity by Allah, consisting of the annihilation of all life, a general resurrection of the dead, and weighing on the scales of judgment based on ones works in life (Surah 101). The righteous people are rewarded with pleasures of Jannah (paradise), while the unrighteous folks are tormented in Jahannam (hell). It is another doctrine borrowed from the New Testament with some minimal revisionism (or a plagiarists’ confusion).

In contrast, the book of Revelation describes two resurrections. Christians are raised for the Millennium: “But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished. This is the first resurrection (Revelation 20:5). The second resurrection is the judgment of non-Christians (including Muslims) according to the Old Testament law, and the New Testament is clear that “therefore by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified in his sight: for by the law is the knowledge of sin” (Romans 3:20). For this reason, we believe Islam is a false hope. Only by confessing “Jesus is Lord” and “I am a sinner” while believing that He died for your sins and rose from the dead is sufficient (1 Corinthians 15:3–7). That gospel fundamentally disagrees with the Qur’an.

Belief in the Day of Judgment is one of the six aqīdah (“articles of faith”) in Sunni Islam. This is seen in the Qur’an: “It is not righteousness that you turn your faces towards the East and the West, but righteousness is this that one should believe in Allah and the last day.”[iii] In fact, belief in the last day is the second of the five pillars of Islam, making eschatology more central to Islam than Christianity and Judaism.

The Qur’an is quite limited in its discussion of the “day of judgment” and, as a result, the majority of eschatological details come from the more questionable Hadith literature. [iv] Complicating matters, the Hadiths are hearsay statements reported from those who allegedly overheard Muhammad say “such and so,” and would probably not even be admitted into a US court of law. A scholar of the Islamic religion who has written an authoritative comparison of Christian and Muslim eschatology, Dr. Samuel Shahid, wrote concerning the Hadith, “Tere is no assurance or guarantee that all the information cited here is accurate or trustworthy. Muslim scholars admit that a sizable volume of the hadith is spurious.”[v] Some Hadith traditions are rather easily debunked.

For instance, Shahid makes sport of a wacky Hadith that claims actually the Jews conquer Constantinople by walking around it like the Israelites were instructed to do at the fall of Jericho in the Hebrew Bible (Joshua 5:13–6:27).

On the authority of Abu Huraya related that the hour would not come until seventy thousands of the children of Isaac (the Jews) invade Constantinople without employing any type of arms. All of its fortified walls would fall by praises and the call of “God is greater.” Based on the historical account, Constantinople was conquered by the Ottoman dynasty (Turks) in the fifteenth century and not by Arabs. Secondly, the contradiction between the two traditions is obvious since the Children of Isaac has nothing to do with the conquest of Constantinople. Thirdly, it seems more that the narrator of this tradition was historically confused that he failed to differentiate between the episodes of the fall of Jericho as it is recorded in ­­ six of the book of Joshua and the myth of the conquest of Constantinople. Such contradiction and confusion suggest that this tradition was a late fabrication by the narrators who sought to amaze their audience. Most probably, they heard the biblical story from some Jewish friends and weaved it into the fabric of their tradition. [vi]

We believe that critique explains the majority of Islamic eschatology coming from the Hadith. From the ever-dubious Hadith, the Islamic portents of the end-times are derived.

There are many signs that are said to precede the Day of Judgment. Muslim scholars divide these in the minor (lesser) signs and the major (greater) signs. [vii] The minor signs are “are moral, cultural, political, religious, and natural events designed to warn humanity that the end is near and to bring people into a state of repentance. ”[viii] They are nearly universal, and it is relatively easy to find “fulfillments” of these so-called omens. Muslims believe many of them are already fulfilled, while qualifying that some have begun but not yet concluded. The major signs comprise a more precise template by which the discerning student may supposedly derive the lateness of the hour on the end-time clock. Cook explains, “They detail a series of events of ever-increasing severity that will precede the end of the world, at which time the damned will be judged and the blessed will begin to taste the pleasures God has in store for them in heaven. ”[ix] We will briefly review the excess of minor signs and then we’ll look at the ten, more specific, major signs.

The Minor Signs

Minor signs can be bifurcated into normal events that seem to plague most modernizing cultures and truly extraordinary events that are said to be heralds of the apocalypse. [x] The formula for all the minor signs listed begins with “the last hour will not occur until…”. Accordingly, number 4 below reads, “The last hour will not occur until earthquakes increase.” Thus, one should assume that phrase for each numbered sign.

The normal signs include: 1) the increase of ignorance of Islam and betrayal of Muslim daily religious rituals; 2) the pervasiveness of alcohol consumption; 3) an increase in apostasy as many are deceived by the Muslim “antichrist” known as the Dajjal. 4) an increase in earthquakes; [xi] 5) a population in which women will outnumber men; 6) corruption of political leaders; 7) the building of lavish mosques; 8) the desire of death for many people; 9) Muslim countries imitating the actions of non-Islamic nations (e.g., Turkey’s bid for the EU status); 10) a large number of casualties resulting from a major internal war within Islam (e.g., the Sunni/Shia conflict); 11) the appearance of a man from Qahtan appears, who may be the Mahdi (in some South Arabian traditions); 12) the appearance of thirty to forty false prophets, four of whom are women; 13) instances of some Muslims murdering their leader (many caliphs have been assassinated throughout history); 14) many Muslims questioning their faith; 15) the rise of the final caliphate (the claim of the IS) and its establishment in Jerusalem; 16) the destruction of many of the Arabs; 17) the expansion of Ihab to Yahab (ancient locations in the suburbs of Medina; people reject the Divine Decree of destiny (the Islamic doctrine of predestination, e.g., Qur’an 22:70); 18) the defeat of the crusaders at Allepo or Dabiq, Syria (The IS’s trademark prophecy, e.g., Sahih Muslim, 6924);[xii] 19) the conquering of Constantinople (a seeming absurdity, given that today’s Istanbul is already Muslim); 20) the peaceful death of Muslim believers, leaving only the wicked on earth (seems to parallel the Rapture); 21) the destruction of the city of Mecca and the plundering of the Ka’ba’. It’s interesting that IS has threatened to bring this to pass as well.[xiii]

The extraordinary signs are much stranger, and, if they were to occur, such events would draw many to believe in Islamic prophecy. The signs classified as extraordinary include: 1) the appearance of people who eat with their tongues like cows [xiv] (no explanation is given, but they seem to be different sort of entity than a regular human); 2) the contraction of time: a year is like a month, a month like a week, a week like a day, and a day like an hour [xv] (Shahid contends this clumsily borrows from Matthew 24:22);[xvi] 3) wild beasts speaking to men; [xvii] 4) the Euphrates River uncovering a mountain of gold and people fighting over it. [xviii] Shahid points out how this parallels the drying-up of the Euphrates in this passage in the biblical Apocalypse: “And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared” (Revelation 16:12). Running for approximately 1,728 miles from the northwest to the southeast, the Euphrates was classically viewed as a dividing line between East and West. [xix] As this suggests, many of these signs are borrowed from the much-older Christian prophecies, especially the “beginning of sorrows” listed by Jesus in the KJV or called the “birth pains” in modern versions (Matthew 24:8). The following table compares the birth pains to some of the minor signs.

The parallels to the biblical text are ubiquitous, but they demonstrably reflect borrowing rather than a true supernatural correspondence as some Islamic Antichrist theorists assert. Muslims apply the same flawed Qur’anic methodology applied to the Hebrew Bible’s chosen seed when Isaac is swapped for Ishmael. Creative Hadith cobblers reversed roles in the Olivet Discourse (Mark 13) and the book of Revelation while redacting and condensing the original material heavily. In a literary sense, the Dajjal corresponds to Jesus’ prediction, “And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many” (Matthew 24:11). Of course, we Christians believe Islam is false. Naturally, Islamic Antichrist proponents are fond of the Muslim’s Dajjal being the actual Jesus Christ—our Messiah and returning King.

That near direct borrowing by the Hadith composers supports our plagiarism explanation for the correspondences. However, it does seem ironic that, if realized, it must be the case that their false messiah could be a friend to Christians but not necessarily. Joel Richardson offers the idea the Muslims will label the real Jesus the Dajjal when he does not confirm Islam as expected, making him a perfect deceiver in Muslim eyes. [xx] But it’s more likely the case of the Hadith being spurious Islamic pseudepigrapha. It seems more likely that the bitter Sunni/Shia split will prompt many inevitable Dajjal claims. Our opinion carries weight in that Mahdists require a Dajjal for their narrative to be coherent. It follows that his appearance is necessary for the current Mahdism (like the IS) to survive. We believe the Iraqi military with Western air support could eliminate the IS, but Mahdism will survive. It suggests a reasonable explanation for why Israel’s neighbors attack Jerusalem at Armageddon.

In Islamic eschatology, a messianic figure known as the Mahdi will appear before the arrival of Jesus and the Day of Judgment to rid the world of corruption and establish Islam as the global religion. Some place the Mahdi’s arrival as the middle point between the minor and major signs, but many assert him as the first major sign. Chris White explains, “The Mahdi is said to unite the Muslim world to fight several battles, including the conquest of Constantinople. He shares the wealth that he acquires through conquest with the people. He rules the world for five, seven, eight, nine, or nineteen years (Islamic sources differ) before Isa returns. ”[xxi] As we have documented, Mahdism fuels the IS and other such apocalyptic death cults, but there is disagreement as to exactly where the Mahdi falls in the sign classification theology. The Hadith we studied list ten major signs and do not mention the Mahdi, a dubious fact that suggests the major sign narrative preceded knowledge of any such “rightly guided one.” Furthermore, there is a profound incoherence with the minor sign, “The last day shall not arrive until the Muslim believers die peacefully leaving only the wicked on earth” [xxii] and “Mecca is turned into ruins” [xxiii] (both minor signs) with the idea that the Mahdi makes the whole world Muslim. The signs seem to exclude each other. Of course, this reflects the dubious scholarship inherent to the Hadith.

i] Muhamad M. Pickthall, ed., The Quran (Medford, MA: Perseus Digital Library, n.d.).

[ii] Various Hadiths are available on the Trials and Fierce Battles (Kitab Al-FitanWa Al-Malahim), Sunnah.com, http://sunnah.com/abudawud/37 , accessed January 12, 2016.

[iii] M. H. Shakir, ed., The Quran (Medford, MA: Perseus Digital Library, n.d.).

[iv] “Sunnah,” Encyclopædia Britannica. Encyclopædia Britannica Online 2016,

http://www.britannica.com/topic/Sunnah  accessed January 4, 2016.

[v]ṢamūʼīlʻAbd al-Shahīd, The Last Trumpet: A Comparative Study in Christian-Islamic Eschatology (Longwood, Fla.: Xulon Press, 2005), 29.

[vi]Shahīd, The Last Trumpet, 40.

[vii] “Theologians have divided these apocalyptic signs into two groups: the Lesser and the Greater Signs of the Hour,” David Cook, Contemporary Muslim Apocalyptic Literature, Kindle Locations 121–122.

[viii] Ibid., 122–123.

[ix] Ibid., 127–129.

[x]Shahīd, The Last Trumpet, 30–42. My list of minor signs is drawn largely from this section of this book citing numerous Hadiths.

[xi] Church of God, “Earthquakes Today and Bible Prophecy: Has There Been an Increase in Major Earthquakes?” http://www.cogwriter.com/earthquakes-today.php , accessed January 4, 2016.

[xii]Sahih Muslim, 6924 http://www.theonlyquran.com/hadith/Sahih-Muslim/ ?volume=41&chapter=9.

[xiii] “Islamic State Threatens to Attack Saudi Arabia,” ENCA, December 20, 2015, https://www.enca.com/world/islamic-state-threatens-attack-saudi-arabia , accessed January 12, 2016.

[xiv]Alim, Sunanan of al-Tirmidhi, #1236.

[xv] Ibid., #1446.

[xvi]Shahid, The Last Trumpet, 41–42.

[xvii]Alim, Sunanan of al-Tirmidhi #1450.

[xviii]Shahih of Muslim, v.8, page 174 (English translation).

[xix] Paige Patterson, Revelation, ed. E. Ray Clendenen, vol. 39, The New American Commentary (Nashville, TN: B&H, 2012), 310.

[xx] Joel Richardson, The Islamic Antichrist, second ed. (Washington, D.C.: WND Books, 2015), 79.

[xxi] Chris White, The Islamic Antichrist Debunked: A Comprehensive Critique of the Muslim Antichrist Theory, Kindle Edition, (Nashville TN, CWM Publishing, 2015), Kindle Locations 2489–2491.

[xxii] Musnad of Ahmad 2: 537–538; and Shahih of Muslim #2949 (Arabic version) as translated by Shahid, Last Trumpet, 41.

[xxiii] Al-Fitanwa al-Malhim183–187, as translated by Shahid, Last Trumpet, 41.

https://www.skywatchtv.com/2021/09/20/countdown33/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9-20-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

La Palma volcano eruption update: 5,000 evacuated, hundreds of homes destroyed by flowing lava, surface inflation continues (19cms)

Sep 20, 2021

The Spanish Civil Guard evacuated around 5,000 people from their homes last night after a volcanic eruption took place on the Canary Island of La Palma at 3.12pm local time on Montaña Rajada, in the forest area of Cabeza de Vaca in El Paso.

The emergency level was raised to red at 5pm local time, affecting the municipalities of Tazacorte, El Paso, Fuencaliente, Mazo and Los Llanos de Aridane, which are home to a total of around 40,000 people.

The authorities had estimated that as many as 10,000 people might have to be evacuated from their homes, and recommended to residents that they close all windows and exterior doors, close window blinds and turn off their supplies of water, gas and electricity before making their way to the established meeting points.

On Monday morning, the Civil Guard confirmed via a tweet that there were seven roads cut off in both directions due to the eruption. These are the LP301 and LP212 in El Paso, the LP214, LP211 and LP213 in Los llanos de Aridane, the LP105 in San Andrés and the LP2 in Tajuya.

There have been no reported victims or injuries so far, but by Monday morning the local authorities were estimating that lava flows had destroyed around a hundred homes in El Paso.

An exclusion zone of two kilometers was established around the area in order to minimize the impact of airborne particles and gases. The eruption created two fissures that are 200 meters apart, with lava reportedly flowing from eight different points.

“It is not likely that anyone else will need to be evacuated,” announced the regional premier of the Canary Islands, Ángel Víctor Torres, speaking at a news conference at around 10.30pm local time (one hour behind mainland Spain) last night. “The lava is moving toward the coast and the damage will be material.”

Torres explained that some “17 to 20 million cubic meters of lava” was being released in the eruption. “Everything points to there not being new eruption points,” he continued. “There may be some other fissures but the safety of citizens is guaranteed.”

Tsunami ruled out… But…

At the moment, a tsunami is RULED OUT. The area that is feared to be causing the tsunami is at the southwestern side of the island (green circled area). We are far from it right now!

As of this moment, with the type of eruption that is ongoing, the megatsunami is RULED OUT.

However, please still be vigilant. If there will be a bigger forceful eruption, that flank may give way. The surface continues to deform, with a current uplift of around 19 cm. Therefore, the scenario of new eruptive fissures opening might be not that unlikely at all.

Surface inflation means that more magma is being stored underground that (can erupt) erupts at the surface – the existing paths are not large enough. The volcano might choose to either enlarge them or create new ones… Maybe in the south?

Eruption could last several weeks to a few months

A small earthquake in the Las Manchas neighborhood in El Paso preceded a huge explosion yesterday afternoon, which was followed by an enormous plume of smoke and the expulsion of airborne fragments known as pyroclasts. The volcano erupted in an uninhabited area of the mountain, and caused a number of small forest fires. The authorities requested that no one approach the area.

The eruption in La Palma could last “several weeks or a few months,” according to the director of the Canaries’ Volcanology Institute, Nemesio Pérez. Speaking this morning on the Cadena SER radio network, he explained that the duration would depend on the amount of magma that had accumulated in the volcano’s “reservoir.”

He added that the emissions of sulfur dioxide from the volcano will need to be studied in order to help determine how long the episode will continue. “The first day we calculated between 6,000 and 9,000 tons, and a falling trend will be indicative of a diminishing eruption,” he explained. “Once 48 hours have passed with no emissions, we can conclude that it has ended.”

Spanish Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez, who yesterday canceled a trip to New York for the United Nations General Assembly so that he could travel to La Palma and oversee operations there, will today visit one of the shelters for people who were evacuated from their homes due to the eruption. The center is located in El Fuerte and is being run by the Red Cross. He will be accompanied by the interior minister, Fernando Grande-Marlaska. Sánchez yesterday gave a guarantee that the inhabitants of the affected areas would be safe, and stated that assistance would be expedited for those who have suffered material losses and damage.

The air navigation manager in Spain, Enaire, recommended that no flights land on the island. Airlines have the final say as to whether they fly to La Palma, given that air traffic was not officially closed.

The Canary Islands’ regional premier, Ángel Víctor Torres, said on Monday morning that the volcano had already emitted more than 20,000 tons of sulfur dioxide. The wind conditions, however, meant that this was not forcing the closure of the airport on the island for now.

The mayor of El Paso, Rodríguez Fernández, told EL PAÍS last night that the lava had damaged some houses, but that in principle it “will not be problematic.” He also said that around 350 people were headed last night to the local soccer pitch where they would be staying until the situation was under control. “The area is totally evacuated, it is safe for people but not for infrastructure,” he told the Cadena SER radio network on Monday morning. “The ash is an added danger, but it is difficult to control.” The local education board decided to cancel classes for Monday in El Paso, Los Llanos de Aridane and Tazacorte, according to Canarias Radio.

The eruption followed a series of constant small tremors, known as an earthquake swarm, which began on September 11 in Cumbre Vieja national park in the south of the island. The fast process, which has been releasing large amounts of energy, sparked the eruption in an area that had not been active since 1971.

Facts about the La Palma eruption of September 19, 2021

1. Some numbers

Sulfur dioxide emissions

First estimated amount of sulfur dioxide (SO2) emissions occurring in the plume reached to a 6000-9000 tonnes/day provided by the AEMET.

Lava flow discharge rate

New measurements were also made to provide new parameters of the lava flow discharge rate. The average lava flow discharge rate at the current eruption site is about 0,7 kilometers per hour.

Thermal anomaly

According to MIROVA Detection System a very high thermal anomaly (2828 MW) was detected in satellite images yesterday, but it decreased to 1509 MW today.

2. Why was an eruption expected?

A series of small tremors began to take place on September 11 in southwestern La Palma, under a mountain range known as Cumbre Vieja, leading scientists to believe there could be magma pushing under the surface of the earth.

This seismic activity gradually migrated to the surface: at first the earthquakes were recorded at a depth of 20 kilometers, but in the last two days they were felt only 100 meters underground.

In another sign that magma was forcing its way up, the area had experienced surface displacement, with an accumulated vertical uplift of 15 centimeters on Sunday.

3. Why did it happen now?

The last eruption in La Palma took place almost exactly 50 years ago, in October 1971, when Teneguía volcano spewed lava for around three weeks. That was the last recorded volcanic eruption on land in Spain.

The next time there was any significant seismic activity was in 2017, which marked the beginning of a series of tremors (known as earthquake swarms) over the next years.

But this past week’s activity has been much more intense, and together with the sudden uplift of the ground, it heralded an upcoming eruption.

4. How many earthquakes took place before the eruption?

According to the National Geographic Institute (IGN), the latest earthquake swarm may have contained nearly 7,000 low-intensity tremors.

The current activity is high-intensity and has already released more energy in a few days than what the 2011 underwater eruption of El Hierro released in two months, said IGN director for the Canaries María José Blanco.

5. Why did it happen in that area?

The island of La Palma is very young in geological terms, just around two million years old, although it began forming underwater four million years ago. But there are two clearly differentiated areas on the island: the north is older and more solid, while the south is younger and still forming.

The magma continues to expand the island’s land surface on its southern side. All the volcanic eruptions of recent centuries have taken place in the south: San Juan in 1949 and Teneguía in 1971.

6. Why isn’t there just one volcano?

Eruptions in the Canary Islands tend to take the form of fissures: the earth cracks open and lava, gases and other matter start to come out from several points along it.

David Calvo, from the Canary Islands Volcanology Institute (Involcan), explained that these fissure eruptions are known as “racimadas” in Spanish. “We’ve counted eight for now, but there could be more in the coming hours while others may die down,” he said.

It would be normal to see more points, generally running along a line; as the eruption enters a mature phase, some of these fissures should lose energy and get blocked, and at that point all the lava would come out of a single opening. That is what happened with Teneguía in 1971, and more recently during the underwater eruption of El Hierro. 7. How did scientists know the eruption would take place at that spot?

The scientific community has had measuring stations in the area for years, run by IGN, the Geology and Mining Institute (IGME), local universities and Involcan. That is why it was perfectly possible to measure the earthquake swarms and the ground uplift that preceded the eruption.

In recent days a team of scientists had been brought in with additional equipment to analyze the event.

The European Union’s earth observation satellite program Copernicus also helped determine the surface deformation, and the central government of Spain sent support aircraft to the Canaries to monitor the volcanic activity.

8. How long will the eruption last?

It is hard to say for certain. Historical precedent and volcanic activity in the area suggest it could last several weeks, perhaps even months.

The submarine eruption of Tagoro, off the island of El Hierro, lasted five months, and the 1971 eruption of Teneguía was active for over three weeks.

But it is still too early to know how this latest eruption will develop, how much energy will be released through its various vents, or how many cubic meters of lava are pushing to get out. [El Pais1, VolcanoDiscovery, El Pais 2]

https://strangesounds.org/2021/09/la-palma-volcano-eruption-update-video-pictures-sept-20.html 

:: 9-20-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Home Invaders Attack Residents with Mace, Get Head Blown Off by 2A Patriot Homeowner

Thug found dead on porch with fatal gunshot wound to the head

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 20th September 2021 @ 3.00pm

When a home invader thought that entering a person's home and attacking the residents was a good idea, little did he realize that his epic mistake was about to scrub him from the gene pool for good.

According to sheriff's deputies, two men targetted a residence in the 400 block of Sequoia Drive in Jefferson County, Missouri.

The homeowner told the deputies that the men approached the property after midnight Thursday and knocked on the door.

Deputies said the homeowner knew something wasn't right when he asked who was there, KSDK-TV reported.

An unfamiliar voice replied and the doorknob began shaking, according to the St. Louis Post-Dispatch.

At this point, the homeowner realized that those outside were trying to enter the residence and he may need to defend himself and his loved ones.

Thankfully, the homeowner is a Second Amendment patriot and was prepared to exercise his God-given constitutional rights as a law-abiding American.

He then grabbed his revolver as he anticipated dealing with his unwelcome guests.

TRENDING: Home Invaders Attack Residents with Mace Get Head Blown Off by 2A Patriot Homeowner

According to the Post-Dispatch, citing court documents, the homeowner opened the door and saw two men standing on the porch with masks on.

One of the thugs then reached inside the home and sprayed mace, the paper said.

The homeowner said he was hit with the mace, KSDK reported.

It was at this point that the invader had crossed a line that he would never walk away from.

The homeowner took action to defend his home and the people inside by firing multiple gunshots at the men in self-defense.

He then ran into a room, where his other family members were hiding, to call 911.

The station said the homeowner assumed the men ran off.

He was almost right.

One of them managed to flee, temporarily.

The mace-spraying thug, however, was found in a heap on the porch with a bullet hole in between his eyes.

The only way he was getting out of there was in the back of the coroner's van.

Deputies said they arrived at the residence around 1:40 a.m. to find a man lying on the doorstep with his head blown off, KSDK reported.

The sheriff's office said the criminal died at the scene.

The deceased was identified as 36-year-old Wayne Roam of House Springs and determined to be one of the suspects involved in the incident, the station added.

Deputies told KSDK they saw an SUV drive slowly past the home just minutes after their arrival.

Citing court documents, The Post-Dispatch said deputies stopped the vehicle and questioned the driver and a front-seat passenger.

More from the paper:

The two men had "conflicting stories" about why they were in the area and deputies noticed the passenger's shirt had red stains on it, believed to be blood, charging documents said.

The passenger was later identified as 29-year-old Sean Ramsey, of Festus.

He and the driver were arrested on outstanding warrants at the scene.

Ramsey is now facing charges with second-degree murder because a death occurred during a crime, charges said.

He was also charged with first-degree burglary and third-degree assault.

The homeowner was not arrested.

Sheriff Dave Marshak said this incident seems to be targeted, KSDK reported.

He added that investigators don't believe there is any danger to the public.

https://neonnettle.com/news/16728-home-invaders-attack-residents-with-mace-get-head-blown-off-by-2a-patriot-homeowner 

:: 9-19-21 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Is There Suddenly An Extremely Severe Shortage Of Workers All Over The World?

September 19, 2021 by Michael Snyder

The unprecedented employment crisis that we are watching unfold around the globe is so bizarre that it could have been pulled straight out of an episode of the Twilight Zone. For the very first time in recorded history, there is an extremely severe shortage of workers in nations all over the planet. When this shortage first started to emerge earlier this year, I thought that it was very strange, because 2020 had been a year when we had seen unemployment absolutely skyrocket in the U.S. and other western nations. In fact, somewhere around 70 million Americans filed claims for unemployment benefits last year. Not too long ago we had vast hordes of people that were out of work, and now we are suddenly facing the greatest labor shortage in history?

Something is not adding up.

When I wrote my most recent article about the labor shortage, a few people wrote to me and blamed the Biden administration for what we are witnessing.

And it is certainly true that actions that the Biden administration has taken have made the labor shortage in the United States even worse.

But the Biden administration is not the reason why there is an extremely severe shortage of workers literally all over the planet. In Vietnam, for example, there are so few workers that the government actually sent the army out to help with the rice harvest…

Across the world, a dearth of workers is shaking up food supply chains.

In Vietnam, the army is assisting with the rice harvest. In the U.K., farmers are dumping milk because there are no truckers to collect it. Brazil’s robusta coffee beans took 120 days to reap this year, rather than the usual 90. And American meatpackers are trying to lure new employees with Apple Watches while fast-food chains raise the prices of burgers and burritos.

Why aren’t there enough people to do these jobs?

We have never seen anything like this before.

Considering the horrendous unemployment crisis that gripped much of the globe during the earlier stages of this pandemic, you would think that there should be colossal pools of desperate workers for large companies to choose from at this point.

But instead, it is almost as if untold numbers of low paid workers have simply disappeared.

Of course certain types of workers are far more important to the basic functioning of the global economy than other types of workers.

For example, the world would be just fine if there was a severe shortage of actors and actresses.

But if there aren’t enough people to grow, process and transport our food, that is a massive problem, and that is precisely what we are currently facing…

Whether it’s fruit pickers, slaughterhouse workers, truckers, warehouse operators, chefs or waiters, the global food ecosystem is buckling due to a shortage of staff. Supplies are getting hit and some employers are forced to raise wages at a double-digit pace. That’s threatening to push food prices – already heated by soaring commodities and freight costs – even higher. Prices in August were up 33% from the same month last year, according to an index compiled by the United Nations’ Food and Agriculture Organization.

Unfortunately, the shortages and price increases are eventually going to get a whole lot worse.

I cannot recall another time since the dawn of history when the entire world has ever faced something like this.

Please correct me if I am wrong.

All over the globe, we are being told that shortages of food are being caused because there simply is not enough people to do the work…

Shortages are hitting farms, processors and restaurants alike. Malaysia, the world’s No.2 palm oil producer, has lost about 30% of potential output of the edible oil used in everything from chocolate to margarine. Shrimp production in southern Vietnam – one of the world’s top exporters – has dropped by 60% to 70% from before the pandemic. And a fifth of tomato production in the south of Italy has been lost this year, due to the scorching heat and transport paralysis, according to the farmers’ association CIA.

Before the pandemic, there was never a time when we didn’t have enough workers to do the basic tasks that needed to get done.

In fact, many nations around the globe were persistently facing huge problems with rampant unemployment.

But now the pandemic has come along and suddenly all of our unemployment problems have been solved?

I don’t understand why this isn’t raising a red flag for more people.

Here in the United States, if you want a job you certainly have many to choose from these days.

In response to the article that I posted a few days ago, one of my readers sent me an email describing what conditions are like in one section of Illinois

Where have all the people gone? When you drive down the highway in Fairview Heights and Swansea, Illinois, there are signs on both sides, now hiring. Fazoli’s, a fast food Italian restaurant has a sign stating that they pay up to $15 an hour. Domino’s is looking for employees, Sparkle Car Wash, a rental business, and several others within a two or three block area. Panera Bread Company has signs posted outside that they closed early now due to lack of employees. Food items on our grocery shelves are dwindling and they are never replaced. Some of the food is expired. I noticed when trying to purchase butter at Aldi’s, it had the same expiration date as it did months ago. They put out expired butter and left it out to sell in the cooler. Same thing at Schnuck’s, you have to be careful and check the expiration dates. A lot of their food has either expired or is about to expire very soon.

At a time when basic services are breaking down because of a lack of workers, the Biden administration has decided to make things even worse by imposing offensive new mandates on tens of millions of workers.

As these new mandates go into effect, we could soon see things we have never seen before in the history of our country.

For instance, it is being projected that close to half of the entire police force in the city of San Diego could soon be forced to quit their jobs…

A rather remarkable situation in San Diego that we could see play out in the rest of the nation. The police union, The San Diego Police Officers Association (SDPOA), asked their members about the vaccination mandate.

65 percent of the respondents said they would consider quitting the force if the city were to impose a requirement. However, an alarming 45 percent said they would rather be fired than comply with the mandate.

The SDPOA has 1,971 members. According to the San Diego Union Tribune, half of those officers are not vaccinated. If that half of the entire police department were to be fired for non-compliance with the vaccine mandate, the city of San Diego would be in a really sketchy place.

The path that the Biden administration has decided to take us down is absolutely nuts.

As scores of qualified workers leave their posts, the problems that we are facing right now could go to an entirely new level.

But the U.S. is only one piece of the overall puzzle.

Everywhere in the world there are alarming labor shortages, and we are being told that this is a crisis that isn’t going to be solved any time soon.

So once again, there is a very simple question that I must ask.

Where did all the people go?

This is story of monumental importance, and hardly anyone is taking about it.

***It is finally here! Michael’s new book entitled “7 Year Apocalypse” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.***

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/why-is-there-suddenly-an-extremely-severe-shortage-of-workers-

all-over-the-world/ 

:: 9-18-21 LewRockwell.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right; It IS a "Poison-Death Shot"

By Mike Whitney The Unz Review September 18, 2021

“I’ll do one more mind experiment with you: If everyone on the planet were to get Covid and not get treated, the death-rate globally would be less than half a percent. I’m not advocating for that, because 35 million people would die. However, if we follow the advice of some of the global leaders– like Bill Gates who said last year said “7 billion people need to be vaccinated”– then the death-rate will be over 2 billion people! SO, WAKE UP! THIS IS WORLD WAR 3! We are seeing a level of malevolence that we haven’t seen in the history of humanity!” Dr. Vladimir Zelenko, Author of The Zelenko “Early Treatment” Protocol that saved thousands of Covid-19 patients. (“Zelenko schools the Rabbinic Court”, Rumble; start at 11:45 minutes)

Did the regulators at the FDA know that all previous coronavirus vaccines had failed in animal trials and that the vaccinated animals became either severely ill or died?

Yes, they did.

Did they know that previous coronavirus vaccines had a tendency to “enhance the infection” and “make the disease worse”?

Yes.

Did Dr Anthony Fauci know that coronavirus vaccines had repeatedly failed and increased the severity of the infection?

Yes, he did. (See here: Fauci on ADE)

Did the drug companies conduct any animal trials prior to the FDA’s approval that would have convinced a reasonable person that the vaccines were safe to use on humans?

No, they didn’t.

Did they complete long-term clinical trials to establish whether the vaccines were safe?

No, there were no long-term clinical trials.

Did they conduct any biodistribution studies that showed where the substance in the injection goes in the body?

They did, but the data was not made available to the public.

Do the contents of the vaccine largely collect in various organs and in the lining of the vascular system?

Yes, they do.

Do large amounts of the substance accumulate in the ovaries?

Yes.

Will this effect female fertility and a woman’s ability to safely bring a baby to term?

The drug companies are currently researching this. The results are unknown.

Does the vaccine enter the bloodstream and collect in the lining of the blood vessels forcing the cells to produce the spike protein?

Yes.

Is the spike protein a “biologically active” pathogen?

It is.

Does the spike protein cause blood clots and leaky blood vessels in a large percentage of the people that are vaccinated?

It does, although the blood clots are mostly microscopic and appear in the capillaries. Only a small percentage of vaccinees get strokes or suffer cardiac arrest.

Should people be made aware of these possible bad outcomes before they agree to get vaccinated? (“Informed consent”)

Yes.

Did the FDA know that Pfizer had “identified vaccine-associated enhanced disease, including vaccine-associated enhanced respiratory disease, as an important potential risk”?

Yes, they did, but they did not demand that Pfizer fix the problem. Here’s more:

The FDA noted that Pfizer, “identified vaccine-associated enhanced disease, including vaccine-associated enhanced respiratory disease, as an important potential risk”. The EMA similarly acknowledged that “vaccine associated enhanced respiratory disease” was “an important potential risk… that may be specific to vaccination for COVID- 19”.

Why neither regulator sought to exclude such dangers prior to emergency use authorization is an open question that all doctors and patients are entitled to ask. Why medical regulators failed to investigate the finding that large vaccine particles cross blood vessel walls, entering the bloodstream and posing risks of blood clotting and leaky vessels is yet another open question again.” (“Open Letter to the EMA and European Parliament”, Doctors for Covid Ethics)

Did the drug companies vaccinate the people in the placebo group after the clinical trials in order to conceal the difference in the long-term health outcomes between the two groups?

That is the conclusion a rational person would make.

So, they nuked the trials?

Yes.

Did the FDA largely shrug-off its regulatory duties and abandon its normal standards and protocols because

a– It wanted to rush the Covid vaccines into service as rapidly as possible?

b– It knew the Covid-19 vaccine would never meet long-term safety standards?

We don’t know yet, but the adverse events report strongly suggests that the Covid-19 vaccine is hands-down the most dangerous vaccine in history.

Is the FDA rushing the “boosters” without proper testing?.

Yes, it is. Here’s a clip from author Alex Berenson’s latest at Substack:

“Pfizer basically hasn’t bothered to test the booster AT ALL in the people actually at risk – it conducted a single “Phase 1” trial that covered 12 people over 65. The main Phase 2/3 booster trial (beware efforts to cover multiple “phases” of drug research at once, you want it bad you get it bad) included no one over 55.

No one.

As in NONE.” (“Are you kidding me, Pfizer, volume 1 gazillion”, Alex Berenson, Substack)

Have the boosters been modified or improved to meet the changes in Delta variant?

No.

Is there any additional risk in taking a booster-shot after already taking two experimental gene-based vaccines in less than a year?

Considerable risk. Here’s more from the Doctors for Covid Ethics:

Given that booster shots repeatedly boost the immune response to the spike protein, they will progressively boost self-to-self immune attack, including boosting complement-mediated damage to vessel walls.

Clinically speaking, the greater the vessel leakage and clotting that subsequently occurs, the more likely that organs supplied by the affected blood flow will sustain damage. From stroke to heart attack to brain vein thrombosis, the symptoms can range from death to headaches, nausea and vomiting, all of which heavily populate adverse reactions to COVID-19 vaccines.

As well as damage from leakage and clotting alone, it is additionally possible that the vaccine itself may leak into surrounding organs and tissues. Should this take place, the cells of those organs will themselves begin to produce spike protein, and will come under attack in the same way as the vessel walls. Damage to major organs such as the lungs, ovaries, placenta and heart can be expected ensue, with increasing severity and frequency as booster shots are rolled out.” (“Open Letter to the EMA and European Parliament“, Doctors for Covid Ethics)

So, it’s the double-whammy. On the one hand, the booster will perform largely like the original vaccine, penetrating cells and forcing them to produce spike protein which, in turn, generates blood clots and leaky blood vessels. And, on the other, the newly-produced S proteins trigger a damaging immune response in which the complement system attacks and destroys the cells that line the inside of the blood vessels. Every additional booster will intensify this process weakening the vascular system and increasing the clotting. If the Doctors are correct in their analysis, then we could see a sharp uptick in all-cause mortality in the heavily-vaccinated countries in less than a year. Cardiac arrests are already rising.

Here’s another question that’s worth mulling over: Was there any reason for the regulators at the FDA to think that these problems would not arise following the launching of the vaccine campaign?

No. . The vaccine wasn’t supposed to enter theThey should have known there would be problems as soon as they saw that the vaccine did not stay in the shoulder as it was supposed to bloodstream and spread across the body leaving billions of spike proteins in its wake. (The spike protein is a cytotoxin, a cell killer. It is not an appropriate antigen for stimulating an immune response. It is a potentially-lethal pathogen that poses a threat to one’s health even if it is separated from the virus.) Nor was the vaccine supposed to trigger Antibody-Dependent Enhancement (ADE) which is the condition we hinted at above when referring to “vaccine-associated enhanced disease”. Here’s a brief explanation:

“ADE has proven to be a serious challenge with coronavirus vaccines, and this is the primary reason many have failed in early in-vitro or animal trials. For example, rhesus macaques who were vaccinated with the Spike protein of the SARS-CoV virus demonstrated severe acute lung injury when challenged with SARS-CoV, while monkeys who were not vaccinated did not. Similarly, mice who were immunized with one of four different SARS-CoV vaccines showed histopathological changes in the lungs with eosinophil infiltration after being challenged with SARS-CoV virus. This did not occur in the controls that had not been vaccinated. A similar problem occurred in the development of a vaccine for FIPV, which is a feline coronavirus.” (“Is the Coronavirus Vaccine a Ticking-Time Bomb?”, Science with Dr. Doug)

Is this what we are seeing right now? In all the countries that launched mass-vaccination campaigns early (Israel, Iceland, Scotland, Gibraltar and UK) cases, hospitalizations and deaths are rising faster in the vaccinated portion of the population than the unvaccinated. Why?

Are they really experiencing a fourth or fifth wave or have the vaccines generated “inactivity-enhancing” antibodies that make the disease worse? This 2-minute video helps to clarify what’s going on:

“Vaccines are made to a specific variant. And when that variant mutates, the vaccine no longer recognizes it. It’s like you are seeing a completely new virus. And, because that is so, you actually get more severe symptoms when you are vaccinated against one variant and it mutates and then your body sees the other variant. The science shows, that if you get vaccinated in multiple years (for the flu), you are more likely to get severe disease, you are more likely to get viral replication, and you are more likely to be hospitalized…. We are seeing the same thing in Covid with the Delta variant. So we are actually mandating that people get a vaccine when they can actually get more sick when they are exposed to the virus...In fact, this week, a paper came out that showed that–with the Delta variant– when you are vaccinated your body is supposed to make antibodies that neutralize the virus, but they were supposed to neutralize the old variant. When they see this new variant, the antibodies take the virus and help it infect the cells.” (“Expert testimony on mandatory vaccinations”, Dr Christina Parks PhD., Rumble, start at minute 5:05)

Repeat: “If you get vaccinated in multiple years, you are more likely to get severe disease, you are more likely to get viral replication, and you are more likely to be hospitalized…. With the Delta variant– when you are vaccinated …. the antibodies take the virus and help it infect the cells.”

This is ADE, and this is probably why hospitalizations and deaths are rising among the vaccinated in Israel, UK and the rest. True, the Delta variant is less lethal than the Wuhan virus but, unfortunately, that rule does not apply to those who have been vaccinated and whose antibodies promote the uptake of the virus into their cells. This increases the viral replication function that increases the severity of the disease. In short, people are getting sicker because they were vaccinated. Here’s another short video that helps to explain:

“…The vaccine-induced antibodies will stand up against the virus. and once a virus is under pressure; it changes, it becomes a variant, and the variant cannot be stopped by vaccine-induced antibodies. Vaccine-induced antibodies. also shut down your innate immune system… so variants can come straight through and infect those that are vaccinated. That is viral immune escape, and that means that the vaccinated are defenseless against variants. This is no longer a pandemic of Covid-19. It is a pandemic of variants…

And there is something called recombination, and recombination means a vaccinated host can be infected by more than one variant at a time. …If a vaccinated host is co-infected by more than one variant, the variants will mix DNA, and change and camouflage and produce a super variant. And if a super variants are produced, nothing can stop them. And already they are saying that the latest variant to come out is vaccine resistant. And this is just the beginning. Dr Geert Vanden Bosche warns that if we do not immediately stop mass vaccination campaigns around the world, the world will experience an international catastrophe of mass mortality. I didn’t say that, he did. The vaccinated are a threat to us all.” (“Viral Immune Escape Explained”, Dr. Michael McDowell, Rumble)

It’s not the variant that intensifies the disease, it’s the fact that the vaccine targets one narrow endpoint, the spike protein, that gradually adapts to survive. As the virus progressively learns to avoid the vaccine, vaccine-induced immunity wanes. Natural immunity produces broad, robust immunity to the whole virus not merely one part of it. It is strong and enduring.

So how will the vaccinated fight new forms of the virus, after all, the vaccine is not a medicine that overpowers a particular pathogen. It is a subtle (genetic) reprogramming of the immune system that forces one’s cells to produce a particular version of the spike protein. Boosters that stimulate production of the same protein will have only modest impact. In short, boosters are still fighting the last war.

Also, as we mentioned above, coronavirus vaccines tend to create antibodies that “enhance infectivity” when they encounter adapted forms of the virus. That means that millions of inoculated people will now face forms of the virus for which they have almost no protection and for which their compromised immune systems can only provide limited help. Here’s more from the article above:

“Right now, the fatality rate of the virus is estimated to be approximately 0.26%, and this number seems to be dropping as the virus is naturally attenuating itself through the population. It would be a great shame to vaccinate the entire population against a virus with this low of a fatality rate, especially considering the considerable risk presented by ADE. I believe t his risk of developing ADE in a vaccinated individual will be much greater than 0.26%, and, therefore, the vaccine stands to make the problem worse, not better. It would be the biggest blunder of the century to see the fatality rate of this virus increase in the years to come because of our sloppy, haphazard, rushed efforts to develop a vaccine with such a low threshold of safety testing and the prospect of ADE lurking in the shadows.” (“Is the Coronavirus Vaccine a Ticking-Time Bomb?”, Science with Dr. Doug)

Blunder”, he says?

It wasn’t a blunder. It was deliberate. The Covid-19 vaccine was supposed to fail like all the coronavirus vaccines before it. That’s the point. That’s why the drug companies skipped the animal testing and long-term safety trials. That’s why the FDA rushed it through the regulatory process and suppressed the other life-saving medications, and silenced all critics of the policy, and pushed for universal vaccination regardless of the risks of blood clotting, cardiac arrest, stroke and death. And that’s why the world is on the threshold of an “international catastrophe of mass mortality.” It’s because that’s how the strategy was planned from the very beginning.

The vaccine isn’t supposed to work, it’s supposed to make things worse. And it has! It’s increased the susceptibility of millions of people to severe illness and death. That’s what it’s done. It’s a stealth weapon in an entirely new kind of war; a war aimed at restructuring the global order and establishing absolute social control. Those are the real objectives. It has nothing to do pandemics or viral contagion. It’s about power and politics. That’s all.

Reprinted with permission from The Unz Review.

https://www.lewrockwell.com/2021/09/no_author/the-conspiracy-theorists-were-right-it-is-a-poison-death-shot/ 

:: 9-17-21 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A New App Helps Iranians Hide Messages in Plain Sight

09.17.2021 07:00 AM

Nahoft uses encryption to turn chats into a random jumble of words, and it works even when the internet doesn’t.

Amid ever-increasing government internet control, surveillance, and censorship in Iran, a new Android app aims to give Iranians a way to speak freely.

Nahoft, which means “hidden” in Farsi, is an encryption tool that turns up to 1,000 characters of Farsi text into a jumble of random words. You can send this mélange to a friend over any communication platform—Telegram, WhatsApp, Google Chat, etc.—and then they run it through Nahoft on their device to decipher what you’ve said.

Released last week on Google Play by United for Iran, a San Francisco–based human rights and civil liberties group, Nahoft is designed to address multiple aspects of Iran's internet crackdown. In addition to generating coded messages, the app can also encrypt communications and embed them imperceptibly in image files, a technique known as steganography. Recipients then use Nahoft to inspect the image file on their end and extract the hidden message.

Iranians can use end-to-end encrypted apps like WhatsApp for secure communications, but Nahoft, which is open source, has a crucial feature in its back pocket for when those aren’t accessible. The Iranian regime has repeatedly imposed near-total internet blackouts in particular regions or across the entire country, including for a full week in November 2019. Even without connectivity, though, if you already have Nahoft downloaded, you can still use it locally on your device. Enter the message you want to encrypt, and the app spits out the coded Farsi message. From there you can write that string of seemingly random words in a letter, or read it to another Nahoft user over the phone, and they can enter it into their app manually to see what you were really trying to say.

“When the internet goes down in Iran, people can’t communicate with their families inside and outside the country, and for activists everything comes to a screeching halt,” says Firuzeh Mahmoudi, United for Iran's executive director, who lived through the 1979 Iranian revolution and left the country when she was 12. “And more and more the government is moving toward layered filtering, banning different digital platforms, and trying to come up with alternatives for international services like social media. This is not looking great; it's the direction that we definitely don’t want to see. So this is where the app comes in.”

Iran is a highly connected country. More than 57 million of its 83 million citizens use the internet. But in recent years the country’s government has been extremely focused on developing a massive state-controlled network, or intranet, known as the "National Information Network" or SHOMA. This increasingly gives the government the ability to filter and censor data, and to block specific services, from social networks to circumvention tools like proxies and VPNs.

This is why Nahoft was intentionally designed as an app that functions locally on your device rather than as a communication platform. In the case of a full internet shutdown, users will need to have already downloaded the app to use it. But in general, it will be difficult for the Iranian government to block Nahoft as long as Google Play is still accessible there, according to United for Iran strategic adviser Reza Ghazinouri. Since Google Play traffic is encrypted, Iranian surveillance can't see which apps users download. So far, Nahoft has been downloaded 4,300 times. It's possible, Ghazinouri says, that the government will eventually develop its own app store and block international offerings, but for now that capability seems far off. In China, for example, Google Play is banned in favor of offerings from Chinese tech giants like Huawei and a curated version of the iOS App Store.

Ghazinouri and journalist Mohammad Heydari came up with the idea for Nahoft in 2012 and submitted it as part of United for Iran's second “Irancubator” tech accelerator, which started last year. Operator Foundation, a Texas nonprofit development group focused on internet freedom, engineered the Nahoft app. And the German penetration testing firm Cure53 conducted two security audits of the app and its encryption scheme, which draws from proven protocols. United for Iran has published the findings from these audits along with detailed reports about how it fixed the problems Cure53 found. In the original app review from December 2020, for example, Cure53 found some major issues, including critical weaknesses in the steganographic technique used to embed messages in photo files. All of these vulnerabilities were fixed before the second audit, which turned up more moderate issues like Android denial-of-service vulnerabilities and a bypass for the in-app auto-delete passcode. Those issues were also fixed before launch, and the app’s Github repository contains notes about the improvements.

The stakes are extremely high for an app that Iranians could rely on to circumvent government surveillance and restrictions. Any flaws in the cryptography’s implementation could put people's secret communications, and potentially their safety, at risk. Ghazinouri says the group took every precaution it could think of. For example, the random word jumbles the app produces are specifically designed to seem inconspicuous and benign. Using real words makes it less likely that a content scanner will flag the coded messages. And United for Iran researchers worked with Operator Foundation to confirm that current off-the-shelf scanning tools don’t detect the encryption algorithm used to generate the coded words. That makes it less likely that censors will be able to detect encoded messages and create a filter to block them.

You can set a passcode needed to open Nahoft and set an additional “destruction code” that will wipe all data from the app when entered.

“There has always been a gap between communities in need and the people who claim to work for them and develop tools for them,” Ghazinouri says. “We're trying to shrink that gap. And the app is open source, so experts can audit the code for themselves. Encryption is an area where you can’t just ask people to trust you, and we don’t expect anyone to trust us blindly.”

In a 2020 academic keynote, “Crypto for the People,” Brown University cryptographer Seny Kamara made a similar point. The forces and incentives that typically guide cryptographic inquiry and creation of encryption tools, he argued, overlook and dismiss the specific community needs of marginalized people.

Kamara has not audited the code or cryptographic design of Nahoft, but he told WIRED that the goals of the project fit with his ideas about encryption tools made by the people, for the people.

“In terms of what the app is trying to accomplish, I think this is a good example of an important security and privacy problem that the tech industry and academia have no incentive to solve,” he says.

With Iran's internet freedom rapidly deteriorating, Nahoft could become a vital lifeline to keep open communication going within the country and beyond.

https://www.wired.com/story/nahoft-iran-messaging-encryption-app/?utm_source=nl&utm_brand=wired&utm_mailing=WIR_Daily_092021_FastForward&utm_campaign=aud-dev&utm_medium=

email&bxid=5cc9e214fc942d13eb22c64f&cndid=55182132&esrc=bounceX&source=EDT_WIR_NEWSLETTER_0_TRANSPORTATION_ZZ&mbid=mbid%3DCRMWIR012019%0A%0A&utm_content=B&utm_term

=WIR_TopClickers_EXCLUDE_Transportation 

:: 9-18-21 Breighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Situation Update EMERGENCY BROADCAST for Sep 18, 2021 - LAND INVASION of America now under way

For more updates, visit: http://www.brighteon.com/channel/hrreport 

NaturalNews videos would not be possible without you, as always we remain passionately dedicated to our mission of educating people all over the world on the subject of natural healing remedies and personal liberty (food freedom, medical freedom, the freedom of speech, etc.). Together, we’re helping create a better world, with more honest food labeling, reduced chemical contamination, the avoidance of toxic heavy metals and vastly increased scientific transparency.

https://www.brighteon.com/c73bba6b-59b4-467f-aec2-403f66ebf3ef 

:: 9--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Catholic Archbishop Viganò admits the vaccine is a gene altering bioweapon and that it's satanic.

7130 views

channel image

Piper's Place2

Published Yesterday |

https://www.brighteon.com/752bac83-94ed-45c5-a7a9-72f5443717b8 

:: 9-20-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yet Another Unseen Photo of Justin Trudeau Wearing Blackface Emerges

by Paul Joseph Watson  September 20th 2021, 5:05 am

Yet another photo of Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau wearing blackface has emerged – with the latest example being the clearest yet.

Trudeau has appeared in public wearing blackface on at least three separate occasions, one when he was a teacher and one when he was a student, as well as at a 2001 event when he dressed up in an Aladdin costume. The latest example is from the 2001 event at the West Point Grey Academy, when Trudeau was 29-years-old.

Unlike the original black and white image that emerged from this event, which was first released in 2019, this one is in glorious full color and shows the Canadian leader sticking out his tongue, apparently enjoying the moment.

After the last controversy two years ago, Trudeau responded by saying he “deeply, deeply” regretted wearing blackface and admitted it was racist.

This led many of his critics to note how many of the most woke people in contemporary politics espouse such beliefs partly because they are compromised and guilty about previous behavior.

For the second time in two years, Canadians are heading to the polls to vote in an early general election.

Despite recent polls showing a statistical tie between Trudeau’s Liberals and the Conservatives, the result will likely see Trudeau forming another minority government, rendering whole exercise rather meaningless.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/yet-another-unseen-photo-of-justin-trudeau-wearing-blackface-emerges/ 

:: 9-19-21 National File :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIDEO: Trudeau Says Vaccine Passports Are ‘All About’ Rewarding People Who Do ‘The Right Things,’ Hurting Those Who ‘Hesitate’ or ‘Resist’

Trudeau's remarks appear to closely align with theories promoted by COVID vaccine skeptics

Gabriel Keane by Gabriel Keane September 19, 2021

Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau claimed this week that vaccine mandates and passports are “all about” rewarding government subjects who have “done the right things,” and making sure that those who “hesitate” or “still resist” don’t “get to enjoy the same things that [sic] those who have done their part for others.”

“We’re paying for the provincial vaccine passports to make sure that when someone comes into a restaurant, they’ll know they won’t be sitting beside a table of people who are unvaccinated,” Trudeau said. “When you go into a gym, when you go into a movie theater, you need to know that if you’ve done the right things, you get to be safe. You get to be rewarded for having done the right things.”

Trudeau continued, “And those people who still hesitate, who still resist, they won’t get to enjoy the same things that those [sic] who have done their part for others. It seems like a very logical thing, it seems like a very obvious thing.” The Canadian Prime Minister’s remarks closely aligned with those of COVID vaccine skeptics, who have argued that vaccine passports and mandates are about punishing those who dissent from the government, rather than about medical concerns.

Angry citizens pelted Trudeau with gravel at a recent campaign stop in Canada, greeting him chants of “F**k you Trudeau”:

Video footage from London, Ontario shows anti-lockdown and COVID vaccine protesters pelt Canadian prime minister Justin Trudeau with gravel at a campaign stop. The Prime Minister’s hardline stance on vaccines and lockdowns, as well as his expressed desire to use COVID as a vehicle for a “reset,” has angered many Canadians.

Trudeau was greeted with jeers, boos, chants of “F**k you Trudeau,” “you c*cksucker,” and signs promoting candidates from the People’s Party of Canada. He was then pelted with what appeared to be gravel pebbles as he left the scene.

https://nationalfile.com/video-trudeau-says-vaccine-passports-are-all-about-rewarding-people-who-do-the-right-things-hurting-those-who-hesitate-or-resist/ 

:: 9--21 Museum of All :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cannibals: Myth & Reality

In this thoughtful (and gore-free) one-of-a-kind exhibit, you’ll discover that cannibals aren’t who you think they are. They’re warriors from many cultures, European kings and queens, American and European sailors, American colonists, accident survivors, the sick, and more.

The San Diego Union-Tribune gave Cannibals high praise:

“Get past the ick factor. Stifle the barbecue jokes. Cannibals: Myth & Reality is a poignant and beautiful experience, the type that you hope to get at a museum. It deftly guides you from one emotional place to another, revealing connections across time and cultures, until you reach a point of deeper understanding. Through history, art, films, interactive displays and games, visitors confront what seems, at first, to be an unthinkable choice. By the end, you might realize that it’s far more nuanced and complicated.”

Inside the Exhibit

One of the things we really wanted to do with this exhibit is to ask visitors to step into the shoes of people who were faced with real, difficult decisions and to make people think. Given the same circumstances, would they make the same choices? Can I empathize with that person? Do I understand what happened?”

—Dr. Emily Anderson, exhibit curator, in an interview with KPBS TV.

Hear the emotional first-hand account of the Uruguayan rugby players who, trapped high in the Andes Mountains, resorted to cannibalism to survive.

Learn why European explorers falsely used the label of “cannibal” to enslave and control people around the world.

Step into the apothecary shop to find out how the human body has been used as medicine.

While stranded at sea, decide who among you will be eaten so that the others may live. Maybe you’ll be the one who draws the short straw!

Decide if you already do things that make you a cannibal, too.

Recommended for ages 10 and up.

Buy Cannibals Tickets

Student groups will find the group self-guide useful in preparing for, experiencing, and learning from the exhibit.

Sign up for our mailing list for updates on this new exhibit, events, behind-the-scenes stories, tours, and more.

Thank you to our sponsors:

The Loughridge Family, City of San Diego Commission for Arts and Culture, County of San Diego Community Enhancement Program, and Balboa Park Online Collaborative.

https://museumofus.org/exhibits/cannibals-myth-reality/ 

:: 9-19-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pelosi Mobbed during UK Visit, Crowds Chant ‘Go Home! We Know Trump Won'

'You're not welcome here, Trump won!'

By: Jack Murphy |@NeonNettle on 19th September 2021 @ 4.00pm

Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi's visit to the UK for the 20th G7 Speakers’ meeting saw angry protesters telling her to "go home," and "we all know Trump won."

In the video posted on Twitter, protesters can be heard screaming through a megaphone as Pelosi made her way through the grounds at Astley Hall, in Chorley UK.

WATCH:

One protester broke momentarily broke into a chant of "Trump, Trump Trump" before the rest continued to fire at the House Speaker.

"Criminals!" one protester shouted.

Another female protester shouted, "the world knows Trump won."

Pelosi met with Officers from G7 nations while attending Astley Hall to discuss issues facing their parliaments.

“It’s been a great first day of panel events at the G7 Speakers’ Conference,” tweeted Sir Lindsay.

“We discussed the role of social media in open parliaments, local voices on international issues, and how we balance public access to Parliaments as well keeping Members safe,” he wrote.

Pelosi tweeted that it was “a privilege” to join Sir Lindsay in his “proud hometown of Chorley” and that she was also “pleased to meet” President of the French National Assembly Richard Ferrand and Roberto Fico, President of the Italian Chamber of Deputies.

During Pelosi's visit to Chatham House in London a day earlier, she said:

"Capitalism is our system, it is our economic system, but it has not served our economy as well as it should. And so what we want to do is not depart from that, but to improve it."

[READ MORE] Images Emerge of Pelosi Holding Meeting with George Soros and Son

https://neonnettle.com/news/16723-pelosi-mobbed-during-uk-visit-crowds-chant-go-home-we-know-trump-won- 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

[ :: 10-13-13 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For the days are numbered pertaining to this world, they are numbered, they are numbered and they get down to a seven year period as you know by studying my word and you have entered into that and I have told you those times. I have spoken unto you many things, but at times it seems like man does not want to believe. But I say, beware of the beast, beware of the antichrist, beware of the six six six, beware; for the hour is running down, time is closing out. etc..

:: 9--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: Anti-Christ gets control through technology

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-8192011/212/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-19-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US: Time not right for direct Israeli-Palestinian talks

State Dept. spokesman Ned price tells press that US seeks to "pave a path to negotiations" with the goal being to ensure that both Israel and the Palestinians can enjoy safety, security, prosperity, and dignity.

By Neta Bar Published on 09-17-2021 07:39 Last modified: 09-17-2021 13:58

Washington will not pressure Israel and the Palestinians to resume direct negotiations, or take other action to improve the conditions for regional peace talks, US State Department spokesman Ned Price said Wednesday.

In response to a question posed at a press conference, Price said, "We are seeking to see to it that Israelis and Palestinians experience equal measures of safety, of security, of prosperity, and of dignity, but we've also been very clear that the starting point that we have right now … is not one where I think we would expect to see direct negotiations between the parties lead to any sort of breakthrough in the near term."

What the US wants to do, Price explained, is to "pave a path to negotiations" with the goal of seeing to it that Israelis and Palestinians can achieve safety, security, prosperity, and dignity. However, Price said, the US was not explicitly calling for direct negotiations at this time.

"We are also under no illusions about where we are and where we aren't in terms of what may be viable and what may be on the table," Price said.

The spokesman opened the press briefing by noting the one-year anniversary of the Abraham Accords, which normalized relations between Israel, the United Arab Emirates, and Bahrain. Sudan and Morocco have also joined the accords.

"Peace is possible and worthwhile for the leaders who courageously pursue it – and for their peoples," Price said.

"We will endeavor to ensure that as Israel and other countries in the region join together in a common effort to build bridges and create avenues for dialogue and exchange, we are able to make tangible progress towards the goal of advancing a negotiated peace between Israelis and Palestinians," he added.

https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/09/17/us-time-not-right-for-direct-israeli-palestinian-talks/ 

:: 9-19-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: Stunning How Close We Are

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-1242015/457/ 

:: 9-19-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lebanon outraged as Israel moves forward with gas drilling plans

The Halliburton company announced that it would collaborate on drilling projects near waters disputed by Lebanon and Israel.

By TZVI JOFFRE SEPTEMBER 19, 2021 11:19

Lebanese officials expressed outrage on Saturday after a gas field service company announced last week that it had been awarded a contract to execute a drilling campaign for Greek energy producer Energean off the coast of northern Israel.

The Halliburton Company will collaborate with Energean on three to five well drilling and completions in the Karish North natural gas field, located near Israel's disputed maritime border with Lebanon. The gas field is expected to contain about 1.14 trillion cubic feet (tcf) of gas reserves, according to Energean.

"We are excited to build on our strong relationship with Energean and honored to once again be selected to deliver integrated project management services that maximize the value of their offshore Mediterranean wells,” said Ahmed Kenawi, senior vice president of Europe, Eurasia and Sub-Saharan Africa Region at Halliburton. “This campaign will deliver a fully integrated solution using our Halliburton 4.0 digital platform and drilling technologies to optimize well delivery.”

Israel and Lebanon began US-mediated negotiations concerning their maritime border last year, although talks hit a bump earlier this year when Lebanon increased its demands with a line extending much further south then their original claims, increasing the disputed area from 860 sq.km. to 2,300 sq.km, which would include at least part of the Karish North field.

Israel has rejected the extended claims made by Lebanon, although Energy Minister Karin Elharrar stated in June that “despite Israel’s strong legal case, we are willing to consider creative solutions to bring the matter to a close.”

Israel has become an energy powerhouse in the region in recent years after a number of natural gas fields were discovered in Israeli territorial waters. Israel exports natural gas to both Jordan and Egypt.

In response to the announcement by Halliburton, Lebanese Prime Minister Najib Mikati stated on Saturday that "there is no complacency in this matter, nor is there a waiver of Lebanese rights, and the United Nations must play its role in deterring Israel and forcing it to stop its repeated violations of Lebanese rights and Lebanon's sovereignty," according to Lebanon's National News Agency (NNA).

Lebanese House Speaker Nabih Berri called on Lebanon's Ministry of Foreign Affairs to take "urgent and immediate action in the direction of the UN Security Council (UNSC) and the international community to verify the possibility of a new Israeli attack on Lebanese sovereignty and rights."

Berri added "the Israeli entity's undertaking commissions and concluding offshore exploration contracts for Halliburton or other companies in the disputed area at sea represents a violation, or even a blow to the framework agreement sponsored by the United States of America and the United Nations."

The House Speaker also questioned the failure of Total Novatek and Eni companies to begin drilling in Block No. 9 of Lebanese waters, of which a small part lies in waters disputed by Israel, saying the drilling was supposed to begin months ago.

Amal Mudallali, Lebanon's representative to the UN, submitted a letter to both UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres and Ireland's delegate to the UN, Geraldine Byrne Nason, on the matter, calling on the UNSC to "ensure that the drilling evaluation works are not located in a disputed area between Lebanon and Israel, in order to avoid any attack on Lebanon's rights and sovereignty."

The letter also called to "prevent any future drilling in the disputed areas and to avoid steps that may pose a threat to international peace and security."

The Israeli Energy Ministry responded that "Israel is not drilling in the area in dispute. The drilling that has been taking place for several years is happening under license for Karish and Karish North, and they are not at all in the area under dispute."

Lahav Harkov contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/middle-east/lebanon-outraged-as-israel-moves-forward-with-gas-drilling-plans-679760 

[ :: 8-23-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: ::]

For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.

:: 9-19-21 Red State :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats Are Set to Launch a Vicious Attack on Texas' 'Heartbeat' Law

By Jeff Charles | Sep 18, 2021 8:15 PM ET

Texas’ abortion law is about to get a fierce challenge from Democratic lawmakers, and the battle could begin as soon as Monday. After the ‘heartbeat’ law went into effect on September 1st, the left had a collective meltdown, trotting out all their usual tropes about how women won’t be able to kill their babies. They even did their “Handmaid’s Tale” routine, dressing up in costumes from their favorite TV show.

The Democrats became even more incensed when the Supreme Court refused to take up the case. The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) posted a tweet complaining about the court’s decision:

However, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-CA) has reportedly indicated she and her merry band of House Democrats will be mounting a legislative challenge to Texas’ law, which prohibits abortions in situations when the baby’s heartbeat can be heard. KTRH reported that Pelosi indicated “the House will take action to counter a pro-life law recently passed in Texas.”

According to the report, “House members will vote on a reproductive rights bill when they reconvene in the nation’s capital this month.”

It seems the Democrats plan to once again introduce the Women’s Health Protection Act of 2021. The bill, which has been introduced each year since 2013, would place restrictions on state legislation designed to decrease abortions.

According to the Center for Reproductive Rights:

The Women’s Health Protection Act of 2021 creates a new legal protection for providers to provide abortion care, and their patients to receive care, free from medically unnecessary restrictions and bans on abortion that impede access to care. This new legal protection would safeguard access to abortion in every state against restrictions like six-week and 15-week bans, mandatory delay periods, biased counseling, and medically unnecessary ultrasounds.

The bill is being introduced today by lead sponsors Representatives Judy Chu (D-CA), Lois Frankel (D-FL), Ayanna Pressley (D-MA), and Veronica Escobar (D-TX) and Senators Richard Blumenthal (D-CT) and Tammy Baldwin (D-WI).

The bill is expected to easily pass in the House. But the true fight over the proposal will take place in the Senate. With Democrats narrowly controlling the Senate, there is a chance the legislation will pass. However, it is also worth noting that the Democrats do not possess enough of a majority to make this bill a slam dunk. Indeed, it seems likely that at least some Democrats might refuse to sign on to the proposed law.

But the stakes are pretty high. If passed, it would enact sweeping measures specifically designed to ensure an increase in the number of abortion procedures performed each year. It would essentially eliminate any methods for helping mothers consider other solutions; for example, ultrasounds and counseling would be banned. This is a critical battle that will likely determine abortion policy for years to come.

https://redstate.com/jeffc/2021/09/18/democrats-are-set-to-launch-a-vicious-attack-on-texas-heartbeat-law-n444981 

[ :: 3-4-20 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You do not need to be concerned with the virus, for I have said that I would protect you if your trust was in me. etc.

:: 9-20-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Charts Say It All: The Depopulation Agenda Is In Full Swing As More And More Americans Are Being Killed And Injured By 'The Vax' Being Heavily Pushed By The Genocidal Eugenicists

September 20, 2021 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While according to Dr. Anthony Faust-i earlier in September, "it may take many, many more vaccine mandates to end the coronvirus pandemic", with 'Faust' hinting at an endless series of mandatory vaxxes (for delta, mu, omega, zeta and all of the other variants that will be rolled out over the next few years) being necessary for Americans to one day be 'free' once again, we've got to take a look at the latest data coming to us from the VAERS website, with the one chart posted above dropping a nuclear bomb on the globalists argument that these 'vaxxes' are 'safe and effective'.

With the FDA recently voting 16 to 2 against the 'booster shots' that both Biden and Faust-i wanted to start rolling out upon Americans, we hear why in the 1st video that we've embedded at the bottom of this story, an 8 hour+ long FDA hearing in which one bombshell after another about the dangers of these shots being rolled out for everybody are dropped upon them.

With this Open Vaers website compiling into one place all of the tragedies now happening across America due to these unsafe jabs, we'll be taking a look within this story at numerous scenarios unfolding across America and the world, including here at ANP, where it appears this 2011 story over at The Guardian warning us the US Military's 'social media manipulation' programs had been created, programs which use 'sock puppet software technology' to create fake online identities, used to spread pro-America, or 'pro-vax' propaganda. Meaning that some of the comments you read here, and many at other online websites, may very well be comments created by bots to push the biden/fausti 'get vaxxed/masks prevent covid spread' agenda.

From that 2011 story before we continue.:

The US military is developing software that will let it secretly manipulate social media sites by using fake online personas to influence internet conversations and spread pro-American propaganda.

A Californian corporation has been awarded a contract with United States Central Command (Centcom), which oversees US armed operations in the Middle East and Central Asia, to develop what is described as an "online persona management service" that will allow one US serviceman or woman to control up to 10 separate identities based all over the world.

The project has been likened by web experts to China's attempts to control and restrict free speech on the internet. Critics are likely to complain that it will allow the US military to create a false consensus in online conversations, crowd out unwelcome opinions and smother commentaries or reports that do not correspond with its own objectives.

The discovery that the US military is developing false online personalities – known to users of social media as "sock puppets" – could also encourage other governments, private companies and non-government organizations to do the same.

So while out and about online, you come across a story's comment section and suddenly see a huge number of pro-vax, pro-tyranny comments that seem to go against the flow, those comments could very well have been made by one 'propaganda expert', with the full intent of such comments being to persuade other people to 'go take the vax, it works'; yeah, works real great to put people 6' under.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

So while Joe Biden's pro-vax sock-puppets unleashed upon the internet have absolutely altered the perceptions of reality held by others, one ABC News station in Detroit recently got way more than they bargained for when asking their users on Facebook to share stories of the unvaxxed who passed away from Covid, only to be flooded with stories of death and injury as a result of the shots themselves.

“After the vaccines were available to everyone, did you lose an unvaccinated loved one to COVID-19? If you’re willing to share your family’s story, please DM us your contact information. We may reach out for a story we’re working on,” wrote WXYZ-TV Channel 7 on Friday.

An overwhelming number of people responded with stories not of death of the unvaccinated but of death and injury soon after the COVID-19 shot.

“I don’t know anyone who died from covid but I do know a 37 year old who got the vaccine and died of brain aneurysm 8 days later,” wrote a Facebook user under the name Maximilien Robespierre.

Immediately below, Richard Smother shared, “My coworkers daughter (12 years old) had to be rushed to the ER after she collapsed an hour after her second shot.”

Krista Evans shared, “I know 3 people personally that died shortly after being fully vaxxed. All the people I know that have had the China virus, had very mild flu-like symptoms so why the hell would anyone get poked with this poison???”

Becky Burch commented, “An Aunt died a week after the shot. The family never thought much about it until visiting with another cousin who had family die after the shot with the same ‘strange’ issue…not sure of the details. Now, they think it was the shot.”

Besides deaths, the testimonies of side effects from the jab cover a wide range of injuries and symptoms, from heart attacks and blood clots to digestive issues to loss of sight and movement.

“My mother had a heart attack 4 days after receiving her first vaccine. She now has a blood clot in her lung,” Jessica Mauldin commented.

Juli Smith wrote, “My neighbor died from the vax, the funeral is next week. My mom can’t feel her arms and legs. My BFF has been in ER several times with debilitating headaches. My mom and BFF doctors don’t correlate the two but the timing makes it suspect. My hubby’s doctor refused to let him test for covid antibodies. These doctors are complicit.”

The stories go on and on, prompting many social media users to openly marvel at how the Facebook testimonies almost entirely contradict the intended direction of the thread and the mainstream media COVID-19 narrative.

“So, the comments section isn’t going the way you planned,” wrote Nicole Boucher Sargent. “This backfired on you rotten SOB’s in the media,” said Scott McCarty.

Yet as Mike Adams had pointed out in this recent story over at Natural News, the bigger question probably should be, "How did the globalists convince BILLIONS of people to exterminate themselves with biological weapons presented as “vaccines”", what he calls "vaxssassinations"?

Warning within his story that "it’s all now incredibly clear. Everything we’ve been watching over the last 20 months has been a globalist-led effort to convince billions of people to exterminate themselves without them knowing it", we've reported time and time again on ANP that the globalists have long had a very real 'depopulation agenda', seeking to get the world's population down to the incredibly low number of 500 million seen on the Georgia Guidestones, meaning over 7 billion people will 'have to go'.

With Adams warning in that story that an out in the open, 'kinetic war' upon humanity would meet instant resistance, with 100's of millions of people sure to fight back when they’re being openly attacked and slaughtered with bullets and bombs, the globalists instead figured out a way to carry out mass slaughter on a planetary scale without alerting the masses to what they were doing. Welcome to 2021 America.

And as Michael Snyder had warned in this September 19th story over at the Economic Collapse Blog titled "Why Is There Suddenly An Extremely Severe Shortage Of Workers All Over The World?", there sure seems to be something else incredibly strange going on across America and the world.

As we've been reporting on ANP recently, this labor shortage Snyder eludes to is hitting industries nationwide, from the nursing industry to doctors to postal service workers to truck drivers.

Warning within that story that "the unprecedented employment crisis that we are watching unfold around the globe is so bizarre that it could have been pulled straight out of an episode of the Twilight Zone", Snyder warns that something just isn't adding up, with people for the most part needing jobs to earn money to survive, yet millions of jobs going unfilled.

Asking us "where did all the people go?", do the numbers below from this September 17th Natural News story show us the 'big picture' that helps to answer that question, completely censored by the MSM?

Are Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccines” really saving lives? Not exactly. According to the latest data, the drug injections are actually destroying lives at an unprecedented rate.

New figures from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) show that teenagers are being hit especially hard by the jabs. Many of them are now severely ill, disabled, and in some cases, dead.

As of Aug. 27, 2021, nearly three million injury symptoms from Fauci Flu shots have been recorded in VAERS, along with 76,160 emergency room visits, 56,912 hospitalizations, 18,098 permanent disabilities, 14,327 life-threatening events, and 13,911 deaths.

Just the deaths alone from Chinese Virus jabs amount to twice the number that have been recorded in VAERS for all vaccines administered over the past 30 years. This means that more people have died in the past nine months from Fauci Flu shots than have died from all other vaccines combined over the past three decades.

From January 1, 1991 to November 30, 2020, the last month before the COVID shots were given emergency use authorization, there were only a total of 6,068 deaths recorded (mostly infant babies) following ALL vaccines,” reports Brian Shilhavy of Health Impact News.

“And yet, the CDC continues to push everyone to get a COVID-19 shot.”

Compared to all other FDA-approved vaccines currently on the market, teens who take covid jabs are 44 times more likely to be hospitalized, 15 times more likely to develop a disability, and 7.5 times more likely to die from these particular injections.

So while we'll never get from government nor the mainstream media any of the answers we need to the pertinent questions asked within this story, as long as we keep seeing charts like those from VAERS posted within this story, the American people will know for a fact that we're still not getting 'the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth' from our public servants within the government.

https://allnewspipeline.com/This_One_Chart_Says_It_All.php 

:: 9--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IT’S A FOURTH TURNING: WHAT DID YOU EXPECT?

“Reflect on what happens when a terrible winter blizzard strikes. You hear the weather warning but probably fail to act on it. The sky darkens. Then the storm hits with full fury, and the air is a howling whiteness. One by one, your links to the machine age break down. Electricity flickers out, cutting off the TV. Batteries fade, cutting off the radio. Phones go dead. Roads become impossible, and cars get stuck. Food supplies dwindle. Day to day vestiges of modern civilization – bank machines, mutual funds, mass retailers, computers, satellites, airplanes, governments – all recede into irrelevance. Picture yourself and your loved ones in the midst of a howling blizzard that lasts several years. Think about what you would need, who could help you, and why your fate might matter to anybody other than yourself.

That is how to plan for a saecular winter. Don’t think you can escape the Fourth Turning. History warns that a Crisis will reshape the basic social and economic environment that you now take for granted.” – The Fourth Turning – Strauss & Howe

“In retrospect, the spark might seem as ominous as a financial crash, as ordinary as a national election, or as trivial as a Tea Party. The catalyst will unfold according to a basic Crisis dynamic that underlies all of these scenarios: An initial spark will trigger a chain reaction of unyielding responses and further emergencies. The core elements of these scenarios (debt, civic decay, global disorder) will matter more than the details, which the catalyst will juxtapose and connect in some unknowable way. If foreign societies are also entering a Fourth Turning, this could accelerate the chain reaction. At home and abroad, these events will reflect the tearing of the civic fabric at points of extreme vulnerability – problem areas where America will have neglected, denied, or delayed needed action.” – The Fourth Turning – Strauss & Howe

I’ve been pondering this Fourth Turning in articles since its spectacular onset in September 2008, with the Wall Street/Federal Reserve initiated global financial implosion. The description above is apt, as this ongoing two-decade long storm gains intensity and our freedoms, liberties and rights are slowly extinguished as the electricity flickers and our modern civilization reverts to a more brutish state of antipathy among competing tribes, based on race, gender, class, party, geographic location, and now medical status.

We are in the midst of a saecular winter that is guaranteed to become more violent and bitter, as the malevolent forces propelling this Crisis have decided to ramp up fear propaganda to implement their global reset, using authoritarian methods to compel the masses to comply. I’ve intellectually understood we would be faced with trials and tribulations that would threaten the continuation of our way of life and survival as a unified nation. The reality is proving to be far worse. The core elements of debt, civic decay, and global disorder are most certainly propelling this Crisis towards its bloody climax. I knew there was no way to sidestep or escape this Fourth Turning.

But I didn’t expect a Deep State coup against a sitting president; a stolen presidential election through the collusion of the surveillance state, Big Tech, Big Media and billionaire oligarchs; a weaponized flu used as cover for an imploding financial system; an authoritarian global lockdown which has destroyed small businesses and impoverished the working class, while enriching mega-corporations and the elite ruling class; and now a Big Pharma experimental gene therapy disguised as a vaccine used to divide America into hostile tribes spewing hate online, with a strong possibility of violence because Biden and his handlers are attempting to provoke those refusing his vaccine mandate into committing acts of aggression.

Those trapped in their self-induced stupor of normalcy bias, with an ample helping of cognitive dissonance, do not or will not see the coming storm as it wipes out all vestiges of their modern techno-consumption society. Supply chains are imploding as we speak., creating shortages, soaring prices, and possibly empty food shelves in the near future.

I find it both fascinating and disturbing to observe the level of madness engulfing our world, as the sociopath class of mind manipulators and propaganda specialists use their well-honed psychological techniques to scare the masses into subservience and implement their diabolical Great Reset plan where we own nothing, they own everything, and our future is a boot stamping on our faces forever. They are using our willful ignorance, technological bread and circuses, inability to understand risk, and susceptibility to fear exploitation, to increase their power and control over governmental, financial, and societal levers.

They want us under-educated and over-medicated. That is how they broaden their wealth, power and control. None of what has happened since the Fall of 2019 has occurred by accident or due to bad luck. It has been scripted, according to the plan agreed upon by the global elites (Gates, Soros, Schwab, Bloomberg, Zuckerberg) and implemented by corrupt politicians (Biden, Cuomo, Newsom, Whitmer), captured bankers (Powell, Dimon), corporate shysters (Bezos, Musk), and of course the compliant fake news propaganda media (CNN, MSNBC, NYT, Washington Post).

When overnight repo rates began hitting 10% in September of 2019, Jerome Powell was ordered to start cutting rates and restart QE. The global elite were in danger of seeing a reduction in their ungodly level of wealth. In an amazing coincidence, Event 201 took place in October 2019, simulating a global pandemic, and run by Bill Gates, the World Economic Forum (Schwab), Johns Hopkins, and members of the MSM.

It just so happened a bio-weapon lab in Wuhan, working on gain of function viruses, funded by Anthony Fauci, accidentally or purposely released a highly transmissible but relatively non-lethal (to anyone under 80 or not weighing 275 pounds) virus in November 2019. It appears the Chinese covered this up for at least two months, while allowing it to spread across the globe. The WHO, WEF, Fauci and the Trump hating media covered up the facts about China’s creation of this pandemic of fear.

An over-hyped pandemic with a scary name and an unlimited marketing campaign was just what the doctor ordered to set the Build Back Better Great Reset plan in motion. It gave Powell and the Fed cover to unleash trillions in electronic money printing to sustain and enrich their Wall Street owners, billionaire oligarchs, and politicians spending trillions to prop up an economy they purposely shut down. It gave Democrat governors and mayors the cover to implement their “steal the election” plan through massive mail-in ballot fraud, because it was too dangerous to stand in line to vote, but not too dangerous to stand in line 50 deep at Costco, Wal-Mart, or Target.

The mandatory lockdowns and mask mandates were tests to see how far they could push the masses before they pushed back. The oligarchs were delighted to observe millions of losers who had no meaning in their worthless earthly existence thus far, believe they were now brave noble heroes by cowering in their basements, ordering takeout from Taco Bell, watching Netflix, and putting on a face diaper in public, even though Fauci and every scientific study ever done proved masks are worthless against viruses.

The campaign of fear, aided and abetted by Hollywood, the corporate media propaganda networks, the Big Tech social media censorship police, teachers’ unions, and tyrannical left-wing governors, worked to perfection as decades of government school socialization and indoctrination has created a nation of terrified sheep easily ruled by loathsome Machiavellian wolves. etc etc

What You Should Know About Getting Snowed In - CLC Lodging

In retrospect, the spark might seem as ominous as a financial crash, as ordinary as a national election, or as trivial as a Tea Party. The catalyst will unfold according to a basic Crisis dynamic that underlies all of these scenarios: An initial spark will trigger a chain reaction of unyielding responses and further emergencies. The core elements of these scenarios (debt, civic decay, global disorder) will matter more than the details, which the catalyst will juxtapose and connect in some unknowable way. If foreign societies are also entering a Fourth Turning, this could accelerate the chain reaction. At home and abroad, these events will reflect the tearing of the civic fabric at points of extreme vulnerability – problem areas where America will have neglected, denied, or delayed needed action.” – The Fourth Turning – Strauss & Howe

I’ve been pondering this Fourth Turning in articles since its spectacular onset in September 2008, with the Wall Street/Federal Reserve initiated global financial implosion. The description above is apt, as this ongoing two-decade long storm gains intensity and our freedoms, liberties and rights are slowly extinguished as the electricity flickers and our modern civilization reverts to a more brutish state of antipathy among competing tribes, based on race, gender, class, party, geographic location, and now medical status.

We are in the midst of a saecular winter that is guaranteed to become more violent and bitter, as the malevolent forces propelling this Crisis have decided to ramp up fear propaganda to implement their global reset, using authoritarian methods to compel the masses to comply. I’ve intellectually understood we would be faced with trials and tribulations that would threaten the continuation of our way of life and survival as a unified nation. The reality is proving to be far worse. The core elements of debt, civic decay, and global disorder are most certainly propelling this Crisis towards its bloody climax. I knew there was no way to sidestep or escape this Fourth Turning.

But I didn’t expect a Deep State coup against a sitting president; a stolen presidential election through the collusion of the surveillance state, Big Tech, Big Media and billionaire oligarchs; a weaponized flu used as cover for an imploding financial system; an authoritarian global lockdown which has destroyed small businesses and impoverished the working class, while enriching mega-corporations and the elite ruling class; and now a Big Pharma experimental gene therapy disguised as a vaccine used to divide America into hostile tribes spewing hate online, with a strong possibility of violence because Biden and his handlers are attempting to provoke those refusing his vaccine mandate into committing acts of aggression.

Those trapped in their self-induced stupor of normalcy bias, with an ample helping of cognitive dissonance, do not or will not see the coming storm as it wipes out all vestiges of their modern techno-consumption society. Supply chains are imploding as we speak., creating shortages, soaring prices, and possibly empty food shelves in the near future.

If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face — forever. | Activist art, Obey art, Shepard fairey

I find it both fascinating and disturbing to observe the level of madness engulfing our world, as the sociopath class of mind manipulators and propaganda specialists use their well-honed psychological techniques to scare the masses into subservience and implement their diabolical Great Reset plan where we own nothing, they own everything, and our future is a boot stamping on our faces forever. They are using our willful ignorance, technological bread and circuses, inability to understand risk, and susceptibility to fear exploitation, to increase their power and control over governmental, financial, and societal levers.

They want us under-educated and over-medicated. That is how they broaden their wealth, power and control. None of what has happened since the Fall of 2019 has occurred by accident or due to bad luck. It has been scripted, according to the plan agreed upon by the global elites (Gates, Soros, Schwab, Bloomberg, Zuckerberg) and implemented by corrupt politicians (Biden, Cuomo, Newsom, Whitmer), captured bankers (Powell, Dimon), corporate shysters (Bezos, Musk), and of course the compliant fake news propaganda media (CNN, MSNBC, NYT, Washington Post).

When overnight repo rates began hitting 10% in September of 2019, Jerome Powell was ordered to start cutting rates and restart QE. The global elite were in danger of seeing a reduction in their ungodly level of wealth. In an amazing coincidence, Event 201 took place in October 2019, simulating a global pandemic, and run by Bill Gates, the World Economic Forum (Schwab), Johns Hopkins, and members of the MSM.

It just so happened a bio-weapon lab in Wuhan, working on gain of function viruses, funded by Anthony Fauci, accidentally or purposely released a highly transmissible but relatively non-lethal (to anyone under 80 or not weighing 275 pounds) virus in November 2019. It appears the Chinese covered this up for at least two months, while allowing it to spread across the globe. The WHO, WEF, Fauci and the Trump hating media covered up the facts about China’s creation of this pandemic of fear.

An over-hyped pandemic with a scary name and an unlimited marketing campaign was just what the doctor ordered to set the Build Back Better Great Reset plan in motion. It gave Powell and the Fed cover to unleash trillions in electronic money printing to sustain and enrich their Wall Street owners, billionaire oligarchs, and politicians spending trillions to prop up an economy they purposely shut down. It gave Democrat governors and mayors the cover to implement their “steal the election” plan through massive mail-in ballot fraud, because it was too dangerous to stand in line to vote, but not too dangerous to stand in line 50 deep at Costco, Wal-Mart, or Target.

Coronavirus panic shopping: Toilet paper shortage at Walmart, Target

The mandatory lockdowns and mask mandates were tests to see how far they could push the masses before they pushed back. The oligarchs were delighted to observe millions of losers who had no meaning in their worthless earthly existence thus far, believe they were now brave noble heroes by cowering in their basements, ordering takeout from Taco Bell, watching Netflix, and putting on a face diaper in public, even though Fauci and every scientific study ever done proved masks are worthless against viruses.

The campaign of fear, aided and abetted by Hollywood, the corporate media propaganda networks, the Big Tech social media censorship police, teachers’ unions, and tyrannical left-wing governors, worked to perfection as decades of government school socialization and indoctrination has created a nation of terrified sheep easily ruled by loathsome Machiavellian wolves.

UNICEF USA on Twitter: "Today marks the start of World Mask Week! By wearing a mask, you're not only protecting yourself; you're protecting other people, especially those most vulnerable to #COVID19. With @

The arrogance and hubris of the malevolent globalist oligarchy has attained epic heights, as they successfully stole a presidential election and completed their four-year coup against Trump. They have flogged the January 6 unarmed selfie insurrection to death with their media lapdogs to keep the Trump forces on the defensive. They have installed a dementia ridden empty vessel Trojan horse as president, with a vacuous hateful kackling hyena as vice president, as a means to implement their master plan of destroying what remains of a once great nation.

I wrote an article two weeks after Biden’s installation called Illegitimate President, laying out the case this was a coup by the Deep State and billionaire oligarchs, and still stand by ever word I wrote, as my worst fears have been exceeded during Biden’s first eight months in office. This Chinese controlled, child fondling, teleprompter reading, senile, divider in chief is not my president. I will never recognize him as my president.

We are in the midst of a civil war, with only the bad guy’s waging battle against the Constitution, our freedoms, our liberties, and the societal norms which have formed the foundation of our country since 1776. Thus far, there has been little to no push back from the good guys. The outcome of this Fourth Turning hinges upon the willingness of a minority of like-minded critical thinking, dissenting Americans to stand-up and stop these evil men from turning our country into tyrannical techno-gulag of oppression.

The specific events that drive a Fourth Turning are never the same, as technology advances, empires rise and fall, and global interconnectedness increases. What doesn’t change is human nature, with all its downsides of greed, envy, hubris, murder, and hate. Throughout history sociopaths have risen to power, showing no empathy for their fellow man, seeking power and control over their people, attempting to conquer and destroy other countries, and prone to commit atrocities on a grand scale against their own citizens. This Fourth Turning is no different. It rhymes with aspects of our previous three Fourth Turnings, but has its own distinctive facets, not experienced before. The American Revolution Fourth Turning featured a tyrannical despot as the provocateur. The Civil War Fourth Turning saw a divided nation, with half the population going to war against the other half. The Great Depression/World War II Fourth Turning contained a global financial crisis, creation of the welfare state, authoritarian edicts from a dictator-like president and the bloodiest conflict in human history.

Characteristics of all these Crisis periods can be seen during this Fourth Turning, as a global financial crisis triggered its onset, government bailouts and a vast expansion of the welfare state has taken place, and the president and politicians across the land have trashed the Constitution and assumed dictatorial powers over their subjects. Does a bloodier war await? Or will it be a technological war that destroys our modern world?

The twist in this Fourth Turning has been the emergence of the Deep State, in collusion with Big Tech, Big Pharma, Big Media, Wall Street, and the globalist billionaire cabal to strip the people of their rights while convincing a huge swath of willfully ignorant frightened sheep they are doing it for their own good. This is how evil wins. This is how a society devolves into tyranny and dictatorship. The immense level of unpayable debt underlies everything happening. The actions taken by central bankers at the behest of their Wall Street owners and captured politicians are an act of desperation to keep this debt pyramid scheme from imminent collapse, but virtually assures a far worse outcome of hyperinflation and depression.

The decades of civic decay, initiated and encouraged by those pulling the levers behind the scenes, have hollowed out our society and created animosities which are now irreconcilable and fatal. It’s only a matter of time until the shooting begins. The global disorder seems contrived and planned as part of the globalist Great Reset scheme to create a new world order, where the plebs will own nothing, and the elites will run the show and reap the riches.

In March 2020, at the outset of this plandemic, I was already skeptical, suspicious, and convinced the globalist oligarchy were using this virus as a means to implement their diabolical plan to reset the world in the method of their choosing. In my article at the end of March – P for Pandemic – I predicted a vaccine would be miraculously discovered and everyone would be forced to take it or be arrested. Little did I know Gates and Fauci already had a “vaccine” waiting in the wings, in collusion with their Big Pharma co-conspirators. It seems the plot from V for Vendetta has been playing out just as V stated during his speech to London.

“Because while the truncheon may be used in lieu of conversation, words will always retain their power. Words offer the means to meaning, and for those who will listen, the enunciation of truth. And the truth is, there is something terribly wrong with this country, isn’t there? Cruelty and injustice, intolerance, and oppression. And where once you had the freedom to object, to think and speak as you saw fit, you now have censors and systems of surveillance coercing your conformity and soliciting your submission. How did this happen? Who’s to blame? Well, certainly, there are those who are more responsible than others, and they will be held accountable. But again, truth be told, if you’re looking for the guilty, you need only look into a mirror. I know why you did it. I know you were afraid. Who wouldn’t be? War, terror, disease. They were a myriad of problems which conspired to corrupt your reason and rob you of your common sense. Fear got the best of you, and in your panic, you turned to the now high chancellor, Adam Sutler. He promised you order, he promised you peace, and all he demanded in return was your silent, obedient consent.” – V speech to London

ID YOU EXPECT?

Reflect on what happens when a terrible winter blizzard strikes. You hear the weather warning but probably fail to act on it. The sky darkens. Then the storm hits with full fury, and the air is a howling whiteness. One by one, your links to the machine age break down. Electricity flickers out, cutting off the TV. Batteries fade, cutting off the radio. Phones go dead. Roads become impossible, and cars get stuck. Food supplies dwindle. Day to day vestiges of modern civilization – bank machines, mutual funds, mass retailers, computers, satellites, airplanes, governments – all recede into irrelevance. Picture yourself and your loved ones in the midst of a howling blizzard that lasts several years. Think about what you would need, who could help you, and why your fate might matter to anybody other than yourself. That is how to plan for a saecular winter. Don’t think you can escape the Fourth Turning. History warns that a Crisis will reshape the basic social and economic environment that you now take for granted.” – The Fourth Turning – Strauss & Howe

What You Should Know About Getting Snowed In - CLC Lodging

“In retrospect, the spark might seem as ominous as a financial crash, as ordinary as a national election, or as trivial as a Tea Party. The catalyst will unfold according to a basic Crisis dynamic that underlies all of these scenarios: An initial spark will trigger a chain reaction of unyielding responses and further emergencies. The core elements of these scenarios (debt, civic decay, global disorder) will matter more than the details, which the catalyst will juxtapose and connect in some unknowable way. If foreign societies are also entering a Fourth Turning, this could accelerate the chain reaction. At home and abroad, these events will reflect the tearing of the civic fabric at points of extreme vulnerability – problem areas where America will have neglected, denied, or delayed needed action.” – The Fourth Turning – Strauss & Howe

I’ve been pondering this Fourth Turning in articles since its spectacular onset in September 2008, with the Wall Street/Federal Reserve initiated global financial implosion. The description above is apt, as this ongoing two-decade long storm gains intensity and our freedoms, liberties and rights are slowly extinguished as the electricity flickers and our modern civilization reverts to a more brutish state of antipathy among competing tribes, based on race, gender, class, party, geographic location, and now medical status.

We are in the midst of a saecular winter that is guaranteed to become more violent and bitter, as the malevolent forces propelling this Crisis have decided to ramp up fear propaganda to implement their global reset, using authoritarian methods to compel the masses to comply. I’ve intellectually understood we would be faced with trials and tribulations that would threaten the continuation of our way of life and survival as a unified nation. The reality is proving to be far worse. The core elements of debt, civic decay, and global disorder are most certainly propelling this Crisis towards its bloody climax. I knew there was no way to sidestep or escape this Fourth Turning.

But I didn’t expect a Deep State coup against a sitting president; a stolen presidential election through the collusion of the surveillance state, Big Tech, Big Media and billionaire oligarchs; a weaponized flu used as cover for an imploding financial system; an authoritarian global lockdown which has destroyed small businesses and impoverished the working class, while enriching mega-corporations and the elite ruling class; and now a Big Pharma experimental gene therapy disguised as a vaccine used to divide America into hostile tribes spewing hate online, with a strong possibility of violence because Biden and his handlers are attempting to provoke those refusing his vaccine mandate into committing acts of aggression.

Those trapped in their self-induced stupor of normalcy bias, with an ample helping of cognitive dissonance, do not or will not see the coming storm as it wipes out all vestiges of their modern techno-consumption society. Supply chains are imploding as we speak., creating shortages, soaring prices, and possibly empty food shelves in the near future.

If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face — forever. | Activist art, Obey art, Shepard fairey

I find it both fascinating and disturbing to observe the level of madness engulfing our world, as the sociopath class of mind manipulators and propaganda specialists use their well-honed psychological techniques to scare the masses into subservience and implement their diabolical Great Reset plan where we own nothing, they own everything, and our future is a boot stamping on our faces forever. They are using our willful ignorance, technological bread and circuses, inability to understand risk, and susceptibility to fear exploitation, to increase their power and control over governmental, financial, and societal levers.

They want us under-educated and over-medicated. That is how they broaden their wealth, power and control. None of what has happened since the Fall of 2019 has occurred by accident or due to bad luck. It has been scripted, according to the plan agreed upon by the global elites (Gates, Soros, Schwab, Bloomberg, Zuckerberg) and implemented by corrupt politicians (Biden, Cuomo, Newsom, Whitmer), captured bankers (Powell, Dimon), corporate shysters (Bezos, Musk), and of course the compliant fake news propaganda media (CNN, MSNBC, NYT, Washington Post).

When overnight repo rates began hitting 10% in September of 2019, Jerome Powell was ordered to start cutting rates and restart QE. The global elite were in danger of seeing a reduction in their ungodly level of wealth. In an amazing coincidence, Event 201 took place in October 2019, simulating a global pandemic, and run by Bill Gates, the World Economic Forum (Schwab), Johns Hopkins, and members of the MSM.

It just so happened a bio-weapon lab in Wuhan, working on gain of function viruses, funded by Anthony Fauci, accidentally or purposely released a highly transmissible but relatively non-lethal (to anyone under 80 or not weighing 275 pounds) virus in November 2019. It appears the Chinese covered this up for at least two months, while allowing it to spread across the globe. The WHO, WEF, Fauci and the Trump hating media covered up the facts about China’s creation of this pandemic of fear.

An over-hyped pandemic with a scary name and an unlimited marketing campaign was just what the doctor ordered to set the Build Back Better Great Reset plan in motion. It gave Powell and the Fed cover to unleash trillions in electronic money printing to sustain and enrich their Wall Street owners, billionaire oligarchs, and politicians spending trillions to prop up an economy they purposely shut down. It gave Democrat governors and mayors the cover to implement their “steal the election” plan through massive mail-in ballot fraud, because it was too dangerous to stand in line to vote, but not too dangerous to stand in line 50 deep at Costco, Wal-Mart, or Target.

Coronavirus panic shopping: Toilet paper shortage at Walmart, Target

The mandatory lockdowns and mask mandates were tests to see how far they could push the masses before they pushed back. The oligarchs were delighted to observe millions of losers who had no meaning in their worthless earthly existence thus far, believe they were now brave noble heroes by cowering in their basements, ordering takeout from Taco Bell, watching Netflix, and putting on a face diaper in public, even though Fauci and every scientific study ever done proved masks are worthless against viruses.

The campaign of fear, aided and abetted by Hollywood, the corporate media propaganda networks, the Big Tech social media censorship police, teachers’ unions, and tyrannical left-wing governors, worked to perfection as decades of government school socialization and indoctrination has created a nation of terrified sheep easily ruled by loathsome Machiavellian wolves.

UNICEF USA on Twitter: "Today marks the start of World Mask Week! By wearing a mask, you're not only protecting yourself; you're protecting other people, especially those most vulnerable to #COVID19. With @

The arrogance and hubris of the malevolent globalist oligarchy has attained epic heights, as they successfully stole a presidential election and completed their four-year coup against Trump. They have flogged the January 6 unarmed selfie insurrection to death with their media lapdogs to keep the Trump forces on the defensive. They have installed a dementia ridden empty vessel Trojan horse as president, with a vacuous hateful kackling hyena as vice president, as a means to implement their master plan of destroying what remains of a once great nation.

Amazon.com: Sorry! America is experiencing an Illegitimate President Vinyl Decal Bumper Wall Laptop Window Sticker 5" : Automotive

I wrote an article two weeks after Biden’s installation called Illegitimate President, laying out the case this was a coup by the Deep State and billionaire oligarchs, and still stand by ever word I wrote, as my worst fears have been exceeded during Biden’s first eight months in office. This Chinese controlled, child fondling, teleprompter reading, senile, divider in chief is not my president. I will never recognize him as my president.

We are in the midst of a civil war, with only the bad guy’s waging battle against the Constitution, our freedoms, our liberties, and the societal norms which have formed the foundation of our country since 1776. Thus far, there has been little to no push back from the good guys. The outcome of this Fourth Turning hinges upon the willingness of a minority of like-minded, critical thinking, dissenting Americans to stand-up and stop these evil men from turning our country into tyrannical techno-gulag of oppression.

The specific events that drive a Fourth Turning are never the same, as technology advances, empires rise and fall, and global interconnectedness increases. What doesn’t change is human nature, with all its downsides of greed, envy, hubris, murder, and hate. Throughout history sociopaths have risen to power, showing no empathy for their fellow man, seeking power and control over their people, attempting to conquer and destroy other countries, and prone to commit atrocities on a grand scale against their own citizens. This Fourth Turning is no different.

The Burning Platform on Twitter: "FOURTH TURNING ACCELERATING TOWARDS CLIMAX https://t.co/bDHBfOGt85 Like molten lava bursting forth from a long dormant volcano, the core elements of this 4th Turning flow along channels of

It rhymes with aspects of our previous three Fourth Turnings, but has its own distinctive facets, not experienced before. The American Revolution Fourth Turning featured a tyrannical despot as the provocateur. The Civil War Fourth Turning saw a divided nation, with half the population going to war against the other half. The Great Depression/World War II Fourth Turning contained a global financial crisis, creation of the welfare state, authoritarian edicts from a dictator-like president and the bloodiest conflict in human history.

Characteristics of all these Crisis periods can be seen during this Fourth Turning, as a global financial crisis triggered its onset, government bailouts and a vast expansion of the welfare state has taken place, and the president and politicians across the land have trashed the Constitution and assumed dictatorial powers over their subjects. Does a bloodier war await? Or will it be a technological war that destroys our modern world?

The twist in this Fourth Turning has been the emergence of the Deep State, in collusion with Big Tech, Big Pharma, Big Media, Wall Street, and the globalist billionaire cabal to strip the people of their rights while convincing a huge swath of willfully ignorant frightened sheep they are doing it for their own good. This is how evil wins. This is how a society devolves into tyranny and dictatorship. The immense level of unpayable debt underlies everything happening. The actions taken by central bankers at the behest of their Wall Street owners and captured politicians are an act of desperation to keep this debt pyramid scheme from imminent collapse, but virtually assures a far worse outcome of hyperinflation and depression.

The decades of civic decay, initiated and encouraged by those pulling the levers behind the scenes, have hollowed out our society and created animosities which are now irreconcilable and fatal. It’s only a matter of time until the shooting begins. The global disorder seems contrived and planned as part of the globalist Great Reset scheme to create a new world order, where the plebs will own nothing, and the elites will run the show and reap the riches.

Lessons on covering coronavirus misinformation from the fallout of ' Plandemic'

In March 2020, at the outset of this plandemic, I was already skeptical, suspicious, and convinced the globalist oligarchy were using this virus as a means to implement their diabolical plan to reset the world in the method of their choosing. In my article at the end of March – P for Pandemic – I predicted a vaccine would be miraculously discovered and everyone would be forced to take it or be arrested. Little did I know Gates and Fauci already had a “vaccine” waiting in the wings, in collusion with their Big Pharma co-conspirators. It seems the plot from V for Vendetta has been playing out just as V stated during his speech to London.

“Because while the truncheon may be used in lieu of conversation, words will always retain their power. Words offer the means to meaning, and for those who will listen, the enunciation of truth. And the truth is, there is something terribly wrong with this country, isn’t there? Cruelty and injustice, intolerance, and oppression. And where once you had the freedom to object, to think and speak as you saw fit, you now have censors and systems of surveillance coercing your conformity and soliciting your submission. How did this happen? Who’s to blame? Well, certainly, there are those who are more responsible than others, and they will be held accountable. But again, truth be told, if you’re looking for the guilty, you need only look into a mirror. I know why you did it. I know you were afraid. Who wouldn’t be? War, terror, disease. They were a myriad of problems which conspired to corrupt your reason and rob you of your common sense. Fear got the best of you, and in your panic, you turned to the now high chancellor, Adam Sutler. He promised you order, he promised you peace, and all he demanded in return was your silent, obedient consent.” – V speech to London

Electric Companies Will Hate You for Doing This, but They Can't Stop You

Everything in this speech applies to our current state of affairs. Just replace the name Adam Sutler with any combination of Biden, Fauci, Gates or Schwab. But there is no super-hero in the wings ready to inspire the nation towards revolution against the dark forces who have taken the reins over our society. We have now entered one of the most dangerous periods in the country’s history. We have been continuously lied to by so called “experts”. Are they just incompetent or do they have another agenda? The rollout of the experimental gene altering therapies by Big Pharma was touted by Fauci, Biden, Walensky and their media mouthpieces as a miracle cure for Covid which would eradicate this virus and save the world.

This was before the Orwellian doublespeak campaign of revisionist history was implemented with haste, due to the vaccine narrative collapsing under the weight of facts, data, doctors and journalists brave enough to speak out and warn the public. Most have been disappeared from social media by the Silicon Valley thought police. Prior to this scamdemic, the definition of a vaccine was well defined and unquestioned by the scientific community. A vaccine was designed to prevent a disease from occurring. The polio vaccine and smallpox vaccine didn’t lessen the symptoms of those diseases. They protected you from ever getting them.

At minimum a vaccine provides immunity against the disease. As these mRNA “vaccines” have been jabbed into over 1 billion people on the planet, it seems they don’t make you immune from the virus, don’t protect you from getting the virus, don’t keep you from spreading the virus, and don’t even protect you from being hospitalized or dying from the virus. Even their latest re-definition of vaccine, changed by those controlling the narrative doesn’t apply. The fact these “vaccines” are a complete and utter failure, as new “cases” using the purposely faulty and FDA recalled PCR test surged to 170,000 per day in early September with 180 million Americans fully vaccinated versus 45,000 per day last September with ZERO Americans vaccinated, is not allowed to be spoken. Deaths “with Covid” are averaging 2,000 per day now versus 800 per day last September with no one vaccinated. How can this data not be interpreted as a complete failure of the vaccines? The data has proven, any effectiveness wanes after a few months. Boosters for eternity would certainly benefit Pfizer’s bottom line and keep Fauci on the left-wing Sunday propaganda outlets But Twitter always has a blurb in the upper right corner under “What’s Happening” saying Covid Vaccines are Safe & Effective. I’ve also seen 5,000 TV commercials where famous athletes, pop singers, and Hollywood stars tell me the same thing. They wouldn’t lie, right? Twitter also has Experts Say Masks are Safe & Effective in Preventing Spread of Covid-19 at the top right every day. Lastly, Twitter and the MSM consistently post articles and commentary saying Ivermectin is Not Approved by the FDA for Treating Covid-19 and is only for cows and horses.

We wouldn’t want to eat into the billions of Big Pharma profits by actually promoting a safe, effective, and cheap drug which has virtually eradicated Covid in India. It’s funny, but if you Google Israel covid cases versus India covid cases, you cannot find this graph. I guess proof the most vaxxed country in the world is experiencing the largest surge in cases in the world versus one of the least vaxxed countries in the world, who distributed mass quantities of ivermectin to its people, is experiencing no surge might be an inconvenient truth to the Covid vaccine narrative police. They do make it easy to distinguish their lies, misinformation, and propaganda from the truth. It is a scientific fact masks don’t work. A vaccine that doesn’t keep you from getting the virus is not effective. A vaccine that has caused at least 650,000 adverse reactions, 86,000 serious injuries and 14,000 deaths, according to the VAERS database, doesn’t sound “safe” to me. But what do I know? I’m one of those unvaxxed domestic terrorists Biden thinks should wear a yellow star and have my livelihood destroyed as punishment for my non-compliance with his demands.

The potential long-term consequences of these gene therapies are completely unknown, but many renowned doctors (censored by Twitter & Facebook) worry ADE (antibody dependent enhancement) will wreak havoc in the not-too-distant future. Real fact checkers, not the current batch of Orwellian thought police, would conclude these vaccines are anything but safe and effective.

If these vaccines are clearly not doing what they were advertised to do, and natural immunity is proving to be 20x as effective in fending off the Delta variant, why is Biden and Fauci doubling down with vaccine mandates, vaccine passports, forcing vaccinations on people who already have natural immunity, and shaming those who choose not to be lab rats in this Big Pharma experiment, where they have ZERO liability for injuries or deaths caused by their concoctions? One of the inventors of the mRNA therapies, who has been a thorn in the side of Fauci and his fellow Big Pharma whores, has similar questions and doubts about the true purpose and agenda behind these mandatory jabs.

It should be clear to any open-minded critical thinking individual this has never been about your health, but about their insatiable appetite for power and control over how our society functions, who benefits, and who reaps the financial rewards. Always follow the money. Big Pharma generates a huge portion of advertising revenues for Big Media and the Medical Industrial complex of hospitals, doctors, and researchers. We are fighting a corporate fascist Deep State behemoth, aided, and abetted by Zuckerberg, Dorsey, Gates, Soros, and numerous other sociopaths in government, media, and the corporate world.

Their chosen medium to compel obedience is fear. It has proven to be tremendously effective in herding the sheep towards the slaughterhouse. Imagine convincing tens of millions to quiver in fear, locked in their homes, wearing face diapers for months on end, and volunteering to be the research in a Big Pharma money making scheme over a virus with a 99.7% survival rate, that only kills the very old, very sick and very obese.

A virus so scary most people don’t know they have it until they get a positive test result from a purposely flawed test. Now the fear has turned to loathing, as those who believed their patron saint of covid – Anthony Fauci – are embarrassed by the fact they were convinced to get jabbed under false pretenses and now look like fools for believing they would be protected from the dreaded Rona. A basic risk/benefit analysis tells the true story.

These U.S. Presidents Were Just Ranked by Historians (No. 1 is Unexpected)

“Reflect on what happens when a terrible winter blizzard strikes. You hear the weather warning but probably fail to act on it. The sky darkens. Then the storm hits with full fury, and the air is a howling whiteness. One by one, your links to the machine age break down. Electricity flickers out, cutting off the TV. Batteries fade, cutting off the radio. Phones go dead. Roads become impossible, and cars get stuck. Food supplies dwindle. Day to day vestiges of modern civilization – bank machines, mutual funds, mass retailers, computers, satellites, airplanes, governments – all recede into irrelevance. Picture yourself and your loved ones in the midst of a howling blizzard that lasts several years. Think about what you would need, who could help you, and why your fate might matter to anybody other than yourself. That is how to plan for a saecular winter. Don’t think you can escape the Fourth Turning. History warns that a Crisis will reshape the basic social and economic environment that you now take for granted.” – The Fourth Turning – Strauss & Howe

What You Should Know About Getting Snowed In - CLC Lodging

“In retrospect, the spark might seem as ominous as a financial crash, as ordinary as a national election, or as trivial as a Tea Party. The catalyst will unfold according to a basic Crisis dynamic that underlies all of these scenarios: An initial spark will trigger a chain reaction of unyielding responses and further emergencies. The core elements of these scenarios (debt, civic decay, global disorder) will matter more than the details, which the catalyst will juxtapose and connect in some unknowable way. If foreign societies are also entering a Fourth Turning, this could accelerate the chain reaction. At home and abroad, these events will reflect the tearing of the civic fabric at points of extreme vulnerability – problem areas where America will have neglected, denied, or delayed needed action.” – The Fourth Turning – Strauss & Howe

I’ve been pondering this Fourth Turning in articles since its spectacular onset in September 2008, with the Wall Street/Federal Reserve initiated global financial implosion. The description above is apt, as this ongoing two-decade long storm gains intensity and our freedoms, liberties and rights are slowly extinguished as the electricity flickers and our modern civilization reverts to a more brutish state of antipathy among competing tribes, based on race, gender, class, party, geographic location, and now medical status.

We are in the midst of a saecular winter that is guaranteed to become more violent and bitter, as the malevolent forces propelling this Crisis have decided to ramp up fear propaganda to implement their global reset, using authoritarian methods to compel the masses to comply. I’ve intellectually understood we would be faced with trials and tribulations that would threaten the continuation of our way of life and survival as a unified nation. The reality is proving to be far worse. The core elements of debt, civic decay, and global disorder are most certainly propelling this Crisis towards its bloody climax. I knew there was no way to sidestep or escape this Fourth Turning.

But I didn’t expect a Deep State coup against a sitting president; a stolen presidential election through the collusion of the surveillance state, Big Tech, Big Media and billionaire oligarchs; a weaponized flu used as cover for an imploding financial system; an authoritarian global lockdown which has destroyed small businesses and impoverished the working class, while enriching mega-corporations and the elite ruling class; and now a Big Pharma experimental gene therapy disguised as a vaccine used to divide America into hostile tribes spewing hate online, with a strong possibility of violence because Biden and his handlers are attempting to provoke those refusing his vaccine mandate into committing acts of aggression.

Those trapped in their self-induced stupor of normalcy bias, with an ample helping of cognitive dissonance, do not or will not see the coming storm as it wipes out all vestiges of their modern techno-consumption society. Supply chains are imploding as we speak., creating shortages, soaring prices, and possibly empty food shelves in the near future.

If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face — forever. | Activist art, Obey art, Shepard fairey

I find it both fascinating and disturbing to observe the level of madness engulfing our world, as the sociopath class of mind manipulators and propaganda specialists use their well-honed psychological techniques to scare the masses into subservience and implement their diabolical Great Reset plan where we own nothing, they own everything, and our future is a boot stamping on our faces forever. They are using our willful ignorance, technological bread and circuses, inability to understand risk, and susceptibility to fear exploitation, to increase their power and control over governmental, financial, and societal levers.

They want us under-educated and over-medicated. That is how they broaden their wealth, power and control. None of what has happened since the Fall of 2019 has occurred by accident or due to bad luck. It has been scripted, according to the plan agreed upon by the global elites (Gates, Soros, Schwab, Bloomberg, Zuckerberg) and implemented by corrupt politicians (Biden, Cuomo, Newsom, Whitmer), captured bankers (Powell, Dimon), corporate shysters (Bezos, Musk), and of course the compliant fake news propaganda media (CNN, MSNBC, NYT, Washington Post).

When overnight repo rates began hitting 10% in September of 2019, Jerome Powell was ordered to start cutting rates and restart QE. The global elite were in danger of seeing a reduction in their ungodly level of wealth. In an amazing coincidence, Event 201 took place in October 2019, simulating a global pandemic, and run by Bill Gates, the World Economic Forum (Schwab), Johns Hopkins, and members of the MSM.

It just so happened a bio-weapon lab in Wuhan, working on gain of function viruses, funded by Anthony Fauci, accidentally or purposely released a highly transmissible but relatively non-lethal (to anyone under 80 or not weighing 275 pounds) virus in November 2019. It appears the Chinese covered this up for at least two months, while allowing it to spread across the globe. The WHO, WEF, Fauci and the Trump hating media covered up the facts about China’s creation of this pandemic of fear.

An over-hyped pandemic with a scary name and an unlimited marketing campaign was just what the doctor ordered to set the Build Back Better Great Reset plan in motion. It gave Powell and the Fed cover to unleash trillions in electronic money printing to sustain and enrich their Wall Street owners, billionaire oligarchs, and politicians spending trillions to prop up an economy they purposely shut down. It gave Democrat governors and mayors the cover to implement their “steal the election” plan through massive mail-in ballot fraud, because it was too dangerous to stand in line to vote, but not too dangerous to stand in line 50 deep at Costco, Wal-Mart, or Target.

Coronavirus panic shopping: Toilet paper shortage at Walmart, Target

The mandatory lockdowns and mask mandates were tests to see how far they could push the masses before they pushed back. The oligarchs were delighted to observe millions of losers who had no meaning in their worthless earthly existence thus far, believe they were now brave noble heroes by cowering in their basements, ordering takeout from Taco Bell, watching Netflix, and putting on a face diaper in public, even though Fauci and every scientific study ever done proved masks are worthless against viruses.

The campaign of fear, aided and abetted by Hollywood, the corporate media propaganda networks, the Big Tech social media censorship police, teachers’ unions, and tyrannical left-wing governors, worked to perfection as decades of government school socialization and indoctrination has created a nation of terrified sheep easily ruled by loathsome Machiavellian wolves.

UNICEF USA on Twitter: "Today marks the start of World Mask Week! By wearing a mask, you're not only protecting yourself; you're protecting other people, especially those most vulnerable to #COVID19. With @

The arrogance and hubris of the malevolent globalist oligarchy has attained epic heights, as they successfully stole a presidential election and completed their four-year coup against Trump. They have flogged the January 6 unarmed selfie insurrection to death with their media lapdogs to keep the Trump forces on the defensive. They have installed a dementia ridden empty vessel Trojan horse as president, with a vacuous hateful kackling hyena as vice president, as a means to implement their master plan of destroying what remains of a once great nation.

Amazon.com: Sorry! America is experiencing an Illegitimate President Vinyl Decal Bumper Wall Laptop Window Sticker 5" : Automotive

I wrote an article two weeks after Biden’s installation called Illegitimate President, laying out the case this was a coup by the Deep State and billionaire oligarchs, and still stand by ever word I wrote, as my worst fears have been exceeded during Biden’s first eight months in office. This Chinese controlled, child fondling, teleprompter reading, senile, divider in chief is not my president. I will never recognize him as my president.

We are in the midst of a civil war, with only the bad guy’s waging battle against the Constitution, our freedoms, our liberties, and the societal norms which have formed the foundation of our country since 1776. Thus far, there has been little to no push back from the good guys. The outcome of this Fourth Turning hinges upon the willingness of a minority of like-minded, critical thinking, dissenting Americans to stand-up and stop these evil men from turning our country into tyrannical techno-gulag of oppression.

The specific events that drive a Fourth Turning are never the same, as technology advances, empires rise and fall, and global interconnectedness increases. What doesn’t change is human nature, with all its downsides of greed, envy, hubris, murder, and hate. Throughout history sociopaths have risen to power, showing no empathy for their fellow man, seeking power and control over their people, attempting to conquer and destroy other countries, and prone to commit atrocities on a grand scale against their own citizens. This Fourth Turning is no different.

The Burning Platform on Twitter: "FOURTH TURNING ACCELERATING TOWARDS CLIMAX https://t.co/bDHBfOGt85 Like molten lava bursting forth from a long dormant volcano, the core elements of this 4th Turning flow along channels of

It rhymes with aspects of our previous three Fourth Turnings, but has its own distinctive facets, not experienced before. The American Revolution Fourth Turning featured a tyrannical despot as the provocateur. The Civil War Fourth Turning saw a divided nation, with half the population going to war against the other half. The Great Depression/World War II Fourth Turning contained a global financial crisis, creation of the welfare state, authoritarian edicts from a dictator-like president and the bloodiest conflict in human history.

Characteristics of all these Crisis periods can be seen during this Fourth Turning, as a global financial crisis triggered its onset, government bailouts and a vast expansion of the welfare state has taken place, and the president and politicians across the land have trashed the Constitution and assumed dictatorial powers over their subjects. Does a bloodier war await? Or will it be a technological war that destroys our modern world?

The twist in this Fourth Turning has been the emergence of the Deep State, in collusion with Big Tech, Big Pharma, Big Media, Wall Street, and the globalist billionaire cabal to strip the people of their rights while convincing a huge swath of willfully ignorant frightened sheep they are doing it for their own good. This is how evil wins. This is how a society devolves into tyranny and dictatorship. The immense level of unpayable debt underlies everything happening. The actions taken by central bankers at the behest of their Wall Street owners and captured politicians are an act of desperation to keep this debt pyramid scheme from imminent collapse, but virtually assures a far worse outcome of hyperinflation and depression.

The decades of civic decay, initiated and encouraged by those pulling the levers behind the scenes, have hollowed out our society and created animosities which are now irreconcilable and fatal. It’s only a matter of time until the shooting begins. The global disorder seems contrived and planned as part of the globalist Great Reset scheme to create a new world order, where the plebs will own nothing, and the elites will run the show and reap the riches.

Lessons on covering coronavirus misinformation from the fallout of ' Plandemic'

In March 2020, at the outset of this plandemic, I was already skeptical, suspicious, and convinced the globalist oligarchy were using this virus as a means to implement their diabolical plan to reset the world in the method of their choosing. In my article at the end of March – P for Pandemic – I predicted a vaccine would be miraculously discovered and everyone would be forced to take it or be arrested. Little did I know Gates and Fauci already had a “vaccine” waiting in the wings, in collusion with their Big Pharma co-conspirators. It seems the plot from V for Vendetta has been playing out just as V stated during his speech to London.

“Because while the truncheon may be used in lieu of conversation, words will always retain their power. Words offer the means to meaning, and for those who will listen, the enunciation of truth. And the truth is, there is something terribly wrong with this country, isn’t there? Cruelty and injustice, intolerance, and oppression. And where once you had the freedom to object, to think and speak as you saw fit, you now have censors and systems of surveillance coercing your conformity and soliciting your submission. How did this happen? Who’s to blame? Well, certainly, there are those who are more responsible than others, and they will be held accountable. But again, truth be told, if you’re looking for the guilty, you need only look into a mirror. I know why you did it. I know you were afraid. Who wouldn’t be? War, terror, disease. They were a myriad of problems which conspired to corrupt your reason and rob you of your common sense. Fear got the best of you, and in your panic, you turned to the now high chancellor, Adam Sutler. He promised you order, he promised you peace, and all he demanded in return was your silent, obedient consent.” – V speech to London

Stop Watt

Everything in this speech applies to our current state of affairs. Just replace the name Adam Sutler with any combination of Biden, Fauci, Gates or Schwab. But there is no super-hero in the wings ready to inspire the nation towards revolution against the dark forces who have taken the reins over our society. We have now entered one of the most dangerous periods in the country’s history. We have been continuously lied to by so called “experts”. Are they just incompetent or do they have another agenda? The rollout of the experimental gene altering therapies by Big Pharma was touted by Fauci, Biden, Walensky and their media mouthpieces as a miracle cure for Covid which would eradicate this virus and save the world.

This was before the Orwellian doublespeak campaign of revisionist history was implemented with haste, due to the vaccine narrative collapsing under the weight of facts, data, doctors and journalists brave enough to speak out and warn the public. Most have been disappeared from social media by the Silicon Valley thought police. Prior to this scamdemic, the definition of a vaccine was well defined and unquestioned by the scientific community. A vaccine was designed to prevent a disease from occurring. The polio vaccine and smallpox vaccine didn’t lessen the symptoms of those diseases. They protected you from ever getting them.

At minimum a vaccine provides immunity against the disease. As these mRNA “vaccines” have been jabbed into over 1 billion people on the planet, it seems they don’t make you immune from the virus, don’t protect you from getting the virus, don’t keep you from spreading the virus, and don’t even protect you from being hospitalized or dying from the virus. Even their latest re-definition of vaccine, changed by those controlling the narrative doesn’t apply.

The fact these “vaccines” are a complete and utter failure, as new “cases” using the purposely faulty and FDA recalled PCR test surged to 170,000 per day in early September with 180 million Americans fully vaccinated versus 45,000 per day last September with ZERO Americans vaccinated, is not allowed to be spoken. Deaths “with Covid” are averaging 2,000 per day now versus 800 per day last September with no one vaccinated. How can this data not be interpreted as a complete failure of the vaccines? The data has proven, any effectiveness wanes after a few months. Boosters for eternity would certainly benefit Pfizer’s bottom line and keep Fauci on the left-wing Sunday propaganda outlets.

But Twitter always has a blurb in the upper right corner under “What’s Happening” saying Covid Vaccines are Safe & Effective. I’ve also seen 5,000 TV commercials where famous athletes, pop singers, and Hollywood stars tell me the same thing. They wouldn’t lie, right? Twitter also has Experts Say Masks are Safe & Effective in Preventing Spread of Covid-19 at the top right every day. Lastly, Twitter and the MSM consistently post articles and commentary saying Ivermectin is Not Approved by the FDA for Treating Covid-19 and is only for cows and horses.

We wouldn’t want to eat into the billions of Big Pharma profits by actually promoting a safe, effective, and cheap drug which has virtually eradicated Covid in India. It’s funny, but if you Google Israel covid cases versus India covid cases, you cannot find this graph. I guess proof the most vaxxed country in the world is experiencing the largest surge in cases in the world versus one of the least vaxxed countries in the world, who distributed mass quantities of ivermectin to its people, is experiencing no surge might be an inconvenient truth to the Covid vaccine narrative police.

PLC on Twitter: "Interestingly, cases (and deaths) are disappearing in India with 66% seroprevelance and only 10% vaccinated which Israel, with 88% of adults vaccinated 30% "boosted" continues to see a rising

They do make it easy to distinguish their lies, misinformation, and propaganda from the truth. It is a scientific fact masks don’t work. A vaccine that doesn’t keep you from getting the virus is not effective. A vaccine that has caused at least 650,000 adverse reactions, 86,000 serious injuries and 14,000 deaths, according to the VAERS database, doesn’t sound “safe” to me. But what do I know? I’m one of those unvaxxed domestic terrorists Biden thinks should wear a yellow star and have my livelihood destroyed as punishment for my non-compliance with his demands.

The potential long-term consequences of these gene therapies are completely unknown, but many renowned doctors (censored by Twitter & Facebook) worry ADE (antibody dependent enhancement) will wreak havoc in the not-too-distant future. Real fact checkers, not the current batch of Orwellian thought police, would conclude these vaccines are anything but safe and effective.

You're welcome to cast doubt on the VAERS data all you want. This slide (presented to the FDA today) shows a 1000% increase in adverse reactions reported to VAERS. Let's say half

If these vaccines are clearly not doing what they were advertised to do, and natural immunity is proving to be 20x as effective in fending off the Delta variant, why is Biden and Fauci doubling down with vaccine mandates, vaccine passports, forcing vaccinations on people who already have natural immunity, and shaming those who choose not to be lab rats in this Big Pharma experiment, where they have ZERO liability for injuries or deaths caused by their concoctions? One of the inventors of the mRNA therapies, who has been a thorn in the side of Fauci and his fellow Big Pharma whores, has similar questions and doubts about the true purpose and agenda behind these mandatory jabs.

It should be clear to any open-minded critical thinking individual this has never been about your health, but about their insatiable appetite for power and control over how our society functions, who benefits, and who reaps the financial rewards. Always follow the money. Big Pharma generates a huge portion of advertising revenues for Big Media and the Medical Industrial complex of hospitals, doctors, and researchers. We are fighting a corporate fascist Deep State behemoth, aided, and abetted by Zuckerberg, Dorsey, Gates, Soros, and numerous other sociopaths in government, media, and the corporate world.

Their chosen medium to compel obedience is fear. It has proven to be tremendously effective in herding the sheep towards the slaughterhouse. Imagine convincing tens of millions to quiver in fear, locked in their homes, wearing face diapers for months on end, and volunteering to be the research in a Big Pharma money making scheme over a virus with a 99.7% survival rate, that only kills the very old, very sick and very obese.

A virus so scary most people don’t know they have it until they get a positive test result from a purposely flawed test. Now the fear has turned to loathing, as those who believed their patron saint of covid – Anthony Fauci – are embarrassed by the fact they were convinced to get jabbed under false pretenses and now look like fools for believing they would be protected from the dreaded Rona. A basic risk/benefit analysis tells the true story.

Bertrand Russell captures the reaction of the vaxxed perfectly.

Collective fear stimulates herd instinct and tends to produce ferocity toward those who are not regarded as members of the herd.” ― Bertrand Russell

The herd was corralled by fear into believing the vaccines would protect them. At first, they virtue signaled their intellectual superiority and contributions to mankind by getting the jab. Only foolish stupid Trumpers would resist this miracle drug, even though it was Trump that allowed Big Pharma to skip about three years of trials to rush the vaccines to market. The covid vaxx cultists thought they could shame the immune system reliant into following them down the path of forlorn hope.

Now that the vaccines have proven to be useless, dangerous, and possibly a way to cull the herd over time, the herd has turned their anger on the unvaxxed with a ferocity usually reserved for a DeSantis or Trump press conference. The vaxxed are angry because the unvaxxed are putting them at risk because their vaxx doesn’t work. Got it? And this anger is being stoked by Biden and his minions, as they attempt to create chaos, havoc, and violent upheaval in this country.

The initial reaction to that last statement would be doubt and resistance to the thought of a sitting president and his handlers purposely trying to destroy the underpinnings of our nation. But, as proof human nature does not change, the inimitably observant, skeptical, and cynical about government writer, H.L. Mencken, couldn’t have described the forces at play any better than he did 95 years ago.

Now that the vaccines have proven to be useless, dangerous, and possibly a way to cull the herd over time, the herd has turned their anger on the unvaxxed with a ferocity usually reserved for a DeSantis or Trump press conference. The vaxxed are angry because the unvaxxed are putting them at risk because their vaxx doesn’t work. Got it? And this anger is being stoked by Biden and his minions, as they attempt to create chaos, havoc, and violent upheaval in this country.

The initial reaction to that last statement would be doubt and resistance to the thought of a sitting president and his handlers purposely trying to destroy the underpinnings of our nation. But, as proof human nature does not change, the inimitably observant, skeptical, and cynical about government writer, H.L. Mencken, couldn’t have described the forces at play any better than he did 95 years ago.

“Yet behind the majority, often defectively concealed, there is always a sinister minority, eager only for its own advantage and willing to adopt any device, however outrageous, to get what it wants. We have a puppet in the White House, pulled by wires, but with dangerous weapons in its hands. Law Enforcement becomes a new state religion. A law is something that A wants and can hornswoggle B, C, D, E and F into giving him – by bribery, by lying, by bluff and bluster, by making faces. G and H are therefore bound to yield it respect – nay, to worship it. It is something sacred. To question it is to sin against the Holy Ghost.” – H.L. Mencken, 1926

There has always been a sinister minority operating in the shadows pulling the wires of whoever is in the White House. If they do not comply with the orders of those pulling those wires, they receive the JFK treatment. Trump’s non-compliance resulted in the Deep State coup which removed him from office. With an avalanche of extra-judicial executive orders, mandates, and un-Constitutional actions, Biden is doing the bidding of those who installed him to take down America.

Those controlling Biden believe they are intellectually superior and must use psychological manipulation and Bernaysian propaganda techniques to achieve their goal of one world government in which they rule over us with an iron fist and technological surveillance.

These sociopaths believe their evil means justify ends which benefit themselves. Freedom, liberty, free speech, choice about medical treatments, and the rights granted under the Constitution are antiquated notions in the minds of these maniacal tyrants. This Fourth Turning hinges on the coming conflict between this sinister minority and a thus far silent, but heavily armed majority.

This is a revolution initiated by those at the top of the pecking order in a bold attempt to increase and consolidate their power, control, and wealth. This revolution will not bring prosperity to the people but is designed to benefit a brazen few who care not for the average American. This oligarch revolution heralds immense death and destruction, either through medicinal methods or violence in the streets. Widespread impoverishment of the masses is a certainty once the underpinnings of this financial system give way. If they succeed, the degeneration of our society into a dystopian nightmare is a distinct possibility.

But here is where hope enters the picture. There are far more of us than them. They attempt to give the appearance of superiority and strength, but their hold over the levers of power is tenuous. Once a few brave dissenters begin to stand up and resist, the masses will hesitantly begin to follow. We are approaching a crucial point where we either bow down to the sinister minority or make our last stand.

I have been trying to figure out the path of this Fourth Turning for the past thirteen years. What I do know is it keeps getting worse as time passes, with 2020 initiating the next leg down and 2021 devolving into a battle between the forces of oligarch evil and the majority of good people just trying to live their lives. I don’t know what happens next, but I do know the next few years will herald much pain, acrimony, bloodshed, and sacrifice on the part of many good people, if we are to retain any semblance of the nation we once celebrated.

Our goal should be to act in a way that would make the Founding Fathers, who initiated our first Fourth Turning, proud of our deeds and actions. The enemy currently holds the high ground, but we are the many. The storm has arrived, and our very survival hangs in the balance. I hope there are enough of us willing to sacrifice our lives for the restoration of the Republic, given to us by Washington, Adams, Jefferson, Franklin and the rest of the Founders. Good luck and Godspeed.

The risk of catastrophe will be very high. The nation could erupt into insurrection or civil violence, crack up geographically, or succumb to authoritarian rule. If there is a war, it is likely to be one of maximum risk and effort – in other words, a total war. Every Fourth Turning has registered an upward ratchet in the technology of destruction, and in mankind’s willingness to use it.” – Strauss & Howe – The Fourth Turning

“History offers no guarantees. Obviously, things could go horribly wrong – the possibilities ranging from a nuclear exchange to incurable plagues, from terrorist anarchy to high-tech dictatorship. We should not assume that Providence will always exempt our nation from the irreversible tragedies that have overtaken so many others: not just temporary hardship, but debasement and total ruin. Losing in the next Fourth Turning could mean something incomparably worse. It could mean a lasting defeat from which our national innocence – perhaps even our nation – might never recover.” – Strauss & Howe – The Fourth Turning

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/09/20/its-a-fourth-turning-what-did-you-expect/ 

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc..

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 9-13-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hell Is Coming, And Death Is Coming With It: Buy Lots Of Food And Store It Some Place Safe, Because Very Difficult Times Are Approaching

Jack Metir Uncategorized September 13, 2021 6 Minutes  SURVIVAL BLOG

I’m just going to be very blunt with you. Things have already gotten quite crazy, but they are going to get even crazier. Global food supplies have already gotten tight, but they are going to get even tighter. When even the UN starts using the word “biblical” to describe the famine that the world is facing, that is a sign that the hour is very late.

Thankfully, we are not facing famine in the short-term here in the United States, but “temporary shortages” of certain items have already been popping up, and food prices are aggressively shooting higher.

Earlier today my wife stopped by the grocery store to pick up a couple of things, and one particular item that used to cost about 12 dollars was now 20 dollars instead. But thanks to the Federal Reserve, this is about as low as food prices are going to get. The Fed seems absolutely determined to crank up inflation, and that is going to have very serious implications during the times that are ahead.

Right now, we have a window of opportunity before the next wave of trouble comes along, and I would greatly encourage you to use this window of opportunity to buy lots of food and store it some place safe.

Some people seem to think that if they have stored up a couple months’ worth of food that they will be just fine.

Unfortunately, that is not the reality of what we are facing. The truth is that you should have enough food to feed every single person in your household for an extended period, and many of you will need much more than that. Because when things get really crazy, many of the friends, neighbors and extended family members that neglected to prepare will come knocking on your door asking for help.

In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago

In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries.

Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:

A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.

There are some people that would turn away those friends, neighbors and extended family members, but I couldn’t do that. Yes, they are at fault for refusing to get prepared, but I just couldn’t turn them out into the street.

If you also plan to assist those around you that are in need, that just makes your job even bigger. In the end, there is a limit to what any of us can do, and so we will do what we can with what we have, and we will leave the rest to God.

The overwhelming demand that we are witnessing at food banks around the nation right now gives us some clues about what we can expect as economic conditions get even worse. In Alameda County, vehicles are lining up “as early as seven in the morning” just to get a little bit of food from the local food banks.

They start lining up as early as seven in the morning and this will run for six straight hours – said Altfest.

Hundreds of cars slowly snake their way through the parking lot across from the Acura dealership on Interstate 880. Folks from all walks of life driving everything from Toyota’s, BMW’s, to Mercedes, all coming to get food. Folks are grateful for the charity.

When I read that quote from a local CBS news report, it struck me that it sounded almost exactly like what Heidi Baker said when she saw people waiting in line to get food.

And I saw all these people and they had beautiful cars, 4 by 4’s and Lexus, Mercedes, BMW’s, Toyotas. There they were with fancy shiny cars, but they were standing in line.

On the east coast we are seeing similar things happen.

In fact, there was a quarter-mile line at the break of dawn at a food bank in Queens on Saturday…

The line stretched a quarter mile before the sun was barely up Saturday, snaking around corners like bread lines in the 1930’s. But the hungry in Queens are today’s New Yorkers, left jobless by the corona virus.

Until the pandemic struck the city, La Jornada food pantry used to hand out groceries to roughly 1,000 families a week. Now, the figure tops 10,000. And volunteers serve lunch every day to 1,000 — many of them kids with growling stomachs. Across the five boroughs, the hungry number in the hundreds of thousands, the Food Bank of New York estimates.

I found it quite interesting that the New York Post is comparing what is happening now to the “bread lines in the 1930’s”.

This is the reality of what we are facing people. So many people are already in desperate need, and this “perfect storm” is just getting started.

In the Richmond, Virginia area things are even worse. According to one recent report, vehicles have been lining up at one food bank “as early as six hours” before it opens…

Every Friday, cars line up as early as six hours before the food bank on Iron Bridge Road opens the drive thru. At noon, the first 20 cars or so are allowed to park in the parking lot where they wait another three hours. Once 3 p.m. hits, the operation begins with a slew of volunteers working in the warehouse to fill grocery carts with fresh fruits and vegetables, dairy products, meat, prepared foods, and non-perishable items.

Can you imagine sitting in your vehicle for six hours waiting for a food bank to open?

This is how desperate some people in America have already become.

And as I noted at the beginning of this article, the United Nations is using the word “biblical” to describe the famine and starvation that are coming all around the world. The following comes from CNBC.

Famines of “biblical proportions” are becoming a serious risk as the corona virus crisis threatens to double the number of people nearing starvation, a U.N. body has warned.

In projections released Tuesday, the UN’s World Food Programme (WFP) predicted that the number of people facing “acute food insecurity” stood to rise to 265 million by the end of this year, up from 135 million in 2019.

I don’t know about you, but I find that warning to be quite sobering.

In a “worst-case scenario”, the UN projects that “about a tenth of the world’s population won’t have enough to eat this year”.

Initial United Nations forecasts show that in a worst-case scenario, about a tenth of the world’s population will not have enough to eat this year. The impact will go beyond just hunger as millions more are also likely to experience other forms of food insecurity, including not being able to afford healthy diets, which can lead to malnutrition and obesity.

Sadly, even though we have already seen so many crazy things happen in 2020, most Americans are still not prepping.

And so, when things really start to unravel in a major way, most of them are going to be short on food and supplies very rapidly.

The other day I was interviewed by Dr. Steve Greene, and we discussed some of the reasons why the troubles that we have experienced so far are just the tip of the iceberg.

So much more is coming, but most people do not want to hear that.

Most Americans still want to believe that the future is going to be just wonderful, and so they see absolutely no need to prepare for the chaotic times that are approaching.

If you’re interested in learning more old remedies, you should read The Lost Book Of Remedies.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/09/13/death-is-coming/ 

:: 9-13-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The True End Game Agenda of the O'Biden Administration Is On Display for All to See

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, September 13, 2021 - 13:32.

The single goal of the Biden administration is to destroy the United States. If we apply the principle of “judge a man by what he does, not by what he says”, this is an easy call to make.

First, we should answer, who is really running the Biden administration? That is an easy question to answer. Obama and Susan Rice are making the general policy decisions. Implementation of these policies is directed by the National Security Council, plus Sec Def Austin and Secretary of State Blinken. This is the communist brain trust that is running America. And George Soros and the CCP fund the critical areas where a Democratic Socialist must rule. All of these individuals have a history of hating what America traditionally stands for. They hate individual success, they hate freedom and most of all, they hate God. In fact, the globalist puppet organization, the Democratic Party took God out of their party platform several years ago. It is no secret that occultic, Satanic practices dominate key members of the Democratic Party, which should really be labeled as the Bolshevik.

True to their Bolshevik nature, the Biden crime family, as I have come to label them are planning a purge to rid themselves of any dissent and subsequent meaningful opposition.

There is already a multitude of reports, as we have pointed out on the CSS, that tell us that these camps exist and we have exposed the documentation from REX 84 to FM 39.4 to the recent CDC website proclamation that state that unsafe people will be quarantined against their will. Adding fuel to the fire, the Biden administration is already stating that people who are unvaccinated constitute a clear and present danger to the safety of the nation. I have repeatedly stated that the Biden administration’s approval rate is so low there is danger of a public pushback of their power. The Biden controllers need a game-changer and I have repeatedly been saying, as many of media guests are saying the same thing in that we have entered the so-called “false flag zone.”

I firmly believe that we can expect multiple false flags to occur in the next several months and Trump supporters, gun owners and anti-vaxxers will be blamed. This will provide the impetus for the Biden administration to protect the public from the new domestic terrorists.

Further, I have been shown an internal document which states that alt media figures will also be rounded up and sent to isolation facilities for inciting domestic terrorists with their journalism.

My colleague, Steve Quayle has had an experience which validates “the purge is coming” belief. We are soon going to do a joint interview to expose this agenda.

In all, I estimate that at least 80 million “domestic terrorists” have been targeted. However, I also have reason to believe that this list will be expanded to all Christians because of who most of the leadership of the Bolsheviks serve. Further, it also well-known that communists hate God and they commit genocide against their political enemies. So, I ask, should we be surprised by any of these developments.

Perhaps the more naïve Americans might wish to delay the labeling of this article as hysterical conspiracy theory and begin to apply the lessons history combined with the current events of today as a repeat of an all-to-familiar pattern that plagued people ruled by Stalin, Hitler and Mao.

How close are we to Biden administration perpetrated violence? Consider this one line from Biden’s speech announcing federally mandated vaccinations: “…if these governors won’t help us beat the pandemic, I’ll use my power as President to get them out of the way..."

The United States has not seen such inflammatory rhetoric since the Civil War in the 1860’s. In short, Biden has declared a violent “Jihad” against 80 million Americans who disagree with the head of the Biden crime family and associates.

Biden pretends to care so much for Americans, he has left thousands behind in Afghanistan to await their fate at the hands of the Taliban.

Biden pretends to care so much for Americans, that he permits Covid positive immigrants to flood across the border, ship them to 4 corners of country, while not requiring covid testing and vaccinations like he is for American citizens.

Biden pretends to care so much for Americans, that he repeats to abortion mantra, “my body, my choice.” But that so-called universal right disappears when it comes to determining if one is going to allow themselves to be forcibly vaccinated by Executive Order.

Biden pretends to care so much for Americans, that while he requires you to the vaccine, he has exempted the White House staff, Congress and their families, 600,000 postal workers and Federal judges and their families. Why are Congress and judges exempted? Because these are the two groups who could put a legal end to this unconstitutional authority and now they have been bought off and the complicit support has been obtained.

Stay tuned for the Steve Quayle and Dave Hodges interview revelations on what lies ahead for those that won’t comply with this tyranny.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/conspiracy-economics-health/true-end-game-agenda-obiden-administration-display-all-see 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-13-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

They're Going Door To Door In Washington DC, Looking For 'The Unvaxxed', Knocking On Doors 4, 5, 6 Times A Day If Necessary!

- The Globalists Satanic War Upon America's Children Gets Kicked Into High Gear

September 13, 2021 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

If anyone needed another sign of where we're going from here, we get it from this WTOP story.

Titled "‘Not a choice any more’: Council member presses DC on unvaccinated", that story pointed out what is already happening now in Washington DC, with D.C. Council Member Elissa Silverman recently saying during a council call with city administrators: "D.C. needs to take a more aggressive approach on vaccinations — getting the jab into more arms".

Reporting at their opening "D.C. officials were asked point-blank on Friday what plans the District has for people who remain unvaccinated against COVID-19 following President Joe Biden’s mandate announcement", it then pointed out how the official govt policy will be harassment, followed by more harassment, followed by even more harassment, with these lines from the story.:

Patrick Ashley, with D.C. Health, said the city has a significant outreach program going door to door.

“And as a reminder, we knock on doors until we actually get someone to talk to us. And so they’ll go back to a house four or five, six times, if necessary, multiple times of the day,” he said.

Ashley also said the District is working with Medicare providers to make sure that they’re providing vaccination education. “But you’re right, it is a choice of theirs to make,” Ashley said. “So we’ll continue to do that education through the —” Silverman interrupted Ashley to say: “The president is saying it’s not a choice any more.”

Yet if any American no longer has that 'choice' to make anymore, and government can tell us what we HAVE TO put inside of our bodies, then the fact of the matter is, government can force ANYTHING inside of us (or at least they'd think they can in their own, devious little minds!), nothing less than medical rape.

So with that WTOP story also confirming for us that in Washington DC right now, they've already got lists of who is vaxxed and who is not, and they are more than happy to harass the sh!t out of unvaxxed people by going back to the same house, "4, 5, 6 times a day" if necessary to harass them into taking 'the kill shot', imagine how any rational person might react to varmints knocking on their doors, over and over again, in an attempt to deliver a poison to them!

While some people would surely 'sic the dogs' on them, others might handle the situation in a much more 'permanent matter', dispatching them with the 2nd Amendment. Sure hope that it doesn't end up coming down to that for our PUBLIC SERVANTS in government who think they know what's best but have clearly been getting all of their information from people who most Americans no longer trust.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

And if you think that they're done pushing this lunacy, as this new story over at Zero Hedge reports, we haven't seen anything yet.

Reporting that US Surgeon General Dr. Vivek Murthy, who once tweeted 'masks don't work' before his Orwellian doublespeak of 'wait just kidding' Murthy made the rounds on the 'Sunday talking head' shows, calling the Biden regime's new Covid vaccine mandates an "appropriate legal measure" to keep people safe.

"From the beginning, the president and all of us said 'we've got to use every lever we have to fight this pandemic," said Murthy. Of course, given that Biden and Fauci are on record opposing vaccine mandates - Murthy's word salad is simply a lie.

And think of what those words 'use every lever to fight this pandemic' really mean!

As that ZH story pointed out, Murthy also said there's more to come "We're not done yet." So what will the newest tyrannical measures be that are forced upon the American people in the coming days? From that story.:

While vaccines are the 'backbone' of the government's multi-pronged effort, "we know that there are other mitigation measures," including masking, testing and social distancing.

"How quickly we get to a level where cases are low and stay low really depends on what we do collectively - not just the government - but each of us, as private citizens and what universities and schools and businesses do. If we work quickly to get people vaccinated, then we will get there faster," he continued, adding "one of the things we cannot afford to do is allow the Covid-19 experience to turn us against each other. Our enemy is the virus, it is not each other," (a line he repeated on ABC).

We somehow missed Murthy's condemnation of liberals wishing death on unvaccinated Americans.

Speaking on CNN, Murthy then said that President Biden will announce new steps to slow the spread of Covid-19 before the UN General Assembly meets - though he didn't elaborate on what those may be.

"The president will be making announcements ahead of the UN General Assembly about additional measures that we’re taking to help vaccinate the world," said Murthy.

For the record, the UN General Assembly opens on Tuesday, September 14th, tomorrow.

So with even more draconian 'medical martial law' measures sure to be unveiled in the coming days by 'dear leader' Biden at a time when Americans are either resigning from their jobs 'en masse' or facing being fired rather than yielding to medical tyranny, if it ever really became 'no longer a choice' on whether or not people take the 'kill shot' or not, every American would become a slave, living under tyranny.

As Donald Trump Jr had tweeted on Sunday, "If we’re really trying to save lives why don’t we mandate proper diets and exercise?" And now we see that their attempt to get the 'kill shot' into the arms of children is being kicked into overdrive as reported in this Daily Mail story titled "Former FDA chief-turned-Pfizer board member Scott Gottlieb says COVID vaccine shots for children aged between five and 11-years-old could be approved by Halloween".

Clearly a part of the globalists depopulation agenda that seeks to 'eliminate' 7 billion 'useless eaters' prior to 2030 in their insane attempts to 'combat global warming', all of the top-voted comments we've republished below from that story nailed it.

"They want us all dead"

"To do this to young children is unconscionable".

"They want to depopulated and it's a precursor to the mark of the beast!!!!!"

"Nope. Not putting this on my healthy child. Bye"

"It's a failed vaccine. It does. Not. Work. Stop this insanity!!!!"

"Are there any other countries Vaccinating 12 and under? Sheesh, even the WHO, which is not the most trustworthy organization, won't even recommend that age group."

"Where is the info covered by the Telegraph and Guardian with young males being 6.1 times more likely to be hospitalized for adverse heart issues from the vaccines than from the virus itself! This vaccine push for the little ones is absolutely grotesque- simply outrageous. These doctors like Gottlieb have made a Faustian bargain, I hope they get their comeuppance."

"Force me to get the jab and you'll be on the receiving end of a .357 jab to the head..."

So with government slaves going door to door in Washington DC harassing people who don't want to get the shot, sometimes '4, 5, 6 times a day' another hint of what's coming to the rest of America, as Mike Adams of Natural News warns in the only video below, how long will it be until the unvaxxed across America are being 'hunted down' by vax enforces like we've witnessed in Australia?

As Susan Duclos pointed out in this August 25th story on ANP, "The Only Reason Patriots (And Vax Dissenters!) Aren't Being Marched Off To The Ovens Right Now Is Americans Are Heavily Armed - That's The Difference Between The Tyranny In Australia And The Wannabe Dictators In America - We The American People Have Not Allowed Liberals to Disarm Us".

https://allnewspipeline.com/Going_Door_To_Door_In_Washington_DC.php 

:: 9-12-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Heart Inflammation in Teens Explodes Across US After FDA Approves Injections

Infowars.com September 12th 2021, 10:46 am

Heart inflammation cases, known as myocarditis, have exploded across the Western World in teenagers following the Food and Drug Administration’s approval of the Pfizer injection.

The latest example comes from a U.S. student athlete named Ron Stallings, who took to Instagram on Saturday from the hospital to warn users about the potential risks associated with taking the COVID shot. “I’m in the hospital right now with heart complications from the COVID-19 vaccine. I want to inform as many people as I can about the risks from taking the vaccine that I wish someone would have told me,” Stallings said. “I’m a Division 1 student athlete with no prior health issues and I got the second COVID shot Tuesday, and within four days I have been diagnosed with myocarditis and was told that I probably won’t be able to play my senior season now.”

“It isn’t right for people to be forded to take the vaccine because there are actual side effects like this that could happen to you, and the NCAA should not mandate student athletes to get the vaccine because of what could happen to so many fellow student athletes’ health issues which has happened to me,” Stallings continued.

Stallings went on to say that he’s spoken to other student athletes who contracted heart issues as a result of taking the vaccine.

“I’ve spoken with some other student athletes that have also had to have either heart surgery or have had heart issues from this and it’s very scary stuff. And a lot of people in our age group apparently are at higher risk from heart issues from the vaccine and it really does need to be talked about,” he said.

Hundreds of cases of myocarditis have been documented in teens not just in America but in Canada and Europe as well, which the media has been covering up.

In fact, Ernest Ramirez, who explained in his first interview with Alex Jones how the COVID injection killed his son, has been censored by Facebook for trying to share his tragic story.

This follows a bombshell study showing teenage boys are 14 times more likely to suffer from heart complications as a result of receiving the COVID injection.

The FDA approved the Pfizer jab for children 12-15 in May despite reports of heart inflammation side effects. The agency fully approved the jab in August.

On the historic 20th anniversary of the deep state 9/11 false flag attacks, Alex Jones interviews Dr. Richard Bartlett, M.D., Joel Skousen, Steve Quayle, Robert Barnes, vaccine victim Ernest Ramirez & more.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/heart-inflammation-in-teens-explodes-across-us-after-fda-approves-injections/ 

:: 9-13-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

White House to Announce More COVID Measures This Week Despite Vaccine Mandate Backlash

by Paul Joseph Watson September 13th 2021, 5:31 am

Despite the massive backlash against a federal vaccine mandate, the Biden White House is set to announce more COVID measures this week, according to the U.S. Surgeon General.

Last week, the administration announced that it would mandate the vaccine via the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, meaning employers with over 100 workers would have to force staff to get the vaccine or face massive fines.

This prompted a wave of resistance with conservatives and Republicans finally appearing to find a line in the sand that they could unite behind.

Numerous Governors asserted they would attempt to block the mandate through the courts.

I will pursue every legal option available to the state of Georgia to stop this blatantly unlawful overreach by the Biden administration,” Georgia Gov. Brian Kemp wrote last week.

However, despite the rebellion, the Biden administration seems to be doubling down, with U.S. Surgeon General Vivek Murthy revealing that there will be more measures announced before the U.N. General Assembly meets this week.

“There will be more actions that we continue to work on, especially in the global front,” said Murthy.

“What the president and what all of us have said as public health leaders from the earliest part of this pandemic is that we have to use every level of government, and we all in the private sector have to do everything we can to tackle this virus,” Murthy said. “The requirements the president announced are an example of that.” In a separate interview with ABC News, Murthy claimed that vaccine mandates such as the one enforced by Tyson Foods increase vaccine uptake.

However, others insist that the mandates will actually harden resistance.

“This is going to harden opposition,” said former New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie. “Sometimes when you’re a leader, you have to go in and use a sledgehammer. And I’ve been known to do that when I was governor. Sometimes it’s appropriate, but this one was not the time to do it. We have to be persuasive, we have to continue to persuade.”

Arkansas Gov. Asa Hutchinson echoed Christie’s sentiment, asserting, “We’re all together in trying to get an increased level of vaccination out in the population. The problem is that I’m trying to overcome resistance. But the president’s actions in a mandate hardens the resistance.”

———————————————————————————————————————

ALERT! In the age of mass Silicon Valley censorship It is crucial that we stay in touch.

I need you to sign up for my free newsletter here.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/white-house-to-announce-more-covid-measures-this-week-despite-vaccine-mandate-backlash/ 

:: 9-13-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'If you travel on a plane you should be vaccinated': Fauci demands vaccine mandate for air travel and public schools in bid to reach herd immunity

Dr Anthony Fauci said that he would support vaccine mandates for public schools and air travel, in a promotional video for a podcast set to air on Thursday

Fauci's remarks come at a time of profound national division about vaccine and mask mandates

Although there is no federal vaccine mandate for air travel, some airlines have already issued vaccine mandates for their employees

A former FDA director, and board member at Pfizer, said that emergency approval for the vaccine in children ages 5 to 11 could be ready in weeks

On Thursday, Biden announced companies with more than 100 employees will have to require vaccination proof or regular COVID-19 testing

The Biden administration's bid to reach the unvaccinated Americans has Republican governors threatening lawsuits

By Andrea Blanco For Dailymail.Com

Published: 02:41 EDT, 13 September 2021 | Updated: 02:47 EDT, 13 September 2021

Chief medical advisor Dr Anthony Fauci has said that he supports vaccine mandates for air travel and public schools.

'I would support that if you want to get on a plane and travel with other people, that you should be vaccinated,' said Fauci in a promotional video for the Skimm This podcast, which will air on Thursday.

Fauci asserted that for herd immunity to become a reality in the country, the 'overwhelming portion of the population' needed to get vaccinated.

'If we do it in the next six months, it'll happen in the next six months. If we do it in the next two months, it'll happen in the next two months,' he said.

He also expressed his support for a vaccine mandate in public schools, citing that schools have required for students to get vaccinated against infectious diseases for 'decades and decades.'

'I don't know what school you went to, but the school that I went to, you had to be vaccinated for measles, mumps, rubella, polio or otherwise you couldn't go to school.

'So it is not something new to mandate vaccine for school children,' Fauci said.

On Sunday, former FDA chief Scott Gottlieb, who now sits on the board of directors at Pfizer, said that the emergency use approval process for vaccinating children between the ages of 5 and 11 could be done in a matter of weeks.

Fauci had previously said that President Biden's decision to require that all companies employing more than 100 people must insist on either proof of vaccination or regular COVID tests was merely 'moderate.'

He said on Friday that he would have backed more intense options.

'The president is being somewhat moderate in his demand, if you want to call it that,' Fauci told CNN.

'There are some people who really don't want to get vaccinated but they don't want to lose their job.

'You've got to give them an off lane. And the off-lane is that if you get tested frequently enough and find out you're positive you won't come to work and you won't infect other people.

'It really is somewhat of a compromise there.

'Myself, I would make it just vaccinate or not - but he is trying to be moderate in what he was pronouncing,' he added.

Companies who refused to follow Biden's vaccine mandate could face penalties of up to $14,000 for each violation, The Washington Post reported.

The measure could affect 80 million workers, or two thirds of the private workforce in the US.

Fauci's remarks come at a time of profound national division about the vaccine and mask requirements to participate in public life issued by the military, public schools, universities and businesses across the country.

On Thursday, Representative Don Beyer, a democrat, introduced the Safe Travel Act, a bill seeking to require every airline or train service in the US to ask for negative COVID-19 test results or vaccination from passengers, employees and affiliates.

Although no federal vaccine mandate has been issued for air travel, several US airlines have already announced they will be requiring vaccination from employees.

Last week, United Airlines said that employees who refused to get the vaccine will be terminated and those given a religious exemption will be placed on temporary unpaid leave.

Hawaiian Airlines is giving their staff until November 1 to receive their second shot, if they are getting a two-dose vaccine.

Southwest will 'continue to strongly encourage' employees to get vaccinated, but it won't issue a vaccine mandate.

American Airlines will not require employees to show proof of vaccination, but offered workers who got vaccinated by the end of August one extra day of vacation in 2022 as incentive.

Amtrak has announced that all employees must be vaccinated by November 1 and new employees must show proof of vaccination starting October 4.

The Biden administration's bid to reach the unvaccinated Americans has Republican governors threatening lawsuits.

In Florida, Gov. Ron DeSantis won an agitated legal battle against a Leon County Circuit after a court reinstated DeSantis' ban on mask mandates.

Parents sued the state on August26 after DeSantis issued the ban, and what unfolded was a back-and-forth battle between the Gov. and school districts who kept enforcing mask use.

Thirteen of Florida's 67 school districts currently have mask requirements.

In retaliation, the state has begun to withhold funds equivalent to monthly salaries of school board members in Alachua and Broward counties, and have begun looking in for other counties that are not playing ball.

In Texas, attorney general Ken Paxton filed a lawsuit against six noncompliant school district that have remained enforcing mask mandates after Gov. Gregg Abbott's ban on mask mandates.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9984397/Fauci-says-support-vaccinate-mandates-air-travel-public-schools.html 

:: 9--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Covid’s Willing Executioners

Guest Post by Todd Hayen

A few weeks ago, three friends on Facebook told me that they wished for my death.

One of them I didn’t really know. He freaked out when I calmly suggested there were viable treatment options for those with Covid. He responded: “Stay out of my life!! I hope you get Covid and die!”

The other two friends were people I knew in college 45 years ago, one was my freshman year roommate, and the other guy introduced me to my first wife. He suggested that I prove Darwin’s theory and perish from the virus, the other just basically said I deserved what was coming as a selfish unvaccinated science-denier. Willing Executioners

Guest Post by Todd Hayen

A few weeks ago, three friends on Facebook told me that they wished for my death.

One of them I didn’t really know. He freaked out when I calmly suggested there were viable treatment options for those with Covid. He responded: “Stay out of my life!! I hope you get Covid and die!”

The other two friends were people I knew in college 45 years ago, one was my freshman year roommate, and the other guy introduced me to my first wife. He suggested that I prove Darwin’s theory and perish from the virus, the other just basically said I deserved what was coming as a selfish unvaccinated science-denier.  Covid’s willing executioners.

I know Facebook is certainly not the ideal place for reasonable discourse. As a psychologist, however, I do find it an interesting sample of a certain extreme way of thinking and behaving.

I also believe my experience with “friends” wishing for my demise is not unusual amongst those on that side of the fence in this debate. At least not unusual in thought.

As we all know, Facebook is the place of no inhibition. However, that said, I do believe it is a grave concern that human beings can be manipulated into this dark manner of thinking and feeling.

The operative word here is “manipulate.”

I do have faith, that for the most part, human beings have evolved from a cave mentality when confronting “other” in the culture. In cave days our psychology was programmed for survival, and it didn’t take much coercion to view members from another tribe that wandered into territory that was not their own to be immediately met with suspicion and fear.

Today, many thousands of years later, I think it takes a bit of manipulation to view “other” as fatally dangerous—but not much coercion, so it seems.

In this regard it appears we have lost any scintilla of common sense. How can a government (or more likely Willing Executioners  etc.

Why is this?

I’m afraid it is human nature — at least a small part of human nature — that these days needs a little coercion to come out in full bloom. For me, as a psychologist, it is more proof that there is an organized agenda, a “psyop” if you will, driving this whole debacle. When humans are put into this sort of psychological environment, their reaction is very predictable.

A friend of mine, Dr. Mark McDonald, who is a prominent psychiatrist and has a very prestigious practice in California, told me this in a recent conversation:

“Pandemic of the unvaccinated” has emerged as an expression of propaganda meant to provoke anger toward those who exercise medical choice in deferring or refusing the experimental vaccine. It is meant to isolate, shame, and humiliate anyone who will not agree to surrender medical autonomy to the state. It intentionally divides Americans against one another while simultaneously distracting attention from the medical reality of poor vaccine efficacy and vaccine harm. The expression is devoid of scientific meaning but full of coercive psychological power. It must be challenged.

Again, we see this idea of “coercive psychological power” come up in Dr. McDonald’s comment. Propaganda and the manipulation of the masses has been a key tenet in totalitarian regimes. Pitting person against person is of utmost importance to having control over the masses. Even in Orwell’s dystopian novel, 1984, the opposition to the state was created by the state to keep the masses distracted, or so it is implied.

I am reminded of the Stanford Prison Experiment as well as Milgram’s obedience studies at Yale. Milgram set up an experiment where a subject, someone who did not know the parameters of the experiment, was in control of administering an electric shock to the “learner” if he/she failed to answer certain questions correctly.

The “learner” was also “in” on the experiment and in fact received no shocks. The authority figure egging on the subject was also, of course, “in” on the experiment and played the role of authority that the subject had to succumb to. “Just following orders” is the phrase that immediately comes to mind.

The current phenomenon regarding the persecution of the unvaccinated has some correlation with this experiment in that people, when pressured by the “mainstream authority or narrative,” tend to have little or no connection with a natural empathy toward the group identified as “other” (the unvaccinated).

The subjects in Milgram’s experiment consistently detached from the learner’s pain and tended to dissociate from them as fellow humans. They ceased to see them as in the same tribe as themselves; they were quickly reclassified as “other.”

The difference in the results of this experiment and the current situation is that “other” (the “learner”) posed no threat to the subject in Milgram’s experiment. He or she was just disobedient to authority, i.e., was not doing correctly what authority demanded him/her to do.

Now, in our present situation, the vaccinated are convinced by authority that the unvaccinated are in fact a threat (as well as not being obedient to the parental agenda). Authority is doing this through any means available to them, and it makes no difference if these means have even the slightest scientific truth to them (they say of course it is all scientific, but with further scrutiny, it certainly is not).

We saw this early on with the mask compliance. Those wearing masks were identified as one particular tribe: the “good” tribe who possessed community values. Those not wearing masks, or complaining about them, were the other tribe: the bad tribe, who were selfish, stupid, and science deniers. (to paraphrase Orwell’s sheep in Animal Farm: “four legs good (mask), two legs bad (no masks)”).

Now this effort of segregation and persecution has moved to the vaccinated and the unvaccinated. It is not the “right” science that will disintegrate this tribal conflict: it is a psycho-social issue, not a pragmatic objective one.

In a recent Charles Eisenstein article “Mob Morality and the Unvaxxed” he states: My point is that those in the scientific and medical community who dissent from the demonization of the unvaxxed contend not only with opposing scientific views, but with ancient, powerful psycho-social forces. They can debate the science all they want, but they are up against something much bigger.

Daniel Goldhagen’s book, Hitler’s Willing Executioners (from which this article’s title is derived) presents a thesis that the persecution of the Jews in Hitler’s Germany was not only an exercise of obedience to Hitler’s ideology but was the result of a long history of German antisemitism. This very well could be true, but in my opinion this historic antisemitism was only the hook which made it easier for Hitler to hang his ideology.

Today’s willing executioners do not need a history of racial discrimination to hang their hatred of anti-vaxxers, but instead rely on a simple identification of “other” (unvaccinated) and a hatred for those who “don’t care about me, or those that I love.” The key common denominator it seems is the common concept of caring for others before caring for yourself, which, ironically, is clearly not the true psychological operator in this situation.

These people seem to care far more for themselves and their own safety (and their opinion) than they do for the rights and freedoms (and safety) of others — take the jab to save me, never mind you might die or get sick in the process.

So what we are actually experiencing is “normal” — normal from the perspective that human beings have the innate capability of being all sorts of ugly things, particularly when gathered in crowds: tribes.

If coerced and manipulated in a particular way, as has happened countless times in world history, they can become unconscious, irrational, nonempathic, monsters. I will close with a paragraph from another excellent article by author CJ Hopkins (which can be found in its entirety on Off-Guardian’s website) “The Approaching Storm”: Thus, their plan is to make our lives as miserable as possible, to segregate us, stigmatize us, demonize us, bully, and harass us, and pressure us to conform at every turn.

They are not going to put us on the trains to the camps. GloboCap is not the Nazis. They need to maintain the simulation of democracy.

So, they need to transform us into an underclass of “anti-social conspiracy theorists,” “anti-vaxxer disinformationists,” “white-supremacist election-result deniers,” “potentially violent domestic extremists,” and whatever other epithets they come up with, so that we can be painted as dangerously unhinged freaks and cast out of society in a way that makes it appear that we have cast out ourselves.

Hunker down.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/09/12/covids-willing-executioners/ 

:: 9--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Get to a VACCINE REBELLION state or be HUNTED by the vax enforcers

52870 views

channel image

Health Ranger Report

Published Saturday |

For more updates, visit: http://www.brighteon.com/channel/hrreport 

NaturalNews videos would not be possible without you, as always we remain passionately dedicated to our mission of educating people all over the world on the subject of natural healing remedies and personal liberty (food freedom, medical freedom, the freedom of speech, etc.). Together, we’re helping create a better world, with more honest food labeling, reduced chemical contamination, the avoidance of toxic heavy metals and vastly increased scientific transparency.

https://www.brighteon.com/2a528ec1-6145-4460-9800-62937b60e520 

:: 9--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

by Aden Tate

The rights of Americans are getting trampled on at every turn. Unfortunately, the right to self-defense as enshrined within the Second Amendment is no exception to being spit upon by communists/globalists (I admit to a bit of redundancy there).

Since President Joe Biden has been in office, we’ve seen efforts such as pre-crime surveillance plans, the administration asking SCOTUS to uphold warrantless gun confiscation, and executive orders that could turn a whole lot of gun owners into felons. In fact, the Biden administration has been very open about Biden’s willingness to “get the job done” with gun control executive orders. Or royal decrees. To-may-to, to-mah-to.

Do you think gun confiscation couldn’t happen here?

A lot of folks are firmly convinced gun control could never happen in the United States of America. Of course, neither did the Germans before WW2. Nor did the Venezuelans. Other South Americans didn’t think so either.

As Selco writes in his article, Gun Confiscation: Here’s How it Might Actually Go Down”:

The 2nd Amendment is very cool, and I like it very much, but here is the ugly truth:

It works only if the government wants it to work. One day, when the government does not want it to work anymore it will be out of order, illegal, or even terrorist to practice it. Sorry, it is not your inalienable right. The government lets you THINK it is your inalienable right. Actually, you do need to protect that right. You need to defend it.

History is a fantastic instructor and can perhaps help others better understand why this is such an important right to defend. Today, let us turn to the series of gun control laws passed in pre-World War 2 Germany. Does any of this look familiar?

April 12, 1928 – The Law on Firearms and Ammunition

Everyone now needed a license for anything related to guns due to this law. Whether manufacturing, assembling, repairing, or selling a gun, the person would be required to have a government-issued license. Not only did this law apply to guns, but it applied to ammunition as well. Anyone wanting to purchase ammunition or even to reload their own now needed a license to do so.

Arguably, this single law laid the foundation for all of what followed next in Germany throughout the ’30s and ’40s.

Not even a year passed before the Germans decided they needed further restrictions with this law. July 1928, the German government decreed that citizens were now required to have a permit to acquire more than one gun. Furthermore, citizens were only permitted 50 cartridges for that weapon.

March 18, 1931 – Unauthorized use of weapons

This law banned the carrying of any weapon off of one’s premises. By extension, this law made it illegal for groups of armed men to assemble in public places. The law specifically targeted clubs and knives. However, the law also included guns considering the exemption of those with (difficult to obtain) firearm carry permits.

February 15, 1933 – Registration of all firearm licenses

Nazi officials now demanded that all lists of registered firearm holders be delivered to the municipal government. The Nazi’s gave three weeks to comply. Anybody who the government deemed a potential threat (aka politically opposed) to the Nazi party had their firearm license revoked. According to reports, Nazis used pre-war lists of gun owners to confiscate firearms, and many gun owners simply disappeared. Following confiscation, the Nazis were free to wreak their evil on the disarmed populace, such as on these helpless Jews from the Warsaw Ghetto. [source]

February 28, 1933 – Decree of the Reich President for the Protection of the People and the State

As Hitler gained power on January 30, 1933, gun control efforts increased exponentially. [source] This decree suspended the German constitution entirely. Personal liberty, freedom of speech, and the right to assemble were all banned by the government under the guise of national security from domestic terrorists (e.g., German communists).

The government could now open one’s mail or monitor one’s phone calls whenever they pleased, could conduct unlimited raids on individuals’ homes, and decided anyone engaged in “rioting” could potentially face the death penalty.

The government routinely conducted raids to search for forbidden weapons. However, the government could effectively silence any public discussion on the morality of such actions. Should one attempt to congregate with others to petition the government for redress of grievances – and should this gathering be deemed a riot – all present could face legalized execution. [source]

March 31, 1933 – Decree for the surrender of weapons

Germany’s government ordered citizens to surrender arms, emphasizing those considered “military weapons.” Claims state that citizens were offered the freedom to join the SA, SS, Stahlhelm, or the National Revolution units if they wanted to carry a weapon. Should you choose not to join these units, you forfeited your right to own weapons.

All those who didn’t join the Nazi organizations and kept their guns were “viewed as an enemy of the national government” and punished accordingly.

June 12, 1933 – Ban on imported handguns

As of this date, people could no longer import handguns into Germany. “For reasons of public safety, it was no longer possible to tolerate this situation,” stated the decree. It was now illegal to import a pistol “until further notice.”

From what I can tell, this ban on handgun importation was permanent.

1935 – Rubber Truncheon is published

After the global release of the hit book Rubber Truncheon, the world finally becomes aware that Germany has built a system of concentration camps for political prisoners. The author, Wolfgang Langhoff – one of these prisoners – details how Germans who violated weapons laws were routinely rounded up and shipped off to one of these camps.

Langhoff also details how a veneer of legality was brushed over all of the Nazi’s actions.

December 16, 1935 – Gestapo Directive “Issuance of Weapons Permits to Jews”

Firearms in the hands of the Jews represent a considerable danger for the German people.” As a result, Jews were scrutinized under a microscope to determine whether or not they really “needed” a weapons permit.

In reality, this played out with Jews being denied weapons permits virtually 100% of the time.

February 9, 1938 – Weapons Law of 1938

The German government outright banned anyone from having a weapons permit if they were a Jew, a gypsy, or a person under police surveillance (virtually all of the country). Weapons permit applicants had to prove they needed a gun before they could get one now.

November 8, 1938 – Kristallnacht begins

Widely considered the “official” beginning of the Holocaust, Kristallnacht – or The Night of Broken Glass – is a massive state-sponsored pogrom against the Jews. Estimates are that 30,000 Jews were arrested and shipped off to concentration camps throughout Kristallnacht. Hitler’s henchmen destroyed Jewish homes and businesses and killed many Jewish people.

Himmler soon declared Jews are outright forbidden to own weapons of any kind. SS head Heinrich Himmler decreed: “Jews are forbidden to possess any weapon. Violators will be condemned to a concentration camp and imprisoned for a period of up to 20 years.” [source]

We all know the rest of the story

Most of us have what happens next etched well within our brains. The following years bring us the stories of Oskar Schindler, Anne Frank, Sophie Scholl, Viktor Frankl, and a host of other heart-rending stories. Stories of men and women raped, brutalized, coerced into medical experimentation, forced to watch the execution of their children and murder themselves.

Had April 12, 1928, never happened, could a different story have played out?

For a more in-depth look at how gun control played out within the Third Reich, I highly recommend reading Stephen Halbrook’s Gun Control in the Third Reich. My research for this article came from this book. I disagree with Halbrook’s conclusion that gun control doesn’t necessarily lead to genocide (despite virtually every example in history proving such). However, this is a highly detailed account of what happened legislatively in Germany leading up to The Holocaust.

What are your thoughts?

Looking back in history, what are your thoughts about the pattern that we’re watching play out right in front of our eyes? While you personally might not give up your gun for any reason, do you think you’ll be in the minority? Do you think most people will give in? What do you foresee as the next steps of the current administration? Let’s talk about it in the comments.

About Aden

Aden Tate has a master’s in public health and is a regular contributor to PewPewTactical.com, SurvivalBlog.com, SHTFBlog.com, ApartmentPrepper.com, HomesteadAndPrepper.com, and PrepperPress.com. Along with being a freelance writer he also works part-time as a locksmith. Aden raises dairy goats, a pig, honeybees, meat chickens, laying chickens, tomatoes, mushrooms, and greens on his micro-farm. He also has two published books, The Faithful Prepper and Zombie Choices. You can find his podcast The Last American at Preppers’ Broadcasting Network.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/a-cautionary-tale-how-gun-control-played-out-in-nazi-germ any/  

:: 9--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Next US Civil War

Is it time to leave the US? That is a very important question and it will be at the top of the list of topics we will address in addition to 2022, 2024, and 2032. We are facing a GLOBAL separatist movement that is not confined to just the United States. Everywhere from North America to Europe and Asia there are signs of tremendous stress that are unfolding along historic lines of separation.

I have been shaking every tree to try to ascertain what is in this vaccine that has governments so damn insistent that everyone must be vaccinated for a disease that has a mortality rate of less than 1% and it is typically the same people who die of the flu/pneumonia. I do not believe that those in government think that everyone who takes the vaccine will die in 2 to 3 years. They seem to believe that this is a way to control people.

Nonetheless, the real problem here is that these vaccines may not be all the same. There are people who have had a magnet stick to the place they got the shot and others it does not. Why? Some believe that there are differences in the vaccines and Gates is behind that to thin the herd. Nothing can be confirmed. It is all wild rumor. What I do not like is that the politicians have been bought all because they have totally screwed up the world financial system by borrowing endlessly with no intention of paying anything back.

All I can attest to is the stupidity of those in power and they have refused to reform or relinquish the slightest amount of power. The solution is always more power and this COVID scam appears to be more of a power grab and they intend to use the vaccine as the excuse to create internment camps to imprison those who resist their authority.

The fence is going back up out of fear of protests. Yes, Pelosi’s Fortress is becoming more permanent showing they know what they are doing is wrong. We can see what is unfolding in the land of the free that is no longer free. The troops will have loaded weapons that were banned after the Kent State killing of students. The rumor is that the troops are to be screened and if they voted for Trump they will be dismissed. They do not want any “Republicans” to have a gun inside the fence. That says it all.

I can also attest that we are looked down upon as animals. They have no intention of listening to us and as for constitutional rights, they do not consider that we have any. Now, if you are charged with any sort of a crime, they are also stripping you of your right to vote. Welcome to waking up for you are the Great Unwashed. As they say:

Power corrupts, but ultimate power corrupts Everything!

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/09/13/the-next-us-civil-war/ 

:: 9-12-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden Removes US Missiles from Saudi Arabia, In an Obama-Like Move to Appease Iran

By Joe Hoft Published September 12, 2021 at 7:30pm 975 Comments

The wheels of insanity in the OBiden Administration are about to fall off again. Rather than solidifying President Trump’s policy of peace in the Middle East, OBiden’s actions are likely to blow the entire region up into another OBiden mess.

President Trump went to the Middle East and visited world religious leaders on his first overseas visit in an effort to bring peace to the Middle East. President Trump inherited ISIS terrorizing the Middle East as well as Iran and both these terrorist entities were backed by the OBiden gang.

President Trump’s strategy was peace, not horror and destruction. He shared his vision with Arab leaders and asked them to remove terrorists out of their communities.

But this is not OBiden’s plan. OBiden shows that it wants destruction, murder and pain in the Middle East. This is the only plausible reason for the current Administration’s actions. The AP reports:

The U.S. has removed its most advanced missile defense system and Patriot batteries from Saudi Arabia in recent weeks, even as the kingdom faced continued air attacks from Yemen’s Houthi rebels, satellite photos analyzed by The Associated Press show.

The redeployment of the defenses from Prince Sultan Air Base outside of Riyadh came as America’s Gulf Arab allies nervously watched the chaotic withdrawal of U.S. troops from Afghanistan, including their last-minute evacuations from Kabul’s besieged international airport.

While tens of thousands of American forces remain across the Arabian Peninsula as a counterweight to Iran, Gulf Arab nations worry about the U.S.’s future plans as its military perceives a growing threat in Asia that requires those missile defenses. Tensions remain high as negotiations appear stalled in Vienna over Iran’s collapsed nuclear deal with world powers, raising the danger of future confrontations in the region.

OBiden shows through its actions that it has no desire for peace in the Middle East or anywhere. Our allies can no longer rely on us. These are indeed dark days.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/09/biden-removes-us-missiles-saudi-arabia-aligning-us-closer-another-terrorist-nation-iran/ 

:: 9-12-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI releases first secret 9/11 file: Saudi embassy official let two hijackers stay at his apartment and helped them in LA before the attack, was 'facilitator' for Al-Qaeda and distributed extremist Muslim literature

The newly-released document details a 2015 FBI interview with a staffer who worked at the Saudi Consulate in Los Angeles prior to the 9/11 attacks

The man is only referred to in the document as PII

PII is accused of helping 9/11 hijackers Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar shortly after they arrived in the United States

Families of 9/11 victims are eager to probe potential Saudi government links to the attack

By Andrew Court For Dailymail.com

Published: 01:34 EDT, 12 September 2021 | Updated: 21:34 EDT, 12 September 2021

The FBI has released its first declassified 9/11 document exactly 20 years after the deadly terror attack which claimed the lives of 2,996 people.

The document was published Saturday evening, a week after President Biden signed an executive order directing the agency to make the secret files available to the public for the first time.

The order to release the documents came amid significant pressure from the families of 9/11 victims, who are eager to probe potential Saudi government links to the attack.

The FBI file that is significantly redacted details a 2015 interview with an official who worked at the Saudi Consulate in Los Angeles.

He admitted that he allowed two hijackers to use his apartment and helped them travel around LA. He was found to be an al-Qaeda 'facilitator' by the FBI and the Saudi Consul General wanted to fire him for distributing extremist Muslim literature.

He was also a close associate of two other Saudis, Omar al-Bayoumi and Fahad al-Thumairy, who the helped the hijackers.

The new FBI file reveals that al-Bayoumi, who has admitted befriending them, worked as a 'ghost employee' at a Saudi aviation firm in the US.

And it details how al-Thumairy gave the hijackers money, travel assistance and lodging.

The Saudi official, who is only referred to as PII and who applied for US citizenship in 2015, is thought to be Mussaed Ahmed al-Jarrah who worked at the Saudi Consulate in Washington, DC.

Al-Jarrah's name was accidently left unredacted in separate court papers penned by an FBI official. However, he has vigorously denied any involvement and insists he did not know any of the hijackers.

Of the 19 hijackers on board the four doomed 9/11 planes, 15 were Saudi nationals.

Last Wednesday, Saudi Arabia released a statement maintaining its innocence, saying 'it is lamentable that such false and malicious claims persist'.

The hijackers are identified in the document as Nawaf al-Hazmi and Khalid al-Mihdhar. Both of the men were on board American Airlines Flight 77 when it crashed into the Pentagon on September 11.

The pair were reportedly already long-time affiliates of al-Qaeda with extensive fighting experience, and were chosen by Osama bin Laden to be a part of the ambitious 9/11 terror plot.

The FBI document states that PII admitted showing al-Hazimi and al-Mihdhar the location of a Mediterranean restaurant in Los Angeles that was frequented by others suspected of providing logistical support to the terrorists.

PII 'denied being tasked to do so' and stated that he simply 'assisted al-Hazimi and al-Mihdar because he is a good Muslim and helping two new students in town is the Muslim way'.

The document also states that PII had his own sister move out and stay with another sister for a couple of weeks 'because he was having al-Hazimi and al-Mihdhar stay with him'.

It also states that PII 'worked as a facilitator for the Armed Islamic Group (GIA) and was associated with members of the Salafist Group For Preaching and Combat.'

It importantly notes that GIA and the GSPC 'have evolved into al-Qaeda in the Islamic Maghreb'.

Additionally, sources allegedly told the FBI that PII was 'very very vocal against Christians, Jews and enemies of Islam.'

Another stated that 'the Saudi Consul General in LA wanted to fire PII for storage and and distribution of extremist Muslim literature at the consulate'.

According to the FBI's newly released document, 'PII was forthcoming with numerous specific details regarding his ... employment with the Consulate of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia in Los Angeles, [and] anecdotes of personal interactions with Consular leadership.'

During his FBI interview, PII described his duties at the Consulate 'providing assistance to Saudi college students studying in the US, providing translation assistance, executing administrative tasks, and distributing literature on Islam'.

Interestingly, the FBI notes that the two hijackers PII is suspected of helping originally traveled to the US as college students.

It is unclear whether PII was ever granted US citizenship following his 2015 interview with the FBI, or whether he is still connected to the Saudi Consulate.

New document also reveals PII's links to 'suspected Saudi intelligence agent' Omar al-Bayoumi

The newly-released document also states that PII was an associate of Saudi man Omar al-Bayoumi.

Al-Bayoumi has previously admitted to befriending al-Hazimi and al-Mihdhar, but denied ever working officially with them as part of a terrorist plot.

Documents declassified in 2016 reveal that the FBI believed back in 2003 that it was 'possible that al-Bayoumi was an agent of the Saudi Government and that he may have been reporting on the local community to Saudi Government officials'.

He has also been described as a 'suspected Saudi intelligence agent'.

Al-Bayoumi was arrested in London the week after the September 11 attacks and his phone calls and bank accounts were researched before he was released without charge.

The final 9/11 Commission report, published in 2004, concluded that there 'was no credible evidence that al-Bayoumi believed in violent extremism or knowingly aided extremist groups.'

However, the newly-released document appears to say otherwise, and reveals that he had odd ties to the two terrorists.

It states: 'al-Bayoumi's logistic support to al-Hazimi and al-Mihdhar included translation, travel assistance, lodging and financing. Anomalous money transfers within al-Bayoumi's bank accounts coincide with transactions wherein al-Bayoumi provides assistance to al-Hazimi and al-Mihdhar.

The report also states al-Bayoumi's ex-wife told him they were 'at Jihad'.

Interestingly, in his 2015 interview, PII recalled al-Bayoumi receiving special treatment at the Saudi Consulate in LA prior to the 9/11 attack.

According to the newly-released FBI document: 'PIl described al-Bayoumi as a Saudi citizen treated with great respect inside the Saudi Consulate, well regarded by Consulate personnel who held a 'very high status' when he entered the building.

He alleged that stated al-Bayoumi's status was even higher than many of the Saudi persons who were in charge of the Consulate.

The reason for his high status among Saudi officials remains unclear.

al-Bayoumi told investigators in 2003 that 'he came to the US to study work for a Saudi aviation company named Dallah AVCO. Regarding his employment, however, witnesses at AVCO described him as a 'ghost employee' who was 'one of approximately 50 individuals paid at the company who did not show up for work'.

It is reported that al-Bayoumi now lives back in Saudi Arabia.

PII was also 'a close associate of Fahad al-Thumairy - 'a hardcore, militant individual who supported the events of 9/11' and had 'had an office in the Saudi Consulate The new FBI file also highlights PII's links to Fahad al-Thumairy.

Al-Thumairy was reported to the the Imam of the King Fahad Mosque in Los Angeles.

Interestingly, al-Thumairy also served as an administrative officer at the Saudi Consulate and had an office there.

The newly-released document also notes that al-Thumairy held extremist beliefs and was 'removed from his mosque for un-Islamic activity'.

He reportedly left the United States just before the September 11 attacks.

However, in his 2015 interview with the FBI, PII admitted to still being in contact with al-Thumairy. His current whereabouts has not been disclosed.

The families of roughly 2,500 of those killed, and more than 20,000 people who suffered injuries, businesses and various insurers, have sued Saudi Arabia seeking billions of dollars.

However, newly-released FBI document does not confirm claims Saudi Arabian officials were involved in the planning of the September 11 attacks.

But a statement on behalf of the organization 9/11 Families United, Terry Strada, whose husband Tom was killed on Sept. 11, said the document released by the FBI on Saturday put to bed any doubts about Saudi complicity in the attacks.

'Now the Saudis' secrets are exposed and it is well past time for the Kingdom to own up to its officials' roles in murdering thousands on American soil,' the statement, published by Reuters, read.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9982081/FBI-release-secret-9-11-files-Anonymous-Saudi-embassy-staffer-helped-two-hijackers-LA.html 

:: 9--21 PatirotOne :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New in school: AI-driven gun detection systems

Several companies hope to use artificial intelligence to automatically detect guns before shooters get them into classrooms. Can it work?

by Jeremy Hsu

Last February, Tim Button got some of the worst news possible: His 15-year-old nephew Luke Hoyer was killed in the school shooting at Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School in Parkland, Florida. Since that terrible day, many of Luke’s surviving classmates have become prominent voices in the movement for tougher gun laws. But as the face-off over gun control intensified once more in the tragedy’s aftermath, Button received a sympathetic call from his friend Rick Crane, who suggested developing a perimeter security system in the style of an invisible fence. After some long discussions, they decided to create a company to harness the latest in high-tech security systems that, they hope, could detect potential shooters before they open fire.

The thought of leveraging immediate technology solutions reflects both men’s professional backgrounds: Button owns a telecom company, and Crane is director of sales, network security, and cloud management for a cloud-computing subsidiary of Dell Technologies. So far, their startup, Shielded Students, has enlisted three security companies: an emergency response coordination service and two that make gun detection systems. One of these systems, developed by Patriot One Technologies in Canada, integrates a microwave radar scanner with a popular artificial intelligence (AI) technique that is trained to identify guns and other hidden weapons. Shielded Students hopes to combine these and other solutions into a package that can help prevent another mass shooting like the one that killed Luke and 16 other people.

“I can tell you with a lot of confidence that this technology, incorporated into Marjory Stoneman Douglas, would have probably saved all 17,” Button said, “including my nephew — who was one of first people shot.”

While legislators and advocates wrestle over gun laws, a growing list of companies are joining Shielded Students to fill school security gaps. Like Patriot One, several say they will use AI to automatically detect guns either with high-tech screening or by scanning surveillance footage. It all sounds promising, but some experts worry about turning school grounds into surveillance-heavy zones where AI helps private companies collect and analyze scads of student data. More importantly, they say, there is little to no public data available to assess whether and how well such AI-driven gun-detection systems work in a busy school environment — though the hunt for solutions has become increasingly urgent.

While the number of school shootings has modestly declined since the 1990s, a spate of recent incidents has galvanized a national debate on school safety. And the Parkland shooting in particular has renewed discussions about strengthening gun regulations in the United States, which has experienced 57 times more school shootings than all other industrialized countries combined. Since the Columbine High School massacre of 1999, more than 187,000 students have experienced gun violence at American schools.

Given the public concerns, security companies will likely find at least some willing customers. Indeed, Shielded Students is already in talks with schools to test the system on campuses, and while Button says the technology won’t catch every shooter, he remains convinced the impact will be real. “[It] will certainly deter a large percentage of things from happening in and around schools,” he said.

In Seattle, more than 3,000 miles away from Florida, Leo Liu says he absorbed news of the Parkland shooting like “a big punch.” Two weeks later, his concern grew when he saw his 7-year-old’s school launch active shooter drills alongside the earthquake drills that are routine where they live in the Pacific Northwest. Like Button, Liu, a co-founder of a Seattle-based startup called Virtual eForce, formed a high-tech plan to spot and track future school shooters.

Liu’s vision relies on AI to automatically detect guns in video surveillance images. Once the system flags a potential gun, it can alert security staff, who can then either confirm or dismiss the possible threat before triggering a school lockdown and notifying police. The system, Liu says, could also help track the gunman and send location alerts via text or app to the school and the police. According to Virtual eForce, the system is already in trial at a health care office building, and the company hopes to follow suit in schools. At least two other companies are also pitching AI-based gun detection, including the Israel-based AnyVision and Canada-based SN Technologies, according to The Washington Post.

The AI technology behind these efforts — known as deep learning — represents the latest developments in computer vision. By training deep-learning algorithms on thousands or millions of images, researchers can create computer software that recognizes and labels human faces, cats, dogs, cars and other objects in photos or videos. The same idea applies to guns.

But deep-learning systems are only as good as their training. For example, an algorithm trained to recognize guns based on well-lit scenes from Hollywood films and TV shows may not perform well on security footage. “From a visual standpoint” a weapon may appear as “nothing more than a dark blob on the camera screen,” says Tim Hwang, director of the Ethics and Governance of AI Initiative at the Harvard Berkman-Klein Center and the MIT Media Lab.

To boost accuracy, Virtual eForce trained its algorithms to recognize different types of guns such as long guns — including AR-15s and AK-47s — and hand guns. The startup also filmed its own videos of people holding different guns from different angles, and lowered the resolution to mimic grainy surveillance footage.

Still, Liu acknowledged that no deep learning algorithm will be flawless in the real world. The system’s most common errors are false positives, when it mistakenly identifies a relatively innocuous object as a gun. As a safeguard, people will have the final say in assessing any threat the system flags, Liu says. Such human checks could even improve a deep learning algorithm’s performance by confirming or correcting the system’s initial classification.

Even with these safeguards, however, people have their own biases that can influence how they interpret a possible threat, says Douglas Yeung, a social psychologist at the RAND Corporation who studies the societal impacts of technology. And the training and expertise of the people supervising the AI system will also be important, whether they are guards, security specialists, or imagery analysts.

Then there is the matter of privacy. Both AnyVision and SN Technologies, for example, combine gun detection with facial recognition to identify potential shooters. Similarly, Virtual eForce says it could incorporate facial recognition if clients want the additional security layer. But using this tech on students comes with many more privacy and accuracy concerns, which could put off some schools.

“There could be a chilling effect from the surveillance and the amount of data you need to pull this off,” Hwang says.

The companies that rely on video surveillance can generally only detect a drawn weapon. That is why Patriot One, the Canadian company, plans to offer schools a different technology that could identify weapons hidden under clothing or in bags. “We are focused on concealed threats,” said chief executive Martin Cronin, “which computer vision is not suited for.”

Patriot One’s approach relies upon a specialized radar technology — developed in partnership with McMaster University — that can be hidden behind security desks or in the walls near a building’s main access points. The radar waves bounce off a concealed object and return a signal that reveals its shape and metal composition. From there, a deep learning tool recognizes the radar patterns that match weapons including handguns, long guns, knives, and explosives. So far, one of the biggest challenges is training the tool to ignore the usual clutter in a student’s backpack, such as wadded up gym clothes, a textbook, or a pencil case.

The company was working with the Westgate Las Vegas Resort and Casino even before the deadliest mass shooting in modern U.S. history took place nearby on the Strip on October 1, 2017. The gunman used suitcases to smuggle an arsenal of weapons to hotel rooms on the 32nd floor of Mandalay Bay. In the future, if Patriot One can prove its technology works, the system could help detect a suitcase of guns.

To handle false positives, Patriot One will allow customers to set a threshold for system alerts about potential threats. A hotel, for example, could choose to only get alerts if a threat is 70 percent likely to be real. But the company also seems conscious of needing to achieve a reliable product before selling its system to school districts, and has been actively cooperating with Shielded Students in the wake of the Parkland school shooting.

“We’re not going to release for wide commercial deployment until we’re satisfied for high accuracy,” Cronin says. “And so that’s why we’re doing this real-world testing and optimization, because it would be unacceptable to have a high level of false positives, because people would lose faith in system.”

Given the lack of public data, it’s difficult to independently judge the accuracy of any of the new security systems. But beyond the challenge of real-world performance, the systems could be vulnerable to people actively looking to fool them. A tech-savvy individual or group, for example, could try to hack into an AI-based computer vision system and submit thousands or even millions of modified images to discover the best way to confuse it — a process known in AI research as an adversarial attack.

“I think the number one priority is to be aware that these adversarial attacks exist, and recognize that if an attacker is incentivized enough to break a machine-learning based system, chances are they can find a way to break it,” says Andrew Ilyas, an incoming Ph.D. candidate in computer science at MIT. “Based on the work in the field, it doesn’t look like we’re ready to have mission-critical decisions be made based on AI alone.”

Ilyas and his colleagues at LabSix, an AI research group run by MIT students, have already proven that it’s possible to trick deep learning tools. In 2017, the team showed how to break Google Cloud Vision, a commercial service that can label images such as faces and landmarks. They also tricked a Google computer vision algorithm — one of the best available — to classify a 3D-printed turtle as a rifle.

It’s difficult to say how easily such adversarial attacks could trick real AI-driven surveillance systems, says Anish Athalye, a Ph.D. candidate in computer science at MIT and a member of LabSix. As far as the MIT team knows, nobody has publicly demonstrated a successful adversarial attack on such surveillance systems.

Still, it’s not hard to imagine the security risks that could arise in coming years. A sophisticated attacker might disguise a handgun to show up in a security system as a pencil case or a pair of gym socks.

Despite Button’s eagerness for Shielded Students to help protect schools immediately, he recognizes that the security company partners involved need time to collect more data and integrate their technologies. For now, Shielded Students plans to test its system at several schools, while keeping an eye out for new high-tech security solutions as they become available. “We fully expect to be able to interchange these technologies as needed, as well as add new technologies, as we learn what else is out there or new technologies are introduced,” Button said.

Of course, no school security is foolproof. Today, even without the high-tech AI, schools post armed police officers or guards, limit access points, and install metal detectors — and all have failed to stop school shooters at some point, says Cheryl Lero Jonson, assistant professor in criminal justice at Xavier University in Cincinnati, Ohio. Last year, Jonson published a literature review in the journal Victims & Offenders on the effectiveness of school security measures. She found them all lacking.

“Prevention measures, including technological-driven measures, can be breached or fail,” Jonson says. Active shooter drills will be necessary even as technology improves, she adds, because “people need to be equipped with the skills and mental preparation needed to potentially survive an active shooting event.”

It remains to be seen whether high-tech surveillance can make a difference in future school shooting cases. Hwang at MIT, who is also a former global public policy lead on AI and machine learning for Google, doesn’t necessarily oppose searching for solutions to gun violence beyond gun regulation reform, but he doesn’t think AI-based surveillance tools are ready, in part because he isn’t convinced that most companies have enough training data to ensure an accurate system.

Even if the systems do work, having cameras and surveillance equipment everywhere in schools could lead to a slippery slope in terms of how that surveillance data is used. Private companies may feel tempted to sell schools on additional uses of all the data being collected each day.

“I’m generally concerned about the impact of deep surveillance on the educational experience,” Hwang said.

This article was originally published on Undark. Read the original article.

PatriotOne Technologies, featured in the article, is the sponsor of this blog, but did not commission the article or pay for placement in any way.

https://patriot1tech.com/magazine/new-in-school-ai-driven-gun-detection-systems/ 

:: 9-11-21 Geoengineering Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Geoengineering Watch Global Alert News, September 11, 2021, #318

September 11, 2021 Dane Wigington GeoengineeringWatch.org 11 Comments

Is the condition of the planet actually as bad as we are being told, or, in fact, far worse than any official estimate? President Biden has just announced vaccine mandates that may directly affect 100 million Americans. In regard to the wider horizon, is Biden's action connected to unfolding biosphere collapse? Global governments are clearly in lockstep regarding their unfolding and advancing policies and protocols. Who is ultimately pulling the strings? How long do we have until impact? The latest installment of Global Alert News is below.

All are needed in the critical battle to wake populations to what is coming, we must make every day count. Share credible data from a credible source, make your voice heard. Awareness raising efforts can be carried out from your own home computer.

DW

Hi Dane ~ Thank You Always for this Weekly Inspiration which led me to a curious book search. What I found:

There’s a myriad of new books out on Climate and Human interaction. Everything from Legal to Chemical and ‘the untouchable word, “Engineering”. Here’s one that caught my eye when I typed in “Climate Engineering” on Amazon Kindle.

This is certainly one of the most ridiculous ‘non-fiction titles I’ve seen! You can find it with the words, “Climate, Engineering, Law….” And a bluish, cloud-like cover with a huge screen up on a pole. “ Author initials: "MBG”

All I can say is, “How can the author be serious? ”Unfortunately, this author is only one of many with a similar perspective. It’s no wonder people aren’t looking skyward!

"About Description”:

“Climate change is increasingly recognized as a global threat, and is already contributing to record-breaking hurricanes and heat waves. To prevent the worst impacts, attention is now turning to climate engineering – the intentional large-scale modification of the environment to reduce the impact of climate change. The two principal methods involve removing some carbon dioxide from the atmosphere (which could consume huge amounts of land and money, and take a long period of time), and reducing the amount of solar radiation reaching the earth's surface, perhaps by spraying aerosols into the upper atmosphere from airplanes (which could be done quickly but is risky and highly controversial). This is the first book to focus on the legal aspects of these technologies: what government approvals would be needed; how liability would be assessed and compensation provided if something goes wrong; and how a governance system could be structured and agreed internationally.”

Book Description  “The first book to focus on the legal aspects of climate engineering, making recommendations for future laws and governance.”

Cataloged as ‘Environmental and Natural Resources Law’.  I simply see it as a huge farce!!!

Reply

Lance says:  September 12, 2021 at 3:39 pm

Corruption has plagued carnal humanity for a very long time. Its nothing new. Corruption is a plague in and of itself. It's a spiritual disease that has plagued every human civilization ever since the fall of man. Those who believe that they should have the right to decide what is right and what is wrong based on their carnal way of thinking are doomed to fail.

Reply  lorenzo says:   September 12, 2021 at 2:11 pm

Interesting article in the current Scientific American Sept\21 NASA is returning to its exploration of Venus The Magellan's explorations ended in 1994, marking the last time NASA sent a dedicated mission to Venus How often Dane has reminded us of the "Venus Syndrome" our planet could become. Even a fractional change compared to Venus is a disaster to all life forms on this planet if we don't wake up. Venus's suffocating atmosphere is about 95% carbon dioxide. Its cloud layers are packed with sulfuric acid, enough to chew through skin, bone, and metal in moments. The ground bakes at more than 900 degrees Fahrenheit. Data on these missions when completed, are at least a decade away. That is way to long to save this dying planet The article calls Venus "earth's evil twin", because of near size and composition. The scientists main interest is if their ever was any form of life eons ago, by studying any microbes that might still exist. Maybe the scientists will wake up and see the true paradox of the mission.

Reply  V. Susan Ferguson says:  September 11, 2021 at 5:27 pm

Charles Hugh Smith / OfTwoMinds blog,: The Fed Is Fatally Corrupt (And So Is The Rest Of America's Status Quo) | ZeroHedge

The Fed is totally, completely, fatally corrupt. Only those being handed their ill-gotten gains defend the Fed. Everyone who is isn't totally, completely, fatally corrupt wants America's financial Politburo tossed on the bonfire of history.

The Fed's response to its highest-level officials minting millions in insider trading is as transparent as [Casa Blanca] Captain Renault's shock: only when the putrid corruption filling every nook and cranny of the Fed seeps out under the door does the Fed suddenly announce it's shocked that insider trading is going on in here.

Any agency with the faintest wisp of integrity would claw back all the trading gains of every Fed official and employee, but since the Fed is totally, completely, fatally corrupt, the Politiburo's mega-millionaires are handed their winnings like the comically corrupt Captain Renault.

At least the fictional Captain Renault had a sense of self-deprecating humor: at one point he declares, "I'm only a poor corrupt official." Chairman Powell, here's your cue: go ahead, say it: "I'm only a poor corrupt official."

But the fatal corruption of America's financial Politburo isn't unique; it's of a piece with the rest of America's fatally corrupt status quo, from the mega-millionaires in Congress minting millions in stocks (here's looking at you, Ms. Pelosi) to the Big Pharma parasites who evade responsibility for killing tens of thousands of Americans with their falsely labeled medications (non-addictive, huh), the entirety of America's ruling elite is totally, completely, fatally corrupt, from the billions collected by contractors in Afghanistan to the corporate insiders minting billions with stock buy-backs–a form of fraud that was illegal back before America became a moral cesspool.

Kleptocrats around the world are taking lessons from the Fed and the rest of America's corrupt ruling elite: how to launder money? Easy–open opaque LLC accounts in South Dakota. America is the world's best protected tax haven, because it's designed for America's own corrupt elite.

The cost of corruption is a bit higher in America, but you get what you pay for: world-class corruption costs more. Here is America, a few million in lobbying and campiagn contributions can buy pretty much anything: you need a tax loophole involving some obscure life insurance ploy? Pony up the cash and you got it on a silver platter.

Are loopholes available to the debt-serfs and tax donkeys? Of course not. Our designated role is limited to making monthly debt payments, paying taxes and distracting ourselves with binge-everything.

The higher you go up the food chain, the more profound the corruption. The croupier at Rick's doesn't have many opportunities for corruption; skimming anything will quickly lead to termination and prosecution. But at the top in America, the opportunities for corrupt gains, skims, scams, thinly veiled bribes and insider trading are essentially limitless. As Cato the Elder observed: "Thieves of private property pass their lives in chains; thieves of public property in riches and luxury."

America's corrupt elite is blind to the outcome of their skyrocketing wealth: skyrocketing inequality. And as a result, they're blind to what will wash away their putrid palace, for inequality is a systemic toxin that brings down even the greatest empires.

Dear corrupt Fed and corrupt ruling elite: the banquet of consequences of your corruption is being served.

We know you're all just poor corrupt officials, but bleating excuses won't save you from the karmic payoff.

https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/chs-fed-fatally-corrupt-and-so-rest-americas-status-quo 

Reply  Gary Morrow says:  September 13, 2021 at 11:28 am

For what shall it profit a man if he shall gain the whole world and lose his own soul ?

Mark 8 36 V. Susan Ferguson says:  September 11, 2021 at 5:21 pm

 | ZeroHedgeNY Hospital Forced To Stop Delivering Babies After Maternity Workers Resign Over Vaccine

"Cayer said 165 hospital employees have yet to be vaccinated against COVID-19; that’s 27 percent of the workforce."

https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/ny-hospital-forced-stop-delivering-babies-after-maternity-workers-resign-over-vaccine 

Reply  V. Susan Ferguson says:   September 11, 2021 at 5:19 pm

VSF: This is very important. Please don't get drawn into the idea of Civil War. We would be playing into their hands and giving the tyrants exactly what is wanted. Think of what would follow immediately! Some might say … "What could be better than us killing each other!" Don't be fooled by deceptively passionate rhetoric. We don't know who to trust. Agent provocateurs abound! There are other ways…

Quietly Say "No" to Joe Biden's Call for Civil War – Gold Goats 'n Guns

Biden’s speech and mandates are an open call to the very thing I said right after the election, Civil War. He’s trying radicalize the unvaxxed to become violent. To push back at the bully pushing them.

These are the words of a bully and a tyrant, no doubt. They are also the words of a senile old man overseeing a decrepit den of soulless emotionally-stunted vampires terrified of losing potency.

They are, ultimately, the ravings of a group of oligarchs so saturated with their own power and decadence that their actions now look more like the tantrums of spoiled, narcissistic children rather than sober and competent managers of a society.

Since they are acting like children, we should treat them as such.

They believe there are “Rules for thee, but not for me.” Anarcho-Tyranny.

Biden played the Exasperated Parent card with this ‘patience is thin’ rhetoric. He’s appealing to those still terrified by a shadow-play on their tablets and screens to scapegoat the unvaxxed and have half the country turn on the other half

Bullies are always daring you to throw the first punch. They need to justify their next act of violence against you. Meeting their violence with violence is acting out of frustration. They want us barking. They want us reacting to their false reality. Don’t.

They’ve fed off our outrage. Now starve them with our silence

There is nothing they can threaten us with. These edicts are hilarious, desperate and unenforceable.

All their power, all their strength is irrelevant in the face of angry men who simply say, “No.”

That big pile of chips in the center of the table? An opportunity, not a barrier.

There are a thousand ways to beat a bully by not giving him what he wants, control.

This isn’t about the vaccine. It never was. The only public health crisis now is a public mental health crisis.

The people who’ve been broken by the COVID-9/11 terror campaign have their own issues to work out. They can be forgiven their terror but it’s time for the grown-ups to talk. The children can be excused from the table.

… the opposite of their hysteria is needed. They don’t need a punch in the mouth, they need therapy. No more negotiating with facts. They are immune to facts.

What they are not immune to is a quiet, dismissive, if not exasperated, “No.” The kind of quiet disappointment my father used to shame me into maturation.

Nothing will drive them more insane with rage.

Calm, assertive statements of purpose. No histrionics. No court challenges. No media conferences.

No marches on the Capitol like they are trying to create the illusion of by seeding the idea into the media.

This is what they want you to do. Then they can justify to the self-righteously vaxxed that you deserve internment camps. That you are the terrorists.

Just exude, “No.”

Because they’re only recourse then is more violence. And every act of violence delegitimizes them further.

Biden declared war on 80+ million Americans and threatened Governors of sovereign states with intervention or removal.

These people aren’t worthy of your time.

They are abusers and blasphemers. Braggards and bull___ artistes.

And they have purposefully broken our society because they can’t face the man in the mirror, covering him up with an embroidered mask to salvage what’s left of their individuality.

Our task now is shining a light on this, not in anger, but in pity. For decades they mistook our silence for assent.

It is past time we disabuse them of that notion.

Just like we should pity our senile Emperor of Ice Cream for thinking he’s the president and that anything he says carries the force of, well, anything.

Reply  Conservative Thought says:  September 13, 2021 at 3:56 am

Good argument!

It will be states led by governors and state legislature that will stand up to Biden Jacobin dictatorship controlled by CCP puppet master

Tim W Babcock says:  September 14, 2021 at 12:43 am

Excellent commentary. Thank you. It does seem prudent to not over-react and give the bullies any ammunition to further divide us and/or further reduce our liberty.

V. Susan Ferguson says:  September 11, 2021 at 5:08 pm

More And More Australians Are Seeking To Leave The Country | ZeroHedge

Authored by Daniel Teng via The Epoch Times,

August saw the highest number of Australians apply to leave the country over the past year.

According to figures from the Australian Border Force (ABF), 37,979 applications were received from individuals hoping to leave the country, with 14,900 of those looking to be overseas for three months or more.

A large portion of the applications – 12,347 – were rejected. Australia is one of the few countries in the world that require residents to apply for permission before leaving the country.

The latest figures (pdf) reveal that since January – when the ABF received 20,976 applications – Australians have continued looking for opportunities to leave the country.

“There are literally tens of thousands of people out there on social media and elsewhere saying we’re done, we don’t need this anymore,” Andrew Cooper, president of LibertyWorks told the Daily Telegraph.

“There’s definitely that feeling out there—people saying I’m done,” he added.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/more-and-more-australians-are-seeking-leave-country 

Reply  V. Susan Ferguson says:  September 11, 2021 at 5:07 pm

Reports of Injuries, Deaths After COVID Vaccines Hit New Highs, as Biden Rolls Out Plan to Force 100 Million More Americans to Get Vaccinated

Children’s Health Defense

VAERS data released Friday by the CDC showed a total of 675,593 reports of adverse events from all age groups following COVID vaccines, including 14,506 deaths and 88,171 serious injuries between Dec. 14, 2020 and Sept. 3, 2021.

Data released today by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) showed that between Dec. 14, 2020 and Sept. 3, 2021, a total of 675,593 adverse events following COVID vaccines were reported to the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS). The data included a total of 14,506 reports of deaths — an increase of 595 over the previous week.

There were 88,171 reports of serious injuries, including the reports of deaths, during the same time period — up 2,200 compared with the previous week.

Excluding “foreign reports” filed in VAERS, 539,473 adverse events, including 6,577 deaths and 41,840 serious injuries, were reported in the U.S. between Dec. 14, 2020 and Sept. 3, 2021.

Of the 6,577 U.S. deaths reported as of Sept. 3, 12% occurred within 24 hours of vaccination, 18% occurred within 48 hours of vaccination and 31% occurred in people who experienced an onset of symptoms within 48 hours of being vaccinated.

In the U.S., 373.2. million COVID vaccine doses had been administered as of Sept. 3. This includes: 212 million doses of Pfizer, 146 million doses of Moderna and 14 million doses of Johnson & Johnson (J&J).

Full report:

https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/vaers-injuries-deaths-covid-vaccines-new-highs-biden-mandates/ 

https://www.geoengineeringwatch.org/geoengineering-watch-global-alert-news-september-11-2021-318/ 

:: 9-12-21 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

On 9/11 anniversary, al-Qaida chief warns 'Jerusalem will not be Judaized'

Osama bin Laden successor Ayman al-Zawahiri blasts Arab "collaborators" of US, in particular Saudi Arabia, UAE, referring to them as "Zionist Arabs" in video marking 20 years to Sept. 11 terrorist attacks.

By Erez Linn Published on 09-12-2021 09:46 Last modified: 09-12-2021 20:37

Al-Qaida released a new video to mark 20 years to the September 11th terrorist attacks on the United States Saturday. In the video, posted to the US non-governmental organization SITE Intelligence Group's website, al-Qaida leader Ayman al-Zawahiri insists "Jerusalem will not be Judaized."

Al-Zawahiri further attacked members of the Arab world he said were "collaborating" with the US, chief among them Saudi Arabia, but also the United Arab Emirates President Khalifa bin Zayed Al Nahyan, referring to them as "Zionist Arabs."

The UAE, along with Bahrain, Morocco, and Sudan made history in 2020 when they signed the Abraham Accords with Riyadh's blessing and normalized ties with Israel under the auspices of the US.

Al-Zawahiri took command of the terrorist organization following the assassination of its longtime leader Osama bin Laden in 2011. For years, rumors circled of his death, but al-Qaida's release of this video along with propaganda materials in recent days seems aimed at sending the message he is very much alive. Nevertheless, the assessment in the West is that it remains unclear as to whether al-Zawahiri is alive as he makes no mention of the US withdrawal from Afghanistan in the recordings.

https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/09/12/on-9-11-anniversary-al-qaida-chief-warns-jerusalem-will-not-be-judaized/ 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 9-12-21 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea test-fires new long-range cruise missile: state media

By Caroline Vakil - 09/12/21 06:52 PM EDT

North Korea successfully test-fired its new long-range cruise missiles on Saturday and Sunday, state media announced on Sunday.

Korean Central News Agency (KCNA) reported that the missiles struck their target, roughly 930 miles away after traveling in the air for just over seven seconds, CNN reported. The missiles subsequently landed in North Korea’s territorial waters, according to Reuters.

KCNA said that the tests give “another effective deterrence means for more reliably guaranteeing the security of our state and strongly containing the military maneuvers of the hostile forces against the DPRK," according to the network.

CNN reported earlier this year that the missiles, developed over the past two years, had already been test-launched at least twice.

The U.S. Indo-Pacific Command said in a statement that they were "aware of reports" that the country had launched cruise missiles.

"We will continue to monitor the situation and are consulting closely with our allies and partners. This activity highlights DPRK’s continuing focus on developing its military program and the threats that poses to its neighbors and the international community," U.S. Indo-Pacific Command said. "The U.S. commitment to the defense of the Republic of Korea and Japan remains ironclad."

"Cruise missiles are often detected after the tests are conducted for their low flight altitudes. North Korea had conducted two cruise missile tests already this year, but we did not disclose them as we do not disclose all cruise missile tests we detect," a South Korean Defense Ministry official said to CNN, adding that the country was looking into the latest test-fires.

The Hill has reached out to the White House and State Department for comment.

The announcement of the latest test came as chief nuclear negotiators from the United States, South Korea and Japan are set to meet in Tokyo on Monday to discuss nuclear negotiations with North Korea that have been stalled since 2019, Reuters reported.

Last month, the United Nations nuclear watchdog said in a report that there were “indications” starting in July that a nuclear reactor in North Korea had been restarted, which included cool water being discharged.

The report also noted that Yongbyon Experimental Nuclear Power Plant's radiochemical laboratory had been in operation between mid-February and early July, adding that the actions “continue to be a cause for serious concern."

https://thehill.com/policy/national-security/571906-north-korea-test-fires-long-range-cruise-missile-state-media 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-12-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF strikes Gaza targets following rockets launched into Israel's South

Shortly before the red alert sirens were sounded, Abu Obadiah, spokesperson for Hamas's military wing, the Qassam Brigade, gave a speech in the Gaza Strip

By SHIRA SILKOFF, AARON REICH SEPTEMBER 12, 2021 14:34

The IDF struck multiple targets in the Gaza Strip early Sunday morning in response to rockets being fired into southern Israel on Saturday.

The IDF Spokesperson's Unit confirmed that fighter planes and helicopters struck Hamas targets, including a military compound with rocket production workshops, a training facility, a weapons storage site and a terror tunnel.

"The IDF will continue to respond strongly to terrorist acts from the Gaza Strip, and considers Hamas responsible for everything happening there," the IDF said in a statement.

Rocket sirens were heard across the Gaza border communities in the South of Israel at 9 p.m. on Saturday night.

The IDF Spokesperson confirmed that one launch was identified from Gaza into Israel and that it was intercepted by the Iron Dome.

No injuries were reported except for one person who was lightly hurt after falling while running to the bomb shelter.

Sderot Mayor Alon Davidi gave a statement regarding the incident, reacting by saying that "when there was no response to rocket fire directed at Sderot several weeks ago, when a terrorist who murdered heroic soldier Barel Shmueli roams free in the Gaza Strip, and when terrorists escape prison in Israel, it all means one thing: Hamas and the PIJ do not take over the events, they run them, and decide on the temperature in the area.

"The State of Israel must not allow a situation in which terrorists who try to harm the children of Sderot and the border communities stand on their feet and are not afraid of their fate," Davidi said.

"Bennett and Gantz: Return the peace and feeling of security to the residents of Sderot and the Gaza border communities. "

The red alert was the second in two days after a rocket was fired into Israel on Friday night in response to the capture of two of the Gilboa Prison fugitives; two more were caught later that night.

Shortly before the red alert sirens were sounded, Abu Obadiah, spokesperson for Hamas's military wing, the Qassam Brigade, gave a speech in the Gaza Strip, praising the six fugitives and saying that "Jenin and its revolutionaries and heroes are not alone."

"We will not allow the enemy to overpower our people in the camp, and we will carry out our national duty towards them," he continued.

Earlier on Saturday, Hamas released a statement stating that the escape of the prisoners "revived the Palestinian people's hopes that it is only a matter of time until the West Bank 'blows up' in Israel's face."

Clashes also broke out between IDF soldiers and Palestinian youth near Huwara Checkpoint, south of Nablus, Palestinian news outlet Shehab Agency reported on Saturday evening. Clashes were also reported near the town of Beita, south of Nablus.

Additional riots erupted across the West Bank, and Palestinian media reported that youth were setting rubber tires on fire at the entrance to the West Bank town of Anabta, among other activities, all in support of the escaped prisoners, two of whom have yet to be re-captured.

Local sources claimed that the protestors were gathering in order to "express their anger at what the occupation is doing against the prisoners," Shehab reported.

Demonstrations were also held in the city of Nazareth, where two of the prisoners were caught on Friday evening.

On Saturday night, a pipe bomb was allegedly thrown at a bus at the Jalama checkpoint northeast of the city of Jenin in the West Bank, according to Palestinian reports. PIJ has reportedly taken responsibility for it. It is unclear whether anyone was injured.

https://www.jpost.com/breaking-news/rocket-attacks-in-the-south-679218 

:: 6-7-21 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Manchin says he'll vote against Democratic elections bill, defends stance on filibuster

face-the-nation

By Melissa Quinn June 7, 2021 / 7:09 AM / CBS News

Washington — West Virginia Senator Joe Manchin, who holds the key Democratic vote in the evenly divided Senate, said Sunday he will oppose a sweeping election and campaign finance reform bill and instead encouraged his colleagues to pass voting rights legislation that can garner bipartisan backing.

In an op-ed for the Charleston Gazette-Mail published Sunday, Manchin said he plans to vote against the House-passed For the People Act, which is set to be taken up by the Senate at the end of June, because it is too partisan. Manchin's decision not to support the bill effectively dooms its passage in the Senate, where Democrats and Republicans hold 50 seats each, and Vice President Kamala Harris casts tie-breaking votes.

Instead, in an interview with "Face the Nation," the West Virginia Democrat said he believes Republicans will work with their Democratic counterparts to craft a voting rights bill that can pass the upper chamber with support from both parties.

"I'm going to fight for this, and I think the Republicans will fight for this and understand we must come together on a voting rights bill in a bipartisan way," he told "Face the Nation." "You can't divide our country further by thinking you've given leeway to one or the other, and if they think they're going to win by subverting and oppressing people from voting, they're going to lose. They will lose."

Transcript: Senator Joe Manchin on "Face the Nation"

While Manchin opposes the For the People Act, he does support another voting rights bill, the John Lewis Voting Rights Advancement Act, which would restore a key provision of the Voting Rights Act of 1965 that was gutted by the Supreme Court in 2013. That provision required certain jurisdictions with a history of racial discrimination in voting to receive approval, known as preclearance, from the federal government before making changes to their voting rules.

Manchin suggested the preclearance requirement be applied to all 50 states and said this voting rights measure already has support from at least one Republican, Senator Lisa Murkowski of Alaska. It's unclear, however, whether any other GOP senator would vote in favor of the proposal.

"The fundamental purpose of our democracy is the freedom of our elections," he said. "If we can't come to agreement on that, God help us."

Congress has moved swiftly on legislation addressing election reforms as legislators in 48 states have introduced more than 380 bills that would restrict voting rights, according to the Brennan Center for Justice. Changes to voting procedures in several states, including Georgia, Arizona and Florida, have already been signed into law, while a bill overhauling elections in Texas has stalled.

Asked why Republicans would support federal legislation that could dismantle voting rules approved at the state level, Manchin warned GOP lawmakers could face negative consequences from the changes.

"Someone's got to fight for this," he said. "We've got to say, listen, the divided country that we're in today, the insurrection that we saw on January the 6th, if we don't try to heal that, if we don't make every effort and go beyond the call of duty, than what are we and who are we?"

Even before Manchin announced his decision to vote against the For the People Act, the measure was unlikely to advance in the Senate, where 60 votes are needed to end debate on a bill and overcome a filibuster.

The Republican opposition to that legislation and others poised to be brought to the Senate floor has led Democrats to call for an end to the legislative filibuster, which would allow bills to advance with a simple majority and clear hurdles to implementing President Biden's agenda.

But Manchin has repeatedly come out against eliminating the filibuster and said doing so could come back to hurt Democrats in the future if Republicans gain control of Congress and the White House.

"We need to work within the framework of what we have. There's ways we can move forward," he said.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/manchin-for-the-people-act-filibuster-face-the-nation/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 9-12-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tropical Storm Nicholas is expected to dump more than a FOOT of rain on Texas and Louisiana by Wednesday - just a week after Hurricane Ida devastated the region

Tropical Storm Nicholas is expected to strengthen as it heads for the Gulf Coast Sunday, threatening heavy rain and floods in areas of Texas and Louisiana

Forecasters at the National Hurricane Center in Miami said a hurricane watch and storm surge warning have been issued for a portion of Texas

Meanwhile, tropical storm warnings were issued for coastal areas of Texas

Nicholas will produce total rainfall of 5 to 10 inches, with some areas seeing upwards of 15 inches

The tropical storm will affect portions of coastal Texas into southwest Louisiana on Sunday through midweek

Yale Climate predicted rainfall could plague places where the hurricane toppled homes, paralyzed electrical infrastructure and left at least 26 people dead

By Matt Mcnulty For Dailymail.Com and Associated Press

Published: 11:25 EDT, 12 September 2021 | Updated: 21:17 EDT, 12 September 2021

Tropical Storm Nicholas is expected to strengthen as it heads for the Gulf Coast on Sunday, threatening heavy rain and floods in coastal areas of Texas, Mexico and Louisiana, and dumping more than a foot of rainfall in some areas.

Forecasters at the National Hurricane Center in Miami said a hurricane watch and storm surge warning were issued for a portion of Texas, while tropical storm warnings have been issued for coastal areas of Texas.

Nicholas is estimated to produce total rainfall of 5 to 10 inches, with isolated maximum amounts of 15 inches, across portions of coastal Texas into southwest Louisiana on Sunday through midweek. The hurricane watch was issued for the coast of Texas from Port Aransas to Sargent.

The heaviest rainfall is expected to hit west of where Hurricane Ida slammed into Louisiana just over a week ago.

Although forecasters did not expect Louisiana to suffer from strong winds again, meteorologist Bob Henson at Yale Climate Connections predicted rainfall could still plague places where the hurricane toppled homes, paralyzed electrical and water infrastructure and left at least 26 people dead.

'There could be several inches of rain across southeast Louisiana, where Ida struck,' Henson said in an email.

Across Louisiana, 140,198 customers - or about 6.3 percent of the state - remained without power on Sunday morning, according to the Louisiana Public Service Commission.

Louisiana Gov. John Bel Edwards took to Twitter to urge people in the southern portion of the state to keep a close eye on the storm and be prepared for heavy rains and flash flooding.

The storm is projected to move slowly up the coastland which could dump torrential amounts of rain over several days, said meteorologist Donald Jones of the National Weather Service in Lake Charles, La.

'Heavy rain, flash flooding appears to be the biggest threat across our region,' he said in an email.

The storm has the potential to dump as much as 15 to 25 inches of rain in isolated areas either in southeast Texas or southwest Louisiana, he said.

As of 4pm, the center of the storm was forecasted to pass near or just offshore the coasts of northeastern Mexico and South Texas on Monday, and hit south or central Texas on Monday night or early Tuesday.

Its maximum sustained winds were clocked at 40 mph and it was moving north-northwest at 15 mph. Gradual strengthening is forecast in the next day or so.

The storm is projected to move slowly up the coastland which could dump torrential amounts of rain over several days, said meteorologist Donald Jones of the National Weather Service in Lake Charles, La.

'Heavy rain, flash flooding appears to be the biggest threat across our region,' he said in an email.

The storm has the potential to dump as much as 15 to 25 inches of rain in isolated areas either in southeast Texas or southwest Louisiana, he said.

As of 4pm, the center of the storm was forecasted to pass near or just offshore the coasts of northeastern Mexico and South Texas on Monday, and hit south or central Texas on Monday night or early Tuesday.

Its maximum sustained winds were clocked at 40 mph and it was moving north-northwest at 15 mph. Gradual strengthening is forecast in the next day or so.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9982961/Forecasters-Tropical-Storm-Nicholas-forms-Gulf-Mexico.html 

:: 9-12-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The road to hell: California highway is closed and two firefighters are injured as wildfire threatens traffic

A wildfire broke out Saturday at 5pm and grew to 450-acres in mountainous terrain next to Interstate 5 north of Castaic, 40 miles northwest of Los Angeles

The fire remained completely uncontained, resulting in burn injuries sustained by two firefighters

California Highway Patrol reopened two lanes of the freeway in each direction at 9p.m. after the fire had been clear, Santa Clarita Valley Sheriff's station reported

Southern California has largely been spared the devastating wildfires that have plagued Northern California this summer, including the monster Dixie Fire

California has already surpassed the acreage burned at this point last year, which ended up setting the record

By Associated Press and Alastair Talbot For Dailymail.Com

Published: 19:38 EDT, 12 September 2021 | Updated: 21:11 EDT, 12 September 2021

California highway authorities were forced to close all lanes of Interstate 5 in Southern California as firefighters battled a wildfire just 40 miles northwest of Los Angeles.

The fire broke out Saturday afternoon in mountainous terrain near Castaic in northern Los Angeles County at 5pm and grew to 450 acres - more than half a square mile - prompting the California Highway Patrol to close a stretch of the busy freeway.

Two firefighters sustained burn injuries tackling the blaze, but details about their conditions were not immediately available. Both were transported for treatment.

The fire remained completely uncontained, but firefighters were making 'good progress' with the help of water-dropping helicopters and an aggressive ground attack, the U.S. Forest Service said at 7pm.

Shortly after 9pm, the CHP reopened two lanes of the freeway in each direction while deputies in the Sheriff’s Santa Clarita Valley station reported that the threat to structures appeared to have been 'mitigated.'

The highway was eventually reopened on Sunday as the blaze moved on.

Details about how the fire started were not immediately available.

Meanwhile, most residents of a Northern California mountain town devastated by the huge Caldor Fire south of Lake Tahoe will be allowed back Sunday to inspect the damage.

Most of Grizzly Flat's homes, as well as the school, post office, church and fire station were destroyed in the first days of the fire.

Firefighters were diverted from battling the 342-square-mile wildfire to fight multiple overnight lightning fires when thunderstorms swept across the state Thursday night into Friday.

The thunderstorms dropped light rain to slightly dampen the drought-stricken north, fire officials said.

Up to a half-inch of rain fell on portions of the Dixie Fire, which began in mid-July and has burned through huge swaths of the northern Sierra Nevada and southern Cascades.

However, fire officials said the rain is drying fast and vegetation is becoming more flammable.

The second-largest fire in California history has burned 1,500 square miles (3,885 square kilometers) of land and more than 1,300 homes and other buildings. It was 65 percent contained.

Hot weather conditions were reported in Southern California over the last days of August, prompting authorities to close Angeles National Forest until September 17.

California has already exceeded the acreage burned at this point last year, setting up a new record. Now it’s entering a period when dry weather and high winds raise the risk of new fires.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9983341/California-highway-closed-two-firefighters-injured-450-acre-wildfire-blaze.html 

:: 9-13-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UPDATED 11:20 AM EDT -- Earthquake Swarm - La Palma - If Blows, Wipes Out US East Coast via Tsunami

Nation Hal Turner 13 September 2021 Hits: 17449

A very significant earthquake swarm is taking place on an island off the west coast of Africa. This particular situation has been feared for decades because it could literally wipe out the ENTIRE U.S. East Coast.

The island of La Palma is part of the Canary Islands off the northwest coast of Africa. The scalable Google Map below shows its location:

The island was formed by eruptions from the Cumbre Vieja volcano.

La Palma earned the nickname “the beautiful island” — white sand beaches highlighted by black volcanic soil. An endless night sky filled with stars as far as the eye can see.

But beauty here is only skin deep.

Nestled on the western side of La Palma sits the Cumbre Vieja volcano, like a pot of water waiting to boil over. Its last big eruption was more than 50 years ago, but everyone knows it’s only a matter of time before it unleashes the beast inside.

Over decades, the entire southwest third of the island has become eroded and unstable from volcanic eruptions; with scientists fearing it could break loose and slide into the Atlantic Ocean. If that took place, the slide would be about 500 cubic KILOMOTERS of dirt and rock, plopping into the ocean, which would trigger a Tsunami wave for the entire Atlantic Ocean.

It starts with tremors - exactly like what we're seeing right now. Glasses rattle on kitchen tables while picture frames skew left and right. Tourists to La Palma brush it off, calling the jelly feeling “sea legs” — they are, after all, on an island.

But the locals know better and they hold their breath. When it does happen, the ash and lava spill out of the volcano’s mouth like a giant sigh. No one could have predicted what happens next.

The western side of the volcano cracks and splits; the steam builds up inside and pushes against the volcano’s walls. The pressure is too much; the entire western flank breaks off, the Atlantic Ocean eagerly swallowing every rock, stone and pebble as they freefall into its deep blue depths. The earth rumbles and the water begins to slosh around as its calm ebb and flow turns into frenzied splashing and crashing.

The waves grow. And they grow and they grow. To the naked eye, it looks like the heavens unleashed a curtain made of water — somehow the volcano’s landslide has produced a tsunami that reaches the sky.

All 3,000 feet of water roars as it barrels away from La Palma’s coast toward the United States. As the most western island of the Canary Islands, La Palma sits eight hours away from the eastern U.S. shore by plane. It’s the one piece of good news: Residents have a window of time to evacuate.

But chaos breeds chaos, and soon the highways are clogged with cars, frightened families from Boston to Miami trying to flee inland. A final silver lining: The wave decreases as it sojourns across the Atlantic from a staggering 3,000 to a mere 160 feet.

As that wave travels from Africa to the west, it would move about as fast as a jet airliner, about 500 MPH. About eight hours later, that wave would reach the North American coast line and begin to pile up on top of itself, creating upwards of a ONE HUNDRED TWENTY FOOT TALL wall of water, smashing into the ENTIRE east coast.

All the major cities would be wiped out. Boston, New York, Baltimore, Washington, DC, Norfolk, VA, Charleston, SC, Jacksonville, FL, Miami, would all be inundated by a giant wall of water. Most buildings within ten miles of the coast would be physically knocked down by the wave. Almost nothing would survive.

Now, one might think 'We'll have 8 hours warning." Do you have any idea at all how long it would take to completely evacuate cities like Boston, New York or Miami? And Miami is of particular concern because there may not be anywhere to go for ANYONE IN FLORIDA.

Most of Florida is only about four feet above sea level. The Tsunami 30 Meter (100 feet tall) wave from Las Palma might very well wash over the ENTIRE LANDMASS of the state.

Elevation of Capitol Hill, Washington, DC, USA 79 ft.

In fact, scientists say that the area impacted by any such Tsunami contains twenty-nine percent (29%) of the US population and they estimate 65 Million DEAD.

There are plenty documentaries on tubes about this.

-Worse case says up to 250 miles inland using rivers.

-100' high

-Travel a few hundred miles per hour

-Seven-Eight hours to reach NYC

Long island would go underwater for a time

So would Florida

A few dozen nuclear reactors would be Fukushima, or worse

Hudson River would flood all the way to Albany

Could be one large one or several smaller ones.

or,...we could see a little ripple at the docks.

Just keep your tank filled w gas. Download some tsunami alert app or something

Oh then there is this -

"REV 8:8 - And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood;"

translation

"A volcano erupted then busted up with a large portion falling into the sea killing 1/3 of all coastal inhabitants of that sea."

no, doesn't say which sea

The wave touches down, flowing onto beaches and flooding bays. Coastal buildings don’t stand a chance; water rushes inland 10-40 miles along the entire eastern seaboard. Homes are destroyed, countless hotels crumble under the force. Chemical plants that once churned out product by the oceanside spill their toxic waste into the sea.

Here is an animation for land inundation from NYC to Boston based on LAND ELEVATION:

Beaches up and down the coast account for billions of dollars in tourism revenue each summer. It looks like vacationers might not be able to return for decades thanks to the amount of oils and solvents released.

On top of that, the East Coast is home to 29 percent of the U.S. population. Now they are displaced — their homes destroyed, their cities flooded. Not everyone made it out in time.

It’s not the end of the world, but it very much feels like it.

Analysis: La Palma’s mega-tsunami is a disaster, no doubt. And — scarily enough — it’s not impossible.

In 1949, the Cumbre Vieja volcano erupted along the coast of La Palma and caused an earthquake that created a mile-long fissure on its east side.

The force of the fissure then caused the volcano’s west side to slip six feet into the Atlantic Ocean. It has since remained in this position, its estimated 1.5 trillion metric tons waiting like a ticking time bomb.

Researcher and scientist Steven Ward, now a research geophysicist at the Institute of Geophysics and Planetary Physics, UC Santa Cruz, and Simon Day, a senior research associate at the Institute for Risk & Disaster Reduction, University College London, first quantified the features of the La Palma mega-tsunami. Their video model appears below.

Readers must watch this earthquake swarm very diligently. At the first sign of a major eruption, or at first hint of a landslide/collapse due to the earthquakes, get away from the US East Coast by at least 50 miles inland.

Remember, it will only take about 8 hours for the Tsunami to reach the USA once it is generated by a landslide. Anyone in its way, will likely not survive.

Here's a brief video showing how it might play out:

Direct link to live earthquake monitoring on the island HERE

UPDATE --

The Volcanological Institute has registered this Sunday a considerable increase in seismic movements located in the area of ​​Mazo and Fuencaliente,

in #LaPalma. Only between Saturday and Sunday have the 300 earthquakes been exceeded # TN2Canarias

UPDATE 11:20 AM EDT --

The strong earthquake swarm which started under the area of La Cumbre Vieja volcano in the southern part of the Island of La Palma, in the Canary Islands yesterday is CONTINUING and growing STRONGER. So far, more than 350 tremors have been detected, including 14 quakes of magnitudes above 3.0 and 226 quakes between 2.0 and 2.9.

The strongest was a magnitude 3.4 event at 00.46 am local time this morning, which was felt by nearby residents.

Most earthquakes are at shallow depths around 8-12 km, suggesting that new magma is currently intruding into a reservoir under the volcano. Whether or not this might be leading up to new volcanic activity is impossible to say at this stage.

Similar earthquake swarms have occurred in the past as well, most recently in late Dec last year; however back then, the quakes were deeper (at around 30 km depth), which could indicate that magma has now risen higher in the volcano's underground storage systems.

La Cumbre Vieja volcano last erupted in 1971, and it is considered one of the most active volcanoes of the Canary Islands.

The Scientific Committee for the government of Spain has declared a "Pre-Emergency Alert" over what they believe is now a LIKELY eruption.

Whether the side of the island falls into the ocean causing a mega-tsunami, remains to be seen.

Anyone living with 50 miles of the east coast of North America, both US and CANADA, should keep close watch on this because if the landslide takes place, the east coast of north America could face inundation by tsunami waves of 30 meters (100 feet) tall, penetrating 10-40 miles inland.

Whether the side of the island falls into the ocean causing a mega-tsunami, remains to be seen.

Anyone living with 50 miles of the east coast of North America, both US and CANADA, should keep close watch on this because if the landslide takes place, the east coast of north America could face inundation by tsunami waves of 30 meters (100 feet) tall, penetrating 10-40 miles inland.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/earthquake-swarm-la-palma-if-blows-wipes-out-us-east-coast-via-tsunami 

 

:: 9-6-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

State Department delays six charter flights carrying 142 US citizens because of Taliban 'shake-down': Biden is accused of prioritizing his vacation over American lives in Afghanistan

Rep. Diana Harshbarger said Monday that President Joe Biden is 'prioritizing his vacation' over the lives of American citizens still stuck in Afghanistan

Biden jetted to Delaware on Friday night and is due back Monday evening

Meanwhile a reported breakdown in negotiations between the Taliban and US State Department has left 1,000 people stranded in Mazar-i-Sharif

Six planes chartered by Glenn Beck are grounded there amid reports the State Department neglected to tell Taliban officials it approved those flights

The chartered flights cost Beck's charity a reported $750,000 each

Among the passengers are SIV applicants and 142 American citizens

By Elizabeth Elkind, Politics Reporter and Jimmy Mccloskey and Katelyn Caralle, U.S. Political Reporter For Dailymail.com

Published: 10:15 EDT, 6 September 2021 | Updated: 15:03 EDT, 6 September 2021

A House Republican lawmaker called for President Biden's impeachment on Monday morning as he vacations in Delaware over Labor Day weekend while anywhere between 100 and 200 Americans are still stranded in Afghanistan amid a reported breakdown in negotiations between the Taliban and State Department.

'He's prioritizing his vacation over the lives of American citizens,' Tennessee Rep. Diana Harshbarger said of Biden on Fox News.

'He kept his promises to the Taliban and he's breaking his promises to Americans to get them out, and god only knows what will happen if they can't get out.'

Biden is scheduled to return to DC tonight after spending two full days in Delaware with no public events. He flew back to his home state Friday night after touring Hurricane Ida damage in Louisiana.

Meanwhile, the US military withdrawal from Kabul was completed a week ago, and efforts to rescue American citizens still stuck in Afghanistan has reached an impasse with reports that six private charter planes sent there to evacuate at least 1,000 people have been grounded in an Afghan city 260 miles north of Kabul.

The flights were chartered by Mercury One, a charity founded by right-wing commentator Glenn Beck, Newsweek reports.

Beck's fleet of two Airbus 340s and four Boeing 737s from Kam Air are sitting empty in the city of Mazar-i-Sharif as their passengers - including at least 142 Americans.

Democratic Senator Richard Blumenthal said he was 'frustrated, even furious' at the government's delay in pulling them out.

'There will be plenty of time to seek accountability for the inexcusable bureaucratic red tape that stranded so many of our Afghan allies,' Blumenthal told The Hill. 'For now, my singular focus remains getting these planes in the air and safely to our airbase in Doha, where they have already been cleared to land.'

One NGO official told Newsweek the remaining passengers are special immigrant visa applicants and that everyone is 'waiting in their safe houses for clearance for takeoff from the Taliban' amid the diplomatic stalemate.

The evacuation flights reportedly cost Beck's charity $750,000 each.

Harshbarger on Monday said now is the time for Biden to be 'on the job 100%.'

'We have people still in Afghanistan, they won't let our planes leave,' she said.

On Sunday, Reuters reported that the delay had been caused by Biden administration officials not telling Taliban leaders it had approved the departures of the chartered flights from Mazar-i-Sharif.

An exasperated flight organizer hit out at the State Department over the fiasco, saying: 'They need to be held accountable for putting these people's lives in danger.'

Other groups trying to organize their own chartered flights have also hit out at the State Department, with Rick Clay from private rescue firm PlanB claiming it's the only thing stopping him fulfilling his brief.

Two other organizers have also torn into the Antony Blinken-headed department, with one - who didn't give their name - telling Fox: 'This is zero place to be negotiating with American lives. Those are our people standing on the tarmac and all it takes is a f****ing phone call.

'If one life is lost as a result of this, the blood is on the White House's hands. The blood is on their hands. It is not the Taliban that is holding this up – as much as it sickens me to say that – it is the United States government.'

Further details on the reason for the delay in discussions has not been disclosed. although Blinken jetted to Qatar on Sunday to discuss the issue with leaders there.

As the situation developed over the weekend, Texas Rep. Michael McCaul told Fox News earlier Sunday that the Taliban was holding the planes hostage.

'We have six airplanes at Mazar Sharif Airport, six airplanes with American citizens on them as I speak, also with these interpreters, and the Taliban is holding them hostage for demands right now,'

'The state has cleared these flights and the Taliban will not let them leave the airport,' he detailed.

McCaul went on to claim that the flights were being used by the Islamic extremist group as a bargaining chip with the US, in return for full recognition.

The airport in question is more than 260 miles from the Hamid Karzai International Airport in the capital city of Kabul, where military flights evacuated thousands of Americans and allies from the country amid the Taliban takeover.

Senator Ted Cruz, who serves on the Committee on Foreign Relations, appeared to further substantiate that claim in a Sunday tweet.

'Joe Biden abandoned Americans in Afghanistan,' the Texas senator wrote. 'Members of Congress, including me and my office, have been working around the clock to get them out - and for days Biden's State Dept. couldn't even get out of its own way.'

'Now there are deeply disturbing reports of a hostage crisis,' he added.

McCaul, the top Republican on the US House Foreign Affairs Committee, said that since the total troop US withdrawal from Afghanistan, no Americans have been evacuated from the country.

'Since we left the country on Friday, how many Americans have gotten out of Afghanistan?' anchor Chris Wallace asked. 'Since we pulled out, how many Afghan allies have gotten out since the Taliban was in complete control of the country?'

'Zero,' McCaul shot back. 'I'm sorry, the answer to your question is zero.

Biden Chief of Staff Ron Klain seemed to downplay the situation in an interview on CNN Sunday.

Klain told the outlet that 'around 100' Americans are still in Afghanistan - though the more recent 142 figure is more in line with Blinken's admission last week that 'a small number of Americans under 200' remain stranded.

Other Republicans have also come out against the Biden administration over the unfolding chaos - particularly the president and his Delaware getaway.

'American citizens are still stranded behind enemy lines in Afghanistan, and meanwhile Joe Biden is vacationing in Delaware,' former Trump Chief of Staff Mark Meadows wrote on Twitter.

Rep. Mo Brooks, an Alabama Republican and close ally of the former president, said on the site: 'Joe Biden will be spending his weekend on vacation in Delaware.'

'Roughly 100 Americans will be spending their weekend abandoned in Afghanistan.'

But some people are managing to escape - the federal government confirmed for the first time that it has helped a US citizen and family members escape Afghanistan through an overland route to a neighboring country.

A US official told the Associated Press Monday that the citizen and their children 'successfully departed Afghanistan using an overland route' and were met by American embassy staff at the border. The official would not speak to details of the evacuation or to the country in which they arrived, citing security reasons and the need to preserve the viability of the route for possible future efforts.

The evacuation is the first overland extraction the US government has confirmed since it ended its air evacuation effort last week with the final withdrawal of American forces from Afghanistan.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9962543/GOP-Rep-rips-Biden-vacation-stalls-6-Glenn-Beck-group-planes-Americans-board.html 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 9-5-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taiwan Scrambles Jets Against Renewed Large Chinese Aerial Incursion

by Tyler Durden Sunday, Sep 05, 2021 - 02:00 PM

Taiwan's air force has once again scrambled fighter jets to repel a largescale Chinese military aircraft incursion of the island's defense zone.

Though this has become a near weekly occurrence at this point, Sunday's Chinese incursion was notably large, with 19 aircraft including nuclear capable bombers entering Taiwan's air defense identification zone.

"The latest Chinese mission involved 10 J-16 and four Su-30 fighters, as well as four H-6 bombers, which can carry nuclear weapons, and an anti-submarine aircraft, Taiwan's Defence Ministry said," according to NBC.

The report continues of Taiwan's response: "Taiwanese combat aircraft were dispatched to warn away the Chinese aircraft, while missile systems were deployed to monitor them, the ministry said."

The breach reportedly happened near the Taiwan-controlled Pratas Island, which is the northernmost islet of the South China Sea.

While 19 Chinese aircraft is among the larger incursions, it comes just short of the 20 that breached the island's defense zone last March.

Beijing began sending more frequent and larger jet formations following the Biden administration earlier signaling to the small democratic-run island that it would continue Trump's policy of making large weapons transfers to Taipei, something which Beijing has vehemently protested, calling it a severe violation of the 'One China' policy.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/taiwan-scrambles-jets-against-renewed-large-scale-chinese-aerial-incursion 

:: 9-5-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'MU've Over, Delta!' - The Globalists Unveil Another Variant To Cover-Up The Vaxxes Failing As The Complete Takedown Of America Nears Completion - Beware The Coming Fall & Winter

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  September 5, 2021

With the so-called 'delta variant' of the bioweapon that's been unleashed upon the world 'dramatically changing' what the globalists propaganda outlets have been reporting as 'true' about the 'coronavirus', especially after Los Angeles County Public Health Director Barbara Ferrer said Thursday "One thing is for sure: Vaccinated people can get infected, and they can transmit to other vaccinated people...Vax-on-vax transmission has happened", none of us should be at all surprised that they're now unveiling their new 'boogie man' named 'Mu'.

Likely their new, #1 go-to cover-up for the fact that these experimental mRNA injections never did stop Covid (but are heavily enriching their creators within the 'big pharma mafia'), CBS News reports 'Mu' may be able to bypass 'antibodies' and 'immunity' in both the vaxxed and the unvaxxed, and is therefore the new 'variant of interest' that public health officials, the media and US politicians will be keeping an eyes upon (and pushing like drug dealers) until the next 'variant' comes along.

Yet with many of the vaxxed who are now catching Covid and dying from it at risk of completely blowing their 'vaxxes are the answer to covid' narrative to smithereens, we also shouldn't be at all surprised that they're heavily pushing this 'new narrative' at this point in time when the colder weather is approaching and cases are allegedly spiking already.

Because they desperately need a new 'scapegoat' and a new narrative to fall back upon as more and more of the fully vaxxed fall ill, pass the 'bioweapon' on to others who've been vaxxed and even die, with 'Delta' having not scared enough people into getting vaxxed while suddenly, more and more people who've gotten Covid have cured themselves using Ivermectin and other, alternative treatments.

So, right on time, along comes 'Mu', a 'variant' that doesn't 'seem to respond' to the current vaxxes. Can anyone really say 'we didn't see that coming?' We warned on ANP back on August 7th in this story titled "As Newsweek Warns Of A Coming 'Doomsday Variant', Billionaire's Bugging Out To Their Private Islands Is A Sign Of The 'End Game' Ahead Or Proof They Are Total Hypocrites, Or Both! Alpha, Beta, Delta, Eta, Gamma, Iota, Kappa And Lambda, Oh My!" that they'd keep on unveiling these 'new variants' until we all 'comply' and take their 'clot shot' and 'lo and behold', just look at what's happening now.

So with even more evidence coming out now that the National Institute of Health, led by none other than Dr. Anthony Fauci, provided critical funding to the Wuhan, China bioweapon laboratory where this beast was created, we'll argue here once again that this entire 'scamdemic' was manufactured by the Democrats/deep state to allow massive mail in voting fraud during the 2020 election.

The only way, the Democrats knew, in their devious minds, that they could guarantee they'd 'take' back the White House, via the 'Covid coup', a very real 'bioweapon attack' upon the American people and all of Western Civilization that as of this moment in time, has gone completely unrecognized by the msm.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

While ANP had also reported all the way back on February 10th of 2020, a full nine months prior to the fraudulent 2020 election and a time period when Covid was just starting to hit America, that according to Dr. Francis Boyle, the author of the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, 'Covid' was most certainly a 'bioweapon', that warning was long called 'a conspiracy theory' by the mainstream media.

And we had actually reached out to Dr. Boyle in an email, and received a very nice reply back from him, with Dr. Boyle warning us way back then that what they've been calling Covid was indeed a bioweapon, with Dr. Boyle also telling us then "The 'Nazi Death Science Biological Warfare Work' Going On In America MUST Be Stopped".

Also warning us back then in his response to us "Right now the most important thing we Americans can do is to convince President Trump to fire the so-called scientific advisers he has around him who are up to their eyeballs in this offensive biowarfare Nazi death science work, and to bring in a completely new team of outside independent experts who have never accepted even one penny of this Nazi death science biological warfare work", Dr. Boyle didn't mention Dr. Fauci to us then though we fully understand now what he meant and who he was referring to.

Because at that time, Fauci was one of the lead members of the White House's coronavirus task force and now, 19 months later, more and more facts keep coming out that Dr. Boyle's warning to us way back then was right on the money.

As the Daily Mail reported in this Saturday story titled "US cash funded controversial Wuhan virus lab where research to make diseases more deadly was backed by Dr Anthony Fauci, new book says," that book reports the Wuhan Institute of Virology was 'creating a database of potentially lethal viruses' and had received massive funding from the National Institute of Health, led by none other than Dr Anthony Fauci.

Giving Americans all across the country another reason why we should never, ever trust our 'public servants', what better way for Democrats to make sure they had the 2020 election in the 'win column' than to 'manufacture' a 'pandemic', thus scaring the wits out of 10's of millions of Americans, then using that fear to encourage massive mail-in voting, meaning ID's were never checked, thus allowing the biggest fraud upon America in history?

With Democrats in 2021 scared to death to allow any real voting fraud investigations or audits to be carried out, these words of warning from George Orwell's timeless book "1984" hint of what is ahead for our entire nation and people if we allow them to keep herding us down the same path we're now on: "We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means, it is an end."

So with 'the vax' NOT preventing people from getting 'Covid', NOT preventing them from passing it on to others, NOT preventing them from being hospitalized and NOT preventing them from dying, let's go ahead and take a look at this Daily Mail story which reports on the new book out titled "What Really Happened in Wuhan: the Cover-Ups, the Conspiracies and the Classified Research", written by Sharri Markson.

The US was funding China's controversial Wuhan laboratory as it embarked on a secretive project to identify deadly viruses with pandemic potential, a new book has claimed.

According to "What Really Happened in Wuhan: the Cover-Ups, the Conspiracies and the Classified Research", by Sharri Markson, the Wuhan Institute of Virology was creating a database of potentially lethal viruses with the help of Shi Zhengli - aka 'batwoman'.

Ms Zhengli, who earned her nickname sampling thousands of bats in remote caves, collected 19,000 samples while at Wuhan, with 2,481 of those containing coronaviruses.

Her work was all part of China's own version of the Global Virome Project (GVP).

The GVP was supposed to be an international collaborative effort to identify within 10 years all of the planet's viruses which have pandemic or epidemic potential in humans.

But during a visit to the Wuhan institute in March 2018, US career diplomat Rick Switzer - alongside US consul-general Jamie Fouss - found that China had launched its own version - in a lab with poor safety practices and no US oversight.

And in a cable sent to the State Department in April, Mr Switzer made clear how the National Institutes of Health (NIH), headed by Dr Anthony Fauci, was funding the research at the lab - which included experimenting with coronaviruses.

The cable read: 'NIH was a major funder, along with the National Science Foundation of China, of Sars research by the Wuhan Institute of Virology.'

It added: 'In the last year, the institute has also hosted visits from the National Institutes of Health (NIH), National Science Foundation and experts from the University of Texas Medical Branch in Galveston.'

Yet as the top-voted comment on that story pointed out, "Don't we know all this already??? The problem is that nothing is being done and the mainstream media and big tech are involved in the cover up".

So with nothing still being 'done about it', the mainstream media, big tech, the National Institute of Health and the Democrat party still in full cover-up mode, and Dr. Fauci and others involved in this absolute travesty surely never to let the American people in on the 'truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth', because that truth would lead to their executions for treason and war crimes, America continues on this 'Waltz towards Oblivion' as the same devils who planned and manufactured this war upon America are still 'running the show' at a time when 'Mu' is released upon the American people.

Pushing us as a free nation not only towards complete obscurity, but the overthrow of our nation all but complete, as this new story over at the Daily Mail points out, the US allegedly now has more than four times as many cases of COVID, and twice as many in hospital, compared to this time last year with deaths allegedly up 80% - despite 62% of population having had at least one shot amid the 'Delta surge'. And the top-voted comments on the story all see what's happening.

Could it be that 'the vaccine' is the real problem? hmmmmmmmmm

During the campaign, Joe Biden repeatedly said that Donald Trump was doing a terrible job managing the pandemic and that he would get the pandemic under control when he became president.

It should be clear to everyone now that the vaccinated are the ones that acting like super-spreaders keeping COVID going because of these mutated variants like DELTA. They said it would happen - and it has happened.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Move_Over_Delta_Vaxxes_Failing_Beware.php 

:: 9-4-21 Medical Kidnap :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Crisis in America: Millions of Veteran Nurses are Resigning or Being Fired Over COVID Vaccine Mandates

September 4, 2021

Total Views : 12,072

Do You Want to be Injected with Something Millions of Nurses Refuse to Take and are Giving up Their Careers Over Because it is so Dangerous?

by Brian Shilhavy  Editor, Health Impact News

The Pharma-funded corporate media would like the public to believe that nurses who refuse to be forced to take an experimental shot as a condition for employment are a small minority.

But are they? What is going to happen this Fall if the United States loses 50% or more of their nursing staffs?

And who else is in the best position to evaluate the effectiveness or harm caused by the COVID shots, if not the nurses who treat those who are vaccinated in our nation’s hospitals?

If you got sick or injured and needed hospital care, who would you rather be treated by: healthcare workers who stand on principles even if it means losing their careers, or healthcare workers who know the truth but are willing to look the other way and follow standard protocols, no matter how harmful or ineffective, just so they can keep collecting their paychecks?

Here is the other side of the story from the nurses themselves in this video. Their voices are being censored.

Do your part to make sure their voices are heard. Share this video. It is literally a life and death issue.

This video was produced by me, and is available on our Rumble and Bitchute channels.

COVID-19 Bioweapon Injection Casualties List

Military Members are Dying and Suffering Crippling Effects from COVID Vaccinations

September 4, 2021

Print This Post Print This Post

Crisis in America: Millions of Veteran Nurses are Resigning or Being Fired Over COVID Vaccine Mandates

Total Views : 12,072

Do You Want to be Injected with Something Millions of Nurses Refuse to Take and are Giving up Their Careers Over Because it is so Dangerous?

by Brian Shilhavy

Editor, Health Impact News

The Pharma-funded corporate media would like the public to believe that nurses who refuse to be forced to take an experimental shot as a condition for employment are a small minority.

But are they? What is going to happen this Fall if the United States loses 50% or more of their nursing staffs?

and who else is in the best position to evaluate the effectiveness or harm caused by the COVID shots, if not the nurses who treat those who are vaccinated in our nation’s hospitals?

If you got sick or injured and needed hospital care, who would you rather be treated by: healthcare workers who stand on principles even if it means losing their careers, or healthcare workers who know the truth but are willing to look the other way and follow standard protocols, no matter how harmful or ineffective, just so they can keep collecting their paychecks?

Here is the other side of the story from the nurses themselves in this video. Their voices are being censored.

Do your part to make sure their voices are heard. Share this video. It is literally a life and death issue.

This video was produced by me, and is available on our Rumble and Bitchute channels.

Comment on this article at HealthImpactNews.com.

See Also:

COVID-19 Bioweapon Injection Casualties List

Military Members are Dying and Suffering Crippling Effects from COVID Vaccinations

CDC: Teens Injected with COVID Shots have 7.5 X More Deaths, 15 X More Disabilities, 44 X More Hospitalizations than All FDA Approved Vaccines in 2021 etc

September 4, 2021

See Also:

COVID-19 Bioweapon Injection Casualties List

Military Members are Dying and Suffering Crippling Effects from COVID Vaccinations

CDC: Teens Injected with COVID Shots have 7.5 X More Deaths, 15 X More Disabilities, 44 X More Hospitalizations than All FDA Approved Vaccines in 2021

23,252 Deaths 2,189,537 Injured Following COVID Shots Reported in European Union’s Database of Adverse Drug Reactions

etc.. etc..  etc.. This is a small sample of the article click on the link below.

:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scribe note: This articles site has a multitude of videos an extensive list and is very nicely put together with illustrations to help us understand the information.  Click on the link below.

https://medicalkidnap.com/2021/09/04/crisis-in-america-millions-of-veteran-nurses-are

-resigning-or-being-fired-over-covid-vaccine-mandates/   

:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

September 4, 2021

Print This Post Print This Post

Crisis in America: Millions of Veteran Nurses are Resigning or Being Fired Over COVID Vaccine Mandates

Total Views : 12,072

Do You Want to be Injected with Something Millions of Nurses Refuse to Take and are Giving up Their Careers Over Because it is so Dangerous?

by Brian Shilhavy

Editor, Health Impact News

The Pharma-funded corporate media would like the public to believe that nurses who refuse to be forced to take an experimental shot as a condition for employment are a small minority.

But are they? What is going to happen this Fall if the United States loses 50% or more of their nursing staffs?

And who else is in the best position to evaluate the effectiveness or harm caused by the COVID shots, if not the nurses who treat those who are vaccinated in our nation’s hospitals?

If you got sick or injured and needed hospital care, who would you rather be treated by: healthcare workers who stand on principles even if it means losing their careers, or healthcare workers who know the truth but are willing to look the other way and follow standard protocols, no matter how harmful or ineffective, just so they can keep collecting their paychecks?

Here is the other side of the story from the nurses themselves in this video. Their voices are being censored.

Do your part to make sure their voices are heard. Share this video. It is literally a life and death issue.

This video was produced by me, and is available on our Rumble and Bitchute channels.

Comment on this article at HealthImpactNews.com.

See Also:

COVID-19 Bioweapon Injection Casualties List

Military Members are Dying and Suffering Crippling Effects from COVID Vaccinations

CDC: Teens Injected with COVID Shots have 7.5 X More Deaths, 15 X More Disabilities, 44 X More Hospitalizations than All FDA Approved Vaccines in 2021

23,252 Deaths 2,189,537 Injured Following COVID Shots Reported in European Union’s Database of Adverse Drug Reactions

COVID Shots Are Killing and Crippling Teens in Record Numbers – Young Children Are Next

September 4, 2021

Print This Post Print This Post

Crisis in America: Millions of Veteran Nurses are Resigning or Being Fired Over COVID Vaccine Mandates

Total Views : 12,072

Official U.S. Government Stats on COVID Vaccines: 13,627 Deaths 2,826,646 Injuries 1,429 Fetal Deaths in Pregnant Women

Death and Destruction Continue to Follow Pfizer COVID-19 Vaccines – Now Approved by the FDA

INDIA: World’s First DNA-based Vaccine” Given Emergency Use Authorization for 12 to 18-Year-Olds as Parents Mourn the Deaths of Their Children Following COVID-19 Injections

Over 32,000 People DEAD in Brazil Following COVID-19 Vaccines According to Official Media Report

CENSORED: COVID Vaccine Injured Who Regret Their Decisions to Get the Shot and Their Message to You

We are Destroying the Lives of our Young with Experimental COVID Injections

Board Certified Occupational Therapist Whistleblower: More Patients are Dying from the Vaccine than from COVID

CDC’s Own Stats Show 1,270 Premature Fetal Deaths Following COVID Shots but Recommend Pregnant Women Get COVID Injections

 

Over 32,000 People DEAD in Brazil Following COVID-19 Vaccines According to Official Media Report

CENSORED: COVID Vaccine Injured Who Regret Their Decisions to Get the Shot and Their Message to You

We are Destroying the Lives of our Young with Experimental COVID Injections

Board Certified Occupational Therapist Whistleblower: More Patients are Dying from the Vaccine than from COVID

CDC’s Own Stats Show 1,270 Premature Fetal Deaths Following COVID Shots but Recommend Pregnant Women Get COVID Injections

Father and Military Veteran Dies After Mandatory COVID Shot as Children Continue to Lose Parents to COVID-19 Shots

Tragic Loss of Life Following COVID-19 Injections

Fully Vaccinated 33-Year-Old New Yorker DEAD After Cursing Unvaccinated as Idiots and Morons

Minnesota Woman Loses both Legs and both Hands Following Second Pfizer COVID-19 Shot

Official U.S. Government Stats on COVID Vaccines: 13,627 Deaths 2,826,646 Injuries 1,429 Fetal Deaths in Pregnant Women

Death and Destruction Continue to Follow Pfizer COVID-19 Vaccines – Now Approved by the FDA

INDIA: “World’s First DNA-based Vaccine” Given Emergency Use Authorization for 12 to 18-Year-Olds as Parents Mourn the Deaths of Their Children Following COVID-19 Injections

Over 32,000 People DEAD in Brazil Following COVID-19 Vaccines According to Official Media Report

CENSORED: COVID Vaccine Injured Who Regret Their Decisions to Get the Shot and Their Message to You

We are Destroying the Lives of our Young with Experimental COVID Injections

Board Certified Occupational Therapist Whistleblower: More Patients are Dying from the Vaccine than from COVID

CDC’s Own Stats Show 1,270 Premature Fetal Deaths Following COVID Shots but Recommend Pregnant Women Get COVID Injections

Father and Military Veteran Dies After Mandatory COVID Shot as Children Continue to Lose Parents to COVID-19 Shots

Tragic Loss of Life Following COVID-19 Injections

Fully Vaccinated 33-Year-Old New Yorker DEAD After Cursing Unvaccinated as Idiots and Morons

Minnesota Woman Loses both Legs and both Hands Following Second Pfizer COVID-19 Shot

Freedom of Information Request Reveals 5,522 People have Died Within 28 Days of Receiving COVID-19 Vaccines in Scotland

Attorney Files Lawsuit Against CDC Based on “Sworn Declaration” from Whistleblower Claiming 45,000 Deaths are Reported to VAERS – All Within 3 Days of COVID-19 Shots

etc Board Certified Occupational Therapist Whistleblower: More Patients are Dying from the Vaccine than from COVID

CDC’s Own Stats Show 1,270 Premature Fetal Deaths Following COVID Shots but Recommend Pregnant Women Get COVID Injections  etc

Canadian Doctor: 62% of Patients Vaccinated for COVID Have Permanent Heart Damage

Comply with COVID-19 “Vaccination” Demands and You Could End up DEAD Like These People

Tens of Thousands of COVID-19 “Vaccine” Injured in the U.S. Begging for Help as the Medical Community Turns Their Back on Them

6-Year-Old Son Tells Dad “Please Don’t Get the Shot” – But He Did and Now He’s DEAD

Americans Will Celebrate “Independence Day” as CDC Reveals Almost 7000 DEAD and Half a Million Injured Following COIVD Injections?

September 4, 2021

etc 

Father And Daughter Die Four Days Apart Despite Taking Different Brands Of COVID-19 Shots

More Families Devastated from Deaths and Injuries Following COVID-19 Shots

Former NFL Player Collects Stories of Lives Destroyed by the COVID-19 Shots – Mother Regrets Putting 12-year-old Daughter in Pfizer COVID-19 “Vaccine” Trial

45-Year-Old Bartender Tells World: “Shut the Hell Up and Get Your Vaccine!” He Died 1 Month Later Following the Moderna mRNA Shot

COVID-19 Bioweapon Shots Destroy Young Lives – What Percentage of the American Public is now Complicit with Murder?

Oregon Senator’s Wife and 19-Year-Old College Student Among Latest Victims DEAD Following Bioweapon COVID-19 Shots

Parents of Benjamin Goodman Speak out on His Murder by J&J Bioweapon Shot

British Software Developer Now Paralyzed After Taking COVID Jabs and Mocking Anti-Vaxxers – Others DEAD

Censored in the Corporate Media Hundreds of Medical Professionals Speak Out on Medscape Forum Warning about Dangers of COVID Injections

COVID-19 Bioweapon Shots Continue to Kill and Cripple People Leaving Behind Devastated Families

Hong Kong: 12 DEAD Four Miscarriages in One Week Following COVID-19 Injections

Man Who Developed CDC Vaccine Tracking System, BBC Radio Personality – Among the DEAD Following COVID-19 Injections

DEATH and Suffering Continue to Follow COVID-19 Bioweapon Injections

COVID-19 Bioweapon Shots Continue to Kill and Maim People Across the World

More Ruined Lives Following COVID-19 Bioweapon Injections

Rock and Roll Legend Eric Clapton Regrets COVID Shot, while Others Die Shortly After the Injections

45-Year-Old California Father of Two Dead 10 Days After COVID Injection

57-Year-Old Syracuse Man Mocks “Anti-vaxxers,” DEAD Seven Days After Johnson & Johnson Shot

Healthy Utah High School Athlete Develops Blood Clots in His Brain Following COVID Injection

CDC Reports 2 More Infant DEATHS Following Experimental COVID Injections During Clinical Trials

48-Year-Old Surgeon DEAD after Mocking “Anti-vaxxers” and Writing His Own Obituary after Moderna COVID Injections

etc

Scribe note: This is only a partial listing. To view all the pictures and article click on the link below.

https://medicalkidnap.com/2021/09/04/crisis-in-america-millions-of-veteran-nurses-are-resigning-or-being-fired

-over-covid-vaccine-mandates/ 

:: 9-4-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is The US Intelligence Community Putting The World At Risk?

by Tyler Durden Saturday, Sep 04, 2021 - 11:30 PM

Authored by Pete Hoekstra via The Gatestone Institute,

The recent release of an unclassified summary by the Intelligence Community (IC) of its investigation into China's role in the COVID pandemic leaves one feeling that there is nothing there. Like Sergeant Schultz in the old TV series "Hogan's Heroes," the IC seems to be protesting "I know nothing! Nothing!" The report provided no real substantive insights into the origins of the pandemic. Yet the Intelligence Community's COVID Summary is dangerous; infinitely more dangerous than it appears.

Without saying so directly, it encourages us to discount China's significant culpability in this disaster, downplaying its responsibility for the pandemic unleashed on its territory and its role in the deadly spread of COVID around the world.

The summary comes to three relatively strong conclusions about Chinese actions and motivations.

First of all, the IC states its judgment that China did not develop the virus "as a biological weapon."

Second, the IC assesses that "China's officials did not have foreknowledge of the virus before the initial outbreak."

Third, the report ends with a startling conclusion, stated so matter-of-factly that it could almost go unnoticed; it says that China's "actions," its "hindering" of the international investigation, its "resistance" to sharing information and its attempts to blame other countries, "reflect, in part, China's government's own uncertainty about where an investigation could lead as well as its frustration the international community is using the issue to exert political pressure on China."

The first two findings are probably correct. Taken together, they rule out the worst possible scenario: that China's leadership developed a biological weapon and knowingly unleashed it on an unsuspecting world. These findings were never really in debate so nothing new. But we should not take undue comfort in that. As Gordon G. Chang outlined in these pages earlier this week, just because they didn't do it this time, doesn't mean they will not do it in the future. Chang was correct in identifying COVID was the "ultimate proof of concept."

What truly makes the IC summary dangerous is its third conclusion, implying China's unacceptable behavior since the pandemic was unleashed can be explained away and thus ignored.

How can the IC seriously believe that China's active stonewalling of the international community's attempts to get to the bottom of what happened and thus learn better how to combat the virus can be reduced to its "uncertainty about where an investigation might lead" or its "frustration" about outside political pressure? If our IC insists on promoting this rose-colored view of China, if this wishful thinking really reflects what our IC believes, the world is in deep trouble.

Let me build on Chang's exposure of China's behavior and offer some findings that should have been in the Intelligence Community report:

We can assess with a high degree of confidence that China views the U.S. as its primary global adversary. In the short term China wants to achieve near peer status with the U.S. In the long term it wants to be the dominant world power.

We can assess with a high degree of confidence that the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has been actively involved in advanced virus research via improving genetic targeting capabilities.

We can assess with a high degree of confidence that the CCP facilitated the global spread of the COVID-19 virus.

We can assess with a medium degree of confidence that the CCP used its influence with the WHO to spread a major disinformation campaign.

In sum, we can assess with a high degree of confidence that while the origins and initial awareness of the virus by the Chinese government cannot be clearly ascertained, the Chinese government has been intimately involved in most everything since then. It has used the pandemic to further its global economic and political agenda. Its behavior has been ruthless and malicious.

Americans, our international allies and enemies, and, of course, Chinese and CCP officials themselves, will read this intelligence summary carefully. Thus, the U.S. intelligence community's whitewashing of China's culpability puts us all at risk. In documents such as this report, there are no throwaway lines. Every word is weighed and considered. The implication that China is essentially innocent of any ill will is in the report only because some senior official wanted to include it.

God help us if this signals the beginning of a Biden administration appeasement strategy. Judging from everything we have experienced over the last ten to twenty years, the attempt to placate China by writing off its malicious behavior as lightly as this report does is doomed to failure. It shows weakness. It rewards an aggressive China, and only invites more of the same.

https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/us-intelligence-community-putting-world-risk 

:: 9-4-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hospitals Across America Have Become Death Camps As The Globalists War Upon Humanity Gets Kicked Into High Gear

By Alan Barton for All News Pipeline  September 4, 2021

Hospital

noun, often attributive

hos·pi·tal | ˈhä-(ˌ)spi-tᵊl

Definition of hospital

1: a charitable institution for the needy, aged, infirm, or young

2: an institution where the sick or injured are given medical or surgical care —usually used in British English without an article after a preposition

3: a repair shop for specified small objects

Note on number 2, where we hear in British English “we are taking him to Hospital” where here we say “we are taking him to the hospital”; that is what the comment in number 2 is referring to. Not of any real importance, just interesting to me. First used in the 14th Century. Mirriam-Webster

Let us look today at what hospitals and covid are up to, first we will ask the question;

Who’s Really Being Hospitalized?”, reads the headline in The Epoch Times recently as they described a patient that was in a small towns hospital ER with severe pain and other symptoms resulting from an operation three weeks previous.After a battery of testing, my friend was diagnosed with pancreatitis. But it was easier for the hospital bureaucracy to register the admission as a COVID case.

Let me explain. This patient had none of the classic symptoms of COVID: No shortness of breath, no fever, no chills, no congestion, no loss of sense of smell or taste, no neurological issues. The only COVID symptoms my friend had were nausea and fatigue, which could also be explained by the surgery. However, nearly three weeks earlier, a COVID test had come back positive.”

Did you catch that? THREE WEEKS EARLIER! The stories of patients being checked for many other problems, like motorcycle accidents, heart attacks, strokes and so many more, are admitted for covid although NO test is made, no symptoms are found for covid. The number of stories narrating this is legend, and I won’t cover specific ones more than the one above specifically for the purposes of a demonstration about hospitals. That may seem irrelevant if only because there is NO TEST that can detect the so-called Covid19 virus, only that some chemicals in that test may detect there might be some virus related protein of some sort or the other as stated by the INVENTOR of the PCR test Kary B. Mullis usually used. “PCR identifies substances qualitatively not quantitatively, detecting the genetic sequences of viruses, but not the viruses themselves: “PCR is intended to identify substances qualitatively, but by its very nature is unsuited for estimating numbers. Although there is a common misimpression that the viral load tests actually count the number of viruses in the blood, these tests cannot detect free, infectious viruses at all; they can only detect proteins that are believed, in some cases wrongly, to be unique to HIV. The tests can detect genetic sequences of viruses, but not viruses themselves.”

Reuters said in an article used in an Apologist (“fact” checking) fashion for accepting the tests. This means that when numbers, “statistics”, of people infected or hospitalized or dead as a result of covid it is a totally fabricated number as we have shown in a variety of articles here on ANP and elsewhere. A couple of months ago, AP had an article in which they claimed that “Nearly all COVID-19 deaths in the U.S. now are in people who weren’t vaccinated” which has been proven over and over to be a totally false statement, and more recently it has been proven in so many studies to be more like most are indeed “vaccinated”. Official propaganda direct from the CDC/NIH/Gates systems, nothing of the truth resides with them.

Back in 2013 Health Impact News had a story claiming that “Hospital Errors are the Third Leading Cause of Death in U.S.” as they claim that according to a study by the Leapfrog Group ““We are burying a population the size of Miami every year [440,000] from medical errors that can be prevented. A number of hospitals have improved by one or even two grades, indicating hospitals are taking steps toward safer practices, but these efforts aren’t enough,” says Leah Binder, president and CEO of Leapfrog. “During this time of rapid health care transformation, it’s vital that we work together to arm patients with the information they need and tell doctors and hospitals that the time for change is now.” That is a lot of people dying from PREVENTABLE hospital errors every year, and that was eight years ago, before the covid faux pandemic! Just think what it might be now with the rampant falsified diagnosis of covid, so the hospital$ can pad their bottom line$ from the bribe$ paid by the CDC and others to fake so many covid death$.

In that Health Impact News story noted above Hospitals were number three, while in very recently published Medical kidnap by the editor of Health Impact News Brian Shilhavy reports that Hospitals are now the NUMBER 1 cause of Death and they have a Rumble video by Doctor Amanda Vollmer that lays out a very chilling story of mass murder by the “doctors” in so many hospitals as linked to here. Very frightening, very chilling like the worst sci-fi movies but this is REAL LIFE!

In that same Health Impact News article there is another video where Abrien Aguirre, a Board Certified Occupational Therapist, concurred with Dr. Vollmer and added “You have always risked your life in recent years when going to a hospital, but now that we are under the Satanic COVID spell that is deceiving the world, the risks are exponentially higher, as hospitals are now the #1 cause of death, and should be renamed “killing centers” or “euthanasia centers,” as they do not make much money for curing people, but thanks to the $TRILLIONS set aside for “COVID treatments,” which include vaccines, these places make a ton of money for treating COVID patients, including putting them on ventilators which have a very low survival rate.”

“Physicians for Informed Consent (PIC), an educational nonprofit organization focused on science and statistics, has published its updated COVID-19 Disease Information Statement (DIS), which elucidates the infection-fatality rate (IFR) of COVID-19 in different age groups and different locations of residence.

Overall, the risk of a fatal outcome from COVID-19 is 0.35%. However, the risk varies from 0.001% or one fatal outcome in 100,000 infections in children younger than 18 years to people 65 years or older living in a nursing home having about 30 times more risk of a fatal outcome than people 65 years or older not living in a nursing home. Additionally, overall, the risk of hospitalization is 3.6%, of having symptoms is 67% and of never developing symptoms of SARS-CoV-2 infection is 33%.

The calculation for determining how many Americans have already been infected with SARS-CoV-2 is explained and indicates that more than half of the U.S. population has already been infected and is 99.9% protected from reinfection. As vaccine breakthrough infections are now on the rise, important lesser-known treatment and prevention options are also discussed.” Quote is from WFMZ news article and direct access to the Physicians for Informed Consent can be found here.

Natural News by Mike Adams agrees when he said “hospitals have been transformed into murder factories where people are falsely “diagnosed” with covid via a fraudulent PCR test, then put on miscalibrated, made-in-China ventilators that blow out their lungs and kill them. Safe and effective medical interventions that actually save lives among covid victims — such as ivermectin — are strictly prohibited in nearly every hospital in the country, obviously as part of a malicious medical scheme to exterminate as many patients as possible to drive up the “pandemic” death numbers.”

So to update the definition given in the opening of this column, Mike’s statement that “What was once a system of medicine has become a system of deliberate murder” seems appropriate at this point considering what he said in the following quote; “It’s worse than simple incompetence or ignorance, too, since hospitals are now very clearly trying to kill as many patients as possible by denying them treatments that work (ivermectin) while pushing interventions that kill (ventilators).

All those who are killed by murderous hospital policies and complicit doctors are said to have died “from covid.” But this is a lie, of course, since anyone can test “positive” for covid by merely running a sample through a PCR instrument turned up to 35 cycles. What people are really dying from is a combination of deliberate medical murder and vaccine spike protein bioweapons attacks. Your chances of survival are rather slim when your doctor is trying to kill you and the vaccines are loaded with bioweapons that are also designed to destroy your body from the inside.

Yet hospital policies forbid treatment with ivermectin or hydroxychloroquine, not to mention vitamin D and zinc. Such policies stand in direct contradiction to the real science on what works, and it’s obvious that these policies are driven by profit and politics, not medical ethics or compassion for fellow human beings.”

Thank you Mike –

Speaking of Ivermectin, it was first approved by the FDA in 1996 for humans, while now they say “mainstream media is lying on behalf of Big Pharma and the medical fascists by falsely claiming that ivermectin is a de-wormer for animals, when the reality is that the anti-parasite drug was first approved for human use back in 1996.

According to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, which is really a private corporation posing as a public health agency, ivermectin should not be used by humans because it is intended for animals. A quick and easy fact check reveals this claim to be patently false.… while ivermectin is, in fact, used in animals, it is also approved for use in humans. The only reason that many people are having to take the animal version these days is because the governing authorities have made it next to impossible to obtain a prescription for human ivermectin, while animal ivermectin is freely available in feed stores and online” as reported in another Natural News story by Ethan Huff.

Here and there we find someone rational doing something good for someone, such as the Judge in Ohio that ORDERS a hospital to administer Ivermectine to a Covid patient. “The denial of safe and effective treatments has caused the deaths of many COVID-19 patients. Hard-working doctors with integrity developed COVID-19 treatment protocols in 2020. However, hospitals often deny these treatments to patients.” In that We Love Trump article, Judge Gregory Howard issued that order that saved the life of Jeffrey Smith as his wife fought the doctors and hospital to get him the life saving drug successfully. Not very many do succeed, so praises to our Lord for her strength to obtain that court order. Ivermectin is a broad-spectrum medicine on the WHO's essential medicine list that has been distributed over 3.7 billion times to humans, was worth a Nobel Prize. How is it bad for you when we KNOW that the systems used currently kill the patients?

One of the major ‘systems’ used is, of course, the KILL SHOT commonly called the “vaccine” or the “vax” or “jab” for short. It is not, of course, a vaccine but a bioweapon. One so vile that now even the Red Cross issued a warning to stop getting Blood Plax donations from “vaccinated” people as found in this Natural News article by Ethan Huff.

“If you took a Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccine,” the American Red Cross will not accept blood plasma donations from you due to the inherent toxicity issues caused by the injection.

As it turns out, convalescent plasma should only be collected from the unvaccinated who still have clean blood that has not been contaminated with deadly spike proteins and other chemicals that threaten to kill those who receive blood transfusions.

Thanks to “Operation Warp Speed,” there is now a massive shortage of pure blood in the United States that has not been tainted with genetic modifications and other damage. Mass vaccination, in other words, is effectively killing people who desperately need unvaccinated blood but cannot find it. … “This is to ensure that antibodies collected from donors have sufficient antibodies directly related to their immune response to a COVID-19 infection and not just the vaccine, as antibodies from an infection and antibodies from a vaccine are not the same.”

“A new document on the Red Cross website now explains that because the FDA “allows people who have received a COVID-19 vaccine to donate dedicated COVID-19 convalescent plasma,” the Red Cross has decided to discontinue its convalescent plasma donation program entirely.”

This development, of course, greatly increases the risk of becoming yet another murder victim by your local hospital, thanks to the CDC and our “government”.

Organic Consumers Association has an article by Dr. Joseph Mercola, who has been quoted often both here and all over the internet, spoke of the CDC “cooking the books” when he said “To boost the appearance of vaccine efficacy even further, the CDC also will no longer record mild or asymptomatic infections in vaccinated individuals as "COVID cases." The only cases that now count as COVID cases — if the patient has been vaccinated against COVID-19, that is — are those that result in hospitalization or death”. In other words, they are doing what they can to NOT count cases that are not fatal or serious. Cooking the Books, also known as LYING THEIR BUTTS OFF! “Meanwhile, if you're unvaccinated and come down with a mild case, or if you test positive at a higher CT and have no symptoms, you still count as a COVID case. “

Liars all, NEVER trust Government or anyone that is paid by them.

One last story that should put the “vaccines’ into perspective. “DoD dispatches HAZMAT team, closes air space following Moderna vaccine shipment transport truck crash – and these things are “safe” to inject?” in Natural News by Mr. Huff and a couple other sources, but I’ll stay with this one for now; “A truck carrying a shipment of 1.3 million doses of Moderna’s Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccine” has wrecked in West Virginia, prompting the air space around the site of the incident to be closed down and a HAZMAT team to be dispatched.

The Department of Defense (DoD) reportedly took over the case, which occurred near a waterway off of I-79. The Center for Threat Preparedness had initially been charged with trying to recover the vaccines, but is no longer allowed to talk to the press now that the DoD has gotten involved.

…. As for the HAZMAT team, the official claim is that this extreme measure was needed to clean up all the “oil and anti-freeze” that had leaked from the truck – for 21 hours.

Obviously this is not the truth, which begs the question: What is the truth? When asked, both the Monongalia County Sheriff’s Office, the Monongalia HAZMAT Team, and Gov. Jim Justice all refused to answer questions, which is highly suspect.”

Yes, very Very suspect. Something is not right in this whole thing; Hazmat is not called out for 21 hours for a simple anti-freeze and diesel spill.

“A witness at the scene of the incident reported seeing “all kinds of cleanup crews I’ve never even heard of.” This would suggest that Moderna’s “vaccine” vials contain extremely dangerous chemicals that were never intended for release into the environment.”

https://allnewspipeline.com/US_Hospitals_Have_Become_Death_Camps.php 

:: 9--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Cassandras Were Right: The ‘Cure’ for COVID — a Global Takedown of the 99% — Has Proven Far Worse Than the Disease

Via Children’s Health Defense

Early in 2020, shocked citizens and social scientists predicted the widespread imposition of extreme “non-pharmaceutical interventions” in response to COVID would prove to have horrible and costly human and economic trade-offs — turns out they were right.

In early 2020, when authorities in China implemented — overnight — a draconian “lockdown” of 100 million citizens in response to reports of a new virus, the rest of the world little suspected that in short order, the same unprecedented home incarceration policy, along with a host of other “non-pharmaceutical interventions” (NPIs) would be coming soon to a locality near them.

Never before have so-called NPIs — which the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) also euphemistically refers to as “community mitigation strategies” — so aggressively taken center stage during a declared disease outbreak.

In the U.S., the five most adopted state-level COVID NPIs have been state-of-emergency orders, bans or limits on social gatherings, school closures, business restrictions (notably, restaurants) and stay-at-home orders.

The daunting list of “top-down … and bottom-up” NPI measures also includes travel bans, curfews, social distancing, masks, chemical hygiene and remote working — all adding up to the behavior change equivalent of shock doctrine financial austerity.

Early in 2020, shocked citizens and social scientists predicted the widespread imposition of these “extreme measures of unknown effectiveness” would prove to have horrible and costly human and economic trade-offs.

To reinforce the warnings, some pointed to Korea’s experience with Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS) in 2015, when thousands of school closures, widespread event cancellations and large-scale restrictions on freedom of movement cost the Asian nation $10 billion and an economically damaging 41% drop in tourism.

Noting the disproportionately harsh socioeconomic impact for an illness for which “the numbers of infections and deaths … were smaller than the numbers of those from tuberculosis or seasonal influenza,” a preventive medicine expert who chronicled the Korean fiasco observed, “the people who undertake the costs incurred by movement restriction are not the same people who benefit.”

A similar observation can be brought to bear on the prevailing COVID situation. Eighteen months in, most of the world is still being subjected to an endless Groundhog Day loop of dystopian restrictions (with a virus hardly even needed as justification anymore), while global elites widen the wealth gap to obscene e Disease

Via Children’s Health Defense

Early in 2020, shocked citizens and social scientists predicted the widespread imposition of extreme “non-pharmaceutical interventions” in response to COVID would prove to have horrible and costly human and economic trade-offs — turns out they were right.

Never before have so-called NPIs so aggressively taken center stage during a declared disease outbreak.

In early 2020, when authorities in China implemented — overnight — a draconian “lockdown” of 100 million citizens in response to reports of a new virus, the rest of the world little suspected that in short order, the same unprecedented home incarceration policy, along with a host of other “non-pharmaceutical interventions” (NPIs) would be coming soon to a locality near them.

Never before have so-called NPIs — which the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) also euphemistically refers to as “community mitigation strategies” — so aggressively taken center stage during a declared disease outbreak.

In the U.S., the five most adopted state-level COVID NPIs have been state-of-emergency orders, bans or limits on social gatherings, school closures, business restrictions (notably, restaurants) and stay-at-home orders.

The daunting list of “top-down … and bottom-up” NPI measures also includes travel bans, curfews, social distancing, masks, chemical hygiene and remote working — all adding up to the behavior change equivalent of shock doctrine financial austerity.

Early in 2020, shocked citizens and social scientists predicted the widespread imposition of these “extreme measures of unknown effectiveness” would prove to have horrible and costly human and economic trade-offs.

To reinforce the warnings, some pointed to Korea’s experience with Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS) in 2015, when thousands of school closures, widespread event cancellations and large-scale restrictions on freedom of movement cost the Asian nation $10 billion and an economically damaging 41% drop in tourism.

Noting the disproportionately harsh socioeconomic impact for an illness for which “the numbers of infections and deathswere smaller than the numbers of those from tuberculosis or seasonal influenza,” a preventive medicine expert who chronicled the Korean fiasco observed, “the people who undertake the costs incurred by movement restriction are not the same people who benefit.”

A similar observation can be brought to bear on the prevailing COVID situation. Eighteen months in, most of the world is still being subjected to an endless Groundhog Day loop of dystopian restrictions (with a virus hardly even needed as justification anymore), while global elites widen the wealth gap to obscene levels and steadily consolidate technocratic controls.

At this juncture, there is little doubt the Cassandras who had the foresight to call out COVID-related NPIs as a “colossal public health calamity” and totalitarian threat are being vindicated — in spades.

“Lockdowners” have not only managed to replace a century of “public-health wisdom … with an untested, top-down imposition on freedom and human rights,” wrote the American Institute for Economic Research in December 2020, but are openly working to establish “universal social and economic controls” as the new “orthodoxy.”

‘Fundamentally altered the child health landscape’

From all corners of the globe, the data flooding in indicate NPI policies have been particularly disastrous for children.

Consider a bombshell COVID preprint study published in August, in which Brown University researchers provide “suggestive” — and alarming — evidence that NPIs have “fundamentally altered the child health landscape” and are “significantly and negatively affecting infant and child development.”

Calling attention to the extensive ramifications for children of closing businesses, daycares, schools and playgrounds, as well as parents’ increased stress and children’s “reduced interaction, stimulation and creative play with other children,” the researchers reported children born during the pandemic are displaying significantly lower cognitive performance (verbal, motor and overall) compared to children born pre-pandemic.

The researchers’ IQ testing of pandemic babies produced an average score of around 78, versus a mean IQ score that, over the past decade, hovered around 100.

The study’s lead author characterized the findings as “not subtle by any stretch.”

Crash-and-burn of jobs and small businesses

A November 2020 report by the University of Southern California (USC) that examined the impact of mandatory closures and “partial reopenings” found those two NPI variables were “the most influential factor in the economy’s decline.”

USC predicted the two drastic policy measures “could result in a 22% loss of U.S. GDP in just one year and an even greater loss … over two years” — amounting to as much as $4.8 trillion in lost GDP.

Job loss and unemployment are an obvious source of parental stress with direct and trickle-down effects on children.

Thanks to the NPI-facilitated COVID recession, job losses during COVID-19 have had the distinction of being the “deepest ever” and the “most abrupt” compared to past recessions, as well as hitting low-wage workers the hardest.

Although economists reported, as of August 2020, recovery of half of the lost jobs, the most economically vulnerable were far less likely to have regained employment bad news for children and families already living on the edge.

Even with some job recovery, overall job losses remained in excess of the peak recorded during the 2007–2009 Great Recession.

Small businesses that have the well-deserved reputation of being the “backbone” or “lifeblood” of the American economy have suffered acutely under capricious NPIs. Under current or threatened lockdowns, one analysis of small business hardship concluded, “it is hard for small businesses to find certainty in their operations or finances.”

In the U.S., the impact on restaurants and minority-led businesses has been particularly ferocious.

Before COVID, small businesses were responsible for “more than 41% of net job creation, 45% of GDP and 34% of all U.S. exports.” By June 2021, every single U.S. state had lost more than 25% of its small businesses, with at least four in 10 shuttered small businesses in the hardest-hit states.

Although state leaders assign vague blame to “COVID,” it defies logic to let their policies off the hook. In the 10 states adhering the most strongly to NPI restrictions, from 33% to 44% of small businesses closed (with the exception of Vermont, at 29.6%).

Meanwhile, corporate entities like Amazon and Walmart, which continued operating while smaller businesses were asked to make sacrifices, have scooped up Main Street’s market share and made out like bandits.

The two companies’ founders and largest shareholders took home 56% more profits in 2020 compared to the previous year, but — notoriously stingy with their employees — “shared almost none of it with their workers.”

The best Amazon seems able to do is to offer “up to $80” to frontline employees who get a COVID shot.

Walmart, meanwhile, is telling employees (called “associates”) who do not get COVID vaccines by Oct. 4 they will go one month without pay and will then be terminated if they do not comply.

Hungry times

Public health researchers have long recognized that “food, nutrition, health and socio-economic outcomes are intimately inter-linked.”

In 2019, U.S. food insecurity (defined as “a lack of consistent access to enough food for every person in a household to live an active, healthy life”), though still a problem for many, was at its lowest level in more than 20 years.

However, the economic fallout from policymakers’ stay-at-home orders and closure of “non-essential” businesses and schools (including stalled school breakfast and lunch programs) has “upended” that trend.

The organization Feeding America estimates one in eight Americans — and one in six children, as well as one in five black Americans — could experience food insecurity in 2021.

An estimated one in five children went hungry in 2020. Malnutrition in early life can have long-lasting effects on health later in life.

According to Feeding America, the people and households most impacted by the NPI-induced economic crisis were already food-insecure or at risk of food insecurity pre-COVID “and are facing greater hardship since COVID.”

Feeding America also observes “very low food security” (the most alarming type of food insecurity involving “reduced food intake and disrupted eating patterns”) is likely on the rise.

Globally, the economic havoc wreaked by lockdowns and other NPIs has doubled the number of people on the brink of starvation, according to former South Carolina governor and Nobel Peace Prize-winning World Food Programme head David Beasley.

Declining life expectancy and worsening mental health

U.S. life expectancy dropped by 1-1/2 years in 2020, falling more in the second half of the year than in the first half.

Putting the startling statistic in context, a CDC representative explained that ordinarily, mortality changes are “rather gradual,” whereas 2020’s drop was precipitate and “substantial.” She noted the CDC does not expect life expectancy in 2021 to “return to what it was in 2019.”

As a direct result of COVID NPIs, studies have pointed to worsening mental health in adolescents and young adults as well as in adults — an effect that manifested almost immediately in spring 2020.

Describing the far greater mental health toll of COVID compared to previous “mass traumas,” one news report acknowledged NPIs eliminated one of the “most effective ways of buffering stress … social connection within a community.”

Interpersonal support is especially vital for youth, so it is not surprising NPI-related measures such as obligatory online instruction and home confinement — as well as worries about meeting basic needs — have been key triggers for youth depression and anxiety.

Data on fatal and nonfatal drug overdoses are starting to reflect the downward mental health trend. For example:

Between May 2019 and May 2020, CDC reported “the highest number of overdose deaths ever recorded in a 12-month period,” with the most deaths recorded between March and May 2020.

In related CDC research on overdoses involving prescription benzodiazepines (prescribed for anxiety and insomnia) and illicit “benzos,” overdose deaths increased 21.8% and 519.6%, respectively.

More than half (53.8%) of fatal overdoses from illicit benzos and nearly a third (30.7%) of deaths from prescription benzos were in youth aged 15-34 years.

Almost all the deaths also involved opioids, and many involved illicitly manufactured fentanyls. Non-prescription fentanyl use increased by 35% from mid-March to mid-May 2020.

Experts agree the lockdown-related deterioration in mental health could increase suicide rates. They caution, however, that it may take time to ascertain post-NPI suicide trends, noting evidence from previous epidemics suggesting an initial and short-term decrease in suicide “linked to a ‘honeymoon period’ or ‘pulling together’ phenomenon.”

In the UK, however, a July 2020 report highlighted “a concerning signal that child suicide deaths may have increased during the first 56 days of lockdown,” with contributing factors listed as “restriction to education and other activities, disruption to care and support services, tensions at home and isolation.”

The root cause

Although studies of NPIs are multiplying, they tend to promote NPIs’ “importance and effectiveness … in slowing down the spread of COVID-19” and only begrudgingly acknowledge their “high societal costs.”

Insultingly, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) — CDC’s parent agency — doled out $250 million last September for a PR campaign to “defeat despair and inspire hope.”

An HHS official stated, “there is a lot of amount [sic] of public health information that we need to get out there and it includes how to live your lives, run your offices and businesses in the time of COVID, but it’s also about the flu vaccine and the COVID vaccine…”.

Having the taxpayer-funded agency that has so blithely deployed and enforced NPI wrecking balls give advice on “how to live your lives” is a bit rich.

The real problem that needs attention are the tyrannical policies themselves.

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/09/05/the-cassandras-were-right-the-cure-for-covid-a-global-takedown-of-the-99-has-proven-far-worse-than-the-disease/ 

:: 9-5-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"This Is Big": 14-Mile Long Oil Spill In Gulf Of Mexico Investigated By Coast Guard

by Tyler Durden Sunday, Sep 05, 2021 - 10:00 PM

The US Coast Guard is responding to a 14-mile long oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico discovered in the aftermath of Hurricane Ida, officials said Saturday according to Bloomberg. The spill, which consists of a 4-mile black sheen and a 10-mile rainbow sheen, is located in federal waters off Port Fourchon, Louisiana, said Sam Jones, head of the Louisiana Oil Spill Coordinator’s Office.

“That’s big,” Jones said in an interview on Saturday. “It’s the biggest one out there.”

The Coast Guard said in a statement that crude is believed to be coming from a pipeline owned by Houston-based oil and gas exploration company Talos Energy, adding the agency was in the preliminary stages of investigation. In response, Talos said that while it's leading a response to the spill, it denied being responsible, saying the spill was coming from an unknown source in an area where it ceased production in 2017.

“Extensive field observations indicate that Talos assets are not the source,” the company said in a statement. “Talos will continue to work closely with the U.S. Coast Guard and other state and federal agencies to identify the source of the release and coordinate a successful response.”

Talos said it deployed two 95-foot response vessels to conduct oil recovery operations at the site as well as an additional vessel and divers to help locate the source.

The "big" spill wasn't the only one: Jones said his agency had received 265 reports of spills and other incidents related to Ida, including 32 that appeared to be serious. Among them were two underwater pipelines, apparently transporting gas, and a gas well that blew in Three Bayou Bay in Jefferson Parish. The agency is investigating who owns those assets, Jones said.

Meanwhile, multiple releases of crude have been reported in the Gulf of Mexico, including one near an offshore rig in the gulf, according to the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality. The agency has reported more than 100 incidents of spills and other toxic releases as Ida’s environmental impact in a petrochemical corridor packed with hazardous-chemical plants and refineries begins to become apparent.

The type of accident we are seeing is preventable and shouldn’t be allowed to happen,” said Naomi Yoder, a staff scientist at Healthy Gulf, a New Orleans-based environmental group that has reported several spills to authorities in the wake of Ida. “Is it something we are going to be able to repair or is it something that will be a very long-term process?”

Hurricane Ivan in 2004 triggered an underwater oil spill that is still leaking, Yoder said.

https://www.zerohedge.com/energy/big-14-mile-long-oil-spill-gulf-mexico-investigated-coast-guard 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 9--21 AP News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Prized trout streams shrink as heat, drought grip US West

By MEAD GRUVER yesterday

SARATOGA, Wyo. (AP) — The North Platte River in southern Wyoming has been so low in places lately that a toddler could easily wade across and thick mats of olive-green algae grow in the lazy current.

Just over two years ago, workers stacked sandbags to protect homes and fishing cabins from raging brown floodwaters, the highest on record.

Neither scene resembles the proper picture of a renowned trout fishing destination, one where anglers glide downstream in drift boats, flinging fly lures in hope of landing big brown and rainbow trout in the shadow of the Medicine Bow Mountains.

But both torrent and trickle have afflicted storied trout streams in the American West in recent years amid the havoc of climate change, which has made the region hotter and drier and fueled severe weather events. Blistering heat waves and extended drought have raised water temperatures and imperiled fish species in several states.

In the Rocky Mountains, the attention is on trout fishing, a big part of both the United States’ $1-billion-a-year fly fishing industry and the region’s over $100-billion-a-year outdoor recreation industry.

“It seems the extremes are more extreme,” said Tom Wiersema, who’s fished the upper North Platte as a guide and trout enthusiast for almost half a century.

Some years, Wiersema has been able to put in and float a section of river about 10 miles (16 kilometers) north of the Colorado line all summer. This year, Wiersema hasn’t bothered to float that stretch since late June, lest he have to drag a boat over wet, algae-covered rocks.

“That’s what the river is at that point. Round, slippery bowling balls,” he said.

In nearby Saratoga, population 1,600, leaping trout adorn light posts and the sign for Town Hall. The North Platte gurgles past a public hot spring called the Hobo Pool, and trout fishing, along with the fall elk hunt, are big business.

Phil McGrath, owner of Hack’s Tackle & Outfitters on the river, said low flows haven’t hurt his business of guided fishing trips on drift boats, which launch from deeper water in town. The fishing has been excellent, he said.

“You want to go easy on the little guys in the afternoon,” he urged a recent group of customers who asked where they could wet a line before a guided trip the next morning.

It’s basic trout fishing ethics when temperatures get as high as they were that day, 85 degrees (29 Celsius), and water temperatures aren’t far enough behind.

The problem: Water above 68 degrees (20 C) can be rough on trout caught not for dinner but sport — and release to fight another day. Low water warms up quickly in hot weather, and warm water carries less oxygen, stressing fish and making them less likely to survive catch-and-release fishing, especially when anglers don’t take several minutes to release fish gently.

As air temperatures soared into the mid 80s and beyond this summer, Yellowstone National Park shut down stream and river fishing from 2 p.m. until sunrise for a month. Montana imposed similar “hoot owl” restrictions — so called because owls can be active early in the morning — on fabled trout rivers including the Madison flowing out of Yellowstone.

Low, warm water prompted Colorado for a time to impose voluntary fishing restrictions on the Colorado River’s upper reaches — even as spasms of flash floods and mudslides choked the river and closed Interstate 70.

In rivers like the upper North Platte, which flows north out of Colorado, low water runs not only warm but slow and clear, cultivating algae. Mats of algae can collect insects while offering trout shade and cover from predators, but they’re also a symptom of warm and stressful conditions, said Jeff Streeter, who guided on the upper North Platte before becoming a local representative for the fishing-oriented conservation group Trout Unlimited.

“Where that threshold is, I’m not sure. I worry about it a little bit,” he said.

Like Colorado, Idaho and Wyoming didn’t order anglers to stop fishing. Such an order was unlikely to have much benefit, Idaho officials decided.

Wyoming’s rivers would be difficult to monitor for enforcing closures because temperatures fluctuate widely throughout the day and from riffle to hole, said David Zafft, fish management coordinator for the Wyoming Game and Fish Department.

Drought and heat — beneath skies smudged by wildfire smoke — also have varying effects from one big Western river to the next. Many are dammed, including the North Platte as it begins a 100-mile-wide (160-kilometer-wide), 180-degree loop through a series of reservoirs that serve farmers and ranchers in Wyoming and Nebraska.

The largely predictable, cold flows out of Seminoe Reservoir make the North Platte’s “Miracle Mile” section just upstream of Pathfinder Reservoir a trout fishing paradise.

Upstream of Seminoe, however, the river is more subject to the vagaries of nature. For trout fishing, mountain snows are at least as important as rain patterns in warmer months but expectations based on decades of snowpack records have come under doubt.

“Things have changed too much and too rapidly,” said Zafft. “We are in the midst of figuring out how this climate is going to impact our snow, our runoff and temperatures. I don’t think we can really answer those questions yet.”

Records going back to 1904 back up Wiersema’s suspicions about extremes on the upper North Platte.

In 2011, high flows smashed all previous monthly averages for June and July. The 2019 flood was the worst by a more than 20% margin over the 1923 runner-up.

Yet since 2000, the river has had eight of its lowest-flowing Augusts on record. They included the sixth-lowest in 2012, 12th lowest in 2018, and third-lowest in 2020.

August 2021 verges on the 10 lowest on average. Mountain snow last winter and spring was about normal, but the ground was so dry from last year that much of this year’s melt soaked in without contributing to the flow.

The pattern is becoming more common in the West, said David Gochis, a hydrometeorologist with the Boulder, Colorado-based National Center for Atmospheric Research.

A greater fraction of the snowpack, even if it’s an average snowpack year, is just going into replenishing the water in the landscape — in the shallow aquifer, in the soils — versus that water fully filling up the soils and then filling up the streams,” Gochis said.

Yet no heavy rain might not be all bad for the river’s trout, given a massive 2020 wildfire that charred a vast area just east of the upper North Platte, in Medicine Bow National Forest.

In July, a mudslide in a burn area just 50 miles (80 kilometers) away in Colorado killed three people and clogged the Cache la Poudre River with silt. That hasn’t happened on the North Platte, but the West’s ever-hotter wildfire seasons are a threat to trout populations, said Helen Neville, senior scientist with Trout Unlimited.

“Fire is of course a natural process and something to which Western trout and salmon are well-adapted to, but the scale and intensity of recent fires may be pushing beyond their natural resilience in some cases,” Neville said by email.

Climate change is especially worrisome for cutthroat trout, which unlike brown, rainbow and brook trout are native to the Rockies, according to Neville.

What’s in store for the North Platte will depend on future rain, snow and melt patterns, not to mention ever-growing human demand for water. McGrath, the fly-fishing guide and tackle store owner, didn’t doubt climate change is at work and that it’s human caused. But he didn’t seem to be losing sleep over it.

If the world continues to get warmer, is trout fishing going to get worse? Yeah, of course. Trout is a cold-water animal, right?” said McGrath. “But is this going to happen tomorrow? No.”

Follow Mead Gruver at https://twitter.com/meadgruver 

Follow AP’s complete drought coverage: https://apnews.com/hub/droughts .

https://apnews.com/article/lifestyle-business-environment-and-nature-droughts-science--fb247eb1eb5f2889afcbe6c3456c675d 

:: 9-6-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Southwest looming water war: The Colorado River irrigates farms, powers electric grids, provides drinking water to 40 million people… And IS DRYING UP!

Sep 6, 2021

For farmers in the deserts of central Arizona, success and failure is defined by who has water and who does not. At the moment, Dan Thelander is still among the haves.

Inside a municipal building in Pinal County, Thelander rolls a map out across the board room table.

On the patchwork of brown desert and green farmland in front of us, Thelander points out the parcels of land where he and his brother, son and nephew grow cotton, alfalfa and several other crops.

About half the water he uses to irrigate his land is pumped out of ancient aquifers deep beneath the desert floor. The other half, however, originates hundreds of miles away at the headwaters of the Colorado River.

The Colorado River

The water begins its journey high in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, Utah and Wyoming, where it first falls as snow. As winter fades and the snowpack melts, water drains into the mountain streams and tributaries that feed the Colorado River. The river’s vast drainage area is divided into two regions: the Upper and Lower Basin. Around 90% of the river’s flow originates in the Upper Basin.

After flowing down from the Upper Basin, the river snakes its way across the Southwest, eventually reaching Lake Mead near Las Vegas. From there, a system of dams, canals and pipelines channel it into the irrigation ditches that water Thelander’s thirsty fields in Pinal County.

Today, this river system supplies 40 million people in seven western states and Mexico, and irrigates more than 5 million acres of farmland on its way into Mexico and the Gulf of California.

Las Vegas relies on the river for 90% of its water supply, Tucson for 82% and San Diego for around 66%. Large portions of the water used in Los Angeles, Phoenix and Denver also come from the river, and experts say these booming metropolises would not have been possible without its supply.

The Colorado River crisis

But a crisis is unfolding, and farmers, scientists, water managers and policy makers across the Southwest are increasingly alarmed.

Water managers have long recognized that the river is plagued by overuse. But over the last two decades, demand for the river’s water has often outstripped its supply. Since 2000, the river’s flows have shrunk by roughly 20% compared to the 20th century average. At the same time, its two main reservoirs — the savings account for the entire system in times of drought — have drained rapidly.

The Colorado River main reservoirs

Lake Mead — the largest manmade reservoir in the US, which is fed by the Colorado River — recently sunk to its lowest levels since the lake was filled in the 1930s. Its water levels have fallen more than 146 feet since their peak in January of 2000, and the lake is now just 35% full.

Lake Powell, the river’s second largest reservoir, sits at 32% of its capacity. As water levels drop, billions of kilowatt hours of hydroelectricity that power homes from Nebraska to Arizona are also at risk.

We’re in uncharted territory for this system,” says Jeff Lukas, an independent consultant and former research scientist at the University of Colorado at Boulder, where he focused on water issues for 20 years.

First official water shortage

On Monday, the US Bureau of Reclamation declared the first-ever official shortage, which will trigger the largest mandatory water cuts to date in the Colorado River Basin. And after decades of receiving water from the Colorado River, the spigot could soon be turned off on many farms here, including Thelander’s.

While the farmers knew this day would come, a harsh reality is setting in: To stay in business, they’ll need to pull more water from below ground.

Back on the table, Thelander points to the diamonds and circles that dot the map. Those mark the locations of new groundwater wells that his irrigation district is considering — the first new ones they have drilled in decades, Thelander says.

For much of the last century, Colorado River management has focused on choosing who will be allowed to stick their straw into the river next and how much water they can take. At times, that process has sparked major disputes — with some leading all the way to the US Supreme Court.

Now, many of the basin states are having a more painful discussion: deciding who will receive less water — and how much. Experts say the next phase in the river’s history could be even more contentious.

The current Colorado River guidelines expire in 2026, and early negotiations are already getting underway for a new framework to determine how to divvy up its water. But by the time officials from the states, Mexico, Native American tribes and the federal government convene, it is likely that the river’s water supply will be even more tenuous than it is today.

History of the Colorado River crisis

Scientists and water policy experts say that the science is clear: The Colorado River’s supply will likely shrink further as the planet warms. Given what we know, many say we will have to use even less water in the future.

But will the states be able to agree to new guidelines that reflect this reality? And with the Southwest’s growing urban centers and farms both reliant on the river’s supply, who will be willing to take less water?

How elected officials and water managers answer those questions will decide the fate of the most important water resource in the American West — and the millions of people who rely on it.

The roots of this current water crisis can be traced back nearly 100 years to the signing of the Colorado River Compact.

In November of 1922, with then-Secretary of Commerce Herbert Hoover overseeing the deliberations, delegates from all seven Colorado River Basin states convened in Santa Fe, New Mexico, to hammer out the guidelines.

From the start, the compact negotiations were contentious. Squabbles erupted over details big and small, from how to measure the river’s flow to how to portion out its supply.

Efforts to reach a deal began in January of 1922 and resumed in November, when delegates from the states gathered in Santa Fe, New Mexico. After two weeks of deliberations, they finally reached an agreement on November 24, 1922.

Then-Secretary of Commerce Herbert Hoover presiding over the 1922 signing of the Colorado River Compact. US Bureau of Reclamation

From the Southwest’s cities to its farms that feed the world, water managers say much of what we see today would not exist without the dams, canals and pipelines that the compact paved the way for.

“[The Colorado River] is the lifeblood of the American Southwest,” says Jeff Kightlinger, who led Southern California’s Metropolitan Water District for 15 years before his recent retirement. “None of these cities would be possible but for the Colorado River and the development of it for all of these regions.”

Over the course of the 20th century, new agreements and court decisions further divided up the river’s supply among the seven basin states, Mexico and the region’s Native American tribes. But there was a serious flaw in the original compact — one that, in part, explains why the river is facing its first-ever shortage today.

When the delegates met, they agreed to give the Upper Basin (made up of Colorado, Wyoming, Utah and New Mexico) and the Lower Basin (California, Arizona, and Nevada) each 7.5 million acre-feet of water to use on an annual basis.

How the Colorado River’s water is divided up

The Upper and Lower Colorado River Basins are each allocated 7.5 million acre-feet of water per year. Mexico also receives 1.5 million acre-feet of water annually.

Upper Basin states are entitled to a percentage of the Upper Basin’s overall water allocation. Meanwhile, Lower Basin states and Mexico are apportioned a set amount of water each year.

Arizona is also allocated an additional 50,000 acre-feet/year from the Upper Basin, because a small part of the state lies in the Upper Basin.

Those portions were based on estimates that the river’s flow totaled roughly 16.4 million acre-feet each year. That was more than enough to meet the demands of the states. However, data shows those estimates exceed the amount of water the river actually provides in most years.

Analysis of US Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) data shows that between 1906 and 2019, annual flows on the river actually averaged just under 14.8 million acre-feet. Over the last two decades, flows have been even lower — just an estimated 12.3 million acre-feet on average each year.

The Colorado River Compact was signed after several wet years, leading states and the federal government to overestimate the river’s flows. But data shows that over most of the last 100 years, the river’s flows have been well below their pre-compact levels.

Up until the 1990s, the Lower Basin states were not using all the water they were entitled to on paper. This allowed officials to let the river’s water accounting problem persist for decades, experts say.

Water use in the basin has increased steadily over the course of the 20th century. Higher demand has outpaced the level of new water supply coming into the system, and this imbalance explains, in part, the depletion of the system’s main reservoirs.

“Through the 20th century, it was easy for political actors to ignore that reality …,” says John Fleck, a professor at the University of New Mexico who has written several books on the Colorado River and water issues in the West. “There was slack in the system because it took us a century to build all the dams and diversions that people dreamed about in the 1920s.”

A river stretched beyond its limits

As water rights were granted and new canals were built, that slack has gradually disappeared.

Data shows that the over-allocation problem became more apparent in the years after one of the last big straws was inserted into the river.

The Central Arizona Project (CAP) — a massive, 336-mile canal and pipeline system that carries Colorado River water across the desert to Phoenix, Tucson and farms and towns in between — was authorized by Congress in 1968.

Before the CAP was completed in the 1990s, heavy groundwater pumping in central Arizona was sucking aquifers dry at an alarming rate. The CAP promised a renewable, reliable source of water.

With no infrastructure to deliver Colorado River water to cities in the middle of the state, Arizona was also only using about half of its Colorado River allocation before the CAP was completed, according to Ted Cooke, the general manager of the CAP.

The Central Arizona Project (CAP) began diverting water in the 1980s and is one of the reasons why water use in the Lower Basin rose through the early 2000s.

California had long opposed the project, so to gain support from the state’s congressional delegation, Arizona made a key concession: That in the event of a shortage, fulfilling California’s water deliveries would take priority over meeting the needs of CAP water users.

Now, with water cuts looming next year, the CAP’s status in the Colorado River’s pecking order is proving significant.

As water levels in Lake Mead fall, Lower Basin states and Mexico will face cuts to their supply. Arizona will see the largest reductions.

Water cuts in the Lower Basin and Mexico are tied to the water levels in Lake Mead As Lake Mead’s levels have fallen, Arizona, Nevada and Mexico are already receiving less than their full allocations of water.

And with the lake projected to be even lower next year, deeper cuts will take effect in 2022. Arizona faces the most severe reductions.

In Arizona, the water cuts will have the greatest impact on lower-priority water users served by the CAP, like farmers in Pinal County.

But if water levels in Lake Mead continue to sink in the years to come, California could also face cuts to its water supply.

Some cities and tribes in central Arizona could also face reductions if the lake drops to critical levels.

If the lake drops below 1,025 feet above sea level, Arizona would receive less than 75% of its full Colorado River water supply.

Arizona farmers like Dan Thelander have known for years that their supply of Colorado River water would eventually be phased out. They just didn’t expect it to happen so soon. A drought that began more than two decades ago, along with the effects of higher temperatures due to global warming, have rapidly sapped the river’s flow. And in the long-term, scientists and water policy experts say those problems pose a threat to users far beyond the farms of Pinal County.

Droughts are temporary. The drying up of the river may not be

The Colorado River’s drainage basin spans some 246,000 square miles but most of its flow originates in a handful of snow-capped mountain ranges in southern Wyoming, western Colorado and northeastern Utah, according to Jeff Lukas, the research scientist and water consultant.

The river flows through some of the country’s most arid land, so the snow that accumulates in those areas is critical. In most years, snowmelt is responsible for about 80% of the river’s water supply, Lukas says.

Many scientific studies have examined why there is less water flowing into the river. Nearly all have found the fingerprints of human-caused climate change.

The first, and perhaps most cited, explanation is the ongoing “megadrought,” which began in the year 2000. A study published in the journal Science in 2020 found that the period from 2000 to 2018 was the driest stretch the Southwest has experienced since the 1500s, and that nearly half of the drought’s severity could be attributed to global warming.

“When you have more evaporation, you have less water left over to come down the river.”

As dry as it has been, the study found that this may only be the beginning. Past megadroughts have lasted longer than the current one.

But a lack of snow and rain doesn’t fully explain what is happening to the Colorado River. And droughts, after all, are temporary. Some scientists say the evidence shows the river’s shrinking supply is likely not so fleeting.

Aridification

Brad Udall, a climate scientist at Colorado State University, argues the river’s plight is best summed up by another term: aridification. Broadly speaking, aridification is a shift to a new climate state dominated by water scarcity and driven by the effects of hotter temperatures. Temperatures across the basin have risen by an average of 1.4 degrees Celsius (2.5 degrees Fahrenheit) over the last century.

“[Warmer temperatures] are just this constant, year in and year out, force on the system,” Udall says.

As temperatures warm, the amount of precipitation that falls as snow decreases, and the snow that does fall melts earlier, according to Chris Milly, a hydrologist with the US Geological Survey who co-authored a study last year examining the river’s decline.

Snowpack reflects much of the sun’s energy back into space. But as the snow melts earlier and leaves behind exposed soil, more heat from the sun is absorbed by the ground. This leads to more evaporation, which means less runoff ends up in the river, Milly said.

“Evaporation is how the river basin cools itself,” Milly says. “When you have more evaporation, you have less water left over to come down the river.” Dry soils and thirsty plants also contribute to the problem. When soils are parched by high temperatures in the summer and fall months, it can lead to runoff reductions that persist even a year later, Udall says.

Higher temperatures also mean that the atmosphere is “thirstier” and capable of holding more water. This increases evaporative losses from soils and water bodies.

Over the last year, Udall says we’ve seen how some of these processes can lead to alarmingly low runoff and stream flows.

Baked by high temperatures last fall, soil moisture conditions in November 2020 were far below average across much of the basin.

You should really watch the documentary film: Megadrought – Vanishing Water and prepare accordingly! However, the water contained in snowpack that fell last winter was not as poor, with supplies peaking at between 70% and 85% of normal.

Still, even with decent snowpack, streamflows across the region this year have been alarmingly low, with some sites in Utah and Colorado reporting flows that are among the lowest on record.

All of this points to an unpleasant conclusion, Udall says: As long as humans fail to halt global warming, it’s likely that there will be even less water in the river in the future.

A 2020 study in the journal Science co-authored by Milly tried to approximate how much less. The authors found that further decreases in the river’s flow are likely no matter what actions are taken. But without any significant cuts to greenhouse gas emissions, the study found the river’s flows could shrink by as much as 31% by the middle of this century.

“It’s possible you might have a wet year, but the long-term trend is in completely the wrong direction,” Udall says. “Every passing year that becomes clearer, and it’s getting harder for anyone who thinks otherwise to be taken seriously.” A new hunt for water below ground

Beneath a drill rig towering high above the desert floor, two men in yellow hard hats pull levers to drive a massive metal pipe into the ground.

Feet away, a deafening machine called a shaker vibrates violently, separating muddy drilling fluid from chunks of earth pulled loose by the drill bit as it punctures layers of clay, sand and gravel on its way down.

It’s a scene you might expect to see in the vast oil fields of the Permian Basin.

But here, surrounded by acres of alfalfa and dairy pens on the outskirts of Maricopa, Arizona, the men are looking for something more valuable to the local economy: water.

To pump water up from the aquifer below, the men will have to drill down between 1,200 and 1,300 feet, according to Marty Weber, the CEO of Weber Water Resources, the company responsible for drilling this well. This one is being paid for by the Maricopa-Stanfield Irrigation and Drainage District, with money given to the farmers by the state of Arizona and the CAP as part of their agreement under the state’s drought contingency plan. Drilling these wells is part of the farmers’ strategy to survive the cuts that are coming to their Colorado River water supply.

any way you cut it, our farm will be less profitable

Next year farmers in Thelander’s district will only get about 1/3 of the water supply they’ve received in past years. But in 2023, Pinal County’s farms will likely see their Colorado River supply dry up completely, according to the state’s drought plans.

Before the cuts take effect on January 1, 2022, Thelander hopes they will have nine to 10 new wells to make up some of the water they stand to lose. The new wells are just one sign of the changes coming soon to the county. Soon, there will be fallow fields, too.

Right now, Thelander’s crops are doing well. But next year, he expects to leave 30% to 40% of his land unsown.

“Like anybody in business, when you’re faced with adversity, you just knuckle down and do the best you can,” he says. “But any way you cut it, our farm will be less profitable.” While the desert heat is ideal for growing cotton, the county is also a dairy powerhouse. At one point, Pinal County ranked in the top 1% of all US counties for both cotton and milk sales, according to a 2018 study by economists at the University of Arizona.

Many farms here, like Thelander’s, specialize in growing alfalfa, corn and other crops to feed the thousands of dairy cattle on local farms.

Consumers in Phoenix likely won’t notice a difference when the water cuts kick in, says George Frisvold, a professor at the University of Arizona and a co-author of the 2018 study. But in the local farming economy, he expects there will be significant pain when the cutbacks take effect.

You’ll have these ripple effects through the economy, and jobs go away

The same 2018 University of Arizona study found that under a scenario where farms here lose all of the Colorado River water allocated to them, it could cost the county between $31.7 and $35 million and as many as 480 jobs.

“You’ll have these ripple effects through the economy, and jobs go away,” Frisvold says. “In smaller, rural areas in Pinal County, it’s going to be more noticeable.” Jim Boyle, a dairy farmer who milks around 3,500 cows on his farm near Casa Grande, Arizona, says that he too will likely have to fallow some of the land where he grows feed for his cattle.

And while he says he is fortunate to have deep, productive groundwater wells on his property, he is concerned about how others whose livelihoods are tied to farming will fare.

He plans to transition into having mostly Jersey cows because their smaller size means they do better in the Arizona heat and require less water and feed.

“There are a lot of ag-related businesses in our county — the tractor sales guys, the machinery guys, the fertilizer and chemicals guys,” Boyle says. “It will have a roll-on effect throughout the county … and I think there’s some worry out there.”

There is also concern from some in the state about the farmers’ return to heavy groundwater pumping.

Before the CAP began delivering water to Pinal County’s farms in the late 1980s, farms here were totally reliant on groundwater to irrigate their crops. But pumping was depleting the aquifers faster than they could be replenished, causing huge fissures to form across the county as the ground sank.

Already, projections show there is not enough groundwater available to meet future demands in the Pinal County Active Management Area (AMA) — which includes much of Pinal County, as well as parts of Maricopa and Pima counties — according to an Arizona Department of Water Resources spokesperson. Last month, Tom Buschatzke, the director of the Arizona Department of Water Resources (AZDWR), told leaders in the AMA that “the days of utilizing native groundwater for development in Pinal are over, it’s done.”

Still, with their Colorado River water on the verge of disappearing, farmers here are planning to pump even more groundwater to irrigate their fields.

“I am concerned about Pinal turning to groundwater because that means there won’t be resources for future use,” says Sarah Porter, the director of the Kyl Center for Water Policy at Arizona State University. “It’s like spending your long-term savings — you want to do that very advisedly.”

Whether the loss of Colorado River water will accelerate other trends in the county remains to be seen.

Nancy Caywood’s farm near Casa Grande used to get water from the San Carlos reservoir in Eastern Arizona, part of the Gila River system. The reservoir ran dry in April and she says her farm hasn’t received water since.

To make ends meet, Caywood and her son, Travis Hartman, are growing corn on leased land that has access to Colorado River water. The money Hartman makes from that crop should help him keep the family farm, he says.

But next year, farming there may no longer be an option, as cuts to Colorado River water hit the county.

Already, Caywood’s 255-acre farm is flanked to the East by a large solar installation, and she says the farmland across the street could soon have panels installed.

She says that they too have been approached before about leasing their land to solar developers, but ultimately decided against it.

As the drought continues, she admits it is getting harder to tell them “no.”

“We’ve just decided we’ll try to hang on and farm as long as we can,” she says.

This round of negotiating could be the ‘hardest one yet’

Nearly a century has passed since Herbert Hoover led the first attempt to divide up the Colorado River’s supply.

But as the first mandatory water cuts loom, authorities in states across the basin say that they are preparing for a future with less water.

For years, states like Arizona have been “banking” water from the Colorado River in aquifers. Las Vegas will phase out “nonfunctional grass” by 2027 in an effort to save precious water. And across the Southwest, cities are investing in wastewater treatment and reuse. All of this, they say, will allow their economies to thrive, even if the river’s supply shrinks.

But what the next 100 years look like hinges on negotiations that are beginning to take shape now.

Kightlinger, the recently retired general manager of California’s Metropolitan Water District and a veteran of past river negotiations, says he expects the 2026 process will be painful.

We had very intense, difficult negotiations in 2003 and 2007 and again in 2019. But this is going to be the hardest one yet.”

A failure to reach an agreement could usher in an era of uncertainty for the basin’s 40 million water users and increase the likelihood of legal conflicts, says John Entsminger, the general manager of the Southern Nevada Water Authority, which provides water from the Colorado River to nearly 2.3 million people in Las Vegas and across the state.

The drought contingency plans that were inked in 2019 between the federal government, the states, Native American tribes and other water users have, so far, staved off a worst-case scenario — like an emptied Lake Mead or Lake Powell. Entsminger and others pointed to those past negotiating successes and expressed confidence that they could reach a new deal.

“The Colorado [River] has been described as the most litigated river in the world, and I think that’s true if you’re talking about the 60s and 70s,” Entsminger says. “But since the mid-’90s, this has been the most successful river basin in the world in terms of seven states and the country next to it coming together and … figuring out how to make this river work for everyone.”

The water battles that lie ahead

One of the biggest challenges experts say negotiators must face is how to handle the large amount of water used by agriculture, which is responsible for around 70% of water use across the basin.

Pinal County’s farmers are bearing the brunt of the first round of water cuts because of their low position in the state’s water priority system. But there are other farming centers, in Arizona and elsewhere, which possess some of the highest priority water rights in the entire basin.

One of those places is Yuma, Arizona, the river’s last stop in the US before it flows into Mexico. Part of “America’s Salad Bowl,” around 90% of the leafy greens produced in the US in winter are grown on Yuma’s farms, according to the county’s chamber of commerce.

Under current law, the entire Central Arizona Project could go dry before Yuma’s farms lose a drop of water, due to their high priority water rights, according to AZDWR director Tom Buschatzke.

Buschatzke said that the US and the world need the healthy, high-value crops that they grow in Yuma, but acknowledged that the river’s shrinking supply may force difficult tradeoffs.

“Certainly, the community of Yuma does not want to see any of the water that goes to those farms go to non-agricultural purposes, but that is something that is certainly on the radar screen,” Buschatzke says.

Tom Davis, the general manager of the Yuma County Water Users Association, says that with less water to go around, he expects there will be new pressure to shift agricultural water supplies to the Southwest’s growing cities.

He says he and the farmers he represents will fight to “the bitter end” to protect their water rights, but recognizes that they are not untouchable.

The water rights of many Native American tribes, whose ancestors have farmed across the region for thousands of years, are also among the highest priority in the entire basin. Today, 22 of the 30 federally recognized tribes in the region have rights to an estimated 22 to 26% of the river’s water supply, according to recent analysis from the Water and Tribes Initiative, an alliance dedicated to tribal water issues.

But despite holding a sizeable portion of the pie, many tribes have been left out of these types of negotiations in the past. However, there are signs that this is changing in parts of the basin.

Navajo land spans 27,000 square miles in Arizona, New Mexico and Utah, and like many other Native American tribes in the Colorado River Basin, there are unresolved water rights claims on their land.

The Gila River Indian Community, located south of Phoenix in Maricopa and Pinal counties, now holds the single largest water allotment in the entire Central Arizona Project system, thanks to a 2004 settlement brokered with the federal government.

The Gila River Indian Community’s governor, Stephen Roe Lewis, says he had to fight for a seat at the table in the negotiations over the 2019 drought contingency plan. But once there, he played a key role in helping push the deal across the finish line in Arizona.

Now, as talks for the new 2026 guidelines begin, he says he plans to vigorously defend his community’s water.

If we’re treated as sovereign tribal entities and with respect towards our individual water histories, then I’m looking forward to being a part of the process.”

As stakeholders prepare to protect their water supplies, plans to use even more river water are also forging ahead in some corners.

The most controversial new diversion is Utah’s proposed Lake Powell pipeline, which would pump Colorado River water from near Glen Canyon Dam in Arizona roughly 140 miles to the city of St. George, Utah, and surrounding towns. Critics say the project represents a denial of the realities of climate change that could imperil the water supplies of millions.

“The Lake Powell pipeline is a symbol of our archaic, unsustainable water policy of the 20th century,” says Zachary Frankel, executive director of the Utah Rivers Council. “… Utah is still in this fantasy pretending that climate change isn’t impacting our water supply, and it’s more than crazy — it’s irresponsible and reckless.”

The project appeared to be on a fast track to approval under the Trump administration last year, but after the six other basin states sent a letter to then-Secretary of the Interior David Bernhardt opposing the pipeline, Utah requested an extension to consider their views and other public comments.

Despite their pushback, Utah’s new Colorado River commissioner Gene Shawcroft says he believes the project is important to the state’s growth and intends to push for its approval.

A potential new (and expensive) source of water

Meanwhile, as water levels in Lake Mead plummet, states are exploring opportunities to develop new sources of water — in addition to what they receive from the Colorado River.

Arizona is weighing the possibility of building desalination plants on the Sea of Cortez in Mexico to augment its water supplies.

If built, the plants would use reverse osmosis or thermal distillation to transform salt water into fresh. That water could be used in Mexico and in exchange, Arizona would potentially receive a portion of Mexico’s Colorado River water supply, according to AZDWR director Tom Buschatzke. While legal and diplomatic hurdles remain, Buschatzke said the rapidly deteriorating situation on the river has added new urgency to the effort.

Earlier this year, Arizona Governor Doug Ducey and Governor Claudia Pavlovich of Mexico’s Sonora state signed an agreement to study potential desalination sites. Last year, a feasibility study found the plants could cost in excess of $3 billion to build and cost between $71 million and $119 million annually to operate, not to mention the huge amounts of energy required to pull salt from water.

Still, with Arizona more vulnerable to water cuts than other states, Central Arizona Project General Manager Ted Cooke says everything must be on the table.

“It’s expensive, but when the supply that we’re depending on is dwindling, what else are you going to do?,” he says.

But new water sources are still years and billions of dollars away from becoming reality. As central Arizona prepares for painful water reductions and the possibility of deeper cuts in the next few years, the clock is ticking to conserve the supply millions rely on today.

With each passing month, new projections offer a glimpse further into the river’s future. The picture they paint is not pretty.

In June, new modeling showed there is a 17% chance that Lake Powell could sink so low by 2024 that hydroelectric generation at Glen Canyon Dam would become impossible. At full capacity, the dam can produce enough power for some 5.8 million homes. The loss of that electricity would add more stress to power sources in the West, which have shown vulnerability to blackouts in extreme heat amplified by global warming.

To keep the generators running, the Bureau of Reclamation recently announced that smaller reservoirs in the Upper basin would release water to help prop up Lake Powell. The influx they’ll provide will raise water levels by around 3 feet. But for a lake that now routinely drops 4 feet or more in a month, it may not buy much time.

The future of Lake Mead also looks precarious

The same models show a 1-in-5 chance that the lake could fall to 1,000 feet above sea level by 2025. That’s only 50 feet above the bare minimum needed to allow Hoover Dam to generate electricity and just 105 feet above “dead pool.” At dead pool, what little water is left behind cannot flow through Hoover Dam. Instead, it would have to be pumped out.

As water levels drop, new layers of the lake’s now-trademark “bathtub rings” are revealed. Today, the white mineral deposits left behind on the shoreline’s sandstone walls tower more than 140 feet above the boats below.

They are a reminder of wetter times, ones that occurred not so long ago.

They are also the most obvious sign of a river system, largely conceived in the 20th century, that is struggling to adapt to the harsh realities of climate change. [CNN]

https://strangesounds.org/2021/09/southwest-looming-colorado-river-water-war.html 

:: 9-5-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Incredible moment stunt pilot flies plane through 5,200ft long TUNNEL at more than 150mph to set FIVE new world records

Dario Costa of Italy flew a modified Zivko Edge 540 racing aircraft for the stunt

He flew through two tunnels on Northern Marmara Motorway in Istanbul, Turkey

The nail-biting feat took 43.44 seconds at an altitude of less than three feet

By Shari Miller For Mailonline Published: 04:29 EDT, 5 September 2021 | Updated: 04:29 EDT, 5 September 2021

This is the moment a daredevil pilot made history by flying his plane through two tunnels while going at more than 150mph.

The nail-biting feat - which set five new world records - had never before been attempted until stunt pilot Dario Costa of Italy flew his specially modified Zivko Edge 540 racing aircraft through the Tunnel Pass system near Istanbul, Turkey on Saturday.

Precision skill was needed as Costa maintained an altitude of less than three feet with solid concrete surrounding his aircraft on all sides as he flew through two tunnels on the Northern Marmara Motorway in Catalca Mevki. Despite a cross-wind, the Red Bull stunt pilot perfectly navigated his plane through the 360-metre tunnel and into a longer second one, which measured 1,160 metres.

The whole stunt took 43.44 seconds to complete, with Costa celebrating with a 360-degree loop and punching his fist in delight after emerging into the open air.

He was presented with five Guinness World Record certificates for the longest tunnel flown through with an aeroplane, the first aeroplane flight through a tunnel, the longest flight under a solid obstacle, the first aeroplane flight through two tunnels and the first aeroplane take-off from a tunnel.

After he touched down, Costa said he was 'very emotional' about his achievement, which was more than a year in the planning and required a team of 40 people. He said: 'You don't know what to expect. You don't know if it's going to go good. I have never flown in a tunnel in my life. Nobody [has] ever done [it].

'So, there was a big question mark in my head, if everything would have been like we expected, or there would have been something to improvise. So yeah, it was a big relief of course, but big, big happiness. That was the biggest emotion of the two.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9959475/Incredible-moment-stunt-pilot-flies-plane-5-200ft-long-TUNNEL-150mph.html 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

Matthew  24:3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, "Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?" (NKJ)

Matt 24:6 "And you will hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that you are not troubled; for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. (NKJ)

:: 9-1-21 Christma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

You are here: Home Marketplace She Walked Away From the Gay—and Says You Can Too

Will Taliban's Victory Over US Embolden Terrorists Worldwide?

11:00AM EDT 9/1/2021 Marti Pieper

The world has watched in dismay as the Afghanistan tragedy has played out over the past several weeks. The situation doesn't surprise end-times expert Michael Snyder, who has predicted crises like this for years—and he says it has the potential for an increase of terrorism across the globe.

"The military operation is done; the military rescue is done," he tells Dr. Steve Greene on a recent episode of Greenelines on the Charisma Podcast Network. "Now, some private people and some ex-Special Forces people are attempting to go in and pull people out. But this is the job of our government: to keep Americans safe. What a disgrace; what a shame.

"Basically, this is an embarrassment in front of the whole world," Snyder says. "It's the biggest foreign policy debacle in modern American history. ... what people need to understand is that now the whole world is seeing, basically, this is an 'Emperor Has No Clothes' moment, where the whole world is seeing that America is weak. We've got weak leadership; we've got incompetent leadership; we don't want to fight. We've been defeated by the Taliban. And what that's going to do is inspire every terrorist group around the world, saying, 'If the Taliban did it, we can do it too.'

"It's going to embolden China, where China has been looking at invading Taiwan for decades, but they've always held back because they think, Well, the United States will ride to the rescue, right?" he adds. "But now in just in the last few days, China has been mocking leaders in Taiwan, saying, 'Look, they abandoned their friends in Afghanistan; they're going to abandon you too.' ... this could be potentially be the trigger for the ultimate crisis that leads to a state of conflict flight between the United States and China that I warned about in Lost Prophecies of the Future of America."

Snyder says the U.S. failure in Afghanistan is setting the stage for the future. "It's going to embolden Russia; Russia could get more aggressive. It could embolden North Korea to potentially say, 'The United States doesn't want to fight; they're weak. Maybe this is the time we invade South Korea."

Even worse, Snyder says, are the potential implications for an Israel-Iran conflict. "Israel said, 'Iran is only a few weeks away from being able to produce nuclear weapons. We can't allow that to happen. So we're going to take military action to prevent that from happening.' This is what Israeli leaders are openly talking about over the past few weeks."

All these events, Snyder says, mean we are in the biblical state of "wars and rumors of wars" (Matt. 24:6), setting the stage for end-time scenarios, which he also discusses in his new book, 7-Year Apocalypse.

Snyder 7 yearFor much more from Michael Snyder on how the mishandling of the Afghanistan withdrawal may ramp up terrorism along with the multiple other crises that point directly to the end times, listen to the entire episode of Greenelines at this link, and subscribe to Greenelines on your favorite podcast platform for more informative stories. Find Snyder's latest book, 7-Year Apocalypse, wherever fine books are sold.

https://www.charismanews.com/marketplace/86601-will-taliban-s-victory-over-us-embolden-terrorists-worldwide 

:: 9-5-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GOP Rep. McCaul says 6 planes with Americans onboard are stuck at Afghanistan airport in 'hostage situation' with Taliban

Connor Perrett Sun, September 5, 2021, 10:32 AM·3 min read

GOP Rep. Michael McCaul said six planes with Americans were being held 'hostage' at an Afghanistan airport by the Taliban. Fox News Sunday

A GOP lawmaker said Sunday six planes with Americans on board were being held "hostage" by the Taliban in Afghanistan.

Rep. Michael McCaul said the planes had been held for days at the Mazar-i-Sharif airport in northern Afghanistan.

"We know the reason why is because the Taliban want something in exchange," he told Fox News.

See more stories on Insider's business page.

Six airplanes are stuck at the Mazar-i-Sharif International Airport in northern Afghanistan with Americans on board, unable to take off because they had not received clearance from the Taliban, Rep. Michael McCaul said on Sunday.

McCaul, a Republican from Texas, made the comments during an appearance on "Fox News Sunday" and said Afghan interpreters were also on the planes.

"In fact we have six airplanes at Mazar-i-Sharif airport, six airplanes, with American citizens on them as I speak, also with these interpreters, and the Taliban is holding them hostage for demands right now," McCaul, the top Republican on the House Foreign Affairs Committee, told Fox News' Chris Wallace.

"State has cleared these flights and the Taliban will not let them leave the airport," he added.

Representatives for the White House did not immediately return Insider's request for clarification on McCaul's claim Sunday.

"We understand the concern that many people are feeling as they try to facilitate further charter and other passage out of Afghanistan. However, we do not have personnel on the ground, we do not have air assets in the country, we do not control the airspace - whether over Afghanistan or elsewhere in the region," a spokesperson for the US State Department told Insider.

The spokesperson said the department did not have "reliable means to confirm the basic details of charter flights," including who was chartering them, how many US citizens or other "priority groups" were on board, and when or where these flights were going to land.

"We will hold the Taliban to its pledge to let people freely depart Afghanistan," the spokesperson added. "As with all Taliban commitments, we are focused on deeds not words, but we remind the Taliban that the entire international community is focused on whether they live up to their commitments."

"They are not clearing the airplanes to depart," McCaul said. "They've sat at the airport for the last couple days - these planes - and they're not allowed to leave."

"We know the reason why is because the Taliban want something in exchange," he added. "This is really, Chris, turning into a hostage situation where they're not going to allow American citizens to leave until they get full recognition from the United States of America."

The US military completed its two-decade mission in Afghanistan last Tuesday, though anywhere between 100 and 200 Americans remain in Afghanistan, US Secretary of State Anthony Blinken said.

"Our commitment to them and to all Americans in Afghanistan - and everywhere in the world - continues," Blinken said last week.

"The protection and welfare of Americans abroad remains the State Department's most vital and enduring mission," he added. "If an American in Afghanistan tells us that they want to stay for now, and then in a week or a month or a year they reach out and say, 'I've changed my mind,' we will help them leave."

Read the original article on Business Insider

https://news.yahoo.com/gop-rep-mccaul-says-6-143224032.html 

:: 9-4-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Herzog secretly visited Jordan for meeting with king

President cites ‘desire to make progress’ in the region following last week’s trip; says ties with the Palestinian Authority important for Israel’s security

By TOI staff 4 September 2021, 10:42 pm

President Isaac Herzog traveled last week to Jordan for talks with King Abdullah II, the president revealed on Saturday night, in the latest sign of warming ties between the countries. He spent a very positive and important evening with the king at his palace, Herzog told Channel 12 and 13 primetime news.

Jordan is a very important country. I have immense respect for King Abdullah, a great leader, and a highly significant regional actor,” Herzog was quoted as saying in a statement from his office. “In our meeting, among the things we discussed were the core issues in the dialogue between our states.”

There is a sense in the region of a desire to make progress, a desire to speak,” he added.

Herzog noted that it had been a year since the first of the Abraham Accords — the normalization agreements between Israel and four of its regional neighbors, the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Morocco, and Sudan — were signed.

These accords created an important regional infrastructure. They are highly important agreements, which are transforming our region and the dialogue within it,” he said.

Herzog said that he plans to speak with and meet other heads of state in the region. “I speak with many leaders from all around the world, almost every day, in full coordination with the Government of Israel. I think that it is very important for the State of Israel’s strategic and diplomatic interests to engage everyone in dialogue,” he added.

Herzog’s trip was the latest in a series of high-level contacts between the countries after the swearing-in of Israel’s new government last month, following strained bilateral ties in recent years during the premiership of Benjamin Netanyahu.

In July, Prime Minister Naftali Bennett met with Abdullah in secret at the crown palace in Amman, in the first summit between the countries’ leaders in over three years.

Bennett’s trip marked the first time Abdullah has met an Israeli prime minister since he secretly hosted Netanyahu in 2018. According to reports, Abdullah had refused to meet with Netanyahu, whom he strongly disliked.

In February, Defense Minister Benny Gantz also met secretly with Abdullah in Jordan. Herzog on Saturday confirmed that the meeting took place, as Gantz’s office had not publicly commented on it at the time.

Earlier this year, tensions burst into the open after Amman delayed a plane that was slated to bring Netanyahu to the UAE, ostensibly in response to Jordan’s Crown Prince Hussein scotching a trip to the Al-Aqsa Mosque in Jerusalem, due to disagreements over security arrangements.

The then-Israeli premier, who was forced to cancel his trip to Abu Dhabi, attempted to shut down Israeli airspace to Jordanian flights in revenge, according to reports.

Jordan and Israel share strong security ties, but political relations have soured recently as Amman sparred with Jerusalem over Israel’s policies toward the Palestinians and the Temple Mount in Jerusalem, which is under Jordanian custody, even as Israel moved closer to other Sunni Arab states.

Jordan, an important regional ally to both Israel and the United States, has long called for a two-state solution and the renewal of Israel-Palestinian peace talks, which have been frozen since 2014.

In an interview broadcast Saturday with Channel 13 news, Herzog said that it was important to maintain relations with the Palestinian Authority, “when it is regarding Israel’s security, [and other] important subjects,” after Gantz met with PA President Mahmoud Abbas last week.

“No one should deceive themself that not talking to the PA will benefit Israel’s security,” Herzog added.

‘No deal’ on possible Netanyahu pardon

Herzog also refused to say whether he would consider pardoning Netanyahu, who is on trial in three corruption cases. Netanyahu, now opposition leader, denies wrongdoing.

“This is an unfair and theoretical question,” he said in an interview with the Kan public broadcaster.

In the run-up to the presidential vote, Herzog refused to say whether he would consider pardoning Netanyahu, who had not endorsed either candidate.

Herzog also faced scrutiny for hiring Naor Ihia as his spokesman, defying some critics who have highlighted Ihia’s past work as Netanyahu’s spokesman.

“There was no initiative, direct or indirect, that was spoken of with Netanyahu,” Herzog told Channel 12 news. “I did not commit to anything, there is no deal… it’s an egg that hasn’t been hatched.”

https://www.timesofisrael.com/herzog-secretly-visited-jordan-for-meeting-with-king/ 

:: 9-3-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rep. Jackson to Newsmax: Taliban Holding Americans Until US Recognizes Taliban

By Brian Trusdell | Friday, 03 September 2021 08:23 PM

Retired Navy admiral and Texas Rep. Ronny Jackson told Newsmax on Friday that at least seven of his constituents are being held in Afghanistan, calling them hostages unable to leave the country until the Biden administration recognizes the Taliban as the legitimate government of the country.

''They've already been manifested on flights,'' Jackson, a Republican, said on ''Greg Kelly Reports.'' ''The airplanes are there. Everything is ready to go. They can't get out, and the reason they can't get out is because the Taliban won't release the flight until Sept. 9 because they want to be recognized as an official government.

''They want to be officially recognized as a legitimate government. ... And I guarantee you these hostages, they're hostages right now, are being held until the American, until the United States, until the Biden administration recognizes the Taliban as a government.''

Jackson, 54, who was the personal physician to Presidents Barack Obama and Donald Trump before being elected from Texas' 13th Congressional District in the northernmost part of the state in 2020, appeared on Newsmax with Rep. Claudia Tenney, R-N.Y.

He criticized President Joe Biden for his withdrawal from Afghanistan, which he blamed for stranding U.S. citizens despite calling the mission a success.

''This is not going to be the first nor the last lie that we've heard from the Biden administration,'' Jackson said. ''This entire thing is just a web of lies. We're working today. We still, both of us, we still have people over there. I have American citizens, citizens, at least seven of them, probably more from my district right now, that are trapped over there right now.

''They cannot get out. And you know what we were told? We were told today, I was told, that the State Department has some of them, and I won't say where, that are [in] pretty big danger.''

Note: See Newsmax TV now carried in more than 100 million U.S. homes, on DirecTV Ch. 349, Dish Network Ch. 216, Xfinity Ch. 1115, Spectrum, U-verse Ch. 1220, FiOS Ch. 615, Frontier Ch. 115, Optimum Ch. 102, Cox cable, Suddenlink Ch. 102, Mediacom Ch. 277, AT&T TV Ch 349, FUBO and major OTT platforms like Roku, YouTube, Xumo, Pluto and most smart TV's including Samsung+, Sony, LG, Vizio and more – Find All Systems that Carry Newsmax – Click Here

https://www.newsmax.com/newsmax-tv/jackson-taliban-afghanistan-legitimate/2021/09/03/id/1035037/ 

:: 9-5-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taliban STOP six planes carrying American citizens and allies from leaving Afghanistan airport: Top Republican says passengers are being 'held hostage for demands'

Six planes chartered to evacuate hundreds of people from Afghanistan have been unable to leave for days, a top Republican has said

An Afghan official at the airport in the northern city of Mazar-e-Sharif said the passengers were Afghans who did not have passports or visas

But Rep. Michael McCaul of Texas, the top Republican on the U.S. House Foreign Affairs Committee, said that the group included Americans

He said the passengers were on the planed but the Taliban were not letting them take off, effectively 'holding them hostage'

By Katelyn Caralle, U.S. Political Reporter For Dailymail.com and Associated Press

Published: 11:10 EDT, 5 September 2021 | Updated: 20:58 EDT, 5 September 2021

The Taliban is blocking the take off of at least six planes chartered to evacuate hundreds of people seeking to flee Afghanistan, a top Republican revealed on Sunday.

'We have six airplanes at Mazar Sharif Airport, six airplanes with American citizens on them as I speak, also with these interpreters, and the Taliban is holding them hostage for demands right now,' Representative Michael McCaul of Texas told Fox News Sunday host Chris Wallace.

'The state has cleared these flights and the Taliban will not let them leave the airport,' he detailed.

The airport in question is more than 260 miles from the Hamid Karzai International Airport in the capital city of Kabul, where military flights evacuated thousands of Americans and allies from the country amid the Taliban takeover.

Senator Ted Cruz, who serves on the Committee on Foreign Relations, appeared to further substantiate that claim in a Sunday tweet.

'Joe Biden abandoned Americans in Afghanistan,' the Texas senator wrote. 'Members of Congress, including me and my office, have been working around the clock to get them out - and for days Biden's State Dept. couldn't even get out of its own way.'

'Now there are deeply disturbing reports of a hostage crisis,' he added.

McCaul, the top Republican on the U.S. House Foreign Affairs Committee, said that since the total troop U.S. withdrawal from Afghanistan, no Americans have been evacuated from the country.

'Since we left the country on Friday, how many Americans have gotten out of Afghanistan?' Wallace asked. 'Since we pulled out, how many Afghan allies have gotten out since the Taliban was in complete control of the country?'

'Zero,' McCaul shot back. 'I'm sorry, the answer to your question is zero.'

Texas Republican Representative Michael McCaul said on Sunday that there are at least six planes holding Americans that are being prevented by the Taliban from taking off from the Mazar Sharif Airport in Afghanistan

An Afghan official at the airport in the northern Afghani city of Mazar-e-Sharif said that the would-be passengers were Afghans, many of whom did not have passports or visas, and thus were unable to leave the country. He said they had left the airport while the situation was sorted out.

McCaul said, however, that the group on the planes included Americans.

He also said they were sitting on the planes, but the Taliban were not letting them take off, effectively 'holding them hostage.'

The Republican congressman did not say where that information came from. It was not immediately possible to reconcile the accounts.

The final days of America's 20-year war in Afghanistan were marked by a harrowing airlift at Kabul's airport to evacuate tens of thousands of people - Americans and their allies - who feared what the future would hold, given the Taliban's history of repression, particularly of women. When the last troops pulled out on August 30, though, many were left behind.

After all U.S. troops left Afghanistan, the administration revealed that it left behind at least 100 American citizens who are now left without options to evacuate.

The U.S. promised, however, to continue working with the new Taliban rulers to get those who want to leave out, and the militants pledged to allow anyone with the proper legal documents to leave.

McCaul told 'Fox News Sunday' that American citizens and Afghan interpreters were being kept on six planes.

'The Taliban will not let them leave the airport,' he said, adding that he´s worried 'they´re going to demand more and more, whether it be cash or legitimacy as the government of Afghanistan.' He did not offer more details.

The Afghan official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because of the sensitivity of the subject, said it was four planes, and their intended passengers were staying at hotels while authorities worked out whether they might be able to leave the country. The sticking point, he indicated, is that many did not have the right travel papers.

Residents of Mazar-e-Sharif also said the passengers were no longer at the airport. At least 10 families were seen at a local hotel waiting, they said, for a decision on their fates. None of them had passports or visas but said they had worked for companies allied with the U.S. or German military. Others were seen at restaurants.

The small airport at Mazar-e-Sharif only recently began to handle international flights and so far only to Turkey. The planes in question were bound for Doha, Qatar, the Afghan official said. It was not clear who chartered them or why they were waiting in the northern city. The massive airlift happened at Kabul´s international airport, which initially closed after the U.S. withdrawal but where domestic flights have now resumed.

Searing images of that chaotic evacuation - including people clinging to an airplane as it took off - came to define the final days of America´s longest war, just weeks after Taliban fighters retook the country in a lightning offensive.

Since their takeover, the Taliban have sought to recast themselves as different from their 1990s incarnation, when they last ruled the country and imposed repressive restrictions across society. Women and girls were denied work and education, men were forced to grow beards, and television and music were banned.

Now, the world is waiting to see the face of the new government, and many Afghans remain skeptical. In the weeks since they took power, signals have been mixed: Government employees including women have been asked to return to work, but some women were later ordered home by lower-ranking Taliban. Universities and schools have been ordered open, but fear has kept both students and teachers away.

Women have demonstrated peacefully, some even having conversations about their rights with Taliban leaders. But some have been dispersed by Taliban special forces firing in the air.

Some signs of normalcy have also begun to return. Kabul´s streets are again clogged with traffic, as Taliban fighters patrol in pickup trucks and police vehicles - brandishing their automatic weapons and flying the Taliban´s white flag. Schools have opened, and moneychangers work the street corners.

Among the promises the Taliban have made is that once the country's airports are up and running, Afghans with passports and visas would be allowed to travel. More than 100 countries issued a statement saying they would be watching to see that the new rulers held to their commitment.

Technical teams from Qatar and Turkey arrived in recent days and are working to get the civilian airport operational.

On Saturday, state-run Ariana Airlines made its first domestic flights, which continued on Sunday. The airport is without radar facilities, so flights are restricted to daylight hours to allow for visual landing, said official Shershah Stor.

Several countries have also been bringing in humanitarian supplies. The Gulf state of Qatar, where the Taliban maintained a political office since 2013, is making daily flights into Kabul, delivering humanitarian aid for the war-weary nation. Bahrain also announced humanitarian assistance deliveries.

Meanwhile, the Taliban stepped up an assault on the last remaining pocket of resistance being led by fighters opposed to their rule.

The anti-Taliban fighters in Panjshir province, north of the Afghan capital, are being led by former vice president Amrullah Saleh, who has appealed for humanitarian aid to help the thousands of people displaced by the fighting.

A senior Taliban spokesman tweeted Sunday that Taliban troops had overrun Rokha district, one of largest of eight districts in Panjshir. Several Taliban delegations have attempted negotiations with the holdouts there, but talks have failed to gain traction.

Saleh fled to Panjshir after Afghan President Ashraf Ghani quit Afghanistan as the Taliban marched on the capital. The fighters' lightning blitz across the country took less than a week to overrun some 300,000 government troops, most of whom surrendered or fled.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9960063/Taliban-resume-flights-press-assault-final-holdout.html

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 8-30-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exclusive: Top Chinese Whistleblower Exposes COVID-19 As An Unrestricted Warfare Bioweapon

by Jamie White  August 30th 2021, 6:07 pm

Persecuted virologist Dr. Li-Meng Yan joined The Alex Jones Show on Monday to explain how the Communist Chinese Party (CCP) and People’s Liberation Army (PLA) released COVID-19 upon the world to consolidate global power.

Dr. Yan explained that COVID-19 is a product of the PLA’s “Unrestricted Bioweapons” program that was released worldwide from the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

Unrestricted means…no constraints, no consideration of humanity. So China’s unrestricted strategies not only apply to bioweapons. COVID-19 is an unrestricted bioweapon,” Dr. Yan told Jones, adding China also engages in asymmetrical information warfare like censorship to shape the COVID narrative.

“They are not happy with me and the Chinese government isn’t happy with me, that’s why they’re hunting me and they’re using propaganda to smear me to describe me as some liar which is very hilarious,” she said.

“But I have evidence,” she continued. “I have shown the scientific and intelligence evidence here.”

Dr. Yan explained that she was the first “insider” scientist who came forward on January 19, 2020 to warn about the COVID pandemic caused by the CCP’s bioweapons program.

“At that time I’m the only person who told it to the world, and China knows I’m the insider, because I told the world human-to-human transmission exists and also that this is not from the seafood market. There is no animal intermediate host,” Dr. Yan said.

“And also that day, nineteenth of January last year, I told people that this is a product from the Chinese military lab by gain-of-function engineering. It’s not from some bat somewhere in China. It is hatched by the PLA and then modified with a lot of gain of function modifications, which still need study because we don’t know how many functions are hidden in this virus.”

Dr. Yan said that U.S. lawmakers must quickly address the CCP’s two-pronged biological and information attack against America and the world.

They need to understand that misinformation is another arm for this novel, nontraditional bioweapon,” she said. “Together, this is the CCP’s unrestricted strategies to change America, to control America, and also control the world.

“You don’t have much time. You have to understand how evil the CCP is and not listen to them, not trust them, and you have to defend and protect America and your next generation,” Dr. Yan added.

Meanwhile, the CCP is blaming America for the release of the coronavirus from Wuhan as part of its misinformation campaign to obfuscate the true origins of COVID-19.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/exclusive-hunted-chinese-scientist-exposes-chicom-bioweapon-and-their-misinformation-strategies/ 

:: 8-30-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cargo Truck Rollover Begets VERY STRANGE Response - DoD . . .

Nation NewsDesk 30 August 2021 Hits: 52693

A tractor trailer crash on Interstate 79 in West Virginia last Friday begot the typical response: Police, Fire, EMS. Then Haz-Mat. Then things got weird as no less than the US DoD Responded. The highway remained CLOSED for 21 hours even though the truck wasn't blocking it.

Then things got even more strange.

Once the DoD took over, they erected tents, cordoned off the area to any spectators, and even prevented any aerial DRONES from taking video of what was going on at the scene.

It turns out the tractor trailer was carrying Moderna COVID vaccines.

Questions to the local Sheriff's department about the accident went tersely unanswered, with media being told to "Call the Governor's Office."

Questions to the Governor's Office resulted in being told "We don't know anything about it."

So why then did the US Dept. of Defense respond to a truck accident, takeover the scene, block everyone from seeing anything and prevent aerial drones from even watching what was taking place?

Our public servants aren't answering us . . . again . . .

Hal Turner REMARK.

This truck accident happened on Interstate 79 at mile marker 144 on Friday, 27 August 2021 in Monongalia County, West Virginia, not too far from Morgantown.

The County Sheriff's Department issued a statement:

“A tractor trailer, carrying Moderna COVID-19 vaccines to be sent as aid to a foreign country, lost control on the interstate, struck a concrete barrier and went down over the embankment approximately 30 feet and rolled on its side,” Monongalia County Sheriff’s Office said in a statement. “The driver was trapped inside of the vehicle and had to be extricated. He was transported and treated for minor injuries at Ruby Memorial Hospital.”

The statement went on to say that a hazmat team was brought in to clear “oil and anti-freeze” for 21 hours.

“The West Virginia Center for Preparedness helped recover the vaccine, but it is unknown how much was saved,” WV Metro News reported.

Trucks have accidents on Interstate highways all the time. It's no secret. Why all the bru-ha-ha? Why all the secrecy?

Could it be the US Department of Defense responded because in actuality these so-called "vaccines" are actually biological weapons?

Think about that for a moment.

That would be the only rational explanation for DoD involvement. It would also explain all the secrecy.

What would the implications be of COVID vaccines getting loose in the wild?

What might they do to plants or wildlife? What might they do in water?

What if the whole DoD effort was to look for and recover absolutely EVERY vial? Why would that be such a big deal, it's only a vaccine, right?

Or was this big effort put forth to make sure no one got their hands on one of these vaccine vials and put its contents into a Mass Spectrometer to analyze precisely what's in it?

A Mass Spectrometer could do that.

What if another motivation was to prevent anyone from grabbing this vaccine and growing the mRNA in cells (like a virus) at a lab to find out PRECISELY what they do?

Clearly, someone very powerful does NOT want such things done.

What are they hiding?

Clearly something _is_ being hidden from the public. Maybe it's time to grab some of these vaccines and find out.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/cargo-truck-rollover-begets-very-strange-response-dod 

:: 8-29-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Empire's Fate

by Tyler Durden Sunday, Aug 29, 2021 - 10:00 PM Authored by Nikola Kehdi via AmericanMind.org,

America under siege and at a crossroads

Nothing lives forever, and nations are no exception. The reasons for the downfall of great nations and empires are complex, but if you want to see a great country decline and crumble, it is enough to watch it cancel its culture and destroy its economy through an abandonment of values and fiscal irresponsibility.

Due to the pandemic, we have seen the global accumulation of power and centralization at the expense of individual liberty. The current Washington and coastal elites are forcibly imposing their cultural views on the American people. The country’s progressives in control of the media, academia, the corporate sector and almost every other institution present a vision of the U.S. as irredeemably racist, evil, and oppressive. Massive reconstitution of the nation is necessary to move forward, in this view.

A country without memory is a zombie. Deleting the past destroys the future. With left-wing extremists driving political debate, destroying monuments, attacking free speech, and censoring everything that displeases the Twitter mobs, America is on the path toward Communist-style tyranny. A total revision of American history, and a forceful implementation of progressive socialist values, will take place in the United States if the current momentum continues unchecked.

With its centralized policies and mixed economy, Europe has been experiencing economic decline for decades. The United States has avoided this fate because of its tradition of limited government, fiscal responsibility, capitalism, and free enterprise. However, massive unproductive government spending with ever growing entitlements and never-ending quantitative easing have become the norm in recent years—largely with bipartisan consensus.

The United States has close to $30 trillion in debt. Interest rates will not remain low forever, especially if inflation continues to increase, which is a virtual certainty given the Biden plan to double or triple government spending. When rates rise, paying for this massive debt will be much costlier. The short sightedness of politicians is steering the American economy toward “Modern Monetary Theory,a fancy name for socialism.

As Europe has shown, massive trillion-dollar packages do not boost the economy; the private sector does. Governments cannot channel capital efficiently. Instead, they fund zombie companies, unproductive sectors, and political cronies. The data back this up: according to the Congressional Budget Office, the estimate for average real growth in GDP from 2020 to 2030 is 1.7 percent, while the unemployment rate is forecast to average 4.8 percent, despite trillions of dollars in stimulus packages. In the second quarter, after massive government intervention, annualized growth was at 6.5 percent, much lower than the 8.5 percent expected, while annualized real personal disposable income fell at a 30.6 percent rate, and inflation continues to rise.

In contrast, the pro-growth and pro-worker policies of the Trump administration led to median household income growing by 6.8 percent in 2019, which remains the largest annual increase on record. America gained seven million new jobs—more than three times projections and at what was supposed to be the end of an expansionary cycle. Middle-class family income increased nearly $6,000more than five times the gains during the entire previous administration. Median household incomes rose among Hispanics (7.1 percent), blacks (7.9 percent), Asians (10.6 percent), foreign-born workers (8.5 percent), whites (5.7 percent), and for all native-born Americans (6.2 percent). Poverty rates during the Trump years fell to a 17-year low. It was thanks to Trump’s policies that the American economy began to recover much quicker than Europe as soon as many states ended lockdowns. When the Biden administration, with the help of the Fed, started inundating the economy with needless and unaffordable money, the recovery cooled rapidly.

The current administration is intent on following through with unnecessary spending, an assault on the energy sector, increasing the size of government, and higher taxes which will lead to a decline in competitiveness, stagflation, and the immiseration of the American people. Republicans are enabling this fiscal insanity, as their support for the massive, unnecessary infrastructure bill shows.

The American century appears to be coming to an ignominious end. The recent catastrophe in Afghanistan is a direct consequence of the weakened state America finds itself from internal attacks that have produced an ineffective and incompetent government. Soon, the United States will be unable to confront Chinese expansionism or other authoritarian threats. Hence, it is a crucial moment for American society. It is up to conservatives and traditionalists to be smart and swift enough to counteract the cultural and economic transformation and provide an alternative, which is not yet happening in any cohesive or convincing way.

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/empires-fate 

:: 8-30-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chase Bank Cancels General Mike Flynn’s Credit Cards

by Zero Hedge August 30th 2021, 11:21 am

Chase Bank has canceled General Mike Flynn’s personal credit card, citing “possible reputational risk to our company.”

Lt. Gen Michael Flynn, former President Trump's first National Security Adviser, was notably set up by the FBI in an unauthorized ‘perjury trap’ over his conversations with the former Russian ambassador over sanctions related to alleged interference in the 2016 US election.

Flynn pleaded in December 2017 to lying to the FBI about contacts with the former Russian ambassador during the 2016 presidential transition – only to have the Justice Department drop the case after Flynn’s attorney, Sidney Powell, fought for the release of information suggesting that the FBI laid the ‘perjury trap‘ to try and get him to lie. In January 2020, however, Flynn withdrew his guilty plea in the U.S. District Court in Washington, D.C. – stating that he was “innocent of this crime” and was coerced by the FBI and prosecutors under threats that would charge his son with a crime.

According to documents uncovered by Flynn attorney Sidney Powell, the FBI had already come to the conclusion that Flynn was guilty prior to their unauthorized interview with him in January, 2017 – and that agents were working together to see how best to corner the 33-year military veteran and former head of the Defense Intelligence Agency. The bureau deliberately chose not to show him the evidence of his phone conversation to help him in his recollection of events, which is standard procedure. Even stranger, the agents that interviewed Flynn later admitted that they didn’t believe he lied during the interview with them.

What’s more, the entire FBI investigation of Flynn appeared to have been instigated by Russiagate operative Stephan Halper, who lied about Flynn’s relationship with a Russian academic.

After the FBI’s malfeasance was uncovered, the Trump Justice Department dropped all charges against Flynn – conceding that the FBI had no basis to interview him on January 24, 2017.

The judge, Emmet Sullivan, refused to drop the case, and has instead asked a federal appeals court – twice – whether he can ignore the DOJ, after asking a government-paid private lawyer to argue against Flynn – only to eventually relent after Trump pardoned his former NatSec adviser.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/chase-bank-cancels-general-mike-flynns-credit-cards/ 

:: 8--21 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STRAIGHT LINE LOGIC

Never underestimate the power of a question

A phenomenon known as Antibody Dependent Enhancement (ADE) may be developing from the Covid-19 mRNA vaccines. ADE leaves a population more vulnerable to a disease and its variants after widespread administration of a vaccine during a pandemic. While the early indication may be that the vaccine prevents or ameliorates the disease, if it only kills some of the virus, mutant variants can develop that resist the vaccine and spread to the vaccinated and unvaccinated alike. The process is analogous to bacterial resistance. ADE was a known risk of mRNA technology from earlier efforts to develop coronavirus vaccines, which were halted when new exposures to the underlying virus led to lab animal deaths.

A phenomenon known as Monetary Dependent Enhancement (MDE) is a debilitating side effect of contemporary economic prescriptions. The belief is that fiat debt unitsFederal Reserve Notes, credit entries on Federal Reserve computers, and Treasury debtcan create economic growth, jobs, and wealth. Injection of fiat debt units may initially stimulate economic activity and elevate asset prices. However, they’re not a substitute for savings, investment, and production, which actually produce growth, jobs, and wealth. Rather, fiat debt debasement discourages savings, eventually retarding investment and production. Of course, as proponents of fiat debt units like to say, in the long run we’re all dead, but MDE has rendered entire economies dead while people are still alive and will do so again.

A phenomenon known as Intervention Dependent Enhancement (IDE) repeatedly presents as an adverse effect of US foreign and military policy. The US foreign policy establishment—“the blob”—believes that its conceptions of governance can and should be exported to other nations. Revolutions are fomented, invasions launched, and regimes changed in benighted nations that refuse to acknowledge the superiority of the American way and accept the blob’s beneficence and guidance.

Intervention carries staggering costs in blood and treasure and leaves both the recipient nation and the US in worse shape than they were before the intervention. The US-backed regime is invariably corrupt and has no real support among the people it purports to rule. The satrapy’s depredations inflame the locals’ antipathy towards it and its US government sponsor. The locals have the incentive, moral imperative, and staying power to fight for their land, all of which the invader lacks. Afghanistan is a classic example of IDE.

IDE has destroyed the goodwill the US government enjoyed after WWII as leader of the free world. It has produced death and destruction across the globe, and helped plunge the US government into debt. The US’s self-anointed designation as the world’s exceptional nation are fingernails grating across the global backboard. The dollar’s reserve currency status, which allows the blob to fund its empire with IOUs, has much of the world searching for alternatives to the buck.

A phenomenon known as Law Dependent Enhancement (LDE) stems from the ever-growing mountain of statutes, regulations, executive orders, and administrative promulgations emanating from every level of government. A problem is identified and a solution proposed. The proponents’ interest lasts only until a law is passed and regulations are imposed, then they’re on to the next problem. Those who must then live with the laws and regulations have every incentive to bend them to their own ends.

They influence, corrupt, and capture the politicians and bureaucrats promulgating and enforcing the legal diktat. The millions of rules regulating every aspect of American life have failed to produce government-directed Nirvana. They have instead dramatically worsened the problems they were supposed to solve. LDE has, however, enriched legions of politicians, bureaucrats, lobbyists, and lawyers, and made Washington D.C. the richest region in the country.

Equality Dependent Enhancement (EDE) exacerbates inequality. Measures are enacted to ameliorate the inequality of outcomes that always result from differing levels of ability, talent, ingenuity, ambition, effort, persistence, and the other qualities that spell the difference between failure and success. Ostensibly, resources are taken from the successful and given to the unsuccessful.

Like the other syndromes, EDE produces the opposite of what’s touted. Unearned largess destroys the incentive to earn. The successful have far more influence in the government than the unsuccessful and bend equality measures to their own ends: suppress the plebeians; cement their own power (EDE is closely related to LDE).

Most of the plunder ends up with the government and its cronies, only a pittance dribbles out to the less fortunate. Systems ostensibly devoted to equality invariably devolve into a highly privileged caste subjugating masses of the impoverished and stifling any chance of their advancement. The only equality is that of the subjugated—they’re equally miserable.

ADE, MDE, IDE, LDE, and EDE stem from the same root cause—government. As political philosopher Ringo Starr sagaciously noted, everything it touches turns to crap. The foundation of government is violence. The theoretical best case is that its constituents grant it the right to initiate force against those who violate or threaten to violate individual rights to life, liberty, property, contract, exchange, expression, due process and the other rights that are our natural civil liberties. In this conception, the government is subordinate to its constituents and their rights and exists solely to protect them.

While this principle informed some of the writings and discussions of the founding fathers, it was imperfectly realized in the Constitution and the government they instituted. The number of governments that have, throughout history, limited themselves to this subordinated role—the only moral conception of government—remains zero.

Which is why all governments fail or, in the case of present governments, will fail. Violence cannot be the animating principle of human action. Outside of self-defense it’s not just a zero, it’s a negative. It retards and destroys progress and every other value. It is always accompanied by an ideology and propaganda that justifies its imposition, the special privilege of those who impose it, the deprivation of individual rights, and the subjugation of the unprivileged.

ADE has been instructive. While its origins remain murky, the Covid-19 virus may well have been produced in a lab funded by either the Chinese or US government or both. In other words, government stole money from productive citizens, or pledged their money for future repayment of debt, and granted it to scientists who produced a virus whose dangers far outweigh any conceivable benefit.

Once released, the virus sparked a panicked campaign of induced fear out of all proportion to the actual danger, which served as cover for governments’ imposition of totalitarian controls. An experimental class of vaccines—not vaccines as they have previously been defined but rather gene therapy—were quickly developed (according to the mainstream story) and rushed to market. Contrary to regulations, the vaccines were given emergency use authorizations although effective drugs were already on the market, their safety established over many years of use.

Governments now control whether people may leave their homes, work their jobs, open their businesses, gather with other people or even get close to them, and freely breathe unobstructed air. The commissars are making access to society contingent on a vaccine passport. There’s scant evidence that any of these restrictions do any good and evidentiary mountains of their harms.

Governments are now pushing for third shotstacit admission that the first two didn’t work—although the reported adverse events and deaths are already greater than previous drugs and vaccines combined. In the past, a drug or vaccine with such a record would have been pulled from the market after a few weeks. Covid vaccines are neither effective nor safe, the benchmark for drug approval from the FDA, yet they’re still on the market. Insanely, governments and their corporate, media, Hollywood and academic minions have amped up propaganda, censorship, and draconian restrictions on the unvaxxed in a drive for universal vaccination.

By accident or design, ADE appears to be in play. As predicted by those who first warned of it (and were censored), variants have developed around the vaccines, which were never meant to eradicate, prevent infection from, or stop transmission of the virus, but only to alleviate the severity of the disease. The “leaky” nature of the vaccines allows mutant, vaccine-impervious variants to propagate.

That some of the worst outbreaks of the Delta variant are occurring in some of the most heavily vaccinated countries lends support to the ADE hypothesis. The consensus is that this variant is more contagious than original Covid. There is less of a consensus on whether it is less or more dangerous, although the propaganda intimates that it is less. Time will tell. In the meantime, the propaganda will blame the variants on the unvaxxed without a coherent explanation as to how that can be true. If the vaccines work the unvaxxed should pose no threat.

ADE is a metaphor for governmentthey both make things worse. How can benefits flow from coercion and the wholesale violation of individual rights? What gives a small minority the right to coerce and subjugate the rest? Why is the burden of proof always on those who oppose coercion and defend individual rights? Why are those who arrogate to themselves the power to rule by violence never called to account for their many and massive failures, even as the world they’ve created slides into an abyss from which it may never emerge? Why, if people are supposedly unfit for freedom and running their own lives, are some people fit to run everyone else’s lives? Why are words and phrases like “lockdown,” “masking,” “mandatory vaccines,” and “vaccine passports” not treated as the obscenities they are, while words and phrases like “freedom,” “liberty,” “individual rights,” “individual autonomy,” and “personal sovereignty” are freakish, beyond-the-pale concepts that cannot be mentioned among those who consider themselves polite society?

“Screw polite society” is a phrase that should have been uttered long ago, and which has to be uttered now. If someone claims the right to lock you down, close your business, destroy your job, make you wear an ineffective mask, decree your life’s activities contingent on proof you’ve been injected with an ineffective and dangerous vaccine whose makers cannot be sued, and prevents you from questioning or protesting this tyranny; if someone claims the right to force you to accept as legal tender a piece of paper or computer entry whose value is entirely dependent on the value of promises not to create too many of them from thieves who never keep their promises; if someone claims the right to invade countries which pose no threat, and to pay for it with your taxes, your credit, and the lives of you, your fellow citizens, and the invaded; if someone claims the right to impose regulations, laws, and decrees that destroy your ability to act in your own best interest, render you guilty until you prove yourself innocent, extort your compliance at the price of your job, business, or freedom, and only benefit—through extortion, bribery, and the peddling of influence and favors—those who promulgate and enforce them; if someone claims the right to the products of your mind, work, imagination, and integrity to promote the “equality” of those who offer nothing but their screeching “needs”; then their claims versus your resistance are not polite differences of opinion. They are matters of life and death.

Consider these people who want absolute power over you. They’re several layers removed from the realities that confront the rest of us. Many of them have never put in an honest day’s work—where someone willingly pays them because the value of what they produce is greater than what they’re paid—never met a payroll, never had to stretch $5.16 until the end of next week. From their sinecures they prattle and preach, lobby and legislate, censor and suppress, tax and tyrannize, revolving satellites in a firmament centered on government and its power. The revere their credentialed aristocracy and drip contempt for those not in it. Publicly they don’t hide their condescension, privately they stifle any doubts that it’s not merited. If they take any notice of the outsiders’ resentment, they attribute it to jealously and mentally move on.

It’s a beautiful bubble for those who are in it, but it’s destined to pop, indeed it’s popping. At the heart of their philosophy—or religion—is faith in violence, as long as they’re on the right end of the gun. Substitute club for gun and their philosophy—or religion—is indistinguishable from that of primitive savages. Just as surely as savages don’t build civilizations their intellectual descendants tear them down. Coercion doesn’t build, it destroys. Every problem they address—there’s never a shortage—and supposedly solve they Dependently Enhance.

And now all those Dependent Enhancements are coming together in an awesome and terrifying maelstrom that will render life unimaginably different from what we now know. Take the chaos at the Kabul airport and multiply it by a billion—no, too twentieth century—a trillion. It won’t just be governments, geographic subdivisions, and peoples that are jumbled, mangled, and obliterated beyond recognition, it will be the malevolent notion that society can be ordered by a special caste entitled to wield violence against everyone else. That formulation has a butcher’s bill, accrued over millennia, now coming due. If humanity is to survive, the idea will have to meet the fate President Kennedy wanted for the CIA—splintered into a thousand pieces and scattered to the wind.

A great reordering is coming. It won’t be imposed by behemoth institutions, it will organically evolve from individuals, families, and small communities of interest. The behemoths are centralized, bureaucratic, parasitic, and corrupt dinosaurs. They won’t survive the decentralized chaos they’re unknowingly fomenting. There is no ecological role for the Potomac brontosaurus or any other mega-government. They and the gargantuan states over which they preside and plunder have outlived whatever usefulness they may have once had. Nature ruthlessly winnows the useless. The behemoths will be winnowed.

Survival requires adaptation and adaptive order can emerge from chaos. Historically, order has been imposed in a myriad of violent variants, superficially different political philosophies but at root all the same. The coming chaos will present an opportunity for organic order to emerge, based on freedom, individual rights, and voluntary interaction and exchange. It’s order for those who seek neither to control nor be controlled, a philosophical and psychological evolution many will never attain. Those that do will find a patch of territory and stake their claim to freedom, defend it, and flourish. It may not be large, but an acre of freedom is better than a continent of tyranny.

What’s required are the people who are unafraid to claim their individual rights, every single one of them, and will go all the way to secure them. It will be no victory to “win” some slight rollback in tyranny—fewer Covid mandates, lower taxes, a tapering of fiat debt monetization, military withdrawal from an occupied nation, etc. Rollbacks are a fool’s errand, later rerolled forward. Nothing short of total victory—the elimination of tyranny—will do.

If you reflexively cringe when someone calls you selfish for claiming what’s yours, if you’re unwilling to defend your life and rights, so be it, assuredly they will be taken from you. If you want to be free from tyranny, if you want to peaceably live your life as you see fit, if you want to go all the way and create something entirely new, and if you’re willing to work and fight for it, that can be your and your posterity’s future.

Share this:

https://straightlinelogic.com/2021/08/25/go-all-the-way-by-robert-gore/#more-81685 

:: 8-31-21 Thomas :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Living Robots Made of Frog Cells Are Fusing Nature with AI

Hugo Britt Aug 31, 2021 Share:

No, it’s not science fiction: scientists have created a living robot from frog cells that can self-heal, move, and work together. The newest iteration even has something of a memory.

Robotics has long taken inspiration from the natural world, but this year, two teams from Tufts University and the University of Vermont announced a new breakthrough in biodegradable, living robots. Known as Xenobots, these new innovations push the boundaries of what’s possible in robotics and promise to change the way researchers think about fusing nature and artificial intelligence.

What Are Xenobots?

Xenobot is the name given to this new advancement in robotics, a name derived from the frog species Xenopus laevis from which the cells originate. Xenobots first debuted in January 2020.

The original version of the Xenobot was made entirely of organic matter using an artificial intelligence system. Experts at the University of Vermont program "evolutionary algorithms" and then researchers at Tufts assemble the bots using living frog cells.

“These are novel living machines," said Joshua Bongard, a co-leader of the research team from the University of Vermont. "They’re neither a traditional robot nor a known species of animal. It’s a new class of artifact: a living, programmable organism."

The first Xenobots showed they were capable of self-healing, locomotion, and even working in tandem with one another. The second iteration of the Xenobot, released this year, is even smarter: The new Xenobots are faster, can live longer, and are even able to record information about their surroundings. The 2.0 Xenbots are propelled by “hair-like structures” on their surfaces that allow them to swim more quickly. In addition, the new version lives between three and seven days longer than the first version.

“Roboticists have been looking at swarm intelligence for a long time, biologists have been studying swarm intelligence in organisms. This is something in between, which I think is kind of interesting,” Bongard told New Scientist. “It sort of suggests, to me at least as a roboticist, is this a better path to making swarms of useful machines than it is to make swarms out of traditional robotic parts?”

The ground that this project has covered over the last year suggests there is much more to learn from Xenobots — and the implications could impact not only the robotics field, but medicine and other industries.

What Are the Implications of the Xenobot?

At a high level, the innovation the Xenobot team has accomplished in a short amount of time has been revolutionary for the field of robotics. A humanoid robot is typically made up of a collection of parts that work together to manipulate objects and move. But this experiment shows promise in more closely replicating the way cells intelligently communicate. Xenobots represent a closer approximation to the way organs and tissue work together in the body.

At a practical level, Xenobots have immediate usefulness. Because the Xenobot is made entirely out of biodegradable materials, the cells break down quite quickly. This short lifespan actually brings potential benefits to those seeking to use Xenobots in some medical capacities such as delivering drugs or detecting diseases inside the human body.

The new Xenobots are even able to record memories. This basic memory function is activated using a fluorescent reporter protein called EosFP. EosFP normally glows green unless it is exposed to light at 390nm wavelength, but at this wavelength, the protein turns red. Researchers injected messenger RNA coding for the EosFP protein into the cells of frog embryos. The mature Xenobots were then able to record exposure to blue light at around 390nm.

Then, researchers tested 10 Xenobots swimming in a space where one spot was illuminated by the light. Three bots emitted a red light, while the rest remained green. According to the researchers, this result indicated that Xenobots had a memory of their “travel experience” — opening the possibility of recording the presence of drugs, pollutants, or disease indicators in future iterations.

“We could potentially design them not only to report conditions in their environment but also to modify and repair conditions in their environment,” Bongard told The Next Web.

The Xenobot project is advancing quickly, but frog cells aren’t the only part of the natural world from which the robotics industry is drawing inspiration.

How the Natural World Is Inspiring New Innovations in Robotics

There are a few other notable instances in which scientists are integrating natural adaptations from living creatures into their robotics practice. Soft robotics is an entire field dedicated to replicating the behaviors and characteristics of organisms such as octopuses, elephants, insects, and other marine animals.

For instance, a team at Colorado State University led by assistant professor Jianguo Zhao developed a “twisted-and-coiled actuator” inspired by octopus tentacles that can generate programmable motions in a soft robot. A project at North Carolina State University and Temple University created a jellyfish-bot, highlighting how pre-stressed polymers to increase a robot’s power. Elsewhere, teams are inspired by squid ring teeth and spider webs.

For Xenobots, this is just the beginning. Researchers expect to continue exploring how these organisms campaign with new computer designs — and if they can be used to fight against something like treatment-resistant bacteria.

https://www.thomasnet.com/insights/these-living-robots-made-of-frog-cells-are-fusing-nature-with-ai/?ecms_id=d5e39c14-1e57-40c7-96b7-9df7298d7599&ecms_short=ART5676&doc_type=ted_

article&sponsored=&acct=&parent_id=0cbbf6a6-e4bc-4fd1-961e-568d429be788&utm_content=featuredstory&position=6&linktype=title&channel=email&campaign_type=thomas_industry_

update&campaign_name=tiu210831&utm_campaign=tiu210831&utm_medium=email&utm_source=thomas_industry_update&tinid=227024951 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 8--21 The Orgainic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Alternative News is America’s Last Hope for True Journalism

by Jeff Thompson

“How can you believe that? I mean, look at your source. It’s an alternative news site. According to my TV, the truth is the polar opposite.”

How often have you heard similar responses from those you try to share the truth of current events? The argument is that your sources can’t be trusted because they don’t fall within the domain of the mainstream media.

As if television is the harbinger of truth, right? (Hear No Evil. See No Evil. Speak No Evil?)

News flash: the era of Walter Cronkite is long gone.

Your TV does lie to you – it is not to be trusted blindly – and to believe otherwise is to be incredibly naïve. You are willingly setting yourself up to fall for every bit of propaganda thrust upon the public by thinking otherwise.

Did Joseph Goebbels teach us nothing?

Propaganda works, and the informed American can discern both what is true and what is not. If you’re willing to drink from a cesspool, don’t be upset when you later discover you’ve been ingesting sewage.

But, can you provide evidence for such a notion?

Well, let’s look at the track record:

Does anybody else remember the entire “those white boys are making fun of an Indian!” fiasco? Dagney Taggart wrote the truth about the witch hunt here. [And for more information here’s a source and another source]

Do you recall the Jussie Smollett case?

Have you ever delved into how your local news is reading off of the same script? Here is an incredibly powerful video of Operation Mockingbird:

And what about this whopper…

Here we have Michael Avenatti, who claimed he had the goods on Trump and was going to bring down the former President. Dubbed the “Creepy Porn Lawyer” by Tucker Carlson, Avenatti appeared on television 254 times.

Then, multiple federal grand juries indicted Avenatti and sentenced him to 30 months in prison for extortion and embezzlement. More criminal trials to come next year in New York and Los Angeles.

Avenatti’s sentencing got a total of 17 seconds — all on ABC.

And the list goes on. Just check out Howie Carr’s list on The Boston Herald.

Is there an agenda at play here?

You tell me.

Here we have a man standing in front of a burning building at a “mostly peaceful” protest.

Moments before the Taliban nearly pistol-whipped her producer, CNN reporter Clarissa Ward said the Taliban seemed friendly. Despite chants of “Death to America.”

Kathryn Murdock, wife of Fox News owner James Murdoch tweeting, “We did it” after the Biden Event.

Speaking of Fox News. Here they are cutting off Press Secretary Kayleigh McEnany after she began discussing election fraud. You can watch it in the video below:

In 2016, Daisy got banned from her Facebook business page after people reported this article as “hate speech” because she posted the full, uncut video after the nicely edited video. (The uncut video was quickly removed from YouTube.)

Last year, Daisy wrote about how SFFN was trying to silence independent sites, like Zero Hedge, by having them defunded. And, of course, we all know about what happened here at The Organic Prepper early this year.  So, who can we trust?

You can undoubtedly think of many other events over the past two years that seem to show something afoot. And that’s why I believe alternative news is America’s last hope of trustworthy journalism. When all other venues silence the truth and professionals are no longer permitted to discuss what they see around them – what other options do we have?

Americans have a long tradition of staying abreast of current events. This thirst for knowledge has helped us guard our freedom against the ever-growing threat of tyranny.

Thomas Jefferson was spot on when he said:

“The natural progress of things is for liberty to yield and government to gain ground.” – Thomas Jefferson

Jefferson also instructed Americans on the importance of a free press.

Our liberty depends on the freedom of the press, and that cannot be limited without being lost.” – Thomas Jefferson

“I have looked on our present state of liberty as a short-lived possession, unless the mass of the people could be informed to a certain degree.” – Thomas Jefferson

He (along with many others) protected the free press by the inclusion of the First Amendment within the Bill of Rights.

Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances. ~ The First Amendment

Our Founding Fathers fully understood the importance of a well-informed populace.

Republics and limited monarchies derive their strength and vigor from a popular examination into the action of the magistrates.” – Benjamin Franklin

The liberty of the press is essential to the security of the state.” – John Adams

Yet when we have a clear and ever-present agenda being forced down American’s throats, what are the end consequences?

In FA Hayek’s fantastic book The Road to Serfdom, he cautions against the dangers of ever-present propaganda. Hayek states it could lead even intelligent people astray with enough time and prevalence.

“If all the sources of current information are effectively under one single control, it is no longer a question of merely persuading the people of this or that. The skillful propagandist then has the power to mold their minds in any direction he chooses, and even the most intelligent and independent people cannot entirely escape that influence if they are long isolated from all other sources of information.” – FA Hayek, The Road to Serfdom

My alternative news website recommendations.

In an American’s search for truth regarding the events of the world, I fully believe that alternative news is the only answer we have left. If you’re on the hunt for accurate alternative news sites, I highly recommend the following:

The Organic Prepper (but, of course!)

The Last American Vagabond

Zero Hedge

The Gateway Pundit

Ammo Land

Ammo.com (the library)

Off-Grid Survival

Activist Post

Technocracy News

Survivalblog.com

NOQ Report

American Partisan

Survival Magazine

America needs well-informed citizens. I would argue such is needed now more than ever. Your nation needs you. It needs you to be well informed. And alternative news is the way for you to do so. The only way they can keep providing information is by reader support, as many of these sites are under attack.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/alternative-news-americas-last-hope-for-true-journalism/ 

:: 8--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The American Descent Into Fascism

Guest Post by Paul Craig Roberts

This morning I posted “The Aggressive Stupidity of America’s business, educational, government, and military leaders is astounding.” https://www.paulcraigroberts.org/2021/08/30/the-aggressive-stupidity-of-americas-business-educational-government-and-military-leaders-is-astounding/ 

As it was astounding this morning, what do I call it this mid-afternoon when the stupidity of American leadership is already 10 times worse than it was this morning?

You are not going to believe this, but Chase Bank has canceled General Mike Flynn’s personal credit card, citing “possible reputational risk to our company.” https://www.zerohedge.com/political/chase-bank-cancels-general-mike-flynns-credit-cards?utm_campaign=&utm_content=Zerohedge%3A+The+Durden+Dispatch&utm_medium=email&utm_source=zh_newsletter 

General Flynn is a three-star general. Few make it to this rank. He was Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency. He played a key role in shaping American counterterrorism strategy and dismantling insurgent networks. General Flynn recognized that Obama’s policy toward Syria was a failure as the terrorists that the Obama narrative said the US opposed were the same people as the alleged “moderate democrats fighting the dictator Assad” that the Obama regime was supporting as the proxy army for the US invasion that was blocked by Russia. Consequently, the corrupt Obama regime forced him into retirement. In America top generals are not permitted to tell the truth any more than top scientists and top medical professionals. Honest journalists have long been eliminated. Physicists living on government grants and engineering firms working on government contracts can say nothing about 9/11. They all know that the official narrative is a total lie, but they cannot say so.

The CIA, which was arming and training the terrorists described as democrats that Obama was unleashing on Syria, sicced its assets in journalism on Flynn, creating a negative impression of him.

When President Trump appointed Flynn National Security Adviser, it sent fear throughout the corrupt American establishment. Here was a man in a powerful position that knew where all the bodies were buried. Instantly, the deep state went to work to get rid of him. Corrupt FBI Director Comey laid a perjury trap to deceive Flynn into a lie and then coerced him with threats to charge his son with a crime unless the General made a guilty plea to a nonsense charge. For the first time in history, the US National Security Adviser was not supposed to talk to a Russian. Tell that to Brzezinski and Kissinger. https://www.zerohedge.com/political/chase-bank-cancels-general-mike-flynns-credit-cards?utm_campaign=&utm_content=Zerohedge%3A+The+Durden+Dispatch&utm_medium=email&utm_source=zh_newsletter 

General Flynn should reply to Chase by saying that he is much relieved to no longer be associated with a collection of gangsters who recently had to pay a $920,000,000 fine for manipulating the precious metals and US Treasury markets. Chase is so unable to abide by the law that it has paid $35,700,000,000 in fines.

Mortgage Benefits

The banks have the justice system (sic) rigged so that they only pay fines. Nevertheless, the fines paid by Chase indicate it is association with Chase, not with General Flynn, that is a “repetitional risk.”

Compared to the bad reputation of Jamie Dimon, the CEO and Chairman of Chase Bank, General Flynn’s reputation, despite the sordid efforts of the New York Times and Stephen Halper, is sterling. People want to know why Jamie Dimon is immune from prosecution. https://www.wsws.org/en/articles/2013/08/12/pers-a12.html  Harvard Law School reports that in 2013 Jamie Dimon paid $13,000,000,000 to buy Chase’s way out of a Justice Department array of criminal and civil charges. https://www.pon.harvard.edu/daily/business-negotiations/famous-negotiation-case-how-jamie-dimon-avoided-disaster/ 

General Flynn didn’t have $13 billion to pay off FBI Director Comey.

What does the Chase Bank’s action against Flynn really mean. Nothing reassuring.

It means that the financial sector has been totally politicized and is part of the deep state’s agents used to make it clear to all that anyone who goes against the elite’s agendas will be ruined. Normally, a four-star general and former Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency would be collecting fat director’s fees from Chase Bank and from armaments companies and defense contractors. But not Flynn. Flynn’s fate tells all players in the system that truth is a career-killer and to stay far away from it.

FBI Director Comey and CIA Director Brennan and a slew of Obama Justice (sic) Department officials committed felonies in the Russiagate scandal that they orchestrated. But none have been held accountable. The Durham Report has never seen the light of day and never will.

There is no such thing as an honest banker anymore. I knew the last one. George Champion, CEO and Chairman of the Board of Chase Manhattan was the last straight shooter. He always put the country’s interest before the bank’s interest. He opposed national banking. He said the big banks would use their local branches to suck all the deposits out of communities and use them for their own speculations, thus killing financing for local businesses. Jamie Dimon doesn’t measure up to George Champion’s ankle. George Champion wouldn’t let David Rockefeller, Chase’s president, lend the bank’s money to South American countries as part of World Bank/IMF plots to indebt the countries, force default, and plunder their assets. Of course, today an honest man like George Champion could not possibly become head of a major bank.

It is not only the banks through which the government operates its secret agendas, but also the corporate world in general. Consider the money-making Covid vaccination scheme. Biden is using corporations to mandate vaccination on their employees despite its strict illegality and despite the inefficiency and danger of the vaccine. Biden and the corporations simply don’t care. What we are experiencing in the US is the formation of a fascist state in which government and business negate democracy and impose their agendas.

-----------------------------------------------------

The corrupt establishment will do anything to suppress sites like the Burning Platform from revealing the truth. The corporate media does this by demonetizing sites like mine by blackballing the site from advertising revenue. If you get value from this site, please keep it running with a donation. [Burning Platform LLC - PO Box 1520 Kulpsville, PA 19443] or Paypal

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/08/31/the-american-descent-into-fascism/ 

:: 5-15-21 war room.org :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American Generals Warn: This is How America Falls to Marxism

May 15, 2021 in NEWSROOM

War Room hosted the patriotic generals who are returning to the fray to warn America is on the brink of falling to Marxism.

Lt. Gen. (Ret.) William G. Boykin taught special operations how to fight Marxist insurgents. Now he’s seeing it happen here.

This Marxist movement in America is real, you cannot deny it anymore,” he said.

Boykin is among the over 120 flag officers who are warning America must wake up to the fact we are under a communist revolution.

Brig. Gen. Donald C. Bolduc, who is running for U.S. Senate in New Hampshire, said the Marxist tactics he witnessed overseas are now being deployed here at home.

I saw the biggest threat to our republic, our democracy, our form of government, everything I fought for,” Bolduc said of the radical movements seizing power in America. “I lost 72 men and women in combat over 10 tours in Afghanistan in 2 years as the special operations commander.

And the threat was from within,” he said. “And that is how America is going to go down.”

Gen. Boykin said Marxists are implementing the playbook from the 1960s book The Naked Communist.

“They told us exactly what they were going to do,” he said. “They were going to destroy the nuclear family, because the most important fabric of our society is the family. Ultimately they were going to destroy America from within, the same thing we have heard from the jihadistsby infiltrating the institutions of America.

This is the revolution that Karl Marx talked about.”

Maj. Gen. Gary L. Harrell said, “we’re in serious trouble here.”

We have not been awake — not woke — awake,” he said. “And that’s why we’re in this mess.”

The solution? Get involved. Gen. Harrell was recently elected party chairman in Washington County in East Tennessee, while Gen. Bolduc is running for senate.

We need leaders not lemmings,” Bolduc said. “We need a change, we need a big change.”

https://warroom.org/2021/05/15/american-generals-warn-this-is-how-america-falls-to-marxism/ 

:: 8-29-21 pj Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dan Crenshaw, Lara Logan Bring the Most Disturbing Reports Out of the Kabul Airport Yet

By Bryan Preston Aug 29, 2021 11:14 AM ET

Rep. Dan Crenshaw is a retired Navy SEAL who served and was wounded in Afghanistan’s Helmand province during his third deployment, in 2012. He lost his right eye and his left eye was badly damaged in an IED attack. Crenshaw is held in extremely high regard in the veteran and active-duty communities.

Lara Logan is a long-time award-winning journalist now working for Fox News who has spent much of her career covering war zones including Iraq and Afghanistan. Between the two of them, Logan and Crenshaw have spent years in and around Afghanistan. Due to their experience there, both are likely to have credible sources on the ground at the Kabul airport.

Both Logan and Crenshaw are independently reporting that Americans have been turned away from safety at that airport over the past couple of days.

Logan posted this tweet Saturday afternoon.

Lara Logan

@laralogan

Most Americans don’t understand what’s happening in Kabul - been on this all night again w no end. US citizens are fighting through enemy lines to get to the airport. When they show their blue passport to 82nd soldiers at the gate, many are turned away & sent back to the Taliban.

2:23 PM · Aug 28, 2021

20.2K

1.1K

Copy link to Tweet

The “82nd soldiers” refers to the 82nd Airborne, which Joe Biden ordered into Kabul to defend the airport and facilitate the mass evacuation as the situation collapsed. Logan added in a subsequent tweet that “All that stands between these Americans & safety/home is the US govt & military.”

On Sunday morning, Rep. Crenshaw posted this on Twitter and Facebook.

Tweet by Rep. Dan Crenshaw, Aug. 29, 2021.

The fog of war is undoubtedly thick in Taliban-controlled Kabul. American forces there are under an effective siege, surrounded by Taliban and other terrorist forces numbering in the thousands. The United States military is now depending on the Taliban, a bloodthirsty army of Islamic extremists who have been our battlefield enemy for 20 years, for security. One Green Beret soldier returned from Kabul this week and told Fox that the Taliban and ISIS-K, which the Biden administration is blaming for Thursday’s bombing that killed 13 Americans, are one and the same. The Taliban, he said, have been seen scouting Americans to target them inside the Kabul airport. The Biden administration has been putting a much less menacing face on the Taliban since it took Kabul two weeks ago.

Related: Two Reps, a Dem and a Republican, Went to Kabul Because They Don’t Trust Biden’s Afghanistan Spin

If there is anything to Logan’s and Crenshaw’s posts, the situation in Kabul is far worse and more disturbing than any American could have imagined over the past 24 to 48 hours. Some reports indicate that as many as 350 Americans remain stranded in Kabul. The true number could be far higher. The Biden administration has consistently touted its success in removing thousands of people from Kabul while downplaying the number of Americans who are among the rescued.

So many questions arise from the possibility that Americans are being turned back from the gates at Kabul airport, but the Democrat-controlled Congress was gaveled out of session and is not in Washington to convene any hearings.

Update: Rep. Ronny Jackson (R-Texas) says the State Department is not helping.

Ronny Jackson

@RonnyJacksonTX

I am furious!! My team has been on the phone all day trying to get AMERICAN CITIZENS out. They have been just outside the airport numerous times, but the State Department WILL NOT help them.

10:09 PM · Aug 28, 2021

16.3K

962

Copy link to Tweet

The State Department, headed by Secretary of State Antony Blinken, is in charge of the evacuation effort. The Pentagon is subordinate to State in Kabul, and if soldiers are turning Americans away at the airport, it would be under State’s orders.

https://pjmedia.com/news-and-politics/bryan-preston/2021/08/29/dan-crenshaw-lara-logan-bring-the-most-disturbing-reports-out-of-the-kabul-airport-yet-n1473930 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

:: 8-31-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Out-of-control Caldor Fire destroys South Lake Tahoe's multi-million dollar homes: 20,000 people pack up and flee for their lives as tourist resort faces obliteration

On Monday, the entire city of South Lake Tahoe was placed under an evacuation order

The evacuation order was issued for El Dorado and Alpine County, according to a news release from Cal Fire

Fire conditions also prompted patients from Barton Memorial Hospital to be evacuated

Officials had thought firefighters could halt the Caldor Fire's eastern progress

Flames churned through mountains just a few miles southwest of Tahoe Basin

Thick smoke sent tourists packing at a time when summer vacations would usually be in full swing ahead of the Labor Day weekend

Some areas of the Northern California terrain are so rugged that crews had to carry fire hoses by hand from Highway 50 as they sought to douse spot fires

The air quality around Lake Tahoe has remained among the worst levels in the world since Wednesday

Stunning photos from Lake Tahoe showed the dense, orange haze hanging above the pristine freshwater mountain lake caused by the massive blaze

By Sandra Salathe For Dailymail.Com and Associated Press

Published: 12:53 EDT, 30 August 2021 | Updated: 10:22 EDT, 31 August 2021

A ferocious wildfire has approached Lake Tahoe just hours after roads were clogged with fleeing cars when the entire California resort city of South Lake Tahoe was ordered to evacuate and communities just across the state line in Nevada were warned to get ready to leave.

Residents and tourists in the Lake Tahoe area were ordered to evacuate the popular summer destination as officials race to contain the massive Caldor Fire.

On Monday, all 22,000 residents of the city of South Lake Tahoe were issued evacuation orders, after the widespread Caldor Fire experienced a 'rapid spread,' according to Cal Fire.

The popular vacation haven is normally filled with tens of thousands of summer tourists at this time of year.

Flames are now within just a few miles of South Lake Tahoe and residents just over the state line in Douglas County, Nevada were under evacuation warnings.

The new evacuation order was issued for Tahoe Keys, Tahoe Island, Al Tahoe, Sierra Tract, Bijou, Tahoma, Fallen Leaf, Pioneer, Gardner Mountain and Trimmer.

The Caldor fire has so far torched more than 186,568 acres and is only 15 percent contained, officials said Monday night.

Three first responders tackling the blaze and two civilians have so far been injured, but there have been no reported fatalities.

Fire officials said they do not expect to fully contain the fire until September 13th.

More than 15,000 firefighters are battling dozens of California blazes, including crews from Utah, Washington, Wisconsin and West Virginia, said Mark Ghilarducci, director of California´s Office of Emergency Services.

About 250 active-duty soldiers were being trained in Washington state to help with the arduous work of clearing forest debris by hand.

The Caldor blaze that broke out August 14 has destroyed more than 600 structures, with 33,000 more were under threat.

The new evacuation orders came after a Red Flag Warning went into effect at 11 am Monday for the Northern and Southern Cascades.

Fire conditions also prompted patients from Barton Memorial Hospital to be evacuated, as emergency officials continued to expanded mandatory evacuation orders.

For those evacuating from the region, a Red Cross Shelter will be provided at the Douglas County Community Center in Gardnerville, Nevada, the release stated.

'The most important thing people can do now is get their go-bags ready and have a plan in place to evacuate should an evacuation order get extended,' city spokeswoman Lindsey Baker told CNN.

When speaking to KTVN, Clive Savacool, fire chief for South Tahoe, said the call for preparation came as the fire worsened and conditions are expected to intensify this week.

'The Caldor Fire has made a pretty big jump in the last few hours, so that's had a pretty big impact on the community and expansion of evacuations,' Savacool explained.

He said the winds, low humidity and low moisture are making the conditions 'very, very treacherous' for the fire and why it's expanding so quickly.

Crews dealt with a two-week old blaze they said was 'more aggressive than anticipated,' and continued to edge toward the pristine waters of Lake Tahoe.

'Today's been a rough day and there's no bones about it,' said Jeff Marsoleis, forest supervisor for El Dorado National Forest.

A few days ago, he thought crews could halt the Caldor Fire's eastern progress, but he said: 'today it let loose.'

Flames churned through mountains just a few miles southwest of the Tahoe Basin, where thick smoke sent tourists packing at a time when summer vacations would usually be in full swing ahead of the Labor Day weekend.

'To put it in perspective, we've been seeing about a half-mile of movement on the fire's perimeter each day for the last couple of weeks, and today, this has already moved at 2.5 miles on us, with no sign that it's starting to slow down,' said Cal Fire Division Chief Eric Schwab.

Some areas of the Northern California terrain are so rugged that crews had to carry fire hoses by hand from Highway 50 as they sought to douse spot fires caused by erratic winds.

The forecast did not offer optimism: triple-digit temperatures were possible and the extreme heat was expected to last several days. A red flag warning for critical fire conditions was issued for Monday and Tuesday across the Northern Sierra.

The Caldor Fire has proved so difficult to fight that fire managers pushed back the projected date for full containment from early this week to Sept. 8. But even that estimate was tenuous.

The air quality around Lake Tahoe has remained among the worst levels in the world since Wednesday after reaching levels as high as 530 on an index maintained by Purple Air, a company that sells home air quality monitors.

By around 2 a.m. on Monday morning, the air quality in South Lake Tahoe had reached an alarming index of 598, according to the company.

An air quality index of between zero and 50 is considered clean and healthy, while 51-100 is considered moderate, and anything from 101 upwards is considered potentially dangerous.

Stunning photos from Lake Tahoe showed the dense, orange haze hanging above the pristine freshwater mountain lake caused by the massive blaze.

In Southern California, a section Interstate 15 was closed Sunday afternoon after winds pushed a new blaze, dubbed the Railroad Fire, across lanes in the Cajon Pass northeast of Los Angeles.

Further south, evacuation orders and warnings were still in place for remote communities after a wildfire broke out and spread quickly through the Cleveland National Forest on Saturday.

A firefighter received minor injuries and two structures were destroyed in the 2.3-square-mile Chaparral Fire burning along the border of San Diego and Riverside counties, according to the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection. It was 10% contained Sunday.

Meanwhile, California's Dixie Fire, the second-largest in state history at 1,193 square miles was 48% contained in the Sierra-Cascades region about 65 miles north of the Caldor Fire. Nearly 700 homes were among almost 1,300 buildings that have been destroyed since the fire began in early July.

Containment increased to 22% on the 12-day-old French Fire, which covered more than 38 square miles in the southern Sierra Nevada. Crews protected forest homes on the west side of Lake Isabella, a popular recreation area northeast of Bakersfield.

The California fires are among nearly 90 large blazes in the U.S. Many are in the West, burning trees and brush desiccated by drought. Climate change has made the region warmer and drier in the past 30 years and will continue to make the weather more extreme and wildfires more destructive, according to scientists.

The Defense Department is sending 200 U.S. Army soldiers from Washington state and equipment including eight U.S. Air Force C-130 aircraft to help firefighters in Northern California, the U.S. Army North said in a statement Saturday.

The C-130s have been converted to air tankers that can dump thousands of gallons of water on the flames.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9940371/Wildfire-circles-Lake-Tahoe-burning-245-square-miles-bigger-city-Chicago.html 

:: 8-29-2021 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

For it’s that time and yet you cannot understand it, did I not visit New Orleans again today, today, right now, sixteen years ago I told you I’d visit again. Watch and see disaster, disaster and you’re next if you follow in that line. For now I’m moving, I’m moving against those that are not mine, that will not turn, that will not change, they’ve been given over to a reprobate mind and they’re not coming back. They fake it but from now on they’ll have to come in truth, for you’ll worship My Spirit in Spirit and truth, not false, truth, truth. For I desire to do a work and I’ll not allow anything to stop my work, my work shall go forth and they shall be talking about my work all over the world.

:: 8-30-21 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Orleans Entirely Without Power, 911 Service Due to Ida: Officials

By Jack Phillips  August 30, 2021 Updated: August 30, 2021

All of New Orleans is now without power due to Hurricane Ida, according to the city’s emergency preparedness campaign.

Entergy, the main utility for New Orleans, “confirmed that New Orleans has no power,” and the “only power in the city is coming from generators,” said the city’s NOLA Ready on Twitter.

In a Monday morning update, NOLA Ready said the city’s 911 dispatch service and power both remain out, numerous trees and power lines have been downed, and emergency personnel are responding to incidents on the ground. The 911 service went down briefly on Sunday ahead of the arrival of Ida, which was downgraded to a tropical storm early Monday morning and is now moving to the northeast over Mississippi.

“Although severe weather has passed, continue to stay indoors, off roads [and] avoid hazards,” NOLA Ready wrote.

The Orleans Parish Communication District, which serves New Orleans, said on Monday morning that individuals who are in an emergency need to go to their nearest fire station or find their nearest police officer for assistance.

Ida slammed southeastern New Orleans on Sunday afternoon, making landfall near Port Fourchon, Louisiana, with 150 mph winds and high storm surge. As Ida moved inward, hitting portions of New Orleans, the storm remained a hurricane for hours before it was finally downgraded.

Across Louisiana, more than 1 million customers are without power, according to monitoring website Poweroutages.us. Another 134,000 are without power in neighboring Mississippi.

All eight transmission lines that send power to New Orleans are out of service, according to Entergy.

Catastrophic damage to our transmission system, all of Orleans Parish is currently without power,” an Entergy spokesperson told WWL-TV.

Gov. John Bel Edwards, a Democrat, urged New Orleans residents to “remain where you are” as the hurricane has brought “many hazards” including flooded roads, downed lines, and debris.

“Now is not the time to leave your home. There is no power. Trees, limbs, and lines are down everywhere. It is not safe to leave your home right now. Please remain sheltered in place,” said the New Orleans Police Department in a tweet.

Hurricane Ida

A man passes by a section of roof that was blown off of a building in the French Quarter by Hurricane Ida winds, in New Orleans on Aug. 29, 2021. (Eric Gay/AP Photo)

A hazard that was not mentioned by those officials includes two dozen barges that reportedly broke loose on the Mississippi River due to Ida, which is now classified by the National Hurricane Center as a tropical storm.

St. Bernard Parish President Guy McInnis told CNN on Tuesday morning that the barges may hit other infrastructure in his parish.

“The relentless wind that we’ve been getting over the extended period of time is something that I wasn’t expecting,” McInnis said. “The northerly turn that this storm took kept the edge of the eyeball very close to us; I haven’t seen relentless wind [like this] in my lifetime.”

The city’s Sewerage & Water Board pumps for the drainage and sewage system for New Orleans are also out of power, the city confirmed.

Vehicles are damaged

Vehicles are damaged after the front of a building collapsed during Hurricane Ida in New Orleans on Aug. 29, 2021. (Scott Olson/Getty Images)

We are having to run an extremely lean operation without Entergy power. Obviously this is not ideal,” S&WB spokesperson Courtney Barnes told WWL-TV. “We lost at least 12 MW and are continuing to assess.”

President Joe Biden on Sunday night approved a disaster declaration for Louisiana, freeing up federal resources to assist in the recovery efforts. Hours before that, Biden’s administration said it would send about 2,000 Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) employees to the state.

Across Louisiana, more than 1 million customers are without power, according to monitoring website Poweroutages.us. Another 134,000 are without power in neighboring Mississippi. etc.

Jack Phillips Senior Reporter

Jack Phillips is a reporter at The Epoch Times based in New York.

https://www.theepochtimes.com/mkt_morningbrief/new-orleans-is-entirely-without-power-911-service-due-to-hurricane-ida-officials_3971363.html?utm_source=Morningbrief&utm_medium

=email&utm_campaign=mb-2021-08-31&mktids=ba844970831be29507fe9207480a1011&est=HIfV6qBD2eOc5VS8%2FYNElT7JzW7xTNBYReDJLDSLWLmxk2SiYRprfzVD3FhNaFTFwvC1dg%3D%3D 

:: 8-26-21 CDL Life.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-vaccine-mandate protest in the works for US truckers, drivers claim

It is unclear who started it, but StopTheTires2020 has gotten involved.

By Wimberly Patton - August 26, 2021

A trucker-founded anti-vaccine mandate protest is seemingly in the works for the end of this month according to several trucker social media groups.

If carried out, the demonstration will be an alliance between healthcare workers, truckers, military members, and other citizens across the country, and will protest the requirement of the COVID-19 vaccine for employment, travel, and more. The demonstrators, seemingly headed by Tik Tok trucker @thedisrespectedtrucker3, will gather at various locations across the country August 31st – the same day that the Australian trucker protest against COVID lockdown and restrictions is being held.

In addition to the nearly-viral Tik Tok videos put out by @disrespectedtrucker3, the Facebook Group StopTheTires2020, a group that attempted to organize a nationwide demonstration against the election results and COVID19 lockdowns just last year, has gotten wind of the potential strike and is calling for all drivers to stop their trucks for just one day.

“When I say it’s not about the trucking industry, it’s not about the trucking industry,” disrespected trucker says. “We just have the power to shut the country down.”

https://www.tiktok.com/@thedisrespectedtrucker3/video/7000441143028714758?sender_device=pc&sender_web_id=6977378766805501445&is_from_webapp=v1&is_copy_url=0 

“On August 31st, on Tuesday, we’re asking that everybody not go to work,” disrespected trucker explained. “If they’re out on the road, shut your truck down. There are guys that plan on putting their trucks across the road. There’s guys who plan on parking on the side of the road, parking at home, and at truck stops.”

“I’m not telling anyone how to do it or what to do,” he continued.

“I’m just telling people to shut your trucks down, and nobody go to work at least for Tuesday. Maybe for the rest of the week. Until we get their attention in DC, we’re going to have to keep putting up with bulls**t mandates. What’s going on with the nurses and the military right now isn’t right. So, we’re going to stand up for Freedom.”

https://www.tiktok.com/@thedisrespectedtrucker3/video/7000399097966382341?sender_device=pc&sender_web_id=6977378766805501445&is_from_webapp=v1&is_copy_url=0 

Based on these sorts of videos, it would appear that bikers in Australia plan on joining the trucker protest on August 31st, and a few thousand medical workers in Minnesota also plan on holding their own demonstration. Additionally, regular citizens looking to join in are urged to stay home, not go to work, not buy anything, make signs, and protest in a very visible, public area.

https://www.tiktok.com/@thedisrespectedtrucker3/video/7000469025910164742?sender_device=pc&sender_web_id=6977378766805501445&is_from_webapp=v1&is_copy_url=0 

“I know that people are going to have to suffer over this, including myself,” disrespected trucker says in response to people’s concerns over supply chain disruptions as a result of the protests. “I don’t ever wanna make a decision or choice for somebody else and make them suffer for a decision that I make. However, we’ve protested numerous times. Me myself I’ve been to three state capitols, Washington DC, Joplin Missouri for a protest. We’ve tried. A lot of my friends have had meetings with senators, congressmen… We sat on Constitution Avenue in DC last year for three weeks. They don’t listen to us. We have to do this on August 31st so we can change things once and for all.”

https://www.tiktok.com/@thedisrespectedtrucker3/video/7000496073756200197?sender_device=pc&sender_web_id=6977378766805501445&is_from_webapp=v1&is_copy_url=0 

“Are you guys going to stand firm this time or back down at the last second?” one StopTheTires2020 member questioned.

“I am with you with this mandatory vaccine for us troops. Can’t wait to see their faces when I say no,” added another.

In addition to details surrounding the protest, disrespected trucker offers some tips on how company drivers can participate in the protest without risking their job.

https://www.tiktok.com/@thedisrespectedtrucker3/video/7000498261312195846?sender_device=pc&sender_web_id=6977378766805501445&is_from_webapp=v1&is_copy_url=0 

“So when I first started this page, yes it was a place to shoot the sh*t about incoming policies,” wrote StopTheTires2020 founder, Jeremy Rewoldt.

“I was called a fraud, a joke, you don’t know what you’re talking about, you’re just a conspiracy theorist. Well, I told you it was about future policies and how they would affect every American. Remember without any consumers all of us drivers are useless. Without us, products don’t get to the people. It’s a circle.”

“I have said it from the start it’s not about me. It’s not about you ( yes you reading this), it’s about every hard working American in this great country,” he continued.

“It affects everyone. Our over regulations affect the people we serve. Our mandates affect everyone. I don’t care if you are fine with this regulation and not fine with some others.”

“Now do you believe me?” Rewoldt asked.

“Now is it time to wake the hell up?”

Subscribe for top trucking news updates

Email Address

Find your dream trucking job today

Let us take the hassle out of your next job search.

Apply Now

https://cdllife.com/2021/anti-vaccine-mandate-protest-in-the-works-for-us-truckers-drivers-claim/ 

:: 8-31-21 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antidote To The Contagion: Must Read! Must-Do! Everyone!—Here’s An Effective Way To Guard Against The Spike Protein Contagion Caused By The Covid Vaccinated!

Posted on August 31, 2021 By Melissa Lane 11 Comments on Antidote To The Contagion: Must Read! Must-Do! Everyone!—Here’s An Effective Way To Guard Against The Spike Protein Contagion Caused By The Covid Vaccinated!

Disclaimer: The information presented is for informational purposes and entertainment purposes only. Nothing present here is intended to diagnose or treat any disease, and there are no supplements or products offered for sale in relation to this information.

There may be a covid, but maybe not… however, they seemed to turn everything like colds and cases of flu, into covid. Everything they say about covid is a lie, from the masks, needles, tests, rules and they did all of it, not even having proven the thing even exists.

They took away the rights of the world based on a lie… is that not a crime of some sort?…and it’s a premeditated crime of immense planning spanning across countries, beyond borders, beyond organizations, and local communities. The roots of this dark plan take us to the pits of the underground, that existed because humanity refused to see the truth… and thus, they were able to literally build an entire extensive underground network, that sought to control us above, from below.

This is not my first article of this kind and for sure it won’t be my last. I would also like to take a moment to thank you for all the support you’ve shown me throughout this period when articles like this one are being censored and blocked by the big social media platforms and search engines, particularly, these great websites that shared my work: Steve Quayle, Rense, Natural News, Before Is News and many others that have a huge impact in sharing the real truth.

We start our today’s article with PFIZER’S OWN DOCUMENTS THAT STATE BOTH INHALATION AND SKIN CONTACT WILL TRANSMIT WHATEVER IS IN THE VAX FROM THE VACCINATED TO THE UNVACCINATED Here is what just this small portion of this Pfizer document is saying:

1. If a man who was not vaccinated touches a vaccinated woman or breathes any of the air she breathes, (in other words, walks by her in the office) and he then has sex with his wife, his wife can have an adverse event and she should avoid having children.

2. If a woman who was never vaccinated gets exposed to a woman who was vaccinated, she can:

A: miscarry,

B: spontaneously abort,

C. poison a baby via her breast milk

D: Have babies that have cognitive difficulties.

8.3.5.3. Occupational Exposure

An occupational exposure occurs when a person receives unplanned direct contact with a vaccine test subject, which may or may not lead to the occurrence of an adverse event. These people may include health care providers, family members, and other people who are around the trial participant.

When such exposures happen, the investigator must report them to Pfizer Safety within 24 hours of becoming aware of when they happened, regardless of whether or not there is an associated secondary adverse event. This must be reported using the vaccine secondary adverse event report form. SINCE THE INFORMATION DOES NOT PERTAIN TO A PARTICIPANT INVOLVED IN THE STUDY, THE INFORMATION WILL BE KEPT SEPARATE FROM THE STUDY.”

TO CLARIFY: Vaccine study participants become super-spreaders of something, they don’t say what it is, but it triggers secondary adverse events in people that never had the vax when they are exposed to people who did have the vax.

THIS IS SO BAD that right here, in this little bit of quoted text, it warns that un-vaccinated men who have been exposed to a woman who was vaxxed will then pass whatever is in the vax to another woman.

Also read:

Mass-Jabbing Madness, Biowarfare with Genocide and Tyranny in Mind

Dr. Judy Mikovits (1 min. MP4 is attached) has revealed that the medical establishment has known all along about the antidote to the contagion – a contagion that is now being seen today by thousands of people who have not taken the serum but have merely come in close proximity with others who have taken the jab.

(The word “serum” is being used here since, evidently, the way to avoid taking the jab is to say “I am allergic to the serum”.)

When the medical establishment and political promoters want to exempt themselves from taking inoculations, they always give themselves a legal way out, while pushing the “citizenry” to take the jabs.

“I am allergic to the serum” is one of their solutions.

Taking the serum is one thing. The spike protein contagion now being experienced in large numbers by those who did not take the serum, but just visited with a relative or friend who did, is entirely new and unprecedented.

What are the side effects being seen by this contagion?

massive headaches

micro-clots and sudden bruising throughout the body

exceptionally heavy menstrual cycles among both the young and post menopausal

miscarriages

reduction in breast milk

sterility among both women and men

household pets dying shortly after the owners get the serum.

Listen to 5 doctors discuss this unusual onset of symptoms being experienced now by thousands:

The Antidote to the Contagion

This antidote to the contagion, which has been known by the upper levels of the medical establishment and insiders of the elitist class for almost 100 years, is called Suramin, an isolated compound originally derived from an extract of pine needle oil.

It is only available by injection, and has been a closely guarded secret not made openly available to the masses during this “pandemic”, yet is an effective solution for parasites and viruses of several kinds, along with a large number of other conditions.

Yet anyone can now take advantage of this solution by tapping its root origin, pine needle tea, an antidote that is freely available today in evergreen forests and in many people’s backyards. (Sources for buying it are also listed below.)

How can this simple remedy work so well in the face of such a seemingly insurmountable condition?

There is a direct relationship between Suramin (the isolated extract), pine needle tea (a hot water extract of the pine, fir, cedar, and spruce needles), and pine oil (which is derived from the needles through an essential oil steam distillation process).

All three are derived from the properties of the conifer needle.

My personal take on this is that it is far better to get Nature’s whole herb source than just a tiny fraction of an extract. There are many other benefits that can be derived from the whole herb that will be missing from the isolated chemical.

My observation is that those who maintain high levels of health are not affected by either the serum or the transference contagion. Their immune system seems to be warding off side effects at this point. Come winter when the spike protein in their bodies will be challenged with new pathogens, we will all discover our true levels of health.

Anyone on the fence health-wise, or depleted (which can be said of many of us today), is being affected to varying degrees.

Similar to Morphine: The Best Natural Painkiller that Grows in Your Backyard

Wild Lettuce is also Known as Opium Lettuce. For a good reason. While it doesn’t contain any opiates, it has similar side effects when used – it acts directly on the central nervous system (CNS) to lessen the feeling of pain, just like morphine. Watch this video and learn a quick recipe (wild lettuce extract) for the best natural painkiller. Over 23 million Patriots have already seen It. Giving you a quick, easy way to make your own life-saving painkiller, ready for when you need it. Click Here To Discover More.

The Trail from Suramin to Pine Needle Tea

Here is the trail of science and data that shows the derivative relationship between pine needles and Suramin (“the elist’s antidote” to microbial illnesses) – and which also provides a potential antidote for those affected by the spike protein contagion (for reasons explained within the following data):

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suramin 

Suramin is used for treatment of human sleeping sickness caused by trypanosomes. [a parasite] Specifically, it is used for treatment of first-stage African trypanosomiasis caused by Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense and Trypanosoma brucei gambiense without involvement of central nervous system. It is considered first-line treatment for Trypanosoma brucei rhodesiense, and second-line treatment for early-stage Trypanosoma brucei gambiense, where pentamidine is recommended as first line.

It has been used in the treatment of river blindness (onchocerciasis).

Suramin has been available to the medical profession for almost 100 years. A summary of its antioxidant benefits is outlined in this report – 100 Years of Suramin (attached as a PDF).

The most relevant parts of the summary are outlined below with supportive evidence:

SURAMIN, THE FRUIT OF EARLY MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY

When suramin was introduced for the treatment of African sleeping sickness in 1922, it was one of the first anti-infective agents that had been developed in a medicinal chemistry program. Starting from the antitrypanosomal activity of the dye trypan blue, synthesized in 1904 by Paul Ehrlich, Bayer made a series of colorless and more potent derivatives. Molecule 205 was suramin (Fig. 1), synthesized by Oskar Dressel, Richard Kothe, and Bernhard Heymann in 1916. Sleeping sickness (also known as human African trypanosomiasis [HAT]) was at the forefront of research at that time, not a neglected disease as it is today, and the development of suramin was a breakthrough for the emerging field of chemotherapy.

Now read the following paragraph within the subtitle (Too) Many Targets in the 100 Years of Suramin PDF to understand its antidote properties to the spike protein contagion (derived from the mRNA that gives instructions to replicate a spike protein in other cells):

Suramin further decreases the activities of a large number of enzymes involved in DNA and RNA synthesis and modification: DNA polymerases (103, 104), RNA polymerases (103, 105, 106), reverse transcriptase (18, 103), telomerase (67), and enzymes involved in winding/ unwinding of DNA (107, 108) are inhibited by suramin, as well as histone- and chromatin-modifying enzymes like chromobox proteins (109), methyltransferases (110), and sirtuin histone deacetylases (111)

This is medical speak for inhibiting the inappropriate replication and modification of RNA and DNA.

Recommended articles:

Sweetgum: A Medicine Tree w/ Shikimic Acid to Halt Viral Replication and PITS: Post-Injection Transmission Syndrome

Pine Needle Tea: The Best Potential Antidote for Transmission of Spike Protein

This comment in the PDF also reveals Suramin’s ability to inhibit micro-clots:

Suramin also showed inhibitory effects against components of the coagulation cascade (71, 130)…

Excessive coagulation causes blood clots, mini-clots, strokes, and unusually heavy menstrual cycles.

This is why so many people are dying today of blood clots after receiving the serum, and why others are now showing unexplained bruising after coming in contact with one that has taken the serum.

Something is being transferred from one to the other, likely through the breath, complemented by a type of sympathetic resonance, or pheromone emanation.

The method of transfer is unclear at this point but is certainly happening.

This phenomenon is not an accident, these symptoms were known well in advance of unleashing this serum on the public. Vaccine trials have been going on for decades.

Why did they decide to test a completely new approach with the mRNA without animal trials, thus using humans as the first test case for their effectiveness?

An Obvious Sham

Any natural medicine with 0.01% of these deaths and side effects would have been pulled from the market immediately. That our professionals and decision-makers have continued to allow this sham to continue reveals that this sham is intentional.

The upper echelon of the medical profession promotes this program to the people, while they exempt themselves from it, and then take their personal antidote to prevent being affected by the transference contagion.

Since when is it acceptable to kill thousands of people and maim hundreds of thousands more with a “medicine”??? Why are we finding this OK? Why are we still trusting the media and the medical wizards that dreamed up this sham? When will enough be enough?

The People’s Antidote

Now the people have the antidote, and it is readily available in the form of pine needle tea. How do we know this? Because Suramin is a derivative of the oils in pine needles.

The whole herbal source (needles) is superior to the single compound extract (Suramin) – because the needles possess a full complement of phytonutrients providing numerous additional benefits that the extract is incapable of.

Now, here is the direct connection between Suramin and Pine Needle Tea:

Suramin is Derived from Trypan Blue

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trypan_blue 

Trypan blue is derived from toluidine, that is, any of several isomeric bases, C14H16N2, derived from toluene. Trypan blue is so-called because it can kill trypanosomes, the parasites that cause sleeping sickness. An analog of trypan blue, suramin, is used pharmacologically against trypanosomiasis. Trypan blue is also known as diamine blue and Niagara blue…DANGER – Shield Your Smart Meter! Protect Your Family from Illuminati Kill Grid!

Trypan red and trypan blue were first synthesized by the German scientist Paul Ehrlich in 1904.

Trypan Blue is a derivative of toluene which is a derivative of pine oil.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Toluene 

The compound was first isolated in 1837 through a distillation of pine oil by the Polish chemist Filip Walter, who named it rétinnaphte.

I personally recall many years ago one health professional was using a Pine-Sol bath to rid the body of parasites. HNEX HydroNano EXtracellular Water – Anti-Viral, Anti-Pathogen, Anti-Bacterial – Light Years Beyond Colloidal Silver

Pine-Sol was based on pine oil when it was created in 1929 and during its rise to national popularity in the 1950s. However, as of 2016, Pine-Sol products sold in stores no longer contain pine oil to reduce costs. Wikipedia

Yet pine needle tea provides a similar, if not superior, benefit, due in part to the fact that it is a direct mild extract of the whole herb leaving many of its properties still intact that might be destroyed by excessive heat during distillation and further dissection of its many nutrient components.

I harvested some young Douglas Fir needles last fall and have been adding them to my morning tea blend for the last couple of months. It must have been an instinctive call. I discovered the Suramin info just last week.

The Douglas fir needle tea I have been drinking provides an energetic lift and a nice boost to the immune system.

Pine needles are high in vitamin C and A among numerous other compounds which provide a long list of benefits:

A 2011 Korean study demonstrated using pine needles in tea was the best way to access the antioxidant benefits from pine needles.

The study demonstrated that the hot water extract of pine needle proanthocyanidins and catechins offer the highest levels of antioxidant benefits compared with chemical extract processes.

There are other known benefits that pine needle tea and the tea made from other conifers share, which include:

Analgesic

Antibacterial

Antifungal

Anti-inflammatory

Antimicrobial

Antioxidant

Antiseptic

Antitumor

Antitussive

Antiviral

Aromatic

Astringent

Decongestant

Detoxifying

Disinfectant

Diuretic

Expectorant

Immuno-modulating

Improves circulation

Invigorating

Lymphatic

Relaxing

Relieves nervous exhaustion and fatigue

Relieves sore muscles

Restorative

Tonic

Herbalists the world over have known all along about the benefits of this simple natural tea. Pine needle tea has been used medicinally worldwide for thousands of years.

Pine Needle Tea Video (3 min)

IDENTIFY YOUR PINE – this book contains more info about both an Eastern Edition and a Western Edition.

A few notes of caution:

Be careful with the yew pine (which is not a true pine) and can be toxic, although it does have a few medicinal properties).

The cypress is not to be used as an essential oil in high doses but is normally safe otherwise.

The ponderosa pine is not good for cows mostly due to the observation when pregnant cattle eat the needles the loss of the calf has been observed but has a long history of health benefits for humans for respiratory conditions, cuts, wounds, and burns, etc.

By far the vast majority of conifers have been used medicinally for thousands of years with an excellent track record. Get to know your trees. They may provide a medicine cabinet full of health benefits to you and your family.

Pine, spruce, cedar, and fir needle tea may end up being the easiest way to gain the numerous benefits of the evergreen trees, along with natural protection against unhealthy replications of spike proteins today.

Combine with other herbs as desired to obtain further benefits and flavors.

Sources for Pine Needles

There is one primary American supplier (Etsy) for the pine needles (besides harvesting your own) that I am aware of at this point with 3 quality listings, each from a different East Coast wildcrafter:

Dosage: 3 cups per day or more of any desired strength (based on the number of needles added to a french press or teapot) with an approximate 1-3 tablespoons of needles per cup of near-boiling water. This is a maintenance health-building dose.

Stronger amounts of needles to water can be used therapeutically. If it feels too acidic (due to the vitamin C) for your system, moderate the quantity and complement the tea with alkalizing food and dark green herbs or sea vegetables.

— — —

In order to grasp the seriousness of the situation we are in, and to understand why, we need to look back in history to the times in which this very day had been forecast, obviously planned for, and now created.

Here is one clear example:

Jacques Attali was an advisor to François Mitterrand (former President of France) and wrote this in 1981:

In the future, it will be a question of finding a way to reduce the population. We will start with the old man because once he is over 60-65 years old, man lives longer than he produces and it costs society dearly.

Then the weak and then the useless who do not contribute anything to society because there will be more and more, and especially finally the stupid.

Euthanasia is directed at these groups; euthanasia must be an essential instrument of our future societies, in all cases.

Of course, we will not be able to execute people or organize camps. We will get rid of them by making them believe that it is for their own good. EMIGRATE WHILE YOU STILL CAN…

Too large a population, and for the most part unnecessary, is something economically too expensive. Socially, it is also much better for the human-machine to stop abruptly rather than gradually deteriorate.

We won’t be able to pass intelligence tests on millions and millions of people, you can imagine!

We will find something or cause it; a pandemic that targets certain people, a real economic crisis or not, a virus that will affect the old or the elderly, it does not matter, the weak and the fearful will succumb.

The stupid will believe it and ask to be treated. We will have taken care of having planned the treatment, a treatment that will be the solution.

The selection of idiots will therefore be done by itself: they will go to the slaughterhouse alone. “ This fragment is excerpted from his book “Brief History of the Future”, published in France in 2006.”

Understand that we are smart enough to find our own solutions, and apply them. Those willing to take proactive protective measures, maintain their health, and become more self-reliant will rise from this period of change and transformation successfully.

We will be the ones to structure the world to come with a new focus on the common good of all life everywhere. The old mindset expressed by that limited soul above will not be tolerated. That mindset, and those that harbor it, will vanish like the darkness before the approaching dawn.

It is true that many will go with the passing night, yet those that remain will then shine all the brighter.

Do your part. Take care of yourself first, then look to assist any willing to listen and join in the reconstruction.

Ending this article, I highly recommend this book to everyone. 300 pages, color, paperback. The Lost Book of Remedies is helping Americans achieve medical self-sufficiency even in the darkest times using the time-tested methods of our grandparents without spending lots of money on toxic drugs and without side effects. A great asset when doctors and hospitals won’t be available any more given the current situation. You may not be Claude Davis, but you can make use of his procedures and techniques to increase your chances of survival!

https://survivaldan101.com/antidote-to-the-contagion-must-read-must-do-everyone-heres-an-effective-way-to-guard-against-the-spike-protein-contagion-caused-by-the-covid-vaccinated/ 

:: 8--21 bioRxiv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antiviral activity of plant juices and green tea against SARS-CoV-2 and influenza virus in vitro

Carina Conzelmann, Tatjana Weil, Rüdiger Groß, Peggy Jungke, Bruno Frank, Maren Eggers, Janis A. Müller, Jan Münch

doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.10.30.360545 

This article is a preprint and has not been certified by peer review [what does this mean?].

Abstract

Respiratory viruses initially infect the naso- and oropharyngeal regions, where they amplify, cause symptoms and may also be transmitted to new hosts. Preventing initial infection or reducing viral loads upon infection might soothe symptoms, prevent dissemination into the lower airways, or transmission to the next individual. We here analyzed the potential of plant derived products to inactivate SARS-CoV-2 and influenza virus. We found that black chokeberry (Aronia melanocarpa) juice, pomegranate (Punica granatum) juice, and green tea (Camellia sinensis) have virucidal activity against both viruses, suggesting that oral rinsing may reduce viral loads in the oral cavity thereby lowering virus transmission.

Background

Respiratory viruses such as influenza viruses and coronaviruses pose a significant threat to global health and are a substantial social, economic and healthcare burden, recently exemplified by the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic caused by severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) [1]. For SARS-CoV-2, the long incubation period of up to 14 days, subclinical course and high transmissibility before onset of symptoms has led to unprecedented spread around the globe [1,2]. Respiratory viruses initially infect the upper airways, both the naso- and oropharyngeal areas, where they amplify, cause respiratory symptoms [3] and spread to new hosts. Recent studies suggest gargling with commercial oral rinses may reduce virus spread and potentially infection [4,5]. Several natural products also have direct antiviral activity or may ameliorate symptoms of respiratory infections. Pomegranate (Punica granatum) [6] and black chokeberry (Aronia melanocarpa) [7] extracts have been shown to be antivirally active against influenza viruses in vitro, elderberry syrup (Sambucus nigra) showed improved symptom relief in influenza patients [8], and a meta-analysis showed that gargling green tea (Camellia sinensis) lowered incidences of influenza infections [9]. Natural products with a broad-spectrum antiviral activity would therefore be highly useful to reduce spread of respiratory viruses in the population, as they are inexpensive and rapidly deployable. Here, we evaluated the in vitro virucidal activity of green tea and herbal juices with prospective use as oral rinses against the enveloped respiratory viruses, SARS-CoV-2 and influenza A virus (IAV) and the naked adenovirus type 5 (AdV5). We found that influenza A virus is highly susceptible to inactivation by all tested substances. SARS-CoV-2 was less affected, however, inactivated by chokeberry juice and sensitive to green tea and pomegranate juice. AdV5 was resistant to most products, but viral titers were reduced by chokeberry juice. These findings underline the potential of common plant derived food products to contribute to the prevention of enveloped respiratory virus infections and diseases, where chokeberry juice was the most potent natural product tested herein.

Methods

Herbal substances

Green tea (Bio-Grüntee Japan Sencha Tee-Gschwendner Nr. 700; pH 4.46) was prepared by infusing 3 g of leaves with 0.1 g ascorbic acid (Sigma Aldrich) for 4 min in 300 ml freshly boiled water under gentle movement, followed by filtration. Black chokeberry juice (Bio-Aronia Direktsaft Fa. Aronia original L2719; pH: 3.69), pomegranate juice (Satower Granatapfelsaft Direktsaft klar; pH: 2.99), and elderberry juice (Satower Fliederbeersaft; pH: 4.13) with valid best before date were kept refrigerated until use.

Cell culture

Vero E6 (Cercopithecus aethiops derived epithelial kidney) cells were grown in Dulbecco’s modified Eagle’s medium (DMEM, Gibco) which was supplemented with 2.5% heat-inactivated fetal calf serum (FCS), 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 μg/ml streptomycin, 2 mM L-glutamine, 1 mM sodium pyruvate, and 1x non-essential amino acids. Madin Darby canine kidney cells (MDCK) and A549 (adenocarcinomic human alveolar basal epithelial) cells were grown in minimal essential medium with Earle’s salts (EMEM; Biochrom AG, Berlin, Germany) supplemented with 1% non-essential aminoacids (Biochrom AG, Berlin, Germany), 10% FCS. BHK-21 (Mesocricetus auratus kidney) cells were grown in DMEM (CCPro) with 10% FCS. For experiments, cells were seeded in medium containing 2% FCS. Cells were incubated at 37°C in a 5% CO2 humidified incubator.

Virus test strains and cultivation

Virus was propagated by inoculation of respective target cells and culturing until strong cytopathic effect was visible. The supernatant was then harvested, centrifuged to deplete cellular debris, aliquoted and stored at −80°C as virus stocks. Modified vaccinia virus Ankara (provided from the Institute of Animal Hygiene and Veterinary Public Health of the University Leipzig) was passaged on BHK-21 cells (provided by Friedrich Löffler institute), influenza A virus A/H1N1/Brisbane/59/2007 (Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics GmbH & Co. KG) on MDCK cells (ATCC), adenovirus type 5, strain adenoid 75 (kindly provided by Prof. Sauerbrei, University of Jena, Jena, Germany) on A549 cells (ATCC) and SARS-CoV-2 BetaCoV/France/IDF0372/2020 (obtained through European Virus Archive global) on Vero E6 cells (ATCC).

Infection assays

To determine the virucidal activity of the herbal substances, they were mixed with the respective virus, incubated for a specified contact time at room temperature, and the remaining infectivity determined by tissue culture infectious dose 50 (TCID50) endpoint titration. This quantitative suspension test as described in EN 14476 [10] was performed for Modified vaccinia virus Ankara (MVA), influenza A virus (IAV) and adenovirus type 5 (AdV5) by incubating the respective virus with chokeberry, elderberry, or pomegranate juice, green tea, or buffer as control. Briefly, the efficacy of the tested products was examined as an 80% solution in the presence of 10% interfering substance (5% (w/v) BSA Fraction V (Sigma Aldrich), 0.4% (w/v) Mucin bovine Glandula submandibularis Type I-S (Sigma Aldrich), 5% (w/v) yeast extract (Sigma Aldrich)). SARS-CoV-2 was analyzed in 90% product. After the specified contact time, the test mixture was serially diluted 10-fold and titrated onto a 96 microtiter plate containing a confluent monolayer of the respective target cells in sextuplicates and the cells cultured until strong CPE was visible. IAV infected cells were additionally immunostained. Cells were then examined with a light microscope, the infected wells counted, and TCID50 calculated according to Spearman-Kaerber. If the cytotoxicity of the compound succeeded the lower limit of quantification (LLOQ), the titer was adjusted accordingly. The virucidal activity was determined by the difference of the logarithmic titer of the virus control minus the logarithmic titer of the virus incubated with the substance to test.

Results

To assess the virucidal potential of four plant-derived products, we performed a quantitative suspension test using MVA (EN 14476 [10]) which is a resilient surrogate virus that is used for the validation of virucidal disinfectants against all enveloped viruses according to the European Guidance on the Biocidal Products Regulation [11]. While no reduction in viral titer was observed upon incubation with control buffer, 5-minute incubation with chokeberry juice, elderberry juice, pomegranate juice, or green tea yielded a 3.17, 0.67, 1.0 or 1.0 log10 decrease in infectivity, respectively (Figure 1, Table 1), indicating that the tested products are generally active against enveloped viruses. An incubation time of 20 minutes was only marginally more potent, suggesting a rapid acting antiviral effect. We then analyzed the two respiratory enveloped viruses responsible for the “swine flu” in 2009/2010 and the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, IAV and SARS-CoV-2, respectively, as well as AdV5 as a naked control virus. A 5-minute incubation with chokeberry juice yielded most potent antiviral activities and inactivated IAV, SARS-CoV-2 and also AdV5 to 99.99%, 96.98%, and 93.23%, respectively (Figure 1, Table 1). IAV was most susceptible to all products and infectivity reduced >99% by elderberry juice, pomegranate juice and green tea. SARS-CoV-2 titers were reduced approximately 80% by pomegranate juice and green tea already after 1-minute incubation, however, unaffected by elderberry juice, corresponding to the results obtained with the more resistant surrogate MVA. The naked AdV5 was resistant to three out of four products, however, susceptible to chokeberry juice (Figure 1, Table 1). In summary, IAV is highly susceptible to all analyzed products, whereas SARS-CoV-2 can be efficiently inactivated by chokeberry juice and is to a lower level affected by pomegranate juice or green tea.

Discussion

We examined and compared the virucidal activities of four natural beverages on a surrogate and three respiratory viruses and found that chokeberry juice, green tea and pomegranate juice reduced infectious titers of enveloped viruses with chokeberry juice being most efficient. The tested food products showed the highest antiviral efficacy against IAV, with ≥ 4 log10, which corresponds to the effectiveness of typical disinfectants. The high susceptibility of IAV (H1N1), which is also a representative of influenza B and other influenza strains with regard to chemical stability, indicates low resilience of this virus family. SARS-CoV-2 behaved similar to the European model virus for enveloped viruses, MVA, and proved to be more resilient. Nevertheless, chokeberry juice inactivated >96% infectivity and pomegranate juice and green tea reduced titers, however, to a lesser extent. Notably, activity against MVA is prerequisite for validation of general disinfectant property of chemicals according to the European Chemicals Agency [11] and suggestive of broad activity against all enveloped viruses. As expected, the non-enveloped adenovirus, was less susceptible to the tested products, however, was also affected by the very potent chokeberry juice. Generally, differences in contact times did not have a strong influence on the efficiency of inactivation suggesting a rapid acting antiviral effect.

The antiviral activities of the plant products can be based on an acidic pH that may directly inactivate virus particles or by (poly-)phenols such as catechins, tannins or flavonoids that can act on viral and cellular proteins [12,13]. For example, pomegranate polyphenols were shown to inhibit influenza viruses by acting on virion surface glycoproteins and causing structural damage to the virion [14]. Similarly, green tea catechins have been shown to destroy the virion structure and epigallocatechin gallate aggregates virus particles to prevent their interaction with target cells [15]. Catechins not only act on the virus particles but have additionally been shown to prevent fusion by interfering with endosome acidification and viral enzymes. For theaflavin-3,3′-digallat computer modelling suggested that it might prevent SARS-CoV-2 infection by interacting with its cellular receptor angiotensin converting enzyme 2 (ACE2) [13,15]. Of note, the composition of natural food products may vary between batches, which might affect their antiviral efficiency. Nevertheless, the composition of various antivirally active components, acting by different mechanisms, represents a potent mix interfering with virus infection.

Since viral replication, symptoms and transmission occur in the naso- and oropharyngeal area, reducing viral titers as early as possible might represent a proactive strategy to prevent infection, dissemination, disease, and spread. The herbal products are common and available food preparations that could be applied as convenient “oral rinses”. Antiseptic oral rinses containing membrane-damaging agents (i.e. ethanol, chlorhexidine, cetylpyridinium chloride, hydrogen peroxide and povidone-iodine) are used in various private or clinical situations for prophylactic and therapeutic purposes and have further been applied in the context of viral infections [4,5]. In contrast to these chemical preparations, green tea and herbal juices can be applied more frequently and may be simply swallowed. Gargling tea, tea extracts or plant juice followed by drinking has already been shown to lower the incidence of influenza virus infections, viral loads and symptoms [8,9]. Similarly, antivirally active plant products such as chokeberry [7] or pomegranate [6] juice might be translated into “clinical” use against influenza viruses and SARS-CoV-2.

In the case of SARS-CoV-2, the virus may be passed before symptom onset, which is particularly treacherous. Oral rinsing and gargling with the tested juices and tea are largely unproblematic in long-term use and might be a suitable pre- and postexposure prophylaxis against SARS-CoV-2 during the current COVID-19 pandemic for any individual but especially those with high risk of infection or severe disease including healthcare workers, elderly, or immunocompromised. Additionally, the possibility of swallowing the “oral rinse” is practical in many situations such as during a flight, train or car ride, in day-care centres or schools and can even be part of a healthy diet. Furthermore, it would be helpful to reduce the risk of transmission in school classes and children by using nutritionally valuable and healthy food products instead of aggressive disinfectants or obstructive measures.

Thus, the administration of chokeberry juice, pomegranate juice or green tea may offer a possibility to minimize the spread of enveloped respiratory viruses, ease symptoms and potentially contribute to disease prevention and clinical investigation of their benefits is warranted.

References: Click on link below

https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2020.10.30.360545v1.full 

:: 8-30-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Retired' US SpecOps Insiders Detail Chaotic Exit From Afghanistan (Updated)

by Tyler Durden Monday, Aug 30, 2021 - 09:40 PM

Op-Ed authored by former Trump admin official Emily Miller via Emily Posts,

I’ve been tweeting updates from my sources on the situation. But since many people don’t have Twitter, I’m switching over to have a hard link where people can get real-time update on what is happening on the ground. To get caught up, read from the bottom. I’ll keep posting on this link with updates that will start after the photo below.

Pres. Joe Biden lost the final battle in the Afghanistan war. Americans and Afghan allies were abandoned by the U.S. government in the days before the August 31 departure.

However, brave and patriotic retired military special operators have taken over the mission to leave no man behind. They are giving me information to expose the crisis so that the politicians in DC will stop working against them. Also, rescue operations are being done by international organizations and other former U.S. military.

All these sources are giving me details from Afghanistan so that people there can get direction in this chaos and the American public knows the reality.

SOURCES GUIDE:

MARK — RETIRED SPECIAL OPERATOR IN THE U.S.

JOHN - RETIRED SPECIAL OPS IN KABUL

MATT- RETIRED U.S. ARMY COLONEL ASSISTING SPECIAL OPS, CALLING HIM

JIM- INTERNATIONAL SAFETY AND SECURITY OFFICER FOR ONE OF THE WORLD’S LARGEST RELIEF ORGANIZATIONS

JOE - GOVERNMENT CONTRACTOR “JOE” HELPING RESCUE AFGHAN ALLIES

CHRIS- FORMER EMPLOYER OF THE RET. SPECIAL OPS IN AFGHANISTAN

(Subscribe and help fund Emily's work)

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/retired-us-specops-insiders-detail-chaotic-exit-afghanistan 

:: 8-30-21 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Hundreds’ of Americans Still in Afghanistan After Last Military Flight: CENTCOM

By Isabel van Brugen  August 30, 2021 Updated: August 31, 2021

The Pentagon has admitted that “hundreds” of Americans seeking evacuation have been left in Afghanistan, after the last U.S. military plane departed Afghanistan’s Hamid Karzai International Airport a few hours before dawn.

In announcing that the United States has officially ended its military presence in Afghanistan, hours before President Joe Biden’s Aug. 31 deadline, U.S. Central Command (CENTCOM) head Gen. Frank McKenzie said that there are still Americans who remain in Afghanistan “in the low hundreds.”

He made the remarks during a televised address in response to a reporter’s question, adding that the military and State Department will work to evacuate those individuals.

“There’s a lot of heartbreak associated with this departure. We did not get everybody out that we wanted to get out,” said McKenzie, adding that it is a “tough situation.”

The head of U.S. Central Command added that he believed if U.S. troops remained in Afghanistan for a further 10 days, “we wouldn’t have gotten everybody out … and there still would’ve been people who would’ve been disappointed.”

Earlier this month, Biden vowed to keep U.S. troops in the country until all Americans who wished to leave had been evacuated.

The U.S. military objective in Afghanistan was to get “everyone” out, including Americans and our Afghan allies and their families, Biden told ABC News’ George Stephanopoulos in an interview on Aug. 18.

“That’s what we’re doing now, that’s the path we’re on. And I think we’ll get there,” Biden said at the time. “If there’s American citizens left, we’re gonna stay to get them all out.”

A Pentagon spokesman earlier on Aug. 30 said that around 600 Americans still remain in the country.

The U.S. pullout from Afghanistan ended with a rushed evacuation that extracted more than 100,000 people beginning Aug. 14 as the Taliban took over Kabul following a sweeping advance to the capital over only a few days.

On Aug. 26, a bombing at Kabul’s airport claimed the lives of an estimated 170 Afghan civilians, 13 U.S. troops, and three Britons. ISIS-K, an ISIS affiliate, claimed responsibility for the Aug. 26 attack, bragging about a suicide bombermanaging to penetrate all the security fortifications” put into place by U.S. forces and the Taliban.

Zabihullah Mujahid, a spokesman for the Taliban, said that it was conducting a “Taliban investigation” into the attacks. Meanwhile, Afghan resistance leader Amrullah Saleh, who says he is Afghanistan’s acting president according to its constitution, has claimed that the Taliban, which has many factions in Afghanistan, were behind the blasts.

Related Coverage

‘Hundreds’ of Americans Still in Afghanistan After Last Military Flight: CENTCOMAfghanistan’s Acting President Says Taliban Behind ISIS-K Kabul Bombing

Secretary of State Antony Blinken said on Monday that the United States will continue to try to evacuate the remaining Americans by either working with Afghanistan’s neighbors to secure their departure either overland or by charter flight once Kabul’s Hamid Karzai International Airport reopens.

The protection and welfare of Americans abroad remains the State Department’s most vital and enduring mission,” said Blinken. “If an American in Afghanistan tells us that they want to stay for now and then in a week or a month or a year, they reach out and say, I’ve changed my mind, we will help them leave.”

The Taliban terrorist group has claimed that normal travel will be allowed after it assumed control of the airpot following the U.S. troop withdrawal.

Jack Phillips contributed to this report.

Isabel van Brugen Reporter

Isabel van Brugen is an award-winning journalist and currently a news reporter at The Epoch Times. She holds a master's in newspaper journalism from City, University of London.

isabelvanbrugen

https://www.theepochtimes.com/mkt_morningbrief/hundreds-of-americans-still-in-afghanistan-after-last-military-flight-centcom_3972484.html?utm_source=Morningbrief&utm_medium=email&utm

_campaign=mb-2021-08-31&mktids=ba844970831be29507fe9207480a1011&est=NXc2QFemeMFn7gwE7h2iydPV6YNNcbwjjtZOqOv4gohbAxiWq4DjduK8Ano3Kjt6APAieQ%3D%3D 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 8-30-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Starting Sept 1 China Will Require Foreign Vessels To Report In Its "Territorial Waters"

by Tyler Durden Monday, Aug 30, 2021 - 10:40 PM

China barely wasted any time after Biden's botched evacuation of Afghanistan to telegraph to the world that things will be a little different going forward: in a move that could have ramifications for the free passage of both military and commercial vessels in the South China Sea, Chinese authorities said on Sunday they will require a range of vessels “to report their information” when passing through what China sees as its “territorial waters”, starting from September 1, The Hindu reported.

Over $5 trillion trade passes through the South China Sea, and numerous US naval vessels cross through contested waters, much to China's anger. Beijing claims under a so-called “nine dash line” on its maps most of the South China Sea’s waters, which are disputed by several other countries, including the Philippines, Vietnam, Malaysia and Indonesia.

While it remains unclear how, whether, and where China plans to enforce this new regulation starting Wednesday, the Maritime Safety Administration said in a notice “operators of submersibles, nuclear vessels, ships carrying radioactive materials and ships carrying bulk oil, chemicals, liquefied gas and other toxic and harmful substances are required to report their detailed information upon their visits to Chinese territorial waters,” the Communist Party-run Global Times reported. The newspaper quoted observers as saying “such a rollout of maritime regulations are a sign of stepped-up efforts to safeguard China’s national security at sea by implementing strict rules to boost maritime identification capability."

The notice said in addition to those vessels, any vessel deemed to “endanger the maritime traffic safety of China” will also be required to report its information, which would include their name, call sign, current position next port of call, and estimated time of arrival. The vessels will also have to submit information on the nature of goods and cargo dead weight. “After entering the Chinese territorial sea, a follow-up report is not required if the vessel’s automatic identification system is in good condition. But if the automatic identification system does not work properly, the vessel should report every two hours until it leaves the territorial sea,” the notice said.

The Global Times noted the Maritime Safety Administrationhas the power to dispel or reject a vessel’s entry to Chinese waters if the vessel is found to pose threat to China’s national security.”

How China will enforce these rules remains to be seen, and in which waters of the sea. Indian commercial vessels as well as ships of the Indian Navy regularly traverse the waters of the South China Sea, through which pass key international sea lanes. While China claims most of its waters, marked by the “nine dash line” on its maps, Indian officials say Beijing has generally only sought to enforce its claims in response to the passage of foreign military vessels not in the entire sea but in the territorial waters around the islands, reefs and other features, some artificially constructed, that China claims.

China's “nine dash line” is deemed by most countries as being inconsistent with the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS), which only gives states the right to establish a territorial sea up to 12 nautical miles. The requirements of the latest notice will also be seen as being inconsistent with UNCLOS, which states that ships of all countries “enjoy the right of innocent passage through the territorial sea”.

The MEA told Parliament in 2017 in response to a question on India’s trade in the South China Sea that over US$ 5 trillion global trade passes through its sea lanes and “over 55% of India’s trade passes through South China Sea and Malacca Straits.” “Peace and stability in the region is of great significance to India. India undertakes various activities, including cooperation in oil and gas sector, with littoral states of South China Sea,” the MEA said.

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/starting-sept-1-china-will-require-foreign-vessels-report-its-territorial-waters 

:: 8-29-2021 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

For it’s that time and yet you cannot understand it, did I not visit New Orleans again today, today, right now, sixteen years ago I told you I’d visit again. Watch and see disaster, disaster and you’re next if you follow in that line. For now I’m moving, I’m moving against those that are not mine, that will not turn, that will not change, they’ve been given over to a reprobate mind and they’re not coming back. They fake it but from now on they’ll have to come in truth, for you’ll worship My Spirit in Spirit and truth, not false, truth, truth. For I desire to do a work and I’ll not allow anything to stop my work, my work shall go forth and they shall be talking about my work all over the world.

:: 8-30-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NOLA - No Electric for WEEKS; Communications "Non-Existent" Flooding for MANY other states coming this week

Nation NewsDesk 30 August 2021 Hits: 16219

After the landfall of Hurricane Ida in Louisiana, electric power has been cut for the entire city of New Orleans after at least one transmission tower with 6 to 8 main feed lines, collapsed at the Mississippi River. Repairs will take WEEKS.

At about 9:00 PM central US time last night, all electricity failed in the entire city of New Orleans. The electric transmission tower shown above, collapsed.

No one was sure if the collapse was due to wind simply overcoming the tower itself, of if the ground anchors gave way. When morning light arrived, the ground anchors could be seen clearly in-place; the tower itself just couldn't take the wind. Here's video of the collapse site:

This transmission line that runs across the Mississippi River from Avondale to Harahan had a collapsed tower. Lines are literally in the River. In the video above, you can clearly see at least SIX main transmission lines are now down across the entire Mississippi River, thus blocking all shipping. That is yet another disaster for the region which relies on that river to move goods into and out of the USA.

Without electricity, water system pressure went out, making it all but impossible for firemen to deal with buildings that went ablaze:

The National Weather Service says the remnants of the hurricane will travel north and east toward my home state of New Jersey by Thursday morning.

States from Louisiana all the way to New York City are being warned already that very serious amounts of rain are coming and flash flooding is expected over a gigantic area:

And of course, as if on cue, the LOOTING has started in New Orleans. Democrats gonna Democrat!

New Orleans is a . . . "diverse" city. Shop owners should be prepared to be "culturally enriched" as the feral beasts do what they always do.

The Darwin Award for now, goes to this guy, who, in the middle of a Hurricane, decided to go to the store, completely naked (except for socks).

The drugs, dude. You gotta stop the drugs!

Elsewhere, the president of hard-hit Jefferson Parish, Louisiana, told ABC's "Good Morning America" Monday that all communication lines with Grand Isle were down.

Cynthia Lee Sheng said about 40 people are believed to have stayed on the barrier island, located about 100 miles south of New Orleans.

"We have lost contact with them since yesterday afternoon," Sheng said. "We have first responder teams out there planning their strategy for today, ready to go out."

From Slidell PD: 'If you evacuated, don’t come back now. Stay where you are. There is no gas, food, resources. In some places off of Bayou Liberty, we had to use boats to rescue people from their rooftops. We are doing high-water rescues now.'

All-in-all, it's catastrophic damage on a wide scale, and the horrors are just beginning to emerge as rescue crews head out into what's left.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/nola-no-electric-for-weeks-communications-non-existent-flooding-for-many-other-states-coming-this-week 

:: 8-29-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Taliban Offered Biden Control of Kabul, but He Declined

By Paul Bois29 Aug 2021

The chaos in Afghanistan could have reportedly been avoided altogether if President Joe Biden had accepted the Taliban’s initial offer for the U.S. to have full control of Kabul and the airport.

According to a report from the Washington Post, as the Taliban began taking control of Afghanistan, senior U.S. military leaders met with Taliban political leader Abdul Ghani Baradar in Doha, Qatar, where an offer was made for the United States to have control of Kabul until all U.S. troops had withdrawn; the offer was declined. From the report:

In a hastily arranged in-person meeting, senior U.S. military leaders in Doha – including McKenzie, the commander of U.S. Central Command – spoke with Abdul Ghani Baradar, head of the Taliban’s political wing.

“We have a problem,” Baradar said, according to the U.S. official. “We have two options to deal with it: You [the United States military] take responsibility for securing Kabul or you have to allow us to do it.”

Throughout the day, Biden had remained resolute in his decision to withdraw all American troops from Afghanistan. The collapse of the Afghan government hadn’t changed his mind.

McKenzie, aware of those orders, told Baradar that the U.S. mission was only to evacuate American citizens, Afghan allies and others at risk. The United States, he told Baradar, needed the airport to do that.

On the spot, an understanding was reached, according to two other U.S. officials: The United States could have the airport until Aug. 31. But the Taliban would control the city.

As the days unfolded, the security in Kabul became increasingly hostile, culminating in the terrorist attack last week that killed 13 American service members and 160 Afghans. According to a report from Politico last week, the Biden administration entrusted the Taliban so intensely with securing the city that they were allegedly given a list of names of American citizens, green card holders, and Afghan allies in the region.

When pressed about this list, Biden did not deny its existence:

There have been occasions where our military has contacted their military counterparts in the Taliban and said, for example, “This bus is coming through with X number of people on it made up of the following group of people. We want you to let that bus or that group through.”

So yes there have been occasions like that, and to the best of my knowledge, in those cases, when the bulk of that has occurred, they have been let through. But I can’t tell you with any certitude that there has actually been a list of names. There may have been, but I know of no circumstance. That doesn’t mean it didn’t exist.

Republicans on Twitter seized on the Washington Post’s report and put the Biden administration on blast for not taking the Taliban’s initial offer:

Sen. Marsha Blackburn

@MarshaBlackburn

If the reports are true, and the Biden administration willfully gave control of Kabul to the Taliban, they have yet again shown their complicity for a terrorist takeover.

Surprise, panic and fateful choices: The day America lost its longest war

The fall of Kabul brought military defeat to the U.S. and its Afghan allies. It could have gone very differently.

washingtonpost.com

3:37 PM · Aug 29, 2021

1.9K

366

Copy link to Tweet

Brian Kilmeade

@kilmeade

Want to know what incompetence looks like ? Read this? We could have kept Kabul..we only asked for airport, It was Austins decision to leave Embasey - not even a threat- all have to fired..Sec’y of state in Hamptons as war was lost!!

Surprise, panic and fateful choices: The day America lost its longest war

The fall of Kabul brought military defeat to the U.S. and its Afghan allies. It could have gone very differently.

washingtonpost.com

12:59 PM · Aug 29, 2021

https://www.breitbart.com/asia/2021/08/29/report-taliban-offered-biden-control-of-kabul-but-he-declined/ 

:: 5-12-21 Changing America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Changing America

124 retired generals and admirals question Biden's mental health

“We must always have an unquestionable chain of command."

By Adam Barnes | May 12, 2021

Story at a glance

A group of retired U.S. military admirals and generals signed a letter released Tuesday questioning President Biden’s fitness for office and seemingly challenging the outcome of the 2020 presidential election.

The letter, signed by 124 former military leaders and posted by Flag Officers 4 America, said the “Constitutional Republic is lost” without “fair and honest elections that accurately reflect the will of the people.”

“Recent Democrat leadership’s inquiries about nuclear code procedures sends a dangerous national security signal to nuclear armed adversaries, raising the question about who is in charge,” the group added.

A group of retired U.S. military admirals and generals signed a letter released Tuesday questioning President Biden’s fitness for office and seemingly challenging the outcome of the 2020 presidential election.

The letter, signed by 124 former military leaders and posted by Flag Officers 4 America, said the “Constitutional Republic is lost” without “fair and honest elections that accurately reflect the 'will of the people.'”

"The FBI and Supreme Court must act swiftly when election irregularities are surfaced and not ignore them as was done in 2020," the letter added.

Former Attorney General William Barr said in December the Justice Department uncovered no evidence of voter fraud that could have affected the outcome of the 2020 election, The Associated Press (AP) reported.

America is changing faster than ever! Add Changing America to your Facebook or Twitter feed to stay on top of the news.

The signatories also questioned the “mental and physical condition of the Commander in Chief,” adding that national security issues require quick and “accurate” decisions “involving life and limb.”

“Recent Democrat leadership’s inquiries about nuclear code procedures sends a dangerous national security signal to nuclear armed adversaries, raising the question about who is in charge,” the letter said. “We must always have an unquestionable chain of command.”

While in office, former President Trump periodically questioned Biden’s mental capacity and age during the campaign season, at times referring to him as “sleepy Joe.”

Kevin O'Connor, the president’s doctor, released a report earlier this month maintaining that Biden is a "healthy, vigorous, 77-year-old male, who is fit to successfully execute the duties of the Presidency," Business Insider reported.

The signatories additionally compared potential challenges to ideological battles not seen since America’s founding.

"We are in a fight for our survival as a Constitutional Republic like no other time since our founding in 1776,” they said. “The conflict is between supporters of Socialism and Marxism vs. supporters of Constitutional freedom and liberty."

A statement on the Flag Officers 4 America website, says that although its members are no longer engaged in active military service, they are “bound by that oath to do what we can, in our capacity today, to protect our nation from the threats to her freedom.”

https://thehill.com/changing-america/well-being/553088-124-retired-generals-and-admirals-question-bidens-mental-health 

:: 7-4-2021 Evening Campmeeting Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

etc Don’t allow others to change you, do you remember Jezebel had no bite and she was thrown off a roof and the dogs ate her. Why are you fearful of Jezebel, who is she, wake up, wake up, who did I create first Eve or Adam, who sold it all out Adam or Eve? When you begin to look at things it looks a little different and yet it would seem the other way because Biden is blabbing his mouth every day on what he is going to do, but do you know he is dieing? Trump is not coming back in, the reason that Trump didn’t get in was Paula White, did you hear her prophecy? I couldn’t put him back in office after what she said, that’s what got him out of office not the cheating, I could have stopped the cheating in the moment of an eye, but it was Paula White and her mouth, the words that went out. Listen, listen, hear me, hear me, know my voice.

:: 8-30-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Veterans Ordered to Stop 'Disrespecting' Biden and Top Democrats

Active duty & retired service members receive letter to stop criticizing Democratic regime

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle  on 30th August 2021 @ 1.00pm

Military veterans and active duty service members have received letters ordering them to stop "disrespecting" Joe Biden and other high-level officials in the Democrat regime, accoridng to reports.

The letter was sent out by top leadership at the Office of Naval Intelligence (ONI) and informed retired and active troops that they cannot condemn Biden's chaotic and deadly withdrawal of American forces from Afghanistan.

In the letter, reportedly sent via email on August 23, recipients are told to discuss Biden, Kamala Harris, Congress, the secretary of defense, and others in a more positive light.

"Given the heightened political and social atmosphere surrounding Afghanistan, it is important to remind our uniformed personnel (active duty and reservists on temporary active duty) and military retirees of their responsibilities and obligations under Article 88 of the Uniform Code of Military Justice and Department of Defense Directive 1344.10,” the letter states.

"While it is vital to protect the constitutional right of freedom of expression for these groups, consistent with mission accomplishment, national security, and good order and discipline, it’s important to remember certain limitations.

"Namely, uniformed personnel and military retirees are prohibited from disrespecting senior government leadership (e.g. the President, Vice President, Congress, Secretary of Defense, Service Secretaries, etc.),” the letter warns.

An internal ONI member told The Daily Wire that these policies were more relaxed under the Trump administration and recalled retired officers condemning the 45th POTUS.

It wasn’t clear exactly who had received the email, but the context made it clear that non-military employees of the agency were also rebuked lest they be too unflattering.

TRENDING: US Military Dogs Abandoned at Kabul Airport after Last Plane Leaves

Even for civilians, you are reminded of the danger that your public comments will/could be attributed to ONI or the Department of Defense,” the email read.

“While you are entitled to your opinion and to share your opinion amongst those you know and trust, being too vocal in criticism of, say, the President or members of the military and civilian leadership may reflect poorly on ONI,” the email read.

https://neonnettle.com/news/16479-veterans-ordered-to-stop-disrespecting-biden-and-top-democrats 

:: 8-30-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Complete and Unthinkable Treason of a "Selected" President- Steve Quayle and Dave Hodges

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, August 30, 2021 - 14:31.

I recently interviewed Steve Quayle about several critical issues that now burden the United States including the following:

1. The sending of terrorists to the United States with the full participation of Biden's handlers.

2.The deliberate weakening of the American military.

3. The Biden administration's handing off of key and high tech weaponry for the Taliban and ultimately the Chinese mllitary.

4. The purposeful undermining of the relationship between America and her allies. Once a country burns an ally, they burn the relationship with all allies.

5. The danger that all Christians are in thanks to the Biden administration!

6. The unforgiveable act, on the part of the Biden administration's deliberate failure to evacuate thousands of Americans and our allies.

We also discussed how many of the outlying Americans, in remote Afghan locations, will ever see home again. In the midst of this latter topic, the importance of unfaltering communication came up and we discussed the need to own a satellite phone. This has become a nonegotiable need. In today's dangerous world, all Americans should own a sat phone because of volatility of our times. At The Common Sense Show, we are proud to offer the best in Satellite Phones. To find out more, please call 855-980-5830.

To listen to this ground-breaking interview with Steve Quayle, please click here.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/complete-and-unthinkable-treason-selected-president-steve-quayle-and-dave-hodges 

:: 8-25-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Refugee Contagion

By Hal Lindsey

Last week, the picture of 3-year-old Aylan Kurdi shocked the world. His lifeless body reminded us of precious little ones we have all known and loved. We recoiled to think of the horror he felt as he fought his losing battle against drowning. We wept for his anguished family.

 1.2 million have gone into Lebanon12 million people have been displaced by the Syrian civil war. Of those, at least 4 million have crossed the border for refuge outside the country. alone. That means one in five people currently residing in Lebanon is a Syrian refugee.

But Syria isn’t the only area from which people are fleeing. Refugees are also coming from Iraq, Afghanistan, Libya, Somalia, Nigeria, and more. Wherever radical Islam has taken hold, people are running away.

Throughout history, mass migrations have changed the face and character of nations and peoples. A profound change has been taking place in Europe over the last couple of decades. Recently on “The O’Reilly Factor,” Donald Trump, who owns hotels in Europe, lamented what he’s seen. “Bill, I was in Paris recently, and Paris doesn’t look like Paris anymore.”

With native populations dwindling, Europe long ago decided it needed a new source of labor in order to maintain its economic power and the standard of living European elites have long enjoyed. So they put out the welcome mat — especially to poor Muslims from the Middle East. They came in vast numbers. With them, they brought Sharia law, honor killings, and crime. In France, an estimated 70% of prison inmates are Muslim.

But this summer’s massive new wave of refugees dwarfs what’s gone before. This time, the immigrants mostly consist of true refugees desperate to get away from the horrible effects of Islamic extremism. The question is, are they carriers of the disease from which they flee.

In recent years, we have seen repeatedly that Muslims from that part of the world do not assimilate well into Western culture. Islamic nations in the Middle East fail at democracy time and again. Turkey once seemed to be the exception, but not any more. Led by President Erdoğan, Turkey is fast deteriorating into a Muslim theocracy, with all the horror that entails.

The pundits tell us that Europe today faces the biggest refugee crisis since World War II. But the problem runs far deeper than that. A refugee crisis is characterized by the urgent needs of the refugees — things like food, water, shelter, and sanitation. But that represents only phase one of this crisis. The real dilemma will come as these nations try to assimilate people into a culture they have been taught to hate.

In Macedonia, many of the Muslim refugees refused care packages from the Red Cross. They said they couldn’t accept them because the boxes carried the traditional Red Cross logo. To them, a cross is a cross, and they want nothing to do with it… even if it contains essential food and water for their children.

Despite such extreme prejudice, Christians are finding an amazing opportunity to reach Muslims with the Gospel. On the Greek island of Lesbo, an Associated Press writer said, “Two elderly men walked among the overwhelmingly Muslim migrants handing out copies of the Bible in Arabic.”

Berlin churches report large numbers of Muslims accepting Christ. Critics say these people are simply trying to increase their chances of receiving asylum from the German government. But Angela Merkel says being a Christian won’t help. She says, “Islam belongs in Germany and will remain so.”

Germany and a few other European states (though not all) have welcomed the refugees. But rich Arab Gulf nations have not. Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates all refuse to allow Syrian refugees a place in their countries. Even while urging Europe and the United States to accept more and more immigrants, these countries have kept their own gates chained, locked, and bolted shut.

In public, they give a variety of reasons, usually criticizing the United States and Europe for focusing on the refugees while ignoring the cause of the crisis. While that’s a valid point, it ignores the desperate need these people face right now.

The real reason Gulf States refuse to take in refugees is that they are afraid of the refugees. They believe ISIS and other terror groups are using these displaced people as a great Trojan horse. They believe terrorists have infiltrated the mass migration.

We have evidence that they’re right, but that’s only part of the problem.

Think of Islamic extremism as a disease. Who are the carriers of that illness? Muslims. People who hold the Koran dear carry Islam’s chief radicalizing agent with them wherever they go. They are carriers of the very disease whose deadly symptoms they now flee. That means that where they go, the contagion will follow.

Even those Muslims, who reject radical Islam, carry the infection. And that’s a problem secular Europe is incapable of addressing.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-11-2015/ 

:: 8-30-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Border Police officer shot in Gaza rioting dies of wounds

Barel Hadaria Shmueli took a turn for the worse at Soroka Medical Center in Beersheba on Sunday.

By Itsik Saban and Ilya Yegorov Published on 08-30-2021 13:49 Last modified: 08-30-2021 16:12

Shmueli, 21 from Beer Yaakov, had been fighting for his life at Soroka Medical Center in Beersheba.

Soroka Medical Center issued a statement on Monday saying: "We regret his death. The medical staff fought for his life, and he underwent a number of surgeries during his hospitalization. Despite the efforts and  We send our deepest condolences to the family."because of his serious wound, the staff was forced to declare him dead.

The Border Police also issued a statement: "We bow our heads in the memory of warrior Staff Sgt. Barel Hadaria Shmueli, who fell in combat during operations at the north of the Gaza Strip. May his memory be a blessing."

Prime Minister Naftali Bennett said Monday, "I was deeply sad to heard the bitter news of Border Police fighter Barel Hadaria Shmueli, who was killed defending Israel. I have no words to comfort his family in their great grief.

"Barel with a fighter in his life and a fighter at his death. He fought for his life until the last minute, with all the people of Israel thinking of him and praying for him. I would like to send a hug to the family, who has lost what was most dear to them," Bennett said.

Amateur video from the Palestinian side taken during the rioting showed a protester running up to the concrete barrier and firing a pistol into a hole reportedly used by Shmueli.

The demonstration grew violent after rioters approached the fortified border fence, throwing rocks and explosives toward Israeli soldiers from behind a black smoke screen spewing from burning tires and attempting to scale the fence. Bracing for more hostilities, the military said it had sent additional forces to the Gaza border area.

https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/08/30/condition-of-officer-wounded-on-gaza-border-deteriorates/ 

:: 8-30-21 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Louisiana governor expecting death toll from Ida to rise 'considerably'

By Joseph Choi - 08/30/21 12:15 PM EDT

Louisiana Gov. John Bel Edwards (D) said on Monday that he expects the death toll from Hurricane Ida to rise "considerably" throughout the day as search and rescue operations commence.

"We have one confirmed death, but I don't want to mislead anyone," Edwards said while appearing on MSNBC. "Robust search and rescue is happening right now, and I fully expect that death count will go up considerably throughout the day."

Hurricane Ida made landfall in Louisiana on Sunday as a Category 4 hurricane. By Sunday evening, all of New Orleans was left without power. According to Entergy New Orleans, most of the New Orleans area is still without power as of Monday afternoon.

The Ascension Parish Sheriff's Office confirmed the first death caused by Hurricane Ida on Sunday evening after deputies responded to a report of a person injured by a falling tree.

5,200 National Guard troops activated to aid with Ida aftermath

2 killed in Mississippi highway collapse after Hurricane Ida blows...

According to Edwards, power lines, trees and standing water have gotten in the way of search and rescue teams reaching the most impacted communities.

"We will obviously be developing the situation throughout the day, saving lives, rescuing people everywhere that we can. And we have a very robust effort underway," Edwards added. "That one confirmed death in Ascension Parish we know is just the first one that we will, unfortunately, confirm throughout the day."

Ida has now moved mostly inland and has been downgraded to a tropical storm. According to the National Hurricane Center, Ida is currently in the southwestern region of Mississippi and is continuing to move north at about 9 mph.

https://thehill.com/homenews/state-watch/570003-louisiana-governor-expecting-death-toll-from-ida-to-rise-considerably 

:: 8-30-21 Asumetech :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ISIS claims the attack on Kabul airport: we launched 6 Katyusha rockets

By Editorial Team August 30, 2021

Today, Monday, ISIS claimed responsibility for the missile attack that in morning attempted to hit the Kabul airport.

And the terrorist organization said, “through its Nashir News site on Telegram:” The soldiers of the Caliphate targeted Kabul international airport with six Katyusha rockets “, claiming that” the wounded have been reached “, as he said.

American defenses

A US official had confirmed in previously that US missile defenses had intercepted up to five missiles fired at the airport in prime hours of this morning.

The official, who spoke to Reuters in condition of anonymity, he also added that early reports indicated no American casualties in this latest missile attack.

In turn, the White House subsequently confirmed its knowledge of this attack, explaining in a statement that US President Joe Biden reiterated his orders that American commanders do “whatever is necessary to protect the forces on the ground”, after being briefed on the assault and informing him that operations are continuing uninterrupted in airport.

most dangerous hours

Interestingly, the United States is racing against time in these last hours to complete their withdrawal by the deadline of August 31, which he has set once and for all to conclude his twenty-year presence in Afghanistan.

On Sunday, US Secretary of State Anthony Blinken warned that these last few hours are considered the most dangerous in the US forces mission on Afghan soil, amid the growing danger of security threats and the growing possibility of ISIS carrying out new attacks in the state. of Khorasan, after the bloody attack that killed more than 170 Afghans and 13 soldiers, last Thursday also an American near the airport.

https://asumetech.com/isis-claims-the-attack-on-kabul-airport-we-launched-6-katyusha-rockets/ 

:: 8-30-21 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

God’s mercy isn’t just mercy

By Robin Schumacher, Exclusive Columnist CPCurrent Page: Opinion | Monday, August 30, 2021 |

Did you know that God’s mercy really isn’t just mercy? At least not how you and I normally think about it.

One of the key distinctives of Christianity over all other religions is how the God of the Bible handles the important relationship between compassion and justice. Take your pick of any non-Christian faith that involves a deity and you will find a god that dispenses mercy at the expense of justice.

For example, in Islam you have the concept of the scales: “Then those whose balance (of good deeds) is heavy, they are successful. But those whose balance is light, will be those who have lost their souls, in Hell will they abide” (Quran 23:102-103). Allah grants mercy and eternity to those whose good outweighs their bad with just one small problem: it’s done without regard for righteousness; no justice is required for any wrongs committed.

Besides not being a works-based salvation like all other religions, Christianity goes farther in this important way — God delivers mercy, but He does so through His justice. This is communicated many places in Scripture, but let me show you an important one that you may have missed.

'God, be merciful to me, the sinner!'

Luke contains my favorite New Testament story by Jesus regarding salvation.

“He also told this parable to some people who trusted in themselves that they were righteous, and viewed others with contempt: “Two men went up into the temple to pray, one a Pharisee and the other a tax collector. The Pharisee stood and was praying this to himself: ‘God, I thank You that I am not like other people: swindlers, unjust, adulterers, or even like this tax collector.I fast twice a week; I pay tithes of all that I get.’ But the tax collector, standing some distance away, was even unwilling to lift up his eyes to heaven, but was beating his breast, saying, ‘God, be merciful to me, the sinner!’ I tell you, this man went to his house justified rather than the other; for everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, but he who humbles himself will be exalted” (Luke 18:9-14).

There is an incredibly rich contrast in this passage between the Pharisee and the tax collector. In one of his messages, Tim Keller points out the ridiculous nature of the Pharisee’s prayer.

He begins by saying, “God, I thank You…” but then goes on to extol himself versus the One he’s addressing. The reason for that is he wants God to know all the sacrifices he’s made for his religion, with the implication being, “God, you owe me.”

In essence, the Pharisee believes he is his own savior.

But with the tax collector, we get an entirely different prayer. Rather than praising himself, he is ravaged by and ashamed of his sin to the point of physically acting out.

At that point things really get good.

His cry of, “God, be merciful to me, the sinner!” loses its deep meaning in our English translation. The Greek term hilasthēti signifies more than simple mercy; it means “make propitiation for” and is used in only one other place in the New Testament — the book of Hebrews: “Therefore, He had to be made like His brethren in all things, so that He might become a merciful and faithful high priest in things pertaining to God, to make propitiation for the sins of the people” (Heb. 2:17, my emphasis).

The typical term for mercy is first used by the Hebrews author (eleēmōn, full of pity, merciful, compassionate), but then he follows up with the term used by the tax collector in Luke. In both places it refers to one thing: atonement.

Unlike the Pharisee who believed he earned his passage into God’s Kingdom through his own sacrifices and works, the tax collector knows he is utterly bankrupt. He has a sin debt he can’t pay and knows a reckoning is coming so he is asking God to make atonement for him; to grant mercy through His justice.

And with Christ, He does just that. He provides mercy through the sacrificial death of His Son on the cross. On this point, in reflecting about all the other world religions, Gandhi said, “Of all the dispositions and teachings of thinkers and ethicists, the one doctrine that I have no sufficient counter for is Jesus on that cross.”

And so, God’s mercy really isn’t just mercy; at least, not how you and I normally think about it. It is clemency granted through justice — the only one of its kind — which should cause all of us to say, “Thanks be to God for His indescribable gift!” (2 Cor. 9:15).

https://www.christianpost.com/news/gods-mercy-isnt-just-mercy.html 

:: 8-24-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WAKE UP AMERICA: We Are In The Midst Of A Revolutionary Epoch And Probably Most Don’t Even Know It

Jack Metir Uncategorized August 24, 2021 10 Minutes

Institutions are being absorbed not just by the woke apparat, but by an array of ideologies that seeks to destroy them.

The collective madness that ensued from the pandemic, the quarantine, the self-induced recession, the George Floyd killing and subsequent months of exempted riots, the election year, and the resurgence of variants of the Chinese-engineered coronavirus, all ignited the fuse of formerly inert socialist dynamite. And the ensuing explosion of revolutionary fervor in just a few months has made America almost unrecognizable.

Workers of the world unite!” was the old Marxist internationalist war cry. The perceived enemies of coerced socialism were nationalism— and the idea of singular countries defined by borders containing unique citizens legally distinct from mere migratory residents, and sharing ties and traditions that transcended race and class. All that is now problematic.

If it is true that two million illegal aliens will cross the southern border with impunity in the current fiscal year, then the Biden agenda is apparently to help erode the idea of citizenship and anybody defined as an American. Under the socialist ethos, the indigent in Yucatan and the impoverished migrant from Nigeria have as much right to enter and live in the United States as U.S. citizens. And their respective rights under the living Constitution are now nearly identical.

In just seven months, our southern border has vanished. Apparently, it was an artificial construct that obstructed the migrations of the global community. We are back to a natural, pre-civilizational and Rousseauian idea of freeing migrating tribes from the chains of civilization. And what better way to start than dispensing with unique borders, citizenship, and the idea of a nation state?

Most Americans think our medical system is the same as other 1st world countries… That’s what I used to think… But in fact, our medical system is a “ticking bomb” waiting to “explode”!

The #1 Killer In Any Crisis Is Disease And Infection

And it doesn’t matter if it’s an earthquake, terrorist attack or the collapse of the dollar. One of the first things to kill most people in a crisis is an illness or disease…

Socialism aligns foreign policy with the interests of the global oppressed rather than the citizens of a particular nation. In reductionist terms, what do lifting sanctions on Iran and appeasing its theocracy, reaching out to Hamas and snubbing Israel, and allowing the Taliban to overrun Afghanistan have in common? Just as the United States is trying to rebrand itself as a sort of new, non-Western nation, so it clumsily seeks to recalibrate its foreign policy to cease support for the overdog, the American client, and the more Westernized. We are to believe that an empowered Persian Shiite crescent offers equity to the silenced of the Middle East. The Taliban, perhaps regrettably, better represents indigenous Afghan culture than does the Westernized bourgeois elite in Kabul. Hezbollah and Hamas are the more authentic Middle Easterners than the Western Zionist interlopers of Israel. In other words, our foreign policy is in a revolutionary flux.

Liberals try to yank capitalism to the left; but true revolutionaries seek to dismantle the very tenets upon which it is based. No wonder that a recent poll showed most Democrats had a more favorable view (59 percent) of socialism than of capitalism (49 percent).

So, the Right shouts “They are socialists!” And the Left fires back “smears and lies!” while quietly the Biden Administration has already begun systematically to warp the rules of free-market capitalism. In other words, we are apparently all to be socialists now.

By continuing to suspend rental payments to landlords who have no redress to the courts for violations of their contractual leases, the government essentially has redefined private property as we know it. Who really owns an apartment or a room in a house if the occupant has not paid rent since last spring? Is the de facto owner the renter in physical control of the unit, or the increasingly impotent title holder who must still pay the insurance, taxes, and upkeep?

Do we still recognize the principle that those who owe money must pay it back? Biden is talking about vastly expanding any prior idea of student loan debt cancellations by massive new amnesties. As capitalism transitions into socialism, what about the parents who saved to pay their children’s tuition, the students who worked part-time and took only the units they could pay for, or the working-class youths who decided loans were too risky and preferred instead at 18 to go straight to work?

Are they hapless Kulaks? And what do we name the indebted students and the loan-sharking universities who finagled a collective $1.7 trillion in student debt? Revolutionaries? Who pays for what others have incurred?

Supply and demand under capitalism adjudicate wages and thus the rate of unemployment. But have we ever seen an expanding economy seeking to meet pent-up consumer demands for goods and services without the labor to meet that need? The workers are everywhere and nowhere, but the government has deliberately persuaded millions not to return officially to work, given rising unemployment compensation is more remunerative than the wages of working. Have we now finally embraced the old Marxist canard, “From each according to his ability, to each according to his needs”?

Inflation and the devaluation of the currency are now seemingly a good thing; printing dollars erodes the savings of the thrifty and money spreads to those who allegedly need and deserve it.

Note we owe nearly $30 trillion in national debt. Yet as the Biden Administration runs a $2 trillion annual deficit, it pushes an “infrastructure” bill that will mean additionally somewhere between $2 to $4 trillion of more printed cash. Ronald Reagan talked of “starving the beast”—cutting taxes to deprive the voracious bureaucratic state of its fiscal food.

Now instead we are “gorging the beast”: exponentially expanding government with so much debt that higher taxes are inevitable. And with the red ink comes redistribution in the socialist sense of borrowing more to give to the deserving, and taking more from the undeserving—to borrow even more for the more deserving still.

Socialism does not believe in the construct of “merit,” given it is predicated on free will that trends supposedly towards selfishness, and results in an absence of “equity”: that is why colleges have dropped standardized tests for applicants, and are jettisoning traditional ideas of “exclusionary” honors programs.

Remember, under socialism, in T-ball style, we all win—or lose. Our shared purposes are not to help meet and surpass purportedly artificially constructed standards of excellence to ensure greater prosperity, security, and comfort, but to demolish such ossified constructs, and rebrand the formerly failed as the now successful.

In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago

In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries. etc

The revolution has already redefined crime as a construct in the eye of the bourgeois beholder. Our woke elite told us to cool it for 120 days of last summer’s riots, looting and arson, since in the words of the “1619 Project” architect and former New York Times reporter Nikole Hannah-Jones,Destroying property, which can be replaced, is not violence.” Torch a federal courthouse, a church, or police precinct and why worry over mere “brick and mortar”? Take over a few city blocks and, presto, we have a “summer of love.”

“Defund the police” became a socialist slogan supposedly to remind us that “crime” is what the rich call going into Walgreens to grab something they never fret about needing. COVID-19 is not the real reason why prisoners are freed from jails and prison to commit new crimes at an alarming rate. Indeed, those people didn’t really commit crimes so much as reflect society’s bad karma of arbitrarily labeling what they did as “crimes” in the first place, which in truth were often simply cries from the heart.

Two years ago, it would have been considered absurd that youth would ride bikes into drug stores and steal with impunity as security guards watched, or thieves could enter into Neiman-Marcus department stores and skip out with thousands of dollars of rich people’s favorites. Over $2 billion in “stuff” was destroyed in 2020. And almost none of the violence was ever properly investigated, the perpetrators arrested, charged, tried, convicted, sentenced, or incarcerated.

In such revolutionary times, no one knows any more what is and is not a crime. Illegally storming the border when positive for COVID-19? Destroying a public statue of George Washington or Thomas Jefferson? Looting a corporate chain store? Knocking out an Asian-American septuagenarian? Or turning over the tables of Jewish-Americans as they eat? Taking over municipal blocks and declaring the confiscation an autonomous zone? Not crimes. “Illegal parading” inside the U.S. Capitol building? Crime.

Twenty years ago, on the eve of 9/11, there were earlier heated debates over cash reparations. The acrimony has now again resurfaced after the rioting that followed the death of George Floyd.

Yet the Left this time around did not envision reparations as just monetary gifting for the distant descendants of the enslaved and the generations who grew up under Jim Crow. Rather, it is already recalibrating the Great Society doctrine of “proportional representation” quotas, achieved through “disparate impact,” into new reparatory and disproportionate quotas and allotments.

We are jettisoning the old idea under our Lebanese-like system of racial spoils that each group deserved representation in hiring and admission commensurate to its percentages of the population—trumping many traditional meritocratic criteria of examination scores, grades, or prior work experience.

No more. If one examines current fall 2021 entering classes at many of our elite universities, many minority groups will enroll with numbers disproportionate to their current demographic percentages but proportionate to the idea of reparatory “overrepresentation.”

The same holds true of the racial make-up of new television shows and commercials, pilot training programs, and corporate board room representation. Again, the idea is that blacks, for example, should be represented in percentages exceeding 12 percent in any coveted honors or awards—to make up for past underrepresentation, given prior mere proportionality offers no reparatory justice.

In a strange way, for all the furor over reparation payments, the issue already is beginning to be settled quietly by our major institutions. Note class consideration will have no role in such disproportionate and compensatory action.

Another revolutionary crackpot idea was ending nuclear power and fossil fuels and replacing them with wind and solar generation that would power our homes and our new envisioned national fleet of electric cars. No one quite believed the revolutionary Left would be so suicidal as to spike the energy costs of the middle class, make the United States dependent again on imported oil from the autocratic Middle East and Russia, and strangle the oil and gas industry that had enriched America.

But without much debate, Joe Biden has cancelled the huge ANWR oil and gas project in Alaska. He shut down the Keystone Pipeline and destroyed Alberta’s export of oil to the United States. He nixed all new fossil fuel leases on federal lands. He discouraged frackers from using their full inventory of rigs. As gasoline heads to $5 a gallon, Joe Biden, in the months before the next midterm elections, asks OPEC to send us its hated carbon fuel to help our addicted, but suddenly furious, commuter-voters.

Here is a final reminder of why the revolution has already turned society upside down. The canniest elements of the aristocracy always cut deals with the revolution and indeed often remain the nomenklatura. What unites Mark Zuckerberg, Jeff Bezos, Bill Gates, and the Silicon Valley billionaire crowd are the exemptions they purchased from revolutionary justice.

In the old days they would have gotten dachas on the Black Sea coast and three dial phones on their desks. These days they keep their billions if they give a hundred million dollars in “civility” bounties here to Van Jones (ex-truther and expert on why white people are supposedly responsible for mass shootings) or there seed $500 million to key voting precincts to help ensure the good people defeat the bad.

In 1961, Cubans were not quite aware that they were experiencing a Marxist takeover. Nor were Russians fully cognizant in 1917 of the plans that the Bolsheviks had for them over the next few decades. It is hard to see during anarchy, chaos, and collapsing institutions that leftists still have an agenda for what will emerge on the other side.

In other words, we are in the midst of a revolutionary epoch and probably most don’t even know it.

If you’re interested in learning more old remedies, you should read The Lost Book Of Remedies.

Lost Book of Remedies pages

The physical book has 300 pages, with 3 colored pictures for every plant and for every medicine.It was written by Claude Davis, whose grandfather was one of the greatest healers in America. Claude took his grandfather’s lifelong plant journal, which he used to treat thousands of people, and adapted it into this book.

Lost Book of Remedies cover

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/08/24/we-are-in-the-midst-of-a-revolutionary/ 

:: 8--21 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Atlantic

All These Simultaneous Disasters Are Messing With Our Brains

Jacob Stern 2 days ago

Leo Terrell slams Harris’ ‘frightening’ remark on Christmas shopping

'The Five' blasts Biden's evacuation strategy from Afghanistan

Last week, the psychologist Steven Taylor was at a socially distanced get-together with some relatives and their friends when the conversation turned to the chaos in Afghanistan. Someone mentioned the sickening footage of desperate Afghans clinging to American military aircraft as they departed. Then one man made a remark that caught Taylor off guard: The videos, he said, were funny. Others agreed.

Taylor was appalled. It was one of the most disturbing things he’d heard all week. Worse, he doesn’t think it was an isolated instance of casual sadism. Taylor studies disaster psychology at the University of British Columbia, and he knows how intense, sustained stress can desensitize the mind. What most concerned him about the incident was what it suggested about the pandemic’s effects on our experience of other disasters and, more broadly, our ability—or inability—to empathize.

For the better part of two years now, the world has been living through a pandemic. The suffering has not been parceled out evenly, but virtually everyone has felt the pain in one way or another. Meanwhile, the world’s baseline drumbeat of catastrophe has not faltered. Wildfires have filled the skies with smoke; earthquakes have leveled cities; buildings have collapsed without warning. It is worth asking, then, how, if at all, the most universal of disasters is changing the way we process these crises—and how we’ll react to disasters for the rest of our lives.

[Read: A mental-health crisis is burning across the American West]

The question is really two questions: one about the victims of future catastrophes and the other about the observers who will watch those catastrophes play out from a safe remove. The first question, at least, has a fairly straightforward answer. After surviving a disaster, Taylor told me, a minority of people become more resilient, so that, should another disaster strike, they are better able to cope. For most people, though, the stress compounds: Surviving one crisis puts one at greater risk of having an unhealthy psychological reaction to another. In California, a state that now burns on an annual schedule, wildfire survivors I’ve spoken with have described feeling “haunted” by subsequent blazes.

“There is a sense in which people’s coping reserves are sort of finite entities,” says Joe Ruzek, a PTSD researcher at Palo Alto University. “So if you have to cope a whole lot”—as so many people have over the past year and a half—“you can kind of diminish your resources.” In this way, the pandemic has left everyone more vulnerable to the psychological effects of tomorrow’s earthquakes, mass shootings, and pandemics.

[Read: Two disasters are exponentially worse than one]

The second question is trickier. For those of us lucky enough to observe a disaster from afar, the experience of having lived through one before could make us more empathetic toward the survivors. Or it could leave us fatigued to the point of inurement, like the people who said at Taylor’s get-together that they found the Afghanistan videos funny. At this point, psychologists told me, which of those effects prevails is anyone’s guess.

In his research on post-disaster empathy, Kang Lee, a developmental neuroscientist at the University of Toronto, has found that children as young as 9 can become more generous in the aftermath of disasters. The caveat, he says, is that most studies in the area have focused on short-term disasters with well-defined beginnings and ends, such as earthquakes. Few, if any, look at long, drawn-out disasters, like pandemics. “This,” he says, “is very new to psychologists.”

[Read: This is not a normal mental-health disaster]

To gauge the pandemic’s effects on generosity, Lee suggests looking at data on charitable giving—an imperfect but nonetheless useful barometer. Sure enough, in 2020, despite a severe economic downturn and mass unemployment, donations in the United States hit an all-time high. But philanthropy experts predict a return to normal this year, which would mirror Lee’s findings on kids and shorter-term crises: Over time, he and his colleagues observed, children tend to revert to their regular levels of generosity. He suspects that in the later phases and aftermath of a pandemic, with its roller-coaster trajectory and vertiginous uncertainty, people may be less inclined toward empathy.

This could be especially true when the people in need of empathy are far away from the people with the resources to help—say, in Haiti or Afghanistan. In unpublished research, Lee has found that racial and national biases tend to sharpen after disasters. When humans’ reserves of generosity run low, we give what little we have to people who look like and live where we do. Perhaps when they run low enough, we can even laugh at fleeing masses clinging to an airplane on the other side of the world.

[Lara Aknin, Jamil Zaki, and Elizabeth Dunn: The pandemic did not affect mental health the way you think]

People “are just burned out,” Taylor said. “They’ve had enough atrocity and stress for the time being, and they just don’t want to hear any more of that.” He doesn’t think the people he encountered last week are unique. “My concern,” he said, “is that many people are just tuning this stuff out.” If that is the case, if fatigue is in fact swamping empathy, it would be a darkly ironic outcome: the disaster survivors more vulnerable than ever to trauma, the onlookers less willing than ever to help.

Whether this comes to pass in the immediate future, Lee, for one, does not much worry about more extreme coldheartedness calcifying into the norm. In his research, he has found disasters’ effects on empathy to be short-lived. If he’s right, then the pandemic is unlikely to change us, at least in this particular way. We will neither be more inured nor more attuned to the suffering of others. And that is both very reassuring and not reassuring at all.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/news/world/all-these-simultaneous-disasters-are-messing-with-our-brains/ar-AANB1Lv?ocid=uxbndlbing 

:: 8-23-21 Global Research :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Soldiers Fight Back Against Military’s Upcoming Vaccine Mandate by Filing Lawsuit Against Pentagon

By Kyle Becker Global Research, August 23, 2021

Becker News 19 August 2021

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

The Department of Defense will require all U.S. military troops to take the COVID-19 vaccine by September 15th. The Associated Press earlier reported on Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin’s memo.

The AP reported that “the deadline could be pushed up if the vaccine receives final FDA approval or infection rates continue to rise.”

“I will not hesitate to act sooner or recommend a different course to the President if l feel the need to do so. To defend this Nation, we need a healthy and ready force,” the Defense Secretary added.

An Armed Forces member refusing to take the vaccine is subject to punishment under the U.C.M.J., the AP’s report noted. The punishment for refusal to obey an order may escalate up to court martial.

Some unvaccinated service members have suggested they’d get the shot once it’s required, but others are flatly opposed,” the report said.

Now, some of those ‘flatly opposed’ soldiers are filing a lawsuit in court against the coming military vaccination mandate. Those listed on the lawsuit as defendants are Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin, Secretary of Health & Human Services Xavier Becerra, and Janet Woodock, Acting Commissioner of the Food & Drug Administration.

Plaintiffs Staff Sergeant Daniel Robert, U.S. Army, and Staff Sergeant Holli Mulvihill, USMC, individually and on behalf of all other similarly situated active duty, National Guard, and Reserve servicemembers, as documented survivors of COVID-19, file this action against the Department of Defense (“DoD”), seeking a declaratory judgment that the DoD cannot force them to take a COVID-19 vaccination under existing military regulations, federal regulations, federal law, and the U.S. Constitution,” the plaintiffs’ legal complaint states.

Pentagon Pulls Trigger: Will Order All Troops to Get COVID Vaccine by Sept. 15

“The Secretary of Defense, Lloyd Austin (the “SECDEF”) has publicly notified Plaintiffs, via Memo, that he will seek authorization from the President of the United States of America (the “President”), to mandate the COVID-19 vaccine on or about September 15, 2021,” the plaintiffs note. “Upon information and belief, the DoD is already vaccinating military members in flagrant violation of its legal obligations and the rights of service members under federal law and the Constitution.”

Army Regulation 40-562 provides documented survivors of an infection, a presumptive medical exemption from vaccination because of the natural immunity acquired as a result of having survived the infection,” the legal complaint added.

General examples of medical exemptions include the following… Evidence of immunity based on serologic tests, documented infection, or similar circumstances,” the lawsuit cites.

Plaintiffs also seek a declaratory judgment on the separate basis that the Emergency Use Authorization (“EUA”) DoD COVID-19 Vaccine mandate, which they have been notified is imminent, cannot be issued in violation of 10 U.S.C. §1107 [U.S. Code] and its implementing regulations, including DoD Directive 6200.2, the FDA regulation of biologics at 21 C.F.R. § 50 et seq., as well as the law regarding informed consent 50 U.S.C. 1520 (‘The Nuremburg Code’),” the lawsuit added.

Legal analysts cite prior situations that suggest that legal challenges to the COVID vaccine order may fail in court.

Legally, vaccines under emergency use authorization require service members to grant ‘informed consent’ to receive one, which they are allowed to withhold,” U.S. News reports. “The law states a president may override that concern in the ‘interests of national security,’ according to an analysis from Duke University’s Lawfire blog in February.”

Robert Sanders, chair of the National Security Department at the University of New Haven, pointed to the case of troop vaccination to protect them from anthrax. A follow-on case found such orders did not violate troops’ constitutional rights because, “The requirement to place the needs of the nation above a service member’s personal welfare applies in peacetime as well as in war.”

Professor Sanders gave his assessment of legal challenges to the military vaccination order.

“I believe such challenges will fail on the merits under the history of the anthrax vaccine’s military litigation,” he said.

The plaintiffs are also submitting in their lawsuit expert testimony from Dr. Peter McCullough, M.D., who is board certified in internal medicine and was the Chief Fellow at William Beaumont Hospital. In addition to being a cardiologist, he also holds a Master’s Degree in Public Health from the University of Michigan. He is currently a Professor of Medicine at Texas Christian University and the University of North Texas Health Sciences Center School of Medicine.

The relevant portion of the doctor’s testimony is submitted in text image format below:

To put it concisely and bluntly, people who have naturally created antibodies resulting from contracting and recovering from the Virus should not receive any inoculation against the virus or any family or variant thereof because it will do more harm than good,” Dr. McCullough is testifying.

The Pentagon has yet to formally issue the vaccine mandate, but the order is expected to be issued in September.

https://www.globalresearch.ca/soldiers-fight-back-against-military-upcoming-vaccine-mandate-filing-lawsuit-against-pentagon/5753783 

:: 8--21 Wikipedia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hilina Slump

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

The Hilina Slump, on the south flank of the Kīlauea Volcano on the southeast coast of the Big Island of Hawaiʻi, is the most notable of several landslides that ring each of the Hawaiian Islands.[3] These landslides are the means by which material deposited at a volcano's vents are transferred downward and seaward, eventually spilling onto the seabed to broaden the island.[4]

Kīlauea's entire south flank, extending out to Cape Kumukahi, is currently sliding seaward,[5] with some parts of the central portion (over looking the Hilina slump) moving as much as 10 centimeters (4 inches) per year,[6] pushed by the forceful injection of magma and pulled by gravity.[7]

Current movement of the Hilina slump and recent volcanic activity, coupled with evidence of massive submarine slides in the geological past, has led to sensationalistic claims of megatsunamis that might result if the south flank of Kīlauea should suddenly fail. Geologists are confident no such failure is likely, and other experts have stated that the supposed threats of megatsunamis are exaggerated.

The Hawaiian Islands are volcanoes, the newest part of the Hawaiian-Emperor seamount chain, created by eruption of magma from the Hawaiʻi hotspot. As the Pacific plate, moving to the northwest, carries the existing volcanoes away from the hotspot, new volcanoes form at the southeastern end.[9] The newest and largest island is the Big Island of Hawaiʻi, formed by the merger of seven volcanoes.[10] The largest, at the trailing edge of the island, is Mauna Loa Volcano, and on its seaward flank is the younger Kīlauea, with the still submerged Lōʻihi Seamount just off-shore.

The Hawaiian volcanoes are shield volcanoes, distinguished from the more familiar stratovolcanoes by their greater breadth and lower gradient slopes. (E.g.: Kilauea's average slope to the east is only 3.3°,[11] and the south slope from the summit to the ocean floor averages only 6°.[12]) When the volcano is over the hotspot a plentiful supply of magma allows it to build a broad shield; when it loses its supply of magma it dies and is eroded back to sea level.[13]

Like the rest, Kīlauea is composed of alternating subaerial and submarine lava flows fractured by cooling joints and interbedded with weaker rock, sediments, and tephra, resulting in what has been characterized as a fractured rock mass.[14] These discontinuities form zones of weakness that lead to slope failure.[15] The weight of the rock mass causes extension (stretching) downhill, favoring the formation of vertical structures, such as dip-slip faults and rift zones, parallel to the slope. These disconnect the rock mass from the upper flank, putting more stress on any non-vertical planes of weakness, which may fail and form a slip zone.

On Kīlauea's seaward flank (where it is not resting against Mauna Loa) these tendencies are evident where magma oozing out of the caldera turns east and west to form the Southwest Rift Zone (SWRZ) and East Rift Zone (ERZ), both parallel to the shore,[17] and also in the cliffs of the Hilina Pali – coincident with dip-slip faults of the Hilina fault system – which form the head-scarp where a large block of rock has slumped down and outward.

The rift zones enable transport of lava tens of kilometers away from the caldera (as seen in the current lower Puna eruption). They also serve as wedges, forcing the south flank of Kīlauea downslope across a décollement – a nearly horizontal fault where the volcanic deposits rest on the oceanic crust[18] – about 8 to 10 km deep.[19] The combination of rifting and gravitationally driven slumping results in seaward movement of the entire south flank (see image), especially around the Hilina Pali, with seaward motions of up to 10 centimeters (~4 inches) per year.[20]

Hilina Slump

On the central portion of the south flank of Kīlauea the thousand-foot high cliffs of the Hilina Pali and similar scarps were recognized as early as 1930 as headscarps resulting from slumping of the coast.[21] The Hilina Pali is the headscarp of the Hilina Slump, a type of landslide where a large and relatively intact block slips along a concave surface, dropping vertically at the head, with the toe often extending upward as well as outward[22] The Hilina Slump extends seaward from both ends of the Hilina Pali out to a depth of 5000 meters.[23] Whether this slump is shallow, or reaches down to the décollement that underlies the entire Kīlauea south flank, is still under debate.[24]

With the discovery in the late 1980s that the entire south flank of Kīlauea is involved with submarine landslides the term "Hilina slump" has been applied by some scientists to the broader area.[25]

The Hilina slump is sliding seaward on top of the southern flank of the Kīlauea volcano, at an average speed of 10 cm/year (4 in/year). Kīlauea is the southeastern portion, about 13.7%, of the Big Island of Hawaii. Compared to the 25,000 to 35,000 km3 volume of Kīlauea, the submarine slide is between 10,000 and 12,000 km3, making up about 10% of the island.[26] Model results based on present day slope and sea level suggest that earthquake accelerations stronger than about 0.4 to 0.6 g are enough to exceed the static friction coefficient resulting in a slip along a failure surface.[27] However, recent undersea measurements show that an undersea "bench" has formed a buttress at the forefront of the Hilina Slump, and "this buttress may tend to reduce the likelihood of future catastrophic detachment."

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hilina_Slump 

:: 7-1-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indian drugmaker seeking greenlight for 3-dose Covid-19 vaccine, touted as world’s 1st plasmid DNA vaccine

1 Jul, 2021 09:19

An Indian drugmaker has applied for Emergency Use Approval (EUA) for its Covid-19 vaccine, which is administered in a three-dose regimen. The firm claims the shot is the first ever plasmid DNA vaccine.

In a press statement on Thursday, Indian pharmaceutical giant Zydus Cadila said it had conducted India’s largest Covid-19 vaccine trial to date when testing the effectiveness and safety of its new shot. The trial, it says, took place during the wave caused by the Delta variant.

The firm stated that they had applied to the Indian medical regulator with strong results, noting that their vaccine had been proven to be effective against multiple new strains of the virus, including the Delta variant which was first identified in India. The vaccine was also tested on adolescents aged 12-18, the first time this has happened in the country.

Zydus claims that the vaccine is 66.6% effective at preventing “symptomatic RT-PCR positive” cases in its interim analysis. “Whereas, no moderate case of Covid-19 disease was observed in the vaccine arm post administration of the third dose suggesting 100% efficacy for moderate disease,” it adds, while also confirming that no severe cases or deaths were observed.

Zydus says the plasmid DNA technology is “ideally suited” for beating Covid-19, noting that it can be easily adapted, and adding that the vaccine is the world’s first plasmid DNA shot. The vaccine works by injecting genetically engineered plasmid containing the DNA sequence of the pathogen.

“This breakthrough marks a key milestone in scientific innovation and advancement in technology,” said Dr. Sharvil Patel, managing director of Cadila Healthcare.

The statement adds that it is an intradermal vaccine, meaning it can be administered using “The PharmaJet needle free system.” The system delivers medicine to intramuscular and subcutaneous tissue depths without needles; something that may prove useful in a world competing for needles and syringes. It has also been reported that a fear of needles has stopped some from being vaccinated.

Zydus’s vaccine, which would be the fifth approved in India, would provide Delhi with another weapon to fight the virus which has ravaged the country. The firm aims to produce 120 million doses annually.

https://www.rt.com/news/528070-india-covid19-vaccine-dna/ 

:: 8-5-21 Food Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tyson Foods mandates spike protein injections for all its workers… is spike protein shedding a concern with the food supply?

08/05/2021 / By Ethan Huff

All 120,000 U.S.-based employees at poultry giant Tyson Foods are now being told that they must get injected for the Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) in order to keep their jobs.

The company announced that it is aiming for total compliance, meaning a 100 percent “vaccination” rate, by Nov. 1. CEO Donnie King told his employees in a memo that he personally believes Trump Vaccines are the best way to keep everyone “safe” against Chinese Germs, hence his decree.

“We did not take this decision lightly,” King wrote in the memo. “We have spent months encouraging our team members to get vaccinated – today, under half of our team members are.”

King’s decision to impose medical fascism on all Tyson employees allegedly stemmed from his commitment to ensuring that “team members’ health and safety” is preserved, “because nothing is more important.”

“… we thank them for the work they do, every day, to help us feed this country, and our world,” King further wrote.

The Arkansas-based company is also offering $200 cash payments to every “fully vaccinated” worker on the front line of the company. The decision makes Tyson one of the, if not the, largest American corporation to mandate Chinese Virus injections for its employees.

Tyson employees who obtain a religious or medical exemption will not be forced to get jabbed, the company clarified in a follow-up news release. All employees whose religious convictions or medical histories prevent them from getting injected will be free to opt out of the program if they so choose.

Let the lawsuits begin

As you may recall from the early days of the “pandemic,” Tyson made headlines along with other meatpacking companies for having factory employees who tested “positive” for Chinese Germs.

This caused a major scare as the mainstream media ramped up the fearmongering about the Wuhan Flu possibly getting into people’s food. A handful of union workers belonging to the United Food and Commercial Workers union also died after testing positive for the Fauci Flu, which only made matters worse.

At one point, Tyson shut down some of its meat plants due to said fearmongering, which put some strain on the American meat supply in early 2020. Now, Tyson is trying to lay on the fear a second time with its vaccine mandate – as if the injections actually provided protection against infection and spread, which they absolutely do not.

In fact, the Trump Vaccines from “Operation Warp Speed” are causing many more people to become sick or die because the injections contain deadly spike proteins that eventually kill off their host by destroying their vital organs.

In the event that “fully vaccinated” Tyson employees start to become ill or drop dead from the forced injections, the company is certain to face mounting lawsuits. This is what needs to happen to stop these types of fascist companies from forcing experimental drugs into their employees’ bodies under threat of termination.

This kind of stupidity needs to be fought against everywhere,” wrote one commenter at The Epoch Times. “Workers should walk out of their plants wholesale and stay out until this company changes its tune!”

Others are calling for a worldwide Tyson boycott to show the company that it will not get away with forcing deadly drugs on its workers just because the government claims the drugs to be “safe and effective.”

Tyson will be liable for any employee who suffers from adverse effects and / or death due to mandated vaccine,” another commenter wrote. “This will cost corporations millions. If I was an employee of this company, I would seek an attorney.”

The latest news stories about Fauci Flu shot tyranny can be found at ChemicalViolence.com.

Sources for this article include:  TheEpochTimes.com  NaturalNews.com

https://foodcollapse.com/2021-08-05-tyson-mandates-spike-protein-injections-workers-shedding.html 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 8--21 alamongordo.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The following are 20 signs that a horrific global food crisis is coming.

Fb-Button

According to the World Bank, 44 million people around the globe have been pushed into extreme poverty since last June because of rising food prices.

The world is losing topsoil at an astounding rate. In fact, according to Lester Brown, “one third of the world’s cropland is losing topsoil faster than new soil is forming through natural processes”.

Due to U.S. ethanol subsidies, almost a third of all corn grown in the United States is now used for fuel. This is putting a lot of stress on the price of corn.

Due to a lack of water, some countries in the Middle East find themselves forced to almost totally rely on other nations for basic food staples. For example, it is being projected that there will be no more wheat production in Saudi Arabia by the year 2012.

Water tables all over the globe are being depleted at an alarming rate due to “overpumping”. According to the World Bank, there are 130 million people in China and 175 million people in India that are being fed with grain with water that is being pumped out of aquifers faster than it can be replaced. So what happens once all of that water is gone?

In the United States, the systematic depletion of the Ogallala Aquifer could eventually turn “America’s Breadbasket” back into the “Dust Bowl”.

Diseases such as UG99 wheat rust are wiping out increasingly large segments of the world food supply.

The tsunami and subsequent nuclear crisis in Japan have rendered vast agricultural areas in that nation unusable. In fact, there are many that believe that eventually a significant portion of northern Japan will be considered to be uninhabitable. Not only that, many are now convinced that the Japanese economy, the third largest economy in the world, is likely to totally collapse as a result of all this.

The price of oil may be the biggest factor on this list. The way that we produce our food is very heavily dependent on oil. The way that we transport our food is very heavily dependent on oil. When you have skyrocketing oil prices, our entire food production system becomes much more expensive. If the price of oil continues to stay high, we are going to see much higher food prices and some forms of food production will no longer make economic sense at all.

At some point the world could experience a very serious fertilizer shortage. According to scientists with the Global Phosphorus Research Initiative, the world is not going to have enough phosphorous to meet agricultural demand in just 30 to 40 years.

Food inflation is already devastating many economies around the globe. For example, India is dealing with an annual food inflation rate of 18 percent.

According to the United Nations, the global price of food reached a new all-time high in February.

According to the World Bank, the global price of food has risen 36% over the past 12 months.

The commodity price of wheat has approximately doubled since last summer.

The commodity price of corn has also about doubled since last summer.

The commodity price of soybeans is up about 50% since last June.

The commodity price of orange juice has doubled since 2009.

There are about 3 billion people around the globe that live on the equivalent of 2 dollars a day or less and the world was already on the verge of economic disaster before this year even began.

2011 has already been one of the craziest years since World War 2. Revolutions have swept across the Middle East, the United States has gotten involved in the civil war in Libya, Europe is on the verge of a financial meltdown and the U.S. dollar is dying. None of this is good news for global food production.

There have been persistent rumors of shortages at some of the biggest suppliers of emergency food in the United States. The following is an excerpt from a recent “special alert” posted on Raiders News Network.

Look around you. Read the headlines. See the largest factories of food, potassium iodide, and other emergency product manufacturers literally closing their online stores and putting up signs like those on Mountain House’s Official Website and Thyrosafe’s Factory Webpage that explain, due to overwhelming demand, they are shutting down sales for the time being and hope to reopen someday.

Source : EconomicCollapse

Fb-Button

http://www.alamongordo.com/20-signs-global-food-crisis-coming/ 

:: 8-18-21 Food Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Second wave of a global “shipping nightmare” now taking shape – expect SHORTAGES of everything

08/18/2021 / By JD Heyes

For weeks we’ve been warning about a coronavirus-induced supply chain disruption that was only going to get worse before it gets better.

Well, over the past 48 hours, the situation definitely got worse. Much worse.

On Monday Natural News reported that Western supply chains were already in peril thanks to a combination of worker shortages, transportation shortages, and a shutdown of China’s biggest shipping port, which also happens to be the largest shipping port in the world.

The world’s largest shipping port by cargo tonnage has shut down one of its key terminals following a confirmed case of Covid-19, putting further strain on the global shipping industry and disrupting supply chains,” the South China Morning Post reported as well.

“The news came as container shipping rates from China and Southeast Asia to the east coast of the United States hit a record high of more than US$20,600 per 20-foot equivalent unit (TEU) – the standard measure for freight container volume – according to the Freightos Baltic global container freight index,” the paper reported A single COVID-infected dock worker caused that shutdown, but the problem is, Chinese officials said the port would be closed indefinitely.

Now, the situation has worsened: America’s largest port, in Los Angeles, which suffered a slowdown in June in response to a Chinese port closure, is backed up, short on dock workers, and will now see another wave of missed shipping dates thanks to the new Chinese port closure.

And all of this comes at a time when shipping prices are skyrocketing even among tepid global demand, which only adds to the final expense of [enter the name of any imported product you want].

Rabobank’s Michael Every tied all of this together in a note to investors on Monday to include the rapidly rising inflation.

He noted that “the US PPI print yesterday laid bare the surge in input costs still coming through the pipeline, most notably in that while the headline was up 1.0% m/m, almost double expectations, and 7.8% y/y, the core component ex- food and energy also spiked 0.9% m/m and 6.2% y/y. As we have already seen in China, somebody is going to have to swallow that. Will it be producers, compressing their margins? Or will it be consumers, depressing their real incomes?

“Considering around 25% of capacity at China’s third-busiest port just closed down again due to Covid-19, which will push global shipping further past its limits just as the US needs to restock for Black Friday and Xmas, the one thing that does not seem likely is a rapid drop-off in supply-side inflation,” Every added.

Port closures and slowdowns, shipping delays, and a lack of infrastructure to get goods to market — remember, we have a nationwide truck driver shortage, too — all means one thing: Prices will continue to rise.

Not all of this inflation is the fault of lowered supply, however. Monetary and fiscal policy coming from majority Democrats and the Biden regime are essentially flooding the country with liquidity under the guise of “COVID relief” but are really pouring more money into an economy hampered with supply disruptions, which means there are fewer goods for all of that money.

What does that historically mean? Inflation. More dollars competing for less stuff means the people with the stuff get to charge more for it. And it’s hurting working families.

Call it the ‘Biden pay cut,’” Alfredo Ortiz, CEO of the Job Creators Network, a conservative U.S. advocacy group, told Fox Business Network. “Rapid inflation and declining real wages are the direct result of the Biden administration’s historic spending that is overheating the economy and creating disincentives to work.”

Added the network: “The prolonged jobs recovery has made it more difficult to rectify the supply-chain disruptions caused by the pandemic.”

Brace yourselves, because the worst is yet to come. We’re only just now seeing the beginning of this financial tsunami.

Sources include:  ZeroHedge.com  NaturalNews.com  FoxBusiness.com

https://foodcollapse.com/2021-08-18-second-wave-global-shipping-nightmare-expect-shortages-everything.html 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 8--21 Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Data Manipulation Is Used to Support the Desired Narratives

by D.P Friesen

Who uses data manipulation? Governments, businesses (individual or entire industries as we constantly see in martial arts/self-defense), the media, and social organizations with an agenda.

These groups or organizations utilize information to create a narrative on a topic for a specific reason, most often for their own benefit. The data itself could be entirely legitimate and authentic (though it may not be). It’s how it’s spun that’s important, and most people rarely dig deeper and go…

“Hey, wait a minute, that doesn’t sound right….”

Remember, data manipulation has multiple benefits, and it’s usually very subtle yet sudden. If it fits a person’s narrative, they will often support it. Even if it’s different from the original source manipulating the data in the first place.

With regards to crime, entities alter information for any number of reasons including:

create or change a market or push the value of the product (security/arms/training/surveillance)

alter public opinion (shift-of-perspective/vote-swaying/neighborhood growth)

reinforce personal/individual message, to play on public emotion (fear/anxiety/paranoia as propaganda)

create perceived need where there isn’t one

Ideas often become beliefs over time and in times of duress

Remember “Inception,” the Christopher Nolan movie from a few years ago? “An idea is like a virus. Resilient. Highly contagious. And even the smallest seed of an idea can grow.”

We hypothesize and use heuristics to make assumptions about the overall picture to plan accordingly. Even when though a time always comes when those theories, hypotheses, and heuristics need to be verified concretely. It’s one thing to have them create a home base for future assessments and to expand on those ideas. It´s quite another to make assumptions and assume they stay forever the same. Eventually, statistics, case studies, and developments clearly dictate they are no longer valid.

So, how is data manipulation done?

Data can come in many ways. It always pays to research who the data was provided by and who backs or finances that data and why. Furthermore, who stands to benefit by putting out said data? Consider for a moment the numbers that came out of China early in the pandemic, as well as the numbers coming out of the United States.

Spinning a positive or negative message from the data source by selecting a skewed portion of the data is often done. So is subtly changing the narrative of what that data means. To accomplish this, a small sample size is used to represent an entire geographic area to distract from a full analysis of data pertaining to a specific location, time, or demographic.

What are some tactics of “them”?

“They”:  pick partial data sets, small sample sizes, or isolated demographic information that DOES NOT reflect the overall whole.

use hyperbolic catch-phrases and buzz-words that, when people are already anxious, scared or stressed, amplifies their fear causing them to make irrational decisions that aren't a reflection of their actual existence.

peddle their related products and services claimed to alleviate that problem and get people to invest from emotion, thinking this is needed to rectify the current issue. (Invest now! This product will save your life! Take these actions! This precaution is necessary, or you´re f***ed!) It´s the ultimate impulse-buy, based on super-charged emotion and panic.

use unverified information not backed by any legitimate body (read: without agenda outside of the data´s accuracy itself) or subject-matter expertise that seems to come out of thin air and without revealing who is benefitting behind the scenes in any way and without some astute digging.

aim their message at particularly vulnerable segments of the population – seniors, children, single women, the infirm or ill, immigrants have been past examples – that, because of that vulnerability – are far more apt to take immediate and drastic action to ensure their safety.

So, what are examples of this in the area of crime and violence in my neck of the woods?

Example #1: Telling people crime is universally on the rise

Telling people an increase in a certain kind of crime (murder, for instance) reflects a widespread elevation of violence, suggesting crime is universally on the rise.

Questions that we need to ask:

In what area? All parts of the city/province-state/country?

Who’s getting murdered – is it a specific demographic?

What were some choices made by the victim that could’ve altered the narrative?

What were the victims doing, where, why, and when?

Shouldn’t each case be assessed independently from others and of its own volition – with context and circumstance?

Example #2: Issuing public warnings to alleviate responsibility

When three separate female tourists were killed here, I received almost immediate notice from the Canadian government, issuing security warnings on higher risks of violence in Costa Rica to Canadian residents and ex-patriots. Not even close, though I get why they’re obligated to do this for their citizens abroad. All three incidents were unique unto themselves. At least some victim-naivete contributed to the crimes.

That was late last year, 2018. There have been no further tourist murders since. CR tourism has not generally suffered as could be expected. And the panic has gone quiet. However, I bet the security, arms, and surveillance industries flourished for a time. As well as the political party righting the ship so quickly gained future votes.

Questions we need to ask:

Does it affect me directly?

Are isolated incidents a reflection of the overall national safety?

Who have been the targets, and what could they have done differently? Do statistics reflect this warning?

Example #3: Creating false data from scratch

A few years ago, when we had a medical tourism facilitation business, the statistics for foreign medical-procedure investment grew every year. Often in double-digits according to the national medical tourism promotional body. But whenever you’d contact the very same hospitals administration department where the statistics were supposedly compiled from, they were perplexed.

The promotional body projects these statistics globally (important for market confidence). They’ve tried to get funding from the government-run international tourism board for years but to no avail (someone doesn’t seem to be buying the stats sheet). And they were in danger of becoming redundant (which they now are as a broader-perspective body has replaced them not at all limited to a small market specialization).

Questions we need to ask:

Where was the data taken from, and what is the source?

Who compiled the data?

Based on what sample size and from whom?

Did an impartial entity do it?

Example #4: Media fear-mongering

By sensationalizing one story, the media can build anxiety, stress, and fear in a market for viewership, popularity, and ratings. Fear-mongering is often the most transparent and easy-to-catch if one is coherent and questioning.

Here we have a newspaper that posts dead bodies on the front page, shows murdered corpses, half-naked women on the front, and glorifies violence. While one would think it wouldn’t have legs in a staunchly Catholic, conservative, passive-aggressive society, it’s quite the opposite. Remember, “all press is good press” for many, and they’ve found a comfortable niche regardless of the comments on classlessness and inappropriateness.

Selco writes about the media and social platform’s tactic of manipulated rage in this article on the riots in France, 2018.

Questions we need to ask:

How are their ratings?

Do they have a history of hyperbole?

What’s their agenda, and what are their general political leanings?

Who owns the station?

How could they benefit from a knee-jerk reaction to their sensationalism?

Example #5: Propaganda used to create violence

Propaganda can intentionally increase crime and violence, as we saw here in CR a short time ago. Governments, groups, and businesses know this.

As Daisy wrote about the Mass Shootings Map in June 2019:

But, you see, the map is BS. It’s a big old truckload of baloney sandwiches, steaming in the sun. It’s a manipulation that is being used to frighten people into thinking they’d be safer if none of us had the tools that we need to protect ourselves. It’s a scare tactic, meant to frighten those who won’t think more deeply about the issue. It’s for people who read the headlines, but not the articles.

Another example: self-defense authorities make vast, general claims about the state of current society to peddle fear and stress in potential clients without the data. **”Crime is always rising. Murders are way up. Rapes are on the increase, and women are in danger. We’ve never lived in a more dangerous time.” The narrative never changesyou’ll be vulnerable if you don’t take their classes, regardless of whether those classes peddle a martial art with zero relevance to this time. If you don’t learn (their) self-defense, you’re naïve and ignorant. You are lazy, and a host of other ad-hominins thrown your way to guilt you into investing.

**There’s generally no data to back this up as we live in the safest time in recorded human history outside of countries with already-prevalent internal strife.

Questions we need to ask:

What style are they peddling?

What program (women’s self-defense, seniors, kids, adult males)?

Do statistics and data back their claims?

Does the current community level of violence jive with their promo material?

Is what they teach pertinent to my current daily living and environment?

The reality is we “manipulate” data all the time

We generalize, distort, and delete parts of stories and anecdotes regularly to fit our personal narrative, manipulate others, or convince ourselves of something. Filtered information fills our conversations. Whether intentional or unintentional, sometimes it helps us positively, sometimes not.

We’re all experts at data manipulation and propaganda. Therefore, it’s wise to look at the information with an unbiased eye, or at least as unbiased as that eye can be. Asking these questions and identifying the type of message and data go a long way towards understanding how people can manipulate data and utilize propaganda to promote messages, even on crime and violence.

From what I see daily, current technological distractions and information-bombardment (coupled with personal factors like confirmation bias, decreased attention-spans, micro-relatability) are considerable factors in others’ ability to pull this off successfully. Relating to our personal safety and (especially) our mental health, be extremely cautious with the (often subliminal) messaging that bombards you.

And ask the right questions.

What do you think about data manipulation?

Do you have some examples of data manipulation you’ve seen over the past few years? Do you believe it’s done to add gravity to a handy narrative? Does it make you more likely to discount headlines and statistics?

Share your thoughts about data manipulation in the comments.

About DP Friesen

DP Friesen is an author, martial artist, public-speaker, counter-violence instructor know in industry circles for his common sense, holistic, grounded, cerebral and logical approach to the modern personal defense spectrum.

How to Support The Organic Prep

As you may know, The Organic Prepper website has been defunded for being a “disinformation website.”

We refuse to put up a paywall and are committed to keeping our information free and available to everyone.

Help us to keep bringing you the information you come here for by helping to sponsor this website.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/how-data-manipulation-is-used-to-support-the-desired-narratives/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 8-23-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

French government attempts to STARVE OUT the unvaccinated by blocking their access to grocery stores… nation on the verge of REVOLT

Monday, August 23, 2021 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) A new video is circulating that shows angry French shoppers protesting outside of a grocery store that refuses to let them buy food without first showing proof of Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) “vaccination.”

The incident occurred just a few weeks after French President Emmanuel Macron decided to force Chinese Virus injection “passports” on the French people, who ever since have been protesting all across their land.

While many stores and restaurants throughout France are refusing to go along with Macron’s fascist scheme, some, including the store depicted in the video – you can watch it below – are attempting to starve out people who refuse to permanently alter their DNA with experimental gene therapy (mRNA) chemicals.

As you will notice, a line of armed guards was placed just outside the store’s entrance to block “unvaccinated” shoppers from entering. One woman is seen confronting them with screams of protest as they stare back dead-faced, just doing their jobs.

None of the protesters are seen in the clip wearing a mask, either, suggesting that they are opposed to all forms of Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) tyranny as mandated by the government.

“The entire world has had it with this insane bulls***,” wrote one Twitter user in response to the clip, which is infuriating people all around the world.

Now they’re denying people access to food in France – if they don’t take an unapproved FDA vaccine for a virus with a 99.7% survival rate,” wrote another.

Many French are bravely standing up to Chinese Virus injection tyranny

The current “law” in France dictates that French shoppers show a covid vaccine passport when entering large shopping malls. Public spaces with a surface area of less than 20,000 square meters are supposed to be exempt.

Any person caught entering a bar or restaurant of any size in France without first presenting a vaccine certificate could face up to six months in prison. Shop owners who refuse to check their patrons’ injection status could be thrown in prison for a year and be fined more than $50,000 per infraction.

The good news is that the French, at large, are fighting back against these draconian impositions. Many business owners are blatantly defying the orders, as are their patrons who are refusing to obey.

Early on, French police made a point of showing their presence in an attempt to scare the French people into compliance. That has since changed, according to reports, as enforcement has waned amid ongoing nationwide protests.

The one area where the government of France is claiming a victory is with inner-city public transport, which continues to check riders’ injection status. Those without proof of vaccination are being denied access to public transport throughout France.

Hilariously, Macron gave a speech recently defending the vaccine passport scheme. Macron called it a form of “freedom” for the French people, claiming that it promotes “safety.”

“If the police or anyone is denying you access to food, they are trying to kill you,” wrote one commenter at Summit.news, suggesting that people need to stand up and do something before it is too late.

“Don’t go with 10 people; don’t go with 100 people; go with 1,000+ people and stomp any police that try to stop you,” wrote another. “Set up target stores in various parts of your city. Hit them at the same time en masse so that they cannot respond effectively.”

They are acting as an armed gang and violating your rights. And for good measure sing La Marseillaise as you beat them down. Bonne chance mes amis!”

The latest news about Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) tyranny can be found at Fascism.news.

Sources for this article include: Summit.news  NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-08-23-france-starve-unvaccinated-block-grocery-stores-revolt.html 

:: 8-24-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It's WAY PAST Time America Weeds Out The RINO's! While Joe Biden And Democrats Annihilate The US Constititution, The Republicans Do NOTHING About It!

- Where are the real ones, the actual Conservative Christians?

By Alan Barton aka Bart's Bantering for All News Pipeline  August 24, 2021

Are you constantly getting Emails, text messages, pop-up advertisements, robotic phone calls and more begging, threatening, harassing and otherwise cajoling you into giving the offenders money, saying it is for the GOP, for the RNC, for some Republican candidate or another, and even for President Trump from various seemingly pro-Trump organizations or other questionable groups?

Boy oh boy, I sure do!

Have you gone over to support Biden ---, or “have you given support to Nancy ---, or “Are you now in favor with the DNC ---, and “Have you stopped supporting Trump --- are among the idiotic phraseologies that they throw at you to try to intimidate you into giving them some money, the more cash the better. Don’t give them ANYTHING! Most seem to be scams, many are using an otherwise normal group for their fund grabbing, and most important of all, you are just PAYING to be put on further lists of suckers or yet more harassment and irritations. What to do? I’ll get to that later.

Let’s first explain why I am taking this situation so badly. Because we have been BURNED and we have been SCAMMED enough already by even supposedly good Republicans and “conservative” groups. It is time to fight back.

Do you remember what the January Sixth fiasco was about? That we supported President Trump and to demonstrate that we support the actual election results, not the purely manufactured fake results that installed an incompetent fool and some Oakland woman of very questionable morals. Two Charlatans that can best be described using a number of four letter words that are not welcomed in family friendly commentary in addition to words such as “organized crime” and “paid political hacks” and “stooges for the NWO” and Puppets of other powerful entities to do their bidding. The two lowest ranked contenders in the first Democrat debates in 2020, the worst showing of them all, and still made the nomination for the Dem parries Presidential ticket? Biden even lost to the avowed communist Bernie Sanders in the 2020 Democratic Primaries and somehow still got the nomination in some miraculous fashion. Something really stinks in Helsinki, doesn’t it?

So the FBI, the DNC, and most likely the State Department along with the Democrats favorite rioters and tools for destruction and death, let alone media coverage, Antifa, led and trained by FBI counter-intel agents (read as Trained Crowd Control agents or riot instigators) and their friends, and abetted by the DC and Capitol Police departments and BLM activists and DNC trained and paid rioters, did their very best to stage a pretend “coup” in order to get the media to describe it as a violent revolutionary coup against the “nominated” presidential pretenders. The False Flag did not work as intended, while the backlash became so great that the FBI finally had to admit that there was “scant evidence” that the Jan. 6 attack on the US Capitol was the result of an organized plot to overturn the presidential election, and that was the same FBI that organized that same attack! They can’t even wipe their own butts properly, to misuse a phrase by the pretender in chief, little Joey dementia.

““Ninety to ninety-five percent of these are one-off cases,” said a former senior law enforcement official with knowledge of the investigation. “Then you have five percent, maybe, of these militia groups that were more closely organized. But there was no grand scheme with Roger Stone and Alex Jones and all of these people to storm the Capitol and take hostages” as Reuters phrased it. Red State had this to say about it – “So what do the Democrats and media say after once again slandering President Donald Trump, not to mention other Republican politicians on this? Just like the Russia collusion hoax, here’s yet another lie that’s blown up on them.

The FBI investigators found that while some of the people might have wanted to break into the Capitol,  This is why they didn’t file any sedition charges. Oh. So the folks who argue that this there was “no evidence” that they had serious plans about what to do if they made it inside. was about overthrowing the government folks also get dealt a huge blow with this.

So in essence, we are talking about what we’ve always been talking about here – a riot.”

And it was not even really a riot at all, just some real Americans upset over the acceptance of the fake election results by the powers that SHOULD HAVE NULLIFIED THEM. And just who might these idiots, or traitors if you prefer, be? None other than the REPUBLICANS that passed the legally required Certification of the results when they were under mandate NOT to do so by the evidence then presented to them.

They FAILED miserably in their most fundamental job, protecting the sanctity of our Constitution and its method of electing the President and Vice President of the United States. Complete and total failure to obey their Oaths of Office to uphold our Constitution and protect the Citizens votes for those offices. Afterwards some pretended that they tried to do so, or they were missing when the votes were taken, or whatever else excuses they can come up with, but the FAILED in their most important job! NOT ONE of them actually voted to stop the illegal elections results, not one of them.

The Republicans do nothing about it.

To make matters worse, they even fail miserably to even uphold the Constitutions Fourth Amendment which states “The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.” And Justia US Law states that “The Fourth Amendment applies to “seizures” and it is not necessary that a detention be a formal arrest in order to bring to bear the requirements of warrants, or probable cause in instances in which warrants are not required.68 Some objective justification must be shown to validate all seizures of the person,69 including seizures that involve only a brief detention short of arrest, although the nature of the detention will determine whether probable cause or some reasonable and articulable suspicion is necessary.”

So why did those arrested get put in an illegal and immoral long term prison, in solitary confinement for 23 hours a day for MONTHS, and beaten, interrogated, mistreated miserably before being put in front of a judge, and only charged (some with plea bargaining) to minor offenses like trespassing or disturbing the peace while publicly accused by the left of heinous felonies of Sedition and attempted Riot and Inciting a Coup? Hitler would have been very proud of our DC cops while the Democrat party is gleefully ecstatic about it all because they FEAR THE TRUTH of what they were actually there to celebrate; that President Trump won the elections outright in a massive never before seen LANDSLIDE, and they fear the truth coming out. So the FBI saying they cannot prove bad intent is a massive blow to the NWO False Flag in DC on January 6th. Don’t forget that the Capitol Police assassinated one poor woman by shooting her in the neck and refusing to prosecute the case of obvious First Degree Murder, even going so far as to exonerate the murderer or even release his identity.

The Republicans do nothing about it.

The Gateway Pundit called it this way – “The unjust political imprisonment of American citizens who entered the Capitol on January 6, many at the invitation of Capitol Police, continues and it is a horror show. There are a few Republican politicians denouncing this injustice, but the leadership is as mute as Helen Keller. These Americans are being held without bail while actual criminals guilty of murder, assault and theft are allowed to walk around.

To help you appreciate the new American Gulag, please read the following letter from Jeff McKellop (hat tip to Brian Cates). Here is the actual letter (you can find the text below the photos).” And they include a letter written that explains the horrors the prisoners in that filthy Gulag had to endure. I won’t list them here; follow the link to the actual story to read it for yourself.

The Republicans do nothing about it.

The Republicans put up NO CHALLENGE to the illegal installation of a brain dead organized crime thug as our supposed President. Some might gripe publicly, but have no nerve or show and no honor or integrity or thoughts in actually doing anything to stop it or reverse this ugly situation. Nothing, except for a few individuals like Mike Lindell and his incredible fight to stop this insane farce by PROVING the lies that the left are perpetuating on us all, but he is not the Republican Party or elected politicians, just an honorable and very brave American Citizen.

So, what becomes of Mike’s efforts, besides losing his shirt almost, losing so much of his advertising placements, losing his retail outlet sales with stores stopping sales of his great products, and spending MILLIONS of his own money to prove the total fraud the elections were? Nothing yet, if anything will be done at all.

The Republicans do nothing about it.

“Man May Go To JAIL For Watching Mike Lindell’s Cyber Symposium!” screams the “Breaking News” headline in a We Love Trump article that states “Is Mike Lindell SO dangerous that simply watching his show could send you to prison? It could for one man. I know this seems utterly bizarre and anti-American and frankly downright unconstitutional, but here’s the story….Doug Jansen is one of the alleged “insurrectionists” from Jan. 6.” And it showed that he was arrested for streaming Mikes “Cyber Symposium” on the internet. So what, now we have NO First Amendment rights either? No free speech or right to listen to what we want, only official radical leftist anti-American crap and not the truth?

The Republicans do nothing about it.

“The latest edition of the Freedom Index, published by The New American magazine, reveals the 117th Congress’s level of adherence to the U.S. Constitution. …

As Democrats hold a trifectathey control the House, Senate, and the presidency — they immediately set about advancing their agenda, which is increasingly radical and extreme. Republicans, shut out of the opposite party’s negotiations, accordingly voted against many of the latter’s pet bills.

For example, the House of Representatives has passed a massive COVID-19 relief bill; the For the People Act, which would radically federalize American elections; a Washington, D.C., statehood bill; and the PRO Act that would entrench the power of leftist-run labor unions over businesses and workers. All of these bills received little GOP support.”

This quote was from the New American on August 20th which also gives additional information; “The Freedom Index has been used to influence congressmen to improve their voting behaviors. It also doubles as a mini tutorial on the Constitution and its provisions. As JBS founder Robert Welch once wrote, “Education is our total strategy, and truth is our only weapon.” The Freedom Index is a vital tool to educate the electorate on both the voting habits of their congressmen and on what the Constitution says about a wide range of important issues.”

The Republicans did not stand up when the votes were stopped in the middle of the night with Trump far in the lead, but when they came back on line, there was a mysterious massive jump in Biden votes and a decrease in Trump votes, this so-called ‘stair step’ jump, never seen before and defying all sound logic and reason, and even possibilities of it ever occurring, and a most obvious manipulation of numbers.

The Republicans do nothing about it.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Its_Time_To_Weed_Out_The_RINOs.php 

:: 8--21 Bit Chute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cardboard hospital beds that turn into coffins. They can kill you quicker and easier at the hospital

Watch

Jim_Crenshaw 30404 subscribers

How convenient. And because they can kill you and pack you, if the hospital has an incinerator they can just slide you in and torch your ass. Dead or alive? Whats the difference to these monsters? Or they can liquifiy you like Soylent Green and flus…

https://www.bitchute.com/video/ItkcveHACjgW/ 

:: 8--21 Market-Ticker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FDA Ignores Both Science and Law

[Comments enabled]

So the FDA has "fully approved" the Pfizer jab for Covid.

In doing so standing alone they have broken the law and thus have irrevocably destroyed their authority and any reason for anyone to ever do anything based on them ever again.

Let me explain.

Under black letter law an EUA is illegal if there is an alternative that is considered safe, effective and available. This was the reason the FDA did not (for 18 months!) run the studies and evaluate them on other early-intervention drugs for Covid-19. We all know what they are. I'm living proof they work too, as are millions of others worldwide.

But, more-importantly, this "full approval" voids all other vaccine EUAs for Covid-19. That is, under the law the Moderna and J&J instantly became illegal to offer or use within the United States.

The makers can apply for full authorization, of course, but the EUAs are void as of this morning and under black letter law cannot be administered to anyone in the United States as they are now unlicensed and unlawful products in human beings until and unless they are given full approval themselves. No medical provider can offer or administer any other than the Pfizer Covid-19 shot in the United States as of the moment of that approval.

You can bet the law will be ignored; note MRNAs stock price this morning. It should have instantly been cut in half.

In addition the FDA broke the law itself when it issued the "approval." The law requires a full hearing and the data from the full set of trials; the trials are not capable of being completed until early 2022 by the original submissions and they deliberately did not hold the hearing. This is a black letter violation of the law as well, but nobody cares.

As for me, I don't give a crap.

I've been infected, 98% certain it was Delta (because that's all that's circulating right now in the US where the index case I got infected by came from, and I know who it was) and am recovered. I hit it with meds immediately and I'm fine. I know, scientifically, it was Covid-19 and not some other virus as I now have IgG antibodies and did not for the previous 18 months which I know factually as I repeatedly tested myself.

There is thus exactly zero medical benefit I can derive from the jabs.

I will walk without fear into a Covid-19 ICU unit right now without any PPE on whatsoever. I have no fear of this virus because as with every other viral infection of note including those that are much more-dangerous than Covid, such as measles, prior infection and recovery produces durable and stable immunity in essentially everyone who has a competent immune system, and I do. Those of you who trust the jabs to be equally effective to an active infection and recovery are free to come with me. I will bet my life that I'm sterile immune to the virus as a result of said infection and recovery. Are you willing to place the same bet, given the many known failures to protect by the shot, including Jesse Jackson and his wife, both of whom are in the hospital with Covid-19 despite being vaccinated in a very public spectacle in January of this year?

There you have it.

https://market-ticker.org/akcs-www?post=243355 

:: 8-24-21 Citizen Free Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Robert Malone — ‘Ivermectin works, I used it myself’…

Posted by Kane on August 24, 2021 3:15 am

Video

NEWS JUNKIES -- CHECK OUT OUR HOMEPAGE

If you can’t see the Rumble video, turn off your AD blockers. CFP runs zero ads.

Privacy Badger in Chrome and Firefox also blocks Rumble. Turn it off.

https://citizenfreepress.com/breaking/dr-robert-malone-ivermectin-works-i-used-it-myself/ 

:: 8--21 Twitter :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ebola transfer by Trudeau to Wuhan:

Video

https://twitter.com/EmmaImma7791/status/1429912766089998341?s=20 

:: 8-23-21 The Times of India :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pakistan intel agency played key role in Taliban takeover of Afghanistan: US Congressman

PTI / Aug 23, 2021, 08:45 IST

WASHINGTON: Pakistan and its intelligence service have played a key role in fostering the Taliban and allowing it to eventually take over Afghanistan, a top Republican lawmaker has alleged, stating that it is disgusting to watch Islamabad celebrate the group's victory that will bring "untold brutality" to Afghans.

Congressman Steve Chabot, Co-Chair of the India Caucus, said in his address to the virtual gala of Hindu Political Action Committee on Sunday that he applauds the Indian government for welcoming the Afghan religious minorities who have a good reason to fear persecution at the hands of the Taliban and their evil rule.

“In contrast, we all know that Pakistan and particularly its intelligence services played a key role fostering the Taliban and allowing them to eventually take over. It's just disgusting to watch Pakistani officials celebrate the victory of this group that will bring untold brutality to the Afghan people,” Chabot said.

Pakistan's own persecution of religious minorities, however, gets a lot less attention here in America than it deserves. We would do well to educate our fellow citizens about these abuses. Persecution is particularly manifests in the heinous practice of the kidnapping, force conversion to Islam and forced marriage of underage Hindu girls to older Muslim men,” he said.

Such allegations are not mere hearsay, he noted.

Major news organisations and human rights groups have documented the practice with so many heartbreaking stories of girls in their early teens taken from their families, and traffic into forced marriages. These abuses are often just ignored, said the Congressman.

In his address, Chabot said that with roughly 6 million Hindus in America, Hindus are unquestionably an integral part of society throughout the United States.

“Through strong work ethic and high educational attainment, Hindus exemplify the American dream. These virtues also allow Hindus to take on key roles in communities across the country, and also give back to those communities in so many ways,” he said.

That is why the reports of a rise in discrimination against Hindu Americans around the country are so concerning, he rued, adding that there is no place in America for such discrimination.

“We must all seek ways to bring it to an end,” Chabot added.

https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/world/us/pakistan-intel-agency-played-key-role-in-taliban-takeover-of-afghanistan-us-congressman/articleshow/85552126.cms 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 8--21 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why a Virginia middle school is removing urinals from the boys’ bathrooms

By Michael Brown, CP Op-Ed Contributor

It’s bad enough that a middle school in Loudon County, Virginia, has decided to remove “male” and “female” signs from its bathrooms. But in an even more extreme nod to social insanity, this same school is removing the urinals from the boys’ bathrooms. Why? It’s because a number of biological females, who identify as males, are offended by the presence of urinals.

So rather than point out to these females that they are not really males (otherwise, they’d have no problems with urinals), the school turns the world upside down to accommodate them.

This is the direct result of school policy 8040, which states, “LCPS staff shall allow gender-expansive or transgender students to use their chosen name and gender pronouns that reflect their gender identity without any substantiating evidence, regardless of the name and gender recorded in the student’s permanent educational record.”

So, no substantiating evidence is needed, and, the policy states, all teachers must comply with the students wishes.

In other words, impressionable students, including young children who haven’t the foggiest idea about sexual and gender realities, can simply declare their new identity, and the school must change their records accordingly. And woe be to the teacher or administrator who dares question this cultural madness.

Appropriately enough, the policy is titled, “Rights of Transgender and Gender-Expansive Students.” Gender-expansive? What does that even mean? Welcome to the new reality.

Of course, the problem with this new reality is that it has nothing to do with reality at all.

A biological boy who calls himself a girl is still a boy, and vice versa, no matter how much compassion we want to show them in the midst of their gender confusion.

That’s why that girl cannot use a urinal: because she is not a boy. And saying this is neither hateful nor bigoted. It’s simply telling the truth.

A Message from Dallas Theological Seminary

Grow in Crisis-Leadership Readiness

Pastors must provide stability, security, and strategic foresight in the midst of significant political and social uncertainty. It is essential to instill hope, foster unity, and, a sense of connectedness through regular communication that encourages, resolves differences, and mobilizes the congregation to pass through uncharted waters. Read Article

But alas, we live in an age when truth has been displaced by perception, resulting in men’s bathrooms on college campuses having tampons on hand, because “men can menstruate.” And “breastfeeding” is replaced by “chestfeeding,” lest “men” breastfeeding their children feel offended.

And when you read stories stating, “When Jesse Ballard found out he was pregnant, he was shocked yet excited.” (Jesse, the “husband,” is the biological female, impregnated by his “wife,” who is the biological male.)

And this is something we are supposed to celebrate. In reality, for all involved, it is heartbreaking. Surely, God has a better way.

Unfortunately, these decisions do not only affect the individuals making choices for themselves. Instead, they affect others living or working or going to school with them.

As David Kubal pointed out in his article about the urinals being removed from a school in his district, the perceived needs of roughly 0.3% of the population, now turn the world upside down for the other 99.7%.

Accordingly, he writes, because of this tiny percentage of people in Loudoun County:

46,000 junior high and high school students were given permission, by the school system, to believe they may not be a male or female as their chromosomes have determined by God’s design.

23,000 young women will be required to share a bathroom and locker room with young men.

Thousands of young women’s positions on teams are now in jeopardy by men who are now allowed to participate in female sports on female teams.

These school bathrooms may now become the scene of sexual assault and sexual immorality in ways that will mark the lives of these young men and women forever.

Teachers will have to remember a person’s desired pronouns or other “gender-expansive” terminology (I must confess, I have never heard this term, nor do I know what it means).

That’s why, in 2011 in the context of the trajectory of LGBT activism, I asked, “How far have we already deviated from the path? Where will this current trajectory take us? If our college kids can describe themselves as ‘genderqueer dykes’ and ‘transgender gay males,’ what is coming next? How about the ‘trans child’? How about ‘queer in the crib'?”

How about the bathrooms in your children’s schools removing male or female identification and all urinals removed lest they offend biological females who identify as males? The reality is that, based on where things have been going for several decades now, none of this should surprise us. The big question should be: if we don’t stand together and help turn the tide, what’s coming next?

I’m all for helping kids who are deeply confused about their gender identity and suffering real internal pain. I’m also sure that the current LGBT trajectories will do far more harm than good. Can we not all see where this is going now?

Dr. Michael Brown (www.askdrbrown.org) is the host of the nationally syndicated Line of Fire radio program. He holds a Ph.D. in Near Eastern Languages and Literatures from New York University and has served as a professor at a number of seminaries. He is the author of 40 books. Connect with him on Facebook, Twitter, or YouTube.

https://www.christianpost.com/voices/why-a-virginia-middle-school-is-removing-urinals.html?clickType=link-topbar-news 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 8-24-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What planet are they on? White House officials claims Afghan allies are being let into Kabul airport - but reporter on the ground says NONE have been allowed through its gates for two days and Taliban are brutalizing them

New report contradicts claims at-risk Afghans are being allowed to flee war-torn Kabul

CNN reporter Sam Kiley said entrance gates have been closed for last 48 hours

One Afghan man granted permission to fly to the US is said to have turned around over fears he would be trampled

By Geoff Earle, Deputy U.S. Political Editor and Jennifer Smith and Harriet Alexander For Dailymail.com

Published: 00:46 EDT, 24 August 2021 | Updated: 08:44 EDT, 24 August 2021

Kabul airport has closed its gates to Afghans for the past two days, it has been claimed, despite the White House claiming at-risk locals were still free to leave.

CNN reporter Sam Kiley - who is based in the Afghan capital - reported that the airport's gates have been shuttered for the last 48 hours.

Reporting from the evacuation zone Monday night, Kiley said: 'All of the gates are officially closed to Afghans, even those carrying Special Immigrant Visas.

'That's been the case now for about 48 hours.

Addressing claims from the White House that the evacuation is ongoing, he added: 'Lot of political spin involved there. What there is is an estimate of some thousands of Americans who -- some of whom -- or many of whom want to get back to the United States or get out of Kabul.

'The authorities here, at the moment, are struggling to get them safely into this location. All of the Gates are officially closed to Afghans.

'Even those carrying the special immigrant Visas in order to try to facilitate this. They are prioritizing here the bringing in of people with permanent residence in the United States or United States passports

'But to do so, they have had to use what they call alternative routes which are essentially special forces operations try and go grab them and find safe routes for them in through Taliban lines and into the headquarters here.'

Referring to sporadic gunfire heard in the vicinity, Kiley added: 'The more it grows, Anderson, the harder it's going to be to get them in.'

One Afghan man who said he had the proper travel documents and had been summoned to the airport to board an evacuation flight, told The New York Times he gave up because he had four children under the age of six, and could not risk them getting lost or trampled in the heaving crowd outside the gates.

'There is no way for families with kids,' said the man.

Those claims were in stark contrast to comments made by the White House on Monday insisted that evacuations from Kabul, which fell to the Taliban on August 15, were running smoothly.

U.S. government officials said on Monday that 47,000 Americans have been evacuated so far, including 10,900 on Monday.

Jen Psaki, the White House press secretary, on Monday angrily rejected the idea that Americans were 'stranded' in the country, and the State Department denied the accounts of Afghans' being turned away.

In a statement responding to questions from The New York Times, the department said: 'Our overriding priority remains to put as many people as possible on departing planes as quickly as possible.'

'I couldn't bring them with me because of the crush. We tried for almost a week but couldn't reach the gate.'

Jake Sullivan, the National Security Adviser, claimed the Biden administration 'shaved months' off the slow visa process for Afghans who helped US troops and blamed the Trump administration for not filing a 'single application' from March 2020 during his press briefing.

There are still around 20,000 Afghans waiting for their SIVs to be processed so they can escape the Taliban in Kabul after fighting alongside American forces.

They are now facing death threats from the Taliban and are struggling to get through checkpoints on the way to Kabul airport.

Sullivan and the administration are being accused of potentially stranding a substantial cohort of those allies – even as Biden and the White House vow that every American who wants to leave Afghanistan will be able to do so.

Sullivan, who spoke to reporters at the White House on a day Biden didn't take questions on Afghanistan, said those visas were ' never designed for mass evacuation circumstances.'

He said they typically took 18-24 months per person to get through vetting requirements.

'When we took office in January, the Trump administration had not processed a single Special Immigrant Visa since March of 2020 – in nearly a year,' he said.

It was under Donald Trump that the original May 1 withdrawal date was negotiated with the Taliban.

Sullivan's swipe came after Biden himself last week pointed out that Trump had negotiated the withdrawal that he decided to maintain after he took office.

Sullivan said the administration moved 'as rapidly as possible to process as many applications as possible as fast as possible, trimming months and months and months off that process' and working with Congress to change the law.

US officials claim they will be able to get every remaining American out of Afghanistan by August 31, even though they have no idea how many remain in the country.

Afghans walk along fences as they arrive in Pakistan through the Pakistan-Afghanistan border crossing point in Chaman on Monday

+29

Afghans walk along fences as they arrive in Pakistan through the Pakistan-Afghanistan border crossing point in Chaman on Monday

There has been less certainty about the commitment to the Afghans.

A senior State Department official said at a briefing on Monday: 'Our commitment to at-risk Afghans doesn't end on August 31,' suggesting the possibility that the U.S. would continue efforts after the military departs.

'We've heard from the Taliban ... that they want a functioning airport well after the U.S. military has left,' the official continued.

'The Taliban has also agreed to permit safe passage to the airport and this commitment doesn't have an expiration date on it.'

Sullivan's swipe at Trump came as the White House repeatedly refused to address the Taliban's August 31 deadline to get US troops out of Afghanistan.

Biden has reportedly been told by his top military commanders that he must make a decision on Tuesday, to give them time to prepare the 5,800 troops either to depart or to extend their stay.

The Taliban's spokesman issued the sternest threat yet to Biden on Monday morning, saying there will be 'consequences' if US troops - who are holed up at the airport in Kabul evacuating tens of thousands of people and fending off an increasingly desperate crowd - don't leave in the next eight days.

With no numbers on how many Americans remain in the country, much less where those Americans are, the government is under intense pressure to explain how it will meet the deadline.

Even removing the estimated 5,800 troops providing security would take precious time off the clock.

Following Sullivan's comments, White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki snapped at Fox News reporter Peter Doocy for referring to Americans still in Kabul as 'stranded'.

'I think it's irresponsible to say that Americans are stranded. They are not. We are committed to bringing Americans who want to come home, home,' Psaki said.

In another sign of the challenges on the ground, a veterans' group is using an online network of allies to help guide Afghan interpreters to safety.

The 'Digital Dunkirk' campaign is comprised of a network of 'hundreds of thousands of people' and utilizes satellite imagery and other intel to locate Taliban checkpoints.

Matt Zeller, an Afghanistan war veteran and former CIA analyst, told Fox News the interpreters were essential allies to U.S. troops, serving as America's 'eyes and ears on the battlefield'.

Officials have ordered troops to only allow American citizens, Green Card holders and other foreign nationals through the gates of Kabul airport to board evacuation flights, leaving tens of thousands of vulnerable Afghan refugees stranded outside while the Taliban tightens its grip, CNN has reported.

Troops have been processing both Special Immigrant Visas for Afghans for translators or others who helped in the war.

'We've been able to evacuate several thousand Americans,' Pentagon spokesman John Kirby said on Monday morning, without giving a number for how many remain stuck.

He added that Special Immigrant Visas for Afghans would still be processed to put vulnerable Afghans on flights.

'Afghans in need are still being processed and facilitated. The goal is to get as many people out as fast as possible. The focus is on doing this as best we can by the end of the month,' he said.

Biden had said he was confidant he would be able to rescue all remaining US citizens by August 31 and that he would do his best to get as many vulnerable Afghans out as possible, but there has been no promise the US will stay past the deadline to save Afghan refugees once all Americans are out.

Despite the huge numbers of people leaving every day, the crowd size at the airport in Kabul is unrelenting and becoming more aggressive.

This letter is a Taliban death warrant for the brother of an Afghan translator who helped the US in the war

The hold-up is largely down to paperwork backlogs on the ground, with some people unable to board flights unless they are given visas.

An unnamed source cited by CNN on Monday said it would take four days to make a dent in the numbers outside the airport walls.

The chaos worsened over the weekend when the State Department started administering nameless, digital SIV visas to Afghan refugees on smartphones and computers.

The refugees screenshotted the documents and shared them with friends and family, which resulted in thousands turning up with approval to board flights.

'I don't think consular, or the administration frankly, realizes how badly they f*****d up by sending that stupid visa and letting everyone in for 24 hours straight,' said the source.

'Some people are saying there's no way they'll get even those currently on airport out of here in four days.'

In the city, the Taliban - which had promised to be more moderate and modern - is already resorting to medieval violence.

Leaders have issued a death sentence for the brother of one Afghan translator who was able to get out.

It reads: 'You have been accused of helping the Americans. You are also accused of providing security to your brother, who has been an interpreter.'

Afghanistan's security forces collapsed in the face of the Taliban advance, despite 20 years of Western aid, training and assistance.

But some armed Afghans remain at Kabul airport assisting Western evacuation efforts.

Sullivan, who raised the prospect of sending US troops back into Kabul, said: 'I know that the scenes around the airport are heartbreaking, large crowds of people wanting to leave.

'I know that there is complexity and there is turbulence on the ground and in Kabul, and it's very risky and dangerous because there's a genuine threat from ISIS. That is the reality of what we are up against, and I'm not going to sugarcoat that reality.'

The tragic scenes around the airport have transfixed the world, as Afghans poured onto the tarmac last week and some clung to a U.S. military transport plane as it took off, later plunging to their deaths.

At least seven people died that day, in addition to the seven killed on Sunday.

The Taliban blame the chaotic evacuation on the U.S. military, saying there's no need for Afghans to fear them, even though their fighters shoot into the air and beat people with batons as they try to control the crowds outside the airport perimeter.

The Taliban have pledged amnesty to those who worked with the U.S., NATO and the toppled Afghan government, but many Afghans still fear revenge attacks.

There have been reports in recent days of the Taliban hunting down their former enemies.

It's unclear if Taliban leaders are saying one thing and doing another, or if fighters are taking matters into their own hands.

And now terrorist threats - particularly from the local affiliate of ISIS, which are enemies of both the U.S. and the Taliban - are making the evacuation more complicated, the scene tenser and ramping up the urgency to get people out of the country.

There's concern that ISIS leaders see this as an opportunity to kill Americans while challenging Taliban for control of Afghanistan.

That threat prompted the US Embassy to issue a warning Saturday telling Americans not to brave the chaos around the airport unless they have been told to report.

In the ensuing hours, details emerged that evacuation flights were dropping flares and making steep combat landings after warnings that terrorists of the Islamic State might try to shoot down a plane.

To hasten the evacuation pace, six commercial airlines have agreed to help the US government transport people out of Kabul.

On Sunday, the US called up 18 civilian aircraft from United Airlines, American Airlines, Delta Air and others to carry people from temporary locations after they landed on flights from Afghanistan, leaning on the industry it last called on during the Iraq War in 2003.

The move highlights the difficulty Washington is having carrying out the evacuations following the Taliban's swift takeover.

American and Delta said they would start relief flights on Monday.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9921107/White-House-claims-Afghan-allies-let-Kabul-airport-NONE-allowed-two-days.html 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 8-23-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drought worsens in Southern California, with Ventura County in worst category

Melissa Hernandez  Mon, August 23, 2021, 2:51 PM·2 min read

As sweltering drought conditions continue to worsen throughout California, Ventura and other Southern California counties have shifted from "extreme" to "exceptional" drought conditions, according to the U.S. Drought Monitor Report.

Along with Ventura County, northwest Los Angeles County, most of Kern County and the eastern portion of San Bernardino County are also in the federal report's highest range, signifying "exceptional drought." Almost all of California is facing detrimental drought conditions, with 50 of the state's 58 counties under a state of emergency amid excessive drought conditions.

In Ventura County, Calleguas Municipal Water District officials have declared a water shortage, continuing their call to residents to conserve water.

"The board’s action urges residents, businesses and agencies in Metropolitan’s 5,200-square-mile service area to lower the region’s water demand to stave off more severe actions in the future, which could include restricting water supplies to Metropolitan’s 26 member agencies," officials said in a statement Tuesday.

Officials at the Metropolitan Water District of Southern California, which supplies imported water to Calleguas Municipal Water District, said the state's water supply has been "increasingly stressed by the extreme drought."

Last week, the MWD issued a supply alert, calling on all of Southern California to conserve water amid the continued drought, a move that brings the state’s largest population center closer to tough water restrictions that have been imposed on communities elsewhere.

The alert came one day after U.S. officials declared the first-ever water shortage on the Colorado River, a key source of water for the region and one that supplies the Calleguas Municipal Water District, which serves approximately 75% of Ventura County.

In a statement released by MWD, board member Gloria D. Gray said the water management district has needed to begin tapping into its stored reservoirs, and continued to urge residents to conserve water.

"We don't know what next year will bring. We must all find ways we can save even more so we have the water we need if this drought continues," Gray said.

Last month, Gov. Gavin Newsom's office called for all California residents to voluntarily reduce their water consumption by at least 15%.

Metropolitan General Manager Adel Hagekhalil echoed Newsom's call to residents to save water, stressing the need for California to come together to solve its water crisis.

"We are working with the governor’s office and water agencies throughout California to maximize available supplies," Hagekhalil said. "We encourage Southern California to step up again, just as we have in the past, to do our part to reduce our region’s water use."

This story originally appeared in Los Angeles Times.

https://news.yahoo.com/drought-worsens-southern-california-ventura-185118065.html?fr=sycsrp_catchall 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 8--21 Leo Hohmann :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The fascist takeover of America is now almost complete

Pfizer’s Scott Gottlieb predicts businesses will ‘fall in line’ and mandate the jab in wake of FDA approval

America took a giant step Monday toward extinguishing what’s left of freedom and setting up a bifurcated society in which at least a third of its population gets treated as second-class citizens unfit for employment, buying or selling.

The U.S. government crossed another hurdle in its determination to use Covid as an excuse to snuff out equality and even the pretense of individual freedom when the U.S. Food and Drug Administration granted its full approval Monday to the Pfizer so-called “vaccine.”

And now one of Pfizer’s own board members is bragging that businesses will “fall in line” and mandate his company’s pharmaceutical injection.

Scott Gottlieb, a former FDA commissioner who now sits on the Pfizer board, appeared Monday, August 23, on Squawk Box to talk about the FDA approval for the Pfizer jab just minutes before the announcement was made.

Gottlieb predicted the businesses would “fall in line” now and start to broadly mandate the Pfizer shot.

“But I don’t think there’s going to be a rush of people who have been waiting for this binary moment in time who now are going to go out to CVS and Walgreens because it’s been FDA approved.”

“With respect to businesses, I have talked to a lot of businesses that have said that they don’t feel comfortable mandating the vaccine until it gains full approval, that they feel they’ll be on stronger legal ground to mandate the vaccine,” Gottlieb said. “So I would expect a lot of businesses now to fall in line in terms of mandates.”

This injection has already killed and seriously injured tens of thousands, according to the government’s own database, the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System or VAERS. Along with the shots from Moderna and Johnson & Johnson, the three vaccines have killed more people, more than 11,000 at last count, than all other vaccines combined since the government set up its VAERS reporting system in 1990. That’s an undeniable fact and quite an achievement for Pfizer and company.

And yet, wearing this grotesque safety record as a badge of honor, Pfizer gets its serum approved in record time by the FDA.

This should tell us all we need to know about the state of the FDA. It has become a wholly owned subsidiary of Big Pharma. No unbiased, science-based regulatory agency could possibly approve any drug with such an abysmal safety record, let alone approve it with such lightning speed.

The average new vaccine takes at least seven years to go through the testing and approval stages.

But the FDA, clearly under political pressure, threw caution to the wind and greatly expedited the process.

This shows how desperate these mad scientists are. They knew they were losing control of the narrative that these shots were “safe and effective.” More and more Americans are waking up to the fact that they are neither. The FDA had to act and act fast. Now the shots can be widely mandated.

The consequences will be catastrophic.

Businesses, from the smallest to the biggest, will now feel free to mandate their employees get the Pfizer shot. This is a shot that clearly does not work for its intended purpose. All you have to do is look at what’s happening in Israel, which is one of the few countries offering transparent vaccine data.

More than 80 percent of Israel’s adult population has received the Pfizer shots, and yet their hospitals have been packed for weeks with sick people suffering from Covid, 40 to 60 percent of them fully “vaccinated.”

In what amounts to an admission that its vaccine doesn’t work, Pfizer has already applied for FDA emergency use authorization for a third shot, which it calls a “booster.”

Only things doomed to fail need a “boost.”

And yet, the evil arrogance of Pfizer never wanes.

But the truth about Pfizer’s corrupt dealings is starting to leak out.

According to a report by America’s Frontline Doctors, information security expert Ehden Biber said the first document to emerge detailing the agreements Pfizer has with various countries was discovered by Albanian newspaper Gogo.al. Biber also was able to locate the digitally-signed Brazilian contract, and at least two others, one with the European Commission, and the other with the Dominican Republic, according to the report.

“If you were wondering why Ivermectin was suppressed, it is because the agreement that countries had with Pfizer does not allow them to escape their contract, which states that even if a drug will be found to treat COVID-19, the contract cannot be voided,” said Biber.

This isn’t about public health and it never was. This is about identifying, marking and segregating the population into two groups, those obedient to the state and those who they knew would resist.

The resisters are marked for political persecution. The obedient are marked for a life of digital slavery to the state and its partners in Big Pharma and Big Tech.

Divide, demonize, dehumanize, destroy. This is the goal of the global revolution now in progress. We are witnessing the globalist elites’ final power play, designed to depopulate the world and re-educate those who are left to live their lives in total submission to their new masters. They will be tracked and monitored 24/7 in real time via a digital app, which will start out on their smartphones and end up on their physical person. They will submit to continuous shots.

Joe Biden also on Monday used the FDA approval to call on more companies to step up the process of requiring their employees to get the shot.

This is the very definition of fascism big government working hand in glove with big business to oppress the people.

War has been declared on humanity

The government’s action in granting an expedited approval to a highly questionable “vaccine” based on all-new mRNA technology amounts to an open declaration of war on the individual consciences of all free people.

America being seen as the most powerful nation on Earth, you can bet Monday’s action by the FDA will cause many other nations of the world to go ahead and replicate this reckless action, approving the Covid shots in their countries as well.

Lord have mercy on us. The genocide will now begin in earnest. Every politician, businessperson and bureaucrat who had a hand in this will answer to the one true God for their reckless, murderous actions that led up to today.

So yes, today is a day to mourn yet another loss. But with God on our side we will overcome and the evil ones who helped bring us to this dark hour in history, where people won’t be able to work a job or buy or sell, will be exposed.

Australia is the model for every Western nation. Get the shot or become a non-person, unworthy of participation in society. If the global elites are successful, healthy unvaxxed people will end up being relegated to their own homes, shut out of restaurants, grocery stores, their jobs, their lives. They eventually may be herded into camps, according to the CDC’s own published plans for “shielding” against Covid.

For those who still can’t wrap their heads around where this is heading, read the articles below and get up to date. The hour is late. We must join together and peacefully resist in unified civil disobedience, now.

Trump the populist is losing his base over this one issue that defines the times

DHS issues terror alert equating Americans who oppose government Covid restrictions with 9/11 terrorists

Luciferian elites will continue to steal elections and terrorize humanity until they meet overwhelming resistance

Digital health passports: The snare that will lure many into the one-world cashless system

SUPPORT INDEPENDENT JOURNALISM: LeoHohmann.com is 100 percent reader supported. Unlike the mainstream media, we are not beholden to any corporate advertisers from Big Pharma. Please help us continue to bring you the honest news and analysis you need to prepare for what’s coming. Donations can be sent c/o Leo Hohmann, PO Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264 or via credit card below.

https://leohohmann.com/2021/08/23/the-fascist-takeover-of-america-is-now-almost-complete/ 

:: 8-22-21 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You Today's Elijah?

2:00PM EDT 8/22/2021 Victor Torres

Spiritual reform is about giving the Spirit of God the freedom and forum to carry on what God has intended to do through those who will embrace the call.

We have had great men and women impact our world with the gospel in the past. Now it is your turn to refuse to back down and take a stand against the spirit of destruction bearing down on this generation. Your day has come to put on the mantle of hope and life, to proclaim sight to the blind and freedom to the oppressed. Can you sense that something big is stirring?

You are today's Elijah. You are chosen for radical change. You have the army of supernatural transformation at your disposal. You are called to join the Spirit revolution, fighting the forces of darkness that have their means of destruction, captivating today's youth and tearing apart our homes and schools. Addictions to opioids and alcohol, overdoses, suicides and homicides, domestic violence and terrorism are indicators of the death that reigns over the nations of the world. By the looks of the condition of our society, we are the underdog. Oh, but looks can be deceiving.

I don't know about you, but I will not fear a foe who has already fallen to the sword of the overcoming supremacy of the Word of God. When we wield that weapon, the enemy's reign is mightily opposed. His rule is weak in the shadow of our omnipotent God. Don't doubt it for a minute—you are on the winning side!

God is raising up an army; a people who know by experience that the power of the Holy Spirit is upon us with great power to demolish the works of Satan and his dark forces. Victory does not come through human abilities and resources.

The Spirit of God is strong in our weakness, giving us clear eyes when our vision is limited. Our humanity is no hindrance to God. Surrender and watch Him take the foolish things of this world—you and me—and turn us into powerful tools and weapons to bring down the strongholds of the enemy.

"He who sins is of the devil, for the devil has sinned from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that He might destroy the works of the devil" (1 John 3:8, NKJV).

When Jesus stood up in the temple and read from the book of the prophet Isaiah, I believe a Spirit revolution began. The scholars and religious leaders had been reading those passages with no understanding of who Isaiah was referring to. Jesus was right there in their midst, reading the verses, and they still had no idea that He was the fulfillment of that prophecy. As Christ read from the scrolls, "The spirit of the Lord is upon me" (Isa. 61:1), He revealed that God was ready to do a new thing in a way they had not planned for, through the outpouring of His Spirit.

I tell you, He is moving again in unexpected ways, through men and women like you and me. If we will trust Him, surrender to His way and honor the Holy Spirit, He will touch many souls and leave a legacy of healing and liberty. There is no time for complacency, my friend, so I encourage you as Paul did the church at Ephesus.

"Therefore I also, after I heard of your faith in the Lord Jesus and your love for all the saints, do not cease to give thanks for you, making mention of you in my prayers: that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give to you the spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of Him, the eyes of your understanding being enlightened; that you may know what is the hope of His calling, what are the riches of the glory of His inheritance in the saints" (Eph. 1:15-18).

I challenge you to embrace a fresh consciousness of the presence of God. I believe you will live a life of miracles as the disciples did when Jesus walked the earth. God never intended for the church to be a flophouse, or a "Bless Me Club." Rather, we are a house of power and prayer where the spiritually wounded, burdened and hopeless can find help, healing and radical transformation.

https://www.charismanews.com/culture/86488-are-you-today-s-elijah 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 8-23-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Major Hurricane Grace kills 8 and injures dozens during its second landfall in Mexico in two days

Aug 23, 2021

At least eight people are dead and another three missing after Hurricane Grace, a category 3 hurricane, made landfall south of Tuxpan on the eastern coast of Mexico early Saturday.

Seven of the deceased are from Xalapa and one is from Poza Rica, in the Mexican state of Veracruz, and six of the victims are from the same family, Governor Cuitlahuac Garcia Jimenez of Veracruz said during a press conference.

Mexico’s president has urged residents in its path to seek refuge in shelters or on higher ground.

Hurricane Grace made landfall in the Gulf Coast of Mexico with maximum sustained winds of at least 120 mph. Strong winds will continue to batter the region through the morning hours, the National Hurricane Center said.

After plowing through the Yucatan Peninsula, Grace weakened to a tropical storm before regaining hurricane strength and hitting Veracruz. After making landfall, Grace was once again downgraded to a tropical storm, Mexico’s National Meteorology Service said in a tweet.

Hurricane #Grace rapidly intensified to a category 3 hurricane with sustained winds of 125 mph prior to landfall near Tecolutla, Mexico. #Grace is the first major hurricane of the 2021 Atlantic season, and only the second major hurricane landfall in Veracruz (after Karl, 2010). pic.twitter.com/RCG8vUNKgt

— Met Office Storms

(@metofficestorms) August 21, 2021

Heavy rainfall, with isolated amounts over a foot, will bring the risk of flash flooding and mudslides through the weekend, the center said.

Veracruz, Puebla, Tlaxcala, Hidalgo, northern Querétaro and eastern San Luis Potosí could see significant flash and urban flooding as well as mudslides through the weekend. Those areas may get 6 to 12 inches of rain with isolated totals up to 18 inches through Sunday, the hurricane center said.

A state of emergency is still in place for the area, Garcia Jimenez said. “We ask that you follow evacuation orders,” he said.

Late Friday, Mexico’s civil protection authority in Veracruz issued an emergency declaration for 22 municipalities ahead of Grace’s landfall.

The declaration has allowed authorities access to resources to provide food, shelter and health care to the affected population.

Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador said 7,829 civil protection elements, personnel from the Ministry of Defense, the Navy and the Federal Electricity Commission are standing by.

“I join the call to ask the people of Veracruz, Puebla, San Luis Potosí, Tamaulipas, and Hidalgo to seek refuge in high places with relatives and in shelters that are being set up,” López Obrador said.

#MEXICO

Mexico braces for second hit from Hurricane Grace

? Victoria Razo#AFP pic.twitter.com/g7QVCFOoyf

— AFP Photo (@AFPphoto) August 21, 2021

Second time Grace hits Mexico

Grace had already made landfall in Mexico, plunging through the Yucatan Peninsula on Thursday before weakening to a tropical storm, with sustained winds of 80 mph.

The eastern coast of the Yucatán, including Cancun, Cozumel and Punta Herrero, were under a hurricane warning since Tuesday due to Grace strengthening as it moved west, battering Jamaica and the Cayman Islands.

Earlier this week, Grace passed over Haiti, which is recovering from a magnitude 7.2 earthquake that killed least at 1,941 people. About 1.2 million people, including 540,000 children, were affected by the earthquake. [CNN]

In contrast, parts of Mexico are currently suffering one of the worst drought in history, with thousands of cattle dying. You will find below a great documentary film about the consequences of such an unprecedented drying event! Watch it and prepare accordingly!

https://strangesounds.org/2021/08/hurricane-grace-mexico-landfall-video-photo-veracruz-yucatan.html 

:: 8-17-21 CNS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese State Media Outlet Says US Will ‘Abandon’ Taiwan, Too, ‘Once a War Breaks Out’

By Patrick Goodenough | August 17, 2021 | 4:37am EDT

(CNSNews.com) – A Chinese state mouthpiece reacted to the fall of Kabul to the Taliban Monday by saying the crisis has dealt a severe blow to U.S. “hegemony,” and suggesting allies like Taiwan should be careful about placing their trust in the U.S.

“Taliban’s rapid victory embarrasses U.S., smashes image, arrogance,” stated one headline in Global Times, a Chinese Communist Party (CCP) organ.

It published an editorial contrasting the U.S. commitment to Afghanistan and its commitment to Taiwan, and concluding that if it “abandoned” Afghanistan, then the ruling pro-independence Democratic Progressive Party (DPP) in Taiwan should “wake up from their dreams.”

“From what happened in Afghanistan, they should perceive that once a war breaks out in the [Taiwan] Straits, the island’s defense will collapse in hours and the U.S. military won’t come to help,” Global Times opined. “As a result, the DPP authorities will quickly surrender, while some high-level officials may flee by plane.”

China views Taiwan as a rebellious province that will be reincorporated into “one China” eventually, by force if necessary. The U.S. is committed under the 1979 Taiwan Relations Act to protecting the island democracy from unprovoked aggression, and to providing it with military aid.

Last March, the outgoing commander of U.S. Indo-Pacific Command, Admiral Philip Davidson, told a Senate panel that China’s threat to Taiwan could become “manifest during this decade, in fact, in the next six years.”

The CCP paper warned that U.S. military intervention in the Taiwan Strait would require much greater determination than it displayed in either Afghanistan or Vietnam, and would cost it “a huge price.”

[H]ow many lives of U.S. troops and how many dollars would the U.S. sacrifice for the island of Taiwan?” it asked rhetorically.

In another article, Global Times quoted an academic attached to the government-run China Foreign Affairs University as saying the U.S. departure from Afghanistan was a “warning to the Taiwan secessionists, or, rather, a forecast.”

The paper’s editor-in-chief posted a mocking tweet saying Taiwanese officials should secretly buy Chinese national flags so they can take them out to wave when the People’s Liberation Army captures the island.

“After the fall of the Kabul regime, the Taiwan authorities must be trembling,” tweeted Hu Xijin. “Don’t look forward to the US to protect them. Taipei officials need to quietly mail-order a Five-Star Red Flag from the Chinese mainland. It will be useful one day when they surrender to the PLA.”

DPP lawmaker Cheng Yun-peng rejected parallels between Afghanistan and Taiwan, pointing out that the U.S. has no military forces on the island to withdraw.

Taiwan has our own military for national defense, while we collaborate with other militaries and procure arms from the U.S. and other allied countries,” Cheng commented on Facebook.

Meanwhile Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi lectured Secretary of State Antony Blinken Monday about developments in Afghanistan.

“The sudden withdrawal of forces by the United States has already caused a serious negative impact on the situation in Afghanistan,” the foreign ministry quoted Wang as telling Blinken in a phone call. “If the next step is to create new problems, it is not a responsible attitude.”

Wang used the opportunity to advise the U.S. to change its policies towards China, too.

As permanent members of the U.N. Security Council, he said, “China and the United States should work together on global challenges as the international community expects. The U.S. should stop the political oppression and senseless restrictions against China.”

The U.S. and China have serious differences across a range of issues, including Hong Kong, Taiwan, the South China Sea, Xinjiang, human rights, trade disputes, cyber attacks, and the coronavirus pandemic.

A brief State Department readout of the Blinken-Wang call gave few details, saying simply that the two men spokeabout developments in Afghanistan, including the security situation and our respective efforts to bring U.S. and PRC citizens to safety.”

At a daily briefing, China’s foreign ministry voiced hope that the Taliban would build a “broad-based and inclusive” government, but stopped short of stipulating that or any other condition for Beijing’s recognition.

Asked whether China recognizes the Taliban as a legitimate government, spokeswoman Hua Chunying did not give a direct answer, but underlined the government’s stance on “non-interference.”

“On the question of ‘recognition’ or not, I want to say that China’s position with respect to all countries in the world, including Afghanistan, is non-interference in other countries’ internal affairs and respect the right of people of all countries to independently choose their development path and decide their destiny and future,” she said. “China’s position has been consistent all along.”

(In line with that “non-interference” policy, China has not withdrawn recognition from governments whose legitimacy has been called into question by some Western nations, like the Assad and Maduro regimes.)

Hua said that China stands “ready to continue to develop good-neighborliness and friendly cooperation with Afghanistan and play a constructive role in Afghanistan’s peace and reconstruction.”

Wang hosted a Taliban delegation for talks late last month, and said afterwards that “the Afghan Taliban is an important military and political force in Afghanistan and is expected to play an important role in the country’s peace, reconciliation and reconstruction process.”

Beijing said it also secured pledges from the Taliban that it would not support Islamist militants in Xinjiang.

CNSNews Reader,

The media are hard at work weaving a web of confusion, misinformation, and conspiracy surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic.

CNSNews covers the stories that the liberal media are afraid to touch. It drives the national debate through real, honest journalism—not by misrepresenting or ignoring the facts.

CNSNews has emerged as the conservative media’s lynchpin for original reporting, investigative reporting, and breaking news. We are part of the only organization purely dedicated to this critical mission and we need your help to fuel this fight.

Donate today to help CNSNews continue to report on topics that the liberal media refuse to touch. $25 a month goes a long way in the fight for a free and fair media.

And now, thanks to the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act, you can make up to a $300 gift (or $600, if married filing jointly) to the 501(c)(3) non-profit organization of your choice and use it as a tax deduction on your 2021 taxes, even if you take the standard deduction on your returns.

— The CNSNews Team

https://www.cnsnews.com/article/international/patrick-goodenough/chinese-state-media-outlet-says-us-will-abandon-taiwan-too 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 8-16-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America is a FAILED STATE… God’s wrath being unleashed to take down a nation of sin… Prepare yourself to walk through the valley of the shadow of death

Monday, August 16, 2021 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) As the world watched in dismay, the fall of Kabul painted a vivid picture of the crumbling of the United States of America. The US military, hell bent on going “woke” with transgenderism and gays in the military, is utterly unable to protect its own personnel overseas, and has been impotent in protecting the US southern border from a relentless invasion of illegals that are pouring into the country.

The Biden administration is finished. Brain-dead Biden was never anything more than a bobblehead placeholder, and his time in the Oval Office is now coming to a rapid end.

As Biden’s rigged regime is ending, so is the United States of America as a “united” nation. With outrageous levels of fiat currency money printing, the collapse of the rule of law, blatantly rigged elections, government-enforced censorship of conservative views, media-fomented racial animosity, left-wing efforts to defund the police, racist CRT indoctrination in the schools and even a CDC director “doctor” who cannot admit that only women can get pregnant, the once great United States of America has fallen into a pathetic, laughable state of self-mockery and collapse.

The military cannot defend the country, the “President” cannot run the country, the Treasury cannot fund the country and the “science” establishment can’t even bring itself to recommend vitamin D to save the country from a pandemic that was launched by the scientists themselves. The United States government now functions as a terrorist Taliban, waging war against its own people with forced vaccinated, engineered food shortages, massive government looting via money printing, and the designation of anti-lock protesters as terrorists.

There is now no federal government agency that serves any real interest of the public. ATF, DEA, FBI, FDA, CDC, IRS, HHS, DHS and more, they only now exist to enhance their own power by waging war against the very people they claim to represent. The FBI runs the terror plots… the CDC runs the biowarfare attacks… the FDA attacks supplements and CBD… the ATF tries to banish the Second Amendment… the DEA runs the drugs… and HHS, which is supposed to stand for Health and Human Services, has a decidedly anti-human agenda.

Above all, the federal government under imposter Biden now sees the American people as their enemy.

America is a nation steeped in sin and the torture of human babies

Beyond the incredible corruption that now characterizes the US federal government, the United States of America remains steeped in dark, demonic SIN stemming from mass abortions, infanticide, organ harvesting from babies, the transgender indoctrination and mutilation of children, the rejection of God and the embracing of Lucifer across pop culture, censorship attacks on Christians, rejection of the Church and the embracing of depopulation bioweapons on a national scale, disguised as a public health vaccine program.

When churches embrace transgenderism and push vaccines, those churches are serving Satan, not God, and this is the path that most of the mainstream “Christian” churches have chosen. (They will reap the effects of their own divine betrayal soon enough, it seems.)

God is watching. And while God is patient, his patience has clearly run out. His wrath is now being unleashed against this nation of sin, and even those who are not steeped in sin will be swept into the chaos and destruction that has already begun. This means that praying to God is not enough. You must also be prepared for the collapse of civilization as we know it.

Those who are spiritually prepared will be able to walk with God through the valley of the shadow of death (Psalm 23) and fear no evil, for they are prepared both spiritually and physically. Physical preparedness means having food, emergency supplies, self-defense supplies and readiness for the total collapse of food, electricity, telecommunications and the rule of law. Spiritual preparedness means embracing God and practicing faith in His plan for mass awakening, which requires the oblivious masses to witness the wrath of God before they will once again be humbled and then move to reject their sinful ways.

This cycle has been repeated over and over again through human history, and we are now living in the beginning of the “wrath” phase where God uses forces of nature to “reset” the world. If you thought Claus Schwab’s “great reset” was a big deal, just wait for God’s cosmic reset. Those steeped in sin, arrogance and denial of God’s existence will be cosmically destroyed. Those who took the spike protein injections — a physical manifestation of Lucifer at the nanoparticle level — will experience their own human cells being ripped apart from the inside as they are eaten alive by prion-like, Satan-inspired biological weapons.

As the bioweapons, droughts and natural disasters accelerate, society as we know it will crumble. The rule of law will fall, and the window of the sky will open up, raining down large masses that will only add to the volcanoes and earthquakes taking place on Earth, blotting out the sun and moon, leading to a global famine and food collapse. (See Isaiah 24 and 25, or Revelations, among other passages.) From Isaiah 24:

Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof.

And it shall be, as with the people, so with the priest; as with the servant, so with his master; as with the maid, so with her mistress; as with the buyer, so with the seller; as with the lender, so with the borrower; as with the taker of usury, so with the giver of usury to him.

The land shall be utterly emptied, and utterly spoiled: for the Lord hath spoken this word.

The earth mourneth and fadeth away, the world languisheth and fadeth away, the haughty people of the earth do languish.

The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because they have transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the everlasting covenant.

Therefore hath the curse devoured the earth, and they that dwell therein are desolate: therefore the inhabitants of the earth are burned, and few men left.

The spirit of America (and God) can be reborn, but only by those who humble themselves before the Creator

America has collapsed into a nation of sin, and that sin will be wiped from the Earth by great divine force. In its place, the survivors who humble themselves before God may rebuild the “new America” in the spirit of the original America, based on Christian principles, logic, reason, sanity and genuine equal rights under the law.

The liars, libtards, pedophiles, child traffickers, bioweapons developers, journo-terrorists, demon worshipers and similar kind will all be biologically destroyed, only to wake up and find their consciousness suffering in eternal Hell where they get to experience the hellish pain of their bodies being feasted upon by demonic creatures, over and over again, until the end of time. The Earth shall then be inherited by those survivors who refused the covid shots and refused to take part in the common sins of our time (abortion, pedophilia, transgenderism, etc.).

Importantly, even those of us who remain with God will bear witness to the “Hell on Earth” that has now begun. We will witness cities full of dead bodies and watch as the spike protein eats the brains of our own former friends and family members who insisted, “I believe in science!” We will have front row seats to the great suffering of our time; the starvation of the unprepared, the mayhem and violence unleashed in lawless blue cities, the generation of orphans whose parents died from the “clot shot,” the disease and death stemming from the collapse of basic human infrastructure.

Know that God needs humanity to witness the cost of turning away from God. When you turn away from the Creator, Mother Nature and the cosmic gifts of consciousness and life, you embrace the Cult of Death. And from that Cult of Death can only come suffering, destruction and self-inflicted demise. This lesson, long forgotten by modern, arrogant, oblivious human beings, is about to be learned yet again at an unimaginable cost. Sadly, modern humanity will never turn to God until they have first experienced the devastating cost of godlessness.

Never forget that the Democrat party is a death cult, and all who follow it are ultimately followers of Satan. Most of them have chosen to poison their own God-given bodies by injecting themselves with a biological weapon. This is an egregious sin of self-destruction and the strongest possible rejection of God, from which there is likely no salvation.

Listen to today’s powerful, divinely-inspired podcast for the rest of this important lesson. Also read Prophecy.news for more articles.

Brighteon.com/da7379ef-d24b-46a5-b001-6001cc0161bc 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-08-16-america-is-a-failed-state-gods-wrath-being-unleashed-to-take-down-a-nation-of-sin-prepare-yourself.html# 

:: 8-17-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'humiliating America on the world stage' with Afghan disaster despite warnings and even leaving US munitions there for Taliban fighters to plunder

Hannity compared the abrupt withdrawal of US personnel and resulting scenes at Kabul airport to the US evacuation of Vietnam in 1975

The talk show host labeled Biden a 'derelict, low-functioning president' and said 'he wasn't even smart enough to take our munitions out'

New photos appear to show stockpiles of American munitions and equipment left in Kabul

Hannity's comments came hours after Biden made his first public address on the crisis in six days after returning from Camp David to the White House

Biden had remained silent on the issue while he rested at Camp David

The trip triggered criticism that the commander was out of sight as Afghanistan crumbled into chaos

By David Averre For Dailymail.Com

Published: 04:28 EDT, 17 August 2021 | Updated: 08:22 EDT, 17 August 2021

Sean Hannity blasted US President Joe Biden on Monday for what he saw as a repeat of the events of April 1975 in Ho Chi Minh City - then named Saigon - when the U.S embassy in Vietnam was evacuated as the North Vietnamese army descended on the presidential palace.

'Joe Biden has frankly humiliated the United States on the world stage. Saigon circa 1975 on steroids,' said Hannity.

'Thanks to the ill-fated actions of our derelict, low-functioning president, the absolute worst-case scenario has been playing out before our eyes.'

Hours earlier, in his address to the nation President Biden had defended his decision to bring home U.S. troops before blaming Afghan leaders for their failure to prevent the country collapsing.

Biden's address was the first time the president had spoken publicly about the unfolding crisis in six days, after he left his retreat at Camp David and returned to Washington.

Hannity went on to say that Biden appeared to ignore the warnings against a rapid evacuation from Afghanistan by his team of military commanders and advisers, and criticised the president over claims he had dismissed intelligence assessments from the region when deciding to pull out US troops and personnel.

'Now Afghanistan has fallen to the Islamic extremists, the Taliban, in record time. [The administration] just said last week it would be 90 days at the earliest and it was overrun in a matter of hours,' said Hannity.

'Taliban fighters are now in control of a massive stockpile of Joe Biden-U.S. Taxpayer paid-for weapons, ammo, vehicles, other supplies abandoned during Biden's hasty retreat.

'He wasn't even smart enough to take our munitions out.'

Hannity continued to criticize Biden for the chaos at Kabul airport where hundreds of Afghan civilians desperately clung to a USAF C-17 plane. The host showed graphic video of some of those refugee-hopefuls later falling from the sky as they lost their grip on the fuselage as the plane gained altitude.

The host further reported that half a dozen people were also crushed by planes attempting to take off amid the panic.

The United States has, over the last 20 years, poured $978billion into the country, according to an analysis by Brown University.

The bulk of the money spent in Afghanistan has been on counter-insurgency operations, and on the needs of troops such as food, clothing, medical care, special pay and benefits. Most of American spending on reconstruction has gone to a fund that supports the Afghan Army and police forces - through equipment, training and funding.

Yet despite this, Biden insisted on Monday that he had never supported counterinsurgency efforts in Afghanistan and repeatedly criticized the Afghan government and military.

'I've argued for many years that our mission should be narrowly focused on counterterrorism – not counterinsurgency or nation building.

'We gave them every chance to determine their own future. What we could not provide them was the will to fight for that future.'

President Biden did not hold back, laying the blame for the deteriorating situation at the feet of the Afghan government.

'I stand squarely behind my decision,' Biden said. 'After 20 years I've learned the hard way. That there was never a good time to withdraw U.S. forces.

'I am president of the United States of America,' he said. 'And the buck stops with me.'

'The truth is - this did unfold more quickly than we had anticipated. So what's happened? Afghanistan's political leaders gave up and fled the country.'

In his remarks, Biden insisted the rapid collapse of the country only reinforced his belief that bringing troops home was the right thing to do.

'American troops cannot and should not be fighting in a war and dying in a war that Afghan forces are not willing to fight for themselves,' he said.

After delivering his speech, Biden dismissed the press' questions and immediately returned to the presidential retreat.

Former President Trump hit back at Biden.

'It's not that we left Afghanistan,' he said in an emailed statement. 'It's the grossly incompetent way we left!'

Vandenberg Coalition chairman and former senior State Department official Elliott Abrams said it was a 'disgraceful performance.'

He added: 'The president never addressed the real questions: why would he not leave a few thousand troops to provide air power?

'Why did he not understand that his decisions would create chaos?'

Only last month, Biden had shrugged off concerns that the Taliban were poised to return to power, saying the Afghan military had the advantage in men and arms.

'The likelihood there's going to be the Taliban overrunning everything and owning the whole country is highly unlikely,' he said.

The past week has proved him wrong and plunged his presidency into crisis.

At least eight people were killed during chaos at the Kabul airport on Monday, as thousands of Afghans traveled to the airfield in hopes of escaping the Taliban.

Meanwhile, Taliban fighters are going door to door to find Afghan special forces who fought alongside the U.S., Fox News reported.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9900633/Saigon-1975-steroids-Hannity-blasts-derelict-Biden-humiliating-America.html 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 8-17-21 21st Century Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Escape from New York: Mayor Decrees Vaccine Mandate for All Businesses, Venues

August 17, 2021 By NEWS WIRE 16 Comments

This week, the Mayor of New York declared his to be the first major city in the United States to mandate vaccines for all indoor facilities and businesses, including all entertainment venues, gyms, pools, indoor dining, cafes, bars, museums, and retail outlets. All of these premises will soon be ‘off-limits’ for any employees and customers who refuse to be injected with the unlicensed experimental GMO ‘vaccine’ gene-jab.

Mayor Bill de Blasio, a Democrat, declared his unprecedented unitary rule over the city, bypassing the normal democratic process by signing an executive order which is said to begin on Tuesday, August 17th with enforcement of his decree coming into full effect on Monday, September 13th.

In true Orwellian fashion, he has named this new medical apartheid regime the “Key to NYC.”

De Blasio is threatening harsh punishments for any resident who defies his executive diktats with fines starting at $1,000 for failure to comply with his vaccine mandate, and possibly increasing progressively for repeat offenses. The Mayor has not yet specified whether or not punishments will include arrest and imprisonment for any repeat offenders.

“We made a decision a few weeks ago, the whole ball game is vaccination and once you make that kind of profound strategic decision you throw everything you got at it,” said De Blasio during the press announcement.

Stating he will only accept full compliance from the city’s 8 million residents, he warned, “We’re not interested in half measures.”

The Mayor openly admitted that his decree is especially targeting young people in their 20s and 30s, stating that he intends to coerce them into accepting the experimental COVID injection, as they are the primary target demographic “who needs to be convinced that it’s so powerful to be vaccinated.”

De Blassio went on to say, “New Yorkers, we love our arts, culture, entertainment, restaurants….knowing that is the way you connect with these things through vaccination – is going to move people to get vaccinated.”

De Blasio then announced he intends to run a multimillion dollar propaganda campaign, paid for by city taxpayers, designed to condition residents to comply with his new executive decree.

Technocrats in the city’s public health coterie also added that they would pursue serious fraud charges against anyone caught using a fake vaccination card.

“A fake vaccination card constitutes fraud and will be prosecuted as fraud by that individual,” said Dr. David Chokshi, NYC Health Commissioner.

Chokshi added that a special line has been set up to report on any residents suspected of faking their proof of vaccination, warning, “We will have recourse for people to report if they are encountering fake vaccination cards, both at the city level through 311 as well as through the state attorney general’s office.”

Businesses and venues will be expected to ask members of the public for both proof of vaccination along with a photo ID ‘to prove they are who they say they are.’

Thank you to News From Underground for this tip from one of their readers:

As of today every restaurant in New York City received this sign to put on the front door of their establishment, and they received this memo stating:

Dear small business community,

Today the Mayor announced that beginning tomorrow, August 17, staff and customers age 12 and older will be required to show proof they have received at least one dose of a COVID-19 vaccine authorized for emergency use by the FDA or WHO for:

Indoor entertainment such as movie theatres, music and concert venues, museums & galleries, aquariums & zoos professional sports arenas, indoor stadiums, convention centers, exhibition halls, performing arts theaters, bowling alleys, arcades, pool & billiard halls, recreational game centers, adult entertainment, indoor play areas

Indoor dining such as restaurants, catering halls, hotel banquet rooms, bars, nightclubs, cafeterias, grocery stores with indoor dining, coffee shops, fast food/quick service with indoor dining

Indoor fitness such as gyms, fitness centers, fitness classes, pools, indoor studios, dance studios.

This new requirement – called the Key to NYCincludes bars, fitness gyms, movie and stage theatres, museums and other indoor venues.

There are multiple ways to show proof of vaccination:

A photo or hard copy of their CDC vaccination card

NYC COVID Safe App

New York State Excelsior App

Official vaccine record

A photo or hard copy of an official vaccination record of a vaccine administered outside the United States for one of the following vaccines: AstraZeneca/SK Bioscience, Serum Institute of India/COVISHIELD and Vaxzevria, Sinopharm, or Sinovac

Affected small businesses with questions can call the NYC Department of Small Business Services hotline at 888-SBS-4NYC (888-727-4692) or 311.

Visit nyc.gov/keytonyc to find additional resources for businesses, including printable copies of required signage, a Key to NYC Pas checklist, FAQs, and more.

De Blassio went on to initially praise 20 businesses who quickly stepped forward as collaborators to help roll-out his executive decree, calling these early adopters ‘public health heroes.’ They include:

–Anfora

–Arlene’s Grocery

–Blink Fitness

–Brandy’s Piano Bar

–Equinox Fitness Clubs

–Ethyl’s Food and Alcohol

–Fairfax

–Iconoclast Fitness

–Jeffrey’s Grocery

–Jolene

–Joseph Leonard

–Los Arrieros

–Oak and Iron

–Resilient Fitness

–Sagaponack

–Solas Bar

–SoulCycle

–Stand Up NY

–Sugar Monk

–Tacombi

–The Graham

–The Three Diamond Door

Announce 30 businesses announced Wednesday include:

–Amor Y Amargo

–Avant Garden

–Bossa Nova Civic Club

–Cadence

–City Winery

–Dame

–Death & Co

–Dirt Candy

–Etérea

–Felix Storch

–Forsythia

–Gertie

–Ilili

–Jeju Noodle

–Ladybird

–Leland

–Leyenda

–Llama San

–Nowadays

–Proletariat

–Public Hotel

–Related

–RXR Realty

–Soda Club

–Tannat

–The Bell House

–The Durst Organization

–The Pedal House

–The Queensboro

–Union Hall

–Unter

–Yellow Rose

Their leadership and fast action sends a powerful message: New Yorkers will do everything in our power to keep each other safe and defeat COVID-19,” said the Mayor. “Mass vaccination is the only way to stop the spread, and these businesses are giving New Yorkers more reasons than ever to protect themselves and their communities. I’m proud to stand with them.”

However, it is believed that thousands of hard-hit businesses already damaged by the government’s lockdown orders, will likely be pushed into bankruptcy as a result of De Blassio’s new executive vaccine mandate.

There are expected to be a number of legal challenges from both businesses and residents to the Mayor’s executive order.

STAY TUNED FOR MORE UPDATES.

https://21stcenturywire.com/2021/08/17/escape-from-new-york-mayor-decrees-vaccine-passports-for-all-venues-businesses/ 

:: 8--21 The Ogranic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Was the National Guard Hiring Internment/Resettlement Specialists LAST WEEK?

by Jeff Thompson

The National Guard is hiring Internment/Resettlement Specialists.

Let that sink in.

Editors note: the National Guard removed the job listing. However, we have added screenshots (see after post) to validate. The Organic Prepper acquired this link from INDEED posting this position for the National Guard on 08/16/2021. Screenshots after post.

With Biden’s sudden withdrawal from Afghanistan, you might think that is the reason for the resettlement aspects of these listings…except they appeared BEFORE the withdrawal.

What does an Internment/Resettlement Specialist do?

According to the National Guard website:

OVERVIEW

Internment/resettlement specialists are primarily responsible for day-to-day operations in a military confinement/correctional facility or detention/internment facility.

JOB DUTIES

Supervise confinement and detention operations

Provide external security to facilities

Provide counseling/guidance to individual prisoners within a rehabilitative program

Manage and maintain prisoners/internees and their programs

SKILLS LEARNED:

Military laws and jurisdictions

Self-defense and use of firearms

Interpersonal communications skills

Search/restraint and custody/control procedures

WHY is there a need for Internment/Resettlement Specialists?

Job position listings for such **WERE available in the following locations:

Lancaster, California

Washington DC

Denver, Colorado

Edinburgh, Indiana

Monticello, Minnesota

Parkville, Maryland

Asheville, North Carolina

Auburn, New York

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

Rapid City, South Dakota

**Either the National Guard very quickly filled those positions, or someone is attempting to hide something. The links now all state: ZERO JOBS FOUND. Below is a screenshot of the listing for Lancaster, Ca. when it was still available.

So, why on earth would a military branch primarily designed to remain within US borders need Internment/Resettlement Specialists? (Although we have seen several deployments of the National Guard to the Middle East within recent years.)

Recent historical events to consider

We’ve witnessed the exponential growth of Big Brother-style surveillance throughout the world over the past two years. Part of this has included developing lists of those willing to get specific papers and those who are not.

The demonization of those refusing to get vaccination papers is ongoing.

We’ve discussed the very real potential of another lockdown coming this fall. Many didn’t comply with the last and, likely, even more, won’t abide by any upcoming ones. Just look at the massive protests taking place throughout France, England, and other nations worldwide.

Then the American government created a course discussing how to mass quarantine rural Americans effectively. And, the National Guard began going door-to-door with public health workers to “convince” people to get their shots.

Are more severe measures and “green zones” in our future?

Biden is now floating the idea of banning interstate travel for those who refuse the jab. Another possible measure discussed is changing how the federal government reimburses treatment for unvaccinated patients who become ill with COVID-19.

The CDC recently presented a document for consideration of The Shielding Approach to Prevent COVID-19 Infections in Humanitarian Settings. The document describes the shielding approach:

The shielding approach aims to reduce the number of severe COVID-19 cases by limiting contact between individuals at higher risk of developing severe disease (“high-risk”) and the general population (“low-risk”). High-risk individuals would be temporarily relocated to safe or “green zones” established at the household, neighborhood, camp/sector, or community level depending on the context and setting. They would have minimal contact with family members and other low-risk residents. [source]

Furthermore, the CDC’s document gives suggestions for effective implementation. For example: It may be necessary to assign someone within the green zone, if feasible, to minimize movement in/out of green zones. [source]

And now the National Guard is looking for “Internment/Resettlement Specialists.”

How many times have the rules changed?

First, we heard there was no reason to wear a mask. Then, an N95 with a one-way valve was unacceptable. Later, multiple cloth masks were the key.

Two weeks to flatten the curve was all it was going to take. Now, some argue that it could be years before restrictions are lifted, if ever. Then, if anyone believed that vaccine passports were the next step, they were considered crazy conspiracy theorists. Later, the concept of a passport system was embraced – even by many Republicans.

Denial of hospital care because you refuse particular treatments? Nobody would ever argue for such! Only a short while later, this became a talking point of people in positions of power throughout the world.

Surely the idea of people forcibly being rounded up and sent to camps is ludicrous.

Isn’t it?

Now, the CDC is discussing the possibility of “green zones.” (aka camps)

What are we to believe is the purpose of Internment/Resettlement Specialists?

Was this just a benign job posting typical for the military to have? (However, as stated before, the National Guard removed the postings.) Or is there something else going on here? And why did the NG pull those job listings?

Does the idea of being forcibly taken from your home and thrown into a camp seem so crazy now? Let’s talk in the comments section.

Screenshots to validate

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/national-guard-internment-resettlement/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 8-16-21 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden regime discusses setting up highway checkpoints to mandate vaccines for interstate travel across the United States

Monday, August 16, 2021 by: Ethan Huff

(Natural News) Fake “president” Joe Biden wants only people who have been “vaccinated” for the Wuhan coronavirus (Covid-19) with one of Donald “father of the vaccine” Trump’s “Operation Warp Speed” injections to be allowed to travel across state lines in the United States.

Since too many Americans are still refusing to roll up their sleeves and get jabbed, Pedo Joe wants to make life prohibitively difficult for them in the hopes that they will comply with taking the experimental gene therapy shots, which are spreading the “Delta” variant like wildfire.

In the past several weeks, Hunter’s dad has forced millions of federal workers to permanently alter their DNA in order to remain employed – all to “save lives,” of course. He has also met with business leaders in the private sector to push them to do the same.

Many are resisting, though, which is really upsetting the Biden regime. Since the incentives are not working as planned, the next attempt will be to tyrannize the “unvaccinated” so they will be more likely to comply out of coercion.

Dementia Joe is also aggressively pushing face masks, particularly on young schoolchildren who all across the country, mostly in “blue” areas, are being told they must restrict their breathing for eight hours a day in order to “flatten the curve.”

“To the mayors, school superintendents, educators, local leaders who are standing up to the governors politicizing mask protection for our kids: thank you,” Biden stumbled through a speech that was prepared for him in large font so he could read it.

“Thank God that we have heroes like you, and I stand with you all, and America should as well.”

Hunter’s dad pushing private sector to implement “vaccine passports”

As for vaccine mandates for adults, China Joe is said to be waiting for just the right moment to pull “the right lever at the right time,” to quote Ben Wakana, the deputy director of strategic communications and engagement for the White House Covid-19 response unit.

“The result is a precarious balancing act as Biden works to make life more uncomfortable for the unvaccinated without spurring a backlash in a deeply polarized country that would only undermine his public health goals,” reports ABC News.

The Kaiser Family Foundation claims that 51 percent of America would support the federal government mandating Chinese Virus injections on employees, both in the public and private sector. Biden, meanwhile, is considering trying to mandate the injections as a condition of interstate travel.

Such a plan is supposedly “not under consideration at the moment,” however it could be at some point in the future. Beijing Biden is also pushing the private sector to come up with a “vaccine passport” system for which his regime has promised to “share frameworks for verification systems.”

“He’s really going to have to use all the leverage the federal government has, and indeed use pressure points,” says Georgetown University professor of health law Lawrence Gostin about Biden’s approach to the plandemic moving forward.

“And I think there are a few that he can do but he hasn’t done yet,” Gostin added, suggesting that vaccines “are the only thing we have now to defeat the virus.”

“We need to use that tool and we need to use it vigorously,” he maintains. “And I think there will be large public support for that.”

It is important to reiterate that were the vaccines not being widely administered, we would not even have a circulating “Delta” variant, which is a direct consequence of the injections.

To keep up with the latest news about the constantly evolving “pandemic,” be sure to check out Pandemic.news.

Sources for this article include:  Archive.is   NaturalNews.com 

https://www.naturalnews.com/2021-08-16-biden-highway-checkpoints-mandate-vaccines-interstate-travel.html 

:: 8--21 Two Percent Survival :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

George Washington's Vision at Valley Forge

Conditions at Valley Forge - Winter of 1777

In the winter of 1777, prior to George Washington’s Vision at Valley Forge, the continental army had suffered defeats in the battles of Brandywine and Germantown. The British forces occupied the capitol of the colonies at that time, which was Philadelphia, Pa. A brutal winter, unknown to the troops, was coming and food, as well as clothing, was scarce. The situation grew desperate as winter set in on the plains of Pennsylvania.

There was near famine and temperatures fell far below freezing. Winds blew with Gale force. Some soldiers had no shoes and wrapped their feet in rags. Trails of blood could be seen on the snow where they would walk. Amputations were common. Disease set in and as many as 3,000 troops died. Defeat and surrender seemed inevitable.

The British forces could have destroyed the continental army before winter but chose not to; a grave mistake. They instead decided to wait out the winter and prepare to take care of the colonists in the spring.

George Washington's Vision in the Winter of 1777

The story of George Washington’s Vision was originally published by Wesley Bradshaw. Copied from a reprint in the National Tribune, Vol. 4, No. 12, December 1880. First published there in 1859.

The Vision from print in 1859

The last time I ever saw Anthony Sherman was on the fourth of July, 1859, in Independence Square. He was then ninety-nine years old, and becoming very feeble. But though so old, his dimming eyes rekindled as he gazed upon Independence Hall, which he came to visit once more. “Let us go into the hall,” he said. “I want to tell you of an incident of Washington’s life—one which no one alive knows of except myself; and, if you live you will before long, see it verified.

George Washington would hardly have been the type of man that one would expect to be seeking visionary manifestations or to be easily taken in by them. “From the opening of the Revolution we experienced all phases of fortune, now good and now ill, one time victorious and another conquered. The darkest period we had, I think, was when Washington after several reverses, retreated to Valley Forge, where he resolved to pass the winter of 1777.

“Ah! I have often seen the tears coursing down our dear commander’s care-worn cheeks, as he would be conversing with a confidential officer about the condition of his poor soldiers. You have doubtless heard the story of Washington’s going into the thicket to pray. Well, it was not only true, but he used often to pray in secret for aid and comfort from God, the interposition of whose Divine Providence brought us safely through the darkest days of tribulation.

An Uninvited Guest

“One day, I remember it well, the chilly winds whistled through the leafless trees, though the sky was cloudless and the sun shone brightly, he remained in his quarters nearly all the afternoon alone. “When he came out I noticed that his face was a shade paler than usual, and there seemed to be something on his mind of more than ordinary importance. Returning just after dusk, he dispatched an orderly to the quarters of the officer I mention who was presently in attendance.

“After a preliminary conversation of about half an hour, Washington, gazing upon his companion with that strange look of dignity which he alone could command, said to the latter: “‘I do not know whether it is owing to the anxiety of my mind, or what, but this afternoon as I was sitting at this table engaged in preparing a dispatch, something seemed to disturb me. Looking up, I beheld standing opposite me a singularly beautiful female. ‘So astonished was I, for I had given strict orders not to be disturbed that it was some moments before I found language to inquire into the cause of her presence. A second, a third, and even a fourth time did I repeat my question, but received no answer from my mysterious visitor except a slight raising of her eyes. By this time I felt strange sensations spreading through me. I would have risen but the riveted gaze of the being before me rendered volition impossible. I assayed once more to address her, but my tongue had become useless. Even thought itself had become paralyzed. A new influence, mysterious, potent, irresistible, took possession of me. All I could do was to gaze steadily, vacantly at my unknown visitant. Gradually the surrounding atmosphere seemed as though becoming filled with sensations, and luminous. Everything about me seemed to rarify, the mysterious visitor herself becoming more airy and yet more distinct to my sight than before. I now began to feel as one dying, or rather to experience the sensations which I have sometimes imagined accompany dissolution. I did not think, I did not reason, I did not move; all were alike impossible. I was only conscious of gazing fixedly, vacantly at my companion.

The First Threat

Presently I heard a voice saying, “Son of the Republic, look and learn,” while at the same time my visitor extended her arm eastwardly. I now beheld a heavy white vapor at some distance rising fold upon fold. This gradually dissipated, and I looked upon a strange scene. Before me lay spread out in one vast plain all the countries of the world—Europe, Asia, Africa and America. I saw rolling and tossing between Europe and America the billows of the Atlantic, and between Asia and America lay the Pacific. “Son of the Republic,” said the same mysterious voice as before, “look and learn.” At that moment I beheld a dark, shadowy being, like an angel, standing, or rather floating in mid-air, between Europe and America, dipping water out of the ocean in the hollow of each hand, he sprinkled some upon America with his right hand, while with his left hand he cast some on Europe. Immediately a cloud raised from these countries, and joined in mid-ocean. For a while it remained stationary, and then moved slowly westward, until it enveloped America in its murky folds. Sharp flashes of lightning gleamed through it at intervals, and I heard the smothered groans and cries of the American people. A second time the angel dipped water from the ocean, and sprinkled it out as before. The dark cloud was then drawn back to the ocean, in whose heaving billows it sank from view.

The Second Threat

A third time I heard the mysterious voice saying, “Son of the Republic, look and learn,” I cast my eyes upon America and beheld villages and towns and cities springing up one after another until the whole land from the Atlantic to the Pacific was dotted with them. Again, I heard the mysterious voice say, “Son of the Republic, the end of the century cometh, look and learn.” “‘At this the dark shadowy angel turned his face southward, and from Africa I saw an ill-omened spectre approach our land. It flitted slowly over every town and city of the latter. The inhabitants presently set themselves in battle array against each other. As I continued looking I saw a bright angel, on whose brow rested a crown of light, on which was traced the word “Union,” bearing the American flag which he placed between the divided nation, and said, “Remember ye are brethren.” Instantly, the inhabitants, casting from them their weapons became friends once more, and united around the National Standard.

The Third Threat

“And again I heard the mysterious voice saying, “Son of the Republic, look and learn.” At this the dark, shadowy angel placed a trumpet to his mouth, and blew three distinct blasts; and taking water from the ocean, he sprinkled it upon Europe, Asia and Africa. Then my eyes beheld a fearful scene: from each of these countries arose thick, black clouds that were soon joined into one. And throughout this mass there gleamed a dark red light by which I saw hordes of armed men, who, moving with the cloud, marched by land and sailed by sea to America, which country was enveloped in the volume of cloud. And I dimly saw these vast armies devastate the whole country and burn the villages, towns and cities that I beheld springing up. As my ears listened to the thundering of the cannon, clashing of swords, and the shouts and cries of millions in mortal combat, I heard again the mysterious voice saying, “Son of the Republic, look and learn.” When the voice had ceased, the dark shadowy angel placed his trumpet once more to his mouth, and blew a long and fearful blast.

Heaven Intervenes

“‘Instantly a light as of a thousand suns shone down from above me, and pierced and broke into fragments the dark cloud which enveloped America. At the same moment the angel upon whose head still shone the word Union, and who bore our national flag in one hand and a sword in the other, descended from the heavens attended by legions of white spirits. These immediately joined the inhabitants of America, who I perceived were well-nigh overcome, but who immediately taking courage again, closed up their broken ranks and renewed the battle. Again, amid the fearful noise of the conflict, I heard the mysterious voice saying, “Son of the Republic, look and learn.” As the voice ceased, the shadowy angel for the last time dipped water from the ocean and sprinkled it upon America. Instantly the dark cloud rolled back, together with the armies it had brought, leaving the inhabitants of the land victorious. “‘Then once more I beheld the villages, towns and cities springing up where I had seen them before, while the bright angel, planting the azure standard he had brought in the midst of them, cried with a loud voice: “While the stars remain, and the heavens send down dew upon the earth, so long shall the Union last.” And taking from his brow the crown on which blazoned the word “Union,” he placed it upon the Standard while the people, kneeling down, said, “Amen.”

Interpretation

“‘The scene instantly began to fade and dissolve, and I at last saw nothing but the rising, curling vapor I at first beheld. This also disappearing, I found myself once more gazing upon the mysterious visitor, who, in the same voice I had heard before, said, “Son of the Republic, what you have seen is thus interpreted: Three great perils will come upon the Republic. The most fearful is the third (The comment on his word ‘third’ is: “The help against the THIRD peril comes in the shape of Divine Assistance. Apparently the Second Advent)…. passing which the whole world united shall not prevail against her. Let every child of the Republic learn to live for his God, his land and Union.” With these words the vision vanished, and I started from my seat and felt that I had seen a vision wherein had been shown to me the birth, progress, and destiny of the United States.’ “Such, my friends,” concluded the venerable narrator, “were the words I heard from Washington’s own lips, and America will do well to profit by them.”

Washington's Spiritual Habits

Nelly Custis

Nelly was ten years old when Washington was called to the Presidency, and she grew to maturity during his two terms. During that time, she traveled with Washington and walked amidst the great foreign and domestic names of the day. On Washington’s retirement, she returned with the family to Mount Vernon. Nelly was energetic, spry, and lively, and was the joy of George Washington’s life. She served as a gracious hostess and entertained the frequent guests to Mount Vernon who visited the former President.

Clearly, Nelly was someone who knew the private and public life of her “father” very well. Therefore, Jared Sparks, in searching for information on Washington’s religious habits, dispatched a letter to Nelly, asking if she knew for sure whether George Washington indeed was a Christian. Within a week, she had replied to Sparks, and Sparks included her letter in Volume XII of Washington’s writings in the lengthy section on Washington’s religious habits. Of that specific letter, Jared Sparks explained:

I shall here insert a letter on this subject, written to me by a lady who lived twenty years in Washington’s family and who was his adopted daughter, and the granddaughter of Mrs. Washington. The testimony it affords, and the hints it contains respecting the domestic habits of Washington, are interesting and valuable.

Woodlawn, 26 February, 1833

Sir,

I received your favor of the 20th instant last evening, and hasten to give you the information, which you desire.

Truro Parish [Episcopal] is the one in which Mount Vernon, Pohick Church [the church where George Washington served as a vestryman], and Woodlawn [the home of Nelly and Lawrence Lewis] are situated. Fairfax Parish is now Alexandria. Before the Federal District was ceded to Congress, Alexandria was in Fairfax County. General Washington had a pew in Pohick Church, and one in Christ Church at Alexandria. He was very instrumental in establishing Pohick Church, and I believe subscribed [supported and contributed to] largely. His pew was near the pulpit. I have a perfect recollection of being there, before his election to the presidency, with him and my grandmother…

He attended the church at Alexandria when the weather and roads permitted a ride of ten miles [a one-way journey of 2-3 hours by horse or carriage]. In New York and Philadelphia he never omitted attendance at church in the morning, unless detained by indisposition [sickness]. The afternoon was spent in his own room at home; the evening with his family, and without company. Sometimes an old and intimate friend called to see us for an hour or two; but visiting and visitors were prohibited for that day [Sunday]. No one in church attended to the services with more reverential respect. My grandmother, who was eminently pious, never deviated from her early habits. She always knelt. The General, as was then the custom, stood during the devotional parts of the service. On communion Sundays, he left the church with me, after the blessing, and returned home, and we sent the carriage back for my grandmother.

It was his custom to retire to his library at nine or ten o’clock where he remained an hour before he went to his chamber. He always rose before the sun and remained in his library until called to breakfast. I never witnessed his private devotions. I never inquired about them. I should have thought it the greatest heresy to doubt his firm belief in Christianity. His life, his writings, prove that he was a Christian. He was not one of those who act or pray, “that they may be seen of men” [Matthew 6:5]. He communed with his God in secret [Matthew 6:6].

My mother [Eleanor Calvert-Lewis] resided two years at Mount Vernon after her marriage [in 1774] with John Parke Custis, the only son of Mrs. Washington. I have heard her say that General Washington always received the sacrament with my grandmother before the revolution. (The king of England was the head of the church and apparently Washington would not recognize him as such after the war). When my aunt, Miss Custis [Martha’s daughter] died suddenly at Mount Vernon, before they could realize the event [before they understood she was dead], he [General Washington] knelt by her and prayed most fervently, most affectingly, for her recovery. Of this I was assured by Judge [Bushrod] Washington’s mother and other witnesses.

He was a silent, thoughtful man. He spoke little generally; never of himself. I never heard him relate a single act of his life during the war. I have often seen him perfectly abstracted, his lips moving, but no sound was perceptible. I have sometimes made him laugh most heartily from sympathy with my joyous and extravagant spirits. I was, probably, one of the last persons on earth to whom he would have addressed serious conversation, particularly when he knew that I had the most perfect model of female excellence [Martha Washington] ever with me as my monitress, who acted the part of a tender and devoted parent, loving me as only a mother can love, and never extenuating [tolerating] or approving in me what she disapproved of others. She never omitted her private devotions, or her public duties; and she and her husband were so perfectly united and happy that he must have been a Christian. She had no doubts, no fears for him. After forty years of devoted affection and uninterrupted happiness, she resigned him without a murmur into the arms of his Savior and his God, with the assured hope of his eternal felicity [happiness in Heaven].

Is it necessary that any one should certify, “General Washington avowed himself to me a believer in Christianity?” As well may we question his patriotism, his heroic, disinterested devotion to his country. His mottos were, “Deeds, not Words”; and, “For God and my Country.”

With sentiments of esteem,

I am, Nelly Custis-Lewis

From this account, we can tell that George Washington was a very religious man. There are many more more too numerous to list here.

Death and Accounts of The First President

George Washington died on December 14, 1799 at his home in Mount Vernon, Virginia. He was 67. On December 13, he contracted a sickness from being outside in the cold weather. He never recovered.

Eye Witnesses and Accounts:

His Last Day

Tobias Lear -Doctor

Deathbed Catholic Conversion?

Leonard Neale

Estate Items

A person in the 1700s didn’t have pictures or photos or even I-phones to take pictures.

All they had was paintings. If they were fortunate and wealthy, there might be a few in their house. No one would have a painting in their home unless it were of a subject they liked. If it was of a person, they had to have importance to the person who owned the painting.

If George Washington’s Vision did not take place, I believe he would not have acquired the painting. He would have known little to nothing about the Blessed Virgin, and he would have little interest in her.

But it was there and in his possession at his death. A reference to the Madonna painting can be found on page 287 of Edward Everitt’s “Life of George Washington” that was printed in 1860. It lists every item of his property that was of his estate at his death.

After my encounters with the Virgin Mary, it took me some time to come around to making it known. It was not that I was ashamed of her, just the opposite. It was such a tremendous experience and unable to explain it beyond the shadow of a doubt. I began to acquire books and information about her, then the pictures came. None of this happened overnight.

What did happen overnight for me was an unquenchable interest in the Virgin Mary and the spiritual and it never stops. She is part of my every single day and this is what I have been given whether anyone agrees with it or not.

The point here is a tremendous amount of my time has been spent on spiritual things. I can completely understand someone who spends a few hours every day in bible study after an event like this vision happens to them. It can easily continue until their life’s end.

It’s completely acceptable.

Back to the painting.

There has to be an intersection between the person and the subject, or there would be no evidence that the experience ever occurred.

As listed in the estate property below, the evidence is there.

Washington's Paintings

These two paintings are listed in the right-hand column of the estate property above.

Who is the Guest?

Locutions to the World

On December 10, 2010, a Pennsylvanian soul began receiving heavenly messages from Jesus Christ and The Blessed Virgin Mary under the guidance of John Esseff, the soul’s spiritual director at the time.

John Esseff, a diocesan priest from Scranton, PA was ordained in 1953 and had acquired an impressive list of spiritual qualifications prior to 2010.

His spiritual director was Padre Pio early on, and John Esseff was also the spiritual director to Mother Teresa of Calcutta.

The messages were called Locutions to the World and had an internet website name of locutionstotheworld.org. In 2015, the website shutdown, was suspended and then abruptly disappeared.

There is a priest I know from South Carolina, that after having encounters with the Virgin Mary myself, I began to visit every so often in order to discuss what was going on in my spiritual life. He told me, having met the gentleman Esseff, that he had died although he never said what the reason was for the website shutdown. I have since had contact with his sister, who worked for Mother Teresa for 10 years, and I understand he is still alive.

One day before I met the priest from South Carolina Fr. Stanley Smolinski, I found the messages (this happened in 2012 I believe) of the Locutions to the World and began to read them, and I discovered them to be very helpful in my understanding of Catholicism as well as a large assortment of other spiritual topics. At the time, new messages were coming out bi-weekly and I would add them to my collection (I have them all) and I would read and ponder them when new ones were available. I was going through time and reading these messages, as well as others I collected.

One day I came across a message where the Virgin Mary mentioned George Washington’s Vision at Valley Forge where a woman showed him future events of the United States and an interpretation of the message. The two messages are listed below in their original form and are quite interesting.

Messages Referencing George Washington's Vision

September 4, 2011 - When the Woman Spoke to George Washington

Mary

So many do not see or understand. That is why I must speak so clearly. Like a wall that is built slowly, so has the wall of evil has been put in place. When the wall is finished, Satan will believe that he has an inevitable victory, but it will not be so. There will be a way out of his wall for all who follow me. Now listen, so the divine light will show you the way.

The Secular Man

These themes I repeat often but they must be learned well. There are unimaginable problems ahead. The world has seen only a few, the previews of what is to come. There will be a great shift of power away from those nations that used to call upon me. Yes, I must say it, “that used to call upon me”. Long ago, they left the Church. They left the side of my Son. They adopted different values and put on a different garment. Now, they are Christian in name only.

Their building still stands but they have no foundation. Their people are not united in faith.

They have nothing holding them together. The secular spirit only responds in prosperity and abundance. It dissolves when faced with catastrophe. “Every man for himself”. This is the cry of the secular man. “How can I preserve what is mine?” are the thoughts of his heart. Where does that leave a nation in the time of crisis? To whom can they turn when all are seeking their own interests?

America still breathes. It still has life. It still remains my hope. If only I can cure it of its sickness, it will regain its strength. Even more, it will regain its purpose, the noble purpose for which I brought it forth. Let me define the purpose of America.

George Washington

O America, I appeared to your first president when he was still a general at Valley Forge. I told him of three moments in the history of the republic – the present moment in which he found himself, a future moment when brother would kill brother, and a moment yet to come. Go back and read those words. They are recorded by your historians. See what I said about the first two moments that have already happened. Then, you will believe my words about the third moment which is about to happen. More important, you will understand that this republic came about through my hands and that your nation has always been in my hands. Then, you will turn to me.

Comment: Mary is speaking of her appearance to George Washington at Valley Forge, which has been publicized widely.

September 3, 2014 - The Woman and George Washington

Mary

I must begin to prepare, especially since all are seeing, for the first time, the extent of the evils and the possibilities for destruction that they hold. Many evils are still hidden, soon to appear, claiming even more of what seemed to be so stable. A hopelessness and an inevitability set in, as if the only choice is just to watch passively as this new force makes its conquests.

My message is quite different, “Prepare”, I say. “Awaken to the powers that lie in your faith. Your faith alone can save you. This is my promise, ‘Fill your churches and I will raise up leaders who will guide you in my ways. I will strengthen the hearts of the people and make firm their resolve. They will sweep away the years of debauchery. They will instill new ideals of morality. The hearts of the young will turn back to me (for they especially will see their future being taken away)’”.

The Spirit of God must come upon America. The conversions must be true and deep. All of these evils would never have arisen if America had stayed true to the light. It is not too late but there must be no delay. An unprepared America will shatter into many pieces. An America prepared by an outpouring of the Spirit will respond. I prophesied these times to George Washington, the son of the Republic. Read my words. They will reveal a woman who has always cared for America and has promised her salvation.

COMMENT: One morning at Valley Forge, a woman appeared to George Washington and prophesied three events. First, he would win the Revolutionary War and bring about the union. Second, there would be a civil war but the woman would preserve the union. Both of these have happened. The third event concerns ten nations that come against the United States, which is saved only by the actions of the woman. This account was published in the Philadelphia Tribune and is available on the internet.

What I believe Took Place At Valley Forge (What Washington Saw)

The Virgin Mary greatly influenced my decision to convert to Catholicism, and she led me to the Catholic Church.

I experienced a lot of apprehension as I made my decision. I expect anyone who follows this same path to experience some level of apprehension especially if they are from a heavily dense protestant area.

The change from protestant to catholic weighed heavily on my mind but when I changed from one protestant denomination to another, I do not recall ever experiencing this. It is possible that I knew a lot of people in the new denomination every time I changed from one protestant church to another.

It took seven years since my first encounter with the Virgin Mary to convert to Catholicism, although the time that I was seriously considering the change was maybe three or four years.

For some reason, becoming catholic was a very significant decision for me. I often questioned what I was getting into. And if I did not like it, could I reverse it?

I consecrated myself to her prior to becoming catholic. In the end, I just left everything to her as I finally put in her hands all things. I trusted her. All of this took a long while for me to accomplish, so I could see waiting until I was on my deathbed to do this.

One more thing bears mentioning here. The Blessed Virgin Mary is the only spiritual female who appears to people on this planet with any frequency. A lot of the time she appears to a number of people at once as she does in a number of apparitions. That is certainly not a rule.

There is no one else. No other female in the last two thousand years.

You don’t believe me? Check out this website (Miracle Hunter) that lists all of her apparitions that are known to have occurred over the last 2,000 years. The list is very long.

I believe the visitor in George Washington’s Vision was the Virgin Mary just as the locutions state. After all, she visited me. That, I do know.

https://twopercentsurvival.com/george-washingtons-vision/ 

:: 8-17-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Complete And Utter Failure Is Exactly What They Needed - As Chaos Takes Hold, We're Seeing Some Of The Many Things They Have Planned Between Now And Mid-September

- The Globalists Have A New, Heavily Armed Radical Islamist Army, Paid For By The American Taxpayer

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die August 17, 2021

With all of humanity now under siege as the long-planned takeover and takedown of the human race is being carried out before our eyes, Americans should be fully prepared for anything in the days ahead as the overthrow of America and Western Civilization get kicked into overdrive.

Perfectly seen in the collapse of our Southern border, where who knows exactly how many illegal immigrants are coming in to the country, a record number by many accounts, carrying who knows what diseases that they'll then pass on to American citizens, it's beyond alarming that 'highway checkpoints' are being considered by the Biden administration for Americans simply wanting to travel from state to state while anybody who wants to come in to our COUNTRY illegally is given full reign to do so.

Completely setting America up to be 'balkanized', we'd also reported just days ago on August 13th within this story that one of Joe Biden's 'covid czar's', Andy Slavitt, had made a comment on twitter, his exact words being "Hold on for 3 1/2 weeks and you will see…" in a response to a government slave demanding 'vaccine passports'.

"We need a way to track vaccination that isn’t on a little handwritten paper card. Something that’s very hard to falsify. You have ideas, contacts, resources I bet…Make it HAPPEN, Andy."

So while ANP has been contacted by several different people who've shared with us what that 'you will see' might be, as one trusted source warned us, "the plan is to issue a credit card size 'National ID card' with our full medical histories accessed into a national database, which will later be tied to our bank accounts, and including all 'vaccine data', thus, the first 'vax passport'. Just one of many things they have planned between now and mid-September".

Can you imagine that! A National ID card with all of your medical data in one place and 'papers please' in America just to travel from one US state to the next! As others had pointed out to us, with state borders quite huge in nature, it'd be made extremely difficult for such a system to be held to account so that's why they're pushing so hard for private companies and America's biggest corporations to become involved. So the massive pushback continues.

While the Biden administration tries to turn 100 million+ law-abiding American citizens into 'terrorists' for simply thinking for themselves, believing in our hearts that the 2020 election was stolen, or than an experimental vax shouldn't be injected into our bodies, as Susan Duclos pointed out in this August 16th story, there are account after account after account of far-left radicals burning down buildings, attacking law enforcement and outright terrorism that are being ignored by Biden's DOJ.

And remember that day back in June of 2018 when Rep. Maxine Waters of California herself called upon Democrats to confront Trump administration officials and staffers in public amid widespread backlash to the President’s zero-tolerance policy on illegal immigration? From this Time story describing the moment.:

“Let’s make sure we show up wherever we have to show up,” Waters told a crowd in California over the weekend. “If you see anybody from that cabinet in a restaurant, in a department store, at a gasoline station, you get out and you create a crowd, and you push back on them, and you tell them they’re not welcome anymore, anywhere.”

Well, some might argue that exact same statement should apply to the current administration with what's being called the 'biggest foreign policy blunder' in modern history having unfolded in Afghanistan, with Kabul and a 20-year mission collapsing in a single day, while here on the home-front, medical tyranny continues to be introduced over our own bodies. Is it any wonder Joe Biden has been sitting in his bunker all alone, as his regime goes into hiding?

And while we'd never, ever advocate unjust violence, and we pray that America will miraculously remain a peaceful country in the days, weeks and months ahead, as Susan Duclos had pointed out in another recent ANP story, we're already witnessing massive pushback against medical tyranny, with more and more Americans pushing back and that number potentially spiking to huge numbers in the days and weeks ahead.

So while just days ago, the Department of Homeland Security put out that new warning that law-abiding American citizens (upset with corrupt government) were 'a new terror threat' in the days surrounding the upcoming 20-year anniversary of 9/11, the 'real new terror threat' to America is now plain to see, with all of those well-armed Taliban long held at Gitmo sure to want revenge against us.

Because suddenly out of the blue, with the total fall of Afghanistan on Joe Biden and the Democrats watch, Democrats now have 'bigger fish to fry' with Joint Chief of Staff Chair Mark Milley now warning the terror threat has been kicked up for 'the homeland' due to the rapid fall of Kabul and the Taliban collecting their 'bounty', 'a bounty in weapons' paid for over 20 years by American taxpayers.

With those weapons including US drones and helicopters among them, the fact that Milley recently told US senators that the US homeland was now at greater risk from terror groups in Afghanistan in another major blow to American efforts after 20 years of fighting in the country. The top-voted comment on that story is well worth publishing here so we'll do so directly below. From 'Praying4you':

Complete utter failure of a president. It's exactly what they wanted. They want chaos in this country. It's the only way to rebuild it in a new vision. People need to start fighting back. Staying quiet isn't going to cut it. Start voting people off of office, stop supporting and donating to organizations who do nothing to benefit your life and stop supporting corporations that are contributing to the separating and fighting. All these people need to be scared of us, not the other way around.

With Biden now even being destroyed by the 'Ministry of Propaganda' over the fiasco in Afghanistan remember this, the globalists now having a standing army in the Taliban, fully armed by the American people, and women's rights are already now taking a major hit, not only Afghanistan but likely soon across the world as a new tyrannical Islamic regime takes hold, fully backed by China.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

And we should also take very close note that everything that is happening now is going on as the left continues to push 'critical race theory', 'defund the police' while preaching the hatred of America.

With chaos unfolding across the world, we should all be prepared for any one of numerous 'massive events' going forward, and another massive false flag event is being set up as we hear in the only video at the bottom of this story. From Natural News.:

Just as we repeatedly warned would happen, the corrupt, criminally-run federal government has just declared war against the American people. In a widely-circulated Homeland Security warning, the federal government declared that anyone who opposes vaccines, masks, social distancing or lockdowns poses a “potential terror threat” to society at large. Dubbed a “National Terrorism Alert” by CIA-run NBC News, the warning also insists that anyone who thinks there was fraud in the 2020 election might also be a terrorist.

Never mind the fact that Democrats and the left-wing media spent the last four years decrying total fraud during the 2016 election, claiming “the Russians” stole the election. Back then, such declarations were declared to be patriot… but today, they’re considered terrorism.

According to the criminally-run government that has deployed biological weapons against its own people, it’s not “extreme” to demand mass injections with experimental, deadly spike protein bioweapons shots, but it’s totally extreme to resist being suicided via vaccine. The memo even warns that new lockdowns and restrictions are coming, and anyone who opposes them is a terrorist by default:

These extremists may seek to exploit the emergence of COVID-19 variants by viewing the potential re-establishment of public health restrictions across the United States as a rationale to conduct attacks. Pandemic-related stressors have contributed to increased societal strains and tensions, driving several plots by domestic violent extremists, and they may contribute to more violence this year.

With the Taliban in Afghanistan also wasting no time at all in disarming the people of Afghanistan, claiming they don't need their weapons anymore because they are there to 'protect them' (while they're lopping off heads), Americans should also learn a huge lesson by that unveiling of tyranny, with nothing tyrants like better than disarmed people.

So while all of these events now happening half the world away in Afghanistan, here at the US Southern border, and politically with the push for vax passports might seem unrelated, they're all part of the globalists plans to bring in their 'new world order' global government; and we shouldn't be the least bit surprised as we were warned long ago of this moment in time when the 'right major crisis' would force the world to accept a 'new world order', David Rockefeller's words, not mine.

https://allnewspipeline.com/We_Were_Warned_Long_Ago_Of_This_Moment_In_Time.php 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 8-17-21 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The New Monetary System Will Fail Too

By Egon von Greyerz August 17, 2021

As most of the western world doubles down on easy money policies, one nation stands out and moves ahead with raising rates: Russia. This follows a pattern of a massive shift in power and dichotomization from west to east that can be seen both in finance and geopolitics. Even as the IMF calls for “a new Bretton Woods,” any new monetary system will likely exclude Russia and China, thus dooming that system to failure. Regardless of whether the new monetary system is tied to digital currencies or not, there is no escaping the spiral of money printing and deficits that has gripped most of the world, and so a disorderly collapse is likely. These topics and more are discussed in this episode of The Keiser Report.

Time Stamps

00:00 Why is the Bank of Russia raising rates?

05:07 A new Bretton Woods and a new monetary system Coming

08:36 Is China becoming the new world power?

11:39 Is Switzerland experimenting with a digital currency?

Watch the discussion between Egon von Greyerz and Max Keiser directly on YouTube.

https://goldswitzerland.com/the-new-monetary-system-will-fail-too/ 

:: 8-17-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Economic attack on the United States: How Russian mobsters, Chinese hackers and Nigerian scammers have used stolen identities to plunder tens of billions of dollars in pandemic aid… And it is still happening right now!

Aug 17, 2021

Russian mobsters, Chinese hackers and Nigerian scammers have used stolen identities to plunder tens of billions of dollars in Covid benefits, spiriting the money overseas in a massive transfer of wealth from U.S. taxpayers, officials and experts say. And they say it is still happening.

In June, the FBI got a warrant to hunt through the Google accounts of Abedemi Rufai, a Nigerian state government official.

What they found, they said in a sworn affidavit, was all the ingredients for a “massive” cyberfraud on U.S. government benefits: stolen bank, credit card and tax information of Americans. Money transfers. And emails showing dozens of false unemployment claims in seven states that paid out $350,000.

Rufai was arrested in May at John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York as he prepared to fly first class back to Nigeria, according to court records. He is being held without bail in Washington state, where he has pleaded not guilty to five counts of wire fraud.

Rufai’s case offers a small window into what law enforcement officials and private experts say is the biggest fraud ever perpetrated against the U.S., a significant part of it carried out by foreigners.

87 million to 400 billion stolen

Among the ripest targets for the cybertheft have been jobless programs. The federal government cannot say for sure how much of the more than $900 billion in pandemic-related unemployment relief has been stolen, but credible estimates range from $87 million to $400 billion — at least half of which went to foreign criminals, law enforcement officials say.

Those staggering sums dwarf, even on the low end, what the federal government spends every year on intelligence collection, food stamps or K-12 education.

This is perhaps the single biggest organized fraud heist we’ve ever seen,” said security researcher Armen Najarian of the firm RSA, who tracked a Nigerian fraud ring as it allegedly siphoned millions of dollars out of more than a dozen states.

Jeremy Sheridan, who directs the office of investigations at the Secret Service, called it “the largest fraud scheme that I’ve ever encountered.”

Due to the volume and pace at which these funds were made available and a lot of the requirements that were lifted in order to release them, criminals seized on that opportunity and were very, very successful — and continue to be successful,” he said.

Organized foreign criminal groups

While the enormous scope of Covid relief fraud has been clear for some time, scant attention has been paid to the role of organized foreign criminal groups, who move taxpayer money overseas via laundering schemes involving payment apps and “money mules,” law enforcement officials said.

This is like letting people just walk right into Fort Knox and take the gold, and nobody even asked any questions,” said Blake Hall, the CEO of ID.me, which has contracts with 27 states to verify identities.

How is that possible?  Officials and analysts say both domestic and foreign fraudsters took advantage of an already weak system of unemployment verification maintained by the states, which has been flagged for years by federal watchdogs.

Adding to the vulnerability, states made it easier to apply for Covid benefits online during the pandemic, and officials felt pressure to expedite processing. The federal government also rolled out new benefits for contractors and gig workers that required no employer verification.

In that environment, crooks were easily able to impersonate jobless Americans using stolen identity information for sale in bulk in the dark corners of the internet. The data — birthdates, Social Security numbers, addresses and other private information — have accumulated online for years through huge data breaches, including hacks of Yahoo, LinkedIn, Facebook, Marriott and Experian.

Easy money  At home, prison inmates and drug gangs got in on the action. But experts say the best-organized efforts came from abroad, with criminals from nearly every country swooping in to steal on an industrial scale.

“They were literally calling this easy money,” said Ronnie Tokazowski, a senior threat researcher at Agari, a security firm, who has been monitoring dark web communications by West African fraud gangs.

In some cases, overseas organized crime groups flooded state unemployment systems with bogus online claims, overwhelming antiquated computer software benefits in blunt-force attacks that siphoned out millions of dollars. On several occasions, states have had to suspend benefit payments while they tried to figure out what was real and what was not. Economic attack on the United States

“It’s definitely an economic attack on the United States,” said FBI Deputy Assistant Director Jay Greenberg, who is investigating cases as part of the Justice Department’s Covid fraud task force. “Tens of billions of dollars will be missing. … It’s a significant amount of money that’s gone overseas.”

Under the Pandemic Unemployment Assistance program for gig workers and contractors, people could apply for retroactive relief, claiming months of joblessness with no employer verification possible. In some cases, that meant checks or debit cards worth $20,000, Hall said.

“Organized crime has never had an opportunity where any American’s identity could be converted into $20,000, and it became their Super Bowl,” he said. “And these states were not equipped to do identity verification, certainly not remote identity verification. And in the first few months and still today, organized crime has just made these states a target.”

Sheridan, whose purview at the Secret Service includes financial crimes, pointed out that the stolen sums far exceed the annual cost of ransomware, a problem estimated to cost the economy $20 billion a year, which has commanded outsize media attention.

Fuel for other types of crime  The windfall for criminal groups will fuel other types of crime, including drug and human trafficking, he said.

“These groups that are profiting so greatly from these types of schemes, they engage in a host of other crimes,” he said. “Drug trade, crimes against children, more sophisticated cyber-related fraud. And this money is basically an investment to them to conduct more extensive criminal operations … some of which include crimes that will compromise national security.”

Missed opportunities  By the time states recognized the extent of the criminality, the spigot of cash had been gushing for months.

Nobody really understood how big the problem was until it was playing out,” said Najarian, the RSA security researcher. “We all accepted that there was fraud taking place, organized fraud and local fraud. But what we didn’t realize … was that the organized fraud was very aggressive and very efficient and moving very, very large sums of money offshore.”

The investigative journalism site ProPublica calculated last month that from March to December 2020, the number of jobless claims added up to about two-thirds of the country’s labor force, when the actual unemployment rate was 23 percent. Although some people lose jobs more than once in a given year, that alone could not account for the vast disparity.

The thievery continues  Maryland, for example, in June detected more than half a million potentially fraudulent unemployment claims in May and June alone. Most of the attempts were blocked, but experts say that nationwide, many are still getting through.

The Biden administration has acknowledged the problem and blamed it on the Trump administration. Of course!

There is perhaps no oversight issue inherited by my Administration that is as serious as the exploitation of relief programs by criminal syndicates using stolen identities to steal government benefits,” Biden said in a statement in May as the government announced a Justice Department Covid fraud task force.

The Biden administration has allocated $2 billion to shore up state unemployment systems. That appears to be badly needed, because states have failed to take basic steps to improve identity verification, according to the Labor Department’s inspector general.

In a memo in February, the inspector general reported that as of December, 22 of 54 state and territorial workforce agencies were still not following its repeated recommendation to join a national data exchange to check Social Security numbers. And in July, the inspector general reported that the national association of state workforce agencies had not been sharing fraud data as required by federal regulations.

Twenty states failed to perform all the required database identity checks, and 44 states did not perform all recommended ones, the inspector general found.

“The states have been chronically underfunded for years — they’re running 1980s technology,” Hall said.

Not a victimless crime Along with the huge losses inflicted on the U.S. Treasury, the criminals also hurt tens of thousands of people, many of whom suffered delays in getting much-needed benefits.

When Yvonne Matlock lost her job last year as a fundraiser for an Indiana addiction treatment center, she applied for unemployment benefits online, like millions of other Americans.

But she was told she was already getting relief money.

Somebody had gotten ahold of my Social Security number and set up an account in my name. It seems as though it was really easy for them to do,” she said.

She said it was an ordeal to verify her identity with the state and get her benefits.

I sent them everything but a blood sample,” she said. “I sent my driver’s license, my Social Security card, my gun permit — which they issued, by the way — my W-2 forms.”

I sent more than what they asked me for and was still denied,” Matlock added.

She finally got the benefits after three months. And then she was victimized again. Somebody else stole her identity and diverted $1,200. Police are investigating.

The detective “said I’ll do my best, [but] the chances of us finding this person are pretty slim,” she said.

Little to no recovery of stolen money

So far, there has been relatively little recovery of the stolen cash — or accountability for the criminals who took it.

The FBI has opened about 2,000 investigations, Greenberg said, but it has recovered just $100 million.

The Secret Service, which focuses on cyber and economic crimes, has clawed back $1.3 billion.

But the vast majority of the pilfered funds are gone for good, experts say, including tens of billions of dollars sent out of the country through money-moving applications such as Cash.app.

Sick to my stomach’  The government does not seem to know how much has been stolen.

Through a public records request, NBC News obtained data from the Labor Department, which funds Covid relief unemployment benefits programs, that are riddled with blank values and underestimates. The data list just over a billion dollars in fraud across the three CARES Act unemployment programs — a figure experts say is off by orders of magnitude.

In fact, state officials have made statements that refute their own reporting into the Labor Department data system. California, for example, appears to have reported only $2 million in fraud across CARES Act programs, despite publicly having acknowledged over $11 billion in unemployment fraud after an audit in January. State officials said early this year that projected losses could reach $31 billion.

More than two-thirds of states, 34, reported no cases of identity theft overpayments in the most vulnerable unemployment benefits program. Experts say that simply is not accurate.

The inspector general pointed out in a recent report that the Labor Department reduced testing and reporting requirements on state unemployment systems during the pandemic.

One result is that the public is in the dark about the scope of the fraud.

It makes me sick to my stomach, particularly when I see how much is coming out of my taxes each month for unemployment,” said John Wilson, Agari’s field chief technology officer.

The inspector general has projected that there will be $87 billion in misspent unemployment funds, a conservative estimate that assumes no spike in fraud rates. Both the inspector general and the FBI declined to offer an estimate of what the actual value of lost funds might be.

ID.me’s estimate of $400 billion comes from the data the company has seen across the states, Hall said.

ID.me implements extra verification steps beyond paper or digital records, requiring people, for example, to prove through FaceTime that their faces match the ones on the drivers’ license. As a result, fraudsters have used Barbie dolls, silicon masks and deep fake videos in an unsuccessful effort to beat the system, he said.

A Nigerian fraud group strikes  One of the few examples in which analysts have pointed the finger at a specific foreign group involves a Nigerian fraud ring dubbed Scattered Canary by security researchers. The group had been committing cyberfraud for years when the pandemic benefits presented a ripe target, Najarian said.

“The moment the pandemic hit, that was the next big thing that they jumped on, and they did a great job exploiting that opportunity,” he said.

Scattered Canary took advantage of a quirk in Google’s system. Gmail does not recognize dots in email addresses — John.Doe@gmail.com  and JohnDoe@gmail.com  are routed to the same account. But state unemployment systems treated them as distinct email addresses.

Exploiting that trait, the group was able to create dozens of fraudulent state unemployment accounts that funneled benefits to the same email address, according to research by Najarian and others at Agari.

In April and May of 2020, Scattered Canary filed at least 174 fraudulent claims for unemployment benefits with the state of Washington, Agari found — each claim eligible to receive up to $790 a week, for a total of $20,540 over 26 weeks. With the addition of the $600-per-week Covid supplement, the maximum potential loss was $4.7 million for those claims alone, Agari found.

Scattered Canary and other groups made use of so-called money mules — witting or unwitting third parties who moved the stolen funds through bank accounts so they could be transferred out of the country, Najarian said.

Cash App, which describes itself as “the easiest way to send money, spend money, save money, and buy cryptocurrency,” has been frequently used by fraudsters to move money, law enforcement officials and private consultants said.

When you use the app, you can quickly and easily convert everything over to Bitcoin,” Tokazowski said. “Within like 10 minutes, you can get that cash converted and sent on its way.”

Cash App said in a statement that it has “enhanced our systems to monitor and act upon deposits that we deem to be risky, despite coming from largely trusted sources like state unemployment agencies. We also partner with law enforcement and government agencies to investigate potential fraud and work collaboratively to return those funds when possible.”

Rufai, the Nigerian official, is accused of having used 100 fraudulent claims to steal $350,000. He is being held without bail after having been transferred from New York to Washington state. He has been placed on leave from his government job, said his attorney, Lance Hester.

Federal officials have not linked the cases to Scattered Canary. But at a detention hearing, prosecutors portrayed Rufai as a significant player in cyberfraud going back to 2017.

“This is a defendant who is charged with participating in a massive fraud on the United States,” said Seth Wilkinson, an assistant U.S. attorney in Seattle, according to a public transcript. “It is someone who exploited our country’s efforts to take care of its own people during the biggest emergency of our lifetime.”

Hester said he could not comment because he had not had a chance to speak with his client in detail.

“I know he stands strongly behind his not guilty plea,” Hester said. [NBC News]

https://strangesounds.org/2021/08/economic-attack-on-the-united-states-how-russian-mobsters-chinese-hackers-and-nigerian-scammers-have-used-stolen-identities-to-plunder-tens-of-billions-of-

dollars-in-pandemic-aid-and-it-is-still.html 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 8-16-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reports: Taliban Searching Door to Door for Journalists

The Taliban, now in near-total control of the country, are going door to door in newly conquered Kabul searching for journalists and political opponents, according to multiple outlets on the ground.

Afghanistan’s Tolo News outlet posted on Twitter Monday that Taliban forces had confiscated its security staff’s weapons and assumed responsibility for protecting the office. Taliban officials have begun confiscating civilian weapons, claiming civilians no longer need to defend themselves because they will instead keep the people safe. Women journalists, in particular, have much to fear from the Taliban resurgence given the group’s notorious mistreatment of women and stringent restrictions on their activities. The UK-based Guardian relayed the thoughts of several prominent women Afghan reporters who spoke anonymously due to fear of reprisals.

“For many years, I worked as a journalist … to raise the voice of Afghans, especially Afghan women, but now our identity is being destroyed and nothing has been done by us to deserve this,” one news anchor told the outlet on Monday. “In the last 24 hours, our lives have changed and we have been confined to our homes, and death threatens us at every moment.”

Firstly I am worried about myself because I am a girl, and also a woman journalist,” another said.

The Taliban overtook Kabul on Sunday morning amid little to no resistance. After occupying the presidential palace, the terrorist group’s leaders declared victory in the war for the nation and the restoration of the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan. President Ashraf Ghani fled the country ahead of the Taliban advance, later posting a message to Facebook claiming he did so to spare the city from further violence.

While armed conflict did not devastate the city, Ghani appears to have failed in his claimed effort as the terror group has simply moved against civilians rather than Afghan military personnel who might have offered a modicum of credible resistance.

Though the Taliban have promised to protect civilians and, ostensibly, safeguard journalistic offices, even male media personnel have good reason to be wary of such assurances as the group has been known to execute critical media figures. This month, the insurgent group assassinated Dawa Khan Menapal, the Afghan government’s chief media officer, previously a radio journalist and deputy spokesman for Ghani. He was head of the Government Media and Information Center (GMIC) at the time of his death.

In late July, Taliban thugs filmed their kidnapping of prominent internet comedian Nazar Mohammad, shortly before killing him. Images of his bullet-ridden body hanging from a tree later appeared on social media. Though the Taliban initially denied involvement in his death, they later claimed his jokes against Taliban prisoners motivated the execution.

https://www.breitbart.com/asia/2021/08/16/reports-taliban-searching-door-door-journalists/ 

:: 8-16-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fire chief: Massive blaze near Jerusalem hopefully contained but may surge again

Greece, Cyprus ready to help as fire on capital’s outskirts still burning in 100 hotspots; 2,000 evacuated; 5,000 acres destroyed; Hadassah Hospital safe for now after long battle

By TOI staff 16 August 2021, 5:05 pmUpdated at 9:46 pm

Israel’s top firefighting official was cautiously optimistic on Monday evening that the country’s worst wildfire in years had been contained, hours after it began to encroach on Jerusalem’s southern neighborhoods and to threaten the capital’s largest hospital.

“Tomorrow, 88 firefighting teams will continue to fight this fire,” Fire and Rescue Commissioner Dedi Simchi told reporters at a briefing outside Jerusalem on Monday night. “I hope and believe we’ll finish this tomorrow.”

The enormous wildfire consumed some 20,000 dunams (5,000 acres) of forest outside Jerusalem since Sunday. Firefighters believed they had managed to contain the blaze the night before, but strong morning winds and low humidity on Monday sent the flames roaring back and speeding toward villages and towns throughout the hills on Jerusalem’s southwest outskirts, triggering the evacuation of some 2,000 local residents and prompting the government to seek international aid.

Multiple towns and villages near the Sataf forest area and along the Route 1 highway that connects Jerusalem and Tel Aviv were threatened by the resurgent blaze, officials said. Kiryat Yearim, Tzova, Ein Rafa, Ein Nakuba, Sho’eva, the Eitanim psychiatric hospital, Shoresh, Har Etan and other towns and villages were evacuated as firefighters deployed along Jerusalem’s southern perimeter to establish a defensive line against the spread of the fire toward the capital.

“The fire was on the scale of the Carmel forest [fire],” Simchi said, referring to a December 2010 forest fire in the north that claimed the lives of 44 people. Thanks to the work of firefighters, he added, “some of whom have been operating for 30 hours straight…there was no loss of life” this time around. The fires were still burning at 100 different hotspots throughout the Jerusalem hills, he cautioned.

“Putting out forest fires isn’t a simple task, it can take days,” Simchi added. “Until it’s entirely put out, there’s a risk of resurgence. You see fires around the world that have been going for a week or even two.”

He confirmed speculation that the fires were caused by humans. “There was no lightning in Israel today. The fires were a human act. We don’t know yet if it was arson or negligence. We’ll investigate.”

Reports throughout the day suggested Hadassah Hospital Ein Kerem, the largest hospital in the country, which lies on Jerusalem southwest edge, was directly threatened by the blaze. Jerusalem Police, Magen David Adom and hospital officials had prepared to evacuate the hospital, which houses thousands of patients at a time.

Simchi confirmed the hospital had been in danger but said the danger had passed, and that dedicated firefighting teams had been deployed to the site throughout the crisis.

“A few hours ago, Ein Kerem was in danger. We posted 15 firetrucks there, commanded by an officer of deputy commissioner rank [the second-highest rank in the rescue services], because it’s a difficult site to evacuate,” Simchi said.

A short time later, responding to a question from a Channel 13 television reporter, he said the hospital would not be endangered by the blaze again Monday night. “Tonight, [the fire] will not get near [Hadassah hospital] — that I can promise you. We’ve deployed large forces…. To my relief, the fire is not moving in that direction. And if it does move in that direction, the firefighters … will protect Hadassah Hospital.”

Earlier Monday, Simchi ordered a general mobilization of all firefighters, including off-duty ones, in a bid to stem the blaze.

According to the Israel Defense Forces, firefighters and search-and-rescue troops from the Home Front Command, along with the elite helicopter-borne Unit 669 rescue detachment, were deployed to the area. The Air Force sent transport helicopters to the area on Monday afternoon in case rescue forces needed help speeding up the evacuations, officials said.

The Defense Ministry said Monday it was working to rent six planes from a private aviation company to assist in the firefighting effort.

“The planes are expected to go into service beginning tomorrow morning and to expand our aerial firefighting capability. At the same time, the possibility of commandeering additional civilian aircraft for firefighting missions is also being considered,” the Defense Ministry said in a statement.

The six planes poised to enter service Tuesday were being rented from the civilian aviation firm Chim-Nir.

Rescue officials also asked the government to seek international assistance. Foreign Ministry officials obtained commitments to help from Cyprus and Greece, the ministry said.

It was not immediately clear if the help would be needed, however.

Public Security Minister Omer Barlev, who oversees the national fire and rescue apparatus, told reporters on Monday night, “I hope we won’t need the help. But yesterday at this hour we thought this was almost over, until the winds and low humidity in the morning” reignited the blaze.

Israel would call on that help only if conditions warranted it come Tuesday, though some rescue officials said the weather in the morning was expected to be hotter and drier than Monday’s, and the flames were expected to start spreading earlier.

On Monday afternoon, firefighters raced through the streets of villages like Givat Ye’arim in a race to evacuate residents as the fire entered the hilltop town.

At least 10 firefighting planes and several hundred firefighters were deployed to the area, working to form defensive lines around the enormous blaze. After the first defensive line was breached, firefighters tried to establish a new one near Ora and Aminadav, two villages touching on Jerusalem’s municipal boundary.

It was at that point, with the fire out of control and Jerusalem neighborhoods under threat, that Israel launched its appeal to nearby nations for help.

Israel has been sweltering under yet another heatwave, providing ideal conditions for the flames to spread.

The climate crisis will make such events more frequent and powerful, and Israel is particularly sensitive to drought and warming,” said Environmental Protection Minister Tamar Zandberg on a visit to a command center for the fire. “Climate disasters must be declared a strategic threat, and prepared for accordingly.”

A 32-year-old firefighter was injured near Shoresh on Sunday evening, and was treated at the scene before being transferred to Ichilov Medical Center in moderate condition.

A 25-year-old patient was found safe and sound Monday afternoon after he lost contact with others during the evacuation of the Eitanim psychiatric hospital, as flames approached the town of Givat Ye’arim. A second patient who had gone missing was located sometime before midnight Sunday, police said.

The health and environmental protection ministries issued a statement saying that there was very high pollution in the Jerusalem Hills region and residents were advised to reduce outdoor sports activity, stay indoors and close windows. Those with heart or lung conditions, older people, children and pregnant women were advised not to go outside unnecessarily.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/homes-evacuated-roads-closed-as-wildfire-surges-toward-jerusalem/ 

:: 8-16-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unemployment Soars As Job Openings Hit Record Levels

by Schiff Gold August 16th 2021, 12:18 pm

Economics 101 – incentives matter.

But politicians often seem to forget this. Or simply ignore it. “Generous” unemployment benefits provide the perfect example. With the US government handing out enhanced unemployment checks, we ended up in a bizarre situation with high unemployment even as job openings hit record levels.

Both President Joe Biden and Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen insisted that the enhanced government unemployment benefits weren’t incentivizing people not to work. In a podcast, Peter Schiff said this notion is absurd.

Only government economists could fail to understand this obvious relationship. There is a preference for leisure over work. People would prefer to have leisure than work. The only reason they give up their leisure to work is because they need the money. Because otherwise, they can’t pay their bills. They can’t pay the rent. They can’t put food on the table. So, even though they would prefer leisure, they have to work. Well, if the government says, ‘No, you don’t have to work. You can have the leisure that you prefer and we’ll replace your lost income. In fact, we will actually give you more money to take a vacation than what you would earn if you gave up that vacation and went back to work.’ How can anybody not realize that there is a link here between these lucrative payments not to work and so many people choosing not to work?”

Politicians simply don’ have the power to overturn basic economics, no matter how hard they try. As economist Paul Prentice pointed out, you always get more of whatever you incentivize and less of what you disincentivize. “The supplemental unemployment payment does bothit incentivizes people not to work, and simultaneously disincentivizes them from working.”

Prentice lives in Colorado. He pointed out that as of mid-July, total employment in Colorado has yet to return to pre-lockdown levels. Personal income in Colorado has yet to return to pre-lockdown levels. Real GDP in Colorado has yet to return to pre-lockdown levels.

“Furthermore, employment and income losses are concentrated among the poor and minorities. The last thing they need is an increased incentive not to work.”

GDP grew by 6.5% in the second quarter, but Peter Schiff called it “fake economic growth.

“We had no legitimate economic growth at all. All we had was people spending money. And one of the reasons that they spent more money.”

Prentice points out that real economic growth requires production. When you incentivize people not to work by giving them money to spend, it creates an illusion of prosperity that is actually undercutting the economy.

“When fewer people work and fewer businesses operate at capacity, it is axiomatic that less income is produced. Government payments in lieu of earned income may help some individuals in the short run, but it harms the economy as a whole in the long run. One dollar of supplemental unemployment does not have the same economic impact as one dollar of production-based earned income.”

Unemployment benefits not only rot the foundation out of the economy, in the long run, they harm the very people they were meant to help, as Prentice points out.

“Even for those who receive more in unemployment than by working, the short-term money cannot make up for the long-term loss of moving up the employment ladder, achieving seniority, and earning raises. At a sociological level, the loss of earned self-esteem that comes from gainful employment is incalculable. Generational damage will occur from children not observing the social benefits of employed parents.”

Unemployment benefits look good on the surface. That’s why politicians love them. But they come with all kinds of unseen consequences. Prentice sums up the damage done to Colorado’s economy by that state’s enhanced unemployment benefits.

“The unintended economic consequences to Colorado of paying people not to work go far beyond the immediate impact of reduced employment. From where will the money come? Taxes on job creators? That harms all Coloradans as fewer jobs will be created. The government printing press? That harms all Coloradans through increased inflation. From Communist China buying more US Treasury debt? That harms all Coloradans by making us more beholden to a country that has shown itself to be a global enemy of freedom.”

You can ignore the laws of economics. But you can’t ignore the consequences of ignoring the laws of economics.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/unemployment-soars-as-job-openings-hit-record-levels/ 

:: 8-16-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former CIA Officer: “The Most Infamous & Devastating Press Conference Ever Held By An American President”

by Zero Hedge August 16th 2021, 10:30 am

Kabul’s streets are clogged with panicked civilians fleeing the Taliban onslaught of the Afghan capital, American chinook helicopters are hovering above the US Embassy with an emergency evacuation in progress, and the national government propped up for two decades by US money and power is negotiating surrender with barely a fight.

One former CIA officer has observed looking back to Joe Biden’s July 8 Afghan policy speech: “This may become the most infamous — and devastating — press conference ever held by an American President,” wrote CIA foreign operations veteran Bryan Dean Wright on Sunday.

“When I announced our drawdown in April, I said we would be out by September, and we’re on track to meet that target,” Biden had said. “Our military mission in Afghanistan will conclude on August 31st.”

Clearly the Taliban are on the cusp of declaring victory in Kabul far ahead of that date marker, and certainly very far ahead of the initially conceived September 11 symbolic ‘mission accomplished’ date (without doubt whatever plans were laid for an optimistic sounding 9/11 “we’re out of Afghanistan” or even “mission accomplished” speech will be scrapped).

Here’s the exchange from a bit over a month ago:

REPORTER: Is a Taliban takeover of Afghanistan now inevitable?

THE PRESIDENT: No, it is not.

REPORTER: Why?

THE PRESIDENT: Because you — the Afghan troops have 300,000 well-equipped — as well-equipped as any army in the world — and an air force against something like 75,000 Taliban. It is not inevitable.

Perhaps this utter failure to grasp or predict anything close to reality on the ground in the conflict is a failure also shared by US intelligence, given that it was only in June that a widely reported intel assessment forecast that Kabul could fall within six months.

But just last week that assessment was significantly revised to say within “one month to 90 days”. Merely the last 48 hours has obviously proven this completely off the mark as well.

US intelligence is now giving it just 72 hours – but it’s looking more and more like the Taliban will overrun the capital in maybe just 24 hours, which may not even be enough time for all US diplomatic personnel to get out.

Meanwhile, Afghanistan’s US-backed leaders appear to be putting their exit plans in place, with appeals being made to the invading Taliban to spare them and their families…

For example former Afghan president Hamid Karzai urged the Taliban to provide security and safety for the city’s civilians and its leaders in a Sunday video message recorded while standing with his three daughters.

Similar to the the 7.2 Magnitude Earthquake that rocked Haiti, the Taliban is a force of nature causing tectonic shifts under a crumbling Biden Administration lead by the nose by an incompetent Defense Department that has mismanaged the effort in Afghanistan from day one.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/former-cia-officer-the-most-infamous-devastating-press-conference-ever-held-by-an-american-president/ 

:: 8-15-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Carnage on Kandahar Streets After Taliban Pull People from Their Homes and Slaughter Them

Dinesh D'Souza Published August 15, 2021 97,862 Views

3941 rumbles

Video

Rumble — This is the result of Biden's weak withdrawal from Afghanistan.

https://rumble.com/vl7l5u-carnage-on-kandahar-streets-after-taliban-pull-people-from-their-homes-and-.html 

:: 8-16-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'I have grave questions about his ability to lead our nation': Obama's Ambassador to Afghanistan Ryan Crocker slams Biden and says his disastrous Afghanistan policy might prove he's unfit to be commander in chief

Ryan Crocker was appointed ambassador to Afghanistan in 2002 and 2011

He said the avoidable nature of the situation is what makes it 'all so sad'

Taliban insurgents quickly took over Afghanistan in the final weeks of US pullout

Joe Biden's drawdown of US military presence is a continuation of Donald Trump's 2020 peace deal with the Taliban, excluding the Afghan government

Crocker blames Biden for keeping up with Trump's decision

A Biden adviser blamed Afghan troops for letting Kabul fall, but Crocker said the US effectively 'sold out' the forces that worked with them for 20 years

He said the Taliban would be 'meaner and tougher' than they were in 1996

By Elizabeth Elkind, U.S. Political Reporter For Dailymail.Com

Published: 12:51 EDT, 16 August 2021 | Updated: 15:01 EDT, 16 August 2021

A veteran US diplomat who headed the Kabul embassy twice - including in 2002 soon after it reopened after five years of Taliban rule - said he has 'grave' concerns over President Joe Biden's ability to lead the United States after Afghanistan fell to the insurgent group once again on Sunday.

Former Ambassador to Afghanistan Ryan Crocker on Monday called the Taliban's takeover a predictable 'self-inflicted wound' to US foreign policy.

'That's why this is all so sad,' Crocker said.

Like many officials he was surprised at how quickly the war-torn country was taken, he told The Spokane Review - but that the 'trajectory' was inevitable.

'What President Biden has done is to embrace the Afghan policy of President Trump, and this is the outcome,' Crocker said.

'I'm left with some grave questions in my mind about his ability to lead our nation as commander-in-chief...to have read this so wrong - or, even worse, to have understood what was likely to happen and not care.'

The career diplomat was the second acting ambassador to head the Kabul embassy after diplomatic relations were reestablished in 2001. President Barack Obama later called him out of retirement to serve in the post again for roughly a year from 2011 to 2012.

Over the last week the Taliban mounted a lightning offensive to seize the majority of Afghanistan's provincial capitals. Two decades of US diplomacy, military strategy and more than $80 billion unraveled when the group declared victory Sunday, after President Ashraf Ghani fled the country and Kabul fell without a fight.

Crocker warned that this Taliban is 'meaner and tougher' than when the insurgent group took Afghanistan in 1996 'because of what they've been through' with the US.

Accounts of the extremist group's brutal treatment of civilians and Afghan soldiers who surrendered have pushed thousands to flee the capital, despite the Taliban's promises of no retribution and to let people leave if they wished.

Biden adviser Jake Sullivan mounted the administration's defense and blamed Afghan troops who 'ultimately decided that they would not fight for Kabul' on NBC Monday morning.

And while Sullivan praised the evacuation effort, Crocker said it showed 'a total lack of coordinated, post-withdrawal planning on our part.'

Crocker said it's Biden's draw down of US troops following former President Trump's peace agreement with the Taliban that's at fault.

'We've spent the last almost two years delegitimizing the Afghan government and its security forces,' he said.

'It is not exactly a climate in which these young troopers can be reasonably expected to hold that line, having been sold out by us.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9898555/Afghanistan-ambassador-Obama-says-grave-concerns-Bidens-ability-lead-US.html 

:: 8-16-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Navy SEAL who killed Bin Laden urges Mark Milley to RESIGN over Afghans falling to their deaths from US aircraft and says his friends 'died for no reason'

Robert O'Neill has been firing off on Twitter since Sunday morning, when reports of the Taliban reaching Kabul first broke across the world

He called specifically for Milley's resignation and other 'generals and admirals'

Fellow retired Navy SEAL Derrick Van Orden also called for Mark Milley to 'peel potatoes in the galley for about a month' before tendering his resignation

Orden also called for Antony Blinken and Lloyd Austin to step down

Milley has made no public statements on the Taliban takeover so far

President Joe Biden is addressing the country on Monday afternoon

By Elizabeth Elkind, U.S. Political Reporter and Jennifer Smith and Ross Ibbetson For Dailymail.com

Published: 15:29 EDT, 16 August 2021 | Updated: 15:45 EDT, 16 August 2021

The retired Navy SEAL who shot and killed Osama bin Laden in 2011 is calling on Mark Milley to resign over the US's chaotic evacuation effort from Afghanistan after the country fell to the taliban on Sunday while his fellow veteran is also calling on the Secretaries of State and Defense to step down.

'There are Afghans falling to their deaths off of our retreating aircraft. Has @thejointstaff resigned yet?' retired SEAL Robert O'Neill wrote on Twitter Monday morning, tagging the official account for the Joint Chiefs of Staff led by Chairman Mark Milley.

The post was bookended by two more also calling for General Milley to resign.

At least eight people were killed at Kabul airport on Monday, including two who were shot dead by US troops, three who were run over by taxiing jets and three stowaways who fell from the engines of a US Air Force plane as it fled an airfield of thousands of desperate Afghan nationals.

Milley briefed Senators on Sunday that after the Afghan government's sudden collapse, groups like Al Qaeda could make a resurgence sooner than expected, sources told CNN.

'Have any of our generals and admirals resigned out of disgrace yet?' O'Neill also questioned.

The Joint Chiefs of Staff has not yet released a public statement regarding the Taliban takeover.

Navy SEAL Derrick Van Orden echoed O'Neill's criticisms on Fox & Friends Monday morning.

'Unfortunately, the Biden administration is redefining the word incompetence,' the military man-turned-Congressional candidate said.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9898945/Navy-SEAL-shot-Bin-Laden-demands-Mark-Milley-resign-Taliban-takeover-Afghanistan.html 

:: 8-16-21 SHTF plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Almost 1 Million Israelis Have Gotten Their Third COVID Shot

Mac Slavo August 16th, 2021  SHTFplan.com Comments (14)

The number of Israelis who have received their third dose of the Pfizer vaccine against Covid-19 has reached 963,572, the country’s Ministry of Health announced on Monday. This is not particularly surprising, considering the push for boosters has been ongoing since these experimental gene therapy jabs have been released.

In late July, Israel became one of the first countries in the world to begin administering booster shots to already fully vaccinated residents. And the country already has almost 1 million takers for the third shot. These injections were initially offered to those over the age of 60, but last week the program was expanded to include residents over 50, as well as healthcare workers, prisoners, and people with deficient immune systems, according to a report by RT.

The push for a third dose started as Israel’s new prime minister Naftali Bennett came under intense political pressure amid a recent sharp spike in infections and hospitalizations, in a country that had celebrated victory against the virus not so long ago. Health officials have also been voicing increasing concerns over the potentially waning efficacy of Covid-19 jabs in the face of the more contagious Delta variant, which saw both vaccinated and fully vaccinated people becoming ill.

Bennet has been actively promoting the controversial booster-jab practice, going as far as saying that elderly people, who refrain from getting the third dose, were “in mortal danger.” He also insisted that Israel was doing the world a “great service” by administering booster shots and sharing its data. –RT

But The World Health Organization says that until everyone else is jabbed with the first two shots, no one should be getting boosters. Not because they don’t want people coming back for more, but because they need as many humans as possible injected with the experimental gene therapy first.

The United Nations body’s head Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus took to Twitter on Sunday to once again urge a “moratorium on boosters.”

It was just one in a whole series of tweets by Ghebreyesus, in which he insisted that it was wrong, from both a moral and an epidemiological standpoint, for rich countries to offer a third dose to their residents when poorer nations couldn’t access any vaccines at all. “The more people remain unvaccinated against Covid-19 globally, the more opportunity the virus has to spread and evolve into potentially more dangerous variants, which increases the risk for everybody,” the WHO chief pointed out.

So the goal is still vaccination of everyone. They need this shot in some way to roll out the New World Order. It’s still unclear why, exactly, but it appears that things cannot go forward if there are enough holdouts. The U.S. is already suggesting booster shots will be necessary too:

https://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/almost-1-million-israelis-have-gotten-their-third-covid-shot 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 8--21 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Arizona Republic

First-ever water shortage on the Colorado River will bring cuts for Arizona farmers

Ian James and Zayna Syed, Arizona Republic 14 hrs ago

The federal government on Monday declared a first-ever water shortage on the Colorado River, announcing mandatory cutbacks next year that will bring major challenges for Arizona farmers and reduce the water allotments of Nevada and Mexico.

The declaration of a shortage by the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation has been anticipated for months and was triggered by the spiraling decline of Lake Mead, which stores water used by Arizona, Nevada, California and Mexico.

The reservoir near Las Vegas has fallen to its lowest levels since Hoover Dam was built in the 1930s and is continuing to drop after years of chronic overuse and drought intensified by climate change. It now stands at just 35% of full capacity.

Start the day smarter. Get all the news you need in your inbox each morning.

To try to prevent Lake Mead from falling to critically low levels, state officials from Arizona, California and Nevada announced that they've begun meeting to discuss potential additional steps, which could include more water cuts.

Federal water managers said the first shortage declaration shows how severe the drought has become and how climate change is having serious effects on the river, which provides water for about 40 million people.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/weather/topstories/first-ever-water-shortage-on-the-colorado-river-will-bring-cuts-for-arizona-farmers/ar-AANo9pt 

:: 8-17-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Global Allies Slam Biden on Afghanistan: 'Alarm Bells Everywhere' for U.S Credibility

International officials raise major concerns about Joe Biden's 'leadership'

By: Jay Greenberg

America's international allies are voicing major concerns about Democrat Joe Biden's ability to lead following his catastrophic actions in Afghanistan that caused the country to collapse into the hands of the Taliban.

Government officials around the world are now targetting Biden after witnessing terrorists seize control of Afghanistan in a matter of days after a 20-year occupation by Western allies.

The disaster is being described as even worse than America's humiliating evacuation from Saigon at the end of the Vietnam War in 1975.

The chaotic Afghanistan withdrawal is now eroding the confidence of international allies.

Global leaders are now doubting whether Biden's administration is capable of fulfilling his foreign policy promises.

Some are even questioning America's credibility on the international stage as a whole.

Parliament, mocked Biden's "America is back" foreign policy.

"Whatever happened to 'America is back'?" Ellwood told the Washington Post.

"People are bewildered that after two decades of this big, high-tech power intervening, they are withdrawing and effectively handing the country back to the people we went in to defeat," Ellwood added.

"This is the irony.

"How can you say America is back when we're being defeated by an insurgency armed with no more than [rocket-propelled grenades], land mines, and AK-47s?"

Riad Kahwaji, whom the Post described as "the Inegma security consultancy in the United Arab Emirates, which hosts one of the biggest American military contingents in the Middle East," told the newspaper that Biden's withdrawal "is raising alarm bells everywhere."

"The U.S.'s credibility as an ally has been in question for a while," Kahwaji said.

"We see Russia fighting all the way to protect the Assad regime [in Syria], and now the Americans are pulling out and leaving a big chaos in Afghanistan."

Meanwhile, Cathryn Clüver Ashbrook, director of the German Council on Foreign Relations, told the Post that German lawmakers are furious with the decision of Biden's administration.

"The Biden administration came to office promising an open exchange, a transparent exchange with its allies," Clüver Ashbrook said.

"They said the transatlantic relationship would be pivotal.

"As it is, they're playing lip service to the transatlantic relationship and still believe European allies should fall into line with U.S. priorities."

Biden has attempted to deflect blame for the disastrous withdrawal on his predecessor, President Donald Trump.

But those attempts ring hallow.

While it is true that Trump initiated the Afghanistan withdrawal, the withdrawal strategy falls squarely on Biden's shoulders.

In fact, Biden was confidently telling reporters just last month the Taliban would not retake control of Afghanistan, denying comparisons to Vietnam.

However, as the Wall Street Journal editorial board pointed out, Biden has overturned countless Trump-era policies.

Why is Biden's administration now claiming that Trump's May 1 withdrawal deadline is one they could not overturn, too?

Note that Mr. Biden is more critical of his predecessor than he is of the Taliban.

The President has spent seven months ostentatiously overturning one Trump policy after another on foreign and domestic policy.

Yet he now claims Afghanistan policy is the one he could do nothing about.

This is a pathetic denial of his own agency, and it's also a false choice.

It's as if Winston Churchill, with his troops surrounded at Dunkirk, had declared that Neville Chamberlain got him into this mess and the British had already fought too many wars on the Continent.

Biden, in fact, reportedly ignored top military commanders, who recommended retaining a nominal American force in Afghanistan to help maintain security and facilitate a transfer of security responsibilities.

Instead being motivating by the 20th anniversary of the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks, Biden approved the immediate full withdrawal of U.S. forces, a disastrous plan whose consequences are being laid bare as the world watches.

Meanwhile, the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) has sent a threat to the people of Taiwan that China may soon invade if the country doesn't surrender to them.

The CCP used Biden's actions in Afghanistan as an example that America is now "too weak" to protect Taiwan if they are invaded.

https://neonnettle.com/news/16332-global-allies-slam-biden-on-afghanistan-alarm-bells-everywhere-for-u-s-credibility 

:: 8-17-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

While American Citizens Remain "Trapped" In Afghanistan, Planeloads of FIGHTING-AGE MEN (Refugees) Coming to Texas and Wisconsin

Nation Hal Turner 17 August 2021 Hits: 11271

Something is more than wrong with this picture: Planeloads of "Refugees" are coming to the USA from Kabul, Afghanistan, but one can't see any women or children on those planes; just fighting-aged men. BTW, they're coming to Fort Bliss in Texas and Fort McCoy in Wisconsin.

OPINION EDITORIAL --

From August 7, the US State Department was telling US "citizens" to leave Afghanistan immediately via their web site. Yet we are now being told that "thousands" of Americans did not leave their homes in time to make it to the airport in Kabul to be evacuated. Instead, we're told, those Americans were instructed to shelter in place because the situation had become dangerous.

Gee, conflicting information - how very professional of our State Department. Once again, the United States Department of State proves its staff and executives to be little more than functional retards. A similar skill level to our Joint Chiefs of Staff!

Incidentally, who are those "American citizens still in Afghanistan?" Well, we're told, they are teachers who were teaching in Afghan Schools, and Businessmen doing business with Afghan companies.

Oh, really?

Why were they not teaching in American schools and doing business with American companies?

Maybe because they are private military contractors (PMC)????

So now that the city of Kabul - and the entire country of Afghanistan -- are under complete Taliban control, how do we suppose all those PMC's are going to get out?

Could we see another Iran-type hostage situation just like under Jimmy Carter in 1979? Time will tell.

One thing that time has already told us is that Joe Biden and staff picks are completely, totally, unfit to be in positions of Authority.

And do you know who it is that bears the blame for that?

Biden Voters. Each and every one of them.

Yes, Biden Voters, some of the most ignorant, uninformed, self-absorbed morons in the country.

I have to ask you Biden Voters, does it physically hurt to be so stupid? Does the stupid burn you?

The reason I ask is that I cannot imagine going through my life being so disconnected from factual reality that I would be dumb enough to vote for a guy who spent 47 years in government and never solved one problem. You Biden voters though, not so much.

I've got to hand it to you Biden voters, though. It only took seven months for your guy to smash the US economy, wreck our oil independence, cause gigantic unemployment, and humiliate our entire nation in front of the whole world with its botched removal of US troops from Afghanistan.

Oh, and about that last item, the removal of US troops from Afghanistan. At the end of Donald Trump's Presidency, there were only 2500 US Military persons in Afghanistan. President Trump negotiated our military departure from Afghanistan to be done by May 1.

Here we are on August 17, and our people are STILL not out.

So maybe you Biden voters can tell me how it is that your illustrious leader and his ever-so-woke, ever-so-sensitive staff, could somehow fail to be able to transport 2500 people out of Afghanistan in February, or March, or April?

Three whole months, and the people you elected, and the retards they hired, couldn't transport 2500 people. That's a special kind of stupid.

And so are you Biden Voters; a special kind of stupid.

You should kill yourselves for being too stupid to breathe.

Oh, wait. Most of you have already done that by taking the COVID vaccine. Thank God. At least most of you will be dead within three years from doing that. Right side heart failure from capillary blood clots. Look it up. It's a known side effect.

Folks like me just have to hang on for three more short years. I wonder how much more wreckage you can inflict in that time. Or maybe I shouldn't ask.

Perhaps the whole nation will be gone and what few of your ilk manage to survive can all stand together with that other dingbat, Barack Obama and say "my work is done here."

Well, maybe not. Maybe we're all in for a real ride now.

You see, your fearless leader left all our weapons behind in Afghanistan, and the Taliban grabbed them all.

See this guy:

This photo was taken outside Kabul on August 15, 2021. They armed their guys with OUR Stingers in case the US decides to attack them; they can shoot down our aircraft with our own weapons.

So you Democrats be sure to travel by plane as often as you can.

As soon as this guy and his pals manage to get those weapons across our wide open southern border, (your guy did that too) they can have a party with our domestic aircraft.

One can only hope that you and your ilk are the ones aboard.

And if those types of shoot downs start happening, you can look yourselves in the mirror and confidently say that you made it all possible by voting for Joe Biden.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/while-american-citizens-remain-trapped-in-afghanistan-planeloads-of-fighting-age-men-coming-to-texas-and-wisconsin

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 8-8-21 Citizen Free Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antifa attacks Christians in Portland at Artur Pawlowski prayer event…

Posted by Kane on August 8, 2021 5:29 am

Church Videos

19.4K subscribers

Antifa Attacking Christians Today in Portland Oregon

Church Videos

19.4K subscribers

Pastors got Attacked by antifa in Portland

BREAKING: Antifa attacks #Christian prayer event in Portland |

Watch on You Tube

https://citizenfreepress.com/breaking/antifa-attacks-christians-in-portland/ 

:: 8-8-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Images Emerge of Kamala Harris & AOC with Pedophile Democrat

Top Democrats pictured with Democratic state senator arrested for raping children

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle  on 8th August 2021 @ 4.00pm

Democrat Tony Navarrete appeared in court this week for raping children as young as nine

Images have emerged online that show top Democrats Kamala Harris and Rep. Alexandria Ocasio Cortez (D-NY) pictured with a Democratic state senator who was arrested and charged with raping children this week.

Democratic Arizona state Sen. Otoniel “Tony” Navarrete was taken into custody on Friday over allegations relating to a series of child sex crimes, including years worth of sexual abuse against one of his alleged victims, police said Friday.

35-year-old Navarrete is facing seven felonies for child sex crimes after allegedly raping and forcing oral sex on a boy who was 12 or 13 years old at the time.

He is also accused of molesting the boy's younger brother, who is beleived to have been nine or ten years old at the time.

Navarrete was arrested on multiple charges of sexually abusing children after police secretly recorded a phone conversation with one of his victims where he admits to the crimes and even apologizes to the young boy.

“I’m sorry, mijo,” Navarrete said in the Aug. 5 conversation, according to Phoenix police officer Javier Quezada.

However, newly discovered images have revealed that Navarrete rubbed shoulders with the upper echelons of the Democratic Party.

The photos we shared on social media on Navarrete's accounts, which have now all been scrubbed.

"Time to elect Joe Biden and Kamala Harris!" Navarrete pitched in a now-deleted Twitter post last year that shows a photo of the accused child rapist with his arm around Harris.

The newly discovered photographs reveal that Navarrete was an extremely well-connected individual.

Senate Democrats released a statement responding to the arrest, saying:

“We are deeply disturbed by what we’ve learned from recent media reports about the arrest of Senator Tony Navarrete.

"These allegations and arrest are serious and deeply troubling.”

From Jeffrey Epstein to Harvey Weinstein, many sexual predators have been suspiciously linked to top Democrat officials.

In July, top Hillary Clinton and Adam Schiff-linked Democrat donor Ed Buck was found guilty of charges for drugging male prostitutes to death.

In May, a California Democrat involved in community outreach programs was arrested on charges of sexually abusing a minor continuously.

As Neon Nettle reported earlier this week, Wall Street financier Howard Rubin was accused of human trafficking and beating and raping several women in a "sex dungeon" in his New York home.

Rubin is known as far-left billionaire George Soros’ right-hand man.

https://neonnettle.com/news/16224-images-emerge-of-kamala-harris-aoc-with-pedophile-democrat 

:: 8--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Food Shortages? Phytophthora Fungus Infects Vegetable Gardens Across the Country

by Jayne Rising

Shortages seem to be the theme of 2020 and 2021. Everything from meat to commodities and even semi-conductors made the list of possible or definite shortages. Now, the early onset of a fungus that attacks vegetables could leave us with no pumpkin pie at Thanksgiving and no Jack-o-Lantern’s at Halloween!

What is Phytophthora?

P. capsici blight, unfortunately, has hit pumpkins early and hard this year, endangering the supply of commercially canned purée as well as jack ‘o lanterns. “Home gardeners may also see it affect their ability to grow tomatoes, peppers, cucumbers, and squash.” [source] P. capsici: infects pumpkins and other cucurbits, bell peppers, and eggplant.

Phytophthora, classified as oomycetes, is a fungal genus with 170 described species and another 100-500 estimated waiting for discovery. Phytophthora is one of the water molds, and not one species is up to any good in garden or field.

P. infestans is the bug responsible for the Irish potato famine of the 19th century and is a severe problem in potatoes today. Members of this troublesome genus (listed below) infect the Solanaceae family, including potatoes and eggplant, cucurbits including squash and pumpkin, strawberries, and many economically significant trees, flowers, and shrubs. P. parasitica attacks bell peppers, tomatoes, and eggplant. This infection is commonly called buckeye rot.

This article includes general information applicable to pumpkins, potatoes, tomatoes, strawberries, and peppers, common vegetables grown in home gardens. The source links throughout this article have pictures, which are, of course, handy to diagnose.

General signs and symptoms of infection for pumpkins and potatoes

Here is a condensed list of general symptoms of infection to help with spotting and diagnosing.

General First Signs: Water-soaked spots are small, pale to dark olive green, angular to irregular, and present on the lower leaves at the leaf tips or edges. Lesions rapidly expand into large, dark brown to purplish-black dead areas during cool, moist weather.

Early Fruit Infection Symptoms: Lesions are grayish-green or brown, showing where the fruit touches the soil. Buckeye rot lesions have a smooth surface with a diffusely defined margin. Late blight lesions develop a rough surface and sharply defined margin.

Potato Tuber Symptoms: Lesions are small to large, irregular, slightly depressed, red to brown, or steely purple surface. A tan to dark reddish-brown, dry, granular rot extends into the tuber.

Cucurbit Fields: This infection usually appears first in low areas where soil remains wet for an extended period. Crown rot causes the entire plant to collapse and die. Water-soaked lesions are dark olive in the beginning and become dark brown in a few days. [source]

On pumpkin specifically, it affects the roots, stems, leaves, and fruits.

General signs and symptoms of infection for strawberries, peppers, and tomatoes

Strawberry Root Rot: The outer root cortex remains white while the inner core or stele turns a pinkish-red color. After a few minutes of exposure, healthy root tissue turns reddish. [source]

This site also includes interesting information on laboratory diagnosis in addition to specific root rot symptoms. You will find detailed information on useful fungicides and a fertilizer regimen for management as well.

Leather Rot on Strawberries: occurs during flowering or after fruit set when wet conditions and berries contact the soil. Infected blossom clusters turn brown and die. Immature fruit, infected areas appear brown to black. Mature fruit the color of infection ranges from light tan to light red or green, and the fruit becomes hard and leathery. [source]

Leather rot is currently an issue for me. The amount of Captan I used to get even a couple of big bowls worth is appalling. I can’t imagine eating the rotten fruit. It is that horrid looking.

Root Rot in Peppers: A few pepper varieties are resistant to the root rot phase of the disease but are susceptible to the crown rot phase. Varieties that are resistant to Phytophthora blight: Paladin, Aristotle, Declaration, Intruder, Vanguard, Hechicero, and Sequoia. [source]

Infection in Tomatoes: Also caused by P. capsici and called buckeye rot, similar to cucurbits and peppers. [source]

Life Cycle

The pathogen overwinters in infected tubers and diseased plants and adores cool, wet conditions. Nights in the 50s F with days in the 60-75 F range and high humidity over a 4-5 day period are highly conducive to blight development. Not only does the fruiting body of Phytophthora (sporangia) form thick-walled spores that can survive for several years (oocytes), it procedures spores are motile (zoospores.) Meaning they swim. And the zoospores last at least five years.

Management

Crop rotation is crucial. Plant resistant varieties if possible. However, be aware resistance can decline over time. Resistant varieties are also likely to require some fungicide. Avoid planting susceptible hosts in fields where Phytophthora has been for at least three years. If irrigation is the chosen watering system, irrigate in the early morning, so the leaves dry quickly. Avoid using surface water as your source since it may carry spores.

Planting in raised beds with black plastic mulch helps drain water away from the plants and keeps fruits from direct soil contact. However, be aware that water can pool under the plastic and help spread the infection. Increase fungicide coverage on individual plants by widening the rows and reducing the number of plants in the field.

Minibeds on Plastic consists of several 30″ by 30″ small raised beds made of wood, spaced approximately 18″ apart and constructed on top of a plastic mulch barrier. The plastic inside the wood frames is cut out and removed and used as mini planting beds. Plastic over the area surrounding area holds moisture in the soil and prevents weeds from growing.

Sanitation is also a powerful preventative technique. Remove diseased plants as well as the plants adjacent to them. Burning or burying them may be your best option. Power wash equipment that’s been in a Phytophthora-infested field. If you’re using hand tools, bleach is your friend.

Fungicides: There are a number of these labeled for use on Phytophthora. Consider a combination treatment because the fungus has developed resistance to some of them, Mefenoxam, for example. As I said, this is a nasty genus and highly aggressive.

Are there more shortages headed our way?

Phytophthora blight is a nasty disease with a substantial economic impact. It’s challenging to eradicate, so prevention is your best defense. Even with treatment, my strawberry beds produced much less than usual. There is clear evidence that I’ll be treating my garden next year as well.

Perhaps this is a great time to learn how to grow pumpkins!

Have you had this disease infect your garden? Were you able to successfully manage it? Did your garden survive? Share your diseases in the garden stories with us in the comments section.

Special thanks to https://twitter.com/jdeezy2k3  for the tip!

About Jayne

Jayne Rising is a gardener and bookworm with a BS from the University of Wisconsin and a Master Gardener certification. She’s been growing food on her small urban lot since 2010 and teaching others how to do it since 2015. She’s involved in a number of local urban agriculture initiatives, working to bring a sustainable and healthy food system back into the mainstream.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/vegetable-shortage-phytophthora/ 

:: 8-8-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antifa Throws Flash Bombs At Groups With Children At Prayer Rally, And The Media Attacks Christian Pastor Leading Prayer Event To Protect Antifa's Continued Violence

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine August 8, 2021

Videos and eyewitness accounts are still coming out about a prayer event held in Portland, Oregon, on Saturday August 7, 2021, which was attacked by Antifa, and once again the media attempts to frame the story in a manner that doesn't truly hold Antifa to account at all, as well as skipping the backstory of years of Antifa violence and anarchy in Portland.

Russia Today manages to do what the American media can't, and that is accurately report events and eyewitness accounts of attendees, while the Insider, via Yahoo News, attempts to lay cover for Antifa by attacking the "event," the Pastor of the prayer rally, and the fact that Proud Boys were there to provide security for the prayer event attendees.

First we will deal with the events, with video and eyewitness accounts, and then we will highlight the American media spin on the same event.

From Russia Today, with actual quotes from attendees, we see in the very first paragraph that the event was peaceful, right up until Antifa showed up and started "hurling projectiles," and "destroying equipment."

This is partly shown in the video below, where an angry black-clad mob, moves in on a group listening to a sermon, and by the end of the one minute, forty second video, they have knocked over equipment, and sprayed what appears to be mace at those near the platform and equipment.

At around the one minute mark in the video above, you can hear a woman's voice yelling, "we have children."

According to the eyewitnesses, Antifa also threw "flash bombs" into groups of people, which includes children, some as young as four months old.

Footage taken at the event shows black-clad Antifa members throwing projectiles at the event’s attendees, as some of the masked activists shouted “No hate speech.”

“They threw a bomb already. We’ve got kids here,” the narrator of the video says.

The activists eventually march up to the stage. One Antifa member takes the microphone, announcing: “All cops are bastards. In the name of Jesus, Amen.” The group of left-wingers then kick and destroy the sound equipment. One black-clad individual can be seen carrying a speaker to the nearby Willamette River, apparently so that they could toss it into the water.

A woman who attended the event later said on camera that the activists had thrown a “flash bomb into a group of kids,” some as young as four months old.

We were about to have a worship event and Antifa just rolled in like an angry mob and started throwing flash bombs at everybody, macing everybody,” she said.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

It is also noteworthy that there were no arrest made, despite the use of mace/pepper spray in groups that included children, and that the event was peaceful until the Antifa mob showed up and started attacking the attendees.

Footage appears to show members of the right-wing group sporting paintball guns near the event’s location, but it doesn’t appear that they were present when Antifa attacked the gathering. Another video, purportedly taken on the same day, shows the group skirmishing with Antifa in downtown Portland. A police officer can be seen observing the mini-battle, but doesn’t intervene.

More Twitter videos taken of the attacks are shown at RT.

HOW THE AMERICAN MEDIA REPORTED EVENTS

The first article I saw about this in the American MSM was at Yahoo, via Insider, which shows clearly their spin on this attack in their headline, stating "Proud Boys and Antifa exchanged paintball gunfire and pepper spray at rally by controversial pastor in downtown Portland."

To start with, we'll show why this Canadian Pastor, Artur Pawlowski, is being called "controversial" by the media, while freedom proponents supported him months ago after a video went viral of him fighting back against the tyrannical COVID restrictions.

Long story short, COVID police invaded his church, on Easter weekend, because he refused to stop providing sermons, to which he screamed at them for being Nazi's, along with some other very blunt comments, up until he chased them out.

Seen below:

Pawlowski was arrested at a later date for his refusal to cave to COVID tyranny, detailed by BizPac Review (With video).

Video posted online during the arrest showed Pawlowski on his knees in the middle of a rain-soaked highway with vehicles passing by as officers handcuffed him and dragged him to a waiting patrol vehicle after he refused to stand up.

So, we are caught up on the "controversial" Pastor that led the prayer rally in Portland on Saturday.

Here is how American Media reports describes him:

Pawlowski is a controversial Canadian pastor known for his street sermons. He has previously claimed that floods in Canada were caused by God's unhappiness about homosexuality and has called police who enforce COVID-19 safety rules "Nazis."

I particularly find it interesting that while millions upon millions of Americans see tyranny in lockdowns, forced mandates and the states determination of what is and is not essential, church services being dubbed non-essential, the Insider calls the 'safety rules."

While the Insider focuses quite a bit on the Proud Boys providing security for the prayer group attendees once they showed up, they neglect to report on how Antifa groups sent out messages to show they would be showing up to harass the event attendees.

Later, the same account mocked how the equipment being used at the prayer event "malfunction," "in the river."

They made no bones about the fact they were going to show up to cause trouble, which is the reason the prayer group needed protection to begin with, and after the events shown in the first videos above, Proud Boys did show up and took Antifa on to protect the prayer groups.

Proud Boys did come prepared, with paintball guns, batons and other non-lethal weapons, as Antifa has been long known to show up armed, mace, bricks, concrete milkshakes, bats with nails inserted, ect......

Proud Boys wearing their signature black and yellow colors and PB insignia then marched to their announced gathering point in response, armed with paintball guns, batons, and other weapons, The Portland Tribune said.

Proud Boys get a bad wrap from the American media for being "radical," calling them "white supremacists, but we do not see the police, or any other groups showing up to face off against Antifa when they attack peaceful gatherings.

Despite their faults, they are doing what no one else is willing to do and protect the innocent and the right of Christians to gather and pray.

Portland Tribune also spins the story by describing the prayer event attendees as being on the "right-wing side."

Dozens of black-clad counter-protesters pushed into the right-wing band, hurling smoke grenades and appearing to dismantle part of the public address system, spurring Portland Police Bureau squad cars onto the grass under the mid-day sun. The right-wing group marched to their announced gathering point in response.

"Antifa had threatened to beat people up and do what they do — and then they showed up and did it," an attendee from the right-wing side said. "The police were not even far from there and they were laughing in their vehicles and doing their thing. It's probably hard to care as an officer in a place where they take away all your funding."

It is very telling that in the American media, it is assumed that anyone showing up to attend a Christian prayer event, or rally, or even free speech rallies are automatically considered "right-wing."

Says a lot about the American MSM and members of the left.

Another very interesting thing is when doing online searches using both the Bing and Google search engines, the two pieces we cited and linked to, both attempting to equate Proud Boys coming to to help protect the prayer rally with Antifa which came to attack the prayer event, were the only leftist media reporting on this in the last 24 hours.

Other search findings are all conservative Independent Media.

The only large national media outlet that covered this, was Fox News.

BOTTOM LINE

Once again we see a number of things from this attack in Portland.

• The police do nothing to intervene, so no arrests were made.

It is assumed if you attend a prayer rally you must be right-wing."

• The American media that does report, attempts to equate Proud Boys showing up to protect the prayer group with Antifa showing up with the stated intention of causing trouble and violence.

• The national American media avoids reporting on it at all, or downplays it to the point of their stories not even being shown on the first pages of two top search engines, Bing and Google, which to note, always list top national news outlets on the first pages.

• The media treats a pastor that refused to allowing the COVID police to shut down his church, as "controversial," because he was hailed an "absolute legend" for chasing the police out of his church and calling them Nazi's.

Just imagine the news cycles if it was a right wing group that constantly showed up to violently attack a peaceful left wing rally or event (If such a thing exist anymore.)

Once again it is up to the Independent Media to document the continued Antifa violence against Christians.

More videos of the chaos, and Antifa violence in Portland on Saturday.

The next video is a longer version of one shown within the article where you could see the pink gaseous smoke being set off by Antifa towards the second half.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Antifa_Attacks_Christian_Prayer_Event.php 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 8-9-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Disturbing before and after photos show how Dixie fire - the second largest ever recorded in California - has destroyed homes, businesses and an entire historic town as four remain missing

Disturbing before and after photos show how California's second largest ever recorded blaze has destroyed homes, businesses and an entire historic town

The Dixie Fire is now 463,477 acres and, as of Sunday morning, only 21 percent contained

It has burned for 23 days straight spreading across Plumas, Butte, Tehama and Lassen counties

The Dixie Fire's path has obliterated Greenville - a historic mountain town northwest of Reno - and forced thousands of residents to flee the area

Four Greenville residents remain unaccounted for at this time

Crews estimate the fire, which began July 13, will not finally be extinguished before August 20

By Rachel Sharp and Natasha Anderson For Dailymail.Com

Published: 22:40 EDT, 8 August 2021 | Updated: 09:04 EDT, 9 August 2021

Disturbing before and after photos released Sunday reveal how California's second largest ever recorded blaze has destroyed homes, businesses and an entire historic town.

The Dixie Fire is now 463,477 acres and, as of Sunday morning, only 21 percent contained. It has burned for 23 days straight spreading across Plumas, Butte, Tehama and Lassen counties.

Officials say four people remain missing.

The Dixie Fire's path has obliterated Greenville, a small mountain town about 125 miles northwest of Reno, Nevada, that is home to just 1,000 people.

Authorities in Plumas County, where Greenville is located, issued three more mandatory evacuation orders on Sunday, CBS 13 reported.

Thousands of residents have fled the area, many finding temporary housing — even living in tents — in the area, often unsure whether their homes have survived.

Four Greenville residents remain unaccounted for. The Plumas County Sheriff's Office has identified them as Lillian Basham, Joseph Basham, Blanca Auban and Michael Auban.

Anyone with information regarding their whereabouts is asked to contact authorities.

No fatalities have been reported at this time.

The Dixie blaze is the largest active wildfire in the United States, but one of only 11 major wildfires in California. Over the weekend it surpassed the 2018 Mendocino Complex Fire to make it the second-worst fire in state history, the authorities said.

Crews estimate the fire, which began July 13, will not finally be extinguished before August 20.

Weak winds and higher humidity were providing some succor to firefighters, but they are bracing for higher temperatures expected to exceed 100 degrees Fahrenheit by midweek.

'We're seeing fire activity that even veteran firefighters haven't seen in their career,' Cal Fire spokesman Edwin Zuniga told The Washington Post. 'So we're just in really uncharted territory.'

The last time Greenville saw this level of destruction was 140 years ago, according to the SF Gate.

On Monday, April 25, 1881, the Greenville Bulletin printed a headline reading: 'The most destructive fire which ever visited the town of Greenville broke out about fifteen minutes before 4 o'clock on last Saturday morning.'

The city's entire commercial district had been destroyed in the blaze and only four structures remained.

However, unlike in 1881, Greenville will be forced to completely rebuild its downtown area in wake of the Dixie Fire.

Crews were able to save many homes in the town but not the commercial district.

'We lost Greenville tonight,' U.S. Rep. Doug LaMalfa, who represents the area, told the newspaper. 'There's just no words.'

The area destroyed is now larger than Los Angeles and bigger than the land ruined by the vast Bootleg Fire in southern Oregon.

Smoke has helped 'shade and moderate' the blaze but also hindered firefighters' ability to work from the air.

Crews on the ground were left to spray retardant on mountain ridges and around threatened communities.

Authorities say the Dixie Fire has destroyed several hundred buildings.

The cause of the fire remains under investigation. Pacific Gas & Electric has said it may have started when a tree fell on one of the utility's power lines.

On Friday U.S. District Judge William Alsup ordered the utility company to provide information about the tree falling incident.

'PG&E's responses will not be deemed as an admission by PG&E that it caused any fire, but they will serve as a starting point for discussion,' Alsup wrote in a statement.

The company told the Washington Post on Saturday that they were aware of the court's orders and would respond by the judge's August 16 deadline.

Meanwhile, in the state capital of Sacramento, the plumes of smoke have led officials to warn of an 'unhealthy' air quality.

The fire has also burned through the small town of Canyondam but authorities were faced with some resistance from residents told to evacuate.

As thousands were told to leave their homes, authorities were met at times by armed residents refusing to budge, the Los Angeles Times reported.

When that happens, cops are asking the residents for the names of next-of-kin - to be notified if the fire claims their lives.

More than 5,000 fire and rescue crews are now battling the Dixie blaze, which is sending enormous clouds of smoke into the air that are easily visible from space.

While the fire continued to swell overnight Friday, officials said Saturday that cooler, calmer weather was giving firefighters a much-needed break.

Cooler temperatures and calmer winds moved into the area overnight in a boon to weary firefighters, the state agency Calfire said.

The Dixie Fire's movement northeastward has been slowed in part because it has reached what the CalFire website calls the 'scar' of an earlier blaze, the 2007 Moonlight Fire, reducing available fuel.

By late July, the number of acres burned in California was up more than 250 percent from 2020 - already the worst year of wildfires in the state's modern history.

The wildfires have been blamed on a long-term drought that has left the area vulnerable to explosive and highly destructive fires and which scientists say is driven by climate change.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9875215/Disturbing-photos-appalling-destruction-Dixie-fire.html 

:: 8-5-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

C2K Report #0001: The Case for Self-Governance.

C2KREPORT ON RUMBLE Published August 5, 2021 3,568 Views

Rumble — Randy and Rick discuss the foundations of self-governing by discussing a proper interpretation of Romans 13.

Sign in to see seven comments

To view Video click link below

https://rumble.com/vkrl8h-c2k-report-0001-the-case-for-self-governance..html 

:: 3-1-21  Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How a Current Economic Trend Reveals the Mark of the Beast

2:00PM EST 3/1/2021 Ron Dee Mallett

Revelation 13:15-18 remains one of the most annoying challenges of interpretation within all of the Holy Bible.

"Then the statue of the beast commanded that anyone refusing to worship it must die. He required everyone ... to be given a mark on the right hand or the forehead. And no one could buy or sell anything without that mark, which was either the name of the beast or the number representing his name. His number is 666" [or 616 in some manuscripts].

A beast rises from the sea and survives what seems a death-dealing injury, and is then "miraculously" healed. But it takes a second beast coming from the sea to create an image of the first beast, which can then move about and issue commands. At our elementary level of understanding, we must ask why all the machinations? Can't the first beast simply take control? If not, why not? How come the image rather than the real thing is required to get things done?

At any rate, one thing is finally clear! We no longer need to speculate about the marks in foreheads and/or hands. Nor do we need to trouble ourselves about the means and methodologies of power preventing non-worshippers of the beast from buying and selling.

In the Feb. 20, 2021 issue of The Economist, we find the mysterious bitcoin is no longer just a quaint invention of funny money by some outlandish cybernetic gurus designed to grease the wheels of internet buying and selling. Currently valued at more than $50,000, the bitcoin has emerged more as a concept whereby huge sums of money can be instantaneously transferred to others within a cautiously defined circle of super financiers.

However, surprise of surprises, a rush to similar monetary adaptations has already been launched for common folk, whereby electronic "tokens" are used to permit buying and selling entirely as a cause and effect process of electrons stored somewhere within a mystical cloud. No hard money needed.

Yet more significant, we now learn that: "Many central banks have begun planning to issue their own digital currencies ... one-fifth of the world's population will have access to a central-bank digital currency (CBDC) by 2024,

"China is the clear frontrunner. On Feb. 17 it concluded the third big test of its digital currency, handing out 10m yuan ($1.5m) to 50,000 shoppers in Beijing," The European Central Bank also announced it would convert the EU to digital form by the year 2025.

The article continued on with many other factoids, but only one central point need concern the rest of us: We no longer need to speculate about the ways and means by which the beast will control world finance to his/its own evil ends. It is happening and has happened. Here and now. We see the prophecy fulfilled in today terms. Not could be, but now.

Science fiction couldn't fantasize a more remarkable happening. Money from this point on will exist in an amorphous cloud, taking the form (whatever that is) of mere electronic dots and dashes, zeroes and ones. Nothing tangible, but nevertheless giving complete control of all human trade in goods and services to the central power (beast or otherwise).

From a common computer screen, any rebellious human not bowing to the central authority's whims and wishes can easily be identified and shut out of the system, leaving the offender to a life of hunting and gathering as the sole means of survival (shades of early years after the ark settled onto a mountain top).

This development should put to rest the question as to how close we are to the other end-time events now materializing most sharply in the violent clashes of a fast-burning Middle East political/religious/economic environment. Christ's return is that close—and one would need blinders to not recognize something satanically ominous squaring off directly in our faces as we read of this development.

Computer chips hidden in foreheads and hands; trade facilitated entirely through electrical "sparks" within unknown clouds of monetary ether.

Get ready; it's not coming—it's here!

Ron Dee Mallett of Milliken, Colorado, studied business, journalism, economics and mass communications at Denver, Colorado and Stanford Universities as a Ford Fellow. An Air Force veteran, news reporter and retired multinational corporate executive, he later served as director of jail, prison, nursing home and Mexico outreaches, as well as intercession ministries for over 21 years.

https://www.charismanews.com/opinion/84571-how-a-current-economic-trend-reveals-the-mark-of-the-beast 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 8-2-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

7 Key Facts About the Mark of the Beast

By Hal Lindsey

The Bible uses only a few words to describe the mark of the beast money system. But that description gives us an amazing amount of information. Here are just seven of the things it teaches us.

Number One — The system will be global. Revelation 13:7-8 says, “authority over every tribe and people and tongue and nation was given to him [the Antichrist]. And all who dwell on the earth will worship him.” The mark of the beast will be tied to his authority and will be part of the worship people give him.

Number Two — The mark will be required by law, and no one will be exempt. Revelation 13:16-17 says that the False Prophet “causes all, the small and the great, and the rich and the poor, and the free men and the slaves, to be given a mark on their right hand, or on their forehead.” Wealth will not buy an exemption, and neither will poverty.

Number Three — Some will reject the mark despite the law. At the time of the rapture, the dead in Christ will be resurrected into new heavenly bodies and caught up to meet the Lord in the air. Those in Christ who are still living will change. Their mortal bodies will change into immortal, heavenly ones. After the rapture, others will turn to Christ. These post-rapture followers of Jesus will be distinguished in part by the fact that they will refuse the mark of the beast. Revelation 20:4 says, “I saw the souls of those who had been beheaded because of the testimony of Jesus and because of the word of God, and those who had not worshiped the beast or his image, and had not received the mark upon their forehead and upon their hand.”

Number Four — The mark of the beast will be the culmination of a great deception. Revelation 13:14 says the False Prophet “deceives those who dwell on the earth because of the signs which it was given him to perform in the presence of the beast.” This deception leads directly to the mark.

Number Five — Satan will empower the mark system. Daniel 8:24 makes this intriguing statement about the Antichrist. “His power will be mighty, but not by his own power.” We find that verse explained in Revelation 13:2. “The dragon gave him his power, his throne, and great authority.” Revelation 12:9 and 20:2 explain that the dragon is Satan.

Number Five — The mark of the beast will be the ultimate rejection of God. Revelation 14:11 says, “And the smoke of their torment goes up forever and ever; and they have no rest day and night, those who worship the beast and his image, and whoever receives the mark of his name.”

Number Six — The Antichrist and False Prophet will use the mark as a weapon against believers. Revelation 13:7 is speaking of Antichrist when it says, “And it was given to him to make war with the saints and to overcome them.Imagine a worldwide law that does not allow anyone without the mark to buy or sell. In our jobs, we sell our work, services, or creative output. In our day-to-day living, we buy food, clothes, transportation, and housing. All that will stop for tribulation believers because they will refuse the mark of the beast. That’s one of the ways Antichrist will make war with them and overcome them.

Number Seven — The mark system will not last long. At the halfway mark of the seven-year tribulation period, Antichrist will shatter his covenant with Israel. In the last three and one-half years of tribulation, pain and chaos will reign on the earth. At the end of the seven years, Jesus will return. Antichrist and the False Prophet will be thrown into the lake of fire. The seven years will seem long to those experiencing it, but in the context of eternity, it will be like nothing.

Our time here is short. We need to get the word out to everyone we can by every means available.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-8-1-2021/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 8-8-21 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taliban capture third Afghanistan capital in as many days

Kunduz is the first major city to fall to the Taliban starting their May offensive

By Peter Aitken | Fox News

The Taliban have seized a third capital in Afghanistan in as many days as the group continues to make aggressive and significant gains in the wake of the U.S. military withdrawal.

Taliban insurgents seized the city of Kunduz in Northern Afghanistan on Sunday. Kunduz is the third provincial capital to fall to the Taliban in three days, but it is the first major city taken since the Taliban started an aggressive military offensive in May.

The loss of Kunduz is a stark development for the Afghan government due to its significant military and political contributions.

The Taliban succeeding in taking Sheberghan and Zaranj, capital cities in the northern and eastern provinces of the country, The New York Times reported. A fourth city, Sar-e-Pul, was close to falling Sunday as well.

"Taliban are walking in the streets of the city. Local residents are terrified," said Sayed Asadullah Danish, a member of the Sar-e-Pul provincial council.

US EMBASSY IN KABUL URGES AMERICANS TO LEAVE IMMEDIATELY

President Biden in April pushed back former President Donald Trump’s deadline for a military withdrawal from May to Sept. 11. The withdrawal began in May, and by early July the situation was rapidly deteriorating: The Pentagon on July 9 detailed "concerning advancement" by the Taliban in the wake of the withdrawal.

Two weeks later, the Pentagon said the withdrawal was about 95% finished while admitting the Taliban appeared to have "strategic momentum."

TALIBAN CAPTURE FIRST AFGHAN PROVINCIAL CAPITAL AS US, NATO FORCES WITHDRAW, REPORT SAYS

Afghanistan President Ashraf Ghani last week blamed the United States’ "sudden" decision to withdraw its troops for the rapid collapse of security in the country.

Taliban forces continue to fight against security forces in Lashkar Gah, the capital of the southern Helmand province. The Defense Ministry confirmed that it has carried out airstrikes on targeted Taliban positions, killing 54 fighters and wounding 23 others, German publication DW reported.

TALIBAN AMBUSHES AND KILLS AFGHAN GOVERNMENT MEDIA OFFICIAL

Carl Bildt, co-char of think tank the European Council on Foreign Relations and a former Swedish prime minister, tweeted that the situation in Afghanistan is "Saigon 1975 all over again."

Ambassador Ghulam M. Isaczai, Afghanistan's permanent representative to the United Nations, said the ongoing violence was "too painful to watch."

"Afghan children are bearing the brunt of this violence unleashed by Taliban on Afghanistan. The world cannot sit on the sideline for another tragedy to unfold," he wrote on Twitter.

Peter Aitken is a New York born-and-raised reporter with a focus on national and global news.

https://www.foxnews.com/world/taliban-capture-third-afghanistan-capital 

:: 8-8-21 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden's Presidency Has Been a Disappointment for Women

Teri Christoph Posted: Aug 08, 2021 12:01 AM

Throughout the 2020 campaign, Joe Biden went out of his way to appeal to women, whether by picking Vice President Kamala Harris as his running mate or pushing the "Biden agenda for women." These symbols and rhetoric, much like the rest of the Biden presidency, have proven to be empty. From economic policy to education, the administration is advancing policies that restrict opportunities for women.

Many women who expected a big boost coming out of the pandemic-induced recession have been unpleasantly surprised. The policies of the Biden administration are limiting America's recovery and are making it difficult for women, who were hit particularly hard by the pandemic, to find jobs.

Instead of removing roadblocks from the economy, the administration is doubling down on job-killing policies. The government expanded welfare payments and eligibility at the height of the pandemic. But now Biden is unwilling to stop paying many workers $20 an hour not to work. Unsurprisingly, many women haven’t re-entered the labor force, and small businesses are struggling to stay fully staffed.

CARTOONS | AF Branco  View Cartoon

Patty Baird, who owns a hotel in California, is struggling to find enough employees while coping with a months-long delay in obtaining critical items like an air-conditioning unit. The end of the pandemic was supposed to be a boon for female entrepreneurs like Baird, but flawed government policies have prevented these dreams from coming to fruition.

While the administration is stumbling in getting Americans back to work, it is succeeding at spending taxpayer funds on extravagant stimulus packages. This wasteful spending is contributing to inflation rising close to five percent, which is causing stock prices to fall.

Women are feeling the pinch as reporting shows that some women are considering quitting their jobs and staying home with their children because the price of daycare has risen substantially. Inflation is particularly worrisome for women because it creates extra uncertainty and makes it even more difficult for women to re-enter the workforce because businesses are preparing for runaway inflation. The administration knew the consequences of spending trillions on stimulus packages, but President Biden still signed the bill.

Adding insult to injury, Biden's administration is also limiting opportunities for women by targeting private colleges that cater to women, minorities and veterans. Recent news reports recently revealed how a few, strident education activists consistently attack career colleges by imposing a litany of burdensome regulations on targeted schools while threatening their closure. These efforts demonstrate a years-long pattern by activists - some of whom face questions regarding their poor ethical behavior - of targeting private colleges and the people who run them, even though many of these private colleges outperform public colleges and achieve better outcomes than public colleges.

Private colleges are important for women because they offer flexible programs that cater to what the individual needs. Many women don't want to return to school full-time and have familial obligations to juggle. Career-focused colleges are often designed with these students in mind and offer a wide range of options, including classes that meet online or in the evening. Indiscriminately attacking private schools, whether non-profit or for-profit, forces women to either skip college or attend an inflexible public option that doesn't offer the classes they need.

Coming out of the pandemic, it is important to provide women with opportunities to grow and pursue their passions. We are facing a labor shortage, and the best way to address the current skills gap is to encourage innovative solutions, not shut them down.

Women who voted for Biden because they believed his promises are left muttering the president's catchphrase, "c'mon man." Instead of fighting to create more economic and educational opportunities for women, the Biden administration has become a millstone for women just trying to get by and the president’s campaign rhetoric and promises to support women have not matched his agenda.

Teri Christoph is co-founder of Smart Girl Politics, host of the Smart Girl Politics podcast and a longtime fundraising consultant.

https://townhall.com/columnists/terichristoph/2021/08/08/bidens-presidency-has-been-a-disappointment-for-women-n2593720 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 8-6-21 Ploitico :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dixie Fire becomes largest single wildfire in California history

By COLBY BERMEL 08/06/2021 03:16 PM EDT

The Dixie Fire burning in two Northern California counties is now the largest single wildfire in recorded state history, exploding in size overnight as drought-stricken lands continue to fuel the flames.

The fire, which has burned for 23 days and forced mass evacuations, razed the Gold Rush town of Greenville on Thursday, destroying 91 buildings and damaging five others. Smoke from the blaze has blown to lower parts of Northern California, including the state capital of Sacramento where the air quality index on Friday reached "unhealthy" levels.

The troubling development reflects not just the dire effects of climate change and neglected forest management, but also that the electric grid remains prone to sparking wildfires. Pacific Gas & Electric disclosed last month that its equipment may have caused the catastrophic blaze.

The Dixie Fire is eerily similar to the 2018 Camp Fire, the deadliest and most destructive blaze in state history — and sparked by PG&E. The two fires started less than 10 miles apart from each other in the Feather River Canyon, a heavily wooded area with decrepit transmission lines.

The Camp Fire leveled the towns of Paradise and Concow, destroying nearly 19,000 structures and killing 85 people. The blaze pushed PG&E to seek Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. Last summer, the utility pleaded guilty to manslaughter charges for the disaster.

By Friday morning, the Dixie Fire had burned 432,813 acres and was just 35 percent contained, according to the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection. The blaze's overnight growth gave it the grim distinction of becoming the largest standalone fire in state history, but it still ranks behind two multi-fire conflagrations.

The lightning-ignited 2020 August Complex burned over 1 million acres in seven counties, and the 2018 Mendocino Complex burned more than 459,000 acres in four counties. The latter was infamously caused by a man trying to plug a wasp's nest with a hammer and stake.

Last week, the Shasta County district attorney said PG&E was "criminally liable" for the 2020 Zogg Fire that killed four people and burned over 56,000 acres. A formal complaint in that case is expected to be filed by the end of September. Earlier in the year, the Sonoma County DA hit PG&E with fire-starting and emissions charges in connection with the 2019 Kincade Fire that burned nearly 78,000 acres and injured four people.

The Dixie Fire has prompted progressives to renew calls for PG&E accountability, with members of the Reclaim Our Power campaign flooding the phone lines during Thursday's California Public Utilities Commission meeting to urge the agency to increase oversight and enforcement of the company. Activists also want the commission to revoke PG&E's safety certificate, which is required to access the state's $21 billion wildfire insurance fund.

Warm temperatures, low humidity and high winds continuing to challenge firefighters working to extinguish the blaze. The Butte County and Plumas County DAs are probing PG&E over the Dixie Fire, although Cal Fire has not yet officially announced the blaze's cause.

https://www.politico.com/states/california/story/2021/08/06/dixie-fire-becomes-largest-single-wildfire-in-california-history-1389651 

:: 8-8-21 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“It’s A Biblical Catastrophe” – Are The Cataclysmic Fires All Over The World A Preview Of What Is Coming?

August 8, 2021 by Michael Snyder

Have you noticed that apocalyptic wildfires have been erupting all over the globe this summer? Of course every year there are wildfires, and that has been true all throughout human history. But what we are witnessing this year has truly been unprecedented. In just the past couple of weeks, we have seen historic fires in the United States, Greece, Italy, Turkey, Lebanon and Russia. Hundreds of colossal fires are currently raging around the planet as you read this article, and we are only about halfway through the summer at this point. Authorities are warning that more gigantic fires are surely coming during the second half, because much of North America and Europe is dry as a bone right now.

At this moment, nearly the entire state of California is either experiencing “extreme drought” or “exceptional drought”.

This has created ideal conditions for wildfires, and over the weekend the Dixie Fire actually became “the largest single wildfire in recorded state history”…

The Dixie Fire burning in two Northern California counties is now the largest single wildfire in recorded state history, exploding in size overnight as drought-stricken lands continue to fuel the flames.

We have witnessed some incredibly large fires in California in recent years, and so for the Dixie Fire to take the number one position is really saying something.

And it is still out of control. As I write this article, the fire is “less than a quarter contained”…

The Dixie Fire was less than a quarter contained after burning through more than 700 square miles in Northern California’s Butte, Plumas, Tehama and Lassen counties. At least 400 homes and other structures have been destroyed, Cal Fire said.

The fire was the largest among more than major 100 wildfires in 15 states. Those fires have burned more than 3,500 square miles, according to the National Interagency Fire Center.

California desperately needs this drought to come to an end, because water levels just keep dropping lower and lower.

Earlier today, I was stunned to learn that a major power facility at Lake Oroville has had to be shut down because the water level there has fallen so low…

California shut down a major hydroelectric power plant at Lake Oroville as water levels fell near the minimum necessary to generate power, state water officials said.

It’s the first time the state has shut down the Hyatt Power Plant due to depleted water levels since the plant went into operation in 1967.

As bad as things are in California, it could be argued that conditions are even worse in Greece right now.

Absolutely enormous wildfires have been roaring through vast stretches of the country for the past six days, and this has created an unprecedented national emergency…

Raging wildfires have ripped through parts of Greece for six straight days, forcing thousands to flee as the blazes threatened entire towns and burned down homes, shops and vast areas of land in their path.

An unprecedented heatwave — Greece’s worst in three decades — sent temperatures soaring over the past week as firefighters worked tirelessly to extinguish the uncontrollable flames.

Record-breaking heat helped to set the stage for these historic fires. At one point last week, the ground temperature in downtown Athens actually reached 55 degrees Celsius…

Little had prepared any of us on the Athens-bound flight for the sight of the great fire-induced clouds that swept either side of the plane as it made its descent on Friday.

News of the extreme heat engulfing Greece had spread beyond its borders all week, packaged in increasingly desperate language. Temperatures were breaking records few had ever imagined. If Monday was bad, then Tuesday was worse. In some parts of the country, the mercury had hit 47C (117F), with thermal cameras on drones recording the ground temperature in downtown Athens at 55C.

If you would like to get a feel for how apocalyptic things have become in Greece, just check out this video.

The fires just continue to creep closer to the capital, and it is being reported that “ash is raining down” on downtown Athens…

“It’s been crazy over here. Between the extreme heat and the wildfires, it feels apocalyptic,” Eleni Myrivili, a friend recently appointed to the role of Athens’ first chief heat officer, wrote in an email on Thursday as the army was deployed to assist firefighters. “Ash is raining down on us here in Athens.”

For other areas of Greece, the devastation has been almost unimaginable.

In fact, one Greek politician used the term “biblical catastrophe” to describe the level of destruction in one particular municipality…

It’s a biblical catastrophe. We’re talking about three-quarters of the municipality,” East Mani Deputy Mayor Drakoulakou told state broadcaster ERT, pleading for more water-dropping aircraft.

Prior to the fires in Greece, the enormous wildfires in Turkey were getting the most attention in Europe.

According to NASA, at one point more than 130 wildfires were raging simultaneously in that nation…

In the midst of a severe heatwave and following months of dry weather, Turkey is facing some of its worst wildfires in years. Over the past seven days, more than 130 wildfires have been reported across 30 Turkish provinces. Most of the fires have ignited along the Mediterranean and Aegean Sea coasts, several in resort areas around Antalya, Mugla, and Marmaris.

Elsewhere in the northern hemisphere, the scale of the wildfires in Russia has been truly breathtaking.

They aren’t being given a lot of attention by the corporate media in the western world, but so far the wildfires in Russia have burned more than 3.7 million acres in Siberia alone…

The extraordinary forest fires, which have already burned through 1.5m hectares (3.7m acres) of land in north-east Siberia have released choking smog across Russia’s Yakutia region, where officials have described this summer’s weather as the driest in the past 150 years. And that follows five years of hot summers, which have, according to villagers, turned the surrounding forests and fields into a tinderbox.

I could go on and on, but I’ll stop there.

These fires should be a huge wake up call for all of us, but most people will probably forget about them in a few days unless they live in one of the affected areas.

That is extremely unfortunate, because we need to be paying attention. Our planet is rapidly changing, and many believe that what we have witnessed so far is just a small preview of what is coming in the years ahead.

We have grown accustomed to using words like “apocalyptic”, “catastrophic” and “cataclysmic” on an almost daily basis.

If you doubt me, just go to Google News and do a search for those terms.

Historic disasters are happening in such rapid fire fashion that many of us have now become numb to them.

I have been warning that we would start to see an acceleration of events, and what we have witnessed so far is just the beginning.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/its-a-biblical-catastrophe-are-the-cataclysmic-fires-all-over-the-world-a-preview-of-what-is-coming/ 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 8-9-21 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese nuclear attack subs 'stalking' Britain's new aircraft carrier across Pacific

CHINESE nuclear attack submarines have attempted to secretly shadow the Royal Navy aircraft carrier HMS Queen Elizabeth as it sailed into the Pacific, it emerged today.

By Marco Giannangeli, Defence Editor

PUBLISHED: 05:33, Mon, Aug 9, 2021 | UPDATED: 11:47, Mon, Aug 9, 2021

But they were detected by anti-submarine sonar operators aboard the frigates protecting the Carrier Strike Group. Two 7,000-tonne Shang class submarines, which are armed with cruise missiles, were located by specialists in the operations rooms of HMS Kent and HMS Richmond as the carrier group left the South China Sea and moved into the Pacific ocean. The Royal Navy had expected activity from Chinese submarines and Beijing’s intelligence gathering spy ships, and the carrier was shadowed for a short period before being located by sonar radar.

Operators aboard the frigates, which were working together in a sweep pattern, ‘pinged’ - naval terminology for locating a sub-surface contact - within six hours of leaving the South China Sea, an area over which Beijing insists it has sovereignty of the sea lanes after it built several artificial islands.

“China is growing its sub force at speed, and we must not underestimate them, but they do not have the combat experience that US and UK submarine squadrons developed as a result of Cold War operations in the deep dark spaces of the Atlantic,’ said a naval source last night.

Beijing is using technology to locate our positions, but are deploying submarines to reinforce their wider intent to move towards super-power status and dominate trade and security across the Pacific - contrary to international law.”

Beijing operates six new second generation submarines, officially known as the Type 093 class, which entered service in 2006. Boasting a crew of 85, they can stay at sea for 80 days with the capability to deliver supersonic ship-killing missiles.

A Royal Navy Astute class submarine is understood to have identified a third Shang boat as it patrolled ahead of the task force in what submariners call ‘running silent’ a process, in which no noise is made by the crew and allows operators to locate any sub-surface contact.

Operators can identify-most warships and submarines by the sound generated from its propellers - a hallmark which is unique to every submarine - which is referenced in a ‘digital library’ of submarine sounds.

China currently has 66 submarines, more than the US Navy and the Royal Navy, which it is using to project military power to influence nations across the Pacific where President Xi Jinping has said his country will dominate trade and reunify the island of Taiwan with mainland China.

US Navy sources say Chinese vessels have attempted to shadow American vessels and are increasingly active across the Pacific.

In 2015 the carrier USS Ronald Reagan was stalked by a Chinese submarine and in 2009 a Chinese Song-class submarine surfaced within five miles of the aircraft carrier USS Kitty Hawk, apparently without being detected.

Last night HMS Queen Elizabeth and her carrier group of escort ships was docked at Apra Harbour, the US Navy base in Guam. Planned visits to South Korea and Japan were cancelled due to Covid.

HMS Richmond and Kent were heading for the Japanese island of Kyūshū, where they will dock at the US Navy base Sasebo.

Speaking last night former Rear Admiral Chris Parry who, during the Falklands War, was involved in the only sinking of an enemy submarine since World War two, said: “We always worry about submarines though we worry more about Russian boats because they are more advanced and quieter.

“This shows that our anti-submarine capabilities which declined significantly during Iraq and Afghanistan are back up to speed and doping what they’re supposed to be doing. It’s good news.”

https://www.express.co.uk/news/uk/1473924/china-news-britain-aircraft-carier-south-china-sea-pacific-ocean-royal-navy 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.     

:: 8--21 The National Interest :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why The Navy's Pilots May Not Be Ready to Fight China

Could this spell trouble for America in East Asia?

by David Axe Follow @daxe on Twitter L

Here's What You Need to Remember: The good news for the wider Navy is that it seems to recognize it has a problem, Holmes noted. Naval professionals such as the Tailhook panelists are working hard to improve aviators’ training while encouraging the Navy and industry to prioritize the right weapons programs, all in a context of “ruthless” honesty.

A panel of young aviators voiced a harsh warning to the audience at the U.S. Navy’s annual Tailhook aviation convention in Nevada in September 2019.

The Navy’s pilots aren’t ready to do battle with a high-tech foe such as China. The sailing branch’s planes must improve. Its training, too.

“Commentary from Tailhook 2019 suggests a new crisis is at hand,” James Holmes, a professor at the U.S. Naval War College in Rhode Island, wrote in Proceedings, the professional journal of the U.S. Naval Institute.

Holmes likened naval aviation’s current dilemma to a similar emergency that took place during the 1960s. “Back then the foe was North Vietnam, a doughty opponent that nonetheless posed little threat outside its borders,” Holmes wrote.

By the 1960s the Navy fielded carrier-based fighter jets whose design philosophy centered on guided missiles. It had become an article of faith that U.S. aircraft would prosecute missile engagements at “standoff” range, firing beyond enemy weapons range and beyond visual range. Adversaries would never get off a shot in reply. Missiles had rendered gunfights a thing of the past, or so it was thought in the early 1960s.

Yet Ho Chi Minh’s pilots were an ornery lot, refusing to follow the script American tacticians had written for them. Rather than remain at standoff distance to be blasted out of the sky, North Vietnamese airmen closed to dogfighting range and took their chances in gun duels.

Imagine that: an enemy might decline to do your bidding. U.S. aviators were ill prepared for North Vietnamese tactics. Indeed, the F-4 Phantom—the Navy’s premier fighter in the 1960s—was not even equipped with guns for close-range combat. ….

A tougher-than-expected antagonist stunned naval aviation into arming its warplanes for dogfighting, developing tactics for close combat, and re-grounding naval aviation’s culture on solid precepts—including the soundest of all military assumptions, namely that America’s enemies get a vote in war and will always cast it against our efforts.

The present crisis has its roots in the period of relative geopolitical calm that followed the end of the Cold War, Holmes explained. Naval aviation’s training standards slipped. Its planes went years without meaningful upgrades.

China’s rise as an economic and military power, and Russia’s own military resurgence, ended the calm -- and revealed that U.S. naval aviation was unprepared for major warfare.

“Recent years, declared one [panelist], have seen a ‘huge shift’ from the relatively placid interlude following the Cold War,” Holmes wrote. “Carrier aircraft no longer boast the same ‘kinematic advantage,’ or edge in speed and energy maneuverability, that once granted them near-invincibility in the Balkan wars, Afghanistan and Iraq.

Aircraft designers must try to restore that hardware advantage, making air battles lopsided once again, even as aviators experiment with new tactics to ensure the U.S. “man in the box” is the finest combat pilot in the world.

Fittingly for teachers, the panelists fretted more about human than matériel shortcomings. They spoke forcefully on behalf of additional manpower for naval aviation, including the training apparatus. Squadrons need access to more capacious airspace to practice countering longer-range enemy weaponry and handling longer-range weapons of their own.

Above all, U.S. aviators need more flight hours. Just as athletes hone their tactical acumen through constant practice and self-critique, airmen need sufficient resources and time to undertake “repetition after repetition after repetition”—and flourish in action.

The good news for the wider Navy is that it seems to recognize it has a problem, Holmes noted. Naval professionals such as the Tailhook panelists are working hard to improve aviators’ training while encouraging the Navy and industry to prioritize the right weapons programs, all in a context of “ruthless” honesty.

“Renewing the culture of self-criticism promises to be easier in the tactical realm than in the murkier, more ambiguous realm of strategy and policy,” Holmes wrote.

Results are instant and verge on irrefutable in air combat, whereas historians quarrel without end about strategic cause and effect in long-ago conflicts.

Institutional honesty is a pivotal virtue for the aviation community, as indeed it is for any military institution. Naval aviators need to admit they may lose under certain circumstances—otherwise it would not be a fair fight—and harness that conviction to fire the quest for innovation.

:: 8--21 The National Interest :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why The Navy's Pilots May Not Be Ready to Fight China

Could this spell trouble for America in East Asia?

by David Axe Follow @daxe on Twitter L

Here's What You Need to Remember: The good news for the wider Navy is that it seems to recognize it has a problem, Holmes noted. Naval professionals such as the Tailhook panelists are working hard to improve aviators’ training while encouraging the Navy and industry to prioritize the right weapons programs, all in a context of “ruthless” honesty.

A panel of young aviators voiced a harsh warning to the audience at the U.S. Navy’s annual Tailhook aviation convention in Nevada in September 2019.

The Navy’s pilots aren’t ready to do battle with a high-tech foe such as China. The sailing branch’s planes must improve. Its training, too.

“Commentary from Tailhook 2019 suggests a new crisis is at hand,” James Holmes, a professor at the U.S. Naval War College in Rhode Island, wrote in Proceedings, the professional journal of the U.S. Naval Institute.

Holmes likened naval aviation’s current dilemma to a similar emergency that took place during the 1960s. “Back then the foe was North Vietnam, a doughty opponent that nonetheless posed little threat outside its borders,” Holmes wrote.

By the 1960s the Navy fielded carrier-based fighter jets whose design philosophy centered on guided missiles. It had become an article of faith that U.S. aircraft would prosecute missile engagements at “standoff” range, firing beyond enemy weapons range and beyond visual range. Adversaries would never get off a shot in reply. Missiles had rendered gunfights a thing of the past, or so it was thought in the early 1960s.

Yet Ho Chi Minh’s pilots were an ornery lot, refusing to follow the script American tacticians had written for them. Rather than remain at standoff distance to be blasted out of the sky, North Vietnamese airmen closed to dogfighting range and took their chances in gun duels.

Imagine that: an enemy might decline to do your bidding. U.S. aviators were ill prepared for North Vietnamese tactics. Indeed, the F-4 Phantom—the Navy’s premier fighter in the 1960s—was not even equipped with guns for close-range combat. ….

A tougher-than-expected antagonist stunned naval aviation into arming its warplanes for dogfighting, developing tactics for close combat, and re-grounding naval aviation’s culture on solid precepts—including the soundest of all military assumptions, namely that America’s enemies get a vote in war and will always cast it against our efforts.

The present crisis has its roots in the period of relative geopolitical calm that followed the end of the Cold War, Holmes explained. Naval aviation’s training standards slipped. Its planes went years without meaningful upgrades.

China’s rise as an economic and military power, and Russia’s own military resurgence, ended the calm -- and revealed that U.S. naval aviation was unprepared for major warfare.

“Recent years, declared one [panelist], have seen a ‘huge shift’ from the relatively placid interlude following the Cold War,” Holmes wrote. “Carrier aircraft no longer boast the same ‘kinematic advantage,’ or edge in speed and energy maneuverability, that once granted them near-invincibility in the Balkan wars, Afghanistan and Iraq.

Aircraft designers must try to restore that hardware advantage, making air battles lopsided once again, even as aviators experiment with new tactics to ensure the U.S. “man in the box” is the finest combat pilot in the world.

Fittingly for teachers, the panelists fretted more about human than matériel shortcomings. They spoke forcefully on behalf of additional manpower for naval aviation, including the training apparatus. Squadrons need access to more capacious airspace to practice countering longer-range enemy weaponry and handling longer-range weapons of their own.

Above all, U.S. aviators need more flight hours. Just as athletes hone their tactical acumen through constant practice and self-critique, airmen need sufficient resources and time to undertake “repetition after repetition after repetition”—and flourish in action.

The good news for the wider Navy is that it seems to recognize it has a problem, Holmes noted. Naval professionals such as the Tailhook panelists are working hard to improve aviators’ training while encouraging the Navy and industry to prioritize the right weapons programs, all in a context of “ruthless” honesty.

“Renewing the culture of self-criticism promises to be easier in the tactical realm than in the murkier, more ambiguous realm of strategy and policy,” Holmes wrote.

Results are instant and verge on irrefutable in air combat, whereas historians quarrel without end about strategic cause and effect in long-ago conflicts.

Institutional honesty is a pivotal virtue for the aviation community, as indeed it is for any military institution. Naval aviators need to admit they may lose under certain circumstances—otherwise it would not be a fair fight—and harness that conviction to fire the quest for innovation.

The panel espoused employing objective, data-driven analysis to evaluate aircrew performance in battle scenarios rather than issuing subjective, easily fudged verdicts certifying who lost and who won. A ... commentator [with the Topgun training community] reported simulating “red air” that acquitted itself perfectly every time. Going up against a perfect foe “punishes” even slight errors committed by “blue air” (U.S. crews).

“Good,” Holmes wrote. “Better to err on the side of making the red team superhuman than depict it as a pushover.”

“In a way, China and Russia have rendered the U.S. military a service through their prowess and sheer cheek. Formidable competitors are compelling U.S. fighting forces to survey the tactical and strategic environment anew, sharpen their skills, and fortify their nerves.”

David Axe served as Defense Editor of the National Interest. He is the author of the graphic novels War Fix, War Is Boring and Machete Squad.

This article first appeared in 2019 and is reprinted due to reader interest.

https://nationalinterest.org/blog/reboot/why-navys-pilots-may-not-be-ready-fight-china-191410 

The panel espoused employing objective, data-driven analysis to evaluate aircrew performance in battle scenarios rather than issuing subjective, easily fudged verdicts certifying who lost and who won. A ... commentator [with the Topgun training community] reported simulating “red air” that acquitted itself perfectly every time. Going up against a perfect foe “punishes” even slight errors committed by “blue air” (U.S. crews).

“Good,” Holmes wrote. “Better to err on the side of making the red team superhuman than depict it as a pushover.”

“In a way, China and Russia have rendered the U.S. military a service through their prowess and sheer cheek. Formidable competitors are compelling U.S. fighting forces to survey the tactical and strategic environment anew, sharpen their skills, and fortify their nerves.”

David Axe served as Defense Editor of the National Interest. He is the author of the graphic novels War Fix, War Is Boring and Machete Squad.

This article first appeared in 2019 and is reprinted due to reader interest.

https://nationalinterest.org/blog/reboot/why-navys-pilots-may-not-be-ready-fight-china-191410 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 8-7-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Eerily Accurate 90-Year Old Video Showed Us How They Were Going To Take Over The World: Introduce A Weaponized Influenza, Flood Newspapers And Radios With Death, Shut Down Shops And Churches And Inject A Vaccine To Euthanize The Elderly

- 'The People Who Own The Banks, Own The Hospitals, This Is Their Plan To Own YOU!'

By Alan Barton aka Bart's Bantering for All News Pipeline August 7, 2021

We all seem to know the history of covid-19 because we have been subjected to it over and over the last year and a half, like it or not. I’ll not dwell on the popular versions of this tale as it is just too much bull to stomach, but I will cover lesser known aspects to better understand what we are dealing with. Things are moving so very quickly now that it is hard to keep up and we seem not to have the time to study things the way we used to, and even being retired, I still find that the truth.

To get an overall understanding of this insane attack, let us first look at a cartoon, one from the early days of animation in 1930 found on Vimeo – titled “How To Take Over The World” that gives a great overview of what we are now witnessing.

That was fun to watch, and helpful to see things were as well understood then as now.

Although widely denied by the MSM and “fact checkers” (which actually means official NWO pro-propaganda rebuttal groups), earlier this year we saw a few articles documenting the fact that the Rothschild’s patented Covid-19 biometric tests in 2015 and 2017. Specifically Richard A. Rothschild, whose Face Book page states that he “Owns the World”. Wait – when was Covid revealed to the world? End of 2019? Officially perhaps, but it has been in the planning and initial preparation stages far longer than that.

"Proof The Rothschilds Patented Covid-19 Biometric Tests In 2015 & 2017” by “Rights and Freedoms” is one among a number of sources that show the first registration in 2015 in the Netherlands, including Dutch Government patent registration proofs, titled “System and Method for Testing for Covid-19” was filed (funny they used the “-19” appendage rather than a generic one that early).

The Second registration is a US one from 2017 (a PDF is available to download from Google Patents) and note that both are dated well before the emergence of C19. A third registration is also dated 2017, with “actualization” of 2015. Note the dates on this graphic, a screen shot that shows WITS – World Integrated Trade Solution – a Rothschild group, showing they were shipping test kits labeled COVID-19 but later relabeled as “Medical Test Kits 300215” only when they were caught, before 2017.

Interesting, is it not, that even with direct proof it is still a “hoax”?

Fauci and Gates among others were telling the world that a man made bug would hit the world very soon, Fauci said it would be in Trumps First Term! I had the video stored on that, and FB had removed it when I went to get the URL to post with this article.

We then note a story in a few sites that “Fully-Vaxxed Gibraltar Sees 2500 PERCENT SPIKE in COVID-19 Cases Per Day, Initiates New Lockdowns” according to the Big League Politics headlined story where they mention that “The nation of Gibraltar, which achieved a 99 percent vaccine compliance rate as of June 1, is now seeing an astounding spike in cases.

The number of COVID cases per day have increased by an astounding 2500 percent since June 1, in the latest bit of evidence that the vaccine regime is not all it’s cracked up to be” which is quite a statement. This included Tweet shows just what they are up against.

Just how is it that being all but fully vaccinated and they get such a massive outbreak?

Could it be we are not dealing with the same thing as they claim? Similar things are happening in many places, and in the USA we are being told that “CDC Discusses Confinement, Internment Camps for Those at High Risk of China Virus” where The New American mentions that the CDC is talking about “Green Zones” “in which those at “high risk” of contracting the virus will be housed. CDC’s euphemism for the internment is “shielding.” The goal is to “protect high-risk populations from disease and death.””. What, like those people in Gibraltar were protected?

The CDC website has a paper describing “Interim Operational Considerations for Implementing the Shielding Approach to Prevent COVID-19 Infections in Humanitarian Settings” where they describe “implementing the shielding approach in humanitarian settings as outlined in guidance documents focused on camps, displaced populations and low-resource settings” but remember there are no “internment camps”.

They say “The shielding approach aims to reduce the number of severe COVID-19 cases by limiting contact between individuals at higher risk of developing severe disease (“high-risk”) and the general population (“low-risk”). High-risk individuals would be temporarily relocated to safe or “green zones” established at the household, neighborhood, camp/sector or community level depending on the context and setting. They would have minimal contact with family members and other low-risk residents”, but no internment camps. LIARS!

Now consider the effect the massive invasion by criminal invaders over our Southern border will have on getting those internment camps going, with the so-called covid and so many other non-described diseases coming in (there have been cases of Plague, various Pox, Tuberculosis, and so many others that we had at one time eliminated from our borders).

"The CDC has proven that its name is a lie. It is a political organization that is barely acquainted with science. We have learned far more about COVID-19 through the studies and commentaries published by a myriad of authors on the internet. And it’s very likely that without the CDC, we would have thousands of loved ones still alive” the NoQ Report said a few days ago, and I agree. The error is, does the Covid19 even exist? We have looked at that question before and concluded it does NOT exist as portrayed. But what does exist then?

A great Conservative writer Kevin Jackson noted in “Flu History and the Wuflu Scamdemic“ the same thing we noted in the ANP story of July 14th where “… suddenly, in the 2020/2021 flu season, there were mysteriously no flu and very few pneumonia cases or deaths. And the curves of the covid cases followed the normal flu curves almost exactly, with just a slight rise in numbers. Hospitalizations have been for covid, but we already know the test swabs are completely fake, they do NOT show covid but only that there may have been some bits and pieces from some virus or the other present. Therefore, I conclude that the so-called Covid is just the seasonal flu, with some proof that the bio-weapon does exist, it seems to have petered out in Wuhan China or has become so weak it is just a part of the normal flu season” and I stand by that statement.

Mr. Jackson goes through and shows how the Flu has been far worse in history than the more or less normal flu season mistaken for the covid19 “pandemic” and adds “the single deadliest year for the flu in history was 1918. That’s the year the Spanish flu swept the globe. During the pandemic, life expectancy in the United States dropped by 12 years because so many people were dying. The flu killed more people than World War I, which was being fought in Europe at the time. Half a billion people were infected with the virus, and it killed somewhere in the order of 50 to 100 million people, three to five percent of the world’s total population at the time.”

That was an actual flu Pandemic, not the pretend one we have now.

Doctor Jack Stockwell and his wife Mary Stockwell have great Podcasts, and this most fascinating particular one from July 2020 shows that The Germ Theory of Disease is Not True!

I will not go through it, but just note that they are real experts, not me, and note that “140 years ago, doctors and scientists understood that germs and viruses played a secondary role in human health, but somehow over the decades, this knowledge moved to the center of disease theory, where it now reliably distorts our understanding, and our mitigation of viral and bacterial outbreaks. No matter what else changes in the coming years about the medical establishments, we must strive to move the focus beyond the germ. Beyond the virus. For this very special 200th episode, Dr. Jack and Mary take us on a tour de force of the history of the Germ Theory of Disease, from it’s corruption of the original science, to its corruption in the hands of profitable disease treatment.” Then remember that the CDC is only “a political organization that is barely acquainted with science” as we noted above. His Wednesday radio show 8/4/2021 is on the End Game. It is also an excellent one to listen to and covers some of what I am now.

Now we have the “Delta” variant, the “Epsilon” and more – remember the July 26th ANP story “Highly Censored Doctor Warns: 'The Genocidal Lunatics, The Horsemen Of The Apocalypse Who Planned This Fraud, Are Leading Us To Armageddon' - Revisiting The News From About 14 Months Ago Shows How Much We've Been Lied To” by yours truly among so many other stories here and elsewhere, noted that the so-called “vaccine” is the real problem, not the seasonal flu blamed for it. Those variants are just advertising, a marketing ploy, to get people to succumb to the Kill Shot. Kevin Jackson in another great column notes that it is only a con job, “There is no “Delta variant” That’s a MARKETING TERM!

Viruses morph. And the Wuflu virus is no different than say…THE FLU! My bet is the average American has no idea how many different flu viruses exist. Do you? …. So Wuflu is 10X more deadly than the flu, if you believe the CDC “estimates.” But the NAME they have given it is just a MARKETING TERM.

And when you are being marketed to, then somebody is trying to SELL you something. In this case, the Fed wants to SELL you on the idea of giving up your FREEDOM…AGAIN! So they package the NEW supposed world-ending disease that will kill us all.

So what the FIRST WAVE didn’t kill enough of us to declare it a PANDEMIC!

This NEW one is FAR WORSE. Think of the old commercials where the newer version of the product was NEW AND IMPROVED. Well the new DELTA VARIANT is new and improvedTO GET YOUR MONEY! So get those masks back out, and wait for us to tell you just how deadly this new virus is.”

There have been many stories covering the FACT that the C19 tests are not accurate in any measure, they are a total scam that was not even meant to test for a disease that cannot be measured. As we know that is the truth, then how can they test for a variant that does not even exist either? “How is the Delta Variant Spreading If There is No Direct Delta Variant Test?” asks Larry Johnson of the Gateway Pundit, “But I find one thing very troubling–news media, pundits and some health organizations insist the culprit behind the latest breakout of COVID cases is the DELTA variant but there is no test for the DELTA variant. It would be one thing if the media reports told the story of people being tested and then, a day or two later, learn belatedly they are carrying the dreaded DELTA variant. But that is not what is being reported.”

He errs in that there is no test whatsoever for ANY “covid” variant. There are tests that can show probable Corona virus infection, but it is based on COMPUTER SIMULATIONS, NOT an actual, visual virus as proven in the recent Alberta Canada law suits as described in The New American and many other recent articles, “Alberta Ends COVID-19 Restrictions After Citizen’s Court Victory” blares the headline – “Without the ability to isolate the virus in humans, the government lacks standing to enforce the draconian rules intended to “protect” the populace.”

Yes, now we are getting somewhere. Stew Peters has a great Rumble show with the man involved in the middle of it, Patrick King, that covers it all nicely.

Jon Rappaport said “The SARS-CoV-2 virus doesn’t exist. The supposed diagnostic tests are meaningless.  The case numbers are meaningless.

The people who have died have died for multiple reasons, none of which has anything to do with SARS-CoV-2.”

Let me repeat that - SARS-CoV-2 virus doesn’t exist … people who have died have died for multiple reasons, none of which has anything to do with SARS-CoV-2

Got that? IT IS ALL A MONSTROUS LIE!

Jon continues in his Canada Free Press article from August third that it is like the movie Soylent Green, that it is the MURDER of OLD PEOPLE. “Open-source press reports revealed the “excess mortality” of 2020 was largely the result of elderly people dying in nursing homes

Soon after the Italian report, the Institute of Health went dark. No more research was released. No updates. They’d spoken out of school, and someone slapped them in the head.

Open-source press reports revealed the “excess mortality” of 2020 was largely the result of elderly people dying in nursing homes.” This has nothing to do with a virus.”

“All of this is reminiscent of the election audits happening in the United States. The Democrats who claim that there was not widespread election fraud are so adamant about stopping the audits from proving them correct. Meanwhile, the pro-vaxxers are so sure the “vaccines” are safe that they are attempting to prevent the very autopsies that could prove it.

Here’s the thing. Just as Democrats know there were major challenges to the 2020 election that would be discovered through audits, so too do the pro-vaxxers know that a close examination of people dying after they received the jabs would spark questions about the safety of the injections. Those who have nothing to hide do not try so hard to keep it all hidden.

We must demand autopsies be performed on everyone who dies within two weeks of getting the injections. The initial data is so striking, anyone who objects to this is pushing an agenda, not science or healthcare” notes the NoQ Report last Wednesday, “Dr. Peter Schirmacher is not just an average pathologist. The German doctor is world-renowned in his field, honored by The Pathologist as one of the 100 most influential in the world. He is the acting chairman of the German Society of Pathology, director of the Institute of Pathology at Heidelberg University Hospital, and president of the German Association for the Study of the Liver. Bottom line, this professor and doctor understands pathology like very few on the planet.

This is why it’s so perplexing that a bombshell report he released this week has been absolutely censored. Mainstream media won’t report on it and Big Tech has eliminated accounts who attempt to share it. Considering the incessant push towards universal vaccinations by government, academia, media, and Big Tech, it really shouldn’t be perplexing at all that his work is being quashed because it details mind-blowing data about the dangers of the so-called Covid “vaccines.””

"Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla has canceled his expected visit to Israel after it turned out he has not been vaccinated against the coronavirus.

Let that sink in a minute: The CEO of Pfizer has not taken his own company's vaccine.

What does that tell you about the so-called Vaccine?

Bourla, as well as members of the delegation that was meant to accompany him during his visit were not vaccinated.” Say WHAT Hal Turner? Does Pfizer know how to spell HYPOCRIT?

The Liberty Beacon said “How the experimental vaxes have primed the body to fatally over-react when it comes into routine contact with what should be relatively mild corona viruses (of which there are many not just SARA COV2).

How the “Delta Variant” thing is a hoax designed to explain away the harm being done by the vaccines.

How the PCR test is now thoroughly discredited.

How there IS NO TEST that can tell you you have the Delta variant so if you are told you have it, ask what specific test was done to distinguish it from any other Corona virus and ask to see the evidence.”

Right after the Canadian court decision that the virus does not exist, the CDC tried an emergency “Cover Your Ass” movethen release a link to this atrocity – “SARS-CoV-2 Viral Culturing at CDC” while failing to mention that it has ALWAYS been just a computer model - and always will be.

Natural News has a nice bookend of reports, the first was “Doctors share THEIR OWN vaccine injury horror stories, revealing that vaccines are devastating the medical profession” and the second was “US Physicians will now lose their medical license for reporting vaccine injuries and providing informed consent to patients”.

Grab your @sses folks, this is getting very real and very End Times.

Defy the NWO (read as the Rothschilds) and you lose. Defy the Satanic communist regime infesting our nation, and you lose. Refuse to be murdered by the Kill Shot and you lose.

Take another look at that cartoon we started out with.

An Early Warning Cartoon: How to Take Over The World from Valletta.TV on Vimeo.

Also see: Video clip “Vaccine Failure”

And finally, "Pandemic Control — A Global Propaganda Operation".

Scribe Note: All these videos are on The All News Pipeline click link below.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Video_Showed_How_They_Are_Going_To_Take_Over_The_World.php 

:: 8-8-21 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID Hits Carnival Cruise Ship Despite ALL Crew and Passengers VACCINATED!

World NewsDesk 08 August 2021

A Carnival Cruise Line vessel in the Caribbean has blown a hole through the claim that "un-vaccinated" are causing "Breakthrough" COVID spread; the ship has an outbreak despite ALL Passengers and Crew being "vaccinated." Looks like THE VACCINE is what's causing the outbreak(s) and spread!

The Carnival Vista, which departed from Galveston, Texas, on July 31, has issued strict face mask protocols and ordered infected people aboard into isolation. Mainstream media is already busy blowing it off while the cruise company is patting itself on the back for reacting to swiftly.

In a statement to FOX 26, Carnival said, “We have implemented our new fleetwide mask policy early on Carnival Vista, given that we are managing a small number of positive cases on board. Our pre-established protocols of vaccinated guests and crew, testing, enhanced medical capabilities and contact tracing anticipated the potential for positive cases, and they are designed to adapt to various scenarios. We have identified and tested close contacts and anyone who tested positive is in isolation. The decision to implement the mask policy was made in an abundance of caution, given our focus on the health and safety of our guests and crew. The voyage will continue as planned and we are dedicated to continuing to provide our guests with a fun and safe vacation. We appreciate the support of our Carnival Vista guests, who have been extremely supportive as we implemented the policy Wednesday evening.”

Hal Turner Remarks

Notice how they call it a “small number of positive cases” while giving no indication of what “small” means to them. Is it 2? 10? 50? Considering the massive ship can hold over 4,000 people, “small” could mean anything. Every mainstream story we’ve seen this morning has blindly accepted and even highlighted the phrase “small number” without inquiry into exact numbers. This is not journalism. It’s narrative-building.

Ever since it became clear the “vaccines” seem to have little to no stopping power when it comes to Delta Variant infections, the White House, CDC, and mainstream media have attempted to paint the spike in “breakthrough cases” as a result of those dastardly unvaccinated. But nobody aboard the Carnival Delta is unvaccinated, a fact that everybody at Carnival and the media is conspicuously ignoring.

If unvaccinated people in close quarters had caused an outbreak of Covid-19, media would be screaming about it with exact numbers and obligatory scolding. On a ship with no unvaccinated people, outbreak details are kept intentionally ambiguous.

In my personal view, the facts are are obvious as the nose on my face: THE VACCINE IS CAUSING THE OUTBREAKS! It seems apparent to me The "vaccines" are ineffective at providing immunity and are causing Covid mutations.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/covid-hits-carnival-cruise-ship-despite-all-crew-and-passengers-vaccinated 

:: 8-7-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Will Defying Dr. Fauci Become A Federal Hate Crime?

Brian Wilson | Infowars.com  August 7th 2021, 10:34 am

Dr. Anthony Fauci is treated by the corporate media and the medical establishment as an infallible figure who speaks righteously in the name of science. How will the globalists respond to the public turning against Fauci after he’s been proven wrong again and again?

Scribe Note: Click link below

https://www.infowars.com/posts/will-defying-dr-fauci-become-a-federal-hate-crime/ 

:: 8-8-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WEIRD: Bill Gates Smiles When Suggesting the Nonvaccinated Should Be Withheld Their Social Security Benefits

By Joe Hoft Published August 8, 2021 at 10:56am  1842 Comments

Wow was this weird. Bill Gates acts like he is some sort of COVID king and smiles when it’s suggested that the elderly should be withheld their social security checks if they refuse to get vaccinated.

In a recent tweet of an interview, Bill Gates, the founder of Microsoft, acts like he is President and king of COVID. He smiles when it’s suggested that the elderly should be withheld their social security checks until they get vaccinated with the COVID vaccine.

But then again, Gates has been investing in vaccines for a very long time and it’s been a lucrative venture.

Now, why would anyone have any challenges with taking vaccines?

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/08/weird-bill-gates-smiles-suggesting-nonvaccinated-withheld-social-security-benefits/ 

:: 8-2-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Obama defies CDC guidance by inviting 500 people to his celebrity-studded 60th birthday party at his $12m mansion on Martha's Vineyard: Pearl Jam will perform and guests including Steven Spielberg will be served by 200 staff

Former President Barack Obama is planning to celebrate his 60th birthday with nearly 500 guests and 200 staff members on Martha's Vineyard

It would be held next weekend outside of his 7,000-square-foot mansion in Edgarton he and Michelle bought for nearly $12 million in 2019

All guests will have to be COVID tested and vaccinated

There will also be a 'COVID coordinator' on hand to ensure people follow COVID precautions

It comes amid a rise in coronavirus cases from the delta variant

Last week, Massachusetts Governor Charlie Baker recommended that even vaccinated people wear face masks

Now, Obama is being criticized online for holding the soiree in a pandemic

By Melissa Koenig For Dailymail.Com

Published: 01:24 EDT, 2 August 2021 | Updated: 07:18 EDT, 2 August 2021

Former President Barack Obama has come under fire for his plans to host nearly 500 people at his Martha's Vineyard mansion for his 60th birthday, despite a nationwide rise in COVID cases.

The former president is set to turn 60 on August 4, and is said to be planning a large soiree at his 7,000-square-foot mansion in the Edgarton section of Martha's Vineyard next weekend.

An official familiar with the plans told Axios that there are now 475 confirmed guests for the party - including Oprah Winfrey, George Clooney and Steven Spielberg - with more than 200 staff members.

All guests will have to be COVID tested and vaccinated and the party will be held outdoors on the Obama's $12 billion 30-acre waterfront property.

But Francis Collins, director of the National Institutes of Health, said Sunday on CNN that big parties should be avoided.

'If you're talking about a small party like I might have at my house for six or eight people who are all fully vaccinated, I do not believe, at this point, we need to put masks on to be next to each other,' he said.

'But if there were 100 people, and, of course, how are you really going to be sure about people's vaccination status?'

There will also be a 'COVID coordinator' to ensure all proper protocols are being followed, but it remains unclear what proof of a negative COVID test or a vaccine will be required, and whether guests will be required to wear masks.

The party comes just one month after nearby Provincetown saw a surge in coronavirus cases from the July 4 holiday.

The New York Times reports that the community, at the tip of Cape Cod, was crowded with over 60,000 people, many of whom were maskless, during the holiday.

Officials did not worry about it, however, as the community had one of the highest vaccination rates in the state.

But since then, scientists have traced 965 cases to the gatherings, 238 of them involving Provincetown residents.

Fortunately, only seven people were hospitalized and no deaths were reported.

As a result of the outbreak, scientists discovered that vaccinated people who got breakthrough COVID cases had the same viral load as those who did not get the vaccine, and the Centers for Disease Control once again recommended even those who are vaccinated continue wearing their masks indoors in areas with 'high' or 'substantial' spread.

Martha's Vineyard does not qualify as an area of 'high' or 'substantial' risk, but Massachusetts Governor Charlie Baker has recommended that even vaccinated people wear face masks.

'If you have a serious health condition or risk of developing a severe illness from COVID, you should take extreme precautions,' the governor announced last week.

'If you have a close friend or family members who have a serious risk of developing a severe disease or illness from COVID, you should take extra precautions.'

Obama's party will take place next weekend at the $11.57 million seven-bedroom home he and Michelle bought in 2019, which includes an in-ground pool and plenty of space to relax on warm summer days.

The party will also feature a performance by Pearl Jam.

A spokesperson for the former first family told The Sun the guest list 'includes a number of family members and friends to mark the occasion,' but The Hill reports guests include Oprah Winfrey, George Clooney and Steven Spielberg.

President Joe Biden will not be attending the soiree, the White House announced, with a spokesperson telling Axios in a statement: 'While President Biden is unable to attend this weekend, he looks forward to catching up with former President Obama soon ad properly welcoming him into the over 60 club.'

A local hairdresser was also reportedly hired to style one of the Pearl Jam member's hair before their big performance.

In lieu of gifts, Axios reports, guests are being asked to 'consider giving to programs that work to support boys and young men of color, and their families here at home in the United States, empower adolescent girls around the world and equip the next generation of emerging community leaders.'

The party is reportedly being paid for by the Obamas' personal funds.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9850927/Obama-defies-CDC-guidance-inviting-500-people-60th-birthday-party-Marthas-Vineyard.html 

:: 8-1-21  https://n-magazine.com/nantucket-airport-runs-out-of-jet-fuel/ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Nantucket Airport Runs Out of Jet Fuel

by Jason Graziadei Nantucket Current August 1, 2021

Nantucket Memorial Airport has run out of jet fuel at the peak of summer, impacting commercial and private flights at one of New England’s busiest transportation hubs.

On Saturday the airport suspended jet fuel sales and informed commercial carriers that they needed to fly into the island fully loaded with fuel due to the shortage.

Airport officials said Saturday night that they were not only facing overwhelming demand for jet fuel, but also a logistical nightmare in getting fuel tanker trucks to the island due to record competition for reservations this summer on the Steamship Authority ferries. They also cited a national truck driver shortage as playing a role in the unprecedented situation.

On Saturday, the airport reserved jet fuel for its scheduled air carriers – including JetBlue, Delta, United and American – in order to ensure those flights and thousands of passengers reached their destinations. Around 1 p.m., the airport stopped selling fuel to the hundreds of private aircraft that come and go from the island on any given summer day.

But on Sunday, it will be “no jet fuel for anyone,” Assistant Airport Manager Noah Karberg said. “We’ve been monitoring this event since Wednesday or Thursday. We’ve put all our air carriers on notice that they had to come in full (of fuel) or schedule an appropriate fuel stop.”

More fuel is expected to arrive on Nantucket via tanker truck by Monday morning with the arrival of the early Steamship Authority ferry.

Until then, dozens of private flights are expected to be impacted on Sunday and commercial airlines will be forced to adjust their operations coming and going from Nantucket. At least one passenger leaving the island over the weekend described how his American Airlines flight left Nantucket but needed to stop and refuel, causing missed flight connections in Philadelphia.

The airport will be holding roughly 3,000 gallons of jet fuel in reserve for Boston Medflight helicopters should they need it, as well as for search and rescue operations.

Meanwhile, the Federal Aviation Administration on Saturday issued a formal “Notice to Airmen”, or NOTAM, regarding the situation.

Jet fuel sales are up 60 percent at Nantucket Memorial Airport compared to 2019, and by the end of July it had pumped over 1 million gallons of Jet-A fuel, a record.

The competition for ferry reservations is another factor, as one cancellation at the beginning of the month threw the airport’s entire fuel delivery schedule into chaos, with ripple effects that were still being felt by the end of July as it tried to play catch-up.

Nantucket Memorial Airport’s fuel tank farm holds 100,000 gallons of jet fuel – enough to cover normal traffic for four to five days – but the demand this summer has drained supplies to the point it was holding essentially a single day’s worth of fuel on most days in July.

Tags from the story

airport, Nantucket, Nantucket Current, Nantucket News

https://n-magazine.com/nantucket-airport-runs-out-of-jet-fuel/ 

:: 8-1-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Beware A Massive False Flag To Usher In 'The Great Reset' As Huge Chunks Of The Democrats Voting Base Are Rejecting 'The Vax': The Globalists 'Extermination Window' Is Being Accelerated

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die August 1, 2021

While the mainstream media and Democrats continue to attempt to paint Conservatives who refuse to take their experimental mRNA injection as being 'extremists' who are 'putting the entire country in danger', according to the CDC's own statistics, only 27% of black Americans had been 'vaxxed', meaning roughly 73% of black Americans are avoiding 'the vax', while only 39% of what the DM story calls 'rural dwellers' have taken that shot.

With those stats alone meaning any Democrat attempt to mandate the vax nationally would be an attack upon a huge part of their own voting base, it also proves that black Americans and those who the msm/dem/globalists love to call 'white supremacists,' or 'nazis,' aren't so different after-all.

Just another story that blows away the entire 'vaxxes are the answer to Covid and Republicans are messing up the plan' narrative that Joe Biden, Democrats, the CDC and the mainstream media are pushing, we also have gotten a bunch more evidence over the past few days that more 'restrictions upon freedom' and lockdowns are ahead. With the 'unvaxxed' already being blamed for any such forthcoming lockdowns by the 'vaxxed', it's looking more and more like attempts are being made to 'dehumanize' a huge part of the US population, especially those who do such horrifying things as 'thinking for themselves'.

So with the large majority of both black Americans and 'rural dwellers' agreeing hugely on avoiding a 'big pharma injection' created far too hastily, all we need to do is take a look back at the past to see one of the reasons why; traditionally, it has taken years and sometimes decades to create a 'successful' vaccine.

And with those CDC stats proving huge chunks of the Democrats own voting base are rejecting the vax being one of the reasons why the CDC's director backtracked so quickly on a national vax mandate, as we'll explore within the next section of this story below, unions all across the country are also rejecting any such mandates in huge numbers. And unions, remember, are also a huge part of the Democrats traditional voting base.

So before we continue, we have to listen to a very brief video going viral created by one black man, a former US Marine, who tells us what he'll do if anyone tries to force an unwanted and unsafe vax into his body. My guess is that tens of millions of Americans all across the country probably feel the same way. As this new story over at the Daily Mail reports, while Nancy Pelosi and the White House are blaming Republicans for fueling the current spread of COVID, fewer than half of 'young people' and roughly only 36% of black Americans had had shots. (We note that percentage number is different from what they reported days ago, showing once again, the real stats are being censored.)

With likely millions of 'natural health' liberals also joining black Americans and younger Americans in their refusal to get Covid shots, along with 10's of millions of 'rural dwellers', let's take a brief look at that Daily Mail story before we continue.:

Nancy Pelosi and Joe Biden's digs at Republicans for refusing to get vaccinated have been cast into doubt after figures showed key Democrat demographics are among the main groups who aren't being jabbed.

Figures from both the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the Kaiser Family Foundation (KFF) show key Democrat voting blocks - including blacks, Hispanics and people of all races between ages 18 and 24 - are also hesitant to have the shot.

Earlier this week, Nancy Pelosi attempted to blame Republican leaders for failing to encourage their constituents to get vaccinated, but failed to mention why her own party hadn't been pushing millions of reluctant Democrat voters to also get the shots.

But data from sources including the government's own Centers for Disease Control shows that young people, as well as black and Hispanic Americans, are among the largest groups who are hesitant to have a COVID vaccine.

The CDC reports that young Americans between 18-24 are among the most hesitant groups. They account for 9.2 percent of the U.S. population, but only 8 percent of the vaccinated population. A separate survey found that 25 percent of unvaccinated people in that age group have no intention of ever receiving the shots.

According to the KFF, 'less than half of black and Hispanic people have received at least one COVID-19 vaccine dose in nearly all states reporting data, including a number of states where less than a third have received a vaccine.'

A separate KFF poll found that one in three black Americans and one in four Hispanic Americans would still refuse the COVID-19 vaccine even if all scientists determined it to be safe.

And as this story over at Twitchy saved at Archive is points out, unions are also rejecting 'vax mandates' in huge numbers, hinting of what's ahead for Democrats if they try to force Americans to inject something that hasn't yet even been approved by the FDA into their bodies. From that story.:

Bill Kristol is pretty psyched for Democrats to run as pro-vaccine in 2022 and “hang the anti-vaxx movement around the neck of every Republican running for office in 2022”:

This is problematic for two reasons.

1. Former President Trump is likely going to bring up at EVERY rally in 2022 how it was his administration that developed the vaccine and candidates will embrace it:

2. This leaves out all the Dem-voting union members who are refusing to get the jab. For example, Disney is mandating vaccines for all their employees EXCEPT for the union members.

And for months Dems have accused Tucker Carlson or Fox News of spreading vaccine hesitancy but this leaves out all the people talking to first responders and medical workers they know and then deciding not to get it yet.

Anti-vax was never red vs. blue, and now they’re having to face it.

As that story pointed out, the different Unions that are rejecting mandatory mRNA vaxxes include: the national firefighters union, the postal service workers union, the largest public SF school union and the SEIU in Los Angeles, which all came out against mandatory vaccinations. And those Unions aren't the only ones! And back in 2020, all of them had endorsed Joe Biden. See where this is headed!

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

So with any mandate of 'the vax' likely to blow up in the Democrats faces as mandates would go against the Unions; go against the wishes of way over 50% of Black Americans as well as angering their younger voters who are avoiding the vax as if it is the plague itself, we should all be prepared for some kind of gargantuan 'health false flag' in the days and weeks ahead as the globalists grow increasingly desperate to get the masses 'injected' while even many of the Democrats masses are saying 'no thanks'.

And with what's now happening now in Australia where in Sydney, the military has been publicly deployed to help enforce the lockdowns, how long before such 'incrementalism' is used in the transformation of all formerly free Western nations into full-fledged police states? Everything happening in Australia and elsewhere across the planet in 2021 are more warnings to Americans to be prepared for absolutely anything once again, especially with more rumored lockdowns ahead.

Because with Congress now out of Washington DC for a 6-week-recess while coming in just days on August 11th, they'll be running an Emergency Broadcast System "Test" where FEMA and the FCC send 'test messages' to TVs, radios and text messages to select cell phones nationwide, as ANP reader Falcon 101 pointed out in a comment on this ANP story, "I'm guessing they may use DC as their location for their final False Flag before they push Martial Law across the land."

"These people are crazy and clearly willing to kill everybody that tries to slow down their NWO plan as all dissenters are now at the top of their list. Be aware over the next couple weeks as the feeling of something "Big" coming is not unfounded."

Because we've seen time and again how such 'drills' and 'tests' so often correspond with huge false flags.

And as Zero Hedge reported in this new story that Steve Quayle had linked to on his website on Saturday night, with at least 12 million American households now facing eviction in the coming days/weeks as the 'eviction moratorium' ends, what happens if Democrats lock down the country once again, surely pushing future 'shortages' into the stratosphere?

With all of this designed to transform America into a socialist/authoritarian nation and to bring on the globalists 'great reset' and 'new world order', as Alan Barton had warned in this July 31st ANP story, we were warned long ago what was coming, we're simply now witnessing it all unfolding before our eyes. Both of the videos below discuss the situation that America is now facing as the globalists rush in their end game upon a still-awakening and rapidly angering American and world population.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Huge_Chunks_Of_Democrat_Voter_Base_Rejecting_Vax.php 

:: 8-1-21 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Secret Of AEROGEL: SMOKE FROM HELL

by Celeste Solum August 01, 2021

Across America a thick, grayish, haze has settled upon our land. It clings tenaciously to the earth replacing our familiar environment with a surreal and ghostly smoky haze. It is suffocating. Your weather channel is reporting that it is "smoke" from a multitude of fires, but that is only half of the truth. In reality this surreal haze is a nano silicon aerogel smoke which inserts a 3D synthetic scaffold into your body transforming your God given body into a synthetic entity. For twenty years I have been reporting that under wildfire operations, other secret operations are conducted, and rarely the truth is reported, until now.

In January 2021, I first reported, Revelation Alive: What is the Smoke from the Abyss?, about a substance known as aerogel. It very may well be the smoke mentioned in scripture coming up from the Abyss. As with other invasive technologies you will be told the many positive things that this "magic" aerogel accomplishes and that there are no negative effects. The truth is aerogel is deleterious to your health.

What is Aerogel?

Aerogel is a synthetic, porous, ultralight material derived from a gel whereby the liquid has been replaced by gas, without the collapse of the synthetic structure. Its "discovery" was made in 1931. Its nicknames include: frozen smoke, solid smoke, solid air, solid cloud, and blue smoke due to its translucent nature. Aerogel has the ability to scatter light.

If aerogel was concentrated and you could feel it would feel like polystrene, those irritating puffs that one gets in delivery boxes. They have impressive load-bearing dendrite (tree-like) microstructures whose clusters are highly porous, almost fractal, making them almost weightless. Aerogels can be made of a number of materials but they are primarily constructed using amorous amorphous (no clearly defined shape) silica.

What is their true purpose? Aerogels from the Abyss

As we discuss aerogels you may well take the position that I have taken, it is from the Abyss. Have we reached the pivotal point in history where this smoke is the first indicator that the gateway to hell has be opened to let loose the demonic entities? As the old saying goes, "Where there is smoke, there is fire."

2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.

“Bottomless pit” is one word in the Greek of the New Testament and is literally the “abyss,” which means “bottomless, unbounded, the pit, or the immeasurable depth.”

Roman mythology featured a similar place called Orcus, a very deep gulf or chasm in the lowest parts of the earth used as the common receptacle of the dead and the abode of demons.

The bottomless pit of Revelation 9:1-12 holds a unique type of demon. It is also the home of the beast who makes war against the two witnesses (Revelation 11:7-8).

At the beginning of the millennial kingdom, the bottomless pit is the place where Satan is bound (Revelation 20:1-3). At the end of the thousand years, Satan is released and promptly leads an unsuccessful revolt against God (Revelation 20:7-10).

The bottomless pit may be associated with a place called Tartarus. This Greek word is translated as “hell” and is used only once in Scripture, in 2 Peter 2:4. It refers to the place where “angels who sinned” are reserved in chains of darkness for judgment. The NIV says these angels in Tartarus are held in “gloomy dungeons.” These same angels are also mentioned in Jude 6 as the angels who “abandoned their own home” (cf. Genesis 6:2).

If Tartarus is the same as the Abyss, then the inhabitants of the bottomless pit are the same angels who sinned and left their first habitation. God uses the bottomless pit as a holding place for the most evil of angels, including Satan himself and those who tried and failed before the Flood to thwart God’s plan to bring the Seed of the woman into the world (Genesis 3:15).

The inhabitants of the Abyss are released for a very short time during the last three and a half years of the tribulation to fulfill God’s purpose, namely, to torment the wicked (Revelation 9:5). These prisoners of the bottomless pit hate humanity and seek to destroy them, but God controls their terror and limits their power.

Aerogels to "War" Climate Change

Aerogels are thermal insulators but allow infrared radiation to pierce their lattice veil. Could these wicked devils be responsible for the hellish heat spikes that we are witnessing?

Another characteristic of aerogel is that it is hydrophobic and a desiccant, drying out everything that it comes in contact with. Since aerogels are airborne right now if you do not wear protective gear your skin will develop dry brittle spots but those are only the tip of the ice berg of the physiological effects.

Put simply, aerogels are simple molecules called monomers used to form a bonded and cross linked macromolecule which is a polymer.

Aerogels Scatter Light I will only mention this in brief due to the fact that the Bible refers to Satan as the Angel of Light. Aerogels vary in color due to Rayleigh scattering of the shorter wavelengths of visible light by the nano-sized dendritic (tree-like) structure. This causes it to appear smoky blue against dark backgrounds and yellowish against bright backgrounds.

Aerogel Color

Silica, alumina, titania, zirconia Clear with Rayleigh scattering blue or white

Iron oxide Rust red or yellow, opaque

Chromia Deep green or deep blue, opaque

Vanadia Olive green, opaque

Neodymium oxide Purple, transparent

Samaria Yellow, transparent

Holmia, erbia Pink, transparent

[34]

My question to you is what does aerogel do the Light reside within a person, the Lamp of God? I do not know the answer to that question but I do however see scripture indicating a darkness covering the land during the End Times.

One last note is that smoke is used as the "screen" for holography.

Aerogels & the Knudsen Effect

Aerogels may have a thermal conductivity smaller than that of the gas they contain. This is caused by the Knudsen effect, a reduction of thermal conductivity in gases when the size of the cavity encompassing the gas becomes comparable to the mean free path.

GraPhage13 is the first graphene-based aerogel assembled using graphene oxide and the M13 bacteriophage.

Biomaterials with porous structure and high surface area attract growing interest in biomedical research and applications. Aerogel-based biomaterials, as highly porous materials that are made from different sources of macromolecules,

These inorganic materials insert a 3D synthetic matrix scaffold within your body to transform your God given body into a synthetic entity.

In tissue engineering and as a drug delivery carrier, aerogels provide structural support and exert biochemical effects to surrounding cells in tissues. Your researchers and health authorities declare aerogels are bio-compatible with your body but is this the truth of the matter?

Let us review and highlight current peer reviewed scientific material about them.

Aerogel in Guinness Book of World Records

Guinness World Records approved the new aerogel's application for the least dense solid in March. Astronomer David Hawksett, Guinness World Records' science and technology judge, decided that Jones' aerogel beat out the previous record holder.

Aerogel is pure silicon dioxide and sand, just as is glass, but aerogel is a thousand times less dense than glass because it is 99.8 percent air. It is prepared like gelatin by mixing a liquid silicon compound and a fast-evaporating liquid solvent, forming a gel that is then dried in an instrument similar to a pressure cooker. The mixture thickens, and then careful heating and depressurizing produce a glassy sponge of silicon. What remains is sometimes called "solid smoke," for its cloudy translucent color and super-light weight.

Do our lungs become as broken glass when breathing aerogel in? Time will tell. The Bible makes several references to the waters coagulating like cheese curds during the end times. Could this be a reference to this technology?

What Does Aerogel Do to the Human Body?

In a study entitled, Oxidative stress, inflammation, and DNA damage in multiple organs of mice acutely exposed to amorphous silica nanoparticles, it was found that aerogel causes:

Toxic to your body

Ages and damages your body

Inflammation

DNA damage to the lung, heart, liver, kidney, and brain.

Chain of reactions of damage to your cells within the lung, liver, kidney and brain, but not the heart.

Increase of a protein that is produced in the presence of a toxin in body.

Aerogel increases creates an inflammatory storm in your body and brain.

DNA was damaged in all organs.

It was concluded that aerogel (SiNPs - silica nanoparticles) should be thoroughly evaluated before saying they are safe for use in human beings. Sadly, they were not evaluated and therefore, we are faced with an destructive train wreck that we must deal with in each of our bodies.

Your key take-away from this report is that aerogels will cause inflammation in your body. Note, you can mitigate some of the inflammation and damage with antioxidants such as Vitamin E.

Aerogels Cause Your Body to Cannibalize Yourself

In another scientific study, The toxicity of silica nanoparticles to the immune system, we find silicon-based materials and their oxides are widely used in drug delivery, dietary supplements, implants, and dental fillers. Silica nanoparticles (SiNPs) can cause our immune systems to become toxic.

The toxicity of silicon nano particles to the immune system depends on their chemical properties and the cell type. Assessments reveal:

Cells that do not work properly

Toxic cells, and

Genetic toxicity.

The main mechanisms of aerogel are:

They cause inflammation.

They cause damage and destruction in your body.

They cause your body to cannibalism itself.

Interfere with cell/DNA communication.

Activation of inflammasome that fuels chronic and acute inflammatory conditions.

Your Heart & the Adverse Outcome Pathway

The report, Adverse effects of amorphous silica nanoparticles: Focus on human cardiovascular health. shows that the adverse outcome pathway (AOP) framework by which aerogels exposure cause deleterious effects in the cardiovascular system.

Rearrangement & Cloning of New Silicon Entity in Your Body

In the report entitled, Characterization of in vitro genotoxic, cytotoxic and transcriptomic responses following exposures to amorphous silica of different sizes some alarming details emerged from studies using Muta™Mouse. These mutant mice developed lung damage from silica nanoparticle (SiNP) exposure.

Cell death increased.

Cloning occurred causing the new silicon cells proliferate into colonies.

Establishment of a synthetic micronuclei. This is the beginning of a build-a-silicon-humanoid entity.

Interruptions in the biological pathways (think of them as your body superhighways).

Disruption of human function and cognition (thinking).

Damage and destruction to cells and organs

Mutations

Your cells are more likely to die after exposure to silicon nano particulates.

Very small synthetic nuclei are being inserted into your body that will eventually transform you from a carbon life form to a synthetic entity.

Significant changes in aerogel treated cells manifested in the expression of altering your gene’s cell metabolism.

Aerogel also "rearranges" how your internal (cytoplasm) cells works.

The summary of this study concluded that aerogel causes damage to your cells, genes, and gene expression by overloading your cells with toxic aerogel nanoparticles.

821 Genes Impacted by Aerogel

The last study we will look at is, Amorphous silica nanoparticles induce malignant transformation and tumorigenesis of human lung epithelial cells via P53 signaling. In this study human lung cells were examined using the BEAS-2B continually exposed to amorphous aerogel. What this study demonstrated is that aerogel induces cancer [tumors].

It also showed an increase in cell migrations!

Furthermore, a comprehensive genome-wide transcriptional analysis was performed showing an alarming number of impacted genes.

Chronic exposure to aerogel affects expression of 821 genes!

One analysis called Signal-net revealed a significant role after low-dose aerogel exposure caused lung cancer.

What have we learned reviewing these studies?

We have learned that the so-called smoke is a stealth operation that withers and destroys our biological body, created in the Divine Image of God and replaces it with a self-replicating silicon entity. With each breath of this ethereal, supernatural smoke we are drawn down into the fiery Abyss.

The sharp particles slice their way through your body striking down the genetics God provided to you. Aerogel causes:

inserts a 3D synthetic matrix scaffold within your body to transform your God given body into a synthetic entity

Cancer

Tricks your body into cannibalizing itself

Cells to migrate from their original design place

Altering your genetic expression

Rearranging the inside of your cells

Causes your cells to die

Replaces your cell nuclei with a synthetic nucleus

Mutates anything in your body

Causes inflammation

Educate yourself on aerogel, such as the fact that because it is hydrophobic (hates water), it cannot be eliminated by simply washing your hands with soap and water.

There are two levels that we can fight back: Spiritually & Physically.

In the physical we can:

Live a lifestyle of purity in our air, water, and food. We can boost our immune system with things such as Vitamin D which is diminished due to this evil Fog of War.

We can take antioxidants such as: vitamins C and E, selenium, and carotenoids, such as beta-carotene, lycopene, lutein, and zeaxanthin.

Use air filtration systems with UV for your home and vehicle.

We can refuse to consume silicon products that come in many other forms besides our air.

Educate yourself and loved ones on the dangers of this aerogel smoke of war.

The bottom line is that there is only one answer and one solution, Jesus Christ. His blood will cleanse you. He alone has the power to protect you. His Word contains many promises that you can claim as promises such as, "I am a new creation in Jesus Christ." Daniel 11:32b says, "Those who know their God shall be strong and do mighty exploits." Your body is the Temple of the Living God. What a better way than to begin these exploits in overcoming Satanic forces that would turn you from a human created in the Divine Image to a demonic entity.

Be sure to checkout The Pathos of our Deadly Delusion Spiritual Toolkit, available for free download, as model for praying against the nefarious onslaught of our bodies.

God speed and may Jesus heal the damage already done to you in His mighty Name, the Name above all names.

Celeste

Sources:

https://www.nasa.gov/centers/johnson/techtransfer/technology/MSC-23563_nano-aerogel.html 

https://www.nasa.gov/topics/technology/features/aerogels.html 

https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/hhe/reports/pdfs/2014-0026-3230.pdf 

https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32308388/ 

Celeste Solum is a broadcaster, author, former government, organic farmer and is trained in nursing and environmental medicine. Celeste chronicles the space and earth conditions that trigger the rise and fall of modern & ancient civilizations, calendars, and volatile economies. Cycles are converging, all pointing to a cataclysmic period between 2020 to 2050 in what many scientists believe is an Extinction Level Event.

Tracking goods and people will be a part of managing the population during this convergence.

Backstories on tracking   Technologies  Infrastructure

Diseases, Testing, Vaccinations, and Sensors (including nCov and the new Phytophthora ~the plant-destroyer

Experiences

Website:

https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/news/ 

celestialreport.com  

GenSix, Keynote Speaker, True Legends, Ancient Cataclysms & Coming Catastrophes

https://celestialreport.com 

https://www.facebook.com/ShepherdessCeleste 

https://shepherdsheart.life/blogs/news/secret-of-aerogel-smoke-from-hell 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 7-30-21 Mercury News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California drought: Dozens of communities are at risk of running out of water

Emergency wells, desalination plants, strict rationing are spreading, particularly in small Northern California towns

By Paul Rogers | progers@bayareanewsgroup.com | Bay Area News Group

PUBLISHED: July 30, 2021 at 6:00 a.m. | UPDATED: August 2, 2021 at 4:56 a.m.

In Fort Bragg on the Mendocino Coast, city leaders are rushing to install an emergency desalination system. In Healdsburg, lawn watering is banned with fines of up to $1,000. In Hornbrook, a small town in Siskiyou County, faucets have gone completely dry, and the chairman of the water district is driving 15 miles each way to take showers and wash clothes.

So far, California’s worsening drought has been an inconvenience in big cities. But it is already imperiling an alarming number of communities, especially between the Bay Area and the Oregon border, threatening the water supplies for more than 130,000 people.

The severe shortages are not just in small towns and rural hamlets that rely on one or two wells or streams that have run dry. Larger towns, with their own reservoirs and water departments, are in trouble too.

As the state struggles with its worst drought since at least 1977, no one has a complete list of which of the state’s 7,500 public water systems are facing the most severe shortages.

But in May, officials at the State Water Resources Control Board in Sacramento set out to create one. They called it: “Public water systems likely to have critical water supply issues by the end of August.” It currently includes 81 water systems that serve 132,559 people — from tiny Mammoth Pool Mobile Home Park in the Sierra foothills near Yosemite National Park, to well-known Northern California towns like Ukiah, Lakeport, Bolinas, Healdsburg, Cloverdale and Fort Bragg.

This is going to be a long, hot dry summer,” said Dan Newton, assistant deputy director of the board’s Division of Drinking Water. “Throw fires in on top of that with stressed water systems, and it is going to be really difficult for some systems to survive.”

Their list, Newton and his colleagues stress, is not an inventory of communities certain to run out of water. Rather, it is a roster of areas that have told the state they are in danger of running out or are facing extreme shortages. It also includes communities about which the water board’s staff has serious concerns and wants more information.

Once a community is put on the list, water board officials order weekly reports showing water use, conservation rules and plans to avoid running out of water. State water board officials can also order building moratoriums or tougher conservation rules. That hasn’t happened yet. But Newton said he expects the board to take some stronger measures in August.

When towns run dangerously low on water, typical fixes include drilling emergency wells, trucking in water and connecting small water systems to larger systems. But the state water board has only $10 million in its budget to help. The bulk of the costs must be borne by local counties and ratepayers, Newton said.

In many cases, visitors and even local residents often don’t realize how severe the problems are.

In Fort Bragg, an oceanfront town 165 miles north of San Francisco known for its logging history, fishing port and scenic coastline, tourists are checking into hotels and visiting beaches just like in past summers.

But this year is different. Last month, the city council voted to buy an emergency desalination system to keep the town of 7,500 people from running out of water. The main water supply is the Noyo River, which flows from redwood forests to the ocean. The river is just two inches deep in some places now, the lowest flows recorded since measurements began in the 1950s. When tides come in, salt water is pushed up river near intake pipes, putting the city’s water supply at risk.

“It’s extremely serious,” said Fort Bragg Mayor Bernie Norvell. “I’ve lived here all my life, 51 years, and I haven’t seen anything like this.”

The city has a three-week water supply in a small reservoir and tanks. City officials have had no luck drilling wells. They’ve considered bringing in water by train or truck. On June 21, they agreed to spend $335,000 to buy a reverse osmosis plant from a company in San Diego to purify salty water. The equipment, about the size of a one-car garage, can provide about 30% of the city’s water supply, allowing pumping from the river during high tide, Norvell said. The plan is to have it installed by October.

“We’re hoping we can limp along until this thing gets here,” Norvell said.

Last week, Fort Bragg cut off all water sales to water haulers — companies that fill trucks and sell water to smaller towns like Mendocino — which has put the areas they serve in severe shortages. Some residents want the city, which still allows lawn watering two days a week, to do more.

Restaurants need to be using paper plates,” said Megan Caron, who owns a vintage shop in town. “Hotels should not be allowing people to run spas and baths. People shouldn’t be watering lawns. It’s alarming.”

Two hours’ drive to the southeast, Healdsburg — a Sonoma County city of 12,000 where rainfall was just 35% of normal this year and Lake Mendocino is at risk of going dry this fall — ordered residents June 7 to cut water use 40%. City officials banned all lawn watering seven days a week, filling swimming pools, and even planting new plants, flowers, or fruit trees. Violators face fines of up to $1,000.

More than 650 Healdsburg residents have purchased large backyard storage tanks. A city truck carrying treated wastewater from the town’s sewage treatment plant fills them once a week. The water cannot be drunk, but keeps trees and other landscaping alive.

Brigette Mansell, a retired high school English teacher, spent $740 to buy a 550-gallon tank from a farm equipment dealer in Sebastopol. She uses the treated wastewater to keep her Japanese maple tree, Chinese pistachio and blueberry bushes alive. Inside, she has 11 buckets to capture water from sinks and showers.

“It’s an emergency,” said Mansell, a former mayor of Healdsburg. “I’m so concerned about my town. We are not in good shape.”

Mansell wants a moratorium on building new hotels in the area, and better planning by city officials as climate change worsens.

“Our four seasons now are fire, flood, earthquake and drought,” Mansell said. “We are not learning. We can no longer run our town on systems and procedures that are decades old.”

Some communities already have run dry. Hornbrook, population 300, near the Oregon border in Siskiyou County, is one of them. The town’s water tank is empty. Its wells aren’t working properly. Some homes have a trickle when they turn on faucets. Others have none.

One in the latter category belongs to Robert Puckett, chairman of the town’s water district. A retired ranch worker and Walmart cashier, Puckett and his wife have been driving 15 miles each way to the town of Yreka to take showers and wash clothes at their church since their home’s taps ran dry July 17. An emergency well is bring drilled in a few weeks that he hopes will bring the town more water.

“We didn’t get the rain this year,” Puckett said. “We didn’t get snowpack on Mount Shasta. And I’ve never seen the Klamath River running this low. It’s bad. We’re doing what we can to try to stay afloat.”

https://www.mercurynews.com/2021/07/30/california-drought-dozens-of-communities-are-at-risk-of-running-out-of-water/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

:: 8-1-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Red Dawn: Chinese paramilitary troops reportedly training elite Cuban forces

Elizabeth Stauffer, The Western Journal By Elizabeth Stauffer, The Western Journal

Published August 1, 2021 at 4:21pm

Spooked by the protests that rocked Cuba in July, the island's communist regime called out an elite security force of the country's Ministry of the Interior with training from one of China's most ruthless tools of repression

ADN Cuba, a Cuban opposition media website, reported in a Google translation on Saturday that, over the past six years the Special National Brigade, known by its Spanish acronym BEN, has been receiving special training from members of the Chinese People's Armed Police Force, a paramilitary force that specializes in riot control and fighting terrorism. The training is conducted in Cuba.

BEN troops, according to the article, are instructed in areas such as "sniper preparation and intervention tactics" among other methods of suppressing the population.

ADN notes that China is "an expert in silencing their citizens and cutting off any sign of political opposition or public disagreement that calls into question the alleged totalitarian support for the Communist Party."

Members of BEN, which was established in 1980, are known as the "Black Berets," according to ADN. Their purpose is to handle an assortment of special situations, according to ADN, and are often "mobilized to frighten and repress dissidents, opponents and independent activists."

Obviously, these forces learned their lessons from the Chinese well because their heavy-handed treatment of the protesters caught the attention of the Biden administration.

The lack of support for the Cuban protesters from President Joe Biden has been extremely disappointing. However, the Treasury Department under his administration did impose sanctions on Cuba's defense minister, Álvaro López Miera, and the Black Berets for their suppression of the peaceful protests.

One can only imagine what suppression techniques the Black Berets have learned from their Chinese mentors.

In a statement released on July 22 in which he announced the sanctions, Biden said, "Today, my Administration is imposing new sanctions targeting elements of the Cuban regime responsible for this crackdown — the head of the Cuban military and the division of the Cuban Ministry of the Interior driving the crackdown — to hold them accountable for their actions. This is just the beginning – the United States will continue to sanction individuals responsible for oppression of the Cuban people."

The statement went on to say, "Advancing human dignity and freedom is a top priority for my Administration." He could have fooled us.

Ironically, the first sentence states, "I unequivocally condemn the mass detentions and sham trials that are unjustly sentencing to prison those who dared to speak out ... "

Why the same could actually be said of the Biden DOJ's detentions of Jan. 6 protesters in the U.S.

China and Cuba are connected in many ways. In addition to their military ties, the two communist nations maintain a strong trade relationship.

Fox News contributor Gordon Chang is the network's go-to person for all things China-related.

Chang explored the Sino-Cuba relationship in a recent Newsweek article. He spoke with Evan Ellis of the U.S. Army War College who explained that, "China's relationship with Cuba was truncated following the Sino-Soviet split, in which Cuba allied with the Soviet Union."

However, "following the fall of the Soviet Union and the dramatic withdrawal of Soviet subsidies for Cuba, China strengthened its relationship somewhat by stepping into the breach."

China is heavily invested in the island nation only 90 miles from the U.S. coast, Change wrote.

He spoke to Joseph Humire, the executive director of the Center for a Secure Free Society, a conservative think tank, who said, "China uses Cuba as a platform for many of its regional intelligence and security operations. This includes a signals intelligence station used to intercept communications in the United States."

"Along with Venezuela, China is the largest benefactor to the Cuban regime," he added.

China has also helped create Cuba's internet and communication infrastructure. According to Chang, it is because of China's expertise, the Cuban president, Miguel Díaz-Canel, has been able to disable the internet by flipping a switch, a luxury he's obviously enjoyed since the protests began.

Considering Cuba's proximity to American soil, their cozy relationship is worrying indeed.

This article appeared originally on The Western Journal.

https://www.wnd.com/2021/08/red-dawn-chinese-paramilitary-troops-reportedly-training-elite-cuban-forces/ 

:: 8-2-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Millions are put into lockdown in China as the country tries to contain 'most extensive Covid-19 outbreak since Wuhan'

The Delta variant has reached more than 20 cities and a dozen provinces

Local governments are carrying out mass testing and cordoning off homes

Some cities are under strict lockdowns with residents unable to leave home

By Jack Newman For Mailonline Published: 05:35 EDT, 2 August 2021 | Updated: 10:39 EDT, 2 August 2021

Millions of people have been placed back into lockdown in China as the country tries to contain its largest coronavirus outbreak in months with mass testing and travel curbs.

The country reported 55 new locally transmitted coronavirus cases today as an outbreak of the fast-spreading Delta variant reached over 20 cities and more than a dozen provinces.

The latest surge, which state media has labelled the 'most extensive outbreak of Covid since Wuhan', began when airport workers in Nanjing who had cleaned a plane that arrived from Russia later tested positive for the virus.

Local governments in major cities including Beijing have now tested millions of residents, while cordoning off residential compounds and placing close contacts under quarantine.

While the number of cases is relatively small they are spread out across the country, prompting state media to compare it to the initial outbreak in Wuhan in 2019.

The central city of Zhuzhou in Hunan province ordered over 1.2 million residents on Monday to stay home under strict lockdown for the next three days as it rolls out a citywide testing and vaccination campaign, according to an official statement.

'The situation is still grim and complicated,' the Zhuzhou government said.

Beijing has previously boasted of its success in bringing domestic cases down to virtually zero after the coronavirus first emerged in Wuhan in late 2019, allowing the economy to rebound.

But the latest outbreak, linked to a cluster in Nanjing where nine cleaners at an international airport tested positive on July 20, is threatening that success with more than 360 domestic cases reported in the past two weeks.

In the tourist destination of Zhangjiajie, near Zhuzhou, an outbreak spread last month among theatre patrons who then brought the virus back to their homes around the country.

Zhangjiajie locked down all 1.5 million residents on Friday.

Officials are urgently seeking people who have recently travelled from Nanjing or Zhangjiajie, and have urged tourists not to travel to areas where cases have been found.

Meanwhile, Beijing has blocked tourists from entering the capital during the peak summer holiday travel season.

Only 'essential travellers' with negative nucleic acid tests will be allowed to enter after the discovery of a handful of cases among residents who had returned from Zhangjiajie.

Top city officials on Sunday called for residents 'not to leave Beijing unless necessary'.

The capital's Changping district locked down 41,000 people in nine housing communities last week.

Fresh cases were also reported on Monday in the popular tourist destination of Hainan as well as in flood-ravaged Henan province, national health authorities said.

The Delta variant, which first emerged in India and is much more transmissible than the original version of Covid, has proved particularly hard to control for many countries which until now had relied on border closures to keep cases low.

Coupled with low vaccination rates, such countries - most of which are in Asia - are now seeing cases rise to record or near-record levels with leaders rushing to impose lockdowns.

Vietnam, Thailand, Malaysia and Indonesia have all seen cases skyrocket in recent weeks, having previously been hailed virus success stories.

Cases are also at or near all-time highs in Japan and South Korea, though strict domestic lockdown measures there have slowed the kind of exponential growth that is being seen elsewhere.

Australia is also struggling to bring and outbreak of the Delta variant under control, with the city in Sydney currently in the midst of its longest lockdown since the initial wave of the virus hit back in 2020.

The Delta variant is more transmissible than the pathogens that cause SARS, Ebola and smallpox, and as easily spread as chickenpox, according to an internal US Centers for Disease Control presentation reported by The Washington Post and The New York Times.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9851565/Millions-lockdown-China-country-tries-contain-extensive-outbreak-Wuhan.html 

:: 7-30-21 The War Zone :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Pentagon Is Experimenting With Using Artificial Intelligence To "See Days In Advance"

The Pentagon aims to use cutting-edge cloud networks and artificial intelligence systems to anticipate adversaries' moves before they make them.

By Brett Tingley July 30, 2021

U.S. Northern Command (NORTHCOM) recently conducted a series of tests known as the Global Information Dominance Experiments, or GIDE, which combined global sensor networks, artificial intelligence (AI) systems, and cloud computing resources in an attempt to "achieve information dominance" and "decision-making superiority." According to NORTHCOM leadership, the AI and machine learning tools tested in the experiments could someday offer the Pentagon a robust “ability to see days in advance," meaning it could predict the future with some reliability based on evaluating patterns, anomalies, and trends in massive data sets. While the concept sounds like something out of Minority Report, the commander of NORTHCOM says could someday offer the Pentagon a robust “ability to see days in advance," meaning it could predict the future with some reliability based on evaluating patterns, anomalies, and trends in massive data sets. While the concept sounds like something out of Minority Report, the commander of NORTHCOM says this capability is already enabled by tools readily available to the Pentagon.

General Glen VanHerck, Commander of NORTHCOM and North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD), told reporters at the Pentagon this week that this was the third test of GIDE, conducted in conjunction with all 11 combatant commands “collaborating in the same information space using the same exact capabilities.” The experiment largely centered around contested logistics and information advantage, two cornerstones of the new warfighting paradigm recently proposed by the Vice Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. A full transcript of VanHerck's press briefing is available online.

VanHerck told reporters that this AI-enabled decision making could actually allow for a type of proactive forecasting that sounds truly like the stuff of science fiction:

The machine learning and the artificial intelligence can detect changes [and] we can set parameters where it will trip an alert to give you the awareness to go take another sensor such as GEOINT on-satellite capability to take a closer look at what might be ongoing in a specific location.

[W]hat we've seen is the ability to get way further what I call left, left of being reactive to actually being proactive. And I'm talking not minutes and hours, I'm talking days.

The ability to see days in advance creates decision space. Decision space for me as an operational commander to potentially posture forces to create deterrence options to provide that to the secretary or even the president. To use messaging, the information space to create deterrence options and messaging and if required to get further ahead and posture ourselves for defeat.

Gen. VanHerck says this most recent experiment, GIDE 3, was a way of testing “a fundamental change in how we use information and data to increase decision space for leaders from the tactical level to the strategic level -- not only military leaders, but also gives opportunity for our civilian leaders.” The NORTHCOM and NORAD Commander claims that GIDE shifts the Department of Defense’s (DOD) focus “away from pure defeat mechanisms for homeland defense towards earlier, deter-and-deny actions well outside a conflict” and will allow faster, more proactive decision making.

To do this, the experiment used artificial intelligence tools to perform real-time analysis of data gathered by a network of sensors across the globe including “commercially available information” from unnamed partners. That information, VanHerck says, could be shared via cloud-based systems to allies and other partners in real-time, should NORTHCOM decide to. The tests also included support from the Joint Artificial Intelligence Center and Project Maven, a DOD project that leverages AI to sift through massive amounts of persistent surveillance imagery and rapidly identify useful information.

The U.S. Air Force and U.S. Army have already been testing similar concepts which are exploring the convergences of real-time data collection and artificial intelligence in order to enable faster and more informed decision making. VanHerck says the GIDE 3 experiments were different, however, in that NORTHCOM isn't looking to create new tools or concepts, but instead use what is already available to give the highest levels of military leadership a new level of awareness: The primary [difference] between what I'm doing and what the services are doing is I'm focused at the operational to strategic level. Taking data and information that is available today. That's key.

We're not creating new capabilities to go get data and information. This information exists from today's satellites, today's radar, today's undersea capabilities, today’s cyber, today's intel capabilities. The data exists. What we're doing is making that data available… and shared into a cloud, where machine learning and artificial intelligence look at it and they process it really quickly and provide it to decision makers, which I call decision superiority.” This gives us days of advanced warning and ability to react. Where, in the past, we may not have put eyes on with an analyst of a GEOINT satellite image, now we are doing that within minutes or near real-time. That's the primary difference that I'm talking about.

The types of global cloud services, data fusion, and other concepts used in the experiments aren’t anything new per se, and VanHerck says that NORTHCOM has simply “stitched everything together to make this happen” on a military level. “I wouldn't think of this as a thing or a- you know, a gadget we're going to buy and move forward,” the general told reporters. “This is a software-based capabilities [sic] utilizing technology that is readily available today.” While the systems used in GIDE 3 are still being tested and developed, VanHerck used the metaphor of “building the bike while we ride it,” which he elaborated on earlier this month in a War on the Rocks op-ed.

VanHerck also added that United States Space Command (SPACECOM) was “intimately involved” with the experiments, stating that the experiments explored options to hold competitors’ space-based and land-based capabilities at risk, while also considering the fact that potential adversaries would put our own space assets at risk in any conflict.

In his remarks, the NORAD commander obliquely referred to Russia and China, claiming that the United States currently has “two peer competitors, both nuclear-armed, that are competing against us on a daily basis.” When a reporter then asked the general to elaborate about the GIDE 3 exercise, the Pentagon wouldn’t name a specific simulated adversary but noted it was “focused on a peer competitor.” The Pentagon's third Global Information Dominance Experiment is just one more signal that future conflicts could largely be determined by which forces can deploy the best artificial intelligence systems and leverage information the fastest. Given the rate and scale at which data flows around the world thanks to modern communication networks, satellites, and other technologies, it could be in the very near future that battlefield decisions will be dominated by suggestions from AI tools, and eventually, left to AI themselves, as they can make decisions much faster than a human could. But for now, just being able to better predict the future is of extreme interest to America's top military leadership.

https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/41771/the-pentagon-is-experimenting-with-using-artificial-intelligence-to-see-days-in-advance 

:: 7-31-21 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Federal charges dropped against PhD student accused of spying for Chinese government

July 31, 2021 Patrick McGerr - Herald Times

Federal prosecutors have dropped charges against a former Indiana University doctoral student who was accused of spying for the Chinese government.

The U.S. attorney for Indiana’s southern district alleged Zhao Kaikai lied on his 2018 visa application to enter the United States and study at IU. Zhao, who is no longer listed as an IU student, was pursuing a doctorate in informatics and studying artificial intelligence.

The meeting with the officials from Chingse consulate in Chicago at a Bloomington park. Investigators suggested Zhao was part of Chinese government efforts to funnel intellectual property and technology from American universities to China.

Zhao is one of a group of Chinese researchers whose charges were dropped by the Department of Justice. In a statement, Wyn Hornbuckle, DOJ deputy director of public affairs, said, “Recent developments in a handful of cases involving defendants with alleged, undisclosed ties to the People’s Liberation Army of the People’s Republic of China … have prompted the Department to re-evaluate these prosecutions, and we have determined that it is now in the interest of justice to dismiss them.”

Zhao’s attorney, Bradley Banks, from the Indianapolis law firm Banks & Brower, confirmed his client’s charges were dropped. However, according to Banks, unlike the other Chinese researchers who have returned home, Zhao remained in federal custody in Kentucky as of July 27 and is still on an immigration hold. Zhao has been in custody since his arrest 12 months ago.

According to Hornbuckle, the Department of Justice continues to prioritize threats to American research and academic institutions from the Chinese government.

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2021/07/federal-charges-dropped-against-iu-phd-student-accused-of-spying-for-chinese-government/ 

:: 8-2-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hell Is Coming, And Death Is Coming With It: The Warnings Continue To Go Out. The Situation Continues To Deteriorate. The Mass Of Humanity Continues To Go About Its Normal

Jack Metir Uncategorized August 2, 2021 6 Minutes

What does it take to make you sit up and take notice of the problems surrounding society today? What will it take to make you respond to the many crises taking place today? You have eyes so you can see and ears so you can hear but for many people any negative news is a reason to tune out the world and only think good thoughts.

The problems we face continue to pile up and doing nothing is not an option if you expect to survive the next few years in tact. Prior planning and execution of a plan is now required to stay out of the flood zone when the dam breaks and everyone starts to drown. It does not matter what kind of person you are. You have to be able to save yourself before you have the ability to help others including your own family.

You cannot protect your family if you cannot protect yourself from dangerous situations or people. You cannot protect your family if you are too weak from lack of water or food to get others to safety. You cannot protect your family from the elements if you have no cover for them due to sudden loss of your shelter.

You have car insurance just in case you have an automobile accident. You have health insurance just in case you get sick. You have life insurance to help your family just in case you die. You have homeowners insurance just in case your home is destroyed. There is unemployment insurance just in case you lose your job.

So where is your food insurance just in case you cannot find any food in the store? Where is your personal protection insurance just in case you are threatened and cannot depend on the police? Where is your water insurance just in case your water supply is shut off or becomes contaminated? Where is your communication insurance just in case the power is out and normal systems do not work? Where is your energy insurance just in case energy supplies are cut off and you need to drive to safety, cook your food or stay warm?

People think that the types of insurance for cars, health, home and life are just fine to have but the other ones listed are crazy and paranoid to think about. Even in the first case, your insurance policies depend on other people to fulfill them and those people depend on a system that is still functioning such as the banks, communications and the insurance company itself. So what happens to all those other types of insurance when the insurers themselves are no longer functioning. Any crisis that takes down the stock market, power grid or the banks will also take down all of the insurance companies.

The events of the past few weeks should have been a warning shot across the bow for many. Our financial and distribution systems are in a delicate balancing act right now and any sudden shifts could send them tumbling off the cliff rendering the services they perform extinct in a matter of hours. When that happens it will be too late to think about what you should have done when you still had the opportunity.

You cannot get your money out of the bank after the doors are shut, the ATM is empty and the POS systems are no longer working. You cannot get the food you need after the stores have been cleaned out and the distribution system has stopped functioning. You cannot get fuel for your car after the gas stations are empty and deliveries have been suspended. You cannot get police help when everyone calls 911 at the same time and most of the police have gone home to protect their own families.

If your alarm bells have not gone off already what will it take for you to realize you are in serious trouble? When that finally happens what do you plan to do to protect and care for your family? Having no plan means having a plan to suffer and persist through unpleasant situations for no good reason. Not knowing something is excusable but you have been warned many times in the past few years and to have to suffer in the future because you did not know what was coming is no longer an excuse. Failure to prepare at this time will not only cost you but it will likely put an unnecessary burden on those that will have to help you in the future.

The warnings continue to go out. The situation continues to deteriorate. The mass of humanity continues to go about its normal daily business. The Earth continues to rotate with no chance of going back from here. The early warning alarms have sounded advising people to take a defensive stance just in case. Do you hear the alarms yet or have you hit the snooze button for a few more minutes of sleep?

So far in this plot to subdue and take over humanity, much has been lost. There is little freedom left, and what there is has been restricted and is constantly monitored, because any act of individuality or independence is now viewed as an uprising and is a bane to the state. Mass censorship of any opinion or truth concerning this scam is rampant. Everything of value is being destroyed, and speech has in most cases literally been disappeared. When the government and its fascist partnered henchmen hide or erase all free speech, what is left is tyranny. Families are being systematically decimated, and the purposeful spread of hatred is promoted at every level of society by the controlled media and the governing gang of criminals. The entirety of this government can only be described as organized crime, but is much more sinister and criminal than any mafia. This is what this pathetic population has created for itself, and blame should be placed on all those that continue to worship this nation-state and adhere to its evil demands.

Human nature is on trial today, and for very good reason. It is the human that controls his own fate. It is the human that allows others to control his thought and actions. It is the human that cowers in the face of adversity. It is the human that worships the state as God. It is the human that acquiesces to the demands of tyrants. It is the human that fails to protect the innocent. It is the human that applauds war. It is the human that causes his own and all other’s misery.

In conclusion, you may take this to heart, or you may ignore the warnings. You may continue to wallow in indifference. You may run and hide. You may cover your emotionless face with a mask. You may watch your family die in seclusion. You may turn in your neighbors to ‘authorities.’ You may follow every rule. You may in fact die at the hands of this heinous state.

Or you may curse this writer. This rant is for all or none; I care not anymore about those that have chosen to harm freedom!

In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago

Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:

A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/08/02/hell-is-coming-and-death-is-coming-with-it/ 

:: 7-16-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dear Lori Lightfoot: RESIGN.

49,590 views

Jul 16, 2021

New York Nadia

55K subscribers

Democratic "leaders" are a disaster, and nowhere is that more obvious than in Chicago. Lori Lightfoot is an embarrassment who should resign before any more innocent lives are taken.

To learn how to debate politics without losing your sh*t, CLICK BELOW and get your copy of "Politiquette" today!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZMgt7KVhnM0 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 7-26-21 Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There's a water shortage in Iran as temperatures hit 120F. Security forces are firing on protesters to stop demonstrations.

Jul 26, 2021, 8:10 AM

Protestors in the western province of Kermanshah demonstrate against water shortages on July 21 in footage posted on social media. RFERL/Twitter

Blazing heat and water shortages hit Iran in July, especially the province of Khuzestan.

The situation prompted protests from angry locals, which have been harshly suppressed.

Report say Iranian security forces used live ammunition and killed at least 8 people.

Iranian security fired live rounds at protestors amid water shortages and soaring temperatures, a human rights group and media reports say.

The protests began in the arid, oil-rich province of Khuzestan on July 15 amid weeks long water shortages, and have since spread to other regions.

The temperature in Ahvaz, Khuzestan, was 122 degrees Fahrenheit (50 Celsius) on Monday afternoon, with a predicted overnight temperature of 99F. The outlook is similar all week.

Amnesty International in a report Friday said that security forces had killed eight protestors, including a teenage boy, by deploying indiscriminate and deadly force. The clashes have continued since.

"Video footage from the past week, coupled with consistent accounts from the ground, indicate security forces used deadly automatic weapons, shotguns with inherently indiscriminate ammunition, and tear gas to disperse protesters," Amnesty said.

This footage from last week, shared by BBC Persian service producer Hadi Nili, shows a scene from an early protest:

Masih Alinejah, an anti-Iran activist recently subject to an alleged kidnapping plot, shared what she said were the images of eight people who were killed.

Iranian state media reported that three people were killed in the unrest, including a police officer. State outlets claimed that agitators were responsible for the fatalities.

According to activists, the real death toll is higher, and security forces are the true culprits.

Two independent sources in Khuzestan told CNN that riot police and state security agents were responsible for several deaths at protests over the last week.

The Human Rights Activists News Agency (HRANA), an opposition news service, said that at least 10 people had been killed and 102 arrested in towns and cities across Iran.

Severe droughts have affected parts of Iran since March, with protestors reportedly chanting "I am thirsty" at demonstrations as temperatures rise past 120 F. In an apparent bid to stop word of the protests spreading, Iran has imposed internet blackouts.

The UN's human rights chief Michelle Bachelet on Friday urged Iranian authorities to address the water shortages instead of reacting with force against protestors.

"Shooting and arresting people will simply add to the anger and desperation," she said.

Iran's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, said Saturday that protestors should not be blamed and that authorities should work at addressing the shortages.

"The people showed their displeasure ... but we cannot really blame the people and their issues must be taken care of," Khamenei said, reported Reuters.

https://www.businessinsider.com/iran-120f-heat-prompts-water-shortage-protests-deadly-suppression-2021-7 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 7-26-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World's Food Supplies In Jeopardy Amid Climate Disasters

by Tyler Durden Monday, Jul 26, 2021 - 04:15 AM

Devastating floods in Germany, China, Turkey, and India. Scorching hot weather in the Western U.S. and Canada. Worst frost in two decades across Brazil. These recent weather phenomena are rapidly intensifying and threaten further food inflation already at decade highs.

We documented last week Brazil had some of the worst frost conditions in two decades. Temperatures dropped below zero and delivered a massive blow to farmers across the country's coffee belt. The result has been sky-high coffee prices.

Back-to-back heatwaves continue to scorch the Earth across the Western half of the U.S. The corn belt, which spans the Midwest, lacks rainfall, and hot weather could negatively impact crop development, leading to an underwhelming harvest.

In Europe, China, Turkey, and India, devastating floods have torn apart towns, damaged farmland, and killed hundreds of people. Torrential rains have the risk of sparking fungal diseases for grain crops.

"All of these events are touched by jet streams, strong and narrow bands of westerly winds blowing above the Earth's surface. The currents are generated when cold air from the poles clashes against hot air from the tropics, creating storms and other phenomena such as rain and drought," Bloomberg said.

"Jet streams are the weather—they create it, and they steer it," said Jennifer Francis, a senior scientist at the Woodwell Climate Research Center. "Sometimes the jet stream takes on a very convoluted pattern. When we see it taking big swings north and big dips southward, we know we're going to see some unusual weather conditions."

Meteorologists worry whenever those swings and dips form omega-shaped curves that look like waves. When that happens, warm air travels further north and cold air penetrates further south. The result is a succession of unusually hot and cold weather systems along the same latitude. Under these conditions, winds often weaken and dangerous weather can remain stuck in the same place for days or weeks at a time—rather than just a few hours or a day—leading to prolonged rains and heatwaves.

"It's just like when waves in the ocean get to a beach, overturn and break," said Tess Parker, a research fellow at the ARC Centre for Excellence for Climate Extremes at Monash University in Melbourne. "That can happen in the atmosphere as well, and if that happens you tend to catch a high- or low-pressure system that will become stationary." - Bloomberg

So if it's a stalled high-pressure system in the Pacific Northwest producing relentless heatwaves or a low-pressure system that resulted in devastating German floods earlier this month - the jet steam's latest swings have produced incredible weather phenomena such as rain or drought or extreme temperatures.

"Things that are happening in one part of the world end up impacting all of us," said Agnes Kalibata, a United Nations special envoy for the 2021 Food Systems Summit and Rwanda's former agriculture minister. "We've underestimated as a world is just how frequently" weather could seriously disrupt the global food system.

Wild weather affects crop yields worldwide this year. Along with a monetary phenomenon by central banks flushing the world with trillions in credit, commodity prices have been pushed to decade extremes.

U.N.'s Food and Agriculture Organization's food price index is at a decade high and already has tremendous implications on societal trends that have already resulted in uprisings in various emerging market countries.

... and it only took Bloomberg six months to catch up with SocGen's market skeptic Albert Edwards' warning that surging global food insecurity could result in an Arab Spring redux.

Edwards, who, unlike Goldman Sachs, began to worry about food inflation in December. Back then, he outlined similarities in rapid food inflation and how it played a considerable role in sparking unrest and ensuing revolutions in many Arab countries a decade ago.

More recently, Deutsche Bank's Jim Reid reminded us that emerging markets are more vulnerable to food insecurity since their consumers spend a far greater share of their income on food than those in the developed world.

Analysts Michael Every and Michael Magdovitz of Rabobank warned that surging food prices could exacerbate global food insecurity, resulting in social unrest in weaker, emerging market countries.

The latest round of wicked weather worldwide suggests that food insecurity is set to worsen and negatively impact emerging market countries the most, where protests and uprisings are only beginning.

More importantly, food inflation is here to stay..

https://www.zerohedge.com/weather/worlds-food-supplies-jeopardy-amid-climate-disasters 

:: 7-26-21 Encouraging Angel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Biblical Case For Famine In Our Country

July 26, 2021 By Stan Szymanski

News aggregators and producers of news like Steve Quayle, Dave Hodges, Mike Adams, Greg Hunter and Lisa Haven are trying to warn us of a coming disruption in the food supply because we have burgeoning interruptions in the supply chains that supply the stores. Food inflation is upon us and hyperinflation of food prices is on the doorstep. In Greg Hunter’s interview of economist Martin Armstrong (dated July 24, 2021 www.usawatchdog.com ) Mr. Armstrong states: “The system has come to an end. They know they can no longer borrow indefinitely. So, what is this “Great Reset’? It is basically a move to redesign the world monetary system. They are going to stop the borrowing that they are doing, and they are just going to print. In the context of food when they go whole hog on the money printing because the financial system has broken free of its moorings, the dollars you hold will become worth less and ultimately become worthless. That means you will experience first high inflation, then hyper inflation the type that the Weimar Repubilc experienced in Germany in the 1920’s (please read ‘When Money Dies, The Nightmare of the Weimar Collapse’ by Adam Fergusson). You won’t be able to afford food, much less much else. The leadership of Weimar Germany had a spirit of zeal and blood for war and conquest. They were blamed for starting World War I (hence the reparations that led to many of the economic problems in the country). The collapse of the German economy in the 1920’s led to the public acceptance of a megalomaniacal man who had a bloodlust that put the entire globe to war again in World War II. The people ultimately had to use a wheelbarrow to carry enough German cash to buy a loaf of bread in the mid 1920’s. By the mid-1940’s Germany was destroyed. This type of ‘bloody house’ that the leadership of that country lived in-the unwarranted desire to wipe out entire genus of people was the spiritual impetus for their own destruction. For the Third Reich it was the desire to wipe out the Jewish people. During the life and times of King David it was the the previous actions of King Saul who desired to wipe out a people known as the Gibeonites. A nation or group that desires to wipeout an entire class of people will produce utter famine in their own land and will decimate their own people.

“Then there was a famine in the days of David three years, year after year; and David enquired of the Lord. And the Lord answered, It is for Saul, and for his bloody house, because he slew the Gibeonites.” (2 Samuel 21:1 KJV)

In America, there are lots of people who do good things like ministry to the poor around the world, preaching the gospel and emergency assistance during times of natural catastrophe like earthquakes, hurricanes and the like. However, we must note that for at least a generation now elements of the leadership of America (and for that matter, much of the world) has engaged in its own bloodlust; building its own ‘bloody house’ like that of the house of Saul.

Of course, we are talking about our ‘elected leaders’ (and after the last presidential election we must question ‘elected’?), appointed leaders at the NGO’s and the ultra-rich. The Passing of Roe V. Wade is one of a number of events that we could consider as a starting point to the ‘bloody house’. As of early 2020 there are over 61 million dead at the hands of the abortionists via the legal approval of the Supreme Court of the United States. A ruling body of the government of our nation ruled that it was open season to annihilate of a class of people inside the borders of the US of A.- the unborn children. By the way, please don’t tell me that they are not people as each unborn child has its own blood supply separate and distinct from the mother-the unborn is indeed its own person; you can see each of their faces in every ultrasound picture. If you are a woman that has experienced abortion there is forgiveness for you at the foot of the cross of Jesus Christ who gave his life as a ransom to forgive all who have sinned if they confess their sins, repent of their sins and confess Jesus Christ as their personal Lord and Savior.

When the ruling bodies of this country in fact promoted the Covid-19 inoculations and in some cases -mandated- at the potential risk of loss of employment and income the injection of genetically altering materials that were untested even in animals before their full scale rollout-this is most prolific example of the American version of the ‘bloody house’ of Saul-that is the legislature, the ruling bodies (i.e. the CDC who owns the patent to the coronavirus) and the ultra rich (you know who some of them are) who sit on the boards of the drug and pharmaceutical companies who financially benefit from this employment of unproven gene manipulation. These jabs are mandated for the elderly. These jabs are mandated for terms of employment. These jabs are now being proposed for children under the age of 12. According to Jim Hoft at the Gateway Pundit as of July 17, 2021 there have been 11,140 deaths attributed directly to the Covid-19 vaccines (not the virus) and well over 400,000 injuries as recorded by VAERS. One study reports that less than -one percent- of adverse events are reported to VAERS. What if the numbers that the Gateway Pundit reported were only 10% of what was really happening? The GP reported numbers would be higher by a factor of 10! If the GP numbers were just 1% of what was reported the GP numbers would be higher by a factor of 100! The coronavirus (please don’t forget that the coronavirus was known in the medical literature for over 20 years and ultimately patented by the CDC) spike protein (which is typically part and parcel of the ‘vaccine’) impairs endothelial function via down regulation of ACE2. This study shows that spike protein alone can damage vascular endothelial cells. Everyone has epithelial cells. The vaccine that is populated with spike protein can damage -anyone- breathing with a pulse that has taken a vaccine that contains the spike protein. That, my friends is the targeting of entire phylum of individuals that have the same body type: human beings. This is a planned depopulation event done in and by those who financially benefit from its implementation. This is much bigger than Saul targeting the Gibeonites for extinction, wouldn’t you say?

With a righteous and Godly king on the throne, God meted out revenge for the Gibeonites.

“Wherefore David said unto the Gibeonites, What shall I do for you? and wherewith shall I make the atonement, that ye may bless the inheritance of the Lord? And the Gibeonites said unto him, We will have no silver nor gold of Saul, nor of his house; neither for us shalt thou kill any man in Israel. And he said, What ye shall say, that will I do for you. And they answered the king, The man that consumed us, and that devised against us that we should be destroyed from remaining in any of the coasts of Israel, Let seven men of his sons be delivered unto us, and we will hang them up unto the Lord in Gibeah of Saul, whom the Lord did choose. And the king said, I will give them.”

2 Samuel 21:3-6 KJV

Which resulted in:

“But the king took the two sons of Rizpah the daughter of Aiah, whom she bare unto Saul, Armoni and Mephibosheth; and the five sons of Michal the daughter of Saul, whom she brought up for Adriel the son of Barzillai the Meholathite: And he delivered them into the hands of the Gibeonites, and they hanged them in the hill before the Lord: and they fell all seven together, and were put to death in the days of harvest, in the first days, in the beginning of barley harvest.”

2 Samuel 21:8-9 KJV

So the sons of Saul died in revenge of the Gibeonites for Saul’s ‘bloody house’. And in a wonderful and strange way a barley harvest was visited upon Israel.

We need a -truly- Godly man or woman at the highest elected office in our land. Right now, we assuredly do not have one as the occupier of the bleached house sitting in Uncle Sam’s favorite chair is openly for abortion. He has openly stated (falsely) that if you take the jab you won’t get Covid-19 or die. He is a storyteller of the highest (or perhaps, lowest) magnitude. Until we get a Godly occupant in that seat a famine is upon us and will persist until the ‘bloody house of Saul’ is dealt the judgement of a Holy God from a God loving inhabitant of Pennsylvania Avenue, in my estimation.

I want to make a special point here. The ‘house of Saul’ was held responsible by the Gibeonites for the destruction that Saul caused. None of the soldiers/warriors/military of Israel was held accountable. The Current events version of the ‘house of Saul’ named above is responsible for all manner of evil. Just as the Gibeonites did not hold the rank and file of Israel’s military accountable, neither should any American hold the rank and file of our military military accountable for any decisions of the ultra rich and their playmates. God bless the military of the U.S.A.

Exactly what that punishment should be for the current ‘house of Saul, I do not know. Who will dole it out and when-I cannot fathom. One thing is for sure, people who are trying to warn us of impending famine like Steve Quayle, Dave Hodges, Mike Adams, Greg Hunter and Lisa Haven are definitely not wrong. Please heed their warning. Please re-read the story of the famine in Israel and the revenge that God granted the Gibeonites in 2 Samuel 21. The genocidal actions of bloody house of the Saul’s of this current age, in targeting large groups of people for extermination, have brought famine to our threshold, our doorstep. Nothing short of the righteous actions of a Holy God will stop the drought, starvation and scarcity that is now here. Buy food. Stack it high. Buy seeds. Even at this stage in the year, research what you can still plant. Get rural if you can. Make plans to be able to stay with a country cousin if you can’t get your own place. Pray for God’s provision and guidance for you and your family. Pray imprecatory prayers to stymie the action of Satan and his minions (some named in this writing). Receive Christ as your Lord and Savior while you still can. Food famine is here. This can be the greatest spiritual time of your life if you will choose to fully trust Christ and lean on Him.

Stan Szymanski (or Encouraging Angels) is not a medical doctor. This is not medical advice. In all matters pertaining to the health and care of a human being consult a medical doctor. This is not legal, financial or personal advice. Consult appropriate professionals in those fields for that type of advice.

https://www.encouragingangels.org/new-blog/2021/7/26/w8hyva9xr9jg0vj2bjbu06x4fasfgy 

:: 7-26-21 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VA requires COVID-19 vaccination for health care workers

The Department of Veterans Affairs has became the first major federal agency to require health care workers to get COVID-19 vaccines

By RICARDO ALONSO-ZALDIVAR Associated Press  July 26, 2021, 9:21 PM • 5 min read

WASHINGTON -- The Department of Veterans Affairs on Monday became the first major federal agency to require health care workers to get COVID-19 vaccines, as the aggressive delta variant spreads across the nation and some communities report troubling increases in hospitalizations among unvaccinated people.

The VA's move came on a day when nearly 60 leading medical and health care organizations issued a call for health care facilities to require their workers to get vaccinated. No federal law stands in the way of employers requiring vaccinations, but like mask mandates, the issue has been politicized in a society that's divided on matters of public health.

Recent Stories from ABC News

With more than 300 million doses administered in the United States and nearly 4 billion doses administered worldwide, we know the vaccines are safe and highly effective at preventing severe illness and death from COVID-19," Dr. Susan Bailey, immediate past president of the American Medical Association, said in a statement. “Increased vaccinations among health care personnel will not only reduce the spread of COVID-19 but also reduce the harmful toll this virus is taking within the health care workforce and those we are striving to serve.”

Although vaccination among physicians is nearly universal — 96% according to an AMA survey — that's not the case for many other people working at health care facilities. In nursing homes, only about 60% of staffers are vaccinated, compared with about 80% of residents, according to recent numbers from Medicare. And COVID-19 cases are rising.

At the VA, vaccines will now be mandatory for certain medical personnel — including physicians, dentists, podiatrists, optometrists, registered nurses, physician assistants and others who work in departmental facilities or provide direct care to veterans, said VA Secretary Veterans Affairs Secretary Denis McDonough.

Employees will have eight weeks to be fully vaccinated.

"It’s the best way to keep veterans safe, especially as the delta variant spreads across the country,” McDonough said in a statement. “Whenever a veteran or VA employee sets foot in a VA facility, they deserve to know that we have done everything in our power to protect them from COVID-19.

With this mandate, we can once again make — and keep — that fundamental promise,” he added.

It was unclear what would happen to VA employees who refuse to be vaccinated. The agency said vaccination will be required “absent a medical or religious exemption.” The longstanding policy in the health care industry is for staff to stay up-to-date with vaccinations, such as annual flu shots. Exceptions for medical reasons include known allergies.

In addition to the AMA, the medical and health care groups calling for mandatory vaccines for health workers included the American Academy of Nursing, the American Public Health Association, the American Pharmacists Association and, for the first time, a nursing home industry group. LeadingAge, which represents nonprofit nursing homes and elder care facilities, had previously advocated educating nursing home employees about the benefits of getting their shots. Also joining the call was the National Medical Association, the leading professional group representing Black physicians.

“Unfortunately, many health care and long-term care personnel remain unvaccinated,” the groups said in a statement. “We stand with the growing number of experts and institutions that support the requirement for universal vaccination of health workers.”

Earlier this year, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission said current federal laws do not prevent an employer from requiring employees physically entering the workplace to be vaccinated against COVID-19.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has heavily promoted vaccinations as a way to slow the pandemic and save lives. However, the agency has not recommended that state or local officials, or employers, mandate vaccinations for their employees.

“The politics is really tricky because President Biden hasn’t ordered mandatory vaccinations for federal workers," said Lawrence Gostin, a public health law expert at Georgetown University. "And it would seem hypocritical if CDC made that recommendation” to businesses or state and local officials, he said.

A CDC spokeswoman would not comment.

To make matters more complicated, the COVID-19 vaccines have yet to win full approval from the Food and Drug Administration. They continue to be provided under emergency use authorization and the lack of a full approval has fed into hesitancy among some people.

Still, the FDA's emergency approval process was thorough and didn’t skip the extensive testing required of any vaccine. Of the three manufacturers of vaccines approved in the U.S., Pfizer and Moderna have applied for full approval, and a Pfizer decision is expected soon.

The COVID-19 vaccines were not brewed overnight, either. They were the fruit of more than 10 years of behind-the-scenes research and huge injections of funding that laid the groundwork for them to be rolled out so quickly.

Katie Smith Sloan, CEO of LeadingAge, said it's time to go beyond the power of persuasion. "As COVID-19 variants emerge and proliferate, we can start saving more lives today by ensuring staff are fully vaccinated,” she said

AP writers Hope Yen in Washington and Mike Stobbe in New York contributed.

https://abcnews.go.com/Health/wireStory/va-mandates-covid-19-vaccination-health-care-workers-79070195 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 7-27-21 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Montana Man’ Who Confronted Tucker Carlson Worked For CIA-Founded Front Group

by Chris Menahan | Information Liberation  July 27th 2021, 2:05 am

Dan Bailey, the “Montana man” who confronted Tucker Carlson in a fly fishing shop in Livingston, formerly worked at an organization that was founded as a front group for the CIA.

Here’s how the exchange went down via Heavy.com:

[Dan] Bailey can be heard saying, “I don’t care, man. Dude, you are the worst human being known to mankind.” Carlson tells him, “I appreciate that,” and says, “I’m not gonna debate,” as Bailey tells him, “I want you to know that. What you have done to this state, to the United States, to everything else in this world. I don’t care that your daughter’s here. What you have done to people’s families, what you have done to everybody else in this world…”

Carlson then tells Bailey, “Settle down, son,” and begins to walk away. Bailey follows Carlson, saying, “Son? Call me son…”

Dude, you’re like a terrible person, man. No really dude, you’re like really bad, the stuff you’ve done — wow — like, I literally can’t even, it’s like the worst ever and stuff, literally, the whole world… the state… the families — like, wow dude — WOW!

Twitter user Yoopermomma first noticed Bailey’s interesting background.

The Asia Foundation was founded as a CIA front group in 1951, Muckrock reported in 2017.

The Asia Foundation is, on the surface, a private non-profit that contributes to the development of Asia, including donating millions of books. In reality, since it was created by Central Intelligence Agency in 1951, TAF has engaged in a decades long campaign to misrepresent its origins, purpose, and funding.

[…] Originally conceived by CIA as a propaganda machine and a front for covert activities including psychological warfare, TAF has controlled its narrative by becoming the primary source of information on its organization. The narrative presented by TAF effectively erases the first years of its history and misleads the public about its sources of funding over the years. TAF’s deceptions aren’t limited to the public, either. Declassified documents reveal that TAF provided information to the State Department that was incorrect and misleading; this information was subsequently given to Congress. These misrepresentations were then cited in the findings of Congress’ “Asia Foundation Act”, which provides funding for the Foundation, and have become commonly referenced.

[…] TAF portrays itself as having been created “with the approval of the National Security Council” and later being funded by, but remaining functionally independent from, the CIA. In reality, it was a weapon crafted by CIA explicitly for political warfare. Armed with CIA propaganda products, guided by CIA priorities, staffed with CIA contract employees and former CIA staffers, TAF spent the first 16 years of its existence under the direct control of the Agency. For more than a year after that, it relied on funds that the Agency had covertly provided. TAF did not lose touch with the Agency in the following decades, nor did it lose its support.

While TAF has done good work, it also misleads the public about its origins with CIA, and about the current source of its funding. CIA’s administrative file clearly shows, however, that the foundation was staffed and controlled by the Agency. At least two of its Presidents, Greene and Blum, had worked with the Intelligence Community on projects that laid the groundwork for the CFA/TAF, including the project proposal itself and the NSC Directives it relied on. They, like all of TAF’s early Presidents, were CIA contract employees, and it wouldn’t be until 1989 that TAF had a President who wasn’t hand selected by the Agency. While TAF handled its own day to day operations, the chain of command was clear: the foundation had been owned and operated by CIA for more than a decade and a half, despite the denials offered by the foundation, which the leadership knew to false.

TAF these days gets around $100 million a year directly from the US government.

The NSA was caught spying on Tucker just a few weeks ago.

Bailey was born in Casper, Wyoming and “graduated from Montana State University-Bozeman with a bachelor’s degree in land resource analysis and management,” Heavy.com reported. “He then graduated from the University of Montana in 2013 with a master’s degree in resource conservation, he wrote on LinkedIn.”

Heavy continued: “Bailey has worked as the Yellowstone Program Manager for the National Parks Conservation Association in Livingston since 2019, according to his LinkedIn profile. According to its website, the NPCA is based in Washington D.C. and is a nonpartisan and independent membership organization aimed at protecting and preserving national parks and advocating on behalf of the National Parks System.”

I’m assuming Bailey is probably just a random libtard. Sadly, Montana has a lot of them these days.

His resemblance to the pregnant man emoji is striking:

Who do you think is a better representative for the fly fishing community?

https://www.infowars.com/posts/montana-man-who-confronted-tucker-carlson-worked-for-cia-founded-front-group/ 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 7-26-21 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Nukes Rival United States – Watch

Jon Bowne | Infowars.com

July 26th 2021, 12:27 pm

As World Net Daily reported, “Peter Huessy of the Mitchell Institute has pointed out, ‘Just this deployment alone will provide China over one thousand new on-alert warheads—1,450—almost double the day-to-day U.S.A. on-alert force and by itself a nuclear force roughly equal to the entire current U.S. nuclear-deployed force of 1,490 sea- and land-based missile warheads.’”

The response of the Biden State Department didn’t exactly breed confidence, rather, it resembles submission.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/china-nukes-rival-united-states-watch/ 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 7-27-21 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Big Tech Companies Agree To Work Together In Internet Freedom Crackdown

by Steve Watson July 27th 2021, 6:31 am

A simultaneous move by Big Tech companies to work together to counter “right wing terrorism” by coordinating censorship, along with Paypal announcing that it will be partnering with the notorious leftist political group the Anti-Defamation League, prompted critics to warn of a renewed move to crush internet freedom.

Reuters reported Monday that “A counterterrorism organization formed by some of the biggest U.S. tech companies including Facebook (FB.O) and Microsoft (MSFT.O) is significantly expanding the types of extremist content shared between firms in a key database, aiming to crack down on material from white supremacists and far-right militias.”

Facebook, Twitter, YouTube, Microsoft and others will actively share information under the Global Internet Forum to Counter Terrorism (GIFCT), a body previously reserved for targeting Taliban and Al Qaeda content.

As is always the case, there is no definition of what “extremist content” is, or what “white supremacists” or the “far right” are, but you can rest assured that past experiences have proven that these terms will encompass anything to do with being white, Christian, not a Marxist, and having an opinion that doesn’t jive with leftists in Silicon Valley.

As we have seen, Facebook is essentially an arm of the Biden administration at this point, and has been working with virulently leftist organisations to censor ‘wrong think’ for years.

In addition, The ADL announced Monday that they are partnering with PayPal “to fight extremism and hate” by coming together to analyze “how extremists leverage financial platforms to fund criminal activity.”

In other words, cutting off the accounts of people they disagree with, like the state does in communist China.

Reuters notes that “The initiative will be led through ADL’s Center on Extremism, and will focus on uncovering and disrupting the financial flows supporting white supremacist and anti-government organizations.”

This is far from unprecedented and has been going on for some time. Outlets like Infowars had their Paypal accounts suspended a long time ago.

Now it’s time for everyone else to become the target:

https://www.infowars.com/posts/big-tech-companies-agree-to-work-together-in-internet-freedom-crackdown/ 

:: 7-27-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Joe Biden Implodes, More Signs Of Impending Medical Tyranny Continue To Emerge With 'Yellow Wrist Bands' For 'The Unvaxxed' The Latest Sign We're Being Herded Into Slavery And Segregation

- Keep 'Loading For Bear' As Democrats Try To Turn America Into Nazi Germany

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die  July 27, 2021

Back on July 19th, we'd reported in this ANP story titled "Americans Are Avoiding 'Biden's Shots' As If They Are 'The Plague' Itself Because Most Americans No Longer Trust The Media, Congress, Biden Or Our Medical And Education Systems - You Want To Regain Americans Trust? Then Quit Lying To Us!" that the US Presidency had the confidence of only 38% of Americans.

And that horrific number actually trounced the confidence level Americans have in the mainstream media of only 16%, and destroyed the confidence level Americans have in Congress of only 12% according to a new Gallup poll.

So while Democrats and Republican traitors in Congress are attempting to push the most draconian laws upon Americans in 2021, our lawmakers are almost universally hated and distrusted, with the first video that we've embedded directly below showing just one of the reasons why, Joe Biden is a walking, babbling disaster.

With this video exposing Biden for who he really is as Joe meets up with CNN talking head Don Lemon who tells him he'd been 'vaxxed', the mumbling, jumbling Joe responds first with a look of bewilderment and the words 'you got the vaccination, and you're ok?' before breaking out into a series of "or or or or or or or or or or or" and "I..I...I...I...I....I...I", garnering the following top-voted comments on that video.:

For Lemon to stand there and act like nothing is wrong. I can see him trying to cover for him but you know after it was done Lemon told people personally that guy is.... (censored by ANP, you can fill in the blank!)

This guy has the voice of a man, but the words of a confused 7 year old.

Lemons body language said 'no I didn't get it'. They are all liars.

I predicted he'd be president for less than a year. Looks like I'm gonna be right.

The video that we speak of before we continue.:

With any attempt to mandate vaccinations for Americans for us simply to go to the grocery store or a restaurant or other locations another push towards not only tyranny but pushing Americans toward starvation, we can learn a lot by what's happening now in Europe and in California.

With this Fortune story titled "Europe shows U.S. what measures may come next in COVID-19 fight" the latest huge hint of the globalists now working on some kind of labeling and categorization system of free human beings, both Hawaii and California now working on some kind of a 'passport system' are more signs of what's coming to America if the far-left led by 'babbling Biden' gets their way.

And while Congresswoman Marjorie Taylor Greene is being chastised by the mainstream media for comparing new attempts to force unwanted vaxxes on people to what they did in Nazi Germany, all we need to do is look at what's already happening in parts of America to see that she isn't far off, at all!

So while some are fighting back, with one California restaurant posting a 'proof of being UN-vaccinated' sign to their doors for admittance, as the Liberty Daily had reported in this July 26th story, the 'fully woke' and 'fully failing' NFL is now pushing yellow wrist bands for the unvaxxed. Trying to turn America into Nazi Germany, NFL? From that story before we go on.

Nazi Germany forced Jews to wear yellow patches with the Star of David on them so everyone could easily spot them in a crowd. The Tampa Bay Buccaneers are forcing unvaccinated players to wear yellow wristbands so journalists can spot them on the practice field. Irony is lost on the NFL.

Players who are vaccinated get to wear the red wristbands of honor while yellow wristbands will denote which players need to be pressured by press, fans, and sponsors. It is intended as a mark of shame; there is no other way to describe it. Claims by the organization that they’re doing it for the safety of players is absolutely ludicrous.

According to NBC Sports:

The Buccaneers have informed PFT that the Super Bowl LV champions will be using two different wristbands at practice to distinguish vaccinated players from unvaccinated players. According to the team, vaccinate players will wear red wristbands and unvaccinated players will wear yellow wristbands.

As the Bucs begin practicing today, photos inevitably will emerge from the session — and many will be looking for the yellow wristbands. (It’s hard to spot them, if they’re even there, in practice videos posted by the team on social media.)

Running back Leonard Fournette surely will have one. Via Rick Stroud of the Tampa Bay Times, Fournette said on Sunday that he’s still deciding whether to get vaccinated.

As can be clearly seen in this article, attempts by the press to single out and expose unvaccinated players has already started. This is going to get ugly. Shame on the Buccaneers for embracing this Nazi tactic.

So with what's happening in the NFL a sign of what's coming to America, how long before we're seeing scenes like the photograph below on the streets of America? One thing that anyone attempting to impose full-scale tyranny in America needs to remember, Americans thankfully have 450 million+ guns to defend themselves from tyrants thanks to the amazing wisdom of America's Founding Fathers. And take note of the 'yellow star' this poor man was forced to wear. A look at America's future?

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Due to renewed censorship by 'big tech' upon ANP articles, we'll be running an emergency fundraising drive over the next month or so until we catch up on upcoming expenses. We also want to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this absolutely critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread institutional corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

So with the Presidency, Congress, the mainstream media, the US education system and many more of Americans biggest institutions completely failing the American people in 2021, proving they deserve their absolutely horrifically failing 'trust grades', what are Americans to do when we're still being fed lies on a massive scale by those who nobody trusts?

And with any attempts to institute mandatory vaccines (that we get more proof don't work in this story out of Cape Cod, Mass reporting a new Covid cluster is breaking out among the fully vaxxed), as this story over at Tulsa World reports, what we're now witnessing is nothing less than the globalists latest attempts to 'segregate society'.

But with hugely lower vaccination rates among black Americans than white Americans according to the CDC, can you imagine what will happen in America's inner cities should they mandate vaccine passports just for Americans to go into grocery stores?! With one Democrat-run-city after another already imploding in crime and violence, as this new Fox News story reported, the MSM continues to cover-up those huge failings of leftist mayors; so what happens in the inner cities when people who want to eat cannot get food simply because they haven't gotten 'vaxxed' yet?

We should all continue to pay very close attention to what's happening in America's inner cities because they're an 'early warning system' for the rest of the country.

So as we had warned in this July 15th ANP story titled "This Explains The Orwellian Rush Into Medical Tyranny: Dangerous Polls Show Americans Agree, The MSM, Biden, Congress And Medical System Have Failed America Horribly" we should all expect and prepare for the rush to despotism to be kicked into overdrive in America as Americans 'awaken en masse' to 'woke', and the globalists continue to lose their influence as more and more turn away from the MSM.

Each of the videos below take a look at what's now happening to America as the globalists takeover we've long been warned about is kicked into high gear in 2021, with 'Covid' being the 'trojan horse' they're pushing to help rush us into something that we absolutely must avoid if we're going to be free people in the future. As Mike Adams warns in the 2nd video below, even cool-headed experts in various fields are now warning of what's to come, giving everybody more reasons to stock up and arm up and prepare for the end game that they are now heavily pushing to fully usher in medical tyranny and their 'new world order'.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Joe_Biden_Completely_Falling_Apart.php 

:: 7-27-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Disastrous rockslide destroys bridge and kills 9 people after rocks smash a tourist bus

By Strange Sounds - Jul 27, 2021

Nine tourists were killed after heavy boulders fell on their tempo traveller in a landslide in the Sangla valley of Kinnaur district in Himachal Pradesh on Sunday.

The rockslide appears to have started as a result of a collapse on a very steep, rocky outcrop above the bridge at Batseri.

There are several videos of this event, taken from different perspectives.

The first apocalyptic footage features the destruction of a bridge in the valley:

It appears that a mass collapsed, maybe about 700 m vertically above the bridge, and fragmented to generate the “evil dancing boulders”. The situation in which the boulders start to rotate about a short axis and to bounce is very dangerous. This is the case for numerous boulders here, generating extremely high velocities.

The boulder that destroys the bridge also bounced very high, meaning that it impacted the structure in close to freefall. The bridge was unable to withstand the impact.

The next video shows right at the start, the source of the rockslide. Nine seconds into the video it also shows traffic passing along the road that traverses the slope, of which more later.

The last video shows the dramatic movement of the boulders down the partially forested slope.

Rockslide tragedy: A tourist bus was traversing the road at the time of the landslide, and was hit directly by at least one boulder, killing 9 and injuring 3. [Landslide blog]

It’s maybe time to built a new 3d-printed steel bridge like that in Amsterdam…

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

You should really subscribe to QFiles. You will get very interesting information about strange events around the world.

https://strangesounds.org/2021/07/india-disastrous-rockslide-destroy-bridge-kills-9-video.html

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-18-21 The Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tisha B’Av: Clashes Erupt Between Palestinians, Police on Temple Mount

avatar by i24 News  July 18, 2021 9:09 am

Palestinians walk at the compound that houses Al-Aqsa Mosque, known to Muslims as Noble Sanctuary and to Jews as Temple Mount, in Jerusalem’s Old City May 21, 2021. Photo: REUTERS/Ammar Awad

i24 News – Dozens of Muslim Palestinians flocked to the Temple Mount in Jerusalem’s Old City early Sunday at the site of the al-Aqsa Mosque, in response to calls to prevent Jewish worshipers from reaching the site on the occasion of the fast of Tisha B’Av, which commemorates the destruction of the two Jewish temples that stood there.

Clashes erupted between Palestinians and the Israel Police, which responded with riot control means.

The Palestine Red Crescent reported a number of injuries, with the majority treated in the field.

Israel’s Channel 12 reported that unofficial prayers have been taking place every morning for months, with footage showing Jewish worshipers gathered without prayer books or Tefillin (phylacteries), or any other religious symbol that might attract attention in the compound that houses the al-Aqsa Mosque.

According to this source, the Waqf, which administers the site’s Muslim holy sites, is aware of the situation and is monitoring them from a distance, but has so far taken no action.

After Israeli police cleared the site of protesters, Jewish worshippers began to ascend to the Temple Mount for Tisha B’Av prayers. According to Arab media, 240 Jews ascended to the Temple Mount with hundreds more expected throughout the day.

Thousands of Jews are expected in Jerusalem on Sunday for the solemn day, heading to the Western Wall and Temple Mount for prayers as evening turns to nightfall.

https://www.algemeiner.com/2021/07/18/tisha-bav-clashes-erupt-between-palestinians-police-on-temple-mount/ 

:: 7-16-21 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Inside the Gaza Summer Camps Training Children to be the Next Generation of Terrorists

07-16-2021 Chris Mitchell

JERUSALEM, Israel – When summer camp for kids comes to mind you might think of swimming, boating and hiking. Summer camp in the Gaza Strip is more like a military boot camp.

Hamas and Islamic Jihad – both designated terrorist groups – held camps this summer for the youth of Gaza. In videos published by MEMRI – the Middle East Media Research Institute – the groups boasted that 70,000 youth from all age groups attended the camps. Islamic Jihad called their camp the “Sword of Jerusalem,” after the name of the recent war with Israel in May.

One teenage boy explained why they came to the camp. "We did not come here to enjoy ourselves, or to play, or anything like that. We came with our souls, our blood, our martyrs, and our wounded to sacrifice ourselves for Palestine and for our people.”

Military trainers and commanders from the Al-Quds military Brigade run the camp. Spokesman Ahmad Al-Rai explained the reason for their camp: “So that in the next phase, Allah willing, these boys will be able to confront the plundering enemy and disfigure its face in the next war."

Before the camps, a promotional video urged students from primary school, high school and college to participate. In the camp, they practice shooting with AK-47’s, anti-tank weapons and video simulations.

Abu Omas, an Islamic Jihad commander in charge of the training said, “We say to the enemy: ‘These children picked up these weapons, and we trained them how to use them, as well as how to take security measures, so that they follow in the footsteps of their fathers and take up arms, Allah willing.’”

Hamas runs a camp called the “Pioneers of Liberation,” a reference to liberating Jerusalem and destroying the Jewish state. One young boy said why he came: “I chose to spend my vacation in the 'Pioneers of Liberation' summer camp in order to continue the path of my father, the martyred commander Walid Shamaleh Abu Bilal, and in order to strengthen our determination and liberate Jerusalem, Allah willing."

In May, Hamas and other Islamic groups fought an 11-day war with Israel. They say they’re preparing the next generation for the next war.

These young men and boys vow to return to Israel and learn anti-Semitism at an early age.

"We asked Hitler why he left some of you alive. He did so in order to show us how wicked you are,” one boy said. “We will come to you from under the ground and hammer fear into your hearts, and above the ground, we will tear your bodies apart with our rockets. Scram into the shelters, you mice, you sons of a Jewish woman!"

Yael Yehoshua, Israel’s MEMRI Director, told CBN News they have been monitoring these summer camps for ten years.

The videos and images from those camps and reflect the way that Hamas is operating and deepening its control,” said Yehoshua. “In ten or fifteen years from now, the kids will be adults and parents, maybe even officials in Gaza and decision-makers, so we see that the extremism in Gaza will be even worse.”

Yehoshua said that Hamas took over the Gaza Strip by force of arms thirteen years ago, “So since birth, this generation has been raised only on the values of this terrorist movementThis is of course only deepening the crisis forcing any chance for a dignified, peaceful life for the kids and for all the residents of Gaza.” She feels the international community should speak up about these camps.

While these kids are in camp, Hamas’s leader, Ismail Haniyeh, is visiting nations like Mauritania pledging to continue the war against Israel.

"Let me tell you, my brothers and sisters: the sword of Jerusalem will not be sheathed until the blessed al-Aqsa mosque is liberated,” he said at a reception in his honor during his visit.

Given these summer camps, it seems the battle for Jerusalem is being passed onto to the next generation.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/israel/2021/july/inside-the-gaza-summer-camps-training-children-to-be-the-next-generation-of-terrorists 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (third word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::]

etc. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. etc.

:: 7-18-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: Biden, Crime 'Far Worse' Than Even I Thought in 'Fake Election'

By Eric Mack | Sunday, 18 July 2021 03:43 PM

After a shooting outside Nationals Park in Washington, D.C., former President Donald Trump called out Democrat-run cities becoming overcome by violence and lawlessness, and rebuked the Biden administration for failing the American people.

Trump issued a statement Sunday from his Save America PAC:

"Crime in our country is escalating at a pace we've never seen before. At the same time, people are pouring through our Borders totally unchecked. Jails in other countries are being emptied out into the United States. This is far worse than anyone thought during the fake election!"

The Washington shooting forced the cancellation of the Nationals baseball game as four people were injured and the Nationals dugout took in fans fearing the shooter was in the stadium, having heard the gunshots ring out.

The stadium ordered fans to seek shelter before the game was ultimately postponed. Saturday's shooting came just one day after another D.C. shooting killed a 6-year-old girl and left five other adults injured.

Trump issued another statement Sunday, rebuking the Biden administration's struggles to curb vaccine hesitancy less than a year after Biden's campaign questioned the safety and efficacy of the vaccine before it was released.

Trump's second statement from his Save America PAC read:

"Joe Biden kept talking about how good of a job he's doing on the distribution of the vaccine that was developed by Operation Warp Speed, or quite simply, the Trump administration. He's not doing well at all.

"He's way behind schedule, and the people are refusing to take the vaccine because they don't trust his administration, they don't trust the election results, and they certainly don't trust the fake news, which is refusing to tell the truth."

Notably, during debates both Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris expressed concern the vaccines were being rushed to the American people before the election to help Trump gain reelection. But the vaccine makers did not release the results of their trials until after Biden and Harris claimed victory in the contested election.

In the case of Pfizer, the trials data came until just hours after their claim to victory. Trump has rebuked the timing of the Pfizer efficacy data as being politically motivated.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/crime-washington-democrat-runcities/2021/07/18/id/1029046/ 

:: 7-18-21 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Losing your life to follow Jesus

By Choco De’ Jesus, Op-ed Contributor Sunday, July 18, 2021

Every person is born self-absorbed, but that’s because it’s our nature to be selfish. This inbred bent is inflamed by our consumer culture. The ads we see and hear promise that the next purchase will give us ultimate fulfillment—and that’s what we think is the good life: having everything we want and avoiding everything that’s annoying or painful.

But Jesus came not to be served but to serve. No one took His life; He freely gave it. The Pharisees and the Romans played only bit parts in the drama. His reason for coming to earth was to die a shameful death so we could receive forgiveness, honor, and adoption into God’s family. In one of the most powerful statements in the Gospels, Jesus said these words to those who were committed to following Him:

Whoever wants to be my disciple must deny themselves and take up their cross and follow me. For whoever wants to save their life will lose it, but whoever loses their life for me will find it. What good will it be for someone to gain the whole world, yet forfeit their soul? Or what can anyone give in exchange for their soul? For the Son of Man is going to come in his Father’s glory with his angels, and then he will reward each person according to what they have done.

—Matthew 16:24–27, NIV

Jesus gives us a cost-benefit analysis. If we organize our pursuits around our own pleasure, prestige, and power, we’ll live with the nagging fear that we’ll never have enough. We’ll compare ourselves with others, and we’ll believe that we aren’t handsome enough, pretty enough, smart enough, talented enough, or rich enough.

But if we say no to selfish ambition and yes to Jesus’ purpose, we’ll organize our lives around Him—His love, His power, His timetable, and His goals. And we’ll experience the joy of knowing the God of glory, the love of the One who gave everything for us, and the power of the Spirit as we align our purposes with His.

Jesus doesn’t force us to lay down our selfish ambitions and follow Him. It’s our choice—and the results are our consequences. If we demand our own way, we’ll follow our desires and emotions. And if we want to play it safe and avoid risks, we’ll miss out on the blessings God has for us.

The kingdom of God is upside down: If we lose our lives for Jesus’ sake, we’ll find real life. But if we cling to our selfish ambitions and live to protect ourselves from risks, we’ll lose the joy and impact God created us for. This is entirely counter-cultural. When we follow Jesus, we choose Him and His values and purposes over everything the world promises. We’re willing to lose opportunities, our reputations, and our comfort so Jesus’ kingdom will be advanced. We’re willing to love when it’s unpopular and inconvenient.

People will post ugly comments about us on social media. They’ll gossip about us, make fun of us, and avoid us. When we read the accounts of Jesus’ life, we get vivid reminders that His love was unpopular with the religious elite, and it proved to be far more than inconvenient—it cost Him His life.

The men and women in the Rose of Sharon ministry at New Life Covenant Church in Chicago sacrifice every Friday night to go out to the streets to meet prostitutes. They give each lady a rose and tell her, “This is what Jesus thinks of you. You’re as precious as this rose.” And they pray for these ladies. If you ask this team how they feel about losing their Friday nights for the sake of Christ, they’ll laugh at the thought. This is what they live for! Bringing light into the darkness of these lives gives them the deepest sense of fulfillment: they’re doing what Jesus would do, with the love He has for all people, with no strings attached. Many of the women who have come to the New Life for Women farm that the church runs for recovering prostitutes are the direct result of this team’s love.

When we say no to our selfish desires and yes to Jesus, we get in touch with the heart of love, we obey the command to love, and we realize the emptiness of not loving—and God uses us to give hope to the hopeless, courage to the timid, and security to the fearful.

https://www.christianpost.com/voices/losing-your-life-to-follow-jesus.html 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 7-18-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Merkel visits 'surreal' flood zone as death toll rises

Sun, July 18, 2021, 1:10 AM·4 min read AFP

Chancellor Angela Merkel said Sunday she was horrified by the "surreal" devastation in the flood-ravaged region of western Germany, as the death toll in Germany and Belgium passed 190 with dozens of people still missing.

The veteran leader said the world must step up efforts to tackle the climate crisis, as global warming makes extreme weather events more likely.

"We must hurry," she said. "We have to be faster in the fight against climate change."

Wearing hiking boots and offering pandemic-safe fist bumps to rescue workers, Merkel walked through the village of Schuld in Rhineland-Palatinate state, one of the two hardest-hit regions in western Germany.

She listened to the accounts of residents where the swollen Ahr river swept away houses and left debris piled high in the streets.

Merkel, who is retiring from politics after September's elections, described the damage as "surreal" and pledged quick aid to rebuild.

"It is shocking — I can almost say that the German language doesn't have words for the destruction that's been wreaked," she said.

At least 160 people have died since Wednesday in Germany's worst flooding in living memory, police said.

Merkel was accompanied by Malu Dreyer, premier of Rhineland-Palatinate which has recorded 112 fatalities.

As they navigated damaged roads together, the chancellor gripped the hand of Dreyer, who has multiple sclerosis, to support her.

At least 31 people have lost their lives in neighbouring Belgium.

Heavy rainfall has also battered Switzerland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands and Austria in recent days.

- Climate spotlight -

The disaster has catapulted climate change back to the top of the agenda in Germany, ahead of September 26 polls that will mark the end of Merkel's 16 years in power.

Experts say that because a warmer atmosphere holds more water, climate change increases the risk and intensity of flooding from extreme rainfall etc story continues

https://news.yahoo.com/merkel-visit-flood-zone-western-051016535.html 

:: 7-17-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Videos surface from Cuba show brutal repression by Communist régime

'No medicine, no food. Everyone is in the streets'

Art Moore By Art Moore  Published July 16, 2021 at 7:47pm

New videos have surfaced showing the communist régime in Cuba brutally repressing demonstrators.

The Cuban government cut internet service to the island and left many cities and towns without electricity. But the CBS affiliate in Miami reported some people managed to flood social media with videos documenting the repression and asking for help.

On Sunday, protesters took to the streets across Cuba waving American flags, and shouting "freedom" and "down with the dictatorship" in the biggest public demonstrations in nearly three decades. By Sunday night, police had put down demonstrations in Havana, but they continued Tuesday in other parts of the island.

One video shows Cuban police beating a man who was protesting. People can be heard screaming in Spanish, "Do not kill him."

As the police walk away, the man lays motionless on the sidewalk. Police have been going into homes and taking teenagers, forcing them to fight against their own families and people, Miami's WFOR-TV reported.

A family is seen begging in one video to let the teenager go before authorities finally take him.

Another video shows young teenagers put in the front lines by authorities to block protesters.

Cubans are heard saying, "Don’t be afraid."

Others are heard declaring, "Liberate yourself."

A woman who just arrived in Miami from Cuba told WFOR the situation is "really bad, but we are hopeful for any sort of help, because there is too much suffering."

"No medicine, no food. Everyone is in the streets. We need some protection and people need to continue to protest."

BLM praises communist régime for 'solidarity with oppressed'

The Black Lives Matter organization issued a statement this week in support of the Cuban communist régime.

BLM praised the régime for its "solidarity with oppressed peoples of African descent," including "protecting black revolutionaries" like Shakur.

Sen. Marco Rubio, R-Fla., the son of Cuban immigrants, condemned the BLM statement, noting Cuba has a substantial population of people of African descent.

"A lot of them were in the streets getting their heads cracked open by that régime," he said in a Fox News interview on Thursday.

https://www.wnd.com/2021/07/videos-surface-cuba-show-brutal-repression-communist-regime/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 7-19-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 Philippines Challenges Chinese Warship in South China Sea

Bloomberg  Mon, 19 July 2021, 4:33 AM·1 min read By Andreo Calonzo

The Philippines Coast Guard said it drove away a Chinese warship in the South China Sea, in another sign of tension between the two nations in the disputed waters.

In a statement Monday citing a July 13 report, the Coast Guard said it had sent a verbal challenge to Chinese warship spotted at Marie Louise Bank. The Chinese vessel eventually moved away from the area, the statement said.

The foreign vessel sent a radio message identifying itself as “Chinese Navy Warship 189” and asked the Philippine ship tailing it to keep distance, the Coast Guard said.

The two nations’ vessels have been locked in a standoff in the South China Sea for months, after hundreds of Chinese ships swarmed disputed territory earlier this year. The Philippines has repeatedly protested the ships’ presence and has been backed by the U.S., while Beijing has said its actions were normal and legitimate.

https://ph.news.yahoo.com/philippines-challenges-chinese-warship-in-south-china-sea-083314946.html 

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

:: 7-19-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia successfully tests hypersonic Zircon missile that Putin boasted is 'without equal' and 'can strike anywhere and evade US defence shield'

Putin touted the missile system as being unstoppable by US defence systems

The president has also claimed that the missiles can strike anywhere in the world

Russia has said it intends to fit submarines and surface ships with the missiles

Country's defence ministry said the missile successfully hit a target over 220 miles away off the coast of the Barents Sea from a frigate in the White Sea

By Chris Jewers and Will Stewart In Russia For Mailonline and Wires

Published: 07:03 EDT, 19 July 2021 | Updated: 10:25 EDT, 19 July 2021

Russia said on Monday it had successfully tested a Tsirkon (Zircon) hypersonic cruise missile, a weapon President Vladimir Putin has touted as part of a new generation of missile systems without equal in the world.

The defence ministry said in a statement that the missile had been fired from the Admiral Gorshkov, a warship located in the White Sea.

It traveled at around seven times the speed of sound before hitting a ground target on the coastline of the Barents Sea more than 220 miles away, it claimed.

The target was hit in the Zircon's first state trial and the missile's 'tactical and technical characteristics were confirmed', reported state-owned RIA Novosti and Defence Ministry TV channel Zvezda.

Russia plans to fit the Tsirkon missile system to its submarines and surface ships.

Putin announced an array of new hypersonic weapons in 2018 in one of his most bellicose speeches in years, saying they could hit almost any point in the world and evade a U.S.-built missile shield.

The following year, he threatened to deploy hypersonic missiles on ships and submarines that could lurk outside U.S. territorial waters if the United States moved to deploy intermediate-range nuclear weapons in Europe.

Washington has not deployed such missiles in Europe, but Moscow is worried it might amid rising tensions between the two global superpowers.

Putin has said the Zircon missile would be capable of flying at nine times the speed of sound and have a range of 1,000 kilometres (620 miles).

Some Western experts have questioned how advanced Russia's new generation of weapons is, while recognising that the combination of speed, manoeuvrability and altitude of hypersonic missiles makes them difficult to track and intercept.

An earlier test launch took place in October, on Putin's birthday. Russia's leader hailed it as a 'big event' for the country.

'Equipping our armed forces - the army and the navy - with the latest, truly unparalleled weapon systems will certainly ensure the defence capability of our country in the long term,' Putin said at the time.

The new small-sized hypersonic missiles are seen as modernising Russia's non-nuclear defences.

Experts say they will ensure Russia's 'leading position in this field of high-tech type of weapons' and offer 'irresistible blows' to highly-protected targets.

'A ramjet engine was developed specially for the new super-high-speed rocket,' reported Izvestia.

The launch came the day after TASS news agency had suggested a delay in state trials of the missile until August, although they had been scheduled for July.

Tests of the Zircon from submarines and land are due soon.

The missile is on track to go into service next year, deployed first from the stealth-technology Admiral Golovko frigate.

A key use of the missile is taking out enemy ships and reports suggested its maximum range is between 188 and 620 miles.

But there have been unconfirmed reports its true range is some 1,200 miles.

The missile system's design and development have been conducted in deep secrecy.

Putin has warned that foreign spies have tried to steal its secrets.

The Zircon adds to Russia's already considerable missile arsenal. It already has the Avangard missile system with a hypersonic glide vehicle which Putin claims strikes 'like a meteorite' and is unstoppable by any defence system.

It is capable of travelling at 20 times the speed of sound, rising outside Earth's atmosphere, and hitting anywhere in the world in less than 30 minutes.

There is also the Dagger - hypersonic nuclear-capable missile which operates at ten times the speed of sound.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9802257/Russia-successfully-tests-hypersonic-Zircon-missile-Putin-boasted-without-equal.html 

:: 7-8-16 ExoPolitics.org :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Navy Admiral oversaw 29 Spies in Nazi Germany & started US Secret Space Program

Written by Dr Michael Salla on July 8, 2016. Posted in Space Programs

Rear Admiral Rico Botta was an extremely busy man during World War II. In addition to his official daytime naval duty as “Assembly and Repair Officer” at Naval Air Station, San Diego, in the evenings he led a covert Navy program operating with 29 spies embedded in Nazi Germany’s most advanced aerospace programs which were developing antigravity flying saucers.

According to retired aerospace engineer, William Tompkins; from 1942 to 1946, Admiral Botta seamlessly performed his official and covert Navy duties. The covert program learned from the Navy operatives (Lieutenants in rank) that the Nazis had developed up to 30 prototypes of antigravity craft, some of which were capable of space flight.

It was Admiral Botta’s duty to understand both the war and post-war potential of the Nazi aerospace programs, and disseminate the relevant technical information acquired by the spies to his Navy superiors, and also select U.S. aerospace companies, think tanks and government laboratories.

Tompkins job was to assist Admiral Botta by physically taking the briefing packages created during the covert program to organizations with the technical expertise to understand the Nazi designs and prototypes, assess their feasibility, and incorporate them into the war effort, if possible.

Tompkins did this approximately 1200 times. Each late night debriefing session was run by the Admiral, with one or more out of a pool of three Navy captains in attendance, along with Tompkins and a stenographer to record the sessions.

After the official end of WWII, Botta went on to play a key role in starting a U.S. Navy led secret space program filling a number of positions until his final “official” assignment at Naval Air Material Center, Philadelphia, from 1950 until his retirement in 1952.

Admiral Botta’s covert program was first publicly revealed in December 2015 by Tompkins in his book, Selected by Extraterrestrials.

Here Tompkins released a document revealing his mission orders as a Disseminator of Naval Aircraft Research and Information, and explained how he would deliver briefing packages to various aerospace organizations.

Tompkins also released a document issued by Navy Secretary James Forrestal, which formalized the technology acquisition program headed by Admiral Botta within the newly created Office of Research and Inventions on May 19, 1945.

Yet more documents he released are two exit passes signed by Admiral Botta, which gave Tompkins permission to exit the Naval facility with his “briefing packages.”

These two exit passes confirm Admiral Botta’s direct role in the covert Navy program. It is hard evidence that Botta was leading a covert program at Naval Air Station, San Diego, which was authorized by Secretary Forrestal, as Tompkins has claimed.

Confirming Botta’s role in the covert program described by Tompkins has been elusive up until recently. Botta’s background and expertise would remain a mystery until researchers at Rense.com combined their efforts to find an official biography on him.

Botta’s biography was published on the website of the “Golden Eagles,” an organization formed by naval aviators back in 1956. Curiously, Botta’s biography was only made available in March 2016, four months after Tompkins’ Selected by Extraterrestrials was published and publicly identified Admiral (Rico) Botta (mistakenly spelled in the book as “Rick Obatta”).

This occurrence, five years after the Golden Eagles website first appeared in 2011, is oddly coincidental, and suggestive of “official approval” for the release of Botta’s biography into the public arena.

Despite the curious timing of its release, there is no reason to question the accuracy of Botta’s biographical details as found on the Golden Eagles website.

Evaluating Admiral Botta’s various commands and expertise will help considerably in determining whether or not he was capable of running the covert Navy Spy program alleged by Tompkins, and whether Tompkins testimony itself is credible.

One of the first issues to address about Admiral Botta’s background is his rank while stationed at Naval Air Station, San Diego. His official position as “Assembly and Repair Officer” in normal circumstances would be filled by a Captain.

This is confirmed in the citation for his award of the “Legion of Merit” after WWII for his time at San Diego:

The President of the United States of America takes pleasure in presenting the Legion of Merit to Captain Rico Botta, United States Navy, for exceptionally meritorious conduct in the performance of outstanding services to the Government of the United States as the Assembly and Repair Officer, U.S. Naval Air Station, San Diego, California from 31 December 1942 to the termination of hostilities in August 1945.

Yet, on January 11, 1946, after the award of his Legion of Merit, Botta was retroactively promoted to Rear Admiral, spanning back to June 30, 1943. The Congressional record refers to the retroactive promotion due to a temporary assignment which meant that his position as ‘Assembly and Repair Officer” had acquired flag officer responsibilities.

It’s feasible that his temporary appointment as Admiral was due to the wartime responsibility of “Assembly and Repair Officer” expanding significantly beyond the normal command level involved during peacetime operations. This is certainly the view of WWII historians such as Ken McCanliss, who points out that Botta is among “a list of 58 Navy flag officers who were given retroactive promotions reflecting war time rank.”

It’s also possible that his temporary rank of Rear Admiral was due to him performing additional duties of extreme importance to the Navy, commensurate with the rank of Rear Admiral. This is what Tompkins’ two May 1945 documents suggest in terms of a covert technology acquisition program that reported directly to Secretary Forrestal.

According to Tompkins, Forrestal directly intervened in ensuring Botta’s temporary promotion to Rear Admiral since that was required for the covert program that Botta would head. It would certainly make a difference for Tompkins’ briefing packages to be taken seriously if he was working for a Rear Admiral, rather than a Navy Captain, when he delivered them to leading aerospace companies.

Furthermore, Botta’s background as an Australian citizen (he emigrated to the U.S. in 1908 at age 18), and not being a graduate of the U.S. Naval Academy, would likely have created additional hurdles to advancement to flag officer rank.

Botta’s promotion supports Tompkins claim that in addition to Botta’s official “daytime” duties, he also performed covert duties at night, in running the Navy spy program out of Nazi Germany, which required a flag officer to be in command. It’s worth emphasizing that Tompkins recalls that when he began working under Botta in 1942, the latter wore the uniform of an admiral.

We can now examine some of Botta’s other Naval assignments to assess whether he was capable of running a covert espionage program out of Germany to learn about its aerospace secrets.

According to his biography, Botta worked for the Bureau of Aeronautics for two periods. First from 1921 to 1924, and the second time from 1937 to 1942. During his second stint, he worked in the Engineering Division Material Branch and later was the head of the Power Plant Design Section.

Here is what we know of the Bureau of Aeronautics from Wikipedia:

The Bureau of Aeronautics (BuAer) was the U.S. Navy’s material-support organization for naval aviation from 1921 to 1959. The bureau had “cognizance” (i.e., responsibility) for the design, procurement, and support of Naval aircraft and related systems.

These two assignments confirm that in 1942, Admiral Botta had nearly nine year’s experience in a variety of areas associated with aircraft engineering, design and power supply. This had contributed to him developing a “superior and outstanding technical knowledge” as described in his “Legion of Merit” citation:

Captain Botta, by his superior and outstanding technical knowledge and skill, his great administrative ability and his constant devotion to duty enabled this Department to meet the ever increasing demands of the Fleet Air commands for combat aircraft of the latest type and with the latest combat-proved changes installed.

The citation is consistent with what Tompkins claims Botta was doing at the Naval Air Station with the covert operatives in Nazi Germany. It refers to Botta learning about the “latest type” of combat aircraft and changes to improve combat readiness for US Navy aircraft.

Consequently, if the Navy had spies embedded in Nazi Germany, then Admiral Botta would have been an ideal choice as someone who could debrief them, adequately assess the technical information involved, and pass on relevant information to select aerospace companies and think tanks for further study and development, as Tompkins contends.

Admiral Botta’s career after WWII took him into positions that were directly involved in the study of antigravity technology that could help start a US Navy secret space program.

One of the Navy research centers that Tompkins says he took his briefing packages to during the war was the Naval Air Material Center, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The Naval Air Material Center was located at the Philadelphia Naval Shipyard, and during WWII was responsible for developing new aircraft technologies.

On July 1, 1950, Botta became the commander of the Naval Air Material Center, suggesting that he would be assisting it with developing experimental aerospace technologies, especially with regard to antigravity technologies.

Here is what was publicly known about experimental aviation projects at the Naval Air Material Center in 1944:

Naval Air Material Center  When Admiral Botta took over command of the Naval Air Material Center on July 1, 1950, he was in charge of a facility that was capable of running up to a 1000 experimental aviation projects. Not only is this powerful confirmation that Botta had the expertise to run a covert program with 29 operatives embedded in Nazi Germany’s secret aerospace programs, but also that he continued to work on such projects well into the 1950’s.

I therefore agree with Major George Filer’s [USAF ret.] assessment of the significance of Botta’s postwar assignments:

His [Botta’s] leadership likely helped the Navy to lead in the development of disk craft and spaceships.

Tompkins claims that while employed at the Advanced Design think tank at Douglas Aircraft Company from 1951 to 1961, he worked on unsolicited proposals sent to the U.S. Navy for kilometers-long antigravity spacecraft. This suggests that Tompkins’ proposals were assessed and developed, at least up to 1952, at the Naval Air Material Center run by his former boss, Admiral Botta.

A review of Admiral Botta’s expertise, experience and military commands shows that it is very feasible that he ran a covert Navy operation out of Naval Air Station, San Diego, from 1942 to 1946, as Tompkins claims. Furthermore, Botta’s post WWII assignments suggest that he continued to work on Navy aerospace projects associated with the antigravity space craft first developed by Nazi Germany.

It can be reasonably concluded that not only did Admiral Botta run a covert espionage program during World War II learning about Nazi Germany’s successful development of antigravity space craft, but he also played a leading role in developing similar craft for the U.S. Navy.

Consequently, a review of Admiral Botta’s background supports Tompkins claims that he (Tompkins) was directly involved in a covert Navy espionage program that learned about Nazi Germany’s antigravity secrets, and passed these on to senior officials and leading aerospace companies, for the development of a secret space program run by the U.S. Navy.

https://exopolitics.org/navy-admiral-oversaw-29-spies-in-nazi-germany-started-us-secret-space-program/ 

[ :: 6-27-21 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For there is not as much time left as you believe that there is, for Russia is knocking on the door right now for war, China is knocking on the door right now for war, they’re pushing for a war between the blacks and the whites. Do you not hear it, do you not recognize it, do you not realize it, etc

[ :: 4-8-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the racial divide that shall lead to blood in the streets etc.

[ :: 2-12-16 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Do not, do not go overseas without me telling you to.  Be careful of where you go, seek my face, call upon my name, don’t just go because others go, don’t just go because you feel like you would desire to go, don’t do it, saith your Father God, for blood shall be flowing in streets. etc.

:: 7-17-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mark Levin Calls on Americans to Rise up against Marxism: 'This Is NOT a Passing Fad'

Conservative issues warning about Marxist movement in the United States

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle  on 17th July 2021 @ 6.00pm

Conservative commentator Mark Levin is calling on patriotic Americans to rise up against the push for Marxism from the radical-left.

During a recent episode of his Fox News show "Life, Liberty, and Levin," he launched into a fiery rant against Marxism.

Levin encouraged viewers to stand up against Marxist theories, warning "this is not a passing fad."

He began his show with a lengthy discussion on the growing discussion of Critical Race Theory (CRT) in public discourse.

He noted that Marxism is at the heart of the discourse.

"Critical Race Theory is not about learning the history of America," he said.

CRT "is not about learning slavery and segregation," Levin continued.

"It's not about learning about Neo-Nazis and the Klan.

"It is about a Marxist movement, invented by the Marxists, Herbert Marcuse, Derek Bell, and many, many others.

"And it attracts Marxists like Black Lives Matter founders, two or three of them already said they were Marxists.

"And that’s not a coincidence," Levin said.

He went on to describe in detail other different iterations of this Marxist theory through the Latino/Chicano movement, critical gender theory, and transgenderism as well as the war against capitalism.

Essentially, all of these movements, according to Levin, boil down to "the white dominant American society must go."

CRT has become the latest controversy that has seeped its way into every government institution from public schools to military bases.

Critics like Levin previously called out the theory as a "neo-racist" ideology that seeks to dismantle allegedly racist structures such as capitalism and meritocracy.

Various politicians have now called for the banning of CRT being taught in public schools.

Despite this, Levin warns that Marxist beliefs through CRT or otherwise are here to stay.

"All these forces and more, these are spawned from the notion of Marxism.

"This is not a passing fad. It’s not liberalism.

"It’s not ‘oh there’s the old Democrat party.’

"No no no. This is here. This is now, and it’s in your face."

Ultimately, Levin emphasized confronting Marxist thought in every form for what it is: a failed ideology.

"Tell me; where on the face of the earth has Marxism worked?" he asked.

"Where on the face of the earth has Marxism not ended up in the slaughtering of tens of millions of people?

"The imprisonment of tens of millions of people?

"The silencing of hundreds of millions of people?

"Is that really what we want in the greatest nation on the face of the earth?"

https://neonnettle.com/features/1926-mark-levin-calls-on-americans-to-rise-up-against-marxism-this-is-not-a-passing-fad- 

:: 7-18-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exposing The Totalitarian Roots Of The Democrat Party And Their 'Big Lie', Critical Race Theory - History Gives Us Proof, Democrats Are The Biggest Hypocrites And Biggest Racists In America!

By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline July 18, 2021 

I am weary and wary but not wrong over false accusations, even silly charges against Whites, a group to which I belong through no fault of my own. It’s time to call out the racists—Blacks and Whites— who hide their self-hate, anger, inferiority, or bigotry behind the fig leaf of contemptible accusations of white people. It seems Whites are responsible for everything including, but not limited to, sunspots, dandruff, arthritis, and sandstorms in Saudi Arabia.

We are told, in essence, that Whites are born with a bulls-eye on the back of their heads because they are white.

Let me remind my readers that most of the good things we enjoy in the free world were accomplished by “dead white men.” No, not all things, but most things were accomplished by white men, not nonwhites or non-men. It is not politically correct to assert such, but only a fool, fanatic, or falsifier denies it. Others will agree it is true but don’t want it spoken because the truth offends some people.

Too bad. Welcome to the real world. Being offended won’t kill anyone, and they will get over it sooner or later. If not, such is life. And I’m tired of minorities who constantly ridicule white people to make themselves feel superior. They have invented a false history of self-aggrandizement in which they celebrate, although during occasional seizures of honesty they know it is all make-believe.  But they feel better.

For schools to teach that to be white is a curse, a shame, and something to overcome is outrageous, odious, and offensive. Every person with any connection to such a farce should be fired and forever forbidden from the classroom at all levels. Any preacher who is so stupid to teach it should be tarred and feathered and run out of town on a rail. Any media person who stoops so low in promoting such absurdities should be forever doomed to do the weather in a remote station in the Aleutian Islands. Additionally, they should be forced to perform with a Jeffrey Toobin Award hanging from their neck.

Facts are inflexible and honest people accept them even if they are embarrassing. There are good and bad people of all races in all strata of society. Moreover, everyone should make whatever changes necessary to leave this world better because he was here. I believe the most immediate and permanent change is genuine Christian conversion that impacts every area of life. Others will refuse that approach and try everything from Atheism to Zoroastrianism.

Each American has a right to be wrong. Other fanatics campaign for an amalgamated society with no variance except a slight difference in the hue— not black, red, or yellow and not white for sure. That sounds so cosmopolitan, multi-cultural, progressive, unnecessary, gratuitous, and so self-hating. If God permitted each of us to be born as we are, is it wise to tamper with that arrangement? What is wrong with keeping the status quo? What’s wrong with having the original plan of various hues?

After all, there is a black continent made up of 52 nations, and no one is suggesting they become whiter or less black. We have many Asian countries basically made up of yellow-skinned folk, and no one is suggesting they be mongrelized. So, why not keep America basically, as it is with all the various hues and colors? Why must Whites be assimilated? No one can prove any such achievement would be advantageous to society.

Let’s keep it the way it is through voluntary choices: Whites, 75%; Blacks, 12%; Hispanic, 11%; American Indian, 10% and Asian, 3.6%. If a Black chooses to marry a white person, then go to it but don’t try to force us through governmental action or even social intimidation to ridicule, repudiate, and reject Whites to arrive at a very dubious social experiment.

Most of us would say it is permissible if a Black wants to marry a white person liking all that goes with such a union. So, why is it wrong if a White decides to only marry another white person, or a Black decides to only marry another Black person, wanting what goes with that—the heritage, the color, the family connections, preservation of a group, etc.?

In recent years, in collaboration with the feds, environmental zealots went to contemptible extremes to preserve the spotted owl, snail darter, and the yellow belly sapsucker, so why not keep America as the land of the free and the home of the brave? Why is it admirable for American Indians, Hispanics, Blacks, Arabs, and others to loudly proclaim their ethnicity, but when a white, English-speaking person does so, everyone treats him like a bigot? This is a subject no one wants to handle. It’s like an elephant sitting in a formal living room that no one admits is there! While I don’t want to be identified with white supremacists, I think it is proper and desirable to keep the white heritage and culture alive.

It is appalling that white people have apologized for being white. Is it prima fascia evidence that we hate people if we think being white is just as good as black, brown, etc.? There are far more nations populated by people of color than white nations. Why not have a majority white nation here and there around the globe?

Hispanics, Blacks, American Indians, etc., should be proud of their nationality and race; after all, God made them that way. So would you mind if I believe the same thing about being white and English speaking? And why make America into another Spanish-speaking nation? Are there not enough of them south of the U.S.?

New immigrates to the U.S. should learn to speak English. That is the least they can do. Teddy Roosevelt suggested that any immigrant who did not learn English within five years of his arrival should be shipped back home! Tally Ho, Teddy!

My grandchildren have a right to live in a nation similar to what I knew, so I don’t want them to see our culture changed to that of the seventh-century Arabian Desert or a Third World African nation. It is not unreasonable to expect America to reflect the America where I grew up.

Yes, I believe America is superior to all other nations, even with some nut jobs running around declaring otherwise. It can’t happen, but I would like a return to the relative innocence of the 1950s when we once again believe that there is a difference between right and wrong, and we have a moral responsibility to choose the right. We can discriminate because we will make value judgments about cars, music, television shows, politics, and even religion.

With the massive increase in legal and illegal immigration, we are going to lose our national identity. Some think that is good. I’m not one of them. People from Europe immigrating to the U.S. are much easier to assimilate than most Latin American, African, and Middle Eastern nations. Only fools say all immigrants are equal. My critics will say that is evident proof of bigotry and hatred, but it is a statement of fact. And anyone’s refusal to recognize such truths clearly indicates closed-mindedness or prejudice.

When many immigrants come to America and hold loyalty to former homelands, it erodes our society. Duel loyalty weakens our strength, stability, and security. If we have to assimilate a million new Americans here, do you think it would be easier to assimilate a million British or a million Haitians? I don’t want any new immigrants for a few years.

The proponents of the salad bowl theory tell us that one culture or religion is just as good as another. My critics tell us a 300-member Stone Age culture with all its barbarism, brutality, and backwardness is just as viable, valuable, and virtuous as our modern, urbane, sophisticated society with elevators, airplanes, automobiles, hospitals, MRI machines, computers, etc. Likewise, the voodoo cultures practicing witchcraft, shamanism, demonism, pantheism, etc., are acceptable and on par with Christianity. I don’t believe that either.  Neither do you.

I believe that some immigration is acceptable, although I would stop it for five years, and people who want to blend with our culture should have priority. Most Americans want a cultural and national melting pot, not a salad bowl. If we continue with unrestricted immigration, legal and illegal, this melting pot will become a chamber pot. (If you don’t know, search it.)

There should be rules, restrictions, and requirements for immigrants. While restricting immigration, we should elevate our entrance requirements whereby all immigrants must sing in English all the verses of “America, the Beautiful” and whistle the National Anthem simultaneously–with a mouthful of saltine crackers! Well, maybe not quite that extreme, but almost!

Immigrates who demand we be sensitive to their feelings when they don’t give a flip about ours are wearisome. We have our own language, lifestyle, culture, music (such as it is), and I am weary of foreigners who enjoy all the many benefits of our nation and are not sensitive to our feelings. America opened her collective arms and invited anyone and everyone to her shores with no questions asked and no obligations required, all in the name of multiculturalism and non-discrimination. We have been fools and are watching American culture being denounced, denigrated, and destroyed in front of our eyes. That must stop!

We are often told that new immigrants are offended when we sing patriotic songs, fly the American flag, and pray to Christ. Too bad, no one gets through life being unoffended. This is a big world, so they can move someplace else. I’ve seen plenty of empty space on the Arabian Desert!

I was born white and will probably stay that way until I die. What hue or color I then become, I don’t care. While I am embarrassed by some white Americans, I am generally proud of whites’ accomplishments. I will treat all people with respect until their actions prove them to be jerks, crooks, liars, incompetents, charlatans, frauds, quacks, or Progressives.

Moreover, I am not ashamed of being white and have no reason to apologize. That won’t happen if there is a Great Freeze in a place the Bible speaks about or if all the shrimp in Louisiana learn to whistle Dixie in harmony.  No guilt, no hatred, no fear, no apology.

(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent being Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! The eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com. Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D., and visit his blog. Send a request to DBoysphd@aol.com  for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his work with a donation.)

https://allnewspipeline.com/Exposing_The_Democrats_Big_Lie_Critical_Race_Theory.php 

:: 7-16-21 100 percentfedup.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIDEO: Tucker Reveals Stunning New Information on Why Hunter Biden’s Case Was Buried

By Leisa Audette | Jul 16, 2021

Tucker Carlson discussed the double standard between the Hunter Biden and the American people during his opening monologue tonight. He described how information was suppressed about Hunter Biden until after the election because it could harm Joe Biden’s chances to be elected POTUS.

The news broke this week that this was a purposeful effort by intel officials who tried to claim it was the Russians pushing a fake laptop from the Kremlin. Carlson plays a video of Biden from the debate where he spews the lie. Stunning…What’s even more stunning is a follow-up clip of Hunter Biden discussing whether this was his laptop.

Politico just reported the US Attorney for the state of Delaware, David Weiss, held the information back…” at the request of the Biden family and their lawyers.” Wow!

When you cover for a Democratic presidential campaign, you are…a sober-minded prosecutor.

Carlson goes on to point out the FBI had the Hunter Biden laptop for a year before the election, and they’ve still done nothing.

Video of CNN filming the arrest of Roger Stone and his wife being arrested in the early morning was shown to point out the double standard between Hunter Biden and anyone on the right.

https://100percentfedup.com/video-tucker-reveals-stunning-new-information-on-why-hunter-bidens-case-was-buried/ 

[ :: 2-12-16 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Do not, do not go overseas without me telling you to.  Be careful of where you go, seek my face, call upon my name, don’t just go because others go, don’t just go because you feel like you would desire to go, don’t do it, saith your Father God, for blood shall be flowing in streets. etc.

:: 7-15-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Good luck with that! Chicago mental health professionals will be dispatched on 911 calls instead of cops following defund the police protests - as gang members now outnumber officers ten to one

The city is launching a two-part 'alternative response' pilot program this fall that takes a more public health approach to responding to mental health 911 calls

A mental health professional and a paramedic will be dispatched to mental health-related calls instead of police officers

Mental health professionals will also be stationed inside 911 call centers and, from October, will be responding to some 911 calls by phone

The initiatives aim to both ensure people suffering a mental health crisis get the help they need rather than jailed and free police up for tackling crime

It comes amid a mass exodus of cops from Chicago PD with 363 officers retiring between January and June this year - higher than the whole of 2018

Defund the police protests following George Floyd's murder have left only around 13,000 cops remaining while some crimes have surged

More than 100 people were shot and at least 17 killed over July 4 weekend alone, while shootings have spiked 11% so far this year

By Rachel Sharp For Dailymail.com Published: 13:34 EDT, 14 July 2021 | Updated: 09:11 EDT, 15 July 2021

Mental health professionals will be sent out to respond to some 911 calls in Chicago instead of cops, following defund the police protests and a number of police killings of mentally-unwell people.

The city is launching a two-part 'alternative response' pilot program this fall that takes a more public health approach to responding to 911 calls for mental health emergencies.

The initiatives aim to both ensure people suffering a mental health crisis get the help they need rather than face criminalization and free police up for tackling crime, amid a mass exodus of cops from the force.

A total of 363 officers retired from the Chicago Police Department between January and June this year, with another 56 on track to quit in July, according to figures from the police pension board.

If the trend continues, the mass departure will even dwarf the 560 retirements last year, when swathes of officers quit amid protests over the police murder of George Floyd and demands to defund the police.

With only around 13,000 cops remaining, Fox News reported that Chicago's 117,000 gang members now outnumber officers by roughly 10 to one, at a time when the Windy City is facing a surge in violent crime.

More than 100 people were shot and at least 17 killed over July 4 weekend alone, while shootings have spiked 11 percent so far in 2021 compared to the same period last year.

Chicago's new 'alternative response' programs will involve dispatching a team that includes a mental health professional and a paramedic to mental health-related calls, reported Chicago Sun-Times.

One program will involve sending a paramedic and a mental health clinician for 'behavioral health calls.'

A second program will involve sending a paramedic with a 'recovery specialist' for calls relating to substance abuse, the outlet reported.

It is not fully clear how 911 dispatchers will determine which calls should be responded to by police officers or by mental health professionals.

However, the city said mental health professionals will be stationed inside 911 call centers to help monitor situations and, from October, will be responding to some 911 calls by phone.

DailyMail.com has reached out to the Chicago Mayor Lori Lightfoot's office and the Chicago Police Department for more information.

The landmark program marks the first time 911 calls will not be responded to by police officers in the Windy City.

Ahead of the launch, the city is rolling out two dedicated ambulance teams in August who can respond to calls in 13 neighborhoods that deal with especially high rates of mental health emergencies.

The two teams each include a police officer trained in crisis intervention, a paramedic and a mental health clinician.

One team will be dedicated to calls in the North Side and the other in the South Side of the city, serving Uptown, North Center, Lakeview, Humboldt Park, West and East Garfield Park, West Englewood, West Elsdon, Chicago Lawn, West Lawn, Gage Park, Auburn Gresham and Chatham neighborhoods.

Alex Heaton, Lightfoot's policy advisor for public safety, told the Sun-Times the city hopes the 'public health approach' to mental health calls will ensure residents get the help they need.

'This is a brand new workforce for the city, and it's an exciting opportunity to use a public health approach for people likely to come in contact with the first responder system,' he said.

'Are we reducing calls from an individual? Is it cost-effective? And are we able to connect folks with places that can address their medical concerns?

'Are we able to engage these organizations to make 911 not be the go-to place?'

By having professionals trained in dealing with mental health crises respond to the calls, mental health patients can be given a pathway of support rather than end up in hospitals and jail, Heaton said.

'The only options now are the ER or the lockup,' Heaton said. 'But in this pilot... they'll bring you [to the center], help stabilize you and connect you with follow-up resources.'

The new initiatives are part of Lightfoot's $3.5 million Crisis Assistance Response and Engagement plan unveiled last month.

The plan also includes three new 24/7 drop-off centers across the city for people struggling with mental health issues.

One of the sites is already up and running at the Roseland Community Triage Center, while the other two are set to open on the north and west sides of the city.

The city's new approach to mental health calls comes in the wake of two high-profile police killings of teens who were suffering from mental health episodes.

Laquan McDonald, a 17-year-old black teen, was shot and killed by Chicago police Officer Jason Van Dyke in 2014 in the West Side of the city.

Police footage of the incident showed the cop shooting McDonald 16 times as he appeared to walk away from the officer while carrying a knife.

McDonald had learning disabilities and complex mental health diagnoses, having been hospitalized three times for psychiatric issues and arrested 26 times before his death.

Four years on form his killing, Van Dyke was found guilty of second-degree murder and 16 counts of aggravated battery over the shooting and was sentenced to seven years in prison.

One year after McDonald's murder, 19-year-old student Quintonio LeGrier was shot and killed by cops the day after Christmas Day 2015.

LeGrier was carrying a bat when officers responded to a call at his father's home.

Chicago Police Department officer Robert Rialmo opened fire shooting LeGrier six times, killing him, and also killing the teen's neighbor who was caught by a stray bullet.

LeGrier was an engineering student at Northern Illinois University and had started showing signs of poor mental health and had been admitted involuntarily to a hospital for a psychiatric evaluation.

The morning he was killed he had called 911 three times in mental distress claiming someone was threatening his life.

One 911 dispatcher hung up the call on the teen.

LeGrier's father then called 911 to report his son trying to break down his door with a baseball bat.

The two cases sparked uproar in Chicago and fueled demands for an overhaul to how mental health calls are dealt with by law enforcement.

The city launched crisis intervention training but calls for police reform grew further last year, following Floyd's murder at the hands of white cop Derek Chauvin.

In 2019, Chicago cops responded to 41,000 mental health calls, according to Supt. David Brown.

As well as meaning people are not getting the help they need, this also diverts police away from tackling crime in the city at a time when shootings are surging and cops are quitting.

Chicago Police pension board figures reveal more cops have left the force so far in 2021 than did in the whole of 2018.

In total, 363 officers retired between January and June compared to 339 in 2018.

The numbers have steadily risen to 475 in 2019 and 560 in 2020 but Ald. Ray Lopez warned the Sun-Times the department is on track 'to have one of the highest retirement numbers in the city's history.'

The latest crime data from Chicago PD shows there have been 1,688 shooting incidents from January through July 11 this year.

This marks an 11 percent increase on the 1,515 recorded in the same period last year.

Criminal sexual assault has also surged 23 percent in the same timeframe while murders dipped 1 percent and overall crime 6 percent.

July 4 marked a particularly bloody weekend for the city with at least 108 people shot, 17 fatally, between July 2 and July 4.

Eleven children, some as young as five and six, were wounded in what was the most violent weekend of the year.

Two ATF agents and a police officer were among the city's shooting victims.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9787957/Mental-health-professionals-dispatched-911-calls-Chicago-instead-cops.html 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 7-8-21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Xi Jinping Is Mobilizing China for War, Possibly With Nukes

by Gordon G. Chang July 8, 2021 at 5:00 am

Beijing looks as if it is preparing for a full-scale invasion of Indian territory.... Ladakh is not the only hotspot. There is a Chinese encroachment in India's Sikkim as well as incursions in neighboring Bhutan and Nepal.

Lately, Xi's references in public pronouncements have become unmistakable, and his subordinates have been clear that Xi believes that everyone outside China owes him obedience.

Xi, while spouting tianxia-like language and bellicose words, has been getting the Chinese people ready for war.

The changes signal the growing clout of the People's Army inside the Party and highlight the militarization of the country's external relations. China is fast becoming a military state.

Xi Jinping on July 1 told the world what he is going to do. We are, in all probability, in the last moments of peace.

China in recent weeks has sent tens of thousands of troops to its disputed border with India in Ladakh, high in the Himalayas.

Beijing looks as if it is preparing for a full-scale invasion of Indian territory.

This deployment occurred while Chinese ruler Xi Jinping, in the words of the Communist Party's China Daily, made a "pro-peace, pro-development, and pro-cooperation speech" to celebrate the centennial of the Party's founding.

"The Chinese people have never bullied, oppressed, or subjugated the people of any other country, and we never will," Xi said on July 1.

In May of last year, the People's Liberation Army moved troops south of the Line of Actual Control in Ladakh, in other words, into Indian-controlled territory. A month later, on the night of June 15, Chinese soldiers launched a surprise attack, killing 20 Indian troops.

India responded by reinforcing its forces and launching a counterattack in August. China then added to its troop count, increasing the number of soldiers from 15,000 a year ago to 50,000 at this moment. Beijing has also brought advanced weapons to the area and began building bases.

Ladakh is not the only Himalayan hotspot. There is a Chinese encroachment in India's Sikkim as well as incursions in neighboring Bhutan and Nepal.

Beijing's campaign against India has been multifaceted. "Since June of last year, there was a China-attributed attack on the Mumbai electric grid, Chinese-linked Maoist terrorists killed another 20 Indian security forces, and we witnessed a destructive attack on an iPhone parts-manufacturing plant that looks like part of a Beijing political warfare operation to discourage the shifting of supply chains to India," Cleo Paskal of the Foundation for Defense of Democracies told Gatestone.

As a result, many in India now see China in the worst possible light. As Paskal explains, "The breadth and depth of the Communist Party's aggressive unrestricted warfare against India leads one to think there are no barriers to Beijing's malign behavior."

The Indian people are right to be concerned. China has changed the definition of "warfare," and one of its instruments is disease. If SARS-CoV-2, the pathogen causing COVID-19, did not start out as a biological weapon, Chinese Communist Party leaders turned it into one, by lying about contagiousness and pressuring other countries to take disease-ridden arrivals from China.

"It's no wonder many Indians think their second wave of coronavirus was a deliberate release by China to weaken them further," Paskal notes.

Beijing looks as though it is even thinking of using nuclear weapons to fight the next war.

The Washington Post reported China appears to be building, in an area covering more than 700 square miles in the Gansu desert, 119 missile silos for the ten-warhead DF-41 intercontinental ballistic missile. When added to 26 more silos the Chinese military is building elsewhere, China could soon be housing from these fixed locations about as much firepower as the existing U.S. nuclear arsenal. When China's missiles carried on mobile launchers and submarines are added, China's warheads could end up exceeding America's.

Because Beijing already has a sufficient number of nukes to deter others — China has had for a long time sufficient weapons for a so-called "minimal deterrent"— it looks as if Chinese military planners are thinking of using nuclear weapons in an offensive capacity. China's flag officers and political leaders have in public threatened to use their arsenal in this way.

In any event, Xi Jinping in his bellicose July 1 speech promised to "crack heads and spill blood" of those standing in the way of what are, in essence, his plans to take territory under the control of others.

More significantly, he threatened to take down the existing Westphalian international system of sovereign states, established in 1648. "The Communist Party of China and the Chinese people, with their bravery and tenacity, solemnly proclaim to the world that the Chinese people are not only good at taking down the old world, but also good at building a new one," Xi said.

A new world? Throughout this century, Xi has made indirect references to tianxia, or "all under Heaven." For two millennia, Chinese emperors believed they both had the Mandate of Heaven to rule tianxia and the obligation to do so.

Lately, Xi's references in public pronouncements have become unmistakable, and his subordinates have been clear that Xi believes that everyone outside China owes him obedience.

Xi, while spouting tianxia-like language and bellicose words, has been getting the Chinese people ready for war. On July 1, he talked about foreigners meeting a "wall of steel built with the flesh and blood of 1.4 billion Chinese people."

Moreover, he is making preparations to use his shiny new military. Amendments to China's National Defense Law, effective the first of this year, transfer powers from civilian to military officials.

The amendments reduce the role of the central government's State Council and transfer powers to the Communist Party's Central Military Commission. Specifically, the State Council will no longer supervise the mobilization of the People's Liberation Army. At most, the central government will merely implement Party directives.

It is true that the law could be mere posturing — the Communist Party has always been in control — but the signaling is ominous nonetheless. The new law, after all, contemplates the mass mobilization of society for war.

The changes signal the growing clout of the People's Army inside the Party and highlight the militarization of the country's external relations. China is fast becoming a military state.

Xi Jinping on July 1 told the world what he is going to do. We are, in all probability, in the last moments of peace.

Gordon G. Chang is the author of The Coming Collapse of China, a Gatestone Institute distinguished senior fellow, and a member of its Advisory Board.

Follow Gordon G. Chang on Twitter

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/17547/china-mobilizing-war 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 7--21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Death Valley sees its hottest day since 1913 at 130F and 50 million Americans are under heat advisories as blistering temperatures ravage the West Coast fueling wildfires and power outages

Temperature in Death Valley, California reached 130 degrees - just 4 degrees shy of all-time record on Earth

In July 1913, Furnace Creek desert hit 134 degrees, considered the highest measured temperature on Earth

Most of Western United States continues to be under heat warnings and advisories as temperatures soar

Intense heat has put system-wide strain on power grids, causing power outages and fueling wildfires

Over the weekend, there were some three dozen fires throughout California, Oregon, Washington, and Idaho

By Ariel Zilber For Dailymail.com and Agencies

Published: 09:07 EDT, 11 July 2021 | Updated: 15:53 EDT, 12 July 2021

A brutal heat wave punishing the Western United States pushed temperatures toward all-time records for a third day on Sunday, as Death Valley in California, scorched at 130-degrees Fahrenheit was again one of the hottest spots on the planet.

A thermometer outside Furnace Creek Visitors Center in the heart of Death Valley showed 134 degrees Fahrenheit shortly before 4pm on Sunday, although a National Park Service ranger said that it was typically slightly above the official reading.

The National Weather Service recorded the temperature on Saturday at 130 degrees, which if verified would be one of the highest ever recorded on Earth.

The sweltering heat, which extended across much of the Pacific Northwest, pressured power grids and fueled major wildfires, including a blaze burning in Southern Oregon that threatened homes and knocked out electricity.

The National Weather Service issued excessive heat warnings across much of the region and cautioned residents that the high temperatures could be hazardous to the their health and that of loved ones, especially small children and the elderly. In Death Valley a ranger measured the sidewalk temperature outside the visitors center at 178 degrees Fahrenheit on Sunday afternoon.

'I just came up here to see how hot it gets,' said Richard Rader of Scottsdale, Arizona, who said he had ridden his bike 10 miles across Death Valley on Sunday.

Other tourists got out of their air-conditioned cars only long enough to pose for pictures with the thermometer.

Firefighters working in searing weather struggled to contain a Northern California wildfire that continued to grow Sunday and forced the temporary closure of a major highway, one of several large blazes burning across the Western US.

In Arizona, a small plane crashed Saturday during a survey of a wildfire in rural Mohave County, killing both crew members on board.

The Beech C-90 aircraft was helping perform reconnaissance over the lightning-caused Cedar Basin Fire, near the tiny community of Wikieup northwest of Phoenix, when it went down around noon.

Officials on Sunday identified the victims as Air Tactical Group Supervisor Jeff Piechura, 62, a retired Tucson-area fire chief who was working for the Coronado National Forest, and Matthew Miller, 48, a pilot with Falcon Executive Aviation contracted by the US Forest Service.

The National Transportation Safety Board is investigating the crash.

'Our hearts go out to the families of our brave wildland firefighters,' an Arizona Bureau of Land Management spokesperson said in a statement.

In California, officials asked all residents to reduce power consumption quickly after a major wildfire in southern Oregon knocked out interstate power lines, preventing up to 5,500 megawatts of electricity from flowing south into the state.

The California Independent System Operator, which runs the state's power grid, said Saturday the Bootleg Fire took three transmission lines off-line, straining electricity supplies as temperatures in the area soared.

'The Bootleg Fire will see the potential for extreme growth today,' the National Weather Service in Medford, Oregon, tweeted Sunday.

Pushed by strong winds, the blaze exploded to 224 square miles as it raced through heavy timber in Oregon's Fremont-Winema National Forest, near the Klamath County town of Sprague River.

To the southeast, the largest wildfire of the year in California was raging near the border with Nevada.

The Beckwourth Complex Fire - a combination of two lightning-caused blazes burning 45 miles north of Lake Tahoe - showed no sign of slowing its rush northeast from the Sierra Nevada forest region after doubling in size between Friday and Saturday.

Late Saturday, flames jumped US 395, which was closed near the small town of Doyle in California's Lassen County.

The lanes reopened Sunday, and officials urged motorists to use caution and keep moving along the key north-south route where flames were still active.

'Do not stop and take pictures,' said the fire's Operations Section Chief Jake Cagle.

'You are going to impede our operations if you stop and look at what's going on.'

Cagle said structures had burned in Doyle, but he didn't have an exact number.

Bob Prary, who manages the Buck-Inn Bar in the town of about 600 people, said he saw at least six houses destroyed after Saturday's flareup.

The fire was smoldering Sunday in and around Doyle, but he feared some remote ranch properties were still in danger. 'It seems like the worst is over in town, but back on the mountainside the fire's still going strong. Not sure what's going to happen if the wind changes direction,' Prary said.

Erratic winds were a concern for firefighters, Cagle noted, with gusts expected to reach 20 mph.

The blaze, which was only 9 percent contained, increased to 131 square miles. Temperatures in the area could top 100 degrees again Sunday.

It was one of several fires threatening homes across Western states that were expected to see triple-digit heat through the weekend as a high-pressure zone blankets the region.

Death Valley in southeastern California's Mojave Desert reached 128 degrees Fahrenheit on Saturday, according to the National Weather Service's reading at Furnace Creek.

The shockingly high temperature was actually lower than the previous day, when the location reached 130 F.

Death Valley also recorded a 130-degree day in August of last year.

If that reading and the one Friday are confirmed by experts as accurate, they will be the hottest highs recorded there since July 1913, when the Furnace Creek desert hit 134 F, considered the highest measured temperature on Earth.

The National Weather Service warned the dangerous conditions could cause heat-related illnesses.

Palm Springs in Southern California also hit a record high temperature of 120 F on Saturday, while Las Vegas tied the all-time record high of 117 F.

NV Energy, Nevada's largest power provider, also urged customers to conserve electricity Saturday and Sunday evenings because of the heat wave and wildfires affecting transmission lines throughout the region.

In Idaho, Governor Brad Little mobilized the state´s National Guard to help fight fires sparked after lightning storms swept across the drought-stricken region.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9777685/Heat-wave-blankets-US-West-fires-rage-states.html 

:: 7-9-21 Sputnik News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia's Nuclear-Powered Space Tug Zeus Can Disable Enemy Spacecraft Systems, Designer Says

Military & Intelligence

09:09 GMT 09.07.2021Get short URL

MOSCOW (Sputnik) - The Russian nuclear-powered tug Zeus, which is equipped with a megawatt-class electric propulsion system, can be used to disable control systems of enemy spacecraft with an electromagnetic impulse and "shoot" with laser beams, according to a paper of the Arsenal design bureau (part of Russia's state space agency Roscosmos).

In May, the Keldysh Research Centre released a paper showing that Zeus can be used in anti-aircraft defence, detecting air targets from the orbit and relaying information to anti-aircraft systems.

"In 2018-2019, the Arsenal design bureau conducted the 'Yadro' [Core] research project that reviewed options for using a spacecraft with a megawatt-class nuclear power propulsion system to perform the following tasks — probing the Earth surface and the near-Earth air space from a distance; electromagnetic interference with electronic components of control, reconnaissance, communication and navigation systems; directed-energy laser emission," the Arsenal paper read.

The Zeus nuclear-powered space tug is designed for deep space flights from one orbit to another. It has been in development since 2010. The spacecraft's preliminary design is expected to be finished by July 2024 and will cost 4.2 billion rubles ($56.3 million). Zeus is expected to be sent into space for test flights in 2030.

https://sputniknews.com/military/202107091083345504-russias-nuclear-powered-space-tug-zeus-can-disable-enemy-spacecraft-systems-designer-says/ 

:: 7-11-21 Sputnik News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Space Agency Proposes Putting a Nuclear Power Station on Mars

Tech

15:36 GMT 11.07.2021(updated 15:44 GMT 11.07.2021) Get short URL

Engineers say the power plant can be delivered to the Red Planet using the Zeus – a prospective Russian nuclear-powered space tug design expected to begin flight-testing in 2030.

Specialists from the Arsenal Design Bureau – a St. Petersburg-based subsidiary of Russia’s Roscosmos space agency specialising in the production of spacecraft, satellites, and other space technologies – have proposed the creation of a nuclear power plant for a future Russian Mars base.

Sputnik was able to familiarise itself with the proposal – which recommends using technologies developed for the Zeus interplanetary space tug for a stationary nuclear reactor for the Martian surface as well.

Under Arsenal’s proposal, the reactor would be delivered to Red Planet aboard the Zeus, and floated down to its surface using a parachute system. After landing, the power plant would be activated to provide energy to a prospective Russian martian base.

On top of that, engineers say that if the Zeus were to be deployed at the Lagrange point between the Sun and Mars (i.e. the point in space where gravitational forces of these bodies are equally strong), its onboard communications sensors and transmitters could serve as a “high-speed channel for the transmission of information to Earth from the surface of Mars and from spacecraft orbiting the planet.”

Earlier, Sputnik reported that the Zeus project’s proposed megawatt-class electric propulsion system would allow it to disable the control systems of adversarial spacecraft using an electromagnetic impulse, and even allow it to fire laser beams.

Designers at the Moscow-based Keldysh Research Centre have also suggested the spacecraft class can be used as a component in Russia’s air defence networkdetecting targets from orbit and relaying this information to ground-based missile systems.

Russia has been working on the creation of an interplanetary spacecraft with a nuclear power plant since 2010. In 2019, a concept for the space tug was presented for the first time at the MAKS International Aviation and Space Show outside Moscow, with a more detailed presentation given at the ARMY-2020 forum.

Last December, Roscosmos signed a $56.5 million contract with the Arsenal Design Bureau for experimental design work for the Zeus. This work is expected to be completed by 2024, with flight testing hopefully starting in 2030.

In June, Roscosmos Chief Dmitry Rogozin said that in addition to Mars, Zeus tugs could be sent to other planets, including Venus, and even travel beyond our solar system, where they can search for alien life.

Roscosmos has announced a series of ambitious plans in recent years, including the construction of the first Russian-only space station since the deorbiting of Mir in 2001, and plans for a series of manned and unmanned missions to the Moon and even a possible Moon base. Russia’s space programme has faced two major problems, however: a lack of sufficient funding to realise some of its ambitious projects, and the concentration of funds and other resources for arguably questionable purposes – such as the ongoing construction of a 250,000 square metre office centre next to the legendary Khrunichev space rocket factory in Moscow.

Despite a long list of space firsts (including first satellite, first man and woman in space, first space station, first Moon and Mars landing, etc.) Russia spent just $3.58 billion on its space programme in 2020, just $260 million more than Japan, and less than France ($4.04 billion), China ($8.85 billion) and the United States ($47.69 billion). These and other factors have left the country which once enjoyed the status of a space pioneer looking on as China’s space agency and NASA show off the latest images and footage of their rovers roaming around on the Martian surface.

https://sputniknews.com/science/202107111083361640-russian-space-agency-proposes-putting-a-nuclear-power-station-on-mars/ 

:: 6-1-21 https://exonews.org/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hitler Had a Secret Anti-Gravity UFO, and the US Took It

June 18, 2021 Exo News Editor

Deep State, Hidden History

Article by Kyle Mizokami June 1, 2021 (popularmechanics.com)

After World War II, the Nazis emerged with an almost mythical reputation for high-tech weapons: tanks, jets, and rockets. The American military considered the achievements of Nazi scientists and engineers to be so advanced that in the later stages of the war, the US Army sent reconnaissance teams into Germany to secure scientists and military technology before other powers, particularly the Soviet Union, could capture them, under Project Paperclip.

• The noted aerospace engineer Wernher von Braun who invented the V-2 rocket was among the Paperclip trophies. Von Braun later designed the Saturn V rocket for NASA’s Apollo program.

US forces put these German scientists and engineers to work on developing anti-gravity technology. According to legend, the Germans developed a bell-shaped anti-gravity craft known as ‘Die Glocke’. Rumors of the device first appeared as Nazi sci-fi in the 1960 book Morning of the Magicians, and then showed up in Igor Witkowski’s 2000 book Prawda o Wunderwaffe (The Truth About the Wonder Weapon), followed by Nick Cook’s The Hunt for Zero Point—as a “glowing, rotating contraption” that possibly had “some kind of antigravitational effect,” or was even a “time machine” that was part of an “SS antigravity program” for the “Repulsine” flying saucer.

• Cook even suggests that the notorious SS colonel Hans Kammler traded Die Glocke to the US military in exchange for his freedom. Kammler disappeared in the closing days of World War II and was never seen again. Mainstream historians claim that Die Glocke crashed outside Kecksburg, Pennsylvania in December 1965.

• According to dubious mainstream historians, all of this is ‘extraordinarily unlikely’. If the U.S. had had access to anti-gravity technology, then where are the anti-gravity planes? And NASA attributes the Kecksburg Incident to the reentry of a failed Soviet Venus probe, Cosmos 96.

• Nevertheless, the legend of “Die Glocke” (“The Bell”) persists in conspiracy and UFO circles. A new video from military historian Mark Felton (see below) explores the bell-shaped device that Adolf Hitler’s Schutzstaffel (SS) paramilitary organization purportedly developed. However writers and sci-fi hoaxers may have actually concocted the machine, plying the postwar reputation of Nazi scientists being capable of almost any technological feat.

• [Editor’s Note] Is it that hard to imagine that Hitler was allied with a malevolent extraterrestrial race who provided the Nazi’s with advanced technology in return for the German’s long-term assistance in capturing and controlling this planet, along with other worlds throughout our galaxy? This would explain how Hitler became so fanatical and confident that he could take over the world. William Tompkins said that he saw Hans Kammler at a NASA facility in Huntsville, Alabama. If the thing that the military took away at Kecksburg was just a Soviet satellite probe, then why didn’t they parade it in front of the media as a Cold War trophy? Of course the deep state military industrial complex orchestrated all of it.

‘Where are the anti-gravity planes’ you ask? The deep state has kept all of this advanced technology hidden from the public in order to control it and thereby control the planet, just as their extraterrestrial overlords had planned. We have seen these “UFOs” in our skies ever since World War II. More recently we’ve seen smaller ‘drone’ versions of them “swarming” Navy vessels. The US Navy has patented the technology and the US Senate has requested an intelligence report on them due out this month. Of course, the report will reveal nothing, because the deep state holdouts in the Pentagon and Congress do not want the public to know that we have this technology. They see a better use of this ‘unknown phenomenon’ to create public fear and panic of a national security threat. The deep state can exploit this to demand greater and greater defense budgets, to justify more black budget projects, and to persuade the people to willingly turn over their rights and freedoms in return for this deep state military faction stepping in to save the world from a false flag UFO invasion. Let’s hope and pray that the white hat Alliance military leaders will not allow this to happen.

Did Nazi scientists, eager to devise a weapon that could throw back advancing Allied armies, create a time-traveling UFO to win World War II? Almost certainly not. Nevertheless, the legend of “Die Glocke” (“The Bell”) persists in conspiracy and UFO circles.

A new video from military historian Mark Felton, included below, explores the bell-shaped device that Adolf Hitler’s Schutzstaffel (SS) paramilitary organization purportedly developed. However, sci-fi writers and hoaxers may have actually concocted the machine, plying the postwar reputation of Nazi scientists being capable of almost any technological feat.

Even though the Nazis lost World War II, they emerged from the war with an almost mythical reputation for high-tech weapons. Nazi tanks were often technically superior to Allied tanks; the Luftwaffe flew fighter jets in combat before the Allies did; and the V (for Vengeance) series of terror weapons, including the V-1 cruise missile and V-2 ballistic missile, made for terrifying, though strategically questionable, weapons.

Adversaries considered the achievements of Nazi scientists and engineers to be so advanced, in fact, that the U.S. Army sent reconnaissance teams into Germany in the later stages of the war to secure scientists and military technology before other powers, particularly the Soviet Union, could capture them. The effort, known as Project Paperclip, secured V-2 missiles and important figures like Wernher von Braun, the infamous aerospace engineer Wernher von Braun who invented the V-2 and later designed the Saturn V rocket for NASA’s Apollo program.

According to legend, Die Glocke was reportedly one such German “wunderwaffe” (“wonder weapon”).

Rumors of the device first appeared as Nazi sci-fi in the 1960 book Morning of the Magicians. Die Glocke also showed up in Igor Witkowski’s 2000 book Prawda o Wunderwaffe (The Truth About the Wonder Weapon)—and soon after, Nick Cook’s The Hunt for Zero Point—as a “glowing, rotating contraption” that possibly had “some kind of antigravitational effect,” or was even a “time machine” that was part of an “SS antigravity program” for the “Repulsine” flying saucer.

https://exonews.org/hitler-had-a-secret-anti-gravity-ufo-and-the-us-took-it/ 

:: 7-10-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Explosion hits northern Tehran on heels of cyberattack on Iran's railway grid

Massive blast takes place near a compound housing the Islamic republic's state broadcasting company, Tehran police insist the explosion caused no harm. Hackers who cripple the country's railroad system post fake messages on platform display boards, listing the number of the supreme leader's office as an information hotline.

By Neta Bar , Shahar Klaiman , Dean Shmuel Elmas and News Agencies

Published on 07-10-2021 12:26 Last modified: 07-10-2021

Iranian police said no casualties or damage were reported, the official IRNA news agency reported.

Tehran Deputy Police Chief Gen. Hamid Hodavand said the case was under investigation and details would be provided later. He accused foreign media outlets of exaggerating the reported blast. "An unknown object exploded ...There was no damage and no one was hurt," he said.

Tehran Deputy Governor Hamid Reza Goudarzi, who is in charge of security issues in the Iranian capital, visited the scene.

"Just one explosion took place inside Mellat [People] Park," he told the semi-official Tasnim news agency.

Asked whether the incident was an attack, Goudarzi said: "We are investigating the dimensions and causes of the incident and we will provide information after we are sure."

At 12:52 a.m. (local time) Iranian media reported an explosion had taken place in northern Tehran. Dozens of social media users posted accounts of hearing or seeing the blast, as well. s from individuals on social media. Later, state TV showed Goudarzi in front of Mellat Park saying rescue teams, firefighters and police found no sign of an explosion, fire, or damage in the area.

Occasionally, Iranian media have reported on flash-bang grenades exploding without giving details. Those grenades are designed to emit a loud sound and a flash of light without causing serious damage.

The 84-acre park is located on the southern side of the 295-acre site of the state broadcasting company, which includes several buildings.

Terrorist attacks are rare in Iran, but a number of sensitive military and nuclear sites have been targeted in recent years. Iran has accused Israel of several attacks on facilities and scientists linked to its nuclear program. Israel has neither denied nor confirmed the allegation.

The blast came on the heels of a cyberattack that paralyzed Iran's railroad system on Friday afternoon.

State news agencies reported that the hackers posted fake messages about train delays or cancellations on display boards at stations across the country.

The hackers posted messages such as, "Long delays because of cyberattack" or "canceled" on the boards. They also urged passengers to call an information hotline, listing the phone number of the office of the country's supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei.

Fars news agency reported that the hack led to "unprecedented chaos" at rail stations.

No group claimed responsibility for the attack. Earlier in the day, Fars reported that trains across Iran had lost their electronic tracking system. It was not immediately clear if that was also part of the cyberattack.

Later media reports quoted the spokesman of the state railway company, Sadegh Sekri, as saying "the disruption" did not cause any problem for train services.

In 2019, an error in the railway company's computer servers caused multiple delays in train services.

It was not clear if the reported attack caused any damage or disruptions in Iran's computer and internet systems, and whether it was the latest chapter in the US and Iran's cyber operations targeting the other.

Iran disconnected much of its infrastructure from the internet after it was hit by the Stuxnet computer virus widely believed to be a joint US-Israeli creation – in 2010. The incident disrupted thousands of Iranian centrifuges in the country's nuclear sites.

https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/07/10/explosion-hits-northern-tehran-on-heels-of-cyberattack-on-railway-grid/ 

:: 7-11-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID-19 not connected to bats, Israeli biologists say

Researchers at Tel Aviv University’s Bat Lab attempt to rehabilitate winged creature’s much-maligned public image

By MAYA MARGIT/THE MEDIA LINE JULY 11, 2021 22:12

The bat shivered in fear as it hung precariously from Maya Weinberg’s gloved hand.

“His name is Zorro and he is less than a year old,” said Weinberg, a veterinary doctor and PhD candidate at Prof. Yossi Yovel’s Bat Lab.

Located in Tel Aviv University’s I. Meier Segals Garden for Zoological Research, the Bat Lab hosts an eclectic range of Israeli biologists that specialize in groundbreaking research.

As biologists, a cameraman and others crowded around to get a better look, Zorro’s trembling grew more violent. Weinberg gingerly put him back into the welcoming dark confines of a small carrier sitting on the nearby counter, away from prying eyes and the laboratory’s bright neon lights.

At the Bat Lab, Israel’s real-life Bat-men (and Bat-women) conduct research into a wide variety of bats, the only mammals capable of flying.

There are more than 1,400 species of bats worldwide; most are nocturnal and rarely come into contact with humans. Some are beneficial to their environments, since they eat a lot of insects and even help to disperse seeds and pollinate flowers.

Since the COVID-19 pandemic these unique winged creatures’ public image has taken a massive hit. So far scientists have not been able to find any evidence linking bats to the virus, but the connection has proven to be nearly impossible to dispel.

Up until now there is no evidence to show a connection between bats and COVID-19,” Weinberg told The Media Line. “This idea bordered on conspiracy.”

“The way in which the scientific community echoed this theory was simply outrageous,” she argued. “It has done great damage to bats around the world, especially in China, where it damaged public perception of bats, which was already poor to begin with.

A recent study led by Weinberg and Tel Aviv University postdoctoral researcher Dr. Kelsey Moreno could have far-reaching implications for discovering the origins of COVID-19. The study, which was recently published in the Annals of the New York Academy of Science, found that sick bats maintain social distancing, possibly to prevent the spread of mass contagion in their colonies.

In order to observe their behavior, researchers monitored two colonies of Egyptian fruit bats: one living in captivity in an enclosure and the other living in its natural environment. Researchers injected a bacteria-like protein into several bats in each colony, which simulated an immune response that generated symptoms of illness.

“We were very surprised to see that sick bats actively social distance,” Weinberg said. “We thought that the group would be the one to stay away from the sick bats – but instead it was the sick bats that actively stayed away from others in the colony. This is really not a typical behavior for a wild animal, which will generally attempt to hide its illness.”

Though the origins of COVID-19 virus remain a mystery, some have speculated that a scientist in China who was studying coronaviruses in Wuhan may have leaked the strain, thereby causing a worldwide outbreak. The Wuhan Institute of Virology is notably located near the outbreak’s earliest known epicenter, but Beijing has vociferously denied this theory.

However, Weinberg believes it is possible that a scientist who ventured deep into China’s wild to collect virus samples may have unwittingly unleashed it.

As long as we maintain distance from bats and allow them to remain in their secluded natural habitats … then we won’t expose ourselves to pathogens for which we have no defense,” she stressed.

Other biologists at the Bat Lab are examining the biomechanics of bats, including their use of echolocation and sonar beams.

Doctoral candidate Ofri Eitan and his team are conducting behavioral experiments with bats inside an anechoic chamber, a room that is designed to absorb reflections of sound.

“In this flight room we use two methods that can help us understand the sensory behavior of bats,” Eitan told The Media Line. “These two techniques are motion tracking and the recording of the echolocation of bats.”

The room is fitted with 50 ultrasonic microphones and a system that tracks the bat’s motion as it flies. The goal is to observe the animal’s sensory behavior and gain a deeper understanding of how bats perceive their environments.

Eitan echoed Weinberg and stressed that bats were not connected to the pandemic.

“We’re trying to educate people and to show [them] that bats are much more incredible creatures than they thought,” he said.

Adi Rachum, who is studying for a master’s degree, is in charge of the Bat Lab’s imprinted colony, where dozens of fruit bats come and go as they please. Rachum and other students regularly feed the bats fresh fruit, providing them with an incentive to keep returning.

The room is dark, humid and resembles a cave. The goal is to mimic the animals’ natural environment as closely as possible while also allowing scientists to conduct research.

There are several cameras spread throughout the cave, including a live feed that is accessible online 24/7.

“I put a chip on every bat that we release,” Rachum told The Media Line as she held a bat up for inspection. “It doesn’t hurt them and it helps us to definitively identify them, which in turn helps with our research.”

Weinberg, a doctor of veterinary medicine who has specialized in bats for the past 12 years, hopes that the lab’s ongoing, pioneering research will eventually help to convince people that the winged creatures are not to be feared.

“They’re a very gentle, sociable and communicative animal,” she said. “I worked with many different animals before arriving at bats. When you see how unique they are and learn the facts, then you look at them differently.”

https://www.jpost.com/health-science/covid-19-not-connected-to-bats-israeli-biologists-say-673548 

:: 7-10-21 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An Abortion Facility is Reported to Have Thrown An Aborted 17-Week Old Baby in the Dumpster

Rebecca Downs Posted: Jul 10, 2021 6:30 PM

On Wednesday, Ohio Right to Life revealed that a 17-week old aborted baby had been left discarded in a dumpster. The group claims the abortion facility, Northeast Ohio Women's Center (NEOWC) is responsible for the illegal disposal, as do Right to Life of Northeast Ohio and Citizens for a Pro-Life Society.

A statement from Ohio Right to Life read in part: “Ohio Right to Life is heartbroken and appalled by the abortion industry’s utter disregard for human life,” said Mike Gonidakis, president of Ohio Right to Life. “This child suffered doubly at the hands of the abortion industry: first, by being subjected to a brutal death by dismemberment and second by the degradation of his or her broken body being dumped into the trash like garbage. Tragedies like this are why Ohio Right to Life worked tirelessly to pass the Unborn Child Dignity Act.”

Governor Mike DeWine signed S.B. 27, the Unborn Child Dignity Act, into law in December 2020. S.B. 27 requires the Ohio Department of Health to establish rules for the proper and humane burial or cremation of children who have lost their lives to an abortion procedure.

A live-streamed press conference from ORTL discussed the situation further, which included going over the photos of the aborted baby.

A Facebook post from Created Equal, which contains multiple graphic images, noted that a pro-life volunteer who searched through trash containers found "the dismembered body of an aborted baby, approximately 16 to 18 weeks gestation, killed by the dilation and evacuation abortion method." The post also mentioned that the "aborted baby had been hidden, wrapped up in a blood-stained blue surgical pad used during the abortion procedure." It went on to note that the "left leg, left foot, and right hand of the baby was found in the NEOWC dumpster, as well as the name of one clinic abortionist on a prescription."

According to AbortionProcedures.com, a project between former abortion provider Dr. Anthony Levatino and Live Action:

A dilation (dilatation) and evacuation abortion, D&E, is a surgical abortion procedure during which an abortionist first dilates the woman’s cervix and then uses instruments to dismember and extract the baby from the uterus. The D&E abortion procedure is usually performed between thirteen and twenty-four weeks LMP (that is thirteen to twenty-four weeks after the first day of the woman’s last menstrual period).

Reporting for The Daily Caller, Mary Margaret Olohan emphasized that the abortion facility is not returning request for comment, although they did provide brief comment for the Akron Beacon Journal.

From Eric Marotta's coverage for the Akron Beacon Journal:

Sherri Lynn Grossman, Northeast Ohio Women's Center administrator, said she learned of the allegations Wednesday, and denied them all.

She said the improper disposal of fetal remains, medical waste and patient information could not have taken place.

"Absolutely not — absolutely not," she said. "We have very strict policies and procedures in place," she said, adding that any attempt by the groups to retrieve items discarded at the site may constitute criminal trespassing. She declined to comment further, adding the facility is conducting an investigation.

The three groups said the alleged improper disposal of fetal remains, medical waste and patient information are violations of state law.

Ohio Right to Life said it is filing complaints with agencies including the Ohio Department of Health, the Ohio Medical Board, the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency and Summit County Public Health, among others.

Blood-stained sheets and urine cups with women's names on them were also found to be improperly disposed of, which could involve HIPAA violation concerns.

Created Equal also made reference to how "NEOWC has a negative history."

In 2014, Jeremy Pelzer reported for Cleveland.com that the facility was discovered by the state's Department of Health to have expired medical equipment, lacked emergency lighting, and didn't meet requirements for staff training.

On July 25, 2020, a 29-year old woman was taken by ambulance from the facility to a nearby hospital for "uncontrolled bleeding" after her abortion, according to 911 records accessed by the pro-life group Operation Rescue.

Concerns were also raised about one of the facility's abortion providers, David Burkons, who had his license revoked in 2015 for failing to record prescribed controlled substances into patient records, including highly addictive opioid drugs.

He was just recently released from his probation on February 10, 2021 and his license has been active since then.

Dr. Burkons was also employed at Planned Parenthood. According to Danny Davids with Live Action News.

The clinic’s current abortionist and training instructor is Dr. David Burkons. From 2011-2012, during his time working as an abortionist for Planned Parenthood, seventeen of Burkons’ patients experienced moderate to severe complications from their abortions. His performance was so dismal, state records show that 41% of all medication abortion complications came from his office during those years.

In 2015, at the time of reporting, Burkons was at Capital Care Network. "Upon inspecting the clinic, state officials found atrocious conditions: filthy walls, carpets, and furniture – even a bullet hole through the recovery room exit door. In 2011, Capital Care Network was cited for multiple violations of safety standards in infection control, cleaning procedures, and personnel training," Davids also wrote.

Cortney O'Brien in August 2013 covered for Townhall some complaints against Burkons.

Operation Rescue provides a comprehensive look into Burkons' less than stellar record from over the years.

Mike DeWine, the Republican governor and former state attorney general who investigated abortion facilities for the illegal disposal of aborted babies, signed the Unborn Child Dignity Act into law on December 31, 2020. Although the law has been tangled up in the courts, Gov. Dewine signed an executive order on April 6, 2021 for it to go into effect.

The Northeast Ohio Women's Center was one of the abortion facilities which sued in an attempt to stop the law from going into effect.

https://townhall.com/tipsheet/rebeccadowns/2021/07/10/an-abortion-facility-is-reported-to-have-thrown-a-17week-fetus-in-the-dumpster-n2592331 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, etc

:: 7-12-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Tells Americans to Report ‘Family Members and Peers’ for ‘Suspicious Behaviors’

By Kristina Wong12 Jul 2021

The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) published a tweet on Sunday telling Americans to report their own family members and peers for “suspicious behaviors.

Family members and peers are often best positioned to witness signs of mobilization to violence. Help prevent homegrown violent extremism. Visit https://go.usa.gov/x6mjf  to learn how to spot suspicious behaviors and report them to the #FBI. #NatSec

The tweet included a link to a government booklet that was first written in 2015 on “indicators” that someone may be contemplating violent action.

The booklet states on page 22 that it is focused on individuals or groups inspired by Islamist terrorist organizations:

Certainly, behaviors exist and are noted in this booklet that would be troubling regardless of ideological motivation and may warrant contacting law enforcement. However, this booklet is focused on individuals or groups that are inspired or enabled by foreign terrorist organizations, including but not limited to ISIS, al-Qa‘ida, and their affiliates and allies.

The booklet also states several times that the “indicators” may be constitutionally protected activities, but if they are observed in combination with “other suspicious behaviors,” those indicators may “raise suspicions” and “constitute a basis for reporting”:

The National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC), the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) emphasize that many of the indicators described herein may involve constitutionally protected activities and might be insignificant on their own. However, when observed in combination with other suspicious behaviors, these indicators may raise suspicion in a reasonable person and constitute a basis for reporting. Law enforcement action should not be taken solely based on the exercise of constitutionally protected rights, or on the apparent or actual race, ethnicity, national origin or religion of the subject, or on any combination of these factors. Individuals are encouraged to contact law enforcement if, based on these indicators and the situational context, they suspect an individual is mobilizing to violence.

Conservatives slammed the FBI for encouraging Americans to report their family members.

Sen. Ted Cruz (R-TX) tweeted: “In both Cuba & China, they also ask children to spy on their parents….”

Rep. Dan Bishop (R-NC) tweeted: “These people protected Hillary, abused NSA surveillance databases against Americans, used known, unreliable DNC-funded propaganda to spy on Trump, perpetuated the Russia hoax, & lied to the FISC repeatedly. And now they tell you that you should spy on your family.”

Former Acting Director of National Intelligence Richard Grenell tweeted: “This is outrageous. The @FBI has a growing credibility problem and this type of sinister snitching is clearly unhelpful. Why hasn’t the @fbi made more progress finding the BLM rioters from last summer? Why hasn’t the @fbi leadership apologized for the Russian hoax they pushed?

Mike Doran, Middle East expert and senior fellow at the Hudson Institute, tweeted: “If any person takes this seriously, I feel sorry for them. The FBI encourages us to snitch on family members. Meanwhile FBI leaders cover up for the transgressions of their colleagues, to say nothing of their families.”

Follow Breitbart News’s Kristina Wong on Twitter or on Facebook.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2021/07/12/fbi-tells-americans-to-report-family-members-and-peers-for-suspicious-behaviors/ 

:: 7-12-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

VIDEO - BREAKING NEWS: COMPLETE SOCIETAL COLLAPSE IN SOUTH AFRICA - RIOTERS BEING SHOT DEAD BY ARMED CITIZENS AFTER POLICE PULL-BACK; LOOTERS BEING **WHIPPED** IN THE STREETS

World NewsDesk 12 July 2021 Hits: 10455

South Africa is in the midst of total societal collapse as roving bands of rioters, smash, loot, and burn businesses in the city of Durban. Government has announced it has "lost control." Armed citizens are firing live rounds into rioters, capturing some and WHIPPING THEM in the streets.

Durban, South Africa is in shear chaos today as tens-of-thousands riot, loot, smash, and burn. It initially began as a protest to "Free Zuma." The former president has been sentenced to 15 months prison for contempt of court. He refused to give evidence in an official corruption trial.

The protests descended almost instantly into criminal "get free shit."

Here is a scalable map of South Africa showing the location of Durban:

Groups of Armed Citizens are having to OPEN FIRE upon rampaging groups of rioters, and are in fact shooting them in the streets!

Entire shopping malls have been, and continue to be, LOOTED.

The savages are so brazen, they are even stealing forklift trucks to steal more than they can carry.

Armed citizen groups are hurling FIRE BOMBS at Looters whose vehicles are displaying loads of looted goods.

Looters who get captured are literally being WHIPPED in the streets!

In residential areas, Looters are being BEATEN BLOODY with bats:

There is utter chaos almost everywhere, and ALL of it erupted within TWO HOURS.

It grows exponentially worse by the hour, spreading to other cities.

Check back for updates . . .

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/video-breaking-news-complete-societal-collapse-in-south-africa-rioters-being-shot-dead-by-armed-citizens-after-police-pull-back-

looters-being-whipped-in-the-streets 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 11-1-2020 Inquirer.net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Demonic texts’: The enemy can use technology, says exorcist

By: Cathy Cañares Yamsuan - @inquirerdotnet

Philippine Daily Inquirer / 05:16 AM November 01, 2020

(Last of two parts)

MANILA, Philippines — Demonic spirits can send text messages to cell phones and use modern technology to harass or lure people to the dark side.

Fr. Jose Francisco Syquia, chief exorcist of the Archdiocese of Manila, also says receiving messages from demons is an experience common to priests helping possessed persons liberate themselves.

“We did not expect [demons] could do so but if you ask other exorcists, they would tell you the same experience. Usually [the demons would swear at you] or say, ‘This person will never get away from us,’” he says in an interview.

Syquia, president of the 170-strong Philippine Association of Catholic Exorcists (PACE), has been performing exorcisms since 2002.

His most memorable encounter with demonic texts happened in 2003 when the office cell phone used by the Archdiocese of Manila Office of Exorcism (AMOE) received menacing messages from the phone of a female ex-satanist referred to him by a Cavite-based priest. The priest earlier reported seeing the woman levitate.

As “Gina,” Syquia’s secretary and AMOE coordinator, remembers it, the priest was in his office speaking with the possessed woman and her companion when the companion’s phone began receiving messages from the possessed’s phone that was in another room, near Gina’s desk.

The messages were all in Filipino. “Don’t believe Father,” one read. Another claimed that Syquia was a sinner and a liar, and that he wouldn’t be able to help the woman at all.

Gina says she herself received a call from the possessed woman after the latter left their office. During their conversation, her phone was also getting messages saying it’s not true that God loves her and she’d fail in helping Syquia perform the exorcism.

“I erased the messages right away after our conversation. We don’t keep records of them. We believe it is not okay to keep them,” Gina says.

Anger and curses

Syquia recalls that the messages brimmed with anger and curses. The possessed woman who consulted him did not speak English, but he received “f*ck you” messages from her number.

“The devil has power over anything electrical,” Syquia says. “If this place is infested, for example, and they want their presence known, usually the lights would flicker. If I give a talk and use a certain gadget, the devil would easily shut it down because he is an expert in anything electrical.”

But more than threatening messages, Syquia is worried about how the devil uses modern technology to lure young people through the internet, especially during this lockdown when they spend unsupervised hours in cyberspace.

He cites a study done in 2000 that found children age 10-17 having only one-third of face-to-face encounters with other people compared to similar age groups from past generations.

“When a person gets isolated, the devil starts to work on the mind,” he warns. “The young start to have all these thoughts that make them feel depressed and alone. Only 30-percent human contact? That’s what the devil desires.”

According to Syquia, spending much time surfing the web can put a young mind in a hypnotic trance and become open to diabolical influences and auto-suggestion.

The internet has no morality and a child would tend to search for what titillates his senses. So he jumps from one [medium] to another, trying to sustain a high similar to a dopamine hit,” says the priest.

He adds: The devil attacks individuals in varying degrees. Temptations that one encounters daily are considered ordinary attacks.

5 senses

“Extraordinary” attacks that may require help from a priest include demonic oppression and obsession where a person’s five senses are assaulted through frightening apparitions; suicidal and blasphemous voices; bruises, pains and sexual harassment; foul odors; or loss of appetite.

In more serious cases, Syquia says, the devil toys with a person’s emotions and causes intense depression, anger and fear. The person will eventually experience spiritual “dryness” and desolation, and become too lazy to pray, let alone hear Mass.

A person’s imagination may also be assaulted with demonic, sexual and blasphemous images. Memory can be used by causing “obsessive remembrances of past hurts,” Syquia says.

Worse attacks, he says, can lead to unexplained sicknesses or tumors as well as freak accidents. Sleep may be disturbed by night terrors and sexual attacks by an incubus (male spirit) or succubus (female spirit). Eventually, relationships in the home and at work may suffer, further isolating a person from others. Businesses may falter and fail.

The most serious form of demonic attack is possession, where the devil or several evil spirits take over a person’s body and cause it to do humanly impossible things that the person will not remember once the crisis state is over.

In a talk on exorcism at the Vatican, Syquia presented AMOE records showing that in the Philippines, demonic oppression comprises most of the cases (55 percent) followed by cases of infestation or haunting of places and homes (21 percent). Possession cases are at 15 percent, and those involving demonic obsessions or thoughts at 9 percent.

‘Second beast’

Syquia says the Vatican has alerted Catholic exorcists to occult websites that put a curse on anyone who opens them. This means a person in a hypnotic trance will easily appropriate the images and messages in the website.

Ranking Church officials in Rome have warned that the Book of Revelation, the last chapter in the New Testament, refers to a “second beast” that will emerge from the red dragon commonly known as Satan, according to Syquia.

“[They] said this second beast is actually the virtual world that the devil Satan is creating,” he says. “While we have the real world, the red dragon that is the devil would have two beasts come from him. One of these will have powers to create a virtual world that is different from the world of God. It has its own rules, and once people start to live there more than in the real world, it will be an escape from the struggle to become holy in this world.”

Worse, aggression and despair may develop in an isolated person already addicted to the web. Once these thoughts become overwhelming and a crisis hits, the person may become suicidal, Syquia says, adding:

He cannot, in a sense, become ready for life because in the internet, there is no such thing as suffering. The person is not taught how to bear the Cross.”

Syquia himself became a target of demonic harassment before he entered the seminary. He was an undergraduate with plans for the priesthood when the New Age movement piqued his curiosity and led to his exploration of esoterica.

Exorcism ministry

As a result, he says, his “third eye” was opened, and he began experiencing demonic attacks.

He eventually turned back to the Catholic faith and to his plan of becoming a priest.

It was in 2002 when Syquia began the exorcism ministry, armed with a book on the subject written by Fr. Gabriel Amorth, chief exorcist of the Vatican at that time, and a second book on deliverance by an ex-priest whose name he cannot remember.

His peers in the Archdiocese of Manila were skeptical, and wondered: “Why do we need that?”

And then the cases started coming in. “Many Catholics were going to [faith healers and spiritists]. So when people heard that the Church has this [ministry], boom! [Many came to us],” Syquia recalls.

First book

Bishops Ted Buhain and Socrates Villegas eventually gave Syquia the faculty of exorcism.

In 2006, Cardinal Gaudencio Rosales formally created the AMOE with Syquia and a second priest as exorcists. With them were one deliverance minister, a nun, a coordinator, a Catholic doctor, a lawyer and two lay volunteers. It was also at this time that Syquia published his first book, “Exorcism: Encounters with the Paranormal and the Occult.”

Two years later, AMOE had four exorcists and Syquia was training priests from other dioceses.

The team has grown to include a clinical psychologist, a psychometrician, two counselors and several lay volunteers, along with case officers who interview referrals to AMOE and help Syquia determine cases of possession.

In 2015, Syquia gathered 12 more exorcists from provincial dioceses and began streamlining the group. PACE was established in March 2017, initially with 117 members from 52 dioceses.

PACE is directly under the Catholic Bishops’ Conference of the Philippines and is affiliated with the Vatican-approved International Association of Exorcists.

Then Bishop Luis “Chito” Tagle of Imus, Cavite, was among those who regularly referred cases to Syquia and was diligent in seeking follow-up reports. In 2019, Tagle, by then a cardinal, appointed more exorcists to boost AMOE.

AMOE now has six exorcists, including Syquia, based in Metro Manila. The others are Fr. Winston Cabading, Fr. Robert dela Cruz, Fr. Eugene David, Fr. Ramon Merino and Fr. Lorenzo Ruggiero, an Italian priest. AMOE and PACE invite international guest speakers to their yearly local conferences on the Ministry of Spiritual Liberation and Exorcism.

The groups train priests, exorcists and lay teams in Malaysia, Singapore and Indonesia. As chief exorcist of AMOE, Syquia has also been invited to give talks in Rome and at the Pope Leo Institute in Chicago.

The exorcists’ current project is the construction of the St. Michael Center of Spiritual Liberation and Exorcism in Manila.

Good and evil

Syquia has lost count of the exorcisms he has performed in the past 18 years. But each experience strengthens his belief that God and the devil both exist.

“I have seen God work in a very tangible way, how God acts and how present He really is,” Syquia says. “During an exorcism, you see a person levitate, see him vomiting mud—that’s not psychological. You see the reality of the diabolical. The exorcist commands, ‘In the name of Jesus!’ And the demons react, you see their fear of God, especially when they are expelled and the person is liberated.”

One time, the priest says, he prayed to Satan’s nemesis during an exorcism and immediately, the demons possessing the person shouted, “St. Michael the Archangel is here!”

Any exorcist asked about his experience will say that liberating persons from the devil is one of the most concrete proofs of the fight between good and evil, Syquia says.

He adds: “The devil knows the infinite value of every soul in the eyes of God. And if the exorcist does not save the person’s soul, he could end up like those demons — human souls but with a diabolical spirit of hatred and despair that would last forever.”

Read more: https://newsinfo.inquirer.net/1354888/demonic-texts-the-enemy-can-use-technology-says-exorcist#ixzz70QZyWmwp 

Follow us: @inquirerdotnet on Twitter | inquirerdotnet on Facebook

:: 9-26-2006 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cell Phones? Hell Phones!

09.26.2006 02:00 AM

Convenient and beguiling, the cell phone nevertheless is the devil's handiwork. Don't think so? Read on.

I don't have a cell phone. In fact, I'm here today to tell you that they're the work of the devil. Switch yours off for five minutes and I'll explain why.

Interruptability

Phones have always been interrupting machines. Like a screaming baby demanding to be fed, a phone demands your attention as soon as it rings. It requires you to be interruptable. And a hell phone, unlike a house phone, tags along with you wherever you go, nagging.

Health hazard

Any small, desirable consumer item you wave around conspicuously in public makes you a target for thieves, who may well injure you. Your hell phone may or may not give you brain cancer, but it certainly increases the quantity of microwaves being pumped through the air. What's more, like any electronic device, it's difficult to recycle.

Then there's all the cultural pollution hell phones are responsible for: annoying ringtones, or those loud conversations you're forced to listen to. These social aggravations affect your health by raising your stress levels; the confrontations they can spark with your fellow citizens can come to blows. Not healthy!

Surveillance

A hell phone is a device you carry that, when switched on, tells a satellite exactly where you are every few seconds. It's a device with a microphone in it that can transmit all it hears even when you're not consciously making a call. You don't have to be super-paranoid (or bin Laden) to see how this compromises your privacy, and you don't have to read very far in the newspapers to see how little we can trust governments these days not to use, misuse and hoard whatever information they can get on you.

It doesn't even have to be the government. It might be a sleazy tabloid journalist, a stalker or the detective employed by your estranged wife. Hell!

Private in public

OK, now I pull on my minister's collar; now we come to the ethical stuff. Hell phones encourage a privatization of public space. Whereas once the voices in public places were always directed to other people who were present, a great back-turning seems to have taken place. A voice on a bus is now as likely to be speaking to someone invisible and absent as someone else sitting on the bus.

As a result, the public zone becomes a sort of refuse tip, cluttered with the useless chaff of private conversations intended for someone somewhere else. Like a freeway built through a village, this prioritization of what's elsewhere degrades many of the pleasures of being here, now.

Flexitime

Have you noticed that no one makes firm appointments anymore? Everything is sketchy, provisional, pencilled in. "I'll call you when I get there." "Something's come up; can we reschedule?"

The hell phone may be a boon to the spontaneous, but it's also a license for the slippery, the evasive and the passive aggressive to mess with your head.

Detached

Just as hell phones allow you to avoid committing yourself to a specific time and place, so they allow you to remain detached from other commitments. We switch our phones off in the cinema because without bracketing all other concerns and giving our undivided attention to the drama unfolding on the screen we'd be wasting our time and money.

But what about the drama of our lives? Why is it OK to interrupt that? Is there such a thing as "emotional multitasking"? Maybe that's what you were doing when you struggled to suppress rising irritation as you waited for my hell phone call to end ... I'm sorry about that. And I'll be sorry next time, too.

The auction

(Let me clip on red devil horns for this one.) Okay, I'm here right now, but I'm just waiting for a better offer to come along. Hold on, my cell phone is ringing. Listen, I have to go. I've decided to spend my evening somewhere else. I might not even stay there, either. I run my social life like an auction, and the offers come in by phone.

One convenient thing about this is that it really takes away all incentive to stick around long enough to hear bad news about myself, or to attempt to change myself in any way. With new offers coming in all the time, why would I even do that? Later, dude. Call me.

Me and my friends

A telephone connects you, potentially, to everybody in the entire world. But when was the last time you cold-called "somebody in the world" just to say hi? Mostly, a hell phone lubricates habitual links to a small circle of people you already know. Whereas the internet feels like a public and global space, a hell phone feels like a private, local one. Just as most cars visit the same five or six places, so most hell phones call the same five or six numbers over and over.

It's not exactly horizon- or mind-expanding. Combine that restricted form of sociability with other social developments like gated communities, filtered news sources and a security-obsessed state and it leads to a dangerous narrowing of the mind.

The world's worst text input device

Why, when there are laptops with proper keyboards, do people insist on tapping out text on a hell phone's alpha-numeric keypad -- the world's worst text-input device? Are you guys insane? Why evolve freak thumbs -- and turn the English language into mulch -- when you could just use a writing machine actually designed for the purpose?

Desire

Confession time: I'm not immune to excitement about the hell phone as a consumer object. I got my first in 1993, and abandoned my last in 2003. Browsing in a branch of Bic Camera in Osaka earlier this year, I marvelled at just how gorgeous and tempting Japanese hell phones have become. Slim, pearly-sleek and futuristic, they incorporate TVs, still and video cameras, mp3 players, portable game systems, GPS mapping.

Compare them with plain old cameras, computers, watches or any other once-desirable gadget and there's no competition; it's quite clear that the all-consuming, all-converging hell phone is the star of the store, the only machine that's truly compulsive at this point.

The hell phone is where the most passionate consumer desire resides right now, and where all the design ingenuity is going. It's just a shame that so few people seem to know the designer's name: Satan.

https://www.wired.com/2006/09/cell-phones-hell-phones/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 5-13-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Pray about the earthquakes, the tornadoes, the hurricanes, pray about the hail, the snowstorms, the blizzards, pray concerning these things.  For the enemy is moving mightily in different areas to cause the price in your grocery stores to skyrocket and if you don’t pray this will affect you. etc.

:: 7-6-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vicious hailstorm buries Mexican cities in feet of hail – Streets turn into raging rivers (videos and pictures)

By Strange Sounds - Jul 6, 2021

A severe thunderstorm buried the Mexican municipalities of Naucalpan, Atizapán de Zaragoza, Tlalnepantla and Huixquilucan, in more than 1 foot (60 cms) of hail and transforming streets into raging rivers.

The storm started around 6:20 p.m. and lasted for approximately 20 minutes. Apocalyptic, no?

During the storms, a man died of hyperthermia after being trapped in his car. There are no reports of bad injuries.

More than 30 houses, an hospital and a governmental office have been flooded as streets became raging rivers.

Meanwhile, more than 300 government workers have been deployed to help residents.

I hope everybody reading this blog is safe and ready for the next emergency disaster! [Milenio]

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

You should really subscribe to QFiles to get very interesting information about strange events around the world.

https://strangesounds.org/2021/07/vicious-hailstorm-mexico-video-photo.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-6-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden to Send Government Officials Door to Door Across America to Pressure People to VAX

Nation NewsDesk 06 July 2021 Hits: 11870

President Joe Biden said Tuesday that he would be sending officials out to knock on people’s doors across America to pressure them to take the coronavirus vaccine. Do not answer the door or let these people in - they are all likely exposed to the Virus and will likely INFECT YOU!

“Now we need to go community by community, neighborhood by neighborhood, and often times door by door – literally knocking on doors to get help to the remaining people,” Biden said during his speech about coronavirus.

White House press secretary Jen Psaki used a similar phrase Tuesday in which she said coronavirus preventative measures will entail “targeted community by community, door to door outreach to get the remaining Americans vaccinated.” A CBS News reporter asked Psaki during the same briefing if “the White House would reimpose” coronavirus “restrictions, as cases tick up, or is it up to the states?”

“We certainly support their decisions to implement measures that will make their community safe,” Psaki stated. “States and local communities will have to make evaluations about what is in their interest.”

There are much higher rates of vaccination in some parts of the country versus others,” she continued. “We are at almost 70 percent vaccination rate for adults 27 and older but not for adults 18 and older.”

Hal Turner Editorial Opinion

In the interest of full disclosure, I begin by telling you I have NOT been "vaccinated" with this experimental genetic therapy and I have ZERO Intention of taking it in the future.

I strongly DISCOURAGE the public from taking what I call this "Death Dart."

God gave me an Immune System which works just fine, thank you. If I get sick, my immune system will take care of it the way it has for everything else in my 59 years on this Earth.

That said, this so-called "vaccine" is nothing of the sort. It contains no active virus or even attenuated virus the way ALL other vaccines in history have. Instead, it contains what the manufacturer's "claim" is "messenger Ribonucleic Acid (mRNA) which the scientists "CLAIM" will teach our bodies to develop immunity. The empirical evidence shows that claim to be outright FALSE.

Of all the people in hospital now for alleged "COVID-19" symptoms, almost ALL of them have already had one or more of the so-called "vaccine" shots. Clearly, the shots do not seem to work.

In fact, Doctors around the world are sounding the alarm that this vaccine actually causes our body to produce its own "spike protein" which, they found out too late, is actually toxic. The spike protein causes inflammation in the heart, brain, and other organs, which KILLS many people who take the vaccine. It also accumulates in the testes of men, and in the Ovaries of woman, raising all sorts of concerns about fertility.

In my opinion, the so-called "vaccine" is literally mass murder. Over 6,000 people in the USA have already died from it. Over 15,000 in Europe are also DEAD. Countless others are severely injured by the vaccine, many permanently disabled because of it. It is THIS that those government people are coming to your door to do to you. These are not friendly people. They're not coming to help you. They want you to take the Death Dart.

Even if you don't believe a word about the side-effects or adverse reactions, there is one thing you cannot argue: The Government workers being sent door-to-door will have been going where? To the homes of UN-VACCINATED . . . the very people they claim could be contagious or spawning mutations! That reality necessarily means those government workers are highly likely to be INFECTED and can thus spread it to YOU. Put bluntly, these government people are, themselves, SUPER SPREADERS!

I urge Americans to NOT ANSWER THE DOOR when these folks come calling. Tell them do go away or you'll call the police to remove them. No warrant, no entry. Period.

If that doesn't work, ARM YOURSLEF, and if these people refuse to leave your land, or try to force their way in, treat them as you would any other defiant trespasser or home invader. Defend yourself and your family.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/biden-to-send-government-officials-door-to-door-across-america-to-pressure-people-to-vax 

:: 7-6-21 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING DISCOVERY! The ACTUAL CONTENTS Inside Pfizer Vials EXPOSED!

Posted on July 6, 2021 by Wes Rhinier

Video click on link below

https://ncrenegade.com/breaking-discovery-the-actual-contents-inside-pfizer-vials-exposed/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 7-1-21 Wired :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oregon’s Buckled Roads and Melted Cables Are Warning Signs

Business 07.01.2021 07:00 AM

Highways and rail lines in the Pacific Northwest were built for a cooler climate. But the heat wave proved that extreme weather is becoming more common.

This week, trapped under a stalled mountain of warm air called a heat dome, the Pacific Northwest got a taste of the future.

On Sunday, as temperatures hit 105, the concrete beneath State Route 544 outside Everson, Washington, began to do what concrete does when it gets really hot: It expanded. By 5 pm, the asphalt above it had softened and cracked, leaving a thick, humped seam across two lanes. To the south, in Portland, Oregon, a road on the northern side of the city seized up around a pothole, leading authorities to close surrounding streets.

As the heat wave wore on, the hits kept coming. Amtrak slowed trains on its Cascades service, worried the heat would warp the tracks. Power cables melted on the Portland Streetcar, which canceled service on Sunday and Monday. The local light rail system also halted, after its copper overhead wires sagged in 120-degree heat and became unusable.

“With extreme weather becoming more common, we’re realizing that as an agency we need to become more climate-resilient,” says Tyler Graf, a spokesperson for TriMet, the agency that runs the light-rail system.

Scientists have long warned of more violent and extreme weather events as the climate changes. What were once 100- or 1,000-year heat waves, floods, storms, and hurricanes will become more common. Now, the extreme weather in the Northwest, and the cracks, sags, and delays that followed, are reminders that the country’s underfunded and underappreciated transportation network isn’t prepared for what’s ahead.

“With extreme weather becoming more common, we’re realizing that as an agency we need to become more climate-resilient.”

Tyler Graf, spokesperson, TriMet, Portland's regional transit agency

Aging roads—in some cases 50 or 70 years old—contribute to the problem. Over time, water and other debris have leaked into the spaces between the slabs of concrete that make up the road. When the concrete expands in extreme heat, it pushes up. “When an area that doesn't experience heat that regularly has it come in, it creates a lot of challenges for us,” says Morgan Balogh, an assistant regional administrator for maintenance and operations at the Washington Department of Transportation.

It’s complicated by a little-known fact: Roads and railways are built differently in different places. Many highways in the US are paved with asphalt concrete, a mix of crushed stone, gravel, and sand called “aggregate” and a soft, black “binder.” The binder is what remains of crude oil after petroleum, kerosene, and other products are refined; its qualities depend on where and how it's made. In an arid, hot desert like Arizona, engineers use a stiff binder that will withstand high temperatures. In Seattle, binders can soften at lower temperatures, because it’s not supposed to get as hot. That’s partly why Phoenix’s normal summertime temperature wreaked havoc on a place like Bellingham, Washington. Similarly, the overhead wires in Phoenix’s light-rail system are calibrated to withstand heat up to 120 degrees.

In extreme heat, asphalt gets soft and behaves kind of like peanut butter, says Hussain Bahia, a civil and environmental engineering professor at the University of Wisconsin who heads the school’s Modified Asphalt Research Center. Put it in an oven and it will become a “slush fluid,” he says. Sustained heat on roads not built for heat can lead to potholes, pockmarks, and bumps. The bumps can cause cars to spin out of control. When it rains again, they increase the likelihood of hydroplaning. Excessive heat is especially bad for roads, because it can make them less able to resist strain and spread heavy loads across their surfaces. As regional climates change, road builders are having a hard time keeping up. A few state agencies have begun to incorporate more recent climate data into their formulas for choosing asphalt mixes, says Shane Underwood, an associate professor of civil, construction, and environmental engineering at North Carolina State University. But none are yet projecting a hotter future, he says. Roads built today are meant to last decades, but they might not be prepared to withstand the future climate. He and colleagues estimate the changing climate could boost road maintenance costs by billions of dollars a year.

Integrating what the science says about what temperatures are going to look like into decision making is definitely important,” Underwood says. Agencies will have to strike a fine balance to navigate limited budgets and the cost of different road materials. Meanwhile, in Washington, DC, politicians are hammering out a new infrastructure deal—and have stripped it of its major climate proposals. As the Pacific Northwest continues to tabulate how many people died during its record-breaking heat, it’s not clear if those in charge understand what’s coming, or are willing to learn from the recent past.

https://www.wired.com/story/oregons-buckled-roads-melted-cables-warning-signs/?bxid=5cc9e214fc942d13eb22c64f&cndid=55182132&esrc=bounceX&mbid=mbid%3DCRMWIR012019%0A%0A&source

=EDT_WIR_NEWSLETTER_0_TRANSPORTATION_ZZ&utm_brand=wired&utm_campaign=aud-dev&utm_mailing=WIR_Daily_070621_FastForward&utm_medium=email&utm_source=nl&utm_term=WIR_TopClickers

_EXCLUDE_Transportation 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 7-6-21 Harbingers Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hobby Lobby Faces Backlash for Ad Declaring America is ‘One Nation Under God’

By Source + HD Editor’s Note July 6, 2021

Hobby Lobby drew applause and criticism on the Fourth of July for a holiday-themed newspaper advertisement that cited a Bible verse and said the United States was “One Nation Under God.”

The full-page advertisement ran in newspapers nationwide but also was available on the company’s website. Hobby Lobby, which was founded by a Christian family, has run holiday-themed ads since 1996 and Independence Day ads since 2006.

The 2021 ad showed an American flag alongside the phrase “One Nation Under God” and a verse from Psalm 33:12, “Blessed is the nation whose God is the Lord.”

The bottom of the bad included 20 quotes from Founding Fathers, Congress, the U.S. Supreme Court and others on the subject of religion.

A quote from George Washington read, “It is the duty of all nations to acknowledge the providence of Almighty God, to obey His will, to be grateful for His benefits, and humbly to implore His protection and favor.”

A quote from John Adams read, “Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.”

Hobby Lobby has run a similar advertisement in the past. In fact, the 2020 ad included the same quotes and the same Bible verse.

Still, this year’s ad sparked a back-and-forth among supporters and critics on social media. “Hobby Lobby” trended in the Top 5 on Twitter for much of Independence Day.

As an American Jew who served in the United States Army and took an oath to defend the Constitution; I find your statement of America should be lead by Christians to be asinine and unconstitutional,” one person tweeted. “Shame on you”

But the Hobby Lobby ad had plenty of supporters. The company also posted the ad on its social media accounts.

Thank you Hobby Lobby for the encouraging WORD that you have tweeted,” one person wrote. “May the Lord bless you and all your employees and their families and cause you to prosper and continue to be a bright light in this dark community.”

Hobby Lobby founder David Green came up with the idea for the ads during the 1995 Christmas season.

“Green was reading the Christmas advertisements, including those for his own store, and he felt commissioned by God to do something different,” Hobby Lobby’s website says. “Hobby Lobby was selling all kinds of crafts that customers used to celebrate Christmas, yet David Green was struck by the lack of any testimony in newspapers regarding the meaning of the holiday.

“… Before long, Hobby Lobby was placing beautiful full-page ads celebrating the real meaning of Christmas, Easter and Independence Day in newspapers across the country. The impact and relevancy of these messages is ongoing, so we post them here for your enjoyment.”

Outraging The Enemies Of God

Franklin Graham responded to the backlash received by Hobby Looby for their Christian message, stating: Hobby Lobby is being attacked for running some beautiful full-page newspaper ads on July 4. The ad was titled “One Nation Under God” and included the Bible verse, “Blessed is the nation whose God is the Lord” (Psalm 33:12). These positive advertisements have outraged enemies of God’s Word such as the Freedom from Religion Foundation. I hope this exposure for their ads, even though it was intended for harm, will actually allow even more people to read the message and appreciate what Hobby Lobby’s owners, the Green family stand for. I thank God for the Green family, their Christian-run business, and their strong public stand for the Word of God and biblical values.

Unsurprisingly, Hobby Lobby came the most prominently under fire by secularists groups for its July 4th newspaper advertisements.

The Freedom From Religion Foundation, published a news release titled, “This July Fourth, celebrate secularism and boycott Hobby Lobby,” in which they slam the craft store for its Christian beliefs, and for the 8th consecutive year call for atheists across America to boycott the company.

Alongside an advertisement that reads “celebrate our godless constitution,” FFRF writes:

The Freedom From Religion Foundation is drawing attention to the harm of theocratic propaganda put out every July Fourth by Hobby Lobby, a for-profit corporation that is assiduously working to undermine America’s secular heritage and impose a Christian nationalist agenda. [emphasis added]

Others took to Twitter claiming that the Hobby Lobby ad advocated for a “Christian only” government. However, the company’s ad simply consisted of:

one nation under God” along side an America flag   A Bible verse – Psalm 33:12

Quotes from prominent Americas throughout history declaring the importance of America’s Judeo-Christian founding

A small section on the bottom letting people know where they can find more information about salvation through Jesus Christ and download a Bible. (You can view the full ad here).

Secularists may try to twist the message, but their anger is not due to a Hobby Lobby Christian coup conspiracy, their rage is actually fueled by a hatred of God.

Many have pointed out that although the secular left continuously states that they are the group that stands wholeheartedly for tolerance, it is abundantly clear that they only “tolerate” the views and values that align with themselves.

The godless will not “tolerate” the true and living God being acknowledged. The very mention of Jesus is an offense to those who reject Him.

The Bible provides us keen insight into the mind behind this thinking.

1 Peter 2:7-8 states that to those who believe, Jesus is precious, but to the disobedient to God, Christ is a “stone of stumbling and a rock of offense.”

2 Timothy 3:1-13 states that in the last days, perilous times would come and that all that live “godly in Christ shall suffer persecution.” In other words, people would despise all those who live according to the truth and morality standards laid out in God’s Word. The same chapter explains that man in the last days will be corrupt, despise the truth, and be “reprobate concerning the faith.”

In the future, the Bible outlines that a man will come onto the scene, the antichrist, who will establish a world government that is in opposition to God and Christianity.

America and what it stands for (or what it stood for when it was founded) runs in direct opposition to this coming world order. America was founded on Biblical Judeo-Christian values, and it promised freedoms to its citizens. This means that those setting the stage from the approaching antichrist system, knowingly or unknowingly, must remove God, take away basic freedoms, and corrupt the country’s democracy.

It has become trendy to believe America’s founding was evil and that it needs to be torn down and rebuilt (or built back better) upon a Marxist foundation.

David Fiorazo, earlier this year, stated that: “Socialists and globalists have already convinced people that Christianity is intolerant and patriotism is divisive. But we must not allow the left to turn our love for God and respect for our country into something shameful, wrong, or dangerous.”

https://harbingersdaily.com/hobby-lobby-faces-backlash-for-ad-declaring-america-is-one-nation-under-god/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 7--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FDA reverses itself: rejects COVID antibody test results; insanity reigns

Guest Post by Jon Rappoport

Even a robot programmed to “follow the science” would throw up his hands in despair while reading the latest FDA COVID pronouncement.

After untold numbers of people have been given antibody tests to determine their COVID status, the FDA now states:

Today, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration issued a safety communication informing the public that results from SARS-CoV-2 antibody tests should not be used to evaluate immunity or protection from COVID-19 at any time, and especially after the person received a COVID-19 vaccination.” Boom.

I’m imagining just a small sample of people — perhaps 5000— marching in unison into a hospital, saying, “We tested positive for COVID on an antibody test…and then we had to isolate, and some of us were treated with toxic drugs…and NOW we learn that the antibody test is useless…”

The FDA document, dated May 19, 2021, is titled: “FDA In Brief: FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination”.

Digging a little deeper in the document, we have a statement referring to the COVID vaccine:

The authorized vaccines for prevention of COVID-19 induce antibodies to specific viral protein targets; post-vaccination antibody test results will be negative in individuals without a history of previous natural infection if the test used does not detect the type of antibodies induced by the vaccine.”[1][2]

In other words, the FDA is saying, “Look, the vaccine creates specific antibodies against the spike protein, not the virus. If you take the standard antibody test after vaccination, it’ll be useless, because the test isn’t meant to detect antibodies against the spike protein. It only detects antibodies against the virus.” [3] This raises several serious questions. One of them is: Since developing antibody tests is as easy as pie, why hasn’t the FDA developed one that detects antibodies against the spike protein?

And the answer to that question is obvious. If the FDA did develop such a test, then—in terms of conventional vaccine theory—it would be easy to see how well the vaccine is working, or not working.

And THAT is not a goal public health officials want to achieve. That is not a risk worth taking. Suppose, after testing 20,000 vaccinated people, it turns out that only 800 have produced antibodies against the spike protein? reigns etc

Another (unanswered) question: Are specific antibodies against the spike protein, conferred by the vaccine, sufficient to neutralize, disable, destroy the actual virus if it drops down out of a cloud and tries to infect a vaccinated person?

Of course, as my readers know, I’ve spent a year demonstrating that no one has proved the SARS-CoV-2 virus exists. However, I make many forays into the insane world where people believe the virus is real; and I show that even within that world, the experts contradict themselves and compound their egregious fallacies like rabbits spawning babies.

[1] FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19 at any time, and especially after the person received a COVID-19 vaccination.”

I’m imagining just a small sample of people — perhaps 5000— marching in unison into a hospital, saying, “We tested positive for COVID on an antibody test…and then we had to isolate, and some of us were treated with toxic drugs…and NOW we learn that the antibody test is useless…”

The FDA document, dated May 19, 2021, is titled: “FDA In Brief: FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination”.

Digging a little deeper in the document, we have a statement referring to the COVID vaccine:

The authorized vaccines for prevention of COVID-19 induce antibodies to specific viral protein targets; post-vaccination antibody test results will be negative in individuals without a history of previous natural infection if the test used does not detect the type of antibodies induced by the vaccine.”[1][2]

In other words, the FDA is saying, “Look, the vaccine creates specific antibodies against the spike protein, not the virus. If you take the standard antibody test after vaccination, it’ll be useless, because the test isn’t meant to detect antibodies against the spike protein. It only detects antibodies against the virus.” [3] This raises several serious questions. One of them is: Since developing antibody tests is as easy as pie, why hasn’t the FDA developed one that detects antibodies against the spike protein?

And the answer to that question is obvious. If the FDA did develop such a test, then—in terms of conventional vaccine theory—it would be easy to see how well the vaccine is working, or not working.

And THAT is not a goal public health officials want to achieve. That is not a risk worth taking. Suppose, after testing 20,000 vaccinated people, it turns out that only 800 have produced antibodies against the spike protein?

Another (unanswered) question: Are specific antibodies against the spike protein, conferred by the vaccine, sufficient to neutralize, disable, destroy the actual virus if it drops down out of a cloud and tries to infect a vaccinated person?

Of course, as my readers know, I’ve spent a year demonstrating that no one has proved the SARS-CoV-2 virus exists. However, I make many forays into the insane world where people believe the virus is real; and I show that even within that world, the experts contradict themselves and compound their egregious fallacies like rabbits spawning babies. reigns

Guest Post by Jon Rappoport

Even a robot programmed to “follow the science” would throw up his hands in despair while reading the latest FDA COVID pronouncement.

After untold numbers of people have been given antibody tests to determine their COVID status, the FDA now states:

Today, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration issued a safety communication informing the public that results from SARS-CoV-2 antibody tests should not be used to evaluate immunity or protection from COVID-19 at any time, and especially after the person received a COVID-19 vaccination.” Boom.

I’m imagining just a small sample of people — perhaps 5000— marching in unison into a hospital, saying,We tested positive for COVID on an antibody test…and then we had to isolate, and some of us were treated with toxic drugs…and NOW we learn that the antibody test is useless…”

The FDA document, dated May 19, 2021, is titled: “FDA In Brief: FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination”.

Digging a little deeper in the document, we have a statement referring to the COVID vaccine:

The authorized vaccines for prevention of COVID-19 induce antibodies to specific viral protein targets; post-vaccination antibody test results will be negative in individuals without a history of previous natural infection if the test used does not detect the type of antibodies induced by the vaccine.”[1][2]

In other words, the FDA is saying, “Look, the vaccine creates specific antibodies against the spike protein, not the virus. If you take the standard antibody test after vaccination, it’ll be useless, because the test isn’t meant to detect antibodies against the spike protein. It only detects antibodies against the virus.” [3]

This raises several serious questions. One of them is: Since developing antibody tests is as easy as pie, why hasn’t the FDA developed one that detects antibodies against the spike protein?

And the answer to that question is obvious. If the FDA did develop such a test, then—in terms of conventional vaccine theory—it would be easy to see how well the vaccine is working, or not working.

And THAT is not a goal public health officials want to achieve. That is not a risk worth taking. Suppose, after testing 20,000 vaccinated people, it turns out that only 800 have produced antibodies against the spike protein?

Another (unanswered) question: Are specific antibodies against the spike protein, conferred by the vaccine, sufficient to neutralize, disable, destroy the actual virus if it drops down out of a cloud and tries to infect a vaccinated person?

Of course, as my readers know, I’ve spent a year demonstrating that no one has proved the SARS-CoV-2 virus exists. However, I make many forays into the insane world where people believe the virus is real; and I show that even within that world, the experts contradict themselves and compound their egregious fallacies like rabbits spawning babies.

[1] FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination [back]

[2] FDA Advises Against Use of SARS-CoV-2 Antibody Test Results to Evaluate Immunity or Protection From COVID-19, Including After Vaccination – ARCHIVED VERSION [back]

[3] COVID: here come the antibody tests—quick, easy, and insane [back]

This latest foray shows the FDA is both criminal and insane.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/07/07/fda-reverses-itself-rejects-covid-antibody-test-results-insanity-reigns/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 10-14-12 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Even though the world shall not see this, for they shall see and feel the terrible drought and finances, but not my people, saith your Father God, for I shall bless them, I shall bless them in ways they have never been blessed. etc..

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 7-6-21 CBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Manitoba municipality declares state of agricultural disaster due to drought, record-breaking heat

The lack of rain, along with the heat dome, has been stressing crops and producers in the province

Marianne Klowak · CBC News · Posted: Jul 06, 2021 5:00 AM CT | Last Updated: July 6

Relentless heat, record-breaking temperatures and a lack of rain are pushing some Manitoba farmers over the edge.

The Rural Municipality of St. Laurent, in the Interlake region, declared an agricultural state of disaster on Monday after weekend temperatures reached the mid-30s C over the weekend.

The municipality says it has received less than 40 per cent of the normal amount of rain so far this year, crop yields are coming in at excessively low volumes, and dugouts and wells are dry or drying up.

Water supply and water quality is a growing concern, while a grasshopper infestation is compounding the lack of forage, the municipality said.

Extreme heat wallops wheat and canola crops, pushing prices to record highs

Deputy Reeve Frank Bruce said some farmers are being forced to sell their livestock because of the high cost of feed and water. He calls the farmers' plight desperate.

"Some are selling off their cattle because of the dryness. It is a disaster. Many don't have water," said Bruce. "They are getting wells dug up and are actually hauling water from the lake into the dugouts.

"And on top of this, grasshoppers are eating their crops. There is an infestation."

The extreme economic impact has forced council to ask for immediate assistance through provincial and federal programs, Bruce said.

A provincial spokesperson said in an email the government is working closely with municipalities and producers and is offering a number of resources and supports to those who need it.

Interlake in rough shape

Bill Campbell, president of Manitoba's Keystone Agricultural Producers, isn't surprised. He said the Interlake is very dry and in rough shape. So are many other areas in the province.

KAP represents about 4,500 farmers in the province and around 21 commodity groups.

B.C. farmers concerned about impact of scorching heat on blueberry crops

"There is probably irreversible damage to the crops, the hay and the pastures," said Campbell.

"With this heat there will be pod abortion, and the wheat won't be as good as it could be. It's just too much stress and you don't get it back. You can't repair that at this stage of the game."

Campbell said it's too early to know the monetary value of the damage. He said farmers measure what goes into the bin, and those numbers aren't available yet.

While isolated showers did bring some optimism in mid-June, Campbell says the heat dome over the weekend has left farmers worried and concerned if harvest will be earlier than usual this year.

"Beetles ravaging canola, frost and cold temperatures in the spring, poor germination and then re-seeding, it's almost like your emotions are a yo-yo. You go up and down," he said. "Then this blast of intense heat.

"While we know a lot about how to deal with adversity, Mother Nature holds the trump card, and we haven't had enough rain."

He is worried about the lack of water for his purebred livestock too, citing a lack of snowfall this winter and spring runoff.

"The dugouts, the creeks didn't replenish. And you know whatever limited rainfall there was, there was no runoff. The dugouts are dry and empty," said Campbell.

"Without water on a pasture, it becomes a problem for cattle. They need to drink everyday. And on Saturday and Sunday, they would have in excess of 10 gallons per animal. If you don't have water, you have to move them."

He has had to build a fence and move his cattle back to the well, putting in shallow pumps to access water and trench it to the pasture.

'We get one chance at this'

Larry Wagner says anything that was stressed before the heat wave is going downhill fast.

Wagner is a cattle producer near Virden, Man. He's also the chair of the Manitoba Forage and Grasslands Association.

He's also worried about an early harvest.

"Some of the crops are on the verge of being written off and then they can be harvested as feed for livestock. Some of them won't make a crop. We just have to keep going and salvage what we can," said Wagner.

An early harvest indicates premature ripening, that there is less than what there could be. An early harvest is not a good sign, said Campbell.

"We get one chance at this every year. We can't fix it if the rain doesn't show up. We will be having to make some major decisions on how we as producers cope with the consequences of this weather," he said.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Marianne Klowak Reporter

Born and raised in Winnipeg, Marianne has always had a passion for seeking the truth. She began her career anchoring and reporting at CKX Brandon. From there she worked in both TV news and current affairs at CBC Saskatoon. For the past 25 years Marianne has worked in Winnipeg, both in radio and television. She was formerly a teacher in Manitoba and Saskatchewan.

https://www.cbc.ca/news/canada/manitoba/st-laurent-agricultural-disaster-drought-heat-wave-1.6091120 

:: 7--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reset on Your Terms, or be Forced into the “Great Reset” on Theirs

by Kratos

Knowing their mind control over the masses is so perfect that hardly anyone can have a human reaction to it, the power elite get off on bragging about what they will do to us. Inevitably, when we “right-wing conspiracy theorists” point out the firmly established dystopian nightmare we currently reside in, the response from those masses is to (disingenuously) ask us for a solution to the problem.

We respond, knowing they’re not really interested in an answer. The basis of the question is merely to suggest there can’t be a solution. Outside of the political processes that have brought us to this terrible state in the first place, that is.

For those who have eyes to see and ears to hear, I have ideas on what might pass for solutions to this problem. These are my solutions, which came to me through the lens of my own knowledge of the current situation, the sequence of events and ideas that brought us here, and the stated agenda of the people who will carry them and us into the future.

Take what serves you and leave the rest. Your knowledge and experience, your level of incredulity to the seriousness of the situation, and your environment may bring you to different conclusions, different solutions.

But whatever you are going to do, start doing it yesterday.

Crippling inflation is here, and will get worse under the Great Reset.

As the world begins to abandon the dollar as the dominant reserve currency, the ghosts of Weimar and Zimbabwe darken our door. Unlike Zimbabwe and Weimar, this hyperinflation is planned, so they can use the crisis to implement agendas no one would otherwise approve.

Couple this reality with the United Nations Agenda for Sustainable Development in the 21st Century – Agenda 21 for short. Signed by George H.W. Bush at the Earth Summit in Rio De Janeiro in 1992, the plan was for massive depopulation of the planet and theft of the vast majority of land from the citizens. This was followed by Agenda 2030 – the original agenda on steroids.

The World Economic Forum rebranded the agenda as The Great Reset.

You can read it all for yourself, but beware, you risk alienation if you speak of it

A map of the United States under Agenda 21 shows almost no land allowed for human activity and just a few tiny blips – the smart super citieswhere humans will be herded, tagged, and tracked like cattle into twenty-by-thirty foot paddocks. It’s a plan so evil it is incomprehensible to the average person. Anyone who dares speak of it, even though the documents are easily accessed and read, risks being seen as an utterly deranged, paranoid lunatic.

In this society, the cost of sanity is a certain level of alienation, as many of you surely know. Pay it gladly.

As a pandemic was used to paralyze the world with fear, it became clear it was the perfect cover to nuke the economy once and for all, and to implement heretofore unthinkable tenets of Agenda 21 and other aspects of their generations-long enslavement plans. The supply chain was trashed and has yet to recover. Farms were forced to destroy horrific amounts of product; vegetables, dairy, meat.

Under the Great Reset and other “climate change” initiatives being rolled out as you read, your diets will be strictly controlled, and meat will virtually be eliminated. You will eat worms and bugs, and you will never be happier.

My moment of truth  As this was all unfolding, one day, as I was lying in bed, I came to my moment of truth: I will lose everything.

I had already lost my job, and the government response to the pandemic had decimated my industry. Suddenly all the excuses I made for being unable to lessen my dependency on the grid evaporated. I had no choice. There was absolutely no circumstance under which I would allow them to inject me. And I knew that alone would mean I needed to “reset” on my own terms or be destroyed by theirs.

This, of course, beckoned me back to why I became a prepper and all of those things in the first place – the urge to take stock of all of the necessities in my life that I am not currently in control of and take control of them, only now with extreme prejudice and urgency. This includes but is perhaps not limited to water, food, shelter, energy, and security at a fundamental survival level.

It’s amazing what you can accomplish when you stop making excuses

I, of course, enthusiastically claimed the obscene pandemic unemployment money, knowing they were going to destroy the economy whether I took it or not (I did not buy a new TV, I assure you). Once that ran out, we lived month to month. And we even had to allow our car to be repossessed because we couldn’t afford both the mortgage and a car payment. With further and more profound economic crises imminent and inevitable, I knew our days were numbered (because that is the plan). I knew they would eventually foreclose on our house, and we would lose our home and all of the equity we built over the nine-plus years we lived there.

My wife and I implemented our own Great Reset: We sold our house and made enough profit after it was all said and done to buy a piece of raw, secluded land, debt-free. To live in the meantime, we purchased a travel trailer that we set up on the property while developing the homestead, including our permanent residence.

Many of you may be thinking about the family who did the same thing and had their property confiscated by the local constabulary. Take these sorts of things into account when you make your own plan. Something like that simply does not happen where I live. The county permit office is well aware of my plans for this land and has offered zero resistance. I have permits for septic and power, and these are now installed on my property with their royal blessings.

Our homestead, free and clear and thriving

We have secured, free and clear, land, shelter, and waste management (septic). In the coming weeks will have a well installed, so we have water. Let me be clear that in the near term, our power is connected to the grid, and our well will be connected to our on-grid power, so this is not optimal. As I progress in my plan, I’ll implement redundancies in all of these. I also have a creek and a pond on the property, along with multiple wells I plan to install. Therefore, water will almost always be available.

For food, I am building a 3,200 square foot garden area that will have fourteen 100 square foot raised beds, a greenhouse, and various fruit trees and shrubs when finished. I already have my chickens on site, laying eggs. When the fencing is fully installed, there should be enough land for my chickens to free-range and produce eggs with little to no supplemental feed.

We have rabbits currently housed at a friend’s house. The rabbits will be brought on property in a few weeks and will be bred for meat. I have planted 15 moringa trees, which, along with all that can be foraged from the many acres of forest that we own, will provide much of their food needs through our long growing season.

And finally, we plan to raise quail for meat because they mature much earlier than chickens, are easy to turn over and replace, and are tastier than chicken meat. The many acres of forest surrounding the homestead is plentiful in wild game and wild edibles – deer, squirrel, hog, blackberries, huckleberries, acorns, etc. Once my food systems are in full production, I’ll have enough food to survive and perhaps thrive.

Community is needed for the greater good

I am under no delusions that my land will be a kingdom unto itself, independent and fully self-contained with no need for help or trade with the rest of society. Despite the relative seclusion of our 10.5 acres, people do live in our neighborhood. I have already begun to plant the seeds of an interdependent community there.

This is the essence of agorism – the counter economy. Because people like me will soon be shut out of the “white” economy, controlled by the Establishment, for me to survive, I will have to rely on the community to work together through black and grey markets and otherwise voluntary cooperation.

I can grow food, but I’m not good at, say, repairing my car. Also, I don’t have many of the tools and machinery required to manage a large piece of land. People in my neighborhood do, which will have to be the foundation for our counter-economy, or, as the vonuans call it, our ethical enclave. We will have each other’s backs and help one another in times of need. We will rely on each other for security – it’s safe to assume they are all well armed; I hear them every time I visit. Perhaps we will even develop our own currency. We will build a micro-society of people who didn’t sit on their butts and watch their lives be stolen.

Decide, before its too late  If you end up reading my work regularly, you’ll quickly find that I am fond of quotes. Historical quotes, movie quotes, it doesn’t matter. I promise not to quote Lord of the Rings too often, but here is a sequence in Fellowship of the Ring that I hope inspires you to take action, deal with the reality you’ve been handed, and not be a victim:

Frodo: I wish the Ring had never come to me. I wish none of this had happened.

Gandalf: So do all who live to see such times, but that is not for them to decide. All we have to decide is what to do with the time that is given us.

This encapsulates, I think, the fundamental hurdle most people won’t be able to clear as the Great Reset forces them to choose between the Establishment slave grid and whatever options are available to them as time continues to run out. Most people think they are entitled to the American Dream, entitled to a life better than their parents had, and that their children are entitled to a life better than they had.

It is a harsh reality to accept all that has been stolen from us

I will likely never do many of the things I’ve always dreamed of doing, like visiting the ancient monuments of Egypt, Greece, China, Rome, and Latin America. I won’t have a career with retirement nor a pension. When I die, I will have little to leave my children.

It is, in fact, likely, I have conceded, almost all of those closest to me will not heed my warnings. Nor will they take urgent, radical, direct action to remove themselves from the horrors here now and to come. I have fought for them, fought for their minds, to awaken them, to show them what must be done – which was always, ever, to JUST. SAY. NO. Hardly anyone listened.

When I say give up hope, it is not out of despair but a harsh, honest analysis of the present reality.

In the battle for the hearts and minds of humanity, we lost. New pandemics, new variants, new vaccines, deepening economic crises, new false flags, new draconian, dystopian hells are about to be unleashed. The year 2020 left me no doubt what the reaction of the masses will be. Even if they know it’s fake or overblown, they’ll comply because the spirit of independence and rebellion has been bred out of them through generations of cumulative trauma-based mind control. The Establishment continuously brags about what they’ve done, what they’re doing, and what they plan to do, and, year over year, generation over generation, no one ever hangs for it. It is what it is.

I have fought my fight, and I am not bitter

This isn’t me throwing my hands at the ignorant sheep, saying they don’t deserve to be awakened. It is me knowing that if I expend too much energy trying to wake people up to stop something that has already been done, I will be sucked into the same black hole as everyone else. This isn’t the starting gun, my friends. We’ve crossed the finish line. This is the Endgame. I can only decide what to do with the time given me, the time I still have left.

And if I am wrong, if the hero swoops in to save us, or, by some miracle, the masses are not as vacuous, helplessly traumatized, and chemically lobotomized as I estimate, no one will be happier than I. Maybe I can still take that trip to Egypt. But I have already committed myself to this life for so long that it is what I enjoy. It is what I want, come hell or high water.

So there I will be, on my homestead, eating the best food, enjoying peace and solitude, until I shuffle off the mortal coil. And if circumstances arise that there is no way out of this dystopian hell, not even completely unplugging from their Matrix, that’s the hill I will die on, and I am ready for it.

There are fates worse than death, and those are not my future. Are they in yours?

About the Author

Kratos has been prepping for civilizational collapse of various types since the 2007-08 economic crash, when, studying its economic causes, came to the horrifying conclusion that the next collapse was not only inevitable but would be final. He implements and integrates survival, prepping, homesteading, agorism, and VONU to increase resiliency, build networks of interdependency, decrease vulnerability to coercion, and, as Camus said, “become so absolutely free that [his] very existence is an act of rebellion.” Connect with him on MeWe and on Bitchute

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/reset-on-your-terms-great-reset/ 

:: 7-1-21 The Cipher Brief :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Neurotechnology for National Defense: the U.S. and China

July 1, 2021 | Joy Putney

The Cipher Brief’s Academic Incubator partners with national security-focused programs from colleges and Universities across the country to share the thinking of the next generation of national security leaders.

Joy Putney is a doctoral candidate in the Quantitative Biosciences Program in the School of Biological Science at Georgia Institute of Technology and a 2020-2021 Sam Nunn Security Fellow.

Bottom Line Up Front: China is better poised to capitalize on disruptive neurotechnologies like brain-computer interfaces (BCI) for both civilian and military usage, so the U.S. must be prepared for the deployment of these capabilities in future operating environments.

In the past decade, seven international actors have launched “Brain Projects” or “Brain Initiatives,” including the United States and China. The U.S. BRAIN Initiative started in 2013 under the Obama administration, and includes plans for $6 billion USD of funding through the year 2025. The China Brain Project was announced three years later in 2016, along with the country’s Thirteenth Five-Year Plan with estimated funding of $1 billion USD through the year 2030.

These brain initiatives which involve stakeholders from government, academia, military, and industry and direct hundreds of millions of dollars to specific research goals, can be viewed as cohesive articulations of a national strategy for neuroscience research. The outcomes of these initiatives will not only further our understanding of the brain but will also enable new neurotechnologies that will have far-reaching implications for society, public health, and national security.

The United States and China are among the largest spenders in their brain projects and are peer economic and military competitors. The U.S.’ National Defense Strategy in 2018 highlighted long-term, strategic competition with China as a top focus. This competition will naturally include vying for technological advantage, especially with emerging technologies like those enabled by the brain projects, to avoid technological surprise. Here, the specific focus on brain-computer interfaces within the broader category of neurotechnologies is due to their potential for high adoption by healthy people for both civilian and military purposes. Additionally, these devices have profound ethical concerns involving data privacy and individual autonomy. Likely for these reasons, the US Congressional Research Service identified brain-computer interfaces as an emerging dual-use technology that should be considered for export controls.

China has a clearer articulation of their intent to use brain-computer interfaces (BCIs) for both civilian and military purposes. The goals of the brain initiatives in each of these nations are an articulation of national strategy for neuroscience research and technology development, and the U.S. BRAIN Initiative and China Brain Project contrast strongly in their aims. The China Brain Project’s stated goals place a higher emphasis on brain-machine technologies like BCI than the U.S. BRAIN Initiative. The U.S. BRAIN Initiative’s seven major goals only relate to understanding the brain and improving treatment of brain disorders and focus on developing technologies that enable basic research and clinical applications. The China Brain Project’s structure is envisioned as “one body two wings”, with a core body of understanding the brain, with an equal emphasis on the applications—the two wings—of treating brain disorders and developing brain-machine intelligence technologies. In contrast to the U.S. BRAIN Initiative, the China Brain Project puts an equal emphasis on clinical and non-clinical applications of brain research, and specifically emphasizes integrating brain and machine intelligence.

The China Brain Project’s goals also more strongly align with the military rhetoric of the PLA than the U.S. BRAIN Initiative’s goals do with the U.S. military’s active neurotechnology research initiatives. The U.S. DoD has extensively funded neuroscience research, but with divergent aims from the U.S. BRAIN Initiative. DARPA has several ongoing programs developing neurotechnologies, like the Next-Generation Nonsurgical Neurotechnology (N3) program, which seeks to develop non-invasive BCIs with the ability to both read and write brain activity for use by healthy military service members, and the Neural Engineering Systems Design (NESD) program, which seeks to develop BCIs to restore vision and hearing to injured service members. Other neurotechnology development programs have been funded by the U.S. Air Force, the U.S. Army, and the U.S. Navy. A comprehensive study from the U.S. Army’s Combat Capabilities Development Command (DEVCOM) highlighted four neurotechnology applications for future operating environments, including visual and auditory augmentation, wearable exoskeletons with programmed muscular control, direct control of weapon systems through BCIs, and brain-to-brain communication between service members. While both the U.S. DoD and the U.S. BRAIN Initiative have funded clinical applications of BCI, the DoD’s emphasis on civilian and military use cases for BCI is not reflected in the US BRAIN Initiative’s goals.

In contrast, the PLA’s rhetoric and the China Brain Project’s goals are more cohesive, driven likely in part by the nation’s overarching strategy of military-civil fusion. The Director of the Central Military Commission Science and Technology Commission (CMC S&TC) in China stated in 2017 that “ The combination of artificial intelligence and human intelligence can achieve the optimum, and human-machine hybrid intelligence will be the highest form of future intelligence. In strikingly similar language, Dr. Mu-Ming Poo, one of the lead scientists of the China Brain Project, has written on how he believes a better understanding of the brain will revolutionize artificial intelligence (AI) technologies and how he expects China to accelerate “development of next generation AI with human-like intelligence and brain-machine interface technology.” Greater alignment between the national strategy for neuroscience research as articulated by the brain initiatives and defense emphasis on neurotechnology development will likely enable quicker BCI adoption for military usage in China.

China has fewer sociocultural barriers to BCI adoption for civilian and military usage than the U.S. One of the potential barriers identified by policy experts to the military usage of BCI in the U.S. was distrust of service members. This is reflected in the broader civilian population, where in a 2016 Pew Research survey on human enhancements, 69% of U.S. respondents said they are worried by the idea of BCI technologies and 66% claimed they would not want to use BCI technologies to enhance their brain. Cross-cultural surveys on attitudes towards BCI have not been conducted, so it is difficult to make direct, specific comparisons between U.S. and Chinese citizen’s attitudes towards BCI. However, a cross-cultural study on U.S. and Chinese attitudes towards big data technologies has been conducted; while this 2017 survey does not address BCI technologies directly, BCI technologies are like big data technologies in that they will utilize machine learning and large sampling of potentially individualizable data. U.S. respondents were less likely than Chinese respondents to approve of technologies that involved data collection from individuals. U.S. responders were also strongly averse to the use of big data analytics by the government, where Chinese respondents were mostly favorable to government usage. U.S. respondents were only more favorable of big data analytics usage than their Chinese counterparts when data could be anonymized and used by businesses to improve performance. Data privacy and anonymity were more important to U.S. respondents. BCI technologies by necessity collect data from individuals and can even affect brain activity, so these technologies have features that will make them less appealing for adoption in the U.S.

Additionally, China, due to its government structure, can mandate the usage of BCI technologies both in the civilian and military sectors. There are already media reports of mandatory BCI usage by companies in China where there have not been similar reports in the United States. Both the U.S. and China have seen non-invasive EEG headsets that can read brain activity used in school settings, usually in pilot studies for devices designed to measure focus and attention. However, Chinese state-owned companies that run power plants and train operations have reported usage of this same kind of headset to monitor workers’ attention or sleep/awake status. This application is also advertised by companies operating in the U.S., but no reports exist of it being mandatory to use. While the efficacy of these headsets is likely low due to difficulties interpreting brain activity collected via EEG, this signals that Chinese state companies are more likely to use these types of devices to monitor workers.

The U.S. must prepare now to mitigate the adverse effects of disruptive dual-use neurotechnologies. Neurotechnologies have incredible potential to improve quality of life for people suffering from sensory, motor, or other clinical deficits. Yet they also have the potential to fundamentally disrupt social systems and future operating environments. Both the U.S. and its peer competitor, China, have funded research for BCIs and have stated goals for their usage in future operating environments. While the U.S. likely has greater funding for neuroscience research through the U.S. BRAIN Initiative and a more robust R&D system with greater public-private partnerships, China has fewer barriers to BCI adoption due to its sociocultural climate, government structure, and a more cohesive national strategy for neuroscience research. Additionally, the U.S.’s general R&D advantage is eroding, with China looking to compete with the U.S. on R&D within the next decade.

Many ethical and legal quandaries arise due to human enhancement through BCIs, since these technologies involve the collection and modification of very personal data—an individual’s brain activity. It is important now for the U.S. to consider the ethical, legal, and social implications (ELSI) of BCI usage and take the lead in establishing norms for their usage both in civilian and military contexts. Additionally, the U.S. can capitalize on its current R&D lead for developing BCIs if they can lower sociocultural barriers to adoption. One suggested method for addressing distrust for BCIs is through positive media portrayals of BCI usage. Regardless, the U.S. must be prepared for BCIs to be utilized in future operating environments by peer competitors and for BCIs to be potential disruptors in civilian contexts.

https://www.thecipherbrief.com/column_article/neurotechnology-for-national-defense-the-u-s-and-china?utm_source=nl&utm_brand=wired&utm_mailing=WIR_Daily_070621_FastForward&utm

_campaign=aud-dev&utm_medium=email&bxid=5cc9e214fc942d13eb22c64f&cndid=55182132&esrc=bounceX&source=EDT_WIR_NEWSLETTER_0_TRANSPORTATION_ZZ&mbid=

mbid%3DCRMWIR012019%0A%0A&utm_term=WIR_TopClickers_EXCLUDE_Transportation 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 7-6-21 The Sons of Liberty Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Their Endgame For The Flag, The National Anthem, The Declaration Of Independence & The Constitution

Written by: Michael Snyder Published on: July 6, 2021

A huge national debate about our most important national symbols has erupted, and it is rapidly becoming one of our hottest political issues. But what most people don’t realize is that this isn’t really a debate about our past. Rather, it is a debate about what our future is going to look like. Those that are demonizing the American flag, the national anthem, the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution are not doing so for the purpose of winning a historical debate. Their true goal is to “cancel” those symbols and replace them with new ones, because our existing national symbols represent values and principles that are diametrically opposed to the values and principles that they wish to impose upon society.

If they ultimately get their way, the United States will eventually become an extremely repressive high tech dystopian society where absolutely no dissent is tolerated. In other words, we would look a whole lot like communist China does today.

When I was growing up, the “godless communists” on the other side of the globe were the “bad guys”, and I was raised to greatly love the flag and the freedoms that it represented. But now our flag is regularly demonized by the corporate media. For example, the New York Times just published an article in which the flag was described as “alienating”…

At one time, it would have been unthinkable for a major newspaper to publish such a statement, but times have changed.

And calls for our existing flag to be replaced with a new one are starting to grow louder. The following comes from a widely circulated opinion piece that singer Macy Gray authored last month…

Of course it isn’t just the flag that they want to replace.

Right now, there is a Change.org petition that is calling for a new national anthem…

That particular petition is suggesting that “American The Beautiful” should be the new anthem, but a lot of people are also now referring to “Lift Every Voice And Sing” as a “national anthem”…

In the end, they aren’t going to be satisfied with changing just one or two things.

The goal is for all of the symbols of our founding era to be “canceled”, and this even includes our most important founding documents.

Earlier today, I was stunned to learn that NPR is now publicly claiming that the Declaration of Independence is filled with “flaws and hypocrisies”…

And Congresswoman Maxine Waters is publicly attacking it as well…

“All men are created equal” is a phrase that has been a beacon of hope for men and women all over the globe for more than two centuries, but now Maxine Waters would like us to believe that it is actually an insult.

Sadly, I am certain that it won’t be too long before someone out there comes up with a “new Declaration of Independence” to replace the old one.

Of course the U.S. Constitution is under relentless assault as well. When I was in law school, my liberal professors taught me that it was a “living, breathing document” that could be changed to make it say anything that we wanted it to say.

But these days that is not enough for many on the left. A lot of them now want to get rid of that “flawed” document entirely and start over.

The endgame is to create an entirely different country from the one that our founders originally established, and every year they make a little bit more progress toward that goal.

Of course there are still millions of patriotic Americans that are absolutely determined to keep them from winning, but the other side has far more money and far more power at this stage.

This is a point that Victor Davis Hanson made very well in one of his recent articles…

All throughout our history, Americans have sacrificed so much so that future generations could live free.

But now all of our precious freedoms are on the line, and the other side is absolutely determined to permanently destroy everything that our founders worked so hard to build.

We have reached such a critical moment in our history, and America’s future hangs in the balance.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder

https://sonsoflibertymedia.com/their-endgame-for-the-flag-the-national-anthem-the-declaration-of-independence-the-constitution/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 7-5-21 The US Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SEEK AND DESTROY Israel uses first-ever AI drone swarm in battle to hunt down and blitz Hamas terrorists with NO human input

Tariq Tahir 12:47 ET, Jul 5 2021

ISRAEL used the first ever drone swarm deployed in battle to hunt down Hamas terrorists, it was reported.

The drones have no human input but instead link together using artificial intelligence to seek out their targets.

Israeli Defence Forces drones were deployed in swarmsCredit: IDF

Hamas began firing rockets into Israel after protests by Palestinians in May, prompting an 11 day conflict in which 256 people were killed in Gaza and 13 in Israel.

During the violence the Israeli military says that more than 4,300 rockets were fired from Gaza towards towns and cities.

Israel retaliated with air strikes and artillery but didn’t deploy ground forces in its battle with the terrorists.

It now emerged Israeli forces used drone swarms in to target Hamas, New Scientist reports.

Arthur Holland of the United Nations Institute for Disarmament Research said that “if confirmed, they are certainly a notch up in the incremental growth of autonomy and machine-to-machine collaboration in warfare".

Drones have previously been directed by a single operator who ‘fly’ the aircraft from a remote base.

But in recent years, militaries have been working on developing Artificial Intelligence that allows the drones to work together without the need for an operator. The basic idea of a drone swarm is that its machines are able to make decisions among themselves.

The swarm continue its mission, even if loses some drones during its mission.

The machine learning system is fed with data sourced from satellites, other reconnaissance drones, and aerial vehicles, as well as intelligence collected by ground units.

Unit 8200 of the Israel Defence Forces Intelligence Corps has developed algorithms using geographical, signal, and human intelligence data to identify these strategic strike points.

The IDF have been using AI and supercomputers to identify locations of Hamas activity and plan strikes to remove any strategic advantage.

The IDF has not confirmed any specifics of the autonomous swarm attack on Hamas targets.

As well as Israel, several countries including the UK, Russia, the United States and China have been working on drone swarms.

The use of autonomous weapons has, however, led to concerns about whether the swarms AI means they will commit war crimes.

Human Rights Watch is running a campaign called Stop Killer Robots.

"There are serious doubts that fully autonomous weapons would be capable of meeting international humanitarian law standards,” it says.

These include “the rules of distinction, proportionality, and military necessity, while they would threaten the fundamental right to life and principle of human dignity”.

https://www.the-sun.com/news/3222879/israel-first-ever-drone-swarm-hamas/ 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 7-6-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America stockpiles: Supermarkets buy up to 25% more supplies as they predict inflation will soar and cost of essentials like bacon and milk rising by up to 14%

Supermarkets are trying to protect their profits amid higher costs

Shoppers are buying more with grocery sales up 15% in June compared to last year, leaving shelves depleted

Food prices are surging as inflation rises to its highest level in 13 years

Associated Wholesale Grocers is buying 15 to 20% more goods while SpartanNash up to 25% more stock including frozen meat

Consumer price index for grocery store and supermarket food purchases was up 0.7 percent in May compared to May of last year

By Rachel Sharp For Dailymail.com Published: 14:28 EDT, 6 July 2021 | Updated: 21:15 EDT, 6 July 2021

Supermarkets have started stockpiling food as inflation rises to its highest level in 13 years and they predict it will get worse.

Retailers are currently buying up to 25 percent more supplies than usual ahead of the predicted rise.

Recent data from the US Department of Agriculture revealed the consumer price index for grocery store and supermarket food purchases was up 0.7 percent in May compared to May of last year.

Numerous household staples have been impacted with bacon 14 percent more expensive and milk and oranges climbing 8 percent higher. David Smith, CEO of the US's largest wholesaler Associated Wholesale Grocers, told the Wall Street Journal they have been buying 15 to 20 percent more goods - particularly packaged foods with long shelf lives.

'We're buying a lot of everything. Our inventories are up significantly over the same period last year,' said Smith.

At SpartanNash in Michigan, the retailer has bought up around 20 to 25 percent more than normal including frozen meat.

CEO Tony Sarsam said the 'uniquely inflationary period' has caused 'a feeding frenzy.'

Some retailers, including Ahold Delhaize USA, are even expanding their warehouse space so they can stock up on even more goods.

Ahold Delhaize USA, which runs the Food Lion and Stop & Shop chains, has bought up 20 percent more stock of paper and cleaning products.

The recent spike in prices and need to stockpile comes as several factors are pushing up costs all the way from farm to store.

Shoppers are spending more on groceries, with Jefferies and NielsenIQ data showing US grocery sales were 15 percent higher in the week ending June 19 2021 compared to the same week in 2019, before the pandemic hit.

Sales were also 0.5 percent higher compared to this time last year when fears of the virus led shoppers to go into a panic-buying frenzy.

This rise in sales is leaving supermarket shelves depleted, forcing stores to increase their inventories to keep up with demand.

Additionally, retailers are being pushed to stockpile due to concerns that food prices will continue to surge.

Supply chain issues have been pushing up prices with labor shortages putting wage pressure on the grocery sector.

Transport costs are also rising with gas prices rising 56 percent in May from a year ago.

On Friday, the AAA Gas Price Index pegged the national average gas price at $3.086, up from $2.171 one year ago.

As a result, several companies including cereal maker General Mills, Hormel Foods and Kimberly-Clark have started raising prices or plan to do so.

'The inflation pressure we're seeing is significant,' General Mills CEO Jeff Harmening said at a recent investor conference.

'It's probably higher than we've seen in the last decade.'

The company, which makes such cereals as Honey Nut Cheerios, Lucky Charms, and Trix, has said it's considering raising prices on its products because grain, sugar and other ingredients have become costlier.

Hormel Foods has already increased prices for Skippy peanut butter and Coca-Cola has said it expects to raise prices to offset higher costs.

Kimberly-Clark, which makes Kleenex and Scott toilet paper, said it will be raising prices on about 60 percent of its products. Proctor & Gamble has said it will raise prices for its baby, feminine and adult care products.

This means supermarkets are forced to shell out more to buy goods from these suppliers.

Soaring inflation is also another factor.

With the economy recovering more rapidly than anticipated from the COVID-19 pandemic, consumer prices soared at a faster rate in May than any time since the Great Recession.

Overall consumer prices rose 0.6 percent, bringing the annual inflation rate to 5 percent - the highest level since August 2008.

In June, Federal Reserve officials said they might need to raise interest rates sooner than expected to keep inflation from spiraling out of control.

Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell said officials expected to hike the interest rate from near zero to 0.6 percent by the end of 2023.

Back in March, the central bank said it didn't expect to raise it until at least 2024.

The growing rate of inflation is visible in the rising costs of groceries, the Journal reported.

With concerns mounting that inflation will grow further, retailers are stocking up on inventory before prices of inventory rise.

However, stockpiling then also becomes part of the problem, creating shortages that then push up the prices further.

Several retailers told the Journal they are receiving only around 80 percent of their orders from suppliers as key goods run out.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9761731/Supermarkets-stockpile-20-supplies-predict-inflation-worse.html 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 7-5-21 Encouraging Angels :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reflecting On The Comments Of An American Soldier In Light Of Disability, Recovery And Of China Making Its Move Into Afghanistan

July 05, 2021

I sat here at home today reading through the stories on my favorite news aggregation site, www.stevequayle.com  trying to catch up on the news and proper perspective while also trying to recover from cutting an acre and a half of grass yesterday with a push mower because my 35 years old John Deere tractor is in the shop on July 4th weekend.

I read the story today on Steve’s site that came from the Daily Mail, ‘China makes its move on Afghanistan: Beijing prepares to fill the vacuum left by Biden's premature military exit from the nation with $62B investment plan for its 'Belt and Road' and it brought to mind a brief conversation I had with a concerned soldier.

For most years during the 2010’s every March I photographed and produced a memorial video for a great fundraising event in Pittsburgh known as the ‘Brave American 5k/10k race’. The organization benefitting from the fundraising was Boulder Crest Foundation who is a leader in the therapeutic intervention in post traumatic stress in combat veterans, first responders and their families with results that are vastly improved over standard therapies and enable those who return the ability to live great lives back at home. Boulder Crest is an incredible organization made up of amazing, dedicated people.

As things were winding down at one of these numerous events, I was taking it all in as I was packing up my gear and I had a conversation with a soldier that while short, was unforgettable.

I can remember speaking with him that was about something relating to the challenges of the returning servicemen and women in getting back to normal life. In turn he told me a short story he heard about some who had been in Afghanistan. He told me a recollection of an anecdote he had heard about Americans asked to guard a hole in the ground where the Chinese were in the hole extracting rare earth minerals or some such thing. He asked the question of how does someone who went overseas as a member of the military of the United States deal with that when he/she comes home?

I had no answers for him. In retrospect, I can only have tremendous appreciation, respect and admiration for the servicemen and women who went to serve their country with dignity and honor. In what universe do American soldiers guarding a Chinese business venture in a theater of war make sense? How could soldiers and families who are enduring the loss of life and limb because of their commitment to their country, their families and their fellow soldiers rationalize a situation like this? By what kind of authority and political/business negotiation does something like this come about? These brave men and women were -not- mercenaries sent a half a world away to serve the interests of a communist government/business; they are the men and women of the United States military!

I personally cannot fathom the depth of the issues that an incredible organization like Boulder Crest has to field with our returning veterans and first responders. I run a disability ministry and along with my wife did 8 1/2 years of basically ICU level of care including the development of a novel therapy to help my own daughter. My mission was always clear. Apparently it is not always that way when you wear a uniform. It seems to me that an unclear mission leads to cognitive dissonance and cognitive dissonance leads to the potential for mental health issues for conflicted recipients of double minded directives.

In the wake of the July 4th holiday and in light of the personal story I have shared, there is the aforementioned Daily Mail story that China will now waltz into Afghanistan. According to the story:

…’Authorities in Kabul are considering extending a $62 billion China-Pakistan Economic Corridor (CPEC) as part of China's Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). First launched in 2013 by Chinese president Xi Jinping, and written into the Chinese constitution in 2017, it is billed by Beijing officials as a global infrastructure development fund which aims to better connect China to the rest of the world.‘…

So the Chinese are apparently funding their ’Belt and Road’ initiative in Afghanistan via their ‘global infrastructure development fund’. Doesn’t it make one wonder if that hole in the ground mentioned in the story by the soldier could have been funded by the same ‘global infrastructure development fund’? If so, who was the politician(s) who struck the deal and who benefited? Someone did.

The men and women of the United States military deserve all the respect and gratitude that we as the citizens of America can give them. These same men and women deserve the decency of clear reasons for doing what they are asked to do. Wonderful Americans like Boulder Crest and The Brave American Race provide the leadership and results that Washington has not. What is missing from our national bureaucracy is the integrity to single minded command and not the dishonor of double mindedness. To truly serve God and the people of the United States of America and not the business and national interest of another nation at the risk of life and limb of own own precious people is the least we the people can ask in the wake of hamburgers, hot dogs and the fireworks that are to remind us of the price of freedom paid by current and previous generations of those faithful to the Red, White and Blue.

https://www.encouragingangels.org/new-blog/2021/7/5/ytq6eh9ts9y6fmcot2mmi4o0ombaak 

:: 7-6-21 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Communist Takeover of America in Progress – LTC Robert Maginnis

By Greg Hunter On July 6, 2021 In Political Analysis 106 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com

Retired Lieutenant Colonel Robert Maginnis is a military expert and author of a brand new book explaining how Marxists and globalists are trying to take down America and turn the country to a godless communist state. Maginnis explains, “In my book, I go into the details why Marxism is really a proxy of Satan. All you have to do is read his (Karl Marx) writings or ask his own family. I have a chapter about Marx’s father saying Marx was governed by a demon. His son called him ‘my dear devil’. . . . This insidious ideology came to this country after World War l, and it was brought here by the progressives.”

The tip of the spear for the communist takeover of America is China. Maginnis says, “We, by their own definition, are at war with China. Even the Washington Post, interestingly, just a day ago, editorialized about how serious the threat comes from President Xi. He stood there in Tiananmen Square a couple of days ago and declared to the world we are ready for you. We are the world dominate power. If you threaten us we, are going to put your blood against the steel wall of the 1.4 billion Chinese people. He didn’t hold back. He made it very clear that we are indeed at war. . . . Keep in mind, when communists take over, they have a very serious agenda. They do away, first of all, with religion, and any civil liberties are tanked as soon as they come into power.”

Who are the willing treasonous helpers to the Chinese? Look no further than the Democrat Party along with some Republicans, too. Maginnis says, “They have pulled out all the stops with going after us with their control over media, to include the New York Times, Washington Post and others. There is their transmission media, television, radio and the Internet. The evidence is very, very compelling, and, of course, the Democrat Party has blood all over their hands when it comes to pushing this insidious agenda. This is now far worse than any progressive would have wanted. The Chinese are very persuasive. . . . They control Hollywood. The buy off the Washington Post through ads, the New York Times and even the China Daily goes to every member of Congress for free, and it’s pushing propaganda. The propaganda is up to your eyeballs thanks to the Chinese. . . .They buy off politicians, and we see this left and right. . . . The Chinese set a ‘honey trap’ for Congressman Eric Swalwell. . . . The list goes on.”

In closing, Maginnis says, “This is very dangerous if we don’t turn this around and turn it around quickly. . . . We have to get involved. I am writing members of Congress daily . . . and I am speaking out as much as I can. I am contributing to legal funds, and I am contributing to candidates that will support what I believe to be right. These are things we have to do and not sit on our duffs and watch this country be destroyed, and that is what they are doing.”

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with Lieutenant Colonel Robert Maginnis (Ret.), military expert and author of the new book “Give Me Liberty, Not Marxism.”

(To Donate to USAWatchdog.com Click Here)

After the Interview:

If you want a copy of the new book “Give Me Liberty, Not Marxism” by LTC Robert Maginnis, you can buy it from the Christian media organization called SkywatchTV.com. You can also order by phone at 844-750-4985 (24 hours a day in the USA).

The book is also available at places like Amazon and Target as well.

You can follow Maginnis on his Facebook page by clicking here.

https://usawatchdog.com/communist-takeover-of-america-in-progress-ltc-robert-maginnis/ 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding.  Yes, demon activity is far greater, far greater today than it has been, but if you go back to the time of Nimrod you will see the same thing right there.  You will see why I had to cause the languages to be divided and the people to be separated, because they had a mind and whatever they thought, they were purposing to do and today we are seeing the very same things. It is not something new my children, for if you read what I have written and don’t add in to it, you will have a clear picture of everything that is taking place and you will even understand exactly where you are.  For I have spoken to you about the antichrist taking on his new spirit, that should tell you something by itself, that alone is a giant key that I have given unto my church that they may wake up and walk in the fullness of the things that I have given unto them.  Remember this winter it is not over, I will keep this area safe, it will be far safer than other areas, but winter is not over.

:: 7-5-21 I Am Not Ashamed Of The Gospel Of Christ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Demons Have A Score To Settle

By C. J. Refsland on July 5, 2021 • ( 4 )

Before we can delve into the revenge of the demonic we have to start with the church, and when I say church I’m referring to all denominations, have done a great disservice to God.

Whaaat? Let me explain before you clutch your pearls and faint.

Christ’s church was never meant to be divided the way it is today. We have forgotten the simple Gospel. “We are one body many parts” doesn’t mean we are to divide up in beliefs.

One denomination says oh that teaching is too harsh, we’ll teach it this way, or that denomination worships idols or that denomination is too strict, or that denomination is too weak they don’t believe in hell only prosperity. Prophecy is lost in these differences of opinion. That’s right its opinion not sound doctrine.

You get the picture. This division has caused important doctrines and teachings to fall by the wayside like the bad seed in Christ’s parable.

Demons are real. They’re not only real They’re a clear and present danger. And they are full speed ahead seeking revenge as their time is short.

Revelation 12:12

“Therefore, rejoice, O heavens and you who dwell in them! But woe to you, O earth and sea, for the devil has come down to you in great wrath, because he knows that his time is short!”

Get that? We’re witnessing Satan’s wrath today. The visions of vile debauchery playing out on our streets, and even schools with parades of sin, and the murder of innocents promoted by our government and world, we are now forced to pay for this slaughter and will soon pay for the mutilation of God’s creation in our military. Transgenderism is Satan’s proudest accomplishment besides the fact he convinced the world he doesn’t exist.

Christians have allowed the world to paint a comical picture of Satan and his demons watering down even Christ’s warnings of hell. In His ministry He cast out thousands of demons. He Himself was accused of performing miracles using beelzebab. Demons are still present today in even larger numbers and yet Christ’s church is silent on this teaching.

You would have to go back to the beginning to see where they came from and just how strong they are. And you really need to at least have a working knowledge of the demonic. As Christ said the end would be as in the days of Noah.

The scriptures in Genesis 6 begin the journey of the watchers and the “fallen angels.” The Bible even speaks of those entities seducing women and taking them for brides. Their offspring were known as giants, (Nephilim) men of renowned. But does it tell how evil these really were and are? Does it tell us how they (fallen angels) taught sorcery, astronomy and even moon worship? No for some reason the book of Enoch is not mentioned. Nor did they mention that this push from Satan to corrupt man’s God given DNA (Through MrNA injections, gene altering Chimera’s & stem cells treatment from fetal remains) has been happening for thousands of years. And this also continues today. This is where the modern day church fails. The Apostles all warned of the principalities of the air and spiritual battles. But today it’s on the back burner.

I can’t even begin to relate to you the information gathered by those studied men and women over the last 2 to 3 decades. Or even scratch the surface of evil embraced in this country, evil like child sacrifice, Satanists believe abortion is their right of sacrifice, child rape and abuse, even cannibalism.

In my life I have witnessed this demonic realm first hand not only in visions but in reality. I watched a minister bless a house with a demonic presence and saw the retreat of the demonic. I’m telling you it’s very real.

The disembodied spirits of the Nephilim are legion in numbers and the Apostles and Revelation warns us against following them. God destroyed their physical bodies as they were part human but their spirits remain and they are angry and out for revenge. Following after them will not bring the mark of God only the mark of Satan.

If your putting a timeline or chronological constraint on God’s warnings you put yourself at risk. In other words if your sitting, waiting for one specific sign before another to recognize the lateness of the hour, your at risk for following the lies of the beast.

I can’t direct you to one single source but there are many who are well studied in this. In the past God wouldn’t allow me to delve into this realm headlong as some did. But for me it was “Don’t touch the unclean thing.” Strengthen your faith because this demonic realm is here in full force. Armor up and research it for yourself, you’ll be shocked at how many are actually worshiping Satan. Ask God to show you. They are great in number and not hiding any longer. I did a short search on the names of the fallen and was shocked at how the internet is full I mean full of those worshiping these evil spirits. Buckle up its being revealed. The realm between heaven and earth will open wide someday soon as John says the heavens will recede like a scroll and the battle will be on, when God’s kingdom takes over earth. There’s a reason Christ taught us to pray ” they Kingdom come, thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven.”

I’m not a teacher, a prophet or a minister or theologian, but I am a watchman, I will warn when things are out of control and Christ’s return is imminent. I’m continuing to pray that God ensnare this evil in our government and land in their own deceitful trap, so that more eyes will be opened, but I pray also for God to protect His people.

Are you ready? Time is so short.

If you research, of course the Bible is your starting place but know that you will navigate through tons of opinions and arguments against Biblical truths. Ask God’s Holy Spirit’s guidance you’ll be surprised what He shows you.

The watchmen and women are running out of time not only has God’s timeline sped up but there’s is a push to silence God’s truth. You need to search and pray and take a leap of faith to fully understand the evil at work right now in our world. And then you will see the oligarchy in step with evil and Satan’s revenge on humanity and God’s creations. You will see the things manifesting today are indeed demonic revenge. God’s judgment is here in real time. And His patience is growing thin just as in the days of Noah.

Once you understand the entities spoken of in prophecy and the roles they play, you’ll see how short time really is.

Additional Places to start:

Pastor Paul Begley

Daniel Holding

Steve Quayle

Tom Horn

Compelling Truth (A perspective worth reading)

https://iamnotashamedofthegospelofchrist.com/2021/07/05/demons-have-a-score-to-settle/ 

 [:: 7-4-2021 Evening Campmeeting Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc When you begin to look at things it looks a little different and yet it would seem the other way because Biden is blabbing his mouth every day on what he is going to do, but do you know he is dieing? etc

:: 7-6-21 Mizz Azz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘President Dementia’ Is Getting Worse !!! (Can we call it a national security crisis yet? The stress that comes with the job of POTUS seems to be accelerating the cognitive decline of Joseph Robinette Biden, Jr. at a time when the world is becoming ominously more dangerous.)

Posted by Klark Jouss July 6, 2021 Posted in Uncategorized

Can we call it a national security crisis yet? The stress that comes with the job of POTUS seems to be accelerating the cognitive decline of Joseph Robinette Biden, Jr. at a time when the world is becoming ominously more dangerous. Embarrassing incidents of inappropriate Biden behavior are accumulating, even as the agitprop media begin publishing material that makes Kamala Harris look unsuitable as a replacement should the 25th Amendment be invoked. Some cynics believe that the anonymous leaks are being orchestrated in an effort to drive her from office, as happened with Spiro Agnew before Richard Nixon was driven out of the presidency to be replaced by Gerald Ford, appointed to replace Agnew.

Two recent examples of Biden’s mental decline are especially troubling, given the high stakes of international diplomacy currently.

In a clear sign that cognitive impairment has destroyed his understanding of normal behavior, not to mention protocol, Joe Biden humiliated himself and the United States by dropping to knee before a foreign guest in the White House. American media Just over a week ago, on June 28, during a White House meeting with Israeli President Rivlin, Biden actually took to his knee before a foreign head of state. Apparently, the gesture of submission was aimed at Rivlin’s chief of staff, Rivka Ravitz, as she explained to an Israeli publication:

The two leaders were having a “nice small chat” when Rivlin pointed towards Ravitz and said, “This is my chief of staff. She is very Orthodox, and you won’t believe how many children she has.”  Biden asked how many, and Rivlin answered, “12 children.”

“And he [Biden] was like going, ‘Wow, I can’t believe it. That can’t be. Are you sure, 12? Is that true?’” Ravitz said.

Ravitz said that she answered, “Yes, that’s true. There are 12, and there are even some grandchildren already.” Biden then told her that he was from a Christian family, she said, and he began to talk about his mother.

Then he said, “You know what? I have to go down on my knees for honoring you for having 12 children,” before lowering himself to the floor on one knee and bowing his head.

Ravitz said that Biden also attempted to shake her hand, but Rivlin quickly explained that she is very religious and doesn’t shake hands with men. It turns out that this was the second instance of Biden kneeling last month:

Biden got down on one knee to greet Opal Lee, the 94-year-old Juneteenth advocate and former educator from Texas, at the presidential signing ceremony as Vice President Kamala Harris introduced her.

It appears to me that he got down on both knees for Ravitz and Rivlin.

Maybe these gestures were made in the spirit of honoring guests, but I am sorry: the President of the United States should never kneel down before anyone. Especially not before a foreign head of state. He represents the entire country and this gesture of submission is entirely inappropriate. It is even worse than Barack Obama’s habit of bowing before foreigners. A scientist friend who is an expert on brain function emailed me:

I think he’s become too bizarre and irrational to last long. The whispering thing has occurred three or four times, a clear loss of adult judgment about normal behavior.

This is even worse.  It’s also on international display, cannot be hidden.

Last Friday, the president made an easily disprovable boast that puts him the company of Communist dictators who were claimed to have performed impossible feats of athletic accomplishment. Back in 1966, when he was launching the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution, Mao Zedong’s henchmen claimed he had swum nine miles in the Yangtze River in 65 minutes, stopping along the way to teach the backstroke to a youngster. It was obvious nonsense.

[T]the Honolulu Star-Bulletin reported that “a Hong Kong sports writer, who says that the Chairman is a backstroke man, has estimated that even allowing for a favoring current, Mao must have swum fast enough to beat the world backstroke swimming champion by seven minutes.”

Even more implausibly, the late Kim Jong-il of North Korea:

…shot 38 under, including 11 holes-in-one, at the 7,700-yard championship course at Pyongyang in the VERY FIRST golf round of his life, according to North Korean state media

Unlike these state-media backed fables, Joe Biden offered his own implausible boast of athletic achievement last Friday. Nick Arama of Red State reports: [W]hen he had the World Series winners, the Los Angeles Dodgers, to the White House on Friday…. he told the Dodgers that he hit a 368 ft. home run off the right-centerfield wall during a Congressional baseball game. He even claimed his “kids remember that.” CBS’ Bo Erickson, one of the few reporters who actually asks questions and reports like a real reporter should, took note, calling it “Peak Biden.” (snip)

Except, as with anything Biden says, it seems there was a small problem with that. Joe’s first year in Congress was 1973. Yes, he is that old. In 1974, as Zach Parkinson RNC Research Director and GOP Deputy Communications Director found, Biden actually went 0-2, the furthest you could get from hitting a monster home run. Both of the incidents, the athleticism boast and the dropping to the knee, tell foreign adversaries that the United States is led by a man who has little grasp of reality and no sense of the importance of his office. This is an example of provocative weakness. The status of incompetent Kamala Harris as the stand-in does nothing to decrease the wearisomeness of the situation.

This article (President Dementia is getting worse) is republished here under “Fair Use” with attribution to the articles author Thomas Lifson and website americanthinker.com.

https://loope.home.blog/2021/07/06/president-dementia-is-getting-worse-can-we-call-it-a-national-security-crisis-yet-the-stress-that-comes-with-the-job-of-potus-seems-to-be-accelerating-the-

cognitive-decline-of/ 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 7-6-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ultimate Proof: Covid-19 Was Planned to Usher in the New World Order: We Have Proof That Rothschilds Patented Covid-19 Biometric Tests In 2015 And 2017

Jack Metir Uncategorized July 6, 2021 3 Minutes

It’s not disputable, since the information comes from official patent registries in the Netherlands and US. And we have all the documentation.

As we’ve shown in previous exposes, the whole Covidiocracy is a masquerade and a simulation long prepared by The World Bank / IMF / The Rothschilds / World Economic Forum (basically the world’s “elite”, the 0.1%) and their lemmings, with Rockefeller partnership.

Our newest discoveries further these previous revelations.

FIRST REGISTRATION: NETHERLANDS, 2015

Source: Dutch Government patent registry website

A method is provided for acquiring and transmitting biometric data (e.g., vital signs) of a user, where the data is analyzed to determine whether the user is suffering from a viral infection, such as COVID-19.

The method includes using a pulse oximeter to acquire at least pulse and blood oxygen saturation percentage, which is transmitted wirelessly to a smartphone.

To ensure that the data is accurate, an accelerometer within the smartphone is used to measure movement of the smartphone and/or the user.

In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago

In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries.

Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:

A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.

Once accurate data is acquired, it is uploaded to the cloud (or host), where the data is used (alone or together with other vital signs) to determine whether the user is suffering from (or likely to suffer from) a viral infection, such as COVID-19.

Depending on the specific requirements, the data, changes thereto, and/or the determination can be used to alert medical staff and take corresponding actions.

SECOND REGISTRATION: USA, 2017

Proof That Rothschilds Patented Covid 19 Biometric Tests In 2015 And 2017

DOWNLOAD FROM GOOGLE PATENTS (PDF)

Detailed info below.

ONE KEY DETAIL STRUCK ME ON THESE REGISTRATIONS: Both were filed and updated years ago, but they were SCHEDULED to be made public in September 2020. This is sufficient evidence that they knew in 2015 what’s going to happen in September 2020!

So how did Mr. Richard A. Rothschild know to create a system and method for testing for a disease that didn’t exist, and know exactly how the disease will be called, including the year in which the disease will be discovered?

ANOTHER BOMBSHELL FACT: MILLIONS OF COVID-19 TEST KITS HAVE BEEN SOLD IN 2017 AND 2018

Data from the World Integrated Trade Solution, however, shows something astonishing:

in 2017 and 2018 – two years before COVID-19 – hundreds of millions of test kits for COVID-19 were distributed worldwide.”

Covid 19 Test Kits Export Worldwide 2

Two years before the outbreak of COVID-19 the USA, the EU, China and nations around the world started exporting millions of diagnostic test instruments for… COVID-19, a disease that supposedly didn’t even exist back then.

None of the above makes sense, unless this is not actually a pandemic, but a PLANdemic. And I think the following article proves just that: Ultimate Proof: Covid-19 Was Planned to Usher in the New World Order.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/07/06/ultimate-proof-covid-19-was-planned/ 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 7-6-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antifa Explodes In Violence Over Peaceful Protests Against Men Parading Naked In Front Of Little Girls At Los Angeles Spa After Video Goes Viral

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine  July 6, 2021

Whether Portland, Seattle, Oakland, Los Angeles, or any of the other liberally run cities that allow their citizens to be terrorized by Antifa groups, every time a peaceful protest is organized for a protest that Antifa/BLM disagrees with they show up to counter-protest.

These groups certainly get around as there are organized chapters in multiple liberal cities, which is strange for a group that Democrats, Joe Biden included, call an "idea" but not an organization.

This is America, protesting is a right as is counter-protesting, but once Antifa gangs show up, the "peaceful" part of those protests disappear as they attack random strangers that are trying to protest in a peaceful manner.

We and others have documented this, with eyewitness accounts, local news reports (national news protects, defends and tries to justify Antifa's violence), and video proof, as we are going to with the events overt the past week.

If the MSM won't document these events, Independent Media has to.

There absolutely must be an online record of the cultural and societal suicide that we are witnessing across the nation.

Below we are going to detail some of violent antics of Antifa thugs that continues to go unpunished.

There will be a number of videos embedded, because no amount of text can adequately describe the scenes from just the past week alone, following years of the same type of violence from Antifa and BLM.

NAKED MAN WALKING AROUND SPA IN FRONT OF WOMEN AND CHILDREN

We'll start with the original event that caused the peaceful protest and the the attacks against those protesters by Antifa groups.

Recently a video went viral from a Los Angeles spa called "Wi Spa," where a woman absolutely tears into the employees of the establishment, on camera, for allowing a man, with his penis just hanging out there to walk into the "women's section" where little girls, young ladies, and women were.

In the video it sounds like the employees is claiming that by law they have to allow the man to swing it all around in front of little girls in the "women's section."

Language warning below, but kudos to the woman for standing her ground.

Great to see that some Californians are sickened about what is happening and willing to stand up and speak out, loudly about it.

The video went viral and protests were organized....which were completely peaceful until...... yes, Antifa showed up.

Below we will see a set of videos showing mobs of thugs attacking individual people, including women, street preachers, and what appears to be Mexican gang member with rosary beads, who believes it is an abomination to have naked men parading around in front of little girls.

Antifa were heard thanking the police, whom they want defunded by the way, for helping them after he nails one of them with his rosary beads, which were first misreported as chains.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Before continuing, we wanted to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

Next up, Antifa surrounds a lone woman holding a sign, tears the sign from her hand, tears it up, while others knock her hat off, steal her sunglasses and throws them while they are scream, harass and curse at her.

BOTTOM LINE

There so many results when searching video platforms for "Wi Spa," people getting beaten and terrorized for doing nothing but using their constitutional right to protest peacefully, and this is just the latest of evidence of how Antifa groups are not a myth, or an "idea" or a vast right-wing conspiracy, as the evidence is on video.

More and more peaceful, non-violent protesters are being verbally and physically attacked by violent Antifa terrorists in an attempt to intimidate others into staying silent.

What is needed are volunteer protection details, to do nothing but show up at protests to surround and protect the innocent peaceful protesters.

As long as they do not throw any first punches, they will be well within their rights to defend themselves and those they are offering protection to.

If Antifa can organize to show up at all these peaceful protests, free speech rallies, etc... then certainly other groups can organize even better (after all, Antifa isn't exactly full of mensas), and protect those trying to protect our nation's children, and others from being violently attacked by Antifa.

If the police in these liberal cities are not being allowed to do their jobs, then a civilian group is needed to do it for them and protect those that come in peace, just to be attacked by Antifa.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Antifa_Explodes_In_Violence_Over_Peaceful.php 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-6-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Radical Democrats Are Not Just Content to Ban All Free Speech, They Have Granted Themselves Permission to Murder Those Who Oppose Their Unconstitutional Policies

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, July 6, 2021 - 11:19.

On July 5, 2021, dishonored FBI official, McCabe, appeared on CNN and labeled Philly protesters as "white supremacists". Allegations of racism always leveled against those who have the courage to stated that the 2020 election was stolen. The Federal government, under Biden, are going much further. If an American speaks out against government corruption, they will be imprisoned and now we know, thanks to previously released documents, under the Obama administration, that peacefully protesting against the government can get one killed and that executive action is sanctioned by the federal government.

The momentum to incarcerate anti-government sympathizers has been been gaining steam since the Obama administration. The following represents examples of these facts.

Former Assistant Attorney General Held the First Amendment In Disdain

Homegrown violent extremists can be motivated by any viewpoint on the full spectrum of hate—anti-government views, racism, bigotry, anarchy and other despicable beliefs,”

John Carlin Assistant Attorney General in charge of anti-domestic terrorism (October 2015)

Let's not forget that Carlin served in the Obama administration. We know that Obama frequently left dictatorial policies on the table without acting upon them (eg Executive Order 13603). Presumably, Obama was setting the table for Hillary, as she undoubtedly would have sent many of us to her self-described "Fun (ie FEMA) camps".

As one can clearly observe, from the above quote, Assistant Attorney General, the number two person in the Justice Department, disrespected the First Amendment as well. In the quote listed above, John Carlin, is clearly stating that if one disagrees with the government, they are considered (under the Patriot Act) to be a Homegrown violent extremist. Carlin must have been absent that day in law school when the professor covered the fact that the First Amendment was adopted for the specific purpose of having the right to speak out against the government without concern for reprisal. Reuters, while describing Carlin’s position, likens domestic, right-wing extremism with anti-governmental views, is guilty of providing “material support” for domestic terrorism. Further, disagreeing with your government can cause you to “disappear” under the NDAA. Since 9/11, the feds have been engaged in a sequential and incrementally implemented scheme to do away with the First Amendment. Under this administration, it is a case of "long live the First Amendment, the First Amendment is dead".

There is no doubt that many liberals would be quick to point out, that Carlin was only the second in command in the Justice Department. However, before you liberals go down that path, let's not forget who his boss was, and it was none other than Loretta Lynch (mob).

Along, these lines I have been told by multiple sources that I will one day, be prosecuted for anti-Muslim rhetoric by the Federal government. Loretta Lynch is a Muslim, by practice, and is abusing her to silence any talk against RADICAL and EXTREME Muslim speech even in the aftermath of the murder of 14 Americans by an ISIS sympathizer in San Beranardino. This marks the end of the First Amendment in the eyes of the most powerful Justice official, namely, the Attorney General of the United States, and she was and still is a racist to boot.

Lynch used her position as Attorney General to promote her racist views. One should look at her background as being anti-Jewish when she was a member of the Harvard Black Law Students Association (BLSA) from 1981-1984 who advocated for several anti-Jewish positions. Lynch and the BLSA had their First Amendment rights protected. Now that the shoe is on the other foot, we all failed to ask Lynch, who speaks and stands for the Jews? I do not engage in anti-Muslim rhetoric. However, in the aftermath of several terrorist events (e.g. San Bernardino) I have unashamedly called for all Muslim immigrants, not American citizens, to be screened for suitability to enter the United States. In fact, all immigrants need to screened. After all, if we being forced to give up the Constitution, then we need to screen people who may not have our best interest at heart. Also, if they are unwilling to assimilate, they do not belong here. That means if they expect to bring their Sharia Law and intend it to be a replacement for the Constitution, as many do, then they need to be denied admittance. If there is the slightest hint of terrorism or criminal activity of any kind, then they need to (a) be deported or (b) denied entry. Under Lynch's new guidelines, this form of free speech is illegal and subjects one to persecution. Lynch was appointed and swore an oath to the Constitution and she is violating her oath of office to destroy it, especially the First Amendment. In the name of political correctness, I will not support any religious/political doctrine whose intention is to supplant any part of the Constitution. The American people do not owe their country to immigrants who do not add to the quality of American life. As the sign says, we have the right to refuse service to anybody. At the end of the day, Lynch is not stifling the First Amendment so long your free speech agrees with her idea of free speech.

I know that many liberals will say "That was then and this is now." Now, is here and the repressiveness of the Obama administration is on full display for all to see and its racist and unconstitutional views have resurfaced under Biden for all to see. Subsequently, many of these anti-First Amendment view are on full display during the present Biden administration. The argument which says that was in the past, need to pay closer attention. On March1, 2021, DHS published an enemies of state list:

The U.S. intelligence community regards the agenda of “domestic violent extremists” as “derived from anti-government or anti-authority sentiment,” which includes “opposition to perceived economic, racial or social hierarchies.” In other words, if one disagrees with the government, they are NOW labled asan “domestic violent extremist (DVE).”

The following DHS document clearly demonstrates that anyone they believe is prepared to use violence, intimidation, or coercion in pursuit of these causes then becomes a “domestic violent extremist,subject to a vast array of surveillance, monitoring, and other forms of legal restrictions:

U.S. Army Techniques Publication 3-39.33: Civil Disturbances

I previously reported on the Army’s, August 15, 2014, of how they plan to deal with dissidents and protesters who date to exercise their First Amendment Rights.

The relatively new Army manual, known as ATP 3-39.33, provides discussion and techniques about civil disturbances and crowd control operations that occur in the continental United States (CONUS) and outside the continental United States (OCONUS).

The following are diagrams lifted from ATP 3-39.33 which instructs soldiers how to kill and disable American citizens who are engaged in civil protests (i.e. protected First Amendment activities).

ATP 3-39.33 speaks to the Army strategy of deploying snipers at public events and protests and “eliminating” the leadership of any such activity who would date to express their First Amendment right to free speech. This document not only marks the death of the leaders of any civil disobedience, but it marks the death of the First Amendment to the Constitution as it eliminates any right of the people to “peaceably assemble” and to allow the people the full expression of the right “to express grievances” against the government. On February 22, 2014, I revealed the existence of a classified Army document which has been leaked online, is entitled FM 3-39.40 Internment and Resettlement Operations (PDF). The document was originally to be kept secret, but everyone in the military command structure, as we know, is not on board with the encroaching tyranny sweeping across this country. Clearly, the leadership of any resistance effort will be targeted with extreme prejudice.

This marks the end of the First Amendment as know it in which speaking out can be met with deadly force.

WHO IS GOING TO BE “ROUNDED UP” IN THE NAME OF ELIMINATING THE FIRST AMENDMENT?

If you’re an anti-abortion activist, or if you display political paraphernalia (e.g. bumper stickers) supporting a third-party candidate (e.g. Ron Paul supporter), if you possess subversive literature (e.g. articles supporting the United States Constitution), if you are a Second Amendment supporter (e.g. gun owner, NRA of GOA member) you very well might be a member of a domestic paramilitary group and the 2009 MIAC report has been used to train law enforcement, nationwide, that people like you are a threat to domestic tranquility. When the nation first learned of the MIAC report, there was a push back by many Americans. What most Americans did not realize is that this was only the tip of the iceberg for the government in determining who has been naughty or nice. MIAC is one of 58 so-called “fusion centers” nationwide that were created by the Department of Homeland Security, in part, to collect local intelligence so that authorities can use to combat terrorism and related criminal activities. The fusion centers are only the tip of the iceberg with regard to the data mining as they pale in comparison to the what the NSA is doing. And what are they data mining for? They are looking for people for daring to speak out (i.e. exercising their First Amendment rights) against a tyrannical, anti-Constitutional administration headed by President Obama or any other administration that would follow Obama (eg Biden).

Attention Americans, you have already been "tagged" and these communists will soon seek to have you "bagged" as evidenced by the following:

Every American Has a Threat Matrix Score

The American population is assigned a threat matrix score which is compiled by the NSA. It is common knowledge that all forms of communication between and among Americans is monitored by the NSA and entered into a database. The incoming transactional data is analyzed against a continually evolving threat matrix and is assigned an ever-evolving action code. This action code will provide the decision making data on who goes on what kind of terrorist watch list. Things, such as, who flies and who can leave the country, are arbitrarily decided behind closed doors away from public scrutiny.

I believe that ultimately, the questions of the future will not revolve around who flies, but who dies.

According to insider sources, demographic maps have already been created in which red dots appear on a data screen by address of people judged to be a threat as determined by the algorithms derived the NSA protocols. If you are in the independent media, you are at the top of the list. When the DHS goon squads arrive at our homes at 3AM, we in the alternative media will be going to a FEMA Camp, or worse. And what is our crime? Encouraging citizens to express their positive or negative opinions against this out of control administration. My sources for years have revealed that the leaders of the resistance are on what could be called a “red list” and will be summarily executed along with their families. Obtaining Verizon and Google data dump to the feds is just the tip of the iceberg. For example, because of cell phone tracking, if you have ever met with a person of concern (e.g. an alternative media figure), your score goes up because your two cell phones came into close proximity. And the longer you meet with this person, the more points are awarded to your threat matrix score.

These practices violate another First Amendment right, the right peaceably assemble. Keep in mind the Threat Matrix Score is like golf. The goal is to have a low score, that is if you want to live. The person’s score will also rise if they visit the wrong websites, belong to the Libertarian party, own a gun, vote for third party candidates and are a veteran. Many of the sources for the independent media has revealed that demographic maps have already been created in which red dots appear on a data screen by address. The red dots represent people who have received a high score and DHS swat teams will sweep pre-designated areas. The DHS swat teams along with their 2.2 billion rounds of ammunition and 2700 armored personnel carriers will be the vanguard force behind this terrible tyranny. All others will continue to be placed under extreme surveillance with the threat of removal to a re-education camp or worse. There is a reason why DHS has spent billions on Intellistreet light poles and spy cams at every major intersection. And if you think you can ride this out, read Executive Order 13603. You will be assigned to work wherever this administration wants. Families will be broken apart by this calamity. All of sudden, the CPS tactics and the anti-family courts make a little more sense don’t they?

If you are taken to a re-education camp, please consider that your family will be split apart. Men to one camp, women to another and children to a third and you don’t even want to know what my sources tell me about the third kind of camp“. "I don't care if the government spies on me and monitors my activities and the statements that I make because I am not doing anything wrong." Hopefully this article exposes the folly of this thinking.

The Deagel Report told us that 200 million Americans will be tagged and bagged before it is all over. What we are looking at, America, is an old-style Bolshevik coup!

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/radical-democrats-are-not-just-content-ban-all-free-speech-they-have-granted-themselves-permission 

:: 7-2-21 Alt-Market.us :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Covid Cult Has Been Slowly Killing America’s Economy And There’s Not Much Time Left

July 2, 2021 105 Comments By Brandon Smith

Sometimes it’s important to step away from a problem in order to better understand it. I recently went on a trip across the Pacific Northwest to revisit some old stomping grounds and to take a break from the often disconcerting developments of today’s world, at least for a little while. We all need a vacation from the information war at times, and though I was happy for the rest, I am also happy to be back. After traveling on the road across four states I was able to gauge the general condition of the US in terms of the social and economic effects of the pandemic mandates and covid propaganda. I have some good news, and some bad news…

The good news is that the propaganda has not been all that effective in most places. The overall picture looks something like this:

In the majority of rural and semi-rural areas, as well as cities in red counties regardless of the state, the majority of people were NOT wearing masks and the bulk of businesses were not demanding that people wear them. The vaccine ads and propaganda were also at a minimum. This includes Washington State and Oregon, which have been notorious lately for their draconian restrictions. While Washington has technically lifted mandates (starting only a couple days ago), the pressure to vaccinate is ever present there. Oregon was the worst state I passed through in terms of business pressure and mob pressure, but even in most towns I visited the ratio of masked cultists to normal unmasked people was around 50/50.

Most of the businesses I entered said nothing to me about not wearing a mask. And, so far there doesn’t seem to be any major push for vaccine passports, though, I suspect this will come soon enough.

It was only in or near progressive run cities like Portland and Seattle that covid controls were clearly present and oppressive. Near Portland, I saw numerous people wearing their masks outside and even in their own cars. It was truly bizarre, considering that it is almost impossible to catch a virus outside in open air and in sunlight (which is scientifically proven to kill microorganisms). Clearly, the leftists in these places are operating within their own little bubbles of ignorance and collectivism. Needless to say, I kept my time in Oregon to a bare minimum.

The strangest aspect of the whole mess is that WA and OR have relatively high rates of “vaccination”. The people religiously wearing masks have no doubt been vaccinated by now, so, either they must not actually believe in the effectiveness of the vaccines, or, they are wearing their masks anyway as a tool for virtue signaling. Luckily, this insane mentality has not spread much beyond the boundaries of metropolitan areas.

After all, covid infections and fatality rates have been plunging. They were plunging in red states which struck down mandates well before vaccines were released to the public. Why continue the charade?

My trip confirmed some of my biggest suspicions – For one, it proved to me that the mainstream media vision of public submission to the covid mandates was in fact false. The only places where the mandates are obeyed are in or near major cities. I also noted that Indian Reservations were decidedly aggressive in mandate enforcement. These were actually the few places where people tried to demand I wear a mask (though it was usually some white lady working for minimum wage); and frankly I find it odd that Native American communities would be so quick to enforce federal government recommendations or trust federal medical analysis. It’s sad to say but they seem to be drinking the Kool-Aid by the gallons.

The internet is in many ways a fake world. Propagandists use manufactured consensus on the web to make it seem as if the majority of people are onboard with medical tyranny, but it is simply not so. From my observations, people are tired of the restrictions. They are fed up. Whenever I walked into a hotel or at most retailers the people at the front desk or the register would usually notice that I was not wearing a mask, and their eyes would light up and they would pull their mask down to talk to me. They were just happy to be acting like humans again.

I relate my experiences here because I realize that many in the liberty movement are apt to assume the worst possible scenarios for every event. I know because I do it myself on occasion. Three major LIES that some liberty activists believe when it comes to the pandemic are:

1) Most people have been conned into taking the experimental vaccines.

2) The majority of the US is submitting to the mandates.

3) Leftists are relocating in droves to swarm red states and red counties and they are bringing their covid politics with them. (For some reason conservatives are still clinging to fears of liberal relocation even though that mostly died out after the 2006 – 2008 housing crash, and today all the data shows that when leftists move, they move from their favorite city to the suburbs right outside their favorite city).

Sorry, but I can say with authority that none of these three looming threats is happening. It is nonsense. In fact, it’s the opposite in every case. The people who claim otherwise are frightened, and they are factually wrong. And I derive this position not just from my travels, but also from hundreds of thousands of my readers across the country that I deal with regularly. The propagandists want conservatives to live in fear just as much as they want leftists to live in fear, and they know which lies affect conservatives the most. Dispelling disinformation allows us to then deal with the real threats at hand.

Okay, now that the good news is out of the way, I have to get to the bad news: Economically, the US has been gutted by the government pandemic response, and I am certain now more than ever that there is not much time left to rectify the situation. At this point, fixing things might be impossible. Our only chance is to prepare to survive the fallout.

Here’s what I have noticed so far – Almost every place I have traveled through was desperate for working staff. The heat wave that hit the area this past week was brutal, but it should have been manageable. I’ve lived through worse heat waves and I can’t remember a time when half of the businesses shut down in an area because they couldn’t handle the customer volume. But this was the case in every single town. Finding access to services was incredibly difficult because most places were closed.

The problem was that the heat wave was incidental. The real obstacle was that many businesses have been without a full crew of employees for a year now and this is taking a toll on their operations. The heat wave gave them an excuse to close because they don’t have the people to stay open.

We can thank the federal government and multiple state governments for this situation, because right now it is actually MORE profitable for workers to stay at home and collect covid boosted unemployment than it is to actually work. This is not hurting the major retailers and corporate big box stores that much, but it is destroying small businesses that simply cannot raise wages high enough to compete with government juiced unemployment checks and stimulus.

McDonalds can hike their wages up to $15+ an hour and give new workers a $500 signing bonus, but the mom-and-pop restaurants down the street can’t. What this system is doing is quietly eliminating the small business sector, the same sector that employs around half of all Americans.

On top of this, corporations have been given an endless windfall of stimulus dollars while small businesses have received almost nothing. I have been saying for some time now that this is actually part of the plan; that the GOAL is to erase small businesses from the economy leaving only the corporate behemoths behind. The ongoing government rewards given to people for refusing to work only supports my theory.

And, even though the vaccination agenda in the US has mostly failed, do not expect that elites like Anthony Fauci are going to give up on their dreams of conquest. Fauci has recently asserted that there are now “two Americas”: The vaccinated and the unvaccinated. He must be blind because that is not what I see.

I see the people who blindly follow government demands in vaccination and the people who actually “listen to the science”. I see idiots vs. skeptics. I see cultism vs. logic. I see people who want to control others vs. people who just want to be free to live their lives as they see fit. I see agenda vs. truth. This is not about people being vaccinated, and it’s not about public health or saving lives. Rather, covid is a tool for subjugation of the public. That is all it is and that is all it ever will be.

If America is divided, it is because there are people who want to enslave, there are people who enjoy their enslavement, and, there are people who want nothing to do with enslavement.

Fauci is also notorious for being a terrible scientist, but he is a loyal technocrat. He has a habit of dismissing any science that does not support his preconceived conclusions. The science that shows that people who have already had covid are unlikely to be reinfected. In fact, there is no evidence that covid reinfection is a concern for the vast majority of people. Yet, Fauci does not count people who have had covid and have built up immunity as safe.

Fauci’s position is that if you are not vaccinated with the experimental mRNA cocktails, then you are a risk to others. Yet, if this is the case then that means the vaccines are useless. If unvaccinated people are a threat to vaccinated people, then what use are the vaccines in the first place?

The US Surgeon General (the same guy that originally claimed that Americans should not bother buying masks because the masks would be useless for them) is echoing Fauci’s propaganda, adding that the new “Delta Variant” will strike unvaccinated people the hardest.

There is still no evidence that the supposed “delta variant” is any more of a threat than the original iteration of covid, but this is not stopping governments from rolling out the fear campaign once again. With assertions that the delta variant may still infect vaccinated people, governments are suggesting that lockdowns, masks and social distancing stay in place for the foreseeable future. One has to ask that burning question: Why become a guinea pig for an untested mRNA vaccine when it is no guarantee of freedom, nor a guarantee of health safety?

Hell, why take an untested vaccine when the death rate of covid is so small it affects less than 0.26% of the population outside of nursing homes?

I also have to say that I called this outcome well in advance.

The globalists are becoming incredibly predictable as they scramble to salvage their flailing Reset agenda in the US. As I have noted for the past year, the covid restrictions are never meant to end. There will always be another “mutation” of covid, and so the mandates will be perpetual. They are meant to continue for all eternity, or at least until the entire population submits to government control of every micro-aspect of their daily lives.

That said, I don’t think the covid cult needs to keep mandates in place in the US for much longer, because if they can’t con the majority of the population into compliance, they will instead use the confusion of the pandemic to undermine the economy.

Consider this for a moment – The instant response of many businesses in the Northwest during the heat wave was to shut down or cut hours in half, rather than adapt and overcome. Would this have ever happened before the covid lockdowns? I think not. The go-to solution to any real or perceived crisis in America is now to close down and hide. The response is to reduce standards and give up, or, it is to print money and throw it at the system without any real strategy to use that stimulus effectively. The stimulus itself is doing more damage than covid ever could.

This is a poisonous philosophy that could destabilize the very foundations of the nation, and it is happening right in front of our eyes. I saw it on the road this past week. It is everywhere. Conservative states are working to counter these developments, and I hope it is not too late. The covid cult has been feeding like termites on the pillars of our economy for many months now and though the mandates are being rightfully abandoned the consequences of collapse are far reaching. We may not know the true extent of the damage for months to come.

If you would like to support the work that Alt-Market does while also receiving content on advanced tactics for defeating the globalist agenda, subscribe to our exclusive newsletter The Wild Bunch Dispatch. Learn more about it HERE.

https://alt-market.us/the-covid-cult-has-been-slowly-killing-americas-economy-and-theres-not-much-time-left/ 

:: 7--21 The Gate Keepers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Stonewall's Perspective Podcast

2 days ago 3 min read

We don't need Trump to save America, just Jesus

In this episode of A Stonewall's Perspective, Alex talks about the fact that many Christians have fallen into idolatry. Many Christians happen to worship either America, or Donald Trump, or both. It is a dangerous thing that is going on in Christian society today.

If we are going to call ourselves Christians, our hope should not be in America or in any American president. That was the problem with most Christians when it came to Donald Trump. They thought that their salvation and the hope was in Donald Trump. It’s not! The only salvation that we have is through Jesus. There is nothing else that can save us.

If we want America to return to the way that it used to be, we need people in office who are godly. The reason why we are where we are today is because godly people are not filling the pulpits and because godly people are not filling political roles. It is way beyond time that we start promoting Jesus again rather than American ideology.

Big Tech censorship has been expanding beyond just Conservatives… Christians are next!

While many of us have been warning about the coming persecution of Christians, I don’t think any of us thought that it would be ramping up so quickly. While we are luckily not facing physical persecution yet, such as beatings or death, we are facing censorship, deplatforming and even jail time in some instances. These are just the birth pangs of what is coming next.

While we still have a voice here at The GateKeepers, we are doing everything that we can to bypass the algorithmic walls put up by Big Tech and the Social Media companies like Twitter, Facebook and YouTube. Our videos used to get thousands of views across all of our platforms, while now they are being throttled and hardly getting distributed at all. An added wrinkle is that, while our video content is seeing lower views, traffic to our website has never been higher. Over the past year we’ve seen a 700% increase in traffic, and it’s been amazing to experience this kind of growth. Because of this, we’ll be launching GKTV very soon, hosting all of our shows exclusively on our platform.

While The GateKeepers started out as nothing more than a blog for me to post my articles, it has now expanded into a podcast network featuring fifteen shows, a publishing company that has published three books over the past year and we are now hosting conferences on a regular basis. We’ve seen the addition of contributors to The GateKeepers such as Denise McAllister, Pastor Cary Gordon, Pastor Ken Peters, Dr Mike Spaulding, Dr Bobby Lopez and many other amazing Christian leaders. Our lineup of shows has expanded, as well, featuring shows such as The Shining Light Podcast, Conversations with Jeff, The Big Brown Gadfly, Battlefront: SouthGate and The Verum Monitae Report with Dr Mike Spaulding, in addition the the several other shows we also carry on The GateKeepers.

While we’ve seen some amazing growth and expansion, we are also working hard to make this be a long-term play, and with that comes with how to fund our work here. I’ve intentionally not turned The GateKeepers into a non-profit organization because I don’t want to become beholden to the government, and I also don’t want to be focused on sending out fundraising letters constantly begging for money like most non-profit ministries do.

Instead, we have our online book store, are hosting online conferences and have our Plugged In membership program. Right now we are funded exclusively through these three different avenues. We are especially excited about our Plugged In membership, as this brings so much added value to you as a thank you for supporting our work here at The GateKeepers.

Becoming a Plugged In member provides access to the weekly episode of The GateKeepers Podcast, the monthly episode of Connected, free access to all of our online conferences, the recordings from previous online conferences and 30% off in The GK Store. If you would like to support us by becoming a Plugged In member, click here.

However, we’ve also been getting a lot of requests from supporters asking how they can donate to help support The GateKeepers. We are extremely grateful for these requests, as this will help us to expand even further and provide more quality Biblical content. If you would like to help support to The GateKeepers, you can donate through PayPal here.

https://www.gatekeepersonline.com/post/we-don-t-need-trump-to-save-america-just-jesus 

:: 7-6-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GET READY FOR A MASSIVE MARKET CRASH - GROCERY STORES ARE STOCKPILING FOOD - THERE WILL BE CHAOS

43,887 views Jul 6, 2021 4.1K 86 Share Save

Full Spectrum Survival 190K subscribers

Michael Burry, Leon Cooperman, Stanley Druckenmiller, and other leading investors and economists are warning that a massive market crash is on the way. Grocery store chains are stockpiling food as they see inflation hitting unbearable numbers in just the next couple of months. You need to stock up your pantry right now!

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aBPg5pGuWM8 

:: 7--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gloom and Glory

By Hal Lindsey

Someone recently told a member of my team, “Tell Hal not to have so much gloom and doom.”

I’ve heard things like that before. The truth is, like most people, I don’t like gloom and doom. I prefer good news. In fact, a major emphasis of my ministry has been on the grace of God. And, believe me, the news of grace is as good as news gets.

The person who told me to cool it with the gloom and doom was probably referring to my ministry as a “watchman.” (Isaiah 21:6) I look at world events in light of Bible morality and Bible prophecy. I warn the world that God’s judgment is coming. I give these warnings because they are God’s word, and they are true. But, with the warnings, God’s word also presents the Answer.

Telling the truth to the world of our day will inevitably sound like gloom and doom. The prophet Jeremiah warned the people of Jerusalem that their city was about to be overrun by Babylon’s King Nebuchadnezzar. As a result, some powerful people petitioned Judah’s King Zedekiah to have Jeremiah executed. They said the prophet was undermining morale. But Jeremiah was only telling the truth.

Things are bad today, and they will get worse before they get better. But when we see Bible prophecy being fulfilled, it doesn’t just mean the coming of judgment and Armageddon. It means that Jesus will soon return. And that’s wonderful news! His rule will bring peace and plenty to Planet Earth.

Remember, too, that even with things looking bad for earth’s immediate future, God still wants to bless you. He wants you to have abundant life now, and He wants that life to last forever!

But to receive eternal life, we have to recognize some bad news. We are sinners. 1 John 1:8 says, “If we say that we have no sin, we are deceiving ourselves, and the truth is not in us.” (NASB)

Romans 3:23 says, “All have sinned and come short of the glory of God.

Most people know intuitively that they fall short of God’s standards. But society fights that understanding as hard as it can. It starts by trying to define sin away. It teaches that our actions are purely the result of environment and genetics. It says we are only the products of our programming, and that for human beings, real choice doesn’t exist — or, if it does, it has no meaning.

Alternatively, society teaches that sin is a mere cultural construct — that it has no objective basis. They teach that evil only exists in those who point out that right and wrong are real. Irrationally, they see intolerance of sin as the only real sin.

Christian teacher and philosopher, Francis Schaeffer, was once asked, “What would you do if you met a really modern man on a train and you just had an hour to talk to him about the Gospel?”

Schaeffer answered, “I would spend 45-50 minutes on the negative, to really show him his dilemma — that he is morally dead — then I’d take 10-15 minutes to preach the Gospel. I believe that much of our evangelistic and personal work today is not clear simply because we are too anxious to get to the answer without having a man realize the real cause of his sickness, which is true moral guilt (and not just psychological guilt feelings) in the presence of God.”

The Good News starts with bad news. We are sinners. We have nothing in us worthy of salvation. We deserve hell, not heaven. Jesus said, “Apart from Me you can do nothing.” (John 15:5 NASB)

God is not lucky to have you. You are blessed if you know Him.

Sin is a fact. Death is a fact. That sounds like gloom and doom, but here’s some good news. Romans 5:20-21 says, “Where sin multiplied, grace multiplied even more, so that, just as sin reigned in death, so also grace will reign through righteousness, resulting in eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.” (Holman Christian Standard Bible)

We who know Christ have a lot of good news to tell. That’s what “Gospel” means. We aren’t going to please everyone with our message — not if we’re faithful to God’s word — but we should never be ashamed of the truth. According to the Bible, the truth is glorious! It surpasses imagination!

It starts with this. God exists! He is “compassionate and gracious, slow to anger, and abounding in lovingkindness and truth.” (Exodus 34:6 NASB)

God loves us so much “that He gave His only begotten Son, that whoever believes in Him should not perish, but have eternal life.” (John 3:16 NASB)

The blessings from this gift go beyond our ability to imagine. 1 Corinthians 2:9 (NKJV) says, “Eye has not seen, nor ear heard, Nor have entered into the heart of man The things which God has prepared for those who love Him.”

Earlier, I quoted Jesus saying, “Apart from Me you can do nothing.” (John 15:5 NASB)

Philippians 4:13 (NKJV) looks at the other side of the equation. It says, “I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me.”

That’s beyond gloom and doom. That’s awesome!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ 

:: 7--21 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hundreds of Afghan soldiers fled to neighboring Tajikistan in the face of Taliban advances.

The Taliban has been gaining ground in parts of Afghanistan as the US withdraws its forces.

The top US general in Afghanistan has said that the security situation is "not good."

More than 1,000 Afghan soldiers retreated and fled the country into neighboring Tajikistan on Sunday night in the face of Taliban advances, according to multiple reports.

"The Taliban cut off all the roads, and these people had nowhere to go but to cross the border," an Afghan official told Reuters. Tajikistan's border guard said in a statement that in total, 1,037 Afghan service members crossed into Tajikistan "to save the lives of their personnel."

The BBC reported that the latest retreat marks the third time in three days Afghan soldiers have fled to Tajikistan and the fifth time in two weeks. Around 1,600 Afghan troops in all have fled across the border so far.

Taliban militants have been swiftly advancing across parts of northern Afghanistan as the security situation deteriorates. In some cases, Afghan forces have surrendered without a fight. At the same time, other Afghan troops and local militias continue to hold their ground against the insurgents, The Washington Post reported.

The US intelligence community has assessed that the Afghan government could collapse within six to 12 months of the completed withdrawal of US forces, if not sooner, The Wall Street Journal recently reported.

When Afghan President Ashraf Ghani visited the White House in late June, he responded to the assessments that the Afghan government could fall after the withdrawal of US troops by saying that "there have been many such predictions, and they have all proven — turned out false."

Last week, the US military departed Bagram Air Base, its largest base in Afghanistan that has long served as a key operational center for America's longest war.

The withdrawal of US forces from Afghanistan, with the exception of security forces guarding diplomatic outposts, is expected to be completed by the end of August.

The Biden administration originally said all US troops would be out by the 20th anniversary of 9/11, but the withdrawal appears to be ahead of schedule.

"You look at the security situation, it's not good. The Afghans recognize it's not good. The Taliban are on the move. We are starting to create conditions here that won't look good for Afghanistan in the future if there's a push for a military takeover," Gen. Scott Miller, the top US general in Afghanistan, said in a recent interview.

"We should be concerned," he said in the interview that aired Sunday on ABC's "This Week."

"The loss of terrain and the rapidity of that loss of terrain has — has to be concerning, one, because it's a — war is physical, but it's also got a psychological or moral component to it. And hope actually matters. And morale actually matters," Miller said.

"As you watch the Taliban moving across the country, what you don't want to have happen is that the people lose hope and they believe they now have a foregone conclusion presented to them," he added.

President Joe Biden said during a briefing on Friday that he believes Afghans "have the capacity to be able to sustain the government." He said the US has been fighting in Afghanistan for almost 20 years and that it is time for the country to take security into its own hands.

The withdrawal of US forces from Afghanistan, where the US military has been fighting since 2001, stems from an agreement with the Taliban negotiated during the Trump administration and upheld by the Biden administration.

https://www.businessinsider.com/afghan-troops-facing-taliban-advance-fled-country-2021-7 

:: 7-6-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dem Bill Offers No Money for Border Wall, Cuts Hiring Funds for Border Patrol

By Fran Beyer | Tuesday, 06 July 2021 01:32 PM

A Democrat-controlled House panel offered no funding for more Border Patrol agents or border barriers in a 2022 spending bill amid a reported 20-year high number of migrants crossing the U.S.-Mexico border.

More than 929,000 illegal immigrants have been apprehended at the southern border since October, including a near-record 180,000 in May, U.S. Customs and Border Protection statistics show.

But in a bill approved last week by the House Appropriations subcommittee to alot $52.8 billion to fund Homeland Security for fiscal year 2022, there was no funding for additional Border Patrol agents or border barriers, and $2.06 billion allocated during the Trump administration for the construction of a border wall was rescinded.

The package also would dedicate $170 million to build new Integrated Migrant Processing Centers, which are aimed at speeding up processing for illegal immigrant families, and $42 million for the Office of Civil Rights and Civil Liberties, which reviews and investigates complaints against Border and Customs agents.

And it would add $10 million for a pilot program providing alternatives to detention for illegal immigrants.

Democrats defend the bill as aiming to reduce backlogs in refugee, asylum, and immigration benefit applications.

"We have included provisions in the bill intended to reduce the over- detention of migrants as they proceed through the immigration adjudication process, if they are not flight risks and pose no threat to public safety or national security," Rep. Lucille Roybal-Allard, D-Calif., chair of the Homeland Security Spending subcommittee, said in statement with the budget breakdown.

Rep. Rosa DeLauro, D-Conn., chair of House Appropriations, added in the statement that the measure spends money on bolstering security at the nation’s ports of entry and protects families and children who enter the U.S. across the southern border.

Senate Democrats are writing their own Homeland spending bill, and it will have to include more GOP input due to the 60-vote Senate threshold for passing legislation, the Washington Examiner reported.

Meanwhile, a recent survey showed voters disapprove of President Joe Biden’s handling of border security.

The Harvard/Harris poll taken for The Hill showed 80% believe illegal immigration is a serious issue and one that needs more attention from Biden or Vice President Kamala Harris, who Biden appointed to handle the crisis.

The poll found 68% believe signals from the White House are encouraging illegal immigration, and 55% believe former President Donald Trump’s border-closing policies should have been left in place.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/democrat-border-funding-wall/2021/07/06/id/1027654/ 

:: 6-25-21 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Navy & Air Force begin major exercise in Mediterranean Sea as supersonic interceptor planes join country's Black Sea Fleet

25 Jun, 2021 12:25 By Jonny Tickle

On Friday morning, Russia's Navy kicked off a joint exercise in the Mediterranean Sea, where, alongside the Air Force, it will conduct war games involving cruisers, frigates, and submarines from the country's Black Sea Fleet.

According to the Russian military, the exercise will include five ships, including the missile cruiser Moskva and two Guided Missile Frigates Admiral Essen and Admiral Makarov.

The Moskva is the flagship of Russia's Black Sea Fleet, and was initially deployed by the Soviet Navy. In the 1990s, it underwent an extensive refit, and in 2000 was relaunched.

The vessels will be accompanied by a pair of MiG-31K supersonic interceptor aircraft, based at the Russian Hmeimim airbase in Syria.

Exercises will take place in the eastern part of the Mediterranean Sea, where Britain's aircraft carrier HMS Queen Elizabeth is also engaging in war games. The British vessel is accompanied by surface warships, as well as a nuclear submarine and two supply ships. The ship is also carrying American F-35 combat aircraft.

The latest training mission in the Mediterranean comes just two weeks after the Russian Navy launched large-scale military drills in the central Pacific Ocean, involving around 20 surface warships, submarines, and support vessels. This mission, which took place around 4,000km away from base, was aimed at practicing managing a large group of ships far from home.

On Wednesday, the Russian Navy faced its most high-profile incident in some time, when British destroyer HMS Defender violated the state border in the Black Sea, near Crimea. According to Moscow, the coast guard fired warning shots to force the British ship to change course. London has denied this version of events, claiming no shots were fired in the warship's direction.

https://www.rt.com/russia/527570-major-military-exercise-mediterranean-sea/amp/?__twitter_impression=true 

[ :: 10-14-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

etc. Study Ezekiel thirty seven and thirty eight, for that is where you are at this moment.  But before Russia can march upon Israel they must remove America from the picture first, for it is that time and it is that hour. etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc     

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

[ :: 6-27-21   am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For there is not as much time left as you believe that there is, for Russia is knocking on the door right now for war, China is knocking on the door right now for war, they’re pushing for a war between the blacks and the whites.  Do you not hear it, do you not recognize it, etc

:: 6-24-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NOW UNLOCKED -- COVERT INTEL - It starts Next Week . . . June 28

World News Desk 24 June 2021 Hits: 40240

This article was previously LOCKED and for subscribers only. Here we are 24 hours later, and the info within this story is now out in the public, so this story can now be unlocked for the general public to prepare for what's LIKELY coming within the next three days.

Just one day after the British Destroyer HMS Defender violated the territorial waters of Russia, U.S. Sixth Fleet formally announced participation in the upcoming annually held Exercise Sea Breeze 2021 (SB21) cohosted with the Ukrainian Navy, June 28, 2021 . . . in the Black Sea.

32 ships, 40 aircraft, and 18 special operations and dive teams from NATO member countries are scheduled to participate. Through covert intelligence sources, we are now able to report there are detailed plans within this "exercise" and those plans, if carried out, could lead to kinetic war between the vessels involved and Russian naval forces, over the territorial waters around Crimea.

As most readers are already aware, yesterday, Tuesday June 23, a British warship, the HMS Defender, deliberately entered the territorial waters around Crimea and was intercepted by naval forces from Russia.

Russian forces radioed HMS Defender that she was violating the territorial waters of Russia and must alter course to leave such waters. The radio warnings went unanswered and HMS Defender proceeded deeper into those territorial waters.

The Russian forces then FIRED warning shots to warn HMS Defender to leave Russian Territorial waters. When the first shots went ignored, Russia fired additional shots a few minutes later.

The Russia Ministry of Defense has provided video showing that HMS Defender was repeatedly warned by radio, and that, IN FACT, shots from a deck gun WERE FIRED. That video, below:

HMS Defender continued on its course! Then, a Russian aircraft, dropped a bomb in the path of HMS Defender, far enough ahead of the vessel to avoid damaging it, but close enough to get the point across: "Leave these waters."

HMS Defender changed course and left the territorial waters.

Longer and better quality video:

As we reported earlier today, the British Ambassador to Russia, Deborah Bronnert, was formally Summoned to the Russia Foreign Ministry today.

The ambassador arrived and remained in the building for only 35 minutes. COVERT INTEL positively confirmed what took place during the meeting.

The Russian Foreign Ministry explicitly told Ambassador Bronnert "the incident yesterday with British warship HMS Defender making unauthorized entry into Russia Territorial waters off Crimea is not to be repeated."

Bronnert responded the waters are not Russian territory, "the British government regards those waters as Ukraine territory, and does not accept Russia's claim that Crimea has rejoined Russia."

To that, the Russia Foreign Ministry said the following:

"We can appeal to common sense, demand respect for international law, and if this does not help, we can bomb. Not only on the way, but also on the target. We are making clear to you right now a repeat of this type of incident could lead to a full military conflict with Russia."

This was a direct warning to Britain that Russia is prepared to actually bomb British war ships if they make additional, unauthorized, entry into Russian territorial waters.

Bronnert then attempted to engage in a repeat discussion of what she called "the illegal Russian annexation of Crimea." The Russian Foreign Ministry told her that they "would not discuss a situation which does not exist" and then dismissed Bronnert, telling her she was to leave the building.

Sea Breeze 21 (SB21)

Late this afternoon, the US Sixth Fleet formally announced it will join the annual "Sea Breeze (SB21)" exercise in the Black Sea, along with 32 ships, 40 aircraft, and 18 special operations and dive teams from NATO member countries as well as with Ukrainian naval forces.

Here is the Announcement:

The exercise is taking place from June 28 to July 10 in the Black Sea region and will focus on multiple warfare areas including amphibious warfare, land maneuver warfare, diving operations, maritime interdiction operations, air defense, special operations integration, anti-submarine warfare, and search and rescue operations.

This year’s iteration has the largest number of participating nations in the exercise’s history with 32 countries from six continents providing 5,000 troops, 32 ships, 40 aircraft, and 18 special operations and dive teams scheduled to participate.

"The United States is proud to partner with Ukraine in co-hosting the multinational maritime exercise Sea Breeze, which will help enhance interoperability and capabilities among participating nations,” said Chargé d'affaires Kristina Kvien, U.S. Embassy in Ukraine. “We are committed to maintaining the safety and security of the Black Sea."

Beginning in 1997, Exercise Sea Breeze brings most Black Sea nations and NATO Allies and partners together to train and operate with NATO members in the pursuit of building increased capability.

SB21 provides the opportunity for personnel of participating nations to engage in realistic maritime training to build experience and teamwork and strengthen our interoperability as we work toward mutual goals.

Ukraine and U.S. are cohosting the exercise in the Black Sea with participation and support coming from 32 countries in total: Albania, Australia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, France, Georgia, Greece, Israel, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Moldova, Morocco, Norway, Pakistan, Poland, Romania, Senegal, Spain, South Korea, Sweden, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, and the United States.

Black Sea nations, in concert with NATO Allies and partners, improve their ability to conduct the full range of naval and land operations by participating in exercises like Sea Breeze 2021.

Exercise Sea Breeze 2021 is an annual multinational maritime exercise, involving sea, land, and air components, and is co-hosted by the United States and Ukraine to enhance interoperability and capability among participating forces in the Black Sea region.

U.S. Naval Forces Europe/Africa/U.S. Sixth Fleet, headquartered in Naples, Italy, conducts the full spectrum of joint and naval operations, often in concert with joint, allied, and interagency partners, in order to advance U.S. national interests and security and stability in Europe and Africa.

Plan within a Plan

Tonight, the Hal Turner Radio Show can report that there is another plan within the plan for Sea Breeze 21. At some point during the exercise, "several naval vessels from the exercise will move toward Crimea and blatantly enter waters that NATO refers-to as "Ukraine territory" but which Russia asserts is "Russian Territory." That's when things will likely go "wild weasel."

Russia has made it explicitly clear Crimea is Russia as are the waters around it.

Britain and other NATO member countries have made it explicitly clear those waters are viewed by NATO as being Ukraine Territory.

The NATO Plan is to use the Sea Breeze 21 "exercise" as the platform from which to directly confront Russian territorial claims. It is thought within NATO that Russia will not open fire on the intruding vessels because there will be so much NATO fire power in theater.

Russia will either have to make good on its word to open fire, or show that it will NOT defend its own territory, thereby showing the world they are weak.

This exercise is highly likely to turn into an armed naval showdown with Russia. Four days from now, Sea Breeze 21 begins.

Interestingly, the Sixth Fleet announcement makes clear at least five thousand troops will also be involved. Interesting for a "naval" exercise. . . . Unless of course, there is also a plan to have those troops land on Crimea and attempt to take it by force.

Will history mark June 28, 2021 as the date on which kinetic war with Russia - and possibly World War 3 - starts?

We do not have to wait long to find out.

NOTE: Subscribers to this web site, who support it with a whopping $1 a week, got this information here, BEFORE ANY OTHER MEDIA OUTLET IN THE WORLD. My subscribers got the important news before everyone else. YOU should subscribe so YOU can get the cutting edge information that's important! Subscribe HERE

UPDATE 10:21 PM EDT FRIDAY, JUNE 25 --

The Mass-media began reporting this story about six (6) HOURS after the Hal Turner Show

Russia warns UK and U.S. not to tempt fate in Black Sea (HERE)

About 90 minutes after the mass-media began coverage, the story began hitting social media:

Four hours after social media picked it up, the former Chief of the British Army warned of "actual war:"

Miscalculation’ in Russian cat and mouse game could lead to full blown war, warns Army chief (HERE)

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/hal-turner 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 6--21 Leo Hohmann :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grave warning from retired Army officer: ‘We have been sold out: Prepare for war …it’s coming’

In a previous article, I laid out the case for China rising up as an existential threat to America and everything it stands for.

I posited that, under the current regime in Washington, we are already under a loose form of occupation by the Chinese Communist Party.

One thing I did not get into is China’s relationship with another key world power, Russia.

The Russians and Chinese have a long history of conflict and there is still much enmity between the two. But make no mistake, they will align themselves for the purpose of taking down their common enemy, the United States.

Russia under Putin may have worked with the United States against China if the U.S. had played its cards differently following the end of the Cold War in the early 1990s. But instead of sewing up those wounds, the U.S. foreign policy has been one of hubris, instigating needless wars and insurrections around the world under the globalist administrations run by the Bushes, Clintons and Obamas.

Being an anti-globalist, I believe Trump wanted to forge a new relationship with Russia, while at the same time defending Israel, building up the depleted U.S. military and focusing on the real threat, China.

But Trump was resisted at every turn by globalists within the U.S. military establishment and his own intelligence agencies. These globalist predators are content to reign over the managed decline of the United States while making themselves and their Wall Street buddies rich in the process. They basically sold us out to the highest bidder, which was China.

Instead of building a relationship with Russia as a hedge against China, the U.S. drove the Russians into the arms of China. The two together make up a formidable fighting force at a time when Biden is neutering and demoralizing the U.S. military.

Biden doesn’t work for America and hasn’t in a long time. He works at the pleasure of his globalist bosses and their long-coveted New World Order. While vice president, Biden stated in an April 2013 speech to the Export-Import Bank that “the affirmative task we have now is to actually create a New World Order.”

Biden further stated in that same speech to the bankers that “we [globalists] have to do what we do best — we have to level the playing field.”

As “President,” Mr. Biden’s assignment this time around, in my opinion, is to consummate the ultimate “leveling of the playing field. He is tasked with delivering the U.S. and its citizens to the Chinese Communist Party. To achieve that task, he is weakening the U.S. economy through burdensome regulations and hyper inflation, shutting down gas and oil pipelines, driving up the debt, killing the value of the U.S. dollar, and harassing law-abiding gun owners.

But his crowning achievement will be to weaken the U.S. military and get as many Americans as possible injected with the unproven, untested, extremely dangerous mRNA medical device.

After America’s military is sufficiently weakened, and its people sufficiently sickened from the poisonous injections, look for China and Russia to exploit that weakness in ways never before seen.

Only by the grace of God will we get through to 2024 as an intact sovereign nation. Biden and his merry band of “woke” military men and Justice Department henchmen are doing their best to divide the country and spark a race war.

Below is a 5-minute video from U.S. Army veteran David Kobler, who runs the popular Southern Prepper 1 channel on YouTube.

In the video, Kobler compares the trajectory of the U.S. military to that of Russia’s armed forces. The Russians were conducting a major military exercise this week off the coast of Hawaii.

As the Russians were training for war, the U.S. military is involved in the following demoralizing activities.

Virginia Military Institute is fully implementing critical race theory throughout all of its classes for future military leaders. CRT, as my readers know, is a Marxist doctrine meant to divide America, pitting one group against another based on racial narratives, reopening old racial wounds, and teaching young people to hate their country and the Constitution. Chairman of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Mark Milley testified before Congress this week and defended critical race theory as a legitimate item of study at U.S. war colleges and on military bases. Milley said the military needed to be “open minded” about such theories and showed by his comments that he himself is a member of the “woke” military. “As a white man I want to understand white rage,” he told Rep. Matt Gaetz. How about understanding how to win a coming world war with China and Russia, Mr. Milley, instead of feminizing the military and dividing it along racial lines?

The National Guard is cutting funding for training to offset the four months they spent guarding the U.S. Capitol against phony claims of an insurgency led by “white supremacists.”

The Veterans Administration announced it is offering to pay for transgender surgeries for military vets with your tax dollars. How much money will be siphoned away from vets facing legitimate medical needs in order to pay for the trans surgeries?

The National Guard is launching a photo series celebrating LGBTQI personnel.

Nellis Air Force Base recently hosted the first-ever drag queen show, which base officers say is essential to moral, cohesion and military readiness.

What’s China doing? It is using technology it pilfered from U.S. universities and corporations to upgrade its military systems on land and sea. It is investing in biological “super soldiers” which could be a few years away from reality. These genetically modified soldiers will be bigger, faster and stronger than any normal human being walking the earth. Good luck fighting against that with an Army celebrating its skirt-wearing trannies.

Kobler decried the U.S. military’s ongoing purge of patriotic warriors, implementing what amounts to a political test of loyalty to the current Biden regime. This was a reference to the rooting out of highly qualified, extremely intelligent young officers like Lt. Col. Matthew Lohmeier, who was recently removed because he questioned the wisdom of implementing critical race theory in the military.

To further understand what is going on, I recommend everyone read two recently released books: Lohmeier’s Irresistible Revolution: Marxism’s Goal of Conquest & the Unmaking of the American Military; and James Simpson’s Who Was Karl Marx: The Men, the Motives and the Menace Behind Today’s Rampaging American Left.

A CNN report cited a Defense Department official saying Lohmeier was relieved of his command “due to loss of trust and confidence in his ability to lead.

Anyone who has ever seen Lohmeier interviewed knows that he is exactly the type of man we would want leading men and women into battle.

Watch Lohmeier being interviewed by Tucker Carlson below:

But what, in the eyes of our top military commanders, did Lohmeier do to “betray trust and confidence?”

He had the audacity to go on a conservative podcast to discuss his book, which highlights “a neo-Marxist agenda at the ground level within our armed forces.” He condemned CRT, explained its Marxist roots and warned the American taxpaying public that this agenda “will divide us; it will not unify us.”

In other words, Lohmeier told the truth. As American Thinker rightly surmised, truth is no longer allowed in the U.S. military, anymore than it is allowed in any other cultural institution in post-constitutional America.

But the most concerning of all developments highlighted in the above video by Kobler may be the possible compromising of the super-sensitive U.S. communication codes relative to its submarine fleet.

“I’m hearing a lot of things from my sources in the military,” Kobler said. “The most frightening thing is our system used to communicate between subs, there are rumors this code has been somehow compromised. Many others think it’s been jeopardized. If that happens, our biggest deterrent has been lost.”

It wouldn’t be the first time crucial military information was allowed to get into our enemies’ hands. Under the Clinton administration, nuclear secrets magically made their way to China.

Bottom line: Kobler believes, like I do, that America has been sold out to its enemies. When it comes time to defend this country, our military will be a demoralized and defeated institution, totally unprepared to fight.

Kobler challenges the retired military veterans and even those of us who never served in the military.

You need to get ready because our military is being gutted,” he said. “We have a large core of good guys and gals that have served in the military but you need to get ready because we are going to be sold out. Our military will not be ready.

“China and Russia – they are a threat. If it’s not tomorrow it will be the next day, it will be a year from now, it will be five years from now, but it’s coming.

“Russia is training for a major conflict and what are we doing? Demoralizing our military and getting rid of the top soldiers that want to do their job.”

SUPPORT HONEST, INDEPENDENT JOURNALISM: LeoHohmann.com is 100 percent reader supported. Donations of any size keep us going and are greatly appreciated. You may send a contribution c/o Leo Hohmann, PO Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264, or via credit card below.

https://leohohmann.com/2021/06/25/grave-warning-from-retired-army-officer-we-have-been-sold-out-prepare-for-war-its-coming/ 

:: 8--2019 Tech Explore :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia launches floating nuclear reactor in Arctic despite warnings

Russia launched the world's first floating nuclear reactor on Friday, sending it on an epic journey across the Arctic, despite environmentalists warning of a "Chernobyl on ice."

Loaded with nuclear fuel, the Akademik Lomonosov left the Arctic port of Murmansk to begin its 5,000 kilometre (3,000-mile) voyage to Pevek in northeastern Siberia.

Nuclear agency Rosatom says the reactor is a simpler alternative to building a conventional plant in isolated places where ground is frozen all year round, and it intends to sell such reactors abroad.

The new reactor is part of the new floating energy and heat plant, which will be a "key element in the development of the Northern Sea Route" and will help Russia "realize large infrastructural projects" in the region, Rosatom said in a statement.

But environmental groups have long warned of the dangers of the project, dubbing it a potential "Chernobyl on ice" and a "nuclear Titanic."

A deadly explosion this month at a military testing site in Russia's far north caused a radioactive surge, prompting further concerns.

The reactor's trip is expected to last between four and six weeks, depending on the weather conditions and the amount of ice on the way.

Work began on the 144-metre (472-foot) Akademik Lomonosov in Saint Petersburg in 2006.

When it arrives in Pevek, a town of 5,000 in the Siberian region of Chukotka, it will replace a local nuclear plant, which will be decommissioned next year, and a closed coal plant.

It is due to go into operation by the end of year, mainly serving the region's oil platforms as Russia develops the exploitation of hydrocarbons in the Arctic.

Radioactive waste

Rashid Alimov, the head of the energy sector of Greenpeace Russia, said environmental groups had been critical of the idea of a floating reactor since the 1990s.

"Any nuclear power plant produces radioactive waste and can have an accident, but Akademik Lomonosov is additionally vulnerable to storms," he told AFP.

The float is towed by other vessels, making a collision during a storm more likely, he said.

Because Rosatom plans to store spent fuel onboard, Alimov said "any accident involving this fuel might have a serious impact on the fragile environment of the Arctic."

He added that there is "no infrastructure for a nuclear clean up" in the region.

Global warming and melting ice has made the Northeast Passage—which connects the Atlantic Ocean to the Pacific along Russia's northern coast—more accessible.

When AFP visited the Akademik Lomonosov in May 2018, it was a shabby brown colour. It has since been repainted in the red, white and blue of the Russian flag.

The vessel weighs 21,000 tons and has two reactors with a capacity of 35 megawatts each, close to that of those used by nuclear icebreakers.

It has a crew of 69 and travels at a speed of 3.5 to 4.5 knots.

Alimov said the project was a missed opportunity as Chukotka, a region larger than Texas populated by only 50,000 people, "has a huge potential for the development of wind energy."

"A floating nuclear power plant is a too risky and too expensive way of producing electricity," he said.

The nuclear industry, seeking to reinvent itself in a gloomy market, is developing smaller, cheaper reactors to attract new customers.

They follow the examples of submarines, icebreakers and aircraft carriers, which have long used nuclear power, and are intended for isolated areas with little infrastructure.

https://techxplore.com/news/2019-08-russia-nuclear-reactor-arctic.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 6--21 Live Science :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Arctic Circle is already recording 118 F degree days (and summer is just heating up)

By Brandon Specktor - Senior Writer 4 days ago

On the same day last year, air temperatures in the area blazed past 100 degrees F for the first time in recorded history.

On the summer solstice (June 20 — the longest day of the year) two European Union satellites recorded a scorching temperature of 118 degrees Fahrenheit (48 degrees Celsius ) on the ground in Arctic Siberia.

This isn't quite a new heat record; as a post on the EU's Copernicus satellite website noted, this egg-boiling temperature was detected only on the ground in Siberia's Sakha Republic, while the region's air temperature (the temperature people would actually feel while walking around) was a toasty 86 F (30 C).

However, that's still an anomalously high temperature for the Arctic Circle — and one that could exacerbate the region's melting permafrost, which is the only thing preventing ancient caches of greenhouse gases from reentering Earth's atmosphere, according to Gizmodo.

The EU's Copernicus Sentinal-3A and 3B satellites recorded the high temperatures in the midst of an ongoing heat wave over much of Siberia. The heat spike is, unfortunately, a predictable start to summer, following a spring that saw hundreds of wildfires scorching the Siberian countryside and blacking out major cities with blankets of smoke.

Many of these spring fires were "zombie fires," so named because they are thought to be the rekindled remains of wildfires that ignited the previous summer and were never fully extinguished. The zombie fires smoldered for months under winter ice and snow, fed by the carbon-rich peat below the surface. When the spring melt arrived, the old fires blazed anew, Live Science previously reported.

If last summer is any indication, the hot solstice temperatures are just the beginning. Precisely one year ago, on June 20, 2020, the same region of Siberia recorded the first 100 F (38 C) day above the Arctic Circle — the hottest temperature ever recorded there. The sweltering day in Siberia fits into a larger climate change trend. For years, average temperatures in the Arctic have been rising at a far faster rate than anywhere else on Earth, largely due to melting sea ice induced by man-made global warming.

https://www.livescience.com/arctic-circle-siberia-hot-day-2021.html?utm_source=Selligent&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=LVS_newsletter&utm_content=LVS_newsletter+&utm_term=10005806&m

_i=U87y6zmJFuL9QAKi3xtQRzq_ZSNU%2BCMf6fhZl8lDI9wZLqTshXq6Gz8n3b8WaQreLLMiSe4XwUdlYJw1XB%2BtSgtSYRL2zRxXJuuoLAlUUX&lrh=3aa8113de5632344bec0ea032566850dac

3e5694b86290422ada61434e40d291 

:: 6-25-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TWISTER TERROR ‘Tornado’ and floods batter Barking leaving trail of destruction as trees fly through the air and roads submerged

Olivia BurkeJames Somper 25 Jun 2021, 21:00Updated: 26 Jun 2021, 18:01

A "TORNADO" and floods left a trail of destruction in east London last night.

Shocking images show trees flying through the air, bricks from toppled walls strewn over cars and roads submerged in Barking and Dagenham.

Dozens of homes and vehicles have been damaged after reports of the small twister that residents say struck in the Barking area.

Unbelievable clips shared on social media show objects and debris flying through the air as the vortex hovers over homes.

Police and fire crews reported to the scene as terrified residents reported they had "heard a loud noise like thunder".

Slates were ripped from roofs and trees were torn from the ground while buildings and cars bore the brunt of the damage.

Bricks were left strewn across the streets after the supposed tornado wreaked havoc across the east London district, sending wheelie binds flying down streets.

Images shared on social media show collapsed walls as murky grey skies lingered in the background.

Leaves and twigs can be seen flying through the air as the tornado turns menacingly.

Shaken, Raj Ahmed, 36, told The Sun Online: "I was downstairs in the kitchen when I heard thunder.

"I didn’t think anything of it but then I noticed there wasn’t any rain. The noise got louder and I went outside to see what it was.

"Right above the street was a huge tornado, twisting above the road. I was shocked, I couldn’t believe it, it’s like something out of a film."

Met Office forecaster Matthew Box said, "it is probable that a brief tornado did occur".

"The associated thunderstorms produced some very heavy and impactful rain over parts of north and east London and Essex which did result in flooding and travel disruption."

But none of the Met Office's sites recorded the winds this evening because "it was on a small scale relatively speaking".

Barking and Dagenham Police wrote in a tweet, "Police were called at around 1920hrs to reports of damage caused to roofs, electrical equipment, street furniture and vehicles in Hulse Avenue and some surrounding roads in the #Barking area.

"This is a weather-related incident, during which there was a lightning strike.

"In addition to the lightning strike, we have seen reports of a tornado but cannot confirm this.

"There are no reports of any casualties. Officers are liaising with the local authority to ensure support is available to anyone affected by damage to property."

As well as the shocking reports of a tornado, Dagenham appeared to be underwater as torrential rain and strong winds hit the south of the country.

Video footage shared on social media shows houses submerged in floodwaters and vehicles attempting to navigate the depths.

The the Westbound carriageway of the A12 has been closed due to the significant flooding that has hit the majority of Romford.

London Fire Brigade and Transport for London are both reportedly attending the scene and are asking people to avoid the area.

The Met Office issued a yellow warning for thunderstorms which expired at 11pm this evening, which they said could result in flooding and travel disruption.

A local resident told Express.co.uk: "The storm has just got here and it’s coming down.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/15397630/tornado-east-london-trail-destruction-homes-cars/ 

:: 6--21 Bit Chute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

General Flynn Warns: False Flags Will Be Used to Cover Election Fraud

Watch

InfoWars

Warning America! Gen. Flynn Says Globalists Will Pull "Something" Big Before AZ Audit Goes Public

https://www.bitchute.com/video/K5hS8YU0iRB7/?list=notifications&randomize=false 

:: 6-23-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Meat Mafia: The Great Reset of Food | Glenn TV | Ep. 118

91,923 views

Premiered Jun 23, 2021

BlazeTV

1.47M subscribers

WATCH more Glenn Beck: https://blazetv.com/glenn 

Glenn exposes how ranchers are slowly and secretly being run out of business and how farmers are economically being forced to comply. Environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) is the weapon, and the top food suppliers have caved. The heart of our country — farmers and ranchers — is being destroyed in the name of “social progress.” From Biden’s infrastructure plan to his tax deal and inflation, Glenn reveals how it's all connected to transform society into something completely un-American. South Dakota governor Kristi Noem joins to discuss the attacks on our food supply and says America's agriculture industry should be treated as a national security issue. She discusses the plans for how her state is going around the Biden administration "to create our own meat processing supply ... and take our destiny back into our own hands."

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PQTbpJl2-Ho&t=11s 

:: 6-26-21 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Blackrock, GlaxoSmithKline and the Great Reset

By Kelleigh Nelson|June 26th, 2021

If we define an American fascist as one who in case of conflict puts money and power ahead of human beings, then there are undoubtedly several million fascists in the United States. —Henry A. Wallace, 33rd Vice President of the United States

All who wish to hand down to their children that happy republican system bequeathed to them by their revolutionary fathers, must now take their stand against this consolidating, corrupting money power, and put it down, or their children will become hewers of wood and drawers of water to this aristocratic ragocracy. —President Andrew Jackson

The system shaves the dice on the side of those with money and power, and anyone who believes otherwise deserves anything that happens to him. —James Lee Burke, author

The control of information is something the elite always does, particularly in a despotic form of government. Information, knowledge, is power. If you can control information, you can control people. —Tom Clancy

In a previous article, I mentioned BlackRock, Inc. Not many took notice or mentioned it, but now, BlackRock is finally hitting the news big time. And they have influence, unbelievable influence with world leaders. In less than 30 years, this American financial firm has grown from nothing to becoming the world’s largest and most trusted manager of other people’s money.

Created in 1988, BlackRock gained its current power in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis. With the fall of Lehman Brothers, Wall Street was in the throes of free-fall: no one knew what thousands of their financial portfolios contained, what was hidden behind the derivatives, what was toxic and what was not, what was dangerous and what wasn’t. They are the financial leviathan that bears down on Europe’s decisions and America’s. The assets left in their care are more than $8.7 trillion American dollars.

BlackRock, Tom Donilon and Biden

In a recent article by The Conservative Tree House (CTH), i.e., The Last Refuge website, they exposed BlackRock’s connections to the illegitimate Biden administration. The CTH author, Sundance, summarized the article, The Chairman of the BlackRock Investment Institute, the guy who tells the $8.7 trillion investment firm BlackRock where to put their money, has a brother who is the Senior Advisor to Joe Biden; has a wife who is the White House Personnel Director; and has a daughter who is now on the National Security Council.

BlackRock’s Chairman is none other than Tom Donilon whose literal job description for BlackRock is to: “leverage the firm’s expertise and generate proprietary research to provide insights on the global economy, markets, geopolitics and long-term asset allocation.”

Conflicts of interest and insider information.

Thomas Donilon is a member of the globalist Council on Foreign Relations and is Chairman of the BlackRock Investment Institute and Senior of Counsel at the international law firm of O’Melveny & Myers. Like BlackRock’s owner, Donilon is a Democrat who has supported and advised every democrat president and candidate from Jimmy Carter to Hillary Clinton.

The connections are extremely telling. However, what few people know is that BlackRock, among others, is buying every single-family house they can find, paying 20-50% above asking price and outbidding normal home buyers, especially in Florida, but other Red States as well. Corporations, pension funds and property investment groups are snapping up single-family houses, and even entire neighborhoods, to rent out or flip and are competing with American families –accounting for 25% of the sales in some cities. Raw control by big money is the wholesale takeover of the housing market.

BlackRock is the world’s largest asset manager and the leading proponent of The Great Reset. They’re looking to redistribute $120 Trillion in housing wealth. Why does this matter? Because for the lower and middle class, owning a home is the most major part of any financial success, and ensures their future upward mobility. This is wealth redistribution from the American middle class. Salt of the earth wealth heading into the hands of the world’s most powerful entities and individuals. The traditional financial vehicle called home ownership gone forever.

Permanent capital is now competing with young couples trying to buy a home. That’s going to make U.S. housing permanently more expensive and likely impossible.

GSK and BlackRock, Inc.

BlackRock, Inc is based in New York City and owned by Democrat Larry Fink.

They have filed an SC 13G/A form with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) disclosing ownership of 377,284,263 shares of GlaxoSmithKline plc (US: GSK). This represents 7.5 percent ownership of the company. In their previous filing dated 2020-02-05, BlackRock Inc. had reported owning 376,159,235 shares, indicating an increase of 0.30 percent.

With stock in GSK, BlackRock is now in the development and manufacture of mRNA first generation Covid-19 “vaccines.”

GlaxoSmithKline plc (LSE/NYSE: GSK) and CureVac N.V. (Nasdaq: CVAC) announced a new $179 million collaboration, building on their existing relationship, to jointly develop next generation mRNA “vaccines” for Covid-19 with the potential for a multi-valent approach to address multiple emerging variants in one vaccine.

Emma Walmsley, Chief Executive Officer, GSK, said: “We believe that next generation vaccines will be crucial in the continued fight against COVID-19. This new collaboration builds on our existing relationship with CureVac and means that together, we will combine our scientific expertise in mRNA and vaccine development to advance and accelerate the development of new COVID-19 vaccine candidates.

Yikes!

GSK will also support the manufacture of up to 100 million doses of CureVac’s first generation Covid-19 vaccine candidate CVnCoV in 2021.

In 2018, Soros Fund Management also dramatically boosted its shares in BlackRock Inc., overseeing $6 trillion by nearly 60 percent to 12,983 total shares in the second quarter of 2018. How lovely!

BlackRock, Inc. also manages the French AXA, a French multinational insurance firm who strongly backs climate control. Axa has called for the creation of a “net zero underwriting alliance” that would see member companies from across the insurance sector align their business activities with the 1.5 Celsius (carbon dioxide removal) warming pathway required under the Paris Agreement, fundamentally reshaping the global economy. In late 2019, BlackRock, Inc. named Sebastien Herzog, a senior official at French insurer Axa’s investment management arm, as its operations director for France, Belgium and Luxembourg.

Larry Fink is in agreement with the French AXA. He even wrote a letter to the CEOs “highlighting issues that are pivotal to creating durable value” issues such as capital management, long-term strategy, purpose, and climate change. We have long believed that our clients, as shareholders in your company, will benefit if you can create enduring, sustainable value for all of your stakeholders.”

Realize all of this nonsense is about money and taxes…not about global warming or climate change, all of which is normal and cyclical. Link The climate change comrades, the spiderwebs of big pharma control and the Great Reset are all wrapped up in one putrescent and treasonous package with BlackRock at the head of the pack.

Conclusion

Top dogs, stakeholders at the top of the communist revolutionary heap, those who committed treason to steal the election and destroy America from within…those whose gain-of-function and connection to Wuhan brought us the controlling and devastating destruction of small businesses in America…you think they weren’t culpable? Think again…big money is in control. The American people are being destroyed. The American dream is being slaughtered in front of our eyes.

Wake up now and fight, or wake up later in a gulag when all is lost.

https://newswithviews.com/blackrock-glaxosmithkline-and-the-great-reset/ 

:: 6-25-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Changing Our Ways

By Hal Lindsey

If you know about Gunsmoke radio, you’ve either been around for a while, or you’re a fan of old-time radio. In one episode of the program, Matt Dillon (played on the radio by William Conrad) saw two things in one day that he could only think of as miracles. At the end of the show, he says, “Chester, I’m gonna change my ways.”

Change my ways” is an old expression, not used much anymore. But the concept remains common. A person recognizes his sinfulness before God and decides to make some changesmake himself worthy of God’s approval.

But it doesn’t work. I’ve said many times on television and on this website that we cannot save ourselves. Only Jesus can do that. He died for our sins. Isaiah 53:11 is a prophecy about Messiah Jesus. It says, “The Righteous One… will justify the many, As He will bear their iniquities.”

 You’ve probably heard it before. Jesus alone can justify us before God. What we sometimes forget is that it doesn’t end there. As the phrase “born again” implies, we have a lot of growing to do after it happens. A big problem is that we still struggle with sin.

Several passages in the New Testament talk about the “old man.” That’s a reference to our old sinful natures. We still need to deal with it. But after we’ve been born again, we have infinitely superior ways of dealing with sin.

For instance, we have God’s word. Psalms 119:11 says, “Thy word have I hid in mine heart, that I might not sin against thee.”

We also have the Holy Spirit at work within us. Galatians 5:17-18 says, “For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh; for these are in opposition to one another, so that you may not do the things that you please. But if you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the Law.”

That same Holy Spirit works in us to provide what the Bible calls “fruit.” Look at Galatians 5:22-25. “But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, self-control; against such things there is no law. Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires. If we live by the Spirit, let us also walk by the Spirit.”

In John 16:7, Jesus calls the Holy Spirit our “Helper.” 1 Corinthians 6:11 says that the Spirit sanctifies us. And 2 Corinthians 3:18 says He is transforming us into the image of Christ.

Please understand that we are not saved by changing our ways. But when we are saved, we can expect help in dealing with sin. Treasure God’s word in your heart. Invite the Holy Spirit’s presence and power into your life. And expect some wonderful changes.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-8-2019/ 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 6-25-21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Palestinian Jihad Summer Camps

by Khaled Abu Toameh June 24, 2021 at 5:00 am

As the international community seeks ways to help the residents of the Gaza Strip after the recent war between Israel and Hamas... and PIJ are diverting their budgets to training children to become soldiers in the war to destroy Israel.

Palestinian Islamic Jihad confirms that... the Palestinians "are preparing the liberation generation for the 'great liberation' battle for this blessed land."

They have enough funds to launch camps to brainwash and indoctrinate their own children, but are not prepared to invest in rebuilding homes that were destroyed or damaged during the last Israel-Hamas war.

For Hamas and PIJ, the ambition to destroy Israel is evidently stronger than the desire to protect the lives of their children and raise them to become, say, doctors or engineers. The children who are now undergoing military training in the Gaza Strip will soon appear as masked men in the armed groups of Hamas and PIJ.

This bodes rather ill for the Biden administration's talk about a "two-state solution" and the need to revive the peace process between Israel and the Palestinians.

As the international community seeks ways to help the residents of the Gaza Strip after the recent war between Israel and Hamas, the leaders of the Palestinians are busy preparing the next generation for more hate and violence.

The two major Palestinian groups controlling the Gaza Strip, Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ), recently launched campaigns to recruit thousands of Palestinian children and teenagers to their own summer camps.

The young recruits are not going to be taught how to swim or play soccer. They are not going to be part of a Palestinian Cub Scouts.

Instead, the goal of the camps, according to Hamas and PIJ, is "to ignite the flame of jihad [holy war] among the generation of liberation, instill Islamic values and prepare the next triumphant army for the liberation of Palestine."

The camps, run by the armed wings of Hamas and PIJ, Izaddin al-Qassam Brigades and Al-Quds Brigades, are being held under the banners "Sword of Jerusalem" and "Vanguards of Liberation."

"Sword of Jerusalem" is the name Hamas chose to describe last month's fighting with Israel, during which more than 4,000 rockets and missiles were fired from the Gaza Strip into Israel. "Vanguards of Liberation" is a term used by Palestinian groups to describe their wish to "liberate all of Palestine," from the Jordan River to the Mediterranean Sea -- a euphemism for the elimination of Israel.

The military camps of Hamas and PIJ "aim to train the young men in shooting and military and security skills," according to reports from the Gaza Strip. "They also aim to boost their morale and prepare them for the next confrontation [with Israel] that could be close."

Ahmad al-Ra'i, a spokesperson for the PIJ, said that the summer camps "aim to consolidate the presence of the Palestinian cause in the minds and hearts of Palestinian youths, and to consolidate the achievements of the Sword of Jerusalem battle in their minds as an important station in the history of the conflict."

The camps, he added, also "aim to consolidate the love and spirit of jihad and resistance among the Palestinian people, especially the youths."

Ra'i pointed out that his group targeted a group of boys aged 14-17 to participate in its summer camps. He said that one of the reasons why his group was recruiting Palestinian children was because Israel was already targeting them by "exposing them to Western culture."

He revealed that thousands of young Palestinians have "flocked to register in the camps."

The camps carry several messages, al-Ra'i said. "Most notably, that Palestinian Islamic Jihad confirms that its fingers are still on the trigger" and that the Palestinians "are preparing the liberation generation for the 'great liberation' battle for this blessed land." The camps, he added, also send a message to Arab and Muslims that "the flame of the conflict [with Israel] is being maintained."

The spokesperson advised Israel to pay attention to the summer camps because "they will produce a generation that will liberate Palestine."

Hamas, for its part, announced that registration for its summer camps began on June 14 and targets not only school children, but university students and adults as well.

Hamas called on Palestinians to register for the camps at various mosques in the Gaza Strip. "The camps aim to ignite the flame of jihad in the generation of liberation, to instill Islamic values ​​and to prepare the next triumphant army for the liberation of Palestine," Hamas said in a statement.

Over the past few days, videos of masked Hamas gunmen appealing to Palestinians in a mosque to send their children to the summer camps appeared on various social media platforms. Photos of dozens of Palestinian children lining up to register for the Hamas and PIJ camps have also appeared on various Palestinian media outlets.

The recruitment of thousands of Palestinian children to the Jihad summer camps of Hamas and PIJ is taking place as United Nations and other mediators are shuttling between Israel and the Gaza Strip in an attempt to reach agreement on the reconstruction of the Hamas-ruled coastal enclave.

The leaders of the Iranian-backed Hamas and PIJ are hoping that the mediation efforts will lead to the resumption of international aid to the Gaza Strip, including rebuilding many homes that were destroyed during the last round of fighting with Israel.

Instead of investing their money in the reconstruction effort, Hamas and PIJ are diverting their budgets to training children to become soldiers in the war to destroy Israel. They have enough funds to launch camps to brainwash and indoctrinate their own children, but are not prepared to invest in rebuilding homes that were destroyed or damaged during the last Israel-Hamas war.

For Hamas and PIJ, the ambition to destroy Israel is evidently stronger than the desire to protect the lives of their children and raise them to become, say, doctors or engineers. The children who are now undergoing military training in the Gaza Strip will soon appear as masked men in the armed groups of Hamas and PIJ.

Disturbingly, this grotesque exploitation of children and their recruitment as combatants is being entirely ignored by the international community, including the mediators who are negotiating with Hamas and PIJ about ways of maintaining the ceasefire that was reached with Israel after last month's fighting.

According to UNICEF, also known as the United Nations Children's Fund, "the recruitment and use of children by armed forces is a grave violation of child rights and international humanitarian law." It now remains to be seen whether UNICEF and other international human rights organizations will muster the wherewithal to call out the Palestinian groups for this form of child exploitation. Failure to do so would only encourage Hamas and PIJ to continue their efforts to mobilize children as soldiers.

The silence of the international community on this monstrous child abuse will result in a new generation of Palestinian jihadists to join the war against Israel. This bodes rather ill for the Biden administration's talk about a "two-state solution" and the need to revive the peace process between Israel and the Palestinians.

Khaled Abu Toameh is an award-winning journalist based in Jerusalem.

Follow Khaled Abu Toameh on Twitter

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/17490/palestinian-summer-camp 

:: 6-25-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: Georgia Residents Should Sue State Over 'Rigged' Election

By Jeffrey Rodack | Friday, 25 June 2021 02:47 PM

Former President Donald Trump is suggesting that Georgia residents sue the state for running "a corrupt and rigged 2020 presidential election."

His comments came in a statement released Friday after Attorney General Merrick Garland announced that the Justice Department is filing a lawsuit against the state of Georgia to try and overturn a new voting law that Democrats allege discriminates against minorities.

The DOJ’s suit takes aim at Georgia’s Election Integrity Act, which was signed into law by Gov. Brian Kemp, R-Ga., in March after it was passed by the Republican-led state Legislature.

The action is the first major voting rights case the DOJ has filed under the Biden administration. Lawmakers on Capitol Hill had been briefed on the matter, The Washington Post reported.

The Post said Georgia’s law imposes new limits on the use of absentee ballots, makes it a crime for outside groups to provide food and water to voters waiting at polling stations, and hands greater control over election administration to the state Legislature.

"The complaint alleges that the state enacted those restrictions with the purpose of denying or abridging the right to vote on the basis of race of color," Garland said.

Trump, in his statement said: "Biden’s Department of Justice just announced that they are suing the Great State of Georgia over its Election Integrity Act. Actually, it should be the other way around! The PEOPLE of Georgia should SUE the State, and their elected officials, for running a CORRUPT AND RIGGED 2020 PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION — and for trying to suppress the VOTE of the AMERICAN PEOPLE in Georgia. If we don’t address these issues from the 2020 Election head on, and we allow the Radical Left Democrats to continue to politicize the DOJ and Law Enforcement, we will lose our Country. SAVE AMERICA!"

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/trump-georgia-sue-garland/2021/06/25/id/1026468/ 

[ :: 12-31-12/1-1-13 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. the cost of things, because they have gone over the cliff, shall skyrocket and taxes, taxes, it shall be like in the days of old when everyone will have to bring their taxes in and they will be condemned and judged if they do not. Oh the things that are going to take place now, the things that you haven’t even thought of, the things that you haven’t been aware of, but I have told you, I have warned you. I have tried to prepare you that you would be totally ready, that you wouldn’t have to run real fast to make up time, but that you would be walking right by my side. etc..

:: 6-25-21 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why inflation's on the rise

Thursday, June 24, 2021  Chris Woodward (OneNewsNow.com

With inflation being the topic of so many headlines, an economist is shining light on what's driving up prices.

According to CNBC, consumer prices for May accelerated at their fastest pace in nearly 13 years as pressures continued to build in the U.S. economy. The consumer price index, which represents food, energy, groceries, housing costs, and sales across a spectrum of goods, rose 5% from a year earlier. Economists surveyed by Dow Jones had been expecting a gain of 4.7%.

Joel Griffith, a research fellow at The Heritage Foundation, says numerous factors contribute to this.

"We have labor costs increasing, partially as a result of the government paying people not to work," he begins. "So private businesses are in a bidding war with the government trying to get people to come back to work."

Another issue involves people not having anywhere to spend the money from the government. While some states reopened months ago, others have only begun to do so.

"Now families are beginning to spend those dollars, and, of course, when you have more dollars chasing goods, prices rise. But you also have a lot of bottlenecks that were caused by the shutdown," Griffith continues. "Of course, some of these shutdowns were simply senseless, but regardless, you have these supply chain bottlenecks. And if you look at what's happening, for instance, with microchips, where you have shipping and production all scrambled up -- they were in a year and a half slowdown, and now, as you have demand increasing, you need these components to make these goods, and you have a lot of production that was ramped down."

Griffith

Griffith also points to housing, which accounted for over a quarter of the overall increase in inflation in May, as a cause of price increases. Some economists agree the government fails to understand the magnitude of the problem.

"The Federal Reserve is buying up mortgage bonds, and that is artificially making mortgages cheaper in terms of interest rates," Griffith explains. "But that's actually incentivizing people to take on more and more mortgage debt. And now you have a housing crisis increasing at the most rapid rate in our nation's history."

Griffin reports that median home prices increased about 30% year over year, which is pricing people out of the marketplace.

"So, the causes are numerous, but most of the primary causes of the rise in prices are actually the result of imprudent government policy," the research fellow concludes.

https://onenewsnow.com/business/2021/06/24/why-inflations-on-the-rise 

:: 6-25-21 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pence Splits with Trump on Jan. 6: 'Un-American' for VP to 'Choose the American President'

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, June 25, 2021

Former Vice President Mike Pence on Thursday further distanced himself from former President Trump over the January 6 attack on the capitol, saying it would have been "un-American" for the vice president to try and reject electoral votes.

Pence made the comments at the Ronald Reagan Presidential Library in Simi Valley, California, in a speech that mainly focused on the achievements of the Trump administration and his disagreements with the Biden agenda.

But Pence touched briefly on the January 6 attack and on Trump's insistence leading up to the attack that Pence could change the outcome. Trump said in a pre-January 6 tweet that if Pence "comes through for us, we will win the Presidency." The former president wanted Pence to reject electoral votes from certain states that went for Biden.

Under the U.S. Constitution, the vice president oversees the counting of electoral votes in a joint session of Congress.

Pence did not mention Trump by name during his Thursday speech. His speech took place one week after he was heckled and called a "traitor" at a Faith and Freedom Coalition event.

"In the years ahead," Pence said, "the American people must know that our Republican Party will always keep our oath to the Constitution – even when it would be politically expedient to do otherwise, that we are the party that as the Bible says, we'll keep our oath, even when it hurts."

"... There are those in our party who believe that in my position as presiding officer over the joint session that I possess the authority to reject or return electoral votes, certified by the states. But the Constitution provides the vice president with no such authority before the joint session of Congress. And the truth is, there's almost no idea more un-American than the notion that any one person could choose the American president. The presidency belongs to the American people and the American people alone." January 6, he said, "was a dark day in the history of the United States."

"Thanks to the swift action of Capitol police and law enforcement, the violence was quelled, the capitol secured," Pence said. "And we reconvened the Congress the very same day to finish the work of counting electoral votes from every state of the Union."

The Republican Party, Pence said, must be devoted to the Constitution and not to the whims of politics.

"I will always be proud that we did our part on that tragic day to reconvene the Congress and fulfilled our duty under the Constitution and the laws of the United States," he said. "Now I understand the disappointment many feel about the last election. I can relate; I was on the ballot. But, you know, there's more at stake than our party and our political fortunes in this moment.

"If we lose faith in the Constitution, we won't just lose elections. We'll lose our country. So now more than ever, America needs the Republican Party to be the party of the Constitution of the United States."

The 12th Amendment says of the process: "The President of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House of Representatives, open all the certificates and the votes shall then be counted; The person having the greatest number of votes for President, shall be the President." The vice president is the president of the Senate.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/michael-foust/pence-splits-with-trump-on-jan-6-un-american-for-vp-to-choose-the-american-president.html 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 6-26-21 Whatfingernews :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tucker: Sean Parnell warns implementing critical race theory will destroy military

11 hours ago

Veteran and Pennsylvania Senate candidate reacts to Gen. Mark Milley’s statement on ‘white rage’ on ‘Tucker Carlson Tonight.’

https://choiceclips.whatfinger.com/2021/06/26/tucker-sean-parnell-warns-implementing-critical-race-theory-will-destroy-military/ 

:: 4-19-21 New American :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Genetic Vaccines: Are They the New Thalidomide?

by Lee D. Merritt MD April 19, 2021

Many Americans have heard the news account of Dr. Gregory Michael, a 56-year-old Florida physician who, after receiving his first dose of a Pfizer COVID vaccine on December 18 of last year, was hospitalized three days later. He had a total loss of his platelets — the little blood cells that stop bleeding. In spite of being treated by a team of physicians, he died two weeks later from a brain hemorrhage, and was reported to have had zero platelets. By February 10, 2021, 36 other similar cases were reported in the mainstream media. Pfizer, which along with its partner BioNTech made the vaccine the doctor received, said in a statement that it was aware of the death. Typically, they concluded, “We are actively investigating this case, but we don’t believe at this time that there is any direct connection to the vaccine.”

Pfizer made this “finding” despite several unusual circumstances of the case. First, low-platelet disorders, known as idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP), most commonly affect children, and generally follow a viral illness. Only 10 percent of ITP cases occur in adults, who usually present with a slow onset form of the disorder, referred to as chronic ITP. The disorder usually starts by someone noticing easy bleeding, such as slow oozing from gums or the nose, or bruises showing up without trauma. Rarely do platelets drop below 20,000, and generally treatment either reverses the disease or prolongs life for years in spite of the problem.

What happened to this physician and the others seems to be a new previously unseen problem related to vaccination — despite the manufacturers’ claims.

Increasingly, vaccine manufacturers and government officials are following the sarcastic maxim from Samuel Shem’s novel of medical residency entitled The House of God that “if you don’t take a temperature you can’t find a fever.” In other words, if we don’t critically look at the actual recorded patient damage, we won’t find our products to be defective. Now, major media are increasingly getting on board, condemning “vaccine hesitancy” and pushing everyone to get vaccinated for COVID, discounting any dangers. But in the practice of medicine, we are supposed to employ the “precautionary principle” — above all do no harm.

Moderna and Pfizer COVID-19 “vaccines” are experimental, employing a genetic technology never before used on humans. Ironically, many people who wouldn’t purchase the first edition of a new car line are lining up to take an injection they know nothing about, that has never successfully passed animal trials, that could never meet the required “safety level” for a “drug,” and is unapproved for the prevention of COVID except as an emergency experiment.

Legally, those who get the vaccine are unnamed participants in a Stage IV FDA trial.

Moreover, a vaccine is supposed to prevent disease. By that definition, these agents are not even vaccines. They are more properly termed “experimental unapproved genetic agents.” By admission of the manufacturers themselves, both the Pfizer and Moderna products only lessen the symptoms of COVID; they don’t prevent transmission.

Vaccination was first invented to treat smallpox, which had a a fatality rate of up to 60 percent. Then other diseases such as typhoid and polio were similarly addressed. But vaccination is not used when effective safe treatment is available. Although censorship has confused the public understanding, overwhelming evidence dating back to the 1970s shows that viruses can be treated with “lysosomotropic agents.” The truth is, hundreds of papers have shown that chloroquine, and its later version hydroxychloroquine, are very effective in treating this virus if given early. A worldwide open architecture online review of COVID survival (hcqtrial.com) showed that death rate was 78.7-percent lower in those countries where hydroxychloroquine was used early and often:

Multiple large studies done in outpatient settings show very excellent prevention and cure with these and other drugs such as Ivermectin. In Mumbai, India, a study was done of the city police force of 10,000 officers. No deaths were recorded in the 4,600 officers taking a small dose of hydroxychloroquine each week. All the deaths were in the untreated group. Using Worldometer statistics, COVID deaths per capita in New York State are 2,656 per million population; in New Jersey they are 2,821 per million population. In India the rate is 126 per million and in Uganda it is only seven per million. Neither India nor Uganda used social distancing in any real way. But they do use hydroxychloroquine. New York (except for Dr. Zev Zelenko and a few others) does not use the drug.

As to the claims of the efficacy of the drugs, the declaration of 95-percent effectiveness of the Pfizer product was shown to be bunkum by Dr. Peter Doshi, the associate editor of the British Medical Journal, writing in that publication. After doing an independent review of the data submitted to the FDA, Dr. Doshi reported that only 30 percent of test subjects, at best, experienced even the slightest benefit (symptom reduction). Absolute risk reduction — in other words stopping transmission — he estimated at less than one percent.

During the first two months of the rollout of Pfizer and Moderna “vaccines” in 2021, 95 percent of deaths from vaccines recorded in the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) were for those agents, meaning only five percent of reported deaths involved all the other vaccines put together. Compared to 2019, deaths in VAERS are up 6,000 percent. Thirty-six deaths were recorded in the first quarter of 2020 versus 1,754 in the first quarter of 2021.

In Israel, where the Pfizer mRNA product is being used exclusively and a major push is on to vaccinate the whole population, an independent review of government data after two months of the vaccine program was done by the Aix-Marseille University Faculty of Medicine Emerging Infectious and Tropical Diseases Unit’s Dr. Hervé Seligmann and engineer Haim Yativ. They showed that when 12.5 percent of Israelis were vaccinated, 51 percent of the deaths from COVID were in the vaccinated group. Additionally, in the over 65-year-olds, vaccination resulted in death from COVID 40 times more than in unvaccinated people. In other words, this is not protecting people from COVID but increasing fatalities from the disease — and this neglects the number of other side effects.

If the truth were known, most sane, thinking people would not likely take part in such an experiment. With the truth hidden and with threats of travel bans and an unwarranted fear of COVID, and with pressure from employers and the politicization of COVID in general, Americans have been throwing caution to the wind.

The Unknowns

To understand what is actually happening to people after receiving the mRNA agents, I reviewed data in VAERS — an open-source searchable database of possible vaccine side effects reported by both providers and patients. According to the CDC website:

VAERS is used to detect possible safety problems — called “signals”that may be related to vaccination. If a vaccine safety signal is identified through VAERS, scientists may conduct further studies to find out if the signal represents an actual risk.

The main goals of VAERS are to:

• Detect new, unusual, or rare adverse events that happen after vaccination.

• Monitor increases in known side effects, like arm soreness where a shot was given

• Identify potential patient risk factors for particular types of health problems related to vaccines

• Assess the safety of newly licensed vaccines

• Watch for unexpected or unusual patterns in adverse event reports

• Serve as a monitoring system in public health emergencies

The CDC acknowledges limitations of the system, including:

• Reports submitted to VAERS often lack details and sometimes contain errors.

◦ Serious adverse events are more likely to be reported than mild side effects.

◦ It is generally not possible to find out from VAERS data if a vaccine caused the adverse event.

I searched the VAERS database using keywords that would identify bleeding problems and thrombocytopenia (low or absent platelets). Entries are defined by age groups and sex with a narrative account of the injury.

In a two-and-a-half-month period from December 15, 2020 to March 12, 2021, 358 cases of unusual clotting or bleeding were identified, and it makes grim reading. There were 104 cases of frank thrombocytopenia (low platelets) — some including young people. However, the numbers alone do not adequately convey the problems. In one case about an 18-29 year-old female, the physician wrote this: “Patient was seen in in my office on 1/19/21 with complaint of heavy vaginal bleeding. A CBC was obtained which revealed an H/H of 12.2/36.1 and a platelet count of 1 (not 1K, but 1 platelet!) This was confirmed on smear review.” The surprise and horror the doctor experienced upon seeing the absence of platelets is clear when reading the report.

But the platelet problem may just be the most severe expression of a physical derangement that is producing bleeding of all sorts. As seen in the table below, there were 49 people with brain hemorrhages — nine fatal at the time of reporting. A number of other people arrived at Emergency Departments with bleeding from multiple sites, or internally, so massive that they could not be stabilized even to clearly define the sources of the bleeding.

Severe Thrombocytopenia 94 Various Spontaneous Skin bleeding 10

Mild Thrombocytopenia 11 Vein bleeding from temple 1

Thrombocytopenic Petechial rash/bruising 5 Prolonged surgical site bleeding 3

Severe Pancytopenia 2 Severe multifocal bleeding 5

Unknown Hematologic Problem 1 Severe internal bleeding 5

Multifocal or “massive” brain hemorrhage 20 Severe uncharacterized bleeding 3

Focal brain hemorrhage 29 Bleeding from cancer site liver 1

GI Bleed 34 Renal dialysis shunt 1

Severe Vaginal Bleeding 7 Hematuria 2

Vaginal Bleeding 21 Renal bleed 1

Bleeding in Pregnancy 6 Tonsillar bleed 1

Bleeding with Miscarriage 12 Acute Uterine Fibroid hemorrhage 1

Irreg Menses 4 Nosebleed 32

Oral bleeding 8 Spontaneous Splenic hemorrhage 1

Subconjunctival Hemorrhage 11 Injection Site Bleeding 21

Intraocular bleed 4 Arm Bruising 1

Most cases of severe problems were in people over the age of 50 years. But there were many younger people involved, especially in the less severe-but-unusual bleeding problems. Of the 36 reported nosebleeds, six were either unable to be stopped with usual measures, were recurrent, or were recorded as having significant blood loss or dubbed “profuse.” Many were associated with other symptoms: photophobia (eye sensitivity to light), headache, hives, “sick in bed,” brain fog, and face swelling. The youngest patient with a nosebleed was, sadly, a toddler requiring emergency care. Unusual skin bleeding was also reported. Four 65-plus-year-old males reported blood spontaneously oozing through the skin: one from the legs, one from the scalp, one from an old biopsy site, and one from an old healed “boil” site. Frank bleeding at the time of the inoculation occurred 14 times. Some bleeding was momentary, but often the bleeding was difficult to stop, recurrent, and/or persisted after the patient returned home. (How many times have you had an injection and bled at all, let alone bled off and on for hours?)

Perhaps the saddest were the bleeding episodes that preceded spontaneous miscarriages. Here are some direct entries in VAERS:

40-49 y.o. Female: The evening of my vaccination I began to feel feverish, weak and achy. During the night I woke with heavy bleeding and found out the following morning I had miscarried my otherwise healthy pregnancy.

39 y.o. Female: Internal brain bleeding 10 days after 1st dose Covid vaccine; brain damage, confused, suffering memory loss; This is a spontaneous report from a contactable physician (patient).

30-39 y.o. Female: 48 hours after injection developed micro-hemorrhages in her right eye. Symptoms resolved and 12/29 recurrence of bleeding to right eye slightly worse than before

65+ y.o. Male: Patient developed significant nose bleed after receiving vaccine. Required emergency department visits x 2 and hospitalization.

65+ y.o. Female: Vaccine administered 02/02/2021. By Thursday 2/11/2021 patient almost nonverbal, by Monday 2/15/2021 patient went to the hospital with bruising, sores on her stomach and clots reported as thrombocytopenia. Deceased by Friday, 2/19/20201.

40-49 y.o. Female: Bleeding, myalgia, tingling in the fingers of the right hand; fatigue immediately upon vaccinationbleeding at the injection site which the employee reports as filling the Band-Aid over the site. When she got home in the evening and took it off blood ran.

65+ y.o. Female: Within 15 min of the injection, the individual became aphasic and stroke like symptoms. She was taken to the ER where she was later diagnosed with a cerebral hemorrhage and passed away.

When such facts are presented, the standard retort from vaccine advocates is, “We have given millions of vaccines, so a few deaths are to be expected.” Besides the fact that a willingness to sacrifice individuals for the nebulous good of the masses represents a bankrupt moral order, simply calculating the numbers of deaths is inadequate. “Experts” need to take the time to read the narrative to open their eyes — and their hearts — to the suffering happening. There are over 25 pages of such stories printed from VAERS entries, and we must consider, “How many of these people are now dead, and how many are going to die?”

A second-year medical student armed with the facts should recognize looming disaster — where are the experts?

In truth, neither recipients nor their doctors know what is in these “vaccines.” Only a few people at the top of the Moderna, Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, and AstraZeneca research groups really understand them. These mRNA injections produce a potentially deadly pathogen — the spike protein — in your cells. The Emergency Use Authorization for the Pfizer product says that it contains “a nucleoside-modified messenger RNA (modRNA) encoding the viral spike glycoprotein (S) of SARS-CoV-2.” If your immune system is strong enough to withstand this onslaught and create some immunity, you may survive the first onslaught. But even if you don’t die in the short term, mRNA is an epigenetic controller of DNA. Though this foreign synthetic mRNA doesn’t actually become part of your DNA to make you a “GMO human,” as some people have been worrying about, it can control DNA in ways we have yet to completely understand. We literally have no idea whether this bodily additive is going to have a side effect of expressing cancer genes, or of repressing cancer protective genes, or thousands of other potentially deadly unknowns.

Additionally, the Pfizer vaccine includes all types of ingredients that may by themselves create ailments. The Pfizer shot contains “lipids ((4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl)bis(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2- hexyldecanoate), 2-[(polyethylene glycol)-2000]-N,N-ditetradecylacetamide, 1,2-distearoyl-snglycero-3-phosphocholine, and cholesterol), potassium chloride, monobasic potassium phosphate, sodium chloride, dibasic sodium phosphate dihydrate, and sucrose.”

I insert this list just for completeness — don’t expect to make sense of it. Your doctor can’t either. I understand “sucrose” (sugar) and sodium chloride (salt), but who doesn’t get lost in the “hydroxybutyl” and “distearoyl” lipid list?

After doing some sleuthing and having some inside knowledge to start from, I discovered that this lipid particle is an adjuvant called “Matrix M.” As described in scientific literature, “Adjuvant Matrix-M™ is comprised of 40 nm nanoparticles composed of Quillaja saponins, cholesterol and phospholipid.”

Matrix-M essentially wraps the mRNA in a lipid coating that allows it to move through cell walls and to linger in your system. Matrix-M is derived from plant chemicals called saponins, which have poorly understood properties in plant biology. They can be toxic to humans in some cases, and have been traditionally used by aboriginal tribesmen to poison fish. Should we consider that comforting?

The pharmacology industry has a long history of removing bad drugs from the market. Thalidomide is perhaps the most famous example of a pharmacologic disaster. The drug was released in 1957 for its sedative effects and was touted as being safe for everyone including “pregnant women and children.” In 1961, Dr. William McBride, an obstetrician, discovered that thalidomide was useful for “morning sickness” in pregnant women. Later he began to see unusual and devastating birth defects in babies born to women for whom he had prescribed the drug. Independently, Dr. Widuking Lenz, a pediatrician in Germany, also associated thalidomide with severe and unusual birth defects, such as the absence of limbs or parts of limbs. Sometimes an infants’ hands were attached at the shoulders, there being no connecting long bones at all. By 1962 the drug was taken off the market.

But unlike with our new, experimental agents, recognition of the thalidomide problem was made relatively easy by several factors. First among these was the uniqueness of the deformities. These were both profound and obvious, which stand in stark contrast to the current bleeding problems, which appear on the surface to be normal problems in clinical medicine — such as nosebleeds. Even now, doctors continue to call the loss of platelets “ITP” — even though what we are seeing is not the same as what we would expect to see under that diagnosis. ITP simply does not kill adult males in a few days.

Second, with thalidomide, the physician who first began using the drug for nausea in pregnancy was also the doctor who delivered the affected babies, so he could readily put two and two together. In the case of our COVID drugs, when your doctor tells you to get a vaccine, he doesn’t administer it, doesn’t witness the injection, and usually doesn’t follow up to see how you fared. And if you were to suddenly develop a vision problem or bleeding from the bowel, you wouldn’t be seen by your PCP; you would be in an Emergency Department — and they don’t usually ask about your recent vaccine history.

Third, Dr. Lenz presciently recognized that, in the case of thalidomide, many less-severe deformities, when put into perspective, revealed “gradations of the defect.” Unfortunately in the present case, lesser degrees of clotting problems are indistinguishable from bleeding issues frequently encountered in an Emergency Room or doctor’s office. For example, if a 75-year-old hypertensive male — who has gotten a COVID shot — suffers a brain hemorrhage and dies, it would not likely be deemed unusual, and the relationship to vaccination may not even be explored.

Keeping that in mind, we should assume the worst when it comes to these new COVID shots. When any new drug problem starts, it begins slowly and unrecognized — like a snowball beginning to roll down a mountain. By the time the problem is generally acknowledged, the avalanche is well on its way. In the case of thalidomide, over 100,000 children were severely damaged before the drug was removed from use. Though VAERS has the potential to shorten recognition time of drug problems by trying to spot the “unusual patterns,” this requires that physicians be aware of the system, and take the time to enter any suspected side effects — not just the worst cases. It also requires that researchers care enough to look. This is not happening. A report previously submitted to the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality revealed that fewer than one percent of adverse events get reported to VAERS.

In the past, testing done on mRNA technology revealed problems specifically involving the clotting system. Antibody-mediated platelet damage has been suspected. Yet today when these exact problems arise, the researchers are mum. Do the experts not study or know their own vaccine research history?

For those who are concerned about the risks, we need to advocate for ourselves, either through contacting legislators or simply refusing to take the shots. It’s obvious that the pharmaceutical industry is willing to release untried technology upon the entire world population, and not be deterred by any inconvenience such as unexplained death.

We need to stop being a gullible population that forces our children to get vaccinated for trivial, non-fatal diseases such as mumps. We need to stop believing in the god-like status of medical technocrats who claim to be making the world safer. We need to reject the idea that vaccine deniers are anti-scientific troglodytes. We must reject the unspoken premise under which pharmaceutical companies and doctors operate — that all vaccines are always safe in all people all the time. It should not be considered unreasonable to require scientific transparency, honesty by drug manufacturers, and safety from vaccines.

Vaccines are only indicated for diseases with a high risk of death or morbidity, and for which there is no cure. After seeing the esteemed leaders in medicine denigrate hydroxychloroquine (even though it was a recognized treatment used successfully elsewhere for SARS, and mentioned favorably by Dr. Fauci for MERS), after watching three plants used in the production of hydroxychloroquine burn down in a year — two on the same day — after watching doctors lose their jobs and be censored for speaking truth and saving lives with old safe drugs that work, and now, after seeing experimental genetic agents being rolled out for use globally that have never passed animal testing and have only a few months human trials, perhaps it is time to address the 800-pound gorilla in the room and ask, “Are they trying to kill us?”

https://thenewamerican.com/genetic-vaccines-are-they-the-new-thalidomide/ 

[ :: 10-14-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

etc. Study Ezekiel thirty seven and thirty eight, for that is where you are at this moment.  But before Russia can march upon Israel they must remove America from the picture first, for it is that time and it is that hour. etc

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

[ :: 4-28-19 am service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc Russia, is building stronger and stronger and stronger every day, for I have a fishhook in her mouth and I am tugging on it as hard as I can and before they can go into Israel they must first destroy Babylon. They have all the military power to do that and America has nothing, absolutely nothing to stop it, wake up, wake up. You have other enemies such as China, North Korea, are you fooled by North Korea, I sure hope not, for I have spoken to you concerning that. Where are their old submarines, where are they sitting, on the bottom of the ocean ready to strike, for they were seen loading with all types of weaponry, where are they now, where, and China, how about their newest weapon? etc

:: 6-21-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Pacific Fleet Now Only 35 MILES from Honolulu - US Lines Up Missile Warning vessels in Pacific

World NewsDesk 21 June 2021 Hits: 22356

The Pacific Fleet of the Russian Navy is now only about 35 miles (65km) from Honolulu, Hawaii, conducting "military exercises" as shown on the satellite image above. U.S. Deploys ACSG, "wall" of special naval radar, and schedules missile test from Alaska toward Russia fleet!

As of this weekend, the following Russia Navy vessels are quite close to Hawaii:

Three (3) Project 20380 Corvette vessels: Sovershenny, Gromkiy, and Aldar Tsydenzhapov

One (1) Project 1164 Guided Missile Cruiser: Varyag

Two Project 1155 vessels:

A) Large anti-submarine ship Admiral Panteleyev, AND;

B) a Project 1155(M) frigate: Marshall Shaposhnikov

One (1) Missile Instrumentation Ship: Marshal Krylov

The US sent the USS Carl Vinson Aircraft Carrier Strike Group to be in the area of the Russian naval vessels. This includes three (3) Arleigh-Burke-class Destroyers and One (1) U.S. Coast Guard Sentinel-class Cutter.

In addition to the USS Carl Vinson Carrier Strike Group, the U.S. has sortied very special naval radar vessels equipped with stunning missile alert radar.

The special radar vessels have formed a virtual WALL in the western Pacific Ocean as seen below:

In addition, the U.S. has made a sudden announcement of a Missile test from the area of Kodiak Island, Alaska, toward Kwajelin Atol in the Pacific, which would see a US missile headed very fast and very close to the Russian Fleet!

The Notice to Airmen and Mariners shows the projected track of today's US Missile Defense test:

The strange thing about this particular Missile Defense test is that there are NO KNOWN U.S. Missile defense facilities on Kodiak Island. There is the Pacific Spaceport Complex – Alaska (PSCA), formerly known as the Kodiak Launch Complex (KLC), is a dual-use commercial and military spaceport for sub-orbital and orbital launch vehicles. The facility is owned and operated by the Alaska Aerospace Corporation, a public corporation of the State of Alaska, and is located on Kodiak Island in Alaska.

The spaceport opened in 1998 and has supported 26 (up to end of 2020) launches, most of those for the U.S. government. The site was closed for two years following a launch failure that caused significant damage to parts of the spaceport. It reopened in August 2016.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/russian-pacific-fleet-now-only-35-miles-from-honolulu-us-lines-up-missile-warning-vessels-in-pacific 

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

:: 6-21-21 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian political leader tells Tucker Carlson that his COVID arrest was a form of ‘political repression’

'In Canada, you cannot speak against the regime. It's like in China. I was in jail for eight hours a day – they handcuffed me, put me in jail and for a non-crime … it was a political repression,' Maxime Bernier told Carlson on Wednesday.

Mon Jun 21, 2021 - 9:14 am EST By Anthony Murdoch

CANADA, June 21, 2021 (LifeSiteNews) – A well-known anti-lockdown Canadian political leader told Fox News’ Tucker Carlson that his recent arrest for breaking COVID-19 rules was a form of “political repression,” and not because he broke health rules.

In Canada, you cannot speak against the regime. It's like in China. I was in jail for eight hours a day – they handcuffed me, put me in jail and for a non-crime … it was a political repression,” Maxime Bernier, leader People’s Party of Canada (PPC) and former Conservative Party of Canada (CPC) MP and cabinet minister told Carlson on Wednesday. Carlson responded by saying that “it's remarkable the government would arrest its political opponent for complaining about its policies.”

To this Bernier replied that he is the “only political leader in Canada who is speaking against (lockdowns).”

SUBSCRIBE to LifeSite's daily headlines

U.S. Canada World Catholic

“So, it is scary that in Canada right now in 2021, you are like in China. Actually, I would always fight for what I believe. And like I said to the policeman, my weapon is my words and I will always use my words to fight for more freedom and a smaller government in Canada. I will be back in Manitoba.”

Last Friday, Bernier’s lawyers from the Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms (JCCF) were able to secure his release from prison after he was arrested for breaking COVID-19 health rules by speaking at a freedom rally in a small village in province of Manitoba.

Bernier was handcuffed by Manitoba RCMP and the incident was recorded on video. His lawyers said the rally had less than 15 people in attendance.

According to a CBC report, Manitoba RCMP said Bernier was charged under the province’s Public Health Act for failing to self-isolate upon arrival in Manitoba, as well as for taking part in an outdoor gathering.

When asked by the officer arresting him whether he had weapons on his person, Bernier replied that he had no weapons and “only my words, only my philosophy, only what I believe in.”

At the time of his arrest, Manitoba had barred all outdoor gatherings. It now allows only 5 people to gather outside, but still has a mandatory 14-day quarantine policy in place for all who visit the province.

Bernier has been a vocal opponent of COVID-19 lockdown measures in Canada. He was recently on a cross-Canada “Mad Max” tour, as he calls it, trying to gain support for the PPC while speaking at anti-lockdown rallies. His tour comes in anticipation of a possible fall federal election in Canada.

Manitoba Premier Brian Pallister warned Bernier before his arrival that should he break the local rules, “he’s going to be light in the pocket book.”

Bernier also spoke recently with Andrew Lawton of True North News. He told him that the PPC is the “only party against these draconian lockdowns.”

That's crazy that no politician can speak in in a province of our country. It's like being in China,” Bernier said. Bernier was asked by Lawton why even the Conservative Premiers of Alberta, Manitoba, Ontario, and Saskatchewan have gone along with the lockdown narrative.

“They are following the establishment medical experts and they don't want to have any other point of view,” Bernier told Lawton.

As a former MP for the CPC, Bernier said that Alberta Premier Jason Kenney, whom he used to work with, is now not even recognizable as a “conservative.”

“I know personally Jason Kenney,” said Bernier.

I was sitting with him around the cabinet table when I was a conservative minister, when he was a minister. He was a real conservative at that time. Now, I don't recognize.” Bernier also said to Lawton that he does not understand why there are no “provincial parliaments or legislatures” that are opposing lockdowns.

“They're not doing their job… we are in a crazy world,” said Bernier.

Meanwhile Kenney announced that on July 1, Alberta will significantly reduce its COVID-19 restrictions, including the current ban on indoor social gatherings.

This comes in spite of the fact Kenney is the only Canadian premier to have jailed Christian pastors for breaking COVID rules, having jailed Paster James Coates and Pastor Artur Pawlowski and most recently, Pastor Tim Stephens, who is currently in jail.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/canadian-political-leader-tells-tucker-carlson-that-his-covid-arrest-was-a-form-of-political-repression 

:: 6-20-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Calm before the storm? Only 3 strong earthquakes (M6.1, M6.1, M6.3) rattle the world in the last 30 days – Unprecedented! Be ready for the Big Shake!

By Strange Sounds - Jun 20, 2021

Today, a strong M6.3 earthquake hit along the Kermadec Trench, New Zealand.

Meanwhile, there have only been 2 other strong quakes larger than M6.0 worldwide in the last 30 days and none of them exceeded M6.1.

This is unprecedented or at least very rare! The energy accumulating has to be released… So imagine if it erupts in only 1 or 2 Big Ones! It could end really bad!

As described in this Facebook Group, these highly unusual patterns are a critical warning sign.

This absence of strong quakes is a very dangerous and alarming situation. People living in earthquake-prone areas should get prepared and be ready for a Big Blast. [Facebook]

https://strangesounds.org/2021/06/low-global-seismic-activity-world-danger-big-one.html 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 6-19-21 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stock Market Cut in Half Soon – Charles Nenner

By Greg Hunter On June 19, 2021 In Market Analysis 174 Comments

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com (Saturday Night Post)

Renowned geopolitical and financial cycle expert Charles Nenner made a huge call at the end of January 2020. Nenner said, “I am more worried about the market going down 40% than making 5% more on the upside.” The market topped a few weeks later (2% higher) and then plunged 38% for the next several weeks. Spot on call. Nenner also said he was “more worried about domestic civil unrest than war in a foreign land.” We had Antifa and BLM rioting, looting and burning in Portland, Minneapolis, Chicago, New York and many other cities for most of 2020. This was, yet, another spot on call. What’s Nenner seeing now? Nenner says, “ I have a chart going back to the 1900’s, and if you connect all the tops, the tops of 1929, top in the 1960’s, 1987, . . . we are up to the trend line again. It seems very, very unusual to break a trend line that dates back for 100 years. So, risk is very high. . . .We are totally out of the market. . . .We have been out for three or four weeks. . . .We have the same thing as before. People are more afraid to miss 4% on the upside than 50% on the downside. That’s human nature.”

How low can the market go from here? Nenner says, “20,000 or lower is my call.” I asked Nenner, “You think the market could get cut in half?” Nenner replied, “Yes.”

The next big call is on inflation. The Federal Reserve keeps telling the markets that inflation is “transitory.” Nenner contends inflation is here and will get much worse. Nenner explains, “If the Fed keeps the policy unchanged, the market is not going to like it because they think the Fed is not paying enough attention. For the moment, I agree with the Fed that the inflation fear is overdone. But based on my cycles, we are going to soon start a whole new cycle of inflation. . . . There is a long term cycle on inflation. . . .In a year or so, we are going to have a lot of inflation.”

Nenner says Bitcoin, at least for now, looks to be topped out. Nenner says, “I have no higher price target. We might have a new up cycle, but I don’t think the top ($64,000) is going to be taken out for a long time.”

On oil and natural gas, Nenner says, “We are out of oil right now, but I don’t think the bull market in oil is over yet. I think natural gas will start a long term up move soon.”

On gold and silver, Nenner says, “There is no bottom fishing in silver or gold. The bottom is weeks away. We might touch the bottom on gold at $1,670.”

Longer term, Nenner still thinks gold will go past $2,500 an ounce, and silver will go up with it.

On the geopolitical front, Nenner says, “Everybody does whatever they want because nobody trusts the government. You don’t know where the danger is coming from, first from the left or the right. I think the left is more dangerous than the right. . . . I see things deteriorating very fast because nobody knows what’s right of wrong anymore in the United States. It’s very worrisome. I think the world will take the United States on because they have no clue what they are doing anymore. This looks the same as before the Japanese attacked Pearl Harbor because how stupid can you get. In the end, the United States will get its act together, but first, they have to be hurt very seriously.”

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with renowned cycle analyst and financial expert Charles Nenner.

After the Interview:

Nenner added a warning about “fake news” issued by Wall Street. Nenner says, “Wall Street wants small investors on the wrong side of the market. They accomplish this by giving out fake news. They have to sell to somebody. Don’t fall for it.”

There is free information and analysis on CharlesNenner.com. You can also sign up to be a subscriber for Nenner’s cutting edge cycle work with a free trial period by clicking here.

https://usawatchdog.com/stock-market-cut-in-half-soon-charles-nenner-6-19-21/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 6-20-21 WIN World Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Prepare for Iran nuclear facility strike,’ says Israeli official after election of ‘Butcher of Tehran’

June 20, 2021 By Lauren Marcus, World Israel News

Israeli senior military and intelligence officials are gearing up for a future strike on Iran’s nuclear facilities, after news broke that Ebrahim Raisi was elected president of the Islamic Republic.

Raisi is a hardcore Islamist who has been named by Amnesty International as a perpetrator of war crimes.

Channel 12 News reported that Raisi is in favor of a return to the 2015 nuclear deal in exchange for relief of sanctions that have crippled Iran’s economy.

But as talks with the U.S. enter yet another round of talks with no set end in sight, Israel is worried that Iran will continue stockpiling and enriching uranium until the ink on a deal is dry.

Israel believes the earliest such deal could be signed is August, leaving a relatively long window of time in which Iran could ramp up its nuclear program.

There will be no choice but to go back and prepare attack plans for Iran’s nuclear program,” a senior Israeli official told Channel 12.

“This will require budgets and the reallocation of resources.”

Foreign Minister Yair Lapid referenced Raisi’s brutal reputation on Saturday evening, tweeting that “Iran’s new president, known as the Butcher of Tehran, is an extremist responsible for the deaths of thousands of Iranians. He is committed to the regime’s nuclear ambitions and to its campaign of global terror.”

He added that the “election should prompt renewed determination to immediately halt Iran’s nuclear program and put an end to its destructive regional ambitions.”

Lior Haiat, a Foreign Ministry spokesman, also tweeted that Raisi is set to become Iran’s “most extremist president to date…committed to Iran’s rapidly advancing military nuclear program.”

Senior IDF officials are set to meet with their American counterparts in Washington on Sunday, the military said in a statement.

The statement signaled that Israel and the U.S. would work together to mitigate the Iranian threat, on the heels of tensions between the two nations over a potential return to the 2015 deal.

“The chief of staff [Aviv Kochavi] will discuss…current shared security challenges, including matters dealing with the Iranian nuclear threat, Iran’s efforts to entrench itself militarily in the Middle East, Hezbollah’s rearmament efforts, the consequences of the threat of precision-guided missiles and joint force build-up,” the statement said.

https://worldisraelnews.com/prepare-for-iran-nuclear-facility-strike-says-israeli-official-after-election-of-extremist/

:: 6-20-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – Gold And The Coming Global Economic Meltdown

June 20, 2021

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals just sent King World News his latest work on gold and the coming global economic meltdown.

Each week Egon von Greyerz articles are published first on KWN.

June 20 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz at Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): When will the wax melt that holds up the global economy? Hubris is driving humans and markets ever higher and closer to the sun. The higher everything goes, the greater the risk that the wax melts and the wings that are supporting the global economy just fall off and everything crashes to the ground.

Investing successfully is primarily about managing risk rather than maximizing profits. As we reach the end of the biggest bull market in history, investors feel so secure that risk has become an irrelevance.

HOCUS POCUS SYSTEM – THE SAVIOUR OF STOCKS

The Hocus Pocus system of finance has offered total downside protection for investors for 1/2 a century. The last big crash that affected a whole generation was the 1929 crash. After a 90% fall in the Dow, it took 1/4 of a century to recover to the 1929 high.

But since Nixon caused the Hocus Pocus system to thrive from 1971, all major crashes have quickly retraced to new highs. The Dow has fallen 40-60% in 1973, 1987, 2000, 2008 and 2020. But instead of taking 25 years to recover like after the 1929 crash, no retracement since 1971 has taken more than 2 years.

This is the beauty of Hocus Pocus finance. Through printing and credit expansion you create unlimited access to liquidity for the big investors. Virtually no funds reach ordinary people who need it but instead the Hocus Focus system rewards the Croesus investors which means the haves get more and the have nots become relatively much poorer.

As the graphs below show, the bottom 50% hold 0.6% of corporate equities and Mutual Funds whilst the top 1% hold over 52%.

Income inequality is also expanding with the top 10% of earners getting just below 50% of income. As the graph shows, Europe is more egalitarian.

REVOLUTION, WIPEOUT OR BOTH

The inequality of wealth and income can correct itself in two distinct ways.

Either a revolution like in France in the late 1700s or Russia in the early 1900s. This would lead to a general fall in economic activity and redistribution of wealth in a new Marxist system. Asset markets would crash leading to everyone being worse off until Marxism is rejected by the people. In Russia that process took around 70 years last time.

The other way is a collapse of asset markets leading to a massive wipeout of the wealth of the rich. The poor would also be worse off due to the general deterioration in the economy…

THE WAX OF THE EVERYTHING BUBBLE IS MELTING

So coming back to when the wax holding it all precariously actually melts, let’s return to the Greek mythology.

Daedalus and his son Icarus were imprisoned by King Minos in the Labyrinth that Daedalus had built. The only way out was to fly and Daedalus came up with the idea to make bird wings that were attached to their bodies with wax. They managed to flee from the labyrinth using their wings. Icarus had been warned by his father not to fly too close to the sun as the wax would melt and he would crash. But carelessness and hubris couldn’t stop Icarus from reaching ever higher until the wax melted and he crashed to his death.

As the Everything Bubble is flying closer to the sun, the risk of the wax melting is growing exponentially.

The wax holding it all together needs a number of ingredients, to stick such as:

Confidence – even if false,

Hubris

Propaganda

Fake promises,

Zero or negative interest rates

Fake news

Manipulation

Corrupt financial system

Debasement of money and purchasing power

Fiscal deficits

Ever increasing debt & credit

Unlimited money printing

Take away one or two of these ingredients and the wax will start melting and the whole global economy will crash to the ground.

But who really cares about the wax that holds the world economy together. I and a few others have written about the problems we see and the risks we perceive. Also we discuss the consequences that will affect most people.

But whilst some of us believe that our message is of vital importance to everyone, we are sadly only reaching a minuscule minority of people. As the income and wealth graphs show above, even in the Western world, most people have no assets to protect and an income that barely covers their daily outgoings.

HOCUS POCUS SYSTEM CANNOT STOP MELTING OF WAX

As I often stress normal people without major savings can still buy gold and silver for wealth preservation. With 1 gram of gold costing $60 and an ounce of silver $30 virtually everyone can put some savings into precious metals. If the Venezuelans had done that 20 years ago with very small money, that would have saved them from total destitution.

I sometimes hear from people who are poor investors and even worse traders. These are people who are victims and never take responsibility for their own actions.

Even worse, they buy at the top and sell at the bottom. And then they are experts in the most exact of all sciences, namely HINDSIGHT!

I should have bought Bitcoin at $10 or $100 instead of buying gold in 2011”.

Sadly these are people who will never make money consistently on anything since they can’t take responsibility for their own actions.

Also, they don’t comprehend that the primary purpose of holding gold or silver is to protect your wealth against the wax melting i.e. the massive risks of the everything bubble crashing to the ground.

Also, they don’t understand that the main purpose of precious metals is wealth preservation or insurance against a rotten financial system and a constant debasement of currencies until they reach ZERO as the table below shows.

GOLD AND SILVER UPTREND IN TACT

Technically, the precious metals are going through a minor correction which probably will not last much longer. The next move will be to $1,950 for gold on the way to $3,000 initially. Silver is likely to soon reach $30 on the way to $50 and beyond.

These prices are probable medium term targets to much higher levels as the currency system collapses.

As the currencies start their next debasement move, holding gold and silver is imperative.

Gold looks extremely strong technically as the chart in this article shows. But I must stress again that investors must not focus on price but on long term insurance and wealth protection.

INSTITUTIONAL GOLD DEMAND WILL DRIVE THE GOLD PRICE

Another factor which will drive the gold price is institutional gold investing for primarily inflation protection purposes. The latest pension fund to buy physical gold and store it in private vaults outside the banking system is CPEV for the canton of Vaud. They have switched out of hedge funds and into $600 million of physical gold.

Swiss institutions understand the importance of holding gold in physical form outside the banking system rather than holding futures or gold ETFs.

I have explained the dangers of holding gold ETFs in this article from last year.

We are also advising clients not to hold gold in any bank, not even a Swiss Bank.

GOLD OFFERS INSTANT LIQUIDITY

What institutions appreciate with physical gold is that it represents instant liquidity.

Over $180 billion of gold (mostly paper gold) is traded every day. Gold can be bought and sold around the clock at the quoted spot price plus a small margin for physical delivery.

SWITZERLAND – A STRATEGIC GOLD HUB

Switzerland is the primary gold hub of the world. Over 70% of all the gold bars in the world are refined in Switzerland. Gold is 29% 0f Swiss exports and thus strategically important.

It is very important that investors have direct access to their own gold bars in the vault without passing through an intermediary as this would represent a higher counterparty risk.

Also, any intermediary organising the purchase and storage of the gold must be a Swiss company. Holding gold in Switzerland organised by for example a US or UK company adds a layer of jurisdictional risk.

All gold held in Swiss private vaults are subject to Swiss regulatory control and compliance. Gold which does not comply with the fiscal laws of the beneficial holder is not accepted by any vault.

Swiss private vaults have no reporting requirements to any country. This protects the confidentiality of the holder.

WORLD’S BIGGEST PRIVATE GOLD VAULT IN SWISS ALPS

The vault in the video below is a Swiss owned private vault in the Swiss Alps. It it the biggest private gold vault in the world and the safest.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-gold-and-the-coming-global-economic-meltdown/ 

:: 6-20-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This One Image Says It All: America And The World Have Long Been Sailing On A Ship Captained By Fools, Launching Humanity On A One-Way Trip Towards Armageddon

- US Cities Are Proof Those Who Created The Problems Cannot Give Us The Solutions

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 20, 2021

While all the way back in the year 1986, America and the world were a much different place, with Ronald Reagan the President of the US (wouldn't you love to have Ron back in this day and age of Joe Biden!) while the Chernobyl disaster was striking the Soviet Union, still several years before the 'fall of the Iron Curtain', every single one of the politicians seen in the image above was already in office, with the exception of Nancy Pelosi who entered Congress one year later in 1987.

With the year 1986 also bringing us the world's first computer virus, 'Brain', the Space Shuttle Challenger disaster, the Single European Act (another move towards globalism long ago), the Iran-Contra affair, the first commercially available 3-D printer, the first episode of the Oprah Winfrey show and the 'birth' of 'mad cow disease', please forgive us if we argue that seems SO LONG ago!

And with the year 1986 also bringing Americans an average monthly rent of $385.00, a yearly inflation rate of 1.91%, a gallon of gas for .89, the average price of a new home at $89,430 and food prices as follows: a jar of Skippy peanut butter - $1.49, 5 lbs of potatoes - $1.00, a pound of broccoli - 39 cents, and a pound of bacon - $1.75, it also brought parts of the world a sense of forthcoming doom.

With that overwhelming 'sense of impending doom' perfectly expressed in a song written in 1986 titled "Ship of Fools" by the group 'World Party', as that song written way back then warned, long before the arrival of President Donald Trump in America, "humanity was on a runaway ship to Armageddon".

And not just 'coincidentally', all of the politicians seen in that image above except Pelosi were 'captaining' that 'ship of fools', with the song taking the tone of a Biblical parable, not kidding anybody about where that journey was headed:

"We’re setting sail to a place on the map from which no one has ever returned" was the song’s first line, with the songwriter suggesting human nature doesn’t need too much coaxing to take the wrong path: "It’s the place where they keep all the darkness you need.....You sail away from the light of the world."

Seemingly predicting some of what the world would be facing 35 years later in 2021, as we'll explore within the rest of this story, even Albert Einstein long ago warned that "We cannot solve our problems with the same thinking we used when we created them". Yet those who created the problems from 35 years ago and long before, and their 'way of thinking', are still attempting to 'provide the solutions' for what we face today. A recipe for disaster? The 35 year old song lyrics, a warning for today.

Avarice and greed, are gonna drive you over the endless sea

They will leave you drifting in the shallows Or drowning in the oceans of history

Traveling the world, you're in search of no good But I'm sure you'll build your Sodom like you knew you would

Using all the good people for your galley slaves

As you're little boat struggles through the warning waves, but you don't pay

You will pay tomorrow

You're gonna pay tomorrow, yeah You're gonna pay tomorrow

Save me, save me from tomorrow

I don't want to sail with this ship of fools, no, no, no

Save me, save me from tomorrow

I don't want to sail with this ship of fools

Where's it comin' from? Oh, where's it goin' to? It's just a, it's just a ship of fools

All aboard now

And 'all aboard' the masses climbed. With one of the top-voted comments on that video being "These lyrics will haunt humanity until they finally wipe themselves off the planet", that moment in time may be closer than most suspect with Biden and Democrats 'setting America up for the kill' while China recently threatened a nuclear war, expanding their nuclear arsenals while Democrats talk 'nuclear disarmament' here. What could go wrong?

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Before continuing, we wanted to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

And with Einstein also proclaiming "The definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting different results", the results of leftist 'insanity' can be seen in one Democrat-run city after another, all across America, in 2021. With such cities exploding in violence, crime, poverty, homelessness and hunger, we're not surprised that the politicians who have 'lorded over' their 'galley slaves' have enriched themselves at the expense of every-day Americans nationwide.

With even the NY Times having reported back on June 1st "With Homicides Rising, Cities Brace for a Violent Summer - Homicide rates in large cities were up more than 30 percent on average last year, and up another 24 percent for the beginning of this year, according to criminologists", we've been warning for years now on ANP that America's liberal-run cities were descending into crime-and-disease-ridden cesspits, with the image above helping to explain why; the leftists have been running the show in those hellholes for decades.

Perfectly seen in several recent stories, including this one over at the East Bay Times reporting California's own governor Gavin Newsom was assaulted on the streets of Oakland by 'an aggressive person'; this one over at Fox 5 New York reporting a man barely survived a blatant day-time assassination attempt on the streets of Brooklyn; another one from the NY Post reporting a taser-and-knife-wielding man went on a rampage in a Washington Square park in NY; as well as this horrific one over at the Daily Mail reporting two children were nearly killed when another person tried to assassinate someone else, also on the streets of Brooklyn, what happens to America should Democrats succeed at 'insanely defunding the police' like they want to do?

The excerpt below comes to us from this Daily Mail story describing the horrific 2nd video at the bottom of this story showing NY has descended into a crime-ridden wasteland.:

The NYPD released the video on Friday afternoon and asked for the public's help in identifying the gunman in the latest of nearly 150 shootings across the city this month.

The video opens with a boy and girl - believed to be around the ages of five and 10 - walking on a sidewalk before people scatter when a gunman chases a man in a red sweater.

The man in the sweater, who police believe was the intended target, barrels into the kids and knocks them down before the gunman runs up and fires multiple times in their direction.

The alleged target scrambles to his feet but trips in the three-person scrum before crawling over the kids to escape the hail of bullets. The two children are momentarily pinned under the man in the sweater while he is shot at as the older girl is seen grabbing the boy and holding him tight in an attempt to shield him.

The man in the sweater was shot multiple times but is still alive, according to the NYPD, and amazingly, the children weren't shot or seriously injured. This is the latest brazen act of violence in New York City - where shootings have skyrocketed since the pandemic gripped the country.

The shooting marked a continuation of New York City's descent into a lawless free-for-all where random attacks in the street happen nearly every day.

Felony assaults are up eight percent for the first six months of 2021, compared to the same period last year, rapes are up by 10 percent and robberies - which includes muggings - have spiked by nearly 40 percent this month.

The numbers are disturbing in themselves, but the violence has intensified and taken place in public places, like parks and subways, and in front of witnesses and surveillance cameras.

And with exploding crime rates in the big cities sure to move out to the suburbs as things continue to deteriorate economically under Joe Biden in America, giving those still stuck in the cities/suburbs all the reason they need to move away from their current locations, as we'd reported on ANP back on April 20th, we're now witnessing just such a scenario with many Americans moving away from the big liberal run cities and into the 'red zones' across America.

With crime soaring in Democrat-run cities all across America in 2021, and Democrats desperate to blame anyone and anything except for themselves and their insane 'war upon the police' as we hear in the 1st video below, it's not too hard to imagine what would happen to America should they be successful in that endeavor, with great chunks of America immediately turned into the new 'Wild Wild West'.

And with that dreaded possibility alone giving all law-abiding Americans a reason to be thankful for the 2nd Amendment and the tremendous wisdom of America's Founding Fathers, take a look at the shocking 2nd video below showing two children nearly being killed when one of the recent shootings in New York took place. We thank God for watching over those two innocent young ones.

So with large, Democrat-run US cities being warned to be prepared for continued crime spikes through the summer of 2021, once again giving Americans proof that President Donald Trump wasn't to blame in the least bit for the violent crime spike of 2020, what should Americans expect when Maxine Waters, one of the names on the picture at the top of this story, told her own followers as recently as 2018 to 'confront and harass' President Trump officials, helping to set the stage for where America is now.

With the 6 Democrat politicians alone seen in that image having combined for a whopping 290+ years of 'living off the American taxpayers', long ago 'creating the problems' that we now face in 2021 while being the same faces now 'offering solutions', the fact that some US cities haven't had a Republican mayor since the 1920's, 1930's, 1940's and 1950's should tell us all we need to know.

And as Law Enforcement Today had reported back in July of 2020 when this still exploding crime wave was getting kicking, "Big city mayors must have a standard checklist in the back of their press briefing binders. That page would have one entry that would read:. 'When your failed policies create chaos, blame guns'". Wash, rinse, repeat. The same folks 'who created the problems' now 'offering the solutions' gives ALL Americans a great reason to 'reject them', while preparing for the madness surely coming.

https://allnewspipeline.com/America_Sailing_On_A_Ship_Of_Fools.php 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 6--21 https://amp.abc.net.au/article/100219524?__twitter_impression=true  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

Grains analyst missing as China shuts down information on failed crop

NSW Country Hour By Michael Condon Posted 5ddays ago, updated 5ddays ago

China's decisions around its agricultural policy are becoming increasingly murky with news of arrests, secrecy, and claims of cover-ups. Independent analysts who report on China's grains industry have reportedly been arrested and their online businesses shut down to stop them from telling the truth about the country's below-average crop.

Chinese officials are cracking down on independent information about grain pricing.

There are reports that analysts working in Beijing for respected grains reporting firm Cofeed have been arrested or are under house arrest.

Another company called JCI, based in Shanghai, also appears to have had an employee arrested.

Information on China hard to get Andrew Whitelaw from Thomas Elder Markets says it is very difficult to get reliable details on what is happening in agriculture in China. "The market information out of China is so blatantly propaganda," he said.

"The only way to find out is to have someone on the ground who you know is genuinely trustworthy."

Mr Whitelaw says it is harder than ever now to get accurate information out of China.

The first sign of problems with JCI and Cofeed came in April when data stopped flowing online.

"In the course of one night, probably a month or so ago, Cofeed just stop revising data and there were reports of police tape outside their offices," Mr Whitelaw said.

He says that according to information he has seen online, the head of JCI is "reportedly in prison [while] the head of Cofeed, apparently, is in house arrest or in jail as well".

World grain prices, domestic chaos

Nick Crundall, a senior strategist from the Australian firm Market Check, thinks the Chinese authorities probably want to allay domestic fears about supply and limit the amount they will have to pay for imported grains. "They don't want the whole world to know that they need grain and they are in a bit of strife so they very closely regulate the information that is released," he said.

Speculation about problems with the crops in China can be a huge driver for world prices but it also has implications domestically for the government.

"It creates all sorts of food inflation problems and them having to pay more for imported grain," Mr Crundall said.

"So the Chinese are very strict on going out there telling the world there are no issues."

Mr Whitelaw says the signals from China indicates authorities are either nervous about the harvest or worried about the supply of grain and corn.

"They've said they've had a record harvest but they're importing record amounts of corn, they've put options for corn from the US and they're buying Australian wheat," he said.

"China's gone from importing 6 million tons or less corn and that's up to 25 million tons.

"You just don't import things if you don't need to … Australia is not going to import kangaroo meat anytime soon because we have got plenty."

Food security a major concern

Mr Whitelaw says grain shortages are a real concern for countries with large populations.

He pointed to Egypt where in 2011 things got out of hand due to grain shortages.

"The price of bread doubles and you have got riots on the streets because food prices are too high," Mr Whitelaw said.

"Someone famously said every country is only four meals away from anarchy."

https://amp.abc.net.au/article/100219524?__twitter_impression=true 

::  12-31-14/1-1-15  New Years Eve Service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be.  For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change.  The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control.  Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching.  There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control. 

:: 6--21 Bit Chute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

White couple pulled from their cars and executed point blank by africans last night in Chicago

A White couple were pulled from their cars and executed point blank by feral africans last night in Chiraq(Chicago). Just another of the many anti-White attacks in Weimerica. The suffering of our people continues. @TheWesternChauvinist

https://www.bitchute.com/video/1IqM2KY4n7sO/ 

:: 6-19-21 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The World Relies on One Chip Maker in Taiwan, Leaving Everyone Vulnerable

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co.’s dominance poses risks to the global economy, amid geopolitical tensions and a major chip shortage

By Yang Jie, and Stephanie Yang and Asa Fitch June 19, 2021 12:03 am ET

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. ’s chips are everywhere, though most consumers don’t know it.

The company makes almost all of the world’s most sophisticated chips, and many of the simpler ones, too. They’re in billions of products with built-in electronics, including iPhones, personal computers and cars—all without any obvious sign they came from TSMC, which does the manufacturing for better-known companies that design them, like Apple Inc. and Qualcomm Inc.

TSMC has emerged over the past several years as the world’s most important semiconductor company, with enormous influence over the global economy. With a market cap of around $550 billion, it ranks as the world’s 11th most valuable company.

Its dominance leaves the world in a vulnerable position, however. As more technologies require chips of mind-boggling complexity, more are coming from this one company, on an island that’s a focal point of tensions between the U.S. and China, which claims Taiwan as its own.

Analysts say it will be difficult for other manufacturers to catch up in etc. and the news story continues.. To Read the Full Story Subscribe

https://www.wsj.com/articles/the-world-relies-on-one-chip-maker-in-taiwan-leaving-everyone-vulnerable-11624075400 

:: 6-17-21 Harbingers Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Still Silent Shepherds—An Open Letter To Post-Pandemic Pastors

By Source June 17, 2021

What’s going on in California?” is a question that I’ve been asked a lot lately. This time last year, we launched what became known as #TheStadiumRevival. People came from all over Southern California to experience God in profound and powerful ways and we are doing it again this year. (More can be found here and below.)

Since then, we’ve experienced incredible church growth as the result of staying open during the Covid crisis. Pastors such as John MacArthur, Jack Hibbs, and Rob McCoy also experienced tremendous growth as well. It’s crystal clear that people are hungry for the truth. Many churchgoers are also tired of pastors capitulating to ungodly liberal organizations and agendas. If anything, the pandemic revealed what was really inside of our hearts.

WHY ARE THE SHEPHERDS SILENT?

I didn’t rush to release this article, and I find no joy in doing so. I sat on it for over a year as I fasted and prayed fervently for direction, but the burden never left. I love pastors and understand that Covid was difficult to navigate, but I kept wondering: Where are the Isaiahs and Jeremiahs calling us to repentance? Where is the boldness of Paul, Peter, and John the Baptist? Why are the shepherds silent?

Most pastors said nothing about the BLM Inc. riots, skewed numbers, and draconian measures, but actually embraced them. I saw no emails calling us to prayer and fasting, but I saw countless correspondences apologizing for skin color, and focusing on unity that really meant: “Agree with my position and don’t challenge my thinking.”

In the Old Testament, the psalmist wrote, “Zeal for your house has consumed me” (Psalm 69:9). In the New Testament, Jesus displayed this zeal for his Father’s house when he drove out the moneychangers from the Temple. He was deeply and passionately concerned about what was going on in his Father’s house. Today, how many pastors can truly say they are consumed with zeal for our Father’s house? Apparently, not many. Many are like Samson, who “did not know that the LORD had departed from him” (Judges 16:20).

To Obey, or Not to Obey

Granted, I’m sure that most pastors believed that they were helping people by following all of the political mandates. If we had the black plague on our hands and a high death rate, I could see the need for drastic measures. But we didn’t, and most pastors didn’t want to hear opposing views. Whether it was vaccines, masks, or obedience to the government, “Don’t confuse me with the facts,” seemed to be the prevailing view. Were they more worried about liability insurance than spiritual liability?

Sadly, it appears that most pastors are not spending sufficient time in prayer while looking to God‘s Word for strength and direction. Instead of allowing brokenness and humility to guide them, they choose pride and political correctness. As a result, they lacked boldness, fortitude, and spiritual strength. And that’s exactly why most of them did not challenge governmental oppression. They did, however, lash out at Spirit-filled members and pastors who lovingly challenged them. Talk about a mixed message!

I understand that some think that “loving your neighbor” means submission to the government to a “T,” but what about loving your neighbor who is living in fear? What about loving the families trapped in abuse and addiction? What about loving those caught in sin, depression, and suicide? What about loving all your members who are dying spiritually because of pastoral cowardliness?

Additionally, our governing document is the Constitution, not leaders who oppose it. It does beg the question: “Was our silence because of true concern, or because of a lack of boldness via the filling of the Spirit?” Most of us know the answer, we’re just ashamed to admit it.

VAXXED CHURCHES

Time will not allow me to express my absolute frustration with those who are completely capitulating to an experimental messenger vaccine that has no approval and no guarantee of doing anything; even the Pfizer insert uses that type of language (e.g., no guarantee that it works; still wear masks, etc.).

Many churches became vaccine clinics and said nothing when government officials offered free gimmicks to inject our children with something that is unproven and untested. The death rate numbers from the vaccines have not been forthcoming (countless physicians have been sounding the alarm about all of these issues but not surprisingly, social media outlets have been removing their videos). So much for freedom of speech and hearing both sides.

It was sad to see pastors aligning more with CNN than true science. If we serve donuts and coffee in our lobby and give out free fast-food gift cards and act as if an injection is going to fix our health crisis, we are gravely mistaken.

I’m not anti-vaccine; I’m for what works. I’m for hearing both sides, researching RNA messengers, and looking at how the body works in fighting disease. Pastors, does it concern you that social media giants removed hundreds of videos from physicians asking hard questions? It appears not. Your silence speaks volumes.

Only a man stranded on an island would be oblivious to the ulterior motives going on in our government. I was ridiculed a year ago for suggesting that the virus was man-made and being used to push an agenda, but now even secular news outlets are reporting that could be the case.

I’M JUST NOT POLITICAL—OH YES, YOU ARE

The “out” for many pastors to remain silent is to say, “I’m just not political.” To answer this absurdity, I will quote Pastor Rob McCoy: “To say you are not political is not accurate. You have chosen to politically stand by your silence and submission with tyrannical officials who have ruined our economy, closed our schools, divided our people between essential and non-essential and declared our churches as non essential.”

McCoy continues, “You march with BLM.inc even though their actions resulted in innocent citizens losing everything they own and 75% of the businesses in Los Angeles that were burned and looted were Jewish owned and targeted. How can you say you are not political?”

He adds, “Churches have been fined and shuttered and yet you complicity stand with these tyrannical politicians and their views and actions as being acceptable for a virus that isn’t even calculated like every other virus in our nation’s history, but instead, is measured by who has contracted it.”

Pastor Rob concludes, “You are complicit with our Governor who continues to trample small businesses of California with shifting impossible metrics to reopen all while the state’s homeless population and poverty rates now lead the entire nation. Politically, your church consentingly and silently waits downstream to collect the human heartache they help create by complying to this government malfeasance. You are political even if you choose to think you are not.”

I couldn’t agree more. The silence of post-pandemic pastors has cost our nation far more than we may ever realize.

https://harbingersdaily.com/still-silent-shepherds-an-open-letter-to-post-pandemic-pastors/ 

:: 6-21-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hell Is Coming, And Death Is Coming With It: What we face today, and what is coming in the near future is the way of achieving total control over the long term of this population

Jack Metir Uncategorized June 21, 2021 6 Minutes

What we face today, and what is coming in the near future is pure, unadulterated, totalitarian madness, and so long as the people of this country remain indifferent to this tyranny, it will worsen and escalate every single day until nothing of value remains.

It cannot be stressed enough that the end of America is just around the corner. The controlling scum in power seeks the end of this economy, the end of all freedom, the end of joy, the end of travel, the end of independent thought, the end of any realistic intellect, and the end of sanity. This is where we are headed, and only the masses that are in most respects to blame for this takeover, can stop it. That does not bode well for those of us willing to fight for our freedom, as we are now in the extreme minority.

All tyrannical systems need a large contingent of cheerleaders in order to survive and thrive; a group of exploitable and devout acolytes that will carry the torch and evangelize the masses with the ideology of control. Without this aggressive percentage of the population, totalitarians cannot remain in power. In the US and most of the west, leftist ideologues have filled this role nicely. They claim they are fighting for the rights of the downtrodden but their actions speak much louder than their words.

They have supported and viciously defended nearly every draconian measure that governments and corporate elites have enacted in the past few years.

~ They supported mass censorship of conservatives and moderates by Big Tech companies.

~ They supported national lockdowns which destroyed hundreds of thousands of small businesses and violated the constitutional rights of millions of Americans.

~ They continue to support unscientific mask rules which have been proven to achieve nothing tangible in terms of preventing viral spread.

~ They support the use of “vaccine passports” which would effectively cut non-vaccinated people out of the normal economy and normal society and drive them into poverty.

~ And, now they are all over the web trying to propagandize for the jab.

This is a brief time of more calm, but hell is coming, and death is coming with it.

Prepare to face this challenge instead of fleeing from it. Prepare to fight back!

At this point in time, reverse propaganda has begun. It will be said that the cases and death over the fraudulent ‘pandemic’ are lessening, and permission to move about, albeit with state-supported caution, will be slightly increased, but only temporarily.

The ‘vaccines’ will be credited for ‘slowing the spread,’ but of course this is only a lie and a smokescreen. This is the calm before the storm. It is my studied opinion that these poisonous injections falsely called vaccines will cause extreme numbers of deaths in the near future.

It may be a few months or later this fall, and certainly sustained over longer periods of time, but the death counts due to the very toxic and deadly nature of all of the Covid-19 shots will weaken the immune systems of tens of millions of people or more, and cause irreparable harm. At that point when deaths greatly increase, it will be blamed on yet another strain of this fake ‘virus.’ When this occurs, new and even more deadly injections will be touted, and the cycle will be never ending.

This is the way of achieving total control over the long term of this population. It is based on fear, so new threats will emerge on a regular basis in order to perpetuate a dependence on government as savior.

In fact, there will most certainly be additional threats and multi-faceted attacks on the psyche of the American public. Each step of this process will bring more suffering, more misery, and more carnage. This is the nature of the ruling beast, and if their campaign is successful, the people will become easier to control as time passes.

CIVIL UNREST

In addition to these multiple threats, civil unrest, politically promoted and supported violence, looting, rioting, & allowed assaults will become normal, & this will lead to more lockdowns and extreme police state measures being prevalent across the country, especially in the highly concentrated population areas. The more intense this chaos becomes, the heavier the hand of the state will be.

Due to this staged calm, many falsely believe that all will return to what is ludicrously referred to as ‘normal,’ and that the destruction of the economy and financial system is not one of the agendas sought by the ruling class. This is a gross miscalculation, as in order to complete this takeover of society; the current financial and monetary systems must collapse.

Controlling property and people, digitizing all money and monetary transaction, and capturing and controlling all life-sustaining necessities such as food and energy, must be accomplished before any finality of control can be assured. This requires starting over and completely restructuring all aspects of existence. This agenda cannot be accomplished by any marginal reform of this social and economic system, hence the term of the oligarchs, “building back better.”

The abhorrent CIA manipulated mainstream media, and the governing class will continually foment extreme division among the masses. This has been easy work to date, as the herd has taken the bait of its masters hook, line, and sinker. ..

In the case of the Covid scam, and the claimed ruler’s intent, it is imperative to forget the perceived threat, and concentrate on the end game sought. Total control of the people is the goal, and once this is known by the many, the solution should become obvious.

While I tire of saying the same thing over and over again, and of the repetition, the only viable solution to our problems is unity in disobedience, and a refusal to accept any mandate issued by this criminal cartel called the state.

This strategy can destroy the perpetrators of this fraud without ever firing a shot or resorting to extreme violence that can only lead to death, destruction and defeat. As simple as this sounds, it is the most powerful response possible, and requires only that one seek independence by taking personal responsibility for himself, his family, and his own freedom. In order to help others, in order to regain sanity, each of us must first help himself, and shun all efforts to seek the rule of others or participate in collective idiocy. Stand and face adversity as an individual, or be swallowed up in a sea of mob ignorance and totalitarian madness.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/06/21/this-country-remain-indifferent-to-this-tyranny/ 

:: 6-21-21 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Screaming Into The Wind

Posted on June 21, 2021 by Wes Rhinier

You ever feel alone in your beliefs? I often do. Seems not a day goes by lately that I don’t get the, “you’re crazy” look when discussing current affairs. It seems as though I am screaming into the wind. Either people just don’t get it or they just don’t care. Talking with a few like-minded individuals is about the only thing keeping me sane at this point.

Ecclesiastes 1:18 For in much wisdom is much grief: and he that increaseth knowledge increaseth sorrow.

The clueless in society have it so much easier in life. Not a care in the world. I don’t know why, but I just can’t live like that. But it’s frustrating talking with people who should know better and just getting the “you’re crazy” treatment. I have this deep desire to awaken people to all the evil that we face, the problem is they’d rather be unaware. Having to face reality I believe makes them too uncomfortable. One problem we have here in America is that people are just too comfortable. We’ve lost our way from our founding and our morals and religion have fallen by the wayside. When I attended that Black Robe Regiment summit in Tennessee, I felt like the Grim Reaper. I was way too radical or advanced in my thought process for that crowd.

Sometimes I long for the collapse of civil society just so we can get the process started of restoring or building a new Nation. It seems to be fast approaching, but it seems to always be delayed somehow. In the meantime we need to continue to prepare for the fight ahead.

Perhaps one reason I keep writing is to let people like you reading this article know that you are not alone and that you most definitely are not crazy.

The time is here when men will go mad, and when they see someone who is not mad, they will attack him, saying “Your are mad; you are not like us.”

Stay Awake. Wes

https://ncrenegade.com/screaming-into-the-wind/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 6-20-21 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

On The Verge Of The Unthinkable

June 20, 2021 by Michael Snyder

Over the past couple of years we have become accustomed to expecting the unexpected, but soon we many have to start anticipating the unthinkable. In this article, I am going to be discussing a couple of potential scenarios that would have been unimaginable to the vast majority of Americans just a few short years ago. Unfortunately, our world is now changing at a pace that is absolutely breathtaking, and many things that were once “unimaginable” could soon become reality.

Let’s start by talking about the record-setting heat wave which is making the epic megadrought in the western half of the country even worse. Many western farmers planted crops this year hoping that weather conditions would eventually turn in their favor, but that has definitely not happened. In fact, at this point 88 percent of the West is experiencing at least some level of drought.

2021 has been the worst year of this multi-year megadrought so far, and last week was the worst week for this drought up to this point in 2021. Old temperature records were shattered all over the West, and some areas were already seeing triple digits by 8 o’clock in the morning…

The West is in the midst of a record-breaking heat wave this week, as all-time records were shattered and daily records broken in over a dozen states.

Even by desert standards, the heat wave in the Southwest is atypical. On Thursday, the National Weather Service in Tucson tweeted that the city recorded a temperature of 100 degrees at 8:14 a.m., the second earliest time in the day recorded since 1948.

That is crazy.

Can you imagine hitting triple digits before you have even finished your morning coffee?

Summer had not even officially begun yet last week, and yet new all-time record highs were being established all over the place…

Record-breaking temperatures spread from California to Montana this week. On thursday, the all-time high temperature was tied in Palm Springs, California at 123 degrees, breaking the previous June record of 122 degrees.

Salt Lake City tied its all-time record high of 107 degrees. The old record was notably set in July — when temperatures are usually at their highest for the year in that region. This comes after daily record highs were broken Sunday, Monday and Tuesday in Salt Lake, each with temperatures exceeding 100 degrees.

We have never seen anything quite like this in the state of Utah.

More than half of the state is in the highest level of drought, and thanks to dramatic water restrictions farmers are being forced to choose which of their crops will die

With drastic limits placed on what little water he has, Tom Favero said he and many farmers along this west side of Weber County were forced to watch some crops die. “We’ve all made serious choices of what fields we can water and what we can’t,” Favero said.

Another Utah farmer that lost a lot of corn and an entire field of barley said that it really “hurts” to see his hard work go to waste…

Farmer Dean Martini pointed at one of his fields. “That corn there, where I can’t water, I don’t have the water. It makes me sick to see it go to heck like that.”

With limits on amount and time, he said there wasn’t enough water flowing to make it across his fields. While some of the corn dried up, he had to let a whole field of barley go too. “It hurts buddy. That hurts,” Martini said.

Of course this is just the beginning.

If this summer is as hot and as dry as they are projecting, we could see catastrophic crop failures all across the West.

And that is really bad news, because the state of California alone produces more than a third of our vegetables and about two-thirds of our fruits and nuts.

A few years ago, hardly anyone would have imagined that we would be facing a crisis of this magnitude in 2021, but here we are. Paleoclimatologist Kathleen Johnson is quite “worried” about what will happen this summer, and she is warning that this drought is shaping up to be the worst the region has experienced “in at least 1,200 years”…

I’m worried about this summer – this doesn’t bode well, in terms of what we can expect with wildfire and the worsening drought. This current drought is potentially on track to become the worst that we’ve seen in at least 1,200 years.

Now I would like to shift gears.

A few years ago, hardly anyone would have imagined that we would be facing a very serious computer chip shortage in 2021. In particular, the most sophisticated chips are really in short supply, and what most people don’t realize is that “almost all” of them are made by a single company based in Taiwan…

Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. chips are everywhere, though most consumers don’t know it.

The company makes almost all of the world’s most sophisticated chips, and many of the simpler ones, too. They’re in billions of products with built-in electronics, including iPhones, personal computers and cars—all without any obvious sign they came from TSMC, which does the manufacturing for better-known companies that design them, like Apple Inc. and Qualcomm Inc.

Because manufacturing those chips is so exceedingly complicated, other companies can’t just plop down new factories and start pumping out their own chips. Business leaders in the U.S. are now planning new factories, but it could take quite a few years before they are up and running.

So even under ideal conditions, the chip shortage will not be resolved for some time.

But what happens if China invades Taiwan within the next several years? This is something that U.S. officials were warning about earlier this month…

Concerns are growing in Washington over the possibility that China could try to invade Taiwan in the next few years.

Top U.S. military officers have warned in recent months that Beijing might try to make the explosive move this decade, and recent saber rattling, including a Chinese military amphibious landing exercise near the island, is further raising the alarm.

Can you imagine the chaos that it would cause for the global economy if the primary supply of advanced chips was suddenly cut off?

According to the Wall Street Journal, TSMC currently makes “around 92% of the world’s most sophisticated chips”…

Its technology is so advanced, Capital Economics said, that it now makes around 92% of the world’s most sophisticated chips, which have transistors that are less than one-thousandth the width of a human hair. Samsung Electronics Co. makes the rest. Most of the roughly 1.4 billion smartphone processors world-wide are made by TSMC.

Without TSMC, the global economy as it is structured today would not be able to function.

So the fact that China is being more aggressive than ever with Taiwan should deeply alarm all of us. For example, check out what happened just last week…

China has flown 28 warplanes into Taiwan-controlled airspace, the biggest sortie of its kind since the Taiwanese government began publishing information about the frequent incursions last year.

The flights are widely seen as part of an effort by Beijing to dial up pressure on Taiwan, a self-governed democracy of about 24 million people off the Chinese coast that the Chinese government considers a part of China.

We should have never allowed ourselves to become so dependent on foreign chips, but we did.

And now experts are telling us that the chip shortage will last into next year under the best of conditions…

Dimitris Dotis, the Audi brand specialist at Audi Tysons Corner dealership in Virginia, summed up the situation to customers. “Almost all microchips that go into all new vehicles including Audi come from TSMC in Taiwan,” he wrote. “They expect bottlenecks in the supply chain to last through 2022.”

Of course if China does decide to invade Taiwan, the U.S. military will respond, and that would mean no advanced chips for us for the foreseeable future.

In this article, I have shared just two potential scenarios which could soon plunge us into unthinkable nightmares.

Needless to say, there are many, many more crisis points that bear watching right now as well.

We have reached such a critical moment in our history, and I expect global events to accelerate even more as we head into the second half of 2021.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/on-the-verge-of-the-unthinkable/ 

:: 6-21-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Major US Cities Race To “Re-Fund The Police” As Utter Lawlessness Reigns From Coast To Coast

Michael Snyder / June 21, 2021

The great liberal experiment of “defunding the police” turned out to be a completely and utter disaster. In major cities all over the United States, hundreds of millions of dollars of funding were stripped away from police departments in 2020, and many on the left were hailing this is a huge step in the right direction. Of course it was actually a huge step in the wrong direction. Crime rates soared throughout the remainder of 2020, and they have gone even higher in 2021. In fact, Fox Business is reporting that the number of homicides in the U.S. is up 24 percent since the month of January…

One year after the movement to “defund” police saw cities slash budgets and cut funding, the U.S. has seen an uptick in crime. Homicides alone are up 24% since January and more than 70% of people in a recent Fox News Poll said they believe crime is on the rise nationally. As a result, the pendulum may be swinging back in favor of the police.

The good news is that many of the large cities that initially reduced funding for the police are now reversing course. Shockingly, this includes some of the most liberal cities in the entire country…

Cities like New York City, Oakland, Baltimore, Minneapolis and Los Angeles are planning to reinstate tens of millions for the construction of new police precincts, increase police department budgets, among other plans to bankroll more efforts to confront the uptick in crime.

The faster that we can get more police officers out into the streets the better, because things are getting really crazy out there. Violent crime is up in the city in every category. Carjackings, about half committed by juveniles, are happening all over Chicago, while expressway shootings are at levels never seen before with 93 so far this year versus 39 at the same time last year, according to police.

Unless you really need to travel into the heart of Chicago, I would strongly advise avoiding it. Violent criminals dominate vast portions of the city now, and one local attorney that was interviewed about the crime wave says that he has never “felt more unsafe” that he does right now…

“I’ve never felt more unsafe than I do now,” said Steve Burrows, a 48-year-old attorney who has called Chicago home his entire life. “I work downtown so I’m here every day during the day but I won’t come down here at night or on the weekend.”

For a long time, New York City had levels of violent crime that were much lower than Chicago, but now the Big Apple seems determined to catch up. According to the latest numbers, the number of shootings in New York City is up 68 percent so far this year.

At this point, a gun battle could potentially erupt just about anywhere in the city even during broad daylight. One particularly alarming gun battle that just took place happened right in front of two very young children…

A 10-year-old girl and her kid brother were trampled and nearly shot when their trip to buy some candy became a first-hand look at the city’s escalating gun violence, according to cops and chilling video.

At least a dozen shots whizzed by the terrified children as the black-masked gunman repeatedly aimed for his fallen target — who knocked the kids down while trying to escape.

The shocking footage shows the 5-year-old boy’s legs shaking in fear at one point amid the bloodshed.

Can you imagine how traumatized those children must be after seeing that?

The wild nightly gatherings in Washington Square Park continue to be an epicenter for the growing troubles in NYC. Over the weekend, chaos erupted in the park when a “madman” with a taser and a knife suddenly caused the gathered crowd to break into a stampede…

Washington Square Park again descended into bedlam and bloodshed Saturday, when a madman waving a Taser and a knife sparked a wild stampede that injured a woman who was “run over” by the scattering crowd, police said.

Jason McDermott, 42, stoked the latest panic when he allegedly brandished the pair of weapons in the midst of a squabble at around 12:40 a.m., as hundreds filled the Greenwich Village park during a booze- and drug-fueled rager — a now weekly bane for neighbors.

Unfortunately, so far authorities have refused to put an end to the all-night raves in Washington Square Park, and the head organizer of the parties is pledging that they will continue.

As funding is restored to police departments all over America, hopefully this will help to bring order to our city streets.

But just having enough police officers is not enough. The politicians have also got to be willing to allow them to do their jobs.

And once the police have arrested violent criminals, prosecutors have got to be willing to put them behind bars. Unfortunately, that is simply not happening in many cases. For example, hundreds of violent rioters that were arrested in New York City last year have had their cases completely dropped

Business owners and residents in New York City are expressing fury at the revelation that prosecutors have dropped looting and rioting charges against hundreds arrested during chaos that swept the city last summer. After 603 were arrested in Manhattan and the Bronx during the most intense days of looting last June, 295 of the cases have been dropped completely, according to NYPD data reported by WNBC-TV on Friday.

Things are even worse when you specifically look at the Bronx. Of all the rioters and looters that were arrested in the Bronx, hardly anyone has gone to jail at all

NYPD data reviewed by the NBC New York I-Team shows 118 arrests were made in the Bronx during the worst of the looting in early June.

Since then, the NYPD says the Bronx DA and the courts have dismissed most of those cases – 73 in all. Eighteen cases remain open and there have been 19 convictions for mostly lesser counts like trespassing, counts which carry no jail time.

When I use the term “lawlessness”, I am not just referring to the violent criminals in our streets. I am also referring to the negligent prosecutors and politicians which steadfastly refuse to uphold our laws.

Sadly, as our culture steadily deteriorates the violence in our streets is only going to get worse.

Millions upon millions of our young people have been raised with no moral foundation at all, and now we are reaping the consequences.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder

https://thewashingtonstandard.com/major-us-cities-race-to-re-fund-the-police-as-utter-lawlessness-reigns-from-coast-to-coast/ 

:: 6--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Disturbing Social Experiment: How Much Personal Information Are YOU Giving Away?

How much personal information are you innocently giving out about yourself to complete strangers?

Editors Note: This is a topic I’ve written about before here and here. And it’s more important than ever with the toxic cancel culture that exists in America today, in which many people can justify nearly any action – looting, rioting, assault, and worse – no matter how heinous, against someone who simply holds different opinions.

Some of you may want to be out there, loud and proud, about your lives and beliefs – and that’s absolutely your choice. (Prepare for this debate in 3…2…1…) Many of us, however, want to avoid altercations. We want to keep our families safe, we want to prevent potential predators from finding out our home addresses or where our kids go to school. We want to stay under the radar and be difficult to locate by those who might intend to do us harm. (After all, gray is the new black.)

That’s why this brief article that follows is especially important. You need to understand exactly how much personal information you’re giving away about yourself with your vehicle, your social media apps, and other small clues that someone with a few skills and an hour on his hands can use to build a profile about you.

The following article was previously published by D.P. Friesen on his website blog.

Sleuthing the Life of a Random Person is Amazingly Simplistic

So, here’s a social experiment I tried this morning. I decided to see just how much personal information I could find out on a random person. As the car in front of me had some interesting bumper stickers, I picked it. I did not see the driver whatsoever and only recouped the license plate. That was all the info I had to go on other than what was visual about the car and inside within eyesight.

Here’s what I found.

Through the National Registry, I found out the owner of the car, the make, model, year purchased, how paid. I found out his personal identification number, his mother’s maiden name, his married status (divorced), ex-wife’s name, and nationality. I already know that, since his license plate number ends in 3, that he’s not allowed driving within city limits on Tuesdays due to the weekly vehicle-usage restrictions so I’ll know when his car’s at home unattended and when he’ll be travelling by other means.

From there I searched him out on social media.

I found pics of him, his girlfriend, and his children. (Who, smartly, did not have their faces shown) Now, he’s a former photographer who’s now trained in the field of behavioral psychology field (as his car has a bumper-sticker “psychologist and proud of it!”), as is his live-in girlfriend/wife, who specializes in working with children and high-risk youths in the same field. She also has a conflict resolution specialization so I figured, coupled with the psychology, this might be a hard “mark.” I found out her name (they’re not married), both of his children’s names, sexes, and their general ages. (one, the girl, is at least 3 or under due to the child-seat in the car and the “baby on-board sign, knowing a little about child-seat/age rules here), boy around 8.

Wait, there’s more.

I found out the general area where they live and the exact areas where they go back-and-forth from points of work. I found both cell numbers and the company they’re subcontracted by, including their own offshoot companies.

From here I found him on a heritage/genealogy site and, not wanting to open an actual account and pay money, I went the general synopsis route and scraped together info stumbled across pertaining to his family tree. His father died in 2012 at the age of 51. He was divorced in 2012 as well. (connection?) I found out his grandparents’ names and mother’s age as well. Had I paid for site-entry, I would’ve found out his last 2 known addresses for census and voting purposes, likely opening the door to find his new and current residency, had I been inclined and motivated.

So, what’s the point of all this?

It took me one hour. From someone who’s generally quite guarded and has a restricted online profile, who pays attention to behavioral issues, who blocked out his personal information, children’s identities, and restricted his content. One hour. From a license plate number. Don’t think that total strangers can’t find out a ton about you that you don’t think they can, in a minimal amount of time, with the smallest of information.

Orwell was onto something…

How much personal information are you unwittingly giving away to potential predators?

Editor’s Note: Does this give you something to think about? How much personal information are YOU giving away? Are there dangerous clues that you are giving away? Are you going to make some changes to protect your privacy, given the current hostile climate in the United States? Let’s talk about it in the comments.

About DP Friesen

DP Friesen is an author, martial artist, public-speaker, counter-violence instructor know in industry circles for his common sense, holistic, grounded, cerebral and logical approach to the modern personal defense spectrum.

How to Support The Organic Prepper website

As you may know, The Organic Prepper website has been defunded for being a “disinformation website.”  We refuse to put up a paywall and are committed to keeping our information free and available to everyone.  Help us to keep bringing you the information you come here for by helping to sponsor this website.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/social-experiment-personal-information/ 

:: 6--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How Bill Gates and His Foundation Are Driving the Food System — in the Wrong Direction

Via Children’s Health Defense

An analysis of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation’s food and agriculture grants found the majority of the foundation’s funding goes to groups heavily skewed to technologies — completely ignoring the knowledge, technologies and biodiversity Africa’s farmers already possess.

The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation has spent nearly $6 billion over the past 17 years trying to improve agriculture, mainly in Africa. This is a lot of money for an underfunded sector, and, as such, carries great weight. To better understand how the Gates Foundation is shaping the global agriculture agenda, GRAIN analyzed all the food and agriculture grants the foundation has made up until 2020.

We found that, while the Foundation’s grants focus on African farmers, the vast majority of its funding goes to groups in North America and Europe. The grants are also heavily skewed to technologies developed by research centers and corporations in the North for poor farmers in the South, completely ignoring the knowledge, technologies and biodiversity that these farmers already possess.

Also, despite the Foundation’s focus on techno-fixes, much of its grants are given to groups that lobby on behalf of industrial farming and undermine alternatives. This is bad for African farmers and bad for the planet. It is time to pull the plug on the Gates’ outsized influence over global agriculture.

In 2014 GRAIN published a detailed breakdown of the grants made by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation to promote agricultural development in Africa and other parts of the world. Our main conclusion then was that the vast majority of those grants were channelled to groups in the U.S. and Europe, not Africa nor other parts of the global South. The funding overwhelmingly went to research institutes rather than farmers. They were also mainly directed at shaping policies to support industrial farming, not smallholders.

Much has happened since then. For starters, Bill and Melinda Gates announced their divorce in May this year, leaving the future of the Foundation and its grant-making in doubt. The news came as Bill Gates himself came under fire for supporting Big Pharma‘s patent monopoly on COVID-19 vaccines, for effectively preventing people’s access across much of the world, and for how he treats — or mistreats — women.

CHD Calls on FDA to Take COVID Vaccines Off the Market – Submit a Comment

The Foundation’s agenda with agriculture has also been coming under increased scrutiny. A 2020 report from Tufts University concluded that its work in Africa completely failed to meet the objectives that it had set itself. The African Centre for Biodiversity published a string of reports denouncing the Gates Foundation for pushing GMOs and other harmful technologies onto Africa. Amongst all this, the U.S. Right to Know collective started a “Bill Gates Food Tracker” to monitor the multiple initiatives that Gates is involved in to reshape the global food system. GRAIN wondered whether the Gates Foundation had been receptive to the criticism of its food and agriculture funding. So we set out to update our 2014 report, downloaded the Foundation’s publicly available grant records and created a database of all of the Foundation’s grants in the area of food and agriculture from 2003 to 2020 — almost two decades worth of grant-making.

The results are sobering. From 2003 to 2020 the Foundation dished out a total of 1130 grants for food and agriculture, worth nearly $6 billion of which almost $5 billion is supposed to service Africa. There was no shift to try and reach groups in Africa directly, no refocusing away from the narrow technological approach, and no moves to embrace a more holistic and inclusive policy agenda.

Of course, the Gates Foundation is about much more than just making grants. The Foundation’s Trust Fund, which manages the Foundation’s endowment, has big investments in food and agribusiness companies, buys up farmland, and has equity investments in many financial companies around the world. These, and other activities of Gates in the area of food and agriculture, are illustrated in the infographic that accompanies this report. etc etc etc

An analysis of the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation’s food and agriculture grants found the majority of the foundation’s funding goes to groups heavily skewed to technologies — completely ignoring the knowledge, technologies and biodiversity Africa’s farmers already possess.

Of course, the Gates Foundation is about much more than just making grants. The Foundation’s Trust Fund, which manages the Foundation’s endowment, has big investments in food and agribusiness companies, buys up farmland, and has equity investments in many financial companies around the world. These, and other activities of Gates in the area of food and agriculture, are illustrated in the infographic that accompanies this report.

Gates Food Stystem

Gates Foundation fights hunger in the South by giving money to the North

Graph 1 and Table 1 provide an overall picture of GRAIN’s research results. etc etc 

The breakdown of the NGOs that the Gates Foundation funds is even worse. Almost 90% of this funding goes to groups in North American and Europe whilst just 5% is directly channeled to African NGOs. The Gates Foundation seems to have very little trust in African organizations serving African farmers. Not that we would want the Gates Foundation to just send more of its grants directly to Africa if it comes with the same corporate industrial farming agenda. But it illustrates the point of where the priorities of the Foundation lie.

For contrast, Oxfam spends over half of all its funding directly in Africa, and over a third in Asia and Latin America, a lot of it through local NGOs in these regions.

The Gates Foundation gives to scientists, not farmers

As can be seen in Graph 2, the single biggest recipient of grants from the Gates Foundation is the CGIAR- a consortium of 15 international research centers launched in the 1960s and 70s to promote the Green Revolution with new seeds, fertilizers and chemical inputs. The Gates Foundation has given CGIAR centers $1.4 billion since 2003.

Another priority for the Gates Foundation in its funding is to support research at universities and national research centers. Again, the vast majority of the Gates’ grants go to universities and research centers in North America and Europe. Together, all this research gets almost half (47%) of the Gates Foundation’s funding.

The Gates Foundation’s support for Green Revolution-style research extends beyond the scientists. One of the most significant recipients of Gates Foundation funding is a high-profile advocacy organization called the Alliance for a Green Revolution in Africa (AGRA). The Gates and Rockefeller Foundations launched AGRA in 2006 as a “farmer- centered” and “African-led” institution. The reality is anything but.

AGRA implements a top-down Green Revolution agenda with the main focus being to get new seeds and chemicals developed by Gates funded research centers and corporations into the hands of African farmers. AGRA establishes, funds, coordinates and promotes networks of pesticide and seed companies and public agencies to sell and supply agriculture inputs to farmers across Africa. It also actively lobbies African governments to implement policies that favor seed and pesticide companies, such as patents on seeds or regulations that allow for GMOs.

The Gates Foundation has given AGRA a whopping $638 million since 2006, covering almost two thirds of its overall budget. But AGRA’s results are underwhelming to say the least. In the countries where AGRA is active, yields of staple crops increased only 18% over the past 12 years — far short of AGRA’s goal of doubling yields. Meanwhile, undernourishment (as measured by the FAO) increased by 30% in those countries.

Instead of acknowledging that their data shows a complete failure to achieve their objectives and changing their approach accordingly, Bill and Melinda are doubling down. In early 2020 they launched their own new research institute called “Gates Ag One”. This enterprise claims to speed up the development of new seeds and chemicals and get them to farmers in sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia more quickly. Where will the institute be based? Not in Ethiopia or Sri Lanka but in St. Louis, USA, home of Monsanto and other GMO and pesticide giants. The Gates Foundation buys political influence

In many subtle and not so subtle ways the Gates Foundation grants are used to push policy makers to implement its top-down industrial farming agenda. One recent example is the 2021 “High-Level Dialogue on Feeding Africa” that was held on April 29-30 this year. This forum, funded by the Gates Foundation, and organized by a number of Gates Foundation grantees such as the African Development Bank, CGIAR and AGRA, was meant to launch a policy and funding agenda to further push the Green Revolution into Africa.

The event attracted no less than 18 African heads of state and several other high-profile personalities. But, most remarkable of all, is that of all the international organizations with activities in Africa on the long speakers list of the dialogue, virtually all are Gates grantees. The forum concluded with a commitment to double agricultural productivity, something AGRA and the Gates Foundation have been promising and failing to deliver for the last decade and a half. Of course, AGRA itself is also actively pushing the African policy agenda. AGRA is among the key conveners of the annual Africa Green Revolution Forum (AGRF) which calls itself the world’s premier forum for African agriculture and has been convening annual meetings for the past decade. Partners include some of the main global agrochemical corporations, such as Bayer, Corteva and Yara, and of course the Gates Foundation itself.

Unsurprisingly, its agenda is clearly oriented to push government policies towards more chemical inputs, fertilizers and hybrid seeds. On its website, AGRF has a special section it calls the Agribusiness deal room, which “has directly facilitated over 400 companies with targeted investor matchmaking and hosted more than 800 companies to explore networking opportunities.” This is clearly market matchmaking serving corporate interests, not farmers.

While most of the Gates grants are aimed at pushing technological solutions, many are also oriented towards policy change. A total of 45 grants address policy or policy makers. For example, Iowa State University got a grant to support implementation of policy changes aimed at increasing the supply of new seeds to farmers in Africa.

The World Economic Forum received a grant to support a “policy platform for ag innovation and value chain development”, whilst the African Centre for Economic Transformation got a grant to promote agricultural transformation in Africa aimed at policy reforms. In addition, the Foundation is actively involved in bankrolling the “Enabling the Business of Agriculture” project, implemented by the World Bank, amongst many other initiatives.

Gates’ enthusiasm for GMOs is made clear through its grant database. Michigan State University received $13 million to create a center in Africa that provides training for African policy makers on how to use and promote biotechnology. The African Seed Trade Association got a grant to increase farmers’ awareness “of the benefits of replacing their older varieties of crops with newer seed.”

AATF got $32 million to increase awareness on the benefits of agricultural biotechnology and another $27 million to fund the approval and commercialization of GMO maize in at least four African countries. So the Gates Foundation is not only funding public acceptance of GMOs, it is also directly funding the approval and commercialization of GMOs in Africa.

Gates grantees are clearly carrying the Gates agenda and influencing global agricultural policy. In just over a decade, the Gates brainchild in Africa, AGRA, has managed to maneuver itself from nowhere right into the centre of agricultural policy discussions across the continent. Similarly, while resistance to GMOs in Africa remains high, the AATF is managing to get legislation adopted to accept GMOs, as seen most recently in Ghana.

It’s just as important to look at who the Gates Foundation is supporting as who they are not supporting: African farmers. The Foundation provides zero funding to support farmer seed systems, which supply 80 to 90% of all the seeds used in Africa. Instead, it provides a lot of funds to initiatives that destroy them.

Furthermore, the Gates Foundation props up biofortification as a solution to malnutrition, taking funds and attention away from much more practical and culturally appropriate efforts to improve nutrition by enhancing on-farm biodiversity and people’s access to it. Over the last decade or so, the Gates Foundation has given $73 million to biofortification initiatives that essentially seek to artificially pack nutrients into single crop commodities.

Then, of course, there is Bill Gates himself. Sitting down with heads of state, policy makers and business leaders, Gates tries to convince them that his view of the world is the one to go after. The world has gotten used to pictures of him shaking hands or sitting shoulder to shoulder with the leaders of the world. Indeed, many of those leaders seem very eager to be in these pictures and heed his advice.

The most recent display of this was at Joe Biden’s virtual “Leaders Summit on Climate” where Gates shared his vision on how to fight the climate crisis. His recipe to tackle the climate crisis is very similar and equally dangerous to how he wants to feed the world: develop new technologies, trust the market, and put in place policies so that corporations can make it all happen faster.

Gates clearly isn’t listening to or learning from the people on the ground. So why should anyone listen to him? Rather than being listened to, Gates and his top down corporate technology agenda must be resisted and stopped in its tracks.

GRAIN wishes to thank Camila Oda and María Teresa Montecinos for their help in compiling the database and to ‘A Growing Culture’ for their feedback on the draft and their work on the infographic.

Click here and here to consult all the food and agriculture grants of the Gates Foundation.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/06/21/how-bill-gates-and-his-foundation-are-driving-the-food-system-in-the-wrong-direction/ 

:: 6-21-21 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

One Mad Market & Six Cold Reality-Checks

June 21, 2021 By Matthew Piepenburg

Fact checking politicos, headlines and central bankers is one thing. Putting their “facts” into context is another.

Toward that end, it’s critical to place so-called “economic growth,” Treasury market growth, stock market growth, GDP growth and, of course, gold price growth into clearer perspective despite an insane global backdrop that is anything but clearly reported.

Context 1: The Rising Growth Headline

Recently, Biden’s economic advisor, Jared Bernstein, calmed the masses with yet another headline-making boast that the U.S. is “growing considerably faster” than their trading partners.

Fair enough.

But given that the U.S. is running the largest deficits on historical record…

…such “growth” is not surprising.

In other words, bragging about growth on the back of extreme deficit spending is like a spoiled kid bragging about a new Porsche secretly purchased with his father’s credit card: It only looks good until the bill arrives and the car vanishes.

In a financial world gone mad, it’s critical to look under the hood of what passes for growth in particular or basic principles of price discovery, debt levels or supply and demand in general.

In short: “Growth” driven by extreme debt is not growth at all–it’s just the headline surface shine on a sports car one can’t afford.

And yet the madness continues…Take the U.S. Treasury market, for example.

Context 2: The Treasury “Market”?

How can anyone call the U.S. Treasury market a “market” when 56% of the $4.5T of bonds issued since last February have been bought by the Fed itself?

Sounds more like an insider price-fix than a “market,” no?

Such context gives an entirely new meaning to the idea of “drinking your own Kool-aide” and ought to be a cool reminder that Treasury bonds in general, and bond yields in particular, are zombies masquerading as credit Olympians.

The Fed, of course, will pretend that such “support” is as temporary as their “transitory inflation” meme, but most market realists understood long ago that more and crazier bond yield “support” is the only way for national debt bubbles (and IOU’s) to stay zombie-like alive.

In short, the better phrase for Treasury “support,” “accommodation,” or “stimulus” is simply: “Life Support.”

With central banks like the Fed continuing to create fiat currencies to monetize their unsustainable debt well into the distant future, we can safely foresee a further weakening of the USD and further strengthening of gold prices, mining stocks and key risk assets like tech and industrial stocks.

Context 3: Deflation is back?

Hardly.

Last week’s jaw-boning from Powell, Fisher and Bullard had the markets wondering if the Fed will be raising rates in the distant future.

The very fact that Powell raised the issue is because the Fed is realizing that inflation is going to be sticky rather than “transitory”and thus they are already pretending to pose as Hawkish.

But if the Fed raises rates to quell real rather than “transitory” inflation, the markets and Uncle Sam will go into a tantrum. End of story.

As I’ve written elsewhere: Pick your Fed poisontanking markets or surging inflation. Eventually, we foresee both.

Meanwhile, and fully aware that inflation, with some dips, is only going to trend higher, Powell is already using semantics to change the rules mid-game, now saying that rather than “allow” 2% inflation, they’ll settle for an “average” of 2%.

Translated into honest English, this just means expect more inflation around the corner.

Context 4: Rising Stock Markets

Despite reaching nosebleed levels which defy every traditional valuation ceiling, from CAPE ratios and Tobin ratios to book values and FCF data, the headlines remind us that stocks can go even higher—and they can indeed.

But context, as well as history, reminds us that the bigger the bubble the bigger the mean-reverting fall.

No Treasure in Treasuries = Lot’s of Air in Stocks

Based upon the objective facts above, we now know that the only primary buyers showing up at U.S. Treasury auctions is the Fed itself.

This is because the rest of the world (Asia, Europe etc.) doesn’t want them.

The next question is “why”?

The answer is multiple yet simple.

First, and despite the open myth of American Exceptionalism, investors in other countries can actually think, read and count for themselves, which means they’re not simply trusting the Fed—or its IOU’s– blindly.

Stated otherwise, they are not buying the “transitory inflation” or “strong USD” story pouring recently out of the FOMC mouthpieces.

Inflation is not only rising in the U.S., it’s also creeping up elsewhere—even in Japan, but especially in China. This is largely because the U.S. exports its inflation (and debased dollars) offshore via trade and fiscal deficits.

Such deliberate inflation exporting by the U.S. places those countries (creditors) that lent money to Uncle Sam into a dilemma: They can either 1) let their currencies inflate alongside the dollar (hardly fun), or 2) try to quell the outflow of exported (debased) US dollars to save their own currencies from further debasement.

Option 2, of course, is the better option, which means foreign investors need to buy something more appealing than discredited U.S. Treasuries.

Sadly, ironically, and yet factually, the only assets better than bogus US Treasuries are bloated U.S. stocks.

In short, nosebleed-priced US stocks are still the lesser of the two US evils, and foreigners are therefore buying/seeing stocks as a better hedge against the debased USD than sovereign bonds.

Don’t believe me?

See for yourself—the rest of the world is adding lots of air to the U.S. equity bubble:

This is contextually troublesome for a number of reasons.

First, it means the declining US of A has gone from hocking its bonds to the rest of the world to hocking it stocks to the rest of the world (i.e., China…).

Longer term, this simply means that via direct stock ownership, foreigners will slowly own more of corporate America than, well America…

As for this slow gutting of the once-great America to foreign buyers, don’t blame the data. Blame your Fed and other policy makers (including labor off-shoring CEO’s) for selling-out America and pretending debt can be magically solved with magical (fake) money creation.

Of course, the second pesky little problem with stocks rising beyond the pale of sanity, earnings and honest FCF data is a thing called volatility—i.e., market seasickness.

Nothing goes in a straight line, including the dollar or the market. There will be swings.

Right now, the short on the USD is the highest it has been in four years.

Yet if, by some chance, the Fed ever attempts to taper or raise rates, all those foreign dollars piling into U.S. stocks (above) create a bubble that always pops, as do the foregoing dollar shorts, which get squeezed.

That could cause a massive sell-off in U.S. equity markets as foreigners sell their stocks to buy more dollars.

In short, there’s a lot of different needles pointing at the current equity bubble, and a correction within the next month or so is more than likely.

The sharpest of those needles, by the way, is the appallingly comical level of U.S. margin debt (i.e. leverage) not making the headlines yet now making all-time highs.

As a reminder, whenever margin debt peaks (above), markets tank soon thereafter, as anyone who remembers the dot.com and sub-prime market fiascos of yore can attest.

Just saying…

Context 5: The Dark Side of “Surging” GDP Growth

The World Bank recently made its own headlines projecting 5.6% global GDP growth, the fastest seen in 80 years.

Good stuff, right?  Well, not when placed into context…

The last time we saw 5.6% global GDP growth was during a global world war.

Obviously, when the world is in a state of global military rubble, growth of any kind is likely to “surge” from such an historical (and horrific) baseline.

Coming out of World War II, everyone, including the U.S. was in debt. World wars, after all, can do that…

As the victorious and civilization-saving U.S. came out of that war, it made some justifiable sense to de-lever that noble yet extreme debt by printing money, repressing bond yields and stimulating GDP growth.

What followed was at least a defendable 40-year stretch in which US nominal GDP ran 500-800 bps above US Treasury yields.

In short, bond-holders got slammed, but the cause, crisis and re-building after defeating the Axis powers justified the sacrifice.

The same, however, can not be said today as bond-holders get crushed yet again in a new-abnormal in which GDP will greatly (and similarly) outpace long-term bond yields.

Needless to say, current policy makers, the very foxes who put the global economic henhouse into the current pile of debt of rubble, like to blame this on COVID rather their bathroom mirrors.

Ironically, however, central bankers (as opposed to the Wehrmacht, the Japanese Empire or Italy’s Mussolini) managed to do as much harm to the global economy today (with deficit policies and extend-and-pretend money printers) as Germany’s Blitzkrieg or Hirohito’s Banzai raids did in the 1940’s.

When it comes to context, can or should we really be comparing a global flu (death toll 3.75M) to a global war (death toll 85 million)?

The policy makers would like you to think so.

Folks like Mnuchin (last year) or Yellen, Powell and the IMF (this year), are in fact trying to convince themselves and the world that the war against COVID was the real casus belli (reason for a justifiable war) of our current debt distress—equal in scope to World War II in its drastic impact on the financial world.

But regardless of anyone’s views on the COVID “War” or its questionable policy reactions, comparing its economic impact to that of World War II is an insult to both history and military metaphors.

The simple, objective and mathematically-confirmed fact is that the global economy was already in a debt crisis long before the first Corona headline of early 2020.

Today, US debt to GDP is at levels it has not seen since that tragic and Second World War, and it’s projected to go much, much higher.

So, just in case you still think the Fed can and will meaningfully raise rates to fight obvious inflation, as it did in the 1970’s or 1980’s, think again.

In the 1970’s and 1980’s US debt/GDP was 30%. Today it’s 130%.

Given this self-inflicted (rather than COVID-blamed) reality, the Fed simply can’t afford to raise rates. Period. Full stop.

But as my colleague, Egon von Greyerz reminds, that by no means suggests that rates can’t and won’t rise.

The Fed (and other central banks) may be powerful, but they are not divine. In short, there’s a limit to their powers to simply “control” rates with a mouse-click.

At some point, there’s not enough credible fake money to manage the yield curve—especially on the long end.

As more printed and tanking currencies try to purchase lower yields and rates, eventually the entire experiment fails.

At that critical point, rates spike, inflation raises its ugly head and the central bankers look for something other than themselves to blame as the rest of the world stares at worthless currencies being replaced by comical central bank digital dollars.

Wonderful…

Context 6: That Barbaric Relic?

What the foregoing inflation and rate contexts means is that in the years ahead, inflation will run higher and rates will run (be forced/controlled) lower until both rates and inflation spike together.

This further means that real rates (i.e., those adjusted for inflation) could run as deep as -5% to -10% in the years ahead.

Such negative real rate levels could easily surpass those seen in the 70’s and 80’s, which means gold (and silver), both of whom love negative real rates, has nowhere to go but up, up and away in this totally debt-distorted backdrop.

How’s that for context?

https://goldswitzerland.com/one-mad-market-six-cold-reality-checks/

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-20-21 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israeli PM Naftali Bennett warns US to ‘wake up’ before rejoining Iran nuclear deal

By Mark Moore June 20, 2021 | 10:06am | Updated

Israeli Prime Minister Naftali Bennett warned the US and other nations seeking to rekindle the nuclear agreement with Iran to “wake up” following the election of a hardline judge as the country’s president.

Speaking at a televised cabinet meeting in Jerusalem, Bennett said Ebrahim Raisi, a protege of Iranian supreme leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, would establish a “regime of brutal hangmen,” Reuters reported.

“Raisi’s election is, I would say, the last chance for world powers to wake up before returning to the nuclear agreement, and understand who they are doing business with,” said Bennett, who replaced Benjamin Netanyahu last week after the former prime minister failed to form a new government.

“A regime of brutal hangmen must never be allowed to have weapons of mass-destruction,” Bennett said. “Israel’s position will not change on this.” Raisi, Iran’s chief jurist who is under US sanctions for human rights violations, pulled in 62 percent of the vote in Saturday’s election that was marked by extremely low turnout — less than half the country’s eligible voters cast a ballot.

Bennett has carried on with Netanyahu’s view that the US should not rejoin the nuclear agreement that former President Donald Trump withdrew from in 2018.

The Biden administration has said it wanted to restart negotiations with Iran about returning to the deal the Obama administration brokered with world powers in 2015.

It has begun talks with the countries still participating in the accord — Britain, China, France, Russia and Germany.

https://nypost.com/2021/06/20/israeli-pm-warns-us-before-rejoining-iran-nuclear-deal/ 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 6-18-21 Israel Haylom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palestinianism opening up new Nazi front against Jews

In the UK, a strategy of cultural manipulation and intimidation threatens to push politicians into hostility toward Israel and is actively imperiling the security of British Jews. America is headed in the same direction.

By Melanie Phillips Published on 06-18-2021 10:18 Last modified: 06-18-2021 10:23

The Palestinian war against Israel is no longer something the West can regard as a quarrel in a far-away country between people of whom they know nothing.

At a recent congressional hearing in America, Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.), who has a long history of antisemitic and anti-Israel remarks, equated the United States and Israel with Hamas and the Taliban in committing "crimes against humanity." When 12 Jewish Democrats accused her of bigotry, she and her allies accused them of racism and Islamophobia.

Any criticism of Muslims elicits such taunts from so-called progressives, many if not most of whom also regard Israel with distaste or worse.

Emboldened by such impunity, the lies and incitement continue. This week, Rep. Rashida Tlaib (D-Mich.) slandered Israel by saying it "doesn't value Palestinian lives" and accusing it falsely of "a decades-long ethnic-cleansing project."

Meanwhile, as a direct result of such demonization of Israel and its associated Jew-baiting, attacks on American Jews are at record levels and the Democratic party is fast losing its moral and political moorings as it allows itself to be dragged behind the narrative of Palestinian lies.

Palestinianism is driving antisemitism and Islamization in an even more shocking way in Britain, where attacks on Jews are running at even higher levels.

Most such attacks are committed by Muslims. These are also disproportionately represented at pro-Palestinian marches where they scream for the destruction of Israel and chant in Arabic "Khaybar ya yahud" – a threatening reference to Mohammed's slaughter of the Jews of Khaybar in the seventh century.

Antisemitism and Palestinianism feed each other. Britain's Jewish Chronicle weekly has obtained a recording of remarks made by members of a convoy traveling from Bradford to London for a pro-Palestinian demonstration last weekend. At this rally, where speakers made repeated claims that Hamas was a legitimate resistance force, placards were calling Israel a "Nazi state" and asking: "What is antisemitic in saying that all Jews support violence and imperialism?"

On the tape, Muslim activists referred to Israel's new Prime Minister Naftali Bennett as "a bigger Satan" than Benjamin Netanyahu, claimed the UN was being manipulated by a shady network biased in Israel's favor and called Israel supporters dajjals, or mythological demons. One month earlier, a convoy flying Palestinian flags drove through Jewish areas of London with activists shouting: "F*ck the Jews! Rape their daughters!"

Yet many Labour party politicians are helping fuel this venomous hysteria and incitement. During a debate on "Israel-Palestine" on Monday, Labour MPs called for a boycott of Israel.

Addressing Bennett, Bradford MP Naz Shah, who has a history of anti-Jewish remarks, described Israel's understanding of the right to self-defense as "perverted." She said if any more "Palestinian blood" was "unjustly spilled," she would push for Israel to be tried for war crimes at the International Criminal Court.

Labour MPs regularly take part in demonstrations where marchers chant for the destruction of Israel and the killing of Jews. At one such rally in Bradford earlier this month that featured an appearance by Shah, activists chanted in Arabic: "God, make us part of the mujahideen in Palestine," and "God, lift the curse of the Jews off the Muslims in Palestine."

Not only is Palestinianism fueling anti-Jewish hysteria and attacks, but it is also increasingly cowing the British into acceding to its dictates, which fly in the face of fairness, decency, and reason.

Following last month's violence in Israel and the Gaza Strip, pupils at a high school in Manchester raised money for charities aiding Palestinians. There was uproar, however, when it was revealed that the funds were to go to the Red Cross, which aids Israeli and Palestinian victims of violence alike.

One parent said: "Imagine funding terrorists who kill babies, children, and elderly innocent people. The IDF exactly do that." Another parent, named Tom Price, said: "A nuclear superpower that subjugates and murders an indigenous people and gets away with breaking international law on a daily basis has no need for the money."

Yet the headteacher "unreservedly" apologized for having inadvertently "caused offense to some members of the wider community" – grotesquely, just for supporting aid to Israelis alongside Palestinians – and thanked "leaders of our local mosques, our governors, and the wider community who offered support and counsel."

Even more eye-opening is how the Palestinian cause has become a major issue in the imminent parliamentary by-election in the Yorkshire seat of Batley and Spen.

This is because of the constituency's significant proportion of Muslim voters, who have been galvanized by the demagogic George Galloway, a virulent pro-Palestinian extremist, who was expelled from the Labour party almost two decades ago and who is standing for election on an anti-Zionist platform that whips up hostility to Israel and hysteria over "Islamophobia."

So extraordinarily, a foreign issue in which Britain is not involved is insinuating itself into the center of British politics and culture, corrupting both with its agenda of obsessional bigotry against Israel and the Jewish people.

In driving the spike in antisemitism, Palestinianism is opening up a posthumous Nazi front against the Jews.

If this sounds outlandish and monstrous, it is. Yet the evidence suggests that it is nevertheless an all-too-realistic description of what is now taking place.

When Hitler was defeated, the war against the Jewish people seemed to be over, but it wasn't. Western antisemitism merely went underground, waiting to be released again as the natural order of things.

And in one part of the world, the war against the Jews was about to enter a new phase. Under the Grand Mufti of Jerusalem, Haj Amin al-Husseini, the Arabs of British Mandatory Palestine had become Hitler's legion in the Middle East. Fusing Nazism and Islamic fundamentalism, al-Husseini incited the Palestinian Arab masses to murderous pogroms with the lie that the Jews were about to destroy the Al-Aqsa Mosque.

The same rhetoric emanates today from the Palestinian Authority and incited the recent terror upsurge by Palestinians and Israeli Arabs. The PA, led by the Holocaust-denier Mahmoud Abbas, who on his own account hero-worships al-Husseini, pumps out Nazi-themed antisemitism week in, week out, brain-washing its people into murderous hatred against the Jews.

Furthermore, both the Palestinian cause and Palestinian "identity" itself are based on the attempted theft and appropriation of the historic homeland and history of the Jews – the indigenous people of the land of Israel.

So it's not just that the demonization and delegitimization of Israel are fundamentally anti-Jew. What's not properly understood is that Palestinianism is antisemitism. Western liberals who support the Palestinian cause are supporting a profoundly anti-Jewish agenda not only to steal the land of the Jewish people but to wipe out their history and thus their identity.

Far more ominously, this is also the passionately held default narrative for millions of Muslims who have settled in Britain and other Western countries.

As they become more assimilated, and their children enter the professions and political life – in itself a welcome development in terms of social acceptance – they are unfortunately seeding this poisonous narrative throughout British society.

A lethal obsession once confined to the far Left is now gaining enormous cultural traction through the number of British Muslims developing public influence (with the sterling exception of those few British Muslims who take a brave and principled public stand against Jew-hatred). Yet anyone who dares point this out is denounced as a racist and Islamophobe.

This strategy of cultural manipulation and intimidation threatens to push British politicians into hostility towards Israel. It is actively imperiling the security of British Jews, and it is undermining the integrity and values of Britain itself, as its cultural leaders increasingly kowtow to its dictates through ignorance, ideology, or fear. America is headed in the same direction.

Palestinianism is no longer just about the Middle East. It's now providing cultural rocket boosters behind both antisemitism and Islamization in the West.

Reprinted with permission from JNS.org.

https://www.israelhayom.com/opinions/palestinianism-is-opening-up-a-posthumous-nazi-front-against-jews/ 

:: 6-18-21 The Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas Freely Admits It Uses Summer Camps to Recruit Child Soldiers

avatar by Elder of Ziyon June 18, 2021 12:59 pm

While anti-Israel activists often talk about Palestinian rights, they usually ignore the rights of Palestinian children to grow up free from terror indoctrination and incitement to murder. Under both Hamas and the Palestinian Authority, children have been abused, brainwashed, and convinced that the path to martyrdom and national glory is murdering Jews.

Here are some posters that Hamas has published for its summer camps. If this isn’t recruitment for child soldiers, I don’t know what is:

Once again, this is more anti-Israel hatred and child abuse that the world will continue to ignore.

https://www.algemeiner.com/2021/06/18/hamas-freely-admits-it-uses-summer-camps-to-recruit-child-soldiers/ 

[ :: 8-23-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: ::]

For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.

:: 6-19-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Catholic Democrats Appeal to ‘Primacy of Conscience’ in Abortion Support

By Thomas D. Williams, Ph.D.19 Jun 2021

Sixty Catholic Democrats in Congress have written an open “Statement of Principles” explaining why the Catholic Church should not deny Holy Communion to professed Catholics who promote abortion.

The open letter was published online on June 18 to coincide with the June meeting of the U.S. bishops, who discussed, among other things, the question of “Eucharistic coherence” and conditions under which a Catholic should not present himself to receive Holy Communion.

“As legislators in the U.S. House of Representatives, we work every day to advance respect for life and the dignity of every human being,” the letter states.

The representatives declare that “the weaponization of the Eucharist to Democratic lawmakers for their support of a woman’s safe and legal access to abortion is contradictory.”

The Catholic Church has consistently taught that taking an innocent human life in abortion is always gravely evil.

The Catechism of the Catholic Church states, “From the first moment of his existence, a human being must be recognized as having the rights of a person — among which is the inviolable right of every innocent being to life.”

Abortion “is gravely contrary to the moral law,” the Catechism declares, and, therefore, a person who procures an abortion incurs ex-communication from the Church “by the very commission of the offense.”

For his part, Saint John Paul II wrote that “direct abortion, that is, abortion willed as an end or as a means, always constitutes a grave moral disorder, since it is the deliberate killing of an innocent human being.”

The U.S. bishops’ Faithful Citizenship letter, a “teaching document on the political responsibility of Catholics,” underscores the evil of abortion, suggesting it is not “just another issue” to be weighed against prudential matters such as immigration laws or a carbon tax, but stands out as a singularly weighty moral issue.

The threat of abortion remains our preeminent priority because it directly attacks life itself, because it takes place within the sanctuary of the family, and because of the number of lives destroyed,” the bishops declared in the letter.

In their June 18 letter, the Catholic Democrats insisted they “seek the Church’s guidance and assistance but believe also in the primacy of conscience.”

In recognizing the Church’s role in providing moral leadership, we acknowledge and accept the tension that comes with being in disagreement with the Church in some areas,” they declare.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2021/06/19/catholic-democrats-appeal-primacy-conscience-abortion-support/ 

:: 6--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jesus — Our Righteousness

By Hal Lindsey

In only a few words, 2 Corinthians 5:21 gives us an astounding picture of our redemption in Christ. “He made Him who knew no sin to be sin on our behalf, so that we might become the righteousness of God in Him.”

The old hymn says, “This is all my righteousness, nothing but the blood of Jesus.”

1 Corinthians 1:30 puts it like this. “By His doing you are in Christ Jesus, who became to us wisdom from God, and righteousness and sanctification, and redemption.”

Jesus is our righteousness — the very righteousness of God! And that is of the utmost importance. Here’s why. Our own righteousness is insufficient. Isaiah 64:6 says, “All our righteousnesses are as filthy rags.”

In other words, our very best efforts stink when compared with the righteous standard of God Himself. I hear people claim to live without sin, or mostly without sin. Is that you? Do you follow 1 Thessalonians 5:17 and, “Pray without ceasing”? Look at verse 18. Do you consistently give God thanks in all circumstances… every time? Do you consistently follow Matthew 5:44 and “pray for those who spitefully use you and persecute you”? What about Philippians 4:4? Do you rejoice in the Lord? Do you rejoice in Him always?

Maybe you can answer “yes” to those questions. But ask yourself if you do those things to God’s perfect standards. Many evangelical Christians can quote Romans 3:23 — “For all have sinned and fall short of the glory of God.”

But how often do we think about the second half of that verse. Yes, all have sinned. But more than that, all fall short of the glory of God. That’s the standard. If you’re trying to save yourself by being good, that’s the question you must ask. Does my life ever — even briefly — fall short of the glory of God? A more realistic question might be, “When does my life not fall short of God’s glory?”

No mere human being can reach that standard on his own. We fall short of Joshua 1:8 and we fail to meditate on God’s word day and night. We fall short of Philippians 4:6 which commands us not to be worried or anxious. Two verses later it tells us what we should spend our time thinking about — “whatever things are true, whatever things are noble, whatever things are just, whatever things are pure, whatever things are lovely, whatever things are of good report.”

I don’t know anyone whose thought life always reaches those high standards.

It’s amazingly easy to fall into sin-traps such as selfishness and pride. Do you follow 1 Corinthians 9:25 and consistently exercise self-control in all things? How about 2 Corinthians 2:9? It tells us to be “obedient in all things.” 2 Corinthians 9:8 admonishes us to “abound to every good work.”

We fail again and again to live up to the perfect standard of God’s glory. That doesn’t mean we should quit trying to live up to those standards. But it does mean that we can’t take credit for our own salvation in any way. We do not earn salvation. We accept it as a gift earned for us by Someone else — Jesus.

The Bible tells us that we will be rewarded for our good works (1 Corinthians 3:11-15). But it also tells us that our good works will not take us to heaven. Ephesians 2:8-9 says, “For by grace you have been saved through faith; and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God; not as a result of works, that no one should boast.”

What a glorious thing is God’s amazing grace! I hope you will abound to many good works in your Christian life. But trust your salvation to the righteousness of God in Christ.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-20-2020/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 6-13-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu in last Knesset speech as PM: We will topple 'dangerous gov't'

Netanyahu intends to remain opposition leader, head of Likud, and the party’s candidate for prime minister in the next election.

By GIL HOFFMAN JUNE 13, 2021 20:38

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Sunday said he will not be leaving politics despite leaving the Prime Minister’s Office.

He told his supporters he intends to remain opposition leader, head of the Likud and the party’s candidate for prime minister in the next election.

“This is a holiday for the press but a difficult day for millions of citizens of Israel,” he told reporters following his address in the Knesset plenum. “I ask you not to lose your spirits. We will come back.”

In the speech, Netanyahu told his supporters they should keep their heads held high despite losing power.

We will continue to work together,” he said. “I will lead you in a daily struggle against this dangerous left-wing government to topple it, and with God’s help, it will happen much faster than you think.”

In contrast with the constant heckling during the speech of incoming prime minister Naftali Bennett, MKs in the coalition being formed were completely silent when Netanyahu spoke, making a point of showing him respect. The only MKs who heckled were from the Joint List, until Meretz leader Nitzan Horowitz mentioned the criminal charges against Netanyahu near the end of the address.

Netanyahu said he was speaking for the millions of voters of Likud and its satellite parties, and he cited the accomplishments of his outgoing government, singling out the Abraham Accords.

Mocking Bennett, Netanyahu said after hearing him talk tough about Iran, he was even more worried since “Bennett always does the opposite of what he says.” The new government is unfit to lead the country for even a single day, he said.

An Israeli prime minister needs to know how to say no to the president of the United States,” Netanyahu said, praising his own speech to Congress against the Iran deal and lamenting that there will be no one left who could stand up for Israel that way.

Had Bennett told Israelis he would form a government with Lapid, he would not have gotten elected at all, Netanyahu said, calling him “fake Right.”

He listed his successes as prime minister, including the transfer of the US Embassy to Jerusalem, the construction of new roads and railways and the improvement to quality of life in the country.

All of this didn’t happen by chance,” Netanyahu said. “It happened because we ran a smart and focused security policy that made our enemies pay a price.”

The government oversaw “courageous” operations behind enemy lines to keep Israel safe, he said.

The accomplishments turned Israel from a “marginal state” into a leading country, Netanyahu said.

Idan Zonshine contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/israel-news/netanyahu-addresses-knesset-plenum-for-last-time-as-pm-670901 

:: 6-13-21 Arutz Sheva :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pandora's Box? China funding human-animal embryos that may pave way for 'chimeras'

A Fox News report warns that US taxpayer money may soon be funding Chinese research to create 'chimeras', or a new human-animal breed.

Tags: China Fox News Research

Arutz Sheva Staff , Jun 13 , 2021 2:43 PM

Video: Fox News watch on You Tube

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/307986 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 6-14-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Mysterious 'Instructions For A Post-Apocalyptic World' Warn Us To Be Prepared For A Grand Culling Ahead As A New Mutant, Deadly Scourge Is Unleashed Upon America

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die June 14, 2021

Americans better watch out!

ANP had reported back on May 23rd that we should be on the watch for the 'next phase' of the globalists depopulation agenda to be kicked into gear to get the world's population down to 500 million in due time, and now we get this new story over at the Daily Mail warning the so-called deadly 'Indian variant' of Covid could be the dominant strain in the US in the coming week.

With experts warning the 'delta variant' of Covid is already causing havoc in the UK, where 90% of new cases are of that variety, and nearly 30% of the fatalities caused by it have happened in fully vaccinated people, as 'Kalbo' had reported in this May 28th story, while most still call the depopulation agenda of the globalists a 'conspiracy theory', it's been written in stone on the Georgia Guidestones.

Called by this 2009 story over at Wired 'America's Stonehenge', as that story warned, inscribed upon the 16-foot-tall, 20-ton slabs of polished granite are 'monumental instructions' for a post-apocalyptic world, a world with a global population of only 500 million, meaning 7 billion+ will have to go.

So with Covid 'vaccination rates' now plummeting, imperiling Joe Biden's goal of having 70% of the US population 'vaxxed' by July 4th, as we'd also warned on ANP back on May 15th, none of us should be at all surprised if massive lockdowns/restrictions here in America are kicked back into effect with 'heavy hands'. With those who've been 'vaxxed' blaming the 'unvaccinated' for any reinstatement of any such tyrannical rules although more and more of the fully vaccinated are still 'catching and dying from Covid'.

As Ethan Huff had reported in this June 10th Natural News story, with CBS already calling for violence against 'the unvaccinated', with James Corden of The Late Late Show urging his viewers who'd been 'jabbed' to 'punch the unvaccinated in the face', America is being herded into dangerous new territory over the next few months, with Biden's vaccination rate goals sure to fail while more and more people, employers and govt agencies talk about 'mandatory injections' for people to simply 'live their lives'.

From this 2009 Wired story (saved at Archive) before we continue.:

The Georgia Guidestones may be the most enigmatic monument in the US: huge slabs of granite, inscribed with directions for rebuilding civilization after the apocalypse. Only one man knows who created them—and he's not talking.

The strangest monument in America looms over a barren knoll in northeastern Georgia. Five massive slabs of polished granite rise out of the earth in a star pattern. The rocks are each 16 feet tall, with four of them weighing more than 20 tons apiece. Together they support a 25,000-pound capstone.

Approaching the edifice, it's hard not to think immediately of England's Stonehenge or possibly the ominous monolith from 2001: A Space Odyssey. Built in 1980, these pale gray rocks are quietly awaiting the end of the world as we know it.

Called the Georgia Guidestones, the monument is a mystery—nobody knows exactly who commissioned it or why. The only clues to its origin are on a nearby plaque on the ground—which gives the dimensions and explains a series of intricate notches and holes that correspond to the movements of the sun and stars—and the "guides" themselves, directives carved into the rocks.

These instructions appear in eight languages ranging from English to Swahili and reflect a peculiar New Age ideology. Some are vaguely eugenic (guide reproduction wisely—improving fitness and diversity); others prescribe standard-issue hippie mysticism (prize truth—beauty—love—seeking harmony with the infinite). What's most widely agreed upon—based on the evidence available—is that the Guidestones are meant to instruct the dazed survivors of some impending apocalypse as they attempt to reconstitute civilization.

Not everyone is comfortable with this notion. A few days before I visited, the stones had been splattered with polyurethane and spray-painted with graffiti, including slogans like "Death to the new world order." This defacement was the first serious act of vandalism in the Guidestones' history, but it was hardly the first objection to their existence. In fact, for more than three decades this uncanny structure in the heart of the Bible Belt has been generating responses that range from enchantment to horror.

Supporters (notable among them Yoko Ono) have praised the messages as a stirring call to rational thinking, akin to Thomas Paine's The Age of Reason. Opponents have attacked them as the Ten Commandments of the Antichrist.

Whoever the anonymous architects of the Guidestones were, they knew what they were doing: The monument is a highly engineered structure that flawlessly tracks the sun. It also manages to engender endless fascination, thanks to a carefully orchestrated aura of mystery. And the stones have attracted plenty of devotees to defend against folks who would like them destroyed. Clearly, whoever had the monument placed here understood one thing very well: People prize what they don't understand at least as much as what they do.

With one of the most talked about 'guidelines' written on the 'guidestones' being "Maintain humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature", Wikipedia, Wired and other 'big tech' and leftist outlets won't talk about what the globalists would have to do to get the world's population down to that incredibly low number considering the world's current 7.8 billion+ population in 2021.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Before continuing, we wanted to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

So from this Daily Mail story about 'the new scourge' unleashed upon America before we continue.:

The Indian variant of Covid-19 could be the dominant strain of the virus in the United States in just one week, according to disturbing new data. The , up from just one percent l highly-transmissible strain - known as B.1.617.2 or 'Delta' - now makes up about 10 percent of US casesess than a month ago, Outbreak.info claims.

'When will B.1.617.2 (Delta) be the dominant variant in the US? Could be next week (or next 2 weeks) based on trends in our testing data & sequences available,' researcher Alexandre Bolze wrote on Twitter Thursday.

The strain, which was first detected in India, has wreaked havoc in the United Kingdom, where it now makes up 91 percent of all new cases. It has caused Covid cases in that country to surge by 109 percent in a single week, with the government now considering extending lockdown restrictions by another month. The UK is headed for a third Covid wave and, at the current rate, could have 80,000 new cases a day by mid-July.

Stoking fears, a study by Public Health England shows 29 percent of the 42 people who have died after catching the new strain had received both of their Covid vaccinations.

A similar surge in US cases could be disastrous, particularly given that many are confident the pandemic is almost over, thanks to falling case numbers and widespread vaccinations.

Dr. Anthony Fauci has warned Americans against complacency, and pleaded with the public to get vaccinated.

Yet as one of the top-voted comments on that Daily Mail story pointed out, "Dr. Fauci has lost all credibility with the American public."

And as we had reported on ANP back on May 15th, soon after many of the mandatory lockdown restrictions were lifted, it felt very strangely like all of the big announcements from the CDC and Biden back then were as if the globalists had been given a new script, with a switch flipped on their entire narrative, warning in that story: "we should all look at what's now happening with great suspicion".

With 100+ million 'vaxxed Americans' set free to go out and play, with many insanely believing their having been 'vaxxed' will keep them safe from what may very well be a highly weaponized bioweapon created in a laboratory, we get the feeling now that this latest announcement about the highly deadly 'Delta variety' of Covid soon being the 'dominant strain' in America is just the latest signs this thing is far from over and America and freedom are being 'set up for the kill'.

And with many warning that this entire Covid fiasco was designed to make sure massive mail in voting fraud to get Joe Biden into office was allowed to happen, as others have warned, it also appears that this was designed to help bring about the complete takedown of America while instituting 'medical martial law' and 'tyranny', with this new book asking "Are Covid Passports The Mark Of The Beast?" From that book before our conclusion.

What freedoms will you lose when governments introduce Covid Passports?

Governments are really moving fast towards introducing Covid Passports. All over the world, governments are all acting as if in unison. You would be forgiven for thinking perhaps it was all pre-planned. To make it worse, governments are not even looking at running the scheme themselves. They plan to outsource it to one of the big tech companies, like Google, Microsoft or Facebook. What could possibly go wrong? If they do go ahead and introduce Covid passports, what might it mean to you?

You could be denied boarding all public transport.

You may be banned from all pubs and restaurants.

You could lose your job and be blocked from getting a new one.

You risk even being banned from entering any shops.

Even if all goes well, these companies will know where you are always, who you are with, what you are doing and talking about. We have studied how these big tech companies operate with their current capabilities. It has frightened us to fear what they may do with vastly increased power over us.

If Facebook doesn’t like us just now, we can be banned from Facebook, it’s not life threatening, but what if they had the power to ban you from every shop in the country?

They would not do that would they? They de-platformed a sitting US President only a few months ago, do you really think they will care about you and me?

And with more and more talk of 'mandatory injections' for everybody, how long before we witness what we're seeing in the political art of David Dees above, with Americans having to be 'injected' just to go to the grocery store?

As Steve Quayle had warned in an SQnote while linking to this story over at the New American titled "DHS Secretary Admits: 'We’re Taking a Very Close Look' at Vaccine Passports", we'd been long ago warned of a coming day when we "won't be able to buy, rent, sell, trade or travel - sound familiar? Today's headlines define the results of the soon coming 'mark of the beast'".

So if you're not one to take the word of so-called 'conspiracy theory websites' about the dangers of what the globalists are now peddling as 'the cure to Covid', the 'vax', in the 1st video below, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. sounds the alarm for us over what he believes are nothing less than 'genocidal crimes' being carried out against us by the likes of Anthony Fauci and Bill Gates.

And in the 2nd video below, we hear how the COVID 'vaccine' perfectly fits the description of the 'mark of the beast' described in the Book of Revelation as more and more governments, from local to national, are requiring the vaccine for people to buy food, get utilities or even participate in commerce. Is this what we've long been warned of?

https://allnewspipeline.com/Instructions_For_A_Post_Apocalyptic_World.php 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 6-14-21 NC Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastor arrested for holding church service – USA

Posted on June 14, 2021 by Wes Rhinier

Video

https://ncrenegade.com/pastor-arrested-for-holding-church-service-usa/ 

:: 6-14-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Leaking' Chinese nuclear power plant 'could spark disaster': American intelligence warns reactor has been pumping out radioactive gas for two weeks... but Beijing insists everything is normal

French energy firm that co-owns Taishan Nuclear Power Plant in southern China warned US intelligence two weeks ago that it was leaking radioactive gas

America has reviewed the situation and concluded it could turn into a disaster

But they believe situation is not yet at 'crisis level' and it may still be resolved

Chinese state firm which owns plant insisted Sunday that everything is 'normal'

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline and Afp

Published: 03:55 EDT, 14 June 2021 | Updated: 05:59 EDT, 14 June 2021

A Chinese nuclear power station is leaking radioactive gas and could become a major disaster, according to secret US intelligence reports.

Taishan Nuclear Power Plant, located in southern Guangdong province, is thought to have been leaking for at least two weeks after a French firm that co-owns the facility flagged the issue to Washington.

American agents have spent the last week monitoring the situation and have concluded it has the potential turn into a major disaster but that facility is not currently at 'crisis level'.

That is in stark contrast to the message being put out by the power plant's Chinese state owners, who insisted in a report published Sunday that everything is 'normal'.

Problems at the power plant first came to light in late May when French firm Framatome reached out to US intelligence agencies to alert them of it, according to documents sent to the Department of Energy and seen by CNN.

A follow-up memo sent on June 3 identified the issue as a 'fission gas leak' and asked for the DoE to share intelligence that might help solve the issue.

Fission gas is a radioactive biproduct of nuclear fission, where heavy atoms are split into lighter ones - a process which releases energy but also creates the waste gas.

Framatome apparently got no response and so sent another memo on June 8 asking for their message to be urgently reviewed.

In that note, they described the problem as 'an imminent radiological threat to the site' and warned that Chinese regulators had increased the 'safe' levels of radioactivity allowed around the plant.

Increasing the 'safe' limit means China has been able to keep the plant running instead of shutting it down to resolve the issue.

Framatome claimed China more-than doubled the limit, and that the new limit exceeds the current safety standards in France.

The June 8 memo was picked up by the US State Department, setting off a flurry of activity over the last week that included meetings of senior figures on the National Security Council to assess the threat.

They concluded that while the plant could turn into a major disaster, they believe it is not in immediate danger of becoming one and it is more likely the issue will be resolved without seriously endangering the public.

It is not clear from CNN's report whether the intelligence agencies shared the information that Framatome were seeking.

The French firm openly acknowledged the problem on Monday, saying they are working to fix a 'performance issue' at the site.

Meanwhile French energy giant EDF also put out a statement on Monday, saying there has been an increase in noble gases detected in the plant's cooling system.

Noble gases are one of the biproducts of nuclear fission, and their presence in the cooling system may indicate a leak in the reactor.

EDF insisted the presence of noble gases in the cooling system 'is a known phenomenon, studied and provided for in the reactor operating procedures.'

The operator of the power station, state-owned China General Nuclear Power Group, said in a statement on Sunday evening that 'the environmental indicators of Taishan Nuclear Power Plant and its surroundings are normal'.

Powered up in 2018, the Taishan plant was the first worldwide to operate a next-generation EPR nuclear reactor, a pressurised water design that has been subject to years of delays in similar European projects in Britain, France and Finland.

EPR reactors have been touted as promising advances in safety and efficiency over conventional reactors while producing less waste.

The plant's state owners said one of the two reactors on site then completed an 'overhaul' and 'successfully connected to the grid on June 10, 2021.'

It did not say why the reactor was overhauled or what exactly had been done to it.

Nuclear plants supplied less than five percent of China's annual electricity needs in 2019, according to the National Energy Administration, but this share is expected to grow as Beijing attempts to become carbon neutral by 2060.

China has 47 nuclear plants with a total generation capacity of 48.75 million kilowatts -- the world's third highest after the United States and France -- and has invested billions of dollars to develop its nuclear energy sector.

Last month Russian President Vladimir Putin and his Chinese counterpart Xi Jinping hailed close ties between their countries as they launched work on Russian-built nuclear power plants in China.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9683639/French-nuclear-firm-seeks-resolve-performance-issue-China-plant.html 

:: 6-14-21 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Like Hell Went to Hell,’ The Tragic Demise of Venice Beach

By Jamie Joseph  June 13, 2021 Updated: June 14, 2021

LOS ANGELES—World-renowned Venice Beach has long been a place where visitors, residents, and business owners commingled with artists, musicians, and entertainers from all over the country. Over 10 million tourists visit the beach’s famous boardwalk each year, drawn in by the ocean view and the unconventional lifestyle of the city’s eccentric community.

But the famed destination no longer circulates in headlines for its wacky tourist attractions or local eateries. Instead, the beach town has become known worldwide for its flourishing homeless encampments, burgeoning filth, skyrocketing crime rate, and increasingly violent transients.

As city officials dawdle, the beachside town is falling to ruin, residents say, overwhelmed by the homeless that are making their lives a living hell.

Their cries for help have gone largely unheeded—until now. Earlier this week, Los Angeles County Sheriff Alex Villanueva announced a July 4th sweep that aims to clean up the mess.

For residents who have been trying to get local officials to act for months, the action can’t come soon enough.

During a recent trip to Venice, Villanueva said the tents need to be cleared by Independence Day, after reports of crime, arson, and filth went unaddressed for months. He blames elected leaders for not handling the issue.

“When I was out there in Venice, I talked to a shop owner, and he was fit to be tied,” Villanueva told The Epoch Times.

He’s tired of politicians, tired of people in the city doing nothing. And it’s impacting his ability for customers to come in, [with] the cost of people trying to break into his business and people causing scenes, fights, [and] outside fires. It’s like a third-world country.”

But not all locals approve of the sweep. Some activists quickly criticized the move on social media. “Why is this @LASDHQ dressed like this to do outreach? Why do they have guns?” the People’s City Council asked on Twitter.

For some residents, the uptick in recent violent attacks by the homeless on workers, residents, and the elderly are justification enough.

Cleaning Up the Mess

Within the last two weeks alone, there have been three reports of alleged attacks by the homeless.

A 70-year-old man, a small business manager, and a security guard were all victims of random attacks, according to local reports. It was the final straw that caught the attention of law enforcement—even though residents say the problem has been bubbling to the surface for months.

Butch Say, a traveling transient who sings rock ‘n’ roll on the boardwalk, has called Venice home for the last two years. He said people like himself are attracted to the neighborhood by its welcoming culture and the weather—but even he’s noticed that things are getting worse.

“It’s nutty, but they like it. And that’s part of the reason a lot of people come here,” Say told The Epoch Times.

Say watched on June 8 as 18 officers from the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department Housing Outreach and Services Team (HOST) descended on the boardwalk, cleaning up trash and alerting the homeless of the upcoming action.

“The trash is going to fill right back up in a few days,” Say said with a chuckle.

HOST stepped in to mitigate the chaos that has been ensuing in the area, and tried to connect homeless individuals with housing and other stabilization resources ahead of the July 4th sweep.

Say said this was the first time he’d seen the Sheriff’s Department in force.

“You never see him. It’s usually LAPD [the Los Angeles Police Department], and they’re cool. They roll by and they just keep the peace—which is not much more you can ask from them, because this is on nonstop, 24-hours-a-day going, this lifestyle, and it gets crazy,” he told The Epoch Times.

“Some people, you know, [do] too much drugs. They’re up for days—weeks—and they’re just psychotic, running around screaming at … invisible trees and whatever.”

Deputy Lewis, one of the officers on duty that day, told The Epoch Times, “To be honest, I didn’t know about Venice Beach until 6 a.m. this morning.”

But Lt. Jeff Deedrick, who led the HOST team, was bothered by the recent attacks.

“Our mission is humanitarian; this is a crisis, and this is bad. And the acts of violence here have been significant,” Deedrick told The Epoch Times.

It was heartbreaking to see the gentleman the other day get punched in the face in broad daylight. That can’t happen. We have to have a civil society. And it needs to be to where everybody can enjoy this place.”

Skyrocketing Crime

The conditions in Venice Beach have been deteriorating for over a year. City codes prohibiting encampments on the beach and sidewalks were rolled back per new COVID-19 regulations when the pandemic hit, and normal street sweeping crews were cut to limit contact.

Then Venice was declared a sanctuary zone by Los Angeles Councilmember Mike Bonin, whose district includes the beach. Tents were no longer violating city policy.

Bonin, who is facing a recall effort over his policies, and Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti also championed temporary A Bridge Housing units in Venice to help with the problem.

But residents have told The Epoch Times that the facility has only served to attract more homeless to the nearby streets since its development. Tents and trailers parked on the side of the street are present outside of the complex. Many of those same people living in A Bridge Housing are “dual residents,” with some still dwelling in their tents outside, according to locals.

Soledad Ursua, chairwoman of the Venice Neighborhood Council (VNC), told The Epoch Times that the issue is one of “lack of enforcement” due to COVID-19.

“That’s really how a lot of these crime problems have really spiraled out of control,” she said. “And it’s sad that we have to ask the city to resume enforcing our laws, you know, laws that we have on the books. So, Venice residents, we have to basically beg for our laws to be enforced again.”

The Los Angeles Fire Department announced last month that over 54 percent of fires in the county this year had been started by homeless encampments. In Venice, a number of fires sparked in encampments have been reported, with one corporate building burning to the ground earlier this year.

Say said he personally witnessed a homeless person start a fire on the beach only last week.

It was somebody’s little wagon with batteries, and they wired it up wrong to play their musical instruments, and it blew up, caught on fire, [and] burned itself out,” Say recalled.

The neighborhood is also experiencing a sharp uptick in crime, according to statistics provided to the Venice Neighborhood Council by LAPD Capt. Steve Embrich.

Year-to-date numbers show that robberies have nearly tripled since the same period last year. Homeless-related robberies are up 260 percent; homeless-related assault with a deadly weapon is up 118 percent; property crimes and area burglaries are up 85 percent; and grand theft auto is up 74 percent.

According to Embrich, felony arrests are up 68 percent, while misdemeanor arrests have grown by 355 percent. But arrests aren’t enough: Suspects are often released back onto the streets within hours.

“So, arrests are way up—the officers arrested a lot more people—but you may not see a difference because most of those arrests, like 99 percent, are we arrest them, and they’re coronavirus released, they’re released back into the community shortly after we book them,” Embrich told the VNC during a recent meeting.

Grand theft auto (GTA) incidents in Venice are “much higher than the rest of the area,” Embrich said.

“And with our GTA, what we see is that we have a very short recovery window. So, most of the cars that are stolen are recovered within Pacific area, very close, or they’re recovered in Culver City or whatever adjacent cities, and the recovery period is short—that means your cars are being stolen out of Venice, for the purpose of sleeping or for the purpose of transportation.”

‘Tearing the Community Apart From Within’

How to solve the problem is tearing the community apart, according to Venice Neighborhood Councilmember Brian Averill.

“The city of L.A. has dropped the ball on the crime in Venice. … It’s not being addressed. So, people on different sides of the issues in our community are sort of turning on each other. Not only is it unsafe, but it’s really tearing the community apart from within,” Averill told The Epoch Times.

“Because people pay taxes to feel safe and to feel protected, and it is chaotic out there, so that’s the city’s sort of ineptitude.”

Say said he understands the residents’ frustrations.

“It’s crazy about the fighting stuff. I’ve seen neighbors and houses fight, and it goes on for years down here. They’re in the morning ready to chop each other’s heads off, and at night they’re sharing dinner,” Say said.

Averill said the push for “housing first,” a theory the city has embraced that believes more housing units are needed as the first step to help the homeless, does not treat the complexities of each individual case, as people may need other resources to rehabilitate them.

He said that “a triage situation” would be the best option right now.

“It’s a disaster out there, frankly,” he added. “Why we’re not seeing some sort of triage is beyond me. … You should be getting people into the triage, figuring out what they need. Some people just need $1,000 so they can get a bus ticket or a plane ticket home, some people need addiction help, some people need detox. Some people need serious, you know, mental illness help.”

On June 7, Averill was present at a press conference on the boardwalk when a knife-wielding homeless woman was subdued steps away from L.A. Councilmember Joe Buscaino. At the time, Buscaino was in the middle of a news conference addressing homelessness on the boardwalk as part of his mayoral campaign.

Bystander Nico Ruderman yelled “Knife!” and LAPD’s Embrich subdued the woman, sustaining minor cut injuries while arresting her. It is unclear if the woman intended to attack Buscaino. Some witnesses say she was arrested because the knife fell out of her pocket.

Within hours, however, the suspect was released back onto the boardwalk, charged only with a misdemeanor.

Said VNC’s Ursua, “Our concerns are valid. We were afraid to go out. … If a councilmember can almost get stabbed, it means that it could happen to us.”

A few days after the incident, Buscaino requested that the city restore its ban on sidewalk encampments.

‘Inept and Corrupt Politicians’

Since the pandemic began, the boardwalk has become “like hell went to hell,” according to Say.

“It was bad [before], but it wasn’t like this,” he said.

For years, the colorful history of homeless dwellers has been an integral part of Venice Beach, with locals referring to them as “street people.” Business owners told The Epoch Times they used to know most of them by name. They were part of the community—until the pandemic brought a massive influx of new transients.

“It was with COVID, people getting tossed and all that. This place filled up quick: all women, men, middle-aged, you know, everybody here, little kids sometimes,” said Say. “A lot of new people, they try to blend in. They say, ‘I’ve been here 20 years,’ and it’s like, ‘I’ve only been here two and I haven’t seen you.’”

If parents have little children, “they get hooked up quick” with help, Say said. “And if you’re part of it—they call it ‘the family,’ you know—if you’re part of the family, they know you down here, you’re OK.”

But they still get into fights with each other, he added. “I’ve seen people fighting, screaming, threatening [each other] with pipes and poles in the morning, and bringing them a pair of shoes at night and sharing their dinner,” he said.

Venice Beach Bar manager Luis Perez told The Epoch Times previously that when the stay-at-home orders were declared last year, homeless people were bussed in from other cities and dropped off on the boardwalk. It was clear they didn’t fit in with the culture, he said. Most of them were addicts.

Now, attacks against visitors and other homeless people are regularly documented on social media by a local watchdog group, with new videos uploaded nearly every day.

In the meantime, the encampments are still growing—and impacting local businesses. Recently, another tent community appeared behind the Rose Café restaurant on nearby Rose Avenue, a few blocks from the beach. The encampment has barbecue pits, dressers, and motorbikes parked inside the tents.

Right outside businesses on the boardwalk, trash, needles, and tents can be seen in plain sight, piled up on top of each other.

Klaus Moeller is owner of the Ben & Jerry’s Ice Cream shop on the boardwalk. He has been dealing with problems caused by the homeless for over a year.

On June 5, Moeller filed a police report against a homeless person who attacked his manager.

“Woman hit a Hare Krishna monk, then threatened our customer. When our manager asked her to leave, she hit the manager in the face,” Moeller told The Epoch Times in an email.

The police did nothing. “Police refused to make an arrest and told us that an assault apparently now is considered a misdemeanor,” he said.

Moeller said he doesn’t blame the police, as current “catch and release” policies “make any arrest a waste of time for them.”

“I blame the inept and corrupt politicians,” he said.

Moeller said that only a day earlier, a beloved local security guard at a nearby skate shop “was hit over the head with a bottle and then repeatedly stabbed by a homeless guy in their parking lot.”

Moeller said he has reached out repeatedly to Bonin, the local representative. But his attempts at communication have failed.

I have tried for a year now to have Mr. Bonin speak with me but emails are not answered. Our very own councilman, whose salary is paid with our taxes; refuses to even talk to us or acknowledge that there is a problem,” Moeller said.

The Epoch Times reached out for comment but did not hear back from Bonin’s office. However, Bonin released a series of tweets defending his housing policies.

“There is loud and growing criticism of homeless housing from people saying homelessness is about addiction and mental health, not housing. We absolutely need more mental health & drug rehab services—and we can’t address these issues among the unhoused without housing,” Bonin said in a June 3 tweet.

On June 10, Bonin asked the Los Angeles Homeless and Poverty Committee to shift $5 million in budgeted aid to fund housing programs in his district.

But Say warned that not every homeless person wants the help. He said most of the people living in Venice get government support.

He pointed to a homeless man in a wheelchair wearing pajamas. The man gets $1,400 a month from the government, Say said, “and he loves it out here.”

Say said that government Section 8 housing vouchers are available to many people, providing “a nice place to live,” and if you’re older, you get priority. But many people, like the man in the wheelchair, prefer to live on the street.

“They go, ‘No, I love it out here. Nobody tells me what to do, and I run around in my underwear,’” Say said. “You know, whatever. They’re crazy. What can I say? It’s Venice.”

Correction: a previous version of this article incorrectly described Averill as an eyewitness to the actions of the knife-wielding woman on the boardwalk. Averill was present a the press conference but did not see the woman’s actions prior to the arrest.

Follow Jamie on Twitter: @jamiewritess

https://www.theepochtimes.com/mkt_morningbrief/like-hell-went-to-hell-the-tragic-demise-of-venice-beach-2_3856734.html?utm_source=Morningbrief&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=mb-2021-06

-14&mktids=e063caf59b8dc80d7268558695d2ce76&est=LwKuYBofWqGxs6kiHz5G20s4YClt%2FXTg1i%2FrRWTLJoX9%2Fb2L8GKCq3pou7%2BFEGRTxGwt3A%3D%3D 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

:: 6-12-21 France 24 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Across US West, drought arriving dangerously early

Issued on: 12/06/2021 - 19:00

Los Angeles (AFP)

Lakes at historically low levels, unusually early forest fires, restrictions on water use and now a potentially record heat wave: even before summer's start the US West is suffering the effects of chronic drought made worse by climate change.

Eighty-eight percent of the West was in a state of drought this week, including the entire states of California, Oregon, Utah and Nevada, according to official data.

In a particularly stark symptom of this trend, which is affecting more than 143 million Americans, Lake Mead -- the country's largest reservoir, lying at the border of Nevada and Arizona -- now stands at its lowest level since its creation in the 1930s.

The lake, formed when the massive Hoover Dam was built across the Colorado River not far from Las Vegas, stands at just 36 percent of capacity, below even a record set in 2016.

Authorities expected something like this -- but not until August.

The situation in northern California, which normally receives ample precipitation in the winter and spring, is no better. Lake Oroville, the state's second largest reservoir and a key part of a network providing potable water to 27 million Californians, is 165 feet (50 meters) lower than in 2019.

Widespread water-use restrictions appear inevitable over the coming months, with potentially serious ramifications for Western states, in particular for irrigation-dependent farmers -- who provide much of the country's fruits and vegetables.

In California, whose vast almond groves supply 80 percent of world production, some farmers have already begun uprooting trees to save water.

As of April 1, the date traditionally marking the area's last snowfall, the snowpack on the upper slopes of the Sierra Nevada -- source of roughly a third of all water used in California -- was at only 60 percent of average.

"Really, one thing unique this year is that as snow melted, the runoff ended up soaking into dry soils and ended up evaporating," never reaching Lake Oroville, John Yarbrough, an official with the California Department of Water Resources, told AFP.

#photo1

"So that's what was unusual this year, how little runoff we got from that snowpack."

- 'Rare, dangerous and deadly' -

According to the US Drought Monitor, one third of California is currently experiencing "exceptional drought," the worst level.

#photo2

And dry soils and water-deprived vegetation create the conditions for even higher temperatures, feeding a devastating vicious circle.

Not surprisingly, the southwestern US is bracing for an extreme heat wave this coming week, with temperatures some 20 degrees Fahrenheit (11 Celsius) higher than seasonal norms and with highs of up to 120 Fahrenheit expected in some spots.

Meteorologists have issued heat warnings, saying that Las Vegas, for example, could hit 115 Fahrenheit, surpassing a record established in 1940.

Such conditions are "rare, dangerous and deadly," said the National Weather Service bureau in Phoenix, Arizona -- where the thermometer is expected to hit 118 degrees on Friday.

Authorities are particularly concerned about forest fires, which have arrived unusually early this year and with rare intensity. As of the end of May, fires in California had already destroyed five times as much vegetation as they had last year at this point.

Most experts say that even if drought is an expected part of life in the Southwest, the situation has clearly been worsened by climate change.

A study published last year in the journal Science estimated that human-caused climate change worsened the impact of drought by 46 percent from 2000 to 2018.

"We're already living in a new climate, that is a different climate than when many of our systems were designed and built 50 or 100 years ago," Noah Diffenbaugh, a climatologist with Stanford University, told AFP.

"And it's a climate in which these water deficits primarily result from the influence of warming temperature."

#photo3

He said he believes the risks presented by climate change can still be managed.

But to do so, he said, it is vital "to not just catch up with the climate change that's already happened, but to leapfrog ahead."

https://www.france24.com/en/live-news/20210612-across-us-west-drought-arriving-dangerously-early 

:: 6--21 The Weather Channel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Heat Dome to Set Records in the West Much of This Week

By Chris Dolce2 hours ago

Dangerously hot temperatures will grip parts of the West this week, smashing numerous daily record highs and even threatening a few all-time June records.

A large dome of high pressure in the upper atmosphere has developed over the West. Beneath the dome, sinking air is causing temperatures to soar well over 100 degrees in many areas.

Heat alerts have been issued by the National Weather Service for various time periods this week, from parts of the Southwest into the Great Basin and California. Outdoor activities should be limited in these areas because of the possibility of heat-related illnesses.

Keep Drinks Cool With This Stylish End Table Cooler (SPONSORED)

The core of the heat will be most persistent in the Southwest, but it will also affect parts of the Great Basin and Rockies. It will spread into California's central valley by later in the week.

Records have already been broken in this heat wave and more are likely to fall in the days ahead, from Montana into the Desert Southwest and California.

Tucson, Arizona, set daily record highs both this past Saturday (110 degrees) and Sunday (112 degrees). Salt Lake City broke a daily record high on Sunday by hitting 102 degrees.

Billings, Montana, Denver, Salt Lake City, Phoenix, Las Vegas and Sacramento are some of the cities that could set at least daily record highs in the week ahead.

Some locations could even threaten all-time record highs for the month of June. This includes Salt Lake City and Las Vegas, where the all-time June records are 106 degrees and 117 degrees, respectively.

The hot conditions this week will be particularly dangerous for vulnerable groups, such as the sick and the elderly. The NWS has useful heat safety tips that can be incorporated into a daily routine when extreme heat sets in.

Job sites: Stay hydrated and take breaks inside as often as possible. Remember that in temperatures above 110, you will not know that you are sweating.

Indoors: Check up on the elderly, sick and those without air conditioning.

In vehicles: Never leave children or pets unattended – look before you lock.

Outdoors: Limit strenuous activities and find shade. Drink plenty of water and avoid alcohol.

Wildfire concerns will also be elevated this week because of the hot temperatures in combination with long-term drought conditions in place across a large part of the West.

The Weather Company’s primary journalistic mission is to report on breaking weather news, the environment and the importance of science to our lives. This story does not necessarily represent the position of our parent company, IBM.

https://weather.com/forecast/regional/news/2021-06-13-excessive-record-heat-west-june 

:: 6-7-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Rare' genome sequencing almost certainly proves COVID WAS deliberately made in a Chinese lab before it leaked to the world: Another expert study makes bombshell claim

COVID-19 has the genome sequencing combination of 'CGG-CGG'

Two US experts say that no naturally occurring coronavirus has ever had that combination

The 'CGG-CGG' combination is extremely rare, except when it used by scientists doing 'gain-of-function' in laboratories

The experts conclude that it is more likely than not that the virus was therefore created in a lab

In recent weeks, many of the world's top scientists have pushed to determine whether the virus was leaked from the Wuhan Institute of Virology

By Andrew Court For Dailymail.com Published: 00:05 EDT, 7 June 2021 | Updated: 14:35 EDT, 7 June 2021

Two U.S. experts have penned a damning essay saying that science strongly suggests the novel coronavirus was manufactured inside a Chinese laboratory.

The claim was made by Drs Stephen Quay, CEO of biopharmaceutical company Atossa Therapeutics Inc, and Richard Muller, a physics professor at the University of California Berkeley, in The Wall Street Journal on Sunday.

In the op-ed, the men say their proof lies in genome sequencing, or analyzing the DNA, of SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19.

There are 36 DNA segments - made up of three-letter 'words' - that viruses use to make an amino acid known as L-arginine.

L-arginine helps make proteins but is also often used in so-called 'gain of function' research, which alters viruses to make them more transmissible and more deadly.

The new virus contains a segment called CGG-CGG, which is considered rare even in experiments in which researchers are trying to manipulate virus.

But even more telling is that this combination has never been found naturally in any other type of coronavirus, including in SARS and MERS, both of which are cousins of the new virus.

'A virus simply cannot pick up a sequence from another virus if that sequence isn't present in any other virus,' Quay and Muller wrote.

'The CGG-CGG combination has never been found naturally. That means the common method of viruses picking up new skills, called recombination, cannot operate here.'

The essay comes after an explosive study last week claimed that Chinese scientists created COVID-19 in the Wuhan lab, then tried to cover their tracks by reverse-engineering versions of the virus to make it look like it evolved naturally from bats.

In the new essay, Quay and Muller go on to state that those who believe COVID-19 began by being transferred from animals to humans 'must explain why it happened to pick its least favorite combination: CGG-CGG. Why did it replicate the choice the lab's gain-of-function researchers would have made?'

The pair conclude: 'Yes, it could have happened randomly, through mutations. But do you believe that? At the minimum, this fact—that the coronavirus, with all its random possibilities, took the rare and unnatural combination used by human researchers—implies that the leading theory for the origin of the coronavirus must be laboratory escape.'

In recent weeks, many of the world's top scientists have pushed to determine whether the virus was leaked from the WIV.

The lab leak theory was initially dismissed by many in the media and academic communities.

President Joe Biden last week ordered intelligence agencies to launch a probe into whether COVID was man-made after all.

Circumstantial evidence has long raised questions about the Wuhan Institute of Virology, where researchers were known to be conducting experiments on bat coronavirus strains similar to the one responsible for COVID-19.

China insisted early and often that the virus did not leak from the lab, claiming that crossover to humans must have occurred at a 'wet market' in Wuhan that sold live animals.

Perhaps driven by animosity for Donald Trump, who embraced the lab leak theory early on, the mainstream U.S. media and academics heaped scorn on the possibility, calling it an unhinged conspiracy theory.

But new evidence, including reports of three workers at the Wuhan lab who fell seriously ill with COVID-like symptoms in November 2019, has forced a sober reassessment among doubters.

Frustration with China increased this week after Beijing said that it would not participate in any further investigations by the World Health Organization.

Biden rebuked China in his announcement of the new intelligence review, calling on allies to help 'press China to participate in a full, transparent, evidence-based international investigation and to provide access to all relevant data and evidence.'

Meanwhile, the former head of the Food and Drug Administration, Dr Scott Gottlieb, has said Fauci told world leaders in the spring of 2020 that the coronavirus may have escaped from a lab in Wuhan, China.

U.S. researchers around that time still were considering whether the virus came from a lab break, and Fauci told the health leaders gathered that the newly identified strain of the coronavirus 'looked unusual,' according to Gottlieb.

The disclosure from the former FDA chief comes as an increasing number of mainstream scientists and media figures no longer are parroting the line from the Chinese Communist Party that the virus came from a bat.

Even President Joe Biden has ordered government agencies to investigate the possibility that it might have come from a lab.

Now, Gottlieb says Fauci last year at least considered that COVID-19 could have come from a lab - before closing ranks around the idea that it occurred naturally.

Gottlieb, who served under President Donald Trump, said a former senior member of the Trump administration told him at the time of Fauci's 2020 talk. Gottlieb said he'd recently reconfirmed with that person that Fauci had given the talk.

'I think early on, when they looked at the strain, they had suspicions,' Gottlieb recalled Sunday on CBS Face the Nation, speaking of U.S. scientists. 'And it takes time to do that analysis, and that dispelled some of those suspicions,' he added.

And it's also important, Gottlieb said, to look at the virus beyond a scientific perspective: It also needs to be examined from a national security lens, he said.

'A scientific mindset looks at the virus and the virus' behavior and draws a conclusion,' he said.

'A national security assessment looks at that and then looks at the behavior of the Chinese government, the behavior of the lab, other evidence around the lab - including the infections we now know took place - and that changes the overall assessment,' he said.

Although some experts still believe the virus was transmitted from a bat to some other species of animal, then to humans, its origins remain unproven.

It comes after study last week claimed that Chinese scientists created COVID-19.

That paper was authored by Professor Angus Dalgleish, an oncologist at St George's University, London, and Dr Birger Sørensen, a Norwegian virologist and chair of pharmaceutical company Immunor.

The shocking allegations in the study included accusations of 'deliberate destruction, concealment or contamination of data' at Chinese labs, and it noted the silencing and disappearance of scientists in the communist country who spoke out.

The journal article, exclusively obtained by DailyMail.com, is set to make waves among the scientific community, as the majority of experts have until recently staunchly denied the origins of COVID-19 were anything other than a natural infection leaping from animals to humans.

While analyzing COVID-19 samples last year in an attempt to create a vaccine, Dalgleish and Sørensen discovered 'unique fingerprints' in the virus that they say could only have arisen from manipulation in a laboratory.

They said they tried to publish their findings but were rejected by major scientific journals which were at the time resolute that the virus jumped naturally from bats or other animals to humans.

Even when former MI6 chief Sir Richard Dearlove spoke out publicly saying the scientists' theory should be investigated, the idea was dismissed as 'fake news.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9658851/Genome-sequencing-certainly-proves-COVID-deliberately-lab-experts-claim.html 

:: 6-7-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As The American Taxpayer Funds America's Destruction, Those Seeking Truth Are Being Labeled 'Dangerous' By Big Tech - First They Created The Problem, Now They're Offering 'The Solution'

- Remember! Their 'Dangerous Solution' Is To Get The World's Population Down To 500 Million

June 7, 2021 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While author Naomi Wolf became a leading spokeswoman for the 'third wave of the feminist movement' years ago, with feminists such as Gloria Steinem praising her work while she also became a political advisor to the presidential campaigns of Bill Clinton and Al Gore, Wolf has now been labeled as 'dangerous' in the eyes of big tech and the establishment after she tweeted out what twitter considers 'vaccine disinformation'.

With that same twitter for well over a year labeling the Wuhan, China lab origin of Covid-19 as a 'conspiracy theory', banning twitter accounts that tweeted out such 'misinformation' before that theory recently went mega-viral and mainstream, we see that the 'censorship campaign' of big tech has been kicked into overdrive in 2021, rather than being 'tamped down', with Wolf being banned from twitter for her anti-vax tweets.

Yet with more and more scientific and medical experts straying away from the Covid-bat-cave conspiracy theory as more and more Dr. Anthony Fauci emails come out, what if Wolf is correct in her vax-warnings, and not some 'crazy conspiracy theorist' as the same left that once adored her is now calling her?

So what did Naomi Wolf tweet to so enrage the left and twitter? While you can see one of her most recent tweets that got her banned from twitter below, we'll explore why Dr. Naomi Wolf has been labeled as a 'dangerous conspiracy theorist' in the next section below.

And before continuing we'll report here that yours truly, All News Pipeline, has also been labeled 'dangerous' by 'big tech' for some of our stories, with numerous ANP stories being totally 'demonetized' due to their anti-vax content. So that's one of the reasons why your donations to ANP are HUGE, and we thank you so much for helping us to keep ANP online, putting out 'dangerous' new content every day, and a roof over our heads. ANP readers truly are the greatest!!

So exactly why are people like Dr. Naomi Wolf (and outlets like ANP, Natural News and many others) being deemed as 'dangerous' by big tech, with twitter totally banning Dr. Wolf like they also banned President Donald Trump? As we'll see in this Business Insider story, it looks like 'big tech' (and Democrats) are absolutely PETRIFIED of the truth coming out about this 'scamdemic' that enabled massive mail-in voting fraud to get Joe Biden into the White House. From that story.

During recent weeks, as Wolf has aligned herself with figures from the political far right and turned on Joe Biden for taking America on a path to totalitarianism with his strategy for fighting Covid-19, her liberal allies have been aghast. "I daily get texts from friends and former friends telling me to 'stop'. One just messaged 'you're doing incalculable harm.'" she complained on Twitter, where she bombards her 142k followers with messages about vaccine side-effects, the profits of big pharma and the negative impact of masks on children.

Wolf has taken her protests across America, from Maine to Oregon, where she identified "a fascistic atmosphere" and compared Covid rules to Jim Crow laws.

Wolf's next book, she says, will be called Step Ten, based on her contention that America is on the brink of fascism, as a result of responses to Covid.

"A much-hyped medical crisis," she claims, "has taken on the role of being used as a pretext to strip us all of core freedoms." It is a sequel to a dystopian book Wolf wrote in 2008, The End of America: Letter of Warning to a Young Patriot, in which she examined 20th Century dictatorships and what brought them about.

More recently she has subscribed to conspiracy theories on the dangers of 5G. "Since November I've been noticing weird things happening in the clouds and also been noticing some strange group consciousness in Manhattan," she observed in a YouTube video on the supposed "huge health hazard" resulting from 5G rollout.

She compared Covid adviser Anthony Fauci to "Satan," described vaccine champion Bill Gates as "a monster capable of mass experiments on humans" and claimed that children wearing face masks are losing the ability to smile. "I'm seeing kids with their lower faces hanging inertly, absolutely unmoving facial muscles, when they take their masks off," she tweeted.

But thankfully, as that mainly negative story about Wolf pointed out, she's not backing down.

When she recently complained that "progressive" friends were trying to "shame/bully me for talking to conservatives about liberty," Wolf argued: "How can I stop doing what I've always done?"

With some ANP stories being labeled as 'dangerous' actually a badge of honor to us as we are simply seeking truth, and are willing to travel wherever that truth may lead us, the latest sign of major US government involvement with the creation of Covid-19 comes to us from this Epoch Times story (which you can read in full via this link) reporting the "US Gave More Money to Chinese Lab for Bat Research Than Fauci Claimed".

Just more evidence that the American people have been hugely lied to by our own 'servants', the government, what else are they hiding? It's clear from this Epoch Times story that the American taxpayers have been funding not only research into deadly bioweapons, which were later used against us, but also funding America's destruction.

The United States gave over $800,000 to the top-level laboratory in China from which some believe the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) virus escaped, according to newly released documents.

Internal emails from officials with the National Institutes of Health and an office inside the agency, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), show they discussed in 2020 a question from Republican members of Congress regarding how much the agencies sent to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

The total amount sent between Fiscal Years 2014 and 2019 was $826,777, according to the officials.

The funding went to EcoHealth Alliance, which channeled money to the lab for the purpose of “understanding the risk of bat coronavirus emergence.”

The total amount is different from the amount that Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of NIAID, told members of Congress the Wuhan lab received from the U.S. government.

And as this new story over at Becker News had pointed out, with the Pentagon itself investing millions of dollars in the lab linked to Dr Anthony Fauci and the China bioweapon that was used to attack America and steal the 2020 election for Joe Biden, does anyone really believe that American taxpayer funding will stop in the days ahead just because this story is finally getting the attention that it deserves from the MSM? Yeah, we don't either.

So with more and more people being injured or killed by this so-called 'vaccination' every day as we hear in the 1st video below featuring Judy Mikovitz, and the possibility that when this is all said and done, more people will die from being 'vaxxed' than from Covid itself, we all owe it to our families and loved ones to stay informed in the days ahead.

As Mike Adams warns in the 2nd video below in his Covid message to friends and family about the 'vax' that we're not being told by the establishment, all of this is nothing less than the globalists 'creating the problem,' the Covid bioweapon, then offering the 'solution', the 'vaxxes', that were already implanted within their minds. Yet the devil is in the details when you realize they have long had a sinister 'depopulation agenda', attempting to whittle the planet's population down to a mere 500 million people as seen on the Georgia Guidestones. Now THAT is 'dangerous'!

https://allnewspipeline.com/American_Taxpayers_Funding_Deaths_And_Americas_Destruction.php 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 6-7-21 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Transitory” Inflation? — Sublime Yet Ridiculous

By Matthew Piepenburg June 7, 2021

History is a funny thing, almost as funny as human nature. The policy makers, including their latest meme of “transitory inflation,” are no exception to such psychological tragi-comedy.

In short, we don’t see inflation as “transitory.”

Transitory Hope, Timeless Lies

It’s sometimes helpful to step outside of market history to gain perspective on human behavior, and hence, measure leadership trends at other desperate turning points similar to the one markets are now careening toward.

By late 1864, for example, as Union forces under General Grant bore closer to Richmond at the tail-end of a long and passionate civil war which a grossly outnumbered Confederate Army was (by then) destined to lose, hope nevertheless sprung eternal from an increasingly discredited leadership.

Jefferson Davis, President of the Confederate States, described the mounting casualties, dying currency and withering food supplies as only “transitory.”

Less than 100 years later, as the German Wehrmacht lost its 6th Army to the cold winter and red-hot resistance of the Red Army, the propaganda machine in Berlin described that war-ending turning point in 1943 as merely a “temporary setback.”

Speaking of dying armies, Napoleon’s 1812 march into Russia with 360,000 soldiers ended in disaster when he marched out with just under 15,000 soldiers left, prompting the infamous (and shivering) Bonaparte to declare, “It’s only a small step from the sublime to the ridiculous.”

Transitory Inflation: More Fantasies from On High

Fast-forward to the Fed’s current war against natural market forces and we see yet another ridiculous example of a losing war whose inflationary death toll is being otherwise touted by our financial leadership as “transitory” or “temporary.”

Like the foregoing military examples, market bulls, sell-siders, politicians and central bankers share an uncanny capacity to ignore the obvious and promote the fantastical—as fantasy is often easier to bear (and sell to the masses) than reality.

Fantasy, after all, is as effective a tool for re-lection, Fed-tenure and advisory fees in a losing market war as it is a patriotic weapon in a losing military war.

The most recent example of fantasy as policy is now evident in the popular meme that the +4% year-on-year inflation numbers in April and May are merely “transitory.”

In short, we are now being told not to worry about inflation.

That is, we can all calm down, for inflation, we are asked to believe, is as “temporary” today as the year 1-year cap on QE we were promised from Bernanke as far back as 2009, when the Fed’s balance sheet was under $1T rather than the current $7+T.

So much for promises of the “temporary” …

As for inflation being anything but “transitory,” we’ve given countless warnings, proofs and solutions to current and increasing inflation to come.

Like Robert E. Lee’s outnumbered army, the math makes future of inflation, and the slow death of the dollar, inevitable rather than theoretical.

And yet now more than ever there are those telling us not to worry about inflation or its implications.

Defending the Dis-Inflationary

In fact, and in all fairness to those who feel deflation rather than inflation is ahead, we’ve given fair voice to their viewsas well.

Nevertheless, and sadly, it seems necessary, yet again, to return to history, economic Real Politik and math to help the inflationary truth sink in.

That is, it’s time to fact-check the hope-peddlers so common to the main stream financial propaganda that surrounds us today as markets move from the Fed-supported sublime to the inflationary ridiculous.

In all fairness to the great inflation vs. deflation debate (or war), there are, again, fair arguments to be made against inflation as a long-term reality.

The latest and most common arguments against current inflation include the popular belief that supply-chain disruptions on everything from lumber to computer chips are only “temporary.”

Once these “transitory” disruptions are resolved, supply will recover and inflationary forces will vanish.  Fair enough.

Another argument gaining bullish momentum against inflation is blaming the “temporary” climb in the CPI measure of inflation on rising car prices.  Fair enough.

Deflationary pundits will also remind us that inflation numbers are un-naturally high because they measure rising prices in silly little things like food and energy. Thus, if you take them out of the equation, then inflation is really closer to 2%, so why panic?

Then again, if you have a report card with 3 A’s and 2 F’s, that too is not a problem if you simply disregard the 2 F’s… Besides, who needs food or energy anyway?

Deflationists (as well MMT fantasy pushers) will further remind that even the extreme monetary expansion unleashed by central bank money printers is not inflationary, as all that printed money never hits “velocity speed” in the real economy, and thus has no inflationary impact.

Fair enough.

Finally, the pro-deflationist camp will rightfully remind us that massive debt levels, decades of Uncle Sam’s ability to export inflation overseas and the slow economic growth of the pandemic economy will cool demand and keep prices low rather than high—all anti-inflationary forces.

Fair enough.

But here’s the rub: “Fair enough” is not the same as “true enough,” and whether one chooses to believe it or not, inflation is not only coming, it’s already here and it isn’t going to be “transitory.”

Inflation: Anything but “Transitory”

Ok, so how can we be so certain in a world of uncertainty?

Well, for one thing, the very CPI scale used to measure inflation is the open joke on Wall Street, and measures inflation about as well as Lance Armstrong’s lie detector measures truth.

We’ve addressed this topic ad nauseum.

Thus, dis-inflationary pundits can defend all day long the “transitory” nature of rising prices on everything from computer chips to used trucks, but they are ignoring the larger fact of defending their non-inflationary case with a discredited CPI witness…

Adding to the inflationary reality which is anything but “transitory” is the very definition of inflation itself, which hinges less upon that bogus CPI scale and far more upon a single metric: Increases in the broad money supply.

In case such an evidentiary (as well as mathematically obvious) increase doesn’t give you an inflationary chill, just consider the following increase in the M1 money supply. A picture, after all, says 1000 words (or billions) …

Furthermore, even if one discredits money printing (i.e., monetary policy) as inflationary due to the lack of “velocity” of printed dollars trapped behind the Hoover-like dam of the Fed, Treasury Department and TBTF banks, one simply can’t deny the inflationary effects of fiscal policy—that is: money pouring directly (and at increasing velocity) into the real economy.

Biden, for example, is proposing a $6T budget to Congress. Will it pass? Or will it be watered down to a meager $5.5T or $4.8T?

But what’s a trillion here or a trillion there in this surreal new abnormal? Given all the money spewing out of DC, trillions have become banalized to mean almost nothing to a nation and market addicted to fake money.

Then again, we all know how addictions end: You either quit or die.

Furthermore, and quite telling, is the simple fact that the Fed itself favors inflation, as there’s no better way to get themselves out of a $30T public debt hole of their own digging than by sucker-punching the masses with deliberate inflation to pay off their own debt binge with increasingly inflation-debased dollars.

The FOMC, like any general staff in a losing war, will pretend that such a currency casualty is “transitory,” or that they otherwise have the “temporary inflation battle” under control.

The Fed calls their battle plan “symmetrical inflationary targeting,” pretending to the world that they can order inflation around like a cadet at West Point.

But then again, if the Fed controls the very scale that measures inflation, perhaps they can keep bluffing (lying) their way around otherwise obvious inflation a bit longer. Either way, the end result is unavoidable.

But think about that for a second: The Fed measuring its own inflationary policy is like the Wuhan Lab measuring its own viral leaks

An Ode to Fed Apologists

Fed apologists/cheerleaders, however, will continue with their fantasy defense that the Fed will eventually “tackle” the inflationary problem once they have full confirmation that it’s running too hot.

We discussed the open dishonesty as well as mathematical impossibility of the Fed tackling the debt (and hence inflation) problem “down the road” in a recorded interview here.

Despite such contrary math, the cheerleaders tell us the Fed will eventually step in with some needed “tapering” to keep inflation under control.

Furthermore, the Fed itself will make even more comical claims that they are very worried about unemployment, and that if jobs reports (and non-farm payrolls) continue to disappoint, the FOMC superheroes will need to keep printing money to buy bonds and keep rates low.

After all, the Fed was created to help the little guy, right? The Fed’s entire mission is to keep employment strong, right?

Well, if you believe that, do a little more research on who created the Fed and why…

The Fed’s Real Mandate: Faking It

But even if historical research on the Fed’s true origins and mission are of no interest, then just stick to current math and basic realism.

As I’ve written so many times elsewhere, the Fed is not holding back its “tapering” option just to help improve employment.

Nope.

Instead, the Fed is going to hold back tapering because they have taken our nation to the highest levels of debt danger ever seen in its history; thus, if they were to ever “taper” and allow rates to naturally rise, Uncle Sam (and the markets) would be insolvent faster than Powell can mince words on 60 Minutes.

In short, “tapering” is not an option, it’s a fantasy buzz-word for troops otherwise losing morale.

This means the money printers will continue to run hot to the tune of billions per month and deficit spending (along with Fed balance sheets) will continue run hot to the tune of trillions per year, which means inflation is and will be anything but “transitory.”

Does this mean that the year-over-year rate of change in inflation will be 4%, then 5% then 6% with each passing month on a never-ending rise to the north?

No.

Inflation numbers, including the fictional ones coming out of DC, will see peaks and valleys, and I’m not suggesting inflation will hit 18% by the time you read this.

Nor am I suggesting that periods of disinflationary “relief” won’t make the headlines soon if, for example, lumber and car prices revert to their means, which is always possible, if not likely, once bottlenecks at saw mills and shipping ports are reduced.

And hey, maybe Fauci et all will be able to lock us all down with ever-knew COVID variant headlines which crush demand and alas, dis-inflate the CPI.

Again, nothing moves in a straight line, including inflation, but the trends and realities (monetary and fiscal excess) discussed above are not “transitory” and thus neither is (or will be) inflation.

Of course, inflation is a deadly enemy. It eats away at market returns, savings accounts, currency power and hence spending power.

Like the winter outside of Moscow, Borodino, Petersburg or Stalingrad, it’s a silent killer.

And like Napoleon’s army in Russia or Lee at Gettysburg, our financial leaders now stand before a cannonade of fatal money supply levels and yet still think (or tell us) they are winning…

In short, they have already taken our markets, economies and currencies over that fine line from the sublime to the ridiculous.

But like many of their faithful soldiers and current investors, those with the most to lose just don’t know the danger they are already in or the war their currencies will inevitably lose.

That’s neither sublime nor ridiculous; just tragic.

https://goldswitzerland.com/transitory-inflation-sublime-yet-ridiculous/ 

:: 5-2-21 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The United Nations & the Origins of “The Great Reset”

Posted by Klark JoussMay 2, 2021 Posted inUncategorized

“Freedom faces a new enemy. The tyranny comes under the disguise of expert rule and benevolent dictatorship. The new rulers do not justify their right to dominance because of divine providence but now claim the right to rule the people in the name of universal health and safety based on presumed scientific evidence.”

…Under the leadership of Stalin, Churchill, and Roosevelt, twenty-six nations agreed in January 1942 to the initiative of establishing a United Nations Organization (UNO), which came into existence on October 24, 1945.

Since its inception, the United Nations and its branches, such as the World Bank Group and the World Health Organization (WHO), have prepared the countries of the world…[for] a world government…

Guns have been referred to as “the great equalizer,” and there’s no weapon which can come close to them in that regard.

A lot of the popularity of firearms is due to the fact that anyone can use them effectively, not only the strong and agile. The young, the old, men, women and child can take up firearms in defense of home and family and do so effectively.

But what do you do if you can’t use a gun – or if you don’t have a gun — to protect yourself?

The next decisive step toward the global economic transformation was taken with the first report of the Club of Rome. In 1968, the Club of Rome was initiated at the Rockefeller estate Bellagio in Italy. Its first report was published in 1972 under the title “The Limits to Growth.”

The president emeritus of the Club of Rome, Alexander King, and the secretary of the club, General Bertrand Schneider, inform in their Report of the Council of the Club of Rome that when the members of the club were in search of identifying a new enemy, they listed pollution, global warming, water shortages, and famines as the most opportune items to be blamed on humanity with the implication that humanity itself must be reduced to keep these threats in check.

Since the 1990s, several comprehensive initiatives toward a global system of control have been undertaken by the United Nations with Agenda 2021 and Agenda 2030.

The 2030 Agenda was adopted by all United Nations member states in 2015. It launched its blueprint for global change with the call to achieve seventeen sustainable development goals (SDGs). The key concept is “sustainable development” that includes population control as a crucial instrument.

Saving the earth has become the slogan of green policy warriors. Since the 1970s, the horror scenario of global warming has been a useful tool in their hands to gain political influence and finally rule over public discourse.

In the meanwhile, these anti-capitalist groups have obtained a dominant influence in the media, the educational and judicial systems, and have become major players in the political arena.

In many countries, particularly in Europe, the so-called green parties have become a pivotal factor in the political system. Many of the representatives are quite open in their demands to make society and the economy compatible with high ecological standards that require a profound reset of the present system.

In 1945, [Julian] Huxley noted that it is too early to propose outright a eugenic depopulation program but advised that it will be important for the organization “to see that the eugenic problem is examined with the greatest care, and that the public mind is informed of the issues at stake so that much that now is unthinkable may at least become thinkable.”

Huxley’s caution is no longer necessary. In the meantime, the branches of the United Nations have gained such a level of power that even originally minor UN sub-organizations such as the World Health Organization (WHO) have been enabled to command individual governments around the world to obey their orders. The WHO and the International Monetary Fund (IMF)–whose conditionality for loans has changed from fiscal restraint to the degree to which a country follows the rules set by the WHO–have become the supreme tandem to work toward establishing the new world order.

As Julian Huxley pointed out in his discourse in 1945, it is the task of the United Nations to do away with economic freedom, because “laisser-faire and capitalist economic systems” have “created a great deal of ugliness” (p. 38). The time has come to work toward the emergence “of a single world culture” (p. 61). This must be done with the explicit help of the mass media and the educational systems.

CONCLUSION

With the foundation of the United Nations and its sub-organizations, the drive to advance the programs of eugenics and transhumanism took a big step forward. Together with the activities of the Club of Rome, they have stage to initiate the great reset that is going on currently.

With the pronouncement of a pandemic, the goal of comprehensive government control of the economy and society has taken another leap toward transforming the economy and society.

https://clickwooz.wordpress.com/2021/05/02/the-united-nations-the-origins-of-the-great-reset/ 

:: 6-7-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Yet Another Scientific Study Concludes COVID Is Likely Lab Engineered

by Steve Watson June 7th 2021, 4:20 am

Another new scientific study has concluded that it is more likely than not that the COVID pandemic originated with a virus engineered inside a lab.

Dr. Stephen Quay and Berkeley physics professor Richard Muller revealed the findings in The Wall Street Journal Sunday, noting that “The most compelling reason to favor the lab leak hypothesis is firmly based in science.” The scientists added that “COVID-19 has a genetic footprint that has never been observed in a natural coronavirus.”

The research points to the genome sequencing of the virus ‘CGG-CGG’, which is one of 36 sequencing patterns observed, but does not occur in nature.

“The CGG-CGG combination has never been found naturally. That means the common method of viruses picking up new skills, called recombination, cannot operate here,” the scientists assert.

A virus simply cannot pick up a sequence from another virus if that sequence isn’t present in any other virus,” they add, while also noting that the CGG-CGG combination IS commonly used in ‘gain of function’ research, which is known to have been used with coronaviruses at the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

The scientists urge that those who believe COVID-19 jumped from animals to humans “must explain why it happened to pick its least favorite combination: CGG-CGG.”

They further ask for an explanation as to “Why did it replicate the choice the lab’s gain-of-function researchers would have made?” “Yes, it could have happened randomly, through mutations. But do you believe that?” the authors of the study ask, adding “At the minimum, this fact—that the coronavirus, with all its random possibilities, took the rare and unnatural combination used by human researchers—implies that the leading theory for the origin of the coronavirus must be laboratory escape.”

This latest study comes on the heels of a revitalised focus on scientific research by Professor Angus Dalgleish of St George’s Hospital, University of London and Norwegian virologist Birger Sorensen which presents compelling evidence suggesting the virus was manufactured in a laboratory.

As the scientists noted, they were ostracised and ignored until recently when intelligence findings revealed that workers at the Wuhan lab fell sick with COVID-19 symptoms in November 2019.

As the global pandemic unfolded, scores of scientists came forward suggesting the genome sequencing of the virus was unnatural, and should be further investigated. The lab leak theory was effectively shut down, however, when scientists led by Dr Peter Daszak “orchestrated a ‘bullying’ campaign and coerced top scientists into signing off on a letter to The Lancet journal aimed at removing blame for Covid-19 from the Wuhan lab he was funding with US money.”

Daszak, who keeps appearing as the lead figure in investigations of the research he funded with US grant money via his own organisation, reportedly used his influence to get The Lancet to publish the letter, which stated that to even suggest the lab leak theory had any credibility was equal to spreading “fear, rumours, and prejudice.”

The release of Dr Fauci’s emails has also reconfirmed that Fauci was discussing the lab leak scenario with other scientists, and knew full well that it was a distinct possibility, despite making statements to the contrary in public, before any robust scientific research into the matter had been carried out.

Ty & Charlene Bollinger break down the latest in the leaked Fauci e-mails that expose his many lies to the American public.

Now former head of the Food and Drug Administration, Scott Gottlieb, has revealed that Fauci briefed world health leaders in the spring of 2020 that the lab leak was a possibility.

Appearing on CBS News this past weekend, Gottlieb admitted that Fauci told government health advisors that the virus “looked unusual,” and that scientists he was working with “had suspicions” that it was manipulated.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/yet-another-scientific-study-concludes-covid-is-likely-lab-engineered/ 

[ :: 3-6-05 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have talked about the EU and how they have grown in power and shall grow to more power. I have talked to you about China and yet America embraces China their enemy and they build them up that later China shall come against many and destroy many because of the finances you have provided for them. That was not my wisdom, that was not my knowledge. It was not my wisdom nor my knowledge when you gave your secrets to a country that worships a false god and they have sold them to other countries and become superior. Oh how foolish man is. etc..

:: 6--21 The Post Millennial :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China to build over two dozen bio labs like Wuhan Institute in next 5 years

The Guangdong province announced in May that it was planning to build between 25 to 30 biosafety labs in the next five years.

In the next few years, the world could see almost 60 maximum security Level 4 virology labs in operation. The Guangdong province announced in May that it was planning to build between 25 to 30 biosafety labs in the next five years.

"What could go wrong?" questioned Human Events senior editor Jack Posobiec:

The facilities will be flung all over the globe, spanning 23 countries including the United Kingdom, the United States, India, Gabon, and Côte d’Ivoire.

The current Wuhan Institute of Virology is now at the center of an investigation by US authorities into whether COVID-19 could have leaked from its lab.

About 75 percent of these facilities are or will be built in urban areas, which has experts around the world worried about the possibility of further "lab leaks."

"Reporting is getting better certainly in some countries such as the UK and US where there has been media coverage of this, but we’re not yet where we want to be. The more work that is going on, the more accidents will happen," commented Filippa Lentzos of King's College in London, the Financial Times reported.

Richard Ebright, a professor of chemical biology at Rutgers University, concurred:

"The larger the number of institutions and the larger the number of individuals with access to these dangerous agents, the greater the risk.

Ebright said that accidents and leaks have happened in large numbers in places that have weaker biosafety standards. "We need to strengthen biosafety and biosecurity rules around the world," the scholar urged.

Such laboratories used to carry out the most dangerous biological research have proliferated in the past decade with scientists now warning that lax controls at several locations could lead to another pandemic. Many experts have said the probe into the origins of COVID-19 has shown the problems of running high-risk experiments in the country. In March, 13 countries criticized China for not allowing full access to data and samples relating to the start of the pandemic.

https://thepostmillennial.com/china-to-build-over-two-dozen-bio-labs-like-wuhan-institute-in-next-5-years 

:: 6-7-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gov DeSantis Vows to Oppose Any School Board Candidate Who Backs Critical Race Theory

Republican Florida governor continues pledge to keep far-left CRT out of schools

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 7th June 2021 @ 3.00pm

The Republican governor of Florida, Ron DeSantis, has continued his drive to keep radical-left Marxist curriculum out of his education system by vowing to oppose any school board candidate who supports Critical Race Theory (CRT).

On Saturday, Gov. DeSantis blasted the increasingly popular far-left CRT that is being ushered into school curricula nationwide.

The governor promised he would oppose any Republican school board candidate in Florida who doesn’t outright reject it.

DeSantis made the pledge during a Saturday interview on Fox News's on “Unfiltered with Dan Bongino.”

DeSantis vowed to take advantage of his “political apparatus” against any Republican school board candidate who supports either mandatory masking for schoolchildren or teaching critical race theory.

“Next week, I have my Commissioner of Education going to the Board of Education banning it, banning any departure from accurate history and following our standards,” he said regarding critical race theory. "This is something we’ve got to stay on the forefront of," DeSantis told Bongino.

"We’re also, Dan, not going to support any Republican candidate for school board who supports critical race theory in all 67 counties or supports mandatory masking of schoolchildren,” the governor continued.

"As you said, these local elections matter.

"We are going to get the Florida political apparatus involved so we can make sure there’s not a single school board member, Republican, who ever indulges critical race theory,” DeSantis added.

Political consultant Ryan Girdusky, who recently started the 1776 Project PAC to support local school board candidates who oppose critical race theory, praised DeSantis for his position.

Girdusky told The Daily Wire: “Currently, Florida has over a dozen school districts in the state that push the 1619 Project and critical race theory.

"I believe he is serious about his intentions.

"He is the most popular Republican in the state and the 1776 Project PAC would gladly campaign on behalf of school board candidates who oppose critical race theory and have DeSantis’ endorsement.”

DeSantis and Florida have been at the forefront of states fighting back against critical race theory, which DeSantis has before described as a “very harmful” form of “race-based” Marxism.

Asked to respond to the claim that America is “a systemically racist country,” DeSantis told Fox News host Laura Ingraham during a town hall in April that such a proposition is “a bunch of horse manure.”

“I mean, give me a break,” DeSantis said to applause from the audience.

"This country has had more opportunity for more people than any country in the history of the world, and it doesn’t matter where you trace your ancestry from.

“We’ve had people that have been able to succeed.”

“And here’s the problem with things like critical race theory that they’re peddling,” DeSantis continued, pivoting to the controversial academic movement that some states such as Florida and Idaho have taken measures to ban from their public schools.

“They’re basically saying all our institutions are bankrupt, and they’re illegitimate.”

“Okay, so how do you have a society if everything in your society is illegitimate?” asked DeSantis.

“So it’s a very harmful ideology, and I would say, really, a race-based version of a Marxist-type ideology.

"So we’ve banned it in our schools here in Florida. "We’re not going to put any taxpayer dollars to critical race theory, and we want to treat people as individuals, not as members of groups.”

https://neonnettle.com/news/15508-gov-desantis-vows-to-oppose-any-school-board-candidate-who-backs-critical-race-theory 

:: 6-4-21 Voice of America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Mulls Launching ‘Digital Dollar’

By Rob Garver June 04, 2021 03:09 AM

WASHINGTON - A top Federal Reserve official raised eyebrows in the financial services world last week by saying that the central bank is stepping up development of a plan that could result in the issuance of a digitized version of the U.S. dollar. In doing so, she indicated that the U.S. is joining a growing movement among major economic powers to rethink how money will be exchanged in the future.

The U.S. would not be the first country to consider launching what is known as a “central bank digital currency,” or CBDC. China is taking a leading role. But the significance of the dollar to global trade and the world economy in general makes the Fed’s interest in the project especially meaningful for the development and acceptance of what would amount to a form of digital “cash.”

WATCH: China's digital currency

Proponents of a CBDC point to a future in which electronic payments between individuals or businesses could be instantaneous and permanent, with no need for a bank to serve as an intermediary, and in which even individuals without access to a bank account could easily receive secure electronic payments.

Doubters express multiple worries, including concerns about privacy, pointing out that the system could give the federal government access to transactions that individuals would prefer to make in private. There are also economic concerns, such as the possibility that a digital dollar circulating freely around the globe could displace national currencies issued by smaller countries’ central banks.

Whether it’s a good thing or not, the possibility of national governments issuing digital versions of their own currencies is gaining traction globally, with China leading the way on a digitized version of the yuan that is already in limited circulation.

David Treat, a senior executive with Accenture who leads the consulting firm’s efforts in the area of digital currencies, said that his company has worked with a majority of the central banks in G-20 countries, and he estimates that a quarter of them will have some sort of digital currency in circulation by 2024.

With CBDCs seemingly an inevitable part of the world’s financial future, here are some of the pros and cons of the new technology being applied to the world’s most widely used currency.

Pro: low volatility

Unlike other digital currencies, such as Bitcoin, a digital U.S. dollar would be worth exactly that: one dollar. The digital “token” held by the owner is backed and guaranteed by the Federal Reserve.

“There is no question as to its value,” said Treat. “Whether it's the dollar in your wallet, the dollar in your savings account, or the central bank digital currency version of $1 in your digital wallet, all of them always equals $1.”

Pro: efficiency

While normal digital transactions might seem instantaneous, there is a vast web of digital infrastructure underpinning even a simple Venmo money transfer, requiring multiple exchanges of information between financial services providers confirming that the person making the payment has the resources to cover it, and that the recipient is equipped to receive it. A breakdown in any part of the system can result in delayed payment confirmation.

By contrast, said Treat, a digital dollar would operate like cash, in that all the information needed to verify that a transaction has taken place exists within the token stored in a digital wallet. When a payment is made, that information is encoded in the token itself, making that information a permanent element of the token.

This means that two individuals with digital wallets on their smartphones could theoretically exchange digital dollars for goods and services without an internet connection, so long as the devices were able to connect through now ubiquitous near field communications technology. (When both digital wallets regained an internet connection, a record of the transaction would be stored in a “distributed ledger” that would add a further degree of security.)

Pro: global accessibility

A reliable digital dollar could be used around the world, in both cross-border and domestic transactions.

“One of the key potential benefits of CBDC would be reduced costs and friction in cross-border exchange,” said Daniel Gorfine, a director of the Digital Dollar Project, a non-profit effort that is aiding in the push to roll out a digital dollar. “It is important that the U.S. play a leadership role in establishing global standards around CBDC to foster this potential.”

With the proliferation of smartphones in even some of the world’s poorest countries, CBDCs in general could help bring many people around the world into the digital economy.

“To the extent that a digital wallet on a mobile device is lower cost from a technological, operational, and regulatory perspective, more un-or-under-banked individuals may gain efficient onramps to the financial system,” said Gorfine, who answered questions in an email exchange with VOA. “This should certainly hold true within the U.S. and abroad; indeed, the experience of countries like Kenya show that digital access can have a strongly inclusive effect on underserved populations.”

Con: privacy concerns

The idea that the Federal Reserve would be running a system that tracks an untold number of financial transactions conducted by private citizens raises alarm among privacy advocates. Many point to China’s digital yuan system, in which the government sees access to transaction data as an explicit feature.

In an interview with CoinDeskTV last week, Brian Brooks, who served as the acting chief regulator of U.S. national banks during the Trump administration, said that he doesn’t believe the U.S. ought to go down the same road as Beijing.

“The idea of funneling everybody into the [Federal Reserve] for a CBDC feels a lot like asking people to go back to the post office,” said Brooks, now the CEO of cryptocurrency trading platform Binance. “I just don’t think that’s the American way. It’s clearly the Chinese way, but I don’t think we’re going to see that in this country.”

Supporters of a CBDC, like Treat, say that the Fed’s operation of the system should be seen as a plus to privacy advocates, because the central bank would be bound by the U.S. Constitution’s Fourth Amendment ban on the unreasonable search and seizure of personal information.

Con: undermining local currencies

Making it possible for individuals outside the U.S. to easily exchange payments in U.S. dollars could be good for people on the individual level but bad for countries trying to manage a national currency.

If the dollar were to supplant the local currency as the preferred medium of exchange, it could damage the buying power of individuals reliant on it and harm the local central bank’s ability to manage its own money supply.

It’s a problem that Gorfine acknowledges must be addressed.

“Studying the potential for increased international dollarization is prudent,” he said. “There may be ways to mitigate certain risks, however, including by limiting holdings in digital dollars ... In the long run, to the extent that demand grows for access to digital currencies, it is a good thing for those offerings to be underpinned by strong democracies that embed key norms and rule of law with the digital currency offering.”

https://www.voanews.com/economy-business/us-mulls-launching-digital-dollar 

:: 6-6-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Insane World We Now Live In - Americans Are Not Getting Smarter, They Have Been Dumbed Down To Unprecedented Levels And It Is Getting Worse

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine June 6, 2021

Every generation thinks they are going through worse things than their parents did. They aren't.

Every generation believes their issues and problems are "new." They aren't.

Every generation thinks they are "smarter" than the generation begore them. They aren't.

Technology has advanced, but the human brain itself, has not. In fact, after looking through some top stories out there, it appears as if we, as a human race, are becoming dumber, not smarter.

There is a lot happening present day that is completely insane, from threats of world war, to active civil unrest within America, to people so very obsessed with President Trump that they don't seem to realize he is no longer in the White House, to a psychiatrist describing her "fantasies" of murdering white people, to a Yale audience.

This and so much more gives us insight into a nation that is rapidly going insane.

Yet this is the world we now live in.  Am I exaggerating? Lets see.

NICKELODEON CASTS 'TRANS TEEN' IN CHILDREN'S SHOW

Recently we reported on a number of networks that are supposedly kid-friendly, all pushing the LGBT agenda onto America's children, and now we see yet another headline that shows America going to hell in a handbasket.

Breitbart headline: "Nickelodeon Casts Its First Ever Openly Trans Teen Actor in a Live Action Show."

The teen in question is only 13 years old.

Nickelodeon has cast its first-ever openly transgender teenage actor in a live-action show, Sasha A. Cohen, who will be featured in the children network’s series Danger Force. The 13-year-old actor — along with his twin sister Natalie Cohen — will appear on the June 19 episode of Danger Force, according to a report by Variety.

Where to start here.

A child allowed to make that type of a life choice, which will hold ramifications for their whole lives.

What is wrong with their parents?

A supposedly child-friendly network pushing trans children onto other children via a live action show.

Both show an extreme abdication of responsibility since every study into this topic shows that trans teens attempt, and commit suicide at a much higher rate than teens collectively.

Of course if one reads the LGBT Movement's version of the reasons behind those above average suicide rates, they blame bullying, or non-acceptance, while completely ignoring the mental issues that comes from being gender confused.

A confusion I may add that is being enhanced by the media, the entertainment industry and the LGBT society (gay mafia).

Recently a CBS News' 60 Minutes segment discussed red states refusing to allow life altering hormone and/or surgical procedures on children or teens, which was fine and dandy with their LGBT, leftists audience.

Then they dared address those that changed their minds, after altering their entire lives, and the left became completely unhinged because their orthodoxy was challenged, the truth was addressed, and the damage done to those youths was exposed, which goes against the preferred narrative.

Some of those stories were nightmares, including one where a teen had been given hormone treatments, had his testicles removed and had breast augmentation, all within a three month period.  Then changed his mind.

How do you undo that type of damage. And, how do you let your children physically maim themselves before they are old enough to understand the ramifications of doing so?

See? Insanity.

ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Before continuing, we wanted to thank everybody who has donated to ANP over the years. With donations and ad revenue all that keep ANP online, if you're able, please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. During a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truth-seeking media and alternative views are crucial, and EVERY little bit helps more than you could know!)

TRUMP DERANGEMENT SYNDROME GETTING WORSE

President Trump gave attended a rally the North Carolina Republican Convention on Saturday, where he gave a speech that was incredibly well-received from the participants, but online Trump Derangement Syndrome (TDS) infected lunatics, spent an entire night going over stills of his speech, not for the content, but so they could examine his "crotch."

Some weirdo decided to claim that Trump was wearing his pants "backwards," so others decided to try to confirm or debunk this theory.

I .KID. YOU. NOT.

I absolutely refuse to take the time to put each and every social media post discussing Donald Trump's crotch, zipper and wrinkles, into this piece, but thankfully that is what the website Twitchy is for, to capture the idiocy found on Twitter.

Here is the link to that bit of insanity.

FANTASIES OF KILLING WHITE PEOPLE

As we see Democrats, including the White House occupant, Joe Biden, condemning white "supremacy" as the number one threat we face in America, we see far less reportage on the violent rhetoric of non-whites.

A New York psychiatrist told a Yale audience that she "fantasizes" about shooting random "white people."

I had fantasies of unloading a revolver into the head of any white person that got in my way, burying their body, and wiping my bloody hands as I walked away relatively guiltless with a bounce in my step. Like I did the world a f****** favor,” said Dr. Aruna Khilanani in April.

This is not the first time we have seen the media and the left turn a blind eye to the violent rhetoric aimed against white people.

Just imagine if the psychiatrist had been white and talked about "unloading a revolver into the head of any" black person" that got in their way."

There would be national outrage and wall-to-wall coverage by NYT, Wapo, CNN and every leftist out there.

CRIMES NO LONGER RESPONDED TO AFTER COPS WALK

Another example of how America somehow turned insane is the whole "defund the police" movement, where to appease protesters and rioters, law enforcement officers, those completely justified by protecting others, are thrown under the bus by politicians and liberal state leaders, in an attempt to appease those rioting.

Example - Ashville, North Carolina:

Ashville, North Carolina’s police department (APD) has seen 84 officers leave since January 2020 and is now making clear it will no longer respond to theft calls.

The Daily Mail reports the department will also forgo answering fraud and trespassing calls.

APD Police Chief David Zack cites the “protests against law enforcement” as one of the factors that led so many officers to step away from the job.

The Ashville Citizen Times notes that “the APD officer attrition rate, formerly one per month, jumped to 7.5 per month in the four months after local protests set off by Minneapolis police murdering Black resident George Floyd.” And even after the highest profile protests waned the APD continues to see an attrition rate of roughly six officers a month.

That is just the latest example of an issue we have reported on multiple times.

Attack the police. Throw them under the bus to appease rioters. Cut their budgets by millions.

Then proceed to complain when crime spikes, or slow reaction times because of the demonization of all law enforcement.

INSANITY - AGREEING WITH A LIBERAL

One of the most disturbing things, at least to me, is when the left has gone so insane that even other liberals turn away from their orthodoxy, and I find myself agreeing with at least some positions said liberal is espousing.

Bill Maher, a liberal comedian who once wished for a recession just to damage Donald Trump during his presidency, has recently dropped a few hard, brutal truth bombs against the left.

This includes his assertions that the media's COVID "panic porn" has generated a lot of misinformed liberals, while complimenting the Republican governor of Florida, Ron DeSantis, and condemning NY's "luv guv" Andrew Cuomo over their handling of protecting the elderly.

Maher, which I remind everyone once again is a liberal, took on the scam of colleges and Biden's proposals to give "free" college to all, by asking "Is it really liberal for someone who doesn't go to college and makes less money to pay for people who do go and make more?"

One of the best aspects of his screed was when he asserted that colleges have "turned into giant luxury day care centers."

BOTTOM LINE - LIBERALISM IS A MENTAL DISORDER

Perhaps the best example of how liberalism truly is a mental disorder is the way they can self-own themselves without even understanding the lunacy of the positions they are taking.

Take the latest two stories about Twitter.

Twitter bans liberal feminist Naomi Wolf, for daring to question the official narrative on COVID vaccines.

Amidst the spread of that news, we see that Twitter banned the President of Nigeria, so Nigeria blocked Twitter throughout the country, and Twitter takes to the site to say:

We are deeply concerned by the blocking of Twitter in Nigeria. Access to the free and #OpenInternet is an essential human right in modern society.

We will work to restore access for all those in Nigeria who rely on Twitter to communicate and connect with the world.

Yes, this is true, it is not satire and that came from Twitter's official, verified, public policy account.

The same company that bans conservatives for wrong-speak on their platform.

Liberalism truly is a mental disorder.

President Trump's speech in North Carolina on Saturday, shown below, covers much of the same insanity we have been speaking about, including the craziness of the "defund the police" movement at the beginning of his speech.

https://allnewspipeline.com/The_Insane_World_We_Now_Live_In.php 

:: 6-7-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Outsourcing Production Of Virtually Everything Has Brought US To Brink Of Nightmare Economy Scenario

Michael Snyder / June 7, 2021

Many of the imbalances that are contributing to the nightmarish shortages that we are currently witnessing are not going to be solved any time soon. Ever since I started The Economic Collapse Blog, I have been warning that outsourcing the production of just about everything and running massive trade deficits year after year would eventually have very serious consequences down the road. Well, now we are officially “down the road”, and our incredibly foolish trade policies have put us in a very precarious position. During the “good times”, being extremely dependent on the rest of the world to make stuff for us wasn’t a problem, but now it is rapidly becoming a national security issue.

For example, without a steady flow of computer chips, our society as it is formulated today simply could not function. We need computer chips for our vehicles, for the trucks that transport all of our goods, for the farm equipment that produces our food, for the extremely sophisticated equipment in our hospitals and for the millions upon millions of electronic devices that connect to the Internet.

The global chip shortage has been a very painful reminder of how exceedingly dependent we have become on technology, and it has also shown us how unwise it was to outsource production of most of our chips to Asia.

Back in 1990, the United States produced 37 percent of all computer chips in the world.

Today, that number has fallen to just 12 percent.

Business leaders are now pledging to start ramping up production here in the U.S., but that will take an extended period of time, and Intel’s CEO is openly admitting that the current shortage of chips could take “several years” to be resolved…

Intel Corp’s (INTC.O) CEO said on Monday it could take several years for a global shortage of semiconductors to be resolved, a problem that has shuttered some auto production lines and is also being felt in other areas, including consumer electronics.

Sadly, there are many other industries where our outsourcing makes us extremely vulnerable.

Did you know that 60 percent of all apple juice that is sold in this country now comes from China?…

Taken together, these laws explain why the apple orchards near my hometown disappeared. Nearly 60 percent of the apple juice sold in the United States comes from China, even though most of America has a climate conducive to apple production. The problem is so bad that salmon caught in the United States is shipped to China for processing and then shipped back to the United States for consumption.

There is no reason why we can’t make our own apples. In fact, weather conditions are ideal for apple growing in much of the nation.

And how hard can it be to gather apples and squeeze the juice out of them? We should be able to do that here.

But during the “good times”, big corporations discovered that they could make a little bit more profit by outsourcing to China, and so that is what they did.

Over the decades, big corporations have come to dominate food production in America, and this has pushed small family farmers to the brink of extinction…

The design of this framework benefits only the largest farmers who have the resources to produce these commodities at scale. For family farmers, the impact has been devastating. The share of each dollar spent on food that winds up in the hands of farmers has fallen from 53 cents in 1946 to 14 cents today, the lowest level ever recorded. Diversified family farms raising a variety of crops and livestock have been replaced by large industrial operations exclusively growing commodities like corn and soy at scale.

This grimness has caused countless family farms to throw in the towel. Since 1980, America has lost 50 percent of its cattle farms, 80 percent of its dairies, and 90 percent of its hog farms. As Benson and Butz threatened, farmers were forced to choose between getting big or getting out. The average size of a farm nearly doubled from 650 acres in 1987 to 1,201 acres in 2012.

As long as relations with China are good, we will be able to get the apple juice, salmon and other food products that we need from them.

However, if relations with China get really sour, all of a sudden there will be a whole bunch of basic things that will be in short supply and that we won’t be able to make for ourselves.

Speaking of China, there is a very serious shortage of shipping containers right now. And one factor that is making it worse is that we buy far more from China than they buy from us. So empty shipping containers are stacking up on our side of the Pacific Ocean because there is not enough commercial traffic going back the other way.

Sometimes empty shipping containers are shipped back to foreign ports without anything in them, but this is exceedingly wasteful…

Using export data from U.S. Customs and Border Protections compiled by trader intelligence data firm Import Genius, Earther analyzed thousands of U.S. export records marked “empty container” shipped by Thor Joergensen A/S, a supplier based in Denmark whose largest customer is Maersk Logistics.

We found that in 2020, 668,086 empty containers were shipped to foreign ports around the world, 12 times more than in 2019. At the height of this empty container frenzy, in November 2020, 87,000 ghost containers were exported, 87 times more than at same time in 2019.

Another shortage that is weighing heavily on the U.S. economy is the worker shortage. Even though employment is still way, way below pre-pandemic levels, millions of Americans have decided that they simply do not want to go back to work because of the generous government benefits that they are now bringing in.

As a result, we are now facing a serious worker shortage, and the U.S. Chamber of Commerce says that it is “getting worse by the day” “The worker shortage is real — and it’s getting worse by the day,” US Chamber of Commerce President and CEO Suzanne Clark said.

Most big corporations can easily pay more to bring in new workers, but many small businesses that are barely scraping by cannot afford to shell out higher wages. Along with other factors such as widespread shortages and higher commodity prices, this is creating a “perfect storm” that threatens to force many more small businesses to shut their doors. In fact, one recent survey found that 35 percent of all small businesses in America are “at risk of closing permanently by the end of the summer”…

As small businesses complain that it has never been harder for them to hire workers according to a recent NFIB survey, many are facing growing pressure to survive. As the American economy continues to reopen, some fear it might not happen soon enough to save thousands of small businesses. Data from Alignable’s June Revenue Poll shows that 35% of all small business owners are still at risk of closing permanently by the end of the summer.

Among the 3,772 small business owners in the 10 days ended June 1, Alignable’s June Revenue Poll showed a myriad of factors – including the remaining closures and restrictions, growing inflationary pressures on prices, rising gas and transportation prices and labor shortages – are creating problems that affect small businesses more intensely than their corporate partners.

The U.S. economy has proven to be quite resilient, but the extreme imbalances that we are witnessing now threaten to cause immense damage in the months ahead, and they won’t be solved any time soon. In fact, I believe that our economic challenges will soon escalate dramatically.

Before I end this article, I want to take a moment to acknowledge the passing of Robert Wenzel. He was an important voice for liberty, and I always enjoyed his commentary on The Economic Policy Journal.

So many people have been dying lately. Robert was only 63, and he will be missed.  It has been said that life is like a coin. You can spend it any way that you want, but you can only spend it once.  Be sure to spend your life on something that really matters.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder

https://thewashingtonstandard.com/outsourcing-production-of-virtually-everything-has-brought-us-to-brink-of-nightmare-economy-scenario/ 

:: 6--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mike Adams' covid vaccine message to family and friends... what you aren't being told by the establishment

51260 views

113 comments Brighteon.com Disqus' Privacy Policy

https://www.brighteon.com/2495a88b-90ad-4411-9171-faef76358dbc 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 6-6-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

After Salton Buttes, now Mt. Hood is swarming too: M3.9 earthquake and series of quakes on June 5, 2021

By Strange Sounds - Jun 6, 2021

At 20:51 PDT on June 5 (0351 UTC on June 6) a M3.9 earthquake occurred about 2.5 mi (~4 km) south of the summit of Mount Hood, Oregon, at a depth of 2.7 mi (4.3 km) below sea level. The earthquake was felt in areas around Mount Hood.

The swarm was preceded by several earthquakes in the hour prior to the M3.9, and tens of aftershocks have occurred with event rates declining in a manner typical of mainshock-aftershock sequences.

The mainshock characteristics and location are consistent with past swarms in the Mount Hood area, including a M 4.5 on June 29, 2002, that was located ~1 mi (~1.6 km) east of the M 3.9. Aftershocks will likely continue for hours or days, some of which may be felt.

The quake got the attention of some who live nearby. “The living room chair I was sitting in moved somehow, like a slight swaying side to side,” said Jane Bowker, of Rhododendron. “My brother is visiting with us and said he felt it as well. I thought it may have been one of the huge Douglas firs falling, since we live in such a wooded area, but you would usually hear a thud along with that.”

At this time, seismologists at the Cascades Volcano Observatory and Pacific Northwest Seismic Network do not believe this swarm signifies a change in volcanic hazard at Mount Hood, but will continue to monitor the swarm and will issue further updates as the situation warrants.

Salton Sea earthquake swarm

Just a few hundreds of miles south, another earthquake swarm is rattling the Salton Buttes area in southern California.

The Salton Buttes geothermal system is fueled by heat emanating from zones of partially molten rock (magma) deep below the Earth’s surface.

Eruptions occurring about 400,000 years ago were followed by a long lull in volcanic activity until about 18,000 years ago. The most recent eruptions, which took place about 1,800 years ago, started explosively, then progressed to relatively gentle effusion of dense, glassy-looking (obsidian) lavadomes.

The Salton Sea Geothermal Field, which currently produces enough power to supply about 325,000 homes, has persistent small to moderate earthquakes related to the geothermal system and to movement along regional faults.

The available data are insufficient to establish a pattern of volcanic activity to determine the likelihood of eruption. The high heat flow from the area and relatively young age of Salton Buttes, however, attest to the potential for future eruptions.

So what’s going on on the West Coast of the US? Are all volcanoes going to erupt together? Be ready or get prepared… You never know when the Big One will hit! [KGW, OL, USGS]

Ever seen the movie Salton Sea?

https://strangesounds.org/2021/06/mt-hood-earthquake-swarm-june-5-2021.html 

:: 4-26-21 The American Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ABSOLUTE INTERFERENCE Cybersecurity Experts: Chinese Cyberwafare Attacks Flipped U.S. Election From Trump To Biden; Chinese-Made TCL / Alcatel Phones Distributed To Georgia Poll Managers Secretly Connected Election To Internet - The American Report 

Scribe note: Click on the link below this is all laid out in detail with supporting comments from military leadership on how the Chinese used cell phones and software to achieve their goals.

https://theamericanreport.org/2021/04/26/absolute-interference-cybersecurity-experts-chinese-cyberwafare-attacks-flipped-u-s-election-from-trump-to-biden-chinese-made-tcl-alcatel-phones

distributed-to-georgia-poll-managers-secretly-conn/ 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 6-6-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With China Exposed for Election Theft and Perpetrating a Fauci-Led Biological Attack On the USA, China Has Indeed Moved Up Their Timetable to Attack the Mainland

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, June 6, 2021 - 14:54.

Mike Adams has conclusively stated that the Chinese are pushing forward their timetable to attack the United States. Adams' article made a great deal of sense, but the previous military intel that I was operating from clearly stated that the Chinese forces were overwhelmingly occupation, not invasion forces. New developments, coupled with new revelations make it appear that the Chinese are preparing to cross both our northern and southern borders, occupation forces or not. New revelations shed light on why a Chinese invasion, properly prepared, or not, is likely coming because China has been exposed and they must attack, before they are attacked.

Revelation #1

I have published irrefutable proof that the Maricopa County Audit, held at Veterans Memorial Coliseum, is under surveillance by high tech spy planes, owned and operated by the Phoenix Police Department. Further, after publishing this fact, I have been sent proof, twice, that the area over and around my home, in rural Maricopa County, is under the exact same surveillance as the election audit. I live 50 miles from the city of Phoenix. These “spy planes” are operating outside their jurisdiction. Who could be ordering such a thing? Who runs the Phoenix government? The answer is Mayor Kate Gallego. She is cut out of the same totalitarian mode as Michigan governor, Gretchen Whitmer. If Gallego had her way, she would still be using Bolshevik tactics to keep Phoenix completely locked down. I believe the mayor is an after-the-fact co-conspirator in the election coup levied against President Trump and she has illegally lent the assets of the city of Phoenix to preserve the election theft. The other side clearly wants to know what we know so they can counter us in advance.

Now, we have arrived at actually answering the question, why the surveillance? In past articles, with several guests on my radio and television show, I have irrefutably demonstrated that the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors never gave the machine codes for to the election to the officials running the election centers, as prescribed by State and Federal law. As stated before, with video evidence, Arizona State Senator, Sonny Borrelli, who stated, on video, the audit team learned that the codes were never surrendered by Dominion voting machine officials. Further, in video taped evidence, previously airing on the CSS, Borrelli stated that Dominion was unsupervised in Maricopa County election centers and obviously had access to the internet.

Borrelli’s claims are bolstered, when in January of 2021, I had Chris Kitze on my TV show and he showed a graphic that demonstrated how many votes in the General Election were tabulated in China, by state, and then transmitted back and altered the final tally of these votes in most states. Arizona was one of the most egregious and flagrant examples in the Kitze assertions. In other words, I know how the majority of elections were stolen and now, so do you! Oh, there are four other ways that the Maricopa County vote totals were altered, but I believe this method counts for the greatest amount of votes that were altered and this has apparently happened in all six swing states.

Ducey’s Double Dealings

Please allow me to remind you that last week the CSS published irrefutable proof that Arizona Governor, Doug Ducey, while speaking to a Chinese delegation at the 2017 National Governor’s Association, pledged to provide the Chinese PLA with some or Arizona’s rare earth minerals for use by the Chinese military. This was in the same time frame as the CHICOMS were threatening to nuke America if we interfered with their foreign policy goals.

These pro-CCP comments were reported in the World Tribune and the CCP mouthpiece the South China. This was all previously posted on the CSS website. By the way, Ducey’s private claim to fame was his popular ice cream company, which enjoyed substantial financial success inside of China. This is not normal Chinese practice, unless they have a future use for someone and Ducey complied when he refused to allow the Arizona Legislature to convene in a special session to challenge the fraudulent election results is a good case in point to support the position that like Biden, Ducey is in the hip pocket of the CCP and he is more than likely to use the corrupt voting infrastructure of criminal election fraud to get him elected when he runs for the Senate. Secretary of State Katie Hobbs, who in her campaign of 2018, pledged to use her position to get and keep Democratic politicians in office. The video of this pledge was published 3 weeks ago on the CSS. Further, when the audit commenced, Hobbs was caught on the audit floor with 2 Soros representatives.

Soros has also been accused by many, and Sheriff Richard Mack repeated those allegations on the CSS radio show, that Maricopa County Sheriff, Paul Penzone received $2 million in campaign donations, from Soros organizations in his bid to oust Joe Arpaio who never would have sold out his country.

The last piece of this criminal conspiracy to defeat Donald Trump falls on the Maricopa County Board of Supervisors in which they all should be in jail for contempt of court because they have lied to the Arizona State Senate (and the public), and they have withheld subpoenaed evidence of election fraud despite a court order which should have forced them to surrender any and all evidence. As Sheriff Mack said, if they are not guilty of criminal corruption, they need to stop acting like they are. The Supervisors are clearly either going to use the existing corrupt election system in Maricopa County to further their own political careers, or as I suspect, they, or their family members are receiving third party “donations” from the CCP as we are witnessing in Georgia.

By the way, Arizona State Senate President, Karen Fann, was reportedly sent mysterious white powder. No media follow up has been issued. However, whether this was a legitimate assassination attempt, using anthrax, the message was clearly sent to Fann to discontinue the audit. The fact that the media has refused to follow up on this major egregious action, speaks to their complicity on covering up this issue so as not to awaken to many Arizona citizens. No wonder why Kari Lake, Maricopa County’s most popular news anchor, suddenly quit earlier in the year because of false and corrupt media handling of sensitive issues. Lake has announced her candidacy to run for Governor.

One more question needs to be asked: Why does Dave Hodges believe that he is under surveillance? That answer is simple. We have the proof from the aviation maps. Plus, as was reported earlier, when I began to publish these allegations related to a stolen election, my friends and colleagues in the alt media were contacted by anti-audit people and told not to listen to me and in one case a not-so-subtle death threat was issued.

At the heart of it all are the Chinese. They have been outed for blackmailing the Biden crime family and most of all, stealing an American election. This is an act of war. America is justified in attacking China, today!

There are more reasons why China could and should be attacked by the American military. ‘

Revelation #2

I have read the released Dr. Mengele Fauci emails. By the way, before going there, it is interesting to note that someone, probably a cabal of loyal Americans, operating within the NSA and CIA, seized and released the Fauci emails. I take this as a sign that the Biden administration may soon be a thing of the past. More on this at the end of the article.

Fauci’s emails are clear and concise. He should have followed Hillary’s lead and deleted all the emails.

Here is what we know:

Fauci illegally and in a treasonous manner both taught and funded, with American taxpayer funds, gain of function research for our enemies, the Chinese.

The gain of function research is still going on today and I do not think that Covid is the last biological attack being perpetrated by the Chinese against America. This was merely the opening act. By the way, through my Ukrainian investigation, I reported on the Biden crime family’s involvement in this. This is, in part, why Sleepy Joe, is being blackmailed by both Ukraine and China.

Fauci’s treason in this matter has led to the death of millions. He may be the worst mass murderer of all time. Fifteen months ago, I published the allegations of Fauci and Birx conflicts of interest because they had been on the payroll of Bill Gates.

There is more to report on these emails. However, the case is made. America is justified in attacking China for two very distinct reasons.

What Must Happen Before the American Military Retaliates Against China?

Because Joe Biden is in bed with communists, nothing is going to happen as long as he is President. There are two legal avenues that can be used to legally remove Biden from office which do not violate the American law with regard to treason. These means will be covered in an upcoming interview with Paul Preston who has dotted the I’s and crossed the T’s in this matter.

Conclusion

I believe that Mike Adams is correct. The CCP does appear to be moving forward with their invasion plans. In my consultations with people I consider to be military experts, it may not matter to the CCP if they don’t yet have a legitimate American invasion force in play. There numbers are strong enough and they have enough 5th column support from previously admitted terrorists (eg MS-13), they can bring absolute havoc to this country and occupy much of the Northwest and Southwest. This will buy the CCP time to seize Taiwan and ready an adequate invasion force, while saving their ally Joe Biden from legal removal from office, thus immobilizing much of America’s anticipated military response.

Both the audits and the Fauci emails reveal that an invasion of the United States is already underway and there is no shortage of Benedict Arnolds. China and the loyal parts of the US military are in a race to see who can first take the initiative and seize the high ground, so to speak. If you want to save America, you will circulate this article and refer to people to the previously published truths on this topic that have already been published on the CSS.

More to come…

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/china-exposed-election-theft-and-perpetrating-fauci-led-biological-attack-usa-china-has-indeed 

:: 6-7-21 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GERMAN GOVERNMENT ENACTS NEW LAW ON VACCINATION - DELIBERATE TRANSMISSION TO UNVACCINATED WITHOUT CONSENT

World NewsDesk 07 June 2021 Hits: 10385

The German government has passed a law that allows ‘vaccinations’ to be produced that cause the ‘vaccinated’ to excrete ‘microorganisms’ that can be ‘ingested’ by the non-vaccinated, thereby causing them to become "infected" with the "vaccination."

In simple terms, those willingly injected with a ‘vaccination’ would be able to pass that onto others who did not wish to take the ‘vaccination’ and those who wished to resist this would have no legal recourse.

This new Law for the prevention and control of infectious diseases in humans (Infection Protection Act – IfSG) § 21 Vaccines

Source of law: https://perma.cc/B27B-36HD 

IfSG

Put simply, this law allows the government of Germany to have a "vaccine" created which would be freely distributed to THIER citizens in THEIR country, but which would be literally "contagious" to everyone else, EVERYWHERE else.

Lets imagine for a moment that you decide to go shopping for a product which is made in Germany, but has been shipped to your country. Perhaps a car like a Mercedes Benz, BMW, Audi, or Porche.

Let's imagine the vehicle was manufactured inside Germany and shipped, for instance, to the USA.

The Germans who made the vehicle, may have gotten this new "vaccine" and, while they were physically assembling the car, their bodies "shed" the new "microorganism" into that car; perhaps on the seats, the door handles, or in the air conditioning duct work.

You go to look at the car in your country, maybe take it for a test drive, and WHAM, you get the new microorganism by merely getting in the car to look at it or to test drive it! You have no idea at all that this new product is infecting you with a German "vaccine!"

What if this new "vaccine" makes you sick? What if it kills you? Neither you nor your family have any legal recourse.

Moreover, what if the disease outbreak in Germany, which begot the manufacture of this new vaccine, never reaches your country and is no threat to you. Products imported from Germany still reach your country, then YOU get the new vax whether you wanted it or needed it. No freedom of choice, no informed consent and no legal recourse.

HAL TURNER EDITORIAL OPINION

This is bio-warfare, plain and simple. Germany may not be CALLING IT Bio-warfare, but it is exactly that in actual fact. Infecting people with a biological agent without their knowledge or consent.

A government in Europe which does not represent us and does not govern with our consent, is deciding for all the rest of the world, what so-called "vaccines" we all must have, and if we don't like it, too bad - no legal recourse.

This violates the Nuremburg code and violates the free will of citizens in other nations everywhere.

If Germany passes final enactment of this law, then NO GERMAN CITIZEN who has received this new vaccine can be allowed to travel to any country, for fear of his body shedding this new micro-organism. No German product can be imported into any country, anywhere, for fear of it being contaminated with Germany's so-called "vaccine."

This is a terrifying and totalitarian action against free citizens in Germany and the world over. This new law must be blocked, or Germany must be totally isolated from the rest of the world.

BROADCASTING NOTE:

This story will be a main topic on tonight's Hal Turner Radio Show LIVE from the New York City metropolitan area, broadcast from 9:00 PM - 10:00 PM Eastern US time (GMT 0100-0200) worldwide, on shortwave stations and regular AM radio as follows:

WBCQ on Frequencies 7.490 and 6.160 (50,000 watts each)

WRMI on Frequency 5.950 (100,000 watts)

KYAH 540-AM Delta/Salt Lake City, Utah

INTERNET: The show is streamed live here on the Internet at: http://stream.halturnerradioshow.com:8000/  (NOTE: this feed does not go LIVE until about one hour before show time. During that hour, it carries commercial-free music until the show starts)

There is more to this terrifying new law which will be revealed on tonight's show, so be sure to set a reminder in your phone to tune-in at 9:00 PM eastern (8 Central, 7 Mountain, 6 Pacific, 5 Alaska, 4 Hawaii)

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/german-government-enacts-new-law-on-vaccination-deliberate-transmission-to-unvaccinated-without-consent 

:: 6-4-21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Situation Update, June 4th, 2021 - China preparing to attack America THIS YEAR with bioweapons, CYBER warfare and SABOTAGE

63650 views

426 comments Brighteon.com Disqus' Privacy Policy

https://www.brighteon.com/f8aacdc0-0980-4b5f-ac7f-5d2a010ed167 

:: 6--21 Brighteon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

You are LIVING in the collapse: The steady decay of every pillar that makes society function

17830 views

77 comments

Brighteon.com Disqus' Privacy Policy

https://www.brighteon.com/0fc14fc3-6496-4da9-ad99-45fc5ec14ce6 

:: 6-6-21 Absolute Truth from the Word of God JESUS HAS EVERY ANSWER :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  

It is NOT a Conspiracy THEORY if They (Government) are Truly Trying to KILL YOU: PCR Swabs are Coated With Ethylene Oxide – A Known Deadly Carcinogen Which Can Change our DNA

On June 6, 2021 By Geri UngureanIn Uncategorized

This video by a nurse on the carcinogenic ethylene oxide on the COVID swabs has been doing its rounds on the social networks, and it’s transcribed for non-english persons to translate it into their mother tongue, as the video is in english.

It is not known what the long term effects of these swabs are, but millions of people have been tested, some workers are testing regularly, and now they’re forcing these swab tests upon children. Just like the PCR test, they cannot detect infection, so if you are taking part in this bizarre ritual believing that you are ‘stopping the spread’ you are just helping to bring forth another unnecessary lockdown. It’s a PCR testing pandemic, which is why these test centres are popping up all over the world. STOP GETTING TESTED.

Now if you reading this and you are horrified by what you are reading because you have been forced by your employer to take part in testing at work etc, you need to stand up for yourself and write a letter advising that they are fully liable for any ill health from these swabs / PCR tests. Here are some useful letter sources. Employees have rights, and coersion and manipulation to swab daily or weekly is bullying and abusive. There is zero science that they are stopping the spread of anything, and just know that you are sticking a cardinogenic ethylene oxide coated swab close to your skull without knowing what it may do to you long term. If the Government told you to jump off a cliff, would you obey them, because the stupidity of humankind is clear to see.

The nurse told me that my test was negative. They took blood from me and I have a video appointment with my doctor on Monday to go over the results of everything. My doctor is a John Hopkins physician and I do plan on asking him about the Swab coated with EO to see what he says. I am LIVID.

It’s no accident that this morning I was sent the video above

To say I was shocked would be a gross understatement. I immediately called Patient First (the Urgent Care) and talked with an RN. I wanted to know if their swabs had Ethylene Oxide on them.

The nurse said that all of their swabs were sent by Lab Corp and they were re-packaged with no information about the swab. I did read that almost ALL PCR Swabs are sent to us by China.

Today is Sunday, so I cannot contact Lab Corp.

Please read the next section carefully. This comes from our government and tells the reader exactly what EO (Ethylene Oxide) is and what it does to our bodies.

Needless to say, I am very upset and angry.

From cancer.gov/NIH Ethylene Oxide

A model of the ethylene oxide molecule.

What is ethylene oxide?

At room temperature, ethylene oxide is a flammable colorless gas with a sweet odor. It is used primarily to produce other chemicals, including antifreeze. In smaller amounts, ethylene oxide is used as a pesticide and a sterilizing agent. The ability of ethylene oxide to damage DNA makes it an effective sterilizing agent but also accounts for its cancer-causing activity.

How are people exposed to ethylene oxide?

The primary routes of human exposure to ethylene oxide are inhalation and ingestion, which may occur through occupational, consumer, or environmental exposure. Because ethylene oxide is highly explosive and reactive, the equipment used for its processing generally consists of tightly closed and highly automated systems, which decreases the risk of occupational exposure.

Despite these precautions, workers and people who live near industrial facilities that produce or use ethylene oxide may be exposed to ethylene oxide through uncontrolled industrial emissions. The general population may also be exposed through tobacco smoke and the use of products that have been sterilized with ethylene oxide, such as medical products, cosmetics, and beekeeping equipment.

Which cancers are associated with exposure to ethylene oxide?

Lymphoma and leukemia are the cancers most frequently reported to be associated with occupational exposure to ethylene oxide. Stomach and breast cancers may also be associated with ethylene oxide exposure.

How can exposures be reduced?

The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration has information about limiting occupational exposure to ethylene oxide.

Selected References:

Health Effects Notebook for Hazardous Air Pollutants: Ethylene Oxide. Washington, DC: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2018. Also available online. Last accessed December 28, 2018.

International Agency for Research on Cancer. Ethylene Oxide, IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans, Volume 100F. Lyon, France: World Health Organization, 2012. Also available onlineExit Disclaimer. Last accessed December 28, 2018.

National Toxicology Program. Ethylene Oxide, Report on Carcinogens, Fourteenth Edition. Triangle Park, NC: National Institute of Environmental Health and Safety, 2016. Also available online. Last accessed December 28, 2018.

Do you understand now that these bad actors across our globe are ALL ABOUT Depopulation???

It’s too late for me and many others, but I would strongly suggest that none of you have that PCR swab stuck up your nose. I only allowed them to do it because my doctor said he would not ask for the chest x-ray or blood work, if I did not agree.

GOD Please help us all!! MARANATHA!!

https://grandmageri422.me/2021/06/06/it-is-not-a-conspiracy-if-they-government-are-truly-trying-to-kill-you-pcr-swabs-are-coated-with-ethylene-oxide-a-known-deadly-carcinogen-which-can-change-our-dna/ 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 6-7-21 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stanford Professor: Fauci's Credibility Is 'Entirely Shot'

Leading expert slams U.S. National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases director

By: Jay Greenberg |@NeonNettle on 7th June 2021 @ 1.00pm

One of America's leading medical experts has slammed Dr. Anthony Fauci in a scathing statement, declaring that the U.S. National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases director's credibility is "entirely shot."

Fauci has been facing mounting backlash after the recent release of his emails show him saying one thing in private and another in public.

Jay Bhattacharya, epidemiologist and professor of medicine at Stanford University, took aim at Fauci during an appearance on Fox News's "The Ingraham Angle."

"There are emails you can find in the treasure trove of emails that have been released where he acknowledged the virus has been aerosolized -- well the cloth masks people have been recommending, they're not particularly effective against aerosolized viruses," Bhattacharya told host Laura Ingraham.

Yet Fauci would later publicly insist that one mask is good and two might be even better.

"I really don't understand his back and forth and his answer made absolutely no sense," he said.

Bhattacharya said that although there has been evolving research, the facts about how the virus spreads did not change "a ton."

"Yes, you should change your mind when the science changes, what is that science that changed that convinced him that masks are the most effective way?" Bhattacharya said.

"The CDC Director Robert Redfield said masks were more effective than vaccines and Dr. Fauci did not contradict him when Dr. Scott Atlas said that was nonsense, which it was," he said.

"I think his credibility is entirely shot," Bhattacharya said.

Despite the tarnish on his name, Fauci continues to be protected by the media, Fox contributor and columnist Joe Concha wrote at The Hill.

Fauci "continues to contradict himself while delivering ambiguous messages about the virus: He's addicted to the spotlight. He's never met a microphone he doesn't like," Concha wrote Saturday.

"Anthony Fauci once was the most trusted man in America on all-things-COVID. That's clearly no longer the case," he wrote.

"But much of the media still largely treats him as such -- even as those reading and watching at home appear to know better."

Fox News host Jesse Watters agreed that Fauci's image has been irrevocably comprised, according to Fox News.

"We expect politicians to lie to us -- but we don’t expect scientists to," he said.

"But that’s exactly what happened. Anthony Fauci hasn’t been telling the truth and he’s been caught.

"The Fauci era is officially over," he declared.  "The cover-up is crashing down.

"For the Democrats -- he’s too big to fail and the media is doing everything they can to preserve the Fauci legacy.

"But there’s no turning back now."

Fauci came in for criticism Saturday from Republican Gov. Kristi Noem of South Dakota, according to WND.

Appearing at a North Carolina Republican event, Neom told the crowd that Fauci had once told her she would need 10,000 hospital beds for all the COVID-19 patients her state would have.

She said she only needed about 600 beds.

"Fauci is wrong -- a lot,” she said, according to The North State Journal.

https://neonnettle.com/news/15506-stanford-professor-fauci-s-credibility-is-entirely-shot- 

:: 6-7-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Covid — Pretext for Perpetual Commie Coercion & Corruption

Jack Metir Uncategorized June 7, 2021 4 Minutes

Together, the bankers have formed a Covid Commission Planning Group (Covid CPG) to prepare the way for a National Covid Commission that can seize this once-in-a-century opportunity to help America–and the world–begin to heal.

Whats a Covid Commission and whats the need for it ? Well let the good people who created the Commission explain it themselves Now, as the availability of protective vaccines rapidly expands, daily death tolls in the U.S. decline, and devastated economies start to rebound, there’s a growing risk that hard-won lessons from the last year will be lost amid the natural urge to put the crisis behind us and return to our pre-pandemic lives.

More than two dozen of the nation’s most accomplished virologists, public health experts, clinicians, and former officials, joined by four of America’s leading charitable foundations from across the political spectrum, are laying the groundwork to discover and preserve the lessons of the COVID-19 crisis. Together, they have formed a Covid Commission Planning Group (Covid CPG) to prepare the way for a National Covid Commission that can seize this once-in-a-century opportunity to help America—and the world—begin to heal It has debriefed more than 200 experts from a range of disciplines, outlined plans for nine essential task forces, and mapped out dozens of distinct lines of inquiry to ensure that the work of a future Covid Commission will be comprehensive.

So who is funding this shindig?  Stand Together is a Koch family funded foundation

The Rockefeller Foundation had in 2010 put out a remarkably prescient report called Scenarios for the Future of Technology and International Development where it had outlined four “scenarios”

LOCK STEP – A world of tighter top-down government control and more authoritarian leadership, with limited innovation and growing citizen pushback

CLEVER TOGETHER – A world in which highly coordinated and successful strategies emerge for addressing both urgent and entrenched worldwide issues

HACK ATTACK – An economically unstable and shock-prone world in which governments weaken, criminals thrive, and dangerous innovations emerge

SMART SCRAMBLE – An economically depressed world in which individuals and communities develop localized, makeshift solutions to a growing set of problems

The LOCK STEP scenario set for 2012 was eerily prescient

In 2012, the pandemic that the world had been anticipating for years finally hit. Unlike 2009’s H1N1, this new influenza strain — originating from wild geese (an inside joke? a play on wild goose chase??) — was extremely virulent and deadly. Even the most pandemic-prepared nations were quickly overwhelmed when the virus streaked around the world, infecting nearly 20 percent of the global population and killing 8 million in just seven months, the majority of them healthy young adults. The pandemic also had a deadly effect on economies: international mobility of both people and goods screeched to a halt, debilitating industries like tourism and breaking global supply chains. Even locally, normally bustling shops and office buildings sat empty for months

The report ends with these words Scenarios are a medium through which great change can be not just envisioned but also actualized. The more closely you read them, the more likely it becomes that you will recognize their important but less obvious implications to you, your work, and your community.

In 2018 Rockefeller funded Johns Hopkins brought out another “report” Technologiesto AddressGlobal Catastrophic Biological Risks The purpose of this project is to raise awareness of powerful technological solutions that may get us closer to our collective objective of improved preparedness and response to pandemics and global catastrophic biological events.

After laying all the groundwork for a such a successful operations its extremely unlike the Rockefeller and their NWO cohorts will ever remotely let go until all they want is actualized If you’re interested in learning more old remedies, you should read The Lost Book Of Remedies.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/06/07/covid-pretext-for-perpetual-commie-coercion-corruption/ 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 6-7-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fauci 'lied and lied again': Next Revolution host Steve Hilton slams the under-fire medical adviser as newly resurfaced 2012 video shows him advocating 'gain of function' experiments

Steve Hilton has accused Dr Anthony Fauci of 'lying' about his role in gain of function research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology

In 2012, Dr Fauci said gain of function research is 'integral' to basic research

Gain of function research is a controversial field that involves collecting dangerous viruses and genetically modifying them to be more deadly

By Rachael Bunyan For Mailonline Published: 06:11 EDT, 7 June 2021 | Updated: 12:04 EDT, 7 June 2021

Next Revolution host Steve Hilton has slammed Dr Anthony Fauci for 'lying' about his role in gain of function research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology after a newly resurfaced video shows him advocating the experiments.

The Fox News host claimed Dr Fauci has lied about his knowledge of the origins of Covid-19 and the alleged U.S. funding of gain of function research at the Wuhan lab.

Hilton also claimed that the video of Dr Fauci will 'put to rest any question' that the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) commissioned gain of function research on bat coronaviruses in Wuhan.

In the resurfaced video from 2012 at a gain of function conference, Dr Fauci, the head of the NIAID, said research was 'integral' to understanding the genes of viruses.

Gain of function research is a controversial field that involves collecting dangerous viruses and genetically modifying them to be more deadly, in order to study the risks of future outbreaks.

'If you look at basic research as we've approached it, integral to that study has always been the issue of gain of function research,' said Dr Fauci.

'There are a few ways to look at gain of function research,' he continued. 'There are the naturally occurring mutations that naturally give gain of function and investigators study these effects on the phenotypes of interest.

'Does this mutation make something more transmissible, more pathogenic or adapt to hosts better?

'Or, what historically investigators have done is to actually create gain-of-function by making mutations, passage/adaptation or other newer genetic techniques such as reverse genetics and genetic re-assortment.'

Dr Fauci has previously told Congress that the National Institutes for Health (NIH) and the NIAID has 'categorically' not funded gain of function research to be conducted in the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

But Hilton slammed Fauci after the resurfaced video emerged, arguing that the technique of reverse genetics used in gain of function research has been used in a number of projects which were partly funded by NIAID.

Hilton said in 2014, the NIAID initiated a research project titled: 'Understanding the risk of Bat Coronavirus Emergence'. He claimed that over $3million was sent to Eco Health Alliance and over $500,000 was sent to the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

The host claimed the requested work involved in the project involved gain of function research, according to scientific sources.

He claimed that the research was carried by the Wuhan Institute of Virology as part of the project and Dr Fauci's NIAID funneled money to them through Eco Health Alliance.

Describing the research project as the 'Fauci project', Hilton said: 'They analyse bat coronaviruses and sequence their genetic information.

'They then build various chimeras, genetically engineered new viruses they made in the lab, they infected human cells with them in the lab.

'They then showed that their man-made viruses could replicate as a functional virus.'

Referring to Dr Fauci 'categorically' denying the US funding of gain of function research at the Wuhan lab, Hilton said: 'There is now no question that Fauci lied to Congress. That is a crime.'

He added: 'When you see [Fauci] flat out lying you have to ask why. The only explanation that makes sense is that he is worried.

'He knows that the pandemic and the virus did most likely escape from the Wuhan lab. And he knows that it was the project he commissioned that put it there in the first place.'

'All of that would be bad enough for Fauci, but he knows there's something worse.

'He knows that he commissioned these experiments despite a ban imposed by the Obama administration and despite new rules imposed by the Trump administration when the ban was lifted.

'That is professional misconduct of the highest order and must be immediately investigated by Congress.'

The damning claims come after Republican Sen. Rand Paul demanded Dr. Fauci be fired and claimed that he lied to him about gain-of-function research conducted at the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

Paul appeared on Fox News' The Ingraham Angle where he claimed that thousands of emails revealed by Buzzfeed News and the Washington Post proved Fauci may have been in-part responsible for the development of COVID-19.

At a Senate hearing last month, Paul accused the National Institutes of Health of funding Chinese research into bat coronaviruses that infect humans.

But Fauci told Paul: 'You are entirely and completely incorrect. The NIH has not ever and does not now fund gain of function research in the Wuhan Institute.'

On Wednesday, the junior senator from Kentucky said that Fauci bears 'moral culpability' while asserting that COVID-19 was created by the Wuhan Institute of Virology through funding from the NIH, a theory which has not been proven.

Fauci appeared in an interview with NewsNation Now anchor Leland Vittert on The Donlon Report in which he defended a grant the United States had provided the Wuhan lab.

Scientists have primarily focused their beliefs about COVID-19 on the theory that it spread naturally from a bat to an intermediary animal before infecting humans.

Claims that the virus escaped from the Wuhan Institute of Virology have been laughed off as conspiracy theories - but even researchers at a number of top universities like Harvard and Cambridge have suggested in a letter that the 'hypotheses' cannot be ruled out until there is more evidence.

Dr Fauci has denied that the NIH directly funded gain-of-function research in Wuhan.

However, Paul asserted to Fox News host Laura Ingraham that the recently reveals emails show Fauci admitted to funding gain-of-function research.

'I think we've had a sea change of opinion. Everybody left-of-center was saying this was a conspiracy, no way it could have happened in the Wuhan lab. Now even Dr. Fauci is saying we should investigate it,' Paul said.

'But the emails paint a disturbing picture, a disturbing picture of Dr. Fauci from the very beginning worrying that he had been funding gain of function research. And he knows it to this day but hasn't admitted it.'

Paul claimed in the interview that 'there is a lot of evidence' that Fauci's views on the Wuhan lab-leak theory were compromised by a 'conflict of interest.'

'If it turns out this virus came from the Wuhan lab, which it looks like it did, that there's a great deal of culpability in that he was a big supporter of the funding,' Paul said.

'But he was also a big supporter to this day of saying that we can trust the Chinese on this, that we can trust Chinese scientists and I think that's quite naïve and really should preclude him form the position that he's in.'

The NIH awarded a $3.7 million grant to EcoHealth Alliance, which is based in the United States, to study the risk of coronaviruses emerging from bats in 2014. EcoHealth Alliance in turn distributed nearly $600,000 of that funding to its collaborator, the Wuhan Institute of Virology.

Paul claimed during the Fox News interview that Fauci's emails show he was worried the NIH funded gain-of-function research as early as last February during the emergence of the pandemic.

'In his email, in the subject line, he says 'gain of function research.' He was admitting it to his private underlings seven to eight months ago,' Paul said.

In a February 1, 2020 email obtained by Buzzfeed News, Principal NIAID Director Hugh Auschincloss wrote to Fauci to discuss a paper the top infectious disease expert had sent him appearing to question if NIH grants funded gain of function research relating to coronaviruses.

In the email to Fauci, Auschincloss noted that a colleague would 'try to determine if we have any distant ties to this work abroad.'

When Ingraham asked Paul if Fauci could face criminal culpability, he replied: 'At the very least, there is moral culpability.'

Paul's interview on Wednesday came as Fauci dismissed recent revelations that he was warned at the start of pandemic that COVID-19 may have been 'engineered' and said that the emails are 'really ripe to be taken out of context.'

Fauci also admitted on The Donlon Report that he 'can't guarantee everything that is going on in the Wuhan lab.'

Considered America's top expert on infectious disease, Fauci also explained why scientists focused their theories on the natural transmission from bats to humans through an intermediary species.

The interview comes after a trove of 3,200 of Fauci's emails from January to June 2020 were obtained and published by Buzzfeed on Tuesday that showed leading virus experts warned him COVID-19 may have been created in a lab while he publicly played such claims down.

'The only trouble is they are really ripe to be taken out of context where someone can snip out a sentence in an email without showing the other emails, and say 'based on an email from Dr. Fauci, he said such and such' where you don't really have the full context,' Fauci said in the interview.

Another trove of emails, published by the Washington Post, also revealed his cozy relationship with China's top infectious disease expert Dr. George Gao - the director of the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention - during the early days of the pandemic in March and April of last year.

'Let's put things in context ... We're not talking about the Chinese Communist Party. We're not talking about the Chinese military. We're talking about scientists that we've had relationships for years,' Fauci said.

Fauci then defended his relationship with Gao, a colleague of Fauci's 'for many years' and a member of the United States National Academy of Scientists.

'The scientists there, and others that we dealt with the original SARS, with the influenza virtually every year, the scientists are experienced,' Fauci said.

Fauci added that the Wuhan lab 'is a very large lab to the tune of hundreds of millions, if not billions of dollars.'

'The grant that we're talking about was $600,000 over five years for an average of about $125,000 to $140,000 a year,' Fauci said.

He added: 'I can't guarantee everything that is going on in the Wuhan lab, I can't do that. But it is our obligation as scientists and public health individuals to study the animal-human interface' in the aftermath of the original SARS virus in 2002.

Fauci explained that SARS-CoV-1 'was clearly a jumping of species from a bat, to a civic cat, to a human.'

'So it was incumbent upon us to study the animal-human interface and to understand what potential these viruses have of infecting humans which then might damage the United States,' Fauci said.

'So you don't want to go to Hoboken, New Jersey or to Fairfax, Virginia to be studying the bat human interface that might lead to an outbreak. You go to China.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9659421/Steve-Hilton-slams-Fauci-resurfaced-video-shows-advocating-gain-function-experiments.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-30-21 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 3rd Lebanon war

The IDF has set up 14 teams to learn the lessons of Operation Guardian of the Walls, and the big question now is how the operation will affect the larger campaign against Hezbollah. The picture emerging from these studies is troubling.

By Yoav Limor Published on 05-30-2021 12:40 Last modified: 05-30-2021 12:40

Last Sunday, in the wake of Operation Guardian of the Walls, IDF Chief of Staff Lt. Gen. Aviv Kochavi agreed to set up 14 research teams on various issues that came up during the military campaign in the Gaza Strip. The teams will review almost every conceivable topic: intelligence, targets, inventory of armaments and interceptors, the efforts against the rockets, the home front, public image, and more. In about a month and a half, the General Staff will convene for a workshop over a few days, to review insights and lessons from the operation.

The reviews will deal with what happened in Gaza, but each of them will also have a dedicated chapter to the northern arena. Despite the built-in differences between the fronts, the IDF seeks to find out for itself what lessons can be learned from what happened with Hamas as to what will happen on the much more challenging front, against Hezbollah.

Senior career and reserve officers, with whom we spoke this week, warn of the mindset in which the IDF began these reviews. "The prevailing atmosphere in the General Staff is euphoric," said one of them, "a sense of brilliant military victory. There are those who speak in terms of the [1967] Six-Day War." The IDF is indeed talking about the operation in Gaza in dramatic terms. There is a very large gap between the public feelings, which convey a sense of a missed opportunity and an understanding that what was is what will be, and the rhetoric heard in the Kirya (IDF headquarters), which speak of an unequivocal victory. There is also a considerable gap between the way the IDF perceives the campaign and the way it is viewed in the region (spoiler: as a Hamas victory, or at the least – a draw).

Militarily, the IDF won in Gaza. Not by a knockout, but conclusively. Hamas did not properly assess the Israeli response, and certainly not its force. Its empowerment plan was almost completely shattered, and extensive sections of its tunnel system (the "metro") were destroyed. The organization failed in all its attempts at surprise – the IDF managed to block ground and tunnel penetrations, disrupted anti-tank fire and intercepted drones, UAVs and underwater autonomous vessels.

Against the background of the number of civilian casualties in Israel (12 killed by more than 4,000 rockets fired from Gaza), thanks to the successful defense provided by the Iron Dome system, Hamas found it difficult to present a military victory. The defense of the border was almost hermetic: one soldier, Sgt. Omer Tabib, was killed by anti-tank missile fire), and there were no further casualties among the forces on the ground. In a nation that sanctifies the lives of its fighters more than the lives of its citizens, this has been a critical matter for national morale.

However, the IDF was less successful in two matters: it did not achieve a significant reduction in rocket fire into Israel; nor did it eliminate Hamas leadership. These are also the two immediate military successes that Hamas can show – its ability to rain rockets heavily on Israel from the first to the last minute, and the fact that it remained upright on its feet to the end.

"We measure mileage and count bodies," says Raz Zimmt, a researcher at the Institute for National Security Studies, who specializes in Iran and its emissaries. "Our enemies look at it differently, with a broader perspective. For them, it has once again been proven that it is possible to wage a long-term conflict with Israel and endure."

Hamas knew how, as always, to leverage this for a double psychological win. In the regional arena, it presents itself as the victor and Israel as the one who failed to defeat an enemy significantly weaker than it; while in the international arena, it presents itself as a victim, with the residents of the Gaza Strip suffering from the unbridled brutality of the IDF.

Together with the fire it managed to ignite in East Jerusalem, the West Bank and on the Lebanese border, and with the violence in mixed cities, Hamas gets a pretty good grade. Although it failed militarily (especially on the issue of tunnels, which will require it to investigate in-depth and examine the viability of investing in a system that turned a city of refuge into a death trap), the overall picture is less unequivocal and requires Israel to look at it frankly and have a proper think.

This is what the IDF intends to do with the review teams it has set up. But there is a double problem here: one – some of the issues are not the responsibility of the army (PR issues, for example), so in that regard, it can't really learn anything. And second – the IDF is convinced that it has won. This may blind it and keep it from conducting a deep and honest assessment of what needs to be done.

In retrospect, it is clear that Yahya Sinwar, and not Muhammad Def, was responsible for the rampage that prompted the firing of rockets at Jerusalem. Sinwar apparently did not estimate that the firing would lead to such a harsh Israeli response, but he still knowingly took the risk. The research division at the Intelligence Branch says that when it came to the campaign for Jerusalem, Sinwar began to think of himself in terms of Salah-a-Din: The defender of al-Aqsa, the defender of Palestinians, the leader of Muslims. This is an almost complete reversal of what was said about him in the Intelligence Branch just a few weeks earlier – that he is a pragmatic factor that prevents escalation, to allow for economic rehabilitation of the Strip.

Sinwar may have undergone a complete makeover, causing him to abandon the suit and tie and return to the soldier's uniform. It may have happened due to his near-loss in the Hamas election and the harsh internal criticism he received for abandoning the path of jihad. The problem is that the Intelligence Branch missed this change: had they it recognized in time, Israel would not have been surprised by the rockets on Jerusalem, and would not have fallen into a state of an inferiority complex following this firing.

"We are expected to recognize such a strategic change on the other side," a senior security official admitted this week. "We cannot ignore the fact that this has happened to us with Nasrallah in the past [in 2006]."

A confrontation in the north does not have to start like it did in Gaza, with the surprise firing of six rockets at Jerusalem. It can start from the bottom, from the field, from a local incident that gets out of control or forces the parties to react and counteract. In recent years, the IDF has been talking in terms of "battle days" in order to prepare the forces and civilians in the north for escalation. But such an escalation has a dangerous dynamic that is difficult to predict, and could throw the parties into widespread war without anyone intending to.

"Hezbollah has no interest in heating up Lebanon," Zimmt says. "The Iranians do not care that Gaza is being crushed and that Hamas pays a price, but Lebanon is another matter. Hezbollah for them is a strategic asset, built to deter Israel from attacking their nuclear program. One does not risk such an asset for no reason.

"Therefore, the chances of a campaign initiated by Hezbollah are very low. The organization has been deterred since 2006 and deeply preoccupied with its internal problems in Lebanon – from the unprecedented economic crisis that threatens to turn Lebanon into an insolvent state, to the pandemic. The Iranians will not let Hezbollah ignite Lebanon: their top priority right now is a return to the nuclear deal, the removal of sanctions and the restoration of Iran's economy. They do not want to turn the fire on them again, as those responsible for the instability in the area."

And yet, one has to take into account that Nasrallah will think differently. It happened to him in 2006, and it may happen to him again. At the time, he admitted that if he had known that these would be the results of the Second Lebanon War, he would not have started it. But the risk that in Israel he is not read correctly – or that he will change its mind – always exists.

The Gaza campaign pushed back until later in the year the "month of war" planned by the IDF, the broad exercise focused on dealing with a campaign in the north. The lessons of the operation in Gaza enable the IDF to come to this exercise sharper.

"Gaza was an exercise on a model, which worked very well in the connection between the division, the command, the General Staff, the Air Force and intelligence," says Maj. Gen. (Res.) Giora Eiland, former head of the Planning Division and head of the National Security Council. "It was a demonstration of how this system works together, and there is a clear improvement in capabilities when compared to the past."

But Lebanon is not Gaza, and the challenge it poses is several times more complex, in almost every parameter. Hezbollah has about ten times more missiles and rockets than Hamas. It does not matter if the exact figure is 80,000 or 140,000 (as the IDF estimates) – the bottom line is the same: the organization intends to fire thousands of rockets on Israel every day, capable of hitting any point in the country.

"One of the main parameters that gave the Israeli citizen a sense that matters in Gaza were under control was the small number of casualties on the home front," says a senior officer. "Iron Dome did the job, giving decision-makers the opportunity to act without pressure. With Lebanon, that will be different.

"Hezbollah sees the Iron Dome standing up well to the challenge from Gaza, and it will try to learn from it. It is looking for bottlenecks on our side. We are likely to see it increase firing, and of course, continue to work on improving accuracy, this is its flagship project.

"Obviously, we also see it trying to hit Iron Dome systems themselves, to put them out of use, at least temporarily. We all saw the barrages on Ashkelon. Now think what would have happened if dozens of rockets that were not intercepted had fallen on it. That's what Hamas tried to do, and that's what Hezbollah will try to do.

"In any case, given the amount of rockets that Hezbollah has, Iron Dome will have a hard time getting the same results. The number of casualties will be significant, and the damage will be massive, all over the country. The public will be shocked. This is a dramatic issue, because the resilience of the home front is a critical component in the fighting."

The conclusion is that Israel will not be able to rely on air defense alone in Lebanon. Certainly not for almost hermetic protection, as seen in Guardian of the Walls. "This requires us to immediately move from an outlook of Iron Dome to one of Iron Blanket," says Maj. Gen. (Res.) Israel Ziv, former head of the General Staff's Operations Division, "not only to defend, but to build an effective system that will know how to hit Hezbollah rockets on the ground or above, in their skies. This will be the strategic revolution that will change the equation. While this requires huge investments in technology and intelligence, it is well worth the price. There is no other choice. "

The border with Lebanon is dramatically different from the border with the Strip. Topographically, Hezbollah has an advantage over Israel. During the campaign in Gaza, Metula was attacked twice: for the first time, Lebanese crossed the border at a point where there is no real barrier, near the Ayun stream; they set a fire and were scared away by IDF gunfire. Contrary to the claim that these were Lebanese Palestinians showing solidarity with Gaza, it turned out that the victim was a Hezbollah operative.

The second incident was more disturbing. Under cover of darkness, a squad infiltrated Metula. It cut openings in the new fence erected in the area, and began to move towards the houses of the town. A Givati brigade force, deployed in the area in advance, opened fire and scared it back into Lebanese territory. It was later revealed that it had left behind some explosive devices.

These two events were not even the promo for what is expected in the next campaign in the North. Hezbollah intends to use its elite forces, the "Radwan" battalions, for ground raids into Israeli territory in order to occupy settlements or outposts, kidnap and kill, and most importantly – to transfer the fighting to Israeli territory. This is exactly what Hassan Nasrallah meant when he promised a decade or more ago to "conquer the Galilee".

This requires Israel to first and foremost invest in defense. In the last operation, the Gaza Division succeeded in producing almost perfect defense, thanks to quite a few methods and exercises developed, but mainly thanks to the defensive wall built on the border, running for 68 km, which completely prevented infiltration into Israeli territory.

Now Israel will have to accelerate the construction of the barrier in the north as well; walls, fences and other means of protection. Some of them have already been built, mainly in the western sector – from Rosh Hanikra to the ridge of the Ladder of Tyre, and between Misgav Am and Metula; but these are complicated engineering projects that take time and require budgets several times larger than in Gaza, due to the topography of the land. Such an obstacle will not completely stop Hezbollah, but will slow it down and reduce the potential for damage.

At the same time, the IDF will be required to move to offense. "We will not be able to sit on the border and wait for them," warns Eiland, "they will find loopholes, and penetrate. And since the line of contact will always be breached, we will have to go inside, set up a defense far from our border line, so they don't score against us. The question of how deep to go in – four to five kilometers, or much deeper – is less important. What is important is that we internalize it is inevitable we will need to carry out immediate ground action. "

"Ground invasion will be required both to stop the firing on the home front and to prevent penetrations into our territory," says a senior official. "It will not be possible to wait, because the price to the home front will be heavy."

Here, too, the public image component is critical. In Lebanon, in contrast to what happened in the operation in Gaza, terrorists will probably infiltrate, and soldiers and civilians will be harmed. Hezbollah will accumulate achievements and try to leverage them. Israel will get hit on the border and the home front. This will dramatically affect national morale, and so will the pressure on decision makers.

"Resilience is critical," the senior official admits, "if the interceptors do not intercept on such a scale, and if there are many more casualties, there will be no such resilience. We must prepare for that."

Another dramatic difference between Gaza and Lebanon will be in air superiority. In Gaza, there was no significant threat to the Air Force (although several shoulder-fired missiles were fired at the planes, they did not threaten them). "It was relatively easy," says Eiland, "we used all the Air Force's power. There was no problem with aerial superiority, the operation was conducted a meter and a half from home and near Air Force bases, and the Air Force focused only on Gaza because it was not required to operate on other fronts."

This will not be the situation in the campaign against Hezbollah. The Air Force will be under attack, at all its bases. The Air Force is prepared for this, mainly in terms of changing and spreading out deployment of the planes during an emergency, but also knows that it may pay a price, both in plane damage on the ground and possible damage to runways.

Unlike Gaza, Lebanon is large, and distant, and also more protected against aircraft. Hezbollah has more advanced means than shoulder-fired missiles – most notably SA-17 and SA-8 anti-aircraft missiles, which were used to fire at the Air Force UAV's over Lebanese skies in November last year. Beyond that, it also uses the Syrian anti-aircraft umbrella. Dealing with S-300 missile batteries will require the Air Force to destroy them first, in order to allow itself aerial superiority, which will most likely also lead to war with Syria.

"Nasrallah understands from the campaign in Gaza that he needs to strengthen his surface-to-air missile system," says the senior official, "he will look for a solution for our air superiority, because he knows that otherwise he will be vulnerable, with no real ability to defend himself."

Hezbollah also saw that all of Hamas' surprises had failed. They also invest quite a bit in matters other than rockets or ground invasions: armed drones, which are supposed to explode on targets in Israel; extensive maritime activity for raids on Israeli territory or damage to vessels and gas rigs; and in technology, to perform electromagnetic blockages and disrupt IDF activity, which relies significantly on the technological dimension.

It can be assessed that Hezbollah will seek to strengthen all of these and protect itself from any Israeli harm. Along with investing in the offensive field, it will also have to think about defense – and what all this means for its own war logic.

Israel has proven in Gaza that it is ready to go crazy. Hezbollah must take into account that this will also be the situation in the north: that Israel will not be able to contain and restrain itself, and will have to go all the way (or at least be seen as willing to do so, even at a heavy price).

It is likely that the Lebanese organization is concerned about the depth of Israel's intelligence intrusion into Gaza, and consequently the effectiveness of its airstrikes. This combination of accurate intelligence and accurate fire is the result of many years of investment and processes, but it peaked in Guardian of the Walls.

In Lebanon, the IDF has a larger number of targets than what it had in Gaza. If every such target equals a falling building, one can only imagine the extent of damage expected in Lebanon. This is exactly what Chief of Staff Kochavi warned about in a speech in January at the Institute for National Security Studies. It was intended to generate political and legal legitimacy for possible future action, and especially to make it clear to the Lebanese people that anyone who goes to bed with missiles should not be surprised if he wakes up in the morning homeless.

His words did not garner much attention then, because the media headlines wandered towards the Iranian nuclear issue, and in any case, it is doubtful whether the Lebanese people are even able to speak against Hezbollah and its actions. But the organization needs to look at Gaza and think about Lebanon: do they want Beirut to look like Gaza?

"All of Hezbollah's power and its rationale are based on the fact that it is the Shiite defender in Lebanon," the senior official said.

In order to increase the pressure on Hezbollah, the IDF has already made it clear that in any future campaign it will work for the widespread evacuation of the population from southern Lebanon, in order to protect it. The mobilization of the population is intended, and also to put pressure on Hezbollah. In Gaza it was to protect it and prevent the killing of innocent people difficult to carry out, because it is small and crowded, and there is really nowhere to run; Lebanon is larger.

The Military Prosecution and the Air Force are looking at this matter all the time. The IDF has already succeeded in the past: in Operation Accountability in 1993, in Operation Grapes of Wrath in 1996, and in the Second Lebanon War in 2006 – by causing hundreds of thousands of residents of southern Lebanon to flee to the north. The number will increase dramatically in the next war. Along with the pictures of houses collapsing and the destruction of the 230 Shiite villages in southern Lebanon, which have become fortified battlefields, Hezbollah will also be come up with answers to the Lebanese.

The IDF's operating concept for the next war includes three efforts required to achieve victory: multidimensional blows (in the air, at sea, on land, through cyber), multidimensional maneuvering (in the air and on the ground), and multidimensional defense. There are eight factors that should enable these: Intelligence superiority, digital superiority, superiority in the network environment, aerial superiority, marine superiority, superiority in information extraction, superiority in the electromagnetic spectrum, functional continuity, and the use of force (fire and maneuvering) in built-up space – the so-called "eighth enabler".

In discussions following the campaign in Gaza, Home Front Command General Uri Gordin demanded that another "ninth" enabler be added: the home front's resilience. The operation that ended and the northern challenge show that there is a reason to this demand, because the home front will have a dramatic role in national resilience, and by implication, in the course of the war. Fifteen years after the Second Lebanon War, one can only wonder how this factor was not there in the first place.

If the IDF conducts the investigative work with mental courage, it will add a tenth "enabler" – public image. Israel may have won militarily in Gaza, but lost PR-wise. The political echelon has abandoned this issue: the communications and public diplomacy directorate has not been manned for two years, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs has been relieved of its powers, and at least three unnecessary government ministries are dealing with the issue in miraculous disharmony (the Ministry of Strategic Affairs, the Ministry of Intelligence, and the Ministry of Diaspora). The investment in technology and digital is also insufficient, and the results accordingly. The Start-up Nation lost the battle over global public opinion throughout the whole operation.

Even today, the army acts on publicity, but on a one-off basis, for the benefit of specific operations. It must move to systemic thinking and introduce the value of victory here as well. The chief of staff is fleeing from it right now like wildfire, for fear that it is a minefield, and this is a shame: one of the lessons of Guardian of Walls is that in the absence of a publicity victory, there can be no victory in the battle.

Experts believe that there are a few more issues that Israel must focus on now. In the political sphere, massive work is required to generate legitimacy for a future war in Lebanon. "The destruction we will see there is not like what we saw in Gaza," says the senior official. "We must prepare the world for this, both the West and the Arab world."

In the intelligence sphere, the IDF must re-invest more in classical research. In recent years, the Intelligence Branch has become a factory for producing targets. In doing so it is evaluated on a regular basis – how many waypoints it is capable of producing, which can be attached to an accurate bomb from an airplane. A similar process has happened at the Mossad, which focuses almost exclusively on operational intelligence. This has weakened the research on enemy intentions. Those who want to avoid conceptions, or at least be prepared for any development, should know how to get into the other side's head better.

Hassan Nasrallah spoke on Tuesday. The IDF claimed that his speech was a mistake. Although he tried to send deterrent messages to Israel, he seemed weak, and probably sick with COVID-19. This assessment sounds like a late attempt to correct the faulty assessment regarding Sinwar and Gaza. It's not certain that the Intelligence Branch is right this time, either.

The lessons learned should also raise questions about the structure of the army. Is it right to continue investing in a large number of tank brigades even in the absence of an armored enemy? Or is it better to invest in the establishment of additional commando brigades, armed, trained and mobile, that will know how to respond to a large number of threats.

The IDF will also be required to accelerate the arming of Iron Dome interceptors and penetrating bombs for the Air Force. These are processes that have already been identified and marked in the last two multi-year plans, but now need to be moved quickly to fill the warehouses. In the face of the number of rockets that Hezbollah will launch into Israel and the scale of attacks that the Air Force plans to carry out in Lebanon, it is necessary to prepare and equip early so that the IDF does not approach any red lines in its inventories, which will require it to limit attacks or interceptions.

The IDF believes that the campaign in the north will lead to a multi-arena escalation. Although Gaza also led to a heating up in other sectors, it is expected to be much more widespread against Hezbollah. Gaza will certainly ignite, and most likely Judea and Samaria will as well. Missiles and rockets will also fly from Syria, as part of the "First Northern War", and possibly even from Iraq and Yemen, and maybe Iran itself. This will be an unprecedented defensive challenge for air defense systems, and an offensive challenge for fighter jets, which will be required to operate in parallel even in more distant and lesser-known arenas.

Furthermore, Israeli Arabs will be a major challenge. "It is impossible to ignore what happened here," warns Israel Ziv. "We need a dramatic change, and immediately. The Israel Police are too small and weak to meet the challenge. The Border Police cannot respond to the expected size of the threat. We must set up a national guard, deployed in each of the cities, and from the moment events begin, it will work to put out the fire. If we do not do this, we will face in the next war an extent of violence several times greater, including blocked roads, which will make it difficult for the IDF to mobilize forces for the battle in the north.

"At the same time, Israel must invest more in the Arab sector – in infrastructure, education, welfare – in order to reduce feelings of alienation and increase their connection to the country."

Above all, Israel must do what it has never done, neither in Gaza nor in Lebanon: define a policy. "The IDF is convinced that it is capable of defeating Hezbollah militarily, but this is a campaign that requires a different way of thinking, different preparation, a different coalition – and I'm not sure the General Staff understands that," says Eiland. "We must formulate a clear strategy against whom and what we are fighting for – whether we are fighting only Hezbollah, or also the Lebanese state, that sponsors it. It is impossible to start discussing this when the fire has already begun."

Eiland warns that what happens in the next war will shock the world and the country. The amount of destruction and the number of casualties require advance preparation, not only in terms of intelligence and bombs, but mainly in the formulation of policy and the decisions that need to be made. "Gaza was a wake-up call to the extent of our readiness for war in the north," he says, "we must not ignore it."

https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/05/30/the-third-lebanon-war/ 

:: 6-6-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Blast at Iranian steel plant, latest in series of incidents

A local official told Iranian media that no injuries were caused in the incident and that the fire was under control.

By TZVI JOFFRE JUNE 6, 2021 07:48

An explosion and fire were reported at the Zarand Iranian Steel Company in eastern Iran on Saturday night, in the latest in a series of similar incidents throughout Iran, according to Iranian media.

Video reportedly from the scene showed a large blaze with what appeared to be an explosion launching debris into the air. The Iranian IRNA news reported that a large explosion occurred during the incident.

The governor of Zarand told the Iranian Fars News Agency that no injuries were caused in the incident and that the incident was under control. The incident was reportedly caused by the sudden overflow of molten material in the blast furnace, with the governor stressing that no explosion occurred.

The governor added that firefighters and emergency services were at the scene in order to prevent possible accidents and that more details would be made available later.

The Zarand Iranian Steel Company is part of Middle East Mines and Mineral Industries Development Holding Company (MIDHCO), which was placed under sanctions by the Trump administration earlier this year.

"The Iranian metals sector is an important revenue source for the Iranian regime, generating wealth for its corrupt leaders and financing a range of nefarious activities, including the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction and their means of delivery, support for foreign terrorist groups, and a variety of human rights abuses, at home and abroad," said the US Department of the Treasury at the time.

The fire at the steel plant is the latest in a series of similar incidents that have plagued Iran in recent weeks.

Last week, Iran's largest naval ship, the Kharg training support vessel, sank recently after it was destroyed in a fire. It is unclear what caused the fire.

Additionally, a massive fire was reported at an oil refinery in the southern part of Tehran last week, with no casualties reported in the incident.

Additional fires have been reported at a number of petrochemical plants throughout Iran in recent weeks.

At least one fire has been associated with an Iranian military site, with The Guardian reporting that a blast hit the Iran Aircraft Manufacturing Industrial Company (HESA), which produces a variety of aircraft, including drones, for Iranian and pro-Iranian forces in Iran's Isfahan Province.

Iranian media reported that the blast had occurred at the Sepahan Nargostar chemical and fireworks factory in the city of Shahin Shahr in Isfahan, stating at the time that the cause of the blast was under investigation. The Sepahan Nargostar factory is a producer of industrial and commercial explosive materials.

Last year, a series of explosions and fires hit industrial sites across Iran, including a number of petrochemical plants. Iranian officials referred to most of the cases as incidents or accidents, although some reports have claimed that at least some of them involved foul play.

Aging infrastructure in Iran has also been blamed for at least some of the incidents.

https://www.jpost.com/breaking-news/fire-at-iran-steel-plant-after-blast-no-casualties-reported-reports-670219 

:: 6-6-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Joe Manchin Reaffirms Opposition to Democrat Election Takeover Legislation, Any Changes to Filibuster

Sen. Joe Manchin (D-WV) announced Sunday he will vote against the For the People Act to federalize local elections.

I believe that partisan voting legislation will destroy the already weakening binds of our democracy, and for that reason, I will vote against the For the People Act. Furthermore, I will not vote to weaken or eliminate the filibuster,” he wrote in Charleston Gazette-Mail.

“As such, congressional action on federal voting rights legislation must be the result of both Democrats and Republicans coming together to find a pathway forward or we risk further dividing and destroying the republic we swore to protect and defend as elected officials,” he continued.

Manchin also explained his position on the filibuster.

“With that in mind, some Democrats have again proposed eliminating the Senate filibuster rule in order to pass the For the People Act with only Democratic support,” he said. “They’ve attempted to demonize the filibuster and conveniently ignore how it has been critical to protecting the rights of Democrats in the past.”

Manchin said he will stand to keep the filibuster in place because he “cannot explain strictly partisan election reform or blowing up the Senate rules to expedite one party’s agenda” to his constituents.

Manchin decision to vote “no” on federalizing elections is a blow to President Joe Biden’s agenda and a further indication the president will have to negotiate with Republicans, as time is running out before mid-term election politics dictate maneuvers.

Manchin’s unwillingness to cancel the filibuster is constant with his past position, which is sure to infuriate Senate Democrats, who want radical legislation passed before the midterms.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2021/06/06/joe-manchin-reaffirms-opposition-democrat-election-takeover-legislation-any-changes-filibuster/ 

:: 6-6-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UNRWA finds attack tunnel under one of its Gaza schools

The Agency also took issue with IDF activity, noting that the school was an emergency shelter and should have been immune from attack.

By TOVAH LAZAROFF JUNE 6, 2021 21:36

A tunnel used by Palestinian militants in Gaza was discovered under one of the schools run by the United Nations Relief and Works Agency last month.

The UNRWA Zaitoun Preparatory Boys’ School “A” and Elementary Boys’ School “A” was one of two of the organization’s facilities damaged during the 11-day Gaza war that ended on May 21.

At the end of May, UNRWA found what “appears to be a cavity and a possible tunnel, at the location of the missile strike,” the organization reported over the weekend.

“The depth of the cavity is approximately 7.5 meters below the surface of the school. UNRWA discovered the existence of a possible tunnel in the context of the investigation of the fired missile,” it explained in a statement to the media.

UNRWA said that the tunnel was not connected to the school. There is no “indication of the existence of any entry or exit points for the tunnel within the premises,” it added.

The organization condemned both Palestinians who built the tunnel and the IDF for its attacks, which it alleged caused damage to the school.

UNRWA condemns the existence and potential use by Palestinian armed groups of such tunnels underneath its schools in the strongest possible terms. It is unacceptable that students and staff be placed at risk in such a way,” the organization stated.

But it also took issue with IDF activity, noting that the school was an emergency shelter and should have been immune from attack.

“The Agency’s installations, like all United Nations facilities, are marked as such and fly a United Nations flag on the roof. UNRWA shares the coordinates of all of its installations periodically with relevant Israeli authorities and in times of conflict, the coordinates of designated emergency shelters are shared daily,” UNRWA noted.

Such actions by Palestinian arms groups and the IDF violate UNRWA’s “inviolability and neutrality” which must be respected at all times, the organization stated.

“UNRWA demands that all parties desist from any activities or conduct that put beneficiaries and staff at risk and undermine the ability of UNRWA staff to provide assistance to Palestine refugees in safety and security,” UNRWA stated.

UNRWA’s call for safety at its facilities followed an announcement by its Commissioner-General Philippe Lazzarini Thursday that he had asked the organization's Gaza Director Matthias Schmale to exit the Strip and come to Jerusalem after threats were issued against him.

UNRWA strongly protested and contested the position conveyed by the De Facto authorities in Gaza that they could no longer guarantee the safety and security of our staff. Regrettably, such a position left the Agency with no other choice than to ask the staff to leave the Gaza Strip as their security is of paramount priority to UNRWA,” Lazzarini said.

Threats were issued after Schmale gave an interview to Israel’s N12 television on May 22, in which he said he did not dispute Israel’s assertion that its air strikes were “precise.”

Schmale has apologized for his remarks in which he was commenting on the ferocity of the air strikes and said: “... precision was there but there was unacceptable and unbearable loss of life on the civilian side”.

An UNRWA official told Reuters that Deputy Commissioner-General Leni Stenseth would temporarily lead the Gaza team.

“UNRWA has unequivocally condemned the killing and wounding of all civilians, including Palestine refugees, and has consistently called on all parties to ensure the protection of civilians during the recent hostilities in Gaza and the recent escalation of violence in the West Bank, including East Jerusalem,” Lazzarini said.

Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/arab-israeli-conflict/unrwa-finds-attack-tunnel-under-one-of-its-gaza-schools-670262 

:: 6-6-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: I'm Not Undermining US Democracy; 'I'm the One Trying to Save It'

By Eric Mack | Saturday, 05 June 2021 09:37 PM

Rebuking the unraveling of America under President Joe Biden, former President Donald Trump struck back at media suggesting he is attempting to "undermine American democracy," defiantly declaring: "I'm the one that's trying to save it."

"They want to silence you; they want to silence your voice," Trump told the North Carolina Republican Party Convention on Saturday night in a raucous speech.

"Remember, I am not the one trying to undermine American democracy. I'm the one that's trying to save it. Please remember that."

Trump called for election integrity measures, including signature verification, voter identification, and regulation on Big Tech funding like Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg's hundreds of millions for election drop boxes in the past presidential election.

"We all know what happened with the election, and we can never, ever let that happen again," Trump said.

Trump said America under Biden is heading to a dictatorship, although he mocked the current president for not even being the one in charge.

"We're not going to have a country if you don't have election integrity, and if you don't have strong borders, our country can be run like a dictatorship, and that's what they'd like to do," Trump said. "I don't even think Biden is the dictator.

"If anybody knows who the hell is running that operation could you let us know? Because I don't think it's Joe. But who the hell knows? Maybe it is. Maybe it is."

The trademark Trump speech began with a vow to bring the Republican Party forward in 2022 as its top endorser.

"It's great to be back in Greenville, with so many proud North Carolina patriots who love our country, support our military, respect our police, honor our flag, and always put America first," Trump began. "We don't put America's second. As we gather tonight, our country is being destroyed before our very own eyes. Crime is exploding. Police departments are being ripped apart and defunded.  "Can you believe that?"

Trump lamented the bad policies of the Biden administration that Americans are coming to accept as the new normal.

"Speaking of our leaders: They're bowing down to China; America is being demeaned and humiliated on the world stage; our freedom is being overtaken by left wing cancel culture; and the Biden administration is pushing toxic critical race theory and illegal discrimination into our children's schools," Trump said.

"Now you tell me: We take this?"

Trump called out the violent protests that roiled American cities in 2020, along with Democrats who "stick together."

"They're violent, in many cases, hate our country, and they have bad policy now," Trump continued. "Bad news. From our standpoint, they stick together. They don't have some of the people like we have. Where they go on their own, and they do what they have to they stick together. And that's the one thing they have. They stick together, but their policy is so bad.

"And we're going to have a tremendous 2022 just like we did – frankly 2020 think of it: more votes than any sitting president in the history of the United States by far – we had a great election. Bad things happened, but we had a great election."

Trump gave the stage to daughter-in-law Lara Trump briefly, who announced she will not be running for the Senate in the state in 2022.

"Because of the values my parents instilled to me, they taught me that when you do something, you give 100%; that is the only way to operate," Lara Trump said. "And because of my two kids, who are very young – 1 and 3, Carolina and Luke – it is going to be very hard for me to enter this Senate race right now.

"But I am saying no for now, not no forever."

Instead, Trump threw his endorsement behind Rep. Ted Budd, R-N.C., who also appeared briefly on stage.

"Mr. President, Laura, this means the world to me, thank you," Budd said. "We got a lot of hard work ahead, so let's win this together, and let's get back to making America Great Again."

In a video earlier Saturday, Trump thanked supporters and teased a GOP return to the White House "sooner than you think."

"We're going to take back the Senate, we're going to take back the House, and we're going to take back the White House sooner than you think," Trump said in a video circulating on Twitter before his North Carolina GOP Conference speech Saturday night.

"It's going to be really something special. But the love and the affection and the respect you've given all of us, it's really important.

"The Republican Party is strong than it's ever been, and it's going to be a lot strong than it is right now."

Despite social media rumors the former president was talking about an August return to the White House, advisers and those close to the president have denied he is maintaining that belief.

There are election audits being conducted in Arizona and potentially starting up in Pennsylvania, key battlegrounds that went to President Joe Biden, but Trump's video did not mention election fraud or the audits before his anticipated address to the GOP in North Carolina, a state he won by around 70,000 votes last November.

"We're going to turn it around; we're going to turn it around fast," Trump concluded in the video. "Thank you all so very much. That support has been incredible. Thank you."

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/gop-north-carolina-speech-republican-party/2021/06/05/id/1024051/ 

:: 5-28-21 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Memorial Day Flags to Fly UPSIDE DOWN

Nation News Desk 28 May 2021 Hits: 2477

The American people, heading into the Memorial Day holiday weekend, are flying their flags UPSIDE DOWN indicating the nation is in "dire distress" with an ILLEGITIMATE PRESIDENT, a Congress that rubber-stamped the fraud, and courts which refused to even hear lawsuits to redress grievances.

Americans of every kind are fed-up with the ongoing election fraud that allowed Joe Biden to STEAL the Presidency and they are speaking out via the symbolism of flying their US flags upside down.

From private homes, to Apartments, To even Military Veterans standing on the streets . . .

American flags are being flown UPSIDE DOWN this Memorial Day Weekend.

Even commercial businesses like Shopping Centers are doing it:

Americans are fed-up with being lied to that a man who barely knows where he is, is claimed to have gotten 80 Million Votes, with no rallies, no visible voter support, no substantial viewers on his pre-election video feeds . . . nothing.

Yet a small cadre of brazen criminals, perpetrated election fraud using computer software, and foreign printing companies to alter vote totals, and insert hundreds of thousands of fraudulent Ballots into counting machines.

Now that Audits are underway in several key states, voters are getting to see just how vast the fraud actually was:

In Atlanta's Fulton County alone, upwards of 30,000 completely fake Ballots, printed on DIFFERENT PAPER than all the rest, were marked by machine for Joe Biden . . . no pen or pencil to fill in the vote . . . done instead by machine, in a state where Biden allegedly won by ten thousand votes statewide. In this one county alone, the fraudulent ballots exceed the margin of victory.

So blatant is the fraud that the Fulton County Board of Election has hired two CRIMINAL DEFENSE ATTORNEYS to represent them. Yes, you read that right, CRIMINAL DEFENSE ATTORNEYS. It's almost as if they KNOW what was done and they also know someone's going to prison for it. (Story HERE)

In Arizona's Maricopa County, the Board of Supervisors is so adamant to obstruct, stall, divert, or stop the ongoing election audit, they have refused to cooperate with Subpoenas issued by the State Senate, refused to turn over certain items under subpoena, have filed multiple lawsuits to block, delay, or outright halt, the audit, and don't care one wit that the public knows they're doing this to cover up a stolen election.

On top of the stolen election, there's the whole COVID-19 nonsense; where a virus with a 99.7% survival rate, was treated as if it was some kind of Pandemic, then used to lock people in their homes, destroy family businesses, wreck people's personal credit when they couldn't go to work at closed companies, destroy homeowner mortgages that couldn't be paid for the same reason, all for a virus that was about as nasty as the Flu.

Most recently, the issuance of a so-called "vaccine" that has already reportedly KILLED over 4800 people who took it. As of May 28, vaccine deaths are headed toward being worse than the deaths from the disease itself!!!!

So this Memorial Day, Americans are saying the nation is in dire distress by flying their flags upside down.

We thought you should know.

ONLY THREE (3) DAYS LEFT -- June Fund Raising!

TODAY IS MAY 28 AND THAT LEAVES ONLY THREE (3) DAYS TO REACH THE GOAL.

The reason I am seeking $7500 this month has to do with the purchase of SIMIAN Broadcast Automation Software for the Bugout Studio location. The software itself cost $2000 and a guy told me last month that HE would donate the $2,000 to cover it; but the donation NEVER CAME.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/memorial-day-flag-to-fly-upside-down 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

[ :: 4-8-12 am service (first word) :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You have seen Russia as she is preparing to move down upon Israel with the other nation. etc..  

[ :: 12-31-12/1-1-13 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You will see Russia as she begins to move even more clearly than she has in the past. Syria, it will be gone such as you know it and the Muslims will have total control along with the nerve gas, along with the poison gas, along with their nuclear weapons. etc..

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 5-26-21 The Drive :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Right On Cue, Russian Tu-22M3 Bombers Now Flying From Syria Brandish Anti-Ship Missiles

Less than two days after arriving in Syria, the bombers are flying patrols over the Mediterranean carrying Mach 4-capable anti-ship missiles.

By Thomas Newdick May 26, 2021

Thomas Newdick View Thomas Newdick's Articles @CombatAir

The Russian Ministry of Defense has released new video and photos showing the current deployment of three Tu-22M3 Backfire-C swing-wing bombers to Khmeimim airbase in Syria, the story of which we were first to report on Monday and followed up on a day later with additional details. Now, as we expected, one of the jets has appeared toting a single example of the enormous Kh-22 series standoff missile. Known in the West as the AS-4 Kitchen, the weapon is now primarily used for anti-shipping strike, in keeping with the maritime mission that Moscow has said the Backfires will undertake while in Syria.

A video published today by the Russian Ministry of Defense’s official television station, TV Zvezda, shows crew strapping into one of the four-seat bombers at Khmeimim, with an example of the A-50U Mainstayairborne early warning aircraft visible on the ramp in the background. An unarmed Russian Aerospace Forces Tu-22M3 is shown departing the airbase, while another is shown flying, with a single Kh-22 (or possibly a modernized Kh-32) carried asymmetrically, under the port wing. There is also an inflight sequence onboard one of the bombers, revealing the non-upgraded cockpit and one of the pilots studying a paper map. Additional footage published by the same source also shows Su-35S Flanker escort fighters departing to accompany the bombers.

The two bombers that can be identified while loaded with missiles are ‘Red 15,’ wearing the Russian registration RF-94149, and thought to be homebased at Shaykovka in western Russia, and ‘Red 50,’ RF-34091, from Belaya in the Russian Far East.

There is also a series of photos taken of the bombers at the Syrian base, showing a missile-armed aircraft landing, and again on the hardstand, as well as shots of ground crew wearing desert-colored summer flying suits. The caption to this series is “Crews of Tu-22M3 long-range bombers have begun to perform missions in the Mediterranean sea zone.”

Since this is the first deployment of Tu-22M3s — or any Russian long-range bomber —to the Syrian base, it wasn’t guaranteed that they would have brandished any weapons. So far, it’s not possible to confirm if more than two missiles are available to the three bombers at Khmeimim and it’s even possible that only these two rounds are on hand to provide for training — and media opportunities of this type.

Theoretically, each Tu-22M3 can carry as many as three of these 38-foot, liquid—fueled missiles, although a single example is a far more common payload. These missiles are best known as high-speed ship-killers, for which they can be armed with a nuclear of conventional warhead, but there is also a nuclear-only land-attack version that can be used to attack high-value stationary targets, such as airbases or ports.

Since the Backfire-C is the only aircraft in the Russian inventory that currently carries the Kh-22 or Kh-32, having examples of the missiles in Syria is significant, as there wouldn’t have been stockpiles of them at the base to begin with.

The appearance of the Backfire and anti-ship missile combination is also fully in line with the Russian Ministry of Defense’s description of the current deployment as fulfilling “the tasks of mastering the airspace in the maritime zone of the Mediterranean Sea.”

We have already examined how a Tu-22M3, armed with a single Kh-22, can range across the Eastern Mediterranean, over the Black Sea, and even the Red Sea, from Syria, presenting a serious threat to NATO shipping. In its anti-ship version, the Kh-22, while positively antiquated, would still provide the defensive systems operators of any surface warships with a serious headache. Launched at Mach 1.5, the missile accelerates to a cruising speed of Mach 3 after flying for around 14 miles. Then, when approaching the target, the missile dives at an angle of around 30 degrees, accelerating to a terminal speed of Mach 4.1. Maximum range of the anti-shipping Kh-22 is over 300 miles, while the improved Kh-32 is said to extend this to more than 500 miles.

Ahead of the Tu-22M3 deployment to Syria, Russia undertook extensive renovation work at the airfield, extending one of the two runways as well as resurfacing and adding new lighting and radio communications aids on both of them. At the time, The War Zone postulated that this was to accommodate bomber operations of the Mediterranean, to NATO’s chagrin. You can read more about that effort and its other potential implications for Russian airpower in this previous story.

So far, the inaugural Tu-22M3 deployment to Syria has played out much as we predicted. Now that it’s confirmed that the bomber will operate in a maritime role, and potentially carry anti-ship missiles, too, it will be fascinating to see where they venture next in the Mediterranean theater and what NATO's response to their presence will be.

Contact the author: thomas@thedrive.com 

https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/40800/right-on-cue-russian-tu-22m3-bombers-now-flying-from-syria-brandish-anti-ship-missiles 

:: 5-28-21 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

OUT OF THIS WORLD ‘Mystery’ UFOs spotted by US Navy subs traveling at ‘unprecedented speed’ may come from ‘underwater base’

Patrick Knox  28 May 2021, 10:33Updated: 28 May 2021, 11:28

UFOs detected traveling at "unprecedented speeds" by US Navy nuke submarines may come from an underwater base, it has been claimed.

The Pentagon is said to have confirmed footage showing a mysterious pyramid as genuine ahead of a potentially explosive official report on numerous UFO sightings.

US Navy submarines have detected "unknown" craft traveling at unprecedented speeds

The craft reportedly had the ability to travel at incredible speeds above and in the water

The submarine sightings were revealed by Tom Rogan from the Washington Examiner.

Rogan told Fox News' Tucker Carlson it is not thought the craft could be technology from a foreign power.

He said: "I have heard from very good sources and that the US Navy has the data.

"I think what we may well be looking at a true unknown.

"Relevant to this video, an area we will learn more about is the interaction between US Navy submarines, nuclear ballistic submarines and attack submarines, picking up sonar contact of things moving at hundreds of knots under the water.

"Which is to say, intelligently controlled machinery that is not understood to be in the possession of the United States, China or Russia, which are the most three most advanced countries in terms of military aviation.

"Researching this, there isn't anything that we have, top secret information about what China or Russia have or what we have at Area 51, that can do what these things do in terms of the variable performance."

I think what we may well be looking at a true unknown

Tom Rogan, DC political journalist

Rogan added: "It's just part of a much larger series of events we are going to be learning about."

Officials have supposedly speculated the mysterious "crafts", which been seen swarming US Navy vessels in recent years, could be coming from an underwater base, reports the Daily Star.

The claim comes from filmmaker Jeremy Corbell, who hit headlines around the world when he released the now-famous “pyramid UFO” video, taken by crew aboard the USS Russell off San Diego in July 2019.

It comes as U.S. intelligence agencies are expected to deliver an unprecedented report on "unidentified aerial phenomena" to Congress next month.

The unclassified report, compiled by the director of national intelligence and the secretary of defense, aims to finally make public what the Pentagon knows about UFOs.

Steve Bassett, who has tirelessly worked to end the 74-year embargo of classified information on UFOs, told The Sun Online he believes intelligence agencies are preparing to lift the lid on extraterrestrial encounters.

He said: "What is going down right now is extraordinary. This is really a big deal. We may be in the last days of the truth embargo.

"We might be finally about to get the confirmation of the ET presence we have been waiting [almost] 75 years for.

"This would be the most profound event in human history."

Perhaps one of the most extraordinary interventions on UFOs came from former US President Barack Obama, who sensationally addressed the topic on CBS.

The Senate Intelligence Committee has voted to require U.S. intelligence agencies and the Defense Department to compile a detailed public analysis of all data collected on 'unidentified aerial phenomenon,'

This includes crafts that have been buzzing US Navy shipsCredit: US Department of Defense

What is going on with UFOs in the US?

UFOS have stepped from fringe conspiracy theories to a genuine national security debate in the US.

Pentagon officials last year took the unprecedented step to release of trio of remarkable videos which showed US encounters with UFOs.

The debate is still open as to what the phenomena caught on film were – but it made clear to everyone, something is in the skies.

Perhaps the most striking was a video known as the “Tic Tac” – which showed an unidentified object being pursued by fighter planes.

The US also confirmed the existence of the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program (AATIP) – a Pentagon programme set up to study UFOs before being disbanded in 2017.

However, it was replaced by the UAP Task Force in June 2020 after a vote by the US Senate Intelligence Committee.

Defence chiefs have since confirmed a number of leaked UFO videos and photos which were submitted to the Task Force for investigation.

Why this sudden rush for transparency?

No outside the secretive wings of the US government currently knows for sure.

And as a tacked on addendum to a 5,500 page Covid relief bill passed in December, the the Director of National Intelligence’s office was ordered to compile a report on UFOs within 180 days. Former intelligence director John Ratcliffe has hinted the report will be a big deal – and we now just over a month away from its release.

The five month deadline elapses on in June, with some UFO lobbyists claiming it could be the “most profound moment in human history“.

Obama said: "What is true, and I’m actually being serious here, is that there’s footage and records of objects in the skies, that we don’t know exactly what they are, we can’t explain how they moved, their trajectory

"They did not have an easily explainable pattern. And so, you know I think that people still take seriously trying to investigate and figure out what that is."

Yesterday The Sun reported how a new chilling UFO video appears to show a US Navy warship being swarmed by 14 "spherical" crafts traveling at up to 160mph.

Numerous objects can be seen swarming across the green and black screen in the ship's combat information centre.

In October it was reported Russian submarines are fighting a secret war with "alien" craft deep under the oceans, according to top secret Kremlin documents.

In scenes straight out of a Hollywood movie, Soviet subs are playing a game of cat and mouse with strange underwater craft, according to a new book called Russia's USO Secrets, by Brit investigator Philip Mantle, based on Russian documents and accounts from military veterans.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/15094759/mystery-ufo-spotted-us-navy-sub/ 

:: 5-28-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UFO whistleblower accuses Pentagon of concerted effort to discredit him & hide ‘truth’ from American people

by RT May 28th 2021, 4:14 am

Luis Elizondo, who ran the Pentagon’s UFO program for years and recently revealed it to the world, says the US military tried to intimidate and smear him. His complaint apparently triggered an inspector-general probe.

Elizondo is a counterintelligence specialist who was in charge of the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program (AATIP) before it was disbanded in 2012. Five years later, he made public three US Navy videos showing “unexplained aerial phenomena” (UAP). The US military later confirmed the videos as authentic, but said they were not meant for publication.

Earlier this month, Elizondo filed a 64-page complaint with the Defense Department’s inspector general’s (IG) office, accusing several individuals of dragging his name through the mud, threatening his employment, and even trying to strip him of his security clearance.

What he is saying is there are certain individuals in the Defense Department who in fact were attacking him and lying about him publicly, using the color of authority of their offices to disparage him and discredit him and were interfering in his ability to seek and obtain gainful employment out in the world,” Daniel Sheehan, Elizondo’s attorney, told Politico.

Those individuals engaged in “malicious activities, coordinated disinformation, professional misconduct, whistleblower reprisal and explicit threats,” according to the complaint.

But the Deep State has a trick up its sleeve, with indictments against Trump as well as fake UFO “revelations.” Tune in to the #1 censored show on the planet to find out what they’re not telling you!

Elizondo has met with IG investigators several times already, and told them he had documentary evidence “which suggests a coordinated effort to obfuscate the truth from the American people while impugning my reputation as a former intelligence officer at the Pentagon.”

In one particular episode, shortly after Elizondo left government service he says a senior official told him they would “tell people you are crazy, and it might impact your security clearance.”

He also brought up an apparent campaign involving several bloggers, who were told he had no duties at AATIP, and that it had nothing to do with UFOs. “As a result, the bloggers began to disseminate reporting, accusing me of being a fabricator, ”Elizondo told the inspectors.

The last straw seems to have been an inquiry he received in April from the Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency, requesting a new interview so he could maintain his security clearance – which had just been renewed in January.

The Pentagon would not comment on Politico’s story. While the IG office declined to confirm or deny an investigation based on Elizondo’s complaint, a day after receiving it the IG announced a probe into the AATIP program.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/ufo-whistleblower-accuses-pentagon-of-concerted-effort-to-discredit-him-hide-truth-from-american-people/ 

:: 5-28-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

USDA Hitting Food Supply Chain with Cattle Surveillance & A Level-4 Animal Disease Laboratory

Corey Lynn / May 28, 2021

Remember the days when you thought chipping a cute little kitten you rescued from an animal shelter was super convenient, in case the little guy ever strayed? How innocent it all seemed. It was such a grand idea that “activists” pushed so hard for. Fast forward a couple decades and it’s easy to see where this was all headed, and right now, the cattle are being targeted and humans aren’t far behind. Coincidentally, RFID (radio frequency identification) chips were piloted on cattle in three states, one of which is about to get a level-4 biosafety laboratory.

Microchipping pets was introduced in 1986, though DARPA had long been working with microchips prior to that. By 1996, ISO standards were created so that all microchips would be compatible with the same scanner. So in 2003, when a single cow was determined to have bovine spongiform encephalopathy (mad cow disease) in Washington state, the USDA set out to develop a national identification program by 2008-2009. That following year, APHIS (Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service) launched NAIS, a program between state and local government and the livestock industry to trace, manage and eradicate animal disease. To date, there have only been 6 cases of mad cow in the US, but that could all change with a new BSL-4 laboratory Things were moving quickly in the world of microchipping. In 2004, the FDA approved an implantable RFID chip with a 16 digit identification number, to access medical records. The Verichip, manufactured by Applied Digital Systems, provides access to a persons medical records, personal information, family contact info, and insurance. By 2006, the Data Privacy and Integrity Advisory Committee to the Secretary and the Chief Privacy Officer of the Department of Homeland Security prepared a report on ‘The Use of RFID for Human Identity Verification,’ concluding that they had “concern that the deployment of RFID-enabled systems represents the potential for widespread surveillance of individuals, including US citizens, without their knowledge or consent.” Certainly, this administration will have differing views on that since tracking and surveillance is the name of their game.

In 2007 the USDA approved Digital Angel’s RFID chip for equine use. The Bio-Thermo LifeChip contains a passive transponder that can be read by an ISO-compliant reader. That same year, the USDA purchased $600,000 worth of RFID tags for cattle, from Digital Angel.

Despite the RFID tags being a voluntary program at that time, Michigan decided to make it mandatory “to aid efforts in eradication of bovine tuberculosis,” though it is so rare today, it only occurs 7 times per 1 million cattle herds on an annual basis.

Just last year, APHIS awarded contracts to provide up to 8 million RFID chips to cattle and bison producers.  The contracts were awarded to: Allflex (Dallas, TX), Datamars (Temple, TX), and Y-Tex (Cody, WY). “USDA continues its commitment to protecting our Nation’s animal agriculture by increasing traceability in the cattle and bison sectors, in this case by providing free RFID tags to interested producers,” said Under Secretary for Marketing and Regulatory Programs Greg Ibach. “This will not only help offset the costs of switching to RFID tags, but also help us more quickly respond to potential disease events.”

They also state that the “USDA believes that RFID devices will provide States and the cattle and bison industries with the best opportunity to rapidly contain the spread of high economic impact diseases. Use of RFID tags better positions the livestock industry, State and Federal veterinarians to accurately and quickly trace animals exposed or infected with potentially devastating diseases before they can do substantial damage to the U.S. livestock industry.“

Why the hard push? It sounds eerily familiar. What diseases are they so up in arms about that haven’t been able to be traced by the identification ear tags worn by cattle for decades? Is it the 6 mad cow cases the US has seen?  Foot-and-mouth disease (FMD) was eradicated in the US in 1929. It is a highly contagious viral disease which can spread quickly causing illness in cows, pigs, sheep, goats, deer, and other animals with divided hooves. It does not affect horses, dogs, or cats. Though it’s been eradicated, if the virus were to surface, a single detection could stop international trade completely and cause grave economic consequences. Knowing this, they have still chosen to move the BSL-4 animal disease research laboratory, who has these virus samples for study, from Plum Island NY to mainland Kansas. More on this below.

The USDA and APHIS were pushing hard for mandatory RFID tags on cattle, but they were met with resistance, so they backed down for a short stint on making them mandatory and APHIS released a statement saying they will encourage the use of RFID devices through financial incentives and will revisit this for future requirements. It’s reminiscent of how the Covid injections are being incentivized and pushed with vaccine id passports.

On March 23, 2021, the USDA announced its intent to pursue rulemaking on RFID use in animal disease traceability by 2023. In other words, they’re not giving up. They have a big plan that needs to be carried out. Many livestock producers are not on board with this agenda. The Billings, MT cattlemen’s group known as R-CALF, represented by the legal nonprofit New Civil Liberties Alliance (NCLA), is fighting the RFID technology in a federal court in Wyoming. The NCLA’s latest court document states “This case comes down to whether the U.S. Department of Agriculture and its subagency, the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (collectively “USDA”), either “established” or “utilized” two advisory committees within the meaning of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA)” and that they “failed to comply with the statutory requirements of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA).”

The NCLA alleges that one advisory committee, the Cattle Traceability Working Group (CTWG) was formed in 2017 with the intention of transitioning to mandatory RFIDs that would be further achieved by creating an industry-led task force to provide “technical advice” and support. The other advisory committee in question is called the ‘Producer Traceability Council’ (PTC), which consists of only pro-RFID individuals, was established in the spring of 2019 after the CTWG was ultimately dissolved due to disagreements over RFID eartags within the committee, according to NCLA. Joe Leathers, manager of the 6666 Ranch in Texas, and Chuck Adami with Equity Cooperative Livestock Sales Assn. are the PTC’s co-chairs.

The NCLA insist that the CTWG and the PRC are federal advisory committees covered by FACA, and the USDA failed to comply with procedures required by FACA for those committees. According to NCLA, the USDA established the committees without first filing a charter, failing to abide by FACA’s meeting, public access, disclosure, and balanced representation requirements.

They also contend that the USDA is in violation of the 2013 Final Rule. In 2013, the USDA issued a Final Rule confirming that cattle and bison producers need not use RFID eartags and could instead use brands, tattoos, metal eartags, group identification numbers, or backtags. The RFID chips would allow tracking of the cattle with an identification number, GPS location, and date and time. R-CALF says that there is a “hidden mandate” in the APHIS proposal requiring cattlemen to register their premises and obtain premise ID numbers. “Current regulations do not require a producer to register his or her premises as a prerequisite to shipping cattle interstate, but the proposal to mandate RFID does,” according to R-CALF.

The World Economic Forum’s Involvement In January 2019, the World Economic Forum put out their “Improving Traceability in Food Value Chains Through Technology Innovations” 33-page report as part of their “Great Reset,” in collaboration with McKinsey & Company.

“The Fourth Industrial Revolution is transforming food systems under our eyes. But we cannot take its benefits for granted, especially in developing countries where the value chain is dominated by smallholder farmers and small and medium food enterprises. Now is the time to look at emerging technologies and ask ourselves what we can do, on the policy and advocacy side, to make sure they are moving the world in the direction of inclusive and sustainable development.” – Juergen Voegele Senior Director, Food and Agriculture Global Practice, The World Bank

In this report, they make clear that “emerging traceability technologies could be a powerful tool for small-scale producers; however, without the proper pathways to scale there is risk of such producers getting left behind due to the up-front costs and operational requirements. Successful development of traceability requires multi-stakeholder collaboration to address the unique traceability challenges different value-chain players face.”

This is about control of the farmers, ranchers, and food supply chain – straight down the line to the food you are allowed access to. Every human being, every animal, every vehicle, every piece of food, every product you purchase, and even your bank account will be tracked and surveilled. You won’t even be able to go to the bathroom without them knowing because your homes are affixed with smart devices everywhere you turn. Get rid of the smart devices and loosen technology’s grip on your mind.

The WEF “Great Reset” charts are quite expansive and very telling. They break down the “future of food” with “agricultural inclusivity” which directly points to “digital economy and new value creation.” What do you believe a “value creation” is? They also want a “digital infrastructure for all” with a “digital identity.” Beginning to see the picture? Keep clicking on each topic to see the endless power and control they wish to have over the world, in over 200 charts.

Level-4 Biosafety Animal Disease Research Laboratory

The USDA will have everyone believe that this is about “protecting the nation’s food supply and public health,” as indicated in their announcement of the new National Bio and Agro-Defense Facility (NBAF) in Manhattan, Kansas. The BSL-4 Plum Island Animal Disease Center, overseen by DHS, is moving to Kansas under the new NBAF name and will now be owned, managed and operated by the USDA. The new $1.25 billion facility is being constructed on Kansas State University’s Manhattan campus, adjacent to the university’s Biosecurity Research Institute, and is expected to be operational in 2023, the same year they want full compliance with RFID chips.

The NBAF animal disease research facility will be the only location in the U.S. where scientists will study live foot-and-mouth disease in livestock, which was accidentally released on Plum Island back in 1978. They will also be studying deadly zoonotic diseases that are highly contagious, can spread between humans and animals, and that don’t have any known vaccinations or treatments.

Kansas was chosen in 2008, from six potential locations, despite the fact that the Government Accountability Office conducted a study finding that “DHS has neither conducted nor commissioned any study to determine whether work on foot-and-mouth disease (FMD) can be done safely on the U.S. mainland….Therefore, GAO believes DHS does not have evidence to conclude that FMD work can be done safely on the U.S. mainland. While location, in general, confers no advantage in preventing a release, location can help prevent the spread of pathogens and, thus, a resulting disease outbreak if there is a release. Give that there is always some risk of a release from any biocontainment facility, most experts GAO spoke with said that an island location can provide additional protection.”

Another alarming virus sample housed at this laboratory is Rinderpest (cattle plague)

There are currently 27 institutions holding onto the live virus known as rinderpest (cattle plague). The last known case occurred in Kenya in 2001 and was declared eradicated in 2011, but the World Organization for Animal Health (OIE) say that the virus is stored in too many locations and there’s a risk that someone could accidentally release it, or even do so on purpose. OIE has been trying to convince research centers to destroy the samples because if it were released it would be devastating. Rinderpest is a highly contagious viral disease in livestock, particularly cattle and buffalo, with a high casualty rate. Rinderpest has not been known to infect humans.

The OIE and the U.N.’s Food and Agriculture Organization have named five research centers as authorized locations for storing the virus. Guess which US research center made the cut? The Plum Island Animal Disease Center, which is moving to Kansas.

Dr. Hamilton, who formerly worked for OIE, as well as the UK Government, published this survey in December 2015 that states the Animal Disease Center should maintain a sample of the virus, just two months after taking a newly created position at Kansas State University as the new Executive Director for International Programs, which includes global health security agendas and biological threat reduction.

Just how significant are cattle in Kansas?

The top 10 states with the most cattle.

The top 10 states with the most beef cows account for roughly 59% of the Is The USDA “Protecting The Nation’s Food Supply and Public Health?”

Does this statement by the USDA add up? Is putting a BSL-4 animal disease research facility in the middle of the meat belt a wise idea? The GAO and numerous others certainly don’t think so. Do the USDA, World Economic Forum, and countless other organizations and government arms have other motivations?

The USDA’s prominent footer on their website, certainly reveals some of their motives, including “climate smart food.” They want to “transform America’s food system.” Sometimes, they tell it exactly like it is.

USDA touches the lives of all Americans each day in so many positive ways. In the Biden-Harris Administration, USDA is transforming America’s food system with a greater focus on more resilient local and regional food production, fairer markets for all producers, ensuring access to safe, healthy and nutritious food in all communities, building new markets and streams of income for farmers and producers using climate smart food and forestry practices, making historic investments in infrastructure and clean energy capabilities in rural America, and committing to equity across the Department by removing systemic barriers and building a workforce more representative of America.

One way they want to “transform America’s food system” is through gene editing and lab grown meat. In 2018, the USDA and National Institute of Food and Agriculture (NIFA), released their competitive grants announcement. One priority program area was (pgs 58-59):

Technologies and scientific advancements of interest include, but are not limited to, gene editing; gene drives; the analysis of big data, and tools and approaches for collecting big data from agricultural producers; agricultural nanotechnology, and unconventional sources of protein (e.g., lab-grown meat).

They go on to say, “Technologies such as gene drives and genome editing, big data, nanotechnology, and lab grown meat, have tremendous capability in shaping the future of agriculture, requiring the scientific community to develop effective means of communicating and engaging with the public.”

Is this how Americans want them to “shape the future in agriculture?” Perhaps it’s time for Americans to get more involved in what is happening with the food supply chain, control over our farmers and ranchers, protesting a BSL-4 lab in the middle of the meat belt, paying attention to what is going on in this country, and getting vocal about it.

This report was written by Corey Lynn of Corey’s Digs for The Solari Report.

Article posted with permission from Corey Lynn, posted from CoreysDigs.com

https://thewashingtonstandard.com/usda-hitting-food-supply-chain-with-cattle-surveillance-a-level-4-animal-disease-laboratory/ 

:: 5-27-21 N C Renegade :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Longer Things Are Delayed, The Longer We Wait, The Harder It Will Be To Reclaim The FREEDOM Our Children Rightly Deserve.

Posted on May 27, 2021 by Wes Rhinier

We are paralyzed. Paralyzed by fear. We have not acted due to the fact that people love their cushy lives, and the material possessions they have accumulated. We don’t act out of fear of losing those we love. We don’t act because doing so will forever change us. There will be an incredible loss of life. However if we don’t act there will be an incredible loss of life, it’s what communist do.

People say there is no plan, no leadership, and no consensus, this too complicates things. It keeps people from doing what in their hearts they know must be done. Our side can’t agree on anything, just look in our comment section. If we can’t stop with all the pettiness against each other, it’s going to be damn near impossible to unite and fight against this tyranny we are faced with.

People need to realize that the country we grew up in is forever gone. What is going to take its place is up to us. You know it, deep down in your bones, you know I’m right. Accept it. All those on our side should be willing to lay it all on the line to secure a future for our children and grandchildren. Quit worrying about surviving, that is not important. We should be willing to do whatever is necessary to kill this evil that we are faced with. If you aren’t willing to do that then you have lost already.

Quit obeying every edict these little tyrants are throwing your way. Quit going along to get along. Stand up! Incrementally they are taking everything from us and we are doing nothing except griping about it under our breath.

I don’t know what steps we should take. I know what I am personally willing to do, however I have no wish to be a martyr. Yes times are different from when our founders fought to establish this once great country, but that is no excuse. We are to always fight for liberty. Tyranny flourishes when good men do nothing and that is exactly what is happening.

Preserving your life should not be the most important thing. If you would accept that truth, it would free you up to make the hard choices we are faced with. Nothing that is coming is going to be pleasant. I think it’s going to make all the dark dystopian movies of all time look like child’s play.

I myself am guilty of the same things you are. But I have been in the belly of the beast and tried correcting the system from within, and I’m here to tell you that you have no idea how corrupt it is even at the local level. And don’t even think of screaming at me “we can vote the bastards out next time!” We have tried all peaceful means of settling this problem we are faced with. We are down to our final option and its how things have been settled throughout this history of man, Violence.

The time to decide whether you will go steadily into the darkness is fast approaching. War is upon us, whether we like it or not. The longer things are delayed, the longer we wait, the harder it will be to reclaim the FREEDOM our children rightly deserve.       Wes

https://ncrenegade.com/the-longer-things-are-delayed-the-longer-we-wait-the-harder-it-will-be-to-reclaim-the-freedom-our-children-rightly-deserve/ 

:: 5-28-21 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Israel Is Losing the Propaganda War in America

8:00AM EDT 5/28/2021 Blake Lorenz

The proverbial elephant is in the room and it is stomping on Israel. Yet, I fear we are unwilling to see the future as it is unfolding in human history.

Israel is losing the global propaganda war. Its stance in the world community has fallen in the last 10 years where even the USA is becoming divided over her right to govern her sovereign land she settled nearly 3,400 years ago.

When the rocket attacks from Hamas began, the weight of blame came not on the terrorists, but upon Israel. Violence against American Jews happened openly in NYC, LA, and around the country by Palestinian thugs, the media hardly took notice.

When I read that 1,000 Apple employees sent their CEO a letter urging him to take the side of the Palestinians, I realized Israel was losing the propaganda war in America.

The Palestinian propaganda machine has been highly effective on our college campuses. Their indoctrination of young students has helped build a strong argument against Israel. Similarly, their manipulation and influence in the UN has changed the world view of Israel.

Remember, there are hundreds of millions of Arabs with much wealth and influence in our world compared to the 8 million Jews in Israel and the several other million Jews around the globe. he Arabs have the resources to spread their false narrative and influence our colleges with their grant money and nations with their oil production.

We have leaders in Congress who openly state that Hamas is justified in their rocket attacks on Israel. Even though there has been some push back from President Biden, no real action has been taken to condemn this outrageous and false narrative against Israel.

What if before we entered the Second World War, we had leaders in Congress say Nazi Germany was justified in bombing France and then England. They would have been run out of town.

I found it interesting that one of the members of Congress called the Palestinians Arabs. They went on to condemn Israel as an occupying Colonial power. I thought, how ignorant and misinformed she was.

If the Palestinians are Arabs, then they came into the land after the Muslim Arabs conquered Jerusalem at the end of the 7th century AD. The Jews had settled this same land close to 2,000 years prior. This is common history.

If anyone would like to read a true account of the history of the Arab/Palestinian and Israel conflict read, "From Time Immemorial," by Joan Peters, published in 1984. Joan was an ardent activist who marched with Martin Luther King.

She then went to Israel to defend the Palestinian cause against Israel. What she discovered stunned her. The fault of the Arab-Jewish struggle could not be laid at the door of the Jews, but it was the fault of the Arabs, especially since the land had been settled by the Jews nearly 2,000 years before the Arabs conquered the land from the Byzantines, who had occupied the Jewish state inherited from the Roman Empire, who had taken it from the descendants of Alexander the Great, who had driven out the Persians, who had inherited it from the Babylonians.

The Jews had been in the land for around 800 years before the Babylonians took Jerusalem and sent the Jews into exile in 605 BC. They then returned 70 years later to resettle their homeland.

Yet, the Palestinians have sold many of the nations of the world the falsehood that it is their land and even say Jesus was not a Jew, but a Palestinian. Why is this not challenged by the media and our world leaders?

You cannot win the argument when your foundational premise is based on a lie. Darkness is the Devil's friend. The false narrative against Israel is darkness.

Now, I am not dismissing the suffering of the Palestinian people, but it is their own brother and sister Arabs that have brought this suffering upon them. Because of the terrorism the PLO, then Hezzbollah and Hamas and many other misled Arabs have caused such death and acts of terror in Israel, that the Jewish state had to act to stop the horrors of terrorism within their borders.

The Jews are completely open to live as one with the Arabs in Israel. But they must defend themselves against the objectives of Iran and the terror organizations to destroy Israel as a nation and establish Arab-Muslim rule over Jerusalem and the land.

Israel has an impressive army and the backing of America in their opposition to the Arab-Muslim goal to drive them into the sea. Now, I want to share what few are willing to declare. The other elephant in the room: God is on Israel's side. That is not to say God is against the Arab/Palestinians, but God's plan of redemption runs through the Jews. Jesus is Jewish!

The Bible has foretold all the world events that are happening, especially with Israel. The Jewish prophets from Isaiah to Zachariah wrote of what is occurring now and in the past 150 years.

Isaiah prophesied that Israel would be reborn in a day. That happened by UN decree in 1948. Jeremiah foretold that God would bring the Jews home from the four corners of the earth. That began around 150 years ago as a trickle and now a river of Jews are coming home.

Daniel prophesied God's kingdom in Israel through the Messiah, that it would become the last and greatest kingdom on earth.

Daniel, Ezekiel, and Zachariah also prophesied of the end time wars that would lead to the coming of the Messiah. Zachariah went so far as to say that the nations of the earth would gather against Jerusalem and take half the city before the Messiah would come to destroy these nations.

These nations are the goat nations that Jesus said would not bless Israel, but condemn her and seek to destroy her. Jesus would judge these nations for their unwillingness to help "the least of these."

Jesus prophesied that there would come a time when Jerusalem would no longer be trampled by the Gentiles. This was fulfilled in 1967 when the Jews re-established Jerusalem as their capital in the 6 Day War.

These are but a few of the prophecies concerning Israel and the land. There are numerous other prophecies given in the Bible all coming true as predicted!

There will be no lasting peace until the Messiah comes to deliver Israel in a greater miracle than the Red Sea. This miracle began in the return of the Jews to their homeland as Jeremiah prophesied and will end in the Messiah coming from heaven to usher in God's promise of peace and justice which will come forth from the Messiah as He establishes His rule over all the nations of the earth centered in Jerusalem.

We dare not come against God and His plan for Israel. That does not mean we cannot assist in helping the Palestinians, but not at Israel's expense. The land is Israel's by God's decree given to Abraham around 2000 BC. That is the covenant of God, fulfilled in Jesus Christ 2,000 years later.

People can debate this and even deny it, but the truth is God's Hand is on Israel. The Bible prophesies make it clear God will protect Israel and defeat all armies that come against her. Since 1948 this has happened in miraculous ways as Israel defeated all armies that have come against her despite overwhelming odds. There is no other explanation but God.

There will be no solution to the Israel predicament until the Messiah comes. We are wasting our energies in trying to come up with a two-nation solution. The best answer is to bring about reconciliation between the Jews and Arabs, but the terrorists will not permit it, nor will Iran.

Thus, we need to defend Israel as one nation, not divide the land, and pray for the Messiah to come. War is inevitable in the end. Truth is the only answer. Lies will only result in more darkness. Jesus said He was the Way, the Truth, and the Life ... The truth will set you free.

P.S. A dear friend of mine read the draft of this article and he reminded me the land of Israel is God's land, Jeremiah 2:7 and Joel 3:2. God gave the land to Abraham and his descendants. We should honor what God desires or He may curse our land. Therefore, Israel has a responsibility to be the best stewards of this gift from God.

What does that mean in terms of dealing with the Arab/Palestinians?

Blake Lorenz is the senior pastor at Encounter Global Outreach in Orlando, Florida. Check out his daily blog at blakelorenz.com and his podcast Awaken with Blake Lorenz on the Charisma Podcast Network.

https://www.charismanews.com/us/85566-why-israel-is-losing-the-propaganda-war-in-america 

:: 5-27-21 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Romanian Group Arrested in Florida for Stealing over $740,000 from 636 Churches

John Paluska | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Thursday, May 27, 2021

Accordian to the Florida Department of Law Enforcement, a group of Romanian nationals located in Florida stole $740,000 from hundreds of churches by stealing contribution checks from their mailboxes and cashing them. Authorities said the money was spent on automobiles, food, clothing and high-value wire transfers to Romania, Fox News reports. In what officials are dubbing "Operation Thou Shalt Not Steal," four people have been detained, and two more are wanted.

According to police, the crew was located in Orlando but went around Florida and other states stealing checks. Authorities listed 636 churches as casualties, 355 of which were in Florida. In a news release, FDLE Commissioner Rick Swearingen stated, "This low-tech yet well-organized effort to steal hundreds of thousands of dollars worth of mailed-in charitable donations — at a time when donations may have been most needed — has been stopped." The group had many bank accounts into which they deposited the checks and then utilized ATMs to withdraw cash once the checks cleared. Those who were arrested are all being held in the Orange County Jail. The suspects were all charged with unlawful possession of personal identification information, conspiracy to commit racketeering, racketeering, money laundering and grand theft.

The individuals were not represented by a lawyer, according to jail records.

Catalin Trandafir, 45, and Simona Trandafir, 39, who face the same charges, are still being pursued by authorities.

The inquiry began in December of last year after Cape Coral police found that 24 Lee County churches had been targeted.

"Churches depend on donations from generous members of the community to operate and serve those in need. It is despicable that this crime ring would exploit the selfless acts of kindness displayed through these donations for selfish greed," Attorney General Ashley Moody of Florida's Office of Statewide Prosecution said in a news release. It is unknown when their court date will be.

https://www.christianheadlines.com/contributors/john-paluska/romanian-group-arrested-in-florida-for-stealing-over-740000-from-636-churches.html 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 5-27-21 CNN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

First-ever Colorado River water shortage is now almost certain, new projections show

By Pedram Javaheri and Drew Kann, CNN Updated 2:47 PM ET, Thu May 27, 2021

(CNN) Thousands of people will celebrate Memorial Day this weekend on the water of Lake Mead, just 24 miles east of Las Vegas on the border of Arizona and Nevada.

What they may not realize is that the oasis they're enjoying in the desert is entering uncharted territory, with significant ramifications for millions across the Southwest in the years to come.

On Tuesday, the water level in Lake Mead -- the largest US reservoir, and fed by the Colorado River -- fell below the elevation of 1,075 feet. It has hit that mark only a handful of times since the Hoover Dam was finished in the 1930s, but it always recovered shortly after. It may not this time, at least not any time soon.

The US Bureau of Reclamation (USBR) forecasts the lake's levels to continue to decline, without any sign of recovery through at least the end of 2022. If the next major study in August from the USBR projects water levels in the lake will be below 1,075 feet on January 1, it would trigger the first-ever shortage declaration on the Colorado River, meaning some communities would begin to see their water deliveries cut significantly next year.

Lake Mead and nearby Lake Powell -- the two largest reservoirs on the Colorado River -- have drained at an alarming rate. Lake Mead has fallen more than 139 feet since January of 2000.

Lake Mead is currently 16 feet below where it was this time last year and the reservoir is only 37% full, while Lake Powell is down 35 feet from last year and sits at just 34% of the lake's total capacity.

The Colorado River, which supplies water to more than 40 million people and irrigates millions of acres of farmland, has seen its supply sapped by drought and climate change.

The significance of the dwindling supplies in both reservoirs cannot be overstated. Water flowing down the Colorado River fills the two reservoirs, which are part of a river system that supplies over 40 million people living across seven Western states and Mexico.

A drought that has persisted for two decades has left the much of the Western US parched.

In addition to dwindling snowpack, which provides most of the river's water supply, experts say dry, thirsty soils across the basin are soaking up meltwater, meaning that less makes it into the river system.

"It's a pretty awful year," said Ted Cooke, the general manager of the Central Arizona Project, a massive, 336-mile canal and pipeline system that carries Colorado River water to Phoenix, Tucson and farms and towns in between. "Last year wasn't so bad as far as the snowpack went, but with the higher temperatures and drier soils that we're still experiencing this year, we're seeing even less runoff that actually makes it into the waterways and in the reservoirs."

Climate change is also taking a toll on the river's water supply. A study by US Geological Survey scientists published in 2020 found that the Colorado River's flow has declined by about 20% over the last century, and over half of that decline can be attributed to warming temperatures across the basin.

Who would the shortage affect?

With the level of Lake Mead dipping below 1,075 feet on Tuesday and forecast to drop further, it is nearly certain that the Bureau of Reclamation will declare a Tier 1 shortage later this summer.

If a Tier 1 shortage is declared, Colorado River water deliveries would be reduced for Arizona and Nevada as soon as next year, based on the terms of the 2019 drought contingency plan signed by the lower Colorado River basin states.

The looming water cuts will have the greatest impact in Arizona.

As part of the lower basin's drought contingency plan, the Central Arizona Project would see its water supply slashed by about one third in 2022 due to its junior rights to the river's water.

While Arizona's main population centers will be spared, the effects of those water cuts will be felt most acutely on farms in central Arizona, due to their lower priority status in a complex tier system used to determine who loses water first in the event of a shortage.

California's water deliveries would not be impacted in a Tier 1 shortage, according to the drought contingency plan.

Water officials in Arizona say that while the falling water levels and future projections are concerning, the state is prepared to absorb the cuts.

"We're concerned ... but we've allowed for something like this to happen, and as a matter of fact, keep on happening," Cooke said. "Hopefully it doesn't but if it does, we're prepared."

What happens if Lake Mead sinks further?

In the event of a Tier 2 shortage -- which the USBR projects could happen as soon as late 2022 -- the cuts would impact some cities and tribes in Arizona that receive water from the Central Arizona Project canal.

"I'm definitely concerned that the raw projections continue to go downward and that we are heading towards potentially a Tier 2 [shortage] in 2023," said Tom Buschatzke, director of the Arizona Department of Water Resources.

https://www.cnn.com/2021/05/27/weather/lake-mead-colorado-river-shortage/index.html 

:: 5-26-21 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Explosion At Mount Rainier / Earthquake Swarm Cobb, California / Colorado Volcano Dotsero

28,597 views

•Premiered May 26, 2021

Morning D.E.W.

36K subscribers

May 26, 2021 #mountrainer #cascades #earthquakes

Explosion At Mount Rainier / #earthquake Swarm Cobb, California / #colorado #volcano #dotsero

Daily Events Worldwide

Keeping Humanity Aware and Prepared to OUR Ever-changing Planet.

We are truly living in some Exciting and sometimes scary times but Fear NOT! The Cycles occurring on our Planet need to be documented for future generations.

Come together now! GROW, Learn, and LOVE! Stay Young and Have Fun!

DEW Discord https://discord.gg/TRrxmrYS 

*NEW* Willow https://wlo.link/@DEW  Check this OUT... Just signed up! All DEW links in one place... ? #willow

If you would like to help support my research and productions... any donation is greatly appreciated to further Broadcasts.

BUY DEW A Coffee :) ?? MY PayPal https://paypal.me/MMilks?locale.x=en_US 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GIAee_xPjik 

:: 5-27-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Now cannibal mice are swarming Australian farms and homes – Rodents threatening to invade Sydney for winter

By Strange Sounds - May 27, 2021

The biggest plague of mice in decades continues to sweep across southeast Australian states in biblical proportions. And now that no more food is left, they start cannibalizing…

According to reporting system Mouse Alert, areas around the southeast coast are seeing high mouse abundance, with Victoria, New South Wales and Brisbane hit the hardest. Mice numbers have been high for months, but the problem is getting worse as the country heads into winter, and the mice are seeking shelter indoors.

People are putting the legs of their beds in buckets or pots of water, but the mice are still climbing curtains, jumping onto their beds and biting them,” said the vice president of the New South Wales Farmers’ Association Xavier Martin.

When they run out of food, when they run out of seeds to eat they start cannibalising, they start eating each other,” added Martin. “They’re pretty disgusting animals and of course they’ve taken over a lot of our homes, our sheds, our vehicles, our tractors, we’ve had machinery burn.”

Bumper crops have left farms with a lot of grain for the mice to feast on, and with an abundance of food available they have bred at higher than usual levels. Mice can breed from around the age of six weeks, and give birth to litters of up to 10 pups every 19 to 21 days.

A mild and moist summer gave mice ideal conditions for the mice to breed, which continued through the fall. There is no break in pup production.

The infestations have got so bad that the deputy prime minister declared this week that “the only good mouse is a dead mouse,” while the New South Wales government purchased 5,000 liters of mice poison. With the animals seeking out shelter as winter approaches, CSIRO have advised people in urban areas to be on the look out for mice, too.

People in urban areas should patch up holes in their home, cracks in the walls, roof spaces and where pipes come through the wall. Pack holes with steel wool or space invader. Mice can squeeze into very small spaces, but they won’t eat through steel wool. Put seals on doors,” they wrote, adding pet owners should clean up left-over food that might attract them.

Poison and cannibalism

For now, though the mice are threatening to invade Sydney, the problem is mainly limited to farms and rural areas. To tackle the problem, the Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Authority granted an emergency permit that allows grain baits to be covered in double-strength zinc phosphide to try and reduce numbers, as numbers have not been reducing as quickly as some had hoped.

“As they run out of food and cannibalise each other they do decline but in other places they are just absolutely exploding and its not thousands its billions,” said Martin.

“In my family farm we put out two billion baits mainly by aircraft, and we are only moderate sized farmers and they are all gone, the baits have all been all taken.”

Can you imagine the smell?

“The smell is rotten. The live smell of mice is terrible, but the dead smell’s ten times worse and so I’ve been baiting… which I don’t really like baiting because of the effects on the wildlife and that. I do live in a really nice area with lots of wildlife and that.

“But my morning ritual is to go out and I get a couple of hundred mice every night, I catch in buckets. The water bucket traps. I’ve got about 15 bait stations and I spend at least an hour every morning and every night picking up dead mice to reduce that risk of the wildlife getting hurt.“ [Yahoo, IFLScience]

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

You should really subscribe to QFiles. You will get very interesting information about strange events around the world.

https://strangesounds.org/2021/05/plague-cannibal-mice-australian-farms-homes.html 

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 5--21 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Southeast swelters in record heat wave

By Allison Chinchar, CNN Meteorologist 1 day ago

House Democrats take aim at SPACs as shell companies’ performance worsens

The first heat wave of the season begins Sunday and continues into the workweek for much of the eastern US.

While we're not yet officially in the summer, Mother Nature is playing by her own rules. Over 30% of the US population will experience temperatures of at least 90 degrees or higher this week.

"The warm, smothering embrace of a high-amplitude ridge will continue into the long term period," says Kyle Theim, a meteorologist at the National Weather Service office in Atlanta. "Temperatures starting on Monday will run between 10-15 degrees above normal, and border on record maximum temperatures, both for daily highs and lows."

More than 70 daily heat records may be broken from Sunday through Wednesday, as a high-pressure system dominates the eastern half of the country. Some cities such as Atlanta, Nashville, Tennessee, Baltimore, and Montgomery, Alabama, are forecast to have multiple days of record heat.

Some places got a head start Saturday as temperatures crept into the low 90s, setting or tying records including Atlantic City, New Jersey, hitting 94 degrees (the old record was 91 set back in 1992.) Georgetown, Delaware, hit 93 degrees, breaking the previous record of 92 from 1996.

There will be a brief break for about two days in some mid-Atlantic and Northeast cities.

"A strong cold front pushes through late Sunday night into early Monday morning, finally giving us a reprieve from the recent summer-like warmth and humidity," the NWS office in Boston said.

However, as quickly as the heat retreats, it comes right back again.

Boston goes from the low 90s Sunday, down to 60s and 70s Monday and Tuesday, then right back up to the 90s again on Wednesday. Washington, DC, Philadelphia, and New York will experience a similar temperature roller coaster.

Boston, New York and Lexington, Kentucky, typically see their first 90-degree day after June 1. However, each of these cities will see those temperatures at least once over the next five days. Washington, DC, is forecast to have multiple days above 90 degrees, including Wednesday, which is forecast to hit 97. Their first average 95 or higher degree day doesn't usually arrive until June 21.

The intense heat this early tends to catch people off guard. So make sure you stay hydrated, wear light-colored clothing, wear sunscreen, and never leave people or pets inside a car on a hot day.

https://www.msn.com/en-us/weather/topstories/southeast-swelters-in-record-heat-wave/ar-AAKi04b 

:: 5-24-21 Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US submarines detect mysterious speeding crafts underwater ahead of Pentagon UFO report

THE US Navy have detected unexplainable mysterious objects moving at hundreds of knots under the water as the Pentagon prepares to release its report on UFO sightings.

By Oli Smith  PUBLISHED: 02:42, Mon, May 24, 2021 | UPDATED: 12:02, Mon, May 24, 2021

The US Navy has picked up sonar data showing mysterious fast-moving objects underwater that cannot be explained by experts or current technology. Washington Examiner's Tom Rogan said that US Navy "has the data" to prove the bizarre encounters. Some of these encounters could be included in the US Government task force which is preparing to brief Congress on its UFO findings next month.

This comes amid a flurry of footage showing bizarre encounters between US pilots and navy officers and unexplainable objects.

Last week, a newly-emerged video showed a dark spherical object move across the sky near a US Navy stealth ship, before suddenly veering into the water and disappearing.

Documentary filmmaker Jeremy Corbell shared the footage of the mysterious flying object on Instagram.

The Pentagon later confirmed that the video, believed to be from 2019, was taken by US Navy personnel.

Mr Corbell said no wreckage was recovered from the sighting and the craft remains unidentified.

Speaking to Fox News' Tucker Carlson about the new footage, Mr Rogan said: "Relevant to this video, an area we will learn more about is the interaction between US Navy submarines - nuclear ballistic submarines and attack submarines - picking up sonar contact of things moving at hundreds of knots under the water.

"There is an undersea dimension to this, on top of what the pilots are seeing above water."

Mr Carlson responded: "Hundreds of knots under water? I don't think people can even digest that."

Mr Rogan added: "That is what I have heard from very good sources and that the US Navy has the data."

Last month, Mr Corbell shared a video of another mysterious triangle craft flying near another US Navy ship.

He said: "Whether this being is worldly or otherworldly, we don't know.

"It's just part of a much larger series of events we are going to be learning about."

Even former US President Barack Obama confirmed that "footage and records” of unidentified objects exist.

He told CBS last week: "What is true, and I’m actually being serious here, is that there’s footage and records of objects in the skies, that we don’t know exactly what they are, we can’t explain how they moved, their trajectory.

"They did not have an easily explainable pattern. And so, you know I think that people still take seriously trying to investigate and figure out what that is."

Also on CBS' 60 Minutes programme, a former navy pilot said he had seen unidentified aerial phenomena (UAP) “every day for at least a couple years”.

In March, John Ratcliffe, Donald Trump’s former intelligence director, said the disclosure would reveal that there have been “a lot more” sightings of UFOs than have been made public.

Lue Elizondo, former director of the Pentagon’s Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program, said some of the UAPs that have been seen defied physics as we know it.

He said: "Imagine a technology that can do 6-to-700 g-forces, that can fly at 13,000 miles an hour, that can evade radar and that can fly through air and water and possibly space.

"And oh, by the way, has no obvious signs of propulsion, no wings, no control surfaces and yet still can defy the natural effects of Earth's gravity. That's precisely what we're seeing."

https://www.express.co.uk/news/weird/1439906/UFO-Pentagon-sighting-US-Navy-submarines-aliens-mysterious-Obama-latest-news-vn 

:: 5-23-21 State of the Nation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Check Out This US Establishment-Related Slush Fund

Posted on May 23, 2021 by State of the Nation Submitted by S

Due to the secrecy involved in how the following was uncovered WE will honor certain request to avoid those details.

Slush fund accounts have been located and seized from within the greatest criminal organization in world history and their Slush fund accounts of major US politicians identified and seized at Vatican Bank (Rome). Connection established with Daniel Dal Bosco RICO indictment, which cites Giancarlo Bruno, Silvio Berlusconi & Ban Ki Moon. On Wednesday 5th January 2011, it emerged that US establishment-related slush fund accounts had been located in, and seized from, the Vatican Bank in Rome. The source of funds for these accounts in almost every instance was found to be the US Treasury. Beneficiaries of the covert Vatican accounts include Barack Obama, Michelle Obama and each of the Obama children, Michelle Obama’s mother, all the Bushes and the Clintons, including Chelsea Clinton, Joe Biden, Timothy Geithner, Janet Napolitano, several US Senators, including Mitch McConnell, several US Congressmen including John Boehner, several US Military Chiefs of Staff, the US Provost Marshal, the US Judge Advocate General, the US Supreme Court Chief Justice, John Roberts, several US Judges, the Pope, and several cardinals.

Big money was found in each of the accounts. The longer the beneficiaries have been in office, the greater the account balances were found to be. They range from a few million USD to more than a billion USD in the case of John Roberts. The total number of slush fund accounts so far identified at the Vatican Bank is said to be between 600 and 700. This number is likely to grow as international élite corruption investigations spread worldwide. The disclosures have split the Roman Catholic Legatus organisation down the middle. Elizabeth Windsor (Queen Elizabeth II of England) is in the know and is intimately involved in the swirling and fissiparous covert power plays.

Bob Chapman newsletter pg 9 Jan 15, 2011

http://forum.prisonplanet.com/index.php?topic=198394.0 

Thanks to Cam for the info. I do not have a link (yet).

IMO this explains the lack of Legatus updates and info lately. Normally before a summit you have press releases of speakers, pro-life award winners, etc. Legatus Magazine updates monthly usually on the first Tuesday…so far NOTHING!

Legatus has been split down the middle. Not sure what the means but this could be huge!

Julius Baer Whistleblower To Expose 2,000 High Net Worth Tax Evaders To The World

Two years ago when the US bailed out UBS and Switzerland from a brief but potentially terminal liquidity crisis, it succeeded in extracting a historic pound of flesh: it forced UBS to declassify thousands of bank accounts of US tax evaders which was the first nail in the centuries-old concept of Swiss bank secrecy. Today, Rudolf Elmer, a former COO of one of the biggest Swiss banks, Julius Baer, may have just nailed the last, and with that set off a chain reaction that will force a huge outcry against pervasive global tax fraud (but likely achieve nothing ultimately). According to the Guardian, tomorrow Elmer will hand over details of 2,000 “high net worth individuals and corporations” to WikiLeaks which will make him “the most important and boldest whistleblower in Swiss banking history.” And since among those exposed will be “approximately 40 politicians” expect all hell to break loose as photos of Assange having a underage orgy with Al Qaeda members are suddenly made public to diffuse what is bound to be another huge (if brief – after all human kind cannot bear very much reality).

From the Guardian:

British and American individuals and companies are among the offshore clients whose details will be contained on CDs presented to WikiLeaks at the Frontline Club in London. Those involved include, Elmer tells the Observer, “approximately 40 politicians”.

Elmer, who after his press conference will return to Switzerland from exile in Mauritius to face trial, is a former chief operating officer in the Cayman Islands and employee of the powerful Julius Baer bank, which accuses him of stealing the information.

He is also – at a time when the activities of banks are a matter of public concern – one of a small band of employees and executives seeking to blow the whistle on what they see as unprofessional, immoral and even potentially criminal activity by powerful international financial institutions.

This is interesting: after all it was Zero Hedge that about 18 months ago suggested that all financial professionals should be very concerned: after all, all it takes is one sloppy firing, or one departure without the appropriate non-disparagement and non-truth telling clause, and all hell could break loose as those who were part of the inner sanctum suddenly find themselves on the outside… and wanting revenge. Elmer is just first of many related? That UBS story resurfaced over and over again…is it finally time? And the market is closed tomorrow….interesting.

http://www.zerohedge.com/article/julius-baer-whistleblower-expose-2000-high-net-worth-tax-evaders-world?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_camp 

https://stateofthenation.co/?p=66355 

:: 5-24-21 Tap News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An exclusive interview with Dr Roger Hodkinson – “When the history of this madness is written, reputations will be slaughtered and there will be blood in the gutter “

Mon 2:27 pm +00:00, 24 May 2021 posted by Weaver

VACCINES could cause “mass male infertility”, Anthony Fauci is a “dead man walking” and the inquest into the pandemic will leave “blood in the gutter” with reputations torn to shreds for their sheer “idiocy”.

Dr Roger Hodkinson says there is “sufficient evidence in the literature” to show the spike protein expresses in the placenta and the testes – and could kill unborn babies in current pregnancies and permanently stop men having children.

He also said no one should listen to the likes of Prince Harry advocating the jab because he has “nothing between his ears”.

Dr Hodkinson is a pathologist by training, with a wealth of knowledge in infectious disease, virology and evidence-based medicine, who was educated at Cambridge University and University College Hospital Medical School in London, before moving to Canada in 1970 and training at the University of British Columbia.

He came to notoriety for his speech to the Edmonton City Council on November 13 last year regarding their vote on extending mandatory mask orders, saying the response to Covid was “the biggest hoax perpetrated on an unsuspecting public”.

And now, despite describing the vaccines as “incredibly smart theories”, Dr Hodkinson has issued another impassioned plea, calling for a halt to the rollout in order to carry out further investigations.

By Stefan Schultz

He said: “I’m a serious evidence-based career pathologist who has done everything in pathology at national and provincial levels and I take evidence-based science very, very seriously. I’m not a conspiracy theorist, I’m not an anti-vaxxer, I’m none of the above. But when I see certain things in the literature that could – underlined – have serious potential long-term sequelae, I think it’s my duty to stand up and blow the whistle and say ‘hey, stop the train, have you seen this? It needs to be looked at. I hope it’s wrong but show me the data’.

The data I’m talking about is well-described in the literature, that of the significant expression of the ACE 2 receptor in both the placenta and the testes. And more importantly, in the testes it’s the cells that actually produce the spermatozoa, the precursors, called spermatogonia. Clearly there is an excess of spike protein circulating as a result of an unexpected surge in some people who get the vaccine.

“And that circulation takes the spike protein everywhere, including the placenta of women who happen to be pregnant at the time, which is a one-time hit for that particular pregnancy, probably not for subsequent ones. But there is also potential for a hit on the testes, which of course is not a one-time hit, it could be a permanent hit.

In a world where we know that sperm counts have dropped 40 per cent over the last 10 or 20 years – a massive unexplained drop in sperm countswe don’t need some additional hits on male fertility.

“There have been disturbing reports, to be verified, of increased miscarriages following vaccination. I’m concerned about that for sure but I’m more concerned of the potential of male infertility which could be permanent. A lot of this is could, maybe etc, etc, it’s merely appropriate caution given the scientific literature.

You cannot test for fertility in a trial that lasts six months. Last time I checked, pregnancy lasts nine months. And in order to test for sequential pregnancies and the need for longer-term fertility studies, it cannot be done outside of a two-to-four years window, which is the normal time frame for a new vaccine trial.”

Over the past few days, Health Secretary Matt Hancock has described as “great news” the fact that all aged 32 and over can now book their Covid vaccine, repeating the mantra that it is both safe and effective. And the call to vaccinate children is growing louder, with Hancock saying last week: “I’ve been closely following the results from the clinical studies from Pfizer that show that the vaccine is safe and effective among children between the ages of 12 and 18.”

Dr Hodkinson said: “It is absolutely outrageous. Look, children are not dying of this condition, at least in my own province, they have been no deaths under 19 recorded at all. It is the same internationally.

Children are not dying of this condition first of all, they are not even suffering from this condition. The vast majority just brush it off without even knowing they’ve got it. So it’s not a problem for children. And if it’s therefore not any more of a problem than a trivial cold for children, then why in God’s name are we subjecting them to an untested vaccine? It is not an emergency, it is not needed and it has potential complications on fertility and therefore it’s utterly reckless.

“It could be described as the single event in medical malpractice in medical history, because there is no informed consent. For them to say a single word with four letters without any qualifiers at all, to say that this is safe is a massive distortion of not just the English language but makes you extremely culpable in court, if they weren’t protected by statute for being sued as bureaucrats and politicians. Any individual physician who did that would be hauled before his college before he could spit for failure of informed consent.

“Vaccinating children is absolutely obscene – obscene. They are not at threat and you are putting them at risk.”

The level of coercion, however, is also on the increase. The NHS app has now morphed into a Vaccine Passport and there are discussions taking place this week – including with football’s Premier League – to introduce them at domestic level. Royal Ascot could be used as a pilot for the scheme.

Nevertheless, Prince Harry, who moved to America for more privacy but who has bathed in the limelight ever since, appeared at a Vax Live event calling for people to get the jab.

Dr Hodkinson said: “If he had anything between the ears he might be worth listening to. Who cares what film stars and royalty say about this? They are all congenital idiots in my opinion.

“Let me just paint the big picture here for the contrast between vaccinations and other forms of therapies. If in fact this is an emergency as they claim, which I contest, but let’s take their word for it, they are using it to vaccinate people without an appropriately tested vaccine. If you accept that a potentially dangerous vaccine, for which there is growing evidence of danger, contrast that with the prohibition of physicians to prescribe ivermectin, or vitamin D for that matter.

“Here we have individual physicians relating to their individual patients who are traditionally expected to give a judgment for the patient to decide in full consent. But ivermectin has, on paper, enormous evidence of effectiveness, while at the same time, in contrast to the vaccine, shown to be incredibly safe, billions of doses over many years of use.

“So here we have an agent that, OK it may not be effective, we accept that, it’s still an uncertainty to a certain degree, but it may work and it is safe. So you can’t have it both ways. If you’re saying you’re vaccinating people because it’s an emergency, you should take the dogs off physicians to allow them to decide individually if an agent is potentially effective and should be used because it is safe. You can’t have it both ways.”

Dr Hodkinson does not believe many of the theories out there and says what is happening is nothing more than politicians refusing to admit that they are wrong.

They are constantly trapped in a mistake of their own making in which they cannot admit they were wrong and therefore they double down on it,” he said. “It’s nothing more than that and they can’t fess up. And so they want to wrestle this to the ground – zero Covid and all that idiocy that from a scientific perspective is ludicrous. It cannot conceivably happen.

This virus is everywhere. It’s in an aerosol in every aisle in every foodstore whether you are walking past someone or not. It’s the roulette game of life, you may get it, you may not. And if you get it and you’re under 65 and you’re otherwise well, it’s going to be nothing more than the regular flu, except for a small number of people who sadly are going to get a severe infection and some of them will die. It is really tragic and I’m not being callous saying this but it happens every single year with the flu. In fact children die of the flu every year.

“There is a greater risk of a teacher driving to school and dying of a head-on collision than there is of a teacher dying of Covid that she thinks she might have caught in the school. So do we take cars off the road? No we don’t do we. We live with the risk of a head-on collision every time we pass a car on the road. It’s part of the risk of everyday life. These Governments want to control every single risk of life. And this is merely one example.

“I do not think this is some big internationally coordinated conspiracy by the great resetters, not at all. Are they taking huge advantage of it? Unquestionably. And despicably so. But as to why it is being maintained, I think you have to look at a number of factors. The first way it is being maintained is because of asymptomatic testing showing a huge number of false positives, certainly when you start getting up to cycle thresholds above 35, the vast majority, 90 per cent, are false positives.

“That drives a graph in the morning paper that supports the hysteria in the population because they haven’t got any information to counter what’s going on. And the politicians use those graphs to double down on the idiocy that’s already underway.

It’s now morphed from lockdowns into vaccines and then it will morph again into vaccine passports, all in lockstep. But the second reason the hysteria in continuing is the ruthlessly efficient international censorship of the three usual sources of information for the general public outside of Government and that is individual politicians, who have been kicked out of their party, at least in Canada, for daring to speak up, the journalists, mainstream media is corrupt internationally, at least in Canada, they have been bribed into silence by money being chucked at them by the bucketload – you don’t bite the hand that feeds you. But more importantly physicians, who are the most respected and best source for the general public for anything that is relevant to this issue.

“Listen, I’m in the game here and you cannot imagine how petrified – I’m using that word advisedly – how petrified physicians are in this country of their regulatory bodies, so-called colleges of physicians and surgeons. They have the ability to take away your livelihood by a click of the finger.

It’s like the star chamber of the middle ages, you’re guilty until proven innocent, you have to fund your own defence and they have a history of winning or bankrupting you along the way. So the typical physician shuts up.

“It’s not just the colleges who may censor you, it’s the institutions in which you work who can deny you privileges. At least with the college there is the chance to contest the decision. With institutions that award you privileges to operate for example, they have a hotline directly to the ministries and it wouldn’t be recorded, it would just be “get this guy” click. And you’re done. You’re done. You don’t operate any more.

“But this is the classic situation of politicians honouring that most important principle in politics – never apologise, you simply morph it into something else and you move on. They got themselves into this hole immediately because of that idiot at Imperial College London, Neil Ferguson, who’s not a physician or an epidemiologist, he is a theoretical physicist, he was notoriously wrong by an order of magnitude in his predictions from previous epidemics and no one internationally did due diligence on his latest idiocy based upon largely the things that were going on with the elderly in Milan.

They all assumed it was Armageddon coming. With the speed of modern communication the media picked that up, the media gorges on crises and that basically landed on every premier and prime ministers desk the next morning with the demand of their No2 that something must be done that is visible that I’m doing something because Armageddon is coming.

“So they did all this stupid stuff for which there is no evidence in the medical literature whatsoever for effectiveness and when it was shown not to be working they simply doubled down on it, again and again. It’s the classic situation as I said of politics playing medicine, which is an extraordinarily dangerous game.

“But I don’t think it [the virus] was an intentional leak by the lab in Wuhan, it’s certainly a consequence of Gain of Function research that Anthony Fauci directly funded. It’s a made-in-USA virus. So they dug themselves into this hole and rather than admitting it and apologising and getting back to normal like they are in Florida quite effectively, most jurisdictions are simply doubling down on the idiocy and hoping it will go away because it always does in the summer when the sun comes up and we all start making vitamin D again.

“But they will claim they rattled it to the ground because the cases were dropping. The classic fallacy trap is of course that just because B follows A doesn’t mean that A caused B and they will claim credit for the disappearance over the summer.

That is why we are in this ongoing mess is because they didn’t put their big pants on and say ‘I was wrong’ and just doubled down on it.

Look at Fauci, if one mask doesn’t work, well maybe two or three or perhaps 10. If you wear 10 I guarantee you will not get Covid because you will actually be dead of hypoxia. Let me tell you explicitly: masks don’t work. Period. Period. Nothing works. Nothing could work. Nothing did work. And nothing will work. It should be life as normal with personal responsibility used to control it in the usual way.

“When you are standing behind someone lined up in a food store, you don’t tap them on the shoulder and say ‘hey excuse me can I suck the snot out of your nose’? We don’t do that do we. We behave responsibly. We get it, we pass it to our family, we get herd immunity the natural way. You don’t need the Government involved in this mess whatsoever. Protecting the people in nursing homes should be the only thing that’s done. And there are way to do that without vaccination even for older people.

“But that guy [Fauci] is corrupt. He’s an idiot and corrupt. He has his fingers in the pie in various patents and so on. And he is trying to dodge the bullet which is getting closer and closer to him. There was one interview that he gave in which he looked straight at the camera and said in very precise lawyered words: “We did not pay for Gain of Function research in the Wuhan lab”. He is wriggling off the hook in prime time television.

“But they’re going to get him. He’s the walking dead right now. He should be jailed. Head in the sand. These lockdowns are killing people. Quite apart from the quality adjusted life years lost, with all the depression and near suicides and bankruptcies and all the tragedies of people not attending funerals and weddings cancelled and school closures and so on and so on, this is the kind of stuff that you go to jail for in civil society.”

And he added: “It’s not even a conspiracy theory as to what’s in the vaccines. These are incredibly smart vaccine theories which are being used and they may well be incredibly successful in other future vaccination programmes. The science is remarkable and I take my hats off to them.

“But it’s a new technology and these adverse events that are being recorded not least of which by the way the deaths shortly following vaccination, which have taken off remarkably. “The deaths that are being reported are an order of magnitude greater than previous vaccine programmes and that should get people’s attention. We are trying to save people here. But it looks like we’re actually killing people.”

Dr Hodkinson also ridiculed the fearmongering over variants, with the Indian and Yorkshire version both being ramped up seemingly ready to kill off any hope of the full opening here in the UK on June 21, saying: “Our immune system is so unbelievably efficient and these variants, only the nucleic acid sequence varies only about three per cent from the original version, so the reality is that the rest of the virus is going to be attacked by the immune system whether it’s a variant or not.

“But what is unconscionable here is that every time you turn around they are using a statistic the wrong way. For example, imagine I’m a doc visiting you and you’re granny in a nursing home and you’ve got Covid, proven, let’s accept it was accurate. You have symptoms to go along with it.

So I say ‘hey granny, you know what, your risk of dying from this is three or four times greater than it is with the flu. And you’d say ‘that sounds bad’.

Next day I walk in to see granny and I say ‘hey granny, looks like you have Covid but let me give you some assurance here. If this was the flu you’d have a 99 per cent chance of surviving and with Covid you have a 96 per cent chance of surviving. Granny would say ‘hey doc that doesn’t sound too bad, can you let me go now’?.

“It is exactly the same statistics which get warped to maintain the narrative. Their job should be to assuage concern not to amplify it.

“It’s not just lesser lights like me. You’ve heard Jay Bhattacharya say publicly as one of the most esteemed epidemiologists in the world from Stanford “lockdowns have been the single biggest mistake ever made in public health. It is that scale of stupidity that is going on.

When the history of this madness is written, and there will be hundreds of books on it over the next few years, reputations will be slaughtered. There will be blood in the gutter because of the obvious insanity of what’s happening on a scale that’s never been seen before.”

https://tapnewswire.com/2021/05/an-exclusive-interview-with-dr-roger-hodkinson-when-the-history-of-this-madness-is-written-reputations-will-be-slaughtered-and-there-will-be-blood-in-the-gutter/ 

:: 5-18-21 National File :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World Economic Forum Urges Companies To Fire Unvaccinated Employees As Part of ‘Jobs Reset,’ Deletes Tweet After Backlash

"Get your COVID-19 jab - or you could face consequences from your employer #COVID19 #JobsReset21"

Gabriel Keane by Gabriel Keane May 18, 2021

The World Economic Forum indicated Monday that it supports employees being forced to choose between taking one of the four controversial Covid vaccines, or unemployment if they choose to not take the vaccine. After intense backlash, they deleted the initial the tweet and uploaded another post with the same graphic and a tweaked caption.

“Get your COVID-19 jab – or you could face consequences from your employer #COVID19 #JobsReset21,” the original tweet posted on Monday read. The tweet was accompanied by a colorful graphic showcasing the purported poll numbers of companies that would fire employees for not taking the vaccine.

An article on the WEF website that was linked in the posts made various claims based on polling data such as, “Forty percent of companies surveyed in a new report require all employees to be vaccinated against COVID-19,” “Employees will be encouraged but not required to get a jab by 32% of companies,” and, “Mental health concerns and burn-out have risen up the agenda since the onset of the pandemic.”

After receiving intense backlash on the tweet, the WEF unceremoniously deleted it, and quietly made a post with the graphic and link but with a different caption on Tuesday: “Survey: Will employees be required to get the COVID-19 vaccination? #COVID19 #JobsReset21“. The new post’s comments were quickly filled with screenshots of the first, deleted tweet.

Information on the WEF website describes some of the topics that will be discussed at the 2021 Jobs Reset forum in Geneva, Switzerland, such as “Fighting systemic racism: 56 companies form global coalition to bring racial justice to the workplace,” described as “A new Forum initiative supported by corporate leaders aims to set new global standards for racial and ethnic justice in business.”

As National File previously reported, the Great Reset is a concept first introduced by the WEF that was enthusiastically endorsed by Canadian Prime minister Justin Trudeau as a potential positive byproduct of the Covid-19 pandemic.

https://nationalfile.com/world-economic-forum-urges-companies-to-fire-unvaccinated-employees-as-part-of-jobs-reset-deletes-tweet-after-backlash/ 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 5-23-21  https://prepperl1cense.code.blog/2021/05/23/9-scary-fema-camp-facts-you-must-know/  ::  ::  ::  ::

The End 2020

9 Scary FEMA Camp Facts You Must Know

Posted by Brandon Campbell May 23, 2021 Posted in Uncategorized

Over the last decade or more, FEMA has become one more federal agency that everyone loves to hate. I wouldn’t say that it’s hated anywhere near as much as the IRS; but it could very well be in second place.

Sadly, the reason for this is the poor track record that FEMA has in doing what is supposed to be their main purpose; helping people and communities recover after a disaster.

As with preppers, FEMA doesn’t know what sorts of disasters they’ll be called on to deal with. Considering how wide a range of possibilities that can cover, they’ve been given an impressive “toolkit” of authority, allowing them to do things in an emergency that no other government agency can.

Apparently, all of FEMA’s authority comes from Executive Orders and not from legislation. That should be enough to give any sane person pause. But if it doesn’t, then exactly what some of those executive orders give FEMA authority to do should scare the socks off of them.

During a SHTF situation, pain could become an annoyance for some, but unbearable for others.

If doctors are scarce and medicine becomes even scarcer, this one little weed, found all over North America and similar to morphine, could be a saving grace.

FEMA Camps

• Executive Order 10990 – FEMA can take over all modes of transportation, the highways and seaports

• Executive Order 10995 – FEMA can take over communications media

• Executive Order 10997 – FEMA can take over all electrical power, fuels and minerals

• Executive Order 10998 – FEMA camps can take over food resources and farms

• Executive Order 11003 – FEMA can take over airports and commercial aircraft

• Executive Order 11004 – FEMA camps can relocate communities

There’s a whole lot more than that; but those are some with the most far-reaching potential effect in a time of crisis.

They are also empowered to set up refuge centers and relocation camps, of which there are currently over 800.

While those are ostentatiously intended to be used as emergency shelters in the case of crisis, FEMA has the power to use them in many other ways, including as detention centers and reeducation camps.

The thing we need to realize is, any power the government grants itself eventually is turned for evil, no matter how good the original intention. The “Law of Unintended Consequences” pretty much guarantees this, even without those in the government who have more nefarious purposes in their hearts and minds. Those people will create their own unintended consequences by manipulating the law.

Political Correctness

We are living in a time where political correctness rules the landscape. It’s even worse now, than it was during former President Obama’s tenure. Cancel culture is destroying any public figure who doesn’t agree with leftist doctrine.

While the average Joe on the street may not get cancelled, you can be sure that the woke mob, ANTIFA or some other leftist group will have their way with him, if they find out that he’s not in lockstep with their beliefs.

All it would take is for the sitting president to declare that the political polarization in our country is a national emergency and the full power of FEMA would be released.

9 Scary FEMA Camp Facts You Must Know

Depending on direction out of the White House, FEMA would have the ability and authority to round up anyone and everyone who doesn’t agree with the current administration’s political ideology. All it would take is for them to declare those people (us) as “dangerous to the peace and tranquility of society.”

While there are many who are calling all this nothing more than conspiracy theories, I fall back on my original statement that any law which is passed is eventually used for nefarious purposes.

Therefore, any explanation given by the government or someone covering for the government doesn’t eliminate the risk to ordinary citizens. Someone in the government can always turn the tables on us.

If that happens, here are a few things we could expect:

Confiscation of Our Guns

It’s a well-established fact that FEMA doesn’t allow firearms in their “refugee camps.”

9 Scary FEMA Camp Facts You Must Know

We first saw this during Hurricane Katrina, where people entering into the centers that FEMA set up were stripped of their guns upon entry. It didn’t matter to the people running the camp that those in the camps couldn’t defend themselves or that they were being attacked by others.

The Second Amendment enshrines one of our most important rights. Yet there are many in government today, who have the attitude that the Second Amendment is a government granted right, rather than a restriction on the government, preventing them from taking our right to keep and bear arms. Their viewpoint is wrong; but dangerous.

Experts predict that an EMP strike that wipes out electricity across the nation would ultimately lead to the demise of up to 90% of the population. However, this figure begs an important question: if we were able to live thousands of years without even the concept of electricity, why would we suddenly all die without it?

Curtailing of Freedom of Speech

One of the most likely scenarios for opening up those FEMA camps and filling them is that of “reprogramming” conservatives who don’t agree with leftist talking points. There are already those who are calling for such action and have been for several years. As time goes on, we can expect to hear more and more politicians talking like that.

natural disaster

But the real danger is that they’re currently laying the foundation for such action, based upon the left calling words “violence.” That’s their justification for groups like ANTIFA being so violent. The way they explain it, those on the left who use violence are only responding to the violence of “hateful words.”

But then, to them, any words that don’t agree with their world view qualify as hateful words.

With this as a potential motive for rounding people up, you can be sure that when they do, they won’t be allowing those people who have been rounded up to have any freedom in what they say. As part of their “reeducation” their speech will be tightly controlled.

Rapes and Other Brutality in FEMA Camps

9 Scary FEMA Camp Facts You Must Know

Going back to the refugee centers set up during Hurricane Harvey, we can see what the results of taking people’s guns away from there are.

With the people unable to defend themselves, they were easy pickings for the violent in society.

One of the reasons that firearms are so important for self-defense is that evil people are much more likely to use violence and even ugly brutal violence, in order to get their way.

Without firearms to defend ourselves with, we are at a serious disadvantage. Yet it is clear that there are many who don’t care about that. They would rather have us as victims, than people who can defend ourselves.

All of the “Defenses” are Pointing In, Not Out

Regardless of what the government tries to say about FEMA camps, one of the glaring truths about them is that they are designed to keep people in, not keep people out. Just as with any other prison, all the defenses are focused inwards, rather than outwards.

9 Scary FEMA Camp Facts You Must Know

Perhaps the most obvious sign of this is the razor wire that’s placed on the tops of hurricane fences. When that’s done as a security measure, the brackets holding the wire are angled outwards. But in the case of prisons, it is angled inwards to help keep the prisoners from scaling the fence and getting out.

Of course, the government tries to say that those defenses are there to protect those who are housed in the camps; but it’s just a lie.

Yet with so many sheeple who are willing to accept what the government says, as long as they are given free stuff and otherwise left alone, it has ended up being an effective lie.

Once You’re In, You Can’t Get Out

This leads us to the next point; that is, once you’re in, you can’t get out. Those camps aren’t about a short-term solution to a disaster or they wouldn’t be configured the way they are. They are highly secure locations, designed to be used in an emergency.

The thing is that once the government has control over someone, they don’t want to let go. We don’t just see this with FEMA, but with every department of the government.

So there’s no reason to think that those running the camps will have a sudden change of heart and decide that justice is best served by setting all those “dangerous” people free to spread more verbal “violence.”

There are Plenty of Guards in FEMA Camps

I suppose someone out there could argue that the government doesn’t have enough people on the rolls who could serve as guards, should the order ever go out to use the FEMA camps. That argument is preposterous on several levels.

First, if FEMA posted jobs for guards, they would probably be overrun with applications. Depending on how picky they are, finding as many people as they need shouldn’t be a big deal.

9 Scary FEMA Camp Facts You Must Know

But that’s not the only card that FEMA has up its sleeve.

A large number of government agencies have been militarizing, creating what is essentially their own police force, armed and equipped on the level of SWAT teams, not armed and equipped like the cop on the beat.

This has been happening in a number of agencies which have previously had no need for any sort of armed personnel or law enforcement officers. So, what’s the difference? It appears that these agencies want the ability to be able to force their will upon the people. That means armed personnel; people who can be called upon to serve as guards for FEMA.

One good example of the militarization of federal agencies was the case of the Bureau of Land Management’s attack on Cliven Bundy in 2014. The dispute over land use escalated when 200 armed federal agents arrived at his ranch, taking it over and killing off his cattle. The armed federal officers who descended upon his ranch represented a wide variety of government agencies.

FEMA has Stocked Coffins

One of the things that came out a number of years ago is that FEMA had bought a billion dollars worth of “disposable” coffins. Those who have tried to debunk that as conspiracy theory have said that those weren’t coffins, but rather the waterproof vaults that coffins are placed inside.

Okay, so what? That doesn’t stop them from being able to be used as coffins. If anything, it verifies that’s what they are.

Why does the federal government need all those burial vaults? Why stockpile them? That seems even more sinister when you consider that FEMA doesn’t really stockpile much else in the way of emergency supplies.

When Superstorm Sandy hit the New Jersey coast, they didn’t even issue a Request for Quote (RFQ) until the day after the storm hit. If they are that cavalier about getting bottled water to people, why do they need a stockpile of burial vaults? It’s suspicious at the least.

No Privacy

Some of the sites maintained as FEMA camps are supposed to be able to house as many as 20,000 people. But that’s housing them in rather crowded circumstances. I’ve been in a couple of these, which are commonly used as reserve training centers. They can comfortably hold about 1,000 to 2,000 people.

What that means is that everyone will be in crowded barracks conditions, perhaps separated by sex and age and perhaps separated by family. There’s really no way of knowing. But considering the left’s take on “gender identity” today, I’m pretty sure that it won’t be anything that anyone will like.

I can’t say for sure, but this could be part of the plan in using these camps as reeducation centers. One of the more effective ways of brainwashing people is to put them under a lot of stress. Depriving people of the comfort of their family and thrusting them into crowded conditions are two clear ways of doing this.

Families Can Be Separated in FEMA Camps

As I just stated, families are very likely to be separated in these camps. The leftists in the government, as well as other organizations like the teachers’ unions, have already stated that the children belong to the government, not to their parents.

Taking those children away from their parents is a key part of indoctrinating them.

It also allows FEMA the opportunity to use the children as hostages for the “good behavior” of their parents.

Whether this means that good behavior will be required so that parents can see their children, or it means that some overt threat will be used is something that we’re going to have to wait to see. But it is clear that there are many advantages to a tyrannical government in separating families.

https://prepperl1cense.code.blog/2021/05/23/9-scary-fema-camp-facts-you-must-know/ 

:: 5-20-21 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thoughts On The “New Normal” And The Things That We Are Losing As A Society…

May 20, 2021 by Michael Snyder

The last two years have greatly shaken America, and our country will never be the same as a result. If you would have told someone two years ago that in 2021 millions of people would run around wearing masks all day and that the federal government would be relentlessly pushing a large scale mass injection campaign, that person probably would have thought that you were nuts. But now this is the “new normal”. Our freedoms and liberties have been permanently eroded, and now that they have gotten away with pushing the envelope so dramatically, government entities on all levels will be ready to flex their muscles again once the next major crisis comes along.

You could argue that we should just vote out the politicians that are running things on the state and federal levels, but exactly how are we supposed to do that?

After what we witnessed last November, tens of millions of Americans won’t believe that our system of choosing leaders is legitimate ever again.

Of course those that are currently running things could attempt to restore faith in the system by getting rid of all the voting machines and by instituting real reforms that would make the process as transparent as possible, but we all know that they will never do that.

The last couple of years have been extremely painful for our economy as well. More than 70 million Americans filed new claims for unemployment benefits last year, homeless encampments started popping up like mushrooms all over the country, and countless numbers of small businesses shut down permanently. In fact, most Americans say that they have lost a favorite local business as a result of the pandemic…

Few people have escaped the financial impact of the coronavirus pandemic and that’s especially true for local ‘mom and pop’ shops. A new study finds half of Americans have witnessed their favorite local businesses close down because of COVID-19.

A survey of 2,000 people reveals 68 percent personally know a local business owner impacted by the pandemic. According to respondents, the most commonly impacted businesses include cafes (62%), retail shops (58%), gaming shops (55%), and book stores (54%).

On Thursday, we learned that another 444,000 Americans filed new claims for unemployment benefits last week.

In 2019, such a number would have been considered catastrophic.

But in the “new normal”, that number is actually considered to be “good news”.

Our politicians have tried to make everyone feel better by sending out waves of huge government checks, but that has just created rampant inflation and widespread shortages.

We are also losing the peace on our streets. Murder rates were way up in major cities all over America in 2020, and in most of those cities they are even higher this year.

And it isn’t just men that are shooting men. Today, I came across an article about an “eight-woman brawl” that resulted in a pregnant mother being gunned down…

A pregnant mother was shot and killed while she sat in her car close to an eight-woman brawl that erupted in gunfire.

The deadly confrontation took place just before 6pm Tuesday in the 1200 block of Valencia Avenue in Hemet, which is located 75 miles southeast of Los Angeles.

Family members identified the 27-year-old who had been shot in the head and died after being flown to a county trauma center as Tamika Haynes.

What in the world is happening to us?

You would have never read about such a thing happening on the streets of America in 1950.

These days, we seem to be losing control of just about everything, and that even includes the technology that we have become so dependent upon. Hackers are causing nightmares for large entities all over the U.S., and in many cases absolutely enormous ransoms are being paid out…

CNA Financial Corp., among the largest insurance companies in the U.S., paid $40 million in late March to regain control of its network after a ransomware attack, according to people with knowledge of the attack.

The Chicago-based company paid the hackers about two weeks after a trove of company data was stolen, and CNA officials were locked out of their network, according to two people familiar with the attack who asked not to be named because they weren’t authorized to discuss the matter publicly.

Criminals seem to have the upper hand on the Internet, in our streets and in the halls of power in Washington and on Wall Street.

In previous times, we could rely on law enforcement to restore order, but now law enforcement authorities are being relentlessly demonized in our society.

In fact, it has gotten so bad that large numbers of law enforcement officers are permanently walking away from their careers. For example, it is being reported that nearly 20 percent of all police officers in Seattle have quit over the past year.

Police departments all over the nation are having an exceedingly difficult time recruiting replacements for those that are leaving, and that is going to continue to be the case as long as we are treating police officers like human garbage.

Speaking of human garbage, just check out the bill that was just passed in the Wisconsin Senate…

Wisconsin senators approved a bill earlier this week allowing dead bodies to be dissolved in a chemical bath and disposed like sewage.

The bill, Senate Bill 228, authorizes a practice called alkaline hydrolysis, or “water cremation,” which liquifies the human body using a mixture of water, heat, and chemical agents, leaving only bones behind. The liquid is then dumped into the sewage system or boiled off, and bones can be crushed and deposited in an urn.

You have got to be pretty sick to want to liquify Grandma and Grandpa before dumping their remains into the sewer.

But that is who we are.

On all levels, we no longer respect life, and that is because as a society we are abandoning our faith. Just check out these numbers…

The American Worldview Inventory (AWVI) 2021, an annual survey that examines the perspectives of adults aged 18 and over in the United States, found that while 57 percent of Millennials (born 1984-2002) consider themselves to be Christian, 43 percent “don’t know, care, or believe that God exists.”

Comparatively, 70 percent of Generation X (Gen X) Americans (born 1965-1983), 79 percent of Baby Boomers (born 1946-1964), and 83 percent of the Builder Generation (born 1927-1945) consider themselves to be Christian, while 31, 28, and 27 percent, respectively, “don’t know, care, or believe that God exists.”

America no longer resembles the nation that our founders sacrificed so much to establish, and if we stay on the path that we are currently on there is no future ahead for us.

But even though voices such as mine have been crying out for change for years, most of the population continues to sprint in the other direction.

We have already lost so much, and the “new normal” truly is horrible, but if America does not wake up things are only going to get worse.

***Michael’s new book entitled “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.***

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/thoughts-on-the-new-normal-and-the-things-that-we-are-losing-as-a-society/ 

:: 5-20-21 USGS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Volcano Watch — New research sheds light on recent Pāhala earthquake swarms

Release Date: May 20, 2021

Many people in Kaʻū have noticed the swarm of earthquakes taking place during the past few years. These earthquakes are happening in a zone that is 29-40 km (18-25 miles) beneath Pāhala and extends south about 10 km (6 miles) offshore. Some of the largest earthquakes from this region have been felt throughout the Island of Hawai‘i.

Volcano Watch is a weekly article and activity update written by U.S. Geological Survey Hawaiian Volcano Observatory scientists and affiliates.

The increase in earthquakes over the past few years, which is currently at a historically high rate, is of interest to residents and scientists alike.

These earthquakes occur below our volcanoes and even below the base of the underlying ocean crust, in the uppermost mantle. This part of the mantle is called lithospheric mantle as it is cool enough to rupture and create earthquakes. The deeper mantle is too hot and plastic to generate earthquakes and tends to flow like putty or clay.

Historically, earthquakes in the lithospheric mantle, like those beneath Pāhala and elsewhere in Hawai‘i, occur in response to the weight of the island bending the lithospheric mantle down. The 2006 magnitude 6.9 Kīholo Bay earthquake was a great example of this type of “flexure” earthquake.

Several ideas have been put forth about the cause of deep earthquakes beneath Pāhala and the southeast coast of Kaʻū since they were first observed in the late 1960s. The initial hypothesis was these earthquakes were occurring on flat-lying fault planes and are related to flexure of the lithospheric mantle due to weight of the overlying volcanoes. However, the Pāhala deep earthquakes differ from the other lithospheric earthquakes beneath Hawaiʻi by the sheer number of earthquakes, especially since 2015.

Other authors have suggested that the deep region beneath Pāhala was a pathway for magma from the upper mantle plume beneath the Island of Hawai‘i to Kīlauea Volcano. They hypothesized that the number of earthquakes increased when magma was supplied to Kīlauea, though there is no direct evidence to support any magma movement and it requires a yet unidentified conduit to move the magma large distances horizontally to get beneath Kīlauea and Mauna Loa.

Scientists recently examined the characteristics of the high seismicity that began beneath Pāhala in 2015. They found that as the number of earthquakes began to increase, many of the earthquakes occurred on steep faults as well as ones historically interpreted as flat lying. The number of earthquakes increased again in 2019 and so did the variety of faults producing them.

The overall load of the volcanoes on the lithosphere would not change appreciably in a matter of years, so the variety of fault orientations requires a more complex answer to explain the large number of earthquakes and their changing orientation. The Pāhala region sits at the structural nexus between three volcanoes—Kīlauea, Mauna Loa, and Lō‘ihi. Still, insufficient information to make a connection between the accumulation of strain in this region and the generation of these earthquake swarms.

Instead, the scientists hypothesized that some magma may be leaking from the mantle plume and migrating into the Pāhala region and stalling at depth. The inferred magma could pressurize the region, resulting in an increase in the number and variety of earthquakes occurring beneath Pāhala. While there is no direct evidence that magma is accumulating, it is an interesting hypothesis that warrants more investigation.

The Pāhala earthquake swarm in its current state appears to be a unique occurrence that has not previously been observed in Hawai‘i, though the historic record of seismographs only goes back a little more than 50 years. Additional research is planned and involves placing a dense array of tiny temporary seismometers in Ka‘ū to image of what is going on deep under Pāhala. If you get a call from a USGS Hawaiian Volcano Observatory or University of Hawai‘i scientist looking to place a small instrument on your land next year, please engage with them and do what you can to help expand our understanding of this complex system through supporting this important and interesting volcano research.

Volcano Activity Updates

Kīlauea Volcano is erupting. Its USGS Volcano Alert level is at WATCH (  https://www.usgs.gov/natural-hazards/volcano-hazards/about-alert-levels ). Kīlauea updates are issued daily.

Lava activity is confined to Halemaʻumaʻu with lava erupting from a vent on the northwest side of the crater. Laser rangefinder measurements this morning, May 20, indicate that the lava in the western (active) portion of the lake is 229 m (751 ft) deep, with most of the lava lake solidified at the surface. The summit tiltmeters recorded minor change over the past 24 hours. Sulfur dioxide emission rates measured on May 18 were 100 t/d. Seismicity remains stable, with elevated tremor. For the most current information on the eruption, see https://www.usgs.gov/volcanoes/kilauea/current-eruption .

Mauna Loa is not erupting and remains at Volcano Alert Level ADVISORY. This alert level does not mean that an eruption is imminent or that progression to an eruption from the current level of unrest is certain. Mauna Loa updates are issued weekly.

This past week, about 113 small-magnitude earthquakes were recorded below Mauna Loa; most of these occurred below the summit and upper-elevations at depths of less than 8 kilometers (about 5 miles). Global Positioning System (GPS) measurements show low rates of deformation in the summit region over the past week. Gas concentrations and fumarole temperatures at both the summit and at Sulphur Cone on the Southwest Rift Zone remain stable. Webcams show no changes to the landscape. For more information on current monitoring of Mauna Loa Volcano, see: https://www.usgs.gov/volcanoes/mauna-loa/monitoring .

There were 2 events with 3 or more felt reports in the Hawaiian Islands during the past week: a M3.2 earthquake 4 km (2 mi) WNW of Pāhala at 33 km (20 mi) depth on May 19 at 3:18 a.m. HST and a M2.8 earthquake 1 km (0 mi) SW of Pāhala at 33 km (20 mi) depth on May 17 at 2:41 p.m. HST.

HVO continues to closely monitor both Kīlauea’s ongoing eruption and Mauna Loa for any signs of increased activity.

Please visit HVO’s website for past Volcano Watch articles, Kīlauea and Mauna Loa updates, volcano photos, maps, recent earthquake info, and more. Email questions to askHVO@usgs.gov .

Volcano Watch is a weekly article and activity update written by U.S. Geological Survey Hawaiian Volcano Observatory scientists and affiliates.

https://www.usgs.gov/center-news/volcano-watch-new-research-sheds-light-recent-p-hala-earthquake-swarms 

:: 5-24-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden Brings In Islamic Activists To Investigate US Military For ‘Extremism’: Muslim Brotherhood Supporters To Help Biden Destroy American Soldiers.

The Washington Standard / May 24, 2021

As the head of the ACLU’s National Security Project, Shamsi, a Pakistani citizen, had fought fiercely for the Islamic terrorists at Guantanamo Bay. “We all must pledge — not one person more in Guantanamo, not in our names,” she recently declared.

Shamsi (pictured above left) is one of the terror lawyers who appears on a list of partners for the Biden administration’s crackdown on “extremism” in the military. The only kind of extremism that Shamsi appears to be an expert on is the Islamic kind and her expertise has been in denying it.

Furthermore, at least as of 2017, Shamsi had described herself as a Pakistan citizen with permanent legal residency in America.

She’s not the only apparent Pakistani citizen tasked by Biden to go after our troops.

Take Faiza Patel, another Pakistani immigrant, who co-wrote an article arguing against designating the Muslim Brotherhood as a foreign terrorist organization. The article claimed that “the Muslim Brotherhood is a religious organization, a political party, and a social service provider” and that it had “disavowed violence decades ago.”

That would come as news to Hamas and its other active Jihadist network members.

In another co-written article, Faiza Patel claimed that laws against Sharia were Islamophobic.

Patel has worked for international organizations in Europe, including the International Criminal Tribunal, and was a member of a UN Human Rights Council working group which listed her as a member from Pakistan, not the United States, raising questions about her citizenship.

And yet Shamsi and Patel aren’t the worst of the list of partners for the Biden administration’s Countering Extremism Working Group (CEWG) published by OANN correspondent Jack Posobiec

While Biden’s Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin had announced the CEWG group to counter supposed “extremism” in the military, the list of CEWG partners contains a lot of Muslim lawyers and activists. In addition to Shamsi, there’s fellow Pakistani ACLU activist: Manar Waheed.

The list includes Wael Alzayat in his role as the CEO of Emgage. The national co-chair and founding member of the Islamic group is Khurrum Wahid who has been described as one of the country’s most prominent terror lawyers and whose clients include an Al Qaeda operative who plotted to kill President George W. Bush and Sami al-Arian who was linked to Islamic Jihad.

Wahid had been placed on a terrorist watch list and Emgage, as counterterrorism researcher Joe Kaufman noted, “holds events at terror-linked mosques”: including one founded by al-Arian.

Emgage’s board includes Dhabah ‘Debbie’ Almontaser who was forced out of her old job over t-shirts reading “Intifada NYC”. Nada al Hanooti, Emgage’s Executive Director for Michigan, is the daughter of Muthanna al Hanooti, a former CAIR leader who was accused of working for Saddam Hussein and Iraq’s intelligence agency.

Is that the kind of extremism expertise that the Department of Defense really needs?

Also on the list of Biden’s CEWG partners is Iman Boukadou:, the staff attorney for the American-Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee (ADC).

The ADC has a long history of defending and excusing Islamic terrorism. “I know many people in Hamas. They are very respectable,” its former president Hamzi Moghrabi had said. Former ADC president Hussein Ibish called Hezbollah “a disciplined and responsible liberation force” whose members “conducted themselves in an exemplary manner.”

Boukadoum was most recently hard at work fighting for Abdelhaleem Ashqar, who had been convicted of obstruction of justice in a case involving the flow of money to Hamas.

Ashqar ran for president of the Palestinian Authority while awaiting trial in the United States. He had argued that the evidence against him had come from a time when “Hamas was not designated as a terrorist organisation” and boasted that, “they wanted me to testify against my people. I said I’d rather die than betray my commitment to freedom and justice for Palestine.”

American military personnel are being put at the mercy of advocates for their worst enemies.

Biden’s DOD radicals have assembled a list of activists who have absolutely no credibility when it comes to extremism. Multiple “partners” for Biden’s Countering Extremism Working Group have appeared at events for CAIR, ICNA, and other terror-linked organizations. Some have appeared at events featuring advocates for Islamic terrorism, sharia, and violence against non-Muslims. They’re the extremists that Americans should be concerned about.

It was not surprising that Biden’s CEWG partner list would include multiple personnel from the discredited Southern Poverty Law Center including Heidi Beirich, formerly of the SPLC, currently running her own organization, the Global Project Against Hate and Extremism, which barely has a website.

TRENDING: Celebrate Independence Day, Not the Fourth of July

Or that the only conservative on the list is the First Liberty Institute. FLI’s Michael Berry also appears to be the only person on Biden’s list who is qualified for this role as a Lt. Colonel in the Marine Corps Reserve who works as FLI’s Director of Military Affairs.

But to Biden, defending Al Qaeda and Hamas terrorists, is the only qualification needed for going after American soldiers. That tells us everything we need to know about Biden’s goals.

Biden’s Secretary of Defense Austin falsely claimed that, “this is not about politics or political views.” His list of partners makes it abundantly clear that this is entirely about politics.

The list consists almost entirely of organizations and individuals who supported Biden.

And that makes this look even more like a political purge of the military by a radical administration that began its time in office by abusing the military for political purposes, and has made it clear that it intends to eliminate any opposition within the military to its political views.

But it’s striking that a third of Biden’s CEWG partners are Muslim. Especially since the Biden administration isn’t looking for another Nidal Hasan in the hopes of averting another Fort Hood Massacre, but is instead trying to rewrite history to pretend that the greatest threat to our national security comes from Biden’s political opponents rather than from his Islamist backers.

The Obama administration infamously dismantled our counterterrorism programs and replaced them with Countering Violent Extremism (CVE). Biden is dismantling CVE and siccing Islamist activists and their lawyers on the military to implement a ruthless purge of American soldiers.

Witnessing Gitmo lawyers licking their lips at the prospect of bringing the Jihad into the heart of the military against soldiers who bravely served our country but have no defense against being betrayed by their own government is as disheartening to us as it must be to them.

Did we lose a war?” the ordinary American confronted with this reversal of terror may wonder.

And the answer is, “Yes, we did.”

Article posted with permission from Daniel Greenfield

https://thewashingtonstandard.com/biden-brings-in-islamic-activists-to-investigate-us-military-for-extremism-muslim-brotherhood-supporters-to-help-biden-destroy-american-soldiers/ 

:: 5--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Savagery or civilization?

Guest post by Robert Gore at Straight Line Logic

Imagine you had been picked as a juror for the Derek Chauvin trial. Before you hear a shred of evidence, you very well might make a decision most people would not only admit was the better part of valor, but that harmonized perfectly with prevailing morality.

Your pretrial verdict? Guilty. There had been threats since Chauvin was charged with second and third degree murder and second-degree manslaughter that acquittals would provoke rampaging riots. After the riots last summer, no one could doubt the threats’ credibility. A guilty verdict on all counts could avoid injuries, deaths, and billions of dollars in property damage. Against those consequences, what do the rights or the life of a policeman matter? You’re predetermined verdict is for the greater good.

Even if such considerations never entered your head, you’d need extraordinary courage and independence to impartially hear the evidence and if you thought it warranted, vote for acquittal. You’d have to withstand pressure from your fellow jurors. You’d run the risk that your personal information was leaked by some mainstream or social media scumbag and mostly peaceful thugs showed up at your door. You might be canceled out of a job, your business network, and your social circle. Your privacy would be obliterated and reputation ruined in the wilting glare of nonstop publicity and odium. Politicians and other public figures would denounce you.

The chance that one such person would land on the jury was remote, the chance of twelve nonexistent. Under the inverted standard of justice that prevailed, the outcome was always going to be dictated not by the facts of the case, reasoned consideration of the evidence, deliberation, and the applicable law, but by “social considerations,” which is a polite way of saying the mob.

The mob hailed the verdict as justice. It’s the same justice as John Gotti’s three acquittals after his goons intimidated jurors. Chauvin was guilty unless proven innocent beyond a “reasonable” doubt as defined by the mob. In the same vein, the policeman who shot and killed Ashley Babbitt at the Capitol is not guilty—without a trial—because that’s what the mob demanded. Such blatant contradiction is mob justice.

A morality that confers “rights” on mobs and strips those of an individual is the morality of savages. Maxine Waters is a savage, but so too are the members of the Minneapolis City Council who agreed to pay George Floyd’s estate $27 million before Chauvin’s trial had begun, the judge who recognized the prejudicial unfairness of Waters’ inflammatory statements but passed the buck for doing anything about it to the appellate courts, and the political, media, and celebrity jackals from Joe Biden on down who’ve been howling for Chauvin’s conviction since Floyd’s death.

Whatever the justifications they cite for their pre-verdict demands, they are implicitly insisting that Chauvin’s rights are of no consequence. When the “rights” of some outweigh the rights of one, anything goes. There are people who call for reducing the world’s population to 500 million, which implies a genocide of over 7 billion. That such people are on university faculties rather than denounced and shunned as advocates of mass murder shows just how far the barbarism of collectivist justification has advanced, even when the collective embraced is a fraction of the number of individuals whose lives are to be canceled!

Service and sacrifice are the watchwords of government, the ultimate mob. Who’s served and who’s sacrificed? There has never been a government that has not arrogated to itself the privilege of using force and fraud to strip individuals of their production, their property, their rights, their liberty, and ultimately, their lives. That privilege is governments’ defining essence and is the privilege that has always threatened humanity. The rationales and rhetoric are invariably collective: the demands of the mob supersede individual rights and individual justice.

Is there any other kind of justice? Injustice to one cannot be justice for the many, no matter how many “warriors” stand with the many. It’s mob rule or individual rights—there is no other choice. The savages and cannibals denying individual rights can claim no rights for themselves; there will always be more violent savages and cannibals. It’s a race to the bottom when brutality reigns. The United States government, its foundational albeit imperfectly realized commitment to individual rights completely abandoned, is fast sinking to the nadir.

The high and mighty savages among us believe they can employ the brutality of more overt savages for their own ends. However, the overt savages, because they’ve abandoned even the facade of decency, are closer to the bottom and are therefore winning the race.. Spared the effort of pretense, those who nonchalantly bash store windows or heads won’t hesitate to bash high and mighty heads that hold mistaken notions of who’s the boss. In the race to the bottom, the most ruthless and bloodthirsty win.

Nothing will be fair about the coming fight. It’s no use whining about the other side’s lack of principles, its lies, hypocrisy, unfairness, ruthlessness, and control of virtually every important institution. They’re evil totalitarians, what the hell do we expect? Their principle is absolute power and they’ll do whatever is necessary to acquire and keep it.

Robert Gore, “The Gray Curtain Descends, Part 2,” SLL, January 14, 2021

The trial for Derek Chauvin and the lack of one for the Capitol Hill policeman (name still unknown) are another reminder—not that any are needed—that savages aren’t fair. It’s pathetic and ludicrous to expect an appellate court to grant Chauvin a new trial, although it would have ample grounds to do so in anything resembling a fair judicial system.

It’s like saying, “Wait until 22 and 24!” or, “Wait until the Arizona vote audit!” after last year’s blatant election theft. The savages have instituted corrupt arrangements that will enshrine their power in perpetuity. Expecting them to tolerate anything that would jeopardize those arrangements is like expecting water to run uphill. Fair or even quasi-fair elections would threaten their power. They are, like fair trials, but a memory.

Savages beget savagery and nothing else, until they are stopped or they stop themselves. Don’t count on them recognizing the production—a civilized and thereby forbidden act—and the producers—civilized and thereby forbidden people—that keep them fed and alive. And don’t count on them not making your weaponry, your last line of defense, a use it or lose it proposition.

They recognize no limits, certainly not the constraints imposed by reality. They may have to lay waste to the world before whomever remains of the honest and productive realize that their lives are a defend them or die proposition. For decades, America’s rulers and their accomplices have said about the enemies of the day: they only understand force. It’s projection, ascribing to others one’s own motivations. They’ve dressed it up in all sorts of verbiage, from Make the World Safe for Democracy to We’re All In This Together, but force is what they understand and to which they’ll always resort. The only thing that will stop them is superior force more competently wielded.

Abandon your mind and life is one big scary mystery. In their perpetual, pervasive fear of everything, savages will always respond to superior force. The civilized are abandoning savage strongholds, seeking refuge in states that still demonstrate a vestigial respect for individual rights, the font of civilization. These aren’t nirvanas of freedom, but they’re better than what’s left behind.

Live and let live are not options for savages; they have to prey on someone. The migrants may find relief in their new locales, but unless they’re prepared to defend them that relief will prove temporary. Having run out of victims at home, the savages will invade, plunder, and destroy any place that maintains a modicum of freedom, production, prosperity, and civilization.

Unless their would-be victims repel them. The U.S. is fracturing and that should be encouraged, as may it eventually lead to de facto political separation. However, as separatists found out in 1776 and 1861, it’s one thing to declare new political arrangements, it’s quite another to establish, maintain, and defend them. However, the separatists have most of the advantages.

Governments produce nothing, they mostly destroy. The U.S. government is destroying itself and the nation with debt, confiscatory taxation, redistribution, corruption, a blizzard of laws and regulations, and maintaining a crumbling global empire in the face of challenges from Russia and China.

Government of the savages, by the savages, and for the savages doesn’t have much to draw on, and decades of propaganda have told savages to look to the government for every need. Vegetarian stew in every pot, two Teslas in every garage, paid for diplomas on every wall, a band-aid for every scratch, and a kiss for every boo-boo are just the minimum of what they’ve been told to expect. If they don’t get them it’s the selfish civilized’s fault. But who will they blame when the selfish civilized skip town or quit? And who will feed them?

The separatists will have the productive capabilities. Many of the country’s honest entrepreneurs (as opposed to its crony socialists) have already migrated. They will also have military expertise, especially after the savages eliminate retrograde rightwingerism and transform the US military into the most diverse, empathetic, and politically correct conflict resolution force the world has ever seen. (Oh, how the world trembles!) Notwithstanding the many thanks they’ve received for their service to the savages’ government, many veterans will join the civilized.

After last year’s mostly peaceful riots and the January 6 Insurrection That Nearly Overthrew The Most Exceptional Government In History, many savages bought firearms for the first time. Unfortunately for them, there’s a big difference between buying a firearm and knowing what to do with it, and most of that knowledge (and millions of firearms) are on the side of the vets and the civilized.

Many of the vets have also received on-the-job training in guerrilla warfare, against which the US government is batting zero. The government has many scary weapons, but it has repeatedly demonstrated an inability to keep such weapons out of the hands of its adversaries. Perhaps the separatists will prove as clever and capable as the Vietnamese, al Qaeda, ISIS, Taliban, and Iraqis and other groups have been at capturing US government weaponry. Notwithstanding their diversity, empathy, and political correctness, the conflict resolution forces would then find their weapons turned against them.

Among the separatists it can be assumed there will be experts in drones, robots, artificial intelligence, computer hacking, remote-controlled munitions, biological warfare, and most other future-war technologies, ready, willing, and able to employ their skills for the cause. There might even be some experts in good old-fashioned fission and fusion. While those are legacy technologies, they still have their uses.

At this point, imagination is far more important than a deer-in-the-headlights’ fixation on present realities, because those realities are changing so quickly and chaotically. When the ground is continuously shifting under your feet, you can’t know where you are with any certainty. Your chance of saving yourself depends on knowing where you want to go and having an idea of how to get there.

Skepticism about imminent revolutionary change is understandable, but often betrays a misunderstanding of how revolutions in politics, science, culture, art, philosophy, learning, and all other fields of productive human endeavor work. The explosion visible to all is almost always preceded by a long, burning fuse visible to few and understood by fewer, only generally apprehended after the explosion.

The burning fuse in this case is the awesome force of decentralization sweeping the planet; the revolution is actually well underway. Centralization is a legacy idea and government is its legacy institution. After centuries of centralized, resource-devouring, and tyrannical government failures, and after the failure of the most centralized, resource-devouring, and tyrannical government in history, legions of intellectuals of impaired intellect and infinitesimal imagination still hail or fear a centralized, resource-devouring, and tyrannical global government. That’s not to say there aren’t plenty of people out there trying to institute such a government, but they’re building a three-foot-high wall of beach mud and sand against a tidal wave.

That wave will arrive, of that there can be no doubt. Afterwards people will point to some contemporaneous event as the catalyst, but the catalysts have been accumulating for decades, their leitmotif decentralization. Multi-volume sets could be written about them all. (Maybe someday I’ll give it a try, knowing multitudes of new ones will pop up after I’m gone.) Just a sampling: microchips, computer networks, 3D printing, nanotechnology, satellites, blockchains, personal computing, cell phones, cable television, GPS, charge-injecting fluids (4rysprays.com), the production and distribution of do-it-yourself video, publishing, and music, the fall of the Soviet Union, the irreconcilable tension between Chinese entrepreneurialism, brilliance, and free inquiry on the one hand and the Chinese government on the other, the bankruptcy of the welfare states, Trump, Brexit, the Yellow Vests, IEDs, shoulder-fired missiles, drones, hacking, blue-to-red-state migration, secessionism, the coming dissolution of the EU, and the coming collapse of governments and their fiat currencies, to name but a few.

Don’t get too attached to today; tomorrow it’s gone. The questions that will emerge from the chaotic maelstrom: Freedom or tyranny? Civilization or savagery? Anyone who chooses civilized freedom is going to have to fight for it, but it’s a fight that can and will be won.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/05/23/saving-civilization/ 

:: 5-23-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Technology was Israel’s secret sauce in war against COVID & Hamas

Here are three examples of how Israel survived and thrive in rocket fire and in plague.

By MAAYAN JAFFE-HOFFMAN MAY 23, 2021 22:09

Israelis … were scattered and not particularly powerful people until 1947,” wrote South China Morning Post analyst Andrew Sheng. “It was their deep application of science and technology that then allowed them to overcome the Arabs’ numerical superiority.”

Here are three examples of how it survived and thrived:

The Iron Dome

The Iron Dome likely saved thousands of Israeli lives during Operation Guardian of the Walls.

Its success rate was slightly more than 90%, according to defense engineer and analyst Uzi Rubin.

“Ashkelon was attacked by more than 1,000 missiles, but only around 60 managed to break through and cause damage,” he said. “It protected Tel Aviv, Ben-Gurion Airport and several Air Force bases.”

The Iron Dome was first operated in April 2011 to shoot down short-range rockets fired from Gaza into Ashkelon. Since then, it has intercepted thousands more rockets. It does not intercept every missile, but only those that it suspects pose a threat, meaning they are likely to land in civilian-populated areas.

The homegrown anti-missile defense system was originally created by Rafael Advanced Defense Systems and now has US support and collaboration. Rubin said that the two countries are always improving the Iron Dome’s technology.

It could not have handled this quantity of fire unless it was upgraded,” Rubin said. Hamas fired more than 4,300 rockets at Israel over 11 days. It also fired unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs), which Rubin said the Iron Dome can now shoot down - and did during the operation.

Enemies of Israel have accused the country of having an unfair advantage in its wars with Hamas.

“So, what should we do, stop using the Iron Dome and let our citizens die?” Rubin asked.

Smart Weapons

Rather, Israel uses technology not only to protect its citizens but also those of its enemies.

Hamas makes no distinction between civilian and military targets,” said Maj. Gen. (ret.) Amos Yadlin, a former deputy commander of the Israel Air Force. “On the contrary, they want to kill as many citizens as they can.”

He said that the rules of war allow Israel to protect its civilians by attacking military targets with proportionate collateral damage. The country uses sophisticated technology to ensure precise attacks.

If you see Israel attack a special apartment building or an apartment within a building then it has good intelligence that Hamas or Islamic Jihad are operating there and that there are no or few innocent people there,” Yadlin said.

This intelligence comes from “information fusing,” explained military expert and author Prof. Isaac Ben-Israel. There are various sources of data - cyber, telephone, pictures from drones and more. All of this information is collected and using artificial and human intelligence it is fused together to identify the location of a target.

“Israel is usually looking for things related to rockets or specific people that are carrying out terror against us,” Ben-Israel said. “When we identify the goal, we need to hit just that goal and not 10 meters to the side.”

As such, Israel leverages smaller warheads and smart weapons capable of reaching a selected target with high accuracy in real time.

“Israel has been investing in this for a number of years,” Ben-Israel stressed.

Electronic Health Records

As health officials repeatedly remind the public: the virus does not discriminate between race, religion or location. However, “the pandemic can be addressed with science and technology, competent organization and mass cooperation,” wrote Sheng.

In the fight against COVID-19, technology was also Israel’s secret weapon, as it was Israel’s sophisticated computerized health records system that allowed Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to secure enough vaccines from Pfizer to inoculate more than 5.4 million eligible Israelis.

“Israel will share with Pfizer and with the entire world the statistical data that will help develop strategies for defeating the coronavirus,” Netanyahu said in January when the deal was struck. “Israel will be a global model state.”

Israel’s health database dates back three decades. The country’s four health funds all work with computerized records that feed data securely and without revealing private details to the Health Ministry.

The ministry used this system to track the vaccine campaign’s progress and continues to use it to track any side effects reported by those who received them.

The prime minister has spoken about how he hopes to “turn Israel’s medical database into a huge asset for the country moving forward,” former Israeli Ambassador to the United States Ron Dermer said during a closed briefing he gave on March 24, a recording of which was obtained by the Post. “We are a cyber power; people get that. We are becoming a power in artificial intelligence. I think when it comes to our health database and turning Israel into a beta site for a lot of potential discoveries and vaccines and innovations in the medical field, Israel, I think, is really going to take off there.”

The battles are surely not over for Israel, but technology has once again proven to be the country’s protective shield.

https://www.jpost.com/israel-news/technology-was-israels-secret-sauce-in-war-against-covid-and-hamas-668927 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-23-21 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran and the Fourth Gaza War

Iran played a crucial role in instigating the war and the preparations for it by Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ).

Yochanan Visser , May 23 , 2021 9:45 PM

Much has been written about the Fourth Gaza War, as I call it, but less about the Iranian role in it.

In fact, Iran played a crucial role in instigating the war and the preparations for it by Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad (PIJ).

Iran’s Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei incited the Arab masses in Jerusalem, Judea, and Samaria in the weeks leading up to the war, calling upon Palestinian Arabs to “defend” the al-Aqsa mosque and denouncing Israel as a “terrorist base”.

Iran upped its funding of Hamas during the war and is now paying $30 million per month to Hamas alone. Aside from the money, Iran is giving other forms of aid to Hamas as we will see below.

PIJ receives even more and not only in terms of money. The Iranian proxy receives weapons, training, money, and even food from the Quds Force of the Islamic Revolutionary Guards Corps, said PIJ leader Ramez al-Halabi, one of the leaders of PIJ during an interview with al-Ahd TV in Iraq.

PIJ leader Ziad al-Nakhala was similarly blunt when he told the Lebanese al-Mayadeen TV Channel the following: “all the conventional weapons reached Gaza via (assassinated Quds Force commander) al-Hajj Qassem Soleimani. Hezbollah, Syria, and the entire resistance axis played a part in transporting them.”

Iran tried to become directly involved in the latest war with the Palestinian Arab terror groups by again sending a drone full of explosives from Syria across the Jordanian border with Israel last week.

Just as some years ago, when Iran for the first time sent a drone into Israeli airspace, the latest UAV was downed by the Israeli army in the vicinity of the Israeli town of Beit Shean.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu revealed that the downed drone was Iranian during his meeting with German Foreign Minister Heiko Maas last week.

Iran was more than instrumental when it comes to the build-up of the rocket and missile arsenals of Hamas and PIJ. It is true that today the Gazan terrorist organizations are able to build their own projectiles. Even the Ayyash, Hamas’ medium-range missile with a range of 250 kilometers was built in Gaza, but Iranian assistance was crucial in this process.

Hamas’ representative in Iran, Khaled Qaddoumi, told Al-Monitor that “The Islamic Republic of Iran has helped a lot in transferring knowledge and expertise on one side, and transporting rockets on the other.”

He added that Iran helped Hamas to depend on its own local capabilities to produce such advanced technology.

In September last year, Al-Jazeera aired a documentary showing footage taken in Gaza of Hamas terrorists reassembling Iranian rockets with ranges of up to 80 kilometers (50 miles) and warheads packed with 175 kilograms of explosives.

Hamas and PIJ also used the Iranian-made Sejjil and Badr-3 missiles during the eleven-day war against Israel.

The same counts for the Kornet anti-tank missile that Hamas used at least two times during the war resulting in the death of IDF Sgt. Omer Tabib. These missiles were smuggled into Gaza after Iran shipped them to Sudan and from there they found their way to Gaza via the Sinai Peninsula.

The second time Hamas used the Kornet, was on the last day of the war when it shot the missile at an IDF bus. The missile destroyed the rear of the bus but nobody was hurt except for one soldier who was hit by shrapnel but wasn't seriously wounded.

The driver of the bus later said that a miracle had happened as he had let off about thirty IDF soldiers near the Gaza border a couple of minutes before the Kornet hit his vehicle.

The so-called ‘Metro,’ the underground tunnel complex that Hamas and PIJ built across the territory of Gaza, wouldn’t have materialized without the help of Iran and Hezbollah in Lebanon.

Hamas’ and PIJ terrorists and engineers received training from Hezbollah and the Quds Force in both Lebanon and Syria and then returned to Gaza to use their new-found knowledge to advance the tunnel project and the production of better missiles which had to have a longer range.

The Iranians also assisted the Gazan terrorist organizations in developing attack drones. During the latest conflict with Israel, the so-called Kamikaze drones were used a couple of times but were downed by the IDF.

Iran has a large drone program and just revealed it has a new type of attack drone by the name of ‘Gaza’. The UAV has a range of 2,000 kilometers.

So, the bigger picture of this latest Gaza War is that Israel was not only fighting two Palestinian terror groups.

The real battle here was against Iran that has vowed to destroy the Jewish state and is trying to achieve this in different ways.

It is done by providing assistance to its proxies in Israel and by stirring up unrest among Palestinian Arabs living in Judea and Samaria as well as among Israeli Arabs. Social media was very instrumental in getting the Arabs in Israel to fight their Jewish neighbors

In addition, Iran – via Hezbollah- has been caught trying to create new terror groups in Judea and Samaria as well in northern Israel.

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/306698 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 5-23-21 National Public Radio :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Congo's Mount Nyiragongo Volcano Erupts, Sending Lava For Miles But Sparing A City

May 23, 202111:52 AM ET

Mount Nyiragongo in Congo erupted suddenly Saturday night, turning the sky a fiery red, sending lava spilling down its sides and threatening the major city of Goma.

Overnight, the United Nations peacekeeping mission in the region reported during a reconnaissance flight that the lava didn't appear to be flowing toward Goma, a city of nearly 2 million on the edge of Lake Kivu. But still, thousands evacuated — many across the border into Rwanda — remembering the widespread devastation that the last eruption in 2002 caused, when reports of the death toll ranged into the hundreds and tens of thousands of homes were lost. By Sunday morning, officials said the lava flow had slowed, and local journalists reported that it had stopped just a few hundred meters from Goma's city limits. The nearby airport was spared as well.

But the molten earth flow did cross a main road out of the city, cutting it off from the north and leaving many people stranded as they tried to return to their homes and assess the damage. It is still unclear if any died in the scramble to flee or from the lava flow itself.

"We've been extremely lucky that it was very brief," Dario Tedesco, a volcanologist based in Goma, told Reuters. "From the little information we have, it was just the lava within the crater that came out, there was no additional lava from below."

Mount Nyiragongo is considered one the most active volcanoes in the world. It has erupted dozens of times since 1882, and its steep sides mean that lava flows tend to be uniquely fast-moving. Experts have been watching it for years, worried about the next eruption.

https://www.npr.org/2021/05/23/999586355/congos-mount-nyiragongo-volcano-erupts-sending-lava-for-miles-but-sparing-a-city 

:: 5-21-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bill Barr: 'Militantly Secularist Government' Caused Public School 'Disaster'

By Theodore Bunker | Friday, 21 May 2021 04:10 PM

Former Attorney General Bill Barr condemned what he referred to as the "secular progressive orthodoxy through government-run schools" while accepting the Alliance Defending Freedom’s Edwin Meese Award for ''Originalism and Religious Liberty'' in Naples, Florida, on Friday.

Barr argued in his speech that "the time has come to admit that the approach of giving militantly secularist government schools a monopoly over publicly funded education has become a disaster.''

He went on to say that ''the greatest threat to religious liberty in America today'' is ''the increasingly militant and extreme secular-progressive climate of our state-run educational system.''

The former attorney general also claimed, ''Religious liberty is not safe in the United States as long as we have the kind of public school system we have, the forced monopoly and the indoctrination of children into these radical secular progressive orthodoxies.''

Barr said that up until the 1970s, the U.S. public school system was ''committed to Judeo-Christian values in the general sense,'' and that ''in the latter part of the 20th century ... the left embarked on a relentless campaign of secularization intent on driving every vestige of religion from the public square.''

He later claimed that ''we’re now seeing an affirmative indoctrination with a secular belief system and worldview that is a substitute for religion and is antithetical to the beliefs and values of traditional God-centered religion.''

Barr said that an example of this is schools teaching modern concepts about gender fluidity and sexuality, claiming that ''this is not established science," but the "moral, psychological, metaphysical dogma of the new orthodoxy."

He also said that this is "a broadsided attack on natural law."

Barr also criticized the subject of critical race theory, which he described as "Marxism substituting race for class antagonism,'' and saying, "it’s monstrous of the state to indoctrinate students into alternate belief systems.''

The former attorney general claimed that ''the tenets of progressive orthodoxy have become a form of religion with all the trappings and hallmarks of a religion. It has its notion of original sin, of salvation. It has its clergy. It has its penance. It has its dogmas, its sensitivity to the whiff of any heresy, and even the burning at the stake — so far, only metaphorically.''

He then said, ''If secular-progressivism indeed occupies the same place as a religion — and by all appearances it does — then how is it constitutional to have state-run schools fervently devoted to teaching little else?''

Barr went on to argue in favor of universal school choice, saying that ''public funding of education does not require that instruction must be delivered by means of government-operated schools. The alternative is to have public funds travel with each student, allowing the student and the parents to choose the school.''

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/billbarr-schools-education-religion/2021/05/21/id/1022308/ 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 5-17-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Are Fed Up And Fighting Back Against The Indoctrination Of Their Children Into This Radical Leftist Agenda

- 'The left is going to get the pendulum back in their face so hard they won't know what happened'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die May 17, 2021

Just days ago, we'd reported in this ANP story titled "Communist Divide & Conquer Techniques Being Used Against Americans: Free Americans Must Go To War Against 'Critical Race Theory' Or We'll Go The Way Of All Totalitarian Regimes" that all across America, we are witnessing the organized destruction of the USA and now we get more signs that 'destruction' is moving heavily into US institutions across America and Americans are fed up and fighting back.

Warning within that story that the 'Critical Race Theory' now being taught in schools all across America and being implemented in businesses and government agencies nationwide was nothing less than the indoctrination of Americans into a white-hating, totalitarian new world order, as the Daily Mail reports in this new story, the United States 'Space Force commander' was just fired from his job for also warning of the spread of 'Critical Race Theory rooted in Marxism' throughout the entire US military.

With this new development giving law-abiding Americans all across the country another reason to 'arm up now while we still can', with one of the original purposes of the 2nd Amendment being to 'ensure a balance of power between the people and the government', can you imagine what might happen to our country should all agencies of the US military and government go 'fully woke' under Joe Biden?

As Susan Duclos had warned in this May 14th ANP story titled "Military Veterans Say 'We Are So Screwed' As Both CIA And Army 'Woke' Recruitment Videos Shows Why Our Adversaries Are Laughing At Us", America is in deep trouble if we continue along the road we're now on.

With that 'woke US Army recruitment video' Susan reported upon featuring a 'Snow White-style' Disney cartoon and hitting all of the checks on the liberal wish lists boxes, including activists, homosexual parents and all sorts of liberal woke-ness, as Susan pointed out in her story:

"What is doesn't include is any type of deterrent to our adversaries by showing strength, courage and competence in fighting off an enemy."

And with this Whatfinger News' General Dispatch story reporting on that US Army recruitment video also including two other recruitment videos, one from the Russian army and one from China's, which show a HUGE difference between the US's and Russia's/China's military goals, it looks more and more like America is being set up to be 'depopulated' under Joe Biden and the Democrats.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

So before we continue, let's take a look at this Daily Mail story which gives Americans all across the country 100% proof that Democrats are the biggest hypocrites alive in this insane day and age we're now living in.

A Space Force commander has been removed from his post after blasting diversity and inclusion training in the military as 'critical race theory rooted in Marxism'.

Lt Col. Matthew Lohmeier appeared on a podcast to promote his new self published book when he made the comments which led to a 'loss of trust and confidence in his ability to lead', according to a statement from the Space Force.

Lohmeier said: 'The diversity, inclusion and equity industry and the trainings we are receiving in the military...is rooted in critical race theory, which is rooted in Marxism.

'Since taking command as a commander about 10 months ago, I saw what I consider fundamentally incompatible and competing narratives of what America was, is and should be.

'That wasn't just prolific in social media, or throughout the country during this past year, but it was spreading throughout the United States military. And I had recognized those narratives as being Marxist in nature.'

He described the the New York Times 1619 Project as 'anti-American', adding: 'It teaches intensive teaching that I heard at my base - that at the time the country ratified the United States Constitution, it codified white supremacy as the law of the land.

'If you want to disagree with that, then you start (being) labeled all manner of things including racist.'

A spokesperson told The Military Times: 'This decision was based on public comments made by Lt. Col. Lohmeier in a recent podcast.

'Lt. Gen. Whiting has initiated a Command Directed Investigation on whether these comments constituted prohibited partisan political activity.'

Yet that is EXACTLY WHAT we are witnessing in 2021 is the US military and numerous government agencies heavily participating in 'prohibited partisan political activity' by pushing the 'woke' Marxist agenda so embraced by the left.

And ALL of the top-voted comments on that Daily Mail story seen below point out what's obvious to most Americans, except for the totally clueless leftists, with one commenter warning of major blowback ahead for Democrats.:

Matthew76, Bellingham, United States: He's completely right!

Domolar99, Tirana, Albania: Military is slowly destroyed by woke people!

Sarah Gervais, Pompano Beach, United States: The left is going to get the pendulum back in their face so hard they wont know what happened.

With the globalists depopulation agenda now in full swing in 2021 as vaxxines yet to be proven safe are pushed upon Americans, Joe Biden, Dr. Fauci and the CDC constantly contradicting themselves on masks and many other 'safety guidelines', as Survival Dan had pointed out in this new story that Steve Quayle had linked to on his website on Sunday, most liberals in 2021 have been completely and absolutely 'dumbed down' to the nature of political reality.

And as seen in the paragraph below taken from that Survival Dan story quoting George Carlin, it was all designed this way.

Governments don’t want a population capable of critical thinking, they want obedient workers, people just smart enough to run the machines and just dumb enough to passively accept their situation. You have no choice. You have owners. They own you. They own everything. They own all the important land. They own, and control the corporations. They’ve long since bought, and paid for the Senate, the Congress, the state houses, the city halls, they got the judges in their back pockets and they own all the big media companies, so they control just about all of the news and information you get to hear.”

With government's across the planet the all time leaders in mass killings, with hundreds of millions of people across the planet dying cruel 'death by government' deaths, and the United States government definitely NOT immune to that 'label', Americans continue to serve themselves, their loved ones and the future of humanity best by arming up and preparing for absolutely anything in the days ahead, fully understanding that we're now in the globalists 'end game'.

Both of the videos below teach us more about 'critical race theory' and how Americans are now fighting back against it.

https://allnewspipeline.com/US_Military_Critical_Race_Theory.php 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

:: 5-15-21 Humans are Free :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Lawrence Sellin: ‘Fauci Still Funding Gain of Function Research… Chinese Military Involved’

HAFHAF May 15, 2021

Dr. Lawrence Sellin was on the War Room with Steve Bannon yesterday. The frequent contributo at The Gateway Pundit discussed the activities between China and the US related to COVID-19 and similar viruses.

On May 13, 2021, Lawrence Sellin had a wide-ranging discussion with Steve Bannon on his War Room program about Dr. Anthony Fauci’s funding of “gain of function” research, the laboratory origin of COVID-19 and the massive infiltration of U.S. virus research programs by China, in particular, the Chinese People’s Liberation Army.

Fauci’s funding of “gain of function” has gone beyond just experiments related to coronavirus, but appears to involve other, potentially more dangerous viruses.

Sellin identified a 2020 study funded by Fauci involving “gain of function” research with far more deadly viruses attacking the brain and central nervous system. Sellin provided indisputable evidence for the laboratory origin of COVID-19.

Finally, Sellin alerted War Room listeners regarding the massive infiltration of U.S. virus research programs by China, citing evidence that the University of Texas Medical Branch in Galveston, not only actively collaborates with the Wuhan Institute of Virology, believed to be the laboratory origin of COVID-19, but conducts research together with scientists of the Chinese People’s Liberation Army, some of whom appear to be linked to China’s biowarfare program.

Dr. Lawrence Sellin shared the following with Steve Bannon at the War Room: “Let me first just say that there’s no question COVID-19 comes from the laboratory. I think the only thing we need to determine now is [whether], how it was released, whether it was an accident or intentional.”

Dr. Sellin then went on to discuss a paper explaining Dr. Fauci’s actions in changing a non-deadly virus to something deadly. Four of the five grants given to support the study were provided by Dr. Fauci’s government body.

“Anthony Fauci seems to be still be funding gain of function research that has occurred within the last two years. And that the Chinese military is involved in the planning and execution of this research.”

Dr. Sellin comes on at the 31-minute mark in the video below:

https://humansarefree.com/2021/05/fauci-still-funding-gain-of-function-research.html 

:: 5-16-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

10 Things We Have Learned During The COVID Coup

by Zero Hedge May 16th 2021, 10:11 am

One potential positive from the whole Covid-19 debacle is that we have learned an incredible amount about the society in which we live. This will be crucial if we manage to stave off a descent into a nightmare future of techno-fascist slavery.

We will have a new understanding of what our world has become and what we would like it to be in the decades and centuries to come. And “we” means we. While the majority have, apparently, learnt nothing at all from what has happened, they will eventually catch up.

There is no way that knowledge gained by a wide-awake 15% or 20% of the population will not end up being shared by almost everyone. Once the truth is out, it tends to stay out. As H.R. Haldeman so wisely put it, “you can’t put the toothpaste back in the tube”.

Here are Ten Things We Have Learned During the Covid Coup.

1. Our political system is hopelessly corrupt.

Virtually all politicians are hopelessly corrupt. No political party can be trusted. They all can be, and have been, bought.

2. Democracy is a sham.

It has been a sham for a very long time. There will never be any real democracy when money and power amount to the same thing.

3. The system will stop at nothing to hold on to its power and, if possible, increase its levels of control and exploitation.

It has no scruples. No lie is too outrageous, no hypocrisy too nauseating, no human sacrifice too great.

4. So-called radical movements are usually nothing of the sort.

From whatever direction they claim to attack the system, they are just pretending to do so, and serve to channel discontent in directions which are harmless to the power clique and even useful to its agendas.

5. Any “dissident” voice you have ever heard of through corporate media is probably a fake.

The system does not hand out free publicity to its actual enemies.

6. Most people in our society are cowards.

They will jettison all the fine values and principles which they have been loudly boasting about all their lives merely to avoid the slightest chance of public criticism, inconvenience or even minor financial loss.

7. The mainstream media is nothing but a propaganda machine for the system…

…and those journalists who work for it have sold their sorry souls, placing their (often minimal) writing skills entirely at the disposition of Power.

8. Police are not servants of the public…

…but servants of a powerful and extremely wealthy minority which seeks to control and exploit the public for its own narrow and greedy interests.

9. Scientists cannot be trusted.

They will use the hypnotic power of their white coats and authoritative status for the benefit of whoever funds their work and lifestyle. He who pays the piper calls the tune.

10. Progress is a misleading illusion.

The “progress” of increasing automation and industrialisation does not go hand in hand with a progress in the quality of human life, but in fact will “progressively” reduce it to the point of complete extinction.

Originally published as part of Issue 65 of Winter Oak’s Acorn bulletin. Read the full bulletin here, or follow Winter oak on twitter here.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/10-things-we-have-learned-during-the-covid-coup/ 

:: 5-17-21 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FT. CAMPBELL’S COMMANDER FORCING SOLDIERS TO TAKE EXPERIMENTAL MRNA OR BE CONFINED TO BASE, HAS “JIM CROW” WATER FOUNTAINS!

Posted on May 17, 2021 By sandy 10 Comments on FT. CAMPBELL’S COMMANDER FORCING SOLDIERS TO TAKE EXPERIMENTAL MRNA OR BE CONFINED TO BASE, HAS “JIM CROW” WATER FOUNTAINS!

About one-third of military service members are refusing to take the coronavirus vaccine. In some units, refusal rates exceed half of all members. That was up until a few days ago when Commanding General MG JP McGee issued new guidelines for unvaccinated soldiers of the 101st Airborne Division.

The deal is, federal law prohibits the mandatory application of medicines within the military that are not fully licensed by the US Food and Drug Administration. The three coronavirus vaccines currently available in the United States—the Pfizer-BioNTech, Moderna, and, as of Saturday, the Johnson & Johnson versions—are approved on “emergency use authorizations,” meaning the drugs are technically still experimental. Full approval could take years, during which time hundreds of thousands of service members will apparently remain susceptible to, and potential vectors of, Covid-19. But they don’t seem to care, they are breaking another law and they are forcing people to take the experimental vaccine.

“…the person involved should have the legal capacity to give consent; should be so situated as to be able to exercise free power of choice, without the intervention of any element of force, fraud, deceit, duress, overreaching, or other ulterior forms of constraint or coercion; and should have sufficient knowledge and comprehension of the elements of the subject matter involved as to enable him to make an understanding and enlightened decision. This latter element requires that before the acceptance of an affirmative decision by the experimental subject there should be made known to him the nature, duration, and purpose of the experiment; the method and means by which it is to be conducted; all inconveniences and hazards reasonably to be expected; and the effects upon his health or person which may possibly come from his participation in the experiment.”

There’s a good reason for this law. The government and military have nasty histories of experimenting on people, including service members, without their knowledge or consent. And in fact, the law has been put to the test.

In 1997, the military instituted a mandatory vaccination program for anthrax. Upon receiving that vaccine, huge numbers of service members complained of debilitating side effects. (The vaccine may also have been a factor in what’s known as “Gulf War syndrome,” a multi-symptom illness of unknown origin related to service in the 1991 war.)

Lawsuits ensued, and in 2004 the D.C. Circuit court determined that the government had violated federal law by mandating the medicine, specifically because the vaccine in question was proven to prevent cutaneous anthrax infection, though the military sought to prevent inhalation anthrax, the most deadly form of the disease and the one most likely to be associated with a bio-attack. But the FDA hadn’t adequately studied the vaccine’s use against inhalation anthrax, the court found, meaning it didn’t meet the standard for mandatory military distribution (just like the COVID vaccines).

Following further testing, mandatory anthrax vaccinations resumed in 2007, with troops risking court-martial and even separation from the service if they refused the vaccine.

With the coronavirus vaccine, the Pentagon surely would want to avoid similar, protracted legal battles. Military leaders have expressed frustration at low vaccine acceptance rates, they had hoped the military might serve as an example to the public. But the law is clear…was clear apparently.

The law does provide one way around the informed-consent requirement for the military with experimental drugs: The president can waive that requirement if it is deemed in the best interest of service members or national security to do so. I will presume to say President Biden did this.

Fears about side effects from the coronavirus vaccine are not just natural, there are documented cases of severe side effects, and thousand of deaths related to this experimental vaccine and military leaders should address them more seriously.

“The Army tells me what, how, and when to do almost everything,” said Sgt. Tracey Carroll, who is based at Fort Sill, an Army post in Oklahoma. “They finally asked me to do something and I actually have a choice, so I said no.”

Now, commanders are jumping through hoops to push the expermintal coronavirus vaccine. They’re convening town halls, hosting question-and-answer information sessions, and posting photos and videos of themselves receiving shots. The message: Please, please follow our lead.

It is flatly illegal to force soldiers to take an experimental injection which has already killed over 3000 people in the US. This is a violation of the Nuremberg Code. For that matter, all presently ongoing injection coercion taking place under the noses of courts, politicians, and the ACLU is.

But in order to control the masses, they first need to get in control of the army. This general “JP” McGee is guilty of Crimes Against Humanity.

Unconfirmed: McGee has set up separate water fountains for “vaxxed” and “unvaxxed” soldiers. The below image sent anonymously.

https://survivaldan101.com/ft-campbells-commander-forcing-soldiers-to-take-experimental-mrna-or-be-confined-to-base-has-jim-crow-water-fountains/ 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 5-17-21 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu Warns “We’ll Do Whatever It Takes To Restore Order And Quiet” After Nearly 3,000 Rockets Are Fired At Israel

Michael Snyder / May 17, 2021

If you were running a country and somebody decided to fire close to 3,000 rockets at your cities, what would you do? I know what I would do, and it wouldn’t be pretty. Every nation on the entire planet has a right to self-defense, but right now Israel is being savagely attacked by the left and by corporate media outlets all over the globe for simply choosing to defend itself. Of course if 3,000 rockets were fired at Washington D.C. or New York City, many of those same voices would be calling for all-out war. The hypocrisy that we are witnessing right now is staggering. Hamas made the decision to start lobbing hundreds and hundreds of rockets at Israel, and now they are paying a great price for doing so. During an appearance on “Face The Nation” on Sunday, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu warned that his nation will continue to do “whatever it takes to restore order and quiet”…

But if Hamas keeps lobbing rockets at Israel, that could still change. According to one report, the number of rockets that have been fired at Israel over the past week has now grown to nearly 3,000…

Israel has faced the highest-ever rate of rocket attacks on its territory during its latest confrontation with the Palestinian Islamist group Hamas that controls Gaza, the army said on Sunday (May 16).

Since Monday, armed groups in Gaza have fired about 3,000 rockets towards Israel, surpassing the pace during an escalation in 2019 and during the 2006 war with Lebanon’s Hizbollah, said Major-General Ori Gordin.

If you fire 3,000 rockets at someone, you should expect them to fight back.

Global officials are still hoping that some sort of ceasefire can be achieved, but Sunday was the deadliest day of the conflict so far…

Israeli airstrikes on Gaza City flattened three buildings and killed at least 37 people Sunday, medics said, making it the deadliest single attack since heavy fighting broke out between Israel and the territory’s militant Hamas rulers nearly a week ago.

The violence, which came as international mediators worked to broker a cease-fire and stave off an Israeli ground invasion of the territory, marked the worst fighting here since the devastating 2014 war in Gaza.

But even though Sunday is being called the deadliest day up to this point, I think that what happened a few days ago was far more important.

On Thursday, the Israeli military announced that “air and ground forces from the IDF are now attacking in Gaza”, and media outlets all over the globe started to report that a ground invasion of Gaza had begun.

Of course a ground invasion did not take place. Instead, air and ground forces were firing into Gaza, but they did not actually cross into the territory.

Many thought that the unclear language was just an accident, but now we are learning that it was actually “a planned trick”…

Now it has been clarified that the unclear announcement was a planned trick by the IDF to eliminate a large number of Hamas terrorists within a short time.

Hordes of Hamas fighters rushed for the “safety” of their underground tunnels when they thought that an invasion had started, and it was at that moment that the IDF hit those tunnels extremely hard…

On Thursday night, the IDF brought in 160 aircraft and dropped 450 bombs containing over 80 tons of explosives, hitting 150 terror targets in 35 minutes. Hamas’ underground city was hit with enormous force, and the IDF collapsed the terror tunnel system, on the heads of the terrorists hiding in the tunnels.

During the attack, many kilometres of terror tunnels were destroyed. As of now, neither Israel nor Hamas is clear on the exact scope of the damage, but according to estimates, a large number of terrorists were buried in the sands beneath Gaza.

Hamas will never be the same after this.

Now that the capabilities of Hamas have been severely damaged, some Israeli officials are reportedly pushing for an end to the conflict…

On Saturday, senior defense officials were pushing Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Defense Minister Benny Gantz to start working toward a ceasefire that would bring an end to the IDF operation. This is based on an understanding that the military has met most of its goals since the beginning of the operation on Monday evening.

And personally, I expect things to quiet down at least a bit as Israel celebrates the And personally, I expect things to quiet down at least a bit as Israel celebrates the festival of Shavuot from Sunday evening to Tuesday evening…

This year, it begins the evening of Sunday, May 16 and lasts until the evening of Tuesday, May 18. It always falls on the Hebrew calendar 6 Sivan through 7 Sivan.

But according to the Scriptures, this is not the correct time for Shavuot to be celebrated. According to Leviticus 23, following the day of Firstfruits seven Sabbaths are to be counted, and the day following the seventh Sabbath is to be the day of Shavuot.

So this year the day of Shavuot should be celebrated from sundown on Saturday, May 22nd to sundown on Sunday, May 23rd. In any event, I expect the Israelis to pull back a bit over the next few days, and this could be an opportunity for the rest of the world to push for a ceasefire.

If a ceasefire is achieved, that will be good news, because that will mean that the next major war in the Middle East will be put off for at least a while.

As I discussed the other day, Henry Gruver was shown that “when Israel sends troops into Gaza, it will be a sign the Middle East War has started”. No Israeli troops have officially been sent into Gaza yet, and so that threshold still has not been crossed.

We should be thankful for that, but it is just a matter of time before we do see a massive military conflict in the Middle East. As we have seen over the past week, this is definitely a time of “wars and rumors of wars”.

Israel and Hamas may agree to some sort of temporary ceasefire in the coming days, but the peace will not last.

War is inevitably coming, and that war will mean great death and destruction for the entire region.

Article posted with permission from Michael Snyder

https://thewashingtonstandard.com/netanyahu-warns-well-do-whatever-it-takes-to-restore-order-and-quiet-after-nearly-3000-rockets-are-fired-at-israel/ 

:: 5-15-21 ALT News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

30 Yrs Ago, Dr. Robert Willner Accused

Anthony Fauci Of Genocide - Watch

5-15-21

https://rense.com/general96/30-yrs-ago-dr-robert-willner-accused-fauci.php 

:: 5-15-21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Joe Biden Diverts Healthcare Cash to Help Illegal Migrants

President Joe Biden has taken $2 billion from Americans’ healthcare programs to help deliver migrant youths and children to their illegal-migrant parents throughout the United States, press reports say.

“The Department of Health and Human Services [HHS] has diverted more than $2 billion meant for other health initiatives toward covering the cost of caring for unaccompanied immigrant children,” Politico reported May 15. The article continued:

Biden admin reroutes billions in emergency stockpile, Covid funds to border crunch

The reshuffling illustrates the extraordinary financial toll that sheltering more than 20,000 unaccompanied children has taken on the department so far this year.

Politico

By ADAM CANCRYN 05/15/2021 09:00 AM EDT Updated: 05/16/2021 05:48 PM EDT

The Department of Health and Human Services has diverted more than $2 billion meant for other health initiatives toward covering the cost of caring for unaccompanied immigrant children, as the Biden administration grapples with a record influx of migrants on the southern border.

The redirected funds include $850 million that Congress originally allocated to rebuild the nation’s Strategic National Stockpile, the emergency medical reserve strained by the Covid-19 response. Another $850 million is being taken from a pot intended to help expand coronavirus testing, according to three people with knowledge of the matter.

The reshuffling, which HHS detailed to congressional appropriators in notices over the last two months, illustrates the extraordinary financial toll that sheltering more than 20,000 unaccompanied children has taken on the department so far this year, as it scrambled to open emergency housing and add staff and services across the country.

It also could open the administration up to further scrutiny over a border strategy that has dogged President Joe Biden for months, as administration officials struggle to stem the flow of tens of thousands of unaccompanied children into the U.S.

On its own, the $2.13 billion in diverted money exceeds the government’s annual budget for the unaccompanied children program in each of the last two fiscal years. It is also far above the roughly half-billion dollars that the Trump administration shifted in 2018 toward sheltering a migrant child population that had swelled as a result of its strict immigration policies, including separating children from adults at the border.

In addition to transferring money from the Strategic National Stockpile and Covid-19 testing, HHS also has pulled roughly $436 million from a range of existing health initiatives across the department.

They’ve been in a situation of needing to very rapidly expand capacity, and emergency capacity is much more expensive,” said Mark Greenberg, a senior fellow at the Migration Policy Institute who led HHS’ Administration for Children and Families from 2013 to 2015. “You can’t just say there’s going to be a waiting list or we’re going to shut off intake. There’s literally not a choice.”

HHS spokesperson Mark Weber told POLITICO that the department has worked closely with the Office of Management and Budget to find ways to keep its unaccompanied minor operation funded in the face of rising costs.

“All options are on the table,” he said, adding that HHS has traditionally sought to pull funding from parts of the department where the money is not immediately needed. “This program has relied, year after year, on the transfer of funds.”

Health Secretary Xavier Becerra has the ability to shift money among programs within the sprawling department so long as he notifies Congress, an authority that his predecessors have often resorted to during past influxes of migrant children.

But these transfers come as HHS has publicly sought to pump new funds into the Strategic National Stockpile and Covid-19 testing efforts by emphasizing the critical role that both play in the pandemic response and future preparedness efforts.

“The fight against Covid-19 is not yet over,” Becerra testified to a House panel on Wednesday in defense of a budget request that would allocate $905 million for the stockpile. “Even as HHS works to beat this pandemic, we are also preparing for the next public health crisis.”

Becerra later stressed the need to “make sure we’ve got the resources” to replenish the Strategic National Stockpile, which came under scrutiny early in the pandemic after officials discovered it lacked anywhere near the amount of protective equipment and medical supplies needed to respond to the crisis.

“We’ve learned that this is going to be a critical component of being able to respond adequately and quickly to any future health care crisis,” he told Rep. Debbie Dingell (D-Mich.).

In another exchange, Rep. Markwayne Mullin (R-Okla.) repeatedly pressed Becerra over whether HHS would benefit from Congress investing more in other parts of its operation, rather than funding a further expansion of Covid testing. Mullin specifically cited the record numbers of migrant children arriving at the border.

But Becerra batted that suggestion away, telling him that “we have to continue an aggressive testing strategy.”

“We have to continue to make investments to prevent the spread of Covid and its variants,” he said.

Beyond taking funding from the stockpile and Covid testing, Weber could not immediately say what other areas within HHS have been affected. After publication of this article, HHS insisted that additional public health funding Congress allocated as part of a Covid aid bill passed in February could be steered toward the stockpile and supplementing its pandemic response.

Still, funneling money away from existing HHS programs could raise fears of undermining other critical health initiatives and irritate the public health groups and lawmakers who advocate for the funding every year.

The Trump administration faced withering criticism in 2018 for transferring hundreds of millions of dollars meant for biomedical research, HIV/AIDS services and other purposes to cover the expenses tied to an unaccompanied child population that would peak close to 14,000 that year.

That scrutiny was driven in part by bipartisan disapproval over then-President Donald Trump’s “zero tolerance” policy that separated children from their parents, which left HHS with responsibility for carrying out a costly reunification effort.

The Biden administration, by contrast, has moved to unwind several of the Trump era’s most restrictive immigration policies. Yet as it confronts the need to care for an even greater number of migrant children, health groups have bristled at the prospect it could take away from public health priorities even as the U.S. combats a pandemic.

It is concerning any time funds need to be diverted from their originally intended purpose because of limited resources,” said Erin Morton, executive director of the Coalition for Health Funding. “We have consistently asked our public health system to do more with less and we have underfunded essential programs that today are critical to addressing the multitude of challenges facing the country.”

The transfers could also stretch funding for other programs within HHS’ Administration for Children and Families, which oversees various social services including child care and support for newly arrived refugees.

Biden cited concerns about the strain on the HHS refugee office involved with both aiding refugees and caring for unaccompanied children in his initial refusal to raise the refugee admissions cap from historic lowsa decision he later reversed in the face of swift blowback.

Obviously this will have a significant impact on the ability of ORR to serve refugees and asylees,” Bob Carey, who ran the Office of Refugee Resettlement from 2015 to 2017, said of the potential need to shift more funding toward sheltering migrant children.

Still, Carey and others defended the transfers as unfortunate yet necessary, and a consequence of the urgent need to get rising numbers of unaccompanied children out of jail-like facilities at the border.

After effectively sealing the southern border last year, the Trump administration never expanded its shelter capacity to the level that HHS has pegged as critical to its preparedness, Greenberg said, leaving the department shorthanded when Biden resumed allowing migrant children into the country.

The pandemic further handicapped HHS, halving its number of available beds due to the need to follow Covid-19 precautions. That forced a scramble to build out a dozen emergency shelters that have historically, on average, cost more than double the amount per day to house each child than it does in licensed facilities.

More than half the migrant children in HHS custody are now housed in emergency shelters, Weber confirmed. And implementing pandemic measures like testing and quarantine areas in shelters has cost HHS at least $850 million in additional expenses alone.

HHS in recent months has additionally agreed to hundreds of millions of dollars in no-bid contracts with an array of emergency response and logistics companies to build out services and staff at the emergency shelters.

If they had started this year with 16,000 beds instead of 8,000, they could have managed in February and had time to determine how in an orderly way to expand capacity for the very large numbers in March,” Greenberg said. “Fundamentally, it’s this mix of: numbers were greater than expected, capacity was less than needed and there was tremendous pressure to alleviate crowding at [the border].”

Those dynamics are expected to hold for at least the next couple months, as hundreds of new unaccompanied minors arrive at the border daily and are transferred into the health department’s care.

And with no indication so far that the Biden administration will seek new emergency border aid from Congress, that means HHS’ expenses are only likely to balloon further, forcing additional costly transfers within the department.

“It’s going to be expensive,” Carey said. “I can’t think of a situation that’s more complex than this.”

https://www.politico.com/news/2021/05/15/hhs-covid-stockpile-money-border-migrants-488427 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-17-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel showed US ‘smoking gun’ on Hamas in AP office tower, officials say

“We showed them the smoking gun proving Hamas worked out of that building,” a senior diplomatic source said. “I understand they found the explanation satisfactory."

By LAHAV HARKOV MAY 17, 2021 21:35

Israel shared intelligence with the US showing how Hamas operated inside the same building with the Associated Press and Al-Jazeera in Gaza, officials in Jerusalem said on Sunday.

Officials in more than one government office confirmed that US President Joe Biden’s phone call to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Saturday was, in part, about the bombing of the building, and that Israel showed Biden and American officials the intelligence behind the action.

We showed them the smoking gun proving Hamas worked out of that building,” a senior diplomatic source said. “I understand they found the explanation satisfactory.”

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu confirmed the source’s remark, when asked about The Jerusalem Post’s reporting in an interview with US TV show Face the Nation.

We share all the intelligence with our American friends,” he said. “The intelligence we had is about an intelligence office for [Hamas] housed in that building that plots and organizes terrorist attacks on Israeli civilians. It is a perfectly legit target.”

Netanyahu also remarked that there were “no deaths whatsoever” from the strike on the building, because of measures Israel takes to avoid harming civilians, including giving an advance warning.

US Secretary of State Antony Blinken said that he did not see evidence from Israel that Hamas was operating out of the same building as the AP in Gaza, but that it is the job of others to handle intelligence matters.

Another senior Israeli official admitted that the fact that the bombing took place two days after a tweet by the IDF misled some foreign media into reporting that ground troops had entered Gaza made the situation more difficult from a public diplomacy perspective.

A Foreign Ministry spokesman said the ministry briefed thousands of journalists on the matter in the past day, including a joint briefing with the IDF and police spokespeople for foreign media on Saturday night.

But in government-to-government diplomacy, Israeli officials felt that the situation was still good.

The US was the only country to inquire about the IDF strike on the building, which the military said housed Hamas military intelligence offices, as well as AP and Al Jazeera, other news outlets, and other offices and apartments.

“From an analysis the Foreign Ministry did [on Sunday], 80% of the 90 countries we spoke to in recent days released official statements supporting Israel’s right to defend itself. They aren’t calling to stop the operation,” a ministry source said.

ASHKENAZI ALSO spoke to over 30 foreign ministers around the world.

We’re still in a positive place when it comes to our legitimacy to act,” the Foreign Ministry source added. “There is very clear support for the Israeli stance that the terrorism crossed a line.”

The IAF struck the 12-story tower in Gaza on Saturday, giving a warning an hour in advance.

“The building housed the offices of civilian media, which the terrorist organization Hamas hides behind and uses as human shields,” the IDF said in a statement. “The terror organization Hamas deliberately places its military assets in the heart of the civilian population in the Gaza Strip. Prior to the attack, the IDF warned the civilians who were in the building and gave them sufficient time to evacuate.”

After Operation Protective Edge in 2014, former AP reporter Matti Friedman wrote in The Atlantic: “Hamas understood that reporters could be intimidated when necessary and that they would not report the intimidation... The AP staff in Gaza City would witness a rocket launch right beside their office, endangering reporters and other civilians nearby – and the AP wouldn’t report it, not even in AP articles about Israeli claims that Hamas was launching rockets from residential areas.”

In light of the attack on the building in Gaza, Secretary of State Antony Blinken expressed his “unwavering support” to Associated Press president and CEO Garry Pruitt on Saturday, noting the “indispensability of their reporting in conflict zones.”

The AP and Al Jazeera condemned the airstrike in strong terms.

Pruitt called the strike “an incredibly disturbing development.” He said a dozen AP journalists and freelancers had been in the building, but were evacuated in time.

“We are shocked and horrified that the Israeli military would target and destroy the building housing AP’s bureau and other news organizations in Gaza,” he said. “The world will know less about what is happening in Gaza because of what happened today.”

The acting director-general of the Qatar-based Al Jazeera Media Network, Dr. Mostefa Souag, called the strike “barbaric” and said Israel should be held accountable.

“The aim of this heinous crime is to silence the media and to hide the untold carnage and suffering of the people of Gaza,” he said in a statement.

The spokesman for the IDF’s International Media Branch, Lt.-Col. Jonathan Conricus, rejected the notion that Israel was seeking to silence the media. “That is totally false – the media is not the target,” he told Reuters.

Zachary Keyser and Reuters contributed to this report.

https://www.jpost.com/israel-news/israel-showed-us-smoking-gun-on-hamas-in-ap-office-tower-officials-say-668303 

:: 5--21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas is no match for the IDF and could be quickly and much more cheaply defeated by blunt and crushing military force were it not for one thing — the Israeli need to minimise loss of civilian life. Hamas know that.

Over many years of conflict in Gaza, the majority of the world's media have enthusiastically reported the deaths of Palestinian civilians as though they were the deliberate object of Israel's callous and uncaring way of war. This blatantly false propaganda has been taken up by Hamas supporters and "useful idiots" in the West.... Human rights groups around the world have been doing the same.

The wilful ignorance combined with malice has always been breathtaking. Every commission of inquiry determined Israel's guilt before it even met for the first time.

Every debate and vote has overwhelmingly and of course falsely affirmed Israel's supposed war crimes and crimes against humanity. Meanwhile Hamas's actual multiple war crimes have been brushed aside.

[T]he IDF did all they could to ensure minimum loss of civilian life by selecting targets where the lowest levels of innocents would be harmed.... As in previous conflicts in Gaza the IDF has made radio broadcasts in Arabic, sent SMS messages and even phoned civilians inside the strip to warn them of impending strikes.... Gazans have given interviews confirming this.

Many in the media, human rights groups and international bodies have rushed to characterise all civilian casualties (other than those inflicted by Hamas of course) as war crimes. But the Geneva Conventions disagree. Inflicting civilian casualties is not illegal provided a military operation is necessary for the prosecution of a war, they are not disproportionate to the planned military gain and that combatant commanders do not intentionally target civilians while doing all they can to avoid hitting them.

The media takes reports from the Gaza health ministry as authoritative and objective. That is disingenuous and they know it. The health ministry is controlled by Hamas and follows their every order.

Despite all of this, as the media unceasingly show us, the real victims in this campaign have indeed been Gaza civilians. But they usually get the cause wrong. Every one is due to Hamas's unprovoked aggression against Israel. None would have occurred without it.

If Western governments, international bodies and human rights groups are genuinely interested in avoiding suffering in Gaza, they should start now, striving to end Hamas's reign of terror rather than support it by parroting their baleful narrative. During an operation in Gaza last week, the Israel Defence Forces attacked a Hamas tunnel complex with 12 squadrons of 160 combat planes striking over 150 targets with hundreds of bunker-busting JDAMs [Joint Direct Attack Munitions] in less than an hour. Although the battle damage assessment is still underway, the raid destroyed perhaps the most critical element of Hamas infrastructure, wiping out vast stocks of munitions and likely killing dozens if not hundreds of fighters. This was a hammer blow to Hamas and may prove to be a turning point in the conflict. It also sent a powerful message to Iran and Hizballah, foretelling the consequences of an assault on Israel with their arsenal of tens of thousands of missiles in southern Lebanon.

The IDF operation was a carefully coordinated combination of intelligence, surveillance, knowledge of enemy tactics, deception, surprise and precisely targeted, overwhelming force. Of all these, deception and surprise were key. Surprise is a principle of war in the American, British and many other forces, defined in the US Army Field Manual as "striking the enemy at a time or place or in a manner for which he is unprepared." The manual goes on to say: "Deception can aid the probability of achieving surprise". Throughout the history of warfare, surprise achieved through deception has led to many stunning military victories — often against the odds.

The IDF's deception operation was reminiscent of the biblical Israelite leader Gideon's famous stratagem against the Midianites. He had his men blow trumpets, light torches and yell battle cries, simulating a much larger force and causing the vastly superior enemy army to flee the field.

Last Thursday, the IDF massed tanks, artillery and infantry combat vehicles on the Gaza border, engines roaring like Gideon's trumpets. The build-up was observed by Hamas and widely reported in international media as an imminent ground invasion. Like the Midianites, hundreds of Hamas fighters rushed to take shelter inside the "metro" tunnel network. Built by Hamas after the 2014 conflict to house command facilities, store weapons and facilitate protected movement, these tunnels covered dozens of kilometres beneath the Gaza Strip. There the fighters were trapped as JDAM after JDAM thundered in from above. Emerging to fight the invasion that never came, the surviving anti-tank teams and mortar squads were then also hit from the air.

This masterpiece of tactical synchronisation, with all its complex elements, symbolises the IDF's precision attacks during this campaign, Operation Guardian of the Walls, which have already inflicted damage from which Hamas will not recover for years. The IDF learnt many lessons from previous engagements in Gaza and since 2014 have vigorously collected intelligence and worked to develop battle plans and technological solutions to deal with Hamas and their Palestinian Islamic Jihad bedfellows.

Hamas is no match for the IDF and could be quickly and much more cheaply defeated by blunt and crushing military force were it not for one thing — the Israeli need to minimise loss of civilian life. Hamas know that. They know they cannot prevail over the IDF and have no intention of trying. Their entire strategy is to attack Israeli population centres using rockets, kamikaze drones and tunnels, aimed at luring IDF counter attacks that will kill their own civilians in order to vilify and isolate Israel around the world and gain international support for their cause. With human shields as the fundamental element of every operation, Hamas are the first "army" in history to use the lives of their own civilian population as weapons of war.

Their strategy has been woefully successful. Over many years of conflict in Gaza, the majority of the world's media have enthusiastically reported the deaths of Palestinian civilians as though they were the deliberate object of Israel's callous and uncaring way of war. This blatantly false propaganda has been taken up by Hamas supporters and "useful idiots" in the West. In the US, Britain and Europe, last week we have seen hundreds of anti-Israel demonstrators brandishing Palestinian banners, burning Israeli flags, spitting out their hate for the Jewish state and screaming about IDF baby-killers. Hamas's calumny is a prime motivator among Israel-loathing academics in Western universities and high schools who have mined their false allegations as rich seams of material to indoctrinate generations of students.

Human rights groups around the world have been doing the same. There have been dozens of anti-Israel resolutions at the UN, often drawing on Hamas's narrative, twisting every aspect of the conflicts in Gaza. The prize has been the International Criminal Court's decision this year to launch a full investigation with the hope of dragging Israeli soldiers, officials and politicians into the dock at The Hague.

I have taken part in every UN Human Rights Council evidence session and emergency debate on Gaza conflicts in the last 15 years. The willful ignorance combined with malice has always been breathtaking. Every commission of inquiry determined Israel's guilt before it even met for the first time. Every debate and vote has overwhelmingly and of course falsely affirmed Israel's supposed war crimes and crimes against humanity. Meanwhile Hamas's actual multiple war crimes have been brushed aside.

The reality is very different from the lies emanating from these modern-day Towers of Babel. The IDF attack on the "metro" tunnels this week depended on lightning action and the coordination of 160 planes attacking a small area in a very short space of time. Alongside these awesome complexities, the IDF did all they could to ensure minimum loss of civilian life by selecting targets where the lowest levels of innocents would be harmed, such as empty roadways under which tunnels ran, and maintaining close surveillance to confirm a bus load of civilians didn't suddenly appear. The IDF have so far destroyed several high-rise buildings containing critical Hamas military infrastructure as well as civilian offices and apartments. Remarkably all of these have been smashed down without any reported civilian casualties.

As in previous conflicts in Gaza the IDF has made radio broadcasts in Arabic, sent SMS messages and even phoned civilians inside the Strip to warn them of impending strikes, where to go for their own safety and which routes to take. Gazans have given interviews confirming this.

When civilians do not leave an intended target building, the IDF sometimes drop specially designed low-power munitions ("knock on the roof") to encourage them to get out. With careful surveillance of target areas, the Israeli air force frequently aborts planned sorties if there is a risk of civilian casualties.

In a conflict designed by Hamas to maximise civilian deaths, some are inevitable. It is too early to accurately assess casualty figures or ratios of civilians to fighters killed, but current assessments suggest the IDF have been even more successful in minimising civilian casualties during this campaign than in previous engagements in Gaza. Many in the media, human rights groups and international bodies have rushed to characterize all civilian casualties (other than those inflicted by Hamas, of course) as war crimes. But the Geneva Conventions disagree. Inflicting civilian casualties is not illegal provided a military operation is necessary for the prosecution of a war, they are not disproportionate to the planned military gain and that combatant commanders do not intentionally target civilians while doing all they can to avoid hitting them.

The media takes reports from the Gaza health ministry as authoritative and objective. That is disingenuous and they know it. The health ministry is controlled by Hamas and follows their every order. For example, of around 2,000 rockets fired so far by Hamas during this conflict, approximately 400 have fallen short, landing inside Gaza. Some of these have killed civilians and the health ministry has attributed all of them to IDF action.

Counterintuitively, the most effective means of saving Gazan civilian lives has been Israel's Iron Dome anti-missile system. Despite Hamas efforts to overwhelm it, Iron Dome has had a 90% success rate in preventing missiles from Gaza hitting their targets. Not only has this saved the lives of countless Israeli civilians but it has also meant the IDF campaign can be more deliberate, discriminating and precise. If hundreds of Israelis were dying under Hamas rockets, the IDF would have no choice other than to strike Gaza with much greater ferocity and ground forces would already have entered the Gaza Strip, unavoidably inflicting vastly more civilian casualties than we have seen so far.

Despite all of this, as the media unceasingly show us, the real victims in this campaign have indeed been Gaza civilians. But they usually get the cause wrong. Every one is due to Hamas's unprovoked aggression against Israel. None would have occurred without it. Once this round of fighting is over, Hamas will work to build back better for next time — that is, to regenerate their military capability rather than civilian infrastructure. If Western governments, international bodies and human rights groups are genuinely interested in avoiding suffering in Gaza, they should start now, striving to end Hamas's reign of terror rather than support it by parroting their baleful narrative.

Colonel Richard Kemp is a former British Army Commander. He was also head of the international terrorism team in the U.K. Cabinet Office and is now a writer and speaker on international and military affairs. He is a Shillman Journalism Fellow at Gatestone Institute.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/17372/turning-point-in-gaza 

:: 5-16-21 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF hits Hamas military intelligence as rockets continue to target southern Israel

May 16, 2021

More to follow

The Israeli army's cyber unit, intelligence and air force attacked a Hamas intelligence center, according to a statement early Monday.

A video attached to a tweet the Israel Defense Forces spokesperson's unit posted showed a massive explosion in the complex during the strike, timestamped to Sunday.

Rockets from Gaza targeted towns in Israel's southern area late Sunday and into Monday, including barrages on Ashkelon, other communities near Gaza and Beersheba.

Two of the rockets flying toward Beersheba were shot down, according to Israeli media, while another two landed in open area.

Hamas claimed the barrage that targeted the Beersheba area.

More to follow...

https://www.i24news.tv/en/news/israel/diplomacy-defense/1621202739-idf-hits-hamas-military-intelligence-as-rockets-continue-to-target-southern-israel 

[ :: 12-31-12/1-1-13 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. the cost of things, because they have gone over the cliff, shall skyrocket and taxes, taxes, it shall be like in the days of old when everyone will have to bring their taxes in and they will be condemned and judged if they do not. Oh the things that are going to take place now, the things that you haven’t even thought of, the things that you haven’t been aware of, but I have told you, I have warned you. I have tried to prepare you that you would be totally ready, that you wouldn’t have to run real fast to make up time, but that you would be walking right by my side. etc..

:: 5-9-21 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Higher Prices Leave Consumers Feeling the Pinch

Rising costs for everything from fresh fruit to freezers are shaping purchase decisions

By Jaewon Kang May 9, 2021 5:30 am ET

Americans accustomed to years of low inflation are beginning to pay sharply higher prices for goods and services as the economy strains to rev back up and the pandemic wanes.

Price tags on consumer goods from processed meat to dishwashing products have risen by double-digit percentages from a year ago, according to NielsenIQ. Whirlpool Corp. freezers and dishwashers and Scotts Miracle-Gro Co. lawn and garden products are also getting costlier, the companies say. Some consumers are feeling stretched.

Kaitlyn Vinson, a program manager in Denver, said her recent $275 bill at a Costco Wholesale Corp. store, which included razors and cotton pads on top of her typical grocery list, was more expensive than usual. Ms. Vinson said she switched from buying fresh to frozen fruit and vegetables because they are less expensive and last longer.

We’re sacrificing the food that I really like to cook just to be cheaper,” she said.

Costs are rising at every step in the production of many goods. Prices for oil, crops and other commodities have shot up this year. Trucking companies are paying scarce drivers more to take those materials to factories and construction sites. As a result, companies are charging more for foods and consumer products including foil wraps and disposable cups. etc.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/consumers-adjust-to-higher-prices-11620552601 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 5-9-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breaking! Klaus Schwab Calls For Global Health Pass Based on Implantable Microchip

Infowars.com May 9th 2021, 4:43 pm

World Economic Forum founder Klaus Schwab called for a mandatory global health pass in the form of implantable microchips within 10 years.

In a 2016 interview that’s now gaining national attention, Schwab, also the founder of the globalist Great Reset agenda, explained that within a decade humanity will be required to have implantable microchips to serve as a global health pass. Watch Alex Jones break down Klaus Schwab’s 2016 prediction that humanity will be microchipped within a decade.

The interviewer asked Schwab in French, “we are talking about chips that can be implanted. When will that be?”

“Certainly in the next 10 years,” Schwab responded. “And at first we will implant them in our clothes. And then we could imagine that we will implant them in our brains, or in our skin.”

Schwab went even further, describing the globalists’ transhumanist dream of a direct “fusion” of consciousness to the “digital world.”

“And in the end, maybe, there will be a direct communication between our brains and the digital world,” he said. “What we see is a kind of fusion of the physical, digital, and biological world.

He insisted that people will soon be able to simply say “I want to be connect with anyone now” to directly link their minds with another person’s.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/breaking-klaus-schwab-calls-for-global-health-pass-based-on-implantable-microchip/ 

:: 5--21 Leo Hohmann :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

They are coming for your kids: Globalists launch all-out assault on children

Whether it’s in the womb, at a border crossing, in the classroom, or at a local pediatrician’s office, the globalist agenda has prioritized children as its main target.

If a child manages to get out of his or her mother’s womb alive, their future includes the prospect of masks for life, sitting at home being indoctrinated “remotely” through a computer, and experimental injections their parents are told will “keep them safe.”

This has been the globalist agenda all along, much of it embedded in the United Nations Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030 goals for sustainable development. But we are just now seeing the fruits of decades of schemes devised by some of the world’s most satanically inspired men and women.

It starts with abortion. The U.S. abortion industry is flush with cash now that Biden has “invested” hundreds of millions of your tax dollars into their dark agenda.

Here are some sobering numbers on how efficiently that industry works:

Total number of U.S. abortions 1973-2018: 61.8 million

Abortions in 2017: 862,320 (Guttmacher Institute)

Abortions per day: 2362-plus (GI)

Abortions per hour: 98-plus (GI)

1 abortion every 37 seconds (GI)

More than 30 percent of all abortions in America are performed on black babies, even though blacks only represent 15 percent of the population. This is not by accident as the racist Planned Parenthood invests [there’s that word again] a nice chunk of your taxpayer dollars into clinics strategically placed in black communities.

If they manage to survive these attacks on their personhood, children are not likely to make it to their 18th birthday without completely losing their ability to think for themselves. Schools use your tax dollars and a heaping dose of critical race theory to indoctrinate children to hate their country, hate their history, and if they are Caucasian, to hate themselves.

Could this be the reason why so few Americans wish to pro-create? If one is taught to hate his or her self, based on skin color, why would they want to propagate an evil race? This may at least partly explain why the U.S. birth rate has plummeted to an all-time low of 62.8 births per 1,000 women. This is half of what the birthrate was in 1960s America.

Thanks to decades of universities preaching the holy grail of abortion and the need for smaller families, we have a birth dearth that is starting to make it impossible for certain sectors of our economy to function. Corporations crave young migrants to fill in the demographic gaps in the labor market, so they pay politicians to open the borders.

Meanwhile, thousands of unaccompanied minor children are being ushered across the U.S. southern border and flown into the interior of America’s major cities, where many end up being placed in sketchy foster homes or sold to the highest bidders for sex. Biden’s Justice Department turns a blind eye and focuses on hunting down patriotic Americans who attended a Trump rally.

If a migrant child survives the sketchy foster home or, God forbid, their pedophile predators, they too can look forward to a life of indoctrination and annual injections of experimental gene therapies falsely touted as “life-saving vaccines.”

Transition to global government starts in schools

One of the unintended consequences of the COVID scheme to digitize the world, including the transition from in-school learning to “distance learning” via computer, is that some parents are for the first time actually getting a glimpse of what their kids are being taught. They are taught to be good “global citizens” not Americans, and to respect the planet over the dignity of humanity created in the image of God.

When parents discover the blatant hate being taught to their children under the 1619 Project and various other race-based Marxist curricula, it has led to parental uprisings in school districts nationwide.

But be aware. The ever-vigilant indoctrinators are not going to tolerate parents being parents. Oh no. They are doubling down on the indoctrination and their attempts to turn the hearts and minds of your children against you.

Take, for example, the Rockwood School District in suburban St. Louis. When parents there started to complain about the critical race theory nonsense being pushed on their kids, a school district official got caught instructing teachers to show parents a fake curriculum.

The real curriculum, to remain hidden, was focused on “antiracist” activism and issues of “white privilege,” the Daily Wire reported.

In some school districts, such as Loudon County, Virginia, radicals don’t try to hide their Marxist indoctrination efforts. No, in true Marxist form, they make enemy lists comprised of parents who object to their children being brainwashed. Then they infiltrate those parents’ groups and attack them on social media, reports Human Events.

Vaccines for all

United Nations Agenda 2030 Sustainable Development Goal number 3.8 demands “affordable, life-saving vaccines for all.”

The Biden regime is not led by original thinkers. They merely follow the globalist agenda promoted by the World Economic Forum, the Vatican and the United Nations. Biden made it clear in his May 4 speech that as soon as the FDA gives Emergency Use Authorization for the experimental vaccines to be given to children, he will direct the medical establishment to “immediately” start giving the shots to kids ages 11 to 15. That could come as early as next week with approval for children even younger expected by the fall. Biden said the shots would be administered through pediatricians’ offices.

While waiting for their experimental shots, these kids are at the mercy of the CDC, a corrupt, criminal enterprise, totally infiltrated by Marxists and globalists. The CDC recently released its “guidelines” for children’s summer camps. They said children should wear two masks at all times, even outdoors, and divide into “cohorts,” keeping at least three feet away from each other at all times. Masks should never be removed unless the child is swimming or eating.

Is this a humane way to treat a child who, if somehow gets infected with COVID while playing outdoors, has a 99.98 percent chance of beating it. When kids get it, they tend to be asymptomatic, and study after study has shown that asymptomatic carriers of this virus almost never transmit it to others.

So the obvious question is, why?

Why the push to vaccinate children for a disease that almost never kills them with a vaccine that isn’t even fully approved by the FDA and has no track record of long-term data by which to assess its impact on their health five or 10 or 20 years down the road?

It simply makes no sense.

When the puzzle doesn’t fit, you look for the missing piece.

Is it sterilization, which many doctors have said is a risk with these vaccines?

Is it simply to get the younger generation conditioned to accept annual injections as a pre-condition for work, travel, going to shops and restaurants? To accept the extremely anti-America idea that responsible citizens will depend on a digital passport issued by those in “authority” that certifies them as fit to participate in society?

Line up for the ‘fun’

Biden said he wants to vaccinate 70 percent of American adults with at least one shot by July 4.

He portends to do this by “making it easier, more convenient and more fun to get vaccinated.”

He said he will spread the fun out to rural America.

“We will have smaller sites closer to the unvaccinated,” he said. “We’re going to make it easier than ever to get vaccinated. Walk into your local pharmacy without an appointment. It’s easy. It’s free. Go get the shot as soon as you can!”

What is Biden really saying here?

While Biden has the IQ of a moron, his handlers are not stupid.

At least 85 percent of rural people voted for Trump. Are we to believe the Biden regime really cares about their health so much that he is spending billions to purchase “life-saving” vaccines for them and millions more on propaganda campaigns to convince the rural folk that these injections are good for their health?

No, this is about taking total control over the lives of folks who right now are the least controllable of all Americans. They don’t rely on the government for their transportation, health, jobs, safety or security.

The globalists who control Biden see COVID as an opportunity. They need to reduce the economic independence of the rural population, drive them off their land, steal their wealth and along with it their independence.

That’s why Bill Gates, George Soros and the Chinese are buying up America’s rural farmland.

They can only achieve this by making these rural Americans scared, confused, sick and broke.

Enter COVID-19, fearmongering, unproven “vaccines” and digital health passports and you have the perfect antidote to independent middle-class American life. And, while they are at it, why not indoctrinate their children so that they will grow up to hate their parents and the ideals they possess?

The passports, set up as an app on your smartphone, will allow the technocrats to know where you go and when; how much energy and resources you burn to get there; how much meat you are consuming and other lifestyle choices deemed sinful by the globalist elites.

Businesses are already experimenting with a bracelet, called the Immunaband, which contains a scanable QR code that will notify arenas, airlines, restaurants and other venues if the customer is vaccinated or not at the point of entry.

This will be the new Yellow Star system that separates the clean from the unclean, those who submit unquestioningly to globalist government dictates from those who research whether what they are being told is actually true.

The globalists aim to separate, categorize and surveil people which they pigeonhole into different groups based on how willing they are to obey whatever government/media narrative is being pushed. This is the Chinese social credit system being launched before our very eyes, here in the land of the free and home of the brave.

We will soon find out soon just how many brave souls are left in America.

Fauci, the modern-day Dr. Mengele

Everything about modern society discourages independent thinking. We are taught in school, in the media, by Dr. Anthony Fauci, to just shut up and obey. Put on your mask, stand on the X, get your shot. Don’t ask why or if the purported reason lines up with the facts of the circumstances, just shut up and do it. Why? Because they said so. To ask them to show their data makes you a science denier.

Biden says “trust Dr. Fauci,” but who is this man to whom at least half of America has offered their blind allegiance?

Under Fauci’s leadership, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases has spent more than $400,000 funding grisly experiments that grafted the scalps of aborted babies onto living rats and mice.

The research, published last fall in the journal Nature, was performed by scientists at the University of Pittsburgh.

“Full-thickness human fetal skin was processed via removal of excess fat tissues attached to the subcutaneous layer of the skin, then engrafted over the rib cage, where the mouse skin was previously excised,” the study states.

Some of the grafted fetal skin, the study notes, matured into “adult-like human skin.” Some of the grafts even developed “human skin appendages,” including “human hair evident at 12 weeks post-transplantation.”

Graphic photographs from the study show patches of human skin grafted to rodent bodies and clearly sprouting human hair.

Fauci is America’s version of the infamous German physician, Dr. Joseph Mengele, who experimented on the children of those deemed “less than,” by a Nazi ethos that was anti-God and anti-human. Do you really want to trust someone like that for your medical advice or that of your children?

If Fauci’s scheme started with masks, social distancing, lockdowns and experimental injections for all, where does it end? We already know the depths to which his depraved mind is willing to sink based on his diabolical human-rodent experiments.

Fauci, Bill Gates, and their cohorts are leading us into a future that will be every bit as grotesque as what the world witnessed at the end of World War II. Remember, those Jews herded into the camps were told they were going in for a much-needed shower. They believed the lies of their oppressors, a classic case of Stockholm Syndrome. But when the Nazi guard flipped on the switch, it wasn’t water that came out of those showerheads. It was gas. Lethal Zyklon B gas. Someone had to make and sell that gas to the German government. It was a corporation called I.G. Farben, the same company whose subsidiary later made the RU 486 abortion pill.

The lesson? Never trust Big Pharma. They have a history of lying to make a buck.

The Moderna, Pfizer and Johnson & Johnson injections have already generated a record-shattering 4,178 deaths reported between Dec. 14, 2020, and May 3 to the government’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System [VAERS], a notoriously unreliable reporting system known to drastically undercount the actual numbers of deaths and injuries. That’s a 4,000 percent increase in deaths reported this year over last, and we’re only four months into 2021. Shockingly, that number, 4,178, also represents more deaths reported to VAERS than for all the other vaccines combined over the last 15 years.

The most disgusting part of the government/media propaganda campaign now underway is it is dividing people who were once close-knit. You have the believers and the unbelievers. Many families are being torn apart because one family member believes Fauci while another remains skeptical.

Caught in the middle are the children.

If you haven’t done it already, it’s time to take your child out of the clutches of an evil agenda. Children can’t fight for themselves. They need us to stand up for them and go to war if necessary for their future well being. These are innocent souls. Are they not worth fighting for?

SUPPORT HONEST INDEPENDENT JOURNALISM: LeoHohmann.com is 100 percent reader supported and is not influenced by any corporate advertisers or sponsors. Donations of any size are appreciated and may be sent c/o Leo Hohmann, PO Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264, or electronically by clicking the tab below.

https://leohohmann.com/2021/05/07/they-are-coming-for-your-kids-globalists-launch-all-out-assault-on-children/ 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 5-9-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – Gold Has Now Broken Out And A Price Of $3,000 Is Next

May 09, 2021

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals told King World News that gold has now broken out and a price of $3,000 is next.

Each week Egon von Greyerz articles are published first on KWN.

May 9 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz at Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): The Greek playwright Euripides’ (450 BC) statement on gold (slightly amended by me), tells us why it has remained money for 5,000 years.

Because gold is constant wealth and can’t be altered or forged successfully.

With regards to distinguishing bad from good fiat money, bankers and central bankers have made that task both ridiculously and criminally easy for us all.

Because there is no good fiat money…

Listen to the greatest Egon von Greyerz audio interview ever

by CLICKING HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

All fiat money is fake and produced at will with the press of a button by the culpable bankers.

Fiat money is today produced electronically which means at no cost. So it is obviously today not even worth the piece of paper it is written on.

Anything that can be produced in unlimited quantities at no cost can, by definition, not be worth more than ZERO.

“WE CANNOT IGNORE THE CONSEQUENCES OF IGNORING REALITY.”

Ayn Rand said that “we can ignore reality but not the consequences of reality.”

And reality is that just in this century, over $200 trillion of debt or fake money has been produced in the world. That is 200% more than all the debt monies created ($100T) in history until year 2000. This sum obviously excludes promises and lies in the form of global unfunded liabilities, (medicare, social security, pensions, etc) plus up to $2 quadrillion of derivatives which will end up worthless.

But few realise the consequences of the world’s insatiable need for fake money. The super bubble will inflate until one day it totally implodes.

GOLD & CENTRAL BANKS

Central bankers have a love – hate relationship with gold. On the one hand they are obliged to love it since they hold 34,000 tonnes or $2 trillion worth of the yellow metal. Well, at least that’s what they say they own. But since virtually no central bank has an official audit of their physical position plus all outstanding paper contracts, nobody really knows how much of these 34,000 tonnes is actually held by them free and clear.

If central banks have nothing to hide, why don’t they open up their books for public scrutiny. After all this gold belongs to the people. The answer is simple. They clearly don’t hold the gold they state they have.

Much of this gold has probably been sold covertly. Also, major amounts have been leased to the market via the bullion banks. Much of the leased gold has then been bought by major international buyers like China and India. These countries will clearly never return the gold.

Again, we can’t ignore the consequences of the vanishing gold because all the central banks have for their leased gold is an IOU from a bullion bank. And the bullion bank obviously knows that they will never get the gold back from China, India or wherever it has been sold to.

Between the bullion banks and the BIS, they are juggling gold paper positions of $280 billion per day which is 600X daily mine production. The only reason they trade at this colossal level must be that they in the paper market must cover major deficiencies in the physical market. When one day a major number of paper gold holders panic and ask for delivery, the bullion banks will no longer manage to fool the market and will be caught with their pants down.

The former Governor of the Bank of England, Eddie George, described such a moment back in 1999:

We looked into the abyss if the gold price rose further. A further rise would have taken down one or several trading houses, which might have taken down all the rest in their wake. Therefore at any price, at any cost, the central banks had to quell the gold price, manage it. It was very difficult to get the gold price under control but we have now succeeded. The US Fed was very active in getting the gold price down. So was the U.K.”

At the time, gold had moved up from a low of $251 to $340. As George said, a further move up in gold would have taken down the whole caboodle. The total paper position in gold today is multiples of what it was in 1999 and very little needs to go wrong for the whole thing to blow up. To roll over around $280 billion in paper gold daily can easily go wrong at any time.

This situation is untenable and very likely to put enormous pressure on the whole paper gold market in due course. This market is a pest that is as far from the true gold market as you can get. It deserves to go under. And like all fake systems that break the laws of nature, its life is ephemeral.

As Ralph Waldo Emerson said:

The desire of gold is not for gold.

It is for the means of freedom and benefit.”

Fake and totally encumbered paper gold is neither freedom and nor does it have any sustainable benefit. Especially since like most financial paper assets it is not backed by anything.

The coming rise in the gold price combined with very strong demand could easily be the catalyst for breaking the paper market.

LAST RESISTANCE FOR GOLD BROKEN – $3,000 NEXT

As I mentioned in a Tweet last week, gold has now finished the correction since August 2020 and is on its way to around $3,000 as an initial target.

The important initial confirmation of gold’s continued secular bull market was confirmed when the 6 year Maginot Line was broken at $1,350 in June 2019, as I predicted in my Feb 2019 article “The Chinese and Maginot Gold Lines.”

Most investors don’t understand gold or the role of gold. This is why only 0.5% of world financial assets are invested in gold.

Very few investors are aware that gold has outperformed virtually all asset classes, including stocks, in this century.

But gold should not be seen as an investment but as an asset for “freedom and benefit.”

In an investment world which consists primarily of insanely overvalued paper assets, physical gold represents sanity and eternal wealth.

Gold is also the ultimate insurance and wealth preservation asset against a very fragile financial system.

Anyone who fails to protect his family’s and future generations’ wealth is not only irresponsible, but stands to lose virtually everything as the most epic asset bubble in history bursts…This will link you directly to more fantastic articles from Egon von Greyerz CLICK HERE.

***To hear a legend who overseas $160 billion Rob Arnott discuss how investors can protect themselves from skyrocketing inflation and much more CLICK HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-gold-has-now-broken-out-and-a-price-of-3000-is-next/ 

[ :: 4-12-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. So I hope you are listening and paying attention, for the time is extremely short as you can see and the mark of the beast shall be coming in soon and you can’t stop it.  For the world has gone crazy, etc

:: 5-3-21 Christian Broadcasting Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Defense Dept. Develops Next Gen Sensor to Implant Under Human Skin, Like a 'Check Engine Light'

05-03-2021  Caitlin Burke

One military doctor is calling a next-generation technology that could ultimately stop a future pandemic, "a human check engine light."

It's actually a tiny hydro-gel sensor that sits right under the skin and was originally developed to help treat diabetes.

But for the Defense Department, it's a way to stop the spread of infection in its tracks.

"What we do is we say, 'Well the science is interesting but we're translating that into application and benefit and its something frankly the Department of Defense does really well," said Dr. Matthew Hepburn, M.D., the vaccine lead for Operational Warp Speed. "We can see science but we say, we have mission, we have a national security mission."

***As Big Tech censorship continues to grow, please sign up for CBN Newsletters and download the CBN News app to ensure you keep receiving the latest news from a distinctly Christian perspective.***

In March of 2020, the USS Theodore Roosevelt made headlines when more than 1,000 sailors on board tested positive for COVID-19.

The outbreak put the ship out of commission for two months and kept a crew of 4,800 sailors from their mission of defending our nation.

Hepburn told CBN News he's devoted his entire career to finding a way to prevent that from happening again.

"What we want to do is detect an infection as early as possible, before someone even spreads it to another person, to try and prevent that infection in the first place, so that it never happens, but if it does, we detect and treat," he noted. "What we also might want to do is make sure everybody else is protected.

That's now possible, thanks to a tiny hydro-gel bio-sensor. It's placed under the skin and from there it's able to measure what's going on at a tissue level. For example, it can measure the levels of lactate in your body.

"The level of lactate at the tissue level is a really good indicator that someone is starting to get sick," Hepburn explained. "It's one of those things that we go up pretty early in severe infection called sepsis. I think everyone's kind of heard of sepsis."

The sensor doesn't tell you what kind of infection you may be getting. It's more of an alert. Hepburn compares it to a check engine light.

"A check engine light doesn't say, 'There's a problem, you're out of oil.' It just says, 'There may be something wrong with your engine, take a closer look," he said. "So the idea of the sensor is, check engine light goes off, then you need to do some more specific tests to figure out if you have COVID or something else wrong with you."

This next-generation technology was invented by Profusa, a private sector company. They created it to help treat diabetes, but through a partnership with the Defense Department, the sensor has been developed to serve a number of other purposes. Besides detecting infection, it can also be used to check oxygen levels.

"So you can think of like a pilot, you'd want to know tissue level hypoxia or low oxygen as an early signal that you're not getting enough oxygen to your tissue," Hepburn said.

This technology is currently in clinical trials. All vaccines and treatments provided by the Defense Department have to go through FDA approval and this one is well on its way to getting that endorsement.

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/national-security/2021/may/defense-dept-develops-next-gen-sensor-to-implant-under-human-skin-like-a-check-engine-light?utm_source=news&utm_medium=

email&utm_campaign=news-eu-weeklynews&utm_content=210508-2315782&inid=c5db370e-1955-40ed-97e8-e489e9eafa65 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 5-10-21 Setting Brush Fires :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What’s Happening In Canada Comes Next To The US Unless We Stop It Now

Tim Brown / May 10, 2021 /

Pastor Artur Pawlowski and his brother were arrested over the weekend following their church service. Half a dozen Gestapo cars lined up on the street to arrest the men, pull them from their car and put them on their knees in the middle of a busy street while it was raining. And for what? Meeting with other believers! This will be here in the US if we don’t put a stop to the CONvid-1984 hoax and expose the lies and bring justice to the guilty.

https://settingbrushfires.com/whats-happening-in-canada-comes-next-to-the-us-unless-we-stop-it-now/ 

:: 5-9-21 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Welcome To The Socialist Paradise Of California

May 9, 2021 by Michael Snyder

If you like extremely high taxes, a ridiculously inflated cost of living, horrifying bureaucratic nightmares, rising crime rates, endless homeless encampments and “health restrictions” that make it nearly impossible to operate a small business successfully, then you are going to absolutely love California. Vast hordes of people have fled the state over the past 12 months, and so that means that there is now plenty of room for more socialists to move in. But before you come, you will want to make sure that you have completely discarded any lingering notions of “freedom” and “liberty” because they won’t be of any use to you once you arrive in California.

Over the past few years, California has gotten a bad rap for being an absolutely filthy place, but the truth is that authorities are going to great lengths to try to clean things up.

In fact, they just removed 180 pounds of feces from one homeless encampment alone…

This week, Echo Lake Park in Los Angeles California, the location of a former homeless encampment, received a much needed, and long overdue, deep cleaning.

The park was closed last month and since then, city officials have been working to clean and revitalize the park and have reportedly removed over 170 tents and other debris, the Los Angeles Times reported.

Among the 35 tons or 70,000 pounds of garbage, there were literal piles of poop, amounting to 180 pounds of feces and 564 pounds of urine according data from L.A. Sanitation & Environment workers. This did not include excrement collected from portable or permanent restrooms. Other hazardous waste like needles used for drugs, gasoline, and kerosene amounted to 300 pounds of the total trash collected, the LA Times noted.

Critics of California often focus on the worst parts of the state, and that is very unfortunate.

California is a state known for great natural beauty, and that natural beauty once attracted tourists from all over the globe. Unfortunately, the pandemic has kind of killed tourism and many of the most iconic locations in the state have been marred by the “temporary” problems that the state is currently experiencing. Venice Beach is just one example…

Residents of Venice Beach in Los Angeles say soaring crime rates and the exploding homeless population have made life in the elite beachside community unbearable.

A ‘catastrophic’ increase in homelessness in Los Angeles has seen hundreds of tents line the beach’s famous boardwalk.

Business owners say they are being forced to close their doors and longterm residents are afraid to leave their homes after dark after being subjected to violent attacks and intimidation.

Many Californians aren’t leaving their homes that much during daylight hours either because the price of gasoline has gotten so high.

At this point, the average price of a gallon of regular-grade gasoline in the United States has reached $3.02 per gallon.

That is not good, but in many parts of California the average price of a gallon of regular-grade gasoline is now hovering around four dollars a gallon, and in some locations a gallon of premium is almost five dollars a gallon.

But officials in California are assuring us that higher taxes and absurd regulations are “only partly to blame” for why residents of California have to pay such high prices for gasoline…

Of course the gasoline prices in California are not even worth comparing to the absurdly high housing prices in the state.

But the good news is that those housing prices have started to moderate a bit as hordes of former residents have stampeded out of the state over the past year.

Some suspect that rising crime rates may have something to do with the mass exodus. After a huge increase last year, the murder rate in Los Angeles County is up almost 200 percent so far in 2021…

Murders in Los Angeles County have spiked nearly 200% so far this year compared to the same time in 2020, with at least one official blaming the “defund the police” movement and progressive law enforcement officials.

Apparently not satisfied with how fast crime is rising, California Governor Gavin Newsom has decided that now is a perfect time to start releasing tens of thousands of violent criminals back on to the streets…

California is giving 76,000 inmates, including violent and repeat felons, the opportunity to leave prison earlier as the state aims to further trim the population of what once was the nation’s largest state correctional system.

More than 63,000 inmates convicted of violent crimes will be eligible for good behavior credits that shorten their sentences by one-third instead of the one-fifth that had been in place since 2017. That includes nearly 20,000 inmates who are serving life sentences with the possibility of parole.

We are being told that California prisons will soon be a lot safer once all of those violent criminals are gone.

So if you plan on living in a California prison, that is really promising news.

As my regular readers already know, I really like to make fun of the state of California.

But the truth is that the entire country is slowly but surely becoming just like California, and there is nothing funny about that.

The state of California was once one of the most beautiful and most prosperous places on the entire planet.

Sadly, now socialism is transforming it into a dirty, filthy, crime-ridden bureaucratic hellhole.

The rest of the nation should be recoiling in horror from the cautionary tale that California has become, but instead both major political parties have deeply embraced socialism at this point.

The path that we are on does not lead anywhere good, and those that actually live in California should understand this better than any of us.

***Michael’s new book entitled “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.***

http://endoftheamericandream.com/welcome-to-the-socialist-paradise-of-california/ 

:: 5--21 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Surviving Change

by Daisy Luther

A lot of people have preparedness and survival plans based on certain factors remaining the same. Maybe they’re convinced their income will remain the same, and they’ll get to stay in their home, their car will keep running, they’ll be able to afford to keep buying food to stash away, everyone will stay happily married, nobody will die…the list is endless. But the most certain thing in life is the uncertain: change.

If the past year has taught us nothing else, it should have reinforced how quickly things can change and how much resiliency matters. Perhaps nothing at all changed for you, but you’ve most certainly noticed others who have faced overwhelming changes. Loss of income, loss of loved ones, loss of freedom, loss of buying power, loss of social interaction, loss of physical possessions as the bills can no longer be paid.

Your ability to deal with these changes will be the difference between success and failure.

I’m not in a unique position. I have faced more than one loss this year that has been devastating. So not only am I dealing with change, but I’m also dealing with grief over losing people I love. As well, one of my kids is locked down in Canada, and we haven’t been able to see each other for over a year.

And that’s just the personal stuff. My business is a target because many of us have unpopular opinions, and we share the unvarnished truth as we see it. Seven people are dependent on this website for income, and I’m determined to persevere. We have been threatened with loss of income and although we’re still doing okay, it will almost certainly happen in the future.

But here’s the thing. We aren’t rolling over and giving up. We’re increasing our sources of revenue with our bookstore and our digital courses. We have a Patreon account. We know that enough people believe in us that we can make the essential changes to stay in business. We are working on even more things to diversify our income to cover our operating expenses and pay our writers.

There are days when I want to curl up under the covers with my dogs and say, “I just want things to be EASY for once.” There are days when I don’t want to turn on the computer or look at my bank balance or do anything serious or strenuous. But I keep going. I’ve been through more challenging times than this, much harder times, and survived and even went on to thrive.

It’s important to grieve when things change.

This could be considered a prepping post or just a plain old ordinary life post. Change will hit you and hit you hard, if not now, at some point in your life. Sometimes you’ll see it coming like a storm on the distant horizon. Sometimes it will smash into you out of the blue, and you’ll be blindsided.

But it’s inevitable.

Some might say it’s important to just keep going, and it is. But I think it’s also important to take the time to grieve. If you put off grief until “a more convenient time”, it will cause you many more problems down the road. Accept the pain and know that it is a natural, normal part of change and life. Be patient with your emotions because they may be quite volatile for a while.

Loss doesn’t just mean that a loved one has died. Maybe he or she is no longer in your life for some reason. Perhaps you’re missing the family get-togethers that have been lifelong traditions, or your former home, or your lifestyle, or your travel plans, or your milestones like graduations and weddings.

Your loss may seem insignificant to others, but that doesn’t make it insignificant to you. You’re allowed to grieve and be sad and not feel guilty about it because someone else’s loss was ‘worse.’ Loss is loss is loss and it hurts.

Don’t wallow in it forever. I set myself a time limit to really FEEL the loss, journal about it, spend time alone in nature, or whatever. And then I move on. That doesn’t mean I’m not still sad – I’m still heartbroken about some losses. But they’ve been mourned, and I can feel the occasional wave of sadness and still keep going.

And then, get your ass in gear.

So you’ve accepted the loss, as terrible as it was. Now it’s time to remember who the heck you are. You are the person who has dealt with every single bad hand life has thrown you, and you will deal with this one too. You have to just keep going even though everything feels like it’s crashing around you. You don’t want Toby’s Nan to wallop you upside the head to slap you out of it.

Handle your business—brainstorm plans. Get out your notebook or planning app and write down your problems. Organize them by levels of urgency and deadlines.

Then go into more detail. What are possible solutions? Will these solutions take time, money, the cooperation of others? Which things can you do easily and get out of the way?

Break it down into small manageable steps. You may have dozens of those steps, but what is that quote? “A journey of a thousand miles starts with a single step.”

What you cannot do is wait around to be rescued. Especially right now, there are so many people in need, so many who are hurting, you’ll be at the end of a very long line. You have to be the hero of your own story. Whether that means working 18 hours a day at two different full-time jobs to make money to get yourself a place to live, whether it means moving in with family members, whether it means sacrificing possessions and living a simpler life.

You can do this. You can do difficult things. You just have to accept that change has occurred and make a plan to move forward.

Accept the change.

Okay. So the change, whatever it is, has occurred. You’ve grieved. You’ve taken the appropriate actions. You’re now in a whole new mental space. You have to shift your mindset from being in grief mode, fight-or-flight mode, or struggle-to-survive mode. This is the point at which you should finally be able to relax a little.

Sometimes this can be the hardest part. I know it is for me. I’m a fighter by nature, and it’s difficult for me to reach the point where I give in and say, “Okay, I’ve done everything I can. I cannot control this. This is my current circumstance.” It’s hard for me to accept that a person is gone, that a home is gone, that I lost a friend, or that a business idea didn’t succeed. I just want to keep on working at it until I make things go my way.

You may be the same. Fighting can become habitual. Being in that survival frame of mind can become your go-to. This isn’t healthy. You can’t run on adrenaline and force of will forever.

6 healthy ways to handle change

Now is the time you have to learn to accept the change and find peace in it. I wish I could tell you I’ve found some magical way to do this, but a few things that help me are:

Gratitude: I have a roof over my head. It may not be a fancy roof or as nice as my former roof, but it’s a roof nonetheless. I have food in my cupboards. I have my dogs, family, and friends.

Find something new to love: There’s always going to be some wonderful little gift of nature in your new setting, whether that’s a trickling stream, a wooded path, or even a dandelion poking up through a crack in the sidewalk to remind you we can bloom anywhere if we have enough will to do it.

Do things that aid in your peace of mind: Maybe it’s taking a walk or working out at the gym. Perhaps it’s sitting on the beach watching the waves. It could be looking for rocks of a certain type in the creek. Some people find peace in needlecraft or woodcraft or creating something. Don’t just sit there and stare at Netflix eating unhealthy food. That is NOT going to make you feel better.

Eat as well as you can. When money is tight it can be hard to eat healthfully. But eat things that are as healthy as your budget allows, and nourish yourself with the effort of home-cooked food. Don’t resort to the temporary comfort of a junk food binge. It will not make you feel better in the long run.

Let people love you. When you are reeling from a dramatic change it’s easy to feel like a burden on others. You don’t want to bring them down so you don’t tell them how bad things are. You don’t want to sound like a whiner. You don’t want to admit what went wrong – perhaps you’re embarrassed. People who really love you don’t care about any of that. They care about you. They want to support you. But they can’t if you won’t let them. If you’ve sort of vanished off the face of the earth for a while, dealing with your crisis, it can seem insurmountable to start that first conversation again. But if you do, you will be rewarded with exactly what you need: love, acceptance, and warmth. Just say, “Hey, I know it’s been a while. I’ve been going through some stuff. I’m sorry for not being available. How are you?” and your loved ones will probably take it from there. And if the response is less than warm? Maybe they’re not your people.

Be active. Avoid the urge to sit in front of the television or laptop, or to sleep all day. Get up and get moving. Being outside is particularly good for you. Vitamin D from the sun and connecting with nature can be incredibly healing. Whatever you do, get moving.

Things have changed and you must adapt. Keeping yourself mentally healthy, physically healthy, and accepting support from others will help.

Change will make you or break you.

I have had changes in my life that broke me temporarily. We all do. It’s what you do to put yourself back together that matters. It’s how you keep going, how you progress anyway, how you find a new path when your old path is no more, that matters.

Change is not easy. It often hurts. One of my favorite violence dynamics philosophers wrote,

“Why is a caterpillar wrapped in silk while it changes into a butterfly? So the other caterpillars can’t hear the screams. Change hurts.”

― Rory Miller

Life is ever changing but currently even more so than usual. Sometimes it’s a good thing, but lately, many of the changes we have experienced have been bad. I don’t foresee things getting easier soon. That isn’t meant to discourage you. It’s meant to encourage you to build up your mental reserves and prepare for what’s coming. Let it make you stronger.

How do you handle change?

Have you faced difficult changes over the past year? Do you have tips for those who are undergoing changes in circumstances or losses? Let’s talk about change in the comments.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/surviving-change/ 

:: 5-10-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man Who Oversees $160 Billion Issues Major Inflation Warning, Says Situation Is “Pretty Scary.”

May 10, 2021

One of the legends in the business warned King World News about the raging inflation we are seeing but also cautioned that the worst may still be in front of us and said the situation is “pretty scary.”

1970’s Style Inflation Legend Rob Arnott, whose firm oversees $160 billion globally, issued a major warning about inflation

May 10 (King World News) – Eric King: “Rob, living through the 1970s, this inflation (we are seeing today) made me look back and revisit that time. I was looking at the ‘Whip Inflation Now’ buttons from Gerald Ford (laughter). And I don’t know if you remember those or not, Rob? It seems like a long time ago, but it was really a crazy time during the ‘70s.”

Rob Arnott, Chairman of Research Affiliates: “It was a crazy time. And the ‘Whip Inflation Nowseems to suggest, ‘Hey, we’re all in this together.’ No. Inflation is always, always a function of government policy.”

Eric King: “It was very interesting how they (policymakers) tried to get everybody in the US to get on board with not taking their dollars and spending them. And of course, as you know, that ended rather disastrously.

Anyway, looking back on that whole time period (the ‘70s), we got pretty severe inflation, I think very similar to what we are seeing now. Some could argue it was a higher but I don’t know, we’re seeing some pretty stratospheric inflation numbers on certain items that are important. Lumber is used to build housing, decking, and things of that nature, and it’s gone from $250-$300 to around $1,600, Rob.”

Rob Arnott: “That sounds like more than well-anchored 2% inflation.”

Eric King: “Very good (laughter). You brought up in passing (earlier) that if you were in common stocks that wasn’t the place to be (in the ‘70s), but beyond that, if you were in bonds you were destroyed. And if you were in common stocks, you were destroyed, just not entirely. The Dow was kind of wobbling between 500 and 1,000 between 1966-1982, inflation was skyrocketing, gold went up 25-times in price, silver went up 38-times.

There were places to be invested and places not to be invested. Yet we are still seeing the stock market perform. Does this remind you leading into the 1973 time frame where we had the stock market get chopped in half (and gold and silver skyrocketed)?”

During Inflationary Decade, Sideways “Does Just As Much Damage”

Rob Arnott: “It does. I’m not saying the sky is falling — the market is about to crash. But if you have the market go sideways during an inflationary decade, that does just as much damage, it just takes a lot longer. And that doesn’t seem, at all, to be unreasonable (in terms of a forecast).

In that environment stocks crater.”

There are a whole array of issues to worry about here. Rising inflation is devastating for bonds. It pushes the yields up roughly in proportion to the rise in inflation, and that turns into capital losses on anything other than short-term investments. Stocks have inflation pass-through — that is to say that as inflation kicks in their earnings will tend to rise, eventually, with inflation, usually with a lag, but the valuation multiples go down when your starting point is high multiples. And we’ve seen this happen all over the world, again and again, when unexpected inflation gets serious — by serious inflation I mean high single-digit or worse. In that environment stocks crater.

This is something that gets way too little attention. So your classic 60/40 investor is out there with a portfolio that does beautifully in a disinflationary world. Well, we’ve had a disinflationary world for nearly 40 years. Inflation crested in 1981 at about 14% and it’s been negligible of late.

So the temptation is to say, “Well, my investments will help me ride it out.” They won’t if you are in conventional mainstream markets.

Transitory Hyperinflation?

Now in terms of inflation risk, one of my favorite economists is Savita Subramanian, who is Head of US Equity & Quantitative Strategy at Bank of America Merrill Lynch, and she coined the phrase, ‘transitory hyperinflation.’ She used that terminology. Instead of ‘transitory inflation,’ which Powell keeps talking about, ‘transitory hyperinflation.’ Well, wouldn’t that be interesting? Pretty scary.” To hear one of legend Rob Arnott’s (who oversees $160 billion) best interviews ever, where he discusses how investors can protect themselves from skyrocketing inflation and so much more CLICK HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

https://kingworldnews.com/man-who-oversees-160-billion-issues-major-inflation-warning-says-situation-is-pretty-scary/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 5-10-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

15 Ways America Has Become a Communist Nation

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, May 10, 2021 - 14:36.

Individual civil liberties can only exist within free-market capitalism. Because capitalism provides people with the ability to individually express their inner goals and desires, people are free to pursue their individualism and unique goals in the domain of capitalism. On the other hand, economic and individual freedom dies in communism as does your soul. Remember, communists believe that religion of any type is the opiate of the masses. Only the state can be worshipped. Americans have so taken their freedom for granted, that they have lost their freedom and most still do not realize what has happened to their country. And very disturbingly, many Americans do not have the cognitive capacity to understand what has happened to their once free Republic. For those who think I am exaggerating the threat and this current communist regime will fade away, I want to remind people that this is exactly what the Jews and most of Germany thought when Hitler began to implement his autocratic policies resulting in mass genocide. America is the same position today. Stalinist policies and a Maoist cultural revolution are fully underway. There is another American who feels as a I do and that former federal prosecutor, and election-theft-truth-teller, Sidney Powell.

Powell pulls no punches when she stated “we are living under a Communist totalitarian regime.

In recent public statements, Powell attacked the communist Justice Department for their raid on Giuliani’s apartment, but refused to take Hunter Biden’s laptop with all the evidence of the Biden crime family.

Powell also stated that “We are living under a Communist totalitarian regime. If the voting machine companies had nothing to hide, they wouldn’t be hiding anything.” I have learned from the Maricopa County audit that many of Arizona’s illegally cast votes took place in China and Powell is alleging that Dominion voting machines were working with the CHICOMS. A Maricopa County election insider has revealed that the Dominion officials had all the machine codes and were completely in charge on election night.

Most Americans will fall into a state of cognitive dissonance and deny that any of this has happened. Please allow me to send these people over the edge this morning with more facts supporting the notion that the Communists are in control and total takedown of America is in progress. Please consider the following.

In less than 100 days, America went from being energy independent, thanks to Trump, and now we are on the verge of extreme shortages and rapidly rising fuel costs which will impact that cost of every good sold in America. The economy has been destroyed, on purpose, we are just waiting for hyperinflation to kick in. Food shortages are beginning and fuel will be unaffordable and soon it will be unavailable.

We are living through a Maoist cultural revolution where up is down, and down is up. Woke is making us broke. The family is under attack. Famed sociologist Amatai Etzioni once said that “The family can survive without the state, but the state cannot survive without the family.” This is a true statement for a conventional society, but where the people serve the government, the family cannot maintain a dominant position and that is exactly what we see going on as evidenced by CPS sponsored Child-Sex-Trafficking and child porn.

We see the legalization of drugs across America. What will this do to the morality and ambition of the younger generation. Jackie Kennedy once said, “We won’t be judged by what we accomplished as much as we will be judged by how we raised our children.” The so-called pandemic shut down schools, killed learning, killed normal socialization and taught then the government is in charge of all things.

We have a Commander-In-Chief who is, without question, being controlled and blackmailed by China and Ukraine (eg Burisma interests).

We have witnessed the change of allegiances of many prominent politicians to Communist nations as well as drug-dealing. CHICOM controlled cartels. The betrayal of America is omnipresent in every branch of government, every major corporation and most of our schools and universities. Some of the implicated politicians who have betrayed their oath of office, as covered repeatedly on this site, are Pelosi, Schumer, AOC, the squad, Feinstein, Mitch McConnell, Governors Newsom, Ducey, Cuomo, Whitmer and a cast of thousands.

Every major league sports operation is woke. Every major is corporation is woke and if you want to work, you must bow down to their identity politics in of the most racist movements in American history.

The entertainment industry is controlled and serves the CHICOM agenda.

Big Tech is on board with purposely derailing America. They support all extremists autocratic movements, which disallowing Christianity, canceling free speech and stomping out any dissent.

Our military is being purposely weakened. We have CHICOM troops off both of our borders.

We have witnessed a stolen election(s) and now the thieves have control of the voting process. Stalin is smiling with glee from the gates of hell as American learned what he knew when he said “I don’t care who votes, I only care who counts the votes.” America will never have another free election again.

Our military is hopelessly divided between woke and patriotism. A divided military cannot stand. Divide and conquer has come to our newly woke military.

Fentanyl, thanks to Biden’s lax border policies is flowing into this country at record numbers. Last year, 70,000 died from Fentanyl. What will it be in 2021? 100,000? 1 million?

Our fiat currency, by design, is on the verge of collapse.

Schools and universities are demanding complete compliance to the woke agenda on our campuses. Our kids are being taught to hate each other based on race. I never thought that Charles Manson's "helter skelter" race war would ever come to America, but it is a real possibility.

We will have a perpetual labor shortage and medicare and social security are in trouble because of our severely declining birth rate. Social distancing takes care of some mating. There is no time for families in the woke agenda.

If “Red Scare” of the 1950’s has reared its ugly head in the modern time. We have lost our civil liberties, our economy, our self-determination and we are the verge of being exterminated. Sadly, most Americans think that America is getting back to normal. America will never go back to the way it was.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-economics/15-ways-america-has-become-communist-nation 

:: 5-10-21 Bloomberg :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Largest U.S. Fuel Pipeline Vows to Recover From Hack in Days

By Barbara J Powell  and Lucia Kassai

May 8, 2021, 9:43 PM EDT Updated on May 10, 2021, 1:17 PM EDT

North America’s biggest petroleum pipeline may take several more days to recover from a cyberattack that forced it to halt shipments of gasoline and other fuels, raising the specter for shortages if local reserves run out.

Colonial Pipeline said segments of its Texas-to-New Jersey line are being brought back online in steps, easing some of the most immediate concerns that pumps in major population centers up and down the U.S. East Coast could run dry. The question now is whether regional inventories held in storage tanks are enough to satisfy demand while Colonial works on resuming operations.

The conduit has been shut down since late Friday, prompting frenzied moves by traders and retailers to secure alternative supplies. On Monday, the Federal Bureau of Investigation pointed the finger at a ransomware gang known as DarkSide.

Emergency shipments of gasoline and diesel from Texas already are on the way to Atlanta and other southeast cities via trucks, and at least one Gulf Coast refinery began trimming output amid expectations that supplies will begin backing up in the nation’s oil-refining nexus. Airlines flying out of Philadelphia International Airport are burning through jet-fuel reserves and will need to locate new supplies “soon,” a spokeswoman said.

The national average retail gasoline price rose to $2.967 a gallon on Monday, a 2.4% increase from Friday, according to AAA. The premium for wholesale gasoline in the New York area expanded to its widest in three months.

The attack came just as the nation’s energy industry was preparing to meet stronger fuel demand from summer travel. Americans are once again commuting to the office and booking flights after a year in lockdown. Depending on the duration of the disruption, retail prices could spike, further stoking fears of inflation as commodity prices rally worldwide.

DarkSide said in a post on the dark web that it wasn’t to blame and hinted that an affiliate group may have been behind the attack. The group promised to do a better job of screening customers that buy its malware.

Gasoline futures that initially surged as much as 4.2% in overnight trading surrendered most of those gains on Monday.

Convenience-store chains in places like Atlanta and Savannah, Georgia, began clamoring for emergency fuel deliveries on Friday afternoon, said Steve Boyd, senior managing director at Houston-based distributor Sun Coast Resources Inc.

Landlocked cities face the greates danger of fuel shortages compared with those with access to water-borne deliveries, Boyd said. If the pipeline remains down for many more days, he’s anticipating a “massive surge” in orders. Sun Coast, which operates about 900 trucks, has delivered emergency supplies during 75 major storms over the past 15 years, including during hurricanes Harvey and Irma in 2017.

Although the attack on the Colonial system is “unprecedented,” the conduit ought to be back in service in three to five days, Amrita Sen, co-founder of consultant Energy Aspects Ltd., told Bloomberg TV just hours before the pipeline company announced it’s end-of-week target.

Gasoline for June delivery was 0.1% higher at $2.1295 a gallon at 12:45 p.m. in New York. Futures prices have gained 40% this year, helped by the recovery from the worst effects of the pandemic.

Oil Market Laggard Jet Fuel Is Set to See a 30% Demand Surge

Tankers Booked

Prior to Colonial’s Monday statement, traders were seeking vessels to deliver fuel to coastal terminals. Four vessels were provisionally chartered to send diesel or gasoline from Europe to the U.S. Atlantic Coast, according to Danish oil-product tanker company Torm A/S.

Paid Post

Indiana Innovation is Growing, Moving and Taking Flight

IEDC

Some tankers are also being secured to temporarily store gasoline along the Gulf Coast, according to market participants who asked not to be identified because the information isn’t public. Meanwhile, Total SE scaled back activity in a key unit at its Port Arthur, Texas, refinery because of the Colonial shutdown, according to a person familiar with operations.

Increased Security

Colonial halted all operations on its system late Friday after suffering a ransomware attack that affected some of its IT systems.

The event is just the latest example of critical infrastructure being targeted by ransomware. Hackers are increasingly attempting to infiltrate essential services such as electric grids and hospitals. The escalating threats prompted the White House to respond last month with a plan to increase security at utilities and their suppliers. Pipelines are a specific concern because of the central role they play in the U.S. economy.

“It’s an all-hands-on-deck effort right now,” said U.S. Commerce Secretary Gina Raimondo. “We are working closely with the company, state and local officials to make sure that they get back up to normal operations as quickly as possible and there aren’t disruptions in supply.”

The White House pulled together an inter-agency task force to address the breach, including exploring options for lessening its impact, according to an official. President Joe Biden can invoke an array of emergency powers to ensure supplies keep flowing to big cities and airports along the East Coast.

Rules Eased

Some rules curbing domestic transportation of fuel have been eased to help deal with any shortages. That doesn’t extend to waiving Jones Act, a measure that would allow foreign tankers to help shuffle more petroleum products between U.S. ports.

“There are ways to get around this,” said Jeff Currie, global head of commodities at Goldman Sachs Group Inc. “Importantly, the Department of Transportation has lifted any restrictions around trucking and boat transportation, which means you can use other avenues of transportation to deal with this.”

Colonial has the capacity to send about 2.5 million barrels (105 million gallons) a day from Houston as far as North Carolina, and another 900,000 barrels a day to New York.

Extortion Fee

Ransomware cases involve hackers seeding networks with malicious software that encrypts the data and leaves the machines locked until the victims pay the extortion fee. This would be the biggest attack of its kind on a U.S. fuel pipeline.

With gasoline inventories ample, pump prices weren’t expected to tick much higher until Memorial Day at the end of May, which is traditionally viewed as the start of the U.S. summer driving season. If the pipeline doesn’t restart soon it will accelerate the move higher.

Atlanta will be one of the earlier sore spots, along with eastern Tennessee, and perhaps the Carolinas,” said Patrick DeHaan, head of petroleum analysis at GasBuddy.

The Northeast can secure gasoline shipments from Europe but it will come at an increasing cost the longer the pipeline stays shut. The fuel’s premium to crude in northwest Europe had jumped by more than 5% in intra-day trading earlier on Monday but was still down week-on-week.

More on the Colonial Pipeline Shutdown

Colonial Hackers Stole Data Thursday Ahead of Shutdown

Restarting U.S. Pipeline Hit by Cyberattack May Not Be Easy

Cyber Warfare Is the New Oil Embargo: Liam Denning

Kinder PPL Pipe Working to Allow Extra Supply on Colonial Snag

How a Key U.S. Pipeline Got Knocked Out by Hackers: QuickTake

How U.S. Emergency Powers Can Counter Fuel Disruption: QuickTake

In the meantime, fuel producers including Marathon Petroleum Corp. are weighing alternatives for how to ship their products to the Northeast.

One potential route is the Kinder Morgan-operated Plantation Pipeline, even though it only extends as far north Washington D.C. and has a capacity of 720,000 barrels a day, far short of Colonial’s. Kinder said Sunday it’s working with customers to accommodate additional barrels during Colonial’s outage, and that Plantation is deferring where possible any non-essential maintenance that might otherwise reduce flow rates.

While all of the major segments of Colonial’s system remain offline, some smaller so-called laterals connecting specific fuel terminals to delivery points are in service, the company said earlier.

Inventories offer minimal cover, ClearView Energy Partners said in a research note. Tankers leaving Rotterdam could take up to 14 days to make the trip to the New York Harbor. The Midwest could theoretically send some of its supplies to the East Coast via rail and barge, but the region’s inventories are tighter than in previous years, ClearView said.

“The Colonial outage comes at a critical juncture for the recovering U.S. economy: the start of the summer driving season,” ClearView said. “We therefore think lawmakers could begin a ‘blame game’ immediately, and a sustained disruption that leads to a significant pump price spike could increase prospects of domestic policy interventions.”

— With assistance by Alex Longley, Gerson Freitas Jr, Tony Czuczka, Alan Levin, Jack Wittels, Prejula Prem, Alaric Nightingale, Brian Wingfield, Hanna Hoikkala, Sheela Tobben, Jim Silver, and Mary Schlangenstein

(Adds Philadephia airport’s reliance on fuel reserves in fourth paragraph, ransomware group’s comments in seventh paragraph.)

https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-05-09/u-s-fuel-sellers-scramble-for-alternatives-to-hacked-pipeline?srnd=premium 

:: 5-10-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

USDOT Declares Emergency Over Colonial Pipeline Shutdown - Waives Trucker Hours of Service Rules

Nation Hal Turner 10 May 2021 Hits: 6557

The United States Department of Transportation, (DOT) and the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration have declared an emergency over the shut down of the Colonial Pipeline and waived trucker hours-of-service rules to transport fuel in 17 states.

The declaration of emergency reads as follows:

The federal trucking waiver came over the weekend after the owners of Colonial Pipeline let it be known they have NOT been able to re-start the four main pipelines of their system. The waiver makes it OK for drivers to exceed the hours-of-service rules if they are hauling fuel products to the states mentioned.

The Colonial pipelines carry 100 million gallons of fuel PER DAY from Houston, TX all the way up Linden, New Jersey.

The pipes supply refined products, not simply oil. They provide gasoline for cars, diesel fuel for trucks and military bases, aviation fuel for major airports. In fact, this single pipeline system provides about 45% of ALL the fuel needs for the entire east coast of the United States!

Here's a look at the Colonial Pipeline system (Click image to enlarge):

The sad truth is that even with Hours-of-Service rules waived, there is very little chance the trucks will be able to cover the fuel needs.

In order to replace the amount of fuel carried by those pipelines, fuel depots would have to fill about 10,000 trucks , each transporting 40 tons of fuel...DAILY, to make up for the pipe capacity.

Or 7 trucks loaded with 40 tons of fuel ... per SECOND.

. . . . which cannot be done.

If this pipeline is not brought back into service, there will be fuel shortages in the very near term, and massive fuel outages if the system remains offline.

FALSE FLAG?

My son is in Information Technology (IT). He says:

"IF THIS IS TRUE, any hardware that has already been damaged by the ransomware, like pipeline valves, can be replaced AND most computer servers are Virtual Machines (VM) these days.

A VM several Terabytes in size can be completely restored in hours.

EVEN IF a critical system is "ransomed" the software can easily be relicensed in a few hours.

The configs for the Software are, 9 times out of 10 are kept in a database, and App Servers have their configs stored internally which can be EASILY copied onto a new one or the entire app server restored in minutes.

All large companies have a disaster recovery (DR) site and one this size (Colonial Pipeline) may have 4 to 5 DR sites that they bring online if an event like this happens. So I call 100% total BULLSHIT on this entire thing."

Based on my son's experience in IT, it appears that critical infrastructure of this size simply cannot be taken offline for days, never mind longer than that. Something else seems to be in-play here.

Readers are encouraged to fill up some five gallon gasoline cans to have emergency fuel available before it runs out.

In the event this goes longer term, which we all hope is not likely, they could have to ration and prioritize who gets gasoline first.

Hopefully they are smart enough to keep the food supply chain going, but get ready for empty store shelves for non essential goods!

While Colonial Pipeline is working hard to undo the damage caused by a cyber attack with computer ransomware, it may take awhile to get their pipeline and it's complex pumping systems, back online.

All these function USED TO BE performed by people. But computers could get the job done just as well, and maybe even better in some cases, so people were taken out of the loop. Many either retired or died, and the knowledge of how to do those tasks manually . . . died with them. The knowledge was not passed down.

The computer brainiacs of today, have no idea at all how to operate the valves and diverter units at pumping stations, how to purge one product in advance of another being pumped, how to regulate pipe pressure, purge air pockets; which valves to turn which way, at what time, to handle what fuel, how much fuel to put in what tank to allow for temperature expansion so the storage tanks don't burst . . . and now we're all stuck because of it.

Ain't technology grand?

Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.

When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you,

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/news-nation/usdot-declares-emergency-over-colonial-pipeline-shutdown-waives-trucker-hours-of-service-rules 

:: 5-9-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As America Faces A Complete Shutdown, The Time To Prepare Is Measured In Days As Fuel, Food And Freedom Disappear

By Don Boys, Ph.D. for All News Pipeline May 9, 2021

I am yelling fire because fire is raging. Mixing metaphors, the storm is not coming; it’s already here. America’s financial house of cards will fall, taking other nations with her. Thoughtful Conservatives must inform people of imminent danger because families will be disrupted, businesses will fail, couples will be divorced, and children will suffer immeasurably.

The economy has faltered, is failing, and will fall.

I see no way out of the coming collapse. Sometimes politicians make such a mess of things that there is no way to correct or solve the mess. It’s almost like being in a small boat on a raging sea, unsure how far you are from the coast you left and the distance to where you hope to dock. You keep going hoping to stay afloat; however, our “boat” is overwhelmed with accelerating debt.

As of May of 2021, the outstanding national debt of the United States is $28,300,000,000,000.00. Every man, woman, and child in the United States owes $84,000 for their share of the U.S. public debt, plus $3,800 state debt and local debt of $6,300. That is overwhelming, outrageous, and obscene.

I no longer feel alone or like the boy who cried “wolf.” Since my earlier predictions of the end of the boom followed by gloom and doom, everything is screaming support for that position. It is my opinion the coming collapse will be worse than I thought!

As I’ve proved for decades while traveling throughout Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Australia, and Africa, the dollar is the world’s currency. I seldom change dollars into the currency of the nation I’m visiting, and I’ve never had dollars refused. However, the dollar is worth less and will soon be worthless!

A prominent Russian official prophesied that the U.S. will experience a moral and economic breakdown resulting in civil war and break into six distinct parts. In recent months, there has been much discussion of some parts of the U.S. withdrawing from the Union! It seems commentators and television hosts are making predictions more ominous than mine!

The current Second American Revolution, with its attendant riots, lootings, killings, political maleficence, financial opportunism, and partisan compromise, magnifies our problems.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech'censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

Russia, China, and Iran are not disappointed or distressed with our financial woes but are delighted. However, the murderous, malevolent masters in Moscow, Beijing, and Tehran don’t seem to understand that as goes America, so goes the world.

Taking a slap at the dollar in 2019, China and Russia agreed to use their currencies instead of dollars for reciprocal trading. This action of the two major Communist nations reduced the dollar’s use from 90 percent in 2015 to only 46 percent in 2020. Our “friends” in the European Union are delighted with that decision to ditch the dollar.

Many nations have lost confidence in the dollar and joined the “ditch the dollar” club, including China, Russia, the UK, India, Turkey, Iran, Venezuela, France, Germany, Japan, Brazil, Pakistan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan, and others. Russia (the world’s largest natural gas producer and third in oil) has decided to sell its natural resources in rubles instead of U.S. dollars, although half its total trade with the U.S. is in dollars.

In 2019, the South China Morning Post reported that Beijing and Moscow intend to “ditch the U.S. dollar and switch to local currencies in international trade,” trying to cut their dependence on U.S. currency.

I think all this is headed toward a worldwide currency à la the world court, world church, and world government with a world military. With that in mind, it might be wise to join the “ditch the dollar” club for something more reliable such as precious metals. Russia’s flight from the dollar “has pushed the share of gold in Russia’s $583 billion international reserves above dollars for the first time on record.”

I believe in a few months, we will be where the Egyptians were in Genesis 47:15 when “the money failed.” During those days in Egypt, the main concern was food. That is what I have been saying for years. Your concern will not be vacations, television, sports, hobbies, or even your job but “how will I feed my family today.”

When the dollar has totally collapsed, you will understand why informed people have always purchased gold and silver for survival during turbulent times. After the currency fails, anything of value will be held rather than unwanted, unusable, and unsupported dollars, marks, pesos, rubles, etc.

Between WW I and WW II in Germany, the people lost confidence in the German mark and ran from it as if their hair was on fire. By November of 1923, it took 4,210,500,000,000 German marks to equal one U.S. dollar! Germans literally burned paper marks to heat their homes since that was cheaper than buying coal.

By then, the Germans rushed away from the mark toward “things.” That is things that could be felt, seen, used, sold, or traded if necessary.

Accordingly, they wanted the highest value item with the least volume—diamonds, gold, antiques, art, vacation homes, even “useless items—bric-a brac, soap, hairpins.” Fearful and desperate Germans bought things that could be bartered for necessary items like food, water, soap, lumber, tools, etc.

I think that barter will become the norm for Americans in the next couple of years, if not sooner.

Furthermore, I think the Dow will plummet below 5,000, but that opinion is not based on economics or some financial formula. It is a general conviction based on numerous criteria. My opinions are philosophically and theologically based.

It is impossible to justify the reckless spending of trillions of dollars. Few are asking about whether or not massive expenditures are constitutional. I don’t know one politician who is concerned about the massive giveaway being justified by COVID.

No health issue or any other issue has priority over the U.S. Constitution.

The giving of thousands of dollars to families (many not in financial need) would have been rejected, even ridiculed, a few decades ago. Public money is being used to cover private losses without any constitutional support. Furthermore, massive corporations considered too big to fail are being bailed out by taxpayers to protect shareholders who morally and legally should take the risk. The shareholders bought into companies hoping for huge profits and are now being protected against massive losses. Something seems to be askew here for a free enterprise republic. But that is very normal for a Socialist nation.

Marx, Lenin, Stalin, Mao, Castro, and all Socialists of the world would stand up and cheer Biden and what’s-her-name Harris for implementing their far-left agenda.

No one asks why the Los Angeles Times should receive a $10 million loan for salaries and benefits to employees even though it is owned by a wealthy couple. The top honcho whined, “We lost tens of millions of dollars in advertising revenue pretty much instantly in March 2020.”

So what! Americans are not responsible for propping up private businesses. It’s called “free enterprise,” where each businessperson takes financial risks to make it or go belly up.

Thousands of bars and restaurants received grants of $10,000 to keep them afloat. Why? If they fail, others will take their place. When I started a publishing company to produce Christian school and home school curricula in Indianapolis decades ago, it never entered my mind that someone might artificially keep me afloat. When sales were low in the winter, my people went without salaries, as they understood that would happen. They were paid when business improved in the early spring and summer.

Recently, billions of dollars bailed out cities and states that spent tax dollars as if they were going to expire, and most of those cities and states are run by irresponsible Democrats. Plus, they took tax dollars and dumped them into state pension plans that have lost money for decades while paying generous pensions.

Don’t you feel warm and fuzzy knowing you helped bail out Democrat-controlled cities and pension funds that have been used to radicalize Americans for decades?

Even Utah was given 1.5 billion dollars, yet they have a 1.5 billion dollar surplus and a Republican governor.

Wow! Why are crowds not marching in the streets with pitchforks and buckets of tar and bags of feathers for those who voted for such nonsense? Where is President Grover Cleveland with his veto pen when he is needed? We must stop spending money without constitutional support. The reluctance to spend other peoples’ money used to be a virtue; now, it is considered a vice.

Someone needs to tell Biden he cannot spend his way to national prosperity, just as you can’t fornicate your way to virginity.

However, most officials and most Americans don’t seem to be concerned about gross unfairness and illegal use of federal funds forcibly taken from beleaguered taxpayers. Present-day conservatives are not very conservative. And present-day Christians are not very Christian.

When resentment reaches a critical mass by people who lose their jobs, homes, businesses, and autos, it often prompts strikes, food riots, racial hatred, civil disobedience, and anarchy. Angry homeowners will resist being evicted, darkened streets will be vacated, and malls will become black holes after dark.

Schools will be almost empty as teachers are laid off, and it will not be safe for kids to be on the streets even during the day, as is true in London now. Home invasions will be as common as ants at a picnic. Without state funds, the streets and roads will become almost impossible to navigate.

Roaming bands of criminals will take advantage of the situation preying upon helpless citizens first in the cities then on the countryside. They know people in the country usually have more food than city folks do. Local police and deputized civilians will be stationed at each city’s interstate interchanges to keep the thugs from entering smaller towns around metropolitan areas.

If Biden and the anti-gun crowd have their way, there will be shootouts reminiscent of the O. K. Corral. Probably, the National Guard will enforce oppressive gun laws. In that case, most of those soldiers will probably refuse to shoot their neighbors, with possible United Nations troops replacing them to enforce unconstitutional laws.

With fewer jobs, there will be less state and federal tax revenue, so don’t look to the state or federal government for help. If Social Security checks fail to arrive, look for a big bunch of gray-haired guys storming the courthouses in every county.

The health care system will finally fail, leaving us on our own to deal with plagues imported from Mexico and other third-world nations. The Mexican Government will probably fall within a few months with even more illegal aliens crossing our border to “safety.” That safety could be an illusion as Americans take the law into their own hands and defend their property. The Rio Grande may run red with blood.

The entertainment industry will be bare-bones as sane people stop paying to attend silly third-rate movies, and television will be mostly news, reruns, and documentaries. Professional sports will become history, having run themselves into the ground. Female sports will be the first to go because of the transgender insanity.

Churches will experience a rise in attendance and a steep decline in revenue.

Missionaries will be (actually are now being) sent home to discover they have traded one disaster for another. Some will remain in their countries to live and serve. However, this time will be an opportunity for Christians to act like Christians as we seek to help those who are hurting most.

As in the early church days, pagans were amazed at Christians suffering without complaining and reacting with concern for their enemies. During times of epidemic diseases during the Middle Ages, Christians cared for the dying, often giving their lives in support of others.

Many megachurches will fold and be turned into government distribution centers.

Life will come down to this: you must have God, groceries, gold, and guns. That fact makes knees jerk across America (left ones, of course).

Rich in oil, Texas has a 16 billion barrel crude-oil reserve, yet it was no comfort for Texans recently who shivered in the unheated homes (without water). When the power came back on, some homeowners received power bills of $17,000! Astute citizens of the U.S. should get the message: you must protect yourself. Don’t trust the government or any entity to take care of you and your family.

Batten down the hatches and lash yourself to the mast. Go out today and purchase necessities, i.e., what you must have to survive. The storm will rage for years.

The fat lady is standing in the wings, clearing her throat.

(Dr. Don Boys is a former member of the Indiana House of Representatives who ran a large Christian school in Indianapolis and wrote columns for USA Today for 8 years. Boys authored 18 books, the most recent being Muslim Invasion: The Fuse is Burning! The eBook is available here with the printed edition (and other titles) at www.cstnews.com. Follow him on Facebook at Don Boys, Ph.D.; and visit his blog. Send a request to DBoysphd@aol.com for a free subscription to his articles, and click here to support his work with a donation.)

https://allnewspipeline.com/God_Groceries_Gold_And_Guns.php 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-8-21 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF strikes Gaza after rocket launched at Israel amid Jerusalem unrest

A number of rioters were injured along the Gaza border as IDF soldiers responded with rubber bullets and tear gas.

By TZVI JOFFRE MAY 9, 2021 10:50

The Israeli Air Force struck a Hamas military site in the southern Gaza Strip in response to rocket fire earlier on Saturday night, according to the IDF Spokesperson's Unit.

A rocket was fired from the Gaza Strip toward Israel on Saturday night, amid riots along the Gaza border fence and in Jerusalem, according to the IDF. A rocket alert was sounded in an open area.

The Coordinator of Government Activities in the Territories (COGAT) decided on Sunday morning to freeze the entry permits of 350 Gazan businessmen into Israel until further notice after the tense night, a COGAT spokesperson explained. Entries from Gaza into Israel haven't been allowed due to COVID-19 and were supposed to start again on Sunday.

Earlier on Saturday night, a number of Palestinian rioters were injured during riots along the border of the coastal enclave, amid unrest in recent days around the Temple Mount and planned evictions in the Sheikh Jarrah neighborhood of east Jerusalem.

According to Palestinian reports, the IDF responded to the rioters, who were referred to as the "night confusion units" by Palestinian media, by launching tear gas and firing rubber bullets. The protestors have used incendiary and explosive balloons in the past to disrupt the lives of Israeli citizens living near the Gaza border.

It remains unclear exactly how many rioters were injured and what condition they were in, but video footage from the scene showed ambulances arriving and at least one person who appeared to be unconscious. Initial reports indicated the injuries included one person injured by rubber bullets and a number of others who were short of breath due to tear gas.

Images and video from the riots showed Palestinians lighting large fires and throwing explosives at the border fence. Regional councils in Israeli communities near the border issued statements to residents, informing them that the explosions were occurring within Gaza and that the IDF had the situation under control.

Amid the unrest, the commander of the IDF's Gaza Division met with local authorities from communities bordering the Gaza Strip on Saturday night, according to Israeli media.

THE RIOTS come after a number of incendiary balloons were launched from the Gaza Strip in recent days and riots broke out in Jerusalem, amid protests against the planned eviction of Palestinians from Sheikh Jarrah homes.

At least 53 Palestinians were injured in riots on Saturday night, as 90,000 worshippers visited al-Aqsa.

An incendiary balloon from the Gaza Strip landed in the yard of a house in Moshav Zimrat on Saturday evening, N12 News reported. The family was at home when the incendiary balloon landed, according to the report.

At least three balloons were spotted in areas surrounding the Gaza Strip on Saturday, with two of them sparking fires.

Additionally on Saturday, Egypt called on Palestinian terrorist groups in the Gaza Strip to de-escalate tensions and on Israel to halt the Sheikh Jarrah evictions, according to Al-Arabiya.

Abu Ubaida, spokesman of Hamas's military wing the Izzadin al-Qassam Brigades, issued a short statement in support of the rioters in Jerusalem on Saturday night.

"We salute the steadfastness of our people stationed in Jerusalem and al-Aqsa, and we tell them that the Commander of the Al-Qassam Brigades, Muhammad al-Deif, has promised you and will not break his promise," he said.

Ubaida was referencing statements made by Deif last week, in which he stated: “This is our final warning. If the aggression against our people in the Sheikh Jarrah neighborhood does not stop immediately, we will not stand idly by and the occupation will pay a heavy price.”

ON SATURDAY night, the Palestinian Islamic Jihad terrorist movement issued a statement in support of the Jerusalem rioters as well, warning Israel that "its criminal leaders must understand the message of the resistance leadership well."

The PIJ called on Palestinians to continue to clash with Israeli forces on Monday, when Israelis mark Jerusalem Day to celebrate the capture of the capital in 1967, so that "the enemy and everyone who supports it knows that the men of Al-Aqsa are the people of defiance and steadfastness."

Additionally on Saturday, PIJ Secretary-General Ziyad al-Nakhalah warned that what is happening in Jerusalem "cannot be tolerated" and that Israel should expect a response "at any moment."

The tensions also come as the IDF prepares to launch a massive, month-long exercise on Sunday called "Chariots of Fire." The exercise is set to be the largest ever carried out by the IDF and will simulate war on multiple fronts, including with Gaza and Hezbollah.

The Lebanese terrorist group has reportedly raised its alert level in southern Lebanon and Syria in light of the exercise. Sources who spoke with Lebanon's El-Nashra newspaper claimed that the level of alert was the highest since the Second Lebanon War in 2006. Hezbollah officials reportedly fear that the exercise could be used to launch an attack, with the sources saying that it is being viewed as "extremely dangerous."

"Hezbollah warned against this maneuver because Israel worked during the past wars to take soldiers and personnel from the training fields to the field directly, and this is what is happening now at the southern front of Lebanon and the north of Palestine," the sources told El-Nashra.

https://www.jpost.com/israel-news/gazans-riot-launch-incendiary-balloons-amid-unrest-in-jerusalem-667622 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. etc

:: 5--21 Associated Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Death toll soars to 50 in school bombing in Afghan capital

By RAHIM FAIEZyesterday

KABUL, Afghanistan (AP) — Grieving families buried their dead Sunday following a horrific bombing at a girls’ school in the Afghan capital that killed 50 people, many of them pupils between 11 and 15 years old.

The number of wounded in Saturday’s attack climbed to more than 100, said Interior Ministry spokesman Tariq Arian. In the western neighborhood of Dasht-e-Barchi, families buried their dead amid angry recriminations at a government they said has failed to protect them from repeated attacks in the mostly Shiite Muslim neighborhood.

“The government reacts after the incident, it doesn’t do anything before the incident,” said Mohammad Baqir, Alizada, 41, who had gathered to bury his niece, Latifa, a Grade 11 student the Syed Al-Shahda school.

Three explosions outside the school entrance struck as students were leaving for the day, said Arian. The blasts targeted Afghanistan’s ethnic Hazaras who dominate the Dasht-e-Barchi neighborhood, where the bombings occurred. Most Hazaras are Shiite Muslims. The Taliban denied responsibility, condemning the attack and the many deaths.

The first explosion came from a vehicle packed with explosives, followed by two others, said Arian, adding that the casualty figures could still rise.

In the capital rattled by relentless bombings, Saturday’s attack was among the worst. Criticism has mounted over lack of security and growing fears of even more violence as the U.S. and NATO complete their final military withdrawal from Afghanistan.

At Vatican City, in his traditional Sunday remarks to faithful in St. Peter’s Square, Pope Francis cited the bombing. “Let us pray for the victims of the terrorist attack in Kabul, an inhumane action that struck so many girls as they were coming out of school.” He said. The pontiff then added: “May God give Afghanistan peace.”

The Dasht-e-Barchi area has been hit by several incidents of violence targeting minority Shiites and most often claimed by the Islamic State affiliate operating in the country. No one has yet claimed Saturday’s bombings.

In this same neighborhood in 2018, a school bombing killed 34 people, mostly students. In September 2018 a wrestling club was attacked killing 24 people and in May 2020 a maternity hospital was brutally attacked killing 24 people, including pregnant women and infants. And in October 2020, the Kawsar-e-Danish tutoring center was attacked, killing 30 people.

Most of the attacks were claimed by the Islamic State affiliate operating in Afghanistan.

The radical Sunni Muslim group has declared war on Afghanistan’s Shiites. Washington blamed IS for a vicious attack last year in a maternity hospital in the same area that killed pregnant women and newborn babies.

Soon after the bombing, angry crowds attacked ambulances and even beat health workers as they tried to evacuate the wounded, Health Ministry spokesman Ghulam Dastigar Nazari said. He had implored residents to cooperate and allow ambulances free access to the site.

Arian, the Interior Ministry spokesman, blamed the attack on the Taliban despite their denials.

Bloodied backpacks and schools books lay strewn outside the Syed Al-Shahda school. In the morning, boys attend classes in the sprawling school compound and in the afternoon, it’s girls’ turn.

On Sunday, Hazara leaders from Dasht-e- Barchi met to express their frustration with the government failure to protect ethnic Hazaras, deciding to cobble together a protection force of their own from among the Hazara community.

The force would be deployed outside schools, mosques and public facilities and would cooperate with government security forces. The intention is to supplement the local forces, said Parliamentarian Ghulam Hussein Naseri.

The meeting participants decided that “there is not any other way, except for people themselves to provide their own security alongside of the security forces,” said Naseri, who added that the government should provide local Hazaras with weapons.

Naseri said Hazaras have been attacked in their schools, in their mosques and “it is their right to be upset. How many more families lose their loved ones? How many more attacks against this minority has to occur in this part of the city before something is done?”

One of the students fleeing the school recalled the attack, the girls’ screams of the girls, the blood.

“I was with my classmate, we were leaving the school, when suddenly an explosion happened, “ said 15-year-old Zahra, whose arm had been broken by a piece of shrapnel.

“Ten minutes later there was another explosion and just a couple of minutes later another explosion,” she said. “Everyone was yelling and there was blood everywhere, and I couldn’t see anything clearly.” Her friend died.

Most of the dozens of injured brought to the EMERGENCY Hospital for war wounded in the Afghan capital, “almost all girls and young women between 12 and 20 years old,” said Marco Puntin, the hospital’s program coordinator in Afghanistan.

In a statement following the attack, the hospital, which has operated in Kabul since 2000, said the first three months of this year have seen a 21 per cent increase in war-wounded.

Even as IS has been degraded in Afghanistan, according to government and US officials, it has stepped-up its attacks particularly against Shiite Muslims and women workers.

The attack comes days after the remaining 2,500 to 3,500 American troops officially began leaving the country. They will be out by Sept. 11 at the latest. The pullout comes amid a resurgent Taliban, who control or hold sway over half of Afghanistan.

The top U.S. military officer said Sunday that Afghan government forces face an uncertain future and possibly some “bad possible outcomes” against Taliban insurgents as the withdrawal accelerates in the coming weeks.

Associated Press photographer Rahmat Gul and video journalist Ahmad Seir in Kabul, Afghanistan and Kathy Gannon in Islamabad, Pakistan and Frances D’Emilio contributed to this report.

https://apnews.com/article/afghanistan-girls-school-bombing-fb0c565cc4c9be32ee9612981db400a7

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 5--21 Conservative Daily Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

House Res. 6666 Begins Government Surveillance of “Individual’s Residences”

The bill aims at controlling the population through Stasi-like government monitoring.

by April Matthews

Democrats are planning to monitor you at home to ensure that you are following the arbitrary dictates regarding COVID. CDP previously reported on this atrocity, but the Washington Times explained:

A House resolution from Illinois Democrat Rep. Bobby Rush that would put Big Government in charge of tracking citizens’ movements as they relate to COVID-19 mitigation effortseven sending health bureaucrats to “individuals’ residences,” “as necessary,” as the legislation states — has a most apt number: 6666.

Mark of the beast. Mark of the beast for a beastly, monstrously unconstitutional bill.

After all, what’s more devilishly un-American than launching one of the most massive government surveillance programs of private citizens in U.S. history, all under the guise of protecting people from the coronavirus? That’s the “COVID-19 Testing, Reaching, And Contacting Everyone (TRACE) Act” in all its $100 billion grant giveaway glory.

According to H.R. 6666’s text: The taxpayer funds will be used to “trace and monitor the contacts of infected individuals, and to support the quarantine of such contacts, through mobile health units and, as necessary … at [citizens’] residences.”

That means government comes to your home, taps on your door and demands you take a COVID-19 test. And if you test positive, that means the government makes sure you stay at home. How? Good question. Good unanswered question. Good chillingly unclear question.

The top dogs at the Health and Human Services and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention are in control of disbursing the $100 billion to local governments to carry out the COVID-19 testing — more specifically, to “hire, train, compensate and pay the expenses of individuals” to staff mobile health units and to knock on citizens’ doors and to enforce compliance with quarantining.

https://conservativedailypost.com/house-res-6666-begins-government-surveillance-of-individuals-residences/?utm_source=Email&utm_medium=PostUp&utm_campaign=CDP%20Newsletter

%20RSS%20-%20Engaged 

:: 5-2-21 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Get Ready For The Most Painful Inflation Since The Jimmy Carter Years Of The 1970s

May 2, 2021 by Michael Snyder

If you are too young to have been alive during the 1970s, you might want to read up on that decade, because current economic conditions are starting to become eerily similar to what we experienced back then. In the 1970s, an energy crisis caused tremendously long lines at gas stations all over the country. In 2021, we don’t have a shortage of gasoline, but shortages of other key products are starting to cause very serious problems. In fact, as you will see below, even the Biden administration is publicly admitting that there will be “supply chain disruptions” in the months ahead. The 1970s also featured extremely painful inflation, and I certainly don’t need to tell you that prices have been rising very aggressively lately. In fact, Bloomberg is using the term “skyrocketing” to describe the “upward trajectory” of commodity prices…

The prices of raw materials used to make almost everything are skyrocketing, and the upward trajectory looks set to continue as the world economy roars back to life.

From steel and copper to corn and lumber, commodities started 2021 with a bang, surging to levels not seen for years. The rally threatens to raise the cost of goods from the lunchtime sandwich to gleaming skyscrapers. It’s also lit the fuse on the massive reflation trade that’s gripped markets this year and pushed up inflation expectations. With the U.S. economy pumped up on fiscal stimulus, and Europe’s economy starting to reopen as its vaccination rollout gets into gear, there’s little reason to expect a change in direction. Over the past year, the Federal Reserve has pumped more money into the financial system than ever before, and the U.S. government has been on a wild spending spree that makes Zimbabwe look fiscally conservative.

It was inevitable that this was going to cause rampant inflation, but the numbers that we are starting to see are so crazy they are difficult to believe. A couple weeks ago, Charlie Bilello posted a summary of how commodity prices have changed over the past year…

Lumber: +265%

WTI Crude: +210%

Gasoline: +182%

Brent Crude +163%

Heating Oil: +107%

Corn: +84%

Copper: +83%

Soybeans: +72%

Silver: +65%

Sugar: +59%

Cotton: +54%

Platinum: +52%

Natural Gas: +43%

Palladium: +32%

Wheat: +19%

Coffee: +13%

At this point, nobody can deny what is happening, and even the Biden administration is admitting that there will be “supply chain disruptions” and “transitory increases in prices”…

Council of Economic Advisers chair Cecilia Rouse said on this week’s broadcast of “Fox News Sunday” that they expect to see some “transitory inflation” as America is coming out of the coronavirus pandemic.

Anchor Chris Wallace said,Can you guarantee with all this spending that we are not going to have a new round of overheating the economy and serious inflation?

Rouse said, “These are very serious concerns, and we know that coming out of an extremely deep recession that there are going to be bumps along the way. We expect that there is going to be supply chain disruptions. That will cause some transitory increases in prices.”

Biden administration officials would like for us to believe that this inflationary period will just be “temporary”, but exactly how do they plan to achieve that?

Do they have a plan to somehow pull trillions of dollars out of the system?

No, they are planning to borrow and spend trillions more.

In the 1970s, double-digit inflation made headlines for years on end. Many people believe that we are well on the way to a return to such levels, but according to John Williams of shadowstats.com, we are already there. In fact, if inflation was still calculated the way that it was back in 1980, we would already be in double-digit territory.

And for certain items, we are already seeing inflation that is off the charts.

For example, the price of corn is up more than 30 percent so far in 2021…

From tortillas to cornbread, some of your favorite corn-based dishes may go up in price late this summer.

Corn has been leading the rally among grain commodities, rising more than 30% in 2021, according to MarketWatch.

Corn is used in hundreds of different products at the grocery store, and so this is going to dramatically affect the food budgets of millions upon millions of American families.

Meanwhile, we continue to see more shortages start to emerge. Last week, the mainstream media was freaking out over our new nationwide chicken shortage…

A chicken shortage is taking place across the country, much of it fueled by the chicken sandwich craze at fast food chains such as KFC and Bojangles, which are having a hard time keeping up with soaring demand. Experts say February’s massive winter storm in Texas also contributed to gaps in the supply chain.

That shortage is supposed to be “temporary”, but analysts are warning that the current computer chip shortage could last until 2022.

But despite all of the problems that I just detailed, Americans are increasingly optimistic about the future.

In fact, one recent poll found that a whopping 64 percent of all Americans “are optimistic about the direction of the country”…

President Joe Biden completes his first hundred days in office with a country that is more optimistic about the coming year, according to a new ABC News/Ipsos poll.

Nearly two-thirds of Americans (64%) are optimistic about the direction of the country in the poll, which was conducted by Ipsos in partnership with ABC News using Ipsos’ KnowledgePanel.

And Americans are also extremely optimistic about the stock market. If you can believe it, Americans now have more of their assets invested in the stock market than ever before…

Individual investors are holding more stocks than ever before as major indexes climb to fresh highs. They are also upping the ante by borrowing to magnify their bets or increasingly buying on small dips in the market.

Stockholdings among U.S. households increased to 41% of their total financial assets in April, the highest level on record. That is according to JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Federal Reserve data going back to 1952 that includes 401(k) retirement accounts.

Most Americans seem to believe that happy days are here again, and the stage is set for an immense nationwide emotional meltdown once this “bubble of hope” inevitably bursts.

Anyone that believes that things are going to get better has a fundamental misunderstanding of the times in which we live.

We have just been through the most painful year for the U.S. economy since the Great Depression of the 1930s, and I know that most people would like to see things turn around, but that simply is not going to happen.

Very dark days are ahead, and those that are trusting Joe Biden to save America are going to be bitterly, bitterly disappointed.

***Michael’s new book entitled “Lost Prophecies Of The Future Of America” is now available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.***

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/get-ready-for-the-most-painful-inflation-since-the-jimmy-carter-years-of-the-1970s/ 

:: 5--21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'There is something in our skies, we don’t know its intentions, and there isn't a damn thing we can do': Pentagon whistleblower warns failure to address UFOs could be America's biggest spy failure since 9/11

Luis Elizondo, the former head of the Pentagon's secret UFI program said he had seen 'very very compelling' data about technologically advanced UFOs

The former head of the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program said the government had a moral obligation to tell the public what it knows

The Department of Defense is scrambling to prepare a report on military sightings of unidentified aerial phenomena by June 1

It could bring answers about the strange tic-tac shaped aircraft that appear to be technologically superior to anything in the US military arsenal

If the US has been 'leapfrogged technologically by a foreign adversary' then it will constitute an intelligence failure 'on the level of 9/11'

In July 2019, USS destroyers on patrol were suddenly swarmed by flashing, Tic Tac-shaped drones, which were able to travel long distance at high speeds

By Bevan Hurley For Dailymail.Com Published: 21:12 EDT, 2 May 2021 | Updated: 08:16 EDT, 3 May 2021

A whistleblower who ran the Pentagon's top-secret UFO program has warned a soon-to-be-released report on unidentified aerial phenomena could reveal the greatest US intelligence failings since 9/11.

Luis Elizondo, the former head of the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program (AATIP), told The Sun he had seen 'very very compelling' data that confirmed the existence of technologically advanced UFOs.

A highly-anticipated report on unidentified aerial phenomena (UAP) is due to be released by the Director of the National Intelligence and the Department for Defense by June 1 .

And Elizondo says if Pentagon officials reveal that the US has been 'leapfrogged technologically by a foreign adversary' such as China or Russia it would constitute an intelligence failure 'on the level of 9/11'.

Elizondo said recently-revealed footage of strange, tic-tac shaped flying objects buzzing US military ships were real - and says it is time that the Government told the public what it knew about them.

He told The Sun: 'There is something in our skies, we don't know what it is, we don't know how it works, we don't know fully what it can do, we don't know who is behind the wheel, we don't know its intentions, and there isn't a damn thing we can do about it.'

Lawmakers on the House Intelligence Committee ordered Defense officials to explain the frequent sightings of strange flying objects spotted by military in the hope it will dispel some of the rumor and fear surrounding them.

Elizondo said people should manage their expectations around what will be contained in the report.

Elizondo headed the AATIP from 2007 to 2012, as part of a $22 million program set up former Nevada Senator Harry Reid to investigate the UAP.

In March, it was revealed that US Navy warships stationed off the coast of Los Angeles encountered swarms of mysterious drones, which pursued them at high speed in low visibility in 2019.

The series of encounters with suspected UAVs, or unmanned aerial vehicles, in July 2019, saw as many as six mystery aircraft swarm several US Navy warships close to a sensitive training area at the Channel Islands.

The head of the United States Navy Admiral Michael Gilday later admitted he had no idea where a swarm of mysterious Tic Tac-shaped drones that menaced four US destroyers originated.

Gilday's response appears to rule out the theory that the drones could have come from a secret US military program.

That has led to growing speculation that they were either built by a rival military power or 'something else beyond our understanding is going on'.

In an interview last week, Reid said the 2019 incident had confirmed to him the need for the US to establish a UFO program to investigate the phenomena.

In an interview with Mysterywire.com, Reid, who has pushed before for a UFO program, discussed the potential origin of the mysterious flying objects, which the interviewer suggested may be Chinese.

'Always remember, Russia, the former Soviet Union, is run by a man who ran the KGB. They had as many as 30,000 agents at one time, KGB agents. So, Russia's involved in this, no question about it,' Reid said.

He added that UFOS were 'something that cannot be ignored' and that President Joe Biden should be briefed on the matter.

'I believe that there should be an ongoing entity, within the Pentagon would be the best place for it, whose sole job is to stay on top of the issue of UFOs,' Reid said.

While Senate majority leader, Reid pushed to launch the Advanced Aerospace Threat Identification Program, a Pentagon-run effort to study reports of UFOs.

The $22million-program began in 2007 and ended in 2012, according to the Pentagon.

A detailed account of the 2019 encounter published by The Drive shows the drama began on the night of July 14 2019.

Deck logs from the USS Kidd show that just before 10pm that night two drones were spotted.

An onboard intelligence crew responsible for documenting and investigating contact with unknown vessels - known as the Ship Nautical Or Otherwise Photographic Interpretation and Exploitation team - or SNOOPIE - was engaged to figure out who, or what, the mystery flying objects were.

Within a few minutes of the sighting, reports show the USS Kidd moved into quiet mode, minimizing communications as it sought to work what the threat level was.

It contacted a nearby warship also on patrol, the USS Rafael Peralta, who also engaged their onboard photo intelligence team, or SNOOPIE.

Several other US Navy destroyers on patrol nearby began noticing strange lights.

The USS John Finn also reported UAV activity, and noticed a 'red flashing light' at 10:03pm, according to its logbook.

Just over an hour later at 11:23pm, the USS Rafael Peralta spotted a white light hovering over the flight deck.

The drone was able to remain hovering above the destroyer's helicopter landing pad while traveling at speeds of 16 knots and in low visibility.

The nearly 90-minute encounter was well beyond the capability of commercially-available drones.

The next night, the drones returned, this time as the warships were patrolling closer to the Californian mainland.

They were first spotted by the USS Rafael Peralta and the ship's SNOOPIE team was engaged at 8:39pm.

At 8:56pm, logs show the USS Kidd had also come into contact with drones.

'The drones seem to have pursued the ships, even as they continued to maneuver throughout the incident,' The Drive reported.

Logbooks onboard the USS Russell show drones were swarming all over it, dipping in elevation from 1000 to 700 feet and seemingly able to move in any direction.

The USS Russell had separate contact with drones nine occasions in less than an hour.

Then at 9:20pm that night, the USS Kidd noticed 'multiple UAVs' around the ship.

The USS Rafael Peralta was also swarmed by as many as four drones. It was contacted by a passing cruise ship, the Carnival Imagination, to say they too had spotted up to six drones.

The three-hour frenzy of activity continued until close to midnight, with none of the warships able to say with certainty where the drones had come from.

The Navy's top commanders including the Chief of Naval Operations (CNO) and commander of the Pacific Fleet were notified.

The Los Angeles bureau of the FBI was also brought in to look at the incident.

An initial investigation found that just a handful of civilian ships were in the area at the time that could have been used as landing pads for the drones.

Investigators suspected the drones may have been launched from the ORV Alguita, a catamaran in the area.

And while the Alguita did have drones onboard, it was soon established its aircraft were not capable of such aeronautical feats.

Naval intelligence was brought in on the investigation and it was soon turning its glare inwards.

The area is home to a large US Naval Base on Sam Clemente Island, where sensitive training operations are often undertaken.

Soon afterward, the Navy classified the investigation, preventing further information from being released to The Drive.

There were further drone sightings later in July 2019, with SNOOPIE teams aboard the destroyers again being called on to identify the drones and work out where they were coming from.

The bizarre incident was first noticed by filmmaker Dave Beaty, a UFO researcher who UFOs.

In June 2020, he Tweeted: 'Did the navy ship #USSKidd #DDG100 encounter a UAP in July 2019 in So Cal OPAREA Trying to find out more. The ship logs indicate a 'Snoopy Team' was deployed - an intel section that tries to visually ID objects. DM if you know more. Near San Clemente island.'

Later, relaying information he'd received from a Navy source, Beaty said a crew member on board 'could see them with the naked eye and they were almost eye level with the bridge hovering'.

'They were the same tic-tac shaped objects.'

Beaty said the sightings occurred in the same areas as another infamous UFO sighting in 2004 which became known as the 'Nimitz Encounters', when at least six Super Hornet pilots made visual or instrument contact with the UFO on November 14, 2004.

The clip became one of the most-touted pieces of evidence in the UFO community when the Pentagon confirmed its authenticity in 2017.

In January, Chad Underwood, the former Navy aviator who shot the famous leaked video clip, broke his silence in an interview with New York Magazine.

He said the oblong, wingless 'Tic Tac' shaped object was spotted off the coast of Mexico over the Pacific.

The encounters, which are documented in numerous interviews with first-hand witnesses, remain a mystery, and the object's incredible speed and movements have led to speculation that it was extraterrestrial in origin.

The original FLIR video from the USS Nimitz encounters leaked online as early as 2007.

Witnesses say that clips of the video had been circulated widely on the Navy's intranet - used to communicate between ships in the carrier group - and an unknown sailor in the group likely first leaked it.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9536053/Pentagon-whistleblower-warns-UFO-intelligence-failure-level-9-11.html 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 4-26-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wells dry up, crops imperiled, farm workers in limbo as California drought grips San Joaquin Valley

Louis Sahagún April 26, 2021·9 min read

As yet another season of drought returns to California, the mood has grown increasingly grim across the vast and fertile San Joaquin Valley.

Renowned for its bounty of dairies, row crops, grapes, almonds, pistachios and fruit trees, this agricultural heartland is still reeling from the effects of the last punishing drought, which left the region geologically depressed and mentally traumatized.

Now, as the valley braces for another dry spell of undetermined duration, some are openly questioning the future of farming here, even as legislative representatives call on Gov. Gavin Newsom to declare a drought emergency. Many small, predominantly Latino communities also face the risk of having their wells run dry. Drought is nothing new to California or the West, and generations of San Joaquin Valley farmers have endured many dry years over the last century. Often, they have done so by drilling more wells.

However, some growers say they are now facing a convergence of forces that is all but insurmountable — a seemingly endless loop of hot, dry weather, new environmental protections and cutbacks in water allotments.

“I’m proud of our family’s history in this part of the state,” said John Guthrie, president of the Tulare County Farm Bureau. “If not for that, I would seriously consider bowing out of this business.”

The cattle rancher and farm owner said his family has been working the land here for more than 150 years. However, he wonders how much longer that will continue.

Most recently, state and federal allocations of surface water were slashed to a trickle due to less snowpack in the Sierra Nevada — a move expected to force some growers to search underground for additional sources of water to keep their farms from ruin.

Even more frustrating, growers say, is a complex law passed in 2014 — during the last drought — that requires all groundwater taken from wells to match the amount of water returned to aquifers by 2040. Experts say meeting its requirements will mean taking about 1 million acres of farmland out of production statewide. Story continues..

https://news.yahoo.com/wells-dry-crops-imperiled-workers-130039116.html 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 5-1-21 Gold Switzerland :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gold is Laughing at Powell

May 1, 2021 By Matthew Piepenburg

Recently, my colleague, Egon von Greyerz, and I had some unabashed yet blunt fun calling out the staggering levels of open hypocrisy and policy desperation unleashed by former Fed Chairman, Alan Greenspan.

Poor Alan was an easy target of what I described as the “patient zero” of the reckless interest rate suppression and unbridled monetary expansion policies of the Fed which have always led to equally reckless boom and bust cycles in markets and economies.

But let us be fair to comical Fed Chairmen like Greenspan, as he is not alone in making a mockery of his post at the Eccles Building.

With the exception of Paul Volker and William Martin, the sad truth is that nearly every person who has sat in that lead Chair of a private bank masquerading as a “Federal” reserve has made the bank, and themselves, a public embarrassment.

As the legendary private investor Jim Rogers recently observed on Kitco news, almost all central bankers effectively lie and obfuscate facts as part of their job description (and job preservation) at the Fed.

A Central Banker’s Job Description

For the most part, over-hyped Fed Chairs know how to run up debt levels and create lots of money to appear “accommodative” to markets in the short term and then blame “animal spirits” on the disasters which always follow longer term.

In fact, if I had to come up with the most honest and historically-confirmed job description for a Fed Chairman, I would post the following job-post on LinkedIn:

“Seeking D.C.-based expert fluent in double-speak, comfortable with unsustainable debt expansion and handy with a money printer. Ivy League credentials a plus.”

The Latest Nonsense from Powell

As for double-speak, Mr. Powell is now seeking to outshine ol’ Mr. Greenspan’s art of spin with stunning elan.

At a recent economics club in Washington, Powell was both shameless and brilliant in his ability to spew fantasy with the skill of a circus promotor yet maintain the straight face of a circuit judge.

Specifically, Powell tried to downplay the U.S. debt elephant in the room by admitting to its horrific size yet promising a miracle policy shift sometime down the road

That is, he was unable to deny what he described as the “unsustainable path” of current U.S. debt levels growing “meaningfully faster than economic growth,” but was quick to comfort anyone gullible enough to believe him that for now “there is no question of our ability to service our debt for the foreseeable future.”

Ahhhh. Such calming words, such confidence, such market-placating guidance.

A Brief Translation of Fed-Speak

But now, let’s translate Powell’s Fed-speak into real-speak and get a deeper look into the mind of a first-rate spin-seller.

When Powell says “there is no question of our ability to service our debt for the foreseeable future,” he is actually telling a kind of partial truth.

Congratulations Jerome.

Yes, so long as the Fed decides to print trillions more fiat dollars and artificially cap yields and interest rates, the Fed can indeed “service” it’s nearly $30T in public debt for the “foreseeable future,” as the cost of that debt is forced to the basement of history.

But what Powell forgets to say, quite cleverly, is that the “foreseeable future” of which he is telegraphing is nothing more than a future of equally foreseeable and grotesquely expanded, and hence, debased U.S. dollars, which is needed to monetize that truly unsustainable debt.

Needless to say, such money printing is great news for gold…

But Powell’s ability to spin fantasy gets even more pronounced with his next great lie masquerading as policy comfort.

Specifically, and to wit, Powell then says, in the same breath, that “at some point in the distant future, when the economy is in better shape,” the Fed will then be in a better position “to deal with the debt issue then.”

Ahhhh. That’s just wonderful, no? At some point in the “distant future” the Fed will magically “deal” with our debt issue.  Hmmm.

Did Powell Take a Math Course? Read a History Book?

But here’s the problem with Powell’s kindergarten logic and truth-challenged phraseology: That “distant future” of “economic growth” is mathematically and historically impossible.

Impossible.  Why?

Because once a nation crosses the Rubicon of 100% debt to GDP, and once a nation’s currency has lost greater than 98% of its inherent value due to fiat money expansion (as is the case today), economic growth has never, not once in the entire history of the financial world, ever occurred.

Stated more simply, that “distant future” of “economic growth” in which the Fed “deals” with our debt problem is an open lie, no different than Bernanke’s 2009 promise that QE1 was “temporary” and would end by 2010.

If Powell would like, I am happy to send him (or Monsieurs Greenspan and Bernanke) a few high-school text books on basic math, or maybe one or two essays on market history to help him (them) regain both a conscience and facts.   Jerome, my weblink is found below.

Don’t Forget the Endless Larry Summers

Ah, but let us not just poke fun at central bankers’ struggles with history and math. Our increasingly sordid world of so-called “financial Leadership” hardly ends at Constitution Ave.

My former Harvard President and one-time Treasury Secretary, Larry Summers, for example, is no less of a master at promoting his image while ignoring his mistakes.

Mr. Summers, the god-father of deregulating the otherwise toxic, uber-levered and price-fixing OTC derivatives market, deserves an honorable mention.

Under his watch in 1998, that derivatives market went from $95T to $670T despite open warnings from Brooksley Borne at the CFTC. Meanwhile, Summers was openly insulting her while slapping backs with bankers and promising the world not to worry about their master plan to expand this once-safe futures exchange.

But less than a decade after telling Congress that he and his banker friends were more than capable of managing OTC derivatives risk, that same market, as well as the S&P (and the Harvard endowment) tanked by greater than 50% in a matter of weeks in 2008.

Today, the same Mr. Summers who helped crash the markets in 2008 is suddenly working on re-branding himself, warning the world, correctly, about the inflation to come.

In fact, he specifically observed that the U.S. has “embarked on one of the least responsible macro-economic policies that the US has had in the last 40 years.”

Well Larry, maybe the current inflationary direction of the U.S. is the worst thing seen in the last 40 years, but rest assured of this: Your de-regulation of the openly toxic derivatives marketcomes in at a close second for some of the worst policies I’ve seen in the last 40 years…

Turning to Gold Well, one thing which folks like Powell and even Summers can agree is that there will be lots more money printing and debt expansion to come.

For those of us who can see through Fed-speak and track facts rather than fictions, there are two factors favorable to gold (rather than just golden tongues) which we can smile upon for the next “foreseeable” 5 years, namely: More growth in the broad money supply and more negative real interest rates.

As for the money supply, we’ve written about its promiscuous expansion at length elsewhere, but in case you’re curious what it looks like, just see for yourselves:

And as for negative real (i.e., inflation-adjusted) rates, we’ve also written at length about how well gold shines when inflation rates outpace yields on US Treasury bonds.

As Powell has already told us, repressed bond yields and repressed rates are inevitable in the coming years for no other reason that the Fed can’t afford for those rates to go much higher. Period. Full stop.

And as for inflation outpacing those repressed rates, that too is no longer theoretical or debatable, as inflation is measured by the expansion of the money supply rather than the fictional math of the CPI scale, which despite even its openly bogus reporting, cannot hide the inflationary signals coming from commodity prices, rising M1 and M2 data and increased governmental control of the banking system.

In short, the “foreseeable future” is clearly one that favors inflation outpacing yields and thus smiling upon gold.

Getting Technical

Aside from such historically and fundamentally-confirmed tailwinds for this misunderstood precious metal, even the technical indicators are making gold smile.

Looking at last week’s daily price action in gold, we can see that after last August’s $2070 gold high, the subsequent (and expected) gold correction has both found and bounced off its technical support/bottom.

As the chart below confirms, gold reversed off a double-bottom line (far right) of historical support twice in March:

In addition to a critical double bounce off support, the daily gold price broke through, and then closed consecutively above, a technical resistance band in April.

Having broken resistance, gold pricing then created a new trendline up and to the right:

Such a bounce off a double bottom pattern plus consecutive price close confirmations above resistance is a classic chart confirmation of an upward technical direction in gold which may be of interest to those who trade this oh-so precious metal.

For us, a triple bottom support would have been better, and price swings, near-term, for gold are not outlawed.

Of course, we remain largely agnostic to the short-term price action of gold, as we see it as an investment rather than a speculation.

Far more importantly, we see gold as the ultimate answer to the emotional fact that fiat currencies are losing their punch by the second. Gold will rise much higher simply because the dollar’s purchasing power will sink far lower.

Thus, despite the fictional “distant future” and “economic growth” of which Powell spoke above, we see an all too real distant future of increasing debt, increasing money supply and hence increasingly open and obvious currency debasement.

Given the facts above, we hope our words make more sense than Powell’s.

https://goldswitzerland.com/gold-is-laughing-at-powell/ 

:: 5-2-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz: In This Global Collapse It Will Be All About Survival, Here Is What You Need To Do…

May 02, 2021

May 2 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz at Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): The number one objective of a US president is to be reelected. To achieve that, it is not enough to be good looking or to speak well. No, the only way to be reelected is to buy votes. The price of votes varies depending on the state of the economy. At the bottom of a cycle, relatively little is needed since the economy was about to turn anyway.

LEADERS ARE INSTRUMENTS OF THEIR TIME

A president or prime ministers are instruments of their time and therefore put there to execute the only workable plan. A good example of leaders who made a timely arrival were Thatcher and Reagan. After a period of high inflation and slow growth, combined with weak stock markets, these two leaders were elected, rightly, to manage the upturn and the strong growth period ahead.

Another example of a leader who became Prime Minister at the right time was Churchill who was appointed at the start of WWII. He was a brilliant leader in a war period.

Biden is another excellent example of a leader who was elected because he is the best candidate for the US to survive the next 4 years. The problem is that the patient – USA – might not survive?…

BIGGEST MMT TEST IN HISTORY

So will it be that the operation will be successful but the patient died? Sadly I think the latter is more likely. Because the programme that Biden and his consorts are embarking upon will be the biggest test of MMT (Modern Monetary Theory) in history. MMT is just an extension of Keynesian economics. In simple terms, whatever is needed in the shape of monetary requirements the country has, you just print.

So if people have no job, just print money and give it to them. If companies go under just give them sufficient funds to survive. If banks with their reckless lending and speculation are on the verge of being insolvent, just print and give them whatever they need so they can continue their irresponsible credit policies. After all the top management needs their big bonuses and someone or something has to pay for that – and MMT is the perfect instrument for achieving this.

And Biden has already, after 100 days, been a masterful user of MMT. His initial programme of spending $6 trillion is perfect for MMT. For the ones who can’t keep up with his profligate spending, let me remind you that these “puny” $6 trillion consist of the $1.9t stimulus plan, $2.3t infrastructure spending and $1.8t expansion of the social safety net.

SPEND $6 TRILLION IN 100 DAYS

Amazing how elegantly MMT can be applied to spend $6 trillion in 100 days OR $60 BILLION PER DAY! The good thing is that the money never needs to be repaid. No, instead of repaying you must print more and more and more. And to service the debt you print still more.

It is of course easy to service the debt at virtually zero interest rates. So what happens if rates go up to 5% or 10% or even 15% like in the 1970s? (I remember it well). Well, that poses no obstacle either based on MMT. You just print even more.

America is “ready for takeoff” Biden just declared to Congress! How right he is and with the MMT launch rocket not even the sky is the limit.

$50 TRILLION DEBT IN 4 YEARS WON’T SUFFICE

Spending $6 trillion is nothing, once Biden & Yellen get going, the total spending and the deficits will most certainly be over $30 trillion in the next 4 years.

In November 2016 when Trump was elected, I forecasted that US debt would be $28 trillion and the end of his 4 years and then $40t in 2025.

The $28t has already happened and although no one in 2016 thought $40t as possible by 2022, that forecast now seems much too low. At least $50t is now fairly certain. And it could be much higher.

The $28t in 2021 and $40t in 2025 required no genius. Human beings are very predictable and the includes presidents. In the last 40 year, US debt has doubled every 8 years. Thus, the forecast was based on the most basic and at the same time most reliable tool which is history.

DEBT UP 31X – TAXES UP 6X

What is even more frightening in the table above is that whilst debt has gone up 31X in 40 years, tax revenue is only up 6X. So no one must believe that the US government has any intention of repaying its debt. With a couple of years exception (not the Clinton years when debt went up every year) US debt has increased every year since the early 1930s.

And as I said earlier in the article, there is no need to ever repay debt with MMT. The whole purpose of MMT is to constantly and irresponsibly print ever increasing amounts of worthless money. Because this beautiful MMT theory can by definition never run out of money.

But as Ayn Rand said:

“We can ignore reality, but we cannot ignore the consequences of ignoring reality.”

The MMT clan (including the current Administration) clearly ignores reality. And sadly they are totally oblivious of the fact that THE PIPER MUST BE PAID.

To ignore the consequences of reckless actions is always very costly in the end. A long row of presidents have managed to fool the people for decades by handing over an economy which is burdened by ever increasing debt.

BUBBLE TROUBLE  The risks that now are threatening the US are each one of a magnitude of a missile with a nuclear warhead.

The Bubble is very likely to be pricked by one of the missiles in the illustration well before the next 4 years are over.

It is impossible to say which missile will hit first but what is very clear is that any one of them would have a devastating impact on the US economy.

Let us say that MMT will work for yet some time since it greatly benefits the leaders and the wealthy. But one consequence which most observers ignore is the currency. The dollar has already lost 84% in real terms in this century. The current rate of money printing will accelerate this fall. This in turn will put enormous pressure on the bond market, interest rates and the stock market.

With all these ominous threats, this saga just cannot end well. The Bubble Trouble US economy is so fragile that it cannot be saved. We will soon learn that MMT was a massive lie and the biggest economic hoax in history.

MARKETS  Stocks are in the process of finishing a major secular bull market whether it has lasted for 200 years or even 2000 years. Only future historians will know. What we do know is that it is a mug’s game to forecast the exact timing of the end of a cycle of this magnitude.

If we take the Dow as an example, we can see from the chart that this exponential move is unlikely to end well. The steepness of the rise since March 2020 is historical and has not occurred before in the last 50 years.

Both technically and fundamentally stocks are now reaching the end of this secular cycle whether it takes a few weeks or a few months.

Some people might say that I sound like a broken record. But they are missing the point. I don’t care when the market tops. All I care about is that investors protect themselves from losing a major part of their wealth when this market turns. Because risk is now at an extreme.

I received an email from a reader today who understands what I am endeavouring to achieve:

“Thank you for these articles you write! I try and read every one you mail me. I heard someone say you are like a broken record, you keep saying the same message over again. I prefer to say that you are one of the most important voices that has not strayed from the unfortunate realities that we all have really no choice but to deal with. I agree with much of your opinions. Thanks again.”

We are now at a point in history and in investing when it is not about making the most amount of money, but instead about losing the least. There will be virtually no winners in the coming secular bear market for the world economy. It will be all about survival.

As most readers know, the team at Matterhorn Asset Management believe that the highest chance of financial survival is holding a major investment in physical gold and silver, stored outside a fragile banking system.

Throughout history, this has consistently been the best form of wealth preservation…This will link you directly to more fantastic articles from Egon von Greyerz CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-in-this-global-collapse-it-will-be-all-about-survival-here-is-what-you-need-to-do/ 

:: 5-3-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Americans Should Be Prepared For A 'Hot, Violent Summer' As 'Domino Effect' Wreaks Havoc Upon 'Supplies Of Everything' - Trucker Shortage Could Grind Supply Chain To A Halt

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die May 3, 2021

Back on April 20th, we published a story on ANP titled "With All Hell About To Break Loose In America, Prepare To Get Out Of The Cities And Into The 'Red Zones' In The Event Of A Worst Case Scenario" in which we warned America was heading towards another violent summer, an endless cycle of 'wash, rinse, repeat' ahead of us from Antifa and BLM as Susan Duclos had reported in this May 1st story. And now we get more signs why that might unfold, with leftist outlet Axios reporting "It's Set To Be A Hot, Violent Summer" while Yahoo News warns of exploding prices of food and commodities across the country.

As Yahoo had reported in this May 1st story, "the prices of the stuff that make EVERYTHING are surging", and with rising commodities prices comes rising food prices, and with rising food prices comes people going hungry and stealing for food. Eventually leading to a cycle of violence and crime, as Axios reported in this May 1st story, "after a year in which murders spiked in the U.S., homicides are already trending up in many cities, presaging what is likely to be a violent summer."

And while that story also reported that from Washington to Louisville, Kentucky to New York to Oakland, California to Kansas City to Atlanta, murder rates have been trending up in big US cities and small ones, it also reported that the 'pandemic' was partially responsible for why violent crimes have risen so dramatically over the past 16 months.

The direct and indirect effects of the pandemic almost certainly play a major role, with in-person schools closed, violence prevention programs forced to pull back and unemployment skyrocketing, especially in big cities.

And while that story had also reported that even if 2021 eclipses last year's murder numbers, America will remain a far safer country than it was during the most violent years of the 1990s, should any one of numerous SHTF scenarios unfold during the Summer of 2021, all bets to the accuracy of that statement are off.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

As Susan had also reported in this April 25th ANP story, massive sticker shock and more shortages were definitely on the way, with experts warning prices of just about everything will continue to rise for the foreseeable future while food insecurity grows as food is used more and more as a weapon against the unsuspecting public.

And this new Yahoo story gives us a dose of unsuspected truth about what is ahead. Warning that the prices of everything are now 'skyrocketing', and that is their word, not ours, we had reported back on March 26th that this was likely coming, reporting within that story of shortages of plastic, steel, lumber, computer chips and more, an early warning of what Yahoo News is reporting now.

The prices of raw materials used to make almost everything are skyrocketing, and the upward trajectory looks set to continue as the world economy roars back to life. From steel and copper to corn and lumber, commodities started 2021 with a bang, surging to levels not seen for years.

The rally threatens to raise the cost of goods from the lunchtime sandwich to gleaming skyscrapers. It’s also lit the fuse on the massive reflation trade that’s gripped markets this year and pushed up inflation expectations. With the U.S. economy pumped up on fiscal stimulus, and Europe’s economy starting to reopen as its vaccination rollout gets into gear, there’s little reason to expect a change in direction.

So we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that the prices of food will also be going up along with the prices of everything else, with 'food insecurity' already soaring during this pandemic largely due to lockdowns and unemployment, with military families sadly being hit particularly hard according to this Texas Standard story. Once again, from this Yahoo Finance story.:

China, a crucial source of supply and demand for raw materials, is playing a big role, particularly as the government tries to reduce production of key metals like steel and aluminum. It’s also buying up massive amounts of grains. Food prices are also being affected as poor weather in key growing nations like Brazil and France hits harvests.

As just about every basic material gets rapidly more expensive, the rally is rippling across the globe to create winners and losers.

As Infowars had warned in this story as we also hear in the first video below, with food and commodity prices skyrocketing at the same time that the globalists destabilization and eugenics plans have gone public, a recipe for utter disaster lays before us in the days ahead should any number of 'TEOTWAWKI scenarios' unfold.

Also read at Epoch Times: "Former BLM Movement Leader Arrested for Interfering in Homicide Probe: Police"

With all signs also pointing to a gasoline shortage this summer according to this new story over at Car & Driver while also reporting "there's one more thing to worry about as a lack of qualified tanker-truck drivers starts to eat into gasoline supplies at stations", as Fox News had reported back in April, this 'trucker shortage' is adversely affecting businesses and causing shortages nationwide.

Reporting that the trucking industry needs to hire at least 1 million new drivers to keep up with 2021 demand, it's long been warned that America would grind to a halt within days should such a thing happen, with the Transportation Data Source (TDS) warning the following will occur in short time.

In the first 24 hours…

Delivery of medical supplies to the affected area will cease.

Hospitals will run out of necessary supplies.

Service stations will begin to run out of fuel.

Manufacturers using just-in-time manufacturing will develop component shortages.

U.S. mail and other package delivery will cease.

Automobile fuel availability and delivery will dwindle, leading to skyrocketing prices and long lines at gas pumps.

In just 2-3 days…

Food shortages will escalate, especially in the face of consumer hoarding and panic.

Supplies of essentials like bottled water, powdered milk, and canned meat at major retailers will begin to disappear.

ATM’s will run out of cash and banks will be unable to process transactions.

Service stations will completely run out of fuel.

Garbage will start piling up in urban and suburban areas.

Container ships will sit idle in ports and rail transport will be disrupted, eventually coming to a standstill.

In just one week…

Automobile travel will cease due to lack of fuel.

Hospitals will begin to exhaust oxygen supplies.

By one month…

The nation’s cleanest water supply will be exhausted.

As you can see above, if trucks were to stop moving there would be a severe domino effect. Trucks are the lifeblood of many industries, delivering the goods and supplies we need to exist.

And with all of this happening while 'vaccine passport wars' heat up in states across America, with Illinois governor J.B. Pritzker recently announcing the liberal state WON'T require vaccine passports while the state of Florida has outright banned them though New York is moving in another direction, the nation of Canada recently announcing that 'vaccine passports' will be required for entry is another sign of where the world is headed should the far left get their way.

Yet with reports of more and more people dying and being injured by vaccines emerging every day as Health Impact News reports in this new story, that story warned we're witnessing nothing less than 'clandestine genocide', with blatant propaganda being put out by the govt, reinforced via the pharma-funded corporate media, that continues to claim that NONE of these deaths are linked to the COVID injections, and are just “coincidences.” Can you believe that?

So with things heating up as the weather heats up as they quite often do, we should expect and prepare for the rest of 2021 to bring leftists burning down their own cities while Biden and Democrats insanely 'declare war' upon half of America, pushing the country closer and closer to a breaking point. And all of this is happening at a time when the globalists are pushing their 'great reset' and depopulation agendas full tilt as Steve Quayle warns in the 2nd/final video below, a recent appearance on the Hagmann Report in which they also talk about the upcoming June 11th/12th Extinction Protocols Conference.

https://allnewspipeline.com/Prepare_For_A_Hot_Violent_Summer.php 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 5-2-21 SHTF :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IN ONE HOUR EVERYTHING IS GOING TO CHANGE- The prophet Isaiah warns us that in the last days God is going to “turn the world upside down.”

Posted by Brandon Campbell May 2, 2021 Posted inUncategorized

The prophet Isaiah warns us that in the last days God is going to “turn the world upside down.” He declares, “Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down” (Isaiah 24:1).

According to this prophecy, sudden judgment is coming upon the earth, and it will change everything in a single hour. Within that short span, the whole world will witness fast-falling destruction upon a city and a nation, and the world will never be the same.

If you are attached to material things — if you love this world and the things of it — you won’t want to hear what Isaiah has prophesied. In fact, even to the most righteous of God’s people, what Isaiah says might seem unthinkable. Many would surely ask, “How can an entire world be stricken in one hour?”

If we didn’t believe the Bible is God’s pure Word, few of us would take Isaiah’s prophecy seriously. But Scripture makes it clear: in a single hour, the world is going to change. The church is going to change. And every individual on earth is going to change.

You might be living in one of America’s deathzones and not have a clue about it

What if that were you? What would YOU do?

In the next few minutes, I’m going to show you the U.S. Nuclear Target map, where you’ll find out if you’re living in one of America’s Deathzones.

The apostle John gives a similar warning in Revelation. He speaks of destructive judgment coming upon a city and nation: “In one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her…. For in one hour so great riches is come to nought” (Revelation 18:8, 17).

In Isaiah’s prophecy, the city under judgment is cast into confusion. Every house is shut up, with no one coming or going. “The city of confusion is broken down: every house is shut up, that no man may come in” (Isaiah 24:10). The entire city is left desolate: “In the city is left desolation, and the gate is smitten with destruction” (24:12). All entrances and exits to the city are gone. The passage indicates that a fire has come, a blast that has shaken the very foundations of the earth (see 24:6).

We who live in New York City know something about this kind of scene. When the Twin Towers were attacked, the ominous fires and smoke could be seen ascending to heaven for miles. Recently, New Yorkers panicked as a mass of steam erupted from below a city street. People ran in all directions screaming, “Is this it? Is this the end-all attack?”

Today, multitudes of secular prophets are saying a nuclear attack is inevitable. The target they mention most often is New York, but it could happen in any major city: London, Paris, Tel Aviv, Washington. Neither Isaiah nor John names the city upon which destructive judgment falls. I don’t intend this message to frighten anyone.

Let me make clear at this point: I don’t intend this message to frighten anyone. Paul tells us that as disciples of Jesus Christ, we have already passed from death into life. We who call on Jesus as Lord should be confident that no matter what happens in this world, his shed blood saves and redeems us.

Therefore, we are not to fear any newscast, but rather to be attentive to what the Lord is doing in the world. Like many people, I hear grievous reports that make me want to tune everything out. But the truth is, God moves in the midst of such times, and through them he speaks warnings to all who would hear his voice.  Isaiah’s prophecy points clearly to our generation.

I believe, along with many eminent Bible scholars, that Isaiah’s prophecy points to the last days. By that, I mean our present time. In short, sudden judgment is coming, and Scripture strongly indicates it is now at the door.

At this point you may be wondering: “How can we be sure we’re the generation this prophecy points to?” We can know by two reasons that such judgments are imminent: 1.A growing number of prophets warn of an apocalyptic disaster at the door. When I use the word “prophets,” I speak not just of those in the church. I’m talking also about “secular prophets.”

There are several precedents for secular prophets in Scripture. God used Assyria as his rod of correction with Israel. And he appointed King Cyrus as his servant to assist Israel: “(The Lord) saith of Cyrus, He is my shepherd, and shall perform all my pleasure” (Isaiah 44:28).

Likewise today, God uses secular prophets to send warnings. These become “his prophets” for a season. And their prophecies can be harder than those delivered by believers. The message I’m writing here is mild compared to the prophecies being delivered by all manner of secular voices. Just check your newspaper or radio reports. “Surely the Lord God will do nothing, but he revealeth his secret unto his servants the prophets” (Amos 3:7).

2.Sudden destruction comes when the cup of violence overflows. Sensuality, perversion and greed are running rampant throughout our society. Yet, when God sent the Flood upon the earth, it was because of a worldwide eruption of violence: “The earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence” (Genesis 6:11).

Right now, there are numerous wars and bloody uprisings taking place around the globe. Yet foremost in my mind is the violence being waged against children worldwide:

I think of the sexual violence of pedophiles. Children all over the world are being raped, kidnapped and forced into enslavement in the global sex trade. Recently, a pedophile in the U.S. was discovered running a web site that advises other pedophiles on the easiest places to pick up children. There is no law in place to stop this man. The world’s largest church denomination has spent hundreds of millions of dollars to settle the claims of those who were molested in childhood by clergy. Tell me, how long will God endure the pitiful cries of children who are molested by those who would represent Christ?

Thousands of children in Africa are being slaughtered in tribal wars, hacked to death by machetes. Young boys — even those under ten years of age — are enlisted into tribal militias and forced to murder men in initiation rites.

Here in the U.S., the blood of millions of aborted babies cries out from the ground.

Reports of school murders no longer shock many of us but continue to terrorize our children. We may grow hardened to such reports, but God’s heart is grieved by them.

I tell you, there is no worse violence than the brutalizing of children. Heaven is crying out, “Woe, woe! Your judgments have no cure.”1. In one hour, God is going to change the whole world.

A sudden cataclysmic event will strike, the first of the final judgments of God. This great event will cause the earth to reel. And Isaiah says that when it hits, there will be no place to escape: “The lofty [proud] city, he layeth it low…even to the ground; he bringeth it even to the dust” (Isaiah 26:5). “The inhabitants of the earth are burned” (24:6).

Once this happens, utter chaos will erupt. All civic activities will stop, and society will descend into massive disorder. Government agencies will be helpless to restore any kind of sanity. No state troopers, no national guard, no army will be able to bring order to the upheaval.

You well remember that when the Twin Towers were destroyed, help poured into New York from all over the world. An army of people came to assist in whatever way they could. But the scene in Isaiah’s prophecy is different: this calamity is clearly beyond humankind’s capacity to respond.

Once this judgment strikes, it will devastate the economy. Rich merchants will stand by watching in torment, weeping and mourning, as they face bankruptcy. In an instant, all the wealth they amassed will be reduced to nothing. John describes the scene: “The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas that great city… For in one hour so great riches is come to nought” (Revelation 18:15–17).

Overnight, all buying and selling will cease. Every restaurant and bar will be shut down, and all drinking and music making will end. Indeed, every trace of mirth and delight, joy and gladness, will vanish: “All the merryhearted do sigh. The mirth of tabrets ceaseth, the noise of them that rejoice endeth, the joy of the harp ceaseth. They shall not drink wine with a song…. The mirth of the land is gone” (Isaiah 24:7–9, 11).

Yes, this is a picture of gloom and doom. But it is not my prophecy. This word was given by the Holy Spirit of Almighty God, to be delivered by his righteous prophet Isaiah. Even the secular world is preparing for it to happen. Billions are being spent on homeland security in the U.S., England, Europe and Israel. Why? Military experts warn that a world-impacting terrorist attack is sure to come.

You may ask: “Why would the whole world change, if a nuclear attack occurs in just one city?” It will happen because of the fear of retaliation. If a rogue nation sends such an attack, you can be sure that within hours that nation will be wiped out. Consider the plan Israel has in place, known as the Samson Option. The moment a nuclear warhead is launched against them, within moments Israel will unleash nuclear missiles to devastate the capital cities of all enemy states.

The world has become a ticking bomb, and time is quickly running out.

2. In one hour, God is going to change the church.

This hour of devastation will suddenly change churches, whether they are alive or dead. Isaiah writes, “There shall be the shaking as of an olive tree” (Isaiah 24:13). The image is of God shaking an olive tree after it has been picked of fruit. In short, he’s going to shake everything that can be shaken, sparing nothing. It will be a time of cataclysmic destruction and overwhelming darkness.

So, you ask, “What about God’s people in the midst of all this? What will happen to the church?” Isaiah gives us an incredible word about what will happen with believers.

In the midst of the terrible shaking, a song will be heard, and its sound will grow steadily stronger. Suddenly, in that darkest of hours, a worldwide chorus of voices will sing praises to the majesty of God: “They shall lift up their voice, they shall sing for the majesty of the Lord, they shall cry aloud from the sea” (24:14).

Do you get the picture? There will be panic everywhere. Men’s hearts will fail them for fear, as fires belch smoke seen for hundreds of miles. Disorder and chaos will reign on all sides. Yet amid the devastating fires and calamity, the world will hear a glorious song being sung: “Glorify ye the Lord in the fires, even the name of the Lord God of Israel… From the uttermost part of the earth have we heard songs, even glory to the righteous [One]” (Isaiah 24:15–16).

A holy remnant is going to awaken, and a song will be born in the fire. Instead of panicking, the people of God will be praising his awesome majesty. Imagine it: in the darkest hour of all time, a collective voice will rise by the millions out of every nation, not in fear or agony, but in joyful praise to the Lord.

How will this happen, you ask? In one hour, God is going to regenerate and restore his church. Dry bones will shake and rattle, and the righteous will be awakened, as the Holy Spirit calls multitudes of lukewarm believers back to their first love. In his mercy, he’s going to rouse those who have neglected him, ignoring his Word, avoiding prayer, perhaps even contemplating divorce. Suddenly, their souls will be flooded with pangs of remorse and godly sorrow. And many will fall on their knees, crying out in repentance.

There will be a revival of glorifying God’s majesty. And the song of this revival will be heard from the uttermost parts of the earth. East, west, north and south — from Arab lands to China, Indonesia, Africa and all parts of the earth — a glorious song will rise up from the midst of the fires. In one day’s time, those who survived the fires are going to be singing a new song throughout the world. Isaiah 25 tells us wonderful miracles will come in this time, as “God makes all things new.”

If society collapses, you can bet that the foods the pioneers ate will become dietary staples

The Lost Ways prepares you to deal with worst-case scenarios with the minimum amount of resources just like our forefathers lived their lives, totally independent from electricity, cars, or modern technology.

So pay chose attention because this video will change your life forever for the good!

All around the world, the Lord’s people are going to “feast” on his Word: “In this mountain shall the Lord of hosts make unto all people a feast of fat things, a feast of wines on the lees, of fat things full of marrow, of wines on the lees well refined” (Isaiah 25:6).

“And he will destroy in this mountain the face of the covering cast over all people, and the veil that is spread over all nations” (25:7). Right now, in this time of prosperity, the world’s masses seem to be covered with a veil, unable to see the truth of Jesus Christ. But when God rises up to shake the world through judgment, the shrouds covering the minds of billions will be cast aside. The veil of darkness will be removed, and many will see the Lord in his glory. The Holy Spirit won’t force Christ upon these opened eyes and hearts; rather, a remnant is going to rise up from among them.

I believe the darkest shroud-coverings today are over the eyes and hearts of youth worldwide. This is especially true of college-age students, whose faith has been bombarded for up to four years. Over that time their minds have been indoctrinated by godless professors in classrooms where belief is attacked, mocked and scorned. Now these young men’s and women’s faith has been shipwrecked. They leave college convinced God is dead.

But in one hour of devastation — nuclear, economic and social — all such hypocritical veils are going to fall away. Those same professors who mocked them will realize, as they face the possibility of death, a choice must be made: “What about eternity? Is there life after death?” They’re going to look for someone to explain to them all that’s happening.

When the song is sung, it’s going to be heard by young people from every walk of life, from every nation under the sun. Many will harden their hearts and curse God at the sound of this song, but multitudes of others will join in singing of his majesty.

3. In one hour, God is going to change us as individuals.

In a single hour, the focus of our lives will be changed. We’ll no longer obsess about our own adversities and troubles. Suddenly, so many things that we held dear will no longer be of any value to us. Why? In that hour, everyone will be in the same boat:

It shall be, as with the people, so with the priest; as with the servant, so with his master; as with the maid, so with her mistress; as with the buyer, so with the seller; as with the lender, so with the borrower; as with the taker of usury, so with the giver of usury to him” (Isaiah 24:2).

The sudden judgment that comes will not be a respecter of anyone. Rather, it is going to touch all who are within the realm of its fury. Presidents, kings, the world’s richest and most famous — all will tremble just like the poorest of the earth. And this cataclysmic event will bring to naught every idol, purging iniquity and tearing down all false altars:

“By this [the calamity] therefore shall the iniquity of Jacob be purged; and this is all the fruit to take away his sin; when he maketh all the stones of the altar as chalkstones that are beaten in sunder, the groves and images shall not stand up [be left standing]” (Isaiah 27:9).

The world’s most prominent idol is money, and right now America is facing a monstrous financial disaster. Investors are scrambling to move their money out of high-risk funds, and mortgage companies are going bankrupt. One recent financial headline read, “Abandon Ship!” Everyone is selling and nobody is buying. Many households are in a panic, as overnight their lives are changing. I think of the president of a multi-billion-dollar hedge fund, who recently put up for sale his 142-foot yacht and his sixteen-bedroom mansion in Aspen, Colorado. His fund had dried up virtually overnight.

The day is coming when sports will be the last thing on people’s minds. I have nothing against sports, but soon there will be no more 250-million-dollar deals for athletes, when so much of the world is starving. All idols will come crashing down, crushed to dust, and the playing field will be leveled. The richest and the poorest alike will face the same conditions.

It will all happen within a day. “When they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape” (1 Thessalonians 5:3).Why such apocalyptic warnings?

You may wonder: what good can come of these prophetic messages? Why should anyone have to live under such anxiety?

I remind you, Jesus warned Jerusalem of sudden devastation to come upon that city. It was going to be burned to the ground, with over a million people murdered. Christ explained his warning: “I have told you before it come to pass, that, when it is come to pass, ye might believe” (John 14:29). He was saying, in essence, “When it happens, you’ll know there is a God who loves you and forewarned you.”

Paul calls such warnings “light,” insights that expel darkness. He says, in short: “You are children of light, because you know what’s coming in the future. So, when destruction comes, and there’s panic all around, you will have the calm of the Holy Spirit. Something will quicken inside you, and you’ll remember, ‘God warned me.’ This prophecy isn’t a message of wrath to God’s people, but a wakeup call to begin preparing.”

God hath not appointed us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with him” (1 Thessalonians 5:9–10). Paul is speaking here of a time of possible destruction. Therefore, he says, “Comfort yourselves together, and edify one another, even as also ye do” (5:11).

In this day of prosperity, nobody wants to hear a message like Isaiah’s. I certainly don’t want to hear it. But we cannot ignore it, because it is here at our door. In such times, Paul says, when we have knowledge that sudden destruction is coming, we are not to tremble or sorrow as the world does. Instead, we are to comfort one another in faith, knowing that God rules over every aspect of our lives.

Be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation” (5:8). Paul instructs, “Arm yourself with faith. Build up your belief now, before the day comes. Learn your song, and you’ll be able to sing it in your fire.” “Glorify ye the Lord in the fires, even the name of the Lord God of Israel” (Isaiah 24:15).

This is the hope of our most holy faith: our Lord causes a song to come out of the darkest of times. Start now to build up your holy faith in him, and learn to praise his majesty quietly in your heart. When you sing your song, it will strengthen and encourage your brothers and sisters. And it will testify to the world: “Our Lord reigns over the Flood!”

https://shtftoday.news.blog/2021/05/02/in-one-hour-everything-is-going-to-change-the-prophet-isaiah-warns-us-that-in-the-last-days-god-is-going-to-turn-the-world-upside-down-2/ 

:: 5-3-21 OpsLens :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UPDATE: Intelligence Surveillance Aircraft Has Been Circling AZ Audit Location And Collecting Information On American Citizens Working For Election Integrity

By: CD Media - May 3, 2021

UPDATE 0800 EST – We can confirm there is surveillance going on above the AZ audit location from sources on location. We are trying to confirm the tail number of the aircraft provided and staging base. We have copyright concerns over the last image we posted, so we replace it with another verified image. The previous image was provided by sources on location at the event, as was the image above.

————————————

CDMedia has been informed by multiple verified sources that U.S. government intelligence surveillance aircraft have been circling over the Arizona election audit location.

The PC-12 aircraft has full motion video capability and can vacuum up cell phone transmissions and follow the connection to the other end of the call to find out intelligence on the other party involved.

These aircraft were used heavily in the Middle East against terrorists.

There is no information on what U.S. government agency is using the aircraft to spy on American citizens working for election integrity.

One source told CDMedia it could be the FBI, the military, or U.S. intelligence agencies.

The Air Force’s Special Operations PC-12s Finally Have An Official Nickname

Keep The Truth Bombs Coming From CDMedia! Donate!

https://opslens.com/update-intelligence-surveillance-aircraft-has-been-circling-az-audit-location-and-collecting-information-on-american-citizens-working-for-election-integrity/ 

:: 5--21 Stand to Reason :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Aleksandr SolzhenitsynRussian dissident, 10-year forced-labor Soviet Gulag inmate, Nobel Laureate, Christian—lamented the “fallacious belief” that “here such things are impossible,” that totalitarianism could not happen in one’s own country. “Alas,” he wrote, “all the evil of the twentieth century is possible everywhere on earth.”[1]

Read those words carefully. It is the point I have been building towards in the last two issues of Solid Ground.[2]

In the first article, I chronicled my own experiences behind the Iron Curtain in 1976 working with Christians living under brutal authoritarian rule in communist bloc countries like Hungary, Poland, Romania, and the former Soviet Union—places where believers suffered significant loss of personal liberty and, in some cases, severe persecution simply for following Christ.

In the next article, I pointed out that citizens in any culture will ultimately be ruled by one of two fundamental forces: either truth or power. Any nation whose people lack the liberty to pursue, discover, and live by truth will be destined to live as victims of lies and frequently crushed under the heels of powerful oppressors.

I then briefly traced the development of the first great lie—what I called “the primal heresy”—from its inception in the Garden to its current divinization of self that some have labeled “expressive individualism.” At the Fall, mankind replaced the external truth of God’s world and God’s morality with the internal “truth” of bald personal preference and naked individual desire. The act of rebellion that traded truth “out there” for truth “in here”—the outside/inside distinction—marked the birth of what has come to be known as relativism.

Remember, relativism is the ultimate negation of truth, and when truth dies, power is all that remains. The immediate payoff for relativism—the unrestrained narcissism of expressive individualism—may be satisfying for a season, but it’s a fleeting gratification. Bald force eventually fills the truth vacuum, and relativists’ values begin cannibalizing relativists’ liberties. Whoever has the power to nullify liberty ultimately gets to enforce his own preferences. Postmodern people are leaning on a bent reed.

These musings have not been idle reflections, however. Rather, the downward arc of the shifting ethos of the West has revealed a disquieting trend. Liberal democracy—in the best sense of those words—is becoming a thing of the past. America is moving rapidly toward the brink of a peculiar species of totalitarianism that promises to erode freedom, hinder our ability to proclaim the gospel, and compromise our liberty to live peacefully with our Christian convictions.

I have not been alone in my concern. Émigrés from former Soviet bloc countries who fled the totalitarianism of communism for the freedom of America are mortified at the trend. When author Rod Dreher asked if they thought America was drifting toward some type of totalitarianism, “They all said yes—often emphatically”[3] (emphasis in original).

Totalitarianism  I wrote “peculiar species of totalitarianism” above because what we are experiencing now is actually an amalgam of two forms of totalitarianism—soft and hard. First, a general description, though.

Totalitarianism is not the same as dictatorship, where an individual tyrant’s jackboot stands on the neck of liberty. That is simple authoritarianism. Totalitarianism goes further. Drawing on insight from expert Hannah Arendt, Dreher clarifies:

A totalitarian society is one in which an ideology seeks to displace all prior traditions and institutions, with the goal of bringing all aspects of society under control of that ideology. A totalitarian state is one that aspires to nothing less than defining and controlling reality. Truth is whatever the rulers decide it is.[4] [Emphasis added.]

Notice the militant relativism that makes totalitarianism possible. When truth comes not from the outside but from the inside, power prevails. Truth becomes “whatever the rulers decide it is.”

The indoctrination to an alternate reality at the heart of totalitarianism has a curious effect. When reality is persuasively redefined by the incessant drone of political propaganda and abetted by not-so-subtle social pressures, the populace is gradually persuaded by it and willingly embraces it in large numbers as the high moral ground. Those who do not are vilified as enemies of the good (“haters,” in the current vernacular)—the “good,” that is, as defined by the authorities. Orwell’s “Big Brother” comes immediately to mind.

At the moment, I am halfway through William Shirer’s remarkable work The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich. I realize it’s risky conjuring the image of fascist dictators to make a point. Some have done this so frequently and so frivolously that people are inclined not to take such allusions seriously. In this case, though, they ought to. Santayana famously warned, “Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.”

Shirer noted the precise pattern I described above displayed by Germans in the 1930s, a dynamic (Shirer confessed) even he was vulnerable to: “A steady diet over the years of falsifications and distortions made a certain impression on one’s mind and often misled it.” He then referenced “the most outlandish assertions from seemingly educated and intelligent persons” who were obviously “parroting some piece of nonsense they had heard on the radio or read in the newspapers.” Opposing the nonsense was useless, he wrote, since “on such occasions one was met with such a stare of incredulity, such a shock of silence, as if one had blasphemed the Almighty.”[5]

And so today. The propaganda of the Left regarding sexuality, gender, the “bigotry” and “hate” of Christians, etc., is so pervasive and rhetorically clever, it has become irresistibly persuasive to many who are mystified that some—especially religious conservativesare not falling into step with the times. Worse, they’re angry at unpersuaded dissenters who now loom as dangerous enemies of the common good.

That siren song of the new order now presses in on us from two directions, creating the peculiar amalgam of totalitarian tyranny I spoke of.

“Soft Totalitarianism”

In soft totalitarianism, compliance is not enforced by government. Rather, private cultural institutions controlled by elites accomplish that task—the academy, the press, “enlightened” corporations, Hollywood, and especially those controlling social media.

Many of us, particularly the young, live out our social lives online—through Instagram, Facebook, Twitter—and manage our lives at the behest of its aggressive stepsisters, Amazon, Apple, and Google. We post, we purchase, we tweet, we opine, we share vital information and also gather vital information using their platforms.

These enterprises provide the bulk of our access to the outside world. It has become obvious to careful observers, though, that these digital giants are not neutral players in this game. We are being watched, and we are being tracked. Corporate Goliaths are assiduously collecting every piece of information they can on our purchasing habits, our preferences, our private lives—even our travel patterns. [6]

Rod Dreher reports that this “surveillance capitalism hoovers up detailed personal data about individuals and analyzes it with sophisticated algorithms to predict people’s behavior.”[7]

The initial goal of this online data harvesting is, of course, monetization of information—profit, for short. But there is a darker side. Sophisticated algorithms have another consequence. “The rapidly growing power of information technology and its ubiquitous presence in daily life,” Dreher warns, “immensely magnifies the ability of those who control institutions to shape society according to their ideals”[8] (emphasis added).

Have you noticed how frequently social media moguls have been silencing dissenters by using “community standards” guidelines that appear to guarantee civility in their domains but often serve to weed out political dissidents? Worse, many are able to economically retaliate against nonconformists by demonetizing their platforms or banning them from business access. Even offline, corporate giants are increasingly and openly indoctrinating employees with progressive politics as a de facto condition of continued employment.

This is soft totalitarianism. Left-leaning corporations and other elites are its willing agents, and we consumers are its willing subjects. They have their “bully pulpit,” but they also have their “big stick,” the not-so-subtle social pressures I mentioned earlier.

One of the strongest evidences of totalitarianism is punishment of dissent. Dissidents can be destroyed. Here are a few examples. There are many, many more.

Shaming, Silencing, Canceling

For years, I have noticed a common practice among Christians, even in the relatively safe spaces of churches or Christian retreats: They lower their voice when they mention the word “homosexual.” Why? Because they are afraid. They’ve unconsciously adopted this habit out of fear of being shamed, or attacked, or belittled, or bullied simply for broaching the topic. This fear, of course, is an indirect pressure. Other pressures are not so subtle.

Journalist Bari Weiss reports that in California and New York, secret meetings are being held—not on Zoom or Facebook (too public, too traceable, and too permanent), but in backyards.

Wealthy parents of children enrolled in prestigious $45,000-per-year private prep schools like Harvard-Westlake in L.A. or Fieldstone in New York are mortified that their kids are being indoctrinated in the resentment and fear connected with Critical Race Theory (CRT), “collective racial guilt,” and so-called “white fragility.”

They are horrified and they are scared, with most too frightened to speak up. “The school can ask you to leave for any reason,” one parent said. “Then...you’ll be known as a racist, which is worse than being called a murderer.” Students begged their parents not to be interviewed by Weiss for fear of social shaming. “If you publish my name, it would ruin my life,” one kid said.

“They have a pattern of shaming anyone who…dissents from the group narrative,” one mother explained. “Once someone shames one person, many chime in agreement. The times I speak up to defend those they shame, they attempt to shame me.”

“The ideology,” Weiss writes, “has changed children’s self-conception.” The propaganda is so intense and the sophistry so sophisticated, the kids have begun to believe and internalize the lies. Recall the pattern Shirer noted in Germany.

Though Weiss’s focus was on high-end private schools, the same pattern is in play everywhere—even in some “Christian” schools. Public schools are most vulnerable, though, because the Left controls that educational system in many states. “To resist this ideology is to go against the entire institutional world,” Weiss concludes.[9]

Brendan Eich, creator of JavaScript and co-founder of Mozilla, served as its CEO until 2014. Then news surfaced of a 2008 donation of $1,000 to California’s Prop 8 limiting legal marriage to male-female unions. Though Eich never showed animosity towards the LGBT community in his personal or professional life, activists used social media to publicly pillory him, generating 50,000 signatures from those demanding Eich’s resignation. Because of his classical view of marriage, Brendan Eich was canceled from the company he founded.[10]

West Town’s Nini’s Deli was Yelp’s highest-rated restaurant in Chicago and listed as one of their top 100 places to eat in the U.S. three years in a row. A Cuban-Mexican immigrant couple founded Nini’s, and their sons, Juan and José Riesco, ran it. All were Christians and members of the multiracial, ethnically diverse Metro Praise International church. Nini’s sported a celebrated cuisine of Cuban-inspired dishes and had commercial ties with Adidas, Intelligentsia Coffee, Bang Bang Pie, Molly’s Cupcakes, and Nike.

The Riesco’s success story came to a screeching halt in a matter of days, though, in June 2020. Because they did not publicly signal solidarity with Black Lives Matter, and because of their Christian stance on homosexuality, they were labeled racist and homophobic. Droves of former satisfied customers turned on them, and protesters descended on Nini’s Deli like a tidal wave.

Militants threatened to burn the deli down and kill the Riescos. They found out where family members worked and pressed the employers to terminate them, which they did. Under pressure from activists, all of Nini’s corporate partners denounced them and canceled them. Thousands mobbed the previously popular corner deli and shut it down.

If you don’t put Black Lives Matter on your restaurant, it’s just guaranteed to get destroyed,” Juan said. The video footage of the hatred displayed in the name of anti-hatred is chilling.[11] The family fled its beloved Chicago in the middle of the night. The Riescos now live in Dallas.

Three years ago, Ryan Anderson published When Harry Became Sally: Responding to the Transgender Moment. You can no longer buy it on Amazon, though. The book violates the company’s current standards. “We have chosen not to sell books that frame LGBTQ+ identity as a mental illness,” Amazon’s Brian Huseman wrote.

Everyone agrees that gender dysphoria is a serious condition that causes great suffering,” Anderson replied. “There is a debate, however, which Amazon is seeking to shut down, about how best to treat patients who experience gender dysphoria. Amazon is using its massive power to distort the marketplace of ideas and is deceiving its own customers in the process.” [12]

Amazon is responsible for 53% of book sales in the U.S. and 80% of all e-books. What other books will they blacklist, and how will this affect what publishers choose to publish?

“In July 2020, Niel Golightly, a 62-year-old Boeing communications chief was forced to resign for an article he wrote 33 years earlier. As a 29-year-old navy pilot, he’d argued against women serving in combat. He has since disavowed those views. No matter. Though Boeing admitted that the executive made “substantial” contributions in the short time he’d been there, the company has “zero tolerance for bigotry of any kind”—and, apparently, from any time, even the “bigotry” of a recanted view voiced half a lifetime ago.

Chief executive David Calhoun emphasized Boeing’s “unrelenting commitment to diversity and inclusion in all its dimensions, and to ensuring that all of our employees have an equal opportunity to contribute and excel” (emphasis added). The irony of his own statement escaped him, of course.[13]

Soft totalitarianism is frequently enforced with an almost spiritual passion. Former Attorney General William Barr observed:

The secular project has itself become a religion, pursued with religious fervor…including inquisitions and excommunication. Those who defy the creed risk a figurative burning at the stake—social, educational, and professional ostracism and exclusion waged through lawsuits and savage social media campaigns.[14]

“Hard Totalitarianism”

Indeed, the soft totalitarianism imposed by cultural elites can be harsh. When the government steps in, though, the totalitarian amalgam thus created between soft and hard can be Orwellian. For the sake of space, let me briefly offer two instances, though examples like these are increasing at an alarming rate.

In 2013, former Atlanta Fire Chief Kevin Cochran self-published a book for his men's Bible study that condemned homosexuality as contrary to God’s plan. For his efforts, he was suspended without pay for 30 days and told not to comment publicly on the affair.

When, in violation of then-mayor Kasim Reed’s directive, Cochran organized a public relations campaign on his behalf, he was terminated, even though the city’s legal team admitted he had not engaged in illegal discrimination. With the help of Alliance Defending Freedom, Cochran sued and settled out of court for $1.2 million.[15]

As I write, a nefarious bill is moving through the United State Congress that, among other things, effectively erases any physical distinctions between the sexes. It’s called the “Equality Act” and has already passed in the House.

Though federal law already prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex, this bill treats sex as a psychological state of mind unrelated to biology. Consequently, males who self-identify as females cannot be denied access to female-only areas that guaranteed privacy in the past. Note the bill’s wording:

An individual shall not be denied access to a shared facility, including a restroom, a locker room, and a dressing room, that is in accordance with the individual’s gender identity.[16]

Further, the Equality Act would actually end equality in women’s sports by preventing women from competing on an equal basis with other women. Biological males—normally excluded from competing against females (that’s the point of women’s sports, after all)—could not be excluded, by law, if they self-identify as females. Women will not only lose races, they’ll lose scholarships, too, as also-rans to biological males who will easily defeat them.[17]

Worse, this act explicitly exempts itself from the Religious Freedom Restoration Act, removing any safe harbor for Christians resisting the provisions of this bill on religious grounds.

Since “discrimination against a married same-sex couple could be based on the sex stereotype that marriage should only be between heterosexual couples, the sexual orientation of the two individuals in the couple, or both,”[18] churches would be vulnerable to criminal prosecution simply for adhering faithfully to biblical teaching. That is how far down the slope we have slipped.

The act also prohibits “discrimination on the basis of pregnancy…or a related medical condition,” using wording that has already been interpreted by courts to include abortion. Thus, those who refuse to perform abortions could be vulnerable to punishment.[19]

RX

At times, the tsunami of change we’re facing seems overwhelming for its force, dizzying for its speed, and chilling for its darkness. It’s easy to begin feeling helpless, but that is not our path. There is another way.

In September 1974, Solzhenitsyn was expelled from the Soviet Union and sent into exile. His final salvo was an essay suggesting a remedy for the common citizen, the ordinary person dwarfed by the totalitarian state. He titled it “Live Not by Lies.”

Most of us are not in a position to effect any immediate change in the culture at large. That does not mean we’re powerless, though, he argued. The lies that drive the system can be resisted by ordinary people being faithful to truth while living lives of simple integrity. This approach entails two things.

First, we refuse to be cowed by pressure to affirm falsehood. Like the noble Christians at Nini’s Deli, we stand our ground. We live consistently with our convictions, firmly holding to truth even when we can’t defend it well or make sense of it to outsiders.

Solzhenitsyn counseled not to say, write, affirm, or distribute anything that distorts truth. Rather, walk out of meetings where discussion is forced and truth is not allowed to be spoken.[20] Refuse to affirm what you do not believe. Just say no, but do so respectfully, even when the price for fidelity is public shaming, silencing, or canceling.

Second, we act. “The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil,” the saying goes, “is for good men to do nothing.” Resisting takes inner courage, of course, and courage starts with small steps. It also takes a group, a family, the Body of Christ. We stand together. It takes outward virtue, too. We are careful to live with integrity in all areas of our lives.

Be direct but courteous in the face of opposition. If asked what your preferred pronoun is, graciously say, “I don’t have a preferred pronoun. I have a sex. I’m male [for example].” When pressured at the office to participate in “sensitivity” seminars that go against your convictions, respectfully decline. If pressed, say, “It appears you’re using your influence as my employer to get me to accept your politics. Do you think that’s a proper use of your power and authority?”

Be prudent, however. Carefully weigh the risks of resistance, counting the cost. Not all hills are worth dying on—but some are.

If we’re clever, we can leverage the culture’s own values against it. For example, when considering adopting a radical sexual education curriculum, our local school district asked (disingenuously, I think) for input from the community during their public meeting. Here is what I wrote for my wife to deliver that evening:

We are a diverse community, and the school board values diversity. That means there are diverse understandings about controversial issues like human sexuality.

Traditionally, parents have been the ones to carefully inform their children about these issues at a time and in a way appropriate for their age, and within the protected environment of the family. The government—represented here by the school board—has not traditionally been allowed to interfere with educating issues so critical to family and so appropriate to private parental nurturing of their children. To do so would be to have individual family beliefs and values overridden by whatever group happened to be in power at the time.

No one set of personal values should be allowed to dictate the beliefs of our children in a public education system that includes such diverse groups as Muslims, and Christians, and Orthodox Jews, and Buddhists, and humanists, and atheists, and so many others.

Public values shared by all, on the other hand—values like honesty, kindness, truth seeking, integrity, respect, etc.—should be encouraged by all, including the schools, since they are agreed upon by all and are not controversial.

However, contentious and divisive personal views should not be forced upon our children. This is indoctrination and replaces the parent’s rightful role.

When government takes over the responsibility of informing our children’s private and personal moral values instead of the parents and individual families doing so, it is a step towards oppression and a significant and serious violation of the diversity and multicultural respect the school board stands for.

If any group in power gets to force their personal values on our kids, then when a different group gets power, they will be able to force their personal values on that group’s kids. Neither is consistent with diversity, tolerance, or appropriate American liberty.

Please, I respectfully implore you: Leave that job to the parents of the children that belong to them…and not to the state.

Until now, it’s cost us virtually nothing to be Christian in America. I am convinced those days are rapidly coming to a close. “A time of painful testing, even persecution, is coming,” Dreher warns. “Lukewarm or shallow Christians will not come through with their faith intact.”[21]

Choosing not to live by lies can change culture over time, but that is not its immediate purpose, in my view. Its purpose is not principally pragmatic, but ethical. We live not by lies because it’s wrong before God to do so, even if it costs us.

[1] Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn, The Gulag Archipelago 1918–1956.

[2] Find “Iron Curtain Diary” and “The Primal Heresy” at str.org.

[3] Rod Dreher, Live Not by Lies: A Manual for Christian Dissidents (New York City: Sentinel, 2020), xi.

[4] Ibid, 7–8.

[5] William Shirer, The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich (New York: Simon and Schuster, 1960), 247–8.

[6] Note the sobering documentary “The Social Dilemma,” available on Netflix.

[7] Dreher, 76–77.

[8] Ibid, 71.

[9] Bari Weiss, “The Miseducation of America’s Elites,” City Journal, March 9, 2021.

[10] Alistair Barr, “Mozilla CEO Brendan Eich Steps Down,” The Wall Street Journal, April 3, 2014.

[11] “Paint the Wall Black—The Story of Nini’s Deli”

[12] Jeffrey A. Trachtenberg, The Wall Street Journal, “Amazon Won’t Sell Books Framing LGBTQ+ Identities as Mental Illnesses.”

[13] The New York Times, “Boeing Communications Chief Resigns Over 33-Year-Old Article.”

[14] William Barr, Justice News, “Remarks to the University of Notre Dame Law School,” October 11, 2019.

[15] NBC News, “Fired after Writing Anti-Gay Book, Ex-Fire Chief Set to Receive $1.2M Settlement,” October 17, 2018.

[16] H.R.5

[17] See, for example, Duke Law, “Comparing Athletic Performances: The Best Elite Women to Boys and Men.”

[18] Ibid.

[19] Melanie Israel, “Equality Act Is a Trojan Horse for Abortion Lobby and More.”

[20] Dreher, 18.

[21] Ibid, 160.

https://www.str.org/w/freedom-fading 

:: 5-1-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian Martial Law Declared: Church Services Will Be Stopped Using Any Force Necessary

Infowars.com  May 1st 2021, 10:15 am

Pastor Artur Pawlowski explains how Canada's law enforcement is now presenting court orders insisting they can enter churches whenever they want.

Pastor Artur Pawlowski joins The Alex Jones Show on Friday to break down the news that Canadian Law Enforcement has been granted the use of any force necessary to stop churches from gathering.   Video

https://www.infowars.com/posts/canadian-martial-law-declared-church-services-will-be-stopped-using-any-force-necessary/ 

:: 5--21 https://leohohmann.com/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Highly cited COVID doctor comes to stunning conclusion: Gov’t ‘scrubbing unprecedented numbers’ of injection-related deaths

3,544 deaths and 12,619 serious injuries reported between Dec. 14, 2020 and April 23, 2021

One of the world’s most prominent medical doctors with expertise in treating COVID-19 has gone on the record with a scathing rebuke of the U.S. government’s approach to fighting the virus. He says the government’s strategy, carried out in cooperation with the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the United Nations World Health Organization, has resulted in tens of thousands of unnecessary deaths and is now being followed up with thousands more deaths caused by a mass-injection program.

Dr. Peter McCullough, in a 32-minute interview with journalist Alex Newman, said if this were any other vaccine it would have been pulled from the market by now for safety reasons.

McCullough holds the honor of being the most cited medical doctor on COVID-19 treatments at the National Library of Medicine, with more than 600 citations. He has testified before Congress and won numerous awards during his distinguished medical career.

Between Dec. 14 and April 23, there were 3,544 deaths reported to the CDC’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System [VAERS], along with 12,619 serious injuries.

One might expect these numbers would trigger an exhaustive investigation from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. But the opposite has occurred. According to McCullough, the government has taken what amounts to a passing glance at the alarming numbers and dismissed them with a bare minimum of scrutiny.

“A typical new drug at about five deaths, unexplained deaths, we get a black-box warning, your listeners would see it on TV, saying it may cause death,” McCullough said. “And then at about 50 deaths it’s pulled off the market.”

The U.S. has a precedent for this. In 1976 during the Swine Flu pandemic the U.S. attempted to vaccinate 55 million Americans, but at that point the shot caused about 500 cases of paralysis and 25 deaths.

The program was killed, at 25 deaths,” McCullough said.

Compare that type of response to the government’s reaction to much higher reported death numbers related to the Moderna and Pfizer shots and the contrast is alarming, McCullough said, especially when the shots have not even been granted full FDA approval and are only being allowed on the market under an Emergency Use Authorization.

“In the U.S. today [as of late March] we have approximately 77 million people vaccinated for COVID and we have 2,602 deaths reported, so it’s unprecedented how many deaths have accrued,” he said.

“Then on March 8 the CDC announced on their website with very little fanfare, that they had reviewed about 1,600 deaths with unnamed FDA doctors and they indicated not a single death was related to the vaccine,” he added. “I think that was concerning in the academic community.”

McCullough said he knows from first-hand experience that doing a thorough investigation into 1,600 potentially vaccine-related deaths would have taken months to complete.

“I have chaired and participated in dozens of data safety monitoring boards and sat on those committees and I can tell you that this type of work would have taken many months to review all the labs, the death certificates and all the circumstances of an event. It is impossible for unnamed regulatory doctors without any experience with COVID 19 to opine that none of the deaths were related to the vaccine.”

Previous studies, including one from Harvard University, estimate that only 1 to 10 percent of all vaccine-related deaths get reported to VAERS. So in all likelihood, there are more people dying than even gets reported, yet the FDA can’t come up with a single death related to the Moderna and Pfizer shots.

“Reporting a death requires a healthcare worker to enter it into the system,” he said. And if the death does not occur within the normal 15-minute monitoring period they often go unreported. Most deaths occur within 72 hours of the shot. “They pile up on day one, two and three,” he said.

As a matter of comparison: There are 20 to 30 deaths reported every year to VAERS related to the flu shot. That’s with 195 million receiving flu shots. Compare that to the COVID shot, which resulted in 2,602 reported deaths through 77 million vaccinations.

That’s a stunningly high ratio of deaths to vaccinations, the highest for any vaccine in U.S. history, and yet no major media outlet has launched an investigation. Independent journalists and researchers such as Alex Newman, Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and Leo Hohmann have been ruthlessly censored.

“So the U.S. government has made a decision, along with the stakeholders – the CDC, NIH, FDA, Big Pharma, World Health Organization, Gates Foundation – they have made a commitment to mass vaccination as the solution to the COVID pandemic and we are really going to be witness to what’s going to happen in history. We’re sitting on, right now, the biggest number of vaccine deaths, there’s been tens of thousands of hospitalizations, all attributable to the vaccine, and going strong.”

McCullough testified before the U.S. Senate on Nov 19, 2020.

I estimated at that time we could have saved half of the lives lost,” he told Newman. “There are now current estimates that we are up to about 85 percent of all lives lost could have been saved with something called sequenced oral multi-drug therapy.”

But instead, the government and its “stakeholders” in Big Pharma chose to focus on vaccines. At the same time, news organizations were recruited to present only one side of the vaccine story.

Mainstream outlets have agreed to not allow any news critical of the shots to reach the American people. This corrupt collusion falls under the Trusted News Initiative, a global collaboration signed onto by Big Tech social-media giants and many of its corrupt corporate media “partners.”

The partners signed onto the Trusted News Initiative to date are: Associated Press, AFP; BBC, CBC/Radio-Canada, European Broadcasting Union (EBU), Facebook, Financial Times, First Draft, Google/YouTube, The Hindu, Microsoft, Reuters, Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism, Twitter, The Washington Post. The New York Times has also participated in the past.

Reporting facts related to the dark side of the experimental mRNA vaccines is considered “dangerous disinformation” by the globalist media elites behind the Trusted News Initiative.

Dr. McCullough describes ‘whitewash of historic proportions‘

“So I think this was effectively a scrubbing, like we’ve seen elsewhere. There is a Trusted News Initiative, which is very important for Americans to understand, this was announced Dec. 10, and this is a coalition of all the major media and government stakeholders in vaccination, where they are not going to allow any negative information about vaccines to get into the popular media because they’re concerned about vaccine hesitancy, that if Americans got any type of fair, balanced coverage on safety events then they simply would not come forward and get the vaccine.”

The Trusted News Initiative is really troublesome,” he continued, “because we’re now at record numbers of deaths, they continue to occur every day.”

Confirming a LeoHohmann.com report from earlier this month, McCullough said the Johnson & Johnson vaccine, while it does have issues with blood clots, is actually the safest of the three vaccines now being offered to Americans.

“In my professional opinion, the safest vaccine on the market was the J&J vaccine. And that was pulled for very rare blood-clotting events. We had seven million people vaccinated but the estimates are for the other two vaccines available, the blood-clotting rates are probably 30 times that of J&J, and these others are going strong.”

McCullough suggested that there is an incestuous relationship between the U.S. government and certain elements within Big Pharma, which causes regulators to look the other way when confronted with safety issues.

“A lot of Americans don’t understand how tight these stakeholders are. Keep in mind the NIH [National Institutes of Health] is a co-owner of the Moderna patent, so they have a vested financial interest in keeping these vaccines going,” he said.

More than 15 months into the COVID nightmare, the evidence is beginning to suggest the U.S. government colluded from the outset with the Gates Foundation, CDC, FDA, the United Nations World Health Organization and Big Pharma to make the vaccines the central focus of the global COVID response effort. They started promoting the vaccines before they were even out of clinical trials, McCullough said, which is against U.S. regulatory law.

More reports of high death counts

LeoHohmann.com has been getting reports that confirm Dr. McCullough’s warning that harmful events caused by the vaccine are being covered up by the medical establishment, the government, the legacy media and social-media giants Google, Facebook and Twitter.

A physician with a practice in the Kansas City area told LeoHohmann.com that of a recent 500-person sampling of nursing-home patients who received the COVID injection, 22 died within 48 hours. That represents an astonishing 4.4 percent death rate. Most people in the Kansas City area nursing homes are receiving the Pfizer shot, he said.

“I can’t prove they all died of the vaccine, all I can prove is it happened within 48 hours,” the physician told LeoHohmann.com.

“The requirements are they only need to be monitored for 15 minutes. So we are never going to know the real numbers,” he said. “If it happens outside of that 15-minute window it’s going to be impossible to prove… If the FDA approves this then God help us.”

The Kansas City physician requested his name not be revealed for fear that he could lose his medical license.

A Canadian doctor, Dr. Charles Hoffe, recently broke his silence and went public in defiance of a gag order, blowing the whistle on how “Moderna shots killed, disabled patients.”

McCollough said the government has never placed a focus on treating sick patients, choosing instead to focus on the WHO recommended strategy of social distancing, lockdowns, masking and vaccines. If the strategy had focused instead on a regimen that includes a multi-drug treatment of early onset symptoms, tens of thousands of lives could have been saved, he said.

In a December 2020 paper, A Guide for Home-Based COVID-19 treatment: Step by step doctor’s plan that could save your life, McCullough prescribes a four-pronged strategy that includes contagion control, early home treatment, late-stage treatment and lastly vaccination.

“I talked about the four pillars, with the first pillar being contagion control [wearing masks and lockdowns]. We’ve spent a lot of time on that. But really the missing pillar, if we would have spent our time focusing on sick patients, that would have had the highest public-health value.

“But what happened in the U.S. was we developed a game plan …that we were going to promote the importance of social distancing as part of contagion control and just have the population wait for a vaccine. There have been no updates on treatment, not outpatient, not inpatient. We don’t hear anything about sick patients. All we heard was about masking, lockdowns and wait for a vaccine.”

https://leohohmann.com/2021/04/30/highly-cited-covid-doctor-comes-to-stunning-conclusion-govt-scrubbing-unprecedented-numbers-of-injection-related-deaths/ 

:: 5-1-21 Regenrate :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ways mRNA Covid-19 Vaccines Could Harm the Unvaccinated Explored In Depth [LIVESTREAM REPLAY]

Posted on:   Saturday, May 1st 2021 at 12:00 pm

Written By:  Sayer Ji, Founder

This is an exclusive replay of a livestream which broadcast 5 PM EST, May 1st.

How concerned should we be that the newly vaccinated might adversely affect our health? What can we do? Sayer Ji shares the perspective of the New Biology, referencing horizontal information transfer (microvessicle shedding), and the Pfizer trial protocol that addresses vaccine bystander effects. Referenced links include:

https://www.greenmedinfo.com/blog/miami-school-asks-staff-not-take-covid-jab-global-media-assault-follows-pfizer-tra1 

https://www.standforhealthfreedom.com 

and

https://www.greenmedinfo.com/newsletter 

If you like this video, please share it! YOU are the new mainstream media.

Give Leila and Centner Academy some love here:

https://centneracademy.com/ 

https://www.instagram.com/p/CONTDvSLTjI/ 

Sayer Ji is founder of Greenmedinfo.com, a reviewer at the International Journal of Human Nutrition and Functional Medicine, Co-founder and CEO of Systome Biomed, Vice Chairman of the Board of the National Health Federation, Steering Committee Member of the Global Non-GMO Foundation.

https://www.greenmedinfo.com/blog/ways-mrna-covid-19-vaccines-could-harm-unvaccinated-explored-depth-livestream-rep?utm_campaign=Daily%20Newsletter%3A%20May%202%20%28WwnWjK

%29&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Daily%20Newsletter&_ke=eyJrbF9jb21wYW55X2lkIjogIksydlhBeSIsICJrbF9lbWFpbCI6ICJudXRyaXRpb24xNEBob3RtYWlsLmNvbSJ9 

:: 5-2-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"I Just Wanted A Little More Time" - Texas Nurse Was Fired For Refusing COVID Vaccine

by Tyler Durden Sunday, May 02, 2021 - 02:55 PM

Many hospital systems around the country have been surprised by the number of nurses who have passed on being vaccinated (either because they had already been infected, or simply because they didn't want the vaccine). But as federal public health officials crank up the pressure on Americans to submit to the vaccine as unused jabs pile up, one nurse in Texas complained to local journalists that she was fired simply because she refused the jab.

Nurse Michelle Fuentes told Dallas-Fort Worth CBS affiliate KRIV-TV that she had been terminated after working for 10 years at Houston Methodist Hospital, allegedly because she refused to accept the COVID-19 vaccine.

"I knew that the date was looming over my head of me to get the vaccine and we were constantly being pressured and pressured," Michelle Fuentes said.

According to their report, at the start of April, Houston Methodist announced it would require all employees to get the COVID-19 vaccine by June 7. However, the hospital system asked employees who refused to get the vaccine to submit documentation for consideration for a medical or religious exemption. The paperwork was reportedly due by May 3.

Fuentes said she told her employer that she needed more time to make a decision to do more "research" on her own, but instead wound up turning in her two weeks notice.

"I just needed a little bit more time and little bit more research to be done,” Fuentes said.

A spokesperson for the hospital system said 90% of its employees are vaccinated, and that only two have resigned so far. Fuentes said when she didn't agree to stay quiet about the reason for her departure, she was not allowed to complete her final two weeks and was immediately escorted out of the hospital by security.

Finally, Fuentes told the press that she wants to wait until all clinical trials are completed before she decides to get the vaccine or not. She stressed she is not against vaccines and gets the flu vaccine every year. Fuentes even volunteered to work in the COVID unit. Despite reassurances that vaccines are safe, and that their vast public benefit outweighs any risks, recent concerns about vaccine side effects have included incidents of rare but deadly cerebral blood clots, and also an impact on the menstrual cycle.

https://www.zerohedge.com/covid-19/i-just-wanted-little-more-time-texas-nurse-was-fired-refusing-covid-vaccine 

:: 5--21 Tap Wire News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vaccinated people to be PCR tested at 28 cycles

Thanks Judy

https://twitter.com/roccogalatilaw/status/1388227807994683393\ 

New American CDC document shows PCR tests ‘only’ for vaccinated people will use a 28 cycle threshold. American CDC uses a 40+ cycle threshold to inflate #of Covid-19 cases and fear based on ‘presumption’ not deaths. 40+ cycles also used in Canada. A 40 cycle threshold produces a 97% false positive rate.

Lowering the PCR cycle threshold for vaccinated people is massive fraud to make it look like the vaccines are working, predicted by many freedom activists.

“More fraud. Test the unvaccinated at 43-45 cycles = 96.5% FALSE positives. But now they will test VACCINATED people at 28 cycles and poof! The vaccine magically works because the false positives come down. Really? Born yesterday but very early in a.m.” Rocco Galati

Covid crimes against humanity worse that WW 1 + WW II

International trial lawyer Dr. Reiner Fuellmich and his large worldwide network of lawyers have all the evidence that the pandemic is a crime against humanity. They are preparing major class action lawsuits against the WHO and governments. Reiner Fuellmich says a second Nuremberg may be needed. https://rumble.com/vgdl3f-dr-reiner-fuellmich-international-lawyer-has-all-the-evidence-that-pandemic.html 

Canada: Death rated by risk

Under 2 mins. Live link prohibited here. Please complete as required.

h t t p s colon 2 of these /

l i b r t i . c o m / p a g e / v i e w – v i d e o ? i d =3 63 [no sp@ces]

8 WAYS m-RNA c-19 shots can k!ll you – Dr. Sherri Tenpenny

6 minute video https://thephaser.com/2021/04/8-ways-mrna-covid-vaccines-can-kill-you-dr-sherri-tenpenny/ 

The medical industry has been weaponized – Dr. Sherri Tenpenny + Dr. Lee Merritt

To bypass intro start at 6 minutes. Video approx 1 hour.

Hitler’s surgeon was hung at the gallows at Nuremberg for crimes against humanity b/c he allowed people to be experimented on without informed consent and under coercion. This is exactly what’s happening today!

The medical profession is allowing and recommending people be experimented on with a genetic agent without informed consent. https://thephaser.com/2021/04/8-ways-mrna-covid-vaccines-can-kill-you-dr-sherri-tenpenny/ 

Joe Rogan attacked by Fauci and White House for daring to have an honest discussion about Covid-19 vaccines

Rogan encourages “healthy” young people not to get a coronavirus vaccine. https://www.rt.com/op-ed/522396-joe-rogan-covid19-white-house/?utm_source=Newsletter&utm_medium=Email&utm_campaign=Email 

My Body My Choice

If women can abort babies b/c it’s their body their choice then everyone can decline an experimental genetic agent b/c it’s my body, my choice. If someone disagrees, ask them to prove SARS-COV2 exists and that covid-19 is not the biggest psychological operation and crime against humanity ever in the history of man.

Be fearless and project common sense.

Without Prejudice and Without Recourse

Doreen A Agostino

http://freetobewealthy.net 

https://ourgreaterdestiny.org/ 

https://tapnewswire.com/2021/05/2021-spring-of-stan1sm-in-full-bloom/ 

:: 5-1-21 Tape Wire News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Must Watch!!! Nurse in Halifax Breaks Her Silence!

Sat 11:13 am +00:00, 1 May 2021 5

posted by Weaver

BitsandBobs – April 29, 2021

https://tapnewswire.com/2021/05/a-must-watch-nurse-in-halifax-breaks-her-silence/ 

:: 5-3-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

With Covid Losing Its Grip Over America, the Next Deadly False Flag Is Almost Upon Us

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, May 3, 2021 - 14:05.

The next false flag event is beginning to show itself. With covid losing its grip on most of America, it is time to introduce a deadly kill shot and the picture is beginning to crystalize.

Before this article reveals what is next, it is time to first take stock of where we are at and how we got here. Why? Because what lies ahead very likely contains the kill shot, both literally and figuratively, and forewarned is forearmed. Rest assured, the globalists fully plan to have the nation totally subjugated by this September (2021).

Phony Numbers Connected to the Outbreak

From March of 2020 through the summer, I screamed at the top of my lungs about the fake numbers of covid cases and deaths. Fraud was incentivized as the government paid local health authorities both for diagnosing covid and subsequently assigning covid causes of death. When one is holding a hammer, everything looks like a nail and that is a good analogy for the phony covid numbers reported to the public. Why would the medical establishment that controls, the FDA, CDC and NIH engage in such fraudulent practices? Because their benefactors, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, the related Vaccine industry, those globalists desiring depopulation, et al., conspired to greatly exaggerate the threat. Of course, elderly persons with pre-morbid conditions were at risk for succumbing to covid, the stories of fraud in exchange for federal reimbursement are legendary. And when one dared report the truth, as was the case with the so-called Frontline Doctors as was the case with the subsequent exposure fraudulent medical practices, all dissent, no matter how credible the source was silenced by the MSM and Big Tech and the whistleblowers were fired.

Even the early covid tests were invalid on their face. Why? Because as acting the Commissioner of the FDA stated on April 18, 2020, there isn’t the time necessary to require third party validation of the tests. Effectively, we ended up with testing companies being the fox that watches the hen house. How can one trust the creator of a covid test, to honestly report the test has too many false positives? In May of 2020, the acting Commissioner of the FDA doubled down on the emergency need to rush unvalidated tests to the frontlines of medical analysis. Without validation of tests, there are no tests, but that was the goal. In this manner, the number could be manipulated to do anything that was needed and desired by the Deep State. All of these facts are documented, in great, repetitive detail on the CSS website and can be validated through the use of the site’s search engine. I am challenging America to do their own research. Why? Because if you find it, you own it. Today, people enjoy the shock value of the adrenalin rush associated with shocking disclosures, then the “sheep” go back to sleep. I challenge America to do 30 minutes of research on the CSS site, I have already done the leg work, the details are waiting for you. The previous subject material in the preceding paragraphs provides you with all the tools you need to know what many of know in the alt media.

You may be wondering why I am challenging the lazy, the sheep, the cognitive dissonance crowd to personally own the threats to our nation and culture. The number reason is that the people who have stolen this country represent private interests that want most of you dead and they are willing to do anything to accomplish that goal. Secondly, America is need of receiving lessons related to self-reliance. There is going to come a time, when my words cannot help you. I may see you one day on the other side of the barbed wire fence and I will have to say “I know you not.”

What Did the Fake Covid Reporting Accomplish?

The goal of every communist regime that has ever existed is centralization for the purposes of control and eliminating competition. This is precisely what the planners of this so-called pandemic achieved.

Beyond communism taking over America, we need to realize a second truth: The goal of communism is wealth redistribution for the purposes of absolute control of essential services in order to achieve self-enrichment as well as to control the population that is being robbed blind (eg food, medicine, etc). Keep these two truisms in mind as we explain what is happening to our economy.

The previous backbone of the American was small business. It was the largest employer and carried much political clout. However, nearly 60% of small businesses are now erased from the economic landscape of America. Twenty percent of the survivors are on economic life-support. Remember, at the beginning of the lockdowns, big corporate box stores were declared to be essential. Yet, small businesses that sold many of the same products were determined to be non-essential and were forced to close and go out of business. This helped the communists achieve the goal of centralization. Please not that it is the large corporates that are espousing critical race theory and the embodiment of communism in America. It is the corporations that have benefitted from the so-called pandemic. Further, this so-called pandemic placed the bulk of workers in America in a very vulnerable position where their resources could be controlled for purposes of population manipulation.

The lockdowns accomplished the goal of the communists effectively removing the Constitution and civil liberties as the law of the land. A greatly exaggerated pandemic, with all of its fake numbers and erased our rights by effectively placing the country under medical martial law. And the globalists did not even attempt to hide their duplicity. Churches were closed, but strip clubs and casinos stayed open in order to pleasure the elite. Yet, the sheep of this country donned their gay apparel (ie the masks) and began to wear them upon demand, despite the fact that there is not one study that supports the effectiveness of a mask against covid. In fact, , but don'tmask packaging even states that wearing them does not prevent the spread of a virus confuse the sheep. Medical martial law has ruled this country for 14 months.

The First Amendment is Dead on Arrival. Anyone who dares to point out these truths is cancelled.

Then there was the promise of the vaccines. The public was told if they just take the new, untested vaccines, life can get back to normal…. Now we have flip-flop Fauci making contradictory, unscientific proclamations every week. And now we are being told that you still have to wear a mask even if you have the vaccine.

The vaccines represent the first medical treatment, or product, in medical history, that has no contraindications. This alone should make people refuse the vaccine.

Vaccine injury rates and deaths are not reported in bulk so that the public does not know the dangers.

Social distancing and wearing of masks has been debunked by studies at MIT and Stanford, but that does not matter to the MSM as they keep espousing a false narrative.

Take the vaccine, despite the risks, or, very soon, you will not be able to buy or sell.

Did you know that the vaccines are now mandated by New Zealand’s government in a secretly passed 5 page document. It is a beta test for what is coming here.

I could go on and on, but I am sure your memory was stimulated by these contradictory accounts that were very well documented. I would be remiss if I did not mention that under the cover of covid and absentee ballots, the 2020 election was stolen and given to a dementia patient who received less than 35% of the vote. crippling taxes are being imposed and In 100 days, our national energy independence has been destroyed, fuel and food shortages loom for this summer according the MSNBC and CNN. Did you know that 34% of all household income now comes from the government as small business lies in ruins? It would seem that the globalists have us where they want us, namely, dependent and vulnerable. And of course, there is the border crisis and the destabilization of our churches as well as creating classrooms that will chant to ancient Aztec Gods, as this paganism has invaded the Catholic churches and our public schools on both sides of the border. Can you say Maoist Cultural Revolution?

Signs of Life

Florida and Texas have mandated that covid passports are illegal in their states. Over a dozen states have mandated that no interference with the Second Amendment will be permitted. Gov Newsom (D-CA) is under imminent recall. It appears the people are beginning to fight back. However, there is a new danger waiting in the wings that will repress all populism, for if one cannot breathe, they cannot protest and be politically active.

The Johns Hopkins Revelation

The covid conglomeration was only designed to go so far and it has been effective. However, the people and some of their local governments are rising up! Phase two is ready to begin and the globalists are hiding it in plain sight.

I will make this simple and reprint an excerpt of the kill shot that is coming your way, word for word, from the original source.

EXCERPT FROM PAGE 6

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This report examines the current state of preparedness for pandemics caused by “high-impact respiratory pathogens”—that is, pathogens with the potential for widespread transmission and high observed mortality. Were a high-impact respiratory pathogen to emerge, either naturally or as the result of accidental or deliberate release, it would likely have significant public health, economic, social, and political consequences. Novel high-impact respiratory pathogens have a combination of qualities that contribute to their potential to initiate a pandemic. The combined possibilities of short incubation periods and asymptomatic spread can result in very small windows for interrupting transmission, making such an outbreak difficult to contain. The potential for high-impact respiratory pathogens to affect many countries at once will likely require international approaches different from those that have typically occurred in geographically limited events, such as the ongoing Ebola crisis in Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC). Numerous high-level reviews have been commissioned in recent years to take stock of global preparedness for infectious disease outbreaks, epidemics, and pandemics. These reviews have assessed current preparedness structures and capabilities, have identified existing gaps, and have proposed recommendations for strengthening outbreak prevention, detection, and response. But preparedness for a high-impact respiratory pathogen pandemic has received little specific focus in these high-level reviews. While there has been some focus on improving international and national capacities for pandemic influenza, specifically after the 2009 H1N1 pandemic, there have been few (if any) high-level reviews or recommendations focusing on the possibility of other high-impact respiratory pathogens with pandemic potential. The lack of global attention on and consideration of this threat speaks to the urgency of addressing preparedness for epidemics and pandemics that might be caused by high-impact respiratory pathogens. While there is overlap between the systems and capabilities required to respond to any disease outbreak, a high-impact respiratory pathogen poses serious additional challenges that deserve special consideration. In preparing this report, Preparedness for High-Impact Respiratory Pathogen Pandemics, we reviewed dozens of high-level reviews of global preparedness and conducted interviews with international experts in pandemic preparedness and response. The state of national and global readiness in 10 functional areas were examined: global preparedness mechanisms; multisectoral involvement and coordination; surveillance, monitoring, and assessment; health systems and clinical management; community engagement; risk communication; research and development for medical countermeasures; nonpharmaceutical interventions; accidental release and biosafety; and deliberate use and biosecurity. In our findings, we detail capabilities and gaps that would likely hamper efforts to respond to a high-impact respiratory pathogen. The report identifies priority actions for countries, international organizations, and other stakeholders to pursue that would mitigate the public health, economic, social, and political consequences of the emergence of a high-impact respiratory pathogen.

Conclusion Why is the report appearing now? Why is this report coming on the heels of a greatly exaggerated pandemic that is quickly running out of steam? Steve Quayle and myself have been talking about Ebola coming to America, in earnest, for quite some time. It would appear that this phenomenon is phase two. And with Ebola, the fraudulent reporting of numbers does not have to incentivized. Ebola kills 90% of the people who are exposed….

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/covid-losing-its-grip-over-america-next-deadly-false-flag-almost-upon-us 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 5-3-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As most of us understand by now, the pandemic was planned with the sole purpose of submitting humanity to a New World Order of unprecedented tyrannical control by the ‘superrich elite

Jack Metir Uncategorized May 3, 2021

Any informed person in this world is fully aware of the severe health risks posed by vaccines. Especially a rushed, untested experimental biological agent, that is falsely marketed as a vaccine, activates all the alarm bells within the educated part of humanity.

Naturally many patriots are severely worried, when they see a prominent leader of the worldwide freedom movement, Donald Trump, push these terrifying medical experiments.

For those who never trusted Trump, this is undeniable evidence for what they have been saying all along: ‘See, he is part of the cabal, he is pushing their agenda, we always knew it! Will you now finally wake up?’ That could of course be true. But in order to correctly interpret Trumps actions, we have to understand the nature of the enemies he is fighting, and their specific agenda he is trying to subvert.

So let’s have a fresh look at the plans of the globalist elite…

As most of us understand by now, the pandemic was planned with the sole purpose of submitting humanity to a New World Order of unprecedented tyrannical control by the ‘superrich elite’. If you haven’t seen the evidence for this yet, then I strongly encourage you to first read this in depth report, that reveals all the undeniable evidence of how the pandemic is the smokescreen for implementing a new level of totalitarian control.

Covid is the excuse to lock down the world, supposedly to save humanity. In reality the agenda behind the lockdowns is very different. In their own books, videos, websites and conferences the globalists make it crystal clear what the purpose of the lockdowns is:

This presentation PROOVES WITHOUT DOUBT that America is in for a major fight that will put you and your family in the firing line, literally… So make sure you watch this presentation while it’s still online…

The reason why you should pay attention now is that is because these techniques don’t come from books, they’re taken from actual 21st century warzones, from lawless states where social chaos is the name of the game… … and where not having enough time or money to prepare doesn’t stop real-world preppers from creating virtually impenetrable defenses for their families.

GREAT RESET  Destroy the economy of every nation on earth, plunge humanity into despair and poverty, and then offer their solution: THE GREAT RESET.

The essence of this Great Reset is that all debt of every human being would be cancelled, which would save us from the financial devastation resulting from the lockdowns. Having all your debt cancelled surely sounds like a wonderful solution. ‘Thank you globalist elite!’ However, it comes with a price tag. In return for this ‘financial rescue’ everyone would have to give up all private property.

From that moment on, nobody would own anything, and we would all rent everything: cars, houses, etc.

The mind behind this plan is Klaus Schwab from the World Economic Forum, which is working closely with the World Health Organization, the World Bank, the European Union, the United Nations, and other globalist entities. Schwab has become a key player in the globalist movement, steering most nations and industries towards this agenda. He welcomes globalist world leaders every year in the renown World Economic Forum conferences in Davos, Switzerland. So what I am telling you here is no weird fairytale, it is fact.

This notorious leader of the globalist elite released a video with the presentation of their plans, and he literally says:

You will own nothing, and you will be happy.’

Yeah, right, while they will own everything…

Bluntly said: their plan is to throw the world into an abyss of despair, so they can become our ‘saviors’ who will ‘take good care of us’. No debt, no need, no worries, but… also no possessions, no privacy, no rights, no freedom, no voice.

Slaves forever. The elite would become the true owners of all humanity, claiming this is for our well being. Their magic word is ‘sustainability’. They claim that this insane plan is the only way to sustain life on earth. How convenient for themselves…

Their agenda however goes on. Once these globalists are in full power, they would basically end the human race, by replacing most people with Artificial Intelligence. Klaus Schwab announced that 40% of all jobs will be performed by A.I. in the near future. So they need to erase 40% of humanity, to make room for this, naturally.

No use of having 40% of humanity walking around doing nothing…

In his notorious book The Fourth Industrial Revolution, Klaus Schwab explains how the original human race will end, and make room for the next step in human evolution: we will all become cyborgs. Our bodies will be greatly altered using technology. Man and machine becoming one.

No, that is not the script for a science fiction movie, this is reality. His book is right there, on the shelves of stores around the world, and this is the man pushing the current events in the world. Governments around the world are embracing his ‘wonderful ideas’ and they are already telling children in schools how much smarter they will be with a chip in their head. Elon Musk wanted to call his child A.I. and is a pioneer in the human-robot fusion.

Mark Zuckerberg said during a public speech:  ‘I WAS human…’

Let that sink in for a few seconds…

Becoming a cyborg may sound fascinating, as it could give us some technological ‘superpowers’. The mental programming of humanity has already been happening for decades, through movies like Terminator, Robocop, Ironman, etc. The message is always that the symbiosis between man and machine results in a superhuman. The reality is however not as appealing… It will literally mean that your body will be connected to the Cloud, or the worldwide network of digital surveillance.

MAN-MACHINE  Simply said: you will lose any and all freedom. Being a digitally connected man-machine, you would no longer have privacy, as they would have direct access to your digitized body and consequently know EVERYTHING you say, do, feel, think, believe, etc.

They would be able to control, manipulate and direct you anyway they want, because your brains and nervous system would be connected to their fingertips, just as our smartphones are connected, and used to constantly spy on you.

Did you know your phone records all your conversations, constantly films you, and tracks your every move? Have you ever wondered why you talk about something and then an hour later you see an ad on Facebook promoting the very thing you talked about? Or have you ever noticed how you made a phone call to somebody and a little bit later you see that person being suggested as a friend on Facebook? Or have you ever noticed that you are in a certain place, and suddenly Google is offering you shops and events in that exact location? You are tracked non stop.

Integrating all this into our own bodies, is the next step, which will eliminate our autonomy, and submit us entirely to their totalitarian control.

The truth is we have never been more disconnected from life, from the world, from the soil, from the trees, and from our own souls.

We are straying away from our roots on a dangerous road from which there will be no turning back. And the good and bad news is that we are the last generation that can truly do something about it.

We no longer know how to live without refrigerators, without cars, without phones or without supermarkets.

What will you do tomorrow if you simply are unable to buy things?

In this short Video, I will unearth a long-forgotten secret that helped our ancestors survive famines, wars, economic crises, diseases, droughts, and anything else life threw at them… a secret that will help you do the same for your loved ones when America crumbles into the ground.

That’s the plan of these psychopaths. Horrible movies becoming reality,… just like the pandemic has been announced by dozens of ‘pandemic’ movies, comic books and TV shows the past years.

For those who dismiss this as ‘a conspiracy’: I invite you to read the book ‘The Fourth Industrial Revolution’ by Klaus Schwab, listen to Elon Musk, look at Mark Zuckerberg, view the videos by the World Economic Forum, see what’s on YouTube, and you will see how they have been announcing this for decades, and are now openly saying it’s time for this next move ’forward’.

Seizing absolute control over every aspect of human life, is the ultimate purpose of the planned pandemic. The lockdowns destroy humanity’s strength and wealth, so everyone would come begging for the solution: eating from the hands of the globalists. Very simple.

It’s also evident from the inventions by Richard Rothschild in 2015: this British lawyer created a virus detection system (labeled as COVID-19 testing system!), which scans a persons most private body functions, and sends this to artificial intelligence in the Cloud. A ‘virtual robot’ then warns health authorities to take action, like placing this person in quarantine.

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Invented in 2015 and specifically labeled as a COVID-19 detection system today. Connecting people to artificial intelligence, to rule humanity.

The first step is submitting the world to their control through lockdowns, vaccine passports, constant testing, track and trace systems, etc. Once that succeeds, they can roll out the next phase: transhumanism, digitizing all life, eradicating original humanity, replacing everything with A.I., and claiming to offer eternal life, in the harness of a robot. They are already making robotic bodies, where humans can transfer their mind to, to have ‘eternal life’.

Yeah, if you think ‘eternal life’ is being locked up in a lifeless machine, controlled by the elite.

What does this have to do with the vaccines? EVERYTHING! President Trump has always been a major obstacle in these wicked plans. He made it very clear to the globalists that he is not going to allow them to destroy America, and turn it into a nameless, branded slave of the New World Order.

The true vision behind ‘Make America Great Again’ is to prevent it from being absorbed by the monster of the global superstate.

Trump was therefore their greatest threat. That explains their unrelenting attacks on him. It also explains why he was so bashed by the media, non stop. They just had to take him out. It is also the reason why he had to be removed from office through election interference, so a globalist puppet could replace him.

Trump was their worst nightmare. A massive stick in their wheels.

When they unleashed the pandemic, their plan was to impose vaccine mandates on all of humanity. This was key to their agenda of turning the earth into one huge prison state. If life is only possible with a vaccine passport, you are a slave of those who mandate all future vaccines, and there’s no way out. You can only move around, if you take the next vaccine, and the next, and the next, and so on.

Vaccines become the only key to a normal life.

These brand new mRNA vaccines however serve the plans of the globalists in more horrendous ways than any sane human being can imagine. As we understand the agenda of changing humanity into easily controllable cyborgs, it shouldn’t surprise us that the ultimate goal of forcing people to continually get more and more injections, is in reality to inject into them an increasing amount of DNA and RNA altering material, as part of the plan to shift humanity from version 1.0 to 2.0.

Transhumanism is at the very heart of the globalist agenda.

Ending humanity as we know it, reprogramming the human DNA and making us all fit to become the desired type of obedient, unquestioning citizens of the worldwide superstate, run by this elite.

No, it’s not too far fetched. Mark Zuckerberg, CEO of Facebook was caught on camera, admitting in an insider meeting with his staff, that the mRNA vaccines indeed alter the human DNA. Interestingly enough he censors anyone talking about this on Facebook…

Video footage shows how the Pfizer vaccine contains an unknown living organism. What is the purpose of this living organism inside the vaccines? Why is there so much talk about inserting nanotechnology into the human body?

I believe the vaccines are used to prepare our bodies to become connected to the digital control networks. Reprogramming human bodies, to increasingly become digitized, making us connectable to technology. Every new vaccine adds a little more nanotechnology, one step at a time, more and more…

Dr. Carrie Madej explains in the documentary The Battle For Humanity (make sure to watch this!) how injected nanotechnology, can set up ‘drug factories’ inside of our bodies. These invisibly small ‘factories’ can then produce all kinds of drugs on command. They could be activated by an external source, like sattelites, cell towers, or our smartphones. Dr. Madej says how she was present at several top level medical conferences, where the ‘experts’ (she calls them ‘crazy, evil professors’) openly talked about this.

Besides preparing humanity for transhumanism, the vaccines also serve to dramatically reduce the world population, by killing all the weak and vulnerable ones, whose bodies cannot withstand this biological attack.

As you are probably aware of, dramatically decreasing the worlds population is at the top of their to-do list.

Thirdly the vaccines serve to weaken the world population in general, so they would be easier to control. A weak and tired person is only just able to work for the elite, and has no strength left to ask questions or resist.

In this short VIDEO, I will unearth A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago

In the next crisis these lost skills will be more valuable than gold, food supplies and survival equipment combined. These skills have been tested and proven to work for centuries.

Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:

A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/05/03/new-world-order-of-unprecedented-tyrannical-control/ 

:: 4-23-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: Protestor Actions Betray Their Selfish Small-Mindedness HalLindsey.com • April 23, 2021

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-11182016/507/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 5-2-21 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3 hurt, 2 seriously in West Bank drive-by shooting; IDF searching for terrorists

Assailants open fire from passing car, hitting 3 yeshiva students at Tapuah Junction; terror attack comes amid heightened tensions after PA cancels elections

By Judah Ari Gross 2 May 2021, 6:43 pm

Three 19-year-old yeshiva students were injured, two of them seriously, in a drive-by shooting at a bus stop in the northern West Bank on Sunday evening, Israeli authorities said.

The shots were fired from a passing car at the Tapuah Junction south of Nablus. The victims were all civilians, according to the Israel Defense Forces. “IDF troops returned fire at the vehicle, which fled the scene. IDF troops are searching for the vehicle and are setting up roadblocks in the area,” the military said. Later Sunday, the IDF said it was sending additional troops to the West Bank “in accordance with our ongoing situational assessment.”

Medics said one of the victims, Yehuda Guetta from Jerusalem, was in critical condition and received CPR en route to the hospital, while the second seriously injured man, Benaya Peretz from Beit Shean, was in and out of consciousness. The third, Amichai Hala from Safed, sustained light injuries, medics said.

The nearby settlement of Itamar said the victims were students at its yeshiva, or seminary.

Security camera footage of the attack (above) showed the silver SUV pull up to the bus stop and hit the brakes — seen at the 16-second mark — before someone inside opens fire. The students and a soldier who was at the scene are seen scrambling to take cover behind a concrete barrier, as the car then speeds off in the direction of Ramallah.

IDF and security forces will not rest until they get their hands on the terrorists who carried out the attack,” Defense Minister Benny Gantz said in a statement after the shooting.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said he was sure that security services would track down the assailants quickly.

We will not allow terror to raise its head, and we will strike our enemies forcefully,” Netanyahu said in a statement.

President Reuven Rivlin offered “heartfelt prayers” for the recovery of those injured in the attack.

“We stand with the forces working to catch those responsible and vow once again we will not let heinous terrorism raise its head,” Rivlin said in a statement.

Medics said the three people injured in the attack were men in their late teens or early 20s. They were taken to Petah Tikva’s Beilinson Hospital for treatment.

“Many medical teams from different specialties are providing treatment and doing what they can to stabilize the conditions [of the two seriously injured victims,” a hospital spokesperson said.

“The families of the victims are on their way to the hospital,” she added.

The terror attack came amid heightened tensions in the West Bank after the Palestinian Authority announced it was indefinitely delaying elections planned for later this month, blaming the decision on ostensible Israeli refusal to allow PA voting in East Jerusalem. Israel had not officially stated its position on East Jerusalem voting, and the explanation was widely seen as largely being an excuse to avoid elections that would have likely resulted in a victory for PA President Mahmoud Abbas’s rivals, the Hamas terror group.

The IDF bolstered its forces in the West Bank for the month of Ramadan, in case of violence stemming from the effective cancellation of the Palestinian elections.

Following large terror attacks, such as the shooting on Sunday evening, the Israeli military works to quickly restore calm to the West Bank out of a belief that such events tend to inspire copycats.

Palestinian terror groups praised the shooting attack on Sunday evening, but none took responsibility for it.

“This comes as the natural response to the crimes of the Zionist occupation and an act of support for our people in the city of Jerusalem. This is a legitimate branch of our Palestinian people’s resistance in the West Bank, and we salute the rebellious heroes of the West Bank,” Hamas spokesperson Abd al-Latif Qanou said in a statement.

“We praise the courageous operation at [Tapauch Junction]. We consider it a message in the name of the entire Palestinian people that Jerusalem is a red line and harming the holy places will cause an explosion of anger in the face of the occupation,” the Palestinian Islamic Jihad terror group said.

Earlier in the day, Israeli security forces shot dead a Palestinian woman brandishing a knife who the military said tried to carry out a stabbing attack at the Gush Etzion Junction in the West Bank, south of Jerusalem.

The woman, a 60-year-old resident of the nearby village of Husan, approached a group of soldiers with a knife in her hand and tried to stab the troops, the military said. Palestinian media later identified her as Fahima al-Hroub.

One of the soldiers shot her in the upper body, and she was taken to Jerusalem’s Shaare Zedek Medical Center in critical condition, where she was later pronounced dead, the hospital said. There were no casualties among the soldiers, according to the IDF.

Footage of the incident published by Hebrew media showed al-Hroub walking toward the soldiers even as they shouted at her repeatedly to stop and fired warning shots in the air.

Times of Israel staff contributed to this report.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/3-hurt-2-seriously-in-west-bank-drive-by-shooting-idf-searching-for-gunmen/ 

:: 5-2-21 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

War Drums Beating Louder Across Mideast

By Robert L. Maginnis May 2, 2021

Fast rising tension between Israel and Iran may well end badly, and in part we have the Biden administration to thank.

On April 11 a presumed Israeli sabotage of Iran’s Natanz nuclear facility damaged the enrichment plant and that was quickly followed by the launch of an Iranian missile that landed near Israel’s secretive Dimona nuclear reactor. These actions are only the latest tit-for-tat attacks that risk escalation of tensions which could well become an open conflict and yes, the U.S. would be drawn into the fight.

Clearly tensions are rising and already involve the U.S. military. On April 27 the USS Firebolt, while operating near the Strait of Hormuz, fired warning shots near three Iranian Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps patrol boats that approached the American warship, after verbal warnings were ignored. A U.S. Navy official called the Iranian approach “an unnecessarily close range with unknown intent.”

This incident follows a long series of explosive Israeli-Iranian exchanges, all in the shadow of the move by the Biden administration to rejoin the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action, aka President Barack Obama’s 2015 nuclear deal with Tehran, which the Trump administration abandoned in 2018 because it was "a horrible one-sided deal that should have never, ever been made."

We know trouble is ahead thanks to the increased tension. On April 14, the U.S. Director of National Intelligence, Avril Haines, testified that “We expect that Iran will take risks that could escalate tensions and threaten U.S. and allied interests in the coming year.” The facts are that Iran is frustrated with American sanctions that devastated its economy, dealing with COVID-19, and driven by its own ideological, hegemonic agenda regarding the Middle East as well as hatred for Israel.

Until recently Tehran has been averse to answering Israeli strikes which included the assassination of a top Iranian scientist and sabotage of its nuclear sites like Natanz. However, that tolerance is waning and likely because Tehran believes that saber-rattling can persuade the Biden administration to provide relief from crippling sanctions even though face-to-face nuclear talks remain somewhat elusive.

Obviously, Iran’s recent decision to start enriching uranium to 60 percent is another strong shout for attention and an aspect of renewed geopolitical saber rattling. After all, the regime needs but to enrich to 90 percent, weapons grade enriched uranium, to be at the threshold of a bomb, which makes the Israelis quite nervous.

Back in Washington, renewed Middle East troubles come at a rather inconvenient time. President Biden is preoccupied with the pandemic and would rather not welcome another nasty Mideast conflict. However, the coming months may severely test the new administration’s mettle.

In the mix are Israel’s calculations about both the mullahs in Tehran and the trustworthiness of the Biden administration. After all, indications are that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu doesn’t believe the Biden administration is fully onboard with Jerusalem regarding Iran’s threats (nuclear program, missile capabilities and terrorism).

Part of Jerusalem’s apprehension with Biden is history. Biden was the vice president when Barack Obama sealed the 2015 nuclear deal that was accompanied by a number of still secret agreements with Tehran. Further, and this feeds Israeli suspicion, former secretary of state John Kerry, who led Obama’s nuclear negotiations, allegedly told Iranian foreign minister Mohammad Javad Zarif about more than 200 Israeli secret operations in Syria, according to the New York Times.

Predictably, the Biden administration refuses to confirm the authenticity of the Times’ report. Ned Price, Biden’s State Department spokesman, said “This is purportedly leaked material. Can’t speak to the authenticity, can’t speak to the accuracy of it, can’t speak to any motives that may be behind its dissemination.”

This could be a deal breaker for Israel. Why? Kerry holds a seat on Biden’s National Security Council as the administration’s special envoy on climate change. Further muddying the situation, it is widely known that Kerry continued meeting with the Iranian foreign minister even after leaving his post as secretary of state.

This dabbling in foreign affairs by the former secretary after he left office shouldn’t surprise anyone who has followed Kerry’s career. Vietnam-era veterans like me remember when Kerry, in violation of the Uniform Code of Military Justice, traveled to Paris in 1970 to talk with the Vietnamese communists negotiating with then-Secretary of State Henry Kissinger. Kerry admitted after the fact that “I have been to Paris. I have talked with both delegations at the peace talks, that is to say the Democratic Republic of Vietnam and Provisional Revolutionary Government.”

Kerry’s Vietnam-era Swift Boat comrades further exposed the man’s treasonous behavior. In the book Unfit for Command, Swift Boat Veterans Speak Out Against John Kerry Kerry allegedly faked his Purple Hearts and Silver Star, which he received for “shooting an unarmed Vietnamese villager in the back.” Further, the metals “enabled him to leave Vietnam service after four months. Ironically, it was Kerry himself who admitted he was an unindicted war criminal.”

Given the administration’s reopening of nuclear negotiations with Iran and a suspected leaker of Israeli secrets on Biden’s national security team, is it any wonder Israelis are suspicious? But that’s not all. Biden is also becoming quite cozy with the Palestinians, a harbinger of trouble for Jerusalem. After all, Palestinian Hamas and Islamic Jihad are sworn enemies of Israel and recipients of funding and arms from Iran.

Not surprisingly perhaps, the Biden administration allocated nearly $100 million to the Palestinians, which State Department spokesman Price explained “We continue to believe that American support for the Palestinian people, including financial support, it is consistent with our values. It is consistent with our interests.”

So, Jerusalem is understandably skeptical about the Biden administration’s reliability on Iranian-related issues. That distrust might encourage Israel to act alone to deliver a devastating blow to the Iranian mullah’s regime and especially its nuclear program.

Jerusalem is confident in the outcome of such an attack because of unlikely partners, Arab nations that share a coastline on the west side of the Persian Gulf. Specifically, news reports indicate that Israel has secured flight routes over Saudi Arabia and other countries which dramatically enhances the Israeli Air Defense Force’s strike operations against their Persian rival.

Meanwhile, this week senior Israeli security leaders are in Washington. They are making office calls to assess Biden’s reliability. It is likely the Israelis will return home with doubts which will fuel Jerusalem’s anxiety and grow its motivation to minimize future risk by taking decisive action against Tehran.

When, not if Israel acts, the Biden administration will be forced to come to Jerusalem’s aid and it’s not out of the question that China’s People’s Liberation Army with that nation’s new strategic agreement with Tehran will do more than sit on its hands.

A possible Israeli-Iran conflict is likely to be the first real national security test for Biden. Unfortunately, there are other security issues brewing that could well trump another Mideast war such as an irascible Russian bear attacking Ukraine or the communist Chinese finally seizing Taiwan.

Mr. Maginnis is a retired U.S. Army officer and the author of Alliance of Evil: Russia, China, the United States and a New Cold War. His new book, Give Me Liberty, Not Marxism, comes out this spring and chronicles the Marxist threat and how China seeks to radically transform America.

If you would like to comment on this or any other American Thinker article or post, we invite you to visit the American Thinker Forum at MeWe. There, you can converse with other American Thinker readers and comment freely (subject to MeWe's terms of use). The Forum will be fully populated and ready for comments by midday (Eastern time) each day.

https://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2021/05/war_drums_beating_louder_across_mideast.html 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 5-2-21 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Poles react to Meron disaster: 'The less Jews there are, the better for the world'

Comments section to article on Meron disaster in Polish media swamped with anti-Semitic hate.

Nissan Tzur , May 02 , 2021 10:59 PM

As the Jewish People mourns for the 45 victims of the catastrophe that occurred in Meron on Lag b’Omer, many Poles have expressed their delight at “a world with less Jews in it.”

The Polish news site Interia.pl, one of the largest and most popular news sites in Poland, published an article on the Meron disaster and the national day of mourning declared in its aftermath. Although the site’s editors included a message at the end of the article asking that readers refrain from posting comments that included expressions of hate, the comments section of the article was soon swamped with precisely such reactions, with readers writing of their “joy” at hearing of the disaster, and of their hatred of Jews.

Along with such sentiments were “traditional” anti-Semitic allegations, such as those accusing Jews of controlling the Polish government and of being behind all the “wars” and “persecution” in the world.

“Finally something bad is happening in Israel!” rejoiced one poster. “At last G-d is punishing this evil nation of thieves, criminals, and swindlers!”

The less Jews there are, the better for the world,” wrote another Pole. “If only we could get such news every day,” wrote another.

Other comments sarcastically remarked that, “Israel is now trying to figure out which country to blame for the disaster,” and “funny how Iran isn’t being held responsible.”

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/305432 

:: 5-2-21 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FRC: Biden funding abortion 19 times higher than Obama levels

Sunday, May 2, 2021 Michael F. Haverluck (OneNewsNow.com)

The Family Research Council (FRC) revealed on President Joe Biden’s 100th day in office that he is making approximately half a trillion dollars available for abortions – nearly 20 times the level under former President Barack Obama.

The Washington, D.C.-based Christian nonprofit organization released its new resource, "Tracking the Biden Administration," to expose the attack the pro-abortion president has made of the pro-life gains made under former President Donald Trump.

Democrats’ Trojan Horse  Under the guise of Democrats’ $1.9 trillion COVID-19 relief package, FRC reports that Biden made $467.8 billion available for abortion and abortion businessesincluding the world’s largest abortion provider, Planned Parenthood.

Coming to an amount more than 19 times higher than the level set under Obama – who evangelist Dr. James Dobson dubbed as the “abortion president” in 2014 – this taxpayer-funded abortion move by Biden could crown the 78-year-old Democrat the new abortion president.

“By comparison, within President Obama's first 100 days, he had signed a stimulus bill that included $24.7 billion in subsidies for employer-sponsored plans that cover abortion,” FRC announced in a press release Thursday.

Many of the gains for the sanctity of human life made over the past four years have been reversed under Biden, who campaigned last year that he would be working with both sides of the aisle in a vow toward bipartisanship.

These funds made available by the Biden administration expressly exclude existing prohibitions on abortion funding – including the Hyde amendment and Helms amendment,” FRC noted. “In his first 100 days, President Biden has also funded abortion and abortion businesses by delivering an additional $12.1 billion through executive actions.”

FRC President Tony Perkins stressed that Biden is pushing abortion to unprecedented levels – a move that many critics have noted goes against Catholic beliefs on abortion… while the president professes to be a practicing Catholic.

"On his 100th day in office, it's more than clear that President Biden has not only returned to the pro-abortion policies of the Obama administration and is eliminating many of the Trump administration's pro-life policies, but he has expanded abortion funding far beyond the level of any previous administration,” Perkins stated in the press release.

In essence, the former vice president is forcing millions of taxpaying Americans to pay for abortions against their sincerely held religious beliefs.

"In his 100-day sprint to the left, President Biden has forced taxpayers back into a partnership with the abortion industry – both at home and abroad, [and] he has made clear that he places no value on the inherent dignity of human life,” Perkins continued. “His actions deny the truth that every human life – born and unborn – possesses inherent dignity and deserves to be treated with respect.”

He ended by mentioning the rebuttal Sen. Tim Scott (R-S.C.) had for Biden’s push for so-called “women’s reproductive rights” – a stance that flies in the face of Biden’s vow to be a president for all Americans.

"As Senator Tim Scott noted in his remarks [Wednesday] night after the Biden address, this is a president who has failed to find the common ground he promised,” Perkins concluded. “Instead, President Biden has prioritized spending taxpayer dollars on abortion – making Obama look moderate by comparison.”

As FRC’s director of Federal Affairs for Life and Human Dignity, Connor Semelsberger, pointed out, Biden swayed to the far left as president when it comes to abortion.

"The level of federal taxpayer funds made available to the abortion industry in President Biden's first 100 days is unprecedented,” Semelsberger impressed. “As a senator from Delaware, Joe Biden consistently supported key provisions like the Hyde and Helms amendments – which prohibit funding for abortion at home and abroad – but as president, Joe Biden signed a $1.9 trillion COVID-19 relief package that expressly excluded these longstanding provisions in key areas – despite members of both parties coming together to maintain abortion funding restrictions in the five COVID-19 relief packages signed by President Trump."

Not a surprise  Even though many Americans are surprised about Biden’s radical shift on abortion policies, he indicated that he would stand shoulder-to-shoulder with the world’s largest abortion provider nearly two years ago.

"As president, I’m going to do everything in my power to expand access to quality, affordable health care – including reproductive health care,” Biden stated in June 2019 while speaking at the Planned Parenthood Action 2020 Election Forum in Columbia, S.C., according to NBC News. “I'm proud to stand with Planned Parenthood in this fight."

https://onenewsnow.com/pro-life/2021/05/02/frc-biden-funding-abortion-19-times-higher-than-obama-levels 

:: 5-2-21 Voice of America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3 Killed, 27 Hospitalized After Boat Capsizes off San Diego

By Associated Press Updated May 02, 2021 06:50 PM

SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA - Three people were killed and more than two dozen others were hospitalized after a wooden boat capsized Sunday in what may be a human smuggling operation just off the San Diego coast, authorities said.

Local lifeguards, the U.S. Coast Guard and other agencies responded around 10:30 a.m. following reports of an overturned vessel near the peninsula of Point Loma, according to the San Diego Fire-Rescue Department.

Three people died at the scene and 27 people were taken to hospitals with "varying degrees of injuries," department spokesman Jose Ysea said.

Ysea said when he arrived at the scene near the Cabrillo National Monument there was a "large debris field" of broken wood and other items in the choppy waters.

"In that area of Point Loma it's very rocky. It's likely the waves just kept pounding the boat, breaking it apart," Ysea said.

He said it was possible, but not confirmed, that the group had been packed in a low-slung panga boat, a type of motorized vessel often made of wood used by smugglers to bring people illegally into the U.S. from Mexico.

Officials believed everyone on board was accounted for, but crews in boats and aircraft continued to search the area for possible survivors, Ysea said.

U.S. Border Patrol didn't immediately respond to inquiries about the capsizing.

Border Patrol often spots pangas off the San Diego coast, many of them crowded with about 20 passengers. Some boats have landed hundreds of miles north of the border. Deaths are unusual but not unprecedented.

On Thursday, border officials intercepted a panga-type vessel traveling without navigation lights 11 miles (18 kilometers) off the coast of Point Loma with 21 people on board. The crew took all 15 men and six women into custody. Agents determined all were Mexican citizens with no legal status to enter the U.S., according to a statement released by Customs and Border Protection. Two of the people on the boat, the suspected smugglers, will face federal charges, it said.

Border Patrol on Friday said law enforcement officials would be ramping up operations to disrupt maritime smuggling off the coast of San Diego this weekend.

As warmer weather comes to San Diego, there is a misperception that it will make illegal crossings safer or easier, the agency said in a statement.

https://www.voanews.com/usa/3-killed-27-hospitalized-after-boat-capsizes-san-diego 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 5-1-21 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Associated Press

NKorea warns US of 'very grave situation' over Biden speech

HYUNG-JIN KIM  Sat, May 1, 2021, 9:10 PM·4 min read

SEOUL, South Korea (AP) — North Korea on Sunday warned that the United States will face “a very grave situation” and alleged that President Joe Biden “made a big blunder” in his recent speech by calling the North a security threat.

Last week, Biden, in his first address to Congress, called North Korea and Iran’s nuclear programs “serious threats” to American and world security and said he’ll work with allies to address those problems through diplomacy and stern deterrence.

His statement clearly reflects his intent to keep enforcing the hostile policy toward the DPRK as it had been done by the U.S. for over half a century,” Kwon Jong Gun, a senior North Korean Foreign Ministry official, said in a statement. DPRK stands for the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea, the North’s official name.

It is certain that the U.S. chief executive made a big blunder in the light of the present-day viewpoint,” Kwon said. “Now that the keynote of the U.S. new DPRK policy has become clear, we will be compelled to press for corresponding measures, and with time the U.S. will find itself in a very grave situation.”

Kwon still didn’t specify what steps North Korea would take, and his statement could be seen as an effort to apply pressure on the Biden administration as it’s shaping up its North Korea policy.

Biden's national security adviser, Jake Sullivan, said Sunday that U.S. policy is “not aimed at hostility, it’s aimed at solutions” and at "ultimately achieving the complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula.”

“And we’re prepared to engage in diplomacy towards that ultimate objective, but work on practical measures that can help us make progress along the way towards that goal,” Sullivan said on ABC's “This Week.”

The White House said Friday administration officials had completed a review of U.S. policy toward North Korea, saying Biden plans to veer from the approaches of his two most recent predecessors as he tries to stop North Korea’s nuclear program. Press secretary Jen Psaki did not detail findings of the review, but suggested the administration would seek a middle ground between Donald Trump’s “grand bargain” and Barack Obama’s “strategic patience” approaches. Story Continues..

https://news.yahoo.com/nkorea-warns-us-very-grave-011024085.html

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 4-9-21 All News Pipline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Evidence The Diabolical Depopulation Agenda Is Fully Underway With Many Getting Sick And Dying Following 'The Shot'

- 'Super Mutations' Render 'Vaccines' Useless, Except As A Weapon Against Humanity

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 9, 2021

While according to this story over at WebMd, 'anti-vaxxers' are a threat to the health of the entire world per the World Health Organization, both that WebMD story and the WHO refuse to report on the many emerging stories of people getting very sick and even dying following their Covid shots.

With this April 8th story over at the Daily Mail a perfect example of what we speak of, with that story reporting a 'pop-up mass vaccination clinic' in Colorado has been shut down after the 'Vaccines For All' event left 11 people who got Johnson & Johnson's shot suffering from nausea and dizziness, leaving two people hospitalized, those people may get off lucky if none of them dies, with numerous and growing reports of people dying inexplicably within weeks after getting 'the vaccine'.

And while many in the insane leftist media are pushing 'mandatory vaccines for all' as we'd reported in this April 8th ANP story, why would anyone at all even want to get the vaccine, when 246 fully vaccinated Michigan residents tested positive for Covid-19 after their shots, leaving 3 dead?

The answer is clear.

As this story over at King5 in Seattle, Washington had pointed out, with so many different emerging mutations of this 'virus', especially in Brazil where many so-called 'super mutations' of this virus are popping up seemingly every day, hampering any real hopes of what they're calling 'herd immunity', if Democrats get their way, people may one day be forced to get a 'vaccine' for each mutation, leading to an endless cycle of 'vaccines' in our futures.

And sadly as we see in the comments below taken from this April 7th ANP story written by Susan Duclos, a few ANP readers have also had family members hit with severe complications following receiving the vaccine. Please join ANP in praying for all of the people who've been injured by these 'vaccines'.

Via Patricat: "My great uncle is 90 and took the vax. A week later, he had to go to the emergency room with severe anaphylactic reaction. 2 Epi-pens to stabilize him. Doctor says he's now "allergic to everything". He can't travel or go out, and the doc says to be ready to call the ambulance at the first indication of the throat swelling again and that he is in severe danger of a life threatening event from now on. Of course, the doc also says the vax had nothing to do with it".

And a 2nd comment from an ANP reader: "My mother in law had both doses...last day of Dec and 2nd one third week of January. After first dose she got Covid. She is in nursing home with Alzheimers. Yesterday she was taken to hospital having had 2 strokes and is unresponsive now. Very sad."

So why should Americans get a vaccine for something that only MIGHT protect them from one variation of the virus when so many different mutations of the 'virus' are constantly emerging? From this story at The Sun before we continue.:

BRAZIL'S brutal Covid-19 plague has been branded a "biological Fukushima" by worried scientists after daily deaths surged past the 4,000 mark.

Hospitals are now at breaking point with people dropping dead as they await treatment amid the rise of super-mutant strains which "threaten" the global fight against the virus. (ANP: Notice their use of the words 'global fight' as we're herded into world government and globalism.)

Dr Miguel Nicolelis, a former regional co-ordinator of the country's pandemic response team, described Brazil's response to the crisis as a "complete calamity".

"It's the largest human tragedy in Brazilian history," he told the BBC. "We may get to 500,000 deaths by July 1, that's the latest estimate.

“It’s a nuclear reactor that has set off a chain reaction and is out of control. It’s a biological Fukushima."

"Brazil is now not only epicentre of the pandemic worldwide it's a threat to entire effort of international community to control the pandemic on the planet.

"We are brewing new variants every week and some of them may more lethal.. eventually make it to the entire world."

With Dr. Karladine Graves recently delivering to us a detailed explanation about what makes Covid vaccines so dangerous and as this Freedom First Network story reports, the American people are being completely lied to about everything surrounding the rollout of this 'vaccine', which it isn't. From that story.:

To learn more about these vaccines, I had an excellent conversation with Dr. Karladine Graves. She has treated Covid patients since last year, offering proper treatments that focus on the real science behind CoV-SARS-2. She gave us a detailed explanation of the risks associated with all three vaccines and why Americans should avoid them as much as we’re trying to avoid the disease itself.

First and foremost, she noted that these “vaccines” are not really vaccines.

"Why is the [Covid] vaccine so different from what we used to have to what this new experimental injection is? Because it’s not really a vaccine.” What we’ve used in the past for actual vaccines is to take a “natural virus,” as Dr. Graves put it, and injected it in some safer form into our bodies. This prompted the immune system to launch its defenses so when the full-blown disease entered a body, the mechanisms to fight it would already be in place. “It’s something that is in nature, that we know that is there, and our body expects it every single day,” she said.

We are bombarded with bacteria and viruses. And our body, our immune system is used to meeting those head-on. And most of the time when we are overwhelmed with something, our bodies take care of it and we don’t even know it.”

The reason for both the dangers and inefficacy of these vaccines comes down to the science behind them, as Dr. Graves explained. “We have a completely different way now of these injections that have been created by mankind, not nature,” she said.

It seems like when man gets into it, it always gets screwed up.”

She detailed the three vaccines that are available to most Americans right now and dove into the science behind their creation and implementation. She started with the Pfizer and Moderna vaccines.

“What they have done is, they have taken a piece of genetic material—it’s RNA—and they basically, they have made it so that it is a synthetic. Now, a synthetic to our bodies is not natural. It’s foreign.”

So with what they've been calling 'vaccines' not 'vaccines' at all, and something created by man, not nature, it's much easier to understand why so many people will never take this shot. You can hear that entire interview with Dr. Graves in the only video at the bottom of this story. Please read much more from Dr. Graves here.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

With one mayor in Venezuela having his people go door to door placing a red warning sign on the homes of people who've contracted Covid-19 another sign of what is ahead for America, as the Ghion Journal reports in this story titled "The Gestapozation of America: Get Ready for Yellow Armbands of “Vaccine” Apartheid", America is being herded into 'known territory' that we should avoid at all costs for the future of the human race. From that story before we conclude.:

Martin Niemöller distilled what happened during the rise of Hitler and the dawning of Nazism in Germany during the 1930’s perfectly. Tyranny did not suddenly blossom upon the “country of poets and thinkers”; to the contrary, totalitarianism took root at the fringes and slowly enveloped the whole of society slowly before it took off into a full blow sprint toward totalitarianism. Goose-stepping thugs targeted “the others” and incrementally expanded the web to enmesh everyone else in their deranged dragnet.

First they came for the socialists, and I did not speak out—because I was not a socialist. Then they came for the trade unionists, and I did not speak out— because I was not a trade unionist. Then they came for the Jews, and I did not speak out—because I was not a Jew. Then they came for me—and there was no one left to speak for me.

Niemöller’s poem should send shivers down the backs of every American; what fascists did in Germany ninety years ago our government is in the process of unleashing here in the United States. The same diabolical agenda is being loosened upon France, the United Kingdom, Germany and beyond. While we are busy being distracted by politics and bickering over our differences, warped politicians on the dole of plutocrats like Bill Gates and the Rothschilds are gradually turning up the heat as they broil away our freedoms without our consent.

Yet while Americans have one thing in spades that France and the UK and Germany no longer do, a strong 2nd Amendment and 450 million guns in this country, as the Organic Prepper just reported within this new story, Joe Biden's latest executive order just turned a whole bunch of Americans who were law-abiding American citizens just days ago into felons. That's the way we're headed, America.

And with the globalists depopulation agenda forever written into stone on the Georgia Guidestones, which at first sound benevolent, until you realize that their 1st goal of 'Maintaining humanity under 500,000,000 in perpetual balance with nature' really means 7 BILLION people 'have to go'.

https://allnewspipeline.com/More_Evidence_These_Monsters_Depopulation_Agenda_Is_Fully_Underway.php 

:: 4-26-21 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

1994 Book: "Four Billion "Useless Eaters Will Be Eliminated" - No Cash or Coin, All Digital Until You DISOBEY, then shut off

World NewsDesk 26 April 2021 Hits: 16302

It is quite often that folks send me emails or postal mail suggesting Books to read or videos to watch. I cannot and do not read them all. But this caught my eye and I refer it to all of you because much of what is in it, is taking place right now!

The book "FOCUS OF DEMONS" lays out the plans of certain "elite" for world domination by them, and a life of servitude and want for those few others who are ALLOWED to live.

For instance, on Page 107, the book talks about the elite plan to "eliminate 4 billion "useless eaters" through . . . " Here's a screen shot:

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/1994-book-four-billion-useless-eaters-will-be-eliminated-no-cash-or-coin-all-digital-until-you-disobey-then-shut-off 

Is this not what we see taking place right now? Limited wars. Organized epidemics of fatal, rapid-acting diseases? COVID-19???

Are we not hearing of food and supply shortages for the past year?

ELIMINATION OF CASH

The book covers a multitude of topics including a phase-out of cash and coin money:

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/1994-book-four-billion-useless-eaters-will-be-eliminated-no-cash-or-coin-all-digital-until-you-disobey-then-shut-off 

Are we not already seeing the development of crypto-coins like BITCOIN? Isn't there already talk about the US Federal Reserve presently developing their own digital currency to be called "FedCoin?"

Most interestingly, if any person, anywhere, offends the sensibilities of some powerful entity, their card can be shut off making it impossible for them to buy or do anything!

We already see this effort being undertaken by radical leftists (Commies like BLM and ANTIFA) getting people thrown off payment processors, getting web sites shut down or "de-platformed" and folks being driven out of their jobs for holding a viewpoint the masses don't like.

How hard would it be to translate that malice into shutting off a digital currently card? I think not hard for them at all!

Now, the book does contain some weird and whacky material. Although what I think to be weird or wacky NOW, may end up coming to be in the future. Who knows?

But I provide a link to the entire book, available FREE via Google, for your consideration.  CLICK HERE

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/1994-book-four-billion-useless-eaters-will-be-eliminated-no-cash-or-coin-all-digital-until-you-disobey-then-shut-off 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 4-26-21 Mercola :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s Official: No Tourists to EU Without Vaccine Passport

Summary by Cindy Olmstead  April 26, 2021

After more than a year of shutdown for the pandemic, all European Union countries will open to American tourists for summer 2021 — with one caveat: You’ll need a vaccine passport to get in.

EU president Ursula von der Leyen broke the news to The New York Times, saying, “All 27 member states will accept, unconditionally, all those who are vaccinated with vaccines that are approved by the EMA (European Medicines Agency).”

All three vaccines currently approved in the U.S., as well as the EMA’s AstraZeneca shot, will be accepted for the passport.

SOURCE: Daily Caller April 25, 2021

https://blogs.mercola.com/sites/vitalvotes/archive/2021/04/26/it_1920_s-official-no-tourists-to-eu-without-vaccine-passport.aspx 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc..

:: 4-25-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive Sticker Shock And More Shortages On The Way As Expert Warns 'Hardship Is Still Ahead' - Prices Will Continue To Rise For The Foreseeable Future

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine April 25, 2021

The past few years has been devastating on the food supply chain with flooding, early freezes, and then COVID pandemic lockdowns causing food shortages as farmers and ranchers were forced to destroy their own crops and euthanize their livestock....and that all is just here in the U.S.

There are many of the same issues globally, bringing us to a point where simply, everyday household items, such as soda, breads, pizza dough, meats, soybeans, wheat, corn and much more have already seen massive price hikes in comparison to last year, and are expected to continue to rise dramatically.

Consumables are only part of the problem though, yet the most important part because without food and water, we die.

Related: Post-pandemic boom poised to get smacked with severe shortages.

NON-CONSUMABLE SHORTAGES HERE AND MORE COMING......

What many are unaware of is that the shortages are not just for consumables as we see recent individual reports on a number of shortages that might surprise some of those reading this, including lumber, lab equipment, appliances, steel, semi-conductors, and containers, just to name some off the shortages that are rarely spoken about in conjunction with each other.

The trickling effects of those shortages are causing other shortages.

For example, via Market Watch on the semi-conductor shortages, April 2021:

As the industry entered 2020, high demand was expected in the mobile chip area because of the rollout of 5G devices. That path was turned on its head when COVID-19 became a global pandemic, driving millions, if not billions, of people into the safety of their homes to work, go to school, be entertained and to socialize.

Demand for chips powering laptops, gaming devices and internet infrastructure skyrocketed, while chip demand for auto and industrial uses plummeted. When the factories that make basic computer components couldn’t make them fast enough, already-long customer waiting lists for those factories got even longer. With demand remaining high and little additional chip-making capacity expected in the short term, the shortage is expected to last into at least next year.

Other areas these shortages will affect include the, personal computers, smartphones, manufacturing plants, and more.    Refrigerators & Freezers search page.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

CONSUMABLE SHORTAGE ADDITIONS

Interestingly the shortages in foods continues to change from one month to another, and the variety of options is far more limited than what they were just a year ago.

Now, we see reports that there is a chicken wing shortage, reported on by Newsweek on April 23, 2021:

Chicken wings are the latest food item facing a shortage in the U.S. Restaurants first began to see a lack of chicken wings in February, in the run-up to the Super Bowl, but operators are still struggling to get their hands on the popular appetizer.

Restaurant Business Online reported on the chicken wing shortage in February and said at the time that "operators should expect to see continued impacts of what is becoming a major chicken wing shortfall."

Restaurant Business expands:

The current cold storage stock of chicken wings is at its lowest in a decade, said Isaac Olvera, a commodities and data analyst with supply chain firm ArrowStream, citing United States Department of Agriculture figures.

“In 2018, we saw wing supplies really grow,” Olvera said. “Those cold storage stocks really have been whittled away. It’s the lowest wing stocks we’ve seen since 2011.”

Time for those that favor ordering already made and sauced chicken wings to learn how to make them at home. Grocery stores, so far, for the most part, still have some in stock, but when we see these shortages in restaurants, it is coming for us all.

The best deals right now are at local grocery stores, but they can also be bought for delivery.

Note: If your grocery stores has these items in bulk, get them now, don't wait for the prices to rise even more.

Burgers' Smokehouse Fully Cooked Chicken Wings (Smoky BBQ Ranch, 4 pounds)

Pierce Chicken Fully Cooked Gourmet Seasoned Breaded Chicken Wings, 7.5 Pound -- 2 per case

Pierce Chicken Hot and Spicy 1st and 2nd Joint Chicken Wings, 7.5 Pound -- 2 per case

Buffaloos Fully Cooked Spicy Buffalo Sauce Chicken Wings, 4.5 Pound -- 2 per case

Tyson Magnum Wings, Fully Cooked Chicken Wings, 10 lbs

Notice how much the prices have already risen, and just imagine what those prices will look like by th end of the year.

Other food expected to see a massive price hike, large enough to cause sticker shock, is explained by Bloomberg:

Those include corn, wheat, soybeans, vegetable oils, bread and pizza dough, meat and even soda

This week, the Bloomberg Agriculture Spot Index — which tracks key farm productssurged the most in almost nine years, driven by a rally in crop futures. With global food prices already at the highest since mid-2014, this latest jump is being closely watched because staple crops are a ubiquitous influence on grocery shelves — from bread and pizza dough to meat and even soda.

Soaring raw material prices have broad repercussions for households and businesses, and threaten a world economy trying to recover from the damage of the coronavirus pandemic. They help fuel food inflation, bringing more pain for families that are already grappling with financial pressure from the loss of jobs or incomes. For central banks, a spike in prices at a time of weak growth creates an unwelcome policy choice and could limit their ability to loosen policy.

“There seems to be sort of a bullish force behind the prices internationally,” Abdolreza Abbassian, senior economist at the United Nations’ Food and Agriculture Organization, said in an interview. “The indications are that there is very little reason to believe prices would remain at these levels. It’s more likely they will rise further. Hardship is still ahead.”

These are items that should be stocked up on, as much as possible, so when the prices continue to rise to levels where it almost isn't worth using them, you already have what is needed.

I repeat, if your grocery store has the items listed below in bulk... buy them now, you will be happy you did later.

Corns:  Augason Farms Freeze Dried Sweet Corn 1 lb No. 10 Can

Nutristore Freeze Dried Corn | Pack of 4 | 160 Servings | 62 oz | 25 Year Shelf Life | Amazing Taste | Healthy Snack

Mother Earth Products Freeze Dried Corn, Super Sweet, Quart Jar

Amifruit Freeze Dried Corn Kernels 3 Lbs

Libby's Whole Kernel Sweet Corn | 100% Sweet Corn | Naturally Sweet Flavor | Golden Yellow | Just-Off-the-Cob Crispness | Kosher | 8.5 ounce cans (Pack of 12)

Green Giant SteamCrisp White Shoepeg Whole Kernel Corn, 11 Ounce Can (Pack of 12)

Pizza And Bread Dough:

Urban Slicer Pizza Worx - Neapolitan Style Pizza Dough - 13.4 oz bag - 2 Pack

Fresh Made New York City Pizza Dough. 1 and a Quarter Pound Each - 10 Pack - All Natural Ingredients

Urban Slicer Pizza Worx - Variety Pizza Dough Pack - 6 Pack

Tyson Dough Balls, 26 Ounce -- 18 per case

Soda:  Since everyone seems to love different types, here is the "soda" search link to choose whatever you prefer.

Meats:  Porter & York - Whole Chickens 6-pack

Kansas City Sampler Steak Set - 2 Filet Mignon and 2 Strip Steaks

Chicago Steak Meal Set Includes Savory Ribeye, Top Sirloin Steak, Angus Steak Burgers, & Lemon Herb Chicken Breasts

Maine Lobster Now - 2 Pounds Fresh Maine Lobster Meat

Aged Angus Filet Mignon Top Sirloin NY Strip Ribeye and Premium Ground Beef by Nebraska Star Beef - All Natural Hand Cut and Trimmed - Steak Gift Packages Delivered to Your Door

Bison Burgers & Steaks Combo Pack: 100% All-Natural, Grass-Fed and Grain Finished North American Bison Meat with no Growth Hormones or Antibiotics - USDA Tested - 14 Piece of Tender, Flavorful Meat

H.F.'s Outstanding All Natural Skinless Boneless Chicken Breast, 40 Ounce

Porter & York, Prime Beef Bone In Ribeye Steaks 20oz 4-pack

Porter & York Brand Meats - Prime Beef Boneless Ribeye Steak 16oz 4-pack

T-Bone Steaks, 6 count 16 oz each from Kansas City Steaks

Angus Wagyu Ground Beef Patties By Nebraska Star Beef - The Ultra Premium Package for Family Grilling Events

Vegetable Oil:  Pure Wesson Vegetable Oil - 1.25 gal

Crisco Frying Oil Blend, 1 Gallon

Amazon Brand - Happy Belly Vegetable Oil, 1 Gallon (128 floz)

Wheat:  Augason Farms Hard White Wheat Emergency Food Storage 24 Pound Pail

Hard Red Spring Wheat Berries • Non-GMO Project Verified • 5 LBS • 100% Non-Irradiated • Certified Kosher Parve • USA Grown • Field Traced • Burlap Bag

As always, readers are encouraged to share information, links, etc.... to other resources where readers can get the best deals possible.

BOTTOM LINE  There were shortages from bad weather events even before the pandemic lockdowns, which became exponentially worse after the lockdowns began.

Over a year later and we see not only a lack of options to select from in our grocery stores, but the prices have risen to the point where people living pay-check to paycheck are having a hard time feeding their families as they did before the lockdowns began.

It is clear that the experts are accurate when they predict "hardship is still ahead."

https://allnewspipeline.com/Hardship_Is_Still_Ahead.php 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

:: 4-26-21 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Plandemic Will Be the Demonic Highway

April 26, 2021/StevieRay Hansen/15 Comments

Featured Story

to the Antichrist, ‘No Religious Exemptions’ New Push for Mandatory COVID Vaccinations…

Our Politicians Along With the Other Super Pukes the New World Order Enthusiast Have Completely Turned on the American People and the Global Community Tribulation in Warp Speed.

‘No Religious Exemptions’: New Push for Mandatory COVID Vaccinations

Denial of government benefits, services proposed for refusal to comply

Three university professors, two of whom are physicians, are calling for COVID-19 vaccinations to be mandatory, with no allowance for religious objections.

The Case Western Reserve University scholars, writing in USA Today, advised that “disincentives” be imposed to ensure compliance, Christian News reported.

“Private businesses could refuse to employ or serve unvaccinated individuals,” the professors propose. “Schools could refuse to allow unimmunized children to attend classes. Public and commercial transit companies — airlines, trains and buses — could exclude refusers. Public and private auditoriums could require evidence of immunization for entry.”

Dr. Michael Lederman, Maxwell J. Mehlman and Dr. Stuart Youngner acknowledge the measures “might seem draconian and would be costly, but ensuring universal vaccination is a negligible sacrifice compared with the costs, deaths and social upheaval that a sustained pandemic is having on our country.”

In their article, “Defeat COVID-19 by requiring vaccination for all. It’s not un-American, it’s patriotic,” they insist there is “no alternative.”

Simply put, getting vaccinated is going to be our patriotic duty,” they write.

Lederman is an infectious disease specialist and professor of medicine. Mehlman is a law professor and director of Case’s Law-Medicine Center. Youngner is professor of bioethics and pyschiatry.

The scholars insist a vaccine is needed to achieve herd immunity, contending that waiting for enough people to become infected and then develop antibodies is too dangerous.  Would you get a coronavirus vaccine if it were mandatory? Yes No Completing this poll entitles you to WND news updates free of charge. You may opt out at anytime. You also agree to our Privacy Policy and Terms of Use.

Declining vaccination puts the lives of others at risk, they say.

The only exemption should be an adverse medical reaction to the injection.

Do not honor religious objections. The major religions do not officially oppose vaccinations,” they write. “Do not allow objections for personal preference [either], which violate the social contract.”

Many Americans have raised concerns that some COVID vaccines could contain the cells of aborted babies.

On Wednesday, Australian Prime Minister Scott Morrison said he wants to make getting vaccinated for the coronavirus mandatory for the citizens of his nation.

They Already Wanted to Monitor Your Vaccination Records and Tie That to Your Passport, Introduce Mandatory Vaccinations, and Clampdown

on “Misinformation” They Just Didn’t Have a Reason Yet, They Are Getting Desperate, Anything Can Happen at This Point, Be Prepared…

A report published by the European Commission in late 2019 reveals that the EU has been looking to increase the scope and power of vaccination programmers since well before the current “plandemic”.

The endpoint of the Roadmap is, among many other things, to introduce a “common vaccination card/passport” for all EU citizens.

This proposal will be appearing before the commission in 2022, with a “feasibility study” set to run from 2019 through 2021 (meaning, as of now, it’s about halfway through).

To underline the point: The “vaccination roadmap” is not an improvised response to the Covid19 pandemic, but rather an ongoing plan with roots going back to 2018, when the EU released a survey of the public’s attitude toward vaccines titled “2018 State of Vaccine Confidence”

On the back of this research, the EU then commissioned a technical report titled “Designing and implementing an immunization information system”, on – among other things – the plausibility of an EU-wide vaccination monitoring system.

In the 3rd quarter of 2019 these reports were all combined into the latest version of the the “Vaccination Roadmap”, a long-term policy plan to spread vaccine “awareness and understanding” whilst counteracting “vaccine myths” and combatting “vaccine hesitancy”.

You can read the entire report here, but below are some of the more concerning highlights [emphasis throughout is ours]:

“Examine the feasibility of developing a common vaccinationcard/passport for EU citizens“

“Develop EU guidance for establishing comprehensive electronic immunization information systems for effective monitoring of immunization programmes.”

“overcome the legal and technical barriers impeding the interoperability of national immunisation information systems”

On the 12th September 2019, at the joint EU-WHO “Global Vaccination Summit”, they announced the “10 Actions Towards Vaccination for All”, which cover much of the same ground.

One month later, in October 2019, Event 201 was held.

For those who don’t know, Event 201 was a simulated pandemic exercise focusing on a zoonotic novel coronavirus originating in bats. It was sponsored by Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security, the World Economic Forum, and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation.

The result of the simulation was seven key suggestions.

In November of 2019, these suggestions were published as a “call to action”.

One month later, China reported the first cases of Covid19.

To be clear here (and forestall any below-the-line arguments): this is not about vaccines, their effectiveness, safety or lack thereof.

The point is that proposed COVID countermeasures, which have been presented to the public as emergency measures thought up on the fly by panicking institutions, have in fact existed since before the emergence the disease.

They already wanted to monitor your vaccination records and tie that to your passport, introduce mandatory vaccinations and clampdown on “misinformation”. They just didn’t have a reason yet.

This was a situation which required a crisis and, fortuitously, it got one.

The exact ratio of contrivance to happenstance will never be known. What we DO know, at this point, is that Sars-Cov-2 is nothing like the threat originally reported, they admit as much themselves.

We also know they keep churning out the fear anyway. And, thanks to documents like this, maybe now we’re starting to see why.

Another authoritarian proposal floated to deal with coronavirus is to force everyone to download a phone app that will track their movements. This would allow government officials to identify those who may have been near anyone who may have had coronavirus. Such mandatory “contact tracing” is an assault on our privacy and liberty.

Vaccines can improve health. For example, vaccines helped reduce the incidence of diseases like polio. But not all vaccines are safe and effective for all people. Furthermore, certain modern practices, such as giving infants multiple vaccines at one time, may cause health problems. The fact that vaccines may benefit some people, or even most people, does not justify government forcing individuals to be vaccinated. It also does not justify vaccinating children against their parents’ wishes. And it certainly does not justify keeping individuals and families in involuntary quarantine because they do not have “digital certificates” proving they have had their shots.

Events of the Tribulation

In the Great Tribulation 2 ½ million die every day for 42 months. In Auschwitz, less than a thousand died each day. That means 2500x as many people die every day. Or to put it in Auschwitz terms—the number of people that died every day at Auschwitz will die every 30 seconds in the Great Tribulation! Or in other terms living on earth will be like living in an Auschwitz death camp—and in death toll there will be the equivalent of an Auschwitz Holocaust twice a day for 42 months!

A brief look through the pages of Revelation chapters six, eight, nine, and sixteen–describe the living hell you can avoid if you are saved this morning. Here are only a few of the dreadful disasters that take place during the Tribulation:

One out of every two people will die during the Tribulation (see Rev. 6:8 and onward), some through the ravages of war, others by starvation, and amazingly many others by the ‘beasts of the earth’. So, whether by death that comes instantly and thus less dreaded or a slow and painful death that is lingering and agonizing-50 percent of all people will die. The world’s population was 6,415,574,176 yesterday, so that means at least 3,207,500,000 will die. Does that amount to just about eleven times the current population of the United States-can you imagine that? And remember that the population of the world is doubling every 39.5 years. So every day the number of people who will die becomes larger and larger.

One-third of all vegetation will be burned up. All grass, every tree, everything green will be destroyed (see Rev. 8:7).

The sun and the moon will be darkened as nature goes into revolt (see Rev. 8:12).

The gates of hell will open and hordes of locusts, the size of horses, will come upon the earth. Those locusts will be allowed to sting men like scorpions and the pain will last for five months. The Bible says men will beg God to let them die but they will not die (see Rev. 9:3-6).

There will be worldwide famine, unlike anything the world has ever seen (see Rev. 18:8).

There will be a world war so bloody that the blood of those killed in battle will flow for two hundred miles up to the bridle of a horse in the valley of Jezreel. This will be the Battle of Armageddon (see Rev. 14:20).

All told, during the Great Tribulation, as many as half of all the people on the earth will be killed.

The 127 Faith Foundation Thanks You

The 127 Faith Foundation: We do not want donations from “those on disability, on a fixed income, those that cannot afford to give” Please Pray!

Thank you so much for the donation, a special thanks to those of you who have donated through our 127 wish list for these children, may God richly bless you and yours. It’s people like you that make it possible for the 127 Faith Foundation to continue rescuing these orphans, they are truly the forgotten in society. God bless you… Stevie Ray Hansen 127 Faith Foundation

Amazon Wish List For The 127 Faith Foundation

The World Is In Big Trouble, for Those That Believe We Will Go Back to Some Sense of Normal Life Here on Earth, You Will Be Sadly Disappointed, Seven and Half Years of Hell on Earth Which Began January 1, 2020

Our courts oppose the righteous, and justice is nowhere to be found. Truth stumbles in the streets, and honesty has been outlawed” (Isa. 59:14, NLT)…We Turned Our Backs On GOD, Now We Have Been Left To Our Own Devices, Enjoy…

While Mainstream Media Continues to Push a False Narrative, Big Tech Has Keep the Truth From Coming out by Shadow Banning Conservatives, Christians, and Like-Minded People, Those Death Attributed to the Coronavirus Is a Result of Those Mentioned, They Truly Are Evil…

Source: HNewsWire WND HNewsWire

StevieRay Hansen Editor, HNewsWire.com

Watchmen does not confuse truth with consensus The Watchmen does not confuse God’s word with the word of those in power…

In police-state fashion, Big Tech took the list of accused (including this site), declared all those named guilty and promptly shadow-banned, de-platformed or de-monetized us all without coming clean about how they engineered the crushing of dissent, Now more than ever big Tech has exposed there hand engaging in devious underhanded tactics to make the sinister look saintly, one of Satan’s greatest weapons happens to be deceit…

The accumulating death toll from Covid-19 can be seen minute-by-minute on cable news channels. But there’s another death toll few seem to care much about: the number of poverty-related deaths being set in motion by deliberately plunging millions of Americans into poverty and despair.

American health care, as we call it today, and for all its high-tech miracles, has evolved into one of the most atrocious rackets the world has ever seen. By racket, I mean an enterprise organized explicitly to make money dishonestly.

All the official reassurances won’t be worth a bucket of warm spit. The Globals are behind the CoronaVirus, It Is a Man-Made Bioweapon.

“People who grew up with the Internet saw what a wonderful thing it was for free expression, giving everyone access to a global audience. That’s been completely flipped on its head, and now it’s one of the most tightly controlled, manipulated places to find information that you could imagine. It’s a complete 180 from what it used to be, and that’s incredibly sad, because it was, initially, this challenge to old information gatekeepers, this place of free expression, of democratized information, and now it’s just controlled by a handful of increasingly authoritarian ideologically partisan tech companies that haven’t been held to account by officials in D.C. and aren’t bound by any regulation preventing them from who censoring people or interfering in elections.”

Technology companies like Google, Facebook, and Twitter and growing increasingly sophisticated in anticipating, intercepting, and suppressing information with the likelihood of going viral

https://hnewswire.com/the-plandemic-will-be-the-catalyst-to-the-antichrist-no-religious-exemptions-new-push/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 4-26-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SETH RICH'S COLD CASE FILES ARE BEING DESTROYED! THE COVER-UP CONTINUES AND THE REASONS ARE BECOMING CLEAR

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Monday, April 26, 2021 - 11:39.

It hit me like a box of rocks. I am contemplating why the government would destroy the Seth Rich murder investigation evidence. After all, cold case files are preserved forever. Why would this be different? And then it came to me. Some states are actually investigating the alleged voting fraud by voting machines. Arizona could be the first domino to fall. California has its own court cases which could potentially result in the tossing out of the state’s 55 electoral votes. Pennsylvania is looking into this as well and death threats are appearing. Now I know why….Seth Rich was murdered because he leaked emails to Assange on the Hillary Clinton theft of the 2016 Democratic Party Primary. Rich had to be dealt with. With all the voter fraud beginning to go on, the evidence associated with Rich’s murder had to disappear because it would prove that voter fraud is real and is a mainstay of the Democratic Party.

Do you remember the groundbreaking Stanford study indicated which only use electronic voting machines give Hillary a 9% advance over Sanders in the Democratic Primary? The Stanford study demonstrated that pre-election polls accurately predicted election results when a paper ballot was used. However, when unaccountable electronic voting machines were used, with no confirming paper trial, Clinton exceeded expectations by 9%. When one runs the odds on this being due to random chance, the odds are nearly incalculable. What adds fuel to this fire is that the two major manufacturers of the voting machines, Dominion Voting and H.I.G. Capital, are large Clinton campaign supporters. This was the Stanford University statement from their study, not from Dave Hodges. However, I also remember reading something about the fact that it is illegal to engage in such a flagrant conflict of interest. The criminality oozing out Clinton, never stops. The Stanforde summation of Clinton’s primary election theft and got away with voter fraud against Bernie Sanders was a portend on how the Democrats would do it to Donald Trump four years later.

The leaker was none other than Seth Rich, the DNC staffer who was an ardent Bernie Sanders supporter. This means that when the Senate Intelligence Committee turns its sights on the leaked DNC emails, that this will bring the murder of Seth Rich into full view and the whitewash of this "staged robbery" of Rich, which was perpetuated by John Podesta and covered up by former DNC Chair Repressentative Debra Wasserman Schultz (D) and her Federal Washington DC prosecutor brother, Steven Schultz who derailed the investigation and destroyed the possibility of bringing justice to the family of Seth Rich. As they say in the world of infomercials, "But wait there's more", The Common Sense Show has also learned that there were multiple investigations by U.S. legal and political authorities that include, but are not limited to a DOJ criminal investigation, and three separate congressional investigations. However, Obama’s AG, Loretta Lynch Mob killed this investigation just like Podesta and Clinton had Seth Rich killed with the help of Wasserman Schultz.

The Democrats are in a sheer panic over the recent investigations into voter fraud and sitting at the pinnacle was Seth Rich. By the way, when Seth Rich was found after being shot, he still had his wallet and his watch, yet, Wasserman Schultz’s brother called this a robbery. And what about victim Bernie Sanders? He was rewarded with new houses for his silence.

Isn’t is coincidental that just this past week a new FBI report surfaced and stated that Seth Rich was murdered in a robbery attempt. How convenient? How many more are going to die if these voter fraud investigations continue. And shouldn’t we all think that covering up this massive voter fraud in 2016, which extended into the 2020 election could be sufficient motivation for going to war as a distraction by the Biden and the Democrats?

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-conspiracy/seth-richs-cold-case-files-are-being-destroyed-cover-continues-and-reasons-are-becoming-clear 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 4--21 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SIGNS, SIGNS, EVERYWHERE SIGNS

The signs of an epic bubble of historic proportions are everywhere. The stock market is a bubble, with valuations exceeding 2001. Margin debt is at all-time highs. The bond market is a bubble, with the Fed artificially suppressing rates and pumping trillions of QE into Wall Street. Housing is experiencing another bubble, with prices now far exceeding the 2005 peak. Bitcoin and the rest of the crypto-currencies are a bubble, being driven by the excess liquidity sloshing around the system. A joke crypto currency like Dogecoin soars into the stratosphere because money has no meaning anymore.

Corporate, government and personal debt are at all-time highs and heading higher. Clueless millennial dolts are using their stimmy checks to day trade on Robinhood. Now the shysters have come up with a ridiculous concept called Non-fungible tokens (NFT), which has created a further frenzy of greed and fleecing. We are busy selling worthless electronic concepts to each other at higher and higher prices. The world has truly gone mad.

The herd will surely be separated from their money when this everything bubble bursts. The concept of risk has been bastardized and ignored, for now. Greed will surely turn to fear and no one sees it coming. The “experts” will continue to declare “buy now or miss out on the riches”. I’m sure these bubbles will burst, but I have no idea when. It could be next week or they could grow for another few years. I don’t pretend to know, but I will not participate in the madness. Becoming debt free and more anti-fragile is my sole focus as these bubbles grow.

Even Charles MacKay’s epic tome regarding mass delusion and madness of nations fails to capture what is happening today.

“In reading The History of Nations, we find that, like individuals, they have their whims and their peculiarities, their seasons of excitement and recklessness, when they care not what they do. We find that whole communities suddenly fix their minds upon one object and go mad in its pursuit; that millions of people become simultaneously impressed with one delusion, and run after it, till their attention is caught by some new folly more captivating than the first.” ― Charles MacKay, Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds

Our nation has not just fixated upon one object, but every object that can be bought or sold for a profit. Average Americans have concluded it is a sucker’s game to work hard, build wealth through saving, delay gratification, live beneath your means and achieve happiness through non-material means. I can understand why they feel this way, as the Federal Reserve, Wall Street bankers, and corporate America have fleeced them through inflation, stagnant wages, and stealing of their wealth. When these simultaneous bubbles burst once again, for the fourth time since 2000, the citizenry will be crushed. What happens at that point is anyone’s guess. Revolution would not be out of the question.

I have two personal anecdotes which have convinced me these bubbles are all-encompassing and reaching their zenith. I bought a condo in Wildwood back in 2004 with a friend, near the top of the housing market. The plan had been to flip it in a couple years for a nice profit. The best laid plans often go awry. We bought it for $325,000. We got plenty of use from it and were able to rent it out every summer, but it was a financial drain every year.

We put it up for sale in 2015, asking $275,000. Not a drop of interest. We kept it for sale for three years and zero offers. We lowered the price to $250,000 and eventually got an offer of $240,000 in January 2018. Fourteen years later we had sold it for a loss of $85,000. So much for real estate always appreciating. Fast forward to 2021 and the unit above ours just sold for $383,000. In just over three years the value of these condos in the eyes of current buyers rose by 60%, after sitting at $240,000 for over a decade. Nothing changed other than perception of value. Is the next stop $500,000 or $250,000? I have no idea.

Over the Christmas holiday I put together a To Do list designed to make my life more anti-fragile. Things I had put off for years now needed a sense of urgency. Tops on the list was turning TBP into an LLC, to try and shield my personal assets from the woke cancel culture crowd when they eventually try to destroy my website and my life. Also included on the list was looking into getting a stand alone back-up generator for my home, for when things go sideways. I had left my retirement funds at Wharton when I left in 2019. I finally transferred them to my IRA account where I could be in complete control of my investment choices.

The one item on the list I considered low priority and did not set in motion was selling some baseball cards I’ve had for almost 50 years. I collected cards from the age of 8 to 12 back in the early 1970s. I collected them because I loved baseball, the Phillies, and liked to trade them and pitch them in the schoolyard. I had no thoughts about them being worth something many years into the future. A couple decades ago when baseball cards were hot, I put the most valuable ones in plastic sleeves, put them in a plastic bag, and didn’t think about them for years.

For the last year I’ve sensed this financial madness might offer an opportunity to sell a few pieces of cardboard for prices that will never materialize again. I have hundreds of cards, mostly from 1975. Included in this set are 3 Robin Yount rookie cards and 2 George Brett rookie cards. There is a company called PSA that charges you to grade the cards. This then sets a selling price for the cards. I have no idea what constitutes a near perfect card with a 10 grade from a near mint card with a grade of 7, but the price difference is vast, as you can see here from their website.

A Robin Yount grade 10 card is worth $55,000 and a George Brett grade 10 card is worth $97,500. I find this utterly ridiculous, but it is certainly worth exploring for that kind of money. Even getting a couple hundred for a grade 7 card would be fine. I don’t see any imperfections in my cards, but who am I to judge. Back in December when I went to the site, it seemed like a pain in the ass to go through the grading process and I was confused by their pricing scheme. Life got busy, so I forgot about it until this week. I decided I was going to send the cards in and see what they concluded. I went to the PSA site and got this message from the CEO of PSA:

Hello PSA Customers,  Since my last update, the momentum behind the hobby has only accelerated. In fact, our Collectors Universe President and CEO, Joe Orlando, recently shared the reality of the surge of submissions to PSA.

I’ll try to further illustrate what has happened. The sheer volume of orders that PSA received in early March has fundamentally changed our ability to service the hobby. The reality is that we recently received more cards in three days than we did during the previous three months. Even after the surge, submissions continue at never-before-seen levels.

Given our growing backlog, it would be disingenuous for us to continue to accept submissions for cards that we will be unable to process in the foreseeable future. It’s an unpleasant conclusion, especially after the March 1 price increase, but it is necessary to properly serve the customers who have already submitted to PSA.

Effective immediately, PSA is temporarily suspending our Value, Regular and Express service levels. This will allow us to fully unbox and receive the recent surge of orders and focus on our most impacted service lines.

We will take a tiered approach to reintroducing these service levels. Our goal is to bring all suspended service levels back by July 1, 2021.

There is now a baseball card bubble frenzy, on par with stocks, bonds, real estate, crypto, art, used cars, lumber, NFTs, and just about anything not tied down. With my investing luck, the baseball card market will surely collapse before July 1. So anyone willing to take chance can contact me. I’ll sell you all three Robin Younts for $55,000 and the two George Bretts for $97,500. Sometimes the stupidity of the masses exceeds my lowest expectations.

In my view, the signs are everywhere. Getting rich quick has engulfed the entire nation in a madness never seen before in human history. Effortless enrichment is a delusion. And all delusions end in tears. An entire nation was convinced, by those controlling the narrative, the annual flu was a pandemic by giving it a new name, marketing the hell out of it, using a faulty test to artificially inflate cases, and understanding they were dealing with compliant obedient sheep. If they can make you believe that, they can make you believe anything.

“The recurrent and sadly erroneous belief that effortless enrichment is an entitlement associated with what is thought to be exceptional financial perspicacity and wisdom is not something that yields to legislative remedy.” ― John Kenneth Galbraith, A Short History of Financial Euphoria

The signs are everywhere, but few will heed them.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2021/04/25/signs-signs-everywhere-signs/ 

:: 4-25-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pope hangs image of nude Jesus caressing Judas behind his desk

'One of the most blasphemous and ungodly images'

Joe Kovacs By Joe Kovacs  Published April 25, 2021 at 5:59pm

A report by the Vatican's own newspaper reveals Pope Francis recently hung an image behind his desk depicting a naked Jesus Christ caressing his dead apostle Judas Iscariot.

In an article titled "Judas and the Scandal of Mercy," L'Osservatore Romano dedicated the first three pages of its edition the day before Good Friday to a makeover of the disciple who betrayed the Son of God at the Passover. The author of the lead editorial, Andrea Monda, said the paper chose this year to honor the "most tragic and unsettling" figure of the Gospel. The Catholic-defense group Tradition in Action was among the first to blast the display, writing:

The editorprobably obeying an order of Pope Francis – chose to post on its front page the reproduction of a picture, above and below first row, that presents a naked Jesus bending over and tenderly ministering to a dead Judas.

Monda explains that the author of this painting is a French Catholic who became impressed by Francis' words praising the Traitor in his book "When You Pray, Say Our Father." The artist imagines that after Jesus was crucified, He would have returned to life immediately, gone to the fig tree and taken down Judas' body and ministered to it. [Monda] also reports that Francis loved this painting so much that he has placed it on the wall behind his desk along with another representing Judas.

The inside pages of the Vatican paper feature a sermon by Fr. Primo Mazzolari saying that he believes Judas was forgiven by Our Lord; a brief comment by Card. Carlo Maria Martini on Mazzolari's sermon, saying that each of us can have a Judas inside himself; a text by Giovanni Papini arguing that Judas must have had an ulterior motive to betray Christ because 30 silver coins did not have that great a worth; and a text by Giuseppe Berto impersonating Judas who affirms that Jesus owes His glorification to him. In the last several decades, this is the first time – as far as we know – that L'Osservatore Romano has promoted Judas Iscariot on its first three pages. It seems the inauguration of a new saint and the official launching of the "Church of Judas" on a Maundy Thursday, the day of his betrayal ...

The defense of Judas has been made in the name of the abyss of God's mercy. So we see that now Divine Mercy, against all the Scriptural evidence, also applies to the most infamous criminal in History.

Are we far from the day when the same mercy will be applied to another Great Traitor, Satan? Does it not appear that the Vatican's semi-official launching of the "Church of Judas" is the prelude to the coming "Church of Satan"? "If this isn't one of the most blasphemous and ungodly images the Roman Catholic Church has ever endorsed – and it has endorsed many – then nothing is," it stated. Pope Francis is by far the most secular, ungodly pope to take the high office of the Roman Catholic Church in modern history."

"No pope has ever taken strides to embrace profanity quite to the point that Francis has done. Whether it be his push for global climate control, performing a mass for gay Catholics, or saying that atheists are 'children of God,' one cannot deny the non-traditional influence this pope has been in the Vatican for the past few years."

Author John Zmirak, a senior editor at the Stream, noted, "My own Catholic world is being roiled at the moment by Pope Francis' latest effort to mark himself off as more 'enlightened' than any of his predecessors, going all the way back to St. Peter. He's trying to redeem the good name of the apostle who betrayed Jesus to the Sanhedrin, then ran off and hanged himself." Completing this poll entitles you to WND news updates free of charge. You may opt out at anytime. You also agree to our Privacy Policy and Terms of Use.

In the last several decades, this is the first time – as far as we know – that L'Osservatore Romano has promoted Judas Iscariot on its first three pages. It seems the inauguration of a new saint and the official launching of the "Church of Judas" on a Maundy Thursday, the day of his betrayal 

The defense of Judas has been made in the name of the abyss of God's mercy. So we see that now Divine Mercy, against all the Scriptural evidence, also applies to the most infamous criminal in History.  

Are we far from the day when the same mercy will be applied to another Great Traitor, Satan? Does it not appear that the Vatican's semi-official launching of the "Church of Judas" is the prelude to the coming "Church of Satan"?

Reformation Charlotte was stunned by the news.

"If this isn't one of the most blasphemous and ungodly images the Roman Catholic Church has ever endorsed – and it has endorsed many – then nothing is," it stated. Pope Francis is by far the most secular, ungodly pope to take the high office of the Roman Catholic Church in modern history."

"No pope has ever taken strides to embrace profanity quite to the point that Francis has done. Whether it be his push for global climate control, performing a mass for gay Catholics, or saying that atheists are 'children of God,' one cannot deny the non-traditional influence this pope has been in the Vatican for the past few years."

Author John Zmirak, a senior editor at the Stream, noted, "My own Catholic world is being roiled at the moment by Pope Francis' latest effort to mark himself off as more 'enlightened' than any of his predecessors, going all the way back to St. Peter. He's trying to redeem the good name of the apostle who betrayed Jesus to the Sanhedrin, then ran off and hanged himself."

Zmirak suggested the pope is hypocritical for offering mercy to Judas, but not to politically conservative people today.

"Francis offers no such mercy to citizens worried that immigration into their countries has spiraled out of control," he writes.

"Remember how he denounced Donald Trump and his supporters who favored a border wall as 'not Christians.' He said the same of anyone, anywhere, who manufactures weapons for anybody. Francis emitted this pearl in the course of a speech where he damned Franklin Roosevelt and Winston Churchill for not bombing the tracks to Auschwitz using ... weapons, which Francis had just said they shouldn't have had. In the very same speech."

"So Francis wants us to consider that Judas might be a saint, but offers no glimmer of empathy to conservative, pro-life voters in the U.S. and other countries."

https://www.wnd.com/2021/04/pope-hangs-image-nude-jesus-caressing-judas-behind-desk/?utm_source=Email&utm_medium=wnd-breaking&utm_campaign=breaking&utm_content=breaking&ats_es=

276a0384250dff1b269a3d80247dc528 

:: 4--21 The Millennium Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THE COVID-19 EXTINCTION LEVEL EVENT

State of the Nation

What the world is experiencing in 2021 and going forward is a manmade EXTINCTION LEVEL EVENT via an ongoing series of bioterrorists acts perpetrated by a genocidal conspiracy of state actors, corporate entities, NGOs, secret societies[1] and terrorist organizations such as NATO (aka North Atlantic Terrorist Organization).

What these Covid Plandemic perpetrators have set in motion is an irreversible Extinction Level Event (ELE) that will eventually wend its way throughout the entire planetary civilization.

Because of the countless vectors of dissemination of the COVID-19 bioweapon, as well as the numerous methods of Covid propagation, controlling this wholly manufactured pandemic is a function of shutting down the military-grade bioweapon labs. Similarly, the various means of proliferation of this ‘coronavirus’ within national healthcare systems the world over must be stopped post-haste in order to halt this rapidly unfolding ELE.

Now that the dangerous and deadly COVID-19 vaccines have gained widespread use, the swiftly evolving worldwide regime defined by the Covid Super Vaccination Agenda will contribute markedly to the ELE. Because of the RNA and DNA altering aspects of the Covid injections, these ‘vaccinations’ cannot be undone. Consequently, those vaccinated individuals will either succumb to the ELE or become severely incapacitated to the point of becoming a great burden to their caretakers.

Key Elements of the ELE

There are five major elements to this meticulously engineered ELE.

• Release of the COVID-19 Bioweapon and Frequently Bioengineered Variants

• Launch of Biological and Chemical Weapons via Systematic Spraying of Chemtrail Aerosols

• Military Deployment of 5G (and 4G) Energy Weapons

• Administration of Annual Flu Vaccine Programs as Hybrid Bioweapons

• Injection of Bioengineered COVID-19 Vaccines as Stealth Bioweapons

Each of these components of the fastidiously planned ELE has been painstakingly put into place over decades so that they could be activated as a coordinated genocidal program in 2020 and beyond. As follows:

Coronavirus COVID-19,  5G 60 GHz Millimeter Wave,  Chemtrail-Disseminated Smart Dust

and Vaccine-Delivered Digitized RNA  Are Mutually Intensifying Quaternary Weapons

Deliberately Launched and Coordinated to  Shut Down a Targeted City or Nation,

Commit Genocide, Depopulate

and/or Trigger an ELE

(Source: QUATERNARY WEAPON SYSTEM Activated Before Each Coronavirus Cluster Explosion)

The last to be deployed and most important bioweapon in their arsenal is the COVID-19 vaccine. Because its efficacy to both, cause death and/or serious debilitation, the various Covid injections are the integral element in this ELE plot, which is why there is such an overwhelming global push to vaccinate every person on the planet.

In view of how highly experimental the vastly different vaccines truly are, it’s clear that each is being beta tested in different countries and within different bloodlines. Because the efficaciousness of each Covid injection to either kill or injure is a function of the other 4 components of this QUATERNARY WEAPON SYSTEM, it’s quite likely that the ELE perpetrators are gauging it’s lethality within different configurations of the QWS.

Likewise, the DARPA-Big Pharma bioengineers are constantly reformulating each subsequent generation of the deadly vaccines in order to continually raise the mortality rates. Moreover, they are quite desperately pushing out an increasing number of boosters — IN THE SAME YEAR — which is completely unheard of with vaccines that are being administered under “Emergency Authorization Use” only in the USA.

Covid Syndrome & 5G

Given this much more complex weapon system, which is operational to varying degrees throughout the world, Covid Syndrome will manifest differently in each nation and locale.

For example, the COVID-19 bioweapon that was released in Wuhan, China is different than those launched in Milan, Tehran and New York City. What each of these major metro areas had in common was an intensive roll-out of 5G in 2019. This is why the coronavirus clusters in each of those 4 cities exploded with such a spontaneous mushrooming of Covid outbreaks literally overnight; they were triggered by the extremely powerful 5G energy grid. (The 5G EMF signal ranges and microwave transmissions that were activated have never been experienced by humanity.

KEY POINT: Just how deceitful and stealthy is this long-planned ELE strategy? See: OPERATION COVID-19: Desperate Attempt to Deploy 5G Under Cover of Covid Bioterrorism to Activate Global Control Matrix

What this really means is that those globalist entities that are behind the military deployment of 5G worldwide needed a cover for the inevitable outbreaks of both 5G Flu and 5G Syndrome. The coronavirus pandemic has provided just that, especially in light of the fact that many of the symptoms of both are quite similar. See: Is The “Coronavirus” Actually Microwave Illness from 4G and 5G Radiation?

There have been many telltale signs that are dead giveaways about the close coordination between the military deployment of 5G just before the first major COVID-19 outbreaks around the world. For example, Wuhan was established as China’s first 5G “Demonstration Zone” in 2019. See: Wuhan City Was expected to have 10,000 5G base stations operating by the end of 2019

Another major clue concerns the highly suspicious work being conducted at Harvard University. The activation of 5G energy grids amps up the manifestation and severity of Covid symptoms considerably which is why Harvard’s Charles M. Lieber holds the U.S. Patent for using 5G radiation to vibrate corona virus particles from preset nanotubule containers. The Chair of the Chemistry Department was arrested and indicted in June of 2020.

Chemtrail Syndrome

When Chemtrail Syndrome is added to the mix, it ought to be easy to understand how the human immune system will be eventually overwhelmed. Just how many assaults can the human body take before it starts to break down, particularly for the elderly and those with serious comorbidities. See: CHEMTRAIL SYNDROME: A Global Pandemic Of Epic Proportions

This is exactly why so many folks over 70 passed after the various Covid bioterrorist attacks in the big cities. Those with multiple medical ailments and chronic health conditions affecting the respiratory system also fell prey to the incapacitating cytokine storms that are only exacerbated by constantly inhaling the toxins and contaminants found in chemtrail aerosols. The spike proteins bioengineered into Covid vaccines only add to this devastating onslaught to their immune systems.

Spike Proteins Not Only Promote SARS-CoV infection,

They Also Trigger ADE Effects as Experienced by HIV Patients

The spraying of chemtrail aerosols over major cities has been secretly going on for decades so many folks are already dealing with substantially compromised health. When they flipped the switch on 5G and then fired the COVID-19 bioweapons using different modalities of delivery, the chemtrail toxins became much more hazardous to health. The aerosolized and chemically mobile aluminum oxide is particularly toxic to the brain when permitted to pass through the blood-brain barrier as follows:

Never in the history of American healthcare has there been such an invasive and painful nasal swab test performed en masse. Now it has come to light that this exceedingly dangerous procedure was carried out with highly purposeful design—to profoundly undermine the upper respiratory health and blood-brain barrier of as many people as possible.

Annual Flu Vaccination Programs

Over the past 100 years, the number of new strains and variants of influenza has been increased by purposeful design. Even more suspicious is the number of novel flu outbreaks that have originated in China, especially throughout the largest coastal cities. This stark reality has given rise to the most vaccinated population on planet Earth—the Chinese.

Of course, Big Pharma in the United States has ensured that Americans are also highly vaccinated, both children and adult populations. This catastrophic predicament has created a highly conducive environment for the other weapons within the QWS to have maximum detrimental effect to the human bio-organism.

Every time any individual receives their annual flu vaccine, the toxic shots negatively impact their body’s natural immune response, which then makes them much more vulnerable to the whole host of pathogenic micro-organism exposures that exist particularly in the dirty crowded cities. Hence, there is now a direct correlation between Covid infection rates and annual flu vaccination rates in metro areas such as Milan, New York City and Wuhan.

The real problem here is that, where it concerns the overlay of the COVID-19 vaccines, the natural immunity of human body is now being so compromised that people are super susceptible to just about any infectious disease or opportunistic pathogen. For example, medical centers in Israel have scientifically documented this dire Covid vaccine outcome: Herpes Zoster Reactivation aka Shingles Confirmed as New Side Effect from mRNA Vaccines.

The grim reality is that the various Covid jabs are being delivered at such an alarming speed to national populations around the globe because those driving this Super Vaccination Agenda know that the more time that elapses, the greater the number and severity of adverse side effects will be reported. This unavoidable situation will only discourage folks everywhere from being jabbed with these extremely hazardous Covid injection.

The CDC, WHO, NIH and FDA have already been apprised of a tremendous number of completely unacceptable deaths and injuries directly attributed to Covid injections…but they remain criminally silent on the matter. As follows:

KEY POINT: The COVID-19 vaccines are really kill shots intended to murder and/or sicken a certain percentage of the global population and here’s the hard evidence that proves it.

KILL SHOT: COVID-19 Deaths, Disease Count and Vaccine Injuries Far Exceed the Very Worst Projections, Too Deadly to Receive FDA Approval

Nearly 4000 dead & 163,000 injured according to European hard data on the Covid kill shot

3,005 Deaths: Media Silent As CDC’s VAERS Acknowledges Deaths Following Experimental COVID Injections Greater In 4 Months Than Previous 13+ Years

Conclusion  Let’s review what’s really going on here and why this genocidal scheme constitutes an EXTINCTION LEVEL EVENT.

First, there is the pathogenic micro-organism, that was intentionally weaponized in a U.S. military laboratory as a specific gene pool-targeted bioweapon called COVID-19, which was bioengineered to mutate to elude proper diagnosis as well as morph symptomatically to evade effective treatment.

Secondly, there is the overwhelming impact of 5G, 4G, 3G and other electromagnetic frequency signal ranges and microwave transmissions on vulnerable individuals with respect to triggering COVID-19, as well as sustaining and/or intensifying the disease process.

Thirdly, there is a global chemical geoengineering regime that sprays Chemtrails, as well as a Super-Vaccination Agenda, which contribute considerably to the state of Hypertoxicity of each individual who contracts COVID-19, the severity of which is determined by their toxic load or total body burden.

Lastly, there are the various COVID-19 vaccination programs that are both extremely harmful and/or deadly. That the Pfizer and Moderna mRNA injections literally contain antifreeze is a HUGE red flag as propylene glycol is proven to be highly toxic. The other vaccines likewise have their own serious hazards to human health such as the fatal blood clots caused by the J&J and AstraZeneca shots.

However, it’s the serious long-term adverse health effects of the Covid jabs that will be dramatically exacerbated by exposure to each component of the aforementioned Quaternary Weapon System.

(Source: CORONAVIRUS SYNDROME: The Ultimate Genocidal Bioweapon System)

The present human race is undergoing an inexorable, slow-motion Extinction Level Event. However, it must be noted that the manmade ELE briefly described above is only one of several other ways that humanity is committing either mass suicide or racial genocide. See: Extreme Dangers And Escalating Risks Humanity is Facing Today

Truly, it’s as though humankind has a death wish which has pushed the world community of nations into an ever-accelerating downward spiral of environmental degradation, societal breakdown, public health disasters, economic collapse and incessant warmongering.

When the exceedingly perilous development of AI is added to this mix, especially the inordinate drive toward Autonomous Superintelligence, there can be only one conclusion; there can be only one hapless result.

“When scientific knowledge and applied technology reach a critical level of advancement, without being informed by spiritual truths and guided by moral authority, this planetary civilization will cease to exist as it is. Once certain thresholds are crossed into forbidden areas of dangerous scientific pursuit and technological development, the destiny of the human race will be abruptly and forever altered.”

http://themillenniumreport.com/2021/04/the-covid-19-extinction-level-event/ 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 4-25-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – Markets Are Going Through Radical Changes, But This Surprise Will Soon Be Mainstream

April 25, 2021

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals told King World News that global markets are going through radical changes, but this surprise will soon be mainstream.

Each week Egon von Greyerz articles are published first on KWN.

April 25 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz at Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): “Read my lips: No New Taxes” Bush Sr said in his acceptance speech for his nomination in 1988 when he promised no tax rises. As most politicians, he didn’t keep his word. In the 1992 campaign Clinton made a devastating attack on Bush’s pledge and the rest is history.

The simple rule is: Don’t listen to WHAT people say, but HOW they say it. Already 50 years ago the Mehrabian’ model concluded that words only convey 7% of a message, body language accounts for 55% and tone of voice delivers 38%. That is why you should never focus on the words of a speaker since they are the least important.

A WORLD OF QUANTS AND NEURAL SYSTEMS

Automation of investment decisions is a massive growth area. In early 2020 Goldman Sachs had 920 vacancies for engineers, including technologists, quants and data professionals. These vacancies were just under half of all jobs Goldman had on offer.

So gone are the days from over half a century ago, when in the City (financial district) in London stockbrokers drifted in around 10 in the morning, took a 2 hour lunch with gin and tonics and wine plus port with the cheese afterwards. I remember it all well since I spent some time in the City at that time.

A WORLD WITH NO COMPLIANCE AND NO REGULATION

Those were the days when business was done with a handshake rather than a 250 page agreement and 10 legal advisors. There was total trust and a broker’s word was his bond. There was virtually no compliance and insider trading was totally legal…

Listen to the greatest Egon von Greyerz audio interview ever by CLICKING HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

Today the world of finance is totally controlled by stringent laws and regulations, ridiculously complex compliance and 1000s of lawyers. Trust is gone and it is all driven by fear and covering of your backside.

Still business probably ran more smoothly and definitely more pleasantly in the old days than in today’s ruthless business world.

INVESTMENT DECISIONS BASED ON FED HEADS TONE OF VOICE

Fifty years ago there were no neural networks and no quants. But today this area is developing so fast that soon no humans will be required. A new study by three individuals at the universities in Berkeley, Birmingham and Reading (both UK), has found that emotions in human speech by central bankers not just move stock markets but can be acted upon. They analysed the voices of Bernanke, Yellen and Powell in the press conferences after the FOMC meetings.

Their findings were that switching from negative to positive tone in the voices of Fed Chairs could raise the S&P by up to 200 basis points. For this they built a neural network to compare segments of each audio recording against a database. The database categorises how emotions are reflected in human speech using recordings of actors delivering the text in different ways.

Investment banks have been using similar type of models already but with nowhere near the sophistication of this mode. But this will clearly be their next step. Analysing statements not just from central bankers but from finance ministers, corporate Ceo’s, etc, will become mainstream in coming years.

So let’s turn to the Fed speak in relation to gold. The neural system discussed above did not have the same accuracy for gold and for ex as for stocks.

GREENSPAN ON GOLD

That politicians speak with forked tongues is a well-known axiom. The day they put the political cap on, it is impossible for them to tell the truth.

The same with the heads of the Federal Reserve, whatever views the appointee previously had about sound money is completely blown out of the water, once he/she enters the Eccles building.

My colleague Matt Piepenburg wrote about the author of the “Everything Bubble” Alan Greenspan last week. And the “Maestro” is the epitome of someone who lost all his senses as he had to violate virtually every single principle he stood for when he became chairman of the Fed.

In 1966 Greenspan wrote his famous essay “Gold and Economic Freedom” in which he said:

“Thus, under the gold standard, a free banking system stands as the protector of an economy’s stability and balanced growth. When gold is accepted as the medium of exchange by most or all nations, an unhampered free international gold standard serves to foster a world-wide division of labor and the broadest international trade.”

In a 1978 Congress hearing, Greenspan stated:

“In the absence of the gold standard, there is no way to protect savings from confiscation through inflation. There is no safe store of value.”

But as my colleague wrote last week, all Greenspan’s noble principles of sound money were thrown out of the window once he became Fed chief in 1987. Instead he fathered the everything bubble which is now reaching a crescendo.

It is a brilliant scheme that has only been possible with the absence of a gold standard and by creating megatons of worthless fiat money out of thin air.

When Greenspan was Fed head, he had to conveniently suppress his fondness of gold so he developed his own gobbledygook Fedspeak.

He admitted it himself:  Since becoming a central banker, I have learned to mumble with great incoherence. If I seem unduly clear to you, you must have misunderstood what I said.”

Speaking to a Senate Committee in 1987.  At least he clearly had a good sense of humour!

In a testimony before the Committee on Banking and Financial Services, U.S. House of Representatives July 24, 1998, Greenspan dared to mention his fondness for gold:

I am one of the rare people who have still some nostalgic view about the old gold standard, as you know, but I must tell you, I am in a very small minority among my colleagues on that issue.”

BERNANKE ON GOLD

The most classic exchange of the role of gold was when Bernanke delivered his report to the House Financial Services Committee in July 2011. At the time gold was $1,560.

When questioned by Ron Paul, Bernanke states that: “The reason people hold gold is to protect against tail risk, a really, really bad outcome”.

Paul goes on to ask: “Is gold money?”

“No” answers Bernanke after long hesitation…… “it is an asset”.

“So why do central banks hold gold” asks Paul – “Well it is a tradition” answers Bernanke.

Bernanke conveniently omitted to mention that people hold gold to protect against a continuous destruction against a collapsing dollar. At the time the dollar had lost 82% in real terms in the 21st century and 98% since 1971.

This is what Bernanke calls tradition. What he doesn’t say is that it is the only money which has survived in history due to the total mismanagement of monetary policy by central banks.

POWELL ON GOLD  The current Fed head also has, not unexpectedly, very little understanding of gold. In a recent discussion at the Bank for International Settlement (BIS) Powell described Bitcoin as an asset that is not backed by anything.

So far I will clearly agree with him. “Crypto assets are highly volatile and therefore not useful as a store of value,” he said. “It is a speculative asset that is essentially a substitute for gold rather than for the dollar”.

So yet another clueless Fed head!  The obvious question to ask is:

Why the hell don’t you sell your 8,000 tonnes (allegedly) of gold and buy Bitcoin instead?? That is the obvious conclusion if Crypto assets are a substitute for gold. Also, imagine the costs you would save Mr Chairman as 8,000 tonnes of gold is $4.4 trillion and would fit on a small memory stick that you could keep in your pocket.

GREENSPAN WITHOUT THE FED GAG  Finally, lets go back to Greenspan after he got rid of the Fed gag and returned to his sound money views. In a 2014 interview he stated:

Gold is a currency. It is still, by all evidence, a premier currency, where no fiat currency, including the dollar, can match it.”

“Yet gold has special properties that no other currency, with the possible exception of silver, can claim. For more than two millennia, gold has had virtually unquestioned acceptance as payment. It has never required the credit guarantee of a third party. No questions are raised when gold or direct claims to gold are offered in payment of an obligation”.

So there we have it. The now 95 year old Greenspan when allowed to speak freely, knows that in a world filled with quadrillions of debt, no fiat money can match gold.

COMMODITY INFLATION IS RAGING

As KWN has recently illustrated, commodity inflation is raging. Here is a chart of the Wisdom Tree Commodity Index which is up 50% since 2020.

GOLD – BULL MARKET RESUMES

Inflation is likely to run well ahead of interest rates like in the 1970s. This means that negative real interest rates will continue which is very beneficial for gold and silver.

As the chart below shows, gold has now finished the correction since August 2020 and the next (temporary) stop should be around $3,000.

But investors should not worry about the gold price but instead hold gold as protection against the biggest financial bubble in history…This will link you directly to more fantastic articles from Egon von Greyerz CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-markets-are-going-through-radical-changes-but-this-surprise-will-soon-be-mainstream/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-25-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Big One’ building up? Lake Tahoe hit by series of earthquakes this morning

By Strange Sounds - Apr 25, 2021

A series of earthquakes jolted the Tahoe area awake on Sunday morning. The fourteen quakes hit right in the middle of Lake Tahoe, close to the Stateline Fault, California.

According the United States Geological Survey, the largest, a 3.8-magnitude quake, struck at 8:33 a.m. It was strong enough that many area residents posted on social media they’d felt the rumble. The epicenter was 4.5 miles southeast of Dollar Point, near the middle of Lake Tahoe. It struck at a depth of 2 kilometers. According to the USGS, the first tremor was followed by 13 others, within 4 hours… And the warm is probably still ongoing…

M3.7 – 8km SE of Dollar Point, CA

M2.8 – 9km SE of Dollar Point, CA

M2.7 – 8km SE of Dollar Point, CA

M2.4 – 10km SE of Dollar Point, CA

M1.0 – 8 km WNW of Glenbrook, Nevada

M1.9 – 9km SE of Dollar Point, CA

M1.5 – 9km SE of Dollar Point, CA

M2.3 – 10km SE of Dollar Point, CA

M1.3 – 8 km WNW of Glenbrook, Nevada

M1.1 – 8 km WNW of Glenbrook, Nevada

M1.2 – 9 km SE of Dollar Point, California

M2.4 – 10km SE of Dollar Point, CA

M1.1 – 8 km ESE of Dollar Point, California

M1.3 – 8 km WNW of Glenbrook, Nevada

Stateline Point

There are three potentially dangerous fault lines that run deep under Lake Tahoe. Near Stateline Point (location of Cal-Neva), one fault cuts directly through the area, while an extension of the fault trends northeast through Incline Village. Scientists believe that these two North Shore faults are part of one system and may tend to rupture together.

West Tahoe-Dollar Point fault zone

Another prominent fault zone is the north-south trending West Tahoe-Dollar Point fault zone. Submerged from Emerald bay to McKinney Bay (near Tahoma/Chambers Landing), the West Tahoe fault continues on to become the Dollar Point Fault. Geologists suspect that both of these faults may also rupture together.

Geologists warn that the faults beneath Lake Tahoe are capable of generating a 7.1-magnitude quake and enough movement to produce tsunami waves exceeding 30 feet in height. Scientists estimate the risk of a magnitude-7 quake under Lake Tahoe in the next 50 years to be between 3% and 4%.

But have a plan… Earthquakes are kind of unpredictable… Buy your earthquake emergency kit…

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/lake-tahoe-earthquake-swarm-map.html 

:: 4-24-21 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Guardsmen have horrifying theory on order to ready warplane for domestic mission

C. Douglas Golden, The Western Journal By C. Douglas Golden, The Western Journal

Published April 24, 2021 at 10:18pm

The McDonnell Douglas F-15 Eagle is a marvel of American military technology.

Developed in the late-1960s, the F-15 was faster and more maneuverable than it otherwise would have been because the United States thought the Soviet Mikoyan-Gurevich MiG-25, its direct competition, was a far more advanced plane than it actually was. It's been in service for almost a half-century now and is still being produced by Boeing, which absorbed McDonnell Douglas in the 1990s. It'll be in service with the U.S. Air Force until at least the 2030s.

Remarkable though the plane may be, there are limits to what the F-15 can do. As Airforce Technology noted, the F-15 is at present "almost exclusively used for close-air support" by the Air Force. It has a ground-strike capability if need be, although that need is unusual. It's not used in reconnaissance roles. And, unless you're a brutal Mugabe-esque dictator who crushes any kind of dissent with remorseless carnage, it has no role in crowd control.

This isn't something you would think any branch of our military would need to hear, but it's something the California National Guard apparently needed to be explained to them. According to a Friday report in the Los Angeles Times, the Guard had an F-15C from their 144th Fighter Wing in Sacramento ready to go on several occasions last year, starting in March and reaching at least through the election.

The jet was first readied as the Guard readied to prepare for the exigencies caused by COVID-19.

"The members expected directives to ready ground troops to help state and local authorities respond to disturbances triggered by resistance to stay-at-home rules or panic over empty store shelves," the L.A. Times' Paul Pringle and Alene Tchekmedyian wrote. "But then came an unusual order: The air branch of the Guard was told to place an F-15C fighter jet on an alert status for a possible domestic mission, according to four Guard sources with direct knowledge of the matter."

The reason? It was unlikely someone would be so determined to get toilet paper they would use a MiG-25 to fend off Mr. Whipple and score some Charmin. There was no reason to fly an air superiority fighter -- unless, of course, it wasn't about air superiority but about showing protesters you meant business. Sources in the Guard said that "given the aircraft’s limitations, they understood [the orders] to mean the plane could be deployed to terrify and disperse protesters by flying low over them at window-rattling speeds, with its afterburners streaming columns of flames."

It would have been a completely illegal order that disgraced the military,” one of the Times' sources said. “It could look like we’re threatening civilians.”

Yeah, it "could look" that way because that'd be precisely what you'd be doing. “That’s something that would happen in the Soviet Union,” another source said. “Our military is used to combat foreign aggressors.”

It’s a war machine, not something you use for [suppressing] civil unrest,” yet another source said, calling its use to scare potential protesters “definitely unprecedented."

After the first communication in March of 2020, the question was apparently posed as to whether or not the F-15 was being used as part of a "show of force."

During the second communication in July, after the George Floyd protests, the F-15 was said to be on the table in order to survey potential infrastructure damage, but would also be available for a "show of presences." Another internal document said the plane needed to be ready the Monday following the election and "ready to take off within two hours" to fight election-related unrest.

The message said that “aircraft availability” for a mission would be “at a premium next week with the election. We may need to work on Saturday and maybe Sunday to ensure we have ... aircraft availability."

Planes would also need to be “ready to take off within two hours."

Maj. Gen. David Baldwin, head of the California National Guard, didn't respond. His spokesman, Lt. Col. Jonathan Shiroma, denied any F-15s were being used as a response to internal disturbances. “We do not use our planes to frighten or intimidate civilians," Shiroma said.

While other planes were “postured to support any potential civil unrest missions” -- a C-130J and an HC-130J, both versions of the Hercules aircraft -- no F-15s were allegedly positioned to respond to threats. That's not borne out by the messages reviewed by the L.A. Times, however.

Using a warcraft on a domestic mission is next-level bad, particularly since there's almost no reason for it other than frightening protesters into compliance. Thanks to the National Guard, we now have something both the left and the right can agree on: This was both unnecessary and infuriating.

The F-15 can do many things, but controlling the behavior of Americans shouldn't be one of them.

https://www.wnd.com/2021/04/report-ca-guardsmen-told-ready-plane-domestic-mission-feared-illegal-order/ 

:: 4-25-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Germany Has Allied With Russia Against the United States! Stunning Revelations!!!

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, April 25, 2021 - 15:02.

In 2014, I reported Britain only had an energy storage buffer estimated to meet about 16 days of energy demands. What lies beyond 16 days under the present set of circumstances. The emergency British reduction in energy usage would be imposed through rationing and denial of service to non-essential entities and service. In contrast, i reported that Germany had 77 days of energy reserves and France has 88 days. However, none of these nations have enough energy reserves to get through a winter without Russian supplies of natural gas. That is swhen the betrayal of America began.

Britain, France and Germany are luckier than most European nations who have almost no energy reserves and are very dependent on Russian gas exports sent through Ukraine. At that time, I warned that NATO was in trouble, and one day America could be facing Russia, and potentially others, all on our own. I hoped that we could replace Obama with a conservative, which we did, two years later. However, we have now replaced that conservative with a pervert, a person with dementia, who is a Nazi dedicated to the destruction of his own country and the full implementation of back-breaking economic policies. Did I mention that Biden is blackmailed by both Ukraine and China? Every aspect of America society from diet, to energy use, to the moral education of our children is being run by communist perverts! And then there are the foreign variables.

Putin Is Under Enormous Pressure At Home

The Russian energy industry has grown to monumental levels. The Russian and gas and oil and industry, much like in the United States, are very intertwined with the military industrial complex of their nation and with their nation's banking interests. If Ukraine stays separate from the Russian empire of influence, Putin's days as the leader of the Russian Federation would have been numbered. Do you remember when Putin disappeared for several days? We had rumors, then, that are confirmed now., that in order to stay in power, Putin had to demonstrate to the Russian oil oligarchs and the leaders of the entire Russian military industrial complex that he would be completely subservient to their needs. Further, Putin had to demonstrate that had a plan to establish Russian energy dominance over Europe. This is the point where Putin, having lost Ukraine to West, via election fraud and CIA assassinations of Russian-friendly Ukrainians, had to demonstrate a plan of action or he would have become the victim of his military industrial complex in the same manner as JFK was assassinated by the same, in America, in 1963. It is safe to say that Putin has been governing out of desperation.

New sources, combined with collaborating information, told the CSS that the power structure in Russia gave Putin until 2020 to reverse the energy fortunes of Russia. Because Putin has made significant progress along these lines, he’s been kept in power. Up until now, I continue to provide readers with information on how we got here. However, there are emerging details on how America has been betrayed by its closest allies and of course bought-off US politicians and some military leaders like General Millie. For years, I was told I was crazy for stating that the CHICOMS had a military presence on, first our Southern border, and now on our Northern border. In the past year, I was vindicated by the revelations from several others. I received notes of apology from some of my colleagues for daring to talk about CHICOMS in Mexico, as I am sure that Steve Quayle has received as well because he was reporting on much of this before I was even the alt media.

However, there is something that I am going to close with in today’s article, that is not being reported. I think it is safe to that Angela Merkel is resurrecting the Nazi empire with Russian cooperation. They say history repeats, here we go again. I have been told and have been able to mostly confirm that not only are the CHICOMS in Canada, but so are the Germans and Russians. I recently reported that Russia has had a contingency plan, that started under Stalin to invade Alaska and it was now operational. Why do people believe that Russia is dominating the North Pole, militarily, but they cannot connect these facts to the present crisis? The $64 million dollar question of the day becomes, why are the Germans in Canada? The answer is an unequivocable yes, they are there, but why? Once you learn the reason, you will agree that Canadian Prime Minister Trudeau should be taken into custody by American forces. However, who is going to do it? Biden? Harris? As I have said, American, the rule of law is dead inside of the United States. The world is operating under the law of the jungle (ie Satan).

So, why is Germany in Canada? The CSS has learned that In Northwestern Canada, the 4th Canadian Rangers have turned over an airbase to the Germans where they are practicing aerial combat mission training. This information was not difficult to verify. However, what I am now being told is that the Germans are laying new railroad tracks from Canada to the Northern border states. Combine these two factors and one can see why I label Angela Merkel the new Hitler of Germany. Additionally, new railroad tracks are also being created. According to two military sources, this is ostensibly done to handle the increased demands that a military invasion would bring to railroad tracks from a potential invasion. There are other mitigating factors which need to reported in a future article such as why the Germans are in charge of open borders in the EU and how they dominate European finance.

Although nobody has told me this, it is clear that Germany is establishing Hitler's goal of a Nazi controlled Europe. Russia is resurrecting the old Soviet Union (to be covered in a future article). I will stop short of saying that I have concluded that Germany is a puppet state controlled by Putin because of energy concerns. However, there is a power imbalance in Europe that is now impacting American national security from one of our supposed allies. By the way, France is on board with the Russians and the Germans as well.

I warned America, in 2014, that because of Russian energy, and other NWO forces, we would wake up in America, hopelessly surrounded. People laughed! We will not have to wait much longer to decide whether to continue laughing or try and find a safe place to survive. Two final thoughts, somebody should investigate whether Germany is a full-fledged member of NATO. The energy blackmail of our supposed European allies has been established beyond a shadow of a doubt. America, you are on your own with a traitor in the White House.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/germany-has-allied-russia-against-united-states-stunning-revelations 

:: 4-25-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Extreme evil is coming, and hell is coming with it: War is being fomented and when it comes the U.S. will be hard pressed to survive it

Jack Metir Uncategorized April 25, 2021 7 Minutes

The winds of war are now blowing around the world. One day we will look back on these days with longing as one would look back on the gentle breezes of summer as the hurricane blows outside The winter season of the fourth turning is increasing with intensity as most people are fooled into believing that summer is just a few days off. When the winds become deadly and the snow begins to pile up, many will not be prepared to care for themselves. They will find themselves helpless and unprepared for this new weather system. Many will die and many more will suffer as they are cut off from the supplies and materials they depend on for normal living. They will become immobile and have little communication to tell them what to do. When the weather has them at their most vulnerable, the wolves will begin to show up at their door.

It cannot be over emphasized as to the amount of danger America is facing. We are being systematically cut off and separated from our allies and will eventually stand alone to face the fury of the hurricane that approaches. We are currently being set up to take a fall that some hope will be the end of this nation as we know it. The treason and treachery being perpetrated on this nation is a result of the mutation of the population from ants to grasshoppers. We are about to get exactly what we voted for and most people do not understand what that means.

Our birthright has been sold for a hand full of magic beans that will turn out to be rancid leftovers from someone’s failed business adventures. The wealth this nation has amassed over the decades is rapidly dwindling and will suddenly disappear in its entirety as the nation sleeps one night in the near future. The masses will awake one morning in a strange new land that holds no future for them or their children. They will be dumbstruck as to how they got there. The warnings will have been dismissed as insane talk by delusional people that don’t conform to societies norms. It will be these few delusional, insane people that will determine the future of the once great nation. They will be the only ones that understand the dangers and are prepared to deal with the deadly winter weather. When the snow piles up they will have supplies and heat. When the wolves appear at the door they will have the weapons to fight them off. When the winds blow away the shelters of society the few will be safe in their structures reinforced to handle the tempest. Those that deny the coming weather will be laid naked before it and will pay the price. No amount of facts or pleading will change the mind of most of these grasshoppers until it is too late.

There is a storm approaching and measures must be taken before it is too late to prepare. Just as you would prepare for a hurricane, the population must lay in stores of food and supplies to maintain their standard of living for the duration of the destruction. They must make sure they are in a safe location that will not get brown away or inundated with water from the storm surge. They must have the means to provide heat and cook food when the power system goes down. They must be able to protect themselves from any wolves that appear in any form. They must be prepared to rebuild after the storm passes. They must be prepared to weather this storm for 10 to 20 years until it blows itself out.

War is being fomented and when it comes the U.S. will be hard pressed to survive it. Our military is being downsized, weapons systems are being reduced and many senior commanders are being fired for dubious reasons at best. The civil population is being systematically impoverished while government operatives tell them the nation is strong and getting stronger. Our manufacturing base has been dismantled and over 17% of our food is imported today. We have bankers that are stealing hard assets with fiat funny money and plan to steal peoples savings with new government regulations and laws. We are on the verge of losing reserve currency status and our banking system as we know it.

We are being inundated by foreigners that seek government entitlements and refuse to assimilate the American culture or language further dividing the civil population into domestic tribes hostile to one another. We have terrorist training camps within our borders and a lack of border control. We have members of the Muslim Brotherhood in the highest levels of our government and leaders that are ignorant at best and treasonous at worst.

In 1996 Thomas Chittum wrote a book called Civil War Two where he describes the breakup of America into ethnic regions. Many of the things he wrote about are evident today in society and spell doom for this nation as it is, even if we were not threatened with world war we would be headed for balkanization. The increasingly dysfunctional nature of this nation as it is will provide its citizens with many difficulties to overcome in the coming years.

War is coming to the world and to America on many levels and it cannot be stopped. The best anyone can do is to prepare and try to stay out of the way of the most serious fighting and bide their time until they can get the upper hand in their locality. The world is about to change in a very radical way and many are not prepared for it either physically or mentally. The forecast has been given and the storm flags are up.

Americans will have to make some tough choices on how they’ll go about surviving when basic necessities become nearly unaffordable and the economy becomes dangerously unstable. People need to begin to make preparations with their investments, retirement savings, and personal finances before it’s too late”.

When everything collapses at the same time the primary need will be food. The disruption of transportation and distribution systems will create a nation of very desperate people that may be capable of anything. When the distribution of food stops the only way to feed yourself is to already have food stores and/or the ability to grow your own. The worst time for a collapse of the food system is in the fall and winter months. During the spring and summer months it is possible to grow some food locally just about anywhere but when the weather turns cold, if you do not already have food stores or a winter garden in place, you are more likely to starve. The winter weather will not only prevent local food production in most areas of the country but the lack of systems to provide fuel and keep the roads clear of snow and ice can prevent the relocation of people to other areas making them prisoners wherever they are. People will be without food at the time of year when their bodies need even more to keep warm.

This is only one aspect of a complete collapse and does not even get into the lack of heat for warmth and cooking, water , power and security issues that will be prevalent everywhere. While a collapse will stretch your coping ability to new limits, it will be far worse if it happens in the colder months of the year. The lack of preparations by a majority of the population will be nothing short of catastrophic because those people have simply refused to listen to the warnings up to now. For those that have prepared it will be difficult to have sympathy for those that ignored the warnings and continued life as usual.

Once the system collapses it will be difficult to restart and will probably be led by the local production and distribution of food and water. This will likely follow a massive die off of the sick, elderly and very young that will have a difficult time coping until things improve. If you are in one of these groups you may not get another chance to stock up on the critical items you need to live so use this time wisely. As dire as this sounds, the situation will in all likelihood be much more severe and dangerous for the unprepared and prepared alike. If you have not done so yet, prepare now.

Simply having supplies piled up in preparation for some occurrence is not enough to insure your survival. There are several other things you must keep in mind and balance out among your preparations.

You must imagine the potential catastrophic possibilities

You must prepare yourself mentally to deal with whatever happens

You must have knowledge of how best to employ your resources

You need to use your imagination to think outside the box

You must be able to improvise, adapt and overcome obstacles

You must have a flexible plan to guide you

Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:

A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/04/25/war-is-being-fomented/ 

:: 4--21 Bart Charles Begley :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Climate Chaos Tickets

$70.00

In stock

Every year we are breaking a new records in hurricane intensity, in acres of wildfires burned, in flood swept valleys, in earthquakes and volcanoes! Our earth is in an unescapeable doward trajectory that will soon not be compatible with humankind.

Steve Quayle will bring ground breaking information on weather modifcation and man made disasters!

Gil Broussard will give us the most up to date information on Planet 7X!

Shepard Ambellas of Intellihub has white paper reports of a fast approaching meteor field!

Mike From the Council of Time will bring jaw dropping information as usual!

Pastor Paul Begley will bring these current events together and tell you what Biblical significance they hold.

Bart Charles Begley will put together another great film on this ever concerning Climate Chaos!

Every year we are breaking a new records in hurricane intensity, in acres of wildfires burned, in flood swept valleys, in earthquakes and volcanoes! Our earth is in an unescapeable doward trajectory that will soon not be compatible with humankind. Steve Quayle will bring ground breaking information on weather modifcation and man made disasters! Gil Broussard will give us the most up to date information on Planet 7X! Shepard Ambellas of Intellihub has white paper reports of a fast approaching meteor field! Mike From the Council of Time will bring jaw dropping information as usual! Pastor Paul Begley will bring these current events together and tell you what Biblical significance they hold. Bart Charles Begley will put together another great film on this ever concerning Climate Chaos!

https://store.paulbegleyprophecy.com/climate-chaos-tickets.html 

:: 4-25-21 Health Impact News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

44-Year-Old Pastor DEAD after Moderna COVID Shot – Wanted Other Pastors and African Americans to Follow her Example and Take the Shot

April 25, 2021 by Brian Shilhavy Editor, Health Impact News

Dr. Kimberly Credit was the first female pastor at the Mount Zion Baptist Church in Boonton Township, New Jersey. She had a master’s degree in divinity and a doctorate in ministry, and she was the founder of The Preaching Lab Podcast.

On February 10th, she was injected with the first experimental Moderna mRNA injection at a public event where she was interviewed by the New York Times and a local TV news outlet.

She stated publicly on her Facebook Page:

As a leader, I want to lead by example especially for Pastors and the African American community. Got my first vaccine dose today. Thank you to Pastor Joe Carter for his leadership in pulling Black Clergy together and for allowing me to pray live for our news outlets. Thank you New York Times and Channel 2 News for interviewing me. #DoTheResearch #BeInformed #OurTrustIsInGod #WeNeedEveryoneVaccinatedToEndThis

Since the second Moderna shot is given 28 days after the first one, she would have received her second injection around March 10th.

All of her Facebook posts after this time were positive, giving no indication that she was feeling sick.

On Easter Sunday, April 4, 2021, the day before she died she posted a message on her Facebook page about listening to an online event that evening and prefaced it with this statement:

Listen… let me say this before I get a good and needed nap in.

Whether her fatigue and need for a nap was her usual Sunday routine, or because she was feeling ill, is not certain.

She was scheduled to lead The Preaching Lab podcast that next day, and posted this to her Facebook page that morning:

Join the several thousand preachers who connect every 1st Monday for fellowship and to invest in our preaching and ministries.

Our guest lab professor is Pastor Leslie Callahan, PhD and our topic is “I Never Wanted to be a TV Preacher; Preaching in a Pandemic.

A year later, we have adjusted but the truth is that many struggled during this pandemic. Join us Dr. Callahan facilitates our plenary and we hear from several preachers.

The Reverend Dr. Leslie D. Callahan as the church’s first female pastor. Dr. Callahan delivered her first sermon as St. Paul’s pastor titled “It’s Time” on May 31 to an excited congregation of St. Paul’s members and friends. After a series of pre-installation celebrations, St. Paul’s installed Dr. Callahan as their 5th Pastor on September 27, 2009.

Streaming from The Preaching Lab page at 7PM EST.

There was no indication that anything was wrong, but it was her last public post, as she died later that day, before the scheduled podcast.

Her obituary states that she died “suddenly and without warning.”

Those waiting for the livestream event on Facebook that night were shocked when they learned that she had just died. Kimberly Credit was certainly not the only pastor encouraging her congregation and the public to get the experimental COVID injections.

National religious leaders are doing the same thing, such as Franklin Graham, the son of the late Billy Graham, whom we previously reported was actually stating that Jesus would recommend vaccines. See:

Franklin Graham Reveals He is Part of the Globalist New World Order Agenda – Urges Christians to Get the COVID Shot because “Jesus Christ would Advocate for People Using Vaccines”

All across the United States right now churches and other religious organizations are teeming up with local government health authorities to turn churches and other places of worship into “vaccination” clinics.

The office of Governor Newsom, governor of the largest state in the U.S., announced last week that they were starting “pop-up” clinics for COVID-19 vaccines at 200 “faith-based” organizations.

As you will see when you read this announcement, these churches, most of which have suffered great economic hardship from being closed through most of the COVID Plandemic, are being well-rewarded financially for their participation in offering “COVID-19 education, testing and vaccination access.”

California Partners with Nearly 200 Places of Worship to Ramp Up Equity-Centered Outreach

SACRAMENTO – With expanded eligibility and 50 percent of Californians age 16 and older now having at least one dose of the COVID-19 vaccine, Governor Gavin Newsom today announced partnerships with nearly 200 faith-based organizations to expand the state’s vaccine outreach and equity efforts.

The Administration is leading an effort to provide at least 25,000 COVID-19 vaccine doses to pop-up clinics at these locations in the hardest-hit areas of the state, recognizing the important role places of worship have in helping to address their members’ COVID-19 vaccine concerns and providing educational resources. Combined with the doses that have been administered through mobile clinics, the total number of doses administered to places of worship to date is more than 38,000.

“Our partnerships with community-based organizations and faith leaders are the reason why folks throughout California, no matter what zip code they live in, have access to vaccines – especially in those communities hardest hit by this pandemic,” said Governor Newsom. “We moved quickly to allocate 40 percent of our vaccine supply for those communities most impacted by this pandemic, and we’ll continue to lean on these community-based partnerships to further educate Californians about the safety and efficacy of vaccines.”

The Governor’s initiative builds on work by the Office of Emergency Services (Cal OES) to help administer more than 13,500 doses across 15 mobile clinics at churches in Los Angeles and Oakland, in partnership with the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA). This is in addition to the work being done by local health jurisdictions to set up vaccination clinics at these sites.

Extremely proud to live in a state and have a Governor who prioritizes trusted voices in the Black faith community to save lives through ensuring that there is COVID-19 vaccine equity and access,” said Executive Director of C.O.P.E. & New Life Christian Church Pastor Samuel J. Casey. “Congregations Organized for Prophetic Engagement (C.O.P.E.), Inland Empire Concerned African American Churches (IECAAC), in partnership with Loma Linda University and now the State, are working collectively to put actions with our faith in stomping out COVID.”

To date, 13 pop-up clinics at places of worship have operated in April in the Inland Empire, San Diego, Bay Area, Central Valley and Los Angeles. Additional sites are planned for the rest of the month.

Several pop-up clinics have received funding through the Together Toward Health Initiative, a $29.4 million public-private partnership with Public Health Institute. The partnership has supported more than 180 local, community-rooted organizations across California whose members serve as trusted experts for COVID-19 education, testing and vaccination access in their communities.

“Our congregation is honored to partner with the state on making vaccines more accessible to our community,” said St. Mark Parish Administrator Reverend Rubén Morales.

In addition, as part of the broader COVID-19 harm mitigation campaign, the state is engaging in community specific faith-based initiatives to reach Black, Asian American and Pacific Islander and Latino communities of faith respectively. All efforts will reach nearly 200 places of worship throughout the state with critical information on COVID-19 vaccines. Outreach will happen through webinars, faith leader testimonials, townhalls, email blasts and other engagement to build confidence in vaccines and mobilize Californians to get vaccinated. (Source.)

Corporate Christian Churches, along with their pastors and other leaders, are some of the most dangerous places in the U.S. right now, as they willingly participate in the Satanic New World Order and Great Reset that requires the entire population to be injected with gene-altering “vaccines.”

The spirit of sorcery (pharmakeia) and pedophilia (Molech child sacrifice) now dominate American Christianity.

For those looking for a “religious exemption” to opt out of the sorceries of modern medicine based on what the Bible teaches, please see:

The Satanic Roots to Modern Medicine – The Mark of the Beast?

The Globalists’ worldwide population reduction plan is in full swing now, and the believers in vaccines are the first ones being culled from the herd.

“My people are fools; they do not know me. They are senseless children; they have no understanding. They are skilled in doing evil; they know not how to do good.” (Jeremiah 4:22)

7,766 DEAD 330,218 Injuries: European Database of Adverse Drug Reactions for COVID-19 “Vaccines”

MASS MURDER: 3,486 DEATHS in the U.S. Following COVID Injections in 4 Months: More Vaccine Deaths Recorded Than the Past 15 Years COMBINED

‘Baldwin Hills’ Star 30-Year-Old Ashley Taylor Gerren DEAD after Getting COVID Injection

Brain Injuries and DEATH Continue to Follow J&J COVID Injections

Family Member of Rapper DMX Claims COVID “Vaccine” Injection Preceded his Fatal Heart Attack – Not Drug Overdose

35-Year-Old Nurse and Mother of 2 DEAD Following Pfizer Experimental COVID Injections in UK

847 Deaths 626,087 Injuries Recorded in the UK During 4 Months of Experimental COVID “Vaccines”

21-Year-Old University of Cincinnati Student DEAD 24 Hours after Johnson & Johnson COVID Injection

Healthy 43-Year-Old Father of 7 Suffers Stroke and is Paralyzed after Johnson and Johnson COVID Shot

20-Year-Old Scottish Man DEAD 12 Hours After being Injected with the Experimental Pfizer mRNA COVID Jab

Healthy 27-Year-Old Chicago Doctor DEAD 3 Months Following COVID Shots Raising Long-term Safety Concerns

Midwin Charles: 47-Year-Old MSNBC Legal Analyst DEAD After Experimental mRNA COVID Shot

22-Year-Old Israeli Girl DEAD Following Experimental Pfizer mRNA COVID Injection

Italy: Two More Teachers DEAD After AstraZeneca COVID Shot

40-Year-Old Wisconsin Music Teacher DEAD Following Experimental COVID Injection

6000% Increase in Reported Vaccine Deaths 1st Quarter 2021 Compared to 1st Quarter 2020

Canada Suspends AstraZeneca COVID Shot – 2,530 Injuries and 24 DEAD Following Mostly Pfizer and Moderna Shots

North Carolina College Professor DEAD After Johnson and Johnson COVID Shot

Entire City in Shock as Another Italian Professor is DEAD Following the AstraZeneca COVID Injection

31-Year-Old Italian Professor DEAD following the Experimental AstraZeneca COVID Injection

Kansas City Council Woman DEAD Hours After Receiving Experimental COVID Injection

2 Men Dead at Senior Care Home following Experimental Pfizer COVID Injections as Australia Begins COVID Shots

People Now Dying Following the Experimental Johnson and Johnson COVID Injections

27-Year-Old Georgian Nurse DEAD One Day after AstraZeneca Experimental COVID Shot

Ireland: Nine Nursing Home Residents Die of COVID-19 Despite Being mRNA “Vaccinated”

Teacher Dies Hours After Getting AstraZeneca COVID Shot in Italy – Manslaughter Investigation Launched

Pediatric Nurse Brags About Getting COVID Vaccine While Pregnant – Baby is Stillborn 8 Days Later

Boxing Champion Marvin Hagler DEAD at Age 66 After Receiving an Experimental COVID “Vaccine”

39-Year-Old Surgical Technician and Mother Dies 4 Days After Second Experimental Moderna COVID mRNA Shot

UK Government Changes Recommendations on Pregnant Women Getting Experimental COVID Injections Causing at Least 20 Miscarriages So Far

First Week of COVID Experimental Vaccines in South Korea: 7 DEAD and More than 2,800 Injured

Whistleblower Reveals Many Pregnancy Complications following Experimental COVID Injections – “Vaccine Leaving a Trail of Devastated Mothers”

12 Residents Die After First COVID Vaccine in Wales Nursing and Dementia Care Centre

Death Rates Skyrocket in Israel Following Pfizer Experimental COVID “Vaccines”

28-Year-Old PhD Physical Therapist DEAD 2 Days After Being Injected with COVID Experimental mRNA Vaccine

22 Elderly with Dementia Dead in 1 Week After the Experimental mRNA COVID Injection in the Netherlands

Two Nuns Dead and 28 COVID Positive 2 Days After Experimental COVID mRNA Injections

Formerly Healthy American Serviceman Now has Heart Disease Following the Moderna COVID Shots

Whistleblower Video Footage of Forced COVID Vaccines in German Nursing Homes Goes Public – Attorney: “We’re Dealing with Homicide, Maybe Even Murder”

Second Pfizer COVID Shot Halted in Spain After 46 Deaths in One Nursing Home Following the First Shot

Former Detroit TV Anchor Karen Hudson-Samuels Suddenly Dies One Day After Being Injected with Experimental mRNA COVID Shot

Whistleblower: 8 of 31 Residents Dead in German Nursing Home After They Were Forcibly Injected with Pfizer Experimental mRNA COVID Shots Against Their Will

28-Year-old Wisconsin Healthcare Worker has Aneurysm – Brain Dead Five Days After Second Experimental Pfizer mRNA COVID Injection

Another Medical Professional in the Prime of Life DEAD Weeks After Receiving the mRNA Experimental Injection as Memphis Mourns Loss of 36-Year-Old Doctor

Wisconsin Resident Doctor has Miscarriage 3 Days After Being Injected with Experimental COVID mRNA Shot

39-Year-Old Medical Doctor and Son of Former Chief Justice of Trinidad Found Dead After COVID Injection in Ireland

TRAGEDY! 9 Dead in Spanish Nursing Home Shortly After First Pfizer Shots but Second Doses Given Anyway – Religious Beliefs in Vaccines Causing Massive Senior Deaths?

Another Jewish Holocaust? Local Talk Radio Reports “Many Dying” in Israel Following Pfizer Experimental mRNA Injections

45-Year-Old Italian Doctor “In the Prime of Life and in Perfect Health” Drops Dead After the Pfizer mRNA COVID Shot: 39-Year-Old Nurse, 42-Year-Old Surgical Technician Also Dead

58-Year-Old Mother and Grandmother of Six in Virginia Dies Within Hours of Receiving Experimental Pfizer mRNA Injection

Israeli Teenager Hospitalized in ICU for “Inflammation of the Heart” Days after Receiving Second Pfizer Vaccine

24 Residents Dead in 3 Weeks as One Third of UK Nursing Home Residents Die After Experimental mRNA COVID Injections

CNA Nursing Home Whistleblower: Seniors Are DYING LIKE FLIES After COVID Injections! SPEAK OUT!!!

Did Larry King Receive an Experimental COVID Shot Just Before His Death?

53 Dead in Gibraltar in 10 Days After Experimental Pfizer mRNA COVID Injections Started

Baseball Legend Hank Aaron Dead After Receiving the Experimental Moderna mRNA COVID Injection

10 Dead with 51 Severe Side-Effects Among Germany’s Elderly after Experimental Pfizer COVID Injections

55 Americans Have Died Following mRNA COVID Injections as Norway Death Toll Rises To 29

23 Seniors Have Died in Norway After Receiving the Pfizer Experimental COVID mRNA Injection

Louisiana Woman Convulses Uncontrollably after Being Injected with the Experimental Pfizer COVID Shot – “I can’t stand to see my mom this way it makes me want to cry knowing I can’t do anything to help her.”

24 Dead and 137 Infected at NY Nursing Home After Experimental COVID Injections

“Very Healthy 56-Year-Old” Miami Obstetrician Dies after Being Injected with the Experimental Pfizer COVID Vaccine

“Perfectly Healthy” 41-year-old Pediatric Assistant Dies Suddenly After Injected with Experimental Pfizer COVID Vaccine

Is the Tennessee Nurse Who Passed Out on Live Camera After the COVID Vaccine Still Alive?

32-Year-Old Mexican Doctor Suffers Seizures and is Paralyzed After Receiving the Pfizer Experimental Vaccine

Join and support the National Vaccine Information Center!

Having problems receiving our newsletters? See:

https://healthimpactnews.com/2021/44-year-old-pastor-dead-after-moderna-covid-shot-wanted-other-pastors-and-african-americans-to-follow-her-example-and-take-the-shot/ 

:: 4--21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video:  click on link below

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-11182016/507/ 

:: 4-25-21 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas urges Gaza terrorists to prepare missiles for attacks on Israel

The statement comes in the wake of clashes that have taken place over the past several days in Jerusalem between Jewish and Arab protesters and amid renewed rocket fire on Israeli communities from the Gaza Strip.

By Shahar Klaiman Published on 04-25-2021 14:25 Last modified: 04-25-2021 14:25

The terrorist group Hamas called on the various Islamic factions in the Gaza Strip to prepare for a potential flare-up with Israel, amid renewed tensions in Jerusalem and southern Israel.

Follow Israel Hayom on Facebook and Twitter

In a statement released on Sunday, it said that the various armed groups in Gaza should "close ranks ... and continue to gather in the Old City of Jerusalem and preserve the prayers at the Al-Aqsa Mosque." The statement continued by praising the factions for "coping with the oppressive Zionist regime through determination" and added that they must "stay with the finger on the trigger by preparing the missiles and training them on the enemy's bastions and essential military installations."

The statement comes in the wake of clashes in Jerusalem between Jewish and Arab protesters over the past several days and amid renewed rocket fire on Israeli communities from the Gaza Strip.

The statement went on to call on the factions to "reach the Al-Aqsa Mosque and hold prayers in front of the military checkpoints that are preventing entry to Jerusalem. You must hold a presence all over Palestine during the night and make sure the settlers don't infiltrate. We must confuse the Zionists."

https://www.israelhayom.com/2021/04/25/hamas-urges-gaza-terrorists-to-prepare-missiles-for-attacks-on-israel/ 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

:: 4-25-21 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

White House: Israeli Delegation Will Not Sway Biden Into Abandoning Iran Nuclear Deal

avatar by i24 News  April 25, 2021 11:56 am

i24 News – An Israeli security delegation due to visit Washington on Monday will not change the Biden administration’s position on rejoining the 2015 Iran nuclear deal, White House spokeswoman Jen Psaki said at a press briefing on Friday.

The team of senior officials led by Mossad Director Yossi Cohen and National Security Advisor Meir Ben-Shabbat plan to express their objections to the White House, which is currently emerged in indirect negotiations with Tehran in Vienna. Jerusalem insists that the Iran deal, which the US abandoned in 2018 under former President Donald Trump, is “dangerous for Israel and the region” and has panned the deal as a feckless gesture that merely prolongs Iran’s march to nuclear armament.

Psaki acknowledged in her remarks Friday that the White House “knew [talks] would be challenging, we’re encouraged that there are still conversations between all parties and that they’re still happening.”

“As far as Israel is concerned, we have kept them informed, as a key partner in these discussions, of our intentions and we will continue to do so on their next visit,” she said.

Meanwhile, Israel’s Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu stressed during a meeting with the delegation last week that Jerusalem was not a party to the nuclear deal, and therefore “Israel is committed to its own security interests only and will act accordingly.”

IDF Chief of Staff Lt. Gen. Aviv Kochavi, who was scheduled to accompany the Israeli delegation to Washington, was forced to cancel the visit on Sunday after Palestinian militants in the Gaza Strip launched dozens of rockets into Israel over the weekend.

The rocket attacks mark a significant escalation in tensions between Hamas and Jerusalem, which had seen calm between the two sides for months.

https://www.algemeiner.com/2021/04/25/white-house-israeli-delegation-will-not-sway-biden-into-abandoning-iran-nuclear-deal/ 

:: 4--21 Associated Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Virus ‘swallowing’ people in India; crematoriums overwhelmed

By SHEIKH SAALIQ and AIJAZ HUSSAINtoday

NEW DELHI (AP) — With life-saving oxygen in short supply, families are left on their own to ferry people sick with COVID-19 from hospital to hospital in search of treatment as India is engulfed in a devastating surge of infections. Too often, their efforts end in mourning.

On social media and in television footage, desperate relatives plead for oxygen outside hospitals or weep in the street for loved ones who died waiting for treatment.

One woman mourned the death of her younger brother, aged 50. He was turned away by two hospitals and died waiting to be seen at a third, gasping after his oxygen tank ran out and no replacements were to be had.

She blamed Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s government for the crisis.

“He has lit funeral pyres in every house,” she cried in a video shot by The Caravan magazine.

For the fourth straight day, India on Sunday set a global daily record of new coronavirus infections, spurred by an insidious new variant that emerged here. The surge has undermined the government’s premature claims of victory over the pandemic.

The 349,691 new infections brought India’s total to more than 16.9 million, behind only the United States. The Health Ministry reported another 2,767 deaths in the past 24 hours, pushing India’s fatalities to 192,311.

The death toll could be a huge undercount, as suspected cases are not included, and many COVID-19 deaths are being attributed to underlying conditions.

The unfolding crisis is most visceral in India’s overwhelmed graveyards and crematoriums, and in heartbreaking images of gasping patients dying on their way to hospitals due to lack of oxygen.

Burial grounds in the capital New Delhi are running out of space. Bright, glowing funeral pyres light up the night sky in other badly hit cities.

In the central city of Bhopal, some crematoriums have increased their capacity from dozens of pyres to more than 50. Yet there are still hours-long waits.

At the city’s Bhadbhada Vishram Ghat crematorium, workers said they cremated more than 110 people on Saturday, even as government figures in the entire city of 1.8 million put the total number of virus deaths at just 10.

“The virus is swallowing our city’s people like a monster,” said Mamtesh Sharma, an official at the site.

The unprecedented rush of bodies has forced the crematorium to skip individual ceremonies and exhaustive rituals that Hindus believe release the soul from the cycle of rebirth.

“We are just burning bodies as they arrive,” said Sharma. “It is as if we are in the middle of a war.”

The head gravedigger at New Delhi’s largest Muslim cemetery, where 1,000 people have been buried during the pandemic, said more bodies are arriving now than last year. “I fear we will run out of space very soon,” said Mohammad Shameem.

The situation is equally grim at unbearably full hospitals, where desperate people are dying in line, sometimes on the roads outside, waiting to see doctors.

Health officials are scrambling to expand critical care units and stock up on dwindling supplies of oxygen. Hospitals and patients alike are struggling to procure scarce medical equipment that’s being sold on the black market at an exponential markup.

The drama is in direct contrast with government claims that “nobody in the country was left without oxygen,” in a statement made Saturday by India’s Solicitor General Tushar Mehta before Delhi High Court.

The breakdown is a stark failure for a country whose prime minister only in January had declared victory over COVID-19, and which boasted of being the “world’s pharmacy,” a global producer of vaccines and a model for other developing nations.

Caught off-guard by the latest deadly spike, the federal government has asked industrialists to increase the production of oxygen and other life-saving drugs in short supply. But health experts say India had an entire year to prepare for the inevitable — and it didn’t.

Dr. Krutika Kuppalli, assistant professor of medicine in the division of infectious diseases at the Medical University of South Carolina, said the government should have used the last year, when the virus was more under control, to stockpile medicines and develop systems to confront the likelihood of a new surge.

“Most importantly, they should have looked at what was going on in other parts of the world and understood that it was a matter of time before they would be in a similar situation,” Kuppalli said.

Instead, the government’s premature declarations of victory encouraged people to relax when they should have continued strict adherence to physical distancing, wearing masks and avoiding large crowds.

Modi is facing mounting criticism for allowing Hindu festivals and attending mammoth election rallies that experts suspect accelerated the spread of infections. At one such rally on April 17, Modi expressed his delight at the huge crowd, even as experts warned that a deadly surge was inevitable with India already counting 250,000 new daily cases.

Now, with the death toll mounting, his Hindu nationalist government is trying to quell critical voices.

On Saturday, Twitter complied with the government’s request and prevented people in India from viewing more than 50 tweets that appeared to criticize the administration’s handling of the pandemic. The targeted posts include tweets from opposition ministers critical of Modi, journalists and ordinary Indians.

A Twitter spokesperson said it had powers to “withhold access to the content in India only” if the company determined the content to be “illegal in a particular jurisdiction.” The company said it had responded to an order by the government and notified people whose tweets were withheld.

India’s Information Technology Ministry did not respond to a request for comment.

Even with the targeted blocks, horrific scenes of overwhelmed hospitals and cremation grounds spread on Twitter and drew appeals for help.

President Joe Biden said the U.S was determined to help. “Just as India sent assistance to the United States as our hospitals were strained early in the pandemic, we are determined to help India in its time of need,” Biden said in a tweet.

The White House said the U.S. was “working around the clock” to deploy testing kits, ventilators and personal protective equipment, and it would seek to provide oxygen supplies as well. It said it would also make available sources of raw material urgently needed to manufacture Covishield, the Oxford-AstraZeneca vaccine made by the Serum Institute of India.

Help and support were also offered from archrival Pakistan, with politicians and citizens in the neighboring country expressing solidarity. Pakistan’s Foreign Affairs Ministry said it offered to provide relief including ventilators, oxygen supply kits, digital X-ray machines, PPE and related items.

“Humanitarian issues require responses beyond political consideration,” Foreign Minister Shah Mehmood Qureshi said.

The Indian government did not immediately respond to Qureshi’s statement.

Hussain reported from Srinagar, India.

https://apnews.com/article/health-india-religion-coronavirus-c644fc9eb09beb04e16d0215a6693886 

:: 4-25-21 The Jerusalem :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How old are the Dead Sea Scrolls? Carbon-dating project to offer answers

The project and some preliminary results were presented at a conference at the university last week: while in many instances, some scrolls might be more ancient than previously thought.

By ROSSELLA TERCATIN APRIL 25, 2021 22:07

A new project combining carbon-14 dating and digital paleography might soon solve the riddle of the age of the Dead Sea Scrolls.

The initiative, carried out at the University of Groningen in the Netherlands, marks the first time in decades that a significant number of Dead Sea Scrolls fragments have undergone radiocarbon dating.

The scholars are still working on publishing their findings in an academic journal, but the project and some preliminary results were presented at a conference at the university last week.

In many instances, the new model confirmed the assessment of earlier researchers that some scrolls might be more ancient than previously thought.

The Dead Sea Scrolls are a corpus of some 25,000 fragments unearthed in caves on the shores of the Dead Sea in the 1940s and 1950s. The artifacts include some of the most ancient manuscripts of the Bible, other religious texts that were not accepted in the canon and nonreligious writings.

Carbon-14, or radiocarbon, dating is a method of age determination that depends upon the decay to nitrogen of radiocarbon (carbon-14).

Because of the destructive nature of the analysis, which requires sacrificing a sliver of the parchment, the Antiquities Authority (IAA) has been very hesitant to allow this kind of research. The IAA is tasked with preserving the fragments.

A major carbon-14 project on some 14 fragments was carried out at the beginning of the 1990s.

Over the past few years, major technological advances have significantly reduced the impact of certain kinds of analysis on the physical preservations of the scrolls. As a result, the IAA, whose mission is to find the right balance between new research and the preservation of the scrolls for posterity, has allowed scholars to perform new work.

Some 30 scrolls have been subjected to the University of Groningen’s project. The results of 25 of them have been used to train a specific algorithm carrying out the paleographic analysis of the collection.

Paleography is the study of ancient or antiquated writings and inscriptions. In the case of the Dead Sea Scrolls, it has been crucial to date the artifacts, which according to most scholars, date between the third century BCE and the first century CE.

However, several uncertainties have remained.

“When it comes to dating the manuscripts, there is the problem that for most of the period, we have no internally dated manuscripts, and the few that we have date from the outer ends of the timescale,” Prof. Mladen Popović, the head of Groningen’s Qumran Institute and the leader of the project, said at the conference.

During the course of their research, the scholars discovered that some of the manuscripts they had already considered were more ancient than previously thought. The development might have major implications for the field.

They also realized that the scribal practices developed in a less-standardized and consistent manner than earlier experts had envisioned.

“With regard to dating the manuscripts, the data from our model shows that there was not a nice continuous progression and development of characters, but rather that sometimes there was a lot of development and sometimes not so much,” Popović said. “The characters were not developing in a linear homogeneous manner throughout these periods.”

Our paleographers will say that they can date Dead Sea Scrolls with a precision of 25 to 50 years’ date range, and [the research] is yet to substantiate their model,” he said. “Pending new data in the future, we dare say that we have a model that works consistently and is able to date manuscripts with an empirically based precision that was not possible before. This is a huge advance for the field.”

https://www.jpost.com/archaeology/how-old-are-the-dead-sea-scrolls-carbon-dating-project-to-offer-answers-666302 

:: 4-24-21 National Public Radio :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Indonesian Navy Says Missing Submarine Sunk, Crew Of 53 Dead

April 24, 202111:44 AM ET

The search to rescue a missing Indonesian submarine is now a recovery mission after the navy changed the status from "sub miss" to "sub sank" and declared the ship sunk and the crew of 53 dead on Saturday.

The KRI Nanggala 402 went missing early Wednesday morning off the coast of Bali during a training exercise, and Indonesian military officials estimated the sailors would run out of oxygen early Saturday.

The exact location of the vessel has not yet been pinpointed, Indonesian Navy Chief of Staff Yudo Margono said at a news conference on Saturday.

U.S. Joins Final Push To Find Indonesian Submarine With 53 Aboard

Asia  U.S. Joins Final Push To Find Indonesian Submarine With 53 Aboard

A few pieces of debris believed to be from the submarine were presented at the news conference including a bottle of grease, prayer mats and a piece of metal pipe, according to the Associated Press.

The debris was found about two miles from where the Nanggala was when it began its dive for a torpedo drill.

Navy officials do not believe the submarine exploded, but say it likely cracked under immense pressure from the depth it was at. The vessel was built with a maximum operating depth of 200 to 250 meters (about 655 to 820 feet), according to The New York Times, it likely sank to a depth of at least 850 meters (2,800 feet).

The German-built KRI Nanggala 402 had been in service in the Indonesian navy since the early 1980s and the navy says it was certified as seaworthy. In 2012, the sub was refitted in South Korea.

Asia  Time Running Out To Rescue 53 Sailors Aboard Missing Indonesian Submarine

India, Singapore, Malaysia, Australia, the U.S. and other countries sent ships and aircraft to assist with what many had hoped would be a rescue mission.

Some of those warships are expected to help pinpoint the exact location of the Nanggala using technology to detect metal or magnetic objects in the sea, according to CNN.

U.S. Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin said in a tweet that he "was incredibly saddened to hear of the tragic loss of the 53 Indonesian sailors on board" and that his thoughts and prayers were with "the families of those sailors, and everyone in the Indonesian military as they cope with this tragedy."

I was incredibly saddened to hear of the tragic loss of the 53 Indonesian sailors on board #Nanggala402. My thoughts and prayers this morning are with Defense Minister @Prabowo, the families of those sailors, and everyone in the Indonesian military as they cope with this tragedy.

— Secretary of Defense Lloyd J. Austin III (@SecDef) April 24, 2021

https://www.npr.org/2021/04/24/990466844/indonesian-navy-says-missing-submarine-sunk-crew-of-53-dead 

:: 4-19-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Launches New App Allowing Citizens to Report Others For Expressing “Mistaken Opinions”

by Paul Joseph Watson April 19th 2021, 7:31 am

China’s Communist government has launched a new app that encourages citizens to report dissidents for expressing “mistaken opinions” on the Internet.

The new platform will target anyone who criticizes the dictatorship’s ruling CCP, disputes the official version of the country’s history or engages in “misinformation.” The new website and app was proudly unveiled by China’s Cyberspace Administration of China (CAC), with authorities calling on users to play an “active role” in helping to identify “malicious people distorting facts and confusing” others.

“For a while now, some people with ulterior motives…have spread historically nihilistic false statements online, maliciously distorting, slandering and denying Party, national and military history in an attempt to confuse people’s thinking,” the announcement said.

We hope that most internet users will play an active role in supervising society…and enthusiastically report harmful information.”

As Didi Rankovic notes, “It’s also unsurprising because it comes ahead of the 100th anniversary of the founding of the Chinese Communist Party (CPP), when messages and narratives will have to be kept particularly “clean.”

China already operates an onerous social credit score system that bans people from using transportation and engaging in other basic functions of society if they commit minor infractions like jaywalking or buying too much junk food.

Given that social media mobs in the west, routinely aided by journalists, already conduct witch hunts that lead to people being socially ostracized, deplatformed and left unemployed for expressing “mistaken opinions,” are we really that better off than Chinese dissidents?

https://www.infowars.com/posts/china-launches-new-app-allowing-citizens-to-report-others-for-expressing-mistaken-opinions/ 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 4-19-21 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Canadian gov’t won’t show evidence for lockdowns in trial of pastor charged with breaking regulations

Government lawyers told the Court that the Alberta Government could not produce any scientific evidence in support of the lockdown orders in time for the May 3 trial.

Mon Apr 19, 2021 - 8:16 am EST

LifeSiteNews has been permanently banned on YouTube. Click HERE to sign up to receive emails when we add to our video library.

EDMONTON, Alberta, Canada, April 19, 2021 (JCCF) – The Justice Centre announced last week that the trial of Pastor James Coates, of Grace Life Church, will proceed on May 3, 2021 at Provincial Court in Stony Plain, however the Court granted the Government’s request that Pastor Coates not be permitted to challenge the constitutional validity of Dr. Deena Hinshaw’s orders at the trial. The government will not be required to produce scientific evidence in support of Dr. Hinshaw’s orders. Government lawyers told the Court that the Alberta Government could not produce any scientific evidence in support of Dr. Hinshaw’s orders in time for the May 3 trial.

Pastor Coates’ Charter challenge to the constitutionality and legality of Dr. Hinshaw’s orders will be heard by the Court at an unknown later date.

Pastor Coates and Grace Life Church, near Stony Plain Alberta, are charged with violating the Public Health Act for holding normal church services after more than one year of government restrictions. Pastor Coates spent one month and six days in jail before his release on March 22, 2021 because he would not sign an agreement to stop pastoring his church according to the congregation’s beliefs.

Representing Pastor Coates and Grace Life Church, the Justice Centre has challenged the constitutionality of Dr. Deena’s Hinshaw’s Health Orders in Court, arguing that they are an unjustified violation of Charter rights and freedoms. The Justice Centre was, and still is, prepared to present extensive scientific and expert witness medical evidence at Pastor Coates’ trial that demonstrate Dr. Hinshaw’s lockdown orders are unscientific, unnecessary and ineffective.

Canadian gov’t won’t show evidence for lockdowns in trial of pastor charged with breaking regulations

Government lawyers told the Court that the Alberta Government could not produce any scientific evidence in support of the lockdown orders in time for the May 3 trial.

Mon Apr 19, 2021 - 8:16 am EST

LifeSiteNews has been permanently banned on YouTube. Click HERE to sign up to receive emails when we add to our video library.

EDMONTON, Alberta, Canada, April 19, 2021 (JCCF) – The Justice Centre announced last week that the trial of Pastor James Coates, of Grace Life Church, will proceed on May 3, 2021 at Provincial Court in Stony Plain, however the Court granted the Government’s request that Pastor Coates not be permitted to challenge the constitutional validity of Dr. Deena Hinshaw’s orders at the trial. The government will not be required to produce scientific evidence in support of Dr. Hinshaw’s orders. Government lawyers told the Court that the Alberta Government could not produce any scientific evidence in support of Dr. Hinshaw’s orders in time for the May 3 trial.

Pastor Coates’ Charter challenge to the constitutionality and legality of Dr. Hinshaw’s orders will be heard by the Court at an unknown later date.

wcdm twitter

Pastor Coates and Grace Life Church, near Stony Plain Alberta, are charged with violating the Public Health Act for holding normal church services after more than one year of government restrictions. Pastor Coates spent one month and six days in jail before his release on March 22, 2021 because he would not sign an agreement to stop pastoring his church according to the congregation’s beliefs.

Representing Pastor Coates and Grace Life Church, the Justice Centre has challenged the constitutionality of Dr. Deena’s Hinshaw’s Health Orders in Court, arguing that they are an unjustified violation of Charter rights and freedoms. The Justice Centre was, and still is, prepared to present extensive scientific and expert witness medical evidence at Pastor Coates’ trial that demonstrate Dr. Hinshaw’s lockdown orders are unscientific, unnecessary and ineffective.

After 13 months of violating Charter freedoms, the Alberta Government refuses to present evidence in support of lockdowns in Court, and unfortunately the courts have permitted the government to delay facing accountability in regard to Charter violations,” states lawyer John Carpay, President of the Justice Centre.

“Justice delayed is justice denied. It is clear that the government’s approach to any challenge to its lockdown policies is to withhold the evidence and delay as long as it can,” continues Mr. Carpay.

We are now in our thirteenth month of Charter-violating lockdowns, in what was supposed to be a temporary two-week measure to flatten the curve. By May 3, the government will have had fourteen months to assemble proper medical and scientific evidence to justify lockdowns and the resulting violations of our fundamental Charter freedoms. For the Alberta Government to request that it not be required to provide evidence on May 3 in support of Dr. Hinshaw’s Orders, while at the same time barricading the church, is both reprehensible and pathetic,” states Mr. Carpay.

“The Alberta government supposedly has enough medical and scientific evidence to shut down hundreds of small businesses, pushing many of them into bankruptcy, and to cancel over 20,000 medically necessary surgeries, and to force Albertans into a third lockdown. But when asked to produce this medical and scientific evidence at trial, the Alberta government declares itself incapable of doing so,” continues Mr. Carpay.

Albertans who are suffering financially, emotionally and mentally under another lockdown, with more restrictions being threatened, are rightfully going to be outraged at this news,” notes Carpay.

“In the Charter challenge to Dr. Hinshaw’s orders that was filed in the Court of Queen’s Bench in December 2020, the Court has given the government until July 2021 to file its scientific evidence, even though the Justice Centre already filed its scientific evidence in January. Due to procedural steps and delays on the part of government lawyers, that court challenge will not be heard until at least September 2021. The court challenge to Bill 10 has faced similar delays,” continues Mr. Carpay.

At the trial on the week of May 3, the Justice Centre will argue that multiple Charter rights and freedoms were violated by the ticketing, arresting and jailing of Pastor Coates and that such violations of constitutional rights demand that the Court throw out the single Public Health Act charge remaining against Pastor Coates.

Pastor Coates is defending freedom of association and freedom of peaceful assembly, which are freedoms exercised by the entire population, not just churchgoers. This is likely the first time in Canadian history that a federal or provincial government has directly restricted religious freedom. Unscientific and arbitrary health orders have been imposed by an unelected and politically appointed doctor, whose Orders are not scrutinized by elected Members of the Legislative Assembly,” continues Mr. Carpay.

Reprinted with permission from the Justice Centre for Constitutional Freedoms.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/court-permits-government-to-avoid-producing-dr-hinshaws-evidence-on-lockdowns-at-may-3-trial-of-pastor-james-coates 

:: 4-19-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Dark Picture Of World's Future' In New Threat Assessment Warns Of Cascading Risks And 'Long-Term Fallout' - The Latest Signs The Destruction Of The Human Race Has Been Kicked Into High Gear

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 19, 2021

With the destruction of the human race being kicked into high gear in 2021 as Steve Quayle and his distinguished guests will warn the world in the upcoming 'Extinction Protocols' Conference in June, as we'd reported on Sunday in this story titled "Blood Will Spill On American Soil As The 'Lunatic Fringe' Explodes In Pandemonium This Coming Week While All Of The Pieces On The World Stage Have Been Cast Into Motion," the 'the Days Of God's Judgement are falling upon America'. And we'll be taking a look within this story at an April 13th story by Michael Snyder over at End of the American Dream which proved there are at least 10 major signs happening right now suggesting 'major end times events' are in motion in 2021.

With things on both the national and global stages looking like they'll continue to deteriorate in the coming months, as Snyder warns us within his story, largely because of false hopes surrounding the vaccine, lots of people seem to think that we will soon see a 'return to normal' and that 'good times are just around the corner'.

Yet while many on the left dream of the 'government allowing them' to 'be free once again,' and they largely blame Conservatives who refuse to get vaccinated as the reason that hasn't happened yet, as Zero Hedge had reported just days ago, the US Intelligence Community has warned that the COVID-19 pandemic will have long-term fallout, and will impact political and economic realities across the globe.

Reporting within that story that according to the Annual Threat Assessment - which comes on the heels of a separate intelligence report last week which offers a grim view of global challenges likely to be faced over the next 20 years - the pandemic is expected to contribute to "humanitarian and economic crises, political unrest, and geopolitical competition," and will "strain governments and societies," as we'd warned in our Sunday story, America and the world are being intentionally pushed to the breaking point.

So we'll be taking a look within the next section of this story below at the 10 signs that are happening now that lead many to believe things will become progressively worse in the months ahead, with Snyder claiming "I don’t know if we have ever seen a time when more major end times signs were in the process of being fulfilled, and I expect global events to soon accelerate even more."

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

As we had mentioned briefly in that Sunday ANP story, with all of the pieces on the global stage moving towards another global war while things here in America reach a fever pitch of tensions, with radio broadcaster Michael Savage even recently warning of Civil War ahead as Breitbart reports in this new story, as Michael Snyder warned in this recent story, each of the following are 10 major signs that major end times events are in motion around the world as this story is being written.

#1 Natural Disasters

#2 Civil Unrest

#3 War With Russia

#4 War With China

#5 War With Iran

#6 Rising Food Prices

#7 Economic Collapse

#8 An Increase In Wickedness

#9 Persecution

#10 Large Numbers Of Western Christians Falling For End Times Deception

With many of those topics completely neglected by the mainstream media but the independent media at one point or another reporting on each of those ongoing events and potential tragedies in stories over the past few months, we encourage readers to continue to stay on top of everything happening now to be completely prepared for what is about to unfold in the future by continuing to read your favorite independent news websites all across the internet.

And another way to keep on top of unfolding events is to sign up for Steve Quayle's upcoming Extinction Protocols conference. Tackling all of the topics 'off limits' to the mainstream media today, as we see in the description of the June 11th and June 12th conference we've republished below, America is running out of time if we continue along the same path we're now on.

EXTINCTION PROTOCOLS – The destruction of the human race has kicked into high gear, with the Globalists plotting the deaths of 90% of the Earth’s population. We are currently facing an unimaginable list of haunting challenges: Forced Vaccinations, Alien Disclosure, Geological Upheaval, AI Terminator Robots, Solar Storms, Volcanoes & Earthquakes, Loss of Freedoms & 2nd Amendment Rights, the End of Paper Money, and the Explosion of Crypto Currencies and Precious Metals.

EXTINCTION PROTOCOLS will feature presentations from Steve Quayle, Catherine Austin Fitts, Gary Heavin, Dr. Sherri Tenpenny, Egon von Greyerz, Mike Adams, Lisa Haven, Paul Begley, Dave Hodges, Daniel Holdings, and more. This panel of expert speakers will encourage, equip and warn you for the days of darkness ahead. Tribulations are unfolding, minute by minute, and time is running out. We must all be prayerful and prepare to overcome the most perilous time in Earth’s history. Virtually join us for Extinction Protocols 2021!

As mentioned above, as the Associated Press had reported in this story last week, a very grim view of the world's future is now being offered by US intelligence agencies. And while we absolutely can't believe everything that such agencies put out there, especially with them failing so badly in labeling 10's of millions of Americans as Russian trolls simply for us supporting President Trump, with the globalists long working to take down America to bring in their 'new world order', this report is another sign we're rapidly being herded in that direction. From their story before our conclusion.

U.S. intelligence officials are painting a dark picture of the world’s future, writing in a report released Thursday that the coronavirus pandemic has deepened economic inequality, strained government resources and fanned nationalist sentiments.

Those assessments are included in a Global Trends report by the government’s National Intelligence Council, a document produced every four years. This year’s report is designed to help policymakers and citizens anticipate the economic, environmental, technological and demographic forces likely to shape the world through the next 20 years.

The document focuses heavily on the impact of the pandemic, calling it the “most significant, singular global disruption since World War II, with health, economic, political, and security implications that will ripple for years to come.”

The document finds cause for concern in virtually all aspects of life.

It warns, for instance, that the effects of climate change are likely to worsen the problem of food and water insecurity in poor countries and hasten global migration. Though health, education and household prosperity have made historic improvements in recent decades, continued progress will be hard to sustain because of “headwinds” not only from the effects of the pandemic but also aging populations and “potentially slower global economic growth.”

Advances in technology have the potential to address problems including climate change and disease, but can also provoke new tensions, the report says.

"State and nonstate rivals will vie for leadership and dominance in science and technology with potentially cascading risks and implications for economic, military, and societal security,” the report says.

So with much of the wording from that story confirming 'global government' ahead, and nothing less than 'mark of the beast technology' being unveiled across America and the world to 'enable' the 'tracking and tracing of humanity' during this pandemic another sign of where the future is being 'directed', as Tucker Carlson warns in the first video below, we should expect the global elite to continue to roll out their false narrative and lies to get what they want in the coming days and weeks ahead, with any global war ensuring the ushering in of their 'end game' for America.

And in the 2nd/final video below, we are taken through the "10 Signs That Major End Times Events Are In Motion Here In 2021" while much of America remains 'asleep', completely and intentionally dumbed down to the reality unfolding all around them.

https://allnewspipeline.com/End_Times_Signs_Upon_Us_Deterioration_Ahead.php 

:: 4-15-21 ARRL National association for Amateur Radio :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

National Science Foundation Funds Creation of Research Lab at Alaska’s HAARP

04/15/2021

A 5-year, $9.3 million National Science Foundation (NSF) grant will allow the University of Alaska Fairbanks (UAF) Geophysical Institute to establish a new research observatory at the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP). A former military facility, HAARP is now operated by UAF and is home to HAARP Amateur Radio Club’s KL7ERP. The new Subauroral Geophysical Observatory for Space Physics and Radio Science will be dedicated to exploring Earth’s upper atmosphere and geospace environment. The facility’s 33-acre Ionospheric Research Instrument will be the centerpiece of the observatory.

“This NSF support will provide the scientific community increased access to the instruments at the observatory and, hopefully, grow the scientific community,” said Geophysical Institute Director Robert McCoy, the project’s principal investigator.

A second NSF-funded project will add a Light Detection and Ranging (LiDAR) instrument at the site, which will allow the study of other regions of the upper atmosphere. A LiDAR sends pulses of laser light to determine the composition, temperature, and structure of regions of the upper atmosphere from 90 to 150 kilometers. UAF hopes to add additional instruments over time at the Gakona, Alaska, research site.

The research grant will allow scientists to investigate how the sun affects Earth’s ionosphere and magnetosphere to produce changes in space weather. Their work will help fill gaps in knowledge about the region, which is important because ionospheric disturbances, if severe enough, can disrupt communication systems and damage the power grid.

Research at the observatory is initially expected to include the study of various types of aurora and other occurrences in the ionosphere, which stretches from about 50 to 400 miles above Earth’s surface.

The Gakona facility is a prime location for the study of the ionosphere and magnetosphere because of its location in relation to one of Earth’s magnetic field lines that reaches deep into the magnetosphere, the magnetic field that shields the planet from much of the sun’s plasma energy.

Amateur radio will clearly benefit with an improved understanding of ionospheric propagation and space weather physics, and providing improved HF propagation prediction modeling data,” HAARP Research Station Chief Engineer and ARRL Life Member Steve Floyd, W4YHD, told ARRL. He said, “Radio science experiments will also provide a valuable data set to encourage development of new radio technologies and modulation methods useful from VLF through HF.”

Floyd is the KL7ERP trustee, which, he says, is available “to demonstrate amateur radio to visiting scientists and students, to maintain contact with Alaska hams, and to provide visiting hams with an opportunity to operate from this unique Alaska location.”

For more than 25 years, UAF, the US Air Force, the US Navy, and the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) have collaborated on ionospheric research at HAARP. As Air Force funding for research and development decreased, the Air Force transferred the research equipment to UAF under an Education Partnership Agreement (EPA). The UAF Geophysical Institute operates the facility under an agreement with the Air Force.

http://www.arrl.org/news/national-science-foundation-funds-creation-of-research-lab-at-alaska-s-haarp 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 4-19-21 Gold Switzerland:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Money Supply: More Lies from On High

April 19, 2021 By Matthew Piepenburg

Upton Sinclair famously observed that, “it is difficult to get a man to understand something, when his salary depends on his not understanding it.”

After decades navigating among Wall Street sell-siders or reading the pablum that passes for financial journalism in the retail space, I discovered it was always an open secret in the big banks that if you wanted to move up the ladder, don’t rock the boat.

In short: Keep the message bullish, as bears get fired and bulls stay hired.

Such Realpolitik is nothing new; employees, be they working for the New York Times, the Federal Reserve or Goldman Sachs, have a vested interest in staying employed.

This by no means makes self-preserving realists cowards, but it certainly doesn’t make such professionals helpful fiduciaries to those trying to make sense of that oh-so elusive chimera otherwise known as blunt facts and hard truths.

In the halls of financial power, and by extension financial messaging, such self-preservation often entails a bit of open dishonesty, which frequently takes the form of concealing rather than just misreporting the facts.

As the expressions goes: “A man does not sin by commission only, but often by omission.”

The U.S. Fed, like the vast majority of central bankers, has a long history of messaging fantasy over reality in the name of self-preservation and/or maintaining “market order.”

Their most effective lies are typically characterized not just by what they say overtly, but in what they conceal covertly.

Lies of Distortion

The open Charade, for example, of low inflation fictionally published under the U.S. CPI scale is a classic example of omitting certain facts in order to derive at a comforting fiction. We’ve written at length on this topic dishonest inflation reporting.

Such clever distortions of reality are not mere exceptions to Fed reporting and/or Fed speak, but a way of life for policy makers with an Orwellian capacity to be “ministers of truth” despite hiding it from the masses on a daily basis.

Lies of Omission

As for hiding facts, perhaps you’ve noticed something which the main stream media has largely overlooked, namely that the Fed recently decided to suspend the weekly reporting of the M1 and M2 data which typically came out every Thursday at 4:30 PM.

And if you want to know why, the answer is as simple as it is predictable: When policy makers don’t like the facts, they just burry them.

Like a child seeking to hide a bad report card from his parents, the Fed likes to hide bad news from the masses.

Take, for example, the following graph of the rise in the M1 supply, which tracks the level of current hard cash notes, coins, paper money and checking account deposits.

As of April 2021, the M1 supply has gone from $4.5T to $18.1, a rise of 450%

Needless to say, such data represents a pretty bad report card for the Fed’s failed monetary experiment of unlimited QE.

Staggering M1 data like this has many embarrassing and undeniable implications regarding inflationary risk, currency risk, social risk and hence political risk.

The Fed’s solution to the problem? Hide it.

We see the same suspension of weekly M2 data, which comprises the M1 money supply plus the amount of dollars in saving accounts, mutual funds and money market securities. As the graph below confirms, the M2 levels have recently surged by 30% from $15T to just under $20T:

Given that such a dramatic money supply rise points directly to the consequences of extreme money creation which leads to extreme inflation (which, after all, is defined by money supply) and hence extreme currency debasement, the Fed naturally chose to discontinue such weekly reporting of the same.

A Foundation of Lies

Again, such lies of omission are nothing new for a private bank whose very name “Federal Reserve” is itself an open lie, as is the irony of it being headquartered on Constitutional Ave., despite our founding father’s clear and Jeffersonian intent to never allow such a bank within our Constitution…

The Same Ol’ Same Ol’

Be reminded, for example, that as the U.S. was marching straight into the Great Financial Crisis of 2008, (unleashed by Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan’s pre-08 rate cuts), an embarrassed yet truth-challenged Fed decided to fully discontinue M3 reporting in 2006.

In short, we see a familiar pattern: When the data is bad, hide it.

M3 money supply was the measure of M2 money supply plus institutional money market funds, larger deposits and larger liquid assets.

It too was a screaming indicator of trouble ahead, and thus the Fed simply chose to cancel the truth; M3 reporting by the Fed vanished and has never come back.

Cancelling truths, alas, appears to have become a national pastime in a country where even Dr. Seuss is a cultural threat…

The sad truth, however, for those who are willing to report, share and face it, is no great mystery: Grotesque elevations in the money supply mathematically destroys the purchasing power of the underlying currency.

And as for grotesque levels of money printing, just use your own two eyes—The Fed, along with all the major central banks, are trigger happy money printers, and as such are killing all the major currencies with the same QE bullet:

The trillions of U.S. dollars created out of thin air in 2020, as well as the trillions which preceded this printing-frenzy between 2009-2014 (QE1-QE4), have dire consequences on the purchasing power of America’s once sacred but now totally inflated, and hence debased, currency.

By debasing the dollar in your checking account, wallet or portfolio report, this private bank otherwise cleverly labeled as the Federal Reserve is literally stealing money from you by the second, which, of course, is good reason for them to hide the evidence (M1, M2 and M3) of their crime.

Anyone who took a basic econ class in college, for example, knows that exaggerated growth in the money supply is a currency killer.

But apparently the very chairman of our Federal Reserve at the inception of “QE gone wild” must have skipped that class.

At the opening chapters of what is now a money printing nightmare on auto-pilot, former Fed Chairman Ben Bernanke made two promises and two lies in the same breath.

First, he said the money printing that began in 2009 would only be temporary; second, he promised it would be “at no cost” to the overall strength of our economy.

But as the following graph of the declining US dollar confirmed (while Mr. Bernanke was still in office and preparing for a self-congratulatory book tour), our Fed Chairman was lying.

There was a cost:

But such lies from on high are no surprise to anyone who can fog a mirror and read a graph at the same time.

Furthermore, the many examples of Fed leaders speaking out of both sides of their mouths (as circumstances demanded) are as disturbing as they are comical. Below are just a few additional highlights:

You will never see another financial crisis in your lifetime.”

-Janet Yellen, spring 2018

I do worry that we could have another financial crisis. ″

-Janet Yellen, fall 2018

There’s no reason to think this (bullish) cycle can’t continue for quite some time, effectively indefinitely.”

-Jerome Powell –2018

“The US is on an unsustainable fiscal path; there’s no hiding from it.”

-Jerome Powell–2019

With the foregoing facts before you, are you still struggling with trusting the Fed? Do you still think their 0 in 10 record for properly forecasting and avoiding recessions is grounds for confidence?

Do you still think the Fed has your back as risk assets rise to bubble levels never seen before in the history of capital markets?

Do you still think this private bank masquerading as a public office and public servant is indeed serving the ever-debasing dollar in your pocket?

Think again.

https://goldswitzerland.com/us-money-supply-more-lies-from-on-high/ 

:: 4-9-21 The Drive :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Navy Labs To Reopen The Once Taboo Case On Nuclear Cold Fusion

Federal labs are reexamining the DOD’s research into cold fusion and low-energy nuclear reactions, potentially leading to revolutionary technologies.

By Brett Tingley April 9, 2021

Researchers at the Naval Surface Warfare Center, Indian Head Division have reopened the case on low-energy nuclear reactions, or LENRs, largely unexplained phenomena that are at the core of theories about "cold fusion." Five different government-funded laboratories under the control of the U.S. Navy, U.S. Army, and National Institutes of Standards and Technology will conduct experiments in an attempt to once and for all settle the debate over this little-understood and highly controversial topic. Despite the controversy and stigma associated with LENR, many experts across the U.S. military believe that the science behind them is sound, and if working technologies can someday be developed, it could transform military operations to an extent not seen in over a century.

LENRs are a theory that attempts to explain results some scientists have observed over the last several decades which seem to indicate a unique type of anomalous energy production stemming from a certain class of non-fusion nuclear reactions which have been found to occur at or near room temperature. Interest in LENRs and so-called “cold fusion” dates back to the early 20th century, when scientists encountered anomalous heat effects produced by known chemical processes. These remained unexplained for decades. One of the biggest controversies in the field then came in 1989 when chemists Stanley Pons and Martin Fleischmann announced they had successfully reached a “sustained nuclear fusion reaction" at room temperature.

Scientists around the world began examining their data, and, needless to say, not all agreed with Fleischmann’s and Pons’s conclusions. Some believed low-temperature fusion reactions were indeed occurring, others believed some type of misunderstood chemical reaction was taking place, while others still thought the two chemists had observed some new type of phenomenon altogether. One scientist at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) even went so far as to accuse the duo of fraud in the Boston Herald. No other laboratory was able to replicate their results, and Fleischmann and Pons eventually retracted their conclusions.

Still, enough researchers believe there is at least something to LENRs and that the topic is worth a serious second look. The 2016 Scientific American guest blog “It's Not Cold Fusion... But It's Something” claims that “Hidden in the confusion are many scientific reports, some of them published in respectable peer-reviewed journals, showing a wide variety of experimental evidence” for LENRs, “including transmutations of elements.” The same article states that studies have also shown that LENRs “can produce local surface temperatures of 4,000-5,000 K and boil metals (palladium, nickel and tungsten) in small numbers of scattered microscopic sites on the surfaces of laboratory devices.” A more recent theory suggests that LENR reactions have nothing to do with fusion at all, and instead are produced by weak interaction and are perfectly consistent with known physics.

The Naval Surface Warfare Center, Indian Head Division seeks to get to the bottom of the LENR phenomenon with an honest look at the available data and by conducting new experiments. NSWC Indian Head specializes in energetics, a branch of research involving the development and testing of explosives, propellants, pyrotechnics, fuels, and other reactive materials as they pertain to propulsion and weaponry.

Oliver Barham, a project manager at NSWC Indian Head, says that despite past controversies surrounding LENRs, the laboratory believes the science behind these little-understood reactions is worth a second look. “I’m not as worried about looking into something that is considered controversial as long as there’s good science there,” Barham told IEEE.org. “The whole point of our effort is we want to be doing good science. We’re not out to prove or disprove anything, we’re out to assemble a team of scientists who want to take it seriously.” Barham says the lab will serve as an “honest broker” that will reexamine decades’ worth of data collected by the U.S. Naval Academy, the U.S. Army Research Laboratory (ARL), and the National Institute of Standards and Technology.

Carl Gotzmer, Indian Head’s Chief Scientist, says that even mentioning “cold fusion” was once considered a “career ender,” but since Indian Head is a government-funded laboratory, they have a bit more freedom to pursue such a controversial topic if there is a possibility of rewarding scientific results.

The Department of Defense (DOD), as a whole, has been interested in LENR research for some time. Previously, the Navy’s LENR research was conducted at Naval Air Weapons Station (NAWS) China Lake and Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command (SPAWAR) Systems Center - Pacific. According to LENR subject matter expert and author Steven Krivit, SPAWAR “produced some of the most interesting experiments and observations in the field and published more LENR papers in mainstream journals than any U.S. LENR group.” SPAWAR’s LENR research was terminated in 2011.

Just two years prior, the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) published a report on LENR research which stated that based on the available scientific data from around the world, "nuclear reactions may be occurring under conditions not previously believed possible." The report states that Italy and Japan lead international research on the topic, and that the stigma associated with the topic in the United States means that most of the information surrounding LENR is presented at international conferences, with U.S. data in the hands of foreign scientists.

DIA ultimately concluded in 2009 that "if nuclear reactions in LENR experiments are real and controllable, whoever produces the first commercialized LENR power source could revolutionize energy production and storage for the future" and that "the potential applications of this phenomenon, if commercialized, are unlimited." The report goes on to state that LENR could lead to batteries that last for decades, revolutionizing power for sensors and military operations in remote areas and/or space, and that "the military potential of such high-energy-density power sources is enormous," potentially leading to "the greatest transformation of the battlefield for U.S. forces since the transition from horsepower to gasoline power."

New forms of energy production and storage are of key interest to the DOD. Energy and fuel needs are one of the most significant logistical challenges for military operations in remote locations or areas of conflict where establishing supply chain infrastructure can be a major challenge. The DOD is looking at a variety of new forms of energy production, from modular solar energy units, developing miniaturized nuclear reactors, and even beaming solar energy down to the battlefield from satellites in space. In addition, DOD-associated contractors have been touting progress in nuclear fusion technologies in recent years, as have America's peer-state rivals. Clearly, energy has become one of the most pressing topics of defense research and development, and a looming energy revolution has the potential to upset the global power balance in terms of nations' abilities to project their power in conflict zones and remote, contested areas.

According to a story in the September 2018 issue of the U.S. Naval Institute’s Proceeding magazine, LENR research could open up a wide range of new technologies including near-room-temperature superconductors, and new energy-dense power sources that could enable “near-indefinite loiter times” and “facilitate a wide range of subsurface swarm tactics for offensive, defensive, reconnaissance, decoy, or diversionary purposes.” The publication goes on to list several other potentially revolutionary applications for LENR energy sources - if they are ever developed:

Other options abound. LENRs could power and provide operational flexibility for undersea surveillance and could provide increased capability for acoustic tomography. Towed sonar systems could cut their tethers, becoming power-independent of their host ships, able to operate at greater distances to prosecute contacts. Logistics and resupply change dramatically when refueling becomes almost an afterthought.

Autonomous power from LENRs could provide the opportunity to explore intermittent use of active acoustics to supplement passive acoustic sensing. It could power next-generation listening posts for signals intelligence applications or provide a way to create ubiquitous sensor nets to monitor the maritime domain.

In near-Earth orbit, applications could include onboard power, space propulsion, and sustained orbital repositioning capability. Space propulsion thrust requires reaction mass, but a LENR-based system could produce extended thrust at high efficiencies by separating the energy source from the propellant mass.

The author, listed in the publication as an employee of Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA), writes that "failure to thoroughly evaluate and develop LENR and its by-products risks missing a window of opportunity for establishing an early foothold and first-mover advantage in a disruptive technology with direct value to the Navy, as well as military, strategic and geopolitical implications. Radical innovations invariably fall outside existing development efforts. Their unfamiliarity can cause strong, sustained, systemic pushback. The Navy has encountered this pushback on many occasions: when steam displaced sail, when coal gave way to oil, and oil to diesel electric; when wooden ships gave way to ironclads, battleships gave way to aircraft carriers, and when conventional forms of propulsion yielded to nuclear."

That wording would seem to eerily echo a statement given by then-Chief of Naval Operations Adm. John Richardson in 2017, who told reporters "My sense is that we’re on the dawn of something very substantial in terms of naval warfare. Something as substantial as the transition from sail to steam, as the transition from wood to ironclad, as substantial as the advent of nuclear propulsion in terms of what it means for naval power.” Richardson has yet to clarify his comments.

The Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Research and Engineering (ASD R&E) recommended as recently as 2016 that the Secretary of Defense present a briefing on the “military utility of recent U.S. industrial base LENR advancements to the House Committee on Armed Services.” The Defense Threat Reduction Agency (DTRA) took a serious look at the topic in 2006 and again ten years later, writing in 2016 that “there are indications that the field of LENR is slowly gaining acceptance,” and that “both SPAWAR HQ and SSC-Pacific say that the phenomenon is real and that it is nuclear in nature.” That report concluded that “additional research is needed to determine the mechanism by which low energy nuclear reactions occur.” While the DTRA's main purpose is to counter and deter the proliferation or mishandling of weapons of mass destruction, a large part of DTRA's mission as stated on their website is to "anticipate and understand future threat networks" and "understand basic revolutionary sciences and battlespace changing technologies." It's clear, then, why such a potentially game-changing technology as LENR would fall under their purview given how revolutionary the Navy, DTRA, and DIA describe it to be.

NSWC Indian Head plans to publish their initial results on their LENR experiments and reviews of data by the end of the year. The War Zone will follow these developments and update our reporting as more information is published.

Contact the author: Brett@TheDrive.com

https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/40105/navy-labs-to-reopen-the-case-on-once-taboo-cold-fusion 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 8-28-20 The Drive :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Drug Cartel Now Assassinates Its Enemies With Bomb-Toting Drones

The tactic has become widespread on battlefields overseas and now appears to be proliferating to organized crime.

By Joseph Trevithick August 28, 2020 Joseph Trevithick View Joseph Trevithick's Articles

Mexico's drug cartels are notoriously well armed and equipped, with some possessing very heavy weaponry, including armored gun trucks sporting heavy machine guns. Now at least one of these groups appears to be increasingly making use of small quadcopter-type drones carrying small explosive devices to attack its enemies. This is just the latest example of a trend that has been growing worldwide in recent years, including among non-state actors, such as terrorists and criminals, which underscores the potential threats commercially-available unmanned systems pose on and off the battlefield.

A civilian self-defense militia in the city of Tepalcatepec, in Mexico's southwestern Michoacan state, reportedly recovered two dozen explosive-laden quadcopters from a car that a team of sicarios – cartel hitmen – had apparently abandoned, possibly after a failed or aborted hit, on July 25, 2020. The bombs attached to the drones consisted of Tupperware-like containers filled with C4 charges and ball bearings to act as shrapnel.

The vehicle and its contents were said to be tied to the Cártel de Jalisco Nueva Generación (CJNG), or Jalisco New Generation Cartel, which has its main hub in neighboring Jalisco state, but exerts control over a wider swatch of territory. This includes areas much further down Mexico's southwestern Pacific coastline and along the Gulf of Mexico on the opposite side of the country.

CJNG first emerged in 2009 as an offshoot of the Milenio Cartel and has since waged a particularly violent campaign against many of Mexico's other drug cartels, as well as Mexican authorities and civilian self-defense organizations, growing in size and scope in the process. As of July, American authorities estimated that CJNG was responsible for the movement of approximately one-third of all drugs from Mexico into the United States. It has also been working to expand its operations into Europe and Asia.

That revenue has clearly translated into new weapons, vehicles, and equipment for the CJNG's sicarios and other footsoldiers. In July, the cartel released a particularly striking video of a convoy of camouflage-painted trucks, pickups, and SUVs, some with mounted weapons and very visible add-on armor, together with heavily armed personnel in tactical gear, that all looked more like a military unit than a criminal gang.

These personnel, who all shouted of the nickname of their top boss, Nemesio "El Mencho" Oseguera Cervantes, throughout the footage, reportedly belong to a "special forces" contingent within the cartel's overall force structure. This video followed a failed CJNG assassination attempt against Mexico City's police chief Omar Garcia Harfuch in June. Harfuch was wounded in the shootout and two of his bodyguard's died.

CJNG's growing resources have also translated into its new aerial capabilities. There were reports in April that CJNG had been dropping improvised explosive devices from small, conventional manned aircraft in attacks on members of the Tepalcatepec self-defense militia. The cartel apparently dropped this tactic quickly after Mexican authorities stepped up aerial surveillance in the region and has since shifted to using the diminutive drones.

Quadcopters with explosives believed to belong CJNG were recovered in the city of Puebla, in the state of the same name, southeast of Mexico City, in April, as well. Mexican officials said they believed those had been destined for attacks on the Santa Rosa de Lima Cartel in Guanajuato state to the northwest. The discovery of those drones led to raids that found more quadcopters, as well as various electronics and bomb-making supplies, including more C4.

It's not surprising at all that CJNG, especially, has turned to small unmanned systems as a means of carrying out its various violent campaigns throughout Mexico. Mexican cartels, among other criminal groups, have already been using them to carry drugs over walls and past other barriers, as well as conduct surveillance. There have been more sporadic reports of other cartels using small explosive-armed drones since at least 2017, too.

The barrier to entry when it comes to crafting small bomb-carrying quad and hexcopter-type drones is notably low, in general. This is something The War Zone has highlighted on multiple occasions in the past, which makes the concept particularly attractive to non-state actors.

In 2018, a group opposed to dictatorial Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro attempted to assassinate him at a public rally using a commercially available multi-rotor drone system. This came years after ISIS terrorists had very much brought the concept to an actual battlefield in Iraq.

Small drones of various kinds of improvised munitions had steadily proliferated among terrorists and other armed groups in Iraq and Syria since then. Russia's Syrian outpost at Khmeimim Air Base has been subjected to a regular stream of drone attacks since 2018.

In July, authorities in the Iraqi capital Baghdad recovered a quadcopter drone with a very purpose-built-looking looking bomb underneath in a neighboring near the heavily fortified Green Zone area that is home to various government buildings and Embassies, including that of the United States. Iranian-backed militias often use these adjacent areas to stage rocket attacks on the U.S. Embassy compound.

#Breaking#Iraqi security forces finding a drone with a mortar in #Baghdad’s Al Jadiriyah neighborhood.

The drone was ready to use against #US embassy in #Iraq. pic.twitter.com/MhieL4XtL9

— Blesa Shaways (@Bilesa_Shaweys) July 23, 2020

These are just a small number of the readily available examples of this tactic being employed. In fact, when it comes to the danger of drones being used for gangland assassinations, Japanese authorities warned back in 2015 about Yakuza families doing exactly what CJNG is doing right now in Mexico.

Even larger nation-state militaries are starting to leverage the relative simplicity of hobby-like quadcopter drones as a starting place for more complex weaponized systems, including designs capable of operating cooperatively in autonomous swarms. Turkey is now putting such a drone system into production, which you read all about here.

This reality has left the United States, among others, scrambling to catch up when it comes to developing countermeasures. The U.S. military, as a whole, has been investigating a wide array of different counter-drone technologies to handle these lower-tier threats, ranging from jammers to directed-energy weapons, including both lasers and high-power microwave beams.

"I argue all the time with my Air Force friends that the future of flight is vertical and it's unmanned," U.S. Marine General Kenneth McKenzie, head of U.S. Central Command, said at a public event in June. "I'm not talking about large unmanned platforms, which are the size of a conventional fighter jet that we can see and deal with, as we would any other platform. I'm talking about the one you can go out and buy at Costco right now in the United States for a thousand dollars, four quad, rotorcraft, or something like that that can be launched and flown," he added. "And with very simple modifications, it can make made into something that can drop a weapon like a hand grenade or something else."

CJNG's recent activities only underscore that there is a serious need for countermeasures off the battlefield to safeguard VIPs, critical infrastructure, and more from spying and potentially dangerous harassment, as well as deliberate lethal attacks. The U.S. Department of Homeland Security identified the need for some kind of mobile counter-drone capability as an "emerging requirement" just this week.

If this cartel successfully adds small armed drones to its already significant arsenal, and shows that they can be useful on a more regular basis, it could easily lead to an explosion of other criminal groups in the country, and elsewhere, adopting this tactic, as well.

Contact the author: joe@thedrive.com

https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/36013/mexican-drug-cartel-now-assassinating-its-enemies-with-improvised-explosive-toting-drones 

:: 4-16-21 The Drive :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Army Training Doc Outlines Ways To Give Soldiers Superhuman-Like Sensory Perception

The Advanced Situational Awareness concept aims to give soldiers an unconscious "human edge" through various techniques.

By Brett Tingley April 16, 2021

The U.S. Army has published a new training circular that contains a section on how soldiers can train their senses to new levels of awareness, enabling them to almost unconsciously perceive small details about their surroundings in a near-superhuman manner. Other sections of the circular describe how cultural anthropology, the study of world religions, and even Gestalt psychology, can be leveraged in U.S. Army training in order to make soldiers into what some might call "warrior monks" with near-preternatural deductive reasoning ability.

While many will scoff at some of the loftier ideas in the training circular, the document cites numerous case studies of soldiers in the field in which a greater sense of situational awareness could have saved lives. The Army is already offering training courses in this new type of Advanced Situational Awareness (ASA) at Fort Benning in Georgia, which is home to the service's Maneuver Center of Excellence (MCoE). MCoE oversees the Army's Infantry and Armor Schools, among other responsibilities.

The training circular, published by the Headquarters of the Department of the Army this month, outlines a variety of techniques and requirements through which soldiers can learn Advanced Situational Awareness training methods of optimizing human performance “through building the skills necessary to develop agile, resilient, adaptive, and innovative Soldiers who thrive in conditions of uncertainty and chaos.” The document mostly focuses on ways by which soldiers can optimize and heighten their observation skills, enabling them to respond to anomalies or recognize unusual behaviors or objects that may present a threat more quickly. Using this training, the document writes, soldiers can "achieve a better understanding of their organic equipment and system: their capabilities, limitations, and components." This heightened sensory perception "can lead to a new level of "Advanced Situational Awareness," the circular claims, which "can be crucial to Soldier survival, as use of the sensory system provides input into a Soldier’s decision-making process."

According to Army Training and Doctrine Command (TRADOC) regulations, training circularsare official departmental publications that are not doctrine, but doctrine based.” The information in training circulars can range from how to train for specific events or to operate certain pieces of equipment, or even contain “detailed procedures of a technical nature.” Training circulars have no set format or development process. This latest training circular claims that the U.S. Army’s Advanced Situational Awareness training is “designed to support Soldiers’ cognitive skills on the battlefield to create preemptive decision-making over threats, thereby increasing their combat lethality.” This training should be designed “with a combat focus and an understanding of the tactical mindset,” the circular reads.

The document touches upon various facets of cognitive and Gestalt psychology, neuroscience, and even sociology in an attempt to develop ways through which soldiers can heighten their perception of their environments. The ASA training circular even recommends studies in theology, anthropology, and cultural studies as ways to better understand the motivations of human actors that soldiers may encounter in an overseas operation. Case studies are presented that highlight how better cross-cultural understanding and perception abilities may have prevented terror attacks in several overseas theaters, noting that sometimes recognizing an odd piece of debris by a roadside could have been the deciding factor in saving service members’ lives.

A heavy emphasis is placed throughout the ASA document on the recognition of anomalies, either in human behavior or in soldiers’ physical environments. “Anomalies are the changes in something that occur above or below an established baseline. Soldiers should be cognizant of anomalies or activities occurring in an environment that are contrary to the norm,” the training circular reads. “Environments are the sum of the people and objects interacting with the surroundings and reacting to external stimuli; therefore, people and objects exhibiting suspicious behaviors or patterns can impact a baseline. These impacts can cause subtle changes, which can also indicate baseline anomalies. Every anomaly must be analyzed.”

However, somewhat stranger sections of the document outline ways soldiers may be able to attune or train their sensory perception in order to respond to threats on a near-unconscious level. “A Soldier typically only uses 2 percent of the potential provided by the sense of smell,” the training circular reads. “Despite the fact that these senses are underutilized, they still provide useful target indicators. For example, cooking food, fires, cigarettes, aftershave lotion, soap, and insect repellents can indicate the presence of people.” Soldiers already depend on K9 units and the heightened olfactory senses of their highly-trained dogs for this very reason.

Currently, Fort Benning offers two courses in Advanced Situational Awareness. The base's Advanced Situational Awareness website states that the courses will teach soldiers how "to integrate the six domains of human behavior into training and combat, and to demonstrate how they can be applied to enhance the Squads ability to achieve overmatch in a universal operational environment."

The circular describes the soldier’s sensory system as “a valuable piece of equipment” and adds that if soldiers can heighten their sensory perception, they can “become more proactive and stay left of bang":

Soldiers train to achieve a better understanding of their organic equipment and system: their capabilities, limitations, and components. A Soldier’s sensory system is a valuable piece of equipment. The body cannot respond to a threat until directed by the brain, and the brain does not initiate action until the senses react to some external stimuli. Becoming more adept at performing these actions can be crucial to Soldier survival, as use of the sensory system provides input into a Soldier’s decision-making process.

An eight-step training model is offered in the document. Concrete examples are presented about how to train soldiers how to recognize camouflage, differentiate between types of sources when using infrared optics, or even recognize the smell of various types of engine exhaust.

Steven Aftergood, Director of the Federation of American Scientists’ (FAS) Project on Government Secrecy, told The War Zone that while the training circular is certainly curious in some regards, it shouldn’t be taken to represent a huge shift in the ways soldiers are trained for the field. “The document is an interesting artifact of military culture,” Aftergood said. “I doubt that it represents the Army as a whole, but it will be very attractive to a certain kind of person. It portrays the soldier not as some kind of grunt, but as a near-superman with hyper-senses that can out-perceive and out-think the adversary.”

Some of the loftier goals in the ASA document are reminiscent of the “First Earth Battaliondreamed up by Lieutenant Colonel Jim Channon. In the late 1970s and early 1980s, New Age ideas about human potential had become popular throughout wide swaths of American society, including, apparently, some in the U.S. Army leadership, such as Major General Albert Stubblebine, whose last posting before retirement was as head of the service's Intelligence and Security Command (INSCOM). Channon dreamed up a more perfect kind of ”warrior monk” type of soldier able to “connect naturally with others at higher and higher levels of awareness and performance.” The bizarre saga of Channon and Stubblebine was chronicled by Jon Ronson in his 2009 book The Men Who Stare at Goats.

While there’s nothing in this new U.S. Army circular about staring at goats, it highlights an increasing focus on enhanced human performance throughout the DOD. The Air Force Research Laboratory is looking into ways of enhancing learning through the use of novel neurotechnologies or even maximize human physical potential by gathering revolutionary new levels of data about the human body.

Meanwhile, the U.S. Army is also looking into ways to unlock the full potential of soldiers’ brains through technology. According to the Association of the United States Army (AUSA), some researchers claim that ”cognitive enhancement could be key to ensuring soldiers are physiologically equipped for the adversary of 2050.” The Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) and other military laboratories have been testing methods of improving learning and memory through auditory stimulation or biofeedback, or even how to restore memory functions in troops.

"There is an enormous amount of cognitive training that can be done, tapping into the networks of the brain that can be improved, like visual processing, memory and other things, even dramatic improvements,” said Amy Kruse, a former DARPA project manager. “The mind and the body are quite connected.”

It is that mind-body relationship that ties this new U.S. Army training circular to this broader area of human performance research being conducted in DOD labs. One of the goals of the “Core Mental Skills” in the U.S. Army’s Advanced Situational Awareness circular is to “Mentally rehearse successful performances to program the mind and body to perform automatically and without hesitation.”

Thus, the goals of the training circular, while lofty and intriguing, are certainly grounded in reality. “Without the Soldier, weapons and tactics are useless,” the training circular reads. Why wouldn’t Army leadership want those soldiers to have the best cognitive tools available to them in order to best apply weapons and tactics and “out-perceive” their enemies?

Contact the author: Brett@TheDrive.com

https://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/40202/new-army-training-doc-outlines-ways-to-give-soldiers-superhuman-like-sensory-perception 

:: 7-30-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sound of Freedom [Official Trailer]

805,829 views

•Premiered Jul 30, 2020

27K 121 Share Save

Sound of Freedom Movie

19.3K subscribers

http://www.soundoffreedommovie.com

Follow Sound Of Freedom:

https://www.facebook.com/SoundofFreed... ​

https://www.instagram.com/soundoffree... ​

#Soundoffreedom​ #JimCaviezel​ #EduardoVerastegui​

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7oZE2nod4i0 

:: 4-17-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

London Admits Silver Squeeze Freakout, Chinese Gold Bid is Back

by jhanders  Saturday, Apr 17, 2021 - 19:01

Big news broke last Friday morning by Reuter's Peter Hobson and others writing an exclusive report on revamping Chinese gold demand this April and May 2021.

Headlines read, "China renews appetite for gold with US$8.5 billion set to arrive as central bank relaxes quotas."

China’s appetite for gold jewelry, bars, and coins has recovered as the economy rebounded in recent months.

Around 150 tonnes of gold bullion are to be shipped by next month May 2021, five sources confirm (currently worth US$8.5 billion at today's gold spot price).

On behalf of SDBullion.com, this is James Anderson bringing you this week's SD Bullion market update in video format below.

We had very fundamentally bullish bullion news this past week, have a look.

China Gold Demand Returns, London Silver Squeezed Bound

The gold spot price and silver spot price both had strong weeks in trading.

Let's see next week if gold can clear $1800 oz for gold, and the two precious metals can begin their inevitable climb out the 7-8 month consolidations they have made since early August 2020 record gold price highs.

The gold silver ratio tightened down at 68 to close the week.

This week the London Bullion Market Association or LBMA for short, published what is likely their first ever sole focused report on silver investment demand.

The report was most likely written by Metals Focus a precious metals consultancy based in London, which often too, writes the Silver Institute’s annual World Silver Survey which is actually regularly published.

This fifteen page report appears to be an attempt to gain back some control over much of the ongoing silver squeeze narratives online.

Thus far in 2021, silver investment demand remains at all time high levels considering the now nearly last five decades of this full fiat currency era ongoing.

I am going to highlight a few notes from my read of this, at times, London silver squeeze confessional.

Watch the video and market update embedded above, do not skip it.

To conclude this ZeroHedge post, the east is fully returning to the gold market, it's only a matter of time before that bleeds over acutely into increased eastern silver bullion demand too.

London appears wholly unprepared for what is building.

Perhaps the one thing that will save them are rapidly rising spot prices in fiat currency terms.

Judging by where the Trade Weighted fiat Federal Reserve note Index is, versus all other fiat currencies based on trade weightings. It looks very similar to the gold silver ratio chart we looked at earlier in this update.

There is also a long way to fall lower before we get back and likely beyond the 2011 low levels (see FRED chart).

Get long and be well-positioned silver and gold bullion before it becomes super obvious to those still distracted by persistent bubbles outside of the bullion markets.

Bubble bagholders will be the ones who pay you handsomely for doing so later and at way higher valuation levels.

That's it for this week's update, as always, take great care of yourselves and those you love.

https://www.zerohedge.com/news/2021-04-17/london-admits-silver-squeeze-freakout-chinese-gold-bid-back 

:: 4-18-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Devin Nunes: Military Is Targeting Republicans to Get Them Kicked Out of Service

The Gateway Pundit Published April 18, 2021 38,720 Views

130 rumbles

Rumble — Rep. Devin Nunes: Military Is Opening Phony Investigations on Republicans to Get Them Kicked Out of Military Video

https://rumble.com/vfsazj-devin-nunes-military-is-targeting-republicans-to-get-them-kicked-out-of-ser.html 

:: 4-18-21 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz: The Perth Mint Is In Trouble – Where Is Their Clients’ Physical Gold & Silver?

April 18, 2021

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE and historic moves in currencies and metals told King World News that the Perth Mint, which is run by the Australian government, does not appear to have their clients’ physical gold and silver. Is a major scandal brewing?

Each week Egon von Greyerz articles are published first on KWN.

April 18 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz at Matterhorn Asset Management (based in Switzerland): The silver price today is half of the January 1980 level. That was the peak (at $50) which silver reached again 31 years later in 2011. But alas, the bullion banks, aided by the BIS (Bank for International Settlements) and central banks have again managed to push it down again and today silver is only $25.90.

The current silver price has nothing to do with supply and demand. In a real market the Price of Silver would be substantially higher. In a fake market, the manipulators have no problem to suppress the price by selling virtually unlimited fake paper silver.

EVERY SINGLE OUNCE OF PHYSICAL INVESTMENT SILVER IS ESTIMATED TO HAVE 500-1000 PAPER CLAIMS.

If a salesman has a demand for 1,000 items of a product of which he possesses the only one available, he will first rub his hands and then perform a victory dance. He knows he will achieve an astronomical price.

And that is exactly what would happen in a free silver market. But since the paper silver issuers know that they are dealing with totally clueless buyers who don’t understand that there is no silver, they will continue to stuff the gullible buyers with more fake silver…

That is, until the buyers wake up and ask for delivery to find out that the silver vaults are empty.

We know that the silver market is very strained already. Retail silver can fetch margins up to 50% and they have been at 100% premium. But at least when people buy retail silver from a reputable dealer and take delivery, they know that they have real silver.

I have warned investors many times not to buy gold or silver ETFs or funds of any kind. The risks are multiple. Here are some of them:

It is a paper security held within the financial system

It has multiple counterparty risks

The gold/silver holdings are not segregated from custodians’ assets

It owns no gold/silver directly

The gold/silver is stored within the banking system

The gold/silver held is probably rehypothecated

The gold/silver is not fully insured

Investors have no access to their gold/silver

There have been many reports of problems of getting physical delivery from mints and bullion dealers.

John Evans of As Good As Gold Australia has reported extensively on the problems at the Perth Mint. Numerous investors holding paper or synthetic silver with the Perth are reporting delays of 4 months when they ask for delivery. Even clients who have demanded and paid for their silver to be transferred from unallocated to allocated have been told that they can’t get delivery.

The Perth Mint is owned by the government of Western Australia so you would not expect them to renege on their commitments. Still, I wouldn’t store my gold with any government whether it is in Australia, Canada or the US.

Interestingly, I remember the Perth Mint having similar problems 10 years ago, when the delay for getting physical delivery of the gold and silver certificates was up to 6 months!

So it is not the first time that the Perth Mint is in trouble. When not even a government owned organisation can be trusted, it is clear evidence how careful investors must be.

BUYER BEWARE OF ANY PAPER GOLD & SILVER

It is not easy for precious metals investors to navigate through the jungle of problems in the precious metals market.

You can’t trust the bullion banks and their paper metals.

You can’t trust certain mints or bullion dealers.

You can’t trust gold or silver ETFs or funds.

You can’t trust futures exchanges.

You can’t trust banks to hold your metals.

Gold and silver must be owned and held directly in physical form. The precious metals must be stored outside the banking system in the safest vaults and jurisdictions. The investor must also have direct personal access to the vault.

You should never store more gold and silver at home than you can afford to lose. It doesn’t help with a good safe when burglars come to your house and threaten members of your family when you are in.

HYPER- STAG- IN- DE- FLATION

The debate about -flation continuous with both camps feeling strongly about inflation or deflation. I have for many, many years been of the firm opinion that this economic cycle will lead to hyperinflation.

But it is not as simple as that. Hyperinflation is a monetary event and arises as a result of a major increase in money supply which leads to the total debasement of the currency.

We already have both a massive increase in money supply and all major currencies which have declined by 97-99%. The next phase will be unlimited money printing combined with a substantial increase in the velocity of money.

However, hyperinflation is not the only flation we will experience. We will also see stagflation and deflation.

The hyperinflation will occur in most commodities including food, oil, hard assets and especially gold and silver.

Bubble assets like stocks, bonds and property on the other hand will see deflation – at least in real terms. Real terms means measured in constant purchasing power like gold.

There will also be stagflation which means economic stagnation combined with inflation.

The flation which ordinary people will notice will be hyperinflation. The cost of living and especially food prices will rise dramatically. At the same time, many people will lose their jobs. Pensions and social security payments will not in any way keep up with inflation and many people will sadly be destitute.

MASSIVE WEALTH DESTRUCTION FOR THE WEALTHY

The deflation or collapse of bubble asset prices like stocks, bonds and property (in real terms) will be mostly noticed by the wealthy. They will experience a devastating decline in their wealth. The current bubble of billionaires’ and millionaires’ fortunes will burst and $100s of billions of assets will go up in smoke.

The Arnaults, Gates, Musks, Bezos and Zuckerbergs of this world will not understand how quickly their wealth disappeared. Easy come and much easier go!

But don’t get me wrong. None of these guys will be poor. They will still have massive wealth although it might have gone down by 75-95%. Obviously with that kind of drop they will feel extremely poor.

The biggest beneficiaries of the coming wealth transfer will be owners of commodities, like food and hard assets.

MARKETS

The turn in markets is slowly approaching. No one should hold ordinary stocks now. The risk is massive and a crash can happen at any time. It is never worth squeezing the last few pennies out of a 40 year (at least) bull market. Even worse to follow it 90%+ down (in real terms) in the coming years.

GOLD HAS TURNED

When I sent the tweet below out on March 31st, gold was $1,707. Gold had twice touched the $1,670s and told us that the 8 month correction was finished.

The price is up $70 since the tweet but that is just the beginning. Sadly, very few investors have taken advantage of this opportunity to acquire gold at a low price. Now is still a great time to get in on what will be the biggest bull market in the history of gold and silver.

What investors must remember is that on the other side of the gold and silver coin is a collapsing currency.

That is why wealth preservation is so critical. Not only will stocks, bonds and property collapse but so will the value of money. So going liquid is not the solution.

Again, history tells us what the solution is and if you defy history, you will come to regret it…This will link you directly to more fantastic articles from Egon von Greyerz CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-the-perth-mint-is-in-serious-trouble-where-is-their-clients-physical-gold-silver/ 

:: 4-18-21 Rumble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TOLERATING TOTALITARIANISM (WHAT WILL YOU TOLERATE?)

Randy Conway Poems Published April 18, 2021 3,053 Views

6 rumbles

Rumble — We live in an age that attempts to force us to tolerate the intolerable. It is an evil agenda to control the future of humanity. There are layers of messages within the words and within the imagery to take note of. If you find this video pertinent, please be sure to share. If you are interested in seeing the full trailer to "Sound of Freedom" you can find it at http://www.soundoffreedommovie.com . It is time to be discerning. Luke 12:56, Jesus speaking to a crowd says, "You can discern the face of the sky and of the earth. But why do you not know how to discern this time?" Be discerning. For contact information to Randy Conway poems find us at www.randyconwaypoems.com  or RandyConwayPoems on Facebook. Thanks for watching!

https://rumble.com/vfskl9-tolerating-totalitarianism-what-will-you-tolerate.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 4-16-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The CIA Used To Infiltrate The Media... Now The CIA Is The Media

by Tyler Durden Friday, Apr 16, 2021 - 09:00 PM

Authored by Caitlin Johnstone,

Back in the good old days, when things were more innocent and simple, the psychopathic Central Intelligence Agency had to covertly infiltrate the news media to manipulate the information Americans were consuming about their nation and the world. Nowadays, there is no meaningful separation between the news media and the CIA at all.

Journalist Glenn Greenwald just highlighted an interesting point about the reporting by The New York Times on the so-called “Bountygate” story the outlet broke in June of last year about the Russian government trying to pay Taliban-linked fighters to attack US soldiers in Afghanistan.

“One of the NYT reporters who originally broke the Russia bounty story (originally attributed to unnamed ‘intelligence officials’) say today that it was a CIA claim,” Greenwald tweeted.

“So media outlets - again - repeated CIA stories with no questioning: congrats to all.”

Indeed, NYT’s original story made no mention of CIA involvement in the narrative, citing only “officials,” yet this latest article speaks as though it had been informing its readers of the story’s roots in the lying, torturing, drug-running, warmongering Central Intelligence Agency from the very beginning. The author even writes “The New York Times first reported last summer the existence of the C.I.A.’s assessment,” with the hyperlink leading to the initial article which made no mention of the CIA. It wasn’t until later that The New York Times began reporting that the CIA was looking into the Russian bounties allegations at all.

One of the NYT reporters who originally broke the Russia bounty story (originally attributed to unnamed "intelligence officials") say today that it was a CIA claim. So media outlets - again - repeated CIA stories with no questioning: congrats to all.  https://t.co/4GbUXBCOpI  

— Glenn Greenwald (@ggreenwald) April 15, 2021

This would be the same “Russian bounties” narrative which was discredited all the way back in September when the top US military official in Afghanistan said no satisfactory evidence had surfaced for the allegations, which was further discredited today with a new article by The Daily Beast titled “U.S. Intel Walks Back Claim Russians Put Bounties on American Troops”.

The Daily Beast, which has itself uncritically published many articles promoting the CIA “Bountygate” narrative, reports the following:

It was a blockbuster story about Russia’s return to the imperial “Great Game” in Afghanistan. The Kremlin had spread money around the longtime central Asian battlefield for militants to kill remaining U.S. forces. It sparked a massive outcry from Democrats and their #resistance amplifiers about the treasonous Russian puppet in the White House whose admiration for Vladimir Putin had endangered American troops.

But on Thursday, the Biden administration announced that U.S. intelligence only had “low to moderate” confidence in the story after all. Translated from the jargon of spyworld, that means the intelligence agencies have found the story is, at best, unproven — and possibly untrue.

D'oh! US spy agencies basically admitted they lied about Russia supposedly paying militants in Afghanistan to kill American occupation forces.

Of course the entire Western media spread this lie for weeks, but don't expect them to issue any corrections https://t.co/itOniutu0D 

— Ben Norton (@BenjaminNorton) April 15, 2021

So the mass media aggressively promoted a CIA narrative that none of them ever saw proof of, because there was no proof, because it was an entirely unfounded claim from the very beginning. They quite literally ran a CIA press release and disguised it as a news story.

This allowed the CIA to throw shade and inertia on Trump’s proposed troop withdrawals from Afghanistan and Germany, and to continue ramping up anti-Russia sentiments on the world stage, and may well have contributed to the fact that the agency will officially be among those who are exempt from Biden’s performative Afghanistan “withdrawal”.

In totalitarian dictatorships, the government spy agency tells the news media what stories to run, and the news media unquestioningly publish it. In free democracies, the government spy agency says “Hoo buddy, have I got a scoop for you!” and the news media unquestioningly publish it.

In 1977 Carl Bernstein published an article titled “The CIA and the Media” reporting that the CIA had covertly infiltrated America’s most influential news outlets and had over 400 reporters who it considered assets in a program known as Operation Mockingbird. It was a major scandal, and rightly so. The news media is meant to report truthfully about what happens in the world, not manipulate public perception to suit the agendas of spooks and warmongers.

Nowadays the CIA collaboration happens right out in the open, and people are too propagandized to even recognize this as scandalous. Immensely influential outlets like The New York Times uncritically pass on CIA disinfo which is then spun as fact by cable news pundits. The sole owner of The Washington Post is a CIA contractor, and WaPo has never once disclosed this conflict of interest when reporting on US intelligence agencies per standard journalistic protocol. Mass media outlets now openly employ intelligence agency veterans like John Brennan, James Clapper, Chuck Rosenberg, Michael Hayden, Frank Figliuzzi, Fran Townsend, Stephen Hall, Samantha Vinograd, Andrew McCabe, Josh Campbell, Asha Rangappa, Phil Mudd, James Gagliano, Jeremy Bash, Susan Hennessey, Ned Price and Rick Francona, as are known CIA assets like NBC’s Ken Dilanian, as are CIA interns like Anderson Cooper and CIA applicants like Tucker Carlson.

SUPERCUT:

A look back on how cable news went all in on the discredited Russian bounties story. pic.twitter.com/QaG9xAqiuR 

— Daily Caller (@DailyCaller) April 15, 2021

This isn’t Operation Mockingbird. It’s so much worse. Operation Mockingbird was the CIA doing something to the media. What we are seeing now is the CIA openly acting as the media. Any separation between the CIA and the news media, indeed even any pretence of separation, has been dropped.

This is bad. This is very, very bad. Democracy has no meaningful existence if people’s votes aren’t being cast with a clear understanding of what’s happening in their nation and their world, and if their understanding is being shaped to suit the agendas of the very government they’re meant to be influencing with their votes, what you have is the most powerful military and economic force in the history of civilization with no accountability to the electorate whatsoever. It’s just an immense globe-spanning power structure, doing whatever it wants to whoever it wants. A totalitarian dictatorship in disguise.

And the CIA is the very worst institution that could possibly be spearheading the movements of that dictatorship. A little research into the many, many horrific things the CIA has done over the years will quickly show you that this is true; hell, just a glance at what the CIA was up to with the Phoenix Program in Vietnam will.

In case anyone needs reminding, here’s a partial list of the ex-spooks who served as media figures in the Trump years: https://t.co/CJT8YGcvkN 

— Matt Taibbi (@mtaibbi) April 16, 2021

There’s a common delusion in our society that depraved government agencies who are known to have done evil things in the past have simply stopped doing evil things for some reason. This belief is backed by zero evidence, and is contradicted by mountains of evidence to the contrary. It’s believed because it is comfortable, and for literally no other reason.

The CIA should not exist at all, let alone control the news media, much less the movements of the US empire. May we one day know a humanity that is entirely free from the rule of psychopaths, from our total planetary behavior as a collective, all the way down to the thoughts we think in our own heads.  May we extract their horrible fingers from every aspect of our being.

The best way to get around the internet censors and make sure you see the stuff I publish is to subscribe to the mailing list for at my website or on Substack, which will get you an email notification for everything I publish. My work is entirely reader-supported, so if you enjoyed this piece please consider sharing it around, liking me on Facebook, following my antics on Twitter, or throwing some money into my tip jar on Ko-fi, Patreon or Paypal. If you want to read more you can buy my books. For more info on who I am, where I stand, and what I’m trying to do with this platform, click here. Everyone, racist platforms excluded, has my permission to republish, use or translate any part of this work (or anything else I’ve written) in any way they like free of charge.

Bitcoin donations:1Ac7PCQXoQoLA9Sh8fhAgiU3PHA2EX5Zm2

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/cia-used-infiltrate-media-now-cia-media 

:: 4-17-21 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Genetic Sabotage Of Humanity

Jon Bowne  April 17th 2021, 4:18 pm

While the social engineers of the United Nations slowly force Agenda 2030 through the manufactured totalitarian Covid lockdown scheme, a decades-old secret human cloning and hybrid operation is testing the water of public scrutiny.

It’s an operation that will replenish the elite with harvested organs from their genetic creations, while continuing the work of Nazi Dr. Mengele’s Superhuman Master Race.

https://www.infowars.com/posts/the-genetic-sabotage-of-humanity/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 4--21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Michael Savage Warns of Civil War — ‘You Should Be Very Frightened’

What we are seeing is a civil war,” Savage said, before questioning if it can be stopped.

Savage then described the “assault” as emanating from all sides and the wars “raging right here at home,” including the “war against the middle class, the suburbs, and white men.”

“We are under assault from both inside and out as our government moves to consolidate its domestic power, while at the same time weakening our defenses against the growing power of our global enemies like China,” he said.

“The media and this administration’s relentless assault on our borders, language, and culture has expanded to include an assault on every one of our fundamental values and institutions. They are out to destroy a once righteous and heroic America and replace it with a leftist government defined by immorality and greed.”

We’ve come to a situation that may threaten our existence as a nation,” he added. “Everybody knows something is wrong.”

In what he described as a “very dangerous and sensitive and frightening topic,” Savage claimed, “America is in a crisis.”

“It could happen here. It could all collapse,” he said as he warned not to become complacent.

You should be very frightened right now,” he added. “We need to galvanize every liberty-loving American. A line must be drawn.”

Government  Referring to Biden as a “rogue president” and the country’s political machinery as “broken,” Savage claimed those who had hoped Trump’s loss would put an end to the country’s divisiveness were very wrong.

“Trump lost. You thought it would have stopped, you sighed with relief, many of you said ‘oh he’s gone, oh he’s gone,’ and this is all going to end, we’re just going to have a wonderful time now,” he said. “Are you having a wonderful time now?”

He also referred to Biden’s presidency as an extension of the Obama one.

Biden is Obama’s puppet. The third Obama term is underway, all you have to do is look at what’s going on in America,” he said, noting the continued “hatred of the police” and “a new deal with Iran — who’s speeding along with their centrifuges to make a new atomic weapon.”

Savage then discussed the repercussions of the “irreparable” divisions in the country today.

With a nation so divided, the government could marshal all of those on its side. The Transportation Security Administration (that’s the TSA), street gangs of thugs, Black Lives Matter, the National Guard. A military now being purged of patriots, and without a real command structure loyal to the Constitution. They could marshal all those against those who would stand up to the oppression,” he says.

The split between right and left is now irreparable,” he adds.

Immigration and border  On immigration, Savage asked that listeners “consider the negligent immigration law enforcement” which is current policy.

They are allowing illegal aliens to come over the Southern border — many with COVID — not only with little fear of penalty, but actually being welcomed in by the gangsters in so many different so-called religious groups like Catholic charities,” he said.

Joe Biden, who has opened up the borders like a sardine can and we’re being overrun by illegal aliens from Central America, fifty-percent of whom are infected with COVID. They’re not injected, they’re not followed. They’re not given passports, meaning COVID passports. You, though, if you walk into a restaurant, they look at you with a thermometer,” he addsed.

Savage then demonstrated the hypocrisy in how the left portrays the border crisis.

You know when Trump was president, all we saw was pictures of children, kids in cages, that’s all you heard from the vermin on the left: kids in cages, kids in cages. Well, now we have more than kids in cages. We have a humanitarian crisis on our border that is decimating our language and our culture,” he said.

Do you know what the Biden administration means when it talks about ‘humane enforcement’ of immigration laws? It means that it’s freeing tens of thousands of illegal aliens who have been convicted of serious crimes, including many with homicides, sexual assaults, thefts, and kidnappings and more than you can believe of drug and drunk driving convictions here in America.”

“We can look at the overcrowded detention centers. We could see that the illegals are overwhelming many of our emergency rooms and schools, and we know that almost all new immigrants are aligned with liberals and socialism. That means more votes for [House Speaker] Nancy Pelosi,” he added.

Stating that “amnesty will destroy America,” Savage indicated just who the real victims will be.

“The biggest victims will be our poor Americans, white and black alike,” he said. “That is the situation we’re heading for.” 

COVID-19  Savage regarded the current administration’s approach to the coronavirus pandemic as “the war against sane medicine with the COVID lockdowns.”

Biden’s war on our children’s schools, not letting them return to class,” he added. “Dr. Fauci’s muddled war on science.

Court-packing  Describing it as “a far bigger problem that will last until your grandchildren’s lives come to an end,” Savage blasts the left’s intentions of “packing the Supreme Court with far-left activists instead of judges.”

If they pack the court, they will alter America for the worse,” he said. “You’d better hang on because the rollercoaster is about to get more dangerous.”

He also described an article claiming House Speaker Nancy Pelosi did not support packing the courts as “a lie.”

“Here is what Pelosi actually said: ‘I don’t know that that’s a good idea or a bad idea. I think it’s an idea that should be considered, and I think the president is taking the right approach to have a commission to study such a thing,’” he stated, and added that Pelosi said certain factors “might necessitate such a change.”

Foreign policy  Concerning current foreign policy, Savage asked, “Why have so many of our top military commanders been pushed aside by Biden after years of brave service? What about his reaching out to Iran which is racing to develop nuclear weapons?”

He also attributed “Russia marshaling troops on the border of Ukraine” to the “anti-Russia rhetoric of Biden and his team of maniacs.”

“Never forget that this attack upon Putin that started with the Democrats once Trump became president is now escalated…,” he says, adding that war is “exactly the playbook of the Democrats.”

“Never ever forget: the Democrats are a party of war,” he says.

In the Middle East, Savage claims that the current administration is “pitting the Israelis against the Arabs again,” after former President Donald Trump had “restored peace.”

“In the Middle East we had peace between the Arabs and the Jews, and what happened right away? Right away, Biden came in and the Democrats started the war drums against peace in the Middle East,” he said.   “They want war, it’s good for their pockets,” he added.

Race and Violence  Addressing race, Savage claimed, “The hatred towards white people is like something I never believed could happen in America.”

“It seems that people only riot when blacks are killed and this has got to stop,” he added.

He then lamented the way things have become. “How does it happen that we have apartheid in America today? Where whites are excluded from graduations; where whites are called every name under the sun; where your children are taught to hate their own race?”

Savage then warned the attacks on whites today in the U.S. resemble those initially perpetrated by Stalin against farmers.

Stalin started a war against the farmers, first by slandering them, giving them a name called ‘Kulak,’” he said. “This is exactly what’s going on in America today towards white people.”

Savage described the slander and hatred as emanating from multiple sources. “It is coming from social media; is coming from the university; is coming from blacks; it’s coming from white communists. They’re targeting white people the way the farmers were targeted in Russia.”

Describing the sequence of events of atrocities following hate, Savage says, “First it started with a hatred towards white people, that was borderline Stalin’s Russia, and it hasn’t ended yet.”

“Then the brutality started. Then Stalin got street thugs, Marxist street thugs, from the cities. Sound familiar? Sounds like Black Lives Matter… like Antifa. And he sent those violent street thugs out to the farms, to beat and kill the farmers.”

For over a year they’ve been burning and looting, BLM and Antifa amongst the most obvious,” he said, adding that President Biden and Vice President Harris “are transforming America in front of our eyes.”

What we’re seeing is an insurgency, sustained and distributed conflict, violence being carried out in this case by the left,” he said. “And the ones who were doing the killing and the hating justify it. They justify their violence on the basis that it is just defensive. They have a belief that some other group is encroaching upon them, or that they’re racist.”

Savage also detailed the violence the left is preparing for as government officials turn a blind eye.

“The left-wing paramilitary groups that already exist are clashing with police over every reason imaginable. If a criminal is shot dead in the street as he flees the police, whether it’s by accident or on purpose, they start to burn and loot. Meanwhile, the politicians look the other way. Biden says nothing,” he said.

Savage also described the current attacks on gun rights as “Biden’s war on gun rights.”

Media  Describing the U.S. “state run media” which “the government is using to propagandize,” Savage blasted the media’s falling all over President Biden.

Every time Biden opens up his mouth, the media says he’s a brave man. The Twitter mob says he’s a brave man. The American corporations suddenly shift their policies to fit old Uncle Joe’s current woke moods,” he said. “Is that a free and fair society that was envisioned by our Founding Fathers?”

Savage also slammed social media for “fueling the conflict,” and “letting the extremists on both sides run wild, but mainly killing off those on the right and letting those on the left spew hatred on the social media platforms.”

“Now couple that with social media whose not controlling this from the left and you’ll have to say that we’re already in a state of civil war,” he said.

Our population is heavily armed, everyone is frightened,” he added.

Culture

Addressing the “war on our culture,” Savage stated, “Leftists hate the very foundations of Western culture” as he warned of the U.S. facing “the rise of cultural Marxism.”

Marxist culture is being proposed on the most vulnerable of Americans, our children. It’s crept far beyond merely spending money to keep them imprisoned, meaning Americans. It’s invaded everything from our military to the Christian churches and communities so reviled by the left, many of the Christian churches now are Marxist churches,” he said.

The communists are on the rise,” he added. “Those on the right who stood up were labeled Nazis, Ku Klux Klan, white supremacists, but those on the left, are called ‘protesters.’”

Savage claimed such values have taken a toll on American foundations.

“The advance of leftist values and policies that characterizes this takeover has weakened the moral and cultural foundation of which this country rose to become the most powerful nation on Earth,” he said.

“Under the Biden administration, the war on culture has expanded to include the left’s war on Christians, on women, on men, on children, on minorities, and even on the rule of law,” he added.

Savage also said this war on culture abounds everywhere.

You cannot turn on a TV set, sit down in a movie theater, if they even open them and go in anymore. You can’t open a newspaper, those that exist, or a magazine without being bombarded with filth that would have gotten its creators in jail a little more than a half a century ago. The degenerate leftists and their lack of principles behind the disappearance of moral and cultural decency has infiltrated our federal government, and many of our most important institutions,” he said.

Savage specifically noted the role of universities, which he claims have been “poisoned, polluted, toxified.”

Our once great universities are being turned into swamps. They admitted people who could never keep up with anybody on the basis of color, sexual orientation, anything except academic standards. As a result, they have polluted virtually everything they have touched,” he said.

Noting that “the leftist commitment to destroying capitalism and democratic government itself has metastasized to the point where we no longer have an option,” Savage suggested finding ways “to eliminate the influence they’ve accumulated as they infiltrate every aspect of American life.”

Economy

Savage claimed that, just as freedoms are “being challenged,” so is the economy. “We have a fragile economy, don’t be fooled, it’s not improving. The Consumer Price Index has already risen, meaning the cost of basic goods is going way up under Biden. We have an inflation that’s getting out of control, it’s not improving. Why is Bitcoin suddenly trading as a legitimate currency?”

The fragile economy is not improving, it could be drawn to the brink of collapse. The dollar could be worthless by the bursting of the housing bubble or the stock market, other factors,” he said. “Then other nations will likely refuse to buy the U.S. Treasury bonds on which we’ve been financing U.S. soaring debt. The U.S. dollar has long been the currency on which the world economy is built, but it’s becoming increasingly unstable. Consequences will not be good for any of us. The dollar, which has been the global reserve currency, will likely continue to lose value.”

Privacy  Savage also warned how “all private information, including personal photographs that you put up on the cloud, is being stored.”

“The NSA, the National Security Agency, is continuing its hostile takeover of Americans’ privacy. The technology and storage capacity of the NSA is nearly limitless. Information about your everyday activities is captured and stored in the million square foot federal data center in Bluffdale, Utah in the form of metadata. So, are they monitoring the communications of suspected terrorists in order to prevent them from staging another attack on this country? Sure, but they’re also monitoring you. They’re monitoring anyone that they considered to be a right-winger, a nationalist.”

Housing  On housing, Savage claimed, “Not only do [the left] want to decimate your life in every way they can, but if you look at what Biden and his team of leftist radicals are doing, they’re trying to destroy Democrat-run suburbs.”

“Under the Biden infrastructure plan, what they want to do is build high rises and move — let me be very clear — poor people into white suburbs. I mean, let’s not mince words. This is a long standing goal of the radical left,” he said.

Savage explained how such policies hurt those who worked hard to get ahead.

“You have worked all your life to get away from crime. You worked all your life to get your children to a school that’s relatively safe, and what [Biden] wants to do is annihilate suburban single family housing,” he says. “In other words, by moving people in who will beat up your children and break into your house and rob you, that’s the answer to climate change, racial injustice, and affordable housing?”

“That means that black people who have escaped the slums, Asians people who have escaped poverty, Hispanics who have worked their way up and escaped poverty and moved to the suburbs will be decimated and attacked by the people they ran away from,” he added. “They have put a bullseye on the suburbs.”

Civil war

We’re in the midst of a military, economic and cultural collapse that is turning us into a country in danger of catastrophic failure, and could be leading to the nightmarish scenario of a civil war,” Savage warned. “If you want to stop Joe Biden and the so-called woke culture from turning us into slaves and turning us into another world that you can never get out of, you have to wake up to the fact that you have to stand up and understand that there is a civil war.”

Any American who stands up against this tyranny, good God-fearing people have had enough of seeing their civil rights trampled, their jobs vanish, their income seized through taxation, the border being overrun, fake scientists telling us to stay hidden inside our houses with masks on. People don’t know what to do,” he concluded.

Savage rose to the heights of talk radio and was inducted into the National Radio Hall of Fame in 2016.

His radio show — The Savage Nation — has been syndicated on over 300 stations across the U.S. and has over ten million listeners per week. It has gained a sizable audience over the years, with his current podcast, launched in 2019, landing in the top two percent nationally.

Follow Joshua Klein on Twitter @JoshuaKlein.

https://www.breitbart.com/politics/2021/04/18/michael-savage-warns-civil-war-you-should-very-frightened/ 

:: 4-18-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BIDEN HAS SET THE STAGE FOR THE UN-SUPPORTED TAKEOVER OF THE UNITED STATES BY SPARKING OUT OF CONTROL ANTIFA RACE RIOTS THIS SUMMER

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, April 18, 2021 - 14:14.

In Yesterday’s article, I painstakingly detailed one of the biggest betrayals of the American people with the unconstitutional signing of the Kigali Principles which allowed for the UN, based on their own say-so, could forcefully enter with foreign troops any country that the UN determined was in distress. The signing was initiated by John Kerry, on behalf of Obama in December of 2016. Hillary had already lost the election and Obama was seemingly unable to pass on the torch of treason. However, the Kigali Principles were the failsafe to the lost election and subsequent coronation for Hillary. Obama was quite confident that Trump would not serve a second term and he set the stage to hand off the country to the United Nations in whomever would take Trump’s place.

Not only will the United Nations be entering our country in the near future, but their CHICOM-blue-helmeted allies be entering the US as well. I always knew this day would come, I just hadn’t targeted the correct trigger event. I would have placed my bet on the sabotage of the Oroville Dam whose destruction would have set off the greatest catastrophe in American history, and surely, UN intervention would have been excused. However, I now believe that there is a clearly emerging trigger event to the enforcement of the Kigali Principles and it is the coming massive race riots which have already started and will rise to a crescendo event this summer.

Federal LEO’s are secretly preparing for massive riots in primarily blue cities. Many of the agents believe that a murder conviction for Chauvin is unlikely. And anything short of a murder conviction will be met with widespread, violent riots. Of course, any police-involved shooting will be met with George Soros-inspired violent riots.

Soros and Biden have combined forces to ensure that the UN will deploy troops on American soil. The rioters are in place and Biden has invoked the services of a racist stooge.

The racist stooge is Linda Thomas-Greenfield and she is undeniably fanning the flames of racism. Thomas-Greenfield is a stooge for the invocation of anti-American sentiment, particularly aimed at white Americans.

Thomas-Greenfield, the newly appointed ambassador to the United Nations made some of the most egregious, racist and anti-American statements ever made by an administration officials. Thomas-Greenfield stated that embedded in America is white supremacy. The police murders of non-whites are inspired by white-supremacy. She then stated that the United States should not be admitted to UN Human Rights Commission because of the country’s white supremacy. These are comments that Thomas-Greenfield had previously made while in Alaska the month before.

It is a moot point, but the FBI statistics don’t even support these highly suspect remarks. In fact, the White House Press Secretary said that she and Biden believe that she is correct and Biden has no intention of replacing her. Certainly, someone in the Biden administration must be aware of the term, anachronism which is where the historical events of one period are used to mischaracterize present time frame. However, being historically accurate is not the goal. Setting the stage for UN military intervention on America soil is being put into play as I write these words.

As I write these words, the case is being made at the United Nations to eventually invoke the Kigali Principals to save America from the preplanned race riots commence in totality this summer. And as I have detailed, many times, the CHICOMS will be coming to do the bidding of the Deep State. And as a final reminder, the last three CHICOM Defense Ministers have sworn genocide against America. And where are these CHICOM soldiers today? There at least 2 million on both borders and inside of the United States. Steve Quayle and myself have warned about this for years.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/biden-has-set-stage-un-supported-takeover-united-states-sparking-out-control-antifa-race-riots 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 4-18-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Blood Will Spill On American Soil As The 'Lunatic Fringe' Explodes In Pandemonium This Coming Week While All Of The Pieces On The World Stage Have Been Cast Into Motion

- The Days Of God's Judgement Are Falling Upon America: 'This Is Not A Drill'

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 18, 2021

If it seems to you like the world has gone completely mad in April of 2021, you're not the only one.

With the left pushing their anti-America, anti-Christian, anti-sanity agenda full tilt, and what's happening in Portland, Oregon, where 'Antifa Communist Revolutionaries' just burned down an Apple store while firing guns randomly from their car windows; and Brooklyn Park, Minnesota, where California Representative Maxine Waters just told BLM protestors to 'get more confrontational' with law enforcement, are all evidence of the left's intentions for America, we warned just days ago that Americans should be fully prepared for turmoil in the days ahead on all fronts, both domestic and abroad.

And seemingly right on time, as Breitbart reports in this new story, during a BLM rally in Washington DC, a BLM activist speaking during a 'Jail Killer Cops' rally asked the other activists attending: "How long before people are really ready to get blood on their hands to make change happen?". With that statement happening prior to Waters babblings about 'being more confrontational with police', as the top-voted comments on this Daily Mail story pointed out:

"If that's not an incitement to violence from a government official I don't know what is."

"Stop inciting violence!... unless you agree with us, that is! Typical hypocrisy from the left".

"Not the first time she's told the mob to riot, wont be the last, She needs to be removed from office asap."

And as we had reported on ANP several years ago, back in 2018, Waters said the following to a gathering of radical leftists and reporters about President Donald Trump's Cabinet officials.

"Let's make sure we show up wherever we have to show up. If you see any Congress people from the Democratic party in a restaurant, in a department store, at a gasoline station, you get out and you create a crowd, and you push back on them, and you tell them they're not welcome anymore, anywhere!!!"

So why do leftists like Waters seemingly 'get a pass' when it comes to their 'inciting violence' while they seemingly throw the book at President Trump for doing much less on January 6th? From this important Daily Mail story that gives America another indication of where we're headed before we continue.:

California Representative Maxine Waters joined protesters in Minnesota as demonstrations entered a seventh night on Saturday after the death of Daunte Wright.

Waters told the protesters at Brooklyn Center that she will fight for justice on their behalf and urged them to 'to get more confrontational' - just one day after protests descended into violence.

'I am not happy that we have talked about police reform for so long,' Waters said. 'We're looking for a guilty verdict,' she added in regards to the Derek Chauvin trial. 'If we don't, we cannot go away.'

'We gotta stay on the street,' Waters was recorded saying, adding that protesters needed 'to get more confrontational' and they should ignore the curfew in place.

Her comments sparked outrage on Twitter.  'Of course she’ll get away with saying that while anyone else would’ve been thrown in jail,' Rick Santella tweeted.

Another user tweeted, 'Good grief lady, leave get out of here.'

One person also accused Waters of 'stirring people up again with her calls for violence.'  etc

With each of those stories the latest reasons why Americans should be fully prepared to defend their families and loved ones in the days ahead, especially with Waters hinting at massive rioting from the left following the verdict expected this coming week in the Derek Chauvin trial, ANP also has been warned by a well-trusted source that something huge may happen on the global war front, and also as soon as this coming week.

With reports out of NATO that the Ukraine is begging for nukes to 'defend themselves' against Russia coming at a time when some independent media outlets have suggested that the US has already obliged their wishes and nuclear-armed them, think that Russia might not send nukes to Mexico or Cuba or Venezuela in response to any such actions?

And Russia already did it back in 2018 when they sent two nuclear-capable bombers to Venezuela in support of their socialist government, angering President Trump officials and showing Washington DC they have no problem putting nukes in America's own backyard if they need to. With all of this also happening at a time when the globalists are insanely pushing for war with Russia that could instantly be absolutely devastating to all of America should Russia unleash an EMP attack upon us, are you prepared to live your life without our modern banking system, credit cards and even commerce?

With massive supply shortages of all kinds already happening in America and now, food prices rising aggressively with even the mainstream media warning its only going to get worse as Michael Snyder reports in this new story, Zero Hedge also reported that a 'Biblical surge' in food prices was ahead, due largely to the lockdowns across America due to the 'scamdemic', so imagine how much worse things will get should global war break out in the days ahead!

And while we hate to sound like a broken record, as Dr. Peter Vincent Pry has warned us many times, an EMP attack upon America would be a worst case scenario, with any long-term grid down scenario leading eventually to the deaths of 90% of Americans or more. And sadly, most Americans don't even know what an EMP is, nor why they should prepare for such an event. From this April 6th story by Dr. Pry over at Newsmax.

"A single nuclear weapon detonated at high-altitude over this country would collapse our electric grid and other critical infrastructures and endanger the lives of millionsWith North Korea in possession of nuclear missiles and Iran close to having them, an EMP is no longer a theoretical concern—it is a real threat."

Since 1963, after discovery of the EMP phenomenon during the 1962 STARFISH PRIME high-altitude nuclear test, every Democrat and Republican President and Congress have spent billions protecting U.S. strategic forces and command-control-communications from nuclear EMP attack. President Obama, on one project alone, spent nearly $1 billion to further harden NORAD’s Cheyenne Mountain command center against EMP.

But U.S. electric grids and other life-sustaining critical infrastructures, that sustain 330 million Americans, have never been protected from EMP.

So why are Congress and America's President protected from the devastating effects of an EMP while the American people have been completely neglected? With the left attempting to completely divide America in 2021, and some of the most sinister tools of dictatorship already being used upon the American people, it's long been warned the globalists have a sinister depopulation agenda for America and it's being carried out this very moment upon us all.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

We also see in several stories recently published over the past several days that the ongoing internal political war about what 'Rights' Americans should or shouldn't have is now hitting a fever pitch.

As Forbes just reported, somewhere in America has been hit every day of 2021 with a 'mass shooting', with 54 such shootings happening in the past month alone under Joe Biden. And while we absolutely hate to say 'we told you so' when horrific events such as this happen, as we had warned two months ago in this February 16th ANP story titled "Expect And Prep For Joe Biden False Flags Being Carried Out Against America As Globalists Scheme To Complete The Demonization Of Patriots And The 2nd Amendment", they're coming after us all now as America enters perilous territory.

So why so many mass shootings under Joe Biden and Democrats in less than 3 full months in office?

With the left pushing to disarm Americans any way that they can, we can't help but keep looking back all the way back to 1962 and 'Operation Northwoods' as well as the CIA's long-ongoing program called "Operation MKUltra" to see that 'false flag terrorism' designed to accomplish a particular political objective has long been a strategy of the 'deep state' and the 'global elite'.

Selecting the mentally ill to carry out devious experiments on using mind control techniques such as psychologically traumatizing people and even physical torture, as Alternet had reported in this 2015 story, the abuse of psychiatric diagnosis and treatment to subvert human rights has occurred not only in totalitarian U.S. enemies but in the United States as well. We should have seen this coming.

And while MKUltra resulted in severe trauma and even deaths, we've also been warned that mentally ill and mind controlled mass shooters could be 'programmed' using such 'weaponry' of the deep state to commit all sorts of horrific crimes; we all think 'crazy' when we think about people such as Adam Lanza, Nikolas Cruz, James Holmes, and the many other mentally ill who've unleashed their rage upon America.

With the LA Times reporting the vast majority of mass shooters in a study experienced early childhood trauma and exposure to violence at a young age including parental suicide, physical or sexual abuse, neglect, domestic violence, and/or severe bullying, with the trauma often a precursor to mental health concerns, including depression, anxiety, thought disorders or suicidality, are all of these mass shooters 'selected' ahead of time and then 'unleashed' upon America to accomplish the sinister political objective of disarming the American people?

If you think that it can't happen, we remind you once again that something even more sinister was already planned at the very highest levels of the US government. From Wikipedia.:

Operation Northwoods was a proposed false flag operation against the Cuban government that originated within the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) of the United States government in 1962.

The proposals called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) or other U.S. government operatives to both stage and actually commit acts of terrorism against American military and civilian targets, blaming them on the Cuban government, and using it to justify a war against Cuba.

The possibilities detailed in the document included the possible assassination of Cuban immigrants, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes to be shot down or given the appearance of being shot down, blowing up a U.S. ship, and orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities.

And while that was long ago, and the assassination of President John F. Kennedy happened soon after he rejected those false flag proposals, we're witnessing in 2021 both a massive uptick in mass shootings and a Democrat driven agenda to disarm the American people based upon that. Think they wouldn't use mind-controlled shooters to accomplish their sinister agenda? And where were all the mass shootings under pro-2nd Amendment President Donald Trump? Biden arrives and, voila, mass shootings galore.

So with things heating up all across America and the world and the very real possibility that World War 3 will be ushered in under Joe Biden and the globalists while they're pushing all of these mass shootings to the hilt, in the 1st video below, Steve Quayle recently joined the Hagmann Report to discuss what's going on overseas between the Ukraine and Russia at a time when Iran strives for 'the bomb' and China seeks to 'dictate' to America. And as Steve tells us in his opening statement, "all of the pieces of the world stage are now in motion" and pushing the world towards war.

And in the 2nd/final video below titled "Mind Control Madness In The Last Days," we see just how the globalists are using not only 'dumbed down Americans' to carry out their agenda but 'big media', 'big tech' and 'big government' to 'condition the masses' to 'accept their tyranny' as their end game for America is ushered in.

https://allnewspipeline.com/All_The_Pieces_On_The_World_Stage_Are_In_Motion.php 

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 4-18-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

After Assassination Disrupted, Belarus to Merge With Russia! Doubles Border area with NATO; Exposes ALL of Ukraine to Invasion

World NewsDesk 18 April 2021 Hits: 22870

Intelligence circuits are buzzing Sunday with news that the foiled assassination plot against Belarus President Lukashenko has convinced him that his country should MERGE with Russia for protection.

The alleged plot, which was reportedly foiled yesterday, was said to have been approved by the US C.I.A. because Lukashenko allowed Russian Army units to "share" Belarus military bases, as the troubles in Ukraine get worse.

This sharing agreement means that Ukraine is almost completely surrounded by Russia, or Russia-favorable countries, and if a fight erupts between Ukraine and Russia, it is now likely Ukraine will be "disintegrated" - won't exist as a country anymore!

If any of Ukraine is allowed to continue in existence as its own political entity, it will likely be severed from the Black Sea, by Russian troops seizing all the land to Odessa!

The map below shows the present situation in Ukraine: Luhansk and Donetsk are already seeking to leave Ukraine and are being attacked by Ukraine troops trying to topple those states and get them to submit to the Ukraine Capital in Kiev. Crimea, at the southern end of the country, has already voted to leave Ukraine and has already been accepted back into territorial Russia by the Russian government.

If Russian troops have to enter Ukraine to protect Luhansk and Donetsk from Ukrainian Army attack, then those Russian troops will likely also take the states of Kharkiv, Zaporizhzhya, Kherson and Odessa. They __may__ even take Mykolayiv, which would totally cut the remaining "Ukraine" off from the Black Sea as shown below:

This would mirror the Ukraine ELECTION RESULTS from the final election before their government was overthrown by European and American meddling back in the year 2014.

In the final Presidential Election before the overthrow, democratically elected President Viktor Yanukovich carried the entire east and southeast of Ukraine! Yanukovich was favorable to Russia, his base of support are mostly Russian-speaking and are favorable to Russia as well.

But Europe and America refused to accept when Yanukovich turned down their offer to become closer with the West. Yanukovich decided Ukraine was better if it stayed with Russia.

Europe and America refused to take "no" for an answer. They fomented, paid-for, and incited violent rebellion in Ukraine, which got so bad, Yanukovich had to flee the country. Once he was gone, the US and Europe installed a puppet government in Kiev, and they have been pushing to get Ukraine into NATO, to establish NATO missile bases in eastern Ukraine.

If successful, those missile bases would be within FIVE MINUTES MISSILE FLIGHT TIME to hit Russia's nuclear arsenal. The Russians wouldn't even have time enough to defend their own missiles, then find themselves decapitated by a NATO first strike, and at that point, would have no way of defending themselves from invasion and takeover.

So Russia sees its very existence as being in jeopardy by what the EU and USA are doing in Ukraine, and that's why Russia is stepping-up, full-bore, to get this NATO nonsense stopped in Ukraine . . . even if that means invading Ukraine and wiping it out.

Today, more trainloads of tanks arrived in Rostov-on-Don but THESE tanks had an interesting added feature: Fording Kits! In the video below, you can see those kits, in green, atop each tank:

These kits put the engine air intake about eight feet above the tank, allowing it to get completely submerged by river water, but with the engine still running so the tank can still move!

It is now believed that these particular tanks would be used by Russia during an invasion, to cross the Siverskyi Donets River in Luhansk as shown on the map below: and the Kal'mius River in Donetsk as shown on this additional map:

Major Massing of Forces

Today, two more Russian major landing vessels, now of the Baltic Fleet, normally based in the Baltic Sea's Kaliningrad, passed the Bosporus strait and entered the Black Sea. In addition to yesterday's two.

Russian amphibious group in Black Sea has reached 4 major landing ships (each carries 10 battle tanks + 340 soldiers), 6 minor landing ships (each carries 100 soldiers) as well as gunboats + rocket artillery boats. This is enough for a landing of a tank regiment.

It also appears that Russian naval forces have today been rehearsing off the coast of Crimea.

They now have the capacity to put a battalion sized armored unit ashore.

We must assume that if they want, they can attack the shoreline -- or a port -- any day (or night) from now.

EUCOM has raised their threat level for Ukraine: From "potential crisis" to "potential imminent crisis."

More Diplomats Ejected

The Czech Ambassador was summoned to the Russian Foreign Ministry in Moscow on Sunday, after Prague announced it would expel 18 Russian diplomats.

In response, Russia has declared 20 diplomats of the Czech Embassy personae non gratae.

The bigger picture

There are presently about 8 billion humans alive on this planet.

Yet some self-anointed arbiter of what the planet "can support" has decided - without our consent or our vote - that the planetary population cannot exceed 500 million.

They realize the only way to de-populate the earth is via either a massive and deadly disease outbreak; which they TRIED with their COVID-19 nonsense . . . and failed. Or, a war.

Having failed to "cull the herd" with their COVID-19, the globalists will now go underground and then start a war.

Their goal is millions dead  In order to achieve that goal, this war will go nuclear.

Russia can't win a conventional war against NATO or the US. We will poke that sleeping bear a little too much, soon.

Mutually assured destruction sure is MAD. And, that is the goal when you are underground and watching, while eating a bowl of popcorn, as "the herd" gets culled.

Incidentally, the herd . . . is me and you. Our families. Our children.

If this war actually does kick off, when the left-wing liberals come out of their shelters, be sure to walk right up to them and give them the (ahem) "Thanks" they deserve for stealing the US Presidential election, and using that theft to get millions of us and our families KILLED.

Don't talk to them. Don't ask them anything. Just walk right up and (ahem) Thank them.

FINALLY . . .

Lest you think my "take" on the severity of the situation is somehow "sensationalist" or that there is no possible way this situation can erupt into what I have been saying (World War 3 and go nuclear), it may interest you to know that the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists have moved their clock to . . . 100 seconds to midnight (Armageddon). That's the closest it has E V E R been. . .

Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.

When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you,

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/after-assassination-disrupted-belarus-to-merge-with-russia-doubles-border-area-with-nato-exposes-all-of-ukraine-to-invasion 

:: 4-18-21 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Antifa "Panicking" About Police Informant Inside Network: Andy Ngo

Tyler Durden Sunday, Apr 18, 2021 - 09:10 PM

Authored by Zachary Stieber via The Epoch Times,

Members of the infamous Antifa cell in Portland are anxious after an informant in their midst gave information to police, leading to arson charges, Antifa expert Andy Ngo says.

“They’re panicking because this may possibly mean that somebody has infiltrated high... and there’s a lot at risk, because this is a criminal cartel,” Ngo said Saturday on NTD’s “The Nation Speaks.”

“And if there’s somebody in there and they don’t know who it is who’s informing on them, it could bring down the entire cell,” Ngo added.

“I’m hopeful that that will happen, although I’m not sure if there’s the political will for the investigators to actually go through and fully investigate all the links and ties that this individual suspect has. But this is at least a little bit of good news in regards to months and months of really terrible things happening in Portland with no changes happening.”

Portland has seen repeated rioting since the spring of 2020. At least some of the violence has been linked to members of Antifa, a far-left, anarcho-communist network that has carried out violent acts in cities across the country.

Last week, prosecutors announced they were charging Alma Raven-Guido, a 19-year-old who has attended multiple riots, with arson, criminal mischief, and rioting—all felonies.

Raven-Guido is accused of pouring flammable liquid onto a fire that had been started at the building housing the Portland Police Association, a police union, during a riot on April 13. That liquid “resulted in the fire growing,” Multnomah County District Attorney Mike Schmidt said.

A witness saw one of the bottles Raven-Guido use catch fire and start melting and also told police that they saw her place the three bottles into a backpack. In a court document, a police officer described the witness as “the informant.”

Portland police officers found an accelerant and lighters when they arrested Raven-Guido shortly after the fire was set. They also found her to be in possession of a crow bar, spray paint, and heavy marker. In this image from video, a fire is seen at the Portland Police Association building in Portland, Ore., on April 13, 2021. (KPTV)

The fire caused an estimated $25,000-plus damage to the police union building. Daryl Turner, executive director of the union, said in a statement that no one was inside the building when it was set on fire and that neighboring homes were not damaged.

The arsonists were “a splinter group of rioters” who broke off from a peaceful march, Turner said.

Slogans favored by Antifa were scrawled on the side of the building, including “ACAB,” an anti-police acronym.

A court-appointed attorney for the defendant, who was released after being arraigned last week, did not immediately respond to a request for comment. The Antifa network in Portland does not have a public-facing brand, such as a spokesperson.

After publications started reporting on the informant’s information helping lead to Raven-Guido being charged, a lot of Antifa members on social media “were trying accuse one another, saying, ‘who was it?'” Ngo, the journalist who has tracked the network for years, was beaten by alleged members in 2019, and later left the United States because of threats, told NTD.

“And they’re really scared, so they’re locking down their social media accounts so that you can’t see what they’re saying anymore,” he added.

Screenshots shared by Ngo on Twitter, and other posts that are still publicly available, show people wondering about who informed on Raven-Guido.

Somebody sold us out. Somebody sold every single one of us out. There’s somebody out there that would rather send a 19 year old indigenous person to prison than protect a single one of us. [expletive] you. Absolutely [expletive] you. I hope we find out who the [expletive] you are,” one wrote.

“So where did this happen and what’s that snitches address?” another posted.

Another user shared a meme that stated, “snitches get stitches.”

Ngo said he’s hopeful that the anxiety that has set in among Antifa members will lead to a decrease in the violence in Portland.

I think that the group of people who are organizing, carrying out the violence is relatively small. So they stand a lot to lose actually if there’s going to be a high level of distrust within the ranks and Portland Police and even federal authorities have not been effective at clamping down on the violence in Portland, which is still ongoing to this day,” he said. “But hopefully, this—Antifa’s own paranoia—can be their undoing. One can hope.”

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/antifa-panicking-about-police-informant-inside-network-andy-ngo 

:: 4-15-21 Forbidden Knowledge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Monopoly: An overview of the Great Reset – Follow the Money

April 15, 2021

24,829 views

If you’ve been wondering how the world economy has been hijacked and humanity has been kidnapped by a completely bogus narrative, look no further than this video by Dutch creator, Covid Lie.

What she uncovers is that the stock of the world’s largest corporations are owned by the same institutional investors. They all own each other. This means that “competing” brands, like Coke and Pepsi aren’t really competitors, at all, since their stock is owned by exactly the same investment companies, investment funds, insurance companies, banks and in some cases, governments. This is the case, across all industries. As she says:

“The smaller investors are owned by larger investors. Those are owned by even bigger investors. The visible top of this pyramid shows only two companies whose names we have often seen…They are Vanguard and BlackRock. The power of these two companies is beyond your imagination. Not only do they own a large part of the stocks of nearly all big companies but also the stocks of the investors in those companies. This gives them a complete monopoly.

A Bloomberg report states that both these companies in the year 2028, together will have investments in the amount of 20 trillion dollars. That means that they will own almost everything.

Bloomberg calls BlackRock “The fourth branch of government”, because it’s the only private agency that closely works with the central banks. BlackRock lends money to the central bank but it’s also the advisor. It also develops the software the central bank uses. Many BlackRock employees were in the White House with Bush and Obama. Its CEO. Larry Fink can count on a warm welcome from leaders and politicians. Not so strange, if you know that he is the front man of the ruling company but Larry Fink does not pull the strings himself.

BlackRock, itself is also owned by shareholders. Who are those shareholders? We come to a strange conclusion. The biggest shareholder is Vanguard. But now he gets murky. Vanguard is a private company and we cannot see who the shareholders are. The elite who own Vanguard apparently do not like being in the spotlight but of course they cannot hide from who is willing to dig.

Reports from Oxfam and Bloomberg say that 1% of the world, together owns more money than the other 99%. Even worse, Oxfam says that 82% of all earned money in 2017 went to this 1%.

In other words, these two investment companies, Vanguard and BlackRock hold a monopoly in all industries in the world and they, in turn are owned by the richest families in the world, some of whom are royalty and who have been very rich since before the Industrial Revolution. Why doesn’t everybody know this? Why aren’t there movies and documentaries about this? Why isn’t it in the news? Because 90% of the international media is owned by nine media conglomerates.

Covid Lie asks, “Who sponsors the organization and press agencies that produce our news? With Project Syndicate, we see the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation and the European Journalism Centre. The organizations that bring the news get paid by non-profit organizations, of the same elite that also owns the entire media but also a part of taxpayers money is used to pay them.”

Or, as George Carlin said, “It’s a small club and you ain’t in it.

So when Lynn Forester de Rothschild wants the United States to be a one-party country (like China) and doesn’t want voter ID laws passed in the US, so that more election fraud can be perpetrated to achieve that end, what does she do?

She holds a conference call with the world’s top 100 CEOs and tells them to publicly decry as “Jim Crow” Georgia’s passing of an anti-corruption law and she orders her dutiful CEOs to boycott the State of Georgia, like we saw with Coca-Cola and Major League Baseball and even Hollywood star, Will Smith. In this conference call, we see shades of the Great Reset, Agenda 2030, the New World Order.

The UN wants to make sure, as does Schwab that in 2030, poverty, hunger, pollution and disease no longer plague the Earth. To achieve this, the UN wants taxes from Western countries to be split by the mega corporations of the elite to create a brand new society. For this project, the UN says we need a world government – namely the UN, itself.

And it is clear that the “pandemic” was orchestrated in order to bring this about. This video does an incredible job of explaining how it is all being done.

TRANSCRIPT  As you are watching millions fall into poverty because of the corona measures of the past year, even if the greatest economic crisis in history has not affected you yet, it will only be a matter of time until the rippling effects will hit you, as well

This is not fear-mongering but it’s a harsh reality. I also think we might mitigate the damage and may even do better, provided we are informed correctly about our situation. This is why I would like to show you a few facts you can easily check facts that are of crucial importance.

Less than a handful of big corporations dominate every aspect of our lives. That may seem exaggerated but from the breakfast we eat to the mattress we sleep on and everything we wear and consume in between is largely dependent on these corporations.

Those are huge investment companies that determine the course of money flow. They are the main characters of the play that we are witnessing. I know your time is valuable, so I summarize the most important data.

How does it work?  THE FOOD INDUSTRY

Let’s take Pepsico as an example. It is the parent company of many soda companies and snack companies. The so-called competitive brands are from factories from a few corporations who monopolize the entire industry. In the packaged food industry, there are a few big companies, like Unilever, the Coca-Cola Company, Mondelez and Nestlé.

In the picture, you see that most brands in the food industry belong to one of these corporations. The big companies are on the stock market and have the big shareholders in the board of directors.

On sources like Yahoo Finance, we can see detailed company info, such as who the biggest shareholders actually are. Let’s take Pepsico again, as an example. We see about 72% of stock is owned by no less than 3,155 institutional investors. These are investment companies, investment funds, insurance companies, banks and in some cases, governments.

Who are the biggest institutional investors of Pepsico? As you can see, only 10 of the investors own together nearly one third of the stock. The top 10 of investors together amount to a value of $59 billion dollars but out of those ten, only three own more stock than the other seven. Let’s remember them and look up who owns the most stocks of the Coca-Cola Company, the biggest competitor of Pepsi.

The biggest lump of stock is again owned by institutional investors. Let’s look at the top 10 and start at the bottom six of them. Four of these institutional investors we also saw at the bottom six of Pepsico. These are Northern Trust, JPMorgan-Chase, Geode Capital Management and Wellington Management. Now, let’s look at the four biggest stock owners. They are BlackRock, Vanguard and State Street. These are the world’s biggest investment firms, so Pepsico and Coca-Cola are not competitors, at all.

The other big companies that own a myriad of brand names, like Unilever, Mondelez and Nestlé are from the same small group of investors. But it’s not only in the food industry that their names come up. Let’s find out on Wikipedia, which are the biggest tech companies.

BIG TECH  Facebook is the owner of Whatsapp and Instagram. Together with Twitter, they form the most popular social media platforms. Alphabet is the parent of all Google companies, like YouTube and Gmail but they are also the biggest investor in Android, one of the two operating systems for nearly all smartphones and tablets. The other operating system is Apple’s IOS. If we add Microsoft, we see four companies making the software for nearly all computers, tablets and smartphones in the world.

Let’s see who are the biggest shareholders of these companies. Take Facebook: we see that 80% of the stock is owned by institutional investors. These are the same names that came up in the food industry; the same investors are in the top three. Next, is Twitter. It forms with Facebook and Instagram the top three. Surprisingly, this company is in the hands of the same investors, as well. We see them again, with Apple and even with their biggest competitor, Microsoft.

Also, if we look at other big companies in the tech industry that develop and make our computers, TVs, phones and home appliances, we see the same big investors, that together own the majority of the stock. It’s true for all industries. I’m not exaggerating.

THE TRAVEL INDUSTRY (AND ENERGY & MINING)

One last example, let’s book a holiday on a computer or smartphone. We search for a flight to a sunny country on Skyscanner or Expedia. Both are from the same small group of investors. We fly with one of the many airlines. Many of which are in the hands of the same investors and of governments, as is the case with Air France, KLM. The plane we board is, in most cases a Boeing or an Airbus, also owned by the same names. We book through Booking.com or AirBnB and when we arrive we go out for dinner and place a comment on Tripadvisor.

The same big investors show up in every aspect of our trip and their power is even bigger, because of the kerosene is from their oil companies or refineries. The steel from which the plane is made comes from their mining companies. This small group of investment firms and funds and banks are namely also the biggest investors in the industry that dig for raw materials.

Wikipedia shows that the biggest mining companies have the same big investors that we see everywhere. Also, the big agricultural businesses, on which the entire food industry depends; they own Bayer, the parent company of Monsanto, the biggest seed producer in the world but they are also the shareholders of the big textile industry. And even many popular fashion brands who make the clothing out of the cotton are owned by the same investors.

Whether we look at the world’s biggest solar panel companies or oil refineries, the stocks are in the hands of the same companies. They own the tobacco companies that produce all the popular tobacco brands but they also own all big pharmaceutical companies and the scientific institutions that produce medicine. They own the companies that produce our metals and also the entire car, plane and weapons industry, where a great deal of the metals and raw materials are used. The own the companies that build our electronics, they own the big warehouses and online markets and even the means of payments we use to buy their products.

To make this video as short as possible, I only showed you the tip of the iceberg. If you decide to research this with the sources I just showed you, then you will see that most popular insurance companies, banks, construction companies, telephone companies restaurant chains and cosmetics are owned by the same institutional investors we have just seen.

BLACKROCK & VANGUARD etc etc  

Forbes, the most famous business magazine says that in March 2020, there were 2,095 billionaires in the world. This means that Vanguard is owned by the richest families in the world. If we research their history, we see that they have always been the wealthiest. Some of them, even before the start of the Industrial Revolution, because their history is so interesting and extensive, I will make a sequel.

For now, I just want to say that these families of whom many are in royalty are the founders of our banking system and of every industry in the world, these families have never lost power but due to an increasing population, they had to hide behind firms, like Vanguard, which the stockholders are the private funds and non-profits of these families.

NGOs AND FOUNDATIONS AND THEIR OWNERSHIP OF BIG PHARMA

To clarify the picture, I have to explain briefly what non-profits actually are. These appear to be the link between companies, politics and media. This conceals the conflicts of interests a bit. Non-profits, also called “foundations” are dependent on donations they do not have to disclose who their donors are they can invest the money in the way they see fit and do not pay taxes as long as the profits are invested again in new projects. In this way, non-profits keep hundreds of billions of dollars among themselves according to the Australian government, non-profits are an ideal way of financing terrorists and of massive money-laundering.

The foundations and funds of the families that are the richest stay in the background as much as possible. For issues that get much attention, the foundation of philanthropists are used that are lower in rank but very rich.

I want to keep it short, so I will show you the three most important ones that connect all industries in the world. They are the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation of the controversial multi-billionaire, Soros and the Clinton Foundation. I will give you a very short introduction to show you their power.

According to the website of the World Economic Forum, the Gates Foundation is the biggest sponsor of the WHO. That was after Donald Trump quit USA financial support to the WHO in 2020. So the Gates Foundation is one of the most influential entities in everything that concerns our health. The Gates Foundation works closely with the biggest pharma companies, among which are Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Johnson & Johnson, Biontech and Bayer.

And we have just seen who their biggest shareholders are. Bill Gates was not a poor computer nerd who miraculously became very rich. He’s from a philanthropist’s family that works for the absolute elite. His Microsoft is owned by Vanguard, BlackRock and Berkshire Hathaway. But the Gates Foundation, after BlackRock and Vanguard is the biggest shareholder in Berkshire Hathaway. He was even the member of the board there.

We would need hours if we wanted to uncover everything in which Gates, the Open Society Foundation of Soros and the Clinton Foundation are involved. They form a bridge to the current situation, so I had to introduce them.

THE MAINSTREAM MEDIA

We need to start the next topic with a question. Someone like me, who never makes videos can, with an old laptop objectively show that only two companies hold a monopoly in all industries in the world. My question is, why is this never talked about in the media?

We can choose daily between all sorts of documentaries and TV programs but none of them cover this subject. Is it not interesting enough or are there other interests at play? Wikipedia, again gives us the answer. They say that about 90% of the international media is owned by nine media conglomerates. Whether we take the monopolist Netflix and Amazon Prime or enormous concerns that own many daughter companies, like Time-Warner, the Walt Disney Company, Comcast, Fox Corporation, Bertelsmann and Viacom, CBS, we see that the same names own stocks.

These corporations not only make all the programs, movies and documentaries but also own the channels on which those are broadcast. So, not only the industries but also the information is owned by the elite.

I will show you briefly how this works in the Netherlands. To start with, all the Dutch mainstream media are owned by three companies. The first one is De PersGroep [DPG Media], the parent company of the following brands (. Apart from the many newspapers and magazines, they also own Sanoma, the parent company of some of the big commercial Dutch channels. Many media outlets from abroad, like VTM are also owned by the De PersGroep.

The second one is Mediahuis, one of Europe’s biggest media concerns. In the Netherlands, Mediahuis owns the following brands. Until 2017, also Sky Radio and Radio Veronica were owned by Mediahuis, as were Radio 538 and radio 10.

And then there is Bertelsmann, which is one of the 9 biggest media firms. This company owns RTL, that owns 45 television stations and 32 radio stations in 11 countries. But Bertelsmann is also co-owner of the world’s biggest book publisher, Penguin Random House.

The stocks of these companies are owned by private funds of three families. Those are the Belgian Van Thillo family, the Belgian Leysen family and the German Bertelsmann-Mohn family. All three families sided with the Nazis in the War.

According to Wikipedia, for this reason, the Telegraaf, the Leysen newspaper was temporarily forbidden in the Netherlands after the war.

THE FAKE NEWS

To complete this overview, look at where the news comes from. The daily news of all these media outlets the diverse news media do not produce news. They use information and footage from the press agencies, .ANP and Reuters. These agencies are not independent. .ANP is owned by Talpa, John de Mol. Thomson-Reuters is owned by the powerful Canadian Thomson family.

The most important journalists and editors working for these agencies are members of a journalism agency, like the European Journalism Centre. These are one of the biggest European sponsors of media-related projects. They educate journalists, publish study books, provide training spaces and press agencies and work closely together with the big corporations, Google and Facebook.

For journalistic analysis and views, the big media use Project Syndicate. This is the most powerful organization in the field. Project Syndicate and organizations like I mentioned are together with the press agencies. The link between all worldwide media outlets when news anchors reap from their autocues [teleprompters], chances are that the text stems from one of these organizations. That is the reason that worldwide media shows synchronicity in their reporting.

And look at the European journalism center, itself. Again, the Gates Foundation and the Open Society Foundation. They are also heavily-sponsored by Facebook, Google, the Ministry of Education and Science and the Ministry of Foreign Affairs.

Who sponsors the organization and press agencies that produce our news? With Project Syndicate, we see the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Open Society Foundation and the European Journalism Centre. The organizations that bring the news get paid by non-profit organizations, of the same elite that also owns the entire media but also a part of taxpayers money is used to pay them.

In Belgium, there are protests regularly, since Mediahuis and De Persgroep receive millions of euros from the government, while many are abroad…

THE DANGER WE ARE IN NOW

Well, this was a lot to chew on and I tried to make it as short as I could. I only used examples that I thought were necessary to create a clear overview. This helps to better understand our current situation, that can shed new light on past events

There will be enough time to dive into the past, but now let’s talk about today but my goal is to inform you about the danger we are in now. The elite governs every aspect of our lives, also, the information we get and they depend on a coordination, cooperation to connect all industries in the world to serve their interests. This is done through the World Economic Forum, among others, a very important organization.

Every year in Davos, the CEOs of big corporations meet national leaders, politicians and other influential parties, like UNICEF and Greenpeace. On the supervisory board of the WEF is former Vice President, Al Gore, our own minister, Sigrid Kaag, Feike Sijbesma, Chairman of the Royal Dutch State Mines and the Commissioner of the Dutch bank, Christine Lagarde, the Chairwoman of the European Central Bank. Also, politician, Ferdinand Grapperhaus’ son works for the WEF.

Wikipedia says that the annual fee for members is 35,000 euros “but over half of our budget comes from partners who pay the cost for politicians who otherwise could not afford membership.”

According to critics, the WEF is for rich businesses to do business with other businesses or with politicians. For most members, the WEF would support personal gain instead of being a means to solve the world’s problems. Why would there be many world problems if the industry leaders, bankers and politicians from 1971 onwards have gathered every year to solve the world’s problems?

Isn’t it illogical, that after 50 years of meetings between environmentalists and the CEOs of the most polluting companies, nature is gradually doing worse, not better; that those critics are right, it’s clear, when we look at the main partners that together make up more than half of the budget of the WEF. Because these are BlackRock, the Open Society foundation, the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and many big companies, from which Vanguard and BlackRock own the stocks.

Chairman and founder of the WEF is Klaus Schwab, a Swiss professor and businessman. In his book, The Great Reset, he writes about the plans of his organization. The coronavirus is, according to him a great “opportunity” to reset our societies. He calls it “Build Back Better”. The slogan is now on the lips of all Globalist politicians in the world.

Our old society must switch to a new one, says Schwab. The people own nothing but work for the state to have their primary needs met. The WEF says it’s necessary for the consumption society the elite forced upon us is not sustainable anymore. Schwab says in his book that we will never return to the old normal and the WEF published a video recently to make clear that by 2030, we will own nothing but we will be happy.

THE GREAT RESET = THE NEW WORLD ORDER

You probably heard of the New World Order. The media wants us to believe that this is a conspiracy theory, yet it has been talked about by leaders for decades. Not just George Bush Senior, Bill Clinton and Nelson Mandela but also world-famous philanthropists, like Cecil Rhodes, David Rockefeller, Henry Kissinger and even George Soros.

The UN presented in 2015 their controversial Agenda 2030. It is almost identical to the Great Reset of Klaus Schwab. The UN wants to make sure, as does Schwab that in 2030, poverty, hunger, pollution and disease no longer plague the Earth.

Sounds nice but wait till you read the small print. The plan is that Agenda 2030 will be paid by us, the citizens. Just like they ask of us now to give away our rights for public health, they will ask us to give away our wealth to battle poverty. These are no conspiracy theories. It is on their official website. It comes down to this: The UN wants taxes from Western countries to be split by the mega corporations of the elite to create a brand new society. The new infrastructure, because fossil fuels are gone in 2030.

For this project, the UN says we need a world government, namely the UN, itself.

The UN agrees with Schwab that a pandemic is a golden chance to accelerate the implementation of Agenda 2030.

It is worrisome that the WEF and the UN openly admit that pandemics and other catastrophes can be used to reshape society. We must not think lightly about this and do thorough research.

Contributed by Alexandra Bruce       Contact

https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/monopoly-an-overview-of-the-great-reset-follow-the-money/ 

:: 4-19-21 KFSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ex-Texas deputy wanted in deaths of 3 arrested in Austin, police say

Monday, April 19, 2021 10:12AM

AUSTIN, Texas -- A former sheriff's deputy in Texas has been taken into custody Monday following a manhunt that began after three people were fatally shot in Austin, authorities said.

Police said Stephen Broderick, 41, was arrested without incident around 7:30 a.m. along a rural road in Manor, an Austin suburb, Manor Police Chief Ryan Phipps said. He had a pistol in his waistband, Phipps said. Police had received two phone calls about a suspicious person matching Broderick's description, Phipps said.

Interim Austin Police Chief Joseph Chacon said Broderick was suspected in Sunday's deaths of two women and one man, all of whom Broderick knew. Police initially told Austin residents who lived nearby to shelter in place, but they lifted that request later Sunday when they said it was unclear whether Broderick was still in the city.

Chacon said that Broderick was a former deputy with the Travis County sheriff's office, which is based in Austin.

Travis County District Attorney Jose Garza said in a statement that Broderick had been arrested for sexual assault of a child last June and was released on $50,000 bond. He said that the district attorney's office on Sunday filed a motion to revoke that bond.

Sheriff's spokeswoman Kristen Dark told the Austin American-Statesman that Broderick, a property crimes detective, resigned after the arrest.

The newspaper also reports that Broderick's wife filed for a protective order and divorce shortly after his arrest.

https://abc30.com/3-deaths-reported-in-austin-texas-active-shooting/10525703/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 4-17-21 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran names suspect in attack on nuclear facility

By Tal Axelrod - 04/17/21 09:54 AM EDT

Iran on Saturday named the man it believes is behind the attack on its nuclear facility in Natanz that could set back uranium enrichment at the site for months.

Iranian state television identified the man as 43-year-old Reza Karimi, who it said fled the country shortly before the sabotage attack occurred last week

Iran also said Karimi was the subject of an Interpol “red notice” seeking his arrest and that steps were underway to bring him back to Iran by legal means.

The notice was not immediately available on Interpol’s website, and the agency did not immediately respond to a request for comment from The Hill.

The attack on Natanz, a major facility in Iran’s nuclear operation, sparked recriminations from Tehran against Israel, accusing Jerusalem of being behind the attack. The state television report marked the first time Iranian authorities publicly admitted that an explosion had hit Natanz.

Iran later announced after the attack that it was ramping up its uranium enrichment to 60 percent, moving it closer to the 90 percent needed to create a nuclear weapon. The Natanz attack and Tehran’s subsequent enrichment boost raised questions over the progress of ongoing negotiations in Vienna over a return by the U.S. and Iran to the Obama-era nuclear deal.

Parties to the indirect talks have continued negotiating, with representatives calling the discussions productive. But no breakthrough has been made on a path to compliance for either side.

Washington maintains that Iran must return its uranium enrichment to the limits the deal set out, but Tehran maintains that sanctions that it was slapped with after then-President Trump pulled the U.S. out of the deal must first be lifted for any changes to its nuclear program to be made.

https://thehill.com/policy/international/middle-east-north-africa/548815-iran-names-suspect-in-attack-on-nuclear 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

:: 4-17-21 WION :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ukraine may acquire nuclear weapons amid conflict with Russia, diplomat suggests

WION Web Team

New Delhi, India Published: Apr 17, 2021, 01:35 PM(IST)

Tensions between Russia and Ukraine remain at all time high with military build-up reported across the border.

With international pressure mounting on Russia to withdraw troops, a Ukrainian diplomat has recently suggested that the country may be compelled to acquire nuclear weapons to protect their interests. Currently, Ukraine is attempting to get membership of NATO amid tensions with Russia. Ukraine’s Ambassador to Germany Andriy Melnyk told a state radio station on Thursday that Ukrainian President Zelensky is considering all options as fears of a full-fledged conflict rise in the region.

Melnyk was quoted by German news agency DPA as saying that either they should be given the membership of NATO “to strengthen this Europe” or they’ll be left with one option - “to rearm” themselves. Also read: Ukraine's Zelenskiy to hold talks with Merkel, Macron about Russia standoff

In the recent weeks, fighting has intensified in Ukraine’s Donetsk and Luhansk regions. Russian-backed separatists seized a sizeable territory in April 2014 and fighting has been going on since then. In the recent weeks, Russia has increased its troops and artillery near the border.

In 2014, Russia had annexed the region of Crimea from Ukraine, where it has stationed troops again.

Also read: Ease Ukraine's 'provocative actions', Russia urges Macron and Merkel

Ukraine's foreign minister said earlier this week that Russia was "openly threatening Ukraine with war" and vowed a coordinated military response with its allies to aggression orchestrated by Moscow.

The fresh bout of clashes in eastern Ukraine effectively ended a ceasefire agreed last July that ushered in a period of relative calm to the conflict.

(With inputs from agencies)

https://www.wionews.com/world/ukraine-may-acquire-nuclear-weapons-amid-conflict-with-russia-diplomat-suggests-378137 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.     

:: 4-15-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Superweapons

By Hal Lindsey

President Trump’s critics seem to have their wish. The Cold War is on again!

Over the last few days, Russian President Vladimir Putin announced a series of new superweapons. Among those weapons is what he called an “invincible,” nuclear-capable, intercontinental cruise missile that travels at 20 times the speed of sound. He said, “No defense systems will be able to withstand it.”

According to Russian media, the so-called “Satan 2” can wipe out an area the size of Texas or France. Putin also showed off next-generation ICBMs, underwater drones, and nuclear depth charges. Russia recently announced development of a nuclear-armed torpedo that can take out aircraft carriers as well as coastal cities.

Efforts to contain Russia have failed, face it,” Putin said.

There is good evidence that Russia is at least close to putting these new devices into production. The US must assume that the weapons are as capable as advertised. That means a new arms race, and a far more dangerous world.

Donald J. Trump is not a traditional conservative. In the past, conservatives tended to take a hard line with the Russians and, before that, with the Soviet Union. Liberals, on the other hand, emphasized the need for communication and cooperation. Clearly, there are appropriate situations for each of those approaches.

Before the Trump presidential campaign, you could usually guess where someone stood on Russia by looking at their other political positions. That’s still true in 2018, but the roles have been reversed. Trump and a new generation of conservatives want friendship and cooperation with Russia — the liberals seem itching for a fight.

The Trump Administration, and before that, the Trump campaign, were roundly criticized for not being tough enough on Russia. During 2016, Trump told Bill O’Reilly, “If we can make a great deal for our country and get along with Russia that would be a tremendous thing. I would love to try it.”

In July of that year, he said, “I would treat Vladimir Putin firmly, but there’s nothing I can think of that I’d rather do than have Russia friendly.” Later, he said, “Wouldn’t it be a great thing if we could get along with Russia?”

In an October debate, Hillary Clinton called Trump, Putin’s “puppet.” In that same debate, Trump accused Clinton of playing a game of nuclear “chicken” with the Russians.

So, Donald Trump, champion of conservatives, has tried to take a relatively liberal position concerning Putin and the Russians. At the same time, liberals have suddenly decided it’s time to get tough with Russia. They accuse Trump of going easy on Putin. They claim his softer approach comes from making a deal with Putin to help him get electedthe so-called Russian collusion. The problem is that their best evidence so far does not hold up.

Much of the media agrees with the liberals that the President’s peaceful overtures to Russia raise a red flag. CNN ran a long article that included 80 quotes of Trump talking positively about Putin. The quotes started in 2013 when Trump, the owner of the Miss Universe pageant, held that pageant in Moscow.

Most of the 2016 quotes come from the campaign trail. All politicians use a standard stump speech, and Trump’s standard speech called for America to try to work cooperatively with Russia. But CNN said, “His glowing statements on Putin have become central in stoking the suspicion that he and his campaign were somehow connected to Russian interference in the election.”

So far in his dealings with Moscow, President Trump has shown no evidence of wanting to give away the store — as have some of his predecessors. If he or she does not diminish America’s strategic position, a President should be allowed to work toward a peaceful relationship with a former enemy without being called a traitor. Calling for peaceful negotiation should not be seen as evidence of illegal collusion.

These Russian next-generation weapons have been in the works for years, if not decades. That means we can’t blame them on President Trump, or his critics. But it clearly hurts the US position when any overture of peace the President may extend toward Russia is presented to the US public as a sign of collusion.

Russia’s new superweapons, along with those of China, are quickly changing the world’s balance of power. The Russians’ cyber campaign to disrupt US elections, along with this massive new upgrade to their weapons of mass destruction, mean that Trump will have to deal with them as enemies before he can work with them as friends.

And make no mistake, they are a formidable enemy. Bible prophecy presents Russia as one of the major players on the world stage during the last days — capable of quickly unleashing awesome destructive force.

Like the United States, Israel has a whole arsenal of missile defense systems — all of them apparently made obsolete by Russia’s new missiles. In fact, the Bible says that Russia’s future attack on Israel will not be stopped by human military might. They will be defeated by God Himself.   The countdown to the end of the age continues.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-5-2018/ 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you etc.

:: 4-15-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea: A Reckoning

By Hal Lindsey

World leaders have known for a generation that a day of reckoning with North Korea would one day come. There were no easy solutions, so they did as little as they could, hoping the situation would resolve itself. But it did not.

While leaders, especially in America, kicked the can down the road, the North Koreans did what they said they would do. They said they would develop nuclear weapons, and they did. They said they would create missile systems capable of wreaking havoc on their neighbors in their region. They did it. They promised H-bombs, and they developed H-bombs. They said they would create intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs). They have them.

Finally, they said they would make bigger ICBMS, capable of striking anywhere in the world. And today, they have that, too.

The people who allowed this disasterthe “can-kickers”now go on television as pundits. They criticize any approach to North Korea that differs from their own when they were in power. But here’s the problem with that. What they did, didn’t work!

President Clinton tried appeasing the North Koreans. He gave them fuel and food. The New York Times wrote about the North’s interaction with the Clinton Administration. “The lesson was an important one for North Korea. By provoking the West, the government had profited: It received several years of free oil and kept its nuclear power plant intact. The United States spent millions in aid and only briefly delayed the North’s weapons program.”

But that wasn’t the worst of it. With the help of former President Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton gave them more nuclear technology in exchange for the promise that they would only use it for peaceful purposes. They accepted the technology, then restarted their weapons program.

George W. Bush was criticized for proclaiming North Korea part of an “axis of evil” along with Iran and Iraq. But history proves him right. He addressed the North Korean part of the “axis” by initiating the so-called “six-party talks.” The U.S., along with South Korea, China, Japan, and Russia negotiated with North Korea. Responding to harsh sanctions, the North Koreans agreed to shut down their nuclear operation in exchange for aid. They pulled out of the agreement shortly after Bush left office.

As a candidate, Barack Obama criticized Bush for isolating North Korea. He came into office promising engagement with the regime. Again, the New York Times had an interesting assessment. “Rather than negotiate, Mr. Obama imposed a policy of ‘strategic patience,’ hoping that through sanctions and espionage, the United States could wait out the isolated state. Mr. Obama hoped that the North would eventually feel it had reason to negotiate and make a good-faith effort at talks. Instead the North pursued its weapons program and launched a series of cyberattacks on American businesses.”

“Strategic patience” is another way of saying, “kick the can down the road.”

Doing nothing didn’t work. The U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency estimates that by August of 2016, Kim Jong-un controlled an arsenal of up to 60 nuclear warheads. Since then, they have added hydrogen bombs to the stockpile. While the experts were saying they were years away from developing ICBMs that could hit the U.S. mainland, they proved this year that they have at least two kinds of missiles with that capability.

In the last few days, they showed the incredible power of their newest missile. U.S. Secretary of Defense James Mattis said this missile can hit “everywhere in the world.”

Today, North Korea is hundreds of times more dangerous than it was just five years ago. When he decides to negotiate, Kim can enter talks from a position of strength. He has dealt himself into the game, and he has given himself decent cards. He can bluff with a real threat behind his words. He can blackmail the world.

Most people feel okay about a conflict with North Korea because they’re convinced that Kim wants to live, and he’s not stupid. He knows a nuclear attack against the U.S. would be suicide. So, we’re safe. Right? He’ll bluff, but that’s all. Maybe, but not necessarily.

In August of 2016, a North Korean diplomat, Thae Yong-ho, defected. The BBC asked Thae if Kim Jong-un might attack the U.S. “Would he even destroy a city like Los Angeles,” the interviewer asked, “though the retaliation would surely kill him?”

"Yes,” Thae answered, “because he knows that if he loses the power then it is his last day, so he may do anything, even to attack Los Angeles, because once people know that in any way you will be killed, then you will do anything.”

Even a former insider like Thae can only guess at what Kim might do. But his reasoning is sound.

As the Bible prophesied, we live in perilous times. But God remains sovereign. And His promises remain true. If you haven’t turned to Jesus with all your heart, I urge you to do so now.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-1-2017/ 

:: 4-4-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Can’t Feel at Home?

By Hal Lindsey

In 1936, a man named Albert Brumley wrote a song called, “This World is Not My Home.” The chorus and every verse ends with the words: “I can’t feel at home in this world anymore.” I know how he felt. Maybe you do, too. And that’s a good thing. This world is temporary. So are its pleasures and pains. But our citizenship is in heaven. Our joys in Christ are eternal.

As followers of Jesus, it makes sense that we feel uncomfortable in a world filled with violence and debauchery. The ache you feel when you watch the news should be normal for Christians. We’re living at the end of Romans chapter one. We live in a time when men and women intentionally “suppress the truth in unrighteousness.” (Romans 1:18) By this, they “became futile in their speculations, and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing to be wise, they became fools.” (Romans 1:21-22) “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie, and worshiped and served the creature rather than the Creator.” (Romans 1:25)

It’s all summed up in Romans 1:28-32. “Just as they did not see fit to acknowledge God any longer, God gave them over to a depraved mind, to do those things which are not proper, being filled with all unrighteousness, wickedness, greed, evil; full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, malice; they are gossips, slanderers, haters of God, insolent, arrogant, boastful, inventors of evil, disobedient to parents, without understanding, untrustworthy, unloving, unmerciful; and, although they know the ordinance of God, that those who practice such things are worthy of death, they not only do the same, but also give hearty approval to those who practice them.”

That’s the world we live in… but it’s not our home. Philippians 3:20-21 says, “For our citizenship is in heaven, from which also we eagerly wait for a Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ; who will transform the body of our humble state into conformity with the body of His glory.”

In every way heaven is better than earth. Jesus said to pray, “'Our Father who art in heaven.” (Matthew 6:9) That tells us something magnificent about heaven. God the Father lives there! The scripture we just looked at in Philippians is one of many telling us that Jesus lives there now in His resurrected body. Psalms 16:11 says, “In Your presence is fullness of joy; In Your right hand there are pleasures forever.”

1 Corinthians 2:9-10 tells us, “Eye has not seen, nor ear heard, Nor have entered into the heart of man The things which God has prepared for those who love Him.”

Unlike the pleasures of earth, the joys of heaven neither dim nor die. 1 Peter 1:4 calls it, “An inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and that does not fade away.”

No wonder Colossians 3:2 admonishes all of us to, “Set your mind on things above, not on things on the earth.”

The songwriter mentioned above, Albert Brumley, is best known for the song, “I’ll Fly Away.” “Some glad morning when this life is over, I’ll fly away. To a home on God's celestial shore, I'll fly away.”

Those words are right in line with scripture. Psalms 90:10 says that when “the days of our life” are gone, “we fly away.”

Our future does not consist of living in a deteriorating society and in deteriorating bodies. Soon, we’ll fly away — either at the rapture or when we die. Either way, it will be glorious and good. No matter what you face, keep Jesus and heaven in mind. Then, go on your way rejoicing with the full knowledge that some glad morning, you’ll fly away!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-4-2021/ 

:: 4-11-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Eugenicists Have Control Of The Levers Of Power' Former Big Pharma Insider Warns As World Is Herded Like Sheep To The Slaughter

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die April 11, 2021

According to Gerald Celente of the Trend's Research Institute, two of the trends that will dominate the remainder of 2021 will be the 'anti-vax' and 'anti-tax' movements, with Celente warning Greg Hunter of USA Watchdog in a recent interview that we'll be witnessing new anti-immigration and anti-establishment political movements gaining numbers in 2021 as well.

Both of the videos at the bottom of this story are from Celente, including the 1st one within which he warns of a 'call to action' in an urgent message to the American people. The main focus of his warning.:

"I've had it! I will no longer live in slavery. I will not live in tyranny. Freedom has been stolen from us. We must fight for Freedom - I can't do it alone."

With the mainstream media recently giving us another hint of more medical tyranny ahead, reporting that 'vaccines alone won't be enough to end the pandemic', one of the most dangerous people in the world to the globalists unfolding agenda recently issued us all a huge warning of what he feels is ahead so we'll be taking a long look at that warning within this ANP story.

While the name 'Dr. Michael Yeadon' is certainly not a 'household name' across America like 'Dr. Anthony Fauci' is, we can learn a lot more about America's 'unfolding reality' from Dr. Yeadon than we'll ever learn from Fauci.

As Dr. Yeadon himself admits, while he's always thought of himself as a “boring guy”, that 'boring guy' had decades ago started “to work for a big drug company". With Dr. Yeadon ending up becoming the Vice President for the 'big pharma' giant Pfizer, his words hold great weight so please take these words of his in deeply and think about them before we continue below.

From this absolutely critical story over at Life Site News titled "Former Pfizer VP: ‘Your government is lying to you in a way that could lead to your death.’", Dr. Yeadon warns us that national policies are being created around lies and false information and that the result is leading us to catastrophe.

Dr. Michael Yeadon, Pfizer's former Vice President and Chief Scientist for Allergy & Respiratory who spent 32 years in the industry leading new medicines research and retired from the pharmaceutical giant with “the most senior research position” in his field, spoke with LifeSiteNews.

He addressed the “demonstrably false” propaganda from governments in response to COVID-19, including the “lie” of dangerous variants, the totalitarian potential for “vaccine passports,” and the strong possibility we are dealing with a “conspiracy” which could lead to something far beyond the carnage experienced in the wars and massacres of the 20th century.

"I think the end game is going to be, ‘everyone receives a vaccine’… Everyone on the planet is going to find themselves persuaded, cajoled, not quite mandated, hemmed-in to take a jab.

"When they do that every single individual on the planet will have a name, or unique digital ID and a health status flag which will be ‘vaccinated,’ or not … and whoever possesses that, sort of single database, operable centrally, applicable everywhere to control, to provide as it were, a privilege, you can either cross this particular threshold or conduct this particular transaction or not depending on [what] the controllers of that one human population database decide. And I think that’s what this is all about because once you’ve got that, we become playthings and the world can be as the controllers of that database want it."

Nothing less than the 'mark of the beast in our faces' as Susan Duclos had reported in this March 31st ANP story, that unfolding dystopian nightmare is sounding more and more like the totalitarian globalism that has been crashing down upon America for over a decade now, with incrementalism being used to turn us all into a 'boiling frogs'. And if Dr. Yeadon is correct in his warnings that we'll explore in the next section of our story below, we've run out of time to change course with medical tyranny being implemented not only in America and the Western world but globally.

With Dr. Yeadon also warning us within that Life Site News story that after listening to the mainstream news broadcasts and reading the newspapers, "in the last year I have realized that my government and its advisers are lying in the faces of the British people about everything to do with this coronavirus. Absolutely everything", why would any government do such things unless they had sinister intentions?

Dr. Yeadon's answer for why governments are lying to us about all of this should make every American not only stand up and take notice but prepare for the unleashing of tyranny ahead.:

"Why is my government lying to me?’ Because ‘they are going to kill you.’"

"If you recognize that our governments are involved in a major verifiable lie, don’t just turn your computer off and go to supper. Stop. Look out the window, and think, ‘why is my government lying to me about something so fundamental?’ Because, I think the answer is, they are going to kill you using this method. They’re going to kill you and your family.

"The eugenicists have got hold of the levers of power and this is a really artful way of getting you to line-up and receive some unspecified thing that will damage you. I have no idea what it will actually be, but it won’t be a vaccine because you don’t need one. And it won’t kill you on the end of the needle because you would spot that.

It could be something that will produce normal pathology, it will be at various times between vaccination and the event, it will be plausibly deniable because there will be something else going on in the world at that time, in the context of which your demise, or that of your children will look normal.

That’s what I would do if I wanted to get rid of 90 or 95% of the world’s population. And I think that’s what they’re doing.” “Now I don’t know [for certain] that they’re going to use that [system] to kill you, but I can’t think of a benign reason, and with that power they certainly could harm you, or control you, so you should object [and strenuously oppose it].”

And with Dr. Yeadon's confirmation of the 'globalists depopulation agenda' as a former 'big pharma insider' the latest sign that the 'conspiracy theorists' were right all along, Dr. Yeadon also warns of widespread censorship surrounding Covid and 'vaccines' in 2021, just as we had warned of in this April 10th ANP story. And such censorship is always a hallmark of tyranny.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

With nearly 40% of US marines refusing to get the Covid vaccine because they believe it was developed too quickly as the Daily Mail reports in this new story, as the top-voted comment on that story pointed out: "The vaccines were developed way too quickly and we're still in the experimental phase. Not taking it shows thoughtfulness and intelligence."

And with even Reuters recently doing a story about Dr. Yeadon, calling him 'an anti-vax hero', if you don't want to take the word of Dr. Yeadon, we invite you to visit all of the stories we've linked to directly below from other websites providing us with more evidence the entire world is being lied to.

Pfizer’s COVID-19 Vaccine Was Designed In Just Few Hours Says BioNTech Co-founder Dr Ugur Sahin

The Next Phase of This Fake Pandemic Will Be Premeditated Mass Murder by ‘Vaccine’

The Pfizer vaxxeen has the same ingredient used in executions! Who could make this stuff up?? UNBELIEVABLE!

And with it now feeling like 'the countdown to no return' is winding itself down to an end as Michael Snyder reports in this new story over at the Economic Collapse Blog, with 'the tipping point' having been passed as the masses are herded like sheep towards the slaughter house, and 'it entirely possible vaccine campaigns will be used for massive depopulation' in the words of a former 'big pharma insider', it appears this Covid-19 psyop is just ramping up as we're driven towards their satanical 'end game'.

https://allnewspipeline.com/The_Eugenicists_Have_Control_Of_The_Levers_Of_Power.php 

``

 

 

https://tapnewswire.com/2021/04/johns-hopkins-university-confirms-you-can-be-vaccinated-with-a-pcr-test-even-without-knowing/ 

:: 10-29-20 Thomson Reuters Foundation News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists propose tax on meat and livestock to help avert future pandemics

by Thin Lei Win | @thinink | Thomson Reuters Foundation

Thursday, 29 October 2020 17:51 GMT

Rising demand for meat drives pandemic risk as well as biodiversity loss and climate change, study says

By Thin Lei Win

ROME, Oct 29 (Thomson Reuters Foundation) - Policy makers should consider levying taxes on livestock production and meat consumption to reduce the risk of future deadly pandemics, international experts said on Thursday, as they published a study calling for better protection of nature.

"Over-consumption of meat... (is) bad for our health. It's unsustainable in terms of environmental impact. It's also a driver of pandemic risk," Peter Daszak, a zoologist who chaired the study, told journalists at its launch.

Outbreaks of influenza viruses and new pandemic strains have emerged largely because of "incredibly dense production of poultry and pigs in some parts of the world, driven by our global consumption patterns", he added.

Breeding cattle for beef is another well-known cause of deforestation and ecosystem destruction in Latin America.

The study warned that pandemics will emerge more often, spread faster, cost more and kill more people than COVID-19 without bold action to halt the habitat destruction that helps viruses hop from wildlife to humans.

It also urged governments to step up efforts to avert pandemics, instead of responding after they hit.

Dutch scientist Thijs Kuiken, one of 22 international experts who produced the study, agreed that people should cut back on meat-eating.

"Changing your diet so that you have a sensible consumption of meat is really important for reducing the risk of pandemics, and for conserving biodiversity and nature," he said.

Daszak acknowledged that the idea of a livestock levy or meat tax was "controversial" but said it was a price worth paying to head off future pandemics.

"There's a new generation out there who are willing to make those personal decisions that will lead to a more sustainable lifestyle - and we're hoping that's going to save our planet in terms of biodiversity loss, climate change and pandemic risk," he said.

The growing, globalised livestock industry is "very profitable" - and previous studies have suggested taxing meat production and consumption to nudge the industry towards ways of operating that do less harm to the planet and people, he said.

"This is a viable strategy and should be looked at by governments and by intergovernmental organisations as a way forward," he added.

Rising demand for meat, particularly in developed countries and emerging economies, also threatens biodiversity and contributes to climate change, said the report issued by the Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services, which has more than 130 member states.

It pointed to the destruction and degradation of the rainforest in Brazil and other Amazon countries, which is fuelling the carbon emissions that are heating up the planet.

Climate change could, in turn, expand the threat of deadlier and costlier diseases, the experts warned.

"There's certainly clear and strong evidence that climate change has caused a shift in vector-borne diseases," said Daszak.

Those include tick-borne encephalitis, a potentially fatal illness spread by ticks, which is moving north in Europe.

"The future impact of climate change on emerging disease is likely to be very significant," he added. "Climate change will cause shifts in geographic range of different species, livestock and people... and that will spread diseases more effectively."

The study also recommended that the knowledge held by indigenous peoples and local communities should be included in pandemic prevention efforts.

For example, their longstanding expertise in living with, managing and hunting wildlife could be used to inform safer practices, said Bolivian scientist Carlos Zambrana-Torrelio.

Giving forest peoples ownership of the land where they live would also help curb the threat of pandemics, he said.

"By improving land tenure... deforestation will stop in these areas, there won't be any expansion of agriculture into indigenous communities and that will prevent the emergence of diseases," he added.

Related stories:

Will COVID-19 change our relationship with meat?

'Care for nature' to keep people safe and well, leaders urge

Debt swaps could free funds to tame climate, biodiversity and virus threats

(Reporting By Thin Lei Win @thinink, Editing by Megan Rowling. Please credit the Thomson Reuters Foundation, the charitable arm of Thomson Reuters, that covers the lives of people around the world who struggle to live freely or fairly. Visit http://news.trust.org

Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

https://news.trust.org/item/20201029165715-jt3st 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc You shall see the countries as they rise up to go to war and you shall see how your country is very unsafe; the only safety that is there is knowing me. etc

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 4-11-21 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Biden Spends Sunday Afternoon in Unscheduled Oval Office Meeting with His Senior Team After Blinken Warns Russia and China About Military Attacks

By Kristinn Taylor Published April 11, 2021 at 9:14pm 1400 Comments Share (51

Joe Biden reportedly spent Sunday afternoon in an unscheduled meeting in the Oval Office with his ‘senior team’, according to the White House. Biden, who is spending a rare weekend at the Executive Mansion, also had an unscheduled meeting with his senior team on Saturday. The unusual meetings come as Biden Secretary of State Antony Blinken warned both Russia and China about military attacks on Ukraine and Taiwan, respectively, in response to threatening military maneuvers in recent days. (Also in the news was Iran’s nuclear facility in Natanz going dark, with some reports crediting an alleged cyber attack by Israel.)

NBC’s Kelly O’Donnell posted a screen image Sunday afternoon of a Marine guard posted outside the West Wing of the White House, an indication that Biden was in the Oval Office, “Sunday late afternoon update. Marine stationed at West Wing door for a time. WH aides tell us “The President is meeting with members of his senior team in the Oval Office.””

Sunday late afternoon update. Marine stationed at West Wing door for a time. WH aides tell us “The President is meeting with members of his senior team in the Oval Office.” pic.twitter.com/EVgJAwNDJ0

— Kelly O'Donnell (@KellyO) April 11, 2021

Reporter Devon Heinen posted on Saturday that the White House said Biden had met with his senior team at the White House, “JUST IN (via WH press pool) WH provides info re: #Biden’s Saturday agenda: “Today, the President is meeting with members of his senior team. The President has no public events scheduled.” As seen below, Biden had no meetings planned for the weekend.

JUST IN (via WH press pool)

WH provides info re: #Biden's Saturday agenda:

"Today, the President is meeting with members of his senior team. The President has no public events scheduled." pic.twitter.com/WTZkDwrYza

— Devon Heinen (@DevonHeinen) April 10, 2021

Blinken appeared on NBC’s Meet the Press on Sunday morning. In an interview with host Chuck Todd, Blinken warned both Russia and China, however Todd brought up Russia taking Crimea from Ukraine by force during the Obama administration. Interview excerpt via Meet the Press:

CHUCK TODD: Are we prepared to defend Taiwan militarily?

SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: So, Chuck, what we’ve seen, and what is of real concern to us, is increasingly aggressive actions by the government in Beijing directed at Taiwan, raising tensions in the Straits. And we have a commitment to Taiwan under the Taiwan Relations Act, a bipartisan commitment that’s existed for many, many years, to make sure that Taiwan has the ability to defend itself, and to make sure that we’re sustaining peace and security in the Western Pacific. We stand behind those commitments. And all I can tell you is it would be a serious mistake for anyone to try to change the existing status quo by force.

CHUCK TODD: I understand that. So it does sound like you’re saying that, look, we have commitments. And if China does try something in Taiwan, we will militarily respond?

SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: I’m not going to get into hypotheticals. All I can tell you is we have a serious commitment to Taiwan being able to defend itself. We have a serious commitment to peace and security in the Western Pacific. And in that context, it would be a serious mistake for anyone to try to change that status quo by force.

CHUCK TODD: Why — do you understand, if China looks at what our reaction was to Crimea and Russia, and think, think those commitments are not as rock-solid as you just outlined them as?

SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: Well, I don’t think that’s, I don’t think that’s true. In the case of Crimea, in the case of the Donbas, the United States back then led a very significant international effort to impose real costs and sanctions on Russia for its aggression in Crimea, in the Donbas. We’ve —

CHUCK TODD: How’s that worked out? In fairness, sir?

SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: Well, — so what we don’t —

CHUCK TODD: I mean, it hasn’t worked out very well.

SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: What we don’t know is, would — has this deterred Russia from doing even more? And as we speak right now, I have to tell you I have real concerns about Russia’s actions on the borders of Ukraine. There are more Russian forces massed on those borders than at any time since 2014 when Russia first invaded. That’s why we’re in very close contact, in close coordination, with our allies and partners in Europe. All of us share that concern. And President Biden’s been very clear about this. If Russia acts recklessly, or aggressively, there will be costs, there will be consequences. He’s equally clear-eyed about the proposition that, when it comes to Russia, there are areas where our interests align, or certainly overlap, and we have an interest in working together. For example, on arms control, as we did in extending the START Agreement. So the question is, “Is Russia going to continue to act aggressively and recklessly?” If it does, the president’s been clear, there’ll be costs, there’ll be consequences.

CHUCK TODD: Mr. Secretary, what you just outlined on Russia sounds like the exact same policy the Obama-Biden administration had towards Russia on this. That was — that has not positioned Russia to be better actors. That didn’t — that policy, arguably, didn’t work. We’re not saying that Trump’s policy worked either. What do you say to that?

SEC. ANTONY BLINKEN: Well, I say, first of all, we can’t go, we can’t go back to four years ago, or six years ago, or eight years ago. Pick your, pick your year. We have to deal with the world as it is now and as we anticipate it will be. What I can tell you is this: the president, before he was elected, made clear that, again, when it comes to Russia’s actions, there’ll be costs and consequences if it acts recklessly and aggressively and you could hold him to that word.

https://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2021/04/report-biden-spends-sunday-afternoon-unscheduled-oval-office-meeting-senior-team-blinken-warns-russia-china-military-attacks/ 

:: 4-11-21 https://billkloss.law.blog  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ukraine, Taiwan… Two-Pronged US Aggression Toward Russia, China Escalates

Posted by Brandon Campbell April 11, 2021Posted inUncategorized

All people of the world should hope that a multipolar world vision prevails and the destructive American ideology fails – definitively.

There is a close parallel in the way the Biden administration is riling up dangerous tensions with Russia and China. The proxy in both cases are the Ukraine and Taiwan, respectively.

Washington is citing claims that Russia and China are threatening its allies which, in turn, provides a pretext for the United States to step up its own provocative actions. It’s a vicious cycle that is at grave risk of spinning out of control into an all-out war between nuclear powers.

In just three months after his inauguration as the 46th U.S. president, Joe Biden’s administration has embarked on a reckless course of belligerence toward Russia and China. This dynamic was predicted by Strategic Culture Foundation in several of our commentaries and interviews before Biden was inaugurated on January 20.

If society collapses, you can bet that the foods the pioneers ate will become dietary staples

The Lost Ways prepares you to deal with worst-case scenarios with the minimum amount of resources just like our forefathers lived their lives, totally independent from electricity, cars, or modern technology.

So pay chose attention because this video will change your life forever for the good! However, this systematic hostility from the United States has been underway from several past administrations, including the previous Trump White House and before that the Obama administrations in which Biden served as vice president. Now as president, Biden is taking up a continuous policy of aggression with even more gusto. This invariable direction of belligerence tends to prove the real nature of U.S. politics. Presidents come and go, elections take place periodically, but the power and policymaking resides with deep state planners whose loyalty is not to any particular party but rather to the furtherance of imperial objectives regarding America’s presumed global position and privileges.

The current president and his top aides, like before, bring a certain stylistic image to the underlying thrust of power. Team Biden have sharpened the rhetoric of adversity, repeatedly labelling Moscow and China as “existential threats”. Practical acts of hostility have followed, including imposing sanctions on Russia over its Nord Stream 2 gas project with Europe; and on China over baseless claims of “genocide” against its Uyghur ethnic population in Xinjiang.

The Biden administration is turning reality on its head, either through cynical deception or from its own cognitive dissonance regarding the real world. (Most certainly the former for the deep state planners, maybe the latter for the politician puppets.)

It accuses Russia of aggression by building up military forces on the border with Ukraine. This is while the U.S.-backed regime in Kiev has been serially violating a shaky ceasefire in Eastern Ukraine, shelling civilian centers and escalating a humanitarian crisis. Russia has every right to deploy military forces wherever it deems within its borders. Moscow has rejected claims that it is posing a threat to any other country. Nonetheless, this week the Kremlin said the deteriorating security conditions in Eastern Ukraine (the Donbass) may oblige it to defend ethnic Russians facing a criminal offensive. That offensive is being waged by the Kiev regime which has the full support of the United States and the NATO military alliance. Only last month, the Biden administration released a further $125 million in lethal weaponry to the Ukraine. That can be seen as a green light for the regime in Kiev to reject the 2015 Minsk peace accord and to push for more conflict in what has already been a seven-year war, causing more than 13,000 deaths. (The war was instigated after the U.S., EU and NATO backed a coup d’état in Kiev in February 2014 which brought to power an anti-Russian regime with historic links to Nazi Germany.)

Yet in the Alice-in-Wonderland view of Washington, as well as the European Union and NATO, the aggression is being instigated by Russia.

As for China and Taiwan: Biden is advancing the same policy under the previous Trump and Obama administrations of military buildup near China’s territory. This week saw the fourth U.S. guided-missile destroyer passing through the Taiwan Strait since Biden took office. That narrow sea separates the breakaway island from China’s mainland. Beijing has sovereign territorial claim to Taiwan which is recognized by the vast majority of nations, including up until recently the United States under its so-called “One China” policy. Biden, like his predecessor Donald Trump, is deliberately eroding the One China policy by sending delegates to the island on official visits, increasing weapons sales and most provocatively making public declarations that the U.S. will “defend” Taiwan in the event of “an invasion” by Chinese forces.

Similar to the Ukraine, the Biden administration’s rhetoric and conduct is serving to fuel an ever-more provocative stance by the Taiwanese leaders. This week, a senior official warned that the island’s forces would shoot down Chinese aircraft that approach the territory. This is nothing but a flagrant challenge to China’s territorial integrity and sovereignty. As in the case of the Ukraine and Russia, it is Washington’s words and actions that are inflaming the tensions between Taiwan and China. Yet the Americans accuse others of “aggression” and claim to be providing “defense”.

The bigger picture for all of this is, of course, the geopolitical great game which Washington sees as a zero-sum challenge. Strategists in Washington have made it abundantly clear that the American imperative for pursuing its ambitions for global power and dominance is to prevent the rise of Russia and China and a multipolar world order. Moscow and Beijing have repeatedly called for a peaceful coexistence among nations based on partnership, mutual respect and above all adherence to international law. In short, the manifestation of the United Nations Charter. Such a multipolar world of equals is anathema to the United States and its imperialist pursuit of unipolar dominance. The latter configuration is essential for maintaining the dollar as the world’s reserve currency which, in turn, is vital for propping up the U.S. economy. For historical reasons, American capitalism is waning from its previous formidable prowess as the world’s engine for growth. The tide is shifting to China and Eurasia which offer an alternative model of socialistic planned economies, based on a mix of public and private ownership, which are directed at progressing societal development. China’s success in lifting millions of its people out of poverty while millions of Americans fall into poverty indicates the end of an “America Century”. The United States, under its prevailing corporate capitalist system, cannot compete with the emerging multipolar order. By way of trying to reverse the historic decline, the U.S. is compelled to resort to increasing militarism against what it perceives as its nemesis – Russia and China – the two main proponents of a multipolar vision.

It is therefore logical, if not execrable, that Washington appears to be accelerating on a collision course against Russia and China. The speed and recklessness is correlated with the growing sense that the American Empire is in terminal demise. The Ukraine and Taiwan are providing the U.S. with a two-prong attack against Russia and China and what Washington views as its last chance to grasp on to a world that is disappearing before its eyes. America’s reckless and delusional gambling is placing the world in an extremely dangerous situation. Its rulers and their political flunkies are flicking matches at a powder-keg.

https://billkloss.law.blog/2021/04/11/ukraine-taiwan-two-pronged-us-aggression-toward-russia-china-escalates/ 

:: 4-11-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THE COMING CHICOM INVASION OF TAIWAN IS A GREAT DECEPTION WHICH WILL CULMINATE IN THE ANNIHILATION OF THE UNITED STATES

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, April 11, 2021 - 11:50.

When I reported on Chinese Defense Minister, Wei Fenghe’s leaked speech to the CCP, there was a subtle but stunning revelation that most have refused to interpret correctly. In the speech, Wei Fenghe criticized Japan and Nazi German of the WW II era for having lacked the single-minded focus needed to win the war against the United States. Fenghe was emphatic that modern-day China would not make that same mistake. Fenghe dutifully noted that “We may show interest in Taiwan, but that is not our true purpose. The sole purpose of the Chinese foreign policy is to fully occupy the United States and we are not interested in co-occupancy.”

The document went on to stress that every American man, woman and child must die noting that there are several avenue to achieve this goal including the deployment of race-specific bioweapons that the CHICOMS developed in conjunction with Israeli researchers. Wei Fenghe emphasized that the only spared group would be Americans of Chinese descent and this would number about 14 million.

I have had numerous private discussions with my military insiders and they are in agreement with Wei Fenghe’s intent to commit genocide against the American people. However, nearly every source did not believe that the most efficient weapon were race-specific and this was based upon technical challenges associated with the approach.

Three sources, including my best source, have stated that a number of strategies will likely be employed which will accomplish the same goal with some Americans following between the cracks. However, nobody will not want to be one these survivors because to be in the targeted American group, makes one the most endangered hunted species on the planet. Here are some of the sources have said are the means for what wlll be deployed against American interests:

Extreme variants of weaponized Ebola released in waves. Ebola infects about half of those who are in proximity of the virus with approximately a 90% kill rate. We can expect to see one wave after another. Please note that Fox News announced, out of the blue, 10 days ago, the development of an Ebola vaccine. This is psyops preparation designed to induce extreme fear when the actual releases occur. Ebola will be spread in the same manner as covid through the immigrant population as they are being bussed as well as being flown to various and diverse locations throughout the United States. The wave after wave after wave of Ebola variant releases could kill. The thought was that the variants would be released as many states return to normal as it would enhance the super-spreading of the virus. How many will die is a crapshoot, but I was told that up to 75 million might perish. Remember, 10% are going to survive. The burnout factor each wave would be about 30 days. If weaponized beyond what we generally understand, today, changes this figure dramatically, but with very unpredictable results.

Based on my previous discussions with my sources, there needs to be a catalyst to get this whole process started. I have been very consistent in saying that this would be the Chinese invasion of Taiwan. It will draw the bulk of our already depleted fighting forces to defend Taiwan. Taiwan is the great deception. Our military will be destroyed and we will have little left to combat the CHICOM invasion at home. Why do you think that China has always pressured the Democrats to seize our guns? Japan will be drawn out as well. Chinese interest in Taiwan is not their major foreign policy concern as has been championed in the American mainstream media. Pelosi, Schumer, Biden, Harris, et al, understand this and they are guilty of treason as they are facilitating both he internal infiltration into the United States, like what we are seeing in New Zealand, Australia and now Communist-controlled Canada with Trudeau fully on the CHICOM payroll. When the CHICOM invasion of Taiwan begins, it will turn nuclear very quickly in order to facilitate the complete destruction of all forces on each side. The Chinese will win this war of attrition because losing half of their population (ie the loss of the 3 Gorges Dam which will kill 400 million Chinese as well as the battlefield casualties and the collateral damage that will follow) is an acceptable loss to the Chinese. South Korea, Taiwan and Japan will target China’s six largest ports, but again, this is an acceptable loss to the Chinese. The 6 ports are the ports that CHICOM traitor Mich McConnel’s in-laws have control of for the CCP. Yes, I am talking about the family of McConnell’s wife, the former US Transportation Secretary, in the biggest act of treason in the history of the United States including Benedict Arnold. When the United States is fully engaged the Chinese and their mercenaries (eg cartels) will cross both borders and engage in a scorched earth policy. However, scorched earth does not involve resource destruction. In fact, the Chinese goal is quite the opposite. A couple of my sources have said that a Neutron bomb experience may be employed in which infrastructure is spared but all the people are killed. At some point the Russians will be involved in the Midwest, the Southeast and the Eastern Seabord. I expect the latter to be nuked by Putin for reasons to be discussed in a future article. I would suggest everyone watch Season One of The Man In the High Castle in order to gain some perspective of what is coming. Just substitute Putin for Hitler as was depicted in the series. I believe that the plans have been made to split the US in half between the Russians and the Chinese. However, China, with support from globalist financing and logistical support will attack Russia in their final move to become the undisputed World Policeman. The Deagel Report reflects the American losses described here, however, it does not capture the fact this is merely a step in the direction of the complete eradication of all Americans with nobody spared. And this would include the traitors of Pelosi et al….The Brown Shirts are always eliminated!

So, what about the survivors? Mass starvation awaits most Americans. Bill Gates has become the largest owner of American farmland. He wants you to eat bugs and not meat. I would say that this constitutes a fair example of what is coming. Additionally, Gates in intent on dimming the sun and destroying growing seasons. Combine these nefarious factors with emerging food inflation, Americans will be starved on unimaginable scale. The survivors will be enticed to come the “benevolent” camps for their food needs. However, this is the American version of the final solution. Immigration will figure prominently with what is ready to happen.

This is a brilliant, Satanic-inspired plan. And what you have read here is only the tip of the iceberg. In my upcoming conference presentation with GENSIX, I will be providing both the historical context and the details of future intentions of the globalists to starve America to death along with the other methods that will be used to exterminate as many Americans as possible.

In order to provide some detail, suffice it to say that guillotines and malnutrition could be written on most causes of death in the final stage of the destruction of America.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/activism-agenda-21-conspiracy/coming-chicom-invasion-taiwan-great-deception-which-will-culminate-annihilation-united-states 

:: 4-11-21 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Stage is set, the plan is in place: when the whole world suffers it will blame the U.S. for it and everyone will want a piece of America for retribution

Jack Metir Uncategorized April 11, 2021 7 Minutes

The next great depression will be worldwide and it will be deeper and more chaotic than anything ever seen before. When the whole world suffers it will blame the U.S. for it and everyone will want a piece of America for retribution. The Nations of Russia, China, and Iran, which will lead the Muslim nations in the Mid East and Africa, will gang up on America which will be even more devastated financially than most nations. The American forces will succumb to a massive attack that takes down most of our electronic equipment and destroys our high tech advantage.

The battles that follow will be fought mostly by local and state militias reinforced by the few remaining active duty soldiers that escaped annihilation in the opening days of the conflict. It will become a guerrilla war fought in every corner of every state in CONUS. Alaska and Hawaii will be cut off and allowed to wither until they surrender.

The war will last for years and most large cities and towns will be destroyed to eliminate any resources that partisan fighters can use. The only civilians that will escape detention and death by enemy forces will be those that are hidden in rural areas and dug in deep to prevent detection. Any food will have to be grown in small isolated plots hidden from enemy forces. Every day will be a fight for survival as the number of American forces dwindles.

American forces will survive by becoming very mobile and remaining on the move. Small attacks that chip away at enemy forces will be the primary tactic. Only when an unstoppable outside force arrives to reinforce Americans will the tide of war turn. The enemy will ultimately be driven back and America’s borders secured but the cost of victory will be very high and the population will be greatly reduced.

Is this scenario a possibility? It becomes more likely every day that we proceed on our current path and if history is any indicator it could become a reality. Americans are oblivious to the possibility of any such turn of events but it could very well happen within a decade. The inability of Americans to accept reality and the need to continue living in the comfortable cocoon of illusion they desire will end in tragedy very soon. No amount of hopeful thinking will change events that require positive action. The lack of critical thinking ability will doom the U.S. to new depths of despair before a new nation will arise that appreciates our heritage and the sacrifices of those that came before us. Hopefully, this is a lesson we will not have to learn a second time.

For those willing to sacrifice and do the hard work it may still be possible to salvage the nation from this destruction. For those with the indomitable spirit to go on and rebuild it is possible for this phoenix to rise again from the ashes. But for that to happen, some things will have to be preserved from the destruction to allow a new start.

– raw materials such as scrap metal and chemicals

– knowledge in the form of professionals and books

– equipment for building in the form of machining equipment

– basic medical equipment

– equipment for casting and refining

– equipment to make copper wire

– farm equipment and implements that can be duplicated

– livestock that can be bred and expanded

– seed stocks that can be grown and processed

– equipment to process fibers for cloth and rope

– electrical equipment such as generators and communications gear

No one person could store all of these things so it must fall on multiple groups with various knowledge and abilities to preserve this core of technological abilities. These items would have to be literally buried to escape detection and destruction for the duration of the event. That is possible if done in time and right now time grows short.

For many it would be easy to hide some resources for later use to rebuild and enjoy a rustic lifestyle without all of the technology. The only problem with that is eventually you may be faced with the spectre of the destroyers returning and any lone homesteads with little technological means would be easy prey for another assault. The only way to rebuild and expand with the ability to defend is to establish communities that are connected and technologically capable.

The scenario laid out here is not a happy one but it is survivable if actions are taken in time. Only the hardiest of individuals would likely live through something like this but they are the ones that history calls nation builders. To dismiss this scenario as impossible is to do so at your own peril should events come to pass. Something is impossible until it’s not.

Remain prepared and alert. Things could rupture at any moment. Remain hopeful, not fearful. Make sure you know what your morals are. Don’t allow the violence and destruction of the governments and ruling classes of the world make you more enslaved and turn of your morality, critical thinking, or discernment. The best scenario at this point would be an immediate de-escalation, but that does not appear to be a part of the rulers’ agenda.

The mainstream media is now fear-mongering once again over supply shortages. Make no mistake, this could be a reality considering the state of trade on the planet right now, however, if you learned anything from last March’s disaster, it should be that you keep a few extra rolls of toilet paper stashed away, just in case. This is why we prepare.

Last spring, when there was no toilet paper to be found, preppers were vindicated as we could wipe our rears comfortably while others called the cops because they ran out.

As reported by Yahoo News, major problems with international shipping are likely to make toilet paper and some other items scarce and could bring a return of hoarding. Notice how those who were prepared and didn’t suffer during the government-induced shortages are “hoarders?”

As planned in order to push forward the New World Order agenda, global commerce is being hammered. For six days, Egypt’s Suez Canal was blocked by a giant cargo vessel that got stuck and held up hundreds of other ships on a route that handles about 12% of world trade. The Ever Given — about as long as the Empire State Building is tall — was finally freed Monday, but analysts say it could take more than a week to clear the backup. We’ve been mentioning that you should prepare for a slew of shortages, not just food, but other supplies in the coming weeks and months. This sure feels like a coordinated effort to cause fear and panic so the public will demand the chains of their own oppression from the rulers.

Meanwhile, a shortage of shipping containers also is causing problems in the cargo transport industry, according to Yahoo News. Many of the factories that build the giant metal boxes are in China — and a number of them shut down in the early days of the government-induced COVID crisis, cutting supplies short.

Adding fuel to the fire, grocery prices were already rising faster than inflation. A quick trip to your local grocery store will prove to you that this is true. Your area may be experiencing different price increases and shortages in food supply than others. For example, I personally have noticed the price of meat has doubled, although there doesn’t appear to be a shortage at my local store.

Coping with reality is the best way to beat it. Prepare. Most of us are. We are just waiting for the S to HTF, so to speak. Once it does, and it will again, we will be comfortable and unafraid while others won’t be able to function without submitting to their own enslavement in exchange for a can of corn.

Here is just a small glimpse of what you’ll find in this massive 300-page sequel (in color) to The Lost Ways:

A lost super-food will bulletproof you against any food shortage or famine. It’s a food that vanished with the Incas over 6 centuries ago. This mysterious dish was just recently rediscovered by NASA who has been giving away rations of it to our brave men and women in their month-long space missions. The Incas stored it in pit holes for up to 10 years, ate it year-round, and actually used it to survive a 4 year long super-drought that wiped out their southern neighbors. So, if it managed to save the Incas centuries ago and it still works for our astronauts today, you can bet your last dollar it will keep you and your family well fed in any crisis. And the best part is that you probably already have the ingredients in your kitchen right now.

https://survivalblog.science.blog/2021/04/11/the-stage-is-set-the-plan-is-in-place/ 

:: 4-12-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia: "If US Fires Cruise Missiles from Black Sea, U.S. Navy Ships Could Be Destroyed"

World NewsDesk 12 April 2021 Hits: 11316

The Kremlin, when asked if Russian President Vladimir Putin has anything to say to Ukraine President Volodymyr Zelensky, Press Secretary Dmitry Peskov responded:

"There is always talk about defusing tensions and preventing a potential war in Donbass. We hope that political wisdom will prevail in Kiev, the case will not take a serious turn and provocative actions (against Luhansk and Donetsk) will still come to naught.

The constant repetition of US calls to Russia to "abandon aggressive actions" devalues these statements of Washington -

A possible appeal of Kiev to the United States to use cruise missiles at Donbass targets will push Russia to recognize the DPR and LPR with the subsequent introduction of Russian peacekeepers into their territory.

In the case of the use of cruise missiles from the destroyers USS Donald Cook and USS Roosevelt of the US Navy from the Black Sea through the territory of the DPR and LPR, American warships may be destroyed. Thus, Russia will defend Russian citizens.

Are the Americans ready for this scenario? We believe - no.

Therefore, despite the enthusiasm of Ukrainian nationalists, the United States will not openly use its fleet in a potential conflict, as this implies a direct clash with the Russian Federation."

HAL TURNER REMARKS:

I report this news because the mass-media in both the United States and in Europe are failing to report it.

This news indicates how extraordinarily serious the situation now is between Ukraine and Russia, and how Ukraine is trying to drag the US and Europe (NATO) into a direct war with Russia.

Ukraine is not worth one drop of American blood or one cent of American treasure.

The situation Ukraine finds itself in, is of its own making. It was Ukraine that massed 110,000 troops along the borders of breakaway oblasts (states) Luhansk and Donetsk. It is Ukraine that is using mortars and artillery to attack people in those states. It was Ukraine that cut off all fresh water supplies to Crimea when the people there voted to leave Ukraine and join Russia. It is Ukraine that continues to prevent fresh water from flowing naturally to Crimea.

All these things Ukraine has done and THAT is why Russia has felt the need to mass Russian Army troops and tanks along the Ukraine Border.

If Ukraine stops its massing of troops, stops its firing upon Luhansk and Donetsk, and turns the fresh water from the Dniepier River back on, by opening the dam they erected, all these issues will be resolved peacefully. Instead, Ukraine talks war.

If war is its choice, then Ukraine should fight it alone. They've done all this to themselves.

Now that you have read this story, please COVER THE COST for what your visit cost this site by clicking one or more of the ads below which generates Advertiser revenue of two to three cents per click - no purchase necessary by you -- and helps offset operating costs for this web site.

When YOU read a story here, the web hosting company charges us for "data transfer / Bandwidth" to convey the material to you. Without your help by clicking an ad below, this web site would be in danger of shut down from the data transfer charges. Please click any ad below to offset the cost of bringing this news to you,

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/russia-if-us-fires-cruise-missiles-from-black-sea-u-s-navy-ships-could-be-destroyed 

:: 4-11-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Law Enforcement Preparing For Mass Civil Unrest - 'If Our Leaders Stay Silent, They Will All Have Blood On Their Hands'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine April 11, 2021

The damage to cities and businesses that occurred last May during the protests and riots after George Floyd died in police custody, cost tens of millions just in Minnesota alone, but the protests also spread destruction from one end of the U.S. to the other, totaling in the billions collectively.

This makes it quite understandable that quiet preparations are being made by law enforcement in multiple cities as the Derek Chauvin trial over the death of George Floyd continues.

We have already reported on direct threats being made of further rioting and "buildings on fire" if Chauvin is not sentenced in a manner that black communities leaders/liberals are demanding, but we are also seeing calls go out to nation leaders to speak up now, preemptively, to encourage calm no matter what verdict comes down from the very diverse jury.

THEY WILL ALL HAVE BLOOD ON THEIR HANDS

Scott Adams took to Twitter with a message for American leaders:

I call on our national leaders to START NOW to persuade the public against staging violent protests after the Floyd trial verdict.

If our leaders stay silent, they will all have blood on their hands.

@POTUS     @KamalaHarris       @SpeakerPelosi

It is quite telling that during the 2020 Floyd riots, multiple members of congress, including the then Senator Kamala *HeelsUp* Harris, actively encouraged the rioting to continue, with Harris taking it a step further and asking Twitter followers to donate for bail of those rioters.

The Daily Caller reported back in 2020:

Harris, a California senator, encouraged her supporters to donate to the MFF in June. The fundraising link she posted to Twitter sports her branding and was still accepting donations as of Tuesday.

Harris told her followers that contributions to the fund would “help post bail for those protesting on the ground in Minnesota” against the police-custody death of George Floyd.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

Now she is Biden's sidekick in the White House occupation and has remained silent on the upcoming protests that law enforcement is, and has been, preparing for.

LAW ENFORCEMENT PREPARES

Law enforcement and the National Guard have been preparing for civil unrest "during" the Chauvin trial, while other more recent reports indicate their is quite a lot of preparations being made behind the scenes in the likely, almost guaranteed rioting that will hit the streets of America once the verdict is announced.

Make no mistake, I still maintain that nothing short of life in prison, or death (which isn't even on the table), will prevent the planned rioting once the verdict is announced.

Back in September 2020, after the initial Floyd protests and damage had been done, the Gazette highlighting something every person living in America should remember:

Be prepared, the experts tell us. The violent protests of summer 2020 alongside pervasive homelessness could be nearing their end. Or, they could be festering like a virus for another outbreak greater than the last and ready to affect populations outside large cities like Portland, New York, Minneapolis and Denver.

We’ve already seen episodes of left-wing violence in small towns and suburbs. Consider remote Alamosa in the middle of the vast San Luis Valley, nearly three hours from Colorado Springs and four hours from Denver. Alamosa is rural, friendly and enviously uneventful. Yet, this summer Alamosa became the scene of a Black Lives Matter protest so violent it put one man in a coma for weeks and left him with permanent brain damage.

The point here is most who live in a rural area or a small town generally do not think these type of violent riots will come anywhere near their town.

Just like victims of robbery, or mugging or any other crime never really think it will happen to them....until it does.

Jump forward to March 2021, as the Derek Chauvin trial began, law enforcement once again is making plans, not only in Minnesota where Floyd's death occurred, but in other cities that saw mass civil unrest last year.

A couple of examples below.  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania:

A memo from the Philadelphia Police Department Community Relations Unit indicates top brass instructed district captains to coordinate with community groups ahead of any possible unrest over the decision, akin to what was seen in the city last year after Floyd’s killing.

“We are looking to receive information on local community organizations that might be willing to work with us during any civil unrest that might be planned for the foreseeable future,” the Tuesday memo from Chief Inspector Altovise Love-Craighead reads. “Please let us know of any plans that the district may have in place to utilize these groups/individuals during any emergencies.”

April 11, 2021  Law Enforcement Preparing For Mass Civil Unrest - 'If Our Leaders Stay Silent, They Will All Have Blood On Their Hands'

Floyd Protest: Liquor store in flames - 5/28/2020

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

The damage to cities and businesses that occurred last May during the protests and riots after George Floyd died in police custody, cost tens of millions just in Minnesota alone, but the protests also spread destruction from one end of the U.S. to the other, totaling in the billions collectively.

This makes it quite understandable that quiet preparations are being made by law enforcement in multiple cities as the Derek Chauvin trial over the death of George Floyd continues.

We have already reported on direct threats being made of further rioting and "buildings on fire" if Chauvin is not sentenced in a manner that black communities leaders/liberals are demanding, but we are also seeing calls go out to nation leaders to speak up now, preemptively, to encourage calm no matter what verdict comes down from the very diverse jury.

THEY WILL ALL HAVE BLOOD ON THEIR HANDS

Scott Adams took to Twitter with a message for American leaders:

I call on our national leaders to START NOW to persuade the public against staging violent protests after the Floyd trial verdict.

If our leaders stay silent, they will all have blood on their hands.

@POTUS     @KamalaHarris     @SpeakerPelosi

It is quite telling that during the 2020 Floyd riots, multiple members of congress, including the then Senator Kamala *HeelsUp* Harris, actively encouraged the rioting to continue, with Harris taking it a step further and asking Twitter followers to donate for bail of those rioters.

The Daily Caller reported back in 2020:

Harris, a California senator, encouraged her supporters to donate to the MFF in June. The fundraising link she posted to Twitter sports her branding and was still accepting donations as of Tuesday.

Harris told her followers that contributions to the fund would “help post bail for those protesting on the ground in Minnesota” against the police-custody death of George Floyd.

(ANP NEEDS YOUR HELP: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

Now she is Biden's sidekick in the White House occupation and has remained silent on the upcoming protests that law enforcement is, and has been, preparing for.

LAW ENFORCEMENT PREPARES

Law enforcement and the National Guard have been preparing for civil unrest "during" the Chauvin trial, while other more recent reports indicate their is quite a lot of preparations being made behind the scenes in the likely, almost guaranteed rioting that will hit the streets of America once the verdict is announced.

Make no mistake, I still maintain that nothing short of life in prison, or death (which isn't even on the table), will prevent the planned rioting once the verdict is announced.

Back in September 2020, after the initial Floyd protests and damage had been done, the Gazette highlighting something every person living in America should remember:

Be prepared, the experts tell us. The violent protests of summer 2020 alongside pervasive homelessness could be nearing their end. Or, they could be festering like a virus for another outbreak greater than the last and ready to affect populations outside large cities like Portland, New York, Minneapolis and Denver.

We’ve already seen episodes of left-wing violence in small towns and suburbs. Consider remote Alamosa in the middle of the vast San Luis Valley, nearly three hours from Colorado Springs and four hours from Denver. Alamosa is rural, friendly and enviously uneventful. Yet, this summer Alamosa became the scene of a Black Lives Matter protest so violent it put one man in a coma for weeks and left him with permanent brain damage.

The point here is most who live in a rural area or a small town generally do not think these type of violent riots will come anywhere near their town.

Just like victims of robbery, or mugging or any other crime never really think it will happen to them....until it does.

Jump forward to March 2021, as the Derek Chauvin trial began, law enforcement once again is making plans, not only in Minnesota where Floyd's death occurred, but in other cities that saw mass civil unrest last year.

A couple of examples below. George Floyd protests in Philadelphia- 2020

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania:

A memo from the Philadelphia Police Department Community Relations Unit indicates top brass instructed district captains to coordinate with community groups ahead of any possible unrest over the decision, akin to what was seen in the city last year after Floyd’s killing.

“We are looking to receive information on local community organizations that might be willing to work with us during any civil unrest that might be planned for the foreseeable future,” the Tuesday memo from Chief Inspector Altovise Love-Craighead reads. “Please let us know of any plans that the district may have in place to utilize these groups/individuals during any emergencies.”

Related: West Philadelphia businesses prepare for potential civil unrest from trial over George Floyd's killing

George Floyd protests in Minnesota - 2020 St. Paul, Minnesota:

Though former police officer Derek Chauvin’s trial is happening in Minneapolis, officials in Minnesota’s capital city say they’re also prepared for protests or anything that comes their way.

In the east metro alone, there are nearly 1,000 officers who can be called in and about 1,000 Minnesota National Guard members who will be available.

The Capitol grounds and Governor’s Residence — both in St. Paul — are common places for protests. The death of George Floyd in Minneapolis custody last May sparked international outrage and unrest last year and the trial could draw people from across the country and the world, St. Paul Police Deputy Chief Stacy Murphy told the city council recently.

I could continue with where the protests occurred in 2020 and where they are expected again after the verdict, but since the Floyd protests happened in over 2,000 cities across America, with over 200 cities in the U.S. imposing curfews due to the mass civil unrest, this piece would go on forever if I listed them all.

SEE: State By State List of George Floyd protests in the United States

The point here is the 2020 protests are a window into what is coming, and the severity will most likely depend on what the verdict is. The charges are second and third degree murder and second degree manslaughter.

Should the jury find him guilty of the manslaughter charge but not the murder charges, BLM activists have already threatened and are planning mass civil unrest, along with the destruction, arson, looting and violence we saw in the 2020 Floyd riots.

No one should assume the protests will not get close to them, no matter where they live. 2,000+ cities in round one, could easily become 4,000 or more in round two.

BOTTOM LINE

Our nations leaders should be out there pushing for calm ahead of the trials end and verdict, yet the silence from Democrats on this is deafening.

As Scott Adams said "if our leaders stay silent, they will all have blood on their hands."

The fact is no one can predict with 100% confidence where the violence will occur, or even how bad it will get, but we can, do and always will recommend being prepared to hunker down and wait it out should these riots come to a neighborhood near you or even your neighborhood.

The majority of ANP readers are more than ready and prepared to hunker down, food, water and basic necessities-wise, and those that need to restock or replace, here is or ANP still/back in stock page.

Other things to prepare for is the defense and protection of your home, your family, friends, neighbors and community...just in case BLM/Antifa protesters and rioters decide to make your town next on its list in round two of the Floyd riots.

There are many that for whatever reason are not comfortable with guns or rifles, so a short list of personal defense items, listed below.

Whether it is a baseball bat or a stun gun, every single person has the right to defend themselves and protect their homes.

Hat Tip to Stefan Stanford for the list below from one of his previous pieces.

DPMS Crosman SBR CO₂ 4.5mm BB Air Rifle with Dual Action Capability

DPMS SBR Full Auto Spare Magazine

Sig Sauer MCX .177 Cal Co2 Powered (30 Rounds) Air Rifle, Black

SIG Sauer MCX .177 Cal CO2 Powered Advanced Air Rifle with CO2 90 Gram (2 Pack) and 500 Lead Pellets Bundle

Bushmaster MPW Full Auto with Red dot (Black/FDE)

Umarex Steel-Force Automatic .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Rifle

GLOCK 17 Blowback .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Pistol

Sig Sauer MPX .177 Air Rifle, 30 Rounds, Black

Heckler & Koch MP5 Silver Storm (H&K MP5-PDW) air Rifle

Crosman SNR357 (Black/Grey)

Taser Pulse + Self-Defense Tool with Noonlight Mobile Integration, Black

Mace Police Strength Pepper Spray Pepper Gun (Blue)

Mace Brand Self Defense Pepper Spray Gun 2.0, Accurate, Powerful Mace Spray Delivery with 20-Foot Range, Integrated LED Light, Refillable Cartridge

Umarex XBG .177 Caliber BB Gun Air Pistol

PepperBall LifeLite Personal Defense Launcher

B&MF Trekking Pole Multifunction Outdoor Walking Stick Aluminum Alloy Telescopic Self Defense Weapon Wild Survival Supplies

Cold Steel (92BSTZ Brooklyn Shorty Mini Bat, Black

Tactical Pen for Self Defense Weapons Survival Military Pen with LED Tactical Flashlight Pen Emergency Window Breaker Bottle Opener for Police SWAT EDC Multitool 2 ink Refill 6 Batteries in Gift Box

VIPERTEK VTS-T03 - Aluminum Series 53 Billion Heavy Duty Stun Gun - Rechargeable with LED Tactical Flashlight, Green

FURY Tactical Griffin GRIP Concealable Control Device

From May 2020, the compilations below shows exactly how out-of-control and dangerous the floyd protests were, and gives us a good idea of what could be coming.

(Note: There are many others but YouTube has age restricted them and they can only be viewed at YouTube.)

https://allnewspipeline.com/Law_Enforcement_Preparing_For_Mass_Civil_Unrest.php 

:: 4--21 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WATCH: Antifa Sets Portland ICE Building on Fire with Officers Trapped Inside

Antifa rioters in Portland, Oregon, set a U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement building on fire while agents remained trapped behind blocked doors. The fire began after rioters smashed windows on the upper floors of the building.

Antifa continued its months-long siege of the ICE facility in Portland on Saturday night. Videos posted on Twitter show the violence perpetrated by the Antifa rioters as they smashed windows and eventually set a fire on the front of the building while ICE officers remained trapped behind blocked doors.

“They then set it on fire while federal officers were inside,” independent journalist Andy Ngo tweeted. “Antifa also obscured the security cameras before launching the arson attack.”

Burn the precinct to the ground,” Antifa protesters shouted as the fire raged.

Another video taken from above shows the scale of the fire as ICE officers respond from a rear exit of the facility.

Bob Price serves as associate editor and senior news contributor for the Breitbart Texas-Border team. He is an original member of the Breitbart Texas team. Price is a regular panelist on Fox 26 Houston’s What’s Your Point? Sunday-morning talk show. Follow him on Twitter @BobPriceBBTX and Facebook.

https://www.breitbart.com/law-and-order/2021/04/11/watch-antifa-sets-portland-ice-building-on-fire-with-officers-trapped-inside/ 

:: 4-4-21 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Video: God Is Our Character Coach HalLindsey.com

• April 4, 2021

https://www.hallindsey.com/videos/hal-lindsey-report-292018/571/ 

:: 4-11-21 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New fire breaks out in Iranian nuclear facility

Senior Iranian official says additional fire has broken out at Natanz uranium enrichment plant, which was earlier hit by sabotage.

Arutz Sheva Staff , Apr 11 , 2021 10:19 PM

Fires broke out in an Iranian nuclear facility Sunday night, hours after the facility was struck by saboteurs, a senior Iranian official said.

Mohsen Rezaee, secretary of the Islamic regime’s Expediency Discernment Council, announced Sunday night that an additional fire has broken out in the uranium enrichment facility at Natanz.

An official from the Atomic Energy Organization of Iran was injured after the fire broke out, suffering a blow to the head and a sprained ankle after he went to assess the damage done to the Natanz facility from the initial attack.

A previous 'incident' at the Natanz facility was attributed to Israel's Mossad agency, according to several Western intelligence officials.

The attack is said to have significantly impaired Iran's uranium enrichment operations, forcing a temporary halt to all uranium enrichment efforts in the country. Power has yet to be restored to the Natanz facility.

Earlier on Sunday, an Iranian official blamed "sabotage" for the disruption of the electrical distribution grid of the country’s Natanz nuclear facility Sunday.

Malek Shariati Niasar, the spokesman for the Iranian parliament’s energy committee, wrote on Twitter that the accident, which occurred one day after the plant began enriching uranium, was "very suspicious" and speculated that it was caused by “sabotage and infiltration.”

Iran has stated that there were no casualties or radiation leakage from the incident.

Iran’s top nuclear official condemned the attack on the country’s uranium enrichment plant at Natanz as an act of “nuclear terrorism”, and hinted that Iran may retaliate.

Ali Akbar Salehi, the head of the Atomic Energy Organization of Iran and a former Foreign Minister, spoke with Irib News Sunday about the prospects of lifting US sanctions, as well as the recent attack on the Natanz nuclear facility.

Salehi downplayed the impact of the attack, saying that the ‘incident’ had failed to cause serious damage to Iran’s nuclear program.

"The action taken against the Natanz enrichment center shows the failure of the opponents of the country's industrial and political progress to prevent the significant development of the nuclear industry."

Nevertheless, Salehi castigated those responsible, calling the attack an act of “nuclear terrorism”. Salehi also hinted that Iran may retaliate for the incident.

"The Islamic Republic of Iran, while condemning this despicable move, emphasizes the need for the international community and the International Atomic Energy Agency to deal with this nuclear terrorism and reserves the right to take action against the perpetrators."

"To thwart the goals of the commander of this terrorist movement, the Islamic Republic of Iran will continue to seriously expand nuclear technology on the one hand and to lift oppressive sanctions on the other."

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/304145 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

:: 4-11-21 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court Strikes Down Gov Gavin Newsome’s Restrictions on At-Home Bible Studies

State Liberty Counsel Apr 10, 2021 | 2:06PM Washington, DC

In a 5-4 decision, the U.S. Supreme Court granted an emergency injunction pending appeal, thus finding that California Gov. Gavin Newsom’s restrictions on home Bible study and worship violate the First Amendment.

The Court wrote: “This is the fifth time the Court has summarily rejected the Ninth Circuit’s analysis of California’s COVID restrictions on religious exercise. See Harvest Rock Church v. Newsom, 592 U. S. ___ (2020); South Bay, 592 U. S. ___; Gish v. Newsom, 592 U. S. ___ (2021); Gateway City, 592 U. S. ___. It is unsurprising that such litigants are entitled to relief. California’s Blueprint System contains myriad exceptions and accommodations for comparable activities, thus requiring the application of strict scrutiny. And historically, strict scrutiny requires the State to further ‘interests of the highest order’ by means ‘narrowly tailored in pursuit of those interests.’ Church of Lukumi Babalu Aye, Inc. v. Hialeah, 508 U. S. 520, 546 (1993) (internal quotation marks omitted). That standard ‘is not watered down’ it ‘really means what it says.’ Ibid. (quotation altered).”

Please follow LifeNews.com on Gab for the latest pro-life news and info, free from social media censorship.

The Court also gives a summary list of everything Liberty Counsel has been arguing for the last year:

“First, government regulations are not neutral and generally applicable, and therefore trigger strict scrutiny under the Free Exercise Clause, whenever they treat any comparable secular activity more favorably than religious exercise.

Second, whether two activities are comparable for purposes of the Free Exercise Clause must be judged against the asserted government interest that justifies the regulation at issue.

Third, the government has the burden to establish that the challenged law satisfies strict scrutiny. To do so in this context, it must do more than assert that certain risk factors ‘are always present in worship, or always absent from the other secular activities’ the government may allow.

Fourth, even if the government withdraws or modifies a COVID restriction in the course of litigation, that does not necessarily moot the case. And so long as a case is not moot, litigants otherwise entitled to emergency injunctive relief remain entitled to such relief where the applicants ‘remain under a constant threat’ that government officials will use their power to reinstate the challenged restrictions.”

Liberty Counsel represents Harvest Rock Church and Harvest International Ministry, in which the Supreme Court ruled in favor of the churches twice. This case is now pending at the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals where Liberty Counsel is moving to strike down all the remaining restrictions under Gov. Newsom’s unconstitutional scheme.

Liberty Counsel Founder and Chairman Mat Staver said, “Gov. Gavin Newsom has lost every time before the Supreme Court regarding these worship bans. You would think he would wake up by now. The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals has been wrong every time regarding the worship restrictions. We will not rest until all these unconstitutional restrictions are struck down. It’s been more than one year since we began the fight to prove that the constitutional rights of churches under the First Amendment do not evaporate in a time of crisis. We cannot allow one person, whether state or local, to have the unchecked discretion to write a church into or out of existence by one word–‘essential.’ Such authority is extraordinary and runs counter to American history.”

https://www.lifenews.com/2021/04/10/supreme-court-strikes-down-gov-gavin-newsomes-restrictions-on-at-home-bible-studies/ 

[ :: 8-23-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: ::]

For after, after September comes November, are you awake, will you rise up and do what you know is right, can you vote for them that you know kill babies, can you vote for them that hold up the gays, can you vote for them, saith your Father God? If you are mine you must walk according to my word, you must walk according to my promise; you must do what I, your Father God, have said to do. For it is that hour, it is that time; it is far later than you believe.

:: 4-11-21 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Some GOP-Led States Target Abortions Done through Medication

Sunday, 11 April 2021 12:12 PM

About 40% of all abortions in the U.S. are now done through medication — rather than surgery — and that option has become all the more pivotal during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Abortion rights advocates say the pandemic has demonstrated the value of medical care provided virtually, including the privacy and convenience of abortions taking place in a woman's home, instead of a clinic. Abortion opponents, worried the method will become increasingly prevalent, are pushing legislation in several Republican-led states to restrict it and in some cases, ban providers from prescribing abortion medication via telemedicine.

Ohio enacted a ban this year, proposing felony charges for doctors who violate it. The law was set to take effect next week, but a judge has temporarily blocked it in response to a Planned Parenthood lawsuit.

In Montana, Republican Gov. Greg Gianforte is expected to sign a ban on telemedicine abortions. The measure’s sponsor, Rep. Sharon Greef, has called medication abortions “the Wild West of the abortion industry” and says the drugs should be taken under close supervision of medical professionals, “not as part of a do-it-yourself abortion far from a clinic or hospital.”

Opponents of the bans say telemedicine abortions are safe, and outlawing them would have a disproportionate effect on rural residents who face long drives to the nearest abortion clinic.

When we look at what state legislatures are doing, it becomes clear there’s no medical basis for these restrictions,” said Elisabeth Smith, chief counsel for state policy and advocacy with the Center for Reproductive Rights. “They’re only meant to make it more difficult to access this incredibly safe medication and sow doubt into the relationship between patients and providers.”

Other legislation has sought to outlaw delivery of abortion pills by mail, shorten the 10-week window in which the method is allowed, and require doctors to tell women undergoing drug-induced abortions that the process can be reversed midway through — a claim that critics say is not backed by science.

It's part of a broader wave of anti-abortion measures numerous states are considering this year, including some that would ban nearly all abortions. The bills' supporters hope the U.S. Supreme Court, now with a 6-3 conservative majority, might be open to overturning or weakening the 1973 Roe v. Wade decision that established the nationwide right to end pregnancies.

Legislation targeting medication abortion was inspired in part by developments during the pandemic, when the Food and Drug Administration — under federal court order — eased restrictions on abortion pills so they could be sent by mail. A requirement for women to pick them up in person is back, but abortion opponents worry the Biden administration will end those restrictions permanently. Abortion-rights groups are urging that step.

With the rules lifted in December, Planned Parenthood in the St. Louis region would mail pills for telemedicine abortions overseen by its health center in Fairview Heights, Illinois.

A single mother from Cairo, Illinois, more than a two-hour drive from the clinic, chose that option. She learned she was pregnant just a few months after giving birth to her second child.

“It wouldn’t have been a good situation to bring another child into the world,” said the 32-year-old woman, who spoke on the condition her name not be used to protect her family’s privacy.

“The fact that I could do it in the comfort of my own home was a good feeling,” she added.

She was relieved to avoid a lengthy trip and grateful for the clinic employee who talked her through the procedure.

“I didn’t feel alone,” she said. “I felt safe.”

Medication abortion has been available in the United States since 2000, when the FDA approved the use of mifepristone. Taken with misoprostol, it constitutes the so-called abortion pill.

The method’s popularity has grown steadily. The Guttmacher Institute, a research organization that supports abortion rights, estimates that it accounts for about 40% of all abortions in the U.S. and 60% of those taking place up to 10 weeks’ gestation.

“Beyond its exceptionally safe and effective track record, what makes medication abortion so significant is how convenient and private it can be,” said Megan Donovan, Guttmacher’s senior policy manager. “That’s exactly why it is still subject to onerous restrictions.”

Planned Parenthood of Southwest Ohio, which includes Cincinnati, says medication abortions account for a quarter of the abortions it provides. Of its 1,558 medication abortions in the past year, only 9% were done via telemedicine, but the organization’s president, Kersha Deibel, said that option is important for many economically disadvantaged women and those in rural areas.

Mike Gonidakis, president of Ohio Right to Life, countered that “no woman deserves to be subjected to the gruesome process of a chemical abortion potentially hours away from the physician who prescribed her the drugs. ”

In Montana, where Planned Parenthood operates five of the state's seven abortion clinics, 75% of abortions are done through medication — a huge change from 10 years ago.

Martha Stahl, president of Planned Parenthood of Montana, says the pandemic — which increased reliance on telemedicine — has contributed to the rise in the proportion of medication abortions.

In the vast state, home to rural communities and seven Native American reservations, many women live more than a five-hour drive from the nearest abortion clinic. For them, access to telemedicine can be significant.

Greef, who sponsored the ban on telemedicine abortions, said the measure would ensure providers can watch for signs of domestic abuse or sex trafficking as they care for patients in person.

Yet advocates of the telemedicine method say patients are grateful for the convenience and privacy.

Some are in a bad relationship or victim of domestic violence,” said Christina Theriault, a nurse practitioner for Maine Family Planning who can perform abortions under state law. “With telemedicine, they can do it without their partner knowing. There’s a lot of relief from them.”

The group has health centers in far northern Maine where women can get abortion pills and take them at home under the supervision of health providers communicating by phone or videoconferencing. It spares women a drive of three to four hours to the nearest abortion clinic in Bangor, Theriault said.

Maine Family Planning is among a small group of providers participating in an FDA-approved research program allowing women to receive the abortion pill by mail after video consultations. Under the program, the Maine group also can mail pills to women in New York and Massachusetts.

Samuels is a corps member for The Associated Press/Report for America Statehouse News Initiative. Report for America is a nonprofit national service program that places journalists in local newsrooms to report on undercovered issues.

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/abortion-telemedicine/2021/04/11/id/1017153/ 

:: 4-11-21 WCBV 5 ABC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

COVID-19 hospitalizations among younger people are rising in the US — especially in one region

By Christina Maxouris, CNN

The U.S. just hit a record high of about 4.6 million doses of COVID-19 vaccines reported administered in one day, according to data published Saturday by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

"Amazing Saturday! +4.63M doses administered over total yesterday, a new record," Dr. Cyrus Shahpar, the COVID-19 data director at the White House, wrote on Twitter. "More than 500K higher than old record last Saturday. Incredible number of doses administered."

The new record is great news — but it comes at a complicated time in the pandemic for the U.S.

While COVID-19 vaccination numbers climb across the country, COVID-19 cases and hospitalizations are also on the rise, fueled by the B.1.1.7 variant, which is now the dominant strain in the U.S. Experts say the variant is more contagious, may cause more severe disease and is also potentially more deadly.

In the past seven days, the U.S. has reported an average of more than 68,000 new COVID-19 cases daily, according to data from Johns Hopkins University. That's up by more than 20% since the March 10 seven-day average.

"On the one hand, we have so much reason for optimism and hope, and more Americans are being vaccinated," CDC Director Dr. Rochelle Walensky said during a White House COVID-19 briefing Friday. "On the other hand, cases and emergency room visits are up. And ... we are seeing these increases in younger adults, most of whom have not yet been vaccinated."

Vaccination line

UK variant is now the dominant coronavirus strain in the US, says CDC chief

Americans ages 18 to 64 have seen increasing numbers of emergency department visits, she added.

And the trends are "magnified" in one part of the country, she said: the Upper Midwest.

"CDC is working closely with public health officials in this region to understand what is driving these cases and how we can intervene."    'A life and death race'

Michigan is currently among the hardest-hit states in the country and local officials say the state is in the middle of another surge, reporting thousands of new cases daily.

The state also has the second-highest number of reported cases of the B.1.1.7 variant after Florida, according to CDC data. And one expert says it's a combination of two factors that have driven up numbers.

"This B.1.1.7 variant... is more contagious and I think there's just fatigue from this pandemic out there so a lot of people don't wear masks, don't social distance, so we've basically taken a step back in Michigan," Dr. Paul Offit, director of the Vaccine Education Center at the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, told CNN on Saturday.

"It's really frustrating because we're almost there," he said. "We have to hang in there for the next two months and we're not doing that."

Coronavirus testing   Doctors: Coronavirus variant causes more severe symptoms

Amid the spiking numbers, some Michigan hospitals are delaying and rescheduling non-emergency procedures on a "case-by-case basis," a spokesperson for the Michigan Health & Hospital Association said.

"Hospitals want everyone to get the care they need and only reschedule procedures as a last resort," John Karasinski said Saturday. "We want to stress that hospitals are safe for all who need care and any individual with an emergency medical need should seek care immediately."

It's not just Michigan reporting alarming trends.

In both Michigan and Minnesota, "there is concern about transmission in youth sports — both club sports, as well as sports affiliated in schools," Walensky said Friday.

Minnesota health officials warned Friday the state was seeing a "sharp increase" in COVID-19 cases, adding it is "more important than ever" to keep practicing safety measures like wearing a mask and social distancing.

In Ohio, Gov. Mike DeWine said Thursday the number of COVID-19 cases, hospitalizations and ICU admissions are all rising.

"We're moving now in the wrong direction," he said. "More than half of our counties, 53, have seen increases."

"We can still turn this around if more people continue to get vaccinated," the governor added. "This is a race. We are in a race. And it's a life and death race."

Health official: Do these two things

So far, 35.3% of the American population has gotten at least one dose of a COVID-19 vaccine, CDC data shows. And about 21.3% has been fully vaccinated.

That means tens of millions of Americans are still not vaccinated and remain vulnerable to the virus.

So as the country works to boost vaccination numbers and reach the levels needed to control the spread, experts say Americans should stay vigilant and continue taking precautions.

"To end this pandemic, this is what we have to do," U.S. Surgeon General Dr. Vivek Murthy said Friday in the White House briefing. "We've got to step up and help protect one another. And that's why today I'm asking everyone to do two things: One, get vaccinated as soon as you can. And two, help the people you care about get vaccinated as well."

In an interview published last week, Dr. Anthony Fauci told Business Insider that even though he is fully vaccinated against COVID-19, he still won't go to a restaurant or a movie theater.

"I don't think I would — even if I'm vaccinated — go into an indoor, crowded place where people are not wearing masks," Fauci said.

Surgical mask

Wearing masks could save at least 14,000 people from COVID-19 deaths by August, model predicts The data below shows the percentage of people who have been fully vaccinated in a state.

Hover over or click on each state to see the percentage, and use the blue bar to interact with the different ranges. The map is updated daily.

Data sources: CDC Vaccine Tracker, U.S. Census data, state's public dashboard if available.

The data below shows the number of vaccine doses that have been administered per 100,000 people in each state.

Hover over or click on each state to see its number, and use the blue bar to interact with the different ranges. The map is updated daily.

Data sources: CDC Vaccine Tracker, U.S. Census data, state's public dashboard if available. etc..

https://www.wcvb.com/article/my-love-couple-of-44-years-marries-in-the-icu-as-husband-battles-covid-19/36092283 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 4-10-21 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden Administration to Support Palestinian Dictatorship

by Khaled Abu Toameh April 9, 2021 at 5:00 am

Sadly, while the Biden administration is talking about the "need to protect [Palestinian] civil society through the reduction of arrests of bloggers and dissidents," the Palestinian leadership is evidently moving in precisely the opposite direction.

While the Biden administration says it wants to strengthen Palestinian civil society organizations, the Palestinian leadership is working to tighten its grip on these organizations.

The elections are part of Abbas's attempt to curry favor with the Biden administration and present himself as a leader who cares about democracy and fair elections. The fact is that Abbas is desperate for US funding to preserve his regime and remain in power until his last day.

Abbas's punitive measures against [Nasser al-Kidwa, a former PA foreign minister] are aimed at sending a warning to these officials that they would meet the same fate should they run outside the Abbas-led list. Abbas is essentially announcing that anyone who challenges him will be expelled from Fatah and deprived of money and employment.

Instead of holding Abbas to account for his repressive measures, the Biden administration seems to be headed toward financially supporting his totalitarian regime.

According to the internal memo, the US is planning to resume unconditional financial aid to the Palestinians in late March or early April. This means propping up Abbas and his associates ahead of the elections and allowing them to step up their campaign of intimidation against any candidate who dares to demand reforms and an end to rampant corruption.

The Biden administration is about to pump millions of dollars into Abbas's coffers to help him cut off the emergence of new and young leaders and to help him maintain his authoritarian rule over the Palestinians. Once the bounty is paid, Abbas shows all signs of stepping up his repressive measures against his rivals and critics to ensure that he and his Fatah faction triumph in the elections.

The Biden administration is reportedly planning to "reset" US relations with the Palestinians.

An internal memo presented to US Secretary of State Antony Blinken on March 1 states: "As we reset US relations with the Palestinians, the Palestinian body politic is at an inflection point as it moves towards its first elections in 15 years."

The memo reintroduces some of the issues that the George W. Bush and the Barack Obama administrations pushed forward, such as the strengthening of Palestinian institutions, including civil society and media watchdogs.

The document, in addition, mentions the resumption of US financial aid to the Palestinians and "means to advance the prospects of a negotiated two-state solution."

Sadly, while the Biden administration is talking about the "need to protect [Palestinian] civil society through the reduction of arrests of bloggers and dissidents," the Palestinian leadership is evidently moving in precisely the opposite direction.

Instead of enhancing the role of civil society organizations, the Palestinian leadership is hampering their work by imposing severe restrictions on them.

Instead of boosting public freedoms and bringing democracy to its people, the Palestinian leadership is harshly punishing those who speak out against its policies.

While the Biden administration says it wants to strengthen Palestinian civil society organizations, the Palestinian leadership is working to tighten its grip on these organizations.

Recently, Palestinian civil society organizations expressed their absolute rejection of attempts by the Palestinian Authority (PA) leadership to impose severe restrictions on their work. The organizations were responding to a recent decree issued by PA President Mahmoud Abbas that effectively turns Palestinian non-governmental organizations (NGOs) into government-controlled institutions.

Abbas's decree requires the organizations to present to the PA government an "annual action plan and estimated budget." This means that the organizations will be working for the PA government and not in accordance with their vision, mission, goals or programs.

"This [decree] undermines the professionalism, independence and freedom of civic activity, including its monitoring role over the performance of the executive authority and its objective to hold this authority accountable for its violations," several Palestinian civil society organizations said in a joint statement. "This law by decree was issued within the framework of several ongoing laws by decree that are drafted in full secrecy and behind closed doors... the law hinders the right of assembly and organization and the right to exercise activities independent of ministries and the executive authority...

"The aforementioned law by decree violates the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (Article 20) and The International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (Article 22), which confirms the basic right of freedom of association, independence of activities and financial sources. It also violates several resolutions issued by the UN Human Rights Council, including Resolution (22/6) of 21/03/2013, which calls on states not to impede the functional independence of associations and not to impose restrictions on potential sources of funding in a discriminatory manner."

Abbas's crackdown on Palestinian NGOs came as Palestinians prepare to hold their first general elections since 2006. The elections are part of Abbas's attempt to curry favor with the Biden administration and present himself as a leader who cares about democracy and fair elections. The fact is that Abbas is desperate for US funding to preserve his regime and remain in power until his last day.

The Palestinian parliamentary election has been set for May 22, while the vote for the PA presidency is scheduled to take place on July 31. The timing of Abbas's move against the Palestinian civil society organizations is hardly coincidental. The 85-year-old Abbas wants to make sure that there is no criticism of him and his regime ahead of the elections.

Abbas is worried that Palestinian civil society organizations, which are not directly under the control of his government, would criticize him or his government on the eve of the planned elections. Such criticism, Abbas fears, will hurt his (and his ruling Fatah faction's) chances of winning the vote.

It is worth stressing that the Biden administration memo completely ignores Abbas's clampdown on the civil society organizations.

Abbas thus now feels free to crack down on any Palestinian who dares to differ with him or challenge his policies.

The latest victim of Abbas's effort to intimidate his critics ahead of the elections is Nasser al-Kidwa, a former PA foreign minister and a nephew of former PLO leader Yasser Arafat.

Earlier this month, Abbas expelled Kidwa from Fatah and suspended PA funding to the organization he heads: the Yasser Arafat Foundation. He later fired Kidwa from his job as chairman of the foundation and ordered the arrest of his bodyguard, Qadri Ataya.

Hassan Asfour, a former Palestinian cabinet minister and editor of the Palestinian news website Amad, denounced Abbas's measures against Kidwa as "political bullying."

Abbas's vengeance came in response to Kidwa's decision to form his own list to run in the parliamentary election. Kidwa is a member of the Fatah Central Committee, the highest decision-making body of Abbas's faction. Abbas was enraged because Kidwa said he wants to run on a separate list, and not as part of the Abbas-led Fatah slate.

In addition to Kidwa, a number of Fatah officials are also planning to run on separate lists in the parliamentary election. The officials are calling for a "radical change" of the Palestinian political system, a reference to the need to end Abbas's dictatorship.

Abbas's punitive measures against Kidwa are aimed at sending a warning to these officials that they would meet the same fate should they run outside the Abbas-led list. Abbas is essentially announcing that anyone who challenges him will be expelled from Fatah and deprived of money and employment.

Abbas is telling the Biden administration: Fund me to the tune of millions, my autocratic rule, assault on public freedoms and intimidation of critics and political rivals be damned.

Instead of holding Abbas to account for his repressive measures, the Biden administration seems to be headed toward financially supporting his totalitarian regime.

According to the internal memo, the US is planning to resume unconditional financial aid to the Palestinians in late March or early April. This means propping up Abbas and his associates ahead of the elections and allowing them to step up their campaign of intimidation against any candidate who dares to demand reforms and an end to rampant corruption.

The Biden administration is about to pump millions of dollars into Abbas's coffers to help him cut off the emergence of new and young leaders and to help him maintain his authoritarian rule over the Palestinians. Once the bounty is paid, Abbas shows all signs of stepping up his repressive measures against his rivals and critics to ensure that he and his Fatah faction triumph in the elections.

Khaled Abu Toameh is an award-winning journalist based in Jerusalem.

Follow Khaled Abu Toameh on Twitter

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/17188/biden-administration-palestinian-dictatorship 

:: 4-10-21 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New study shows Pfizer coronavirus vaccine effective against South African variant

New study from Tel Aviv University, Clalit Research Institute, shows Pfizer-BioNTech coronavirus vaccine offers significant but reduced protection against South African coronavirus variant.

Arutz Sheva Staff , Apr 10 , 2021 9:20 PM

A new research by the Clalit Research Institute and Tel Aviv University shows that that the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine offers lower protection against the South African coronavirus variant than against the British coronavirus variant.

The research, published Saturday evening, showed that the South African variant succeeded in penetrating to a degree the protection offered by two doses of the Pfizer-BioNTech vaccine.

At this stage it is difficult to assess how great the reduction in efficacy is.

However, the researchers estimate that the vaccine still provides significant, even if reduced, protection against the South African variant.

The new research is in line with previous studies by researchers from Ben Gurion University and the University of Texas Medical Branch, both of which showed the vaccine to be effective, but less so, against the South African strain.

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/299972 

:: 4-10-21 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Myanmar security forces killed more than 80 people in a single city on Friday, group says

By Li Cohen April 10, 2021 / 2:05 PM / CBS News

The military takeover in Myanmar continues to have deadly consequences for civilians who openly oppose the February 1 coup. In Bago on Friday, security forces killed 82 people, the Assistance Association for Political Prisoners told CBS News.

As of Friday, AAPP, which has been tracking incidents and fatalities, reports that at least 618 people, including at least 48 children, have been killed by the junta in the little more than two months since the military took over. One of the deadliest days occurred just two weeks ago on the 76th annual Armed Forces Day. While many military members celebrated the day, other security forces unleashed what the European Union Delegation to Myanmar called a "day of terror and dishonour," killing at least 107 people, many of whom oppose the takeover.

In a briefing published on Friday, the Burma-based group said security forces used assault rifles, heavy weaponry and hand grenades during a confrontation with protesters early Friday morning.

The United Nations in Myanmar supported the claim, saying that "heavy artillery" was used against civilians, who were then denied medical treatment.

The UN in Myanmar is following events in Bago with reports of heavy artillery being used against civilians and medical treatment being denied to those injured.

The violence must cease immediately.

We call on the security forces to allow medical teams to treat the wounded. 

pic.twitter.com/ VyO7gRpWPO  

— United Nations in Myanmar (@UNinMyanmar) April 10, 2021

The military-owned station Myawaddy TV said in a report on Friday that 19 people have been sentenced to death for killing an associate of an army captain, according to Reuters.

Linda Thomas-Greenfield, U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, said Friday at a UN Security Council meeting, "Every day, Burma's security forces continue to kill people – including children far too young to even know what a protest is. And unfortunately, this open conversation can't be seen by those whose views are most important – the people of Burma themselves," she said. "The military has blacked out their internet. By cutting its people off from the outside world, the military seeks to conceal its terrible actions and stifle protest, and unleash even more horrors with impunity. And we cannot allow them to succeed."

Later in the day, she tweeted, "statements alone are not enough to stop the Burmese military from killing the people of Burma and threatening the security of the region. At this point, only concrete actions will help."

As I told the UN Security Council today, statements alone are not enough to stop the Burmese military from killing the people of Burma and threatening the security of the region.

At this point, only concrete actions will help.https://t.co/YZ7SiIMZRC 

— Ambassador Linda Thomas-Greenfield (@USAmbUN) April 9, 2021

Thomas-Greenfield noted some actions already taken against the armed forces, including sanctions against the military, military holding companies and "anyone who seeks to profit off the violence," she said.

On March 25, the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control issued sanctions against two military holding firms, Myanmar Economic Holdings Public Company Limited and Myanmar Economic Corporation Limited. Through these companies, the department said, the Burmese military controls "significant segments of the country's economy."

"These sanctions specifically target the economic resources of Burma's military regime, which is responsible for the overthrow of Burma's democratically elected government and the ongoing repression of the Burmese people," the department said in a statement. "These sanctions are not directed at the people of Burma."

On Thursday, Secretary of State Antony Blinken said that the U.S. has also issued sanctions against a Burmese-state owned gemstone entity, Myanma Gems Enterprise.

The Department of Treasury said in a statement Thursday, "Gemstones are a key economic resource for the Burmese military regime that is violently repressing pro-democracy protests in the country and that is responsible for the ongoing lethal attacks against the people of Burma, including the killing of children."

Burma's military regime continues to commit brutal attacks against the people of Burma. The United States continues to target revenue streams that support this violence, including today’s designation of the state-owned Myanma Gems Enterprise.

— Secretary Antony Blinken (@SecBlinken) April 8, 2021

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/myanmar-security-forces-killed-more-than-80-people-protesters/

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 4-4-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biblical floods and deluge ravage Indonesia and East Timor: More than 44 people killed in flash floods and landslides in the worst weather event to hit East Timor in 40 years

By Strange Sounds - Apr 4, 2021

As water deluges homes, East Timor’s deputy prime minister says it is the worst incident to affect his country in 40 years. Meanwhile, more than 44 people have died in flashfloods across Indonesia…

Flash floods caused by torrential rain have led to the deaths of 44 people in Indonesia. At least 49 families were affected on the island of Flores, BNPB spokesman Raditya Jati said, adding: “Dozens of houses were buried in mud in Lamanele village.” On Adonara island to the east of Flores, a bridge collapsed and rescuers were battling heavy rain, strong wind and waves. Dozens of bodies have been recovered. At least three others have died in a landslide in neighbouring East Timor, including a two-year-old child.

East Timor’s deputy prime minister, Jose Reis, said it was the worst incident to affect his country in 40 years. Power supplies were cut and the presidential palace was flooded.

“Heavy rains and overflowing water have drowned people’s homes and have also claimed the lives of several victims,” Mr Reis said.

“There are roads that have collapsed. Trees have fallen and made it difficult to access some areas.” It is feared more severe conditions could be on the way.

Indonesia’s weather agency said a tropical cyclone was approaching the Savu Straits between the southern part of Nusa Tenggara province and East Timor’s north coast. Seasonal downpours cause frequent landslides and floods in Indonesia, killing dozens of people each year.

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

You should really subscribe to QFiles. You will get very interesting information about strange events around the world.

https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/biblical-floods-deluge-indonesia-east-timor-video-death.html 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 4-5-21 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Cowed Republic Is A Dead Republic: Forced Vaccination Compliance Goes Completely Against The 'My Body My Choice' Argument Democrats Use For Abortion

April 5, 2021 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

The party of baby killers under the guise of "my body, my choice" are also the party that appears dead set on forcing others to do things with their bodies without their willing consent, aka force them to take the COVID vaccine.

The fact that the Biden regime, the media, Democrats and liberals are all pushing for "forced" vaccinations," shows exactly what they truly think of the "My body, my choice" nonsense they spew on a daily basis about abortion.

To them, "my body, my choice," only applies to choices they wish to make and the hell with any one elses decision-making rights as to what goes into their bodies.

Employers: With employers, with the help of the media, trying to force employees to receive the COVID vaccine, we are now seeing certain states, like South Carolina and North Dakota, considering proposals to ban employers from forcing the compliance of employees that wish to refuse the COVID-19 vaccines.

The South Carolina and North Dakota proposal would bar employers from mandating employees receive the vaccine, but they leave exemptions for health care and/or hospital workers, the very people that would understand the dangers of side effects the most.

Still, it is a start as a method to protect their citizens from forced compliance.

A North Dakota lawmaker has brought forward a bill that would ban employers in the state from requiring their workers to get vaccines. The proposal would also give business owners protection against civil lawsuits from employees who come down with an illness on the job.

Rep. Ben Koppelman said House Bill 1301 provides "a reasonable balance between the rights of the employer and the rights of the employee." The West Fargo Republican said workers would gain the freedom to direct their own medical care, while employers would have less liability.

Koppelman said the bill is not written to be anti-vaccine, but rather enables more personal choice around immunizations. He added that the issues of mandatory vaccines and employer liability are particularly relevant in the age of COVID-19, but the bill is meant to be all-encompassing.

(ANP EMERGENCY FUNDRAISER: Donations and ad revenue are all that keep ANP online, so please consider donating to ANP to help keep us in this fight for America's future at this critical time in US history. With 'slow-Joe' Biden occupying the White House, and at a time of systematic, 'big tech' censorship and widespread Democrat corruption, truthful media and alternative views are crucial.)

Corporations: As has been reported, certain corporations and businesses, along with sporting event organizations will require proof of vaccination or a negative COVID-19 test in order to allow entry and service. Example, California - No proof, No entry.

Beginning April 15, big indoor entertainment venues in California will require proof of vaccination or a negative COVID-19 test from patrons as a condition of expanding the number of people allowed in.

Florida is leading the way against that type of creeping corporate authoritarianism, with Governor Ron DeSantis signing an executive order preventing companies from requiring a "vaccine passport" in order to do business with them.

DeSantis declared on Friday that the Sunshine State would not allow any sort of "vaccine passport" to be used by the state government or businesses in their operations.

Specifically, businesses are not allowed to require customers or patrons to produce "documentation certifying COVID-19 vaccination or post-transmission recovery to gain access to, entry upon, or service from the business."

Additionally, state government agencies are prohibited from using "vaccine passports" and other kinds of certification as well as sharing or publishing a person’s "COVID-19 vaccination record or similar health information."

DeSantis said in the order that vaccine passports "reduce individual freedoms and will harm patient privacy."

While these are good examples, not near enough state leaders are protecting their citizens from forced compliance, and no liberal state leaders have stepped up to the plate to protect the individual liberty of their constituents.

MY BODY, MY CHOICE

That is key here because Democrats and the liberal establishment media have screamed "My body, my choice," for years in reference to women being able to kill their babies via abortion. Their argument being a women should have the right to do whatever she wishes with her body.....so where are these "my body, my choice," proponents now?

Before any liberal reader even dares claim "well non-vaccinated people are endangering others," don't go there, because women using that phrase for abortions are actually killing living, growing beings.

Doesn't get more "endangering" than that!

BOTTOM LINE - A COWED REPUBLIC IS A DEAD REPUBLIC

America, a Republic, is guaranteed rights under the Constitution and Bill of Rights, and without those constitutional freedoms, we live in nothing more than a dead Republic.

According to an unscientific poll, over at Poll King, we see a surprising result for the question "Have you received at least one dose of a COVID-19 vaccine?"

The surprising part isn't that 73% of the Democrats surveyed said they had received at least one dose of vaccine, but that 53% of Republicans, and 57% of Independents, also said yes.

The reason that is so surprising is that after receiving the results of polls from Poll King more than 600 times, I have found that respondents are at least 70% conservative to 30% liberal, as can be seen in the results from second amendment, abortion, illegal immigration etc... surveys which always, always, shows a much higher number for the conservative position than the liberal position.

While the exact numbers may not be completely representative, I use these Poll King surveys to see patterns, trends, of the pulse of those taking these surveys/polls, and the 'trend" shows me that Americans are being cowed by the constant threats from businesses, employers, liberal family members, liberal state leaders and the Biden regime.

A cowed Republic is a dead Republic.   Period. Stop.

Disclaimer: For those that willingly give informed consent and want to take the vaccine, that is their business, their choice, and it should be respected whether one agrees or not with that decision.

The same should be applied to those, that for whatever reason, wish to refuse.

They should not be threatened, frightened, or coerced in any way to make a choice one way or another.

https://allnewspipeline.com/A_Cowed_Republic_Is_A_Dead_Republic.php 

:: 4-5-21 Restricted Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Biden's Easter Omission Shows Who The Left Truly Worships...Pope Francis Joins In The Chorus!

About   April 5th, 2021 – By: Justus Knight

Restricted Republic found on Roku, Apple, Android or Amazon apps (we recommend you also save to your Home Page in case the Tech-Titans)!!

On today’s broadcast: Biden made an Easter omission that illustrates exactly who the Left worship. Pope Francis did his own part to join in the chorus of evil. You see, as in life it isn’t what you say, it’s what you don’t say that sometimes makes all the difference. In this ‘two sides of the same coin’ broadcast let me show you exactly how the little “g” gOD of Covid once again takes center stage!

God Speed and God Bless, Justus Knight

Join Us At The Following:

Restricted Republic: https://restrictedrepublic.com 

Bitchute: https://www.bitchute.com/channel/TYAnzaZIl1yX/ 

Telegram: https://t.me/restrictedrepublic 

CloutHub: https://clthb.co/MsCx5WtEYNG9DeVJA 

Gab: https://gab.com/restrictedrepublic 

Rumble: https://rumble.com/c/RestrictedRepublic 

MeWe: https://mewe.com/i/restrictedrepublic 

Codias: https://www.codias.com/profile/restrictedrepublic 

Parler: https://parler.com/profile/RestrictedRepublic/posts 

Referenced Sources:

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2021/04/fla-gov-ron-desantis-issues-order-banning-vaccine-passports/ 

https://www.breitbart.com/europe/2021/04/04/pics-singing-hymns-through-masks-christians-mark-pandemic-easter/ 

https://www.nationalreview.com/2021/04/easter-reminds-us-that-all-lives-matter/ 

http://www.vatican.va/content/francesco/en/messages/urbi/documents/papa-francesco_20210404_urbi-et-orbi-pasqua.html 

https://www.breitbart.com/national-security/2021/04/04/pope-francis-again-snubs-uighurs-in-easter-message/ 

https://restrictedrepublic.com/programs/easterbidenytmp4-2d4fc2 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 4-5-21 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Beijing muscles in on the South China Sea filling it with hundreds of boats lashed together in an act of aggression designed to 'squeeze out' other Asia countries

China have claimed the Chinese vessels off the coast of the Philippines are merely fishing boats sheltering from bad weather

But satellite images show hundreds of ships - believed to be manned by Chinese militia personnel - lined closely together at Whitsun Reef in South China Sea

This is despite Philippines calling on China to withdraw 'maritime militia' vessels

By Rachael Bunyan For Mailonline

Published: 07:39 EDT, 5 April 2021 | Updated: 07:46 EDT, 5 April 2021

China has filled the disputed South China Sea with more than 200 boats lashed together in rows in an act of aggression designed to 'squeeze out' other countries in Asia, experts warn.

Beijing have claimed the Chinese vessels, first spotted earlier this month off the coast of the Philippines, are merely fishing boats sheltering from bad weather which are allowed to be there.

But satellite images show hundreds of ships - believed to be manned by Chinese militia personnel - lined closely together whilst anchored at Whitsun Reef, 350 kilmotres west of Palawan Island in the contested South China Sea.

Some of the vessels have since scattered across the Spratly Islands, but last week dozens of the Chinese-flagged boats were still anchored at the boomerang-shaped reef, according to Philippine military patrols.

This is despite the Philippines calling on Beijing to withdraw the 'maritime militia' vessels for weeks, saying their incursion into their exclusive economic zone is unlawful.

'Beijing pretty clearly thinks that if it uses enough coercion and pressure over a long enough period of time, it will squeeze the Southeast Asians out,' Greg Poling, the director of the Asia Maritime Transparency Initiative at the Center for Strategic and International Studies in the US told The New York Times. 'It's insidious.'

The Philippine government's National Task Force-West Philippines Sea said they counted 254 ships as well as four Chinese warships in the Spratly Islands on March 29.

They claimed the ships were not fishing vessels as China had claimed - but instead part of China's maritime militia, an group of sometimes armed civilians in the sea.

China, which claims almost the entirety of the resource-rich China sea, has so far refused to move the boats from the area - where both the Philippines and Vietnams have claims.

The presence of such a large fleet of Chinese ships is meant to intimidate, Mr Poling argues.

'By having them there, and spreading them out across these expanses of water around the reefs the others occupy, or around oil and gas fields or fishing grounds, you are steadily pushing the Filipinos and the Vietnamese out,' he said.

'If you're a Filipino fisherman, you're always getting harassed by these guys.

'They're always maneuvering a little too close, blowing horns at you. At some point you just give up and stop fishing there.' The presence of the vessels could ignite 'unwanted hostilities', a top aide to the Philippine President Rodrigo Duterte warned today, intensifying the diplomatic spat over the ships.

Duterte's top legal counsel Salvador Panelo warned China's 'present territorial incursions is producing an unwelcome stain in their bond and may trigger unwanted hostilities that both countries would rather not pursue.'

'The matter of territorial dispute has to be resolved in the diplomatic negotiating table or by the dictates of international law,' Panelo said in a statement.

It comes a day after outspoken Defence Secretary Delfin Lorenzana accused Beijing of planning to occupy more 'features' in the waters - where Taiwan, Vietnam, Malaysia and Brunei also have rival claims.

'The Chinese ambassador has a lot of explaining to do,' Lorenzana said in a statement on Saturday.

Meanwhile, Vietnam's foreign ministry had accused China of violating their sovereignty and demanded the ships leave.

China responded to the complaints with foreign ministry spokesperson Hua Chunying saying that Chinese fishermen 'have been fishing in the waters near the reef all along' - something that Philippine officials say there is no evidence of.

Beijing often invokes the so-called nine-dash line to justify its apparent historic rights over most of the South China Sea, and has ignored a 2016 international tribunal decision that declared this assertion as without basis.

The Philippine foreign ministry, which has already lodged a diplomatic protest over the ships, vowed Monday to send a complaint 'for every day' Beijing delays pulling out the vessels.

In an apparent reference to China's donation of Covid-19 vaccines, Panelo said the Philippines appreciated the 'humanitarian gesture'.

But he added: 'We will not be blinded however by any act done by it in violation of international law and in derogation of our sovereign rights.'

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-9436923/Beijing-muscles-South-China-Sea-filling-hundreds-boats-act-aggression.html 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 4-5-21 CNN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite images show huge Russian military buildup in the Arctic

By Nick Paton Walsh, CNN Updated 6:42 AM ET, Mon April 5, 2021

(CNN) Russia is amassing unprecedented military might in the Arctic and testing its newest weapons in a region freshly ice-free due to the climate emergency, in a bid to secure its northern coast and open up a key shipping route from Asia to Europe.

Weapons experts and Western officials have expressed particular concern about one Russian 'super-weapon,' the Poseidon 2M39 torpedo. Development of the torpedo is moving fast with Russian President Vladimir Putin requesting an update on a "key stage" of the tests in February from his defense minister Sergei Shoigu, with further tests planned this year, according to multiple reports in state media.

Images show build up of Russia's military presence in the Arctic 04:15

This unmanned stealth torpedo is powered by a nuclear reactor and intended by Russian designers to sneak past coastal defenses -- like those of the US -- on the sea floor.

The device is intended to deliver a warhead of multiple megatons, according to Russian officials, causing radioactive waves that would render swathes of the target coastline uninhabitable for decades.

In November, Christopher A Ford, then assistant secretary of state for International Security and Non-Proliferation, said the Poseidon is designed to "inundate U.S. coastal cities with radioactive tsunamis."

Experts agree that the weapon is "very real" and already coming to fruition. The head of Norwegian intelligence, Vice Admiral Nils Andreas Stensønes, told CNN that his agency has assessed the Poseidon as "part of the new type of nuclear deterrent weapons. And it is in a testing phase. But it's a strategic system and it's aimed at targets ... and has an influence far beyond the region in which they test it currently." Stensønes declined to give details on the torpedo's testing progress so far.

The Russian build-up has been matched by NATO and US troop and equipment movements. American B-1 Lancer bombers stationed in Norway's Ørland air base have recently completed missions in the eastern Barents Sea, for example. The US military's stealth Seawolf submarine was acknowledged by US officials in August as being in the area.

A senior State Department official told CNN: "There's clearly a military challenge from the Russians in the Arctic," including their refitting of old Cold War bases and build-up of new facilities on the Kola Peninsula near the city of Murmansk. "That has implications for the United States and its allies, not least because it creates the capacity to project power up to the North Atlantic," the official said.

The satellite images show the slow and methodical strengthening of airfields and "trefoil" bases -- with a shamrock-like design, daubed in the red, white and blue of the Russian flag -- at several locations along Russia's Arctic coast over the past five years. The bases are inside Russian territory and part of a legitimate defense of its borders and coastline. US officials have voiced concern, however, that the forces might be used to establish de facto control over areas of the Arctic that are further afield, and soon to be ice-free.

"Russia is refurbishing Soviet-era airfields and radar installations, constructing new ports and search-and-rescue centers, and building up its fleet of nuclear- and conventionally-powered icebreakers," Lt. Col. Thomas Campbell, a Pentagon spokesman, told CNN.

The satellite images show the slow and methodical strengthening of airfields and "trefoil" bases -- with a shamrock-like design, daubed in the red, white and blue of the Russian flag -- at several locations along Russia's Arctic coast over the past five years. The bases are inside Russian territory and part of a legitimate defense of its borders and coastline. US officials have voiced concern, however, that the forces might be used to establish de facto control over areas of the Arctic that are further afield, and soon to be ice-free.

"Russia is refurbishing Soviet-era airfields and radar installations, constructing new ports and search-and-rescue centers, and building up its fleet of nuclear- and conventionally-powered icebreakers," Lt. Col. Thomas Campbell, a Pentagon spokesman, told CNN.

The 50 Let Pobedy (50 years of victory) icebreaker moving through the Arctic ice, said to be in January this year, in a first transit of the eastern seas in deep winter. Credit: Rosatom State Nuclear Energy Corporation

"It is also expanding its network of air and coastal defense missile systems, thus strengthening its anti-access and area-denial capabilities over key portions of the Arctic," he added.

Campbell also noted the recent creation of a Quick Reaction Alert force at two Arctic airfields -- Rogachevo and Anadyr -- and the trial of one at Nagurskoye airfield last year. Satellite imagery from March 16 shows probable MiG31BMs at Nagurskoye for what is thought to be the first time, bringing a new capability of Russian stealth air power to the far north.

High-tech weapons are also being regularly tested in the Arctic area, according to Russian officials quoted in state media and Western officials.

Campbell added that in November, Russia claimed the successful test of the 'Tsirkon' anti-ship hypersonic cruise missile.

The Tsirkon and the Poseidon are part of a new generation of weapons pledged by Putin in 2018 as strategic game changers in a fast-changing world.

At the time US officials scorned the new weapons as technically far-fetched and improbable, yet they appear to be nearing fruition. The Norwegian intelligence chief Stensønes told CNN the Tsirkon as a "new technology, with hypersonic speeds, which makes it hard to defend against."

On Thursday, Russian state news agency TASS cited a source in the military industrial complex as saying there had been another successful test of the Tsirkon from the Admiral Gorshkov warship, saying all four test rockets had hit their target, and that another more advanced level of tests would begin in May or June.

The climate emergency has removed many of Russia's natural defenses to its north, such as walls of sheet ice, at an unanticipated rate. "The melt is moving faster than scientists predicted or thought possible several years ago," said the senior State Department official. "It's going to be a dramatic transformation in the decades ahead in terms of physical access."

US officials also expressed concern at Moscow's apparent bid to influence the "Northern Sea Route" -- a shipping lane that runs from between Norway and Alaska, along Russia's northern coast, across to the North Atlantic. The 'NSR' potentially halves the time it currently takes shipping containers to reach Europe from Asia via the Suez Canal.

Russia's Rosatom state nuclear company released elaborately produced drone video this February of the 'Christophe de Margerie' tanker completing an eastern route across the Arctic in winter for the first time, accompanied by the '50 Let Pobedy' nuclear icebreaker for its journey in three of the six Arctic seas.

Campbell said Russia sought to exploit the NSR as a "major international shipping lane," yet voiced concern at the rules Moscow was seeking to impose on vessels using the route. "Russian laws governing NSR transits exceed Russia's authority under international law," the Pentagon spokesman said.

"They require any vessel transiting the NSR through international waters to have a Russian pilot onboard to guide the vessel. Russia is also attempting to require foreign vessels to obtain permission before entering the NSR."

The senior State Department official added: "The Russian assertions about the Northern Sea Route is most certainly an effort to lay down some rules of the road, get some de facto acquiescence on the part of the international community, and then claim this is the way things are supposed to work."

Elizabeth Buchanan, lecturer of Strategic Studies at Deakin University, Australia, said that "basic geography affords Russia the NSR which is increasingly seeing thinner ice for more of the year making it commercially viable to use as a transport artery. This might yet transform global shipping, and with it the movements of 90+% of all goods globally."

The State Department official believes the Russians are mostly interested in exporting hydrocarbons -- essential to the country's economy -- along the route, but also in the resources being uncovered by the fast melt. The flexing of their military muscles in the north -- key to Moscow's nuclear defense strategy, and also mostly on Russian coastal territory -- could be a bid to impose their writ on the wider area, the official said.

"When the Russians are testing weapons, jamming GPS signals, closing off airspace or sea space for exercises, or flying bombers over the Arctic along the airspace of allies and partners, they are always trying to send a message," the official added.

Russia insists motives are peaceful and economic

Russia's foreign ministry declined to comment, yet Moscow has long maintained its goals in the Arctic are economic and peaceful.

A March 2020 document by Kremlin policymakers presented Russia's key goals in an area+ behind 20% of its exports and 10% of its GDP. The strategy focuses on ensuring Russia's territorial integrity and regional peace. It also expresses the need to guarantee high living standards and economic growth in the region, as well as developing a resource base and the NSR as "a globally competitive national transport corridor."

Putin regularly extols the importance of Russia's technological superiority in the Arctic. In November, during the unveiling of a new icebreaker in St. Petersburg, the Russian President said: "It is well-known that we have a unique icebreaker fleet that holds a leading position in the development and study of Arctic territories. We must reaffirm this superiority constantly, every day."

Putin said of a submarine exercise last week in which three submarines surfaced at the same time in the polar ice: "The Arctic expedition ... has no analogues in the Soviet and the modern history of Russia."

Among these new weapons is the Poseidon 2M39. The plans for this torpedo were initially revealed in an apparently purposeful brandishing of a document discussing its capabilities by a Russian general in 2015.

It was subsequently partially dismissed by analysts as a 'paper tiger' weapon, meant to terrify with its apocalyptic destructive powers that appear to slip around current treaty requirements, but not to be successfully deployed.

Yet a series of developments in the Arctic -- including, according to Russian media reports, the testing of up to three Russian submarines designed to carry the stealth weapon, which has been suggested to be 20 meters long -- have now led analysts to consider the project real and active.

Russia's state news agency, RIA Novosti, cited a "source" on Monday saying that tests for the Belgorod submarine, especially developed to be armed with the Poseidon torpedo, would be completed in September.

Manash Pratim Boruah, a submarine expert at Jane's Fighting Ships, said: "The reality of the weapon is clear. You can absolutely see development around the torpedo, which is happening. There is a very good probability that the Poseidon will be tested, and then there is a danger of it polluting a lot. Even without a warhead, but definitely with just a nuclear reactor inside."

Boruah said some of the specifications for the torpedo leaked by the Russians were optimistic and doubted it could reach a speed of 100 knots (around 115 miles per hour) with a 100MW nuclear reactor. He added that at such a speed, it would probably be detected quite easily as it would create a large acoustic signature.

"Even if you tone it down from the speculation, it is still quite dangerous," he said.

Boruah added that the construction of storage bays for the Poseidon, probably around Olenya Guba on the Kola Peninsula, were meant to be complete next year. He also expressed concerns about the Tsirkon hyper-sonic missile that Russia says it has tested twice already, which at speeds of 6 to 7 Mach would "definitely cause a lot of damage without a particularly having big warhead itself."

Katarzyna Zysk, professor of international relations at the state-run Norwegian Institute for Defence Studies, said the Poseidon was "getting quite real," given the level of infrastructure development and testing of submarines to carry the torpedo.

"It is absolutely a project that will be used to scare, as a negotiation card in the future, perhaps in arms control talks," Zysk said. "But in order to do so, it has to be credible. This seems to be real."

Stensønes also raised the concern that testing such nuclear weapons could have serious environmental consequences. "We are ecologically worried. This is not only a theoretical thing: in fact, we have seen serious accidents in the last few years," he said, referring to the testing of the Burevestnik missile which was reported to have caused a fatal nuclear accident in 2019. "The potential of a nuclear contamination is absolutely there."

https://www.cnn.com/2021/04/05/europe/russia-arctic-nato-military-intl-cmd/index.html 

:: 4-5-21 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reckoning With Reality: America’s Days Are Over

Posted on April 5, 2021 By Melissa Lane 2 Comments on Reckoning With Reality: America’s Days Are Over

3063 total views

When In The Course of Human Events……

The Founders of this nation put forward a very basic premise:

…to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them

That no government, no person whether royalty or not, King, Queen or Pawn, can take from one to give to another, to make one lesser than another, to bring remove from one the basics of humanity for the privilege of another.

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness

That the very premise of humanity is that one has a right to live, to be left alone to do as one pleases and to pursue — but not be guaranteed — happiness. The only lawful and proper constraints arise when your exercise of the same prevents someone else from having that same peaceful enjoyment.

One cannot have a right to life if one cannot defend it using tools at least as powerful as those who would take it from you.

One cannot have liberty if one is compelled to slavery for another’s benefit.

The Founders put together a document called The Constitution. The debate over it, and what needed to be added to it, is found in The Federalist and The Anti-Federalist; two books that are the chronology of the running debate of the time. Anyone who claims to have an opinion on the foundations of our nation and why the Constitution is important ought to have read both, as should anyone who claims a right to run for elective office at any level — state, local, or federal.

Recommended article:

The ‘Vaccine’ Wasn’t Made For COVID, The COVID Disease Was Created For A ‘Vaccine’—Once You Understand That, Everything Else Will Make Perfect Sense

Chief among the foundation of this nation is The Rule of Law and that it applies equally to everyone, all the time, in each case without exception. Our government and We The People have made a mockery of this.

Where is respect for the contract our government has with the people; the terms of which are embodied in The Constitution and its Amendments?

There is no respect because the people of this nation no longer have respect for themselves nor any willingness to hold the government to the terms and conditions of its very existence.

Despite the finger-pointing and outcries of dismay from those who are watching the government discard the rule of law at every turn, the question is not whether Biden is the new Adolf Hitler, but whether the American Police State is the new Third Reich.

For those who can view the present and past political landscape without partisan blinders, the warning signs are unmistakable: the Deep State’s love affair with totalitarianism began long ago.

Indeed, the U.S. government so admired the Nazi regime that is now adopting his protocols, embracing his mindset about law and order, implementing his tactics in incremental steps, and began to lay the foundations for the rise of the Fourth Reich.

Indeed, with every passing day, the United States government borrows yet another leaf from Nazi Germany’s playbook: Secret police. Secret courts. Secret government agencies. Surveillance. Censorship. Intimidation. Harassment. Torture. Brutality. Widespread corruption. Entrapment. Indoctrination. Indefinite detention.

These are not tactics used by constitutional republics, where the rule of law and the rights of the citizenry reign supreme. Rather, they are the hallmarks of authoritarian regimes, where the only law that counts comes in the form of heavy-handed, unilateral dictates from a supreme ruler who uses a secret police to control the populace.

America is extended, riddled with debt, and too reliant on ever more debt, past its growth peak, incapable and unwilling to address structural issues. Both political parties have given up on dealing with debt, illusory monetary policies are invented to render structural issues even more irrelevant. Meanwhile, wealth inequality keeps expanding from administration to administration no matter who is in charge with voters distracted by the ideological divisions of the day, not trusting their leaders or each other.

And all this with 6% unemployment this year in March. What will this all look like during the next downturn? Nobody knows. Rome showed us to not take civilization for granted. It also showed us to not ignore structural problems before they become too large to tackle.

This can’t — and won’t — change without Americans rising up by the millions and demanding that it stop and be willing to enforce that demand by whatever means are necessary. This does not mean violence is required but until and unless those who claim to be “our leaders” believe that any such demand has the force of the people behind it and will be enforced should they stick up their middle finger toward common people once again as they have done for the last 30+ years they have no reason to stop stealing, stop rigging the system and stop screwing everyone else.

Similar to Morphine: The Best Natural Painkiller that Grows in Your Backyard

Wild Lettuce is also Known as Opium Lettuce. For a good reason. While it doesn’t contain any opiates, it has similar side effects when used – it acts directly on the central nervous system (CNS) to lessen the feeling of pain, just like morphine. Watch this video and learn a quick recipe (wild lettuce extract) for the best natural painkiller. Over 23 million Patriots have already seen It. Giving you a quick, easy way to make your own life-saving painkiller, ready for when you need it. Click Here To Discover More.

Browsing the RT website the other day, I found these two videos that I want to share today, even if many of you have most likely seen them as they have gone viral.

A video of the encounter spreading on social media shows the officers being confronted by a man who is obviously unhappy to see them. “Please, get out, immediately get out of this property,” the cameraman tells them, repeating the same message again and again in an increasingly loud and agitated voice. The man eventually starts calling the cops “Gestapo” and “Nazis,” ordering them to “Go, and don’t come back without a warrant.” As the officers oblige and walk away, they are chased by more angry calls: “Unbelievable, sick, evil people! Intimidating people in a church during Passover!”…priceless!

There’s no reason for me to be hopeful because there is no reason to believe that Americans, say much less the people in any of the other developed, western nations will in fact demand this crap stop. In fact, there is every reason to simply sit back and enjoy what little time is left. You could see one man standing up to these atrocities, one man only.

…meanwhile in London…Christians condemn London police for shutting down ‘unlawful’ Good Friday church service citing Covid and threatening arrest. Yes, they condemn the police but they all cleared the church and did nothing. But they did cry over Twitter and Facebook about it—if that is worth anything at all—…

The video went viral around the world, and shocked Christians, other religious people, and atheists alike, who called the incident “disgusting” and “absolutely disgraceful”.

Ending this article, I highly recommend this book to everyone. 300 pages, color, paperback. The Lost Book of Remedies is helping Americans achieve medical self-sufficiency even in the darkest times using the time-tested methods of our grandparents without spending lots of money on toxic drugs and without side effects. A great asset when doctors and hospitals won’t be available anymore given the current situation. You may not be Claude Davis, but you can make use of his procedures and techniques to increase your chances of survival!

https://survivaldan101.com/reckoning-with-reality-americas-days-are-over/ 

:: 4-4-21 Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING NEWS: Iran announces NATO-KILLER Missile

World News Desk 04 April 2021 Hits: 19699

The Islamic Republic of Iran today announced its support for Russia in the event the Donbas (Ukraine) is attacked. It also announced a new Iranian Missile with capabilities hit strike NATO Capitals in Europe, should war erupt between NATO and Russia.

The Iranian announcement was simple and brief.

No big speeches. No big displays. Just a new missile which, from their announcement, can reach ALL of Ukraine . . . and most NATO nations.

The sides are forming-up fast.

World War is likely to break out in four weeks.

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/breaking-news-iran-announces-nato-killer-missile 

:: 4-4-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mt. Everest and the Alps are weirdly getting taller – up to 30 feet overnight

By Strange Sounds - Apr 4, 2021

Recently, the Swiss Alps made the news when scientists found they were growing due to tectonic activity deep beneath Earth’s surface. Now, Mount Everest is also on the rise. Why is there so much “mounting” altitude?

Strangeness in the Alps In the case of the central Alps, the situation is scientifically complex. First, a rapid review of the basics of plate tectonics: Earth is basically a floating ball of slick magma with a thin candy shell of crust around the outside. The crust is broken into large parts, and these parts continue to push into and crunch away at each other. This causes different things — not just earthquakes and volcanoes, but also continental drift and the consequent destruction and recreation of crust. Deep within the Atlantic Ocean, new ocean floor emerges every day as the two sides are pushed apart. On the other end, ocean floor collides with and is pushed beneath the continental plates.

So imagine filling your bathtub with cold water and then dropping in enough big chunks of ice to fill the surface and then some. The chunks will start to push each other and rise and fall. This is exactly what happens in the crust, and it’s why the Alps are still growing.

It’s called crustal uplift, crustal uprise, tectonic uplift—all terms that refer to the same idea. And after thinking about how Earth’s crust roams and interacts, it’s easy to see why deciding how to measure the height of these mountains is itself a challenging problem. In this case, any crustal uplift is working against the related up-top phenomenon of erosion. The Alps are, cosmologically speaking, just babies compared to many of the world’s oldest mountain ranges. Because of that, they’re still spiky and jagged, extremely tall, and subject to high rates of erosion at their peaks.

Scientists have long believed the Alps are basically shifting in place like an escalator: uplifted by the crust and eroded from the top at the same rate. They can use chemical signatures made by bouncing cosmic radiation to estimate how much of what’s visible at the very top of a mountain is very old and, therefore, the result of erosion of the newer rock over top—like the shiny nose on a much-beloved local statue rubbed for good luck.

As cosmic rays hit Earth’s surface, oxygen atoms that constitute quartz minerals experience a nuclear reaction,” scientists from Bern University explain in a statement. “[A] new isotope is formed. Because [it’s] only formed on Earth’s uppermost surface, the surface age can be determined with this isotope. If the concentration is high, then the surface has been exposed to cosmic rays for a relatively long time and is therefore relatively old.”

The scientists found that erosion is slower than crustal uplift, especially in Switzerland, where the Alps erode at an astonishing 14 millimeters per 1,000 years. Uplift, on the other hand, can be as high as 800 millimeters during the same time frame. These parts of the Alps are racing upward more than 50 times faster than they’re sanded down. Understanding the difference can help scientists make more accurate measurements of other phenomena, including in detailed studies of why and where erosion happens the most.

Meanwhile, on Mount Everest The situation for Everest is very different. High in the Himalayan Mountains, Everest and K2 are just the two highest peaks of an astonishing series of mountain ranges that encompass 2.5 million square miles of elevated land in the Tibetan Plateau.

And because Everest sits on a contested boundary between Nepal and China, measuring it in any way immediately becomes a matter of politics. It’s here, rather than in the simple bump and grind of crust and erosion, that Everest has gained 30 feet overnight.

International politics aren’t the only politics involved. Everest is a multimillion-dollar business in an area where that money is critically needed. Measuring the world’s tallest mountain to an exact number has significance to the entire industry that has sprung up around climbing it, rescuing people from it, and caring for the terrain.

Do you measure the snow at the very top, or do you count the highest rocky point? And when the summit spans two nations that don’t have a great relationship, whose measurement counts more?

The first measurement was made in the 1850s, and Nepal’s penultimate measurement dated back to the 1950s. China was working with a much newer number, but there was a catch, the New York Post reports: “China and Nepal announced Tuesday that it is officially 29,031.7 feet tall. That is 13 feet higher than China’s last calculation 15 years ago — a discrepancy blamed on the fact that China only determined the rock height of the summit and didn’t include the snow and ice on the peak.”

There has never been a single measurement that both nations agreed to, which makes this new one a similar political milestone, or more of a 5.5-milestone. Leaders from China and Nepal pressed matching buttons to reveal the official height of Everest. And to bring the two ideas together, the entire Himalayan range was formed by the subduction — the pushing under — of a previously major and separate tectonic plate.

Of course, the next step is to find how quickly Everest is growing and eroding. The Himalayas are one of the other youngest ranges on the planet, meaning there could be some very interesting isotopes to take a look at for those who reach the very top. [PM]

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/everest-alps-getting-taller.html 

 

:: 4-4-21 The Hal Turner Radio Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

British Newspaper Headline ". . . World War . . . in Four Weeks" --- Diplomat too: "A war with Russia is being worked out"

World News Desk 04 April 2021 Hits: 32759

The Sun

A veritable garbage dump of British media, "The Sun" newspaper, has a headline in yesterday's edition " . . . World War could be triggered in Four Weeks" over the ongoing and escalating situation in Ukraine.

Gee, that would put us at about May 2, the precise date I mentioned on my radio show last week, for the start of this conflict!

The April 3 issue of The Sun reports:

WORLD War could be triggered in just four weeks in Ukraine as Vladimir Putin sends thousands of troops to the Russian border, experts have warned.

The bombshell claims come as convoys of tanks and armoured vehicles were filmed being mass transported in regions close to rebel-held eastern Ukraine and annexed Crimea.

With tension sharply rising, Russian military analyst Pavel Felgenhauer said it now requires a "psychoanalyst” to determine Moscow’s intentions but warned events could see “war in a month.”

Those who have actually followed the development of these troubles don't need a psychoanalyst to understand what's going on, we understand quite clearly.

Back in 2014, it was the United States and European Union that fomented and funded the violent protests and riots which overthrew the Democratically elected President of Ukraine, Viktor Yanukovych. WE CAUSED IT!

At the time, Europe and America were trying to "woo" Ukraine away from the Russia sphere of influence, and bring that country into the western sphere of influence.

In fact, for several years prior, the US alone had spent $5 Billion "helping" Ukraine, in an effort to "woo" them to the West.

So intertwined in Ukraine affairs was the USA, that even before Yanukovych was overthrown, Gloria Nuland from the US State Department, was caught having phone conversations about who the US would approve to become Prime Minister under Yanukovych! (A Dictator, dictating Democracy?)

In that phone call, at precisely 3:01, Nuland commented about what the US was doing and how the Europeans would view it when she said "Fuck the E.U."

Here's the COVERT INTELLIGENCE INTERCEPT of the phone call from Gloria Nuland:

And it got worse. Then-Senator John McCain, personally spoke to the rioting Ukrainians in front of the Ukraine Parliament, and incited more trouble, Telling them, among other things, "Your future lies in Europe . . ." meaning NOT where they are with Russia, now. It seemed to many to be Incitement that actually worked toward the later physical, violent, overthrow of the Ukrainian government!

Americans all recall the recent protests at the US Capital which the Sissy-Mary Democrats are still calling an "insurrection?" Well imagine if a Russian elected official like . . . . Zhirinovsky. . . . had given a speech at the US Capital that day, and then things all went haywire. The US would claim that the Russian politician was trying to overthrow the US Government! Yet Senator John McCain did the same thing - to Ukraine -- and the mass media says absolutely nothing about how he, and the US fomented and incited the ACTUAL OVERTHROW of the Ukraine government!

The REASON we were trying to "woo" Ukraine was nefarious:

1) We wanted to put NATO military bases in Ukraine to position anti-missile "defenses" in that country, AND;

2) We wanted to deprive Russia of its only warm water military port on Crimea.

There were two gigantic problems with NATO doing these things:

A) Our "Defenses" . . . could also be used as First-Strike weapons; their "conventional" missiles could be refitted in under five minutes, with NUCLEAR warheads.

Being located in Ukraine would have those missiles within five minutes flight time to Russia's nuclear arsenal.

So having that capability via Ukraine, would make it physically possible for NATO to first-strike Russia and destroy Russia's ability to fight back. It would be a decapitation strike, AND

B) If Russia were to lose its only warm water port, in Crimea, their entire country would face a total shipping outage for imports and exports, during Winter when all their other ports freeze-over, and their military would have no access to global seas during those times either!

ARROGANT PLANNING A YEAR IN ADVANCE!

So ARROGANT were we about how effective this effort would be to grab Ukraine to our sphere of influence, a full YEAR before the troubles in Ukraine, the US Congress allocated money to start building a new Children's Hospital on Crimea, in Simferopol, because we just knew we were going to take it. They let the contract through the US NAVY . . . so they also KNEW that we were going to grab Crimea by force if need-be!

Here's the screen shot of that contract offering from the US Government web site: Here a direct link to the US Government web site which still holds the records, which still show the ORIGINAL OFFERING DATE of December, 2013 -- a YEAR before all the troubles inside Ukraine! (Click HERE)

Here's ANOTHER Contract offering by the US Government for a School in Sevestopol:

And here is a direct link the the US Government web site which still has the records, which show an initial offering date of Sep 05, 2013 02:58 am EDT -- more than a YEAR before the Ukraine President was overthrown! (Click Here)

These two contract offerings are irrefutable PROOF the US (and Europe) KNEW they were going to forcibly overthrow the government of Ukraine and grab control of the country. They were so arrogantly confident of success, they offered contracts for work a year before the deed was done.

There was no way that Russia would tolerate such a thing. So Russia politically backed Yanukovych while the US and EU were fomenting protests and riots. Then, something unexpected took place: Yanukovych fled Ukraine.

That opened the door for US and EU-backed politicians in Ukraine to take power . . . and they did.

These new politicians were made to understand they needed to do the bidding of the US and of Europe. Put simply, they were BRIBED. Big bribes. Cash. Lots of it.

Want proof?  Ukraine is a relatively poor country, with annual family income of about two thousand US Dollars ($2,000.00).

Now look at the houses these Western-Backed politicians built themselves once they got their hands on US and EU cash: So we in the west literally BOUGHT ourselves the Ukraine government; and from 2014 it was to do OUR bidding.

Well, Russia wasn't going to put up with that.  So they put thousands of troops into Crimea, first, to protect their warm water port and military base.

Then pointed out to residents in Crimea their government in Kiev had been bought and paid for by the West and wasn't loyal to Ukraine anymore, but also telling them that Crimea could VOTE to return to Russia and they could all become Russian citizens!

The public went for it. They held an open, transparent, Referendum and about 96% of the people in Crimea VOTED to leave Ukraine and become part of Russia.

The west, furious that their plans were being thwarted, called the election "Rigged." The west refused to even recognize it, and immediately put sanctions on Russia over Crimea.

The West officially lost because the Russian Duma (Parliament) passed legislation admitting Crimea back into Russia and that was the end of it. Crimea is back home in Russia, where it had been for 300 years before then-Soviet Chairman Nikita Khrushchev, "gave" Crimea to Ukraine, 54 years ago.

When other areas of Ukraine saw what happened to their duly elected President, and saw the way bought-and-paid-for corrupt politicians were doing the bidding of the EU and the USA, they decided THEY wanted to leave Ukraine and become part of Russia as well. The two areas where this sentiment was strongest was in the oblasts (states) of Luhansk and Donetsk, highlighted in Red (along with Crimea) on the map below: Those two oblasts (states) held votes and their populations voted to leave. But Kiev, the capital of Ukraine, seeing their plans falling apart, said "no, you can't leave."

Kiev sent TROOPS to try to quell the secession of Luhansk and Donetsk. But the two states formed militias which fought the Ukrainian Army to a stand still.

It was during this fighting that upwards of 13,000 Ukrainians KILLED each other in battles.

During those battles, Russia sided with Luhansk and Donetsk. Suddenly, "Little Green Men" started appearing on the battlefields of Luhansk and Donetsk. Men dressed in military green, completely equipped with military gear, but wearing no patches, no flags and no identifying information.

It was with the help of those "Little Green Men" that Luhansk and Donetsk held-off the Ukrainian Army to this very day.

Meanwhile, time rolled on and elections were held in the USA. Donald Trump won.

Suddenly, all the troubles in Ukraine got very much quieter. They stayed quiet throughout the entire Trump administration.

Fast-forward to November 3, 2020 and Joe Biden and his Democrat Party, STOLE the US Presidential Election.

As soon as Biden was illegitimately inaugurated as US President, what happened? Troubles started all over again in Syria and in . . . UKRAINE!

THREE WEEKS AGO THE SIGNAL CAME THAT TROUBLE HAD BEEN STIRRED UP AGAIN

Last month, more of the trouble started cropping up when, unsolicited, the British Ambassador to Ukraine issued a Press Statement saying Britain would never accept Russian possession of Crimea.

Within days of that British announcement, Ukraine President Zelensky, started massing troops back at the borders of Luhansk and Donetsk.

NATO decided to have military "exercises" in the same area, adding vast Naval exercises in the Black Sea . . . around Crimea.

Russia knew immediately that the West was going to try to TAKE CRIMEA BY FORCE, so they began deploying military assets into Crimea, and also building up military assets on the Russia side of Luhansk and Donetsk.

A fight was clearly brewing.  WAR ACTUALLY BEING ***PLANNED***

This became monstrously clear when a Diplomat said so on TV.

The representative of Ukraine in the Trilateral Contact Group on Donbass, Oleksiy Arestovich, actually said, on the air of UKRLife.TV “Defender Europe 2021 means“ defend Europe. ”Their meaning is that in the waters from the Baltic to the Black Seas, a war with Russia is being worked out - let's put it bluntly - the topic of an armed confrontation with Russia,” the diplomat said.

So when the British trash media tabloid "The Sun" came out yesterday and said there could be "World War 3 in four weeks" it's because the powers-that-be ACTUALLY INTEND TO CARRY IT OUT.

Things have now gotten to the point where an actual war between NATO and Russia is not only possible, it is highly likely. And the people in the middle of it? Ukrainians.

It is they who will die -- en masse -- if this war breaks out.

But the stakes are incredibly high for the rest of the world too.

If Europe and the USA (NATO) are able to grab Crimea, Russia loses its only warm water port, and faces US Missile Defenses making a decapitation nuclear strike on Russia itself.

If the Ukrainians are able to conquer the citizens in Luhansk and Donetsk, those U.S. missile defense systems can be put there are achieve the same goal.

Thus, Russia MUST act in its own self-defense for its actual survival; and they will.

Russia did not start this conflict, the West did.

Russia has no designs on taking over Europe or anywhere else; the West has those designs upon Russia.  The West wants the oil, the gas, the minerals and the land.

When the fighting breaks out, likely less than a month from right now, if NATO gets involved, then every NATO country will instantly make itself a legitimate target for Russian self defense.

Europe and America could face Russian missile strikes. And we will have brought it ALL upon ourselves.

BROADCAST NOTE: This story is updated nightly LIVE on the radio during the Hal Turner Radio Show which airs LIVE from New York City from 9:00-10:00 PM eastern US time, which is 0200-0300 GMT. You can tune-in worldwide via Global High Frequency Shortwave stations or here on the net as follows:

WBCQ on 7.490 or 6.160 (Both 50,000 watts)

WRMI on 5.950 (100,000 watts)

or on regular AM Station:

KYAH 540-AM Utah

or; Here on the Internet at: http://stream.halturnerradioshow.com:8000/ 

https://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/en/news-page/world/british-newspaper-headline-world-war-in-four-weeks-diplomat-too-a-war-with-russia-is-being-worked-out 

:: 4-4-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Apocalyptic wind storm hits Qatar (video)

By Strange Sounds - Apr 4, 2021

Today, a furious windstorm hit the northern part of Qatar, destroying / damaging houses, cars, uprooting trees and disrupting power.

Now, look at these insane videos…

This video features the current situation and names some pretty incredible wind speeds

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/apocalyptic-wind-storm-hits-qatar-video.html 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 4-4-21 KOMO News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Western rivers face pinch as another dry year takes shape

by SUSAN MONTOYA BRYAN Associated PressSunday, April 4th 2021

ALBUQUERQUE, N.M. (AP) — As several states in the American West face intense drought, it's shaping up to be a very difficult year for New Mexico farmers because of limited irrigation supplies, with some saying conditions haven't been this dire since the 1950s.

Snowpack and precipitation are below average, spring runoff is trailing, and New Mexico comes in last among nearly a dozen Western states for dismal reservoir storage levels. Along the Rio Grande, New Mexico's largest reservoir stands at less than 11% capacity, meaning the irrigation season for farmers in the southern part of the state will likely start late and include only small allotments.

Further north, managers with the Middle Rio Grande Conservancy District are in a position not seen in decades. There's no extra water in the reservoirs and interstate water-sharing agreements are restricting both storage and releases from upstream reservoirs since New Mexico has fallen short of what it owes Texas.

The district was forced to wait a month — until April 1 — to start its irrigation season due to the meager supplies. Farmers were encouraged to consider resting their fields given that demand will surely outpace supply, but many are used to the risk that comes with planting each season so just a fraction of the acres throughout the Middle Rio Grande valley have been fallowed.

Feast or famine — it's the way of life in the Rio Grande basin.

The lack of water is the culmination of a sequence of unfortunate spring runoffs over recent years, not just a single year, said David Gensler, water operations manager for the conservancy district.

"We continue to be dealt losing hands, hydrologically speaking. We've played them for all they were worth, but we just continue to draw bad cards," he said, noting that water managers could not have done anything differently to get a positive outcome.

Statewide, more than half of New Mexico is dealing with exceptional drought — the worst category. A year ago, there was no exceptional or even extreme drought in the state.

Utah and Arizona are worse off in terms of drought severity, and Nevada is not far behind. California also appears to be in the midst of another drought.

In New Mexico's largest city, utility officials have issued a drought declaration. Outdoor watering in Albuquerque is limited to twice a week, and fines for wasting water have doubled. Watering restrictions also went into effect Thursday in Las Cruces.

Water managers are warning that it will be a struggle to meet irrigation demands if spring and summer rains do not develop, leaving the Rio Grande to potentially go dry through Albuquerque. The threat of drying this far north isn't new, but officials do not have any extra water to move around like they did in previous years.

In southeastern New Mexico, on the Pecos River, irrigation allotments haven't been this low in a century. Meanwhile, officials with the Elephant Butte Irrigation District recently told farmers to plan for a short year, "recognizing that we will all need to make difficult decisions."

That district went through a similar season in 2013, when farmers were allotted less than a few inches and water was released from a dam for only 47 days. This year, district managers anticipate running for one month.

But the hydrology of the Rio Grande can be volatile and turn on a dime, Gensler said. One well-positioned spring storm could change things or monsoons could develop just in time to keep the river flowing.

"As the saying goes, hope is not a plan," he said. "It is entirely possible we will hit the wall later this spring, have no water, and the Rio Grande will stop flowing. But until it does, we will manage every drop as carefully as humanly possible for the benefit of farmers, fish, the bosque, the cities, downstream water users, and this fascinating river we all love so much."

https://komonews.com/news/nation-world/western-rivers-face-pinch-as-another-dry-year-takes-shape 

:: 4-4-21 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IS THIS THE FINAL EASTER? ASK YOUR PASTOR WHAT HE'S DOING TO COMBAT SATANIC EVIL IN AMERICA?

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, April 4, 2021 - 17:50.

Did you leave your church today with gratitude for the gift of salvation from the Lord Jesus Christ? However, was there a part of you that felt empty because you know that if Jesus were to walk among us he did 2000 years ago, he would be walking through our unholy institutions in America and doing what he did when he chased the money-changers from the Temple? Isn't your Pastor supposed to embody the courage of Christ in the face of evil? If you are left feeling incomplete about your experience at church this morning, it is because your church is capitulating to evil. If your church will not stand up to evil, who will? Biden? Harris? Pelosi? it is and has always have been the followers of Christ!

Faith without works is an empty proposition and because I want to save my soul for eternity, I feel compelled to speak out against the support our churches offer Satan by ignoring the societal evil which is omnipresent in our society. If we are truly Christians and are following Jesus, do we not have an obligation to stand up to Satanic evil even when it is condoned by our governmental leaders?

Refusing to Stand Up to Evil   As the country struggles to come to grip with the unscreened immigrant invasion, which includes the importation of an unknown amount of ISIS and CHICOM-backed terrorists, our economy is threatened like never before, our collective health and our national security is at extreme risk, and yet, we are unable to look to our churches to provide the leadership needed in this time of crisis. Most concerning is the fact that our country is being overrun by unscreened migrants from areas of the world that hate Americans. Our FBI says 10% are likely terrorists. As a result, we are staring down the real possibility that we are going to be facing multiple false flag events in order to justify Biden's coming attempt at pre-genocidal gun confiscation. Yet, your pastor is silent. Christians are not being admitted as immigrants under the refugee/resettlement program from the Middle East. Christians are being beheaded, yet the Obama administration has condemned our Christian brothers, in certain parts of the Middle East, to a certain and brutal death, often by beheading. We admit many of the executioners to our country, but not the persecuted. In some parts of the world, being a Christian is a death sentence.

If your pastor did not speak about this on Easter Sunday. he is complicit with his silence. AMERICA, WAKE UP! IT IS YOUR CHILDREN THAT GOES TO SCHOOL EVERY SINGLE DAY IN GUN FREE ZONES WITHOUT THE ABILITY TO DEFEND THEMSELVES. IT IS YOUR BROTHERS AND SISTERS THAT ARE SHOPPING AT THE POTENTIALLY TARGETED MALLS, AND IT IS YOUR COUNTRY THAT WAS TARGETED BY THE CHICOMS LAB WITH THE COMPLICIT SUPPORT OF KEY AMERICAN POLITICIANS AND YET WE DON'T DARE SAY ANYTHING! I AM SHOCKED THAT THIS EASTER SUNDAY HAS NOT SEEN A FALSE FLAG SHOOTING AT A CHURCH AND THEN BLAME THE VICTIMS FOR THEIR BELIEF IN JESUS.

IT IS YOU THAT COULD BE LOOKING DOWN THE BARREL OF AN AK-47! AND WHAT IS CONGRESS DOING ABOUT IT? ABSOLUTELY NOTHING, EXCEPT TO LET IN MORE POTENTIAL TERRORISTS WITH NO BACKGROUND CHECKS OR EVEN TESTING THEM FOR COVID AND MORE IMPORTANTLY, EBOLA!!! COME ON IN, WE ARE RIPE FOR THE SLAUGHTER!

Christians Usually Meet An Untimely End

Who is Next? Has your pastor condemned the Islamic practice of beheading Christians? Does your pastor fear God or does he fear HILLARY, AOC, OMAR, TALIB, PELOSI, SCHUMER, HARRIS, ET AL?

Maybe it is the fate of the modern Christian to die a martyrs death. Most of the disciples of Jesus were martyred for their uncompromising views towards corrupt civilian authority, except for John, who died of extreme old age and Judas, who committed suicide after betraying Jesus. Many of Jesus’ followers met an untimely end. For example, Peter was crucified, head downward, during the persecution of Nero. James, was thrown from a pinnacle of the Temple, and then beaten to death with a club. Thomas, the doubter, was run through the body with a lance at Coromandel, in the East Indies.

Today, most of our 501 C3 tax exempt churches have embraced the suicidal course of Judas as they have made a deal with the devil by espousing government doctrine even when it violates the word of God. In opposition to the early founders of the church and in opposition to the teachings of Jesus Christ, today’s church bends over in the face of evil. It acquiesces to the evil and drags its followers to the gates of hell by demanding compliance to the illegitimate authority and decidedly non Christian forces which are subjugating this country. Today’s pastors are doing so under the guise and bastardization of Romans 13.

THE ULTIMATE BETRAYAL OF PASTORS WAS THEIR ACQUIESENCE TO THE UNCONSTITUTIONAL LOCKDOWNS OF THEIR CHURCH WHILE CASINOS AND STRIP CLUBS STAYED OPEN!!

CASE IN POINT

With a declining birth rate, America needs immigration, but it does not need the kind of immigration that does not background check for terrorism, extreme criminal behavior and the possibility of being a carrier of a deadly pathogen in the incubation phase. To do what we are doing is dangerous and is national suicide! And yet, the churches fully support the destruction of America by a thousand cuts!

Today’s churches have been bought off by embracing a false interpretation of Romans 13. IF these churches care so much for these recent immigrants, then let them pay for the health screening physicals along with the national security checks that the FBI says they cannot afford, or have the manpower to execute. Churches in America are complicit in helping to transport potential terrorists into the heartland of country. WHY WOULD ANY CHRISTIAN GIVE THEIR HARD EARNED MONEY TO SUCH A CORRUPT ORGANIZATION? Americans need to withdraw their spiritual and financial support from these churches that are part of the equation of putting every American citizen at risk. Start your own home Bible study. Let the churches die on the vine. You can still worship Christ without contributing to your own demise. When the churches go broke, DHS and Hillary Clinton, are going to have to find their minions in other places.

The Church and the Constitution Have Both Been Conquered

There are other reasons to leave your church beside the fact that most support the importation of an unknown number of terrorists to our country.

Christians and Americans, as a whole, on the endangered species list AND MOST DON'T EVEN REALIZE THAT THEY HAVE BEEN TARGETED. THERE ARE CAMPS WAITING FOR YOU (see FM 39.4 and Executive Order 13603).

I recently condemned pastors who support and lead churches who “enjoy” the 501-C-3 tax exempt status offered by the IRS. Does your pastor command you to follow the will of the government, because it is your Christian duty to do so under Romans 13? If so, your pastor is likely a traitor to the word of God. The fake church’s message is simple, support radical Islam or the Communist overthrow of our government, no matter the cost. According to the Pope, Allah and God are equals because the government says so and Romans 13 commands you to obey. However, the words I just wrote puts me in violation of the new interpretation of Romans 13. I am a sinner if I speak out about the forces who perpetrated the stolen 2020 election. The modern interpretation of Romans 13 is pure blasphemy. This scripture has been morphed into a doctrine espousing the “Divine Right of Kings” in which God has somehow chosen a king to ruthlessly rule over a people and it is incumbent upon the people to accept their “God-given fate”, The flock are commanded to “…submit himself to the governing authorities, for there is no authority except that which God has established.This false interpretation is nothing but a divine coronation of a ruthless, self-serving government and Christians are expected to capitulate and honor the same kind of thievery, lawlessness and murder which inspired Jesus to expel the money-changers from the Temple.

UNSPEAKABLE CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY!!!

The Great American Holocaust just reach new lows in depravity through the sale of fetal body parts and organs. Has your pastor had the courage to speak out against this heinous practice? If not, leave your church immediately! As I contemplate what many of the churches will be like as they embrace a perverted interpretation of Romans 13, I am left wondering what kind of God would condone the horrific abuses being perpetrated by the Obama administration? What kind of God would command its religious leaders to simply ignore the American Holocaust which has witnessed the murder of over 70 million American babies, since Roe v. Wade, in 1973? What kind of God would have us ignore Planned Parenthood’s selling of fetal body parts? Has your pastor said anything about this in your Sunday services?

What Kind of God Would Do This? Ask yourself, what kind of God would fail to command his clergy to not speak out and to condemn the actions of the criminal money changers on Wall Street, who are inspired only by the love of money as they continue their heinous assaults upon humanity in the form of unlabeled poisonous GMO’s, the theft of solvent home mortgages by the mega banks, and the secret detentions and the murder of American citizens under the NDAA. What kind of God would order his followers to remain silent as the bankster controlled Biden government plans to commence a world war starting with Syria, or Ukraine in order to support the preservation of the Petrodollar which will result in the potential death of billions of human beings? In actuality, no God of the Bible would ever command his followers to both enable and to serve the evil which permeates our government. For any church that encourages complete obedience to a corrupt administration has taken a big step towards accepting the Mark of the Beast. This is a very dangerous precedent, and this could potentially imperil the salvation of millions if Christians allow this false doctrine to further expand across our nation’s churches.

Finally, has your Pastor spoken out against the travesty of mandatory untested vaccines for a virus that has a 99% survival rate, covid passports, and the mandatory destruction of small businesses, while the wealth box stores were declared essential?

FOR CHRISTIANS TO SURVIVE, THE CHURCH IN ITS PRESENT FORM MUST DIE!

BEGIN YOUR HOME BIBLE STUDY WITH FAMILY AND FRIENDS AND STOP CONTRIBUTING TO YOUR FUTURE PERSECUTION.

https://thecommonsenseshow.com/agenda-21-conspiracy-economics/final-easter-ask-your-pastor-what-hes-doing-combat-satanic-evil-america 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 4-1-21 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taal volcano prepares for its next big blast after 212 earthquakes hit and release large quantities of gas in the Philippines

By Strange Sounds - Apr 1, 2021

The Taal Volcano is preparing its next big eruption, said the state-run Philippine Institute for Volcanology and Seismology (Phivolcs) on Wednesday.

Within the last 24 hours, the volcano in Batangas province registered 212 quakes, including 168 tremors with durations one to 20 minutes, and 44 low frequency volcanic earthquakes were recorded.

The volcanic peak also emitted more gas over the past 24 hours – some 1,229 tons of sulfur dioxide.  These are signs of a looming eruption:

“The fact that we have volcanic tremors and prolonged background tremor recorded, higher than normal sulfur dioxide emission rate of 923 tons per day, slow but steady inflation of the volcano still indicates magmatic activity at shallow depth beneath the volcano.”

The volcano is under Alert Level 2. Meanwhile, Phivolcs also said civil aviation authorities must advise pilots to avoid flying close to the volcano as airborne ash and ballistic fragments from sudden explosions and wind-remobilized ash may pose hazards to aircraft.

Beginning of 2020, the Taal volcano erupted violently covering everything with ash:

Taal Volcano in the Philippines Erupts for First Time in 40 Years in Stunning Electric Display

That amazing eruption dried up rivers in the area of the volcano: Even 3 months later, people were searching for survivors under meters of deadly ash

Searching For Loved Ones Under Tons of Ash After Taal Eruption in the Philippines

The next Taal volcanic eruption is closing up. Hopefully, that explosion will not be as bad as that in 2020…

Now subscribe to this blog to get more amazing news curated just for you right in your inbox on a daily basis (here an example of our new newsletter).

You can also follow us on Facebook and/ or Twitter. And, by the way you can also make a donation through Paypal. Thank you!

You should really subscribe to QFiles. You will get very interesting information about strange events around the world.

https://strangesounds.org/2021/04/taal-volcano-prepares-for-next-blast-2021.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 4--21 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel troubled by American stance toward Iran: report

'If this is American policy, we are concerned,' a senior Israeli official said

By Keith Koffler | Fox News

Top Israeli officials are concerned that the United States is preparing to restart the 2015 nuclear deal with Iran without strengthening it, according to a new report.

Israeli officials were dismayed by an interview U.S. Special Envoy for Iran Rob Malley conducted with PBS NewsHour Friday in which he discussed returning to the 2015 Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action without insisting on lengthening the period before restrictions on Iranian nuclear policy are loosened and then ended, according to the Jerusalem Post.

A senior Israeli official told the newspaper: "If this is American policy, we are concerned." Former President Trump in May 2018 announced the U.S. withdrawal from the Iran deal.

The interview "raised eyebrows" among the most senior Israeli officials, the source told the Jerusalem Post, because "in the past, the Biden administration talked about a ‘longer and stronger’ deal – like they were looking for something else – and that’s not [in the Malley interview]. It’s all about returning to the 2015 deal.

HOW HUNTER BIDEN PLEADED FOR DAD'S HELP AFTER HIS AFFAIR WITH BROTHER'S WIDOW WAS LEAKED TO MEDIA

"Nowhere in the entire interview does Malley say the goal is to prevent Iran from getting nuclear weapons," the source told the newspaper. "Nowhere does he accuse the Iranians of any bad behavior… Nowhere in the interview does he talk about the importance of consultations with American allies in the region.

The source noted that restrictions on Iran's nuclear activities phase out over the next decade. He said Malley was too solicitous toward Iran, drawing an equivalence between the United States and the Islamic republic.

"He’s acting like he’s from the UN, saying both sides have distrust of each other," the official said.

"Is it fair to say the burden is equal on both sides, or do you look at Iran as having the greater burden of proof here?" host Judy Woodruff asked Malley Friday. "I don't look at it in either way. I think it's an issue of whether both sides can take the steps that are necessary to come back into compliance," Malley said. He added, "When there's an understanding that both sides are comfortable with, that's when there will be a deal."

The State Department could not immediately be reached for comment.

https://www.foxnews.com/world/israel-troubled-by-american-stance-toward-iran-report 

:: 4-5-21 AP :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin signs law allowing him 2 more terms as Russia’s leader

By VLADIMIR ISACHENKOVtoday

MOSCOW (AP) — Russian President Vladimir Putin on Monday signed a law allowing him to potentially hold onto power until 2036, a move that formalizes constitutional changes endorsed in a vote last year.

The July 1 constitutional vote included a provision that reset Putin’s previous term limits, allowing him to run for president two more times. The change was rubber-stamped by the Kremlin-controlled legislature and the relevant law signed by Putin was posted Monday on an official portal of legal information.

The 68-year-old Russian president, who has been in power for more than two decades — longer than any other Kremlin leader since Soviet dictator Josef Stalin — said he would decide later whether to run again in 2024 when his current six-year term ends. He has argued that resetting the term count was necessary to keep his lieutenants focused on their work instead of “darting their eyes in search for possible successors.”

The constitutional amendments also emphasized the primacy of Russian law over international norms, outlawed same-sex marriages and mentioned “a belief in God” as a core value. Nearly 78% of voters approved the constitutional amendments during the balloting that lasted for a week and concluded on July 1. Turnout was 68%.

Following the vote, Russian lawmakers have methodically modified the national legislation, approving the relevant laws.

Full Coverage: Russia

The opposition criticized the constitutional vote, arguing that it was tarnished by widespread reports of pressure on voters and other irregularities, as well as a lack of transparency and hurdles hindering independent monitoring.

In the months since the vote, Russia has imprisoned the country’s most prominent opposition figure, Alexei Navalny,

The 44-year-old Navalny was arrested in January upon his return from Germany, where he spent five months recovering from a nerve-agent poisoning that he blames on the Kremlin. Russian authorities have rejected the accusation.

In February, Navalny was sentenced to 2 1/2 years in prison for violating the terms of his probation while convalescing in Germany. The sentence stems from a 2014 embezzlement conviction that Navalny has rejected as fabricated — and which the European Сourt of Human Rights has ruled to be unlawful.

His team says Navalny had lost a substantial amount of weight even before he started a hunger strike Wednesday to protest authorities’ failure to provide proper treatment for his back and leg pains.

Navalny complained about prison officials’ refusal to give him the proper medications and to allow his doctor to visit him. He also protested the hourly checks a guard makes on him at night, saying they amount to sleep deprivation.

In an Instagram post Monday, Navalny said that three of 15 people in his room at the penal colony were diagnosed with tuberculosis. He noted that he had a strong cough and a fever of 38.1 Celsius (100.6 Fahrenheit).

Later on Monday, the newspaper Izvestia carried a statement from the state penitentiary service saying Navalny was moved to the prison colony’s sanitary unit after a checkup found him having “signs of a respiratory illness, including a high fever.”

In an acerbic note, Navalny said he and other inmates studied a notice on tuberculosis prevention that underlined the importance of strengthening immunity with a balanced diet — advice that contrasted with a prison ration of “glue-like porridge and frozen potatoes.”

https://apnews.com/article/russia-putin-signs-law-allows-2-more-terms-d9acdada71b75c3daeafb389782fed4b 

:: 4-5-21 BBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jordan's Prince Hamzah vows to defy 'house arrest' orders

Published 6 hours ago

The former crown prince of Jordan has said he will defy government orders to stop communicating with the outside world and remain indoors.

Prince Hamzah bin Hussein, 41, said he had been placed under house arrest on Saturday in videos given to the BBC.

He was accused of plotting with "foreign entities" to destabilise the kingdom.

The former heir to the throne denies conspiracy, but he has accused Jordan's leaders of corruption and incompetence.

Prince Hamzah was first in line to succeed his half-brother, King Abdullah, as Jordan's head of state until 2004, when he was removed as crown prince. King Abdullah designated his son as heir instead.

In another development, Israeli businessman Roy Shaposhnik, who says he is a personal friend of Prince Hamzah, confirmed he had offered to fly the prince's wife and family to Europe to stay at his house.

He issued a statement after Jordanian Deputy Prime Minister Ayman al-Safadi said such an offer had been made by a man with links to an unnamed foreign security service.

Mr Shaposhnik has reportedly denied ever being a member of Israel's intelligence agency.

What does the prince say?  On Sunday, Jordan's opposition released a recording in which a defiant Prince Hamzah said he would not obey orders from the authorities.

"I don't want to make moves and escalate now," he said in the audio recording posted on Twitter.

"But I'm not going to obey when they say you can't go out, you can't tweet, you can't communicate with people [and] you're only allowed to see your family."

"I think it's a bit unacceptable," he added.  The public rift between Prince Hamzah and King Abdullah is unprecedented. Tensions within the royal household, however, have reportedly been present for some time.  Prince Hamzah's message in full

Jordan is a constitutional monarchy, but the royals play a major role in public life and King Abdullah has extensive powers. He can appoint governments, approve legislation and dissolve parliament.

The country is also a key Western ally, and reports of Prince Hamzah's detention raised fears that the wider region could be destabilised. However, regional powers and Western allies, including the US and UK, have all voiced support for the king.

-  ><>  -  ><>  -   -  <><  -  <><  -

[Fulfillment of Today's Prophetic Word]